Skip to main content

Full text of "The complete works of Richard Sibbes, D.D."

See other formats


OF 


micBf. 


0^ 


OCT  10  1988 

jCAL  Sl^^ 

BX  9339  .S52  1862  v. A 
Sibbes,  Richard,  1577-1635 
The  complete  works  of 
Richard  Sibbes,  D.D 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 


http://www.archive.org/details/completeworkso04sibb 


NICHOL'S  SERIES  OF  STANDARD  DIVINES. 

PUEITAN  PEEIOD. 


By  JOHN   C.  MILLEE,   D.D., 

LINCOLN   COLLEGE  ;    HONORAET  CANON  OF  WOECESTER  ;  RECTOR  OF  ST  MARTIN'S,  BIRMINGHAM. 


THE 


WORKS  OF  RICHARD  SIBBES,  D.D. 

VOL.   IV. 


COUNCIL  OF  PUBLICATION. 


W.  LINDSAY  ALEXANDER,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Theology,  Congregational 
Union,  Edinburgh. 

JAMES  BEGG,  D.D.,  Minister  of  Newington  Free  Church,  Edinburgh. 

THOMAS  J.  CRAWFORD,  D.D.,  S.T.P.,  Professor  of  Divinity,  University, 
Edinburgh. 

D.  T.  K.  DRUMMOND,  M.A.,  Minister  of  St  Thomas's  Episcopal  Church, 
Edinburgh. 

WILLIAM  H.  GOOLD,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Biblical  Literature  and  Church 
History,  Reformed  Presbyterian  Church,  Edinburgh. 

ANDREW  THOMSON,  D.D.,  Minister  of  Broughton  Place  United  Presby- 
terian Church,  Edinburgh, 

©entral  ©Uitor. 
REV.  THOMAS  SMITH,  M.A.,  Ebinbuegh. 


THE  COMPLETE  WORKS 


RICHARD  8IBBES,  D.D., 

MASTER  OF  CATHERINE  HALL,  CAMBRIDGE  ;    PREACHER  OF  GRAY's  INN, 

LONDON. 


BY  THE  REV.  ALEXANDER  BALLOCH  GROSART, 

(cor.  memb.  soc.  an'tiq.  or  Scotland) 
KINROSS. 


VOL.   IV. 

CONTAINING 

TREATISES  AND  SERMONS 

FROM 

THE  EPISTLES  TO  THE  COEINTHIANS, 

VIZ. : — 

A  christian's  PORTION  ;    OR,  THE  CHRISTIAN'S  CHARTER 

THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN's  AIM THE  RIGHT  RECER^ING JUDGMENT'S  REASON 

YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR,  PRECIOUS  PROMISES  AND  PRIVILEGES 

A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN  ;    OR,  A  PRECIOUS  TASTE  OF  A  GLORIOUS   FEAST 

THE  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL  ABOVE  THE  LAW 

EXPOSITION  OF  2  CORINTHIANS  CHAPTER  IV. AND,  THE  CHURCh's  RICHES. 


EDINBURGH:   JAMES   NICHOL. 

LONDON:  JAMES  NISBET  AND  CO.     DUBLIN:  W.  ROBERTSON. 


M.DCCC.LXIII. 


EDINBCRGH  : 

PKINTED  BT  JOHN  GRKIG  AM>  SOK, 

OLD  PHTSIO  GARDENS. 


vv 


PREFATORY  NOTE. 

As  a  fitting  sequel  to  Vol.  III.,  which  contains  the  Exposition  of 
2  Corinthians  chap,  i.,  the  present  will  be  found  to  bring  together 
all  Sibbes's  Treatises  and  Sermons  founded  upon  other  texts  or 
portions  of  the  Two  Epistles  to  the  Corinthians.  A.  B.  G. 


CONTENTS.* 


A  CHEISTIAN'S  POETION;  OB,  THE  CHRISTIAN'S  CHARTEE. 

Page 

The  Epistle  to  the  Reader.        .....  2 

The  occasion  of  the  words ; — all  persons,  things,  and  events,  a 

Christian's.            ......  7 

The  ivorld,  natural,  civil,  ecclesiastical ;  wicked  men.      ,             .  8 

Life;  death.       .......  9 

A  sweet  consideration  against  the  fear  of  death.               .             .  13 

Things  2^1'^sent  and  to  come.        .....  13 

Cases  concerning  property,  alms,  liberty  in  the  use  of  things, 

heathen  authors.                 .              .             .             .             .  15 

Grace  better  than  riches.           •             ....  19 

Nothing  can  harm  the  Christian.            ....  20 

Uses.                .......  20 

Fourfold  restraint  on  the  Christian  in  his  use  of  things.               .  23 

How  a  Christian  is  Christ's.      .....  24 

How  all  things  are  Christ's.       .....  25 

All  our  privileges  to  be  seen  first  in  Christ.        ...  26 

Uses.                 .......  28 

How  to  know  whether  Christ  be  ours  and  we  his.            .             .  29 

In  what  sense  Christ  is  God's.                ...             .             .  32 

Our  communion  with  God  through  a  mediator.                .  .          .  32 

Uses.                .......  34 

Notes.              .......  37 

*  Abridged  from  the  original  Tables.     The  Indices  in  our  closing  volume  of  the 
works  will  preserve  all  the  minuter  details  here  omitted. — G. 


CONTENTS. 


THE  SPIEITUAL  MAN'S  AIM, 


Page 


Way  to  satisfy  particular  cases  of  conscience. 

41 

Religion  meddleth  with  all  matters. 

42 

Shortness  of  life  and  of  opportunity. 

42 

Advices  to  young  and  old.          .... 

45 

Marriage  lawful.             ..... 

46 

Dangers  of  it. 

46 

Weeping  lawful.            ..... 

47 

Joy  lawful.        ...... 

48 

Affections  to  be  moderated  by  religion. 

49 

Buying  lawful.                ..... 

49 

Using  the  world  lawful.               .... 

50 

The  world  a  fashion  or  shew,  while  religion  is  real. 

51 

Uses.                 ...... 

64 

Why  Christians  are  excessive  in  carnal  things.   . 

55 

Application  to  the  Sacrament. 

57 

THE  EIGHT  KECEIVING. 


61 


JUDGMENT'S  EEASON. 

God  convicts  his  people,  especially  for  irreverent  coming  to  the 
sacrament.  ..... 

Sickness  and  weakness  of  the  body  a  fruit  of  sin. 

Backwardness  in  the  duty  of  judging  ourselves. 

God's  Children  not  condemned  ^\-ith  the  world. 

Delivered  from  condemnation  bv  correction  and  chastisement. 


78 
80 
83 
98 

104 


YEA  AND   AMEN;OE,   PEECIOUS  PEOMISES,         113 

Notes.  .......  149 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN;  OE,  A  PEECIOUS  TASTE  OF  A 

GLOEIOUS  FEAST.  # 


To  the  Christian  Reader. 

Connection  of  the  text. 

The  mystery  of  the  gospel  hid  from  natural  men. 

God  means  a  special  good  to  his  beloved  children. 

Objection  answered.      .... 

Uses. 


153 
155 
156 
157 
157 
159 


CONTEXTS. 


Ground  of  the  martyrs"  patience. 

What  popery  is. 

Wisdom  of  God  hid  from  wise  men. 

What  true  riches  and  beauty  are. 

Knowledge  of  the  things  of  heaven,  how  to  be  acquir 

Nature  of  hope. 

Uses.  .... 

Spiritual  growth. 

God's  people  prepared  in  this  world  for  heaven 

Self-examination. 

Love  of  the  world. 

Love  a  commanding  affection. 

Four  things  observable  in  love. 

Effects  of  the  love  of  God. 

AH  promises  fulfilled  in  heaven. 

Love  the  most  characteristic  grace  of  a  Christian 

Four  objections  answered. 

Directions  for  growing  in  the  love  of  God. 

Notes.      .... 


ed. 


Page 
163 
163 
164 
167 
167 
170 
170 
174 
176 
177 
179 
181 
182 
190 
191 
192 
193 
195 
200 


THE  EXCELLEXCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL  ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


What  is  meant  by  Spirit. 

How  Christ  hath  and  giveth  the  Spirit. 

Spirit  given  in  greatest  measure  after  Christ's  resurrection 

Uses.  ...... 

Why  Christians  are  so  dark-spirited. 

The  Spii'it  the  soul  of  the  soul. 

Directions  how  to  get  the  Spmt. 

Spiritual  libei-ty  and  bondage. 

How  the  Spirit  worketh  hberty. 

All  whom  Christ  redeems  he  frees. 

No  benefit  by  Chi-ist  \vithout  union. 

Sanctification  springs  from  justification. 

Christians  rule  their  lusts. 

Four  rules  concerning  the  freedom  of  the  Spirit. 

Liberty  of  the  gospel. 

Uses.  ...... 

Signs  of  Spiritual  Liberty. 

Three  degi'ees  in  the  way  to  heaven. 

How  the  Spirit  is  grieved. 

Three  differences  between  the  Law  and  the  Gospel. 

Four  excellencies  in  the  covenant  of  grace. 

The  grace  and  free  mercy  of  God  his  glory. 

Glory  of  God  greatest  in  the  gospel. 

Uses.  ..... 

Christ's  mind  discovered  in  the  gospel. 
The  sacraments  glasses  to  see  God's  love  in  Christ. 
Faith  compai'ed  to  sight  in  four  particulars. 
Hindrances  to  our  beholding  Christ. 


205 
205 
209 
210 
212 
213 
214 
216 
217 
218 
219 
221 
222 
225 
227 
229 
280 
233 
236 
238 
239 
240 
241 
242 
246 
249 
250 
251 


CONTENTS. 


We  have  boldness  in  the  gospel. 

How  to  read  the  life  of  Christ  in  the  gospel. 

How  to  become  like  Christ. 

Three  comfortable  sights  seen  in  the  glass  of  the  gospel 

Four  degrees  of  the  glory  of  a  Christian. 

Why  the  world  despiseth  those  that  are  gracioiis. 

Grace  and  glory  go  both  under  one  name. 

Degrees  in  the  glory  of  a  Christian. 

Christians  compared  to  the  best  things. 

Marks  whereby  we  know  that  we  have  the  Spirit. 

Notes. 


Page 
253 
263 
264 
270 
273 
276 
280 
287 
290 
298 
304 


EXPOSITION  OF  2D  COEINTHIANS  CHAPTEK  lY, 

Notes. 


306 

485 


THE  CHURCH'S  EICHES. 


Epistle  Dedicatory. 
To  the  Reader. 

Notes. 


491 
493 
526 


A   CHEISTIAFS  PORTION; 


OR, 


THE  CHRISTIAN'S  CHARTER. 


VOL.  IV. 


A  CHRISTIAN'S  PORTION ;  OR,  THE  CHRISTIAN'S  CHARTER. 


NOTE. 

'  The  Christian's  Portion'  was  published  originally  in  1637,  and  forms  a  tiny 
volume  of  67  pages.  It  is  very  imperfect.  Its  title-page  is  given  below.*  This, 
the  first  edition,  was  superseded  in  the  following  year,  by  a  much  '  enlarged'  -and 
'  corrected'  one,  from  evidently  fuller  and  more  accurate  '  notes.'  The  latter  is 
followed  in  our  reprint.  Its  title-page  will  also  be  found  below.f  Prefixed  to  it  is 
Marshall's  smaller  portrait  of  Sibbes.  G. 

«■  The 
Christians 
Portion. 
"Wherein  is  unfolded  the 
unsearchable  Riches  he  hath  by 
his  interest  in  Christ.     Whom  in- 
joying  hee  possesseth  aU 
things  else. 

By  R.  Sibhs  D.D.  and  Preacher 

to  the  Honorable  Society  of  Grayes- 

Inne,  and  Master  of  Catherine 

Hall  in  Cambridge. 

Published  by 
T.  G.  and  P.  N. 

London. 

Printed  by  John  Norton 

for  John  Kothwell,  and 

are  to  be  sold  at  the  Sunne  in  Pauls 

Churchyard.     1637. 

t  The  Christians 
Portion,  or. 
The  Charter  of  a 
Christian,  (so  stiled  by 
the  Eeverend  Author.) 
"Wherein  are  laide  open 
those  unsearchable  riches  and 
priviledges,  he  hath  by  his  inter- 
est in  Christ :  whom  enjoying, 
he  possesseth  all  things  else. 

Bv  the  Eeverend  Divine 

R.  Sibbs,  D.D.  and  Preacher 

to  the  Honourable  society  of 

Grates  Inne,  and  Master  of 

.    Kaiherine  Hall  in  Cambridge. 

Corrected  and  enlarged. 

Published  by  T,  G.  and  P.  N. 

Christ  is  all  in  all. 

LONDON . 

Printed  by  J.  0.  for  John  Rothwell, 

and  are  to  be  sold  at  the  Sunne  in 

Paules  Church-yard.     1638. 

* , «  The  T.  G.  and  P.  N.  on  both  of  these  title-pages  were  Dr  Thomas  Goodwin 
and  Philip  Nye.     Cf.  Vol.  II.,  page  3,  but  for  Hanburg  read  Hanbury.  G. 


THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  READER. 


Good  Reader  !  didst  thou  ever  yet  read  over  thy  own  heart  and  life,  and 
mend  in  some  degree  what  was  amiss  in  both  ?  If  not,  what  comfort  can 
this  treatise  afford  thee  ?  If  so,  what  comfort  can  it  not  ?  This  short 
discourse  lays  open  a  great  matter.  It  is  a  counterpane  of  a  Christian's 
charter.     The  author  himself  styles  it  '  The  Christian's  Charter.' 

If  thy  Ufe  be  good,  thy  tenure  is  large ;  yea,  larger  than  that  of  the 
Corinthians.  The  apostles,  as  Paul,  ApoUos,*  and  Cephas  were  theirs ; 
so  they  are  thine.  And  besides  them,  all  that  have  succeeded  them,  the 
faithful  ministers  of  the  gospel,  and  all  their  studies  and  writings.  The 
reverend  author  of  this  treatise  is  thine,  and  this  book  is  thine ;  thine 
to  shew  thee  how  much  is  thine.  Let  me  be  thine  also  to  commend  this 
w'ork  to  thee,  and  to  pray  for  thee,  that  as  the  Lord  opened  the  eyes  of 
Elisha's  man  to  see  the  mountain  full  of  horses  and  chariots,  and  more 
with  them  than  against  them,  2  Kings  vi.  17,  so  he  would  open  thine,  to 
see  thy  great  riches  and  privileges  in  Jesus  Christ.  The  want  of  sight 
makes  us  think  we  want.  Post  over  the  two  great  volumes  of  heaven  and 
earth,  and  thou  shalt  find  thyself  wealthy. 

Man  hath  this  excellency  above  all  inferior  creatures,  to  know  what  he 
is  and  what  he  hath  above  others.  The  brute  beasts  are  better  than  plants, 
but  they  know  it  not ;  and  so  plants  are  more  excellent  than  the  elements, 
&c.  They  have  worth,  but  understand  it  not.  Man  hath  this  added 
to  his  dignity,  to  know  it.  And  this  is  given  him,  as  a  schoolman  saith, 
that  he  may  rejoice  in  that  he  hath,  and  him  that  gave  it  (a).  The  sun 
rejoices  not  in  its  own  beauty,  because  it  knows  it  not.  As  there  is  iguoti 
nulla  cupido,  so  nulla  delectatio.  We  can  as  little  delight  in  what  we  know 
not,  as  desire  it. 

He  therefore  must  needs  be  rich  that  hath  the  '  blood  of  Christ,'  which 
purchased  the  world.  When  all  losses,  either  in  goods  or  children,  befall 
such  a  man,  yet  he  hath  enough  besides.  When  man  says  all  is  gone, 
Christ  says  all  is  his.  This  should  make  him  hold  up  his  head,  but  not 
too  high.     It  should  make  him  cheerful,  but  not  withal  scornful. 

Men  are  still  apt  to  run  into  extremes.  Tell  men  of  the  heinous  nature 
of  sin,  and  for  the  most  part  they  either  stop  short  and  do  not  bewail  it, 
or  step  beyond  and  quite  despair.  Obstinacy  is  the  low  extreme  like  the 
earth,  hard  also  and  rocky  as  it  is.  Despair  is  as  much  too  high,  as  it 
were  in  the  element  of  fire,  which  scorches  up  the  spirit.  The  middle 
region  of  air  and  water,  of  sighs  and  tears,  is  the  best.  Thus  when  we 
treat  of  a  godly  man's  privileges,  some  will  overween  them  as  fast  as  others 
undervalue  them.  Christian  virtues  are  in  medio  as  well  as  moral ;  but 
generally  men  seem  to  promise  to  themselves,  as  Jonathan  to  David, 
1  Sam.  XX.  36,  either  to  shoot  short  or  beyond.  Men  will  either  overdo 
or  do  nothing.  The  Mediator  teaches  us  a  middle  way,  St  Paul,  when 
the  viper  hung  upon  his  hand,  was  thought  some  notorious  malefactor ; 
*  Spelled  '  ApoUo.'— G. 


4  TO  THE  READER. 

when  he  shook  it  off  without  harm,  was  a  god,  Acts  xsviii.  3,  seq.  The 
first  was  too  bad,  and  the  last  too  good.  The  middle  had  been  best :  if 
they  had  said,  he  is  some  good  man. 

This  causes  many  differences  in  religion.  Men  run  so  far  one  from  an- 
other, some  to  one  side  and  others  to  the  other  side  of  the  circumference, 
that  whilst  they  stand  e  diametro  ojijJosUi,  they  leave  the  truth  behind  them 
in  the  centre.  Some  will  give  too  much  to  this  or  that  ordinance,  because 
others  give  too  little  ;  and  some  will  give  too  little,  because  others  give  too 
much.  It  is  a  spirit  of  opposition  that  causes  divisions.  Two  spheres 
will  but  touch  in  a  point ;  and  so  when  men  are  swollen  with  pride  and 
anger,  they  gather  up  one  from  another,  and  resolve  not  to  adhere  so  much 
as  in  one  point. 

The  apostles  were  given  to  the  church  to  rejoice  in,  but  neither  to  de- 
spise nor  deify ;  they  might  neither  glory  over  them,  nor  glory  in  them. 
It  is  the  sin  of  these  times ;  look  it,  reader,  that  it  be  not  thine.  Some 
men  fall  out  with  the  whole  tribe,  and  thereupon  begin  to  lay  aside  the 
principles  of  sobriety.  But  should  I  tell  thee  what  is  said  by  Baronius  {b) 
and  some  others,  and  what  might  be  said  of  the  honour  of  that  calling, 
this  discourse  would  rather  want  an  epistle  than  be  one,  for  the  length. 
Indeed,  some  have  gone  too  far,  and  made  the  priesthood  more  than  it  is. 
A  Latin  postiller  upon  that  in  Exod.  xsx.  31,  where  it  is  said,  '  Thou  shalt 
anoint  Aaron  and  his  sons,'  &e.,  because  it  is  said,  ver.  32,  'upon  man's 
flesh  it  shall  not  be  poured,'  thence  infers,  in  an  hyperbolical  sense,  that 
priests  are  angels,  not  having  human  flesh.  Some  kind  of  postils  and 
glosses  are  like  antique  flourishings  about  a  great  capital  letter,  which  is 
not  so  much  adorned  by  them  as  darkened.  Such  is  this.  We  have  a 
dignity  indeed,  but  no  deity.  Therefore  in  the  words  following  the  text 
here  handled,  chapter  the  fourth,  verse  the  first,  says  the  apostle,  '  Let  men 
so  account  of  us,  as  the  ministers  of  Christ,  and  stewards  of  the  mys- 
teries of  God.'  As  the  ministers  of  Christ,  we  are  not  to  be  abased,  and 
as  but  ministers,  not  to  be  adored ;  as  stewards,  not  to  be  magnified,  and 
as  stewards  of  the  mysteries  of  God,  not  to  be  vilified.  Consider  the 
Lord's  messengers  both  as  '  earthen  vessels '  and  as  having  a  treasure  in 
them.  But  there  are  those  that  set  some  too  high,  and  depress  others  too 
low.  This  partiality  hath  brought  many  miseries  upon  the  church,  and 
diverted  many  men  from  the  church.  It  hath  sent  many  a  reneijado  bound 
for  Rome.     Discontent  is  a  dangerous  thing,  when  the  occasion  is  just. 

In  a  word,  I  desire  thee  to  weigh  well  one  passage,  and  not  to  misdeem 
it,  which  the  worthy  author  hath,  page  16,  concerning  the  right  of  wicked 
men  to  earthly  things.  He  says  it  is  a  mistake  to  think  they  have  no  right 
to  them.  And  so  it  is  indeed,  Ps.  xvii.  14.  They  have  their  portion  in 
this  life.  A  man  must  needs  have  some  right  to  his  portion.  What 
Ananias  had,  Acts  v.  4,  was  his  own,  whilst  he  had  it,  as  Peter  tells  him; 
and  yet  Satan  had  filled  his  heart.  We  are  to  do  good  to  all,  but  especially 
the  household  of  faith.  Gal.  vi.  10.  Therefore  we  may  do  good,  and  dis- 
tribute to  those  that  are  not  of  the  household  of  faith.  But  what  needs 
this,  if  earthly  things  belong  not  to  them  ?  If  in  giving  them  we  shall 
make  them  usurpers,  we  had  better  not  give  to  them.  If  a  covetous  man 
hath  no  title  to  his  goods,  when  sentence  of  condemnation  is  passed  upon 
him,  he  may  say,  Wliy  am  I  condemned  for  not  giving,  when  I  had  nothing 
to  give  ?  Besides  it  will  follow,  that  no  man  shall  be  condemned  for  want 
of  liberality  in  not  giving,  but  only  for  want  of  justice  in  not  restoring. 
The  earth  was  to  bring  forth  to  Adam  fallen,  or  for  Adam,  though  thorns 


TO  THE  KEADER.  U 

and  thistles.  The  sons  of  Adam  have  the  earth,  though  the  curse  with  it. 
A  title  therefore  they  have,  though  not  the  same  title  with  the  righteous. 
The  godly  have  them  as  from  a  loving  Father,  the  wicked  as  from  a  liberal 
Lord,  who  out  of  goodness  makes  the  '  sun  to  shine  both  upon  the  just  and 
unjust,'  Mat.  v.  45.  Therefore  a  Chi-istian's  right  doth  not  exclude,  but 
excel  theirs. 

Let  not  therefore  a  godly  man  trouble  himself  to  argue  them  out  of  their 
good  things  here  received;  they  are  all  they  shall  have.  Let  the  wicked 
make  much  of  what  they  have,  for  they  shall  have  no  more.  The  servant 
of  the  Lord  must  seek  his  portion  in  another  life.  The  greatest  part  of  the 
things  he  hath  here  is  the  least  part  of  the  things  he  shall  have  hereafter. 

But  then  take  the  right  course,  and  first  make  God  thine,  and  then  all 
shall  be  thine.  But  before  God  can  be  thine,  Christ  must  be  thine  ;  and 
before  him,  faith  must  be  thine  ;  and  before  faith,  the  word  must  be  thine. 
Therefore  so  order  thy  affairs  as  to  hear,  and  so  order  thy  hearing  as  to 
believe,  and  so  thy  faith  as  to  find  Christ  in  thy  heart ;  and  then  thou  shalt 
find  God  in  Christ,  and  all  in  God. 

But  I  entreat  thee  for  the  mercies  of  Christ,  if  thou  undertakest  a  Chris- 
tian profession,  walk  answerably  to  it ;  and  to  a  good  profession,  add  a  good 
confession.  *  Oh !  that  men  would  praise  the  Lord  for  his  goodness,  and  declare 
the  wonders  that  he  doth  for  the  children  of  men,'  Ps.  cvii.  8.  Bless  God 
for  all  thou  hast  and  shalt  have  ;  yea,  for  this  work,  &c.,  the  man  that  in- 
dited it :  a  man,  for  matter  always  full,  for  notions  sublime,  for  expression 
clear,  for  style  concise  ;  a  man  spiritually  rational,  and  rationally  spiritual ; 
one  that  seemed  to  see  the  insides  of  nature  and  grace,  and  the  world  and 
heaven,  by  those  perfect  anatomies  he  hath  made  of  them  all.  But  his 
work  needs  no  letter  of  commendation  from  any,  much  less  from  one  so  un- 
worthy as  I  am.  Therefore  pardon  me,  and  read  him,  and  try  thyself,  and 
glorify  God.     Farewell.  J.  B.* 

*  These  initials  probably  represent  Jeremiah  Burrougbs,  than  whom  none  of  the 
Puritans  more  nearly  resembled  Sibbes  either  as  a  man  or  as  a  writer.  He  died 
November  14. 1646.  He  is  one  of  Fuller's  '  Worthies.'  For  a  short  memoir,  consult 
Brook's  Lives  of  the  Puritans,  III.  pp.  18-25. — G. 


SBM.). 


A  CHRISTIAN'S  PORTIOI(; 


A  CHEISTIAN'S  CHAETEE. 


Therefore  let  no  man  glory  in  men :  for  all  tilings  are  yours ;  ivhether  Paul, 
or  Apollos,  or  Cephas,  or  the  ivorld,  or  life,  or  death,  or  things  present, 
or  thinqs  to  come;  all  are  yours;  and  ye  are  Christ's;  and  Christ  is 
God's.— 1  CoE.  III.  21-23. 


One  man  is  prone  to  idolise  and  set  up  another  man  in  his  soul  higher 
than  is  fit,  which  is  never  without  great  danger  and  derogation  from 
Christ.  Men,  for  the  love  of  that  good  that  is  in  others,  whom  they  reve- 
rence overmuch,  take  in  ill,  and  all.  We  are  very  prone  to  this  fault 
when  we  look  too  much  to  persons  who  are  subject  to  like  infirmities  with 
ourselves.  That  is  the  reason  why  the  apostle  is  so  careful  in  this  chap- 
ter to  abase  man  in'^the  beginning  of  this  21st  verse.  '  Let  no  man  glory 
in  men;'  that  is,  so  far  as  to  depend  upon  them  in  matters  of  faith.  This, 
therefore,  is  the  principal  scope  of  the  apostle,  in  this  place,  to  cut  off"  fac- 
tion and  overmuch  dependence  upon  men.  There  were  some  vainglorious 
teachers  that  had  crept  into  the  consciences  of  people  (as  it  is  their  use),* 
and  drew  factions,  and  so  set  up  themselves  instead  of  Christ.  The  apostle, 
to  prevent  this,  saith,  '  Let  no  man  glory  in  men.'  Do  not  glory  in  your 
teachers  ;  they  are  but  your  servants  and  Christ's  servants  ;  '  for  all  things 
are  yours.'  By  means  of  those  vain-glorious  teachers  the  people  grew 
divided,  and  began  to  set  up  one  and  cry  down  another.  To  redress  this, 
the  apostle  saith,  '  All  things  are  yours  ;'  whether  Paul,  meaning  himself, 
or  Apollos, f  another  excellent  man ;  yea,  Cephas,  Peter  himself.  Paul 
with  all  his  learning,  Apollos  with  his  eloquence,  Peter  with  his  vehe- 
mency  of  spirit ;  what  he  is,  and  what  he  hath,  all  his  endowments  are  for 
the  good  of  the  church. 

So  that  here  we  have,  first,  a  dehortation :  '  Let  no  man  glory  in  man.' 
Then  a  reason  of  it ;  '  For  all  things  are  yours.' 

He  sets  down  the  reason,  first,  in  gross  in  the  whole,  '  All  things  are 
yours.' 

And  then  parcels  it  out,  as  it  were,  by  retail :  '  whether  Paul,  or  Apollos, 

*  That  is  ==  '  custom,  way.' — G. 

t  Again,  and  tliroughout,  spelled  Apollo. — G. 


A  CHRISTIAN  S  PORTION.  / 

or  Cephas,  or  the  world,  or  life,  or  death,  or  things  present,  or  things  to 
come.'  And  so  by  induction  of  particulars  he  lays  open  and  unfolds  this 
tapestry,  that  they  may  see  the  riches  of  this  '  all,'  and  then  he  wraps 
up  all  again,  '  all  are  yours.'  Those  things  that  I  have  named  are  yours, 
nay,  things  that  are  most  unlike,  '  life  and  death  are  yours.'  What  need 
we  doubt  of  other  things,  when  death  is  ours  ?  He  that  hath  the  power  of 
death,  the  devil,  is  not  excluded  ;  '  he  is  ours.' 

Here  is  also  a  gradation  :  '  All  is  ours.'  Is  there  a  full  point  there  ? 
No.  '  We  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.  The  gradation  is  upwards 
and  downwards.  God  descends  to  us.  '  All'  is  from  the  Father,  and  from 
Christ  mediator,  to  man,  and  for  man's  sake  to  the  creature.  The  grada- 
tion up  again  is,  '  We  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.'  Which  rnakes  a 
blessed  concatenation,  or  chaining  and  linking  of  things  from  the  wise  and 
great  God.  All  things  hang  on  him,  and  are  carried  to  him  again  ;  and  as 
they  come  from  one,  so  they  end  in  one.  As  a  circle  begins  and  ends  in 
one  point,  so  all  comes  from  God  and  ends  in  God. 

In  the  reason  we  have  the  '  Charter  of  a  Christian,'  the  dowry  that  the 
church  hath  by  her  marriage  with  Christ.  He  is  the  greatest  king  that 
ever  was,  and  she  is  the  greatest  queen ;  for  Christ,  he  is  Lord  of  heaven 
and  earth,  and  of  all  things  ;  and  her  estate  is  as  large  as  his,  '  All  things 
are  yours,'  &c.,  even  from  God  to  the  poorest  thing  in  the  world.  God 
passeth  over  himself  to  his  children  ;  he  is  theirs,  Christ  is  theirs.  There- 
fore angels  are  theu's  ;  for  angels  ascend  and  descend  upon  Jacob's  ladder, 
that  is,  Christ. 

Having  set  down  this  general,  '  all  things  are  yours,'  to  discourage  them 
from  glorying  in  men,  he  parcels  that  general  into  particulars  :  '  Paul,  or 
Apollos,  or  Cephas,  or  life,  or  death,'  &c. 

1.  ^All  persons  are  yours. 

2.  All  things  are  yours. 

3.  All  events  are  yours. 
Persons  :  '  Paul,  Apollos,  Cephas.' 
Things  :  '  The  world,  or  life,  or  death.' 

Events :  Whatsoever  can  come,  for  the  present,  or  for  time  to  come,  *  all 
is  yours.' 

For  persons :  '  Paul,  Apollos,  Cephas  are  yours.'  Therefore  Peter  is  not 
the  head  of  the  church.  He  is  named  here  in  the  third  place,  among  the 
rest,  and  after  the  rest :  '  Whether  it  be  Paul,  or  Apollos,  or  Cephas,  he  is 
yours.'  You  know  who  ground  all  their  rehgion  on  this.  Peter  is  the  head 
of  the  church,  and  they  are  the  successors  of  Peter.  But  Peter  is  the 
church's,  and  therefore  cannot  be  the  head  and  commander.  The  pope 
pretends  that  he  is  Peter's  successor,  and  yet  he  will  be  head  of  the 
church.  But  you  see  Cephas  is  a  servant  of  the  church's,  as  well  as  Paul 
and  Apollos.  You  see  the  hypocrisy  of  him,  by  the  way.  He  will  call  him- 
self servus  servorum  Dei,  the  servant  of  the  servants  of  God,  as  if  he  would 
justify  this  blessed  speech.  Cephas  and  Paul  are  servants  of  the  church, 
and  I,  that  am  Peter's  successor,  am  so  ;  but  yet  he  stamps  in  his  coin, 
'  That  nation  and  country  that  will  not  serve  thee,  shall  be  rooted 
OUT '  (c).  And  so,  while  he  pretends  to  be  servant  of  servants,  he  will  be  lord 
of  lords ;  he  tyranniseth  over  the  church,  and  overthrows  this  text  that 
saith,  '  All  things  are  for  the  church,  and  we  must  glory  in  no  man,'  so  as 
to  let  him  be  the  author  of  our  faith  in  anything.  That  man  of  sin  and 
his  adherents,  the  faction  of  Eome,  wrong  the  church  two  ways  especially. 

1.  First  of  all,  in  that  they  have  of  their  own  brain,  without  Christ,  the 


o  A  CHRISTIAN  S  PORTION  ;    OR, 

head  of  the  church,  ordained  a  world  of  idle  ceremonies,  which  they  will  have 
to  have  supernatural  effects,  and  to  confer  grace. 

2.  And  then,  secondly,  in  that  they  make  laws  to  bind  the  conscience,  with- 
out reference  to  Christ,  and  their  traditions  must  have  the  same  authority 
with  the  word  of  God  ;  so  they  sit  in  the  temple  of  God ;  and  that  is  the 
reason  why  popery  prevaileth  so.  Whereas,  indeed,  no  man  is  lord  of  the 
faith  of  another  man.  The  chiefest  men  in  the  world  are  but  servants  of  the 
church  :  Paul,  and  Apollos,  and  Cephas.  '  The  woman  must  not  usurp 
authority  over  the  man,'  1  Tim.  ii.  12,  nor  must  the  church  be  above  Christ. 

To  go  on ;  not  only  all  persons,  but  the  whole  world,  is  the  church's. 

The  world  natural,  the  civil  world,  and  the  ecclesiastical  world. 

(1.)  First,  the  world  natural  is  the  church's;  that  is,  the  frame  of  heaven 
and  earth.  All  things  are  made  for  man,  and  he  is  made  for  God.  As  a 
wise  philosopher  could  say,  that  man  is  the  end  of  all  things  in  a  semi- 
circle (d)];  that  is,  all  things  in  the  M'orld  are  made  for  him,  and  he  is  made  for 
God.  The  world  is  ours,  all  things  iu  the  world  are  our  servants  ;  for  they 
mourn  in  black,  as  it  were,  for  our  miseries  since  the  fall,  and  in  our  restor- 
ing again  they  shall  be  restored.  They  wait  for  the  day,  as  it  is  Rom. 
viii.  21,  'For  the  glorious  liberty  of  the  Son  of  God.'  They  have  their 
happiness  and  misery  together  with  men.  The  world  stands  for  the  elect. 
If  all  the  elect  were  gathered  out  of  the  world,  there  would  be  an  end  of  all 
things  ;  all  would  be  in  confusion  presently. 

(2.)  And  so  for  the  civil  tvorld,  all  states  are  for  the  church.  The  com- 
monwealth is  for  the  church.  Therefore  St  Paul  bids  us  '  pray  for  kings 
and  princes,'  &c.  Why  ?  That  under  them  we  may  live  a  godly  and 
peaceable  life,'  1  Tim.  ii.  2.  If  it  were  not  for  the  gathering  of  the  church, 
God  would  take  little  care  for  commonwealths.  They  stand  because  the 
church  is  mingled  with  them.  Take  church  from  the  commonwealth,  and 
what  is  it  but  a  company  of  men  that  make  the  world  their  god  ?  King- 
doms and  commonwealths  are  but  hospitals  and  harbours  for  the  church. 
Though  they  despise  the  church,  and  account  of  it  as  Christ  was  accounted, 
H  stranger  that  they  will  not  acknowledge,  yet  notwithstandmg,  those  few 
despised  ones  are  the  substance  of  the  kingdom.  God  intends  the  church 
as  the  considerable  part  of  the  world,  though  men  think  not  so.  The  rest 
that  are  not  the  church,  they  are  for  the  church.  As  we  say  of  a  field  of 
wheat,  the  ploughing,  the  rain,  the  stalk,  the  ear,  the  husk,  all  is  for  the 
wheat ;  so  the  standing  of  the  world,  the  government  of  it,  the  parts  and 
gifts  of  men,  all  are  for  the  church,  to  do  good  to  it.  Were  it  not  for  the 
service  they  owe  to  the  church,  they  should  not  continue. 

(3.)  And  in  the  church  all  that  ever  is  good  is  for  the  elect's  sake.  As 
we  stand  under  Christ  in  great  terms,  ambassadors,  &c.,  so  we  stand  to  the 
church  as  servants.  '  We  preach  ourselves  servants  for  Christ's  sake,' 
2  Cor.  iv.  5.  '  Let  a  man  esteem  of  us  as  of  the  ministers  of  Christ,'  1  Cor. 
iv.  1.  No  greater  nor  no  less,  but  as  the  ministers  of  Christ.  Persons  and 
ministry,  calling  and  gifts,  all  are  for  the  church,  as  it  is  Eph.  iv.  11,  seq.,  at 
large ;  when  he  ascended  up  on  high,  he  '  gave  some  to  be  apostles,  some 
pastors,'  &c.,  all  for  the  good  of  the  church.  '  I  suffer  all  for  the  elect's 
sake,'  saith  St  Paul,  2  Tim.  ii.  10.  Therefore  it  forceth  very  well ;  we 
should  not  glory  in  the  ministers,  nor  in  any  creature.  They  are  for  us. 
But  if  a  man  will  glory,  let  him  glory  in  him  who  hath  made  all  things  his, 
that  is,  in  Christ. 

(4.)  Further,  the  world  is  ours,  take  it  in  the  worst  sense ;  the  world  of 
wicked  men,  all  their  plots,  and  the  '  prince  of  the  world  '  are  the  church's. 


A  chbistian's  charter.  9 

How  is  this  ?  He  and  all  his  instruments  are  under  the  command  of  him 
that  turns  all  his  designs  contrary  to  his  own  intention.  This  is  a  hell  to 
Satan,  and  one  of  the  chief  torments  that  he  hath  ;  that  as  his  maUce  is 
above  his  power,  so  God  overpowers  him  in  his  power.  God  overshoots 
him  in  his  own  bow.  Whatever  he  designs  against  the  head  Christ,  and 
against  his  members  the  church,  it  is  overturned  for  the  good  of  the  church. 
In  the  apostles'  times  some  were  '  given  over  to  Satan,  that  they  might 
learn  not  to  blaspheme,'  1  Tim.  i.  20.  It  is  a  strange  thing  that  Satan 
should  teach  not  to  blaspheme,  who  is  the  author  of  blasphemy  ;  yet  by 
consequence,  he  afflicting  their  bodies,  thereupon  they  came  to  be  wise,  and 
learned  to  be  moderate  and  sober,  and  to  be  Christianly  minded,  and  not  to 
blaspheme.  So  the  prince  of  the  world  is  om's  in  this  by  an  over-commanding 
power,  that  turns  all  to  good  against  his  intentions.  For  there  is  but  one 
grand  monarch  in  the  world ;  every  kingdom  is  under  a  higher  kingdom. 
There  is  but  one  to  whom  all  are  subject.  There  is  one  grand  wheel  that 
turns  all  the  others.  And  therefore  Satan  himself  is  serviceable  to  God's 
end,  whether  he  will  or  no. 

And  then. for  the  world  of  wicked  men,  all  their  designs,  though  for  the 
present  they  seem  to  be  against  the  church,  yet  they  are  serviceable  to  the 
church.  For  wicked  men  are  but  the  launderers  of  the  church,  to  wash 
the  church,  to  purge  it,  to  do  base  services  that  God  intends  for  the  refin- 
ing of  the  church.  And  all  their  hatred  is  for  the  good  of  the  church. 
For  God  suffers  the  world  to  hate  his  children,  that  his  children  might  not 
love  the  world,  because  it  would  be  a  dangerous  love.  The  church  is  a 
strange  corporation ;  it  is  such  a  corporation  as  hath  greatest  benefit  by 
enemies.  The  enemies  of  the  church  are  the  promoters  of  the  greatest 
good  of  the  church.  The  very  world  is  the  church's,  take  it  in  the  worst 
sense,  for  the  '  wicked  world  that  lies  in  mischief.'  But  I  will  not  dwell 
upon  that.     To  go  on. 

As  all  things  in  general,  so  life  especially  is  the  church's.  Why  doth 
God  prolong  the  life  of  good  pastors  and  good  people,  but  that  they  may 
be  blessed  instruments  to  convey  truth  to  posterity  ?  As  St  Paul  saith, 
Phil,  i,  23,  24,  '  It  is  for  your  sake  that  I  am  not  with  Christ.  It  were 
best  for  me  to  be  dissolved,  and  to  be  with  Christ,'  a  great  deal ;  but  for 
your  sake,  for  your  good,  I  must  remain  still.  So,  for  the  life  of  pastors 
and  good  Christians,  by  communion  with  whom  we  have  benefit.  For 
their  particular  it  were  best  for  them  to  be  in  heaven,  to  be  gathered  to  the 
triumphant  church,  to  their  friends,  to  Christ,  to  the  saints,  the  souls  of 
just  men  made  perfect,  there  is  no  question  of  it ;  but  for  the  church's  sake 
they  are  made  to  want  their  glory  for  a  time.  Paul  was  content  to  be 
without  the  joys  of  heaven  for  a  while,  to  want  his  crown  of  glory,  to  live 
in  the  church,  to  do  good.  So  the  life  of  other  able  w^orthy  men  it  is  for 
the  church,  and  it  is  the  calamity  of  the  church  when  God  takes  them  away. 

And  so  the  Hfe  of  good  magistrates,  it  is  for  the  benefit  of  the  church. 
It  were  better  for  them  to  be  in  heaven.  But  as  it  is  said  of  David,  Acts 
xiii.  86,  '  He  served  God  in  his  own  generation.'  So  every  magistrate  hath 
his  generation,  time,  allotted,  a  generation  to  stand  up  in  the  church  and 
state,  and  to  serve  God  in,  and  then  God  takes  him  away. 

And  then  om-  own  hfe  is  ours,  while  we  Hve  in  order  to  a  better  life  (for 
all  must  be  understood  in  order  to  happiness),  which  is  the  only  life.  This 
present  life  is  nothing  but  a  shadow,  yet  we  have  a  world  of  advantage  in 
this  Hfe,  to  get  assurance  of  a  better.  This  life,  indeed,  is  but  a  little  spot 
of  time  between  two  eternities,  before  and  after,  but  it  is  of  great  conse- 


10 


A  CHKISTIAN  S  POETION  ;    OB, 


quence,  and  it  is  given  us  to  get  a  better  life  in,  that  glory  may  be  begun  in 
grace,  and  that  we  may  have  a  further  and  '  further  entrance  into  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  here,'  as  Peter  saith,  2  Peter  i.  11, 

Again,  life  is  ours,  because  the  time  we  live  here  is  a  seed  time.  This 
life  is  given  us  to  do  a  great  many  of  good  things  in,  the  crop  and  harvest 
of  which  is  reserved  for  the  world  to  come ;  and  when  we  have  done  the 
work  that  God  hath  given  us  to  do,  we  are  gathered  to  our  fathers. 

And  life  is  a  special  benefit,  because  by  the  advantage  of  life  we  further 
our  reckonings  after  death.  A  good  Christian,  the  longer  he  Hves,  the 
larger  good  accounts  he  hath,  the  more  he  soweth  to  the  Spirit.  It  is 
therefore  a  blessed  thing  for  a  godly  man  to  live  long,  for  a  good  man  to 
be  an  old  man.  All  his  sins  are  wiped  away ;  they  shall  never  be  laid  to 
his  charge.  He  may  say,  he  hath  lived  long,  and  sinned  a  long  time,  yet 
his  sins  are  forgiven,  and  all  his  good  deeds  shall  be  upon  the  file,*  and  be 
set  on  the  score,  even  to  '  a  cup  of  cold  water,'  Mat.  x.  42,  and  he  shall 
be  rewarded.  There  is  not  a  sigh,  not  a  tear  but  it  is  registered.  The 
longer  a  man  liveth,  if  he  should  live  Methuselah  his  days,  the  richer  he 
should  be  in  good  works  ;  and  the  richer  he  is  in  good  works,  the  more  he 
shall  have  his  part  and  share  in  glory  after.  The  longer  he  lives,  the 
happier  the  times  are  in  which  he  lives  ;  for  a  good  man  makes  the  times 
happy,  and  it  is  happier  for  himself.  The  more  rich  he  is  in  good  works, 
the  more  rich  he  shall  be  in  glory  after,  the  heavier  his  crown,  and  his 
reward  shall  be  in  heaven.  The  richer  shall  be  his  harvest,  the  larger  his 
seed-time  hath  been. 

Use.  These  things  being  so,  we  should  bless  God,  and  he  very  thankful  that 
he  yields  to  us  this  life ;  for  besides  an  advantage  of  doing  good,  it  is  a  pre- 
parative to  a  better.  This  life  is,  as  it  were,  the  seminary  f  of  heaven. 
Heaven  indeed  is  the  true  paradise  of  all  the  plants  of  God,  but  they  must 
have  a  seminary  to  be  planted  in  first ;  and  therefore  the  church  is  called 
the  kingdom  of  heaven,  because  we  are  first  planted  here.  Therefore  we 
should  bless  God  for  this  life,  and  not  wish  ourselves  dead  out  of  murmur- 
ing, but  in  subjection  yield  ourselves  when  God  will.  Oh,  this  life  is  a 
blessed  time.  It  is  our  seed  time.  The  longer  we  live  the  more  oppor- 
tunity we  have  to  do  good,  to  grow  in  grace,  and  to  do  good  to  others,  and 
to  enlarge  our  own  accounts  and  reckonings  to  the  end.  The  next  thing 
to  speak  of  is  death. 

'  Or  death.' 

He  doth  well  to  join  these  two  together,  for  if  life  be  not  ours  for  good, 
death  will  never  be  ours.  He  that  doth  not  make  a  good  use  of  life,  never 
hath  death  to  be  his  comfort ;  but  instead  of  an  entrance  into  heaven,  it 
shall  be  a  trap-door  to  hell.  But  if  life  be  ours,  and  we  have  made  a  blessed 
improvement  of  it,  then  death  also  shall  be  ours.  And  '  blessed  are  they 
that  die  in  the  Lord,'  Rev.  xiv.  13. 

It  is  a  strange  thing  that  death  should  be  ours,  that  is  a  destroying 
hostile  thing  to  nature ;  the  king  of  fear  as  the  Scripture  calls  it.  Job  xviii.  14 ; 
and  that  terrible  of  all  tei-ribles,  as  the  philosopher  saith,  ( e)  '  the  last  enemy,' 
as  Paul  saith,  1  Cor.  xv.  26,  Death  is  ours  many  ways.  It  is  a  piece  of 
our  jointure,  for  these  words  contain  the  jointure  of  the  church.  The 
church  is  Christ's  spouse,  '  All  things  are  Christ's,'  and  therefore  all  things 
are  the  spouse's ;  and  among  other  particular  gifts  given  to  the  church, 
death  is  one. 

But  this  death  in  the  gospel  is  turned  to  another  thing.  It  is  a  harmless 
*  Cf.  Note  b,  Vol.  I.,  page  289,— G,  t  That  is,  '  seed-plot.'— G. 


A  CHKISTIAN's  CHAIiTER.  11 

death.  The  sting  is  pulled  out.  It  hath  lost  all  his  venom  in  Christ. 
That  which  is  malignant  and  hurtful  in  death  is  taken  away.  What  is 
the  poison  and  sting  of  death  ?  It  is  sin.  Now  that  is  forgiven  in  Christ. 
But  that  is  not  enough  for  God's  bounty,  that  death  should  not  hurt  us. 
No ;  it  is  ours,  it  tends  to  our  benefit  many  ways. 

First,  It  unclothes  us  of  these  rags,  these  sick,  weak,  and  untoward 
bodies  of  ours,  that  occasion  so  much  disquiet  to  our  souls  ;  these  mud 
walls.  It  takes  down  the  tabernacle,  it  puts  off  our  old  rags,  and  puts  on 
a  new  robe  of  immortality,  and  garments  of  glory.  It  ends  all  that  is  ill. 
All  is  determined  in  death.  It  is  the  last  evil.  It  puts  an  end  to  all  our 
labours,  to  all  our  troubles,  and  sorrows.  Then  the  cursed  labour  of  all 
our  sins  (that  are  the  cause  of  sorrow)  shall  have  an  end.  '  Blessed  are 
they  that  die  in  the  Lord,  they  rest  from  their  labours,'  Rev.  xiv.  13. 
There  is  no  rest  till  we  be  dead.  Death  is  the  accomplishment  of  our 
mortification. 

And  there  is  an  end  of  the  labour  and  toil  in  our  callings,  and  the  miseries 
and  afiiictions  that  accompany  them.  It  frees  us  from  all  labours  whatso- 
ever. For  death  is  a  sleep,  and  all  labours  end  in  sleep.  And  as  after 
sleep  the  spirits  are  refreshed  ;  so  after  death  we  are  more  refreshed  than 
we  can  conceive  now.  Death  is  ours  because  it  is  our  resting-place.  After 
oar  bodies  are  weary  and  worn  out  in  toiling,  then  comes  death,  and  then 
we  rest  in  our  graves. 

It  frees  us  from  wicked  men,  and  sets  us  clear  out  of  Satan's  reach. 
This  world  is  the  kingdom  of  Satan,  but  when  we  are  gone  hence,  he  hath 
nothing  to  do  with  us.  Sin  brought  in  death,  and  now  death  puts  an  end 
to  sin ;  we  shall  be  no  more  annoyed  with  Satan  or  his  temptations,  which 
is  a  great  privilege. 

And  then  death  is  a  passage  to  another  world.  It  is  the  gate  of  glory 
and  everlasting  happiness.  It  is  the  beginning  of  all  that  is  good,  that  is 
everlastingly  and  eternally  good.  Our  death  is  our  birthday.  Indeed, 
death  is  the  death  of  itself;  death  is  the  death  of  death  (/).  For  when  we 
die,  we  begin  to  live,  and  we  never  live  indeed  till  we  die.  For  what  is 
this  life  ?  Alas  !  it  is  a  dying.  Every  day  we  live,  a  part  of  our  life  is 
taken  away.  "We  die  every  day,  1  Cor.  xv.  31.  The  more  we  have  lived, 
the  less  of  our  life  we  have  to  live. 

The  Hfe  in  heaven  begins  at  death.  Death  is  the  birthday  of  that  hfe 
of  immortality,  and  that  is  the  life  which  can  only  truly  be  called  life. 
When  Christ  came  by  dying  to  purchase  hfe,  it  was  not  this  sorry  life  on 
earth,  but  the  life  in  the  world  to  come,  that  life  of  immortal  glory ;  and 
death's  day  is  the  birthday  of  this  life.  And  for  our  bodies,  they  are  but 
refined  by  death,  and  fitted,  as  vessels  cast  into  the  fire,  to  be  moulded,  to 
be  most  glorious  vessels  after. 

Death  is  ours  every  way.  It  is  our  greatest  friend  under  the  mask  of  an 
enemy.  So  that,  whatsoever  Satan  may  suggest  to  the  contrary,^  death  is 
ours  ;  our  friend  that  was  our  enemy  ;  a  good  thing  that  was  an  ill.  Our 
fancy  in  a  temptation  may  make  us  apprehend  those  things  that  are 
useful  and  good  to  be  terrible  and  ill,  and  those  things  that  are  truly  dan- 
gerous to  us  as  if  they  were  the  only  good.  Satan  abuseth  our  imagina- 
tion, by  amplifying  the  good  of  evil,  and  the  evil  of  good.  But,  indeed, 
death,  and  all  that  makes  way  unto  it,  sickness,  and  misery,  they  are  ours ; 
they  do  us  good,  they  fit  us  for  heaven.  Sickness,  it  fits  us  for  death  ;  it 
unlooseth  the  soul  from  the  body.  As  for  the  profits,  and  pleasures,  and 
honours  of  the  world,  what  do  they  ?     They  nail  us  fixster  to  the  world, 


12  A  christian's  poetion  ;  or, 

and  do  us  hurt.  Therefore,  death  is  ours.  It  is  a  good  messenger ;  it 
brings  good  tidings  when  it  comes.  Hereupon  it  is  that  the  wise  man 
saith,  *  The  day  of  death  is  better  than  the  day  of  birth,'  Eccles.  vii.  1. 
When  we  are  born,  we  come  into  misery ;  when  we  die,  we  go  out  of 
misery  to  happiness.  It  is  better  to  go  out  of  misery  than  to  come  into  it. 
If  the  day  of  death  be  better  than  the  day  of  birth  to  a  Christian,  certainly 
then  death  is  theirs.  It  makes  a  short  end  of  all  that  is  miserable,  and  it 
is  a  terminus  from  whence  all  good  begins.  There  is  nothing  in  the  world 
that  doth  us  so  much  good  as  death.  It  ends  all  that  is  ill  both  of  body 
and  soul,  and  it  begins  that  happiness  that  never  shall  have  an  end. 
Therefore,  *  blessed  are  they  that  die  in  the  Lord,  saith  the  Spirit,'  Eev. 
xiv.  13,  '  A  voice  from  heaven  '  saith  so,  and  therefore,  '  Write,'  saith  he.  It 
may  be  written  if  the  Spirit  saith  it :  it  is  testimony  and  argument  enough. 
*  Blessed  are  those  that  die  in  the  Lord :  they  rest  from  their  labours ;  and 
their  reward  follows  them.'  For  they  rest  from  all  that  is  evil,  and  from 
that  only.  All  that  is  good,  '  their  works  follow  them.'  So  that  if  all  evil 
cease,  and  all  good  follows,  I  hope  death  may  well  be  said  to  be  ours,  and 
for  om'  good. 

Use.  If  death  be  ours,  and  all  that  makes  way  to  death,  sickness,  &c.,  the 
curse  of  them  being  taken  away,  and  in  the  room  a  blessing  hid  in  them, 
then  why  should  we  startle  and  be  affrighted  too  much  at  the  message  of 
death,  as  if  it  were  such  a  terrible  thing  ?  Why  should  we  be  afraid  of 
that  that  is  a  part  of  our  portion  ?  Why  should  we  be  afraid  of  that  which 
is  friendly  to  us  and  doth  us  so  much  good?  What,  to  be  a  Christian  that 
lives  in  the  household  and  family  of  faith,  and  to  want  faith  so  far  as  not  to 
believe  the  glorious  estate  after  death,  or  that  it  is  not  his,  or  that  death 
lets^him  not  into  it ! 

Nature  will  be  nature,  and  death  is  a  dissolution,  and  so  the  enemy  of 
nature,  the  last  enemy.  Therefore  nature  cannot  but  in  some  measure  be 
affrighted  with  death ;  but  then  grace  and  the  Spirit  of  God  in  his  children 
should  be  above  nature,  and  cause  them  to  look  beyond  death  to  that  happy 
condition  which  death  puts  them  in  possession  of.  Death  is  like  Jordan. 
We  go  through  the  waters  and  waves  of  it  to  Canaan,  the  land  of  promise 
and  happiness.  Faith  would  let  us  see  this ;  and  so  grace  would  subdue 
nature,  though  nature  will  have  a  bout*  with  the  best,  death  being  the 
terrible  of  terribles,  and  the  king  of  fear,  as  I  said  before.  Therefore  I 
speak  not  this  that  we  should  be  senseless,  but  that  we  may  see  how  far 
the  meditation  of  these  things,  of  this  blessed  prerogative,  and  this  one  part 
of  our  charter,  should  strengthen  us. 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  let  us  lay  up  this  against  those  dark  times 
wherein  death  will  be  presented  unto  us  an  ugly  and  grim  thing.  It  is  so 
to  nature  indeed,  but  to  faith,  death  is  become  amiable. t  Indeed,  as  I 
said,  there  is  nothing  in  the  world  that  doth  us  so  much  good  as  death,  for 
it  is  the  best  physician.  It  cures  all  diseases  whatsoever  of  soul  and  body. 
And  indeed — for  to  shut  up  this  point — death  is  the  death  and  destruction 
of  itself ;  for  after  death  there  is  no  more  death.  It  consumes  itself.  By 
death  we  overcome  death.  '  We  can  never  die  more,'  Rom.  vi.  9.  We 
are  freed  from  all  death.  Therefore,  to  be  afraid  of  death,  is  to  be  afraid 
of  life,  to  be  afraid  of  victory ;  for  we  never  overcome  death  till  we  die. 
Lay  up  these  considerations  against  the  time  of  need.  When  death  comes, 
there  will  be  a  confluence  of  a  world  of  grief,  when  conscience,  being  guilty 

*  That  is,  '  one  turn,'  '  one  trial.' — G.       f  That  is,  '  lovely.'     Cf.  Ps.  Ixxxiv.  1.— G. 


A  christian's  chaktee.  13 

of  sin,  shall  be  arraigned  before  God ;  when  tbere  will  be  sickness,  and 
diseases  of  body,  and  a  deprivation  of  all  the  comforts  and  employments  of 
the  world.  They  will  all  meet  in  a  centre,  in  a  point,  at  death  ;  but  a  man 
had  need  to  gather  the  greater  comfort  against  that  hour ;  and  what  shall 
comfort  us  then  ?  There  is  a  sweet  comfort  in  Rom.  viii.  88,  39,  that 
neither  life,  nor  death,  nor  things  present,  nor  things  to  come,  shall  be  able 
to  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  in  Christ.  It  is  a  sweet  comfort,  that 
nothing  shall  separate  us;  but  this  is  a  greater  comfort,  that  death  is  ours. 
It  shall  not  only  not  separate  us  from  God  and  from  happiness,  but  it  shall 
bring  us  to  nearer  communion  with  God  and  Christ,  for  it  is  a  separation 
that  causeth  a  nearer  conjunction ;  the  separation  of  soul  and  body  causeth 
the  conjunction  of  the  soul  to  Christ  for  the  present,  and  afterwards  an 
eternal  conjunction  of  soul  and  body  in  this  blessed  fruition  of  him.  Now, 
blessed  be  God  for  Jesus  Christ,  that  hath  made  in  him  even  death,  the 
bitterest  thing  of  all,  to  be  sweet  unto  us. 
*  Or  things  present.' 

Whatsoever  is  present,  good  or  ill.  The  good  things  present  are  ours, 
for  our  comfort  in  our  pilgrimage  and  passage  towards  heaven.  God  is  so 
good  unto  his  children,  as  that  he  doth  not  only  reserve  for  them  happiness 
in  another  world,  but  the  very  gallery  and  passage  to  heaven  by  the  way 
is  comfortable.  Things  present  are  theirs.  They  may  enjoy  them  with 
comfort;  they  have  a  liberty  to  all  things,  for  refreshings,  &c.  'All  things 
are  pure  to  the  pure,'  Titus  i.  15.  'Every  creature  of  God  is  good,  so  it 
be  received  with  thanksgiving  and  prayer,'  1  Tim.  iv.  4.  We  have  a  liberty 
to  use  them,  but  it  must  be  with  prayer  and  thanksgiving.  Though  a  man 
hath  a  liberty  and  right  to  any  thing,  yet  there  must  be  a  suing  it  out, 
there  must  be  some  passage  in  law  to  put  him  in  possession.  So,  though 
we  have  a  freedom  to  '  present  things,'  there  must  be  somewhat  to  make 
a  sanctified  use  of  them.  We  must  go  to  God  by  grace  to  use  them  well ; 
all  must  be  sanctified  by  prayer  and  thanksgiving. 

And  as  good  things,  so  ill  things  present  are  ours.  Afllictions  are  ours, 
because  they  fit  us  for  a  happier  state  ;  they  exei'cise  what  is  good  in  us, 
and  mortify  what  is  ill.  They  are  sanctified  to  subdue  that  which  is  ill, 
and  to  increase  that  which  is  good,  and  to  make  us  more  capable  of  glory. 
Who  is  so  capable  of  glory  as  he  that  hath  been  afllicted  in  this  world  ? 
To  whom  is  heaven  heaven  indeed  but  to  the  man  that  hath  led  an  afiiict- 
ing  life,  a  conflicting  course  with  the  world  and  his  own  corruptions  ? 
Heaven  is  a  place  of  happiness  indeed  to  him.  Therefore,  evil  things  are 
ours,  because  they  sweeten  happiness  to  come,  and  make  us  more  capable 
and  more  desirous  of  it.  So  both  good  and  evil  things  present  are  ours. 
"  God  governing  the  world,  and  all  things  coming  from  him  as  a  father, 
nothing  shall  come  to  us  for  the  present  but  what  he  means  to  guide  for 
our  good. 

Use.  Therefore  tve  sJiould  take  them  thankfully  at  God's  hands.  '  In  all 
things  be  thankful,'  1  Thes.  v.  18.  '  In  all  things  rejoice,'  Phil.  iv.  4. 
Because  evil,  though  it  be  grevious  for  the  time,  yet  it  hath  'the  quiet  fruit 
of  righteousness,'  Heb.  xii.  11.  It  quiets  the  soul  after  in  that  good  we 
have  by  it.  There  are  divers  good  things  that  we  never  have  but  by  evil. 
There  was  never  man  yet  could  say  he  had  patience  but  by  sufiering.  So 
*  things  present,  whether  they  are  good  or  ill,  they  are  ours,  to  help  us  in 
the  state  of  grace,  and  to  fit  us  for  the  state  of  glory.  But^  the  most  diffi- 
culty is  in 

'  Things  to  come.' 


14  A  christian's  portion  ;  or, 

For  what  assurance  have  we  of  things  to  come  ?  Yet  '  things  to  come 
are  ours,'  whether  they  be  good  or  evil. 

For  good.  The  remainder  of  our  life,  that  is  ours  to  do  good  in.  Death 
is  to  come,  and  that  is  ours.  And  judgment,  that  is  ours  ;  for  our  Brother, 
our  Head,  our  Saviour,  and  our  Husband,  he  shall  be  our  judge,  1  Cor. 
vi.  2  ;  and  at  the  day  of  judgment,  '  we  shall  judge  the  world.'  And  then 
after  judgment  heaven  is  ours ;  immortality  and  eternity  is  ours ;  com- 
munion with  the  blessed  company  in  heaven  is  ours.     '  All  is  ours  '  then. 

Indeed,  the  best  is  to  come  ;  for  if  we  had  nothing  but  what  we  have  in 
this  world,  '  we  were  of  all  men  most  miserable,'  1  Cor.  xv.  19.  Alas ! 
what  have  we,  if  things  present  only  are  ours  ?  But  the  best  is  behind. 
That  for  which  Christ  came  into  the  world  is  behind.  That  which  he  en- 
joys in  heaven  is  ours.  He  will  take  his  spouse  where  himself  is,  into  his 
own  house,  and  he  will  finish  the  marriage,  which  is  begun  in  contract,  and 
then  '  we  shall  be  for  ever  with  the  Lord,'  1  Thes.  iv.  17.  '  The  things  to 
come  '  are  the  main  things,  that  which  our  faith  lays  hold  on.  That  which 
we  raise  ourselves  and  comfort  ourselves  by,  are  especially  the  things  to 
come,  especially  the  promises  of  happiness  and  glory,  and  exemption  and 
freedom  from  all  ill.  Whatsoever  is  to  come  is  ours,  and  ours  for  eternity. 
Indeed,  here  I  am  swallowed  up ;  I  cannot  unfold  to  you  what  is  ours  in 
that  sense.  For  '  if  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear  hath  heard,  nor  hath 
entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,  what  God  hath  prepared  for  his 
children  in  this  world,'  1  Cor.  ii.  9,  that  peace  of  conscience  and  joy  in 
the  Holy  Ghost,  how  can  we  conceive  here  of  that  glory  that  is  to  come  ? 
Indeed,  it  is  to  be  in  heaven  to  conceive  of  it.  It  is  a  part  of  heaven  to 
know  them ;  and  therefore  the  full  knowledge  of  them  it  is  deferred  for 
that  time  till  we  come  there. 

And  evil  things  to  come  are  ours  also.  They  cannot  do  us  harm,  they 
cannot  '  separate  us  from  Christ,'  Rom.  viii.  35.  Nothing  for  the  time  to 
come  shall  be  prejudicial,  to  unloose  that  blessed  union  that  is  between  our 
soul  and  Christ ;  as  St  Paul,  Rom.  viii.,  in  that  heavenly  discourse  of  his, 
towards  the  latter  end  of  the  chapter,  Rom.  viii.  38,  39,  saith  triumphantly 
and  divinely,  '  Nothing  shall  separate  us  from  Christ ;  neither  life,  nor 
death,  nor  things  present,  nor  things  to  come.'  We  have  the  word  of  God 
for  it,  '  that  nothing  to  come  shall  hinder  us.'  Whatsoever  is  to  come,  be 
it  never  so  ill,  it  shall  further  us,  as  the  apostle  saith  in  the  same  chapter  : 
Rom.  viii.  28,  '  All  things  shall  work  together  for  the  best  to  them  that 
love  God.'  Therefore,  if  nothing  to  come  can  hinder  us,  and  all  things 
that  are  to  come  shall  further  us,  then  all  things  to  come  must  be  ours. 
In  1  Pet.  i.  5,  '  We  are  kept  by  the  power  of  God,  through  faith,  to  sal- 
vation.' Salvation  is  laid  up  for  us,  and  we  are  kept  through  faith,  by  the 
power  of  God,  to  salvation.     Therefore  all  things  to  come  are  ours. 

It  is  a  great  comfort  that  nothing  shall  separate  us ;  no,  not  death  itself. 
But  this  text  affords  an  exuberancy  of  comfort  above  that,  that  death  is 
ours  ;  and  in  being  so,  it  shall  not  only  not  separate  us  from  Christ,  though 
it  separate  soul  and  body,  but  join  us  to  him. 

I  beseech  you,  take  it  as  a  notion  that  may  help  against  the  terror  of 
that  doleful  separation  of  soul  and  body.  It  parts  two  old  friends,  but  it 
joins  better  friends  together,  the  soul  and  Christ. 

Farther,  all  things  to  come  are  ours ;  even  all  things  in  the  largest  sense, 
the  bitterest  of  all  things. 

The  very  judgment  of  the  wicked,  and  the  eternal  sentencing  of  them,  is 
the  church's.     Why  ?     It  adds  a  lustre  to  God's  mercy  in  advancing  his 


A  christian's  charter.  15 

own,  as  it  is  Kom.  ix.  23.  God  magnifies  his  mercy  to  '  the  vessels  of 
mercy,'  by  punishing  a  company  of  reprobates,  in  whom  he  hath  no  dehght, 
by  reason  of  their  sins.  His  mercy  appears  much  by  that,  even  by  the 
eternal  sentence  and  punishment  of  wicked  men.  So  all  serves  to  set  out 
the  glory  and  excellency  of  God's  people. 

Use.  The  use  that  the  apostle  mainly  intends  is,  that  a  Christian  is  as 
sure  of  the  time  to  come  as  of  the  time  past  or  present.  We  are  sure  of 
what  we  have  had,  and  what  we  have ;  but  a  Christian  is  in  so  firm  a  con- 
dition and  state  that  he  may  be  sure  of  what  is  to  come :  because  God  and 
Christ  are  not  only  '  Alpha,  but  Omega '  also ;  Christ  is  not  only  he  '  was, 
and  is,'  but  '  is  to  come,'  Kev.  i.  8.  He  is  '  Jehovah,  the  same  for  ever,' 
Heb.  xiii.  8.  And  therefore,  as  things  past  could  not  hinder  us  from  being 
elected  and  called  ;  and  things  present  cannot  hurt,  but  they  are  ours  :  so 
are  things  to  come  ;  because  God,  and  Christ,  who  is  the  mediator  under 
God,  hath  the  command  of  all  things  to  come.  And  therefore  we  may  be 
as  sure  of  things  to  come  as  of  things  present.  WTiat  a  comfort  is  this  to 
a  Christian,  when  he  is  casting  what  should  become  of  him,  if  times  of 
trouble  and  public  calamity  should  come  !  Presently  he  satisfieth  himself 
with  this,  come  what  will  come,  all  shall  be  for  the  best,  '  all  things  to  come 
are  ours,'  even  all  things  whatsoever. 

*  All  things  are  yours.' 

But  yet  we  must  understand  this  with  some  limits.  We  therefore  un- 
loose some  knots,  and  answer  some  cases. 

Case  1.  First,  it  may  seem  there  is  no  distinction  ofprojmetij,^-  if  all  be  a 
Christian's. 

Obj.  And  if  every  Christian  may  say,  '  All  is  mine,'  then  what  is  one 
man's  is  another's,  and  there  will  be  no  propriety. 

Ans.  I  answer,  undoubtedly  there  is  a  distinction  of  properties  in  the 
things  of  this  life.  '  All  is  ours,'  but  it  is  in  another  sense.  *  All  is  ours,' 
to  help  us  to  heaven ;  '  all  is  ours  '  in  an  order  to  comfort  and  happiness  ; 
but  for  propriety,  so  all  things  are  not  ours.  For  you  know  the  distinction  : 
some  things  are  common  jure  naturcc,  by  the  law  of  nature,  as  the  sun  and 
air,  and  many  such  like  things  ;  and  some  jure  rfeniimn,  by  the  law  of 
nations.  It  is  but  some  things  are  thus  common.  But  then  there  are  some 
that  by  particular  municipal  laws  are  proper. 

The  distinction  is  established  both  by  the  law  of  God  and  the  law  of  man.f 
Therefore,  not  to  stand  long  in  answering  this  question,  the  Scripture  stab- 
lisheth  the  distinction  of  master  and  servant ;  and  therefore  it  establisheth 
distinction  of  goods.  The  Scripture  establisheth  bounty  and  alms.  If 
there  be  not  a  distinction  of  property,  where  were  alms  ?  Solomon  saith, 
'  The  rich  and  the  poor  meet  together  :  God  is  the  maker  of  both,'  Prov. 
xxii.  2.     He  means,  not  as  men  only,  but  as  poor  and  rich. 

If  riches  be  of  God,  then  distinction  of  properties  is  of  God ;  for  what  is 
riches  but  a  distinction  of  properties  ?  If  God  make  poor  and  rich,  then 
there  must  be  poor  and  rich.  The  poor  you  have  always  with  you,'  Mat. 
xxvi.  11.  Therefore  the  meaning  is,  '  All  is  yours ;'  that  is,  all  that  we 
possess,  and  all  that  we  need  to  help  us,  is  ours  in  that  order  and  carriage 
of  things  that  may  help  us  to  heaven.  And  so  the  want  of  things  is  ours, 
as  well  as  the  having  of  them.  The  very  things  which  a  Christian  wants 
are  his ;  not  only  the  grace  of  contentment  to  want,  but  when  God  takes 
away  those  things  that  are  hurtful  for  him,  that  may  hinder  him  in  his 

*  That  is,  '  property.' — G. 

t  In  margin  lierOj  '  Eead  Judges  xi.  from  ver,  12  to  20.' — G. 


10  A  christian's  portion;  or, 

course  to  heaven,  that  is  his.  It  is  a  part  of  this  portion,  not  to  hare 
things,  if  God  see  it  good.     The  want  of  things  is  a  part  of  this  '  alL' 

Ohj.  That  which  is  so  commonly  alleged  to  the  contrary,  in  Acts  ii.  44, 
'  All  things  were  common,'  will  easily  receive  answer. 

Ans.  1.  For,  ^/irst,  it  uris  parthj  upon  necessity.  If  all  things  then  had  not 
been  common,  they  had  all  been  taken  from  them. 

2.  And  then,  secondly,  it  ivas  arbitrary  also*  '  Was  it  not  thine  own  ?' 
saith  Peter,  Acts  v.  4.  Thou  mightst  not  have  parted  with  it,  if  thou 
wouldst.     It  was  arbitrary,*  though  it  was  common. 

3.  And  then,  thirdly,  all  things  irere  not  common  (g).  Some  good  men 
kept  their  houses.     Mary  had  her  house,  Acts  xii.  12. 

4.  And  then,  fourthly,  all  things  were  common,  but  how  ?  To  distribute 
as  they  needed ;  not  to  catch  who  would  and  who  can.  But  they  were 
so  common  as  they  had  a  care  to  distribute  to  every  one  that  which  they 
needed. 

Case  2.  Ohj.  Another  case  is  this ;  all  is  the  church's,  all  is  good 
people's,  and  therefore  if  a  man  be  naught, f  nothing  is  his.  There  is  a 
great  point  of  popery  gi'ounded  upon  this  mistake.  For  therefore  say  the 
Jesuited  papists,  the  pope  may  excommunicate  ill  princes,  in  order  to  spiri- 
tual things,  in  ordine  ad  spiritualia.  He  is  the  lord  and  monarch  of  all. 
They  are  evil  governors ;  nothing  is  theirs,  all  is  the  church's. 

Ans.  But  we  must  know  that  political  government  is  not  founded  upon 
religion  ;  that  if  a  prince  be  not  religious,  he  is  no  king  ;  but  it  is  founded 
upon  nature  and  free  election,  so  that  the  heathen  that  have  no  religion, 
yet  they  may  have  a  lawful  government  and  governors,  because  it  is  not  so 
built  upon  religion ;  but  where  that  is  not,  yet  this  may  be,  and  God's 
appointment  to  uphold  the  world.  So  that,  let  the  king  be  anything  or 
nothing  for  religion,  he  is  a  lawful  king. 

Ohj.  But  it  is  further  objected,  that  they  succeed  Christ,  &c.,  and  he  was 
the  Lord  of  the  world,  and  they  are  the  vicars  of  Christ ;  and  therefore 
they  may  dispossess  and  invest  whom  they  will. 

Ans.  But  you  must  know,  Christ  as  man  had  no  government  at  all :  but 
Christ  as  God-man,  mediator ;  and  so  he  hath  no  successor.  That  is  in- 
communicable to  the  creature.  Christ  as  man  had  no  kingdom  at  all,  for 
he  saith,  '  My  kingdom  is  not  of  this  world,'  John  xviii.  36.  And  St  Aus- 
tin saith  well,  '  Surely  he  was  no  king,  that  feared  he  should  be  a  king'  (Ji). 
For  when  they  came  to  make  him  king,  '  he  withdrew  himself  and  went 
away,'  John  vi.  15.  And  now  Christ  governs  all  things  in  the  church. 
How  ?  As  God,  as  mediator,  as  God-man ;  not  as  man,  but  as  God-man  ; 
and  so  he  hath  no  substitute.  They  are  all  vain,  impudent  allegations,  as 
if  all  were  theirs,  because  all  is  the  church's  to  dispose  ;  and  the  pope  takes 
himself  virtually  to  be  the  whole  church. 

*  All  things  are  ours.' 

Case  3.  Doth  not  this  hinder  bounty  ?  It  is  mine,  and  therefore  I  do 
not  owe  any  bounty  unto  others  ;  as  Nabal  said,  '  Shall  I  give  my  bread, 
and  my  water,  and  refreshing,'  &c.,  1  Sam.  xxv.  11.  He  was  too  much 
upon  the  pronoun  '  mine.' 

Ans.  However  all  that  we  possess  is  ours  in  law,  yet  in  mercy  many 
times  it  is  the  poor's,  and  not  ours.  The  bonds  of  dut}',  both  of  humanity 
and  religion,  are  larger  than  the  bonds  of  law.  Put  case,  in  law  thou  art 
not  bound  to  do  so,  yet  in  humanity,  much  more  in  Christianity,  thou  art. 
That  that  thou  hast  is  the  church's,  and  the  poor's,  and  not  thine.  It  will 
*  That  is,  '  uncontrolled  '  =  of  choice. — G.       t  That  is, '  naughty '  ==  wicked. — G. 


A  christian's  charter.  17 

be  no  plea  at  the  day  of  judgment  to  say,  it  was  mine  own.  Tliou  mayest 
go  to  hell  for  all  that,  if  thou  relieve  not  Christ  in  his  members.  There- 
fore '  all  things  are  oui's  '  now,  not  to  possess  all  we  have,  but  to  use  them 
as  he  will  have  them  used,  that  gives  them.  And  when  Christ  calls  for 
anythmg  that  is  ours,  we  must  give  it.  And  though  we  be  not  Kable  to 
human  laws,  if  we  do  not,  yet  we  are  hable  to  God's  law  ;  and  alms  and 
works  of  mercy,  IS  justice  in  God's  account;  for  we  ought  to  be  merciful 
to  Christ  s.  And  m  the  royal  law,  the  works  of  love  and  mercy  are  jus- 
tice, and  we  withhold  good  from  the  owners,  if  we  be  not  merciful.  For 
m  religion,  the  poor,  that  by  God's  providence  are  cast  on  us  to  be  provided 
tor,  have  a  right,  and  that  which  we  detain  from  them  is  theirs  And 
therefore,  as  St  Ambrose  saith  very  well,  '  If  thou  hast  not  nourished  one, 
howsoever  m  the  law  thou  art  not  a  murderer,  yet  before  God  thou  art'  (i). 
It  IS  a  breach  of  that  law,  '  Thou  shall  not  steal,'  not  to  reheve.  The  very 
denial  of  comfortable  alms  is  stealth  in  God's  esteem  ;  and  therefore,  though 
all  be  ours,'_  yet  it  is  so  ours,  as  that  we  must  be  ready  to  part  with  it 
when  Christ  m  his  members  calls  for  it ;  for  then  it  is  not  ours. 

Cas\4:.  Again,  here  is  another  question;  if  all  be  ours,  we  may  use  a 
hberty  m  all  things,  what,  and  how  we  list,  because  all  is  ours. 

A}is.  I  answer:  The  following  are  good  consectaries  hence.     'All  is 
ours  ;    and  therefore  with  thankfulness  we  mav  use  any  good  creature  of 
God.     '  All  IS  ours  ; '  and  therefore  we  should  not  be  scrupulous  in  the 
creatures,  we  should  not  superstitiously  single  out  one  creature  from  an- 
other, as  if  one  were  holier  than  another.     'All  is  ours;'  and  therefore 
with  a  good  conscience  we  may  use  God's  bounty.     But  hereupon  we  must 
not  take  upon  us  to  use  things  as  we  list,  because  '  all  is  ours.'     There  is 
diiierence  between  right,  and  the  use  of  that  right.     God's  children  have 
right  to  that  which  God  gives  them,  but  they  have  not  the  use  of  that  right 
at  all  times,  at  least  it  may  be  suspended.     As  for  example,  in  case  the 
laws  forbid  the  use  of  this  or  that,  for  the  public  good  of  the  nation.     Also 
in  case  of  scandal.     A  man  hath  right  to  eat,  or  not  to  eat ;  but  if  this  eat- 
ing   oltend  his  brother,'  he  must  suspend  the  use  of  his  ri,.^ht      '  Whatso- 
ever IS  sold  in  the  shambles,  that  eat,'  saith  St  Paul,  '  asking  no  question,' 
1  Cor  X.  2o  ;  that  is,  freely  take  all  the  creatures  of  God,  without  scruple. 
J^or  the  earth  is  the  Lord's,  and  the  fulness  thereof,'  Ps.  xxiv   1      God 
out  of  his  bounty ,_  spreads  a  table  for  all  creatures,  for  men  especiallv! 
Ihe  eyes  of  all  things  look  up  unto  thee,  and  thou  givest  them  meat  in 
due  season    Ps.  cxlv.  15,  16.     '  The  earth  is  the  Lord's,  and  the  fulness 
thereof.      Make  no  scruple  therefore.     But  mark,  in  verse  28,  he  restrains 
tlie  use  of  that  hberty  upon  the  same  text  of  Scripture  :  '  But  if  any  man 
say.  This  is  offered  to  an  idol,'  and  take  offence,  '  eat  not,  for  his  sake  that 
shewed  It,  and  for  conscience  sake  ; '  till  he  be  better  satisfied.     «  For  the 
earth  is  the  Lord's,  and  the  fulness  thereof.' 
Quest.  Can  the  same  reason  be  for  contraries  ? 

u  ,1'"'  ^.f  \  ^^^*  '^'  ^^"^  *^^'''^^f'  '^^^"  ^^ou  art  alone,  take  all  thincrg 
boldly.  God  envies  not  thy  hberty.  Take  any  refreshment,  yet  neede'st 
thou  not  to  eat  '  to  offend  thy  brother;'  God  haidng  given  thee  variety  of 
creatures,  even  m  abundance,  and  hath  not  limited  thee  to  this  or  that 
creature  ;  so  that  the  same  reason  answereth  both.  '  The  earth  is  the 
Lord's  and  the  fulness  thereof.'  Use  it  then  alone,  and  not  to  the  scandal 
)f  thy  brother.  'For  the  earth  is  the  Lord's,  and  the  fulness  thereof.' 
Why  shouldst  thou  use  this  creatm-e,  as  if  there  were  no  more  but  this  '> 

VOL..  IV. 


18  A  cheistian's  portion  ;  or, 

And  therefore  in  case  of  scandal  and  offence,  we  should  suspend  our  liberty, 
though  all  be  ours. 

Again,  though  all  be  ours,  yet  notwithstanding  we  have  not  a  sanctified 
use,  but  by  the  word  and  prayer.  'Every  creature  of  God  is  good,  if  it 
be  received  with  prayer  and  thanksgiving,'  1  Tim.  iv.  4.  His  meaning  is, 
though  we  have  a  right  to  all  things  to  our  comfort,  to  help  us  to  heaven, 
to  cheer  us  in  our  way,  to  be  as  it  were  chariots  to  carry  us ;  yet  in  the  use 
of  that  right,  wc  must  do  it  in  faith,  that  we  may  apprehend  our  right,  that 
we  do  not  use  them  with  a  scrupulous  conscience,  and  sanctify  them  by 
prayer.  We  must  take  them  with  God's  leave.  A  father  gives  all  to  his 
son  that  he  needs,  and  promiseth  his  son  that  he  shall  want  nothing  ;  but 
he  will  have  his  son  seek  to  him,  and  acknowledge  him.  You  shall  have 
all,  but  I  will  hear  from  you  first ;  you  shall  have  all,  but  I  will  reach  it 
to  you  from  my  hand.  So  God  deals  with  his  children.  They  have  a 
right  to  all,  but  he  reacheth  it  to  them  in  the  use  of  means.  We  must 
have  a  civil  right  by  labour,  or  by  contract,  &c,,  and  then  we  must  have  a 
religious  right  by  prayer.  We  must  not  pull  God's  blessings  out  of  his 
hands.  For  though  he  give  us  a  right  in  the  thing,  yet,  in  the  use  of  that 
right,  he  will  have  us  holy  men. 

Case  5.  If  you  ask,  What  is  the  reason  that  good  men  oft  fall  to  decay, 
and  have  a  great  many  crosses  in  the  world  ? 

Why  surely  (not  to  enter  into  God's  mysteries),  when  they  have  God's 
blessings  they  sanctify  them  not  with  prayer ;  they  venture  upon  their 
right  with  scandal  and  offence  to  others. 

Case  6.  Again,  *  all  things  are  ours.'  Therefore  truth,  wheresoever  we 
find  it,  is  ours.  We  may  read  [aj  heathen  author.  Truth  comes  from  God, 
whei'esoever  we  find  it,  and  it  is  ours,  it  is  the  church's.  We  may  take  it 
from  them  as  a  just  possession.  Those  truths  that  they  have,  there  may 
be  good  use  of  those  truths  ;  but  we  must  not  use  them  for  ostentation. 
For  that  is  to  do  as  the  Israelites ;  when  they  had  gotten  treasure  out  of 
Egypt,  they  made  a  calf,  an  idol  of  them.  So  we  must  not  make  an  idol 
of  these  things.  But  truth,  wheresoever  we  find  it,  is  the  church's.  There- 
fore with  a  good  conscience  we  may  make  use  of  any  human  author.  I 
thought  good  to  touch  this,  because  some  make  a  scruple  of  it. 

'  All  things  are  ours.' 

Use  1.  Now  to  make  some  use  of  this  point,  *  all  things  are  ours.'  We 
see  then  that  a  Christian  is  a  great  man,  a  rich  man  indeed ;  and  only  he  is 
great  and  rich.  It  is  but  imagination  and  opinion  that  makes  any  worldly 
man  great.  Can  we  say  that  aU  is  his  ?  No.  A  spot  of  earth  is  his,  and 
not  his  neither  ;  for  it  is  his  but  to  use  for  a  time.  He  shall  be  tul-ned 
naked  into  the  grave  ere  long,  and  then  he  shall  be  stripped  of  all.  But  a 
Christian  is  a  great  man  ;  though  he  be  as  poor  as  Lazarus,  '  all  is  his.' 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say  these  are  great  words,  '  all  is  his.'  Perhaps  he 
hath  not  a  penny  in  his  purse. 

Am.  It  is  no  great  matter.  God  carries  the  purse  for  him  ;  he  is  in  his 
non-age,  and  not  fit  for  possession.  He  hath  much  in  promises  ;  he  is  rich 
in  bills  and  evidences.  Again,  let  a  Christian  be  never  so  poor,  others  are 
rich  for  him.  Solomon  saith  there  are  some  kind  of  oppressing  rich  men, 
'  that  gather  for  those  that  will  be  good  to  the  poor,'  Prov.  xxviii.  8.  God 
hath  given  gifts  to  wicked  men  for  the  good  of  the  church.  They  them- 
selves are  not  the  better  for  them.  They  want  love  and  humility  to  make 
use  of  them.  But  all  things  are  ours,  as  well  what  we  want  as  what  we 
have.     For  it  is  good  for  us  that  we  should  want  them.     A  man  hath  riches 


A  CHRISTIAN  S  CHARTER.  10 

when  he  hath  a  spirit  to  want  riches.  Is  not  he  richer  that  hath  a  heart 
subdued  by  grace  to  be  content  to  want,  than  he  that  hath  riches  in  the 
world  ?  For  outward  things  make  not  a  man  a  whit  the  better.  But  he 
that  hath  the  Spirit  of  God  to  support  him,  that  he  can  submit  to  God,  he 
is  truly  rich.  It  is  the  mind  of  a  man  that  makes  him  rich,  and  not  his 
purse.  Now  there  is  no  child  of  God,  but  he  is  master  of  all  things. 
Though  he  be  poor,  he  is  master  of  riches,  because  he  can  want  them,  and 
be  without  them.  Grace  teacheth  him  to  want  and  to  abound,  as  St  Paul 
saith  of  himself,  '  through  Christ  that  strengtheneth  him,'  Phil.  iv.  13.  He 
hath  grace  to  master  poverty  and  whatsoever  is  ill,  and  to  be  content  to  be 
what  God  will  have  him  to  be.  In  want  he  hath  contentment,  and  in 
suffering  patience.  I  appeal  to  the  conscience  of  any  man  that  hath  a  con- 
science, is  it  not  better  to  want  temporal  things,  when  we  have  supply  in 
grace,  in  faith,  &c.,  than  to  have  great  possessions  as  snares,  for  so  they 
are  to  a  carnal  heart  ?  Is  not  a  Christian  better  in  his  wants,  than  another  in 
his  possessions.  Vfho  would  be  as  many  great  ones  are  and  have  been  alway, 
though  they  be  invested  into  much  greatness,  both  of  authority  and  riches  ? 
Who  would  not  rather  choose  the  state  of  a  Christian  ?  Though  he 
be  poor,  yet  he  hath  grace.  [Who  would  choosej  rather  to  be  great 
without  grace  and  to  be  left  of  God  to  their  corruptions,  to  abuse  that 
greatness  and  riches  to  their  own  destruction,  and  the  destruction  of  many 
others  ? 

Therefore  a  Christian  is  a  happy  man,  a  great  man,  take  him  as  you  will ; 
greater  than  the  greatest  man  in  the  world  without  grace  ;  for  what  he  hath, 
he  hath  with  a  curse,  as  God  gave  Israel  a  king  in  his  rage,  Hoseaxiii.  11. 
You  know  what  Moses  saith.  Dent,  xxviii.  17,  '  Cursed  shalt  thou  be  in  thy 
blessings.'  A  man  may  have  a  great  many  things,  and  be  cursed  in  them. 
He  doth  not  say  he  will  curse  them  in  the  want  of  riches,  that  they  should 
be  poor,  but  he  will  curse  them  in  their  good  things  ;  they  should  have  the 
vengeance  of  God  with  them.  A  Christian  may  want  these  things,  but  he 
hath  the  grace  of  God  to  want  them,  and  he  hath  comfort  here  and  assur- 
ance of  better  hereafter.  Therefore  all  things  are  his,  even  the  worst, 
because  all  things  have  a  command  to  do  him  good.  All  things  have  a 
prohibition  that  they  do  him  no  harm.  As  David  said  of  Absalom, 
'  Do  the  young  man  no  harm,'  2  Sam.  xviii.  5,  so  God  gives  all  things  a 
prohibition  that  they  do  his  children  no  harm,  nay,  they  have  a  command 
on  the  contrary  to  do  them  good.  If  they  do  them  not  good  in  one  order, 
they  do  it  in  another  ;  if  they  do  it  not  in  their  outward  man,  they  do  it  in 
their  inward ;  and  God's  children  by  experience  find  him  drawing  them 
nearer  to  himself,  both  by  having  and  wanting  these  things.  So  though 
they  be  not  in  possession  theirs,  yet  in  use,  or,  as  we  say,  by  way  of  reduc- 
tion. The  worst  things  are  God's  children's.  For  God  brings  all  things 
about  to  their  good.  And  when  God's  children  shall  be  on  the  shore  here- 
after, and  shall  be  past  all  and  shall  set  their  foot  in  heaven  once,  then  they 
shall  see  by  what  a  sweet  providence  God  guided  it,  '  that  all  things 
wrought  for  their  good,'  Eom.  viii.  28. 

Quest.  But  you  will  say  this  or  that  particular  is  not  mine,  nor  possessed 
by  any  of  the  saints. 

Ans.  All  things  are  not  ours  by  possession,  but  by  some  kind  of  use  or 
other.  We  see  and  behold  and  meditate  upon  such  things  as  are  possessed 
by  others,  and  exercise  our  thoughts  profitably  about  God's  providence  in 
disposing  these  things  as  he  pleaseth ;  as  also  we  hereby  stir  up  within  us  the 
graces  of  patience,  contentedness,  and  thankfulness  for  what  we  have.   Thus 


20  A  chkistian's  portion  ;  ok, 

■what  we  possess  not  may  be  ours,  and  in  a  better  and  more  profitable  use 
of  it  to  us  than  to  them  that  possess  it. 

A  Christian  therefore,  I  say  again,  is  a  great  man,  above  other  men.  And 
this  is  the  reason  that  carnal  men,  that  have  the  spirit  of  the  vorld  in  them, 
do  so  bitterly  envy  and  malign  them.  Certainly,  they  secretly  thinli,  this 
man  is  greater  than  I  am  ;  there  is  that  in  him  that  I  have  not.  A  Christian 
is  above  other  men,  and  is  able  to  judge  them  ;  and  knoweth  what  they  are, 
even  miserable  in  their  greatest  heights.  '  The  spiritual  man  is  judged  of 
none,'  1  Cor.  ii.  15.  Men  judge  him  poor  and  Avretched,  but  it  is  false 
judgment,  for  he  is  ever  truly  rich  and  noble  and  happy.  He  fixeth  a  true 
judgment  on  them,  but  they  cannot  of  him  ;  for  he  is  in  a  rank  of  creatures 
above  them.  '  The  saints  shall  judge  the  world,'  1  Cor.  vi.  2.  Thosev 
tliat  are  despised  now  shall  judge  others  ere  long ;  they  shall  be  assessorics 
in  judging  the  world.  No  marvel  wicked  men  secretly  malign  God's  people. 
The  wicked  cannot  but  judge  them  better  and  happier  than  themselves. 
As  the  life  of  grace  is  a  higher  thing,  in  the  nature  of  the  thing,  than  the  life 
of  reason,  so  those  that  have  a  gracious  spiritual  life,  they  are  in  a  rank 
of  creatures  above  all  other  men  in  the  world  whatsoever. 

We  see  then  what  a  great  man  a  Christian  is.  He  is  master  of  what  he 
hath,  and  of  what  he  hath  not.  And  is  not  this  a  wonderful  prerogative 
that  a  Christian  hath,  that  turn  him  to  what  condition  you  will,  raise  him 
or  cast  him  down,  kill  him  or  spare  his  life,  you  cannot  harm  him  ?  If  you 
spare  his  life,  this  life  is  his  ;  if  you  kill  him,  '  death  is  his.'  Kill  him, 
save  him,  enrich  him,  beggar  him,  his  happiness  is  not  at  your  com- 
mand. There  is  a  commanding  power  to  rule  all  things  for  the  good  of 
God's  people.  It  is  not  at  the  devotion*  of  any  creature  in  the  world, 
either  devils  or  men.  God  overturns  and  overpowers  all,  and  all  is  and 
shall  be  theirs. 

The  state  of  grace  is  higher  than  any  earthly  condition,  therefore  it  can- 
not be  tainted  or  blemished  by  earthly  things.  Nothing  that  sense  suficrs 
hath  power  over  reason,  for  it  is  above  sense.  If  a  man  be  sick  he  hath 
the  use  of  reason  ;  if  health,  reason  also  manageth  it.  No  inferior  thing 
can  manage  a  superior.  Let  a  man's  estate  be  what  it  will,  grace  will 
master  it,  because  it  is  a  condition  above,  a  ruling  commanding  condition. 

Use  2.  [l.J  What  a  covifort  is  this  in  all  troubles,  that  God  tail  sanctify  all 
conditions  to  ns,  and  its  to  them.  Who  would  be  disconsolate  in  any  condition 
•whatsoever  ?  Who  would  be  disconsolate  to  live,  when  he  knows  that  life 
is  his  ?  If  God  had  not  good  to  do  by  his  life,  he  would  take  him  away. 
Who  would  grieve  when  death  comes,  when  he  knows  that  death  is  his  ? 
So  that  a  Christian  may  say,  if  poverty,  if  disgrace  be  good  ;  if  the  order  of 
evil  things  will  help  me  ;  if  cross  winds  will  blow  me  to  heaven,  I  shall  have 
them.  For  the  world  and  the  miseries  of  the  world,  the  persecutions  and 
afflictions,  '  all  are  ours.'  The  worst  things  are  commanded  to  serve  for 
our  main  good.  Therefore  let  us  comfort  ourselves.  We  cannot  be  at 
loss  in  becoming  religious  and  true  Christians,  for  then  *  all  things  are  ours.' 
He  loseth  nothing  that,  by  losing  anything,  gainethall  things. 

[2.]  For  grace:  for  seeing  *  all  things  are  ours,'  this  should  teach  its  to  use 
all  things  to  the  honour  of  him  that  hath  given  us  all  things,  not  to  he  servants 
to  anything,  not  to  he  subject  to  any  creature,  as  St  Paul  saith  of  himself, '  I  will 
not  be  in  bondage  to  anything,'  1  Cor.  vi.  12.  Why?  A  Christian  is  master 
and  lord  over  all.  What  a  base  thing  is  it  for  a  man  to  be  enthralled  to  such 
poor  things  ?  As  you  have  some  in  bondage  to  a  weed.f   Some  are  in  bondage 

*  That  is,  '  the  option.'— G.  f  That  is, 'tobacco' =  smoking. — G. 


A  CHPaSTLVIs's  CHARTER.  21 

to  ttis  affection  aud  some  to  that,  some  to  an  idle  custom.  For  a  man  to 
be  as  Rachel,  *  Give  me  my  children,  or  I  die,'  Gen.  xss.  1 ;  I  must  have 
wealth,  I  must  have  pleasure,  or  else  I  cannot  live ;  as  you  know  that 
wretched  man  Amnon,  he  pined  away  to  have  his  will ;  and  so  Ahab,  who 
pined  away  himself  because  he  had  not  that  he  would  have — are  these 
men  masters  ?  No.  They  bring  themselves  in  slavery  and  subjection  to 
the  creature.  Can  they  say  as  Paul,  '  All  things  are  ours ;  things  pre- 
sent or  to  come'  ?  when  they  put  themselves  in  subjection,  and  those 
blessed  souls  of  tlieirs,  they  make  slaves  to  their  servants,  to  things  worse 
than  themselves,  that  they  trample  on.  If  all  things  be  ours,  let  us  bring 
ourselves  in  subjection  to  nothing  ;  but  labour  rather  to  have  grace  to  sub- 
due and  use  all  things  to  right  ends. 

Use  3.  Again,  this  should  increase  in  7ts  the  r/race  of  thankfulness.  Hath  God 
thus  enriched  us  ?  Hath  he  made  all  things  ours  to  serve  our  turn  (in 
such  a  way  as  he  accounts  service) ;  that  is,  that  whatsoever  we  have  shall 
help  us  to  heaven  and  hath  a  blessing  in  it  ?  Though  it  be  sickness,  or 
want,  it  is  ours,  and  for  our  benefit.  Lord,  do  what  thou  wilt,  so  thou 
bring  me  to  heaven.  If  thou  wilt  have  me  poor,  if  it  will  do  me  good,  let 
me  be  so  ;  if  thou  wilt  have  me  abased,  I  am  content,  only  sanctify  it  to 
bring  me  to  heaven.  How  thankful  should  we  be  to  God,  that  hath  placed 
us  in  this  rank,  that  he  hath  put  all  things  under  us,  and  made  all  things 
our  servants  !  It  was  at  his  liberty  to  have  made  us  men  or  not,  and 
when  we  were  men,  to  make  us  Christians  or  not.  But  being  made,  ^>^e 
are  made  lords  over  all ;  all  things  are  put  under  our  feet,  being  one  with 
Christ,  as  Ps.  viii.  6.  In  the  thoughts  hereof  our  hearts  should  rise  up  to 
the  Lord  thankfully,  and  say,  as  he  doth  there,  '  Lord,  how  wonderful  is 
thy  name  in  all  the  world.' 

Use  4.  And  fourthly,*  it  should  teach  us,  for  matter  of  judgment,  though 
it  be  a  shame  for  us  to  be  taught  it,  that  there  is  a  God  and  a  wise  God. 
There  are  a  company,  yea,  a  world  of  things  in  the  world  of  different  ranks 
and  natures,  as  evil  and  good,  &c.,  and  yet  you  see  how  one  thing  is  dis- 
posed for  another.  The  sun  shines  upon  the  earth  ;  the  earth  is  fruitful 
for  the  beasts  ;  the  beasts  serve  man  ;  and  we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is 
God's.  Where  there  are  many  things,  and  things  t'aat  understand  not 
themselves,  and  yet  there  is  subordination,  there  must  needs  be  a  wise  God 
that  made  all  things,  and  sets  all  in  this  frame  and  order.  And  as  it  shews 
there  is  a  God,  so  that  this  God  is  one,  because  all  tend  to  one.  There 
are  a  world  of  things,  but  all  are  for  man.  There  are  a  world  of  Chris- 
tians, but  all  are  for  Christ,  and  Christ  is  for  God.  ^Vhere  there  are 
variety  of  things,  and  all  ordered  to  one,  there  must  needs  be  one  eternal, 
wise  God.  It  helps  and  stablisheth  our  faith  in  that  grand  point,  to  knov/ 
that  there  is  a  wise,  understanding,  gracious,  powerful  God,  that  rules  and 
marshals  all  the  creatures,  otherwise  than  themselves  can  do.  If  there  be 
order  in  things  that  have  no  understanding,  surely  the  ordering  of  them 
must  come  from  an  understanding.  The  work  of  nature,  as  we  say,  is  a 
work  of  intelligence  :  as  in  bees,  there  is  planted  a  wonderful  instinct,  aud 
in  other  things,  but  they  understand  it  not  themselves.  Therefore  the 
work  of  the  creature,  being  a  work  of  understanding,  it  must  needs 
come  from  him  that  is  a  higher  understanding,  that  orders  these  things. 
If  all  these  things,  good  and  evil,  creatures,  states,  and  conditions,  serve 
God's  children,  and  they  are  for  God,  then  certainly  there  is  a  wise 
God  that  orders  these  things  out  of  goodness  to  us.  And  we  finding  all 
*  Misprinted  '  thirdly.' — G. 


22  A  chkistian's  portion  ;  or., 

tilings  ordered  to  us,  should  order  ourselves  to  God.  If  there  be  a  God 
that  hath  ordained  variety  of  things,  and  of  his  goodness  hath  placed  us  in 
this  rank  of  things,  that  all  should  be  our  servants,  we  ought  to  refer  all 
our  endeavours,  what  we  are,  and  what  we  can  do,  to  the  glory  of  this  God. 
And  this  indeed  is  the  disposition  of  all  those  that  can  speak  these  words 
with  any  corufort,  '  All  things  are  ours,  Paul,  and  ApoUos,  magistrates, 
ministers,  life,  and  death,  things  present  or  to  come ;  all  are  ours.'  Those 
that  can  speak  these  words  with  comfort,  are  thus  disposed  ;  finding  all 
things  theirs,  they  refer  all  to  the  glory  of  him  who  hath  made  all  things 
serviceable  to  them.     But  to  proceed. 

I  come  now  to  the  next  branch. 

*  Ye  are  Cbrist's.' 

It  pleaseth  us  well  to  hear  that  '  all  things  are  ours.'  Aye,  but  we  must 
know  further,  that  there  is  one  above  to  whom  we  owe  homage,  and  of  whom 
we  have  and  hold  all  that  we  have.  '  Ye  are  Christ's.'  This  is  the  tenure 
we  hold  all  things  by,  because  '  we  are  Christ's.'  Whatsoever  the  tenure 
in  capite  be  amongst  men  (which  you  are  better  acquainted  with  than  my- 
self*), I  am  sure  it  is  the  best  tenure  in  religion,  '  All  is  ours,'  because 
'  we  are  Christ's.'  We  hold  all  in  that  tenure.  If  we  be  not  Christ's, 
nothing  is  ours  comfortably.  '  We  are  Christ's,'  and  therefore  '  all  is 
ours.' 

Quest.  But  what  say  you  then  of  those  that  are  not  Christ's  ?  Are  not 
the  things  theirs  that  they  have,  because  they  are  not  Christ's  ;  or  have 
wicked  men  nothing  that  may  be  called  theirs  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  they  have.  And  it  is  rigour  in  some  that  say  otherwise,  as 
that  wicked  men  are  usurpers  of  what  thej^have.  They  have  a  title,  both  a 
civil  title  and  a  title  before  God.  God  gave  Nebuchadnezzar  Tyrus  as  a 
reward  for  his  service;  and  God  gives  wicked  men  a  title  of  that  they  have. 
And  they  shall  never  be  called  to  account  at  the  day  of  judgment  for  possessing 
of  what  they  had,  but  for  abusing  that  possession.  And  therefore  properly 
they  are  not  usurpers,  in  regard  of  possession  ;  but  they  shall  render  an 
account  of  the  abuse  of  God's  good  bounty. 

It  is  in  this  as  it  is  in  the  king's  carriage  to  a  traitor.  When  a  king 
gives  a  traitor  his  life,  he  gives  him  meat  and  drink  that  may  maintain  his 
life,  by  the  same  right  that  he  gives  him  his  life.  God  will  have  wicked 
men  to  live  so  long,  to  do  so  much  good  to  the  church  ;  for  all  are  not  ex- 
tremely wicked  that  are  not  Christ's  members,  that  go  to  hell.  But  there 
are  many  of  excellent  parts  and  endowments,  that  God  hath  appointed  to 
do  him  great  service.  Though  they  have  an  evil  eye,  and  intend  not  his 
service,  but  to  raise  themselves  in  the  world,  yet  God  intends  their  service 
for  much  purpose,  and  he  gives  them  encouragement  in  the  world,  as  he 
will  not  be  behind  with  the  worst  men.  If  they  do  him  service,  they  shall 
have  their  reward  in  that  kind,  Ps.  Ixii.  12.  If  it  be  in  policy  of  state, 
they  shall  have  it  in  that ;  and  they  shall  have  commendations  and  applause 
of  men,  if  they  look  for  that ;  and  if  he  give  them  not  heaven,  they  cannot 
complain,  for  they  care  not  for  that ;  they  did  it  not  with  an  eye  for 
that.  Now  if  God  use  the  labour  and  the  industry  and  the  parts  and  endow- 
ments of  wicked  men  for  excellent  purposes,  he  will  give  them  their  reward 
for  outward  things :  '  Verily,  you  have  your  reward,'  saith  Christ,  Mat.  vi.  2j 

Obj.  But  the  apostle  saith,  '  All  things  are  yours,'  because  '  ye  are 
Christ's  ; '  as  if  those  that  have  not  Christ  have  nothing. 

Ans.  It  is  true,  howsoever,  in  some  sense,  men  that  are  out  of  Christ,  that 
*  The  auditory  being  at  '  Gray's  Inn.' — G. 


A  christia:n's  chakter.  23 

have  not  his  Spirit,  have  title  by  virtue  of  a  general  providence  to  what 
they  have  ;  yet  they  have  not  a  title  so  good  and  so  full  as  a  godly  man,  as 
a  Christian  hath.  They  have  not  this  tenure  to  hold  all  things  in  Christ. 
Therefore  their  tenure  is  not  so  good,  nor  so  comfortable,  in  three  respects. 

[1.]  First,  they  have  them  not  froin  the  love  of  God  in  Christ.  They 
have  it  from  God  and  Christ,  as  the  governor  and  ruler  of  the  world,  and 
making  all  things  serviceable  to  the  church.  Therefore  he  gives  these  gifts 
even  to  wicked  men ;  for  the  good  of  others,  as  the  governor  of  the  world ; 
but  he  bestows  them  on  his  children  out  of  love. 

[2.]  And  then,  secondly,  they  have  them  not  from  God,  as  a  father  in 
covenant.  They  have  no  title  as  children  of  God  ;  for  so  a  Christian  is  the 
heir  of  the  world.  The  first-born  was  to  have  a  double  portion.  A  true 
Christian  hath  a  double  portion.  '  All  things  are  his'  here  ;  and  heaven  is 
his  when  he  dies.  '  Things  present  are  his '  while  he  lives  ;  and  '  things 
to  come  are  his,'  when  he  goes  hence. 

[3.1  And  then,  thirdhj,  in  regard  to  the  end,  to  rcicked  men  they  do  not 
further  their  salvation.  They  have  them  not  from  God  with  grace  to  use 
them  well.  But  God's  children,  as  they  have  them  from  his  love,  and  from 
God  as  a  Father  in  covenant,  so  it  is  for  their  good.  AVicked  men  they 
have  donuni  Dei  sine  Deo,  they  have  the  gifts  of  God  without  God  ;  without 
the  love  and  favour  of  God,  as  Bernard  saith  well  (j).  But  God's 
children  have  the  gifts  of  God  with  God  too.  Together  with  the  gifts 
and  good  things  from  him,  they  have  his  favour,  that  is  better  than  his 
gift.  For  all  the  good  things  we  enjoy  in  this  world,  they  are  but  conduits 
to  convey  his  favour.  God's  love  and  mercy  in  Christ  is  conveyed  in 
worldly  things  ;  and  the  same  love  that  moved  God  to  us  in  heaven,  and 
happiness  in  the  world  to  come,  it  moves  him  to  give  us  daily  bread.  There 
is  no  diflerence  in  the  love,  as  the  same  love  that  moves  a  father  to  give 
his  son  his  inheritance,  moves  him  to  give  him  breeding  and  necessaries  in 
the  time  of  his  non-age.  We  are  here  in  our  non-age,  and  God  shares  out 
such  a  state  to  us  ;  and  from  the  same  love  that  he  gives  us  these  things, 
he  gives  us  heaven  afterwards.  Now  wicked  men  have  not  this  full  degree 
of  title.  Yet  they  have  a  title,  as  I  said  before  ;  and  they  shall  never 
answer  for  the  possession  of  what  they  have,  but  for  the  wicked  use  of  that 
possession. 

Case  4.  Again,  a  little  further  to  clear  one  case  I  touched  before.*  If 
all  things  be  ours  because  we  are  Christ's,  may  we  as  are  Christians  use  all 
things  as  we  list  ?  f 

Ans.  There  is  a  fourfold  restraint  in  regard  of  the  use. 

[l.J  There  is  a  restraint,  yirs?,  of  religion.  Though  all  things  be  ours  in 
regard  o(  conscience :  we  may  eat  and  drink,  and  use  any  creature  of  God 
without  scruple  ;  yet  there  is  a  restraint  put  upon  it  sometimes  in  religion  : 
that  it  be  no  prejudice  to  the  worship  of  God.  In  the  Lord's  day  we  may 
refresh  ourselves,  but  not  so  as  to  hinder  the  worship  of  God :  here  is  a 
higher  restraint  put  upon  our  liberty. 

[2.'i  And  then,  secondh/,  sobriety,  it  puts  a  restraint  upon  our  liberty. 
*  All  things  are  ours'  in  Christ.  We  must  not  take  liberty,  therefore,  to 
exceed  sobriety.  Licitis  j^arimus  omnes,  it  is  an  ordinary  speech,  we  all 
perish  by  lawful  things  (k).  Howsoever,  '  all  things  are  ours,'  for  our  use  ; 
yet  we  must  use  them  soberly,  and  not  exceed. 

[3.]  And  then,  thirdly,  charity  puts   another  restraint. J     It  must  be 

*  Cf.  page  16. — G.  t  That  is,  '  as  we  clioosc' — G. 

X  In  margin  here,  '  See  Case  4  before.' 


24 


A  CHRISTIAN  S  PORTION  ;    OB, 


without  ofience  to  others.  We  must  not  think  to  have  a  free  use  of  that 
may  offend  others.  In  that  case  there  is  a  restraint.  Therefore  St  Paul 
saith,  '  I  will  never  cat  flesh  whilst  I  live,  rather  than  I  will  offend  ray 
brother,'  1  Cor.  viii.  13. 

[4.]  And  in  the  last  j^lace,  in  case  of  obedience.  There  is  a  restraint 
upon  'all  things'  we  have;  that  is,  in  outward  things.  Howsoever  no 
man  may  meddle  with  the  conscience ;  yet  the  magistrate  may  restrain 
this  or  that  creature.  *  All  things  are  ours,'  because  we  are  Christ's. 
This  may  satisfy  in  some  doubts. 

Now  to  come  more  directly  to  this  branch,  to  shew  how  *  we  are  Christ's.' 

"We  are  Christ's  in  all  the  sweet  terms  and  relations  that  can  be.  Name 
what  you  will,  '  we  are  Christ's.'  We  are  his  subjects,  as  he  is  a  king : 
we  are  his  servants,  as  he  is  a  lord ;  we  are  his  scholars,  as  he  is  a  pro- 
phet. If  we  take  Christ  as  a  head,  we  are  his  members  ;  if  we  take  Christ 
as  a  husband,  we  are  his  spouse  ;  if  we  take  Christ  as  a  foundation,  we  are 
the  building  ;  if  we  take  Christ  as  food,  he  incorporates  us  to  himself ;  if 
we  be  temples,  he  dwells  in  us.  There  is  no  relation,  nor  any  degree  of 
subjection  and  subordination,  but  it  sets  forth  this  sweet  union  and  agree- 
ment between  Christ  and  us.  So  that  '  Christ  is  ours,'  and  '  we  are 
Christ's'  in  all  the  sweet  relations  that  can  be.  We  are  his  members,  his 
spouse,  his  children  :  for  he  is  the  '  everlasting  Father,'  Isa.  ix.  6.  He  is  all 
that  can  be  to  us,  and  we  are  all  that  can  be  to  him,  that  is  lovely  and  good. 

But  yet  all  relations  are  short.-  They  reach  not  to  set  out  the  excellency 
and  the  truth  and  reahty  of  this,  that  '  we  are  Christ's.'  For  what  is 
a  head  to  the  body  (which  is  one  of  the  nearest)  ?  Can  the  head  quicken 
the  dead  body  ?  No.  But  Christ  can,  agere  in  non  membrum ;  he  can 
work  in  a  dead  member,  that  that  is  not  a  member,  to  make  it  one.  Can 
a  husband  change  his  spouse  ?  Moses  could  not.  He  married  a  blacka- 
more.  He  could  not  alter  her  disposition  or  her  hue  (/).  But  Christ  can 
alter  his  spouse.  He  is  such  a  foundation  as  makes  all  '  living  stones.' 
Therefore,  in  St  John  xvii.  21,  because  there  is  no  manner  of  union  in  the 
world,  that  can  serve  to  set  out  the  nearness  we  have  to  Christ,  saith 
Christ,  '  Father,  I  will  that  they  may  be  one,  as  thou  and  I  am  one.' 
He  sets  it  out  by  that  incomprehensible  union.  He  goes  divinely  above 
earthly  things,  to  set  out  the  reality  of  this,  how  we  are  Christ's  and 
Christ  ours.  We  are  Christ's  in  the  most  intimate  nearness  that  can  be  ; 
we  are  so  Christ's,  as  nothing  in  the  world  else  is,  when  we  believe  once. 
Though  all  things  are  Christ's,  yet  the  church  is  Christ's  in  a  more  pecu- 
liar manner.  There  is  a  peculiarity  in  this  that  we  are  Christ's  ;  that  is, 
we  are  in  the  nearest  bonds,  nearer  to  Christ  than  the  very  angels.  For 
they  are  not  the  '  spouse '  of  Christ ;  they  are  not  the  *  members '  of 
Christ.  They  are  ministering  spirits  to  Christ,  and  so  to  us.  There  is  no 
creature  under  heaven,  no,  nor  in  heaven,  that  is  Christ's,  as  we  are.  We 
are  his  '  portion,'  his  '  jevrels,'  his  '  beloved.'  We  are  Christ's  in  all  the 
terms  of  nearness  and  dearness  that  can  be. 

And  this  nearness  is  mutual.  We  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  ours.  He 
dwells  in  us  and  we  in  him.  He  abides  in  us,  and  we  in  him.  He  is  in 
us  as  the  vine  is  in  the  branches,  and  we  are  in  him  as  the  branches  in 
the  vine.  And  as  it  is  intimate  and  mutual,  so  it  is  eternal;  we  are 
Christ's  for  ever. 

But  to  come  more  particularly  :  By  what  title  are  we  Christ's  ? 

(1.)  The  first  title  that  Christ  hath  to  us  is  the  same  that  he  hath  to  all 

*  That  is— they  fall  short  of  the  relation  between  Christ  and  his  people. — Ed. 


A  christian's  charter,  25 

things  else.  All  tilings  are  God's  and  Christ's  hy  creation  and  preserva- 
tion :  all  things  consist  in  Christ. 

(2.)  But,  secondly,  there  is  a  more  near  title  than  by  creation  ;  namely, 
by  gift.  For  the  Father  hath  given  us  to  him.  For  all  that  are  God's  by 
election,  he  gave  them  to  Christ,  to  purchase  for  them*  '  by  his  blood.' 

(3.)  And,  thirdly,  he  hath  title  to  us  '  by  redemption.'  We  cost  him  dear. 
We  are  a  spouse  of  blood  to  him,  the  price  of  his  blood,  Exod.  iv.  25.  He 
died  for  us.  We  could  not  be  Christ's,  but  he  must  redeem  us  out  of  the 
hands  of  our  enemies.  And  God  would  have  his  justice  satisfied,  that 
grace  and  justice  might  meet  and  kiss  one  another.  God's  justice  must  be 
satisfied  before  Christ  would  have  us  :  for  however  there  was  amor  henero- 
lentia;,  a  love  of  good  will,  that  gave  us  to  Christ,  yet  till  Christ  redeemed 
us,  and  made  us  his  own,  there  was  not  amor  amicitiw,  a  love  of  friendship 
between  God  and  us.     So  all  friendship  comes  upon  title  of  redemption. 

(4.)  Then,  fourthly,  upon  redemption,  there  is  a  title  of  marriage  that 
Christ  hath  to  us.  God,  that  brought  Adam  to  Eve  in  paradise,  he  brings 
Christ  and  us  together.     And 

(5.)  We  give  consent  on  our  part,  as  it  is  in  marriage,  to  Christ.  He  is 
GUI'  husband,  and  we  give  our  consent  to  take  Christ  to  be  so,  that  he 
shall  rule  and  govern  us,  and  we  take  him  for  better  for  worse  in  all  con- 
ditions. Thus  we  see  how  Christ  comes  to  be  ours,  and  we  to  be 
Christ's.  Now,  the  points  that  arise  from  this  branch,  'And  ye  are 
Christ's,'  are  these, — 

First,  That  '  all  things  are  Christ's.' 

Secondly,  That  '  we  are  Christ's.' 

Thirdly,  That  '  all  are  ours,  because  we  are  Christ's.' 

The  connection  of  the  text  is  this  :  '  All  things  are  yours.'  Why  ?  Be- 
cause 'you  are  Christ's.'  How  follows  that?  Because  all  things  are 
Christ's.  If  all  things  were  not  Christ's  and  we  Christ's,  the  argument 
would  not  hold.  So  that  all  are  Christ's  first.  All  the  promises  are  made 
to  Christ  first,  and  all  good  things  are  his  first.  All  the  '  promises  are  yea 
in  him,'  2  Cor.  i.  20 ;  they  are  made  in  him,  and  they  are  '  amen,'  they 
are  performed  in  him.  I  need  not  stand  much  upon  this.  All  things  in 
the  world  are  Christ's,  for  he  made  all,  as  it  is  Col.  i.  16,  and  he  hath  re- 
conciled all.  All  things  are  Christ's,  especially  by  the  title  of  redemption, 
as  he  redeemed  man.  And  indeed  we  could  not  be  Christ's  unless  Christ 
had  subdued  all  things  to  himself.  Unless  he  had  possessed  all  good  and 
subdued  all  that  is  ill,  how  could  he  have  brought  us  out  of  the  hands  of  our 
enemies  ?  Therefore,  in  St  John  xvii.  2,  our  Saviour  Christ  speaks  there 
of  tlie  '  power  that  his  Father  had  given  him  over  all  things.'  But  this 
was  upon  consideration  of  his  resurrection.  After  his  resurrection,  he 
saith,  '  All  power  is  given  to  me  in  heaven  and  earth,'  Mat.  xxviii.  18. 
Christ,  as  mediator,  had  title  to  all  things  by  virtue  of  the  union.  As  soon 
as  the  human  nature  was  knit  to  the  divinity,  there  was  a  thorough  title  to 
all  things.  But  it  was  not  discovered,*  especially  till  the  resurrection  was 
past,  when  he  had  accomplished  the  work  of  redemption. 

He  was  also  to  ask.  '  Ask  of  me  and  I  will  give  thee  the  heathen  for  thy 
possession,'  Ps.  ii.  8.  God  would  not  let  his  Son  have  anything  (though 
he  redeemed  the  church,  and  all  things,  in  some  sort)  without  asking. 
Shall  any  man  then  think  to  have  anything  without  prayer,  when  all  things 
were  conveyed  to  the  Son  of  God  by  asking  ? 

Further,  Christ  is  '  the  heir  of  the  world,'  Heb.  i.  2.  Therefore,  all 
*  Qu.  '  to  purchase  them  '  ? — Ed.  t  That  is, '  manifested.' — G. 


26  A  christian's  portion  :  or, 

things  must  be  his  as  the  heir.     This  is  a  clear  point,  and  I  do  but  name 
it,  because  it  hath  a  connection  with  the  truths  I  am  now  to  speak  of. 

Hereupon  it  comes,  that  '  all  things  are  ours,  because  Christ  is  ours.' 
Christ  is  said  '  to  be  the  first-born  of  many  brethren,'  Rom.  viii.  29 ;  and 
the  'first-begotten  of  every  creature,'  Col.  i.  15;  and  'the  first-begotten 
from  the  dead,'  Col.  i.  18.  All  these  shew  the  priority  of  Christ,  that 
Christ  is  fii'st,  that  he  should  have  the  pre-eminence  in  all  things.  For 
Christ  is  the  prime  creature  of  all ;  he  is  God's  masterpiece.  That  is  the 
reason  why  nothing  can  be  ours  but  it  must  be  Christ's  first.  He  is  the 
first-begotten  of  every  creature,  both  as  God  and  man.  He  is  the  '  first- 
begotten,'  because  he  is  more  excellent  in  order  and  dignity  than  any  other 
whatsoever.  So  he  is  the  'first-begotten  from  the  dead,'  '  the  first  fruits  ' 
of  them  that  sleep,  because  all  that  rose  rose  by  virtue  of  him.  Hereupon 
it  is  that  we  can  have  nothing  good  but  we  must  have  it  in  Christ  first. 

Use  1.  Therefore  we  must  know  this  to  make  a  right  use  of  it,  u-hatsoerer 
privilege  ive  consider  of  as  ours,  we  ought  to  see  it  in  Christ  first.  Our  elec- 
tion is  in  Christ  first.  He  is  chosen  to  be  our  head.  Our  justification  is 
in  Christ  first.  He  is  justified  and  freed  from  our  sins  being  laid  to  his 
charge  as  our  surety,  and  therefore  we  are  freed.  Our  resurrection  is  in 
Christ  first.  We  rise,  because  he  is  the  '  first-begotten  from  the  dead.' 
Our  ascension  is  in  Christ,  and  our  sitting  at  the  right  hand  of  God  in  him 
first.  All  things  that  are  ours,  they  are  first  his  ;  what  he  hath  by  nature 
we  have  by  grace.  Whj'  do  the  angels  attend  upon  us,  and  are  minister- 
ing spirits  to  us?  We  are  Christ's,  and  he  is  the  Jacob's  ladder  upon  whom 
the  angels  ascend  and  descend.  All  the  communion  those  blessed  spirits 
have  with  mankind  is  because  we  are  Christ's.  They  are  ministering 
spirits  to  Christ  first,  and  then  to  us,  because  we  are  Christ's. 

Therefore  it  is  a  good  meditation,  fitting  the  gospel,  never  to  think  of 
ourselves  in  the  first  place,  when  we  think  of  any  prerogative,  but  to  think 
of  it  in  our  blessed  Saviour,  who  began  to  us  in  all.  He  was  the  first  in 
everything  that  is  good.  As  the  elder  brother,  it  was  fit  it  should  be  so. 
And  he  must  have  the  prerogative  in  all  things.     Therefore, 

Use  2.  Let  ks  glorify  Christ  in  everything.  When  we  think  of  our  title 
to  anything,  think,  this  I  have  by  Christ :  be  it  of  our  justification  or 
glorification,  this  I  had  by  Christ  and  in  Christ. 

This  is  another  use  we  are  to  make  of  it,  the  rather  because  it  sweetens 
all  things  we  have.  If  all  things  should  come  immediately  from  God,  they 
were  comfortable,  but  whenas  all  shall  be  derived  from  God  by  Christ,  we 
have  God's  and  Christ's  love  together.  There  is  not  the  least  good  thing 
we  have,  but  we  must  think.  This  I  have  by  Christ,  this  victory  over  ill, 
and  this  conversion  of  ill  to  good.  The  thing  is  sweet,  but  the  love  of 
Christ  is  sweeter.  The  thing  itself  is  not  so  good  as  the  spring  whence  it 
comes.  It  pleaseth  God  we  have  a  triple  comfort  at  once  in  every  good 
thing :  comfort  in  God  the  Father,  that  we  have  it  from  his  love,  and 
comfort  in  the  Sou  of  God,  and  comfort  in  the  creature.  Therefore,  let 
us  not  be  swallowed  up  in  the  creature,  but  reason  thus :  This  is  a  sweet 
comfort,  but  whence  have  I  it  ?  Oh  !  it  is  from  Christ,  and  the  love  of 
Christ,  and  I  have  Christ  from  the  Father.  There  is  Christ,  and  God  the 
Father,  and  the  thing,  and  the  love  of  Christ,  and  the  Father,  which  is 
sweeter  than  the  thing  itself.  As  in  the  gifts  from  friends,  the  gift  is  not 
so  sweet  as  the  love  it  comes  from.  The  love  and  favour  of  God  is  better 
than  the  thing  itself.  This  is  indeed  a  comfortable  observation  to  know, 
that  '  all  things  are  ours,  because  we  are  Christ's.'     For  why  is  Paul,  and 


A  chbistian's  chakter.  27 

Cephas,  and  the  ministers  ours  ?     They  are  the  ministers  of  Christ  first. 

*  We  are  the  ministers  of  Christ,  and  your  servants,  for  his  sake,'  saith  the 
apostle,  2  Cor.  iv.  5, 

Why  is  hfe  and  death  ours  ?  Because  Christ  hath  conquered  death 
first ;  and  it  was  the  passage  of  Christ  to  his  glory.  He  conquered  the  ill 
of  it.  He  took  away  '  the  sting  of  it ; '  and  thereupon  it  is  so  good  and 
useful  to  us.  He  hath  the  *  key  of  hell  and  death  ; '  that  is,  he  hath  the 
government  of  it,  having  overcome  it.  And  '  things  present  and  to  come.' 
Heaven,  which  he  now  possesseth,  it  is  his,  and  thereupon  it  comes  to  be 
ours.  Therefore,  let  us  think  of  Christ  in  all  things,  and  think  of  the 
sweetness  of  all  things  from  this,  that  they  come  from  Christ. 

To  enlarge  this  point  a  little  further.  We  have  all  from  Christ,  and  in 
Christ,  yea,  and  by  Christ,  and  through  him. 

[1.]  First,  We  have  all  we  have  in  Christ,  as  a  head,  as  the  first,  as  our 

*  elder  brother,'  as  a  root,  as  the  '  second  Adam.'     We  have  all  in  him,  by 
confidence  in  him.     We  have  whatsoever  is  good  in  him. 

[2. J  And,  secondly,  we  have  all  by  and  through  him,  as  a  viediator,  for 
his  sake.  We  have  title  to  all,  because  Christ,  b}'  redemption,  hath  pur- 
chased a  right  to  all,  in  and  through  him. 

[3.]  Tliirdhj,  We  have  all  by  him,  by  a  kind  of  working  as  the  efficient 
cause,  because  we  have  the  Spirit  of  God  to  extract  good  out  of  all.  For, 
being  reasonable  creatures,  God  will  make  all  ours,  as  becomes  understand- 
ing creatures  ;  that  is,  by  sanctifying  our  understanding  to  extract  the 
quintessence  out  of  every  thing.  For  a  Christian  hath  the  Spirit  to  let  him 
see  that  God  is  leading  him  by  his  Spirit  to  good  in  all.  And  whence 
comes  the  Spirit  ?  From  Christ.  Christ  hath  satisfied  the  wrath  of  God 
the  Father.  And  now  the  Father  and  Christ,  both  as  reconciled,  send  the 
Spirit  as  the  fruit  of  both  their  loves.  So  Christ,  as  the  efiicient  cause, 
makes  all  ours,  because  the  Spirit  is  his,  by  which  Spirit  we  make  all  ours. 

[4. J  And,  fourthly,  Christ  is  an  exemplary  cause.  We  have  all  in  him, 
and  through  him,  and  by  him,  as  an  exemplary  pattern.  The  same  Spirit 
that  subdued  all  to  him  subdues  all  things  to  us.  To  make  this  clear  a 
little.  There  was  in  Christ  regnum  patientia,  a  kingdom  of  patience,  as 
well  as  regnum  potenti(E,  a  kingdom  of  power  and  glory.  There  was  a  king- 
dom of  patience  ;  that  is,  such  a  kingdom  as  Christ  exercised  in  his  great- 
est abasement,  whereby  he  made  all  things,  even  the  worst,  to  be  service- 
able to  his  own  turn  and  the  church's.  So  in  every  member  of  his,  there 
is  a  kingdom  of  patience  set  up,  whereby  he  subjects  all  things  to  him. 
To  make  it  yet  clearer. 

When  Christ  died,  which  was  the  lowest  degree  of  abasement,  there  was 
a  kingdom  of  patience  then.  What !  When  he  was  subdued  by  death  and 
Satan,  was  there  a  kingdom  then  ?  Yes,  a  kingdom.  For  though  visibly, 
he  was  overcome  and  nailed  to  the  cross ;  yet  invisibly,  he  triumphed  over 
principalities  and  powers.  For  by  death  he  satisfied  his  Father ;  and  he 
being  satisfied,  Satan  is  but  a  jailor.  What  hath  he  to  do  when  God  is 
satisfied  by  death  ?  Christ  never  conquered  more  than  on  the  cross. 
When  he  died  he  killed  death,  and  Satan,  and  all.  And  [did]  not  Christ 
reign  on  the  cross  when  he  converted  the  thief  ?  when  the  sun  was 
astonished,  and  the  earth  shook  and  moved,  and  the  light  was  eclipsed  ? 
Who  cares  for  Caesar  when  he  is  dead  ?  But  what  more  efficacious  than 
Christ  when  he  died  ?  He  was  most  practical  when  he  seemed  to  do 
nothing.  In  patience  he  reigned  and  triumphed ;  he  subjected  the  greatest 
enemies  to  himself,  Satan,  and  death,  and  the  wrath  of  God,  and  all.     In 


28  A  christian's  portion  ;  ok, 

the  same  manner  all  things  are  ours,  the  worst  things  that  befell  God's 
children,  death,  and  afflictions,  and  persecutions.  There  is  a  kingdom  of 
patience  set  up  in  them.  The  Spirit  of  God  subdues  all  base  fears  in  us, 
and  a  child  of  God  never  more  triumphs  than  in  his  greatest  troubles. 
This  is  that  that  the  apostle  saith,  Kom.  viii.  37,  '  In  all  these  things  we 
are  more  than  conquerors.'  How  is  that,  that  in  those  great  troubles  we 
should  be  '  conquerors  and  more '  ?  Thus  the  spirit  of  a  Christian,  take 
him  as  a  Christian,  reigns  and  triumphs  at  that  time.  For  the  devil  and 
the  world  labour  to  subdue  the  spirits  of  God's  children  and  their  cause. 
Now  to  take  them  at  the  worst,  the  cause  they  stand  for,  and  will  stand 
for  it ;  and  the  spirit  that  they  are  led  with  is  undaunted.  So  that  the 
Spirit  of  Christ  is  victorious  and  conquering  in  them,  and  most  of  all  at 
such  times. 

It  is  true  of  a  Christian  indeed  that  one  speaks  of  a  natural  man — but 
he  speaks  too  vaingloriously— he  subdues  hope  and  fear,  and  is  more 
sublime  than  all  others.  A  Christian  is  so  duni  iMtltur  vincit,  &c. ; 
when  he  suffers  he  conquers,  na}-,  more  then  than  at  other  times  ;  for  the 
spirit  gets  strength,  and  the  cause  gets  strength  by  suffering,  and  answer- 
able to  his  suffering  is  his  comfort  and  strength.  So  tha,t  all  things  are 
his.  The  Spirit  that  subdued  all  things  to  Christ,  subdues  them  to  him. 
Nay,  he  makes  all  advantageous  for  the  time  to  come ;  as  St  Paul  saith, 
'  These  light  afEictions  that  we  suffer,  work  unto  us  an  exceeding  weight  of 
glory,'  2  Cor.  iv.  17 ;  because  they  fit  and  prepare  our  desires  for  glory. 
And  ansv/erable  to  that  measure  that  we  glorify  God,  shall  our  reward  be 
in  heaven ;  and  the  more  we  suffer,  the  more  '  entrance '  we  have  into 
heaven  in  this  world ;  we  enter  further  into  the  kingdom  of  grace,  and  by 
consequent  into  the  kingdom  of  glory.  So  that  there  is  a  kingdom  set  up 
in  a  Christian,  as  there  was  in  Christ,  in  patience  in  suffering.  So  we  see 
that  '  all  things  are  ours,'  because  '  we  are  Christ's,'  and  what  we  may 
observe  from  thence. 

To  shut  up  this  point  with  some  use. 

Use  1.  Let  lis  be  stirred  iip  to  study  Christ,  and  in  Christ  to  study  our  own 
excellency.  St  Paul  accounted  all  '  dross  and  dung,  in  comparison  of  the 
excellent  knowledge  of  Jesus  Christ,'  Phil.  iii.  8.  And  indeed  we  cannot 
study  Christ  but  there  will  be  a  reflection  upon  the  soul  presently ;  it  is  a 
transforming  study.  The  study  of  the  love  of  Christ  must  needs  make  us 
love  him  again.  The  study  of  the  choice  that  Christ  hath  made  of  us,  it 
will  make  us  choose  him  again,  and  to  say,  '  Whom  have  I  in  heaven  but 
thee  ? '  Ps.  Ixxiii.  25.  If  we  studj'  the  grace  and  mercy  of  Christ,  we 
cannot  but  be  transformed  in  marvellous  respect  to  him  again.  Therefore 
let  us  raise  up  our  thoughts  more  to  think  of  Christ,  and  the  excellencies 
of  Christ,  with  appropriation  to  ourselves,  '  All  things  are  yours,  and  you 
are  Christ's.'  We  should  not  study  Christ  and  any  excellency  in  him,  but 
we  should  also  think.  This  is  mine,  this  is  for  me.  The  more  the  spouse 
hears  of  the  riches  and  advancement  of  her  husband,  the  more  she  blesses 
herself,  and  saith.  This  is  for  me.  And  the  more  we  think  of  Christ,  the 
more  we  think  of  our  own  advancement  and  excellency.  Therefore  we 
should  be  willing  to  hear  '  the  unsearchable  riches  of  Christ '  unfolded  to 
us  ;  for  these  serve  to  kindle  the  love  of  the  spouse  to  Christ. 

The  ministers  are  paranimidiy ,'''  friends  of  the  bridegroom,   that  come 
between  the  spouse  and  Christ,  to  make  up  the  match  between  them ;  and 
one  blessed  way  whereby  they  do  it,  is  to  unfold  to  the  church  her  own 
*  That  is,  cragavu/Ap/o/. 


A  christian's  charter.  29 

beggary,  and  the  riches  she  hath  hj  Christ ;  her  own  necessity,  and  the 
excellency  that  she  hath  in  Christ.  The  main  scope  of  the  ministry  is  to 
shew  us  our  beggary  in  ourselves,  and  our  danger :  that  we  are  more  indebted 
than  we  are  worth ;  that  we  are  indebted  to  God's  justice  for  body,  and 
soul,  and  all ;  and  as  we  are  indebted,  so  we  must  have  supply  from  the 
riches  of  another  of  necessity,  or  else  we  go  to  prison  and  perish  eternally. 

Now  Christ  doth  not  only  pay  our  debts — for  that  we  may  look  for  out 
of  self-love — but  he  is  *  the  chief  of  ten  thousand,'  Cant.  v.  10,  he  is  an 
excellent  person  in  himself.  Now  the  unfolding  of  the  excellencies  in  Christ 
is  a  means  to  procure  the  contract  and  marriage  between  the  church  and 
Christ.  And  let  us  labour  by  all  means  to  be  one  with  Christ,  to  study 
further  union  and  communion  with  Christ,  because  upon  this  term  and 
tenure  '  all  things  are  ours,'  if  we  be  Christ's ;  if  not,  nothing  is  ours  but 
damnation.  And  considering  that  the  more  union  we  have  with  him,  the 
more  we  shall  know  our  own  prerogative,  that  '  all  things  present  and  to 
come  are  ours,'  therefore  we  should  labour  to  know  him  more.  There  are 
three  graces  tending  to  union  : 

Knowledge,  faith,  and  love. 

The  more  we  know  him,  the  more  we  shall  trust  him.  '  They  that  know 
thy  name  will  trust  in  thee,'  Ps.  ix.  10.  And  the  more  we  trust  in  him, 
the  more  we  shall  love  him.  Knowledge  breeds  trust,  and  trust  breeds 
love.  Therefore  let  us  labour  to  grow  in  our  knowledge,  and  trust,  and 
love  to  Christ. 

And  to  that  end,  as  I  said,  to  take  all  occasions  to  hear  of  the  excellencies 
of  Christ,  to  study  them  ourselves,  and  to  hear  of  them  from  others,  espe- 
cially in  the  ministry.  In  Cant.  v.  9,  those  that  were  not  converted,  the 
daughters  of  Jerusalem,  they  ask  the  church,  '  What  is  thy  beloved  more 
than  another's  beloved?'  '  My  beloved,'  saith  the  church,  '  is  white  and 
ruddy,  the  chiefest  of  ten  thousand ;'  and  thereupon  she  sets  him  out  from 
top  to  toe,  in  all  his  excellencies,  and  saith,  '  This  is  my  beloved ;'  and 
thereupon  she  that  before  asked  in  slighting,  '  What  is  thy  beloved  more 
than  another's  beloved  V '  in  the  6th  chapter  saith,  '  Where  is  thy  beloved, 
that  we  may  seek  him  with  thee  ? '  *  So  when  we  know  Christ  and  his 
excellencies,  the  next  query  will  be,  '  Where  is  thy  beloved  ?'  Of  all  argu- 
ments in  divinity  we  can  study,  we  hear  of  nothing  more  comfortable  than 
of  Christ  and  the  benefits  we  have  by  him  ;  for  God  will  be  glorified  in 
nothing  so  much  as  in  that  great  mystery  of  Christ.  Therefore  let  these 
things  be  more  and  more  sought  after. 

Quest.  But  how  shall  I  know  that  Christ  is  mine,  or  that  I  am  in  Christ, 
or  no  ?    For  all  depends  upon  this  tenure,  that  we  are  in  Christ. 

Ans.  Ask  thine  own  heart.  (1.)  Hast  thou  given  thy  consent,  and  con- 
tracted thyself  to  Christ,  or  no  ?  This  is  one  way,  as  I  said,  whereby  we 
are  Christ's,  by  giving  our  consent.  Our  own  hearts  will  tell  us  whether 
we  have  given  our  consent  to  take  Christ  to  be  a  head,  a  governor,  and  a 
king  to  rule  us,  as  well  as  for  a  priest  to  die  for  us.  If  thou  be  content  to 
come  under  the  government  of  Christ,  to  be  ruled  by  his  Spirit,  thou 
mayest  say,  I  am  Christ's  ;  I  have  given  up  myself  to  him  ;  I  am  content 
to  take  him.  We  know  what  hath  proceeded  from  our  own  will,  and  there 
are  none  that  have  given  up  themselves  to  Christ,  but  they  may  know  it. 
Therefore  let  us  consider  whether  we  have  passed  our  consent  to  Christ, 
or  no.  I  fear  it  is  yet  to  do  with  many ;  for  instead  of  contracting  them- 
selves to  Christ,  they  have  yielded  to  their  own  lusts. 
*  Cf.  Vol.  II.,  page  132,  seg.— G. 


30  A  christian's  portion  ;  or, 

(2.)  Again,  secondly,  consider  by  what  sjnrit  thou  art  guided,  whetlier  by 
the  Spirit  of  Christ  or  no.  '  He  that  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  none 
of  his,'  Rom.  v.  8.  Christ  is  a  husband  that  will  rule  his  spouse.  He 
will  rule  in  his  own  temple  and  house.  He  is  a  head  that  will  rule  his 
own  members.  Consider  what  spirit  guides  and  actuates  thee,  whether 
the  Spirit  of  Christ  or  the  spirit  of  the  world.  If  the  Spirit  of  Christ  rule 
in  us,  it  will  work  as  it  did  in  Christ,  that  judgment  of  things  that  Christ 
had,  heavenly  things  to  be  the  most  excellent,  and  the  same  judgment  of 
persons  to  esteem  of  those  that  Christ  esteems  of.  It  will  work  the  same 
carriage  to  God,  to  men,  to  enemies,  to  Satan.  If  we  have  the  Spirit  of 
Christ,  it  will  transform  us  to  be  like  Christ  m  our  judgment  and  disposi- 
tions and  affections  every  way,  in  some  degree,  according  to  our  capacity 
and  measure.  Therefore  let  us  not  deceive  ourselves  ;  if  we  be  led  by  the 
spirit  of  the  world,  and  not  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  we  cannot  say  with 
comfort,  I  am  Christ's.  When  every  one  shall  come  to  challenge  their 
own,  the  devil  will  say.  Thou  art  mine,  thou  wert  led  by  my  spirit.  But 
if  we  yield  ourselves  to  be  guided  by  the  blessed  truth  of  God,  when  that 
challenge  shall  come,  '  Who  is  on  my  side.  Who  ?'  Christ  will  own  us 
for  his  in  evil  times. 

(3.)  Thirdly,  He  that  is  Christ's  will  stand  for  Christ  upon  all  occasions, 
and  stand  for  religion.  He  will  not  be  a  lukewarm  neuter.  If  we  be  Christ's, 
it  is  impossible  but  we  should  have  a  word  to  speak  for  him  and  for  religion. 
If  we  be  Christ's,  we  will  be  strong  for  Christ ;  we  will  be  true  to  him ;  we 
will  not  betray  Christ  and  the  cause  of  religion  that  is  put  into  our  hands. 
But,  by  the  way,  let  us  take  heed  of  making  this  a  name  of  faction,  as  the 
Corinthians  did,  to  say  '  I  am  of  Paul,  and  I  am  of  ApoUos,  andl  am  of 
Christ ;'  as  some  that  say  they  are  neither  papists  nor  protestants,  but 
Christians.  But  in  times  wherein  profession  is  required,  a  man  must  shew 
his  religion  here.  Not  to  say,  I  am  Christ's,  is  to  be  an  atheist.  In  case  of 
confession  and  profession  of  religion,  we  must  own  the  side  of  Christ  and 
say  we  are  Christ's  indeed. 

It  is  said  in  the  Revelation,  that  so  many  hundreds  and  thousands  were 
sealed  with  a  '  seal  in  their  foreheads,'  Rev.  vii.,  throughout.  For  even  as 
the  slaves  of  antichrist  are  sealed  in  the  hand,  they  have  a  mark  in  their 
hand ;  that  is,  they  are  bold  for  antichrist ;  so  all  God's  children  are  sealed 
in  their  foreheads.  That  is  the  place  of  confession  and  profession,  the 
forehead  being  an  open  place.  Christ  carries  God's  broad  seal.  He  seals 
all  that  come  to  heaven  in  the  forehead.  He  seals  them  first  in  their  hearts 
to  believe  the  truth,  and  then  he  seals  them  in  the  forehead,  openly  to  con- 
fess. '  With  the  heart  we  believe,  and  with  the  mouth  we  confess  to 
salvation,'  Rom.  x.  10.  Therefore  those  that  are  not  bold  to  confess  and 
profess  religion  when  they  are  called  to  it,  they  are  none  of  Christ's  '  sealed 
ones,'  for  he  seals  them  to  make  them  bold  in  the  profession  of  religion. 
Let  this  be  one  evidence  whether  thou  art  Christ's  or  no ;  if  the  question 
be,  '  Who  is  on  my  side  ?'  to  own  Christ's  side,  to  stand  for  Christ  and  the 
religion  reformed  and  stablished.  If  a  man  do  not  this,  he  cannot  say  I 
am  Christ's  ;  but  his  heart  will  give  his  tongue  the  lie,  if  he  stand  not 
boldly  for  the  cause  of  Christ.  '  He  that  is  ashamed  of  me  before  men,  I 
will  be  ashamed  of  him  before  my  heavenly  Father,'  Mark  iii.  38. 

It  is  a  comfortable  consideration,  if  upon  trial  we  find  ourselves  Christ's, 
that  we  own  the  cause  of  Christ  and  his  side.  It  is  the  best  side,  and  we 
shaU  find  it  so  in  the  hour  of  death  and  the  day  of  judgment.  If  we  find 
ourselves  to  be  Christ's,  what  a  comfort  will  this  be  ?     Of  all  conditions  in 


A  christian's  chaeter.  31 

the  world,  it  is  the  sweetest  and  the  safest  condition  to  be  in  Christ.  It  is 
to  have  all  below  us  ours,  and  all  above  us  too  to  be  ours  ;  to  have  God 
the  Father  ours,  and  God  the  Holy  Ghost ;  to  have  all  in  heaven  and  earth 
to  be  ours,  '  things  present  and  things  to  come.'  "What  a  comfortable 
consideration  is  this  in  all  storms,  to  be  housed  in  Christ,  to  dwell  in  Christ, 
to  be  clothed  with  Christ !  When  the  storm  of  God's  anger  shall  come  upon 
a  nation,  and  at  the  day  of  judgment  to  be  found  in  Christ,  '  not  having  our 
own  righteousness,'  Philip,  iii.  9,  and  in  the  hour  of  death  to  die  in  Christ ! 
If  we  be  Christ's,  we  live  in  him  and  die  in  him,  and  shall  be  found  in  him 
at  the  day  of  judgment.  If  we  be  Christ's,  we  are  in  heaven  already  in 
Christ  our  head.  We  sit  in  heavenly  places  together  with  him.  In  all 
the  vicissitude  and  interchanging  of  things  in  the  world,  which  are  many, 
'  life  and  death,  and  things  present,  and  things  to  come,'  there  is  a  world 
of  vicissitudes ;  but  in  all,  in  life  and  death,  look  backward,  or  forward,  or 
upward,  or  downward,  if  a  man  be  in  Christ,  he  is  upon  a  rock.  He  may 
overlook  all  things  as  his  servants.  All  things  shall  be  commanded  by  God 
to  serve  for  his  good,  and  to  bring  him  to  heaven,  to  yield  him  safe  con- 
duct. We  study  evidences  and  other  things.  This  is  worth  our  study 
more  and  more,  to  make  this  sure,  that  we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  ours. 
The  more  we  grow  in  knowledge,  and  faith,  and  love,  the  more  we  shall 
gi'ow  in  assurance  of  this. 

Use  2.  Again,  if  we  be  Christ's,  ivhy  then  should  ice  fear  irartt,  irhen  all 
things  are  ours,  and  tve  are  Christ's?  Can  a  man  want  at  the  fountain  ? 
Can  a  man  want  light  that  is  in  the  sun  ?  Can  a  Christian  that  hath  all 
things  his ;  and  in  this  tenure  his,  all  things  are  his,  because  Christ  is  his, 
— can  anything  be  wanting  to  him  ?  It  should  comfort  us  against  the  time 
to  come,  if  we  be  stripped  of  all,  yet  we  have  the  Fountain  of  all.  We 
must  be  stripped  of  all  at  the  hour  of  death,  whether  we  will  or  no  ;  but  if 
we  be  Christ's,  and  Christ  be  ours,  all  things  are  in  him  in  an  eminent 
manner.  It  is  a  wonderful  comfort  for  the  present,  against  all  fears  and 
wants ;  and  it  is  a  comfort  for  the  time  to  come,  that  when  all  things  shall 
be  taken  from  us,  yet  he  that  is  better  than  all  things,  that  is  better  than 
the  world  itself,  will  remain  to  us.  Therefore  let  us  think  of  these  things. 
It  is  wondrous  comfortable  to  be  Christ's,  and  to  be  his  in  such  a  peculiar 
manner. 

Use  3.  And,  thirdhj,  let  vs  learn,  as  ire  are  adrised,  Ps.  xlv.  10,  'to  forget 
our  father's  house,'  to  forget  all  former  base  acquaintance,  and  to  be  con- 
tented with  Christ.  What  saith  our  blessed  Saviour  in  the  Gospel  ?  '  Those 
that  hear  my  words,  they  are  my  brother,  and  sister,  and  mother,'  Mark 
iii.  85.  Are  they  so  ?  And  shall  not  we,  for  Christ's  sake,  that  is  nearer 
than  any  in  the  world,  '  hate  father  and  mother,'  &c.,  Luke  xiv.  26,  that 
is,  not  regard  them  for  Christ.  If  we  be  so  near  Christ,  and  he  will  stick 
to  us  when  all  will  leave  us,  then  let  us  answer  Christ's  love.  He  is  to  us 
instead  of  all  kindred ;  let  him  be  so,  if  we  cannot  have  their  love  upon 
other  terms  than  to  forsake  Christ.  Thus  we  see  what  we  may  observe 
from  this,  that  '  we  are  Christ's.'     Now  it  is  said  here  besides,  that 

'  Christ  is  God's.' 

Here  is  a  sacred  circle  that  ends  where  it  begins ;  for  all  things  come 
out  from  God  at  the  first,  and  all  things  go  back  again  to  God  and  end  in 
him.  '  All  are  yours,  and  you  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.'  Man  is, 
as  it  were,  the  horizon  of  all  things ;  that  hath  one  half  of  the  heavens 
below,  divided  and  terminated,  and  the  other  above.  A  holy  man  is  between 
all  things,  above  him  and  under  him.     All  things  are  his  below  him.     They 


32  A  christian's  poetion  ;  or, 

.serve  his  turn  and  use,  to  help  him  to  heaven,  as  a  viaticum.  And  all 
things  above  him  are  his  ;  that  is  the  cause  that  all  things  below  are  his. 
Now  to  come  to  this  last  branch. 

'And  Christ  is  God's.' 

In  what  sense  is  Christ  God's?  Was  he  not  the  Son  of  God?  Yes! 
That  is  true.  He  was  the  eternal  Son  of  God.  But  that  is  not  here  meant. 
Christ  is  God's,  as  Mediator.  The  Father,  the  fii-st  person  of  the  Deity, 
is  the  fountain  ;  and  the  Mediator  comes  from  him  in  a  double  sense. 

First,  Because  the  Father,  the  first  person,  was  ofi'ended ;  therefore  he 
must  appoint  a  mediator.  Now,  by  what  bonds  is  Christ  God's  ?  By  all 
the  strong  terms  that  can  be  devised.  God  sent  him  into  the  world  :  '  He 
sent  his  Son,'  Rom.  iii.  25.  God  set  him  forth  as  a  propitiation  :  '  Him 
hath  the  Father  sealed,'  John  vi.  27.  He  came  forth  with  God's  broad 
seal.  God  sealed  him  to  be  Mediator  in  his  baptism,  and  by  his  working 
of  miracles,  and  raising  him  from  the  dead.  God  the  Father  sealed  him, 
and  set  his  stamp  upon  him  to  be  his.  He  sent  him,  and  set  him  forth, 
and  sealed  him  :  '  He  was  anointed  with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  his  fel- 
lows,' Ps.  xlv.  7.  He  was  anointed  to  shew  his  authority.  Kings,  and 
priests,  and  prophets  were  anointed.  So  God  the  Father  hath  appointed 
him  to  be  king,  priest,  and  prophet  of  his  church.  He  is  anointed  in  all 
these  terms  :  '  It  pleased  the  Father  that  in  him  should  all  fulness  dwell,' 
Col.  i.  19.  And  Mat.  xi.  27,  '  All  power  is  given  to  me  of  my  Father,  in 
heaven  and  earth.'  So  when  he  was  to  ascend,  saith  he,  '  All  power  is 
given  to  me  in  heaven  and  earth,'  Mat.  xxviii.  18.  He  came  out  from  the 
Father  with  all  authority.  The  Scripture  is  mai-vellous  pregnant  in  this 
point,  to  shew  with  what  authority  Christ  came  from  the  Father.  The 
points  here  considerable  are,  first  of  all,  that  all  things  are  Christ's,  and 
therefore  we  ai'e  Christ's  ;  so 

All  things  are  the  Father's. 

This  is  the  highest  degree.  We  can  go  no  further.  There  is  the  centre 
wherein  we  must  rest :  '  All  things  are  the  Father's.'  All  things  are  of 
God,  that  made  all  of  nothing,  and  can  turn  all  to  dust  at  his  pleasm-e. 
'  All  things  are  of  him,  and  by  him,  and  through  him,'  as  it  is  Romans 
si.  1,  scq.,  divinely  set  forth.  There  is  no  question  of  this.  It  were  to 
add  light  to  the  sun  to  shew  that  all  things  are  the  Father's ;  and  here- 
upon Christ  is  the  Father's  in  the  first  place.  And  then  '  all  things  are 
ours,'  because  '  Christ  is  ours,'  and  '  Christ  is  the  Father's.'  The  point 
that  is  more  material,  and  worth  standing  on,  is  this,  that 

Though  all  things  come  from  the  Father,  yet  not  from  the  Father  imme- 
diatehj,  but  they  come  from  Christ. 

Christ  is  the  Father's,  and  we  are  the  Father's  in  Christ ;  and  all  things 
are  ours  in  Christ.  There  is  no  immediate  communion  between  us  and 
the  Father,  but  Christ  comes  between  God  an4  us. 

Why  is  this  needful  ? 

For  many  undeniable  reasons. 

Jxeason  1,  First,  Because  there  is  no  proportion  between  God  the  Father  and 
ns,  but  a  vast  disjjroportion.  He  is  holiness  and  purity,  and  a  '  consuming 
fire '  of  himself.  What  are  we  without  a  mediator,  a  middle  person,  with- 
out Christ  coming  between  ?  Nothing  but  stubble,  fit  fuel  for  his  wrath. 
So  that  all  love  and  good  that  comes  from  the  first  Person,  it  must  come 
to  us  through  a  middle  person :  '  You  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.' 
We  cannot  endure  the  brightness  of  the  majesty  of  the  Father.  It  is  too 
great  a  presence :  *  He  dwells  in  that  height  that  no  man  can  attain  unto,' 


A  chbistian's  chartek.  83 

as  the  apostle  saith,  1  Tim.  vi.  16.  Therefore  there  must  come  a  person 
between,  invested  in  our  nature.  God  in  our  nature  comes  between  the 
Father  and  us,  and  all  things  come  from  God  to  us  in  him.  As  the  salt 
waters  of  the  sea,  when  they  are  strained  through  the  earth,  they  are  sweet 
in  the  rivers,  so  the  waters  of  majesty  and  justice  in  God,  though  they  be 
terrible,  and  there  be  a  disproportion  between  them  and  us,  yet  being 
sti-aiued  and  derived*  through  Christ,  they  are  sweet  and  delightful;  but 
out  of  Christ  there  is  no  communion  with  God.  He  is  a  friend  to  both 
sides :  to  us  as  man,  to  him  as  God.  All  things  come  originally  from  the 
fountain  of  all,  God.  They  are  God's ;  and  you  know  the  three  persons 
meet,  in  one  nature,  in  God  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost.  Ay ;  but, 
as  I  said,  the  holy  God  doth  not  convey  immediately  good  things  to  us, 
but  by  the  mediation  of  Christ.  For  God  would  have  it  thus  since  the 
fall,  that  having  lost  all,  we  should  recover  all  again  by  the  'second 
Adam,'  that  should  be  a  public  person,  a  mediator  between  him  and  us ; 
and  so  through  Christ  we  should  have  access  and  entrance  to  the  Father, 
and  that  by  him  we  should  have  boldness.  And  that  God  again  downward 
might  do  all  things  with  due  satisfaction  to  his  justice  ;  because,  as  I  said, 
we  are  as  stubble,  and  God  '  a  consuming  fire.'  Were  not  Christ  in  the 
middle,  what  intercourse  could  there  be  between  the  Lord  and  us  ?  No 
other  than  between  the  fire  and  the  stubble :  majesty  on  his  side,  and 
misery  and  sin  on  ours.  There  must  be  a  mediator  to  bring  these  two 
contraries  together.  So  all  comes  downward  through  Christ  from  God  to 
us.  God  doth  all  in  Christ  to  us.  He  chooseth  us  in  Christ,  and  sancti- 
fies us  in  Christ ;  he  bestows  all  spiritual  blessings  on  us  in  Christ,  as 
members  of  Christ.  To  Christ  first,  and  through  him,  he  conveys  it  to  us. 
He  hath  put  fulness  in  him,  and  of  his  fulness  '  we  receive  grace  for  grace,' 
John  i.  16 ;  for  Christ  is  complete,  and  in  him  we  are  complete. 

Reason  2.  Then  again,  secondly,  God  will  have  it  thus,  as  it  is  fit  it 
should  be  so,  because  Christ  is  fitted  for  it.  He  is  the  Son  by  nature  ;  and 
it  is  fit  that  we,  that  are  sons  by  adoption,  should  have  communion  with  the 
Father  in  the  Son  by  nature.  He  is  beloved  of  the  Father  first :  *  In  him 
I  am  well  pleased,'  Mat.  iii.  17.  We  come  to  have  communion  with  God 
in  him  in  whom  he  is  well  pleased.  Christ  is  primuni  amabile,  the  first 
beloved  of  all ;  for  God  looks  on  Christ  as  the  first  begotten  of  him.  He 
is  the  first  Son  by  nature,  and  beloved  of  God.  Hereupon  God  comes  to 
delight  in  us  that  are  sons  by  adoption,  that  are  heirs,  because  we  are 
'  fellow  heirs  with  Christ.'  He  delights  in  us,  because  we  are  one  with 
Christ,  in  whom  he  beholds  us. 

Reason  3.  Again,  thirdly,  God  doth  this,  not  only  to  keep  his  state  in 
remoteness  from  us,  and  his  greatness,  hut  he  doth  it  in  mercy.  He  hath 
appointed  Christ  to  come  between,  that  now  we  might  not  be  afraid  to  go 
to  God  by  the  middle  person,  appointed  by  himself,  '  who  is  bone  of  our 
bone,  and  flesh  of  our  flesh.'  Now,  we  go  to  God,  who  is  bone  of  our 
bone  and  flesh  of  our  flesh ;  God  not  simply  and  barely  considered,  but 
God  incarnate.  There  is  no  going  to  him  in  ourselves,  but  God  being 
bone  of  our  bone,  and  flesh  of  our  flesh ;  as  Bernard  saith,  I  go  willingly 
to  a  Mediator  made  bone  of  my  bone,  my  brother  {m).  It  was  a  comfort 
to  Joseph's  brethren,  that  they  had  Joseph  their  brother  the  second  man 
in  the  kingdom.  And  is  it  not  a  sweet  comfort  to  Christians  that  they 
have  one  that  is  the  second  person  in  the  Trinity,  that  is  their  brother, 
that  is  the  high  steward  of  heaven  and  earth  ?  Is  it  not  a  comfort  to  the 
*  That  is,  '  communicated.' — G. 

VOL. lY.  0 


34  A  christian's  portion  ;  or, 

spouse  that  her  hushand  is  advanced  over  all,  and  is  nearest  to  the  king  ? 
Is  it  not  a  comfort  to  every  one  that  is  in  relation  to  another  to  have  one 
that  may  stand  for  them,  that  is  both  able  and  willing  ?  Now,  Christ  is 
able  as  God,  and  willing  as  our  brother ;  and  therefore  is  a  fit  person  to 
come  between  God  and  us.  He  can  do  us  good,  because  he  is  God ;  and 
he  will  do  us  good,  because  he  is  '  bone  of  our  bone,  and  flesh  of  our 
flesh.'  So  we  see  that  Christ  is  God's,  and  why  there  must  be  a  third 
person  come  between  God  and  us ;  and  Christ  is  fitted  to  be  the  middle 
person. 

Now,  to  confirm  it  by  a  place  of  Scripture  or  two.  The  Scripture  ia 
everywhere  full  of  this  argument :  '  It  pleased  God  to  reconcile  all  to  him- 
self in  Christ,  in  whom  we  have  obtained  the  inheritance,  that  in  the  ful- 
ness of  time  he  might  gather  together  in  one  all  things  in  Christ,'  Eph. 
i.  10,  seq.  It  is  a  recapitulation,  a  bringing  all  to  one  again.  God  the 
Father,  in  Christ,  brought  all  to  a  head  again ;  he  brought  all  to  himself 
again  ;  for  without  Christ  we  are  scattered,  and  severed,  and  distracted* 
from  God.  But  in  Christ  God  brought  in  allf  one  head  again,  both  that 
are  in  heaven  and  in  earth.  And  so  in  Col.  i.  19,  '  It  pleased  God  that  in 
Christ  all  fulness  should  dwell,  and  in  him  to  reconcile  all  things  in  heaven 
and  earth.' 

The  use  of  this  is  manifold,  and  very  comfortable. 

Use  1.  First  of  all,  do  all  things  come  from  God  the  Father  to  us  in 
Christ,  a  middle  person  ?  As  all  things  below  us  are  ours  in  Christ,  so  all 
things  above  us  :  God  the  Father  is  ours  in  Christ.  Then  it  should  teach 
us  to  direct  our  devotion  irpward  to  God,  as  God  comes  doivnward  to  us.  All 
things  come  down  from  God  in  Christ.  God  is  the  Father  of  Christ,  and 
Christ  is  the  Father  of  us.  As  nothing  comes  immediately  from  the  Father 
down  to  us,  so  let  us  not  go  mediately  up  but  in  Christ  to  the  Father ; 
that  is,  let  us  offer  all  our  prayers  to  God  in  the  niediation  of  his  beloved 
Son,  the  Son  of  his  own  appointing,  Jesus  Christ.  We  must  ask  all  in 
his  name.  'Whatsoever  ye  ask  the  Father  in  my  name,'  &e.,  John  xiv. 
13,  14.  '  Do  all  in  the  name  of  Christ,'  Col.  iii.  17.  It  is  ignorant  pre- 
sumption, arrogant,  and  fruitless,  in  any  of  our  devotions  and  prayers  to 
God,  to  go  to  God  in  our  own  name,  to  think  of  God  without  a  relation  of 
a  Father  in  Christ.  Though  we  do  not  alway  name  Christ,  yet  w^e  must 
think  of  God  in  the  relation  of  a  Father,  in  which  Christ  is  implied ;  for 
how  comes  he  to  be  a  Father  but  in  Christ  ?  He  is  Christ's  first,  and  ours 
in  him.  Let  us  not  consider  of  a  bare  naked  God,  but  of  God  invested 
with  a  sweet  relation  of  a  Father  in  Christ,  by  whom  he  is  become  our 
Father.  Therefore,  Lord,  we  come  not  to  thee  in  our  own  name,  and  in 
our  own  worth  and  desert,  which  is  none  at  all ;  but  we  come  to  thee  in 
the  merits  of  Christ,  in  the  mediation  of  Christ,  in  that  love  thou  bearest 
to  him,  and  that  for  his  sake  thou  bearest  to  us  that  are  his  members. 
This  is  the  way  of  intercourse  between  God  and  us.  To  think  of  God  out 
of  Christ,  out  of  the  mediator,  it  is  a  terrible  thought,  nothing  more  ter- 
rible :  but  to  think  of  God  in  Christ,  nothing  more  sweet ;  for  now  the 
nature  of  God  is  lovely,  coming  to  us  in  Christ,  and  the  majesty  and  justice 
of  God  are  lovely.  When  it  comes  through  Christ  to  be  satisfied,  it  is 
Eweet;  for.  Lord,  thou  wilt  not  punish  the  same  sin  twice.  And  the 
majesty  and  greatness  of  God  is  comfortable.  Wliatsoever  is  God's  is  ours, 
because  Christ  is  ours.  God  in  his  greatness,  in  his  justice,  in  his  power. 
All  things  being  derived  and  passing  through  Christ,  are  sweet  and  com- 
*  That  is,  '  separated '  =  violently.— G.  f  Q^-  '  ^■U  in '  ?— Ed. 


A  christian's  charter.  35 

fortable  to  us.     Therefore,  seeing  '  Christ  is  God's,'  and  all  things  come 
from  God  in  Christ,  let  it  direct  us  to  perform  all  to  God  in  Christ. 

Use  2.  Again,  secondly,  if  so  be  that  God  be  ours,  and  all  things  ours  in 
Christ,  then,  when  we  are  to  deal  with  God  the  Father,  or  to  deal  v/ith 
Satan,  or  to  deal  with  others  soliciting  us,  then  let  us  make  use  of  this, 
Christ  is  God's,  and  I  am  God's  through  Christ.  When  we  have  to  deal 
with  God  the  Father,  that  seems  angry  for  our  sins,  and  our  consciences 
are  wakened  and  terrified,  say.  Lord,  Christ  is  thine ;  I  have  nothing  to 
bring  thee  myself  but  a  mediator  of  thy  own  setting  and  sending  forth  ;  of 
thine  own  anointing  and  sealing  ;  and  thou  wilt  not  refuse  the  righteousness 
and  obedience  of  a  mediator  of  thine  own.  Christ  is  God's.  Let  us  carry 
our  elder  brother  with  us  whensoever  we  would  have  anything  of  God. 
When  we  have  offended  him,  come  not  alone,  but  bring  our  Benjamin  with 
us  ;  come  clothed  with  our  elder  brother's  garments.  God  will  not  refuse 
the  very  name  of  his  Son ;  it  is  a  prevailing  name  with  his  Father.  It  is 
thine  own  Son  ;  he  is  a  mediator  of  thine  own  :  though  I  have  nothing  of 
my  own  to  bring  thee,  yet  I  bring  thee  thine  own  Son.  I  beseech  you,  let 
us  think  of  this  when  we  have  oflended  God,  and  our  consciences  are 
troubled ;  let  us  go  to  God  in  the  sweet  name  of  his  Son. 

Use  3.  Again,  thirdhj,  if  so  be  that  Christ  is  God's,  and  nothing  comes 
from  God  but  through  Christ,  let  us  give  Christ  the  greatest  pre-eminence. 
Christ  is  of  God's  own  appointment,  and  all  things  are  ours  because  Christ 
is  ours  ;  nay,  God  is  ours,  because  Christ  is  ours.  Therefore  let  no  man 
set  up  themselves  in  our  consciences  but  Christ  and  God.  The  conscience 
is  for  Christ,  for  our  husband.  Christ  is  ordained  of  God  to  be  our  head, 
and  to  be  all  in  all  to  us  of  God  the  Father.  Therefore,  in  the  solicitations 
of  our  judgment,  to  judge  thus  and  thus,  let  us  think  what  saith  Christ  my 
husband,  who  is  God's.  God  will  have  us  hear  him  :  '  This  is  my  beloved 
Son,  hear  him,'  Mat.  iii.  17.  He  comes  with  authority  from  God  the 
Father  ;  what  saith  he  ?  If  it  be  not  the  judgment  of  Christ,  who  shall  sit 
in  my  conscience  but  Christ  ?  Shall  the  pope  ?  Shall  any  man  usurp  by 
an  infallibility  of  judgment  to  say  it  is  so  ;  you  must,  upon  pain  of  damna- 
tion, believe  it  ?  I  cannot  but  speak  a  little  of  it  by  the  way.  The  modestest 
and  learnedest  Jesuit  of  late  times,  speaking  of  this  argument  of  Christ : 
bringing  an  objection  that  some  may  make  against  the  pope's  authority : 
saith  he,  If  the  pope  say  otherwise,  his  authority  were  more  to  me  than  the 
definition  of  all  the  holy  fathers  ;  nay,  saith  he,  I  say  with  Paul,  '  If  an  angel 
from  heaven  should  come  and  say  it,'  and  the  pope  should  say  otherwise, 
I  would  believe  the  pope  before  I  would  believe  an  angel  from  heaven  (w). 
Such  a  place  hath  that  '  man  of  sin  '  in  the  conscience  of  those  great  learned 
men.  This  is  intolerable.  We  are  Christ's ;  he  is  our  husband.  Christ 
comes  with  authority  from  the  Father.  We  must  hear  him  ;  he  is  God's. 
Therefore  let  no  man  prevail  in  our  consciences  that  brings  not  the  word  of 
God  and  of  Christ. 

Use  4.  Again,  fourthly,  if  Christ  be  God's,  and  all  things  come  to  us 
from  God  by  Christ,  then  ive  see  a  rest  for  our  souls.  We  can  go  no  farther 
than  God,  and  in  God  to  the  first  person  in  trinity.  The  Christian  religion 
pitcheth  down  a  centre  for  the  soul  to  rest  in,  a  safe  pitching  place,  a  safe 
foundation.  It  shews  our  reconciliation  with  the  great  God  now.  Chris- 
tian religion  shews  that  all  is  ours,  and  we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's  ; 
and  there  it  sets  down  a  rest  for  our  souls.  In  Mat.  xi.  28,  Christ,  after 
he  had  said,  '  All  things  are  given  me  of  my  Father,'  saith  he,  '  Come  unto 
me,'  therefore,  '  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  heavy  laden,  and  I  will  ease  you.' 


36  A  chkistian's  portion  ;  or, 

What  encouragement  have  we  to  come  to  him  ?  '  All  things  are  given  me 
of  the  Father.'  '  Christ  is  God's.'  Therefore  ye  may  boldly  come  unto 
me.  *  Ye  shall  find  rest  to  your  souls  in  me.'  Ay,  but  is  Christ  the  last 
rest  ?  No ;  the  Father  is  the  last  rest  :  for  in  Christ  I  know  the  Father  is 
well  pleased.  Ye  shall  find  rest  in  Christ,  because  he  hath  satisfied  the 
Father.  So  all  solid  comfort  must  be  terminated  in  God,  in  the  first  person 
in  the  Trinity.  We  can  go  no  further  than  God,  the  first  person,  the  foun- 
tain of  the  Trinity.  So  you  see  in  that  we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's, 
there  the  soul  hath  footing  for  itself  in  God  the  Father. 
^  Quest.  But  may  we  not  rest  in  Christ  ? 

Ahs.  Yes.  Because  he  is  authorised  of  God  the  Father ;  and  we  can 
go  no  further ;  for  the  party  ofiended  first  of  all  by  our  sins  is  God  the 
Father,  and  he  hath  found  out  this  remedy,  this  mediator.  And  therefore 
why  should  we  suspect  anything,  to  trouble  our  souls,  to  run  in  a  maze, 
but  go  to  God  in  the  name  of  Christ  upon  this  very  ground  ?  Lord,  thou 
that  art  the  party  ofiended,  and  out  of  the  bowels  of  mercy  hast  found  out 
this  mediator,  I  rest  in  him,  because  he  came  out  from  thee.  And  there- 
fore here  is  a  solid  rest  for  the  soul,  when  the  soul  goes  back  to  God  the 
Father,  and  rests  in  him.  We  say  of  a  circle,  it  is  the  strongest  of  all 
figures,  because  it  is  a  round  figure:  it  strengtheneth  itself;  whereas  a 
straight  line  is  weak.  As  we  see  those  round  bodies  that  are  made  arches, 
&c.,  they  are  the  strongest  figures,  because  every  stone  strengthens  another ; 
so  this  is  the  strongest  reflection  of  all,  that  as  all  things  come  from  God 
the  Father,  so  when  we  go  to  him  and  rest  there,  who  can  make  a  rupture  ? 
It  is  the  strongest  of  all.  The  soul  stays  not  in  the  way  in  this  and  that 
thing :  all  are  false  rests ;  but  it  goes  to  Christ.  And  to  satisfy  the  soul 
the  more,  when  it  rests  in  Christ,  it  rests  in  the  Father.     Therefore  when 

1  deal  with  Christ,  and  think  of  Christ,  I  must  think  I  have  to  deal  with 
the  Father.  Christ  was  incarnate ;  it  was  as  much  as  if  the  Father  had 
been  incarnate  ;  for  it  was  by  his  authority.  Christ  suffered,  but  God  '  gave 
him  to  death  for  us  all.'     See  the  Father  in  all,  and  there  the  soul  will  rest. 

We  see  herein  the  wondrous  strong  salvation  of  a  Christian.  It  is 
not  only  founded  in  the  good  will  of  the  Son,  or  of  the  Father,  but  it  is 
founded  in  the  love  of  both,  and  upon  the  authority  of  Christ  coming  from 
the  Father.     For  '  God  was,  in  Christ,  reconciling  the  world  to  himself,' 

2  Cor.  V.  19.  So  our  salvation  is  founded  and  built  upon  the  mutual  love 
of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son  to  us.  The  Son  loves  us  as  from  the  Father, 
and  the  Father  in  the  Son,  so  strong  is  our  salvation  built. 

Use  5.  Then  again,  /ifthhj,  for  comfort.  If  Christ  be  God's,  appointed  by 
God  a  Saviour,  and  to  make  all  things  ours,  to  bring  us  back  again,  shall  not 
we  reason  with  the  apostle,  Ptom.  viii.  32,  '  If  he  hath  not  spared  his  own 
Son,  but  given  him  to  death  for  us  all,  how  shall  he  not  with  him  give  us 
all  things  else  ?'  That  place  is  a  proof  of  the  text  in  hand.  How  shall  we 
prove  that  *  all  things  are  ours  '  for  our  good  ?  Because  '  God  hath  not 
spared  his  own  Son,'  that  is  better  than  the  world.  Therefore  God  will 
rather  create  another  world,  than  we  shall  want  anything  that  is  for  our 
good.  If  he  have  '  given  his  Son  for  us  all,  how  shall  he  not  with  him  give 
us  all  things  ? '  as  much  as  shall  be  conduceable  for  our  good. 

Use  6.  Now  for  an  use  of  duty.  Since  God  hath  ordained  and  anointed 
Christ  for  our  good,  let  us  thank  God  for  Christ,  as  the  apostle  doth  : 
'  Blessed  be  God  the  Father  of  cur  Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  Eph.  i.  3.  We 
forget  it.  We  see  it  is  the  beginning  of  every  epistle  almost  of  Paul  and 
Peter.     '  Blessed  be  the  Lord  and  Father  of  Christ,'  1  Peter  i.  3.     Alas  ! 


A  chkistian's  chakter.  37 

how  had  he  been  our  Father  if  he  had  not  been  the  Father  of  Christ  first  ? 
And  where  had  been  our  anointing,  if  Christ  had  not  been^anointed  first  ? 
Where  had  been  our  inheritance,  if  he  had  not  been  the  heir  first  ?  And 
where  had  been  his  love  to  us,  if  he  had  not  loved  him  first  ?  For  there 
could  be  no  communion  between  the  holy  God  and  us  without  that  middle 
person.     Therefore  *  blessed  be  God,  the  Father  of  Christ.' 

We  bless  God  for  our  meat  and  drink,  for  the  comforts  of  this  world,  for 
everything  ;  but  do  we  remember  to  bless  God  for  Christ  ?  We  bless  God 
for  petty  things,  as  indeed  we  cannot  be  too  much  in  thanksgiving ;  it  is 
the  employment  of  heaven.  Oh  !  but  let  us  bless  God  especially  for  him, 
in  whom  we  have  all  in  this  world  and  in  another  world.  Blessed  be  God 
for  anointing  Christ.  So  '  God  loved  the  world,  that  he  gave  his  Son,' 
John  iii.  16.  He  could  not  express  how  much.  '  Christ  is  God's.' 
Therefore  bless  God  for  Christ  above  all  other  things  whatsoever. 

Use  7.  And  now,  seveuthly,  to  go  boldly  upon  all  occasions  to  the  throne  of 
grace.  Now  in  Christ  there  is  good  terms  between  heaven  and  us.  So 
long  as  we  have  our  flesh  sitting  at  the  right  hand  of  God  to  plead  for  us, 
to  be  an  intercessor  and  advocate  for  us,  let  us  go  boldly  in  all  our  necessities 
to  the  throne  of  grace  in  the  mediation  of  Christ.  '  Christ  is  God's,'  and 
with  God  at  his  right  hand  in  all  glory  and  majesty  making  request  for  us, 
nothing  can  be  thought  of  more  comfortable.  Indeed,  without  these  con- 
siderations, what  is  our  religion  ?  What  is  all  mortality*  without  knowing 
God  in  Christ  ?  *  This  is  eternal  life,  to  know  thee,  and  whom  thou  hast 
sent,  Jesus  Christ,'  John  xvii.  3.  It  is  the  beginning  of  heaven,  as  Christ 
saith.  It  is  not  only  the  way  to  bring  us  to  heaven,  but  it  is  initial  salva- 
tion. The  knowledge  of  God  the  Father,  and  the  knowledge  of  Christ 
coming  from  the  Father  with  a  commission  to  work  all  for  our  good,  it  is 
eternal  life. 

Thus  we  see  what  we  may  observe  out  of  this,  that  Christ  is  God's.  We 
can  go  no  further.  We  cannot  take  up  our  rest  better  than  in  this.  *  All 
is  ours,  and  we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.  Therefore  let  us  end 
with  that  in  Rom.  xi.  36,  '  Of  him,  and  by  him,  and  through  him  are  all 
things  :  therefore  to  him  be  glory  for  ever,  and  for  ever.'  If  all  things 
come  from  the  Father,  by  and  through  the  Father  in  Christ,  to  the  Father 
therefore  be  all  glory  for  ever  and  ever.  Amen. 
*  Qu.  •  morality  '  ?— G. 


NOTES. 


(a)  P.  3. — '  Man  hath  this  added  to  his  dignity,  to  know  it.  And  this  is  given 
him,  as  a  schoolman  saith,  that  he  may  rejoice  in  that  he  hath,  and  him  that  gave 
it.'  This  sentiment  occurs  with  even  more  than  his  ordinary  grandeur  of  expres- 
sion in  the  '  Thoughts  '  of  Pascal,  who  has  clothed  with  new  splendour  many  of  the 
incidental  observations  of  the  Schoolmen.  Pascal  was  of  course  much  later  than 
Sihbes  ;  but  their  reading  lay  in  the  same  directions.  Cf.  Pascal  by  Pearce  after 
Faugere ;  '  Thoughts  on  Religion,'  c.  iii.  iv. ;  Disproportions  or  Inequalities  in  Man  ; 
The  Greatness  and  the  Misery  of  Man  (1850). 

(b)  P.  4. — '  But  should  I  tell  thee  what  is  said  by  Baronius  and  some  others,  and 
what  might  be  said  of  the  honour  of  that  calling  '  [the  ministry],  &c.  .  .  .  Cassar 
Baronius  (or  Baron)  was  a  cardinal  of  the  Church  of  Rome.  A  list  of  his  numerous 
ecclesiastical  and  controversial  writings  will  be  found  in  "Watt's  Bibliotheca  Britan- 
nica,  sub  voce.  Throughout  he  extols,  rather  exaggerates,  the  office  of,  not  the  ministry 
as  Sibbes  understood  it,  but  the  priesthood.    This  he  does  in  common  with  aU  the 


88  A  christian's  portiok. 

papist  controversalists,  who  in  proportion  as  they  degrade  the  Priest,  exalt  the 
priests.     Pity  the  Romisli  writers  are  so  oblivious  of  tlie  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

(cj  P.  7. — '  Cephas  and  Paul  are  servants  of  the  church,  and  I  that  am  Peter's  suc- 
cessor am  so  ;  but  yet  he  stamps  in  his  coin  "  That  nation  and  country  that  will  not 
serve  thee,  shall  be  rooted  out.'  "  This  legend  is  found  on  a  coin  of  Pope  Julius  III., 
about  1557,  as  follows  : — '  Gens.  et.  Regnum.  quod.  non.  servierit.  tibi  perebit,' 
A  rei)resentation  of  one  of  these  coins  is  given  by  Elliot  in  his  Ilorce  ApocalypticoB 
(II.  page  474,  5th  ed.,  1862).  It  is  understood  to  have  had  special  reference  to 
the  invasion  of  England  by  the  Spanish  Armada  in  the  following  year. 

(d)  P.  8. — '  As  a  wise  pliilosoplier  could  say,  that  man  is  the  end  of  all  things  in 
a  semi-circle.'  That  is,  probably,  the  final  cause,  for  whose  sake  the  inferior  crea- 
tures exist. 

(e)  P.  10. — '  That  terrible  of  terribles,  as  the  philosopher  saith'  [of  death].  Sibbes 
usually  employs  the  historic  formula  of  the  orator  =  Cicero  ;  the  philosopher  =  Aris- 
totle. His  present  reference  is  probably  therefore  to  the  familiar  iravruv  ruv 
(po^iQMV   (polBisoiTarog  of  Aristotle.     The  phrase  is  frequent  in  the  Latin  classics  also- 

(f)  P.  11. — •"  Indeed,  death  is  the  death  of  itself;  deatli  is  the  death  of  death.'  Dr 
John  Owen  has  appropriated  these  words  as  the  title  of  one  of  his  most  striking 
boolvs,  viz.,  '  Tlie  Death  of  Death  in  the  Death  of  Christ ;  or  a  Treatise  of  the  Ee- 
demption  and  Reconciliation  that  is  in  the  Blood  of  Christ '  (1642.    4to). 

{g)  P.  16. — '  And  then,  all  things  were  not  common.'  Sibbes  is  probably  inaccu- 
rately reported  here.  Tlie  thought  may  be  thus  brought  out.  '  All'  [did  not  make 
the]  things  (or  property)  [which  they  possessed]  common.  Witliout  this  caveat 
Sibbes  would  seem  to  contradict  Acts  ii.  44,  than  whom  none  would  have  shrunk 
with  greater  horror  from  so  doing.  Perhaps  the  following  paraphrase  renders  the 
statement  of  the  original :  '  All  that  believed  who  were  together,  had  all  things 
common ;'  i.  e.,  the  associated  Christians  as  distinguished  from  the  permanent  resi- 
dents in  Jerusalem. 

(h)  P.  16. — '  And  St  Austin  saith  well,  "  Surely  he  was  no  king  that  feared  he 
should  be  a  king.'  "  The  words  of  St  Augustine  are,  ..."  Quid  enim  ?  Non  erat  rex 
qui  timebat  fieri  rex?  Erat  omnino'  (Tract,  xxv.  in  Joan  vi.).  Sibbes  appears  to 
have  read  the  sentence  without  the  note  of  interrogation. 

{i)  P.  17. — '  And  therefore,  as  St  Ambrose  saith  very  well,  "  If  thou  hast  not 
nourished  one,  howsoever  in  the  law  thou  art  not  a  murderer,  yet  before  God  thou 
art."  '  This  sentiment  occurs  again  and  again  in  the  writings  of  St  Ambrose,  and 
is  dwelt  upon  in  his  treatise  on  Ahab  and  Naboth's  vineyard ;  but  the  actual  ex- 
pression has  not  been  found. 

(y)  P.  23. — '  As  Bernard  saith  well,  Donum  Doi  sine  Deo,  they  have  the  gifts  of 
God,  without  God  ;  without  the  love  and  favour  of  God.'  The  passage  referred  to  is 
probably  the  following,  '  Neque  enim  quse  habemus  ab  eo,  servare  aut  teneie  pos- 
sumus  sine  eo.' — Bern,  in  Ps.  xc,  Serm.  I. 

{k)  P.  23. — '  Licitis  perimiis  omnes,  it  is  an  ordinary  speech :  we  all  perish  by 
lawful  things.'  This  is  probably  a  recollection  of  Gregory's  fuller  statement :  Solus 
in  iUicitis  non  cadit,  qui  se  aliquando  et  a  licitis  caute  restringit  (Moral,  lib.  v.  et  Homil 
35  in  Evang.). 

(I)  P.  24. — '  Moses married  a  blackamore.  He  could  not  alter  her  disposi- 
tion,' &c.  This,  wliich  is  a  common  illustration  in  Sibbes's  age,  is  surely  unwar- 
ranted, at  least  if  by  'blackamore'  he  intended  wliat  we  understand  thereby,  viz., 
a  thick-lipped  negress.     Shakespeare  makes  a  similar  mistake  respecting  Othello. 

(m)  P.  33. — '  As  Bernard  saith,  I  go  willingly  to  a  Mediator  made  bone  of  my 
bone,  my  brother.'  The  following  are  the  words  of  Bernard  : — Ut  ex  aequo  partibus 
congruens  mediator,  neutri  suspectus  sit,  Deus  filius  Dei  fiat  liomo,  fiat  filius  homi- 
nis  ;  et  certum  me  reddit  in  hoc  osculo  oris  sui.  Securus  suscipio  mediatorem  Dei 
filium  quem  agnosco  et  meum.  Minime,  plane,  jam  mihi  suspectus  erit.  Frater 
enim  et  caro  mea  est.  Puto  enim,  speruere  me  non  poterit  os  de  ossibus  meis,  et 
caro  de  carne  mea. — Bern,  in  Cant.  Cant.  Ser.  II. 

(w)  P.  35. — '  The  modestest  and  learnedest  Jesuit  of  late  times,  speaking  of  this 
argument,'  &c.     A  very  similar  passage  from  Bellarmine  is  quoted  in  Vol.  I.  p.  313. 

G. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN'S  AIM. 


THE  SPIEITUAL  MAN'S  AIM. 


NOTE. 

•  The  Spiritual  Man's  Aim'  was  originally  published  in  a  small  volume  (less  than 
18mo)  in  1637.  Its  title-page  is  given  below*  Prefixed  to  it  is  Marshall's 
smaller  portrait  of  Sibbes,  which  is  found  in  'The  Christian's  Portion '  and  else- 
where. A  second  edition,  which  is  our  text,  appeared  in  quarto  in  1656.  Its  title- 
page  is  likewise  given  below.f  The  initials  T.  G.  and  P.  N.  represent  the  well- 
known  Dr  Thomas  Goodwin  and  Philip  Nye.  Cf.  Vol.  II.  page  3,  but  for  Hanburg 
read  Hanbury.  G. 

t  The 
Spikituall-Mans 

AlME. 

Guiding  a  Christian  in  his 

Affections  ^  Actions,  through  the 

sundry  passages  of  this  Life.     So  that 

God's  glory  and  his  Salvation  may  be 

the  maine  end  of  all. 

By  the  faithfuU  and  Eeverend 
Divine,  R.  Sibbes,  D.  D.  and  some- 
time Preacher  to  the  Honourable 
Society  of  Graies  Inne. 
Published  by 
T.  G.  and  P.  N. 

London, 

Printed  by  E.  G.  for  John  Eothwell, 

and  are  to  be  sold  at  the  Sunne  in 

Paul's  Church-yard.    1637 

t  THE 

SPIRITUALL 
MANS    AIME. 

GUIDING 

A  Christian  in  his  Affections  and 

Actions  through  the  sundry  passages  of 

this  Life.     So  that  God's  glory,  and  his  own 

Salvation  may  be  the  maine  end  of  all. 

BY 

The  faithfull  and  Reverend  Divine, 
Richard  Sibbs,  D.  D.  and  sometime 
Preacher  to  the  Honourable  Society 

of  Graies  Inne.  m 

Published  by 

T.  G.  and  P.  N. 

LONDON, 

Printed  by  W.  H.  for  John  Eothwell,  at  the 

Sign  of  the  Beare  and  Fountaine  in 

Cheapside,  1656. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN'S  AIM. 


It  rema'metli,  brethren,  the  time  is  short :  let  those  that  have  iv.ives  he  as  if  they 
had  none;  and  they  that  weep,  as  though  they  wept  not;  and  they  that 
rejoice,  as  though  they  rejoiced  not ;  and  they  that  buy,  as  though  they  pos- 
sessed not ;  and  they  that  use  this  world,  as  not  abusing  it :  for  the  fashion 
of  this  world  passeth  away. — 1  Cor.  VII.  29—31. 

The  blessed  apostle,  in  the  former  part  of  this  chapter,  had  given  direction 
in  cases  of  conscience,  being  a  man  that  had  the  tongue  of  the  learned  to 
speak  a  word  in  season  to  the  weary,  Isa.  1.  4  ;  whereupon,  having  in  his 
eye  greater  matters,  as  his  use  is  almost  in  every  epistle,  he  calls  them  from 
particular  cases,  that  they  should  not  overmuch  trouble  themselves  about 
them,  but  mind  the  main,  '  The  time  is  short :  let  those  that  are  married 
be  as  if  they  were  not,'  &c.     But  yet,  notwithstanding, 

He  gives  satisfaction  to  the  particular  cases.  For  as,  in  travelling,  it  is 
not  enough  to  know  that  a  man's  way  lies  east,  or  west,  or  north,  or  south, 
but  he  must  know  the  turnings  and  windings,  the  particularities  of  the  way; 
so  in  religion  it  is  not  enough  to  know  that  we  must  serve  God  above  all, 
and  love  our  neighbour  as  ourself,  &c.  Those  generahties  atheists  will 
embrace,  and  in  pretence  of  them  shake  off  all  further  study  of  religion. 
Our  knowledge  must  stand  in  clearing  particular  cases  also,  which,  being 
cleared,  the  way  is  smoother  to  heavenward.  Yet,  notwithstanding,  we 
must  not  dwell  too  much  upon  particulars,  for  here  you  see  the  apostle  calls 
them  off,  '  Finally,  my  brethren,  the  time  is  short ;'  it  remains  that  we  look 
to  the  main,  &c.  '  For  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away  ;'  wherein 
we  considered*  two  points  in  general,  which  I  will  only  name,  and  hasten 
to  that  which  foUoweth. 

The  first  was  this,  that, 

Boct.  1.  A  very  good  ivay  to  satisfy  cases  of  conscience  in  particular,  is  to 
have  in  our  mind  the  main. 

For  there  be  many  that  puzzle  themselves  all  their  life  about  this  and 
that  particular,  and  forget  the  main  in  the  mean  time.  Let  a  man  look 
to  the  main,  and  he  will  soon  resolve  in  such  particulars  as  these  whether 
it  be  good  to  redeem  time  to  hear  a  sermon  now  and  then.  He  will  do  the 
thing,  and  not  stand  making  a  case  of  it ;  for  when  he  considers  how  it 

*  From  this  reference  it  would  appear  Sibbes  bad  delivered  sermons  that  have  not 
been  preserved,  from  tbe  present  text. — G. 


42 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN  S  AIM. 


helps  to  tlie  main,  the  saving  of  his  soul,  &c.,  for  which  he  came  into  the 
world,  he  will  easily  be  resolved. 

And  so  for  sanctifying  the  Lord's  day  entirely ;  many  have  scruples  and 
keep  ado,  but  if  they  had  the  love  of  God  in  their  souls,  and  did  look  to 
the  main,  they  would  see  it  to  be  an  idle  question.  For  how  much  con- 
duceth  it  to  the  main  ? 

And  so  for  conversing  with  company,  are  they  such  as  are  comfortable 
and  cheerful  ?  Are  they  such  as  we  may  profit  by  ?  Why  do  I  entangle 
myself  and  hinder  the  main?  So  we  see  Paul,  in  resolving  the  particulars, 
he  calls  them  to  the  main :  '  Brethren,  the  time  is  short,'  and  therefore  be 
in  these  things  as  if  ye  were  not  (as  we  shall  see  anon  in  the  particulars), 
'  for  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  This  is  the  reason  why  none 
but  a  true  Christian  can  carry  himself  moderately  in  the  things  of  this 
world.  Why  ?  Because  none  but  a  sound  Christian  hath  a  main,  and  a 
chief  end  that  sways  the  stern*  of  his  whole  life ;  he  looks  to  heaven  and 
happiness,  and  how  it  shall  be  with  him  afterwards,  and  he  considers  parti- 
culars thereafter  ;  when  another  man  of  necessity  must  err  in  particular 
cases,  because  he  hath  not  a  gracious  aim.  You  have  no  man  but  a  Chris- 
tian, but  he  loseth  himself  in  the  things  of  this  world. 

The  second  thing  is  this ;  you  see  that, 

Doct.  2.  Eeligion  meddles  with  all  matters. 

With  the  world,  with  marriage,  with  buying,  and  possessing,  as  we  shall 
see  afterwards.  Saith  an  atheist  that  stomachs  it,  that  his  ways  should  be 
hindered  from  that  commanding  skill  of  religion  which  hath  to  do  in  all 
things,  What  hath  the  minister  to  do  with  our  caUings,  with  lawyers,  with 
tradesmen,  or  statesmen  ?  What  hath  the  minister  to  do  with  these 
things  ? 

It  is  true,  not  with  the  materials,  with  the  particular  matters  of  those 
callings.  That  is  left  to  those  that  are  artists,  and  that  have  skill  in  the 
particulars  of  their  professions  in  each  kind.  But  a  minister  and  a  Chris- 
tian, and  religion  in  any  man,  hath  to  deal  with  these  things,  as  they  help 
to  further  the  main.  For  religion  is  a  skill  that  fits  a  man  for  a  further 
end,  for  his  last  end,  for  heaven. 

Now,  being  such  a  skill,  it  must  direct  evei^ything  so  far  as  it  helps  or 
hinders  that.  State  knowledge,  we  say,  is  a  commanding  knowledge. 
Why  ?  Because  it  meddles  with  all  trades.  How  ?  Hath  a  statesman 
skill  in  this  or  that  trade  ?  No  ;  not  in  the  particular  mystery,  but  he 
hath  skill  so  far  as  he  sees  what  may  serve  for  the  public  good.  Let  the 
safety  of  the  commonwealth  be  the  law  of  all  trades.  The  state  knowledge 
is  the  supreme  knowledge,  which  is  for  the  good  of  the  whole  ;  therefore  he 
cuts  off  particulars  if  they  be  mischievous  to  the  whole.  So  all  trades 
must  be  told  of  their  faults,  as  they  are  blemishes  to  religion,  for  we  must 
not  be  so  in  this  or  that  trade,  as  that  we  forget  we  are  Christians,  and 
therefore  we  must  hear  meekly  the  word  of  God  when  it  meets  with  our 
particular  callings.  We  see  Paul  meddleth  with  buying  and  selling,  with 
marriage,  &c.  How  ?  As  far  as  they  might  hinder  the  main  :  '  Finally, 
my  brethren,  the  time  is  short,  and  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.' 
Therefore  be  not  overmuch  in  these  things. 

It  is  the  suprema  ratio,  &c.,  it  is  the  main  reason  that  makes  for  religion : 

as  I  said  before  of  state  knowledge,  it  is  suprema  lex.     Yet  though  that  be 

supreme  in  regard  of  inferiors,  yet  there  is  one  above  that,  the  chief  reason 

of  all  that  makes  for  religion ;  there  be  many  particular  reasons  that  make 

*  That  is,  as  the  '  helm'  placed  in  the  '  stern,'  ruling  the  ship. — G. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN's  AIM.  43 

for  this  and  that.  Ay,  but  religion  saith  the  contrary,  and  then  that  must 
rule,  that  is  the  suprema  ratio.  Now  I  come  to  unfold  the  particulars. 
The  apostle  here  stands  upon  five  directions  and  bounds.  Those  five  direc- 
tions with  three  reasons  : — 

*  Let  those  that  are  married  be  as  if  they  were  not.' 

*  Those  that  weep,  as  if  they  wept  not.' 

*  Those  that  rejoice,  as  if  they  rejoiced  not.' 

*  And  they  that  buy,  as  though  they  possessed  not.' 

*  And  they  that  use  this  world,  as  not  abusing  it.' 
How  are  these  five  directions  enforced  ? 

They  are  enforced  from  three  reasons  : — 

Theyirs^  is  in  the  front  of  the  text :  '  The  time  is  short.'  Therefore  be 
moderate  in  all  things  here. 

The  second  is  in  the  shutting  up  of  the  text :  '  For  the  fashion  of  this 
world  passeth  away.' 

The  tlurd  reason  is  a  main  reason  too,  that  is,  from  their  state  and  con- 
dition in  Christ :  '  Why,  brethren,"  saith  he,  '  partakers  of  the  heavenly 
calling,'  Heb.  iii.  1,  as  he  saith  in  another  place,  '  Partakers  of  better 
things,'  2  Cor.  i.  7,  and  by  being  '  brethren,'  '  brethren  in  Christ,'  '  mem- 
bers of  Christ.'  He  is  the  knot  of  the  brotherhood,  being  born  again  *  sons 
of  God ;'  '  brethren  of  Christ,'  not  brethren  only  among  yourselves,  but 

*  brethren  in  Christ,'  and  so  sons  of  God  and  heirs  of  heaven.  What  !  for 
you  to  be  immoderate  in  the  things  of  the  world.  Paul  wraps  up  a  moving 
reason,  not  only  to  insinuate  to  gain  their  afiections,  '  Oh  !  my  brethren,' 
but  to  add  a  force  of  reason  likewise.  '  Brethren,  the  time  is  short.'  And, 
brethren,  '  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  So  add  these  three 
reasons  to  the  five  directions,  and  see  how  strongly  Paul  backs  his  direc- 
tions. Indeed,  it  was  needful  for  Paul  so  to  do.  We  are  so  desperately 
set  on  the  things  of  this  world,  we  are  so  hardly  taken  oif,  that  there  must 
be  reason  upon  reason ;  for  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  Holy  Spirit  of  God,  loves 
not  waste  of  reasons,  to  spend  them  where  there  is  no  use.  And  therefore 
we  must  think  it  is  a  weighty  point,  and  of  great  equity,  that  we  give  ear 
to  these  directions. 

We  must  remember  that  every  one  of  these  reasons  has  a' force  in  every 
direction.  You  that  have  wives,  be  as  if  you  had  none,  for  the  '  time  is 
short,'   and  '  the  fashion  of  the  world  passeth  away.'     And  so  you  that 

*  weep,  as  if  you  wept  not,'  '  for  the  time  is  short,  and  the  fashion  of  the 
world  passeth  away.'  And  you  are  '  brethren,'  you  that  '  use  the  world,  as 
not  abusing  it,'  for  '  the  time  is  short,  and  the  fashion  of  the  world  passeth 
away.'  So  that  all  these  reasons  must  be  thought  on  in  every  particular 
direction  that  I  speak  of,  only  in  general.  I  will  speak  a  little  of  the  fii'st 
reason,  '  The  time  is  short.' 

What  time? 

(1.)  The  time  of  the  world.  There  is  but  a  little  time  before  the  day  of 
judgment,  Christ  is  at  hand  to  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead.  The  time 
between  this  and  that  is  short.  It  was  short  then,  it  is  shorter  now.  '  The 
time  is  short.'  We  are  fallen  into  the  latter  end  of  the  world.  But  that  is 
not  all. 

(2.)  The  time  is  short  of  our  little  icorld ;  our  particular  judgment  is  near 
at  hand.  It  shall  be  with  us  at  the  latter  day  as  it  is  when  we  die.  Our 
time  is  short ;  the  time  of  our  particular  life  is  short,  and  that  is  more 
forcible  to  persuade  us  '  the  time  is  short.' 

(3.)  The  season  of  the  time,  which  is  the  prime  time.     The  season  and 


44 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN  S  AIM. 


opportunity  of  time  is  shorter  than  the  time  of  life  ;  for  we  have  not  oppor- 
tunity of  time  all  our  life.     '  The  time  is  short ;'  that  is, 

[1.]  The  advantage  of  doing  good  and  of  taking  good  is  short.  All  the 
year  is  not  harvest  or  seed-time.  It  is  not  always  tide ;  it  is  not  always 
sunshine.  And  as  it  is  in  nature,  so  it  is  in  the  spiritual  state  of  things  ; 
we  have  not  always  advantages  and  opportunities  ;  we  have  not  always  gales. 
Opportunity  therefore  is  shorter  than  time,  as  our  time  is  shorter  than  the 
time  of  the  world.  *  The  time  is  short ; '  the  opportunity  and  season  of 
time  is  shorter. 

[2.]  Ay,  and  uncertain ;  we  cannot  tell  how  short.  If  it  wei'e  told  any 
of  us  here  that  within  two  days  he  shall  die,  it  would  startle  us,  the  best  of 
us  all ;  it  would  make  us  look  about  us  :  but  who  of  us  all  knows  certainly 
that  he  shall  live  two  hours  ?  The  time,  as  it  is  short,  so  it  is  uncertain, 
and  here  is  the  wondrous  folly  of  our  nature,  that  we  will  take  so  much 
time  to  come  in  trust,  as  though  we  should  live  so  long,  and  make  a  cove- 
nant with  death.  But  one  party  cannot  make  a  covenant.  God  and  the 
time  to  come  make  no  covenant  with  us.  Therefore  it  is  extremity  of  folly 
to  say,  I  will  live  so  long,  and  so  long.  *  Thou  fool,'  saith  God,  when  he 
projected  for  a  long  time  and  had  treasure  laid  up  for  many  years,  '  Thou 
fool,  this  night  they  shall  take  thy  soul,'  Luke  xii.  20.  A  man  is  a  fool 
when  he  makes  account  of  continuing  that  he  hath  no  promise  of.  And 
therefore  the  time  being  short,  and  uncertain  too,  take  it  while  we  may 
catch  hold  of  it,  especially  the  opportunity  of  time. 

[3.]  And  in  the  third  place,  it  is  irrecoverable  when  it  is  gone.  There  is 
no  recalling  back  of  time  when  it  is  past.  In  all  these  respects  we  must 
be  good  husbands ;  we  must  be  thrifty  of  our  time,  and  not  take  care  how 
to  drive  away  that,  that  flies  away  of  itself  so  fast.  It  is  a  precious  thing, 
precious  for  great  purposes.  What  is  this  little  time  given  us  for  ?  To 
provide  for  eternity,  world  without  end.  And  we  trifle  it  away  about  this 
thing  and  that  thing  to  no  pui-pose  ;  we  fill  it  up  with  vanity,  and  with  sin, 
which  is  worse.  In  this  little  time  we  do  that,  that  in  a  long  time  we 
cannot  undo  again.  That  is  our  madness  and  folly.  Therefore  '  the  time 
being  short,'  let  us  take  heed  what  we  do  in  it.  We  may  do  that  in  a 
little  time  that  we  may  rue  for  eternity.  We  may  do  that  good,  and  get 
that  good  in  a  little  time,  that  may  stand  by  us  world  without  end.  Those 
that  have  but  a  little  plot  of  ground,  they  will  husband  it  so,  as  not  to  lose 
a  handful  of  it ;  so  those  that  have  but  a  little  time,  let  them  husband  it 
well,  sow  to  the  Spirit,  that  our  harvest  may  be  eternal  life  ;  that  we  may 
say.  Oh  !  it  was  a  great  blessing,  that  God  gave  me  a  little  time  to  get 
into  Christ,  to  repent  of  my  sins,  &c.  Beloved,  there  are  three  main  parts 
of  this  little  time  :  ; 

Past,  present,  to  come. 

(1 .)  The  time  that  is  gone ;  let  us  repent  of  it,  if  it  have  not  been  spent  well. 
That  is  the  best  use  we  can  make  of  the  time  past ;  for  there  is  nothing  to 
be  done  in  the  time  that  is  past.     But  if  things  have  been  done  ill,  repent. 

(2.)  The  time  present  is  to  do  good  in ;  and  for  the  time  to  come,  it  is 
out  of  our  power ;  and  therefore  even  for  the  present  we  must  work.  The 
time  past ;  the  best  use  we  can  make  of  it,  is  to  comfort  ourselves,  as 
Hezekiah,  in  our  sincerity,  Isa.  xxxviii.  3,  or  to  repent  if  anything  have 
been  done  amiss.  But  look  to  the  present,  put  not  off,  do  the  work  for 
which  we  came  into  the  world,  presently.  *  The  time  is  short,'  the  journey  is 
long,  the  business  is  great.  It  is  a  great  journey  from  earth  to  heaven ;  it 
is  a  great  matter  to  get  from  earth  to  heaven. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN  S  AIM.  45 

(3.)  Now  having  such  business  as  to  go  to  heaven,  let  us,  I  beseech  you, 
consider  the  iveight  of  the  business,  and  give  our  eyes  no  sleep,  nor  our  eyelids 
slumber,  till  ice  are  gotten  into  such  a  state  and  condition  as  is  not  liable  to 
time;  let  us  make  this  special  use  of  precious  time.     Those  that  are  young, 
let  them  be  advised  to  take  time  along  with  them,  which  is  to  be  esteemed 
far  above  gold,  and  consecrate  the  prime  and  the  flower  of  their  time  to 
God  and  to  the  best  things ;  especially  considering,  that  we  have  no  assur- 
ance of  this  time.     And  those  that  are  old,  that  through  age  are  going  into 
the  grave,  let  them  not  neglect  their  time.     A  young  man,  as  we  say,  may 
die  soon  ;  an  old  man  cannot  live  long.     And  therefoi-e  let  those  that  are 
stricken  in  years  be  put  in  mind  to  think  that  their  time  is  shorter  than 
others'.     All  men's  times  are  short,  old  men's  shortest.     Let  those  there- 
fore think  of  this,  '  The  time  is  short.'     Our  folly  is  this,  we  make  it 
shorter  than  it  is  by  our  '  Vanity,  vanity.'     It  were  well  if  it  were  only 
vanity.     By  sinful  and  intemperate  courses  many  shorten  their  days,  and 
so  are  felons  upon  themselves ;  or  by  their  wickedness,  they  give  God 
occasion  to  shorten  them.     '  A  bloodthirsty  and  cruel  man  shall  not  live 
out  half  his  days,'  Ps.  Iv.  23.     God  meets  with  him.     So  '  the  time  is 
short,'  and  we  make  it  shorter.     We  are  guilty  of  the  shortness  of  it.     Let 
us  take  heed  of  that.     But  I  have  been  over  long  in  this  point ;  only  because 
it  is  the  prime  reason,  set  before  all  the  particulars,  I  beseech  you  consider, 
'  the  time  is  short.'     If  we  do  not  make  use  of  it  we  are  worse  than  the 
devil  himself ;  he  makes  use  of  the  shortness  of  his  time.     What  doth  he  ? 
'Because  the  time  is  short,'  he  doth  all  the  mischief  he  can,  Rev.  xii.  12. 
He  fills  up  his  time  to  increase  his  kingdom ;  he  doth  all  the  mischief  he 
can,  for  this  reason  ;  because  his  time  is  short.     Let  us  learn  somewhat  of 
the  worst  of  spirits.     But  that  which  it  serves  for  in  particular  here,  is 
this ;  we  have  many  things  to  do,  and  the  time  being  short,  let  us  be  sure 
we  do  the  main  thing  that  we  come  for,  and  other  things  as  they  help  ihe 
main,  and  not  hinder  it.     The  time  is  short,  and  we  have  many  businesses 
to  do ;  let  us  be  sure  that  we  do  our  business,  so  as  that  we  leave  not  the 
main  undone.     That  is  the  thing  he  aims  at  here.     '  The  time  is  short.' 
'  It  remains  that  those  that  have  wives  be  as  if  they  had  none.' 
1.  That  is  the  first  particular;  for  before  they  had  asked  him  cases  of  eon- 
science  about  marriage,  and  that  makes  him  speak  of  it.     All  the  particu- 
lars have  dependence  one  upon   another.     Those  that  marry  will  have 
occasion  to  weep,  that  is  next,  for  there  will  be  cause.     There  will  be  loss 
of  husband,  or   wife,  or  child,    and  there  is  somewhat  always  ;    family 
crosses   attend   upon   marriage.     And   therefore   he   adds  weeping   after 
marriage. 

And  then  because  there  is  joy.  '  A  woman  brings  forth  in  sorrow,  but 
she  joys  when  a  man  child  is  born,'  as  Christ  speaks,  John  xvi.  21.  There 
is  joy  in  children,  and  there  is  a  mutual  joy  in  that  sweet  conjugal  friend- 
ship, there  is  much  joy  ;  and  therefore  as  there  is  weeping,  so  there  is  joy 
in  marriage. 

'  And  those  that  buy,  as  if  they  possessed  not.'  There  must  be  buying 
where  there  is  wife  and  children  ;  there  must  be  looking  to  posterity  ;  and 
then  all  this  enforceth,  '  using  of  the  world.'  And  men  when  they  enter 
into  that  estate,  they  enter  into  the  world  ;  as  we  use  to  say,  they  begin 
the  world  anew.  They  enter  into  the  world  ;  for  there  are  many  things 
necessary  to  maintain  that  society.  Therefore  we  see  one  thing  depends 
upon  another.  He  joins  all  together,  aiming  especially  at  one  thing,  at 
that  kind  of  life  especially. 


46  THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN  S  AIM. 

Now  in  every  one  of  tlicse  particulars,  lie  gives  a  liberty  to  do  the  thing. 
You  may  marry,  you  may  weep,  you  may  joy,  you  may  buy,  you  may  use 
the  world.  But  as  there  is  a  liberty,  so  there  is  a  danger  ;  you  may,  but 
you  may  not  go  too  far.  And  therefore  with  a  liberty  he  gives  a  restraint. 
Do  them,  but  take  heed  you  overdo  them  not.  And  this  restraint  is  backed 
with  reason  ;  he  hath  reason  for  his  restraint.  '  The  time  is  short ; '  and 
therefore  there  is  danger,  lest  you  shoot  yourselves  too  far,  lest  you  pass 
too  deep  into  these  things.  '  And  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away ; ' 
all  things  here  pass  away.  Therefore  it  is  in  vain  for  you  to  be  overmuch 
in  those  things  that  are  passing  things. 

And  then  you  are,  brethren,  called  to  greater  matters  ;  so  there  is  a 
liberty,  a  danger,  and  a  restraint  upon  the  danger ;  and  likewise  a  reason 
to  back  it  in  every  particular. 

(1.)  The  liberty :  We  may  marry.  It  is  not  questioned.  There  is  not 
only  a  liberty,  but  it  is  an  honourable  estate,  and  necessary  ;  honoured  in 
paradise,  honoured  by  Christ's  presence  ;  a  liberty  by  which  the  church 
is  upheld,  heaven  is  increased.  It  was  the  devil  that  brought  in  a  base 
esteem  of  that  honourable  condition.  In  popery,  they  rather  will  be  the 
members  of  an  harlot,  than  the  head  of  a  wife.  It  was  the  devil  that 
brought  in  those  abominable  opinions  and  writings  to  disparage  that  honour- 
able condition,  and  so  it  must  be  thought. 

(2.)  But  there  is  a  danger ;  and  that  is  the  main  thing.  You  that  have 
•wives,  '  be  as  if  you  had  none.'  There  is  a  great  danger  in  a  double  re- 
spect. A  danger  in  the  things,  and  a  peril  if  we  go  too  far  in  them.  That 
is,  there  is  a  great  hazard,  and  we  shall  go  overfar  in  that  condition,  and 
a  danger  that  it  tends  to. 

For  instance,  those  that  haveVives,  have  they  not  been  drawn  away  by  their 
wives,  as  Solomon  was,  to  idolatry  ?  1  Kings  xi.  4.  Is  there  not  a  danger 
of  being  drawn  away  ?  And  in  being  drawn  away  is  there  not  a  hazard  to 
our  souls  ?  Did  not  sin  come  in  that  way  ?  Was  not  Adam  led  away  by 
his  wife  ?  And  how  many  men  perish  by  being  too  nxorions*  by  being 
too  flexible  in  that  kind  ?  If  they  had  remembered  the  apostle's  precept 
to  marry  as  if  they  had  not,  they  would  not  have  been  so  drawn  away. 
Because  there  is  a  danger,  there  is  a  restraint :  '  Let  those  that  have  wives 
be  as  though  they  had  none.'  What !  to  use  them  as  if  they  had  none  ? 
To  care  for  them  as  if  they  had  none  ?  No ;  that  is  not  the  meaning  ; 
*  but  to  be  as  if  they  had  none.'  That  is,  let  them  be  as  resolute  for  God's 
truth,  as  if  they  had  no  wives  to  hinder  them  ;  let  them  be  as  willing  to 
suffer  crosses,  if  God  call  them,  as  if  they  had  none  ;  let  them  be  as  ready 
to  good  duties,  if  it  fall  within  their  calling,  as  if  they  had  none  ;  let  them 
avoid  distracting  cares,  and  worldly  incumbrances,  as  if  they  had  none  ;  let 
them  not  pretend  their  marriage  for  baseness  and  worldliness,  and  for 
avoiding  of  crosses  and  afflictions  when  God  is  pleased  to  call  them  unto 
them  ;  let  them  not  pretend  marriage  for  their  doubling  in  religion  and  dis- 
sembling, '  I  shall  undo  my  wife  and  children,'  '  Let  them  be  as  if  they 
had  none,'  for  Christ  hath  given  us  direction  to  hate  all  for  Christ,  A  man 
is  not  worthy  of  Christ  and  of  religion,  that  undervalues  not  wife  and 
children  and  all,  for  the  gospel.  If  things  stand  in  question,  whether  shall 
I  stick  to  them  or  to  Christ,  my  chief  husband  ;  I  must  stick  to  Christ. 
The  reason  is,  the  bond  of  religion  is  above  all  bonds.  And  the  bond  that 
binds  us  to  Christ  it  abides  when  all  bonds  cease  ;  for  all  bonds  between 
husband  and  wife,  between  father  and  children,  they  end  in  death;  but  the 
*  That  is,  '  wifely '  =  wife  over-loving.^ — G. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN's  AIM.  47 

bond  of  Christ  is  eternal.  Every  bond  must  serve  the  main  bond  ;  and 
therefore  we  must  not  pretend  this  and  that  to  wrong  Christ  and  religion, 
which  is  the  main  bond.  We  must  so  labour  to  please  others,  that  we  dis- 
please not  our  chief  husband.  For  the  time  will  be,  when  we  shall  neither 
marry,  nor  be  given  in  marriage,  but  we  shall  be  as  the  angels,  Mat.  xxii.  30 ; 
and  that  time  shall  be  without  bounds  and  limits,  for  eternity  ;  and  we 
must  look  to  that.  And  therefore  those  that  marry,  '  let  them  be  as  if 
they  were  not  married.'  You  know  how  it  fared  with  them  in  the  gospel, 
that  pretended  this,  for  his  not  coming  to  Christ ;  he  that  was  married 
saith,  '  I  cannot  come.'  His  excuse  was  more  peremptory  than  the  rest, 
'  he  could  not.'  Could  not  this  excuse  him  ?-  And  will  pretending 
this  excuse  men  when  they  are  called  to  duties  ?  Tliere  is  that  dispro- 
portion so  much  between  Christ,  our  chief  husband,  and  any  other,  though 
it  be  the  wife  of  our  bosom,  or  the  children  of  our  loins  (the  one  having 
redeemed  us,  and  is  our  best  husband,  a  husband  for  eternity  in  heaven), 
that  no  excuse  will  serve  the  turn  for  a  man  to  wrong  the  bond  of  religion 
for  any  bond  whatsoever.  And  thei'efore  you  know  the  peremptory  answer 
to  him  that  pretended  that  excuse,  '  You  shall  never  taste  of  my  feast,' 
Luke  xiv.  24. 

'  And  those  that  weep,  as  though  they  wept  not.' 

2.  It  is  Jairful  to  u-eep,  not  only  for  sin — that  should  be  the  main — but 
likewise  to  weep  for  the  miseries  of  the  time  and  state  we  live  in.  There 
is  a  liberty  here,  '  Oh  that  my  head  were  a  fountain  of  tears,'  saith  Jere- 
miah, ix.  1.  He  thought  he  could  not  weep  enough  ;  and  therefore  he 
wished  that  his  head  were  '  a  fountain.'  He  thought  his  tears  would  soon 
be  dry.  '  Oh  that  my  head  were  a  fountain,'  so  that  there  is  a  liberty  to 
weep.  Nay,  men  are  bound  to  weep.  There  are  tears  of  sympathy  for 
the  misery  of  the  state  and  time  we  live  in.  And  so  for  family  losses  and 
crosses.  We  are  flesh,  and  not  spirit ;  and  God  hath  made  us  men,  and 
hath  given  us  sensible  apprehensions  of  grief;  and  it  is  a  cursed  temper  to 
be  without  natural  affection.  We  may  weep,  and  we  may  grieve  ;  nay,  we 
ought  to  grieve. 

Now  grief  is  as  it  were  a  cloud  from  whence  the  shower  of  tears  comes, 
and  weeping  is  but  a  distillation  of  that  vapour. 

If  we  may  gi'ieve  and  ought  to  grieve  for  the  times  ;  and  it  is  a  stupid 
temper  not  to  apprehend  the  miseries  of  the  state  and  times  we  live  in  ;  if 
we  may  grieve,  we  may  weep.  That  is  put  for  the  spring  whence  weepinw 
comes.  For  grief  itself,  there  is  a  liberty,  no  question  of  that ;  we  may 
weep,  but  we  must  weep  as  if  we  wept  not :  for  there  is  a  danger  in  weep- 
ing over-much  for  any  crosses.  Here  is  a  danger,  for  we  may  flatter  our 
grief  too  much  for  wives  and  children.  God  takes  it  ill ;  he  takes  it 
unkindly  ;  that  when  Christ  himself  is  a  perpetual  husband,  and  God  is  an 
everlasting  Father,  that  we  should  weep  and  grieve  too  much  for  the  loss 
of  father,  or  of  wife,  or  of  child.  For  is  not  God  worth  all  ?  So  there  is 
a  danger  that  naturally  we  are  prone  to  over-grieve,  when  we  do  grieve,  as 
we  are  to  over-joy  when  we  do  joy.  For  our  nature  can  hardly  keep  bounds  ; 
and  God  takes  it  unkindly  when  we  do  so,  when  we  over-grieve  ;  for  it  is  a 
sign  we  fetch  not  that  comfort  from  him  that  is  the  spring  and  fountain, 
that  we  should  do.  And  therefore  let  those  that  weep  be  as  if  they  wept 
not.  That  is,  not  over-much.  *  For  the  time  is  short.'  Dost  thou  lose 
any  friend,  or  any  thing  ?  '  The  time  is  short,'  we  shall  meet  again.  There 
is  but  little  time  between  this  and  the  latter  judgment,  '  and  the  fashion  of 
*  Qu.  '  This  could  not  excuse  liim '  ? — G 


48  THE  SPIBITUAL  MAn's  AIM. 

this  world  passeth  away.'    There  will  be  a  new  world,  a  new  heaven,  and  a 
new  earth.     And  then  we  shall  '  live  for  ever  with  the  Lord.' 

And  then,  my  '  brethren.'  Why  ?  '  Brethren'  should  not  be  without 
hope  of  the  resurrection,  as  the  Gentiles  are.  They  may  weep  that  never 
think  to  see  one  another  again.  But  a  Christian,  a  brother,  that  hath  hope 
of  meeting  again,  let  not  him  weep  as  without  hope  ;  '  so  let  us  weep,  as  if 
we  wept  not.'  So  he  lays  a  restraint  upon  that ;  nay,  though  our  weeping 
be  for  sin,  there  must  be  a  moderation  in  that,  for  we  may  over-grieve.  We 
are  bound  to  joy  in  the  Lord,  and  alway  to  rejoice.  And  therefore  we 
must  weep  for  sin,  so  as  we  must  remember  to  joy.  We  must  with  one 
eye  look  upon  our  sins  to  humble  us,  and  to  look  upon  our  hearts  to 
grieve ;  but  with  the  other  eye  we  must  look  upon  God's  mercy  in  Christ 
to  comfort  us  again.  The  best  grief  of  all,  that  must  be  moderate  ;  much 
more,  grief  for  any  earthly  thing. 

Now,  when  we  are  tempted  to  over-grieve  for  any  earthly  thing,  the  best 
way  is  diversion.*  Do  I  grieve  for  these  ?  Ay,  but  is  my  soul  as  it 
should  be  ?  Let  me  weep  over  my  dead  soul,  as  Christ  wept  over  Lazarus 
when  he  was  dead.    Let  me  weep  over  my  dull  soul,  let  me  weep  over  that. 

As  physicians,  when  the  blood  runs  too  much  one  way,  they  give  an 
issue  another  way ;  so  let  us  turn  our  grief  the  right  way.  How  is  it  with 
us  ?  Is  the  life  of  grace  there  ?  Is  reckonings  even  between  God  and  my 
soul  ?  Am  I  fit  to  end  my  days  ?  Am  I  in  a  state  fit  for  heaven  ?  Then 
we  shall  weep  for  something.  It  is  pity  such  pearls  as  tears  should  be 
lost.  God  hath  no  bottles  for  tears  that  are  shed  over- much  for  the  things 
of  the  world.  But  if  they  be  for  our  sins,  and  the  sins  of  the  time  we  live 
in,  and  for  the  ills  and  miseries  of  the  state  that  are  on  us,  and  hang  over 
our  heads,  then  let  us  weep  to  purpose  ;  turn  our  grief  the  right  way ;  and 
then  let  us  grieve  amain,  if  we  will,  so  our  grief  run  in  that  channel. 

'  Those  that  joy,  as  if  they  did  not.'  '' 

3.  Joy  we  may  and  u-e  oiif/ht ;  for  God  envies  not  our  joy.  He  hath 
given  us  wherewith  in  this  life  to  joy,  abundance  of  comforts  of  all  sorts 
for  all  our  senses,  flowers  and  colours,  &c.  We  have  nothing  in  soul  or 
body  but  it  hath  objects  to  delight  in.  God  hath  made  himself  for  the  soul 
to  delight  in,  and  there  is  somewhat  to  delight  us  in  every  creature.  So 
sweet  is  God,  we  may  and  ought  to  rejoice.  God  gives  us  wife  and  chil- 
dren to  rejoice  in  :  '  Rejoice  in  the  wife  of  thy  youth,'  Prov.  v.  18.  There 
is  no  question  of  a  liberty  in  these  things. 

But  then  there  is  a  danger,  especially  in  sweet  affections.  There  is  dan- 
ger, because  we  are  like  to  over-joy.  And  poison  is  the  subtlest  conveyed 
in  sweet  things.  We  are  prone  to  over-joy.  There  is  a  danger ;  there- 
fore there  must  be  a  restraint.  '  We  must  joy  as  if  we  rejoiced  not ;'  that 
is,  so  joy,  in  any  thing  here,  as  considering  that  '  the  time  is  short,'  I  can- 
not enjoy  it  long.  Shall  I  joy  in  that  I  cannot  enjoy  ?  '  The  time  is 
short.'  I  cannot  enjoy  them.  If  a  man  cannot  enjoy  a  thing  long,  he 
cannot  joy.  '  The  time  is  short ;'  you  must  go.  The  things  must  go,  and 
both  must  go.  '  And  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  All  the 
frame  of  things  pass  away ;  marriage  passeth  away ;  callings  and  friends 
pass  away  ;  and  all  pass  away.  I  beseech  you,  let  us  learn  to  joy  as  if  we 
rejoiced  not.  The  prophet  calls  Nineveh  a  rejoicing  city,  Jonah  iii.  3,  and 
we  live  in  a  jovial  age.  Men  eat  and  drink  as  they  did  in  the  days  of  the 
old  world,  in  Noah's  time  ;  they  marry  and  give  in  marriage.  Mat.  xxiv.  37; 
and  therefore  we  had  need  to  lay  some  restraint  upon  our  joy :  especially 
*  That  is,  '  turning  away  from.'— G. 


THE   SPIRITUAL.  jMAN's  AIJI.  49 

when  God  calls  us  to  mourning  as  well  as  joy,  as  he  doth  if  we  look  round 
about  VIS.  If  we  look  upon  the  time,  we  shall  see  cause  to  joy  as  if  we  did 
not.  We  must  not  always  be  on  the  merry  pin,  as  we  say,  but  we  must 
temper  and  qualify  our  joy. 

Now,  considering  that  the  apostle  adds,  weeping,  grieving,  and  joy,  you 
see  that 

Pu'Ur/ion  is  especiaUy  in  moderating  the  affections. 

Religion  is  purging  the  affections  from  the  evil  that  is  in  them,  and 
moderating  them,  if  they  be  lawful  and  good  ;  and  therefore  think  not  that 
you  are  religious  enough  if  you  know  a  great  deal,  as  many  Christians  are 
very  greedy  of  knowing,  and  jei  if  you  look  to  their  lives,  their  gi'ief  and 
joy  is  intemperate ;  they  have  not  learned  to  bridle  and  to  school  their 
affections.  You  see  that  religion  is  in  moderating  of  grief  and  joy  in 
earthly  things.  Let  us  see  men  shew  the  power  of  religion  in  bearing  of 
crosses,  so  that  '  they  weep  as  if  they  wept  not ;'  and  in  bearing  prospe- 
rity so  as  they  can  learn  to  abound,  to  joy  as  if  they  rejoiced  not.  That 
man  hath  learned  religion  to  purpose  ;  for  religion  is  especially  about  the 
affections.  For  we  are  good  if  we  joy  welFand  grieve  well,  but  not  if  we 
know  much.  The  devil  knoweth  more  than  we.  Therefore,  especially 
labour,  that  God  would  vouchsafe  grace  to  govern  the  affections,  that  we 
may  know  how  to  grieve  and  how  to  joy ;  as  naturally  indeed  we  do  not. 

And  then  we  see  here  another  point,  which  now  I  add,  that 

The  affections  of  GocVs  j^eople  are  mixed. 

They  so  weep  as  that  it  is  mingled  with  joy,  and  their  joy  is  mingled 
with  weeping.  *  They  weep  as  if  they  wept  not,'  '  they  joy  as  if  they  joyed 
not.' 

A  carnal  man  is  in  simples  altogether.  If  he  joy,  he  thrusts  the  house 
out  of  the  window,  as  we  say.  If  he  be  merry,  he  is  mad  ;  he  hath  no 
bounds.  If  he  be  sorrowful,  if  somewhat  restrain  him  not,  he  sinks  like 
a  beast  under  his  sorrow,  as  Nabal  did,  1  Sam.  xxv.  37,  38,  for  he  hath  no 
grace  to  temper  his  sorrow  and  to  temper  his  joy  ;  and,  therefore,  he  is 
over- sorrowful  or  over-jocund.  Ah  !  but  grace,  considering  that  we  have 
objects  of  both,  doth  temper  the  affections.  A  Christian,  when  he  joys,  he 
doth  not  over-joy,  for  he  hath  cause  at  that  time  to  mourn  for  somewhat ; 
and  when  he  grieves,  he  doth  not  over-grieve,  for  he  hath  somewhat  then 
to  joy  in ;  for  Christ  is  his,  and  heaven  is  his,  and  the  providence  of  God 
to  direct  all  for  good  is  his  still ;  he  hath  somewhat  to  joy  in  at  the  worst. 
And  therefore  all  his  affections  are  tempered  and  qualified.  So  much  for 
that  point. 

'  And  they  that  buy,  as  if  they  possessed  not.' 

4.  It  is  law/id  to  hwj.  It  is  lawful  to  make  contracts  ;  and  propriety*  is 
lawful.  Every  man  ought  to  have  his  own.  There  were  no  theft  if  there 
were  no  propriety,  nor  there  could  be  no  works  of  mercy  Now,  if  pro- 
priety and  dominion  of  things  be  lawful,  that  we  may  possess  things  as 
our  own,  then  buying  is  lawful.  That  is  one  way  of  contract  of  making 
things  our  own  ;  there  is  no  danger  in  that.  But  there  is  a  danger  in  the 
manner  of  buying.  Men  buy  to  perpetuate  themselves  :  '  They  call  their 
lands  after  their  names,'  Ps.  xlix.  11,  and  they  think  to  continue  for  ever. 
God  makes  fools  of  them ;  for  how  few  have  you  that  go  beyond  the  third 
generation  ?  How  few  houses  have  you  that  the  child,  or  the  grandchild, 
can  say,  This  was  my  grandfather's  and  my  great-grandfather's  ?  How  few 
houses  have  you,  that  those  that  are  now  in  them  can  say,  My  ancestor 
*  That  is,  '  property.' — G. 

VOL.  IV.  D 


50  THE  SPIRITUAL  MAN's  AIM. 

dwelt  here,  and  these  were  his  lands  ?  Go  over  a  whole  country,  few  can 
say  so. 

Men  when  they  build,  together  with  building  in  the  earth,  they  build 
castles  in  the  air  ;  they  have  conceits.  Now  I  build  for  my  child,  and  for 
my  child's  child.  God  crosses  them.  Either  they  have  no  posterity,  or 
by  a  thousand  things  that  fall  out  in  the  world,  it  falls  out  otherwise.  '  The 
time  is  short,  and  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away ;'  that  is,  the 
buildings  pass  away,  the  owning  passeth  away,  all  things  here  pass  away : 
and  therefore  buy  as  if  you  possessed  not,  buy  so  as  we  neglect  not  the 
best  possession  in  heaven,  and  so  possess  these  things,  as  being  not  pos- 
sessfed]  and  commanded  of  them. 

In  Lev.  XXV.  8,  there  you  see  the  year  of  Jubilee  was  that  all  possessions 
might  return  again,  if  men  would.  God  trained  them  up  by  this,  to  teach 
them  that  they  should  not  think  of  inheriting  things  long  that  they  bought, 
for  it  returned  in  the  year  of  Jubilee,  in  the  fiftieth  year.  So  we  must  learn 
that  we  cannot  possess  things  long.  Though  we  possess  them  ourselves, 
we  may  be  thrust  out  by  fraud  or  tyranny.  Therefore  '  let  those  that  buy  be 
as  though  they  did  not  possess.'  Jer.  xxii.  23  he  saith,  '  Thou  makest  thy 
nest  in  the  cedars,'  and  thinkest  it  shall  be  thus  and  thus  with  thee.  Oh ! 
beloved,  let  us  not  build  and  dwell  in  our  hopes  and  assurance  upon  that 
which  will  yield  no  certain  hope  and  assurance  in  this  world.  '  For  the 
fashion  of  this  world,'  as  we  shall  see  hereafter,'  '  passeth  away.' 

And  then  for  *  brethren  '  that  have  an  inheritance  in  heaven  ;  for  them 
to  buy  as  if  they  should  live  here  for  ever  !  '  Brethren,'  that  is  a  reason 
to  take  them  off.  '  Brethren,  buy  as  if  you  possessed  not.'  Thus  much 
of  the  four  directions. 

'  They  that  use  the  world,  as  not  abusing  it.' 

5.  We  may  use  the  icorld,  while  we  are  here  in  it,  for  we  cannot  want  the 
things  of  this  life.  We  are  members  of  two  worlds  while  we  are  here.  We 
are  members  of  this  world,  and  we  are  heirs  of  a  better  ;  we  have  relation 
to  two  worlds. 

Now  while  we  live  in  this  world  we  must  use  the  things  of  this  world. 
How  many  things  doth  this  poor  life  need  while  we  are  in  this  world  ! 
While  we  are  passengers  we  must  have  things  to  help  us  in  the  way  to 
heaven.  Passengers  must  have  necessaries  ;  there  is  no  question  of  that. 
And  therefore  we  must  use  the  world  many  ways. 

'  As  not  abusing  it.' 

There  is  danger  in  using  the  world  ;  there  is  a  danger  of  cleaving  in  your 
affections  to  the  things  of  this  world,  so  much  as  that  we  forget  a  better 
world ;  and  therefore  we  should  use  it  as  not  abusing  it. 

How  should  we  use  it  ? 

Why,  use  this  world  as  laying  a  foundation  for  a  better  world.  While 
we  live  here,  use  the  world  as  we  may  further  our  reckonings  for  a  better. 
Use  the  things  of  the  world  as  we  may  express  some  grace  in  the  using  of 
it.  Use  the  world  as  that  the  using  of  it  may  comfort  us  when  the  thing 
passeth.  The  '  world  passeth.'  But  let  us  use  the  world,  as  that  the  grace 
that  we  express  in  the  use  of  it  may  continue.  Use  the  world  to  the  honour 
of  God,  to  the  good  of  others,  to  the  increase  of  our  reckoning  ;  abuse  it  not 
to  the  dishonour  of  God  ;  fight  not  against  God  with  his  own  blessings. 
That  is  to  abuse  the  world.  Forget  not  God  the  giver.  Were  it  not  an 
unkind  thing  if  a  man  should  invite  strangers,  if  they  should  turn  their 
kind  friend  that  had  invited  them  out  of  doors  ?  And  so  it  is  to  use  the 
things  of  the  world  bo  as  to  turn  God  out  of  our  hearts  that  gives  all. 


THE  SPIBITUAL  MAN's  AIM.  51 

Turn  not  the  thin,!^s  of  tliis  world  against  GoJ,  or  against  others,  to  make 
them  weapons  of  injustice,  to  be  great  to  ruin  others.  Abuse  them  not  to 
wrong,  and  to  pierce  our  own  souls,  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  with  cares  and 
the  like,'  1  Tim.  vi.  10.  This  is  to  abuse  the  world,  when  we  dishonour 
God  and  wrong  others,  or  to  pierce  our  own  souls.  God  hath  not  given 
us  the  things  of  this  world  for  this  end,  to  hurt  ourselves  with  them.  And 
therefore  together  with  the  things,  let  us  desire  a  gracious  use  of  them,  for 
it  is  better  than  the  thing  itself.  Labour  to  use  them  as  not  abusing  them, 
as  we  shall  if  we  have  not  grace  to  use  them  well.  Many  have  the  gifts  of 
God  without  God,  because  they  have  not  his  grace.  When  we  have  the 
gifts  of  God,  desire  grace  to  manage  them  well.  To  his  children  God  gives 
this  with  the  other  ;  he  never  gives  them  anything,  but  he  gives  them  grace 
to  make  a  sanctified  use  of  it.  They  are  sanctified  to  all  things,  and  all 
things  are  sanctified  unto  them.  '  Use  the  world  as  not  abusing  it.'  The 
reason  is  strong,  '  The  time  is  short.'  Why  should  we  be  overmuch  in 
using  the  things  of  this  world  ;  for  that  is  one  way  of  abusing  the  things  of 
this  world.  '  The  time  is  short.'  We  must  be  pulled  from  them  whether 
we  will  or  no.  And  therefore  let  us  wean  ourselves.  And  then,  'the 
fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  Why  should  we  doat,  upon  a 
perishing  fashion  ?  All  things  here  pass  awaj^  and  a  new  fashion  comes 
after.  You,  '  brethren,'  that  are  heirs  of  a  better  world,  use  this  '  world  as 
not  abusing  it.'  '  Brethren,'  he  puts  them  in  mind  of  a  higher  calling. 
And  so  I  come  to  the  last. 

'  For  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.' 

G.  That  is  the  second  reason.  The  schema*  that  is,  the  apparition  of 
this  world,  the  outward  fashion,  the  outward  view  and  hue  of  the  things  of 
this  world,  pass  away.  It  is  a  notable  diminishing  word  in  the  original,  as 
if  the  world  were  not  a  substance,  but  a  fashion,  schema.  As  we  say  in 
philosophy,  in  the  air  there  are  apparitions  and  substances  ;  as  there  arv^ 
flying  horses  sometimes  and  fighting  men  in  the  air.  These  are  not  sub- 
stances, but  apparitions  of  things.  It  is  but  ^;/irtS('s,  but  an  apparition,  or 
shape.  The  substance  and  true  reality  of  these  things  is  another  matter. 
So  whatsoever  is  in  the  world,  it  is  but  an  apparition.  When  the  devil 
shewed  Christ  all  the  kingdoms  of  the  world,  he  shewed  him  but  an  appari- 
tion, but  a  show  of  things.     There  is  a  diminishing  in  the  word  '  show'  {a). 

And  then  in  the  word  '  fadeth  away.' 

'  The  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away  ;'  or,  as  some  translate  it,  '  de- 
ceives, and  turns  us  aside'  [h).  And  so  it  doth  indeed  from  better  things. 
'  The  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  That  translation  is  fit  enough. 
'  It  passeth  away.'  Now  shall  we  be  immoderate  in  anything  that  passeth 
away  ?  It  is  but  an  apparition,  but  a  show,  but  a  pageant.  The  word  is 
partly  taken  from  a  pageant,  or  a  show  that  hath  a  resemblance  of  this  and 
that.     But  there  is  no  reality  or  substance  in  a  pageant.     From  this. 

Use  1.  Learn  to  conceive  aright  of  the  things  of  this  life,  that  there  is  no 
reality  in  them  to  speak  of.  They  have  a  kind  of  reality.  Eiches  are  in 
some  sort  riches,  and  beauty  is  in  some  sort  beauty,  and  nobility  is  in  some 
sort  nobility,  and  so  possessions  are  in  some  sort  possessions.  But  all 
this  is  but  a  pageant  as  it  were,  as  a  man  that  acts  in  a  pageant,  or  in  a 
play  ;  he  is  in  some  sort  a  king,  or  a  beggar  for  the  time.  But  we  value 
him  not  as  he  is  then,  but  as  he  is  when  he  is  otf  the  stage.  And  while 
we  live  here,  we  act  the  part,  some  of  a  rich  man,  some  of  a  nobleman, 

*  That  is,  ^yjtlJ^oi..     Cf.  Philip,  ii.  8.— G. 


52  THE  SPIKITUAL  MAN's  AIM. 

some  of  a  beggar  or  poor  man  ;  all  is  but  an  acting  of  a  part  (c).  And  there 
is  a  less  proportion  between  the  acting  of  a  part  in  this  life,  than  there  is 
between  our  life  and  eternity.  All  is  but  the  acting  of  a  part.  We  are  not 
rich  in  the  grave  more  than  others.  The  king  is  as  poor  in  the  grave  as 
the  base  peasant ;  his  riches  follow  him  not.  The  worm  and  the  grave  know 
no  difference.  "WTien  we  go  to  that  house  there  is  no  difference  ;  all  acting 
and  all  differences  end  in  the  grave.  And  therefore,  considering  that  this 
world  is  but  an  apparition,  but  the  acting  of  a  part,  why  should  we  think 
ourselves  the  better  for  anything  here  ?  Doth  he  that  acts  the  part  of  a 
nobleman  upon  the  stage  think  himself  better  than  another  that  acts  the 
part  of  a  poor  man  ?  No.  He  knows  he  shall  go  off  in  a  short  time,  and 
then  he  shall  be  as  he  was  before.  Why  are  we  not  thus  wise  in  better 
things  ?  It  is  not  he  that  acts  the  greatest  part,  but  he  that  acts  any  part 
best.  He  that  acts  the  part  of  a  poor  man  may  do  better  than  he  that  acts 
the  part  of  a  rich  man.  It  is  not  the  greatness  of  the  part,  but  the  well 
acting  of  it.  All  is  but  an  apparition.  If  a  mean  man  honour  God  in  his 
condition,  and  be  faithful  in  a  mean  estate,  he  is  a  thousand  times  better 
than  a  great  man  that  makes  his  greatness  an  instrument  of  injustice,  as  if 
all  the  world  were  to  serve  his  turn,  and  to  make  men  idolise  him  ;  such  a 
man  is'  a  wretched  man,  and  will  be  when  he  is  turned  off  the  stage.  It  is 
no  matter  how  long  he  hath  lived,  or  how  great  a  part  he  hath  acted,  but 
how  well.  We  value  not  men  as  they  are  when  they  are  acting,  but  as  they 
are  after.  If  they  were  bad  before,  they  are  bad  after  ;  and  they  are  praised 
after  if  they  do  it  well.  So  it  is  no  matter  what  a  man  acts.  If  he  do  it 
well,  he  is  for  ever  happy  ;  if  he  do  it  ill,  he  is  for  ever  miserable  ;  all  here 
is  but  a  pageant.  If  you  talk  of  realitj^,  it  is  in  the  things  of  religion.  If 
you  talk. of  true  nobility,  it  is  to  be  the  child  of  God.  If  you  talk  of  true 
riches,  they  are  those  that  we  carry  to  our  deathbed  ;  those  that  we  carry 
to  heaven ;  those  that  comfort  the  soul ;  those  that  enrich  the  soul  with 
grace  and  comfort  and  peace  ;  that  is  true  riches.  If  _you  talk  of  true 
beauty,  it  is  to  have  the  image  of  God  stamped  upon  our  souls,  to  be  like 
Christ,  to  be  new  creatures.  If  we  talk  of  true  strength,  it  is  to  stand 
against  temptations,  to  be  able  to  serve  God,  and  to  go  through  the  world 
without  polluting  our  souls,  to  bear  crosses  as  we  should ;  that  is  the  true 
reality.  The  things  of  this  life  are  all  but  apparitions  and  pageants.  The 
greatest  man  in  the  world  will  say  so  when  he  lies  a-dying,  as  that  great 
emperor  said,  '  I  have  run  through  all  things,  and  now  nothing  doth  me 
good.'*  The  realitj^  was  gone  that  he  thought  of,  and  now  there  was 
nothing  but  a  show  and  apparition  ;  when  the  reality  was  gone,  nothing  doth 
me  good.  Come  to  a  man  that  is  gasping  out  his  life,  and  ask  him,  What 
doth  honours  do  you  good  ?  What  doth  riches  do  you  good  ?  What  doth 
possessions  do  you  good  ?  Solomon,  a  wise  man,  wise  b}^  the  Spirit  of 
God ;  wdse  by  experience,  because  he  was  a  king ;  wise  by  a  special  gift  of 
God,  a  gift  of  wisdom  ;  he  had  all  to  enable  him  to  give  a  true  sentence  ;  he 
that  had  run  through  the  variety  of  all  good  things,  what  doth  he  pronounce, 
but  '  vanity  of  vanities  ?'  He  cannot  express  himself.  '  Vanity  of  vanities,' 
saith  wise,  holy,  experienced  Solomon.  He  that  had  all  abilities,  that  no 
man  was  able  to  say  it  so  well  as  he,  yet  he  saith,  '  Vanity  of  vanities  ;' 
and  that  which  is  worse,  '  vexation  of  spirit,'  if  a  man  have  not  especial 
grace  to  manage  them  aright.  And  therefore  I  beseech  you,  '  brethren,'  do 
but  represent  the  things  of  this  life,  even  under  the  notion  here  ;  they  are 
but  apparitions,  they  are  but  pageants.  If  we  go  to  buy  anything  in  this 
*  Cf.  Note,  Vol.  III.  page  531,  note  z.—G. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAn's  AIM.  53 

world,  we  first  pull  off  the  trappings  ;  we  pull  off  the  mask,  or  else  we 
may  be  cozened  in  the  thing.  So  if  we  would  judge  of  the  things  of  this 
world  as  they  are  :  what  is  within  riches  ?  Is  there  not  a  great  deal  of 
care  ?  What  is  within  government  ?  What  is  within  the  things  of  this  life  ? 
There  is  a  goodly  show  and  apparition.  What  is  within  ?  Pull  off  the 
mask,  and  then  you  shall  see  the  things  of  this  world.  The  more  you 
pierce  into  them,  and  the  more  you  know  them,  the  worse  you  like  them. 
There  is  emptiness,  and  not  only  so,  but  vexation.  But  in  the  things  of 
heaven,  the  nearer  you  are  the  more  you  will  love  them,  the  more  you  will 
admire  them.  The  more  a  man  knows  God,  the  more  he  may  know  him. 
The  more  a  man  knows  Christ,  and  loves  Christ,  the  more  he  may.  There 
is  a  height,  and  breadth,  and  depth  there,  all  dimensions  in  the  love  of 
God  in  Christ,  and  in  the  joys  of  heaven  ;  they  are  beyond  comprehension. 
The  things  that  we  have  in  Christ,  they  are  larger  than  the  soul ;  we  cannot 
comprehend  them.  There  is  nothing  here  but  we  may  compass  it ;  it  is 
inferior  to  our  knowledge  and  affections.  Our  affections  and  our  knowledge 
are  larger  than  anything  here  ;  the  things  of  a  better  life  are  beyond  all. 
Shall  we  be  taken  with  apparitions,  that  the  more  we  know  them  the  more 
we  shall  undervalue  them  ? 

'  And  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.' 

It  is  a  fashion,  it  is  but  a  fashion;  and  then  it  '  passeth  away.'  Indeed, 
they  do  pass  away ;  experience  sheweth  that  they  pass  even  like  a  river. 
The  water  passeth  away  ;  it  goes,  and  goes  along,  but  it  never  comes.  So 
the  things  of  this  world;  they  pass  away,  but  they  never  come  again.  They 
vanish  away,  and  we  pass  away  with  them  too.  Even  as  men  in  a  ship, 
whether  they  eat,  or  drink,  or  sleep,  or  walk,  the  ship  goeth,  and  they  go 
in  it.  So  it  is  in  this  world,  whether  we  eat,  or  drink,  or  sleep,  we  pass 
away  to  death.  Every  day  takes  a  part  of  our  life  away ;  and  evea-y  day 
we  live,  we  live  a  day  less.  It  is  gone  and  past,  and  never  returns  again, 
as  water  when  it  is  gone  ;  and  whether  we  walk  or  do  anything,  the  time 
pa,sseth.  While  you  hear,  and  while  I  speak,  the  time  passeth,  and  never 
returns  again.  So  '  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  All  things 
are  passing  here. 

We  say  they  are  moveables,  and  indeed  those  things  that  we  call  im- 
moveables are  moveables.  All  pass  away ;  heaven  and  earth  will  pass 
away  ere  long,  and  there  wild  be  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth.  Rev. 
xxi.  1.  Kingdoms  pass  away,  and  kings  pass  away,  and  states  pass  away. 
What  is  become  of  Rome  ?  What  is  become  of  Jerusalem  ?  What  is 
become  of  Babylon,  and  all  those  goodly  cities  ?  All  are  '  passed  away ;' 
they  are  all  gone.     This  experience  speaks  as  well  as  divinity. 

Reason  1.  Now,  the  ground  of  all  this  is,  not  only  the  nature  of  things 
— all  things  that  are  [are]  made  of  nothing.  Being  therefore  subject  to 
fall  to  their  first  principles  again,  that  is  the  fundamental  reason  why 
things  may  be  moveable  '  and  pass  away.'  But  that  they  are  so,  it  is  not 
a  sufficient  reason,  for  God  might  have  suspended  the  mutability  of  things 
if  he  would  ;  as,  the  heavenly  angels  are  mutable,  because  they  are  created, 
but  God  hath  suspended  their  mutability  world  without  end ;  and  therefore 
it  is  not  sufficient  that  all  things  are  of  nothing.  It  shews  that  of  them- 
selves they  may  turn  to  nothing  indeed. 

Fieason  2.  But  there  is  another  reason ;  since  the  fall  of  man  there  is  a 
curse  upon  all  things.  There  is  a  sentence  of  mutability  and  change,  and 
a  sentence  of  *  passing'  is  passed  upon  all.  All  things  that  have  a  begin- 
ning shall  have  an  end,  and  that  this  world  shall  be  a  stage  of  changes  and 


54  THE  SPIKITUAX  MAN's  AIM. 

alteration.  There  is  a  sentence  of  vanity  upon  the  creature  :  '  The  crea- 
ture is  subject  to  vanity ;  not  of  his  own  will,  hut  because  God  hath  sub- 
dued it  to  vanity,'  Kom.  viii,  20.  Man  committed  treason,  and  therefore 
the  creatures,  which  are  man's  servants,  all  mourn  for  their  master's  fall ; 
they  all  mourn  in  black,  as  it  were.  All  the  creatures  are  subject  to  vanity, 
all  the  creatures  under  the  sun  are  subject  to  mutability  and  change  ;  but 
"we  may  thank  ourselves,  we  are  the  grand  traitors  that  brought  this  misery 
upon  the  creature.  That  is  the  true  reason  why  all  things  '  pass  away,' 
and  so  why  ourselves  have  the  sentence  of  death  upon  us.  '  We  pass 
away,'  and  the  things  '  pass  away ;'  and  we  in  the  use  of  them.  Thus 
you  see  the  ground  of  this,  why  things  pass  away  in  the  sentence  of  muta- 
bility and  vanity  that  God  hath  passed  upon  them. 

Use  2.  If  this  be  so,  beloved,  let  us  learn  not  to  jmss*  much  for  things  that 
will  '2^<^ss  aivaij.'  Not  to  pass  for  them,  learn  all  the  former  directions  : 
'  The  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  Shall  we  grieve  much  for  the 
loss  of  that  that  we  cannot  hold  ?  If  a  glass  be  broke,  is  a  man  much 
angr}^  ?  We  say  it  is  but  brittle  metal,  and  nothing  lasteth  always.  If  a 
friend  be  dead,  shall  a  man  be  therefore  angry  ?  '  The  fashion  of  this 
world  passeth  away.'  A  sentence  is  passed  upon  them.  Shall  I  be  moved 
at  that  that  God  hath  set  down  a  law  for,  that  one  generation  shall  go  and 
another  shall  follow  after,  and  there  is  a  succession  as  in  the  streams  of 
water  ?  Shall  I  oppose  God's  sentence  ?  God  hath  made  all  things  frail, 
and  it  is  but  the  common  condition  of  all  since  the  fall. 

Use  3.  So  it  should  be  a  use  of  comfort  and  contentment  with  anything  in 
this  u-orld.  Place,  or  riches,  or  honour,  I  must  leave  them,  I  know  not 
how  soon  ;  and  this  will  breed  a  disposition  of  contentment.  It  is  enough 
for  him  that  must  leave  all,  I  know  not  how  soon ;  have  I  little  or  much, 
I  must  leave  all.  Here  is  enough  for  him  that  must  leave  all.  And  there- 
fore leave  worldly  things  to  worldly  men ;  leave  all  these  vain  things  to 
vain  men.  Shall  I  build  a  fixed  hope  on  vain  things  ?  Oh,  no  !  that  should 
not  be  so. 

Use  4.  As  we  must  learn  contentment,  so  it  should  tale  us  off  from  the 
hopes  of  this  u-orld,  and  from  promising  ourselves  that  u-hicli  ive  have  7W  ])ro- 
mise  in  the  world  for,  nor  experience.  Who  promised  thee  thou  shouldst 
enjoy  thy  wife  long  ?  that  thou  shouldst  enjoy  thy  children  long  ?  thy 
place  long  ?  Hast  thou  a  promise  for  this  ?  The  nature  of  things  fight 
against  thee.  The  things  of  the  world  are  variable.  Have  we  not  experi- 
ence of  former  times  ?  And  have  we  not  scriptures  to  shew  that  all  is 
*  vanity '  ?  Why  should  we  promise  ourselves  that  which  the  word  doth 
not  promise  us,  or  that  we  cannot  see  experience  of  in  the  world  ?  Why 
would  we  have  a  condition  severed  from  all  men  ?  The  seeing  of  things 
in  a  condition  of  fading,  as  it  should  teach  us  contentment  in  the  use  of 
all  things,  so  it  should  teach  us  moderation  and  wisdom,  that  we  should 
not  promise  ourselves  anything  in  this  world. 

Use  5.  And  it  should  teach  us  to  2}rovide  for  stable,  for  certain  things  in 
changes  and  alterations.  Look  to  somewhat  that  may  stand  by  us  when  all 
things  are  gone.  Will  all  these  things  leave  me,  and  must  I  leave  them? 
How  is  it  with  me  for  the  world  without  end  ?  Shall  I  not  therefore  look 
for  those  comforts,  and  those  graces,  and  for  that  condition  that  will  abide 
when  I  am  gone  hence  ?  What  desperate  folly  were  it !  Let  us  labour 
for  a  sanctified  use  of  the  '  passing  away '  of  these  things,  that  we  may 
provide  for  that  which  is  not  subject  to  alteration  and  change.  The 
*  That  is,  •  put  a  high  value  upon.' — G. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  MAn's  AIM.  55 

favour  of  God  in  Christ  is  for  everlasting.  The  graces  of  God's  Spirit  are 
for  everlasting.  The  condition  of  God's  children  is  for  everlasting.  And 
therefore  why  should  we  look  after  perishing  things,  and  neglect  better  ? 
For  a  Christian  hath  the  reality  of  things :  he  hath  a  husband  for  ever,  he 
hath  matter  of  joy  for  ever,  he  hath  a  possession  for  ever ;  and  then  there 
will  be  a  new  world.  All  these  things  are  but  shows.  The  Christian  hath 
the  reahty  of  all,  that  never  *  passes  away.'  And  therefore,  considering 
that  all  things  else  '  pass  away '  but  the  things  that  belong  to  a  Christian 
as  a  Christian,  let  Christians  learn  to-  make  most  of  their  best  calling,  and 
value  themselves  as  they  are  Christians,  and  value  others  as  they  are 
Christians,  not  as  they  are  rich,  or  as  they  are  poor,  as  they  are  noble,  or 
as  they  are  great :  *  The  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  Value  them 
by  that  they  have  of  eternity.  What  of  the  Spirit  is  in  them  ?  What  of 
the  image  of  God  is  in  them  ?  What  grace  is  in  them  ?  Are  they  new 
born  ?  Ai-e  they  truly  noble  ?  Are  they  new  creatures  ?  Value  them  by 
that,  and  labour  to  get  that  stamped  upon  our  children,  and  upon  our 
friends.  Labour  to  have  communion  so  with  those  that  we  love,  that  we 
may  have  eternal  communion  in  heaven  with  them.  Labour  so  to  enjoy 
our  friends  that  our  friendship  may  continue  in  heaven,  considering  that 
'  the  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.'  All  friendship,  all  bonds,  all 
possessions,  and  all  that  we  doat  of  and  are  desperately  mad  on,  all  passeth 
away  :  '  The  fashion  of  this  world  passeth  away.' 

It  is  a  strange  thing,  beloved,  that  a  man  capable  of  high  thoughts,  of 
excellent  thoughts,  should  spend  the  marrow  of  his  soul,  and  the  strength 
of  his  spirits,  about  these  things ;  that  he  should  tire  his  spirits,  that  he 
should  crack  his  conscience,  that  he  should  wear  out  his  life,  about  things 
which  he  cannot  tell  how  long  he  shall  enjoy  them,  and  neglect  these  things 
that  abide  for  ever.  For  a  man  this  is  ill ;  but  for  '  brethren,'  as  he  saith, 
for  '  brethren '  to  do  so,  that  have  an  inheritance  immortal ;  for  them  to  be 
cast  off  the  hooks  for  every  cross,  for  every  loss,  that  are  the  children  of 
God  and  heirs  of  heaven ;  what  a  shame  is  this,  that  Christians  are  so 
much  in  joy,  and  so  much  in  sorrow,  for  these  things  !  It  comes  from 
these  grounds : 

[1.]  First,  They  do  not  consider  and  look  7ipon  things  as  jiassed.  They 
look  not  with  the  eye  of  faith  upon  things ;  these  things  will  pass.  But 
they  look  upon  things  in  passing,  and  they  see  no  alteration  for  the  pre- 
sent. They  should  consider ;  ay,  but  what  sentence  is  upon  them  ? 
These  are  as  good  as  passed ;  they  will  be  gone  ere  long.  Look  upon 
them  therefore  as  things  passed.  We  are  dead ;  our  friends  are  dead ; 
and  the  world  is  gone.  Faith  saith  this.  We  consider  not  this  '  ay,'  and 
so  we  are  carried  away  with  them.  We  look  upon  things  passing,  and 
there  we  see  little  alteration.  A  man  that  looks  upon  the  shadow  passing, 
he  cannot  see  it ;  but  if  he  come  two  or  three  hours  after,  he  shall  see  it 
past.  Let  us  look  upon  things  as  gone.  Though  they  be  not  for  the  pre- 
sent gone,  see  them  in  the  eye  of  faith,  and  that  will  make  us  consider  them 
as  '  passing  away.' 

[2.]  Again,  we  are  deceived  hence  in  the  passing  of  the  things  of  this 
life,  that  we  comj^are  them  not  icith  eterniti/.  We  think  it  a  great  matter  to 
enjoy  things  twenty  or  forty  years.  What  is  this  point  of  time  to  eternity  ? 
Compare  this  short  time  here,  of  health  and  strength,  of  honour  and  place 
and  friends  ;  what  is  this  to  eternity  ?  What  desperate  folly  is  it  to  ven- 
ture the  loss  of  eternity  for  the  enjoying  of  these  things  !  Compare  these 
things  with  world  without  end,  Eph.  iii.  21,  and  that  will  keep  us  from 


56  THE  SPIRITUAL  MAn's  AIM. 

being  deceived  with  these  passing  things.  We  are  deceived,  because  we 
lay  them  not  in  the  balance  with  things  that  are  for  ever. 

[3.]  And  then  the  third  ground  is,  ire  arefon/effid,  ice  are  not  mindful  of 
our  best  condUkm,  we  make  not  that  use  of  our  knowledr/e  (hat  we  mifjht. 

When  a  Christian  is  all  in  passion,  all  in  joy,  all  in  fears,  or  in  grief; 
why,  what  is  the  matter  at  that  time  ?  What  thoughts  hath  he  of  his 
eternal  estate  ?  of  the  fading  condition  of  these  things  ?  He  is  forgetful 
and  mindless.  xVnd  therefore  let  us  labour  oft  to  keep  our  souls  in 
a  heavenly  frame.  And  to  draw  to-  a  conclusion,  let  us  learn  to  value 
ourselves.  If  we  be  Christians,  as  we  all  profess  ourselves  to  be,  value 
ourselves.  It  is  a  poorness  of  spirit  for  a  Christian  to  over -joy,  or  to 
over-grieve  for  anything  that  is  worse  than  himself.  Are  not  all  things  so, 
that  are  here,  if  we  be  Christians  indeed  ?  If  we  be  not  Christians,  the  very 
toads  and  serpents  are  better  than  blaspheming  and  filthy  creatures,  that 
are  opposers  of  God's  ordinances ;  they  are  better  than  such  wretches,  as 
many  among  us.  The  devil  is  almost  as  good  as  they  ;  such  are  next  the 
devil.  The  eai-th  they  tread  on  is  better  than  they.  But  if  a  man  have 
grace  in  him,  all  the  world  is  inferior  to  him.  What  weakness  of  spirit  is 
it  therefore,  and  emptiness,  to  be  put  off  with  over-much  cause  of  grief  and 
sorrow  for  anything  below  that  is  meaner  than  ourselves,  for  anything  that 
is  fading,  when  we  have  a  condition  that  is  not  subject  to  fade  ?  And 
therefore  oft  think  of  our  dignity  in  Christ ;  think  of  the  motive  here  ; 
'  brethren,'  think  of  that  as  well  as  of  the  fading  condition  here.  If  we 
would  wean  ourselves  from  these  things,  oft  think  of  the  eternal  estate  of  a 
Clu'istian,  that  our  thoughts  may  run  upon  that  much ;  and  then  upon  the 
frail  condition  of  all  things  below,  that  we  may  be  taken  oif  from  them,  for 
two  things  mortify  -;=  a  man. 

The  taking  off  of  his  affections  from  that  they  are  set  on,  and  to  set  them 
upon  that  that  will  fiJl  them  a^nd  satisfy  them  to  the  full;  if  a  man  do  that, 
he  doth  that  th-at  a  mortified  man  should  do,  who  is  in  this  world,  passing 
to  a  better. 

To  conclude  all  with  this. 

All  things  here  in  tJiis  tiorld  are  subordinate  to  a  further  end.  And  let  us 
consider  therefore  that  we  use  them  as  that  we  lose  not  the  main. 

All  the  contentments  of  a  traveller  are  subordinate  in  the  way  to  his 
journey's  end.  If  things  come  amiss  in  his  inn,  will  he  quarrel  with  his 
host  that  he  hath  not  a  soft  bed  ?  He  will  think,  I  am  going,  I  shall  have 
better  at  home ;  and  these  lead  me  homeward.  So  all  things  below  are 
subordinate  helps  to  better.  Shall  we  make  them  the  main  ?  Shall  we 
make  all  things  subordinate  to  them  as  worldlings  do  ?  subordinate  religion 
to  worldly  things,  and  make  all  things  contrary  ?  They  do  not  '  grieve  as 
if  they  grieved  not ;'  but  they  hear  as  if  they  heard  not.  They  receive  the 
sacrament  as  if  they  received  it  not.  They  pray  as  if  they  prayed  not. 
They  speak  of  holy  things,  and  do  them,  as  if  they  did  them  not.  But  for 
other  things  they  are  drowned  in  them.  This  is  the  policy  of  Satan,  that 
labours  to  bring  religion  to  be  subordinate.  So  that  if  men  can  be  religious 
and  have  the  favour  of  such  a  one,  if  he  can  be  religions  and  be  great  in 
the  world,  he  will ;  but  if  religion  itself,  and  the  standing  for  it,  hinder  their 
aims,  away  with  it ;  they  will  rather  be  hollow  than  stand  for  a  good  cause, 
because  they  have  not  learned  to  subordinate  things  to  the  main  end.  And 
the  reason  is,  because  they  have  not  grace  and  heavenly  wisdom  to  teach 
them  in  what  place  things  should  be  valued ;  what  is  the  main,  and  what 
That  is,  =  make  a  man  dead  to  such  and  such. — G. 


THE  SPIKITUAL  MAN  S  AIM.  57 

attends  upon  the  main  ;  and  therefore  they  take  by-things  for  the  main, 
and  the  main  for  the  by.  Indeed  no  man  is  wise  but  a  sound  Christian, 
and  he  is  wise  for  his  soul,  and  he  is  wise  for  eternity.  But  what  is  this 
for  the  sacrament  ?     To  cut  off  other  things,  it  is  this.* 

Are  these  things  perishing  food,  such  as  we  must  leave — vain  and  empty 
things  ?  Will  not  this  therefore  make  us  seek  the  main — the  food  that 
endures  to  everlasting  life ;  and  labour  to  be  in  Christ  more  and  more, 
labour  to  cherish  communion  with  Christ,  that  everlasting  bond  ?  What 
is  the  sacrament  but  the  food  of  our  souls,  our  everlasting  manna,  that  will 
continue  for  ever,  and  make  us  continue  for  ever  ?  Christ,  if  we  have  him, 
he  continues  for  ever,  and  he  makes  us  continue  for  ever  too.  And  there- 
fore considering  that  all  things  else  are  vain,  I  beseech  you  let  the  con- 
sideration of  that  that  hath  been  spoken  be  as  '  sour  herbs '  to  make  the 
passover,  to  make  Christ  relish  the  better.  Oh  !  Are  all  things  vain,  and 
shall  I  not  labour  to  have  my  part  in  that  that  shall  never  die,  in  him  that 
is  my  husband  for  ever,  and  my  Lord  for  ever  ?  Shall  I  not  labour  to 
strengthen  mine  interest  in  him  that  hath  all  good  things  in  him  ?  What 
if  all  the  earth  should  fail  ?  If  I  have  communion  with  Christ,  I  have  all. 
If  I  marry  Christ,  I  have  all  with  him.  All  is  my  jointure,  if  I  have  Christ 
once  :  *  Ail  things  are  yours,  if  you  are  Christ's,'  1  Cor.  iii.  21-23.  If  I 
have  Christ,  what  can  I  want  ?  Let  this  strengthen  my  desire  to  come  to 
the  sacrament.  Christ  is  the  food  of  the  soul ;  all  other  food  the  sweetness 
of  it  is  gone  within  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  The  sweetness  is  gone  presently, 
and  the  strength  within  a  day  or  two,  of  all  other  food  that  we  take.  But 
this  food,  Christ,  the  food  of  the  soul,  Christ  offering  himself  unto  death, 
and  shedding  out  his  blood,  and  giving  his  body  to  be  crucified  for  us, 
this  food  feeds  our  souls  to  everlasting  life.  We  cherish  our  faith  in  the 
assurance  of  the  favour  of  God  to  everlasting ;  the  sweetness,  the  strength, 
and  the  comfort  of  this  food  endures  for  ever.  And  therefore,  considering 
that  all  other  things  are  food  that  perisheth,  labour  for  that  that  will  feed 
us  to  everlasting  life.  And  then  we  shall  make  a  right  use  of  the  altera- 
tion and  change  of  all  things. 

A  heathen  man  can  say  this  text,  set  '  brethren '  aside  ;  a  heathen  man 
could  tell  you.  Transit  <jloria  miindi  (d),  and  '  The  fashion  of  things  pass 
away.'  He  sees  them,  and  thereupon  could  infer  the  negative  part.  There.- 
fore  we  should  not  be  worldly.  By  the  light  of  nature,  a  man  that  hath  no 
religion  may  be  sound  in  that,  and  therefore  not  to  care  much  for  earthly 
things,  considering  that  we  must  be  gone. 

A  heathen  man  could  speak  very  sweetly  this  way,  as  Plutarch,  and 
Seneca,  and  the  rest.  What  fine  speeches  had  they  this  way.  Oh,  but 
the  positive  part,  that  is,  when  we  see  all  things  here  are  vain  and  fading, 
to  know  what  we  must  cleave  to,  that  is  proper  to  religion,  to  know  Christ, 
and  the  good  we  have  by  Christ.  When  we  have  him  we  have  all.  He  is 
the  food  of  our  souls.  These  things  are  proper  to  religion.  And  therefore 
let  us  arise  from  the  consideration  of  the  vanity  of  all  things  to  the  positive 
part,  to  interest  ourselves  in  that  that  is  better  than  all  things.  Which  if 
we  have,  we  have  all ;  and  then  we  shall  make  a  right  use  of  this. 
*  In  the  margin  here,  '  Application  to  the  sacrament.' — G. 


58  THE  sPI^JTU.^x  man's  aim. 


NOTES. 

(a)  P.  51. — '  Tlierc  is  a  diminishing  in  the  word  "  show."'  The  '  diminution  ' 
is  that  spoken  of  at  the  beginning  of  the  paragraph  ;  that  it  is  not  said  the  world, 
but  only  cyriiia,  the  fashio7i,  or  show  of  the  world. 

(b)  P.  51. — 'Deceives  and  turns  us  aside.'  The  verb  is  Ta^dyoj  .  .  .  -ra^dysi 
yag  TO  GyJjfMa  rov  zog/mv  rovrov.  Cf.  Ps.  xxxix.  4-6.  1  John  ii,  17,  and  Eev. 
xxi.  1.  I  have  not  met  with  tlie  alternative  translation  offered;  therefore  cannot 
say  who  the  '  some '  are,  intended  by  Sibbes. 

(c)  P.  52. — '  All  is  but  acting  a  part.'  The  whole  of  this  passage  recalls  the  famous 
'  All  the  world's  a  stage,'  of  the  greatest  of  Sibbes's  contemporaries  (cf.  As  you  like  it, 
II.  7).  It  is  interesting  to  notice  those  not  unfrequent  tacit  references  to  Shake- 
speare and  Bacon  found  in  Sibbes. 

{d)  P.  57. — '  Transit  gloria  mundi.'  This  saying  '  Sic  transit  gloria  mundi,'  forms 
the  beginning  of  a  sequence  of  the  llomish  Church  ;  and  is  used  at  the  inauguration 
of  the  popes.  Cardinal  Wiseman,  in  his  '  Recollections,'  has  described  the  accom- 
panying ceremony  with  much  pictorial  beauty  and  efi'uct.  G. 


THE  RIGHT  RECEIVING. 


THE  EIGHT  RECEIVING. 


NOTE. 

This  sermon  of  '  Right  Receiving,'  from  1  Corinthians  xi.  2b.  29,  forms  No.  19  of  the 
first  edition  of  a  folio  volume,  entitled  '  The  Saint's  Cordials.'  1  lie  separate  iitle-page  is 
given  below.  *  This  sermon  was  excluded  from  the  subsequeiiC  editions  of  1637  and 
1658.  Probably  the  original  edition  of  the  '  Cordials  '  was  suiifaptitiously  published 
from  '  imperfect  notes  ;'  but  it  seems  to  have  been  revised  by  the  author,  with  the 
result  shewn  in  the  various  readings  of  the  aftei"  editions,  many  of  which  in  other 
of  the  sermons  are  large  and  important,  and  all  interesting  as  shewing  Sibbes'  care. 
'  Right  Receiving '  was,  no  doubt,  along  with  others,  withheld  from  the  editions  of 
1637  and  1658  because  of  the  looseness  and  unsatisfactoriness  ^f  the  report  of  it.  Of 
the  '  Cordials,'  more  than  of  any  other  of  his  works,  Sibbes'  mig«.  t  well  make  the  com- 
plaint in  his  '  Epistle  '  to  the  '  Bruised  Reed.'  Cf.  Note  in  loc.  As  '  Right  Receiving  ' 
is  the  first  contribution  from  the  '  Cordials  '  to  the  works  of  Sibbes  in  our  edition,  I 
subjoin  the  full  title-page  of  the  volume  in  its  three  editions,  which  will  facilitate 
after  references,  t  J  ?.  Throughout,  in  reprinting  '  The  Saint's  Cordials,'  I  take 
for  text  the  edition  published  during  Sibbes'  own  life — 1629 — adding  the  '  various 
readings  '  of  1637  and  1658. — G.j 

"■  The  Right  Receiving.  In  One  Sermon.  Which  shews,  wherein  unworthy  receiv- 
ing consists.  What  it  is  to  eate  Judgement  to  ones  selfe.  The  properties  wherein 
we  are  to  examine  our  selves.  Divers  sacramentall  actions  in  receiving.  The 
examination  of  the  Heart  and  Aifections.  And  what  is  to  be  done  tor  triall  of  our 
estates  in  the  matter  of  Sanctification,  &c.  [A  wood-cut  here  of  a  '  burning  candle  ' 
in  an  old-fashioned  '  candlestick,'  with  the  motto,  '  Prfelucendo  Fereo.]  Vpright- 
nes  Hath  Boldnes.  John  6.  54,  55.  Whoso  eateth  my  flesh,  and  drinketh  my 
blood,  hath  eternall  life,  and  I  will  raise  him  up  at  the  last  day.  For  my  flesh  is 
meat  indeed,  and  my  blood  is  drink  indeed.     London,  Printed  in  the  yeare  1629, 

t  The  Saints  Cordials.  As  they  were  delivered  in  svndry  Sermons  upon  speciall 
Occasions,  in  the  Citie  of  London,  and  else-where.  Published  for  the  Churches  good. 
[Woodcut  as  in  *.]  Vprightnes  Hath  Boldnes.  Isa.  40.  1,  2.  Comfort  yee,  comfort 
yee  my  people,  saith  our  God :  Speake  yee  comfortably  to  Hierusa^sm,  and  cry  unto 
her  that  her  warfare  is  accomplished,  that  her  iniquitie  is  pardoned ;  for  shee  hath 
received  of  the  Lords  hand  double  for  all  her  sins.  London,  Printed  for  Robert 
Dawlman  dwelling  at  the  Brazen-Serpent  in  Pauls  Church-yard.  [No  date,  but  the 
separate  Sermons  within  the  Volume  are  dated  1629.] 

X  The  Saints  Cordialls  ;  delivered  in  svndry  Sermons  at  Graies-Inne,  and  in 
the  Citie  of  London.  Whereunto  is  now  added,  'The  Saints  Safety  in  Evill  Times, 
Preached  in  Cambridge  upon  speciall  occasions.  By  Richard  Sibbs  D.D.  Late  Master 
of  Katherine-Hall  in  Cambridge,  and  Preacher  at  Grayes-Inne.  [Woodcut  here  of 
Time  with  a  scythe,  and  the  motto  '  Virtus  retvndit  sola  aciem  banc.']  My  strength 
and  my  heart  faileth,  but  God  is  the  strength  of  my  heart,  and  my  portion  for  ever, 
Psal.  73.  26.  London,  Printed  by  M.  F.  for  Henry  Overton,  and  are  to  be  sold  at 
the  entring  in  of  Popes  Head  Alley  out  of  Lumbard  street.     1637. 

§  The  Saints  Cordialls,  Wherein  We  have  particularly  handled.  The  Saints 
safety  and  hiding-place.  The  Saints  Assurance,  Christs  suff'erings  for  mans  sin, 
The  Saints  Refreshing,  Salvation  applyed.  The  Churches  Visitation,  Christ  is  best, 
The  Life  of  Faith,  The  Art  of  self-judging  and  humbling,  The  diificulty  of  Salva- 
tion, The  danger  of  back-sliding.  The  ungodlies  misery,  With  other  material  things. 
Delivered  in  sundry  Sermons,  at  Graies-Inne,  in  the  City  of  London,  and  at  Cam- 
bridge. By  Richard  Sibbs,  D.D.  Late  Master  of  Katherine-Hall  in  Cambridge,  and 
Preacher  at  Grayes-Inne.  Psal.  73.  26.  My  strength  and  my  heart  faileth ;  but 
God  is  the  strength  of  my  heart,  and  my  portion  for  ever.  London,  Printed  hj 
M.  S.  for  Henry  Cripps,  and  are  to  be  sold  at  the  entring  in  of  Popes-Head-Alley, 
out  of  Lumbard-street,  1658. 


THE  RIGHT  RECEIVING. 


But  let  a  man  examine  himself,  and  so  let  him  eat  of  that  bread,  and  drink  of 
that  cup.  For  he  that  eateth  and  drinketh  wucorthihj,  eateth  and  drinketh 
damnation  to  himself,  not  discerning  the  Lord' s  body. — 1  Cor.  XI.  28,  29. 

In  the  former  words  the  apostle  had  propounded  to  the  Corinthians  the 
first  institution  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  declaring  the  causes  why  our  blessed 
Saviour  appointed  these  ordinances,  the  especial  end  whereof  was  the 
remembrance  of  the  Lord's  death  until  he  came ;  and  not  only  a  bare  remem- 
brance thereof,  but  likewise  the  communion  of  the  virtues  of  that  death — 
for  the  comfort  of  all  Christians — until  his  coming.  And  from  the  same 
the  apostle  in  the  verse  going  before  draweth  his  conclusion  :  that  seeing 
this  holy  supper  is  instituted  by  our  blessed  Saviour  for  such  an  end  as 
this,  so  excellent,  to  be  a  lively  representation  of  the  crucifying  of  the  Son 
of  Ood,  of  the  breaking  of  his  body,  and  the  pouring  forth  of  his  blood  for 
our  salvation ;  therefore  he  inferreth  that  all  men  should  come  with  a 
reverend*  regard  thereunto,  not  as  to  a  common  table.  Seeing  the  matter 
is  thus,  saith  the  apostle,  that  this  is  not  an  ordinary  supper,  it  behoveth 
us  not  to  come  thither  as  unto  an  ordinary  feast.  We  may  not  make  any 
small  difterence  betwixt  this  and  our  common  banquets ;  but  if  a  man  cometh 
unworthily,  that  is,  unbeseemingly,  such  a  man  as  this,  instead  of  comfort, 
reapeth  unto  himself  judgment.  If  we  come  hand  over  head,  without  pre- 
paration ;  if  we  so  eat,  we  shall  be  '  guilty  of  the  body  and  blood  of  the 
Lord.'  It  sheweth  that  we  make  no  reverend  *  account  of  it  when  we  will 
come  so  unreverently  unto  the  same,  making  no  difference  betwixt  this 
heavenly  manna  and  our  ordinary  food ;  and  therefore,  eating  unworthily, — 
coming  to  partake  of  the  body  and  blood  here  set,  without  due  preparation, 
— shall  be  culpable  of  judgment. 

Quest.  But  here  some  will  say.  How  doth  a  man  come  unto  the  Lord's 
table  unworthily  ?  Is  any  man  worthy  ?  Seeing  under  these  veils  is  sig- 
nified, and,  more  than  that,  exhibited  unto  us,  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ 
Jesus,  is  any  man  worthy  ?  It  was  a  great  thing,  that  the  ancient  people 
of  the  Jews  were  fed  with  manna.  John  vi.  31,  '  They  ate  manna  in  the 
wilderness,  he  gave  them  bread  from  heaven  to  eat,  and  jei  they  died. 
But  he  that  eateth  the  flesh  of  the  Son  of  man,  and  drinketh  his  blood, 
hath  eternal  life.'  Now,  howsoever  it  be  true  that  the  body  of  Christ  is  in 
heaven  and  we  upon  earth,  yet  here  is  the  conveyance,  whereby  we  have 
interest  in  his  body  and  blood ;  here  is  the  seal  of  the  great  indenture. 
*  Qu. 'reverent  "?— Ed. 


62  TUE  r.IGUT  RECEIVING. 

God  giveth  us  not  onl}'  the  great  drauglit,  -which  we  are  in  possession  of ; 
not  only  his  word,  that  we  have  an  interest  in  his  Son ;  but  also  unto  his 
deed  made  unto  us  in  his  word  he  giveth  a  more  propriety,"-  even  these  holy 
sacraments,  whereiuf  he  clappeth  this  broad  seal,  thus  tendered  unto  us. 

Ans.  I  answer,  then,  that  no  man  is  worthy  to  be  a  guest ;  but  worthiness 
here  is  taken  in  another  sense.  A  man  is  not  said  to  be  worthy  in  regard 
of  any  worthiness  in  himself,  but  in  respect  of  his  affection  and  preparation, 
and  in  regard  of  his  fit  and  seemly  receiving.  As  we  use  to  say,  the  king 
received  worthy  entertainment  in  such  a  gentleman's  house,  not  for  that  he 
was  worthy  to  receive  him,  but  because  he  omitted  no  compliments  and 
service  in  his  power  fit  to  entertain  him  :  even  so  I  say,  we  are  not  worthy 
of  Christ,  that  he  should  enter  into  our  houses,  that  he  should  come  under 
our  roof.  But,  notwithstanding,  we  are  said  to  be  worthy  when  we  do  all 
things  which  are  in  our  power,  fit  for  the  entertainment  of  him.  If  we 
come  not  in  pride  and  in  our  rags,  but  with  repentance,  joy,  comfort,  and 
humility,  then  are  we  worthy. 

This  therefore  being  the  ground  of  the  exhortation,  let  us  come  to  the 
words,  '  Let  a  man  therefore  examine  himself.'  He  that  eateth  unworthily 
procureth  great  hurt  unto  himself,  therefore  examine  yourselves  ;  as  if  he 
should  say,  Wouldst  thou  know  how  to  come  worthily  ?  Examine  thine 
own  heart,  and  see  whether  all  things  are  well  within  ;  whether  thou  mayest 
put  God's  seal  to  the  grace  that  thou  findest  in  thyself. 

I  will  open  it  as  plain  as  I  can,  '  Let  a  man  therefore  examine  himself,' 
&c.  The  question  is  here,  How  a  man  comcth  to  the  Lord's  table  wor- 
thily ?  The  apostle  saith  he  cometh  worthily  if  he  examineth  himself; 
whence,  in  the  first  place,  we  observe  this  doctrine,  that  the  Lord  hath 
appointed  the  sacrament  of  the  mpper,  not  as  the  sacrament  of  baptisvi,  once 
to  he  administered,  and  never  after,  but  he  hath  appointed  it  to  be  received  oftev. 

The  reason  is  apparent :  it  is  sufficient  for  a  man  once  to  be  born.  Now 
baptism  is  the  sacrament  of  our  spiritual  regeneration ;  therefore  but  once 
to  be  administered.  But  it  is  not  sufficient  for  a  man  to  make  one  dinner 
and  no  more,  but  we  must  daily  eat  and  get  strength.  Now  this  sacrament 
of  the  supper,  signifj-ing  not  our  new  birth,  but  our  proceeding,  our  strength, 
and  obedience,  is  therefore,  as  a  means  to  increase  strength,  often  to  be 
received.  As  he  that  hath  a  weak  stomach  will  eat  his  meat  often,  and 
little  at  once  ;  so  we,  having  found  our  great  want  and  weakness,  must  often 
receive  this  sacrament.  Well !  so  often  as  we  come,  the  apostle  biddeth  us  to 
examine  ourselves,  if  we  would  be  good  guests.  Examine  !  Why  ?  Saith 
the  apostle  to  these  Corinthians  in  another  place,  2  Cor.  xiii.  5,  '  Try  your- 
selves, whether  ye  be  in  the  faith  or  not,'  &c.  Thou  comest  to  have  God's 
seal  put  unto  the  communion  thou  hast  with  him.  Well !  then  God  con- 
tenteth  not  himself  with  once  examination  for  all ;  but  he  calleth  Christiana 
unto  this  duty  often.  This  is  worthy  to  be  considered.  There  are  many 
who  in  the  beginning  of  their  conversion  can  take  some  pains  to  sift  and 
ransack  their  own  hearts,  to  bring  them  unto  the  sight  of  sin.  They  can 
consider  the  fearful  estate  of  sinners  when  they  go  out  of  the  world.  It 
may  be  also  that  they  find  some  beginnings  of  repentance.  Now,  because 
this  goeth  against  their  hearts,  this  often  examination,  they  would  therefore 
post  off  all  thus,  to  their  first  conversion.  Once  I  have  found  the  grace  of 
repentance  ;  God  is  unchangeable  ;  whom  he  loveth  once,  those  he  loveth 
for  ever.  Now  the  Lord,  knowing  it  to  be  dangerous  for  us  to  pitch  upon 
this  ground,  doth  therefore  call  upon  us  to  try  our  title.  There  are  many 
*  That  is,  'property.' — G.  f  Qu.  'whereon"? — G. 


THE  RIGHT  RECEIYIXG.  63 

corners  in  the  heart  of  man  ;  it  is  hardly  sounded  ;  it  is  full  of  hypocrisy  ; 
and  he  is  wonderful  ready  to  deceive  his  own  heart.  In  regard  whereof, 
seeing  it  is  so  deceitful,  we  must  not  content  ourselves  with  once  humiliation 
and  repentance,  nor  suppose  every  Hght  motion  to  be  God's  Spirit,  but  we 
must,  as  often  as  we  eat  of  this  bread  and  drink  of  this  wine  (and  as  any 
occasion  is  given  us),  try  and  examine  ourselves,  and  labour  to  make  our 
election  sure.  And  if  we  consider  the  flattering  of  our  own  hearts,  together 
with  the  delusion  of  Satan,  this  will  be  found  needful.  The  greatest  hypo- 
crite will  have  a  good  conceit  of  himself,  and  will  be  ready  to  say  with  the 
proud  Pharisee,  '  I  thank  God  I  am  not  as  other  men  are,  an  adulterer, 
extortioner,'  &c.,  Luke  xviii.  11.  Thus  he  blesseth  himself  in  his  heart ; 
and  if  then  there  be  but  any  light  motion,  any  common  gift  of  God's  Spirit 
in  his  heart,  the  devil  is  ready  to  persuade  him  that  he  is  in  heaven,  and 
that  all  things  are  well  with  him.  Now  for  a  man  to  content  himself  with 
being  once  enlightened  (with  having  once  some  tokens  of  God's  favour  come 
towards  him)  it  is  very  dangerous.  Consider  this.  God's  children  in  the 
beginning  of  their  conversion,  their  faith  is  weak, — small  as  a  grain  of  mus- 
tard seed,  "hich,  though  small,  yet  in  time  groweth  great, — like  the  flax  not 
always  smoking.  The  hypocrite  will  shew  a  greater  measure  of  profession 
in  the  sight  of  man  than  a  true  Christian,  insomuch  as  a  man  would  think 
he  should  never  come  to  that  perfection  which  they  seem  to  have  attained 
who  perish  with  their  holiness  ;  for  he  groweth  fast,  and  is  quickly  down 
again  ;  soon  ripe,  soon  rotten,  like  unto  the  corn  which  groweth  upon  the 
house-top  ;  whereas  the  child  of  God  goeth  on  fair  and  softly,  soft  and  sure, 
and  doth  constantly  proceed,  in  renewing  the  work  of  faith  and  repentance. 
Use.  Let  this  move  us  unto  this  duty,  that  we  often  examine  ourselves. 
because,  besides  our  old  debts  (those  sins  we  committed  before  our  calling), 
we  multiply  new  sins,  and  do  every  day  run  upon  a  new  score  ;  for  do  we 
not  know  that  sin  is  odious  unto  almighty  God  ?  Why  ?  Consider  it  is 
worse  for  thee  to  continue  in  rebellion  against  God,  than  for  a  stranger  who 
knoweth  him  not.  A  man  that  is  dead,  what  works  can  be  expected  from 
him  but  dead  works  ?  But  the  Lord  having  translated  thee  from  that  death, 
looks  to  have  new  fruit ;  and  for  thee  to  bring  forth  sour  grapes,  this  should 
trouble  and  grieve  thee  exceedingly.  And  this  is  especially  to  be  observed 
of  them  who  come  unto  the  Lord's  table.  It  becometh  them  to  examine 
themselves,  whereby  they  may  be  rightly  entertained.  It  is  much  to  be 
bewailed  that  this  sacrament  is  in  such  small  account,  that  men  come  unto 
it  they  know  not  how,  so  unpreparedly,  that  I  am  persuaded  if  they  were 
to  sit  at  the  king's  table,  they  would  come  with  more  preparation.  Haman 
boasted  of  Ahasuerus  his  honour  he  had  done  unto  him,  and  what  was 
that  ?  He  accounted  it  a  great  honour  that  he  was  called  to  the  ban- 
quet of  a  king,  Esther  v.  9  ;  and  shall  we  not  account  it  a  greater  favour 
that  the  King  of  kings  doth  invite  us  to  his  table  ?  Shall  we  come  with 
such  unwashed  hands  hither  ?  Eemember  that  the  ground  is  holy ;  put 
off  thy  shoes  when  thou  comest  to  this  sacrament.  You  shall  see  therefore 
how  the  Lord  was  angry  with  his  people  when  they  did  not  respect  but 
disgraced  his  sacrament,  Exod.  iv.  24.  Moses  was  sent  to  redeem  the 
Israelites.  He  being  employed  in  this  service,  and  being  great  in  the 
favour  of  God,  it  came  to  pass  by  the  way  in  the  inn,  the  Lord  met  him, 
and  would  have  killed  him.  A  man  would  think  that  he  with  whom  God 
was  but  even  now  so  familiar  had  committed  some  great  offence,  that  God 
should  kill  him.  And  what  was  it  ?  But  because  he  did  neglect  the  Lord's 
sacrament.     Ay,  though  Zipporah  called  him  a  bloody  husband,  because 


64  THE  EIGHT  EECEIVING. 

of  the  circumcision,  yet  the  Lord  would  have  killed  him  if  he  had  not  done 
it.  And  so  they  that  receive  unworthily,  you  may  see  are  guilty,  as  2  Chron. 
XXX.  3,  seq. :  the  sacrament  there  was  not  wholly  omitted  ;  but  because  they 
came  to  it  without  due  preparation,  as  the  Lord  required,  he  smote  the 
people  ;  for  a  multitude  of  Ephraim  and  Manasseh  had  not  cleansed  them- 
selves. Yet  did  they  eat  the  passover,  but  not  as  it  was  written.  The 
Lord  also,  you  see,  would  have  killed  Moses,  because  he  administered  not 
circumcision  to  his  son.  Many  other  come  unto  this  sacrament,  but  they 
come  not  according  unto  God's  ordinance. 

Well,  Hezekiah  prayed  for  them,  saying,  '  Th^  good  Lord  be  merciful 
unto  them,  who  prepare  their  whole  heart  to  seek  the  Lord  God,  the  God 
of  their  fathers,  though  they  be  not  cleansed  according  to  the  purification 
of  the  sanctuary.'  So  that  here  you  have  a  plain  token,  that  God  is  dis- 
pleased when  a  man  presumeth  to  come  with  unwashen  hands.  Now,  when 
a  good  man  prayeth  for  mercy,  for  whom  doth  he  pray  ?  What !  for  him 
who  never  respecteth  God,  but  will  be  constant  in  a  wicked  course  ?  If  all 
the  hands  in  heaven  and  earth  were  lifted  up  for  such  a  one,  all  possibly 
could  do  him  no  good.  When  Hezekiah  prayed,  the  Lord,  notwithstanding 
his  ordinance  was  broken,  was  moved  to  be  merciful.  For  whom  ?  for  them 
that  had  an  upright  heart ;  for  them  who  prepared  their  hearts  to  seek  him. 
So  that  here  is  an  evidence,  what  a  fearful  thing  it  is  for  a  man  to  come  to 
the  sacrament  without  this  preparation.  And  to  go  no  further  for  proof 
than  where  my  text  is  now,  ver.  29,  '  He  that  eateth  unworthily' — he  that 
will  come  to  this  table  without  preparation,  not  addressing  of  his  heart  to 
entertain  the  Lord, — '  he  eateth  judgment  to  himself.'  We  see,  therefore, 
Avhat  a  fearful  thing  it  is.  Now  that  the  law,  which  was  prepared  and 
ordained  for  life,  is  now  become  unto  us  as  death,  what  is  the  cause  of  this  ? 
The  rebellion  of  thy  heart  hath  turned  the  course  of  the  law  ;  so  that  that 
which  was  appointed  for  life  is  now  become  death.  Ay,  but  is  not  this 
also  a  heavy  thing,  that  the  same  is  said  also  of  the  gospel  ?  that  the  gospel, 
which  was  ordained  for  life,  is  now  by  thy  negligence  proved  to  be  thy 
death  ?  It  is  so  :  '  He  that  eateth  unworthily,  he  eateth  destruction,  he 
eateth  judgment  to  himself.' 

Now,  judgment  we  must  not  take  in  the  terrible  sense,  that  he  that 
cometh  unworthily  shall  eat  judgment  presently.  But  it  is  taken  otherwise. 
Wilt  thou,  his  enemy,  eat  unworthily  ?  He  will  judge  thee.  If  thou  beest  a 
child,  he  will  whip  thee  ;  if  thou  beest  a  wicked  man,  he  will  for  ever  con- 
demn thee  ;  if  his  servant,  he  will  inflict  other  outward  judgments  upon 
thee.  So  that  I  take  it  in  another  sense  :  if  the  child  of  God  come  un- 
worthily, the  Lord  will  make  him  smart ;  if  the  wicked  man,  who  reviles 
him  daily,  intrude  himself  to  the  Lord's  table,  he  shall  eat  damnation  ;  so 
that  neither  the  children  of  God  nor  the  wicked  shall  escape  judgment : 
the  one  shall  have  sentence  of  damnation,  the  other  of  sharp  punishment. 
That  this  is  the  meaning  of  the  apostle,  it  appeareth  by  the  words  follow- 
ing :  '  for  this  cause,'  when  he  had  said  '  many  eat  judgment,'  he  addeth, 
'  many  are  sick,'  where  in  particular  he  setteth  down  that  judgment  whereof 
he  spake  of  before.  God's  children,  if  they  come  without  preparation, 
unreverently,  they  eat  such  judgment  to  themselves  ;  God  will  send  sickness 
upon  them.  For  this  cause  it  is  that  many  of  you  are  punished  with  death 
itself  ;  and  it  foUoweth,  ver.  81,  '  But  when  we  are  punished,  we  are 
chastened  of  the  Lord.'  Why  ?  *  Because  we  should  not  be  condemned 
with  the  world.'  You  see  judgment  is  opposed  to  condemnation.  God's 
children  eat  judgment  to  themselves  to  avoid  condemnation,  which  I  stand 


THE  EIGHT  RECEIVING.  65 

upon,  because  many  think  that  if  they  come  unworthily,  they  shall  be 
damned  presently  ;  as  I  have  known  some  who  have  abstained  seven  years, 
because  they  were  afraid  they  should  eat  vmworthily.  0  !  then  be  not 
damned.  The  apostle  saith  '  that  we  are  chastised  of  the  Lord,  that  we 
may  not  be  condemned.' 

For  the  necessity  of  this  duty  then,  seeing  it  is  necessary  for  a  man  to 
examine  himself,  as  hath  been  shewed,  it  foUoweth  now  that  we  consider 

The  x>roperties  ivherein  a  man  is  to  examine  himself. 

Wherein  mustheexaminehimself  ?  lanswer,  this  dependeth  upon  the  know- 
ledge of  the  institution  of  the  sacrament.  Let  us  then  consider  for  what  end 
it  was  instituted,  and  let  us  see  what  that  is  which  is  done  in  the  sacrament. 

The  end  of  a  sacrament,  Eom.  iv.  11 — speaking  of  one  sacrament — 
namely,  of  circumcision :  Abraham  received  the  sign  of  circumcision,  as 
the  seal  of  the  righteousness  of  that  faith  which  he  had  when  he  was  uncir- 
cumcised.  In  those  words  j^ou  have  a  second  use  for  a  sacrament  set  down. 
It  is  appointed  of  God,  first,  to  be  '  a  sign  of  the  righteousness  of  faith.' 
A  sign  to  inform  the  understanding,  touching  the  benefits  we  have  by  the 
communion  of  Christ.  And  secondly,  it  is  not  only  the  bare  sign,  as  words 
are,  but  it  is  also  a  seal,  that  is,  a  thing  appointed  of  God,  to  confirm  that 
there  is  a  difference  betwixt  these  two.  As  for  instance  :  if  a  man  hath  the 
picture  of  a  king,  he  hath  a  sign  of  the  king  ;  but  it  he  have  a  deed,  con- 
firmed with  a  seal  from  the  king,  this  sheweth  that  he  hath  an  interest  in 
something  which  he  receiveth  from  the  king.  Well  then,  the  sacrament  is 
a  sign  to  inform  the  understanding  of  man,  touching  the  benefits  we  have 
by  Christ,  and  a  seal  to  assure  us  of  that  there  signified.  The  first  use  of 
the  sacrament  is,  to  open  the  mysteries  of  the  gospel  to  all  that  have  under- 
Btanding  ;  the  second  is,  to  seal  the  comforts  which  are  there  signified  in 
the  sacrament :  for,  as  in  the  former  use,  it  is  not  every  one  unto  whom 
the  gospel  giveth  knowledge,  but  to  them  that  believe.  So,  doth  this  sac- 
rament seal  unto  all  ?  No  ;  but  to  them  who  besides  understanding  have 
grace.  So  that  then  here  is  the  point :  the  sacrament  is  a  sign  to  declare 
the  mysteries  of  the  gospel  unto  all  that  have  understanding  ;  secondly,  it 
is  a  seal  to  assure  some  of  the  comforts  of  Christ,  and  not  to  all,  but  unto 
them  who  have  grace. 

1.  So  that  I  must,  first,  examine  myself,  whether  that  I  have  understanding ; 
and  secondly,  whether  I  have  grace,  whereby  I  must  make  use  of  it,  for  I 
must  be  knit  to  it,  not  by  the  brain,  but  by  the  affection.  Otherwise,  if  I 
come  to  it  as  the  Papists,  to  a  dumb  show,  not  bringing  an  understanding 
heart  of  the  mysteries  thereof,  I  shall  come  unworthily.  Now  for  the  first 
point.  The  matter  to  be  considered  is,  whether  thou  art  an  ignorant  body  ? 
whether  thou  knowest  what  is  meant  by  these  ?  That  this  is  needful,  it 
may  appear  by  this  :  this  is  the  Lord's  table,  and  he  inviteth  hitherto  his 
friends  and  acquaintance.  And  dost  thou  think  that  thou,  which  knowest 
neither  Father,  Son,  nor  Holy  Ghost,  mayest  come  ?  For  thee  to  thrust 
in  amongst  his  friends  and  familiars,  is  not  this  presumption  ?  Therefore, 
first  ye  must  examine  yourselves.  And  besides  this,  they  that  are  ignorant 
are  not  only  strangers,  but  also  enemies  to  God  ;  yea,  such  as  against  whom 
the  Lord  will  come,  2  Thess.  i.  7,  8,  '  in  flaming  fire,  rendering  vengeance 
unto  them  which  know  not  God,  nor  obey  unto  the  gospel  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ.'  Here  you  see  the  enemies  of  Christ,  against  whom  he  shall 
stand,  are  ranked  into  two  kinds  :  first,  they  are  such  as  know  him  not ; 
secondly,  they  are  such  who|have  knowledge  and  understanding,  but  they 
have  not  grace,  *  they  obey  not  the  gospel  of  Christ  Jesus.' 

VOL. IV,  E 


66  THE  RIGHT  KECEIVING. 

Examine,  then,  yourselves. '  Doth  the  ignorance  of  God  make  you  to  be 
his  enemies  ?  Of  this  examine  thyself ;  for  dost  thou  think  that  ever  God 
■will  endure  his  enemies  shall  come  unto  his  table  ?  Let  all  ignorant  per- 
sons examme  themselves  ;  for  howsoever  they  may  come,  yet  it  grieveth 
the  Lord  that  they  come.  And  this  shall  be  a  judgment  unto  them  at  the 
last,  that  they  were  so  bold  to  come  without  examination.  I  speak  not 
this  to  discourage  a  man  from  coming,  for  thou  shalt  pay  for  it  if  thou 
comest  not ;  but  know  this,  if  thou  come  ignorantly,  there  standeth  the 
angel  of  the  Lord  to  keep  thee,  as  Adam  was,  Gen.  iii.  24,  from  this  sacra- 
ment, or  any  comfort  by  it. 

-  2.  Another  reason  why  the  sacrament  was  instituted,  is  it  not  to  strengthen 
faith  ?  as  Rom.  v.  4.  '  It  was  the  seal  of  faith.'  Well ;  and  can  there  be 
faith  without  knowledge  ?  No  ;  Isa.  liii.  11.  '  By  his  knowledge'  (speak- 
ing of  his  Son)  *  shall  my  righteous  servant  justify  many.'  By  faith  ;  and 
this  faith  is  expressed  by  knowledge,  to  shew  that  where  there  is  no  know- 
ledge, there  is  no  faith.  The  sacrament  is  instituted  for  this  end.  And 
where  there  is  no  faith,  there  is  no  worthy  receiving  of  the  sacrament.  As 
then  thou  lovest  thine  own  salvation,  inform  thyself  in  this  point ;  please 
not  thvself  in  thine  ignorance.  For  the  informing  then  of  our  understand- 
incr,  two  things  are  here  to  be  considered ;  first,  we  must  not  here  have  any 
dumb  shows,  but  we  must  understand  that  all  these  things  are  a  gospel, 
preached  unto  our  eyes.     Now,  the  things  presented  to  our  eyes  are  two  : 

1.   Outward  elements.     2.   Certain  actions  done  by  us. 

For  the  outward  elements,  you  see  there  are  bread  and  wine,  set  apart 
for  an  holy  use.  The  bread  is  broken,  and  the  wine  is  poured  out.  All 
this  is  done  before  we  partake.  When  we  come  to  see  these  things  done, 
we  must  bring  with  us  looking  hearts  and  affections  to  see  what  God  hath 
done  for  us.  The  next  thing  is,  we  see  not  only  bread  and  wine  set  apart, 
but  it  is  given  unto  us,  taken  by  us,  drunk  of  us,  and  nourisheth  us.  It 
fliL4  shews  us  that  accomplishment  of  our  redemption  by  the  Son  of  God. 
Dost  thou  see  thee  sanctified  to  this  work  ?  What,  then,  dost  thou  think 
is  meant  by  the  breaking  ?  what  by  the  pouring  out  of  the  wine  ?  This  is 
my  body  broken,  this  is  my  blood  shed  for  many.  It  is  the  man  Jesus 
Christ  who  is  put  before  your  eyes.  When  you  come  thither,  there  is  a 
spectacle  of  Christ  crucified.  And  it  is  set  apart  to  shew  that,  as  it  was  in 
the  paschal  lamb,  there  was  a  lamb  to  be  taken  out  of  the  flock,  to  be  sepa- 
rated from  the  rest,  to  shew  that  it  was  set  apart  for  some  extraordinary 
■work,  I  say,  ■what  doth  this  shew,  but  that  our  high  priest,  Christ  Jesus, 
was  separated  from  sinners  ?  More  ;  thou  seest  the  bread  broken,  and  the 
wine  poured  forth.  This  should  stir  thee  up  to  be  in  the  same  estate,  as 
if  thou  wert  upon  Golgotha,  at  the  place  whereupon  he  was  crucified,  cry- 
ing with  a  loud  voice,  '  My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken  me  ;'  as 
if  thou  sawest  him  sweat  water  and  blood.  And  our  affections  should  be 
like  that  of  the  blessed  virgin,  to  whom  the  sight  of  her  son  in  his  anguish 
could  not  but  be  a  great  vexation  and  grief.  Consider  that  this  is  a  pro- 
perty of  God's  Spirit,  Zech.  xii.  10  :  'I  will  pour  upon  the  house  of  David, 
and  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem,  the  spirit  of  grace  and  of  compassion  : 
and  they  shall  look  upon  me  whom  they  have  pierced,  and  they  shall  lament 
and  mourn  for  him,  and  be  in  bitterness,'  &c.  Such  should  be  thine  affec- 
tions, when  thou  seest  the  bread  broken  and  the  wine  poured  forth.  Thou 
must  consider  the  circumstances  of  Christ's  breaking,  and  his  soul  poured 
out  for  sin  ;  that  God  had  broken  him,  '  then  shall  they  look  upon  him 
whom  they  have  crucified.*     It  is  not  sufficient  for  thee  to  say  that  they, 


THE  BIGHT  RECEIVING.  67 

speaking  of  tlie  Jews,  would  do  thus.  We  are  ready  to  spit  in  their  faces. 
Ay,  but  saith  the  text,  '  they  shall  look  upon  him.'  It  is  I  that  crucified 
the  Lord  of  glory ;  it  is  we  that  murdered  him  by  our  sins.  And  this  should 
move  us  in  a  spiritual  compassion,  that  we  have  imbrued  our  hands  in  his 
most  innocent  blood.  That  this  might  move  the  people  in  the  old  law,  you 
see  there  was  an  innocent  beast ;  but  before  it  was  slain,  the  man  that  was 
to  offer  the  sacrifice,  was  first  to  put  his  hand  upon  the  head  thereof,  to 
signify  that  every  one  of  our  sins  was  the  cause  of  this.  Lev.  i.  4,  et  alibi. 
This  must  be  our  mature  consideration.  We  lay  our  hands  upon  the  im- 
maculate Lamb  ;  we  put  our  hands  upon  his  head  :  we  have  murdered  him. 
Let  us  then  see  whether  this  afiecteth  us. 

You  should  all  say.  Is  sin  so  deadly  and  dangerous  as  this,  that  it  will 
seize  upon  the  Son  of  God  himself,  rather  than  sin  shall  be  unpunished  ? 
Is  my  sin  a  dart  shot  up  into  heaven  to  pull  him  down  from  thence  ?  Is 
my  sin  such  a  thing  as  this  ?  Is  it  so  that  it  will  make  the  Son  of  God  to 
lie  upon  the  ground  ?  and  have  I  such  a  hard  heart  that  it  will  not  make 
me  to  weep  ?  These,  and  such  like  godly  cogitations,  we  should  make  when 
we  see  the  bread  and  wine  broken  and  poured  forth.  And  let  us  go  further. 
Do  you  not  esteem  of  an  oath,  of  an  idle  word,  or  such  like  sin  ?  This  is  that 
which  made  Christ  to  be  crucified,  and  therefore  is  not  to  be  dallied  withal. 
There  is  the  first  thing  to  be  considered.  When  thou  seest  the  bread 
broken  and  the  wine  poured  forth,  it  is  a  calling  to  mind  of  the  sufferings 
of  the  Son  of  God. 

The  second  point.     What  is  meant  by  these  actions  performed  by  us  ? 
That  is,  what  Christ  did  for  us.    But  what  is  that  to  thee  ?    All  thy  comfort 
standeth  in  the  apprehending  it  unto  thyself.      Christ  hath  prepared  a 
medicine  in  the  apothecaries'  shop,  ministering  no  comfort  unless  we  apply 
it  to  ourselves.     This  bread  thus  broken  is  given.     Here  God  bringeth  his 
Son  bathed  in  his  blood.     The  Father  seeth  him  in  his  gore  blood,  and 
saith,  Take  him.     What  a  wonderful  comfort  is  this,  that  he  should  come 
and  say,  '  Take  and  eat.'    Be  it  that  God  once  moveth  thy  heart  to  receive 
him,  he  meaneth  as  plainly  as  the  minister  doth,  when  he  saith,  take  the 
bread  ;  he  offereth  him  plainly  and  freely.     This  is  his  offer,  and  will  not 
this  be  a  great  condemnation  to  the  world  ?    So  often  as  it  is  administered, 
so  often  is  condemnation  read  to  a  wicked  man.     Doth  God  offer  his  Son, 
and  will  not  thou  take  him  ?  1  Cor.  ii.  4,  seq.    The  apostle  there  speaketh  in 
the  ministry  of  the  gospel,  that  we  are  not  to  think  it  a  mean  matter  that 
God  sendeth  a  minister  to  make  an  offer  of  his  Son,  but  we  must  think 
that  this  is  done  by  God  himself.     The  apostle,  2  Cor.  v.  20,  saith,  '  Now 
then  are  we  ambassadors  for  Christ,  as  though  God  did  beseech  you,'  &c. 
Oh,  say  some,  if  I  might  hear  Christ  say  thus  much,  or  if  I  might  hear  but 
God  say  so,  I  would  receive  him.     The  case  is  alike ;  we  are  ambassadors 
for  Christ,  we  pray  you  in  Christ ;  as  if  God  were  present  in  person,  we 
say,  Receive  him,  God  beseecheth  you  to  be  reconciled.     It  were  fit  for  us 
to  beseech  him,  but  he  cometh  to  our  doors  and  offereth  us  pardon ;  and 
therefore  this  will  be  condemnation,  that  where  mercy  is  brought  home,  we 
notwithstanding  reject  it.     Well !  besides  the  offer,  there  is  further  the 
actual  delivery  of  it.     Take,  eat.     They  take,  eat,  and  drink.     What  is 
represented  by  this  ?    It  representeth  a  further  point,  that  we  are  not  only 
in  Christ,  flesh  of  his  flesh,  and  bone  of  his  bone,  but  thai  Christ  is  actually 
delivered ;  that  we  seize*  upon  him.     When  we  see  the  bread  and  wine 
taken,  he  meaneth  that  hereby  we  by  faith  do  accept  of  Christ,  and  do  lay 
*  That  is,  ==  '  take  possession,'  a  law  term.    Of.  note  66,  Yol  III.,  p.  531.— G. 


DO  THE  EIGHT  RECEIVING. 

hold  of  him.  Here  is  the  foundation  of  our  comfort,  that  a  Christian  man 
may  say  of  Christ,  that  he  can  be  assured  of  nothing  so  much  which  he 
possesseth  for  his  own,  as  he  may  be  of  him.  His  cloak  upon  his  back, 
his  house  he  dwells  in,  his  lands,  yea,  the  blood  in  his  veins,  and  whatso- 
ever he  hath,  is  not  so  much  his ;  he  cannot  be  so  assured  thereof  as  of 
Christ.  Take  him.  There  is  delivery  and  seizement  of  Christ — as  by  the 
ring  of  a  door — we  are  interested  into  heaven,  and  if  he  be  ours,  with  him, 
we  have  all  things. 

Nay,  I  will  go  further — for  the  Papists  will  go  thus  far — they  will  say 
Christ  is  to  be  delivered  and  received ;  ay,  but  how  ?  After  a  gross 
caparnaicalU-  opinion,  eaten  really  and  bodily  with  the  mouth.  But  Christ 
is  transferred  into  me,  and  I  into  him,  by  faith ;  we  are  made  one  with 
him,  flesh  of  his  flesh,  and  bone  of  his  bone  ;  as  it  is  John  vi.  54,  '  He 
that  eateth  my  flesh,  and  drinketh  my  blood,  dwelleth  in  me,  and  I  in  him.' 
I  would  not  have  him  for  a  while,  but  for  ever.  Well,  he  is  planted  into 
thee,  and  dwelleth  in  thee  ;  that  as  meat,  by  the  wonderful  work  of  nature, 
is  turned  into  ourselves,  so  is  Christ,  by  the  supernatural  work  of  grace, 
once  being  entertained,  made  one  with  us.  We  are  one  body,  one  flesh. 
He  hath  more  assured  hold  of  us  than  we  have  of  him.  We  know  the 
devil  is  strong,  but  he  may  not  pull  ofl'  a  leg  or  an  arm,  or  any  of  his  mem- 
bers. He  is  stronger  than  all.  We  dwell  in  him,  and  he  in  us,  and  no 
man  can  take  us  out  of  his  hands.  And  then  that  which  is  next,  all  com- 
forts shall  be  ours  when  we  have  Christ.  We  cannot  have  the  benefits  of 
Christ  unless  we  have  Christ  himself;  and  therefore,  in  the  Lord's  supper, 
Christ  saith  not,  This  is  justification,  or  sanctification,  but  This  is  my  body, 
&c.  We  may  not  look  for  the  graces  of  sanctification,  justification,  or 
redemption  before  we  have  Christ.  If  we  have  him,  we  shall  with  him  have 
all  things  else.  The  apostle,  Heb.  iii.  1,  14,  saith,  '  We  are  made  partakers 
of  Christ,  if  we  keep  sure  unto  the  end,  the  beginning  wherewith  we  are 
upholden.'  The  apostle  useth  the  term  of  being  partakers  of  Christ.  We 
are  made  partakers  of  Christ  if  we  constantly  hold  what  we  have  begun 
unto  the  end.  He  saith  not  only  we  are  made  partakers  of  the  benefits  of 
Christ,  but  also  of  Christ  himself,  which  is  more  than  all  the  others.  Now 
for  the  opening  of  this :  will  a  man  be  nourished  by  bread  if  it  be  not  eaten  ? 
No  ;  but  he  must  first  eat  and  drink.  So,  faith,  it  is  like  unto  an  eagle  that 
flieth  up  unto  heaven,  and  there  seizeth  upon  the  Son  of  God ;  and  there  hav- 
ing thus  seized  upon  him,  then  cometh  remission  of  sins,  justification,  sanc- 
tification, and  redemption,  many  blessings,  and  a  floodgate  of  all  graces. 

These  are  the  points  which  we  are  to  consider,  they  are  the  signs  to 
which  God  giveth  a  voice  unto  us  ;  as  the  Lord  speaketh  unto  Moses,  Exod. 
iv.  8,  '  So  shall  it  come  to  pass,  that  if  they  will  not  believe  thee,  neither 
obey  the  voice  of  the  first  sign,  yet  shall  they  believe  for  the  voice  of  the 
second  sign.'  You  see  to  the  sign  is  given  a  voice.  [You  see]  that  the 
sacrament,  when  the  bread  is  broken,  and  the  wine  poured  out,  it  is  a 
voice  speaking  unto  thee.  Thou  must  therefore  be  a  man  of  understanding 
to  discern  the  same. 

The  next  point;  the  sacrament  is  not  only  a  sign  to  signify  that  all 
things  are  to  be  had  in  Christ,  for  a  wicked  man  may  know  thus  much ; 
but  Abraham  received  the  sign  of  circumcision  as  a  seal :  it  is  also  a  seal. 
We  must  therefore  examine  ourselves  in  our  knowledge  as  whether  we  have 
faith  and  grace,  otherwise  God  sealeth  no  comfort  unto  us.  But  how  shall 
a  man  know  this  ? 

*  Probably  refers  to  John  vi.  52,  a  question  put  in  Capernaum. — G. 


THE  EIGHT  RECEIVING.  0^ 

There  is  a  general  life.  I  will  touch  it  as  briefly  as  I  can,  and  so  make 
an  end.  The  matter  to  be  understood  is  this,  whether  we  have  grace  in 
us,  whether  living  and  regenerate.  No  man  spreads  his  table  for  dead 
men.  We  are  dead  by  nature,  and  if  we  find  that  we  are  dead,  this  ban- 
quet is  not  for  us.  We  must  then  be  regenerate.  I  know  many  come 
when  they  are  dead,  and  therefore  they  abuse  God  and  their  own  souls, 
and  they  put  his  seal  to  a  false  deed.  Well,  the  apostle's  conclusion  is, 
1  John  V.  12,  '  He  that  hath  the  Son  hath  life.'  But  the  point  of  this 
examination  is,  namely,  how  a  man  may  know  whether  he  be  dead  or  Uv- 
ing,  which  must  be  the  point  of  trial  in  the  next  place. 

That  matter  and  examination  ivhich  concerneth  the  heart  and  affections. 

For  knowledge,  with  examination,  is  not  enough  to  make  a  man  a  right 
receiver ;  but  there  must  first  be  understanding,  and  then  grace  in  the 
heart.  For  we  must  understand  thus  much  of  the  sacrament  of  the  supper, 
it  never  bringeth  grace  where  it  findeth  none.  It  confirmeth  that  good 
grace  which  it  findeth  before.  So  that,  as  I  have  said,  it  always  presup- 
poseth  some  grace  to  be  in  the  heart.  When  we  come,  we  come  not  to 
receive  life,  but  to  have  our  strength  increased.  For  if  a  man  were  to  deal 
with  the  king,  and  would  have  him  to  confirm  some  estate  unto  him,  it 
were  to  no  end  if  his  title  and  ground  were  not  good ;  so,  if  the  ground  of 
our  estate  fail,  if  we  have  not  some  grace,  faith,  and  the  like,  the  receiving 
of  the  sacrament  will  not  give  them,  they  will  not  make  an  ill  matter  good. 
Therefore  we  must  labour  for  grace  in  our  hearts  if  we  would  have  comfort. 
Upon  this  we  may  expect  a  blessing.  I  will  touch  the  heads  of  this 
briefly,  because  it  is  very  large.  The  points  wherein  a  man  must  examine 
himself  are, 

1.  Whether  he  discerneth  of  the  necessity  of  this  new  life:  whether  he  dis- 
cerneth  that  without  this  supply  from  heaven,  ivithout  the  body  of  Christ,  his 
estate  is  most  ivretched  and  miserable. 

This  is  the  first  thing  in  our  examination,  which  may  bo  thought  a  thing 
needless  to  examine  our  conscience  upon :  that  our  estate  is  miserable  with- 
out Christ.  But  it  is  necessary,  and  that  course  which  God  taketh  with  his 
children.  He  first  makes  them  discern  in  what  a  miserable  estate  they  are. 
And  it  is  not  every  one  that  can  discern  this ;  for  it  must  be  the  work  of 
God's  Spirit  to  shew  a  man  the  death  of  sin ;  because  every  man  hath 
naturally  pride  in  his  heart.  So  the  apostle  Paul  confesseth,  Kom.  vii.  9, 
seq.,  before  the  Lord  had  shewed  him  his  misery  by  the  law.  Whilst  he 
was  left  to  natural  direction,  [he]  thought  himself  a  man  of  worth — by  his 
own  confession — a  great  man.  Now,  therefore,  before  the  Lord  would  dis- 
cover unto  him  the  riches  of  his  grace,  he  applieth  the  law  unto  him  ;  the 
law  that  told  him,  '  Thou  shalt  not  lust.'  Then  he  perceiveth  his  misery, 
as  soon  as  the  commandment  came,  seeing  himself  to  be  full  of  concupis- 
cence. Then,  when  the  commandment  came,  sin  revived  and  appeared  to 
be  sin,  saith  the  apostle.  A  man  must  first,  therefore,  discern  that  he  is  in 
a  miserable  estate.  Hereupon,  John  xvi.  8,  seq.,  when  the  works  of  God's 
Spirit  are  set  down,  the  first  is  this,  '  to  convince  the  world ;  '  when  the 
Spirit  shall  come  and  shall  convince  the  world  of  sin.  The  ground  of  our 
sensible  comfort  in  this  action  stands  in  the  humiliation  of  our  souls,  when 
a  man  becometh  out  of  love  with  his  sin ;  when  he,  finding  the  body  of 
sin  about  him,  can  say,  '  Who  shall  deliver  me  from  this  bondage  of  corrup- 
tion ? '  when  this  giveth  him  an  edge  to  come  unto  Christ,  for  we  must  not 
think  that  we  are  thus  ready  to  come,  unless  we  be  drawn  by  some  scourge 
or  other.     The  prodigal  son,  when  he  had  wasted  his  goods  riotously,  if 


70  THE  EIGHT  KECEIVING. 

he  might  have  had  husks  to  keep  his  Hfe  and  soul  together,  he  would  never 
have  come  home.  So  we,  the  sons  of  Adam,  might  we  have  but  fig-leaves 
to  cover  our  nakedness,  we  would  never  become  suitors  unto  God  for  par- 
don. Here,  then,  examine ;  dost  thou  discern  that  without  the  receiving 
of  his  body  and  blood  thou  art  like  a  man  kept  from  meat  and  drink,  and 
that  thou  art  dead  ?  If  thou  findest  this,  there  is  one  step  good ;  but  if 
otherwise  thou  standest  stoutly  and  thinkest  that  thou  hast  no  need  thereof, 
thou  art  an  unworthy  receiver.  These  are  for  matter  of  grace.  The  second 
point  wherein  a  man  must  examine  himself  is, 

2.  Whether  upon  the  disccrnuui  of  his  wants,  upon  the  discerning  of  that 
death  irhich  certainly  heJongeth  unto  him,  he  rely  upon  Christ ;  whether  the 
Lord  icorketh  upon  his  heart  a  true  longing  for  that  righteousness  without* 
himself. 

When  the  Lord  spreads  his  table  to  feast  his  friends,  he  calleth  not  them 
who  have  no  kind  of  appetite,  nor  stomach ;  and  therefore  thou  must 
examine  thyself  whether  thou  hast  a  stomach,  an  hungering  after  Christ 
Jesus.  This  is  a  special  point,  which  certainly  if  a  man  find  not,  he  may 
doubt  whether  he  be  sound  or  not.  If  a  man  have  his  victuals  taken  from 
him,  he  grows  hungry  and  thirsty,  is  vexed  and  discontented.  How  then 
cometh  it  to  pass  that  our  bodily  hunger  is  so  sensible,  when  yet  our 
soul's  hunger  is  not  felt  of  us  ?  He  that  is  in  this  estate,  a- starving,  and 
feels  it,  is  not  that  man  ready  to  die  ?  Before  we  come  therefore  to  the 
Lord's  table,  let  us  labour  to  get  an  appetite,  for,  I  say,  God  thinketh  such 
precious  meat  as  this  ill  bestowed  upon  them  that  have  no  appetite  unto  it- 
We  see  worthy  patterns  in  the  Scriptures.  David  he  says,  '  As  the  hart 
panteth  after  the  rivers  of  water,  so  my  soul  longeth  after  the  living  God,' 
Ps.  xlii.  1.  And,  beloved,  blessed  is  he  that  findeth  this  thirst,  blessed 
are  they,  they  shall  be  blessed.  Contrary  to  this,  whenas  children  play 
with  their  meat,  it  is  time  it  should  be  taken  from  them.  Their  estate  in 
this  case  is  woful  for  the  present.  The  third  point  whereupon  a  man  must 
examine  himself  is, 

3.  Whether  these  two  grounds  being  laid  (that  first  he  discerneth  his 
misery,  his  death,  that  he  is  a  dead  man  without  he  get  Christ ;  and 
secondly,  that  he  hungers  and  thirsts  after  him),  he  setteth  himself  about  it. 

For  it  is  not  sufficient  for  a  man  to  hunger,  and  never  go  about  the  work ; 
but  as  a  hungry  man  is  eager  to  feed,  nothing  should  keep  him  from  it. 
Here  is  the  point,  whether  our  hunger  after  righteousness  putteth  us  so  on 
that  we  will  have  it  whatsoever  it  costs  us.  A  man  that  is  ready  to  die  for 
hunger  will  give  all  that  he  hath  rather  than  he  will  go  without  meat.  Even 
so  the  soul,  when  it  is  once  pinched  and  hunger-bit,  and  seeth  bread  in 
heaven,  it  presenteth  itself  before  God,  beggeth  as  for  life  that  God  would 
bestow  his  Son  for  cure.  So  that  I  may  truly  say,  '  The  kingdom  of  heaven 
suffers  violence,'  Mat.  xi.  12,  and  nothing  shall  withhold  the  violent  from 
taking  it,  when  they  come  into  the  presence  of  God.     The  fourth  point  is, 

4.  Whether  (upon  this  touch  of  conscience,  upon  this  earnest  hungering 
and  thirsting  after  righteousness)  we  })resently  can  set  forward  without  delay, 
and  go  to  the  throne  of  grace. 

That  we  consider  our  case  is  now  like  the  case  of  him  who  had  committed 
man-slaughter  amongst  the  Jews,  for  whom  there  was  appointed  a  city  of 
refuge,  unto  which  if  he  could  fly  before  he  was  apprehended,  he  saved  his 
life  ;  if  otherwise  taken  before  he  came  thither,  he  was  to  die.  Without 
question  that  man  would  make  great  haste  thither.  Examine  then  thyself 
*  That  is,  =  outside  of,  independent, — G, 


THE  EIGHT  KECEIVING.  '  71 

whether  thy  hungering  after  righteousness  worketh  this  effect,  that  without 
all  delay  thou  wilt  come  after  Christ  Jesus  thy  refuge  and  defence.  It  is 
not  sufficient  for  thee  to  say,  I  know  that  without  Christ  I  shall  die  ;  I  will 
do  it  to-morrow,  when  I  have  done  other  things,  I  will  purchase  his  favour. 
Well ;  hoast  not  of  to-morrow  ;  examine  thyself  whether  thy  hunger  after 
righteousness  be  so  great,  that  it  will  not  suffer  thee  to  rest  or  sleep  till 
thou  hast  his  favour.  He  that  cometh  thus  affected,  and  that  will  make 
no  delay,  but  be  an  earnest  suitor  unto  God  for  his  Son,  that  he  may  have 
Christ — though  the  request  be  great,  the  necessity  yet  is  such  a  matter 
that  we  forget  all  good  manners,  and  so  presently  do  well ;  and  what  do 
we  then  ?  We  take  unto  us  words.  Then  a  man  cometh  before  the  throne 
of  grace  ;  but  standeth  he  there  mute  ?  No  certainly.  He  that  is  partaker 
of  Christ,  and  hath  grace  in  his  heart,  standeth  he  there  mute  ?  No  ;  but 
he  can  put  up  an  elegant  note  in  the  ears  of  God,  as  it  is  said,  Eom.  viii. 
26,  '  We  know  not  how  to  pray  as  we  ought ;  what  shall  we  say  then  ? ' 
Why,  saith  the  apostle,  '  If  you  are  the  sons  of  grace,  the  Spirit  helpeth 
your  infirmities,  and  maketh  request  for  you  with  sighs  and  groans  which 
cannot  be  uttered.'  There  is  the  point  wherein  we  ought  to  examine  our 
hearts,  whether  the  Spirit  of  God  hath  made  such  an  intercession  in  us  ? 
that  is,  whether  he  hath  made  us  able  when  we  come  into  the  presence  of 
God,  upon  the  consideration  of  his  mercy,  to  send  up  a  volley  of  sighs  unto 
him  ?  whether  we  can  fill  heaven  with  our  groans,  and  dart  them  upwards  ? 
He  that  can  do  this,  that  when  he  presents  himself  before  God  (that 
knoweth  the  heart,  who  knoweth  what  is  the  meaning  of  his  groans,  what 
he  would  say,  and  is  accepted  of  him) ;  he  that  can  find  in  himself  the 
Spirit  of  prayer,  that  he  can  come  before  him,  unwrap  and  shew  his  sores  ; 
desire  the  Lord  to  pity  him,  and  will  never  give  him  over  till  he  hath 
graciously  answered,  and  hath  invited  him — the  Lordjoveth  such  a  suitor. 
Perhaps  he  will  not  give  him  a  ready  answer  and  despatch  at  first,  but  will 
have  him  attend.  But  if  like  Israel*  he  will  still  solicit  him,  till  he  have 
got  the  blessing,  if  he  will  take  no  denial ;  the  Lord  hath  said,  and  his 
word  shall  stand,  '  Take  my  Son ;'  this  man  may  have  full  consolation ; 
this  man  hath  grace.     And  then  followeth, 

5.  A  setting  of  tJie  heart  upon  the  2)ro7)iises  of  God. 

That  a  man  having  discerned  that  God  hath  so  compassed  him  with 
favour  that  he  hath  seen  his  misery ;  that  he  hath  seen  a  way  to  get  out, 
and  hath  found  a  way  to  approach  unto  the  throne  of  God ;  he  presently 
thereupon  cometh  unto  God,  looks  whether  or  not  he  will  hold  forth  unto 
him  the  golden  sceptre.  He  seeth  the  Lord  hath  made  him  to  beg  Christ 
earnestly,  and  that  he  can  confess  his  sins  unto  him  ;  then  presently  there 
cometh  a  setting  of  the  heart  upon  the  promises.  Hath  not  God  said, 
'  Blessed  are  they  that  hunger  and  thirst  for  righteousness  :  for  they  shall 
be  satisfied,'  Mat.  v.  6.  He  hath  given  me  but  a  cold  answer  ;  but  it  is 
true,  hath  not  he  said,  '  Come  unto  me,  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  heavy 
laden,  and  I  will  ease  you '  ?  Mat.  xi.  28.  I  find  but  little  ease,  but  I  know 
that  I  am  in  his  favour.  He  hath  given  unto  me  feet,  affection,  and  an  heart 
to  come  unto  him ;  and  hereupon  I  will  set  mine  affections.  Howsoever 
he  spurneth  me,  yet  I  know  that  he  is  just,  and  therefore  will  not  be  broken 
off.  I  know  he  is  faithful,  and  therefore  will  forgive  me.  And  hereupon 
the  Christian  setteth  himself  upon  a  settled  resolution.  Having  considered 
the  promise  of  God,  he  is  persuaded  '  that  neither  life  nor  death,  princi- 
palities nor  powers,  things  present  nor  things  to  come,  shall  separate  him 
*  That  is,  Jacob.    Of.  Genesis  xxxii.  26,  seq. — G. 


72 


THE  RIGHT  RECEIVING. 


from  the  love  of  Christ,'  Rom.  viii.  35,  38.  And  that  man  who  is  thus 
persuaded  and  assured  by  faith,  though  not  by  sense,  whom  God  hath  thus 
far  carried,  will  thus  reason  the  matter  with  himself.  Well,  I  know  that 
he  that  hath  '  begun  this  good  work  will  finish  it,'  Philip,  i.  6.  And  there- 
fore with  this  conclusion,  I  will  come  looking  for  an  increase  of  grace. 
Now  I  see  some  life,  some  health,  some  strength  ;  I  will  look  for  an  increase 
of  these ;  more  life,  more  health,  and  more  strength.  Therefore  I  will 
come  unto  the  Lord's  table ;  this  is  a  worthy  receiver.  These  concern  our 
justification,  wherein  a  man  must  examine  himself. 

And  take  this;  he  that  cometh  without  faith,  that  man  cometh  without 
his  wedding  garment,  whom  the  master  of  the  feast  (when  he  cometh  to 
take  notice  of  the  guests  that  are  come)  shall  single  out  from  the  rest,  and 
say,  '  Bind  him  hand  and  foot,  and  cast  him  into  everlasting  torments,' 
Mat.  xxii.  13.  But  a  man  will  say.  May  not  I  read  good  books  at  home, 
the  Bible  or  others  ?  Ay,  but  thou  shalt  not  have  such  a  feast  at  home. 
He  here  pi'ovideth  a  feast ;  and  when  the  feasters  are  set,  he  cometh  and 
seeth  them.  Thus  God  is  present  here  in  these  assemblies,  and  seeth  of 
what  disposition  his  guests  are.  Now  when  a  man  comes  without  his 
wedding  garment,  that  putteth  to  the  seal,  but  wanteth  the  writing,  will 
not  this  make  God  to  single  him  out  ?  There  is  a  day  when  he  shall  be 
mute.  Know  therefore,  that  this  table  is  provided  for  God's  friends,  and 
therefore  unless  thou  by  faith  canst  know  that  thou  art  friends  with  God, 
thou  canst  have  no  comfort ;  therefore  examine  thyself,  for  before  that  thou 
findestthy  heart  settled,  before  thy  sins  are  forgiven,  thou  art  not  fit.  A 
man  will  say,  Alas !  I  would,  if  I  had  it,  give  all  the  world  for  it,  but  alas ! 
all  is  in  vain  ;  I  have  often  sought  for  it ;  often  groaned  and  shed  many 
tears  for  it  before  God  ;  and  yet  things  go  not  as  I  would.  And  what 
then  ?  Shall  I  abstain  ?  No  ;  if  thou  discernest  that  thou  art  weak,|thou 
must  come.  This  table  is  provided  for  them  that  are  weak.  And  if  thy 
faith  be  weak,  if  thou  hast  but  the  least  grain  of  faith,  thou  must  come. 
As  the  church  in  the  Canticles,  when  she  began  to  be  sick,  desired  to  be 
stayed  with  flagons.  Cant.  ii.  5  ;  so  when  our  souls  are  ready  to  faint,  we 
must  desire  him  to  come  unto  us,  to  comfort  us,  to  stay  us.  '  The  Lord 
quencheth  not  the  smoking  flax,  nor  breaketh  the  bruised  reed,  Mat.  xii.  20, 
but  will  make  it  grow  to  a  great  tree ;  only  be  thou  patient,  and  wait  the 
Lord's  leisure.  And  thus  much  shall  sufiice  to  have  spoken  of  the  first 
point,  wherein  the  afiections  must  be  examined  ;  that  is,  upon  the  point  of 
justification.  We  come  now  to  the  next  point  and  matter,  which  is  the 
grace  of  sanctification. 

We  must  examine  ourselves  next  in  the  grace  of  sanctification. 

And  for  this,  they  that  come  must  especially  look  unto  it ;  for  let  us  ask 
the  question,  Why  will  God  provide  a  table  ?  Why  will  he  feed  them  ? 
Is  it  not  that  they  may  do  him  service  ?  Especially  then  examine  thine  own 
heart,  whether  thou  art  minded  to  serve  God  thyself,  or  the  devil.  Is  there 
a  man  who  saith,  I  will  serve  mine  own  turn,  by  hook  or  crook.  I  will  get 
this  ?  Is  the  table  of  the  Lord,  think  you,  provided  for  him  ?  to  strengthen 
him  to  do  service  against  him  ?  Thou  that  wouldst  come  unto  the  table, 
thou  must  remember  thou  art  to  be  one  of  his  family  ;  he  will  have  thee 
sit  down  with  him.  And  doth  he  not  then  require  that  thou  shouldst  do 
him  service  ?  If  then  thou  art  ready  to  serve  against  him,  if  thou  runnest 
into  the  camp  of  the  enemy,  to  join  with  Satan  against  thy  Maker,  dost 
thou  think  that  thou  art  fit  to  come  ?  Nay,  let  me  speak  unto  them  that 
are  profane,  who  break  his  Sabbaths  and  blaspheme  his  name.     I  say,  that 


THE  RIGHT  KECEIVrNG.  73 

man  who  thus  cometh  with  a  covetous  heart,  if  it  Be  with  resolution,  I  will 
not  be  broke  off  from  it ;  take  what  sin  thou  wilt,  if  thou  come  with  a 
resolution  that  thou  wilt  not  part  from  it ;  w^hen  a  'man  shall  say,  I  will 
follow  my  course,  this  is  a  great  sin.  And  I  say  that  man  taketh  a  cup  of 
poison  in  his  hands ;  I  say,  he  that  cometh  with  such  a  heart,  proclaimeth 
war  against  him  and  kiUeth  him,  as  Judas  did.  The  Lord  will  not  be 
mocked  ;  and  know  this,  that  that  man  shall  he  be  partaker  of  God's 
mercy  ?  No  ;  for  he  that  partaketh  of  God's  mercies  cannot  be  profane. 
And  it  is  as  true,  that  that  man  who  hath  not  hoHness,  whose  heart  is  not 
set  to  please  God,  that  that  man  shall  never  see  God.  The  Papists  cannot 
enforce  this  doctrine  so  much  as  we,  because  they  be  ignorant  of  the  power 
and  true  life  of  holiness  springing  from  the  true  ground  thereof. 

A  wicked  man,  I  say,  shall  have  no  benefit  in  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ 
Jesus.  This  is  a  fearful  saying,  you  will  think.  But  it  is  true,  that  a  man 
intending  to  live  and  die  in  his  sin,  and  will  not  be  broken  off,  shall  have  no 
portion  in  his  body  and  blood.  Was  there  ever  any  man  who  so  much  magni- 
fied the  free  mercy  of  God  without  works  as  the  apostle  Paul  [did?  yet  he] 
saith,  '  Whatsoever  a  man  soweth,  that  shall  he  also  reap.  If  to  the  flesh,  of 
the  flesh  he  shall  reap  corruption  ;  if  to  the  Spirit,  of  the  Spirit  he  shall 
reap  hfe  everlasting,'  Gal.  vi.  7.  Mark,  saith  the  apostle,  look  you  to  this, 
if  there  be  a  man  who  soweth  nothing  but  tares  in  the  seed-time,  and  yet 
in  the  harvest  will  look  for  good  corn,  will  we  not  think  him  mad  ?  ^  If 
thou  hast  sown  good  corn,  thou  mayest  then  expect  good  fruit ;  if  otherwise, 
bad  ;  accordingly  as  thou  hast  sown  thou  shalt  reap.  And  will  you  deceive 
yourselves,  that  when  you  have  sown  to  the  flesh,  you  think  to  reap  of  the 
Spirit?  Deceive  not  youi'selves  thus.  And,  Gal.  v.  19,  seq.,  now,  saith  the 
apostle,  <  The  works  of  the  flesh  are  manifest,  which  are  adultery,  fornica- 
tion, uncleanness,  wantonness,  idolatry,  witchcraft,  hatred,  debate,  emula- 
tions, wrath,  contentions,  seditions,  heresies,  envy,  murders,  drunkenness, 
gluttony,'  and  such  like.  There  is  a  black  guard  of  them.  Well,  then, 
saith  the  apostle,  do  you  think  to  reap  the  harvest  of  God's  children, 
whilst  you  sow  such  fruits  ?  No ;  I  tell  you  now  as  before,  they  which  do 
such  things  shall  not  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God,  This  shall  not  be  re- 
versed, but  shall  stand  as  firm  as  the  law  of  the  Medes  and  Persians,  not 
to  be  revoked,  Esther  i.  19.  Such  wicked  persons,  as  it  is  Kev.  xxii.  15, 
shall  be  thrust  out  amongst  the  dogs, '  enchanters,  whoremongers,  murderers, 
and  idolaters,  and  whosoever  loveth  or  maketh  lies.' 

So  now  to  come  to  the  point :  he  that  cometh  unto  the  Lord's  table,  let 
him  examine  his  heart,  whether  or  not  he  be  given  unto  these  vices.  Some 
will  say,  I  am  no  Papist,  no  idolater  ;  nay,  I  hate  such  ;  I  am  not  envious. 
But  the  apostle  here  speaketh  of  all  such  things  as  are  like  them.  Yea,  he 
speaketh  against  such  things  as  are  accounted  but  petty  matters,  as  envy, 
drunkenness.  Oh!  they  say,  some  have  not  gentlemen's  qualities,  which 
cannot  swear.  But  the  apostle's  words  stand  firm,  that  such  shall  not  see 
God  ;  their  gentlemen-like  qualities  shall  bring  their  souls  to  hell.  When 
they  have  so  malicious  and  quarrelsome  spirits,  when  they  have  such  proud 
contentious  spirits,  that  men  cannot  live  quietly  amongst  them,  what  fruit 
is  this  ?  What  doth  it  argue  but  certainly  this,  that  there  is  no  gi-ace  in 
them,  whenas  their  hearts  are  thus  set  against  all  men  ? 

But  you  will  say  as  in  justification,  so  in  this  matter  of  sanctification,  I 
thank  God,  I  am  not  given  to  these  gross  Tyburn-  matters,  though  mine 
heart  telleth  me  that  I  have  a  great  sink  of  corruption  in  me. 

*  That  is,  Tyburn,  or  the  place  of  the  gallows  =  great  sins.— G. 


74  THE  RIGHT  RECEIVING. 

I  will  then  examine  thee  how  dost  thou  stand  affected  towards  sin  ? 
Hast  thou  shaken  hands  with  it  ?  hast  thou  shaken  off  familiarity  with  all 
sin,  and  not  from  some  only  ?  For  so  an  hypocrite.  But  see  whether  there 
is  not  some  sin  remaining  which  thou  wilt  and  dost  make  reckoning  of. 
If  it  be  to  thee  as  a  right  eye,  or  as  a  right  hand,  Mat.  v.  30,  as  our 
Saviour  saith,  look  unto  that  esjDecially,  which  is  so  dear  and  profitable 
that  it  bringeth  in  great  wealth  ;  see  how  thou  standest  affected  to  that. 
Art  thou  content,  though  it  be  as  profitable  as  thy  right  hand,  to  have  it 
chopped  off  ?  If  thou  findest  this  resolution  to  be  in  thee,  thou  art  in  a 
good  estate  ;  thy  case  is  happy.  This  sheweth  that  there  is  good  seed  in 
thee.  For  it  is  impossible  that  there  should  be  such  a  divorce  betwixt  thee 
and  thy  corruption,  if  grace  were  not  in  thy  heart.  A  man  then  who  cometh 
unto  the  Lord's  table  must  consider  and  say,  I  have  been  wanting  in  the 
service  of  God  ;  I  have  not  been  so  careful  in  keeping  of  the  Sabbath  ;  I 
have  not  had  that  watchfulness  over  my  corruptions.  Well ;  I  will  now  get 
me  new  strength  ;  I  will  go  to  this  table  that  I  may  be  more  strengthened 
in  time  to  come,  to  fight  afresh  ;  that  whereas  I  was  weak  and  feeble 
before,  I  will  now  get  strength.  He  that  cometh  with  this  resolution,  if 
his  heart  can  say,  This  I  aim  at,  it  is  wonderful  to  think  what  profit  the 
Lord  will  give  unto  him.  If  we  say,  we  come  to  get  strength  to  fight 
against  Satan,  and  so  forth,  we  shall  prevail  and  obtain  it.  Would  not  a 
man  think  his  meat  ill  bestowed  on  him  whom  it  doth  no  good,  who  eateth 
and  drinketh,  and  yet  is  never  the  better,  whose  meat  is  never  seen  by  him. 
Even  so  he  that  cometh  to  the  Lord's  table,  and  yet  thriveth  not  by  that 
heavenly  food  there  eaten,  he  discrediteth  the  same.  It  is  with  him  as  it 
was  with  the  ill-favoured  kine,  Gen.  xli.  1,  seq.,  who  albeit  they  ate  up 
seven  others,  yet  they  themselves  were  still  so  ill-favoured  and  lean,  that 
it  could  not  be  seen  that  they  had  eaten  anything.  It  is  so  with  many 
poor  Christians,  who  often  feast  and  yet  are  never  the  better,  remaining  as 
lean  as  ever. 

We  must  therefore  have  a  care  in  this  case  that  we  discredit  not  those 
heavenly  commons,-  but  we  must  find  our  strength  increased.  If  before 
we  could  be  able  to  beat  down  one  sin,  we  must  now  be  able  to  beat  down 
three.  Jonathan  in  the  first  of  Samuel,  when  Saul  was  in  the  pursuit  of 
his  enemies,  charging  that  they  should  taste  no  food  till  they  had  gotten  the 
victory,  hereupon  saith  he,  '  My  father  hath  troubled  the  people,  because 
he  hath  forbidden  them  to  eat,  whereby  their  strength  faileth,'  1  Sam. 
xiv.  19.  So  when  God  cometh  to  feed  us,  let  us  find  strength,  let  us  see, 
are  not  our  eyes  enlightened  as  were  Jonathan's,  being  cleared  after  he  had 
tasted  a  little  honey  ?  Have  we  not  better  hearts  than  before  ?  Shall  we 
not  make  a  greater  slaughter  of  our  enemies  than  before  ?  If  we  find  this, 
what  a  hand  shall  we  get  over  our  enemies  ?  Let  us  therefore  eat,  and  so 
eat,  that  we  labour  to  go  '  forty  days  in  the  strength  of  this  meat,'  1  Kings 
xix.  8,  until  we  come  to  the  full  and  final  possession  of  Horeb,  the  mount 
of  God ;  and  so  shall  the  Lord  take  delight  to  refresh  us.  We  shall  get 
new  hearts,  new  courage,  and  we  shall  more  and  more  tread  down  Satan 
under  our  feet ;  and,  as  the  apostle  speaketh,  '  The  God  of  peace  shall  at 
length  tread  him  finally  under  our  feet,'  Rom.  xvi.  20;  when  we  shall  have 
the  blessed  fruition  of  our  dear  Saviour,  and  the  eternity  of  those  unspeak- 
able joys,  to  reign  with  him  for  ever.  Which  God  grant,  and  that  for 
Christ  Jesus'  sake !     Amen. 

*  That  is,  '  meals.'— G. 


JUDGMENT'S  REASON. 


JUDGMENT'S  REASON. 


NOTE. 

The  'Two  Sermons'  from  1  Cor.  xi.  30,  31,  also  appeared  originally  in  the  folio 
volume  entitled  '  The  Saint's  Cordials,'  in  the  first — 1629— edition  of  which  they 
form  Nos.  3  and  4.  Their  separate  title-page  therein  is  given  below.*  In  the 
editions  of  the  '  Saint's  Cordials'  of  1637  and  1658,  they  form  Nos.  5  and  6,  under  a 
different  title,  which  will  also  be  found  below.f  Our  text,  as  explained  in  note  to 
'  Right  Receiving,'  follows  the  edition  of  1629.  Those  of  1637  and  1658^:  are 
designated  by  the  letters  B  and  C  respectively  in  the  '  various  readings'  appended  to 
each  page.     '  Readings'  peculiar  to  C  are  noted  by  numerals  1,  2,  &c.  G. 

*IVDGEMENTS 

REASON. 

In  Two  Sermons. 

WHEREIN  THAT  GREAT  QVESTION 

IS    DECIDED,    AND    THE    AFFLICTED 

SATISFIED  ; 

Why  God  sends  so  many  crosses  and  (roubles  in  (his  life  ;  ho(h  upon 
his  bes(  Seruan(s ;  and  (hose  who  are  not  yet  brought  iiito  (he  way 
of  life. 

[The  woodcut  of  '  Right  Receiving'  here.] 

Vpeightness  Hath  Boldnes. 

Hebe.  12.  10. 

For,  (hey  verely  for  a  few  dayes,  chaslened  us  after  their  own  pleasure  :  hut  hee  for 

our  profit,  thot  we  might  be  partakers  of  his  Holinesse. 

LONDON, 

Printed  in  the  yeare  1629. 

t  The  Art  of 
Self-Ivdging. 

Delivered 

In  A  Preparatory  Sermon 

To  The  Sacrament : 

At  Coleman-street  Church  in  London. 

By  R.  Sibbs  D.D.  Master  of  Katherine  Hall  in  Cambridge 
and  preacher  of  Grayes  Inne  London. 

The  second  Edition. 
[Same  woodcut  as  in  1629.] 

Esay  57.  15. 
For  thus  saith  the  high  and  lofty  One,  that  inhabotith  Eternity,  whose  Name  is  Holy;  I 
dwellin  the  high  and  holy  Place:  with  him  also  that  is  of  acontrite  and  humble  spirit,  to  re- 
vive the  spirit  of  the  humble  and  to  revive  the  heart  of  the  contrite  ones. 

London, 

Printed  for  R.  Dawlraan,  at  the  brazen  Serpent  in 
Pauls  Churchyard.     1637. 

X  The  edition  of  1658  is  marked  '  The  Third  edition,'  and  '  Printed  for  Henry 
Cripps  at  his  shop  in  Popes  head  Alley.  1658.'  It  spells  'self  and  'street'  with 
final '  e,'  and  substitutes  a  different  woodcut.  Cf.  title-pages  subjoined  to  note  to 
'  Right  Receiving. — G. 


JUDGMENT'S  REASON, 


SERMON  I. 


For  this  cause  many  are  weak  and  sick  among  you,  and  many  sleep.     For  if 
we  uvuld  judge  ourselves,  ice  should  not  he  judged,' dc. — 1  Coe.  XI.  30,  31. 

I  NiTEND  at  this  time  especially  to  stand  upon  the  duty  of  judging,  as  being 
fittest  for  the  occasion,*  But  yet,  by  God's  assistance,  wef  will  take  the 
words  I  in  order,  because  I  desire  to  speak  somewhat  of  the  other  which 
follow. 

'  For  this  cause  many  are  sick,'  &c.  After  the  holy  apostle,  the  seeds- 
man of  God,  had  sown  the  seed  of  heavenly  doctrine,  Satan  also  by  his 
instruments  had  sown  his  cockle  of  abuses  among  the  Corinthians,  of  which, 
amongst  many,  this  was  one,  to  come  irreverently  to  the  holy  communion. 
Whereupon  God  was  forced  to  take  them  into  his  own  hands  ;  and  lest 
they  should  be  ignorant  of  the  cause,  the  blessed  apostle  points  them  here, 
as  it  were  with  the  finger,  to  the  cause  of  the  visitation  among  them,  §  for 
their  irreverent  and  unprepared  coming  to  the  Lord's  table,  '  For  this  cause,' 
&c.     In  the  words  we  will  speak  of, 

1.  The  cause  of  the  correction  among  them. 

2.  And  then  of  the  kinds  of  it :  '  Many  are  sick,  and  weak,  and  sleep.' 

3.  And  then  of  the  care,  if  it  had  been  used,  that  might  have  prevented 
those  contagious  sicknesses  among  them  :  '  If  we  would  judge  ourselves, 
we  should  not  be  judged.' 

But  lest  God's  children  should  despair  when  they  are  judged  and  sharply 
corrected  of  him,  he  adds,  in  the  next  place,  the  comfort ;  howsoever  things 
fall  out,  our  salvation  is  promoted.  '  When  we  are  judged,'  and  chastened 
of  the  Lord,   '  it  is  that  we  should  not  be  condemned  with  the  world.' 

First,  of  the  cause.  \\ 

I  will  speak  briefly' of  the  former  verse,  but  dwell  most  upon  the  next,  of 
self -judging.  '  For  this  cause  many  are  weak  and  sick,  and  many  sleep.' 
Observe  here  in  the  cause. 

*  That  is,  celebration  of  the  sacrament.     Cf.  preliminary  note  t. — G. 
t  '  By  .  .  .  assistance  '  omitted  in  B,  C,  and  for  '  we  '  is  substituted  '  I.' — G. 
X  '  Text '    in    B,    C ;   and   the  sentence,  '  and  speak   somewhat  of    the  other 
words.' — G. 

§  '  Their  unprepared  coming,'  &c.,  in  B,  0. — G. 

I  '  Observe  here '  in  B,  C,  and  '  I  will  speak  ...  in  the  cause,'  omitted. — G. 


78  jxtdgment's  reason. 

Doct.  (1.)  First,  when  there  is  a  cause,  God  uill  correct;  and  ichere  there 
is  this  cause,  heicill  correct,  that  is,  irreverent  coming  to  the  communion. 

Doct.  (2.)  Secondly,  As  there  is  a  cause  ivhen  God  doth  correct,  so  usually 
there  is  this  or  that  particular  cause. 

For  the  first,  where  there  is  cause  he  will  correct,  and  vrhere  there  is  this 
cause.  Where  there  is  no  cause  he  will  not  correct.  '  For  this  cause.' 
There  is  always  a  cause,  and  a  particular  cause,  [and  a  particular  cause  of 
God's  judgment  is  J  * 

Quest.  Why  must  there  be  alway  a  cause  ? 

Ans.  Because  God  is  the  judge  of  the  world,  and  the  judge  of  the  world 
must  needs  do  that  which  is  right.  Gen.  xviii.  25.  And  therefore  he  will 
not  judge  without  a  cause,  f  We  have  ill  in  us,  before  we  suffer  ill.  God 
is  forced  to  mortify  sins  by  afflictions,  because  we  mortify  them  not  by  the 
Spirit,  and  in  the  use  of  holy  means.  There  is  a  cause  always.  J  God  doth 
favours  from  his  own  bowels,  and  fi'om  his  own  nature ;  but  he  never 
correcteth  without  a  cause  from  us.  Corrections  and  judgments  are  always 
forced.  It  is  a  stranger  ^  work  to  him  than  favours  that  come  from  his  own 
nature  as  a  gracious  God,  and  therefore  the  cause  of  his  judgment  is  always 
in  us.  But  when  he  is  beneficial  to  us,  it  comes  from  himself,  as  water 
comes  from  a  fountain. 

Instruction.  This  should  teach  us  in  all  visitations  to  justify  God,  and  to  tahe 
heed  of  that  which  our  nature  is  prone  to,  of  swelling  and  murmuring,  and 
rising  up  against  God.  Just  thou  art,  and  righteous  are  thy  judgments.  *  I 
will  bear  the  wrath  of  the  Lord,  because  I  have  sinned,'  &c.,  as  it  is  said, 
Micah  vii.  9.  Let  us  lay  om*  hand  upon  our  mouth,  and  justify  God  in  all 
his  visitations.     There  is  a  cause. 

And  not  only  a  cause  at  random,  but  if  we  search  ourselves  there  is  this  or 
that  particular  cause.  So  2  Thes.  ii.  10  it  is  said,  '  For  this  cause  God  gave 
them  up  to  strong  delusions,  because  they  entertained  not  the  truth  in  the 
love  of  it.'  There  is  a  '  this  ;'  for  God  shoots  not  his  judgments,  as  children 
shoot  their  arrows,  at  random,  light  where  they  will ;  but  he  hath  his  aim. 
Quest.  How  shall  we  find  out  that  '  this'  ? 

Ans.  1.  Our  consciences  irill  upbraid  us.  If  we  be  well  acquainted  with 
our  consciences,  we  shall  know  it  by  them,  as  Joseph's  brethren  did.  It 
was  because  they  used  their  brother  hardly  many  years  before.  Gen.  xlii.  21. 

2.  Again,  tchat  the  irord  meets  most  with  when  we  hear  it. 

3.  And  ivhat  our  friends  tell  us  most  of. 

4.  And  ivhat  our  enemies  uph-aid.  us  most  with. 

5.  That  we  may  know  the  cause,  tee  may  knoir  the  sin  by  the  contrary.  God 
cures  contraries  with  contraries.  We  may  read  ofttimes  the  cause  in  the 
judgment.  Is  the  judgment  shame  ?  Then  the  cause  was  2^ride.  Is  the 
judgment  want  ?  Then  our  sin  was  in  abundance.  W^e  did  not  learn  to 
abound  as  we  should  when  we  had  it.  It  is  an  oi'dinary  rule,  contraries 
are  cured  with  contraries.  Usually  God  meets  with  men,  he  pays  them 
home  in  their  own  coin  and  kind.  Those  that  have  been  unmerciful,  they 
shall  meet  with  those  that  shall  shew  them  no  mercy,  &c.  §  By  searching 
into  our  own  hearts,  by  considering  these  things,  we  may  know  what  is  the 
*  this,'  the  particular  cause. 

*  The  words  enclosed  added  in  B,  C,  intended  to  link  on  to  the  sentence 
interrupted  by  the  question,  Why,  &c. — G. 

f  '  And  therefore  .  .  .  cause,'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

I  '  There  is  .  .  .  always,'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G.  ^ '  Strange'  in  C  — G. 

§  The  '  &c.'  characteristic  of  Sibbes's  style  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 


JUDGMENT  S  EEASON.  79 

And,  if  we  fail  in  the  search,  then  go  to  God,  that  he  would  teach  us,  as 
well  as  he  corrects  us,  as  usually  he  doth  his  children  :  Ps.  xciv.  12, 
'  Blessed  is  the  man  that  thou  correctest  and  teachest.'  Desire  God  that 
unto  correction  he  would  add  teaching,  that  we  may  know  what  the  mean- 
ing of  the  rod  and  of  the  cross  is.  Whatsoever  it  is,  if  we  join  prayer  with 
the  other  means,  we  may  know  the  '  this,'  the  particular  sin  that  God  aims 
at.  So  you  see  these  things  *  clear,  that  there  is  a  cause,  and  usually  the 
'  this,'  some  particular  cause. 

Doct.  (3.)  The  next  point  is  that  ii-liere  there  is  a  cause,  God  ivill  correct  first 
or  last,  and  where  there  is  this  cause  mentioned,  irreverent  coming  to  the 
communion,  he  will  do  it  because  he  is  just.  If  we  prevent  f  it  not  by 
repentance,  and  so  afflict  our  souls,  surely  we  must  fall  into  God's  hands. 
He  will  lose  the  glory  of  none  of  his  attributes.  Where  there  is  a  cause  he 
will  correct.  Sin  is  against  his  nature,  against  his  truth,  against  his 
manner  of  dealing  with  us  by  favours  and  benefits,  and  therefore  he  will 
correct  us. 

For  even  as  smoke  goes  before  fire,  and  as  conception  goes  before 
birth,  and  as  seed-time  goes  before  harvest ;  so  sin  goes  before  some  correction 
or  other  universal]}^,  I  unless  it  be  those  daily  infirmities  that  God's  children 
fall  into,  those  sins  of  daily  incursion,  as  we  call  them.  Wlien  we  labour 
to  knit  our  hearts  fast  and  close  to  God,  some  infirmities  slip  from  us  that 
God  overlooks  ;  he  takes  not  notice  of  every  slip  ;  §  he  bears  with  our 
infirmities  '  as  a  father  bears  with  a  son  that  serves  him,'  Mai.  iii.  17. 
And  yet  if  we  allow  ourselves  in  any  infirmity,  we  shall  not  go  unpunished. 
II  Infirmities  are  one  thing,  and  allowance  and  defence  of  them  is  another. 
Therefore  I  beseech  you  make  this  use  of  it.  ^ 

Use.  Take  heed  of  sinning  iqwn  this  false  conceit.  We  shall  escape,  ice  shall 
never  hear  of  it  arjaiu.  No  ;  it  will  be  owing  first  or  last.  As  we  say  of 
those  that  make  bold  with  their  bodies,  to  use  them  hardly,  to  rush  upon 
this  thing  and  that  thing :  in  their  j'outh,  they  may  bear  it  out,  but  it  will 
be  owing  them  after  ;  they  shall  find  it  in  their  bones  when  they  are  old. 
So  a  man  may  say  of  those  that  are  venturous  persons,  that  make  no  con- 
science of  running  into  sin,  these  things  will  be  owing  to  them  another  day  ; 
they  shall  hear  of  these  in  the  time  of  sickness,  or  in  the  hour  of  death. 
And  therefore  never  sin  upon  vain  hope  of  concealing ;  for  as  there  is  a 
cause  alway,  and  '  this  cause,'  so  where  there  is  a  cause,  God  will  correct 
his  own  children. 

Again,  n-here  there  is  this  cause,  God  will  visit.  What  was  this  cause  ? 
This  cause  was  irreverent,  unprofitable  coming  to  the  holy  table  of  the 
Lord.  Why,  is  this  so  great  a  matter  as  to  provoke  God's  judgment? 
Oh,  yes  !     Favours  neglected  provoke  anger  most  of  all. 

Is  it  not  a  great  favour  for  the  great  God  to  condescend^  to  help  our 
weakness  in  the  sacrament  ?  Is  it  not  a  special  favour  that  he  will  stoop 
to  strengthen  our  weak  faith  this  way  ?  And  shall  we,  when  he  con- 
descends to  us,  rise  up  in  pride  against  him,  and  forget  our  distance,  forget 
with  whom  we  have  to  deal  ?  No  ;  God  will  be  honoured  of  all  that  come 
near  him ;  if  not  by  them,  yet  in  them.     Those  that  come  not  to  God  now 

♦  '  See  it  clear  that  there  is  a  cause,  and  usually  some  particular  cause '  in  B,  C. — G. 
t  That  is,  '  anticipate.' — G. 

i  This  reads  more  accurately  in  B,  C  ;  'So  some  sin  or  other  goes  before  correc- 
tion universally.' — G. 

§  '  From  us  '  in    C— G.  |j   '  For  infirmities  '  in  B,  C— G. 

\  '  Therefore  ...  use  of  it '  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  ^  '  To  descend  '  in  C— G. 


80  jtjdgment's  beason. 

in  Christ,  a  Father,  they  know  not  his  goodness ;  and  those  that  come 
irreverently,  know  not  his  greatness  and  majesty.  Take  heed,  therefore, 
when  we  come  before  God,  that  we  come  not  with  strange  fire,  as  Nadab 
and  Abihu ;  that  we  come  not  irreverently  and  unpreparedly,  with  carnal 
affections  ;  but  that  we  converse  in  holy  business  with  holy  affections.  Is 
it  not  a  great  pity  that  those  things  which  God  hath  ordained  for  the  com- 
fort of  our  souls,  and  the  help  of  cur  faith,  that  we  by  our  cai-elessness 
Bhould  turn  them  to  our  hurt,  as  we  do  by  an  irreverent  coming  to  the 
holy  things  of  God  ?  We  procure  our  own  judgments,  and  therefore  we 
ought  to  help  this  irreverent  demeanour  and  carriage  of  ourselves  in  the 
holy  things  of  God  by  all  means,  with  the  consideration  of  his  majesty, 
and  our  dependence  upon  him ;  *  and  such  considerations,  which  I  cannot 
now  enter  into,  because  I  hasten.  So  you  see  these  things  clear,  the  cause, 
and  the  particular  cause,  this  cause. 

To  go  on  to  the  lands  therefore.  The  kinds  are  set  down  in  three  de- 
grees : 

1.  Some  are  weak.  ^ 

2.  And  some  sick. 

'    3.  And  some  sleep. 

Nay,  '  many  are  sick  and  weak,  and  many  sleep.'  Here  are  three  de- 
grees, like  the  three  degrees  of  sin  amongst  them.  Some  are  more  pre- 
sumptuous than  other,  and, 

Doct.  4.  God,  irho  made  all  in  number,  weight,  and  measure,  dispenseth 
all  in  number,  weight,  and  measure.  Some  are  weak,  and  some  are  sick, 
which  is  greater ;  and  some  sleep,  that  is,  die.f  Even  as  in  the  common- 
wealth, those  that  are  discreet  governors  have  degrees  of  punishment,  as 
the  stocks,  the  prison,  and  the  gibbet,  violent  death,  and  the  like ;  so  God, 
the  great  Governor  of  heaven  and  earth,  according  to  the  different  degrees 
of  sin,  hath  different  degrees  of  correction. 

A  physician  loves  all  his  patients  alike,  but  he  doth  not  minister  sharp 
potions  alike  to  all ;  but  out  of  the  same  love  there  is  a  different  carriage 
of  the  same,  according  to  the  exigent  J  of  the  party.  So  doth  the  wise 
God.     '  Some  are  weak,  and  some  sick,  and  some  sleep.' 

Doct.  5.  Again,  we  may  observe  here,  that  sickness  and  weakness  of  the 
body  come  from  sin,  and  is  a  fruit  of  sin.  Some  are  weak,  and  some  are  sick, 
*  for  this  cause.'  I  shall  not  need  to  be  long  in  the  proof  of  that,  which 
you  have  whole  chapters  for,  as  Deut.  xxviii.  27,  seq. ;  and  many  psalms, 
cvii.,  and  others. §  It  is  for  the^  sickness  of  the  soul  that  God  visits  with 
the  sickness  of  the  body.  He  aims  at  the  cure  of  the  soul  in  the  touch  of 
the  body.  And  therefore  in  this  case,  when  God  visits  with  sickness,  we 
should  think  our  work  is  more  in  heaven  with  God  than  with  men  or 
physic.  Begin  first  with  the  soul.  So  David,  Ps.  xxxii.  5,  till  he  dealt 
roundly  with  God,  without  all  kind  of  guile,  and  confessed  his  sins,  he 
roared  ;  ||  his  moisture  was  turned  into  the  drought  of  summer.  But  when 
he  dealt  directly  and  plainly  with  God,  and  confessed  his  sins,  then  God  for- 
gave him  them,  and  healed  his  body  too.  And  therefore  the  best  method, 
when  God  visits  us  in  this  kind,  is  to  think  that  we  are  to  deal  with  God. 
Begin  the  cure  there  with  the  soul.  When  he  visits  the  body,  it  is  for  the 
soul's  sake  :  '  Many  are  weak  and  sick  among  you.'     We  see  what  taber- 

*  '  And  the  like  '  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  which  I  cannot  .  ,  .  this  cause  '  omitted  — G. 
t  '  Which  is  greatest  of  all '  added  in  JB,  C— G.        ||  '  And  '  in  B  C— G. 
X  That  is,  '  exigency.' — G.  i  '  The  '  not  in  C. — G. 

2  Cf.  Mat.  ix.  2,  Luke  vii.  47.— G. 


judgment's  reason.  81 

nacles  of  dust  we  carry  about  us,  that  if  we  had  no  outward  enemy,  yet 
God  can  raise  that  in  our  own  bodies  that  shall  cast  out  the  greatest  giant, 
*  weakness  and  sickness,'  that  we  may  learn  to  fear  God,  in  whose  hand  is 
both  health  and  sickness.  And  it  should  teach  us  to  make  precious  use 
of  our  health  while  we  have  it.  It  were  a  thousand  times  better  for  many 
persons  to  be  cast  on  the  bed  of  sickness,  and  to  be  God's  prisoners,  than 
so  scandalously  and  unfruitfully  to  use  the  health  that  they  have  :  '  many  are 
weak  and  sick.'* 

Doct.  6.  The  sin  was  general,  and  God's  visitation  was  as  general. 
When  siiis  grow  general,  corrections  grow  general.  It  is  an  idle  and  vain 
excuse  that  many  think  to  make  to  themselves.  The  world  doth  thus ; 
others  do  thus.  Oh  !  there  is  the  more  danger  of  a  spreading  and  general 
visitation !  Do  others  so  ?  Is  it  a  spreading  sin  ?  Take  heed  of  a 
spreading  and  contagious  punishment.  We  must  not  follow  a  multitude 
to  do  evil,  Exod.  xxiii.  2.  He  is  not  a  whit  the  less^  tormented  that  is 
tormented  with  company.  The  plea  therefore  that  they  make  from  many, 
that  the  world  doth  thus,  it  should  rather,  if  they  did  wisely  reason,  move 
them  to  take  heed.  '  Many  are  sick  and  weak,  and  many  sleep,'  saith 
he  ;f  that  is,  many  even  die.  God  takes  away  the  life  of  many  for  the 
irreverent  coming  to^  the  holy  things  of  God.  So  that  sin  brings  with  it 
death  itself,  not  only  at  the  last,  but  sin  it  shortens  a  man's  days ;  and 
this  kind  of  sin,  irreverent  coming  to  the  holy  things  of  God,  shortens 
our  days,  and  puts  out  our  own  candle,  and  pulls  our  own  houses  about 
our  ears.  They  are  felons  upon  themselves,  soul-murderers  and  body- 
murderers,  that  wilfully  commit  sin  ;  yea,  if  it  be  this  sin  in  the  holy  things 
of  God,  not  only  if  they  commit  gross  sins,  but  if  they  commit  this  sin,  if 
they  be  careless  and  unconscionable  J  in  the  performance  of  this  holy  duty. 
If  any  other  did  us  the  thousand  part  of  that  harm  we  do  ourselves  by  a 
careless  life,  a  loose  and  lawless  kind  of  course,  we  would  not  bear  them. 
We  see  here  what  hurt  we  do  om'selves  [what  injury,  what  wrong  we  do  to 
our  own  souls  and  bodies  also] ;  §  for  '  for  this  cause  many  are  weak  and 
sick,  and  many  sleep.' 

We  are  the  greatest  enemies  to  ourselves.  We  cry  out  of  Judas  and 
Ahithophel  that  made  away  themselves,  and  we  may  well.  Every  stubborn 
man,  that  goes  on  in  a  course  of  sin,  and  forgets  with  whom  he  hath  to 
deal,  he  is  like  Judas  and  Ahithophel ;  he  is  an  enemy  to  himself,  and  a 
murderer  of  himself.  Oh !  take  heed  therefore  of  the  Devil's  baits ; 
meddle  not  with  this  pitch ;  touch  it  not ;  hate  all  shows  and  appearances 
of  evil. 

Doct.  7.  Again,  it  is  not  to  be  forgotten  here  that  he  saith,  '  Many  of 
you,'  that  is,  '  you,  believing  Corinthians ;'  whence  learn,  that  God  will 
correct  sin  wheresoever  he  finds  it,  even  in  his  dearest  children ;  nay,  he  will 
correct  them  more  sharply  in  this  world,  because  he  will  save  their  souls  in 
another  world,  than  he  will  others.  The  careless,  brutish  ||  world,  that 
are  not  worthy  of  correction,  God  lets  them  go  on  in  smooth  ways  to  hell ; 
but  '  many  of  you,'  &c.  Let  none  think  to  be  exempt,  and  venture  them- 
selves from  grace  they  have.  No.  God  will  look  to  those  of  his  family, 
that  are  near  him ;  ^  he  will  have  a  special  eye  to  them,  he  will  have  his 

*  Not  given  in  B,  C— G.  §  Added  in  B,  C— G, 

t  '  Saith  he'  omitted  in  B,  C— G.         |j   '  Brutish  '  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 

X  That  is,  '  unconscientious.' — G.  ^  '  That  are  near  him  '  omitted  in  B,  C.  -G 

^  '  The  less  '  is  blunderingly  omitted  in  C. — G. 

"  '  Of  '  in  C,  another  misprint. — G. 
VOL.    IV.  F 


82  judgment's  reason. 

family*  well  ordered  :  *  You  have  I  known  of  all  the  nations  of  the  world,' 
saith  he,  '  and  therefore  I  will  be  sure  to  punish  and  to  correct  you,'  Amos 
iii.  2.  Let  none  therefore  bear  themselves  upon  their  profession,  I  do  thus 
and  thus,  so  many  good  things,  therefore  I  may  be  bold ;  nay,  therefore, 
you  may  be  the  less  bold.  Moses  cannot  so  much  as  munnur  at  the  waters 
of  strife,  but  he  must  not  come  into  Canaan,  Num.  xx.  2.  David  cannot 
have  a  proud  thought  of  numbering  the  people,  but  he  must  smart  for  it, 
1  Chron,  xxi.  2.  The  Corinthians  cannot  come  irreverently  to  the  com- 
munion, '  but  for  this  cause  many  are  weak  and  sick.' 

I  beseech  you,  let  us  take  it  to  heart,  and  let  no  profane  person  take  en- 
couragement because  God  so  deals  with  his  own  :  '  If  God  deal  thus  with 
the  green  tree,  what  will  he  do  with  the  dry  ?'  '  If  judgment  begin  at  the 
house  of  God,  where  shall  the  sinner  and  ungodly  appear  ? '  1  Pet.  iv.  18. 
If  the  godly  taste  of  the  cup  of  God's  anger,  the  wicked  must  drink 
off  the  dregs  of  his  wrath.  And  therefore  let  no  man  take  offence  that 
God  follows  the  church  with  crosses,  that  the  cross  follows  the  poor  church 
in  the  world.  Alas  !  they  carry  corruptions  about  them  continually.  We 
see  here,t  '  jou,  many  of  you,'  &c.  Let  us  therefore  labour  to  make  an 
end  of  our  salvation  with  fear  and  trembling,  the  best  of  us  all. 

Doct.  8.  One  thing  more  before  I  leave  this  ;  that  is,  how  God  in  justice 
rememhereth  mercy.  '  Many,'  he  saith  not,  '  all,'  and  '  many  of  you  are 
weak ;'  he  takes  not  all  away  with  death.  It  is  a  mercy,  then,  that  the 
correction  is  outward  in  the  body,  weak  in  body,  and  sick.  There  was  not 
a  spiritual  gi^  ing  up  to  hardness  of  heart.  Beloved !  if  we  consider  what 
kind  of  judgments  spiritual  judgments  are,  to  have  a  seared  conscience,  and 
a  hard  and  desperate  heart,  which  are  forerunners  of  hell  and  of  eternal 
judgment  and  damnation,  we  would  much  prize  mercy  in  judgment.  Oh  ! 
it  is  not  so  ^\ith  God's  church.  Their  visitations  are  in  the  outward  man ; 
they  are  weak,  and  sick,  and  die,  but  God  is  merciful  to  their  souls,  as  we 
shall  see  after.^  And  it  should  be  an  art  we  should  learn  and  labour  to  be 
expci-t  in,  to  consider  God's  gracious  dealing  in  the  midst  of  his  correction ;  I 
that  in  the  midst  of  corrections  §  we  might  have  thankful,  and  cheerful, |j 
and  fruitful  hearts,  which  we  shall  not  have,  except  we  have  some  matter 
of  thankfulness.  Consider,  doth  God  make  me  weak  ?  He  might  have 
struck  me  with  death,  or  if  not  taken  away  my  mortal  life,  he  might  have 
given  me  up  to  a  spiritual  death,  to  a  hard  heart,  to  desperation,  &c.  So 
let  us  search  out  in  the  visitations  that  we  are  in,  always  some  matter  of 
mitigation,  and  we  shall  always  find  that  it  might  have  been  worse  with  us 
than  it  is.H  So  much  shall  serve  for  that  verse,  that  is,  the  cause  and  the 
kinds,  '  For  this  cause  many  are  weak  and  sick,  and  many  sleep.'  Now  I 
come  to  the  cure. 

*  If  we  would  judge  ourselves,  we  should  not  be  judged.' 

This  com-se,  if  it  had  been  used  by  the  Corinthians,  they  might  have 
prevented  their  weakness,  sickness,  and  over- timely**  death;  and  so  we,  if 
we  take  the  course  prescribed  by  the  apostle  here,  may  prevent  the  like ; 
and  perhaps  God  will  not  now,  in  this  dispensation  that  he  useth  in  the 
latter  end  of  the  world,  outwardly  visit  us,  for  now  usually  his  dispensation 
and  government  is  more  inward.     And  therefore  we  should  take  the  more 

*  •  Them '  in  B,  C— G.  §  '  That  in  them  '  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  As  we  see  here  '  in  B,  C. — G.  \\  '  Cheerful '  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

X  '  Corrections '  in  B,  C. — G. 

^  '  This  shall  serve  for  the  cause  '  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  So  much  .  .  .  sleep  '  omitted. — G. 
♦*  That  is,  '  untimely  '  or  '  premature.' — Ed.         ^  '  Hereafter  '  in  C. — G. 


judgment's  eeason.  83 

heed  to  what  foUoweth  ;  he  may  give  us  up,  I  say,  to  blindness,  to  deadness, 
to  security.  He  doth  not  usually  give  men  up  to  sickness,  and  to  death, 
now,  for  such  breaches,  but  his  government  is  more  spiritual.  Indeed  then, 
for  the  terror  of  all,  his  government  was  more  outward  in  the  primitive 
times  of  the  church.  To  come  therefore  to  that  I  mean  to  speak  of:  the 
cure  of  all  is  judging.  There  is  a  judge  set  up  in  our  own  hearts.  '  If  we 
would  judge  ourselves,  we  should  not  be  judged  of  the  Lord.'  To  open  the 
words  a  little.* 

That  which  is  translated  here  'judging,'  is  by  the  best  expositors,  one 
and  other,^  and  according  to  the  nature  of  the  word,  '  if  we  would  discern. 
of  ourselves,'  '  if  we  would  try  ourselves,'  and  have  our  senses  exercised  to 
distinguish  what  is  good,  and  what  is  ill  in  us,  and  then  to  fall  upon  judging, 
trial,  and  discussing.  The  word  signifieth  primarily  '  to  discuss,'  and  '  to 
sift,'  and  then  '  to  censure'  upon  that ;  and  then  after,  '  To  sever  ourselves 
from  the  ill  we  censure.'     The  word  implies  all  these  duties. f 

God  hath  so  framed  man,  that  he  alone  of  all  other  creatures  can  work 
upon  himself;  he  hath  this  reflexed  act,  as  we  call  it,  he  can  examine,  judge, 
try,  and  humble  himself;  other  creatures  look  straight  forwards.  Man,  I 
say,  can  discern  and  put  a  difference  ;  he  can  discern  of  relations  ;  this  and 
that  hath  relation  to  such  and  such  a  thing.  The  beast  cannot  discern  of 
relations  :|  the  beast  goes  to  the  water,  and  to  the  fodder,  but  knows  not 
what  relation  that  hath  to  spiritual  things.  But  man,  when  he  sees  the 
sacrament,  he  can  think  of  Christ ;  when  he  seeth  one  thing,  he  can  think 
of  this  relation  to  more  spiritual  things.  So  he  can  discern  of  himself,  and 
of  the  things  he  takes  in  hand,  by  a  principle  that  God  hath  put  into  him 
peculiar  to  himself.  Now  God  hath  set  up  in  a  man  a  judgment-seat, 
wherein  things  should  be  judged,  before  they  come  to  this  scanning  and 
judgment. .  We  ourselves  are  the  parties  judged,  and  we  should  be  the 
judges  ;  we  are  the  parties  that  examine,  and  the  parties  examined;  we  are 
the  parties  that  condemn,  and  the  parties  condemned.  This  is  the  power 
of  conscience,  that  God  hath  made  his  vicegerent  and  deputy  in  us.  But  to 
acquaint  you  with  what  things  I  mean  to  speak  of,  as  the  time  will  give  leave. 

Doct.  9.  [1.]  First  of  all,  out  of  these  words,  the  cure  I  will  shew;  that 
naturally  we  are  very  backward  to  this  duty,  because  the  Corinthians  here 
were  failing  in  the  duty.§ 

[2.]  Secondly,  I  will  shew  you  the  necessity,  profit,  and  use  of  this  self- 
judging. 

[3.]  Then  of  the  time  when  we  should  judge  especially;  when  we  are  to 
deal  with  God  in  holy  things. 

[4.]  And  then, II  what  to  do  after  all,  when  we  have  judged  ourselves; 
what  course  to  take  then.  The  unfolding  of  these  things  will  help  us  to 
understand  this  great  point  that  is  so  necessary. 

[l.j  First  of  all,  naturally  ice  are  uvndrous  hacJnmrd,  to  this  duty,  as  we 
see  here  in  the  Corinthians ;  they  slubbered  over  this  duty  of  examination 
and  self-judging. 

Quest.  What  is  the  reason  ? 

Sol.  The  reason  is,  it  is  an  inward  act ;  and  naturally  we  look  to  outward 
glorious  things.     There  is  no  glory  in  it  before  the  world ;  it  is  in  God, 

*  '  To  open  .  .  .  little '  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 

t  The  word  is  diax^ivu,  on  which  consult  Eobinson,  suh  voce,  and  cf.  Hodge  and 
Stanley,  and  Webster  and  Wilkinson,  in  loc. — G-. 

X  '  Eelation  '  in  B,  C. — G.  g  '  Because  .  .  .  duty  '  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

II  '  Then '  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  i  '  Another '  in  C— G. 


84  judgment's  reason. 

and  his  own  soul,  and  usually  the  life  of  careless  persons,  even  of  Chris- 
tians sometimes,  it  is  spent  outwardly ;  they  never  enter  into  their  own 
souls  to  see  what  is  there. 

Again,  naturalh/  ice  rest  in  the  judgment  of  others.  Others  conceive  well 
of  us,  and  therefore  we  conceive  well  of  ourselves.  Remember  they  are 
but  our  fellow-prisoners.  What  can  they  excuse,  if  God  accuse  and  con- 
demn us  ?  Those  things  that  make  us  most  odious  to  God  are  undis- 
cernible  of  the  eye  of  man,  as  a  proud  heart,  a  revengeful  spirit,  an  earthly 
disposition,  and  the  like ;  no  man  can  see  these  things. 

Again,  usually  we  rest  in  this,  that  we  have  wit  enough  to  judge  others. 
The  proud  nature  of  man  thinks  itself  somebody,  when  it  can  get  up  and 
judge  others  perhaps  better  than  itself.  This  is  a  poor  contentment,  and 
an  easy  thing  for  a  man  to  spend  his  censures  upon  others,  and  is  done 
usually  with  some  glory.  It  is  necessary  sometimes  to  those  that  are  under 
us,  to  discover  to  them  what  we  judge  of  their  ways,  but  ofttimes,  I  say,  it 
is  done  only  of  self-love  and  pride. 

Again,  ice  are  hacJacard  to  this  duty.  Hence  that  the  heart  of  man  is  a 
proud  piece  of  flesh  ;  and  therefore  he  is  loath  to  be  conceited  *  of  himself  as 
there  is  cause.  Man  naturally  would  be  in  [a]  fool's  paradise.  He  knows 
if  he  enters  deeply  into  himself,  somewhat  will  be  presented  to  the  eye  of 
his  soul  that  will  be  an  ungrateful  object  to  him  ;  and  therefore,  because  he 
will  not  force  upon  himself  other  conceits  of  himself  than  he  hath  for  the 
present,  he  is  content  never  to  exau;iine  his  courses,  but  to  go  on  still.  As 
there  are  some  creatures  in  the  world  deformed,  that  are  loath  to  come  to 
the  water,  because  they  will  not  see  their  deformity  in  it ;  so  it  is  with  the 
nature  of  man,  he  is  loath  to  see  his  deformity,  he  is  willing  to  be  deceived. 
In  other  things  we  are  loath  to  be  mistaken,  but  in  our  state  between  God 
and  us,  we  are  willing  to  be  deceived.  We  deceive  ourselves,  we  are 
sophiaters  unto  ourselves,  in  this  great  point.  Thus  we  see  that  it  is  a  duty 
to  which  we  are  very  backward,  and  that  it  is  something  hard,  because,  I 
say,f  it  reflects  upon  ourselves,  and  requires  retiring ;  for  naturally  we  are 
slothful  and  idle ;  and  then  sin  it  loves  corners,  which  makes  it  harder. 

Now,  what  is  this  sifting  and  searching  of  the  heart,  but  a  searching  of 
all  the  corners  of  the  soul  by  the  light  of  God's  word  and  Spirit  ?  A 
searching  of  all  the  corners  of  the  heart.  This  requires  much  pains.  Natu- 
rally we  are  loath  to  take  pains  with  our  own  souls,  though  indeed  this  be 
a  preventing  pains,  to  shun  a  worse  misery  hereafter ;  there  is  nothing 
gotten  by  favouring  ourselves.  What  need  I  be  large  in  this  point  ?  It  is 
clear  that  naturally  we  are  loath  to  judge  ourselves,  as  we  shall  see  here- 
after.]; Oh !  if  the  worst  man  hadfthat  judgment  of  himself,  as  he  shall 
have  ere  long,  when  he  shall  not  be  besotted,  but  be  free  from  his  spiritual 
drunkenness  and  madness  that  he  is  in,  carried  with  the  course  of  the  world, 
then  he  shall  judge  truly  of  himself.  Oh  1  that  he  could  do  it  in  time. 
But  naturally,  I  say,  what  for  negligence,  and  what  for  pride,  and  resting 
in  the  conceits  that  others  have  of  us,  we  neglect  so  necessary  a  duty. 

Well,  then,  to  go  to  the  second  point :  as  we  are  prone  to  neglect  it,  so 
we  must  know, 

Doct.  10.  That  it  is  a  jiecessary  and  useful  duty  to  judge  ourselves:  for 
it  is  the  ground  of  all  repentance,  Jer.  viii.  6.  He  complains  that  they 
rushed  as^  *  a  horse  into  the  battle,  and  no  man  said,  what  have  I  done  ?' 

*  That  is  =  to  conceive. — G.  f  '  I  say  '  omitted  in  B,  0. — G. 

,    t  '  It  is  clear  ...  of  himself '  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 
^  '  As,'  by  a  misprint,  not  in  C. — G. 


JUDGMENT  S  REASON. 


85 


Quest.  "What  was-  the  reason  they  rushed  as  a  horse  into  the  battle  ?    , 

Sol.  No  man  entered  into  himself  and  said,  What  have  I  done  ?  I  con- 
sidered my  ways,  and  turned  my  feet  to  thy  testimonies,  saith  David, 
Ps.  cxix.  59.  Consideration  is  the  ground  therefore  of  repentance  and  con- 
version. Thus  in  discussing  of  our  ways,  and  trial  of  them,  and  of  every 
good  work,  there  must  be  this  judging,  this  discerning,  what  is  spirit  and  what 
is  flesh.  A  man  cannot  do  a  good  work  without  the  use  of  this  principle 
that  God  hath  put  into  him,  of  judging  himself,  and  judging  his  ways. 

And  then  again,  it  is  a  duty  that  makes  a  wan  good  in  himself:  for  when 
we  do  outward  good  duties,  they  are  good  for  others.  If  a  man  be  bounti- 
ful, another  hath  the  benefit ;  if  he  be  merciful,  another  hath  the  profit ; 
but  when  a  man  judge th  himself,  and  sets  up  a  court  in  himself,  his  own 
soul  is  the  better  for  it ;  he  is  the  more  holy  man,  the  more  watchful  man, 
the  more  clear  from  his  sins  ;  he  is  the  fitter  framed  for  holy  duties  ;  it  is 
the  better  for  his  own  self ;  and  therefore  this  duty  it  is  the  spring  of  all 
other  good  duties,  and  it  is  most  beneficial  to  a  man's  own  soul. 

Again,  this  is  such  a  duty  as  doth  settle  the  judgment,  and  make  us  impreg- 
nahle  in  temptation.  When  we  have  passed  a  judgment  upon  ourselves,  let 
this  or  that  judgment  be,  we  care  not ;  for  we  have  judged  ourselves  as  we 
should  by  the  rule.  We  know  what  we  have  done,,  we  know  what  we  have 
said,  we  are  able  to  justify  it :  it  makes  us  ready  and  able  to  give  an 
account  to  God,  and  to  the  world  for  what  we  do.  But  what,  should  I  go 
further  than  the  text  ?  Here  is  a  special  good  use  it  hath  :  if  we  judge 
ourselves,  we  shall  not  be  judged  of  the  Lord.  This  judging  of  ourselves, 
it*  prevents  a  further  judgment. 

Quest.  How  is  that  ? 

Ans.  First  of  all,  because  we  spare  God  a  labour.  When  we  judge  our- 
selves, he  need  not  take  us  in  hand  to  judge  us.  His  corrections  and  his 
statutes  are  often  called  judgments  in  the  Psalms.t  Now  upon  the  neglect 
of  his  judgments  ^  and  statutes,  we  run  into  his  judgments  and  corrections  ; 
yet  if  we  were  careful  of  our  duty,  we  might  prevent  the  judgments  of  cor- 
rection. § 

Then  again,  things  judged  in  one  court  cannot  be  judged  in  another  by 
equity.^  Now||  the  God  of  all  justice  and  equity  will  surely  strictly  observe 
equity.  When  our  sins  are  judged  in  an  inferior  court ;  when  in  the  court 
of  conscience  we  have  cited,  indicted  ourselves  before  ourselves,  and  given 
sentence  upon  ourselves,  before  ourselves, H  then  what  is**  condemned  in 
this  lower  court  of  conscience,  it  shall  never  be  condemned  for  hereafter  : 
and,  therefore,  the  necessity  of  this  duty  issues  hence  ;  '  if  we  judge  our- 
selves, we  shall  not  be  judged.' 

Quest.  What  is  the  ground  that  men  are  judged  with  the  judgment  of 
correction  ?f  f 

Sol.  We  may  learn  hence,  that  we  may  thank  ourselves  for  not  return- 
ing into  our  souls.  I  was  careless  of  setting  up  a  court  in  myJJ  own  heart ; 
careless  in  using  those  abilities  that  God  hath  given  me  to  discern,  to 

*  The  '  it,'  which  with  other  pronouns  is  a  characteristic  in  this  use  of  Sibhes,  as 
of  his  contemporaries,  omitted  in  B,  C — G. 

t  Cf.  Ps.  X.  5  ;  xix.  9  ;  xxxvi.  6  ;  Ixxii.  1 ;  cxix.  7,  ei  alibi. — G. 

X  '  Judgments  and'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

^  '  Yet  if  ...  of  correction'  omitted  in  B,  C  — G. 

II  '  Now'  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  H  '  Before  ourselves,'  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 

•'-«  '  Was'  in  B  0.— G. 

tt  The  question  '  What,'  &c.,  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 

IX  'Mine/  in  B,  C— G. 


86 


JUDGMENT  S  REASON. 


understand  my*  own  ways.  I  have  been  careless  there  ;  and  because  I  did 
not  judge  myself,  it  is  just  with  God  to  judge  me.  We  see  here  the  necessity 
from  the  text ;  when  we  judge  ourselves,  we  shall  not  be  judged  ;  therefore, 
when  we  are  judged,  we  have  been  negligent  in  this  duty  of  judging  ourselves.f 

Well,  to  hasten  ;|  if  this  be  so,  if  it  be  a  duty  that  we  are  backward  to, 
and  yet  it  is  a  holy  and  useful  duty,  then  we  come,  in  the  next  place,  to 
some  directions  how  to  carry  ourselves  in  it. 

(1.)  First,  in  judging  ourselves,  let  us  call  and  cite  ourselves  before  our- 
selves, and  fall  to  a  reckoning  both  with  our  persons  and  the  state 
wherein  we  stand,  and  likewise  the  actions  that  come  from  us  ;  what 
is  good  in  us,  and  what  is  ill ;  what  omitted,  and  what  committed ;  what 
corruption  is  mingled  with  our  best  performances,  and  such  like,  as  we 
shall  see  after.  First,  call  ourselves  to  a  reckoning,  and  see  whether  we 
can  give  account  to  ourselves  or  no.  And  if  we  cannot  give  account  to  our- 
selves, much  less  can  we  to  the  all-seeing  eye  and  justice  of  God.  I  would 
fain  have  a  worldling  give  account  to  himself,  why  the  elder  he  grows  the 
more  worldly  he  should  be ;  he  cannot  give  an  account  to  himself  for  it. 
I  would  have  a  profane  swearer  give  account  to  himself,  why  he  dallies  with 
the  great  and  terrible  majesty  of  God,  as  if  he  were  greater  than  he,  when 
he  pronounceth  *  that  he  will  not  hold  him  guiltless  that  taketh  his  name 
in  vain,'  Exod.  xx.  7.  I  would  fain  know  of  those  that  spend  the  prime  of 
their  time  and  years  in  the  service  of  the  devil,  and  bring  their  rotten  old 
age  to  God,  what  account  they  can  give  to  their  own  hearts.  I  would  have 
any  sinner,  that  lives  in  a  course  of  sin,  give  account  to  his  own  heart : 
thou  wretched  man,  canst  thou  not  give  an  account  to  thyself  ?  God  is 
greater  than  thy  heart ;  how  dost  thcu  think  to  stand  before  the  judgment- 
seat  of  God  ere  long  ?  The  first  thing,  therefore,  is  to  arraign  ourselves 
at  our  own  bar.  I  exclude  not  others  that  have  calling  to  examine  others, 
but  especially  present  ourselves. 

(2.)  And  when  vre  find  anything  amiss,  then  besides  this  arraifjning  of 
ourselves,  toe  must  give  sentence  against  ourselves.  That  is  the  second  thing 
in  discussing :  as  David,  Ps.  Ixxiii.  22,  '  So  foolish  was  I,  and  as  a  beast,' 
when  he  had  entertained  a  thought  that  God  neglected  his  church,  and 
regarded  it  no  more  ;  he  had  a  dishonourable  thought  of  God  raised  in  his 
heart.  '  Oh,'  saith  he,  '  I  was  ashamed,  so  foolish,  and  so  like  a  beast  was  I.' 
And  so  you  have  the  prodigal;  and  Dan.  ix.  4,  seq.,  and  Ezra  ix.  6.  seq., 
for  examples  how  to  pass  a  censure  upon  ourselves,  when  we  find  anything 
amiss  ;  and  labour  that  those  afiections  that  are  in  us  towards  ill,  as  grief, 
and  shame,  and  sorrow,  may  be  stirred  up  in  us,  by  setting  ourselves  in 
grief,  and  shame,  and  sorrow,  as  we  should,  to  turn  the  stream  of  our  afiec- 
tions the  right  way. 

When  we  find  anything  amiss  in  our  own  hearts,  when  we  have  given 
sentence  and  judgment  upon  ourselves  ;  § 

(3.)  Then  proceed  to  execution:  let  them  go  together,  judgment  and  exe- 
cution. This  the  apostle  calls  an  holy  revenge,  2  Cor.  vii.  11.  If  we  have 
been  proud,  let  us  abase  ourselves.  If  we  have  been  base  in  the  duties  of 
charity  and  good  works  to  others,  let  us  now,  as  Zaccheus,  labour  for  the 
contrary,  Luke  xix.  8.    If  we  have  misspent  our  precious  time,  let  us  labour 

*  '  Mine'  in  B,  C— G. 

t  The  sentence  '  We  see  here,'  &c.,  omitterl  in  B,  C — G. 

t  '  To  hasten,'  and  '  If  this  be  so,'  not  in  B,  C,  and  reads  simph',  '  If  this  be  a 
duty,'  &C.-G. 

§  The  sentence  '  When  we  find,'  &c.,  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 


judgment's  reason.  87 

now  to  redeem  tlie  time,  to  do  the  contrary  good.  This  course  we  ought 
to  take. 

And  for  the  things  that  we  ought  to  sift,  and  to  try,  and  to  judge,  they 
are  not  only  our  persons,  but  whatsoever  comes  from  us :  we  are  to  judge 
all  our  actions,  not  only  our^  ill  actions,  but  our  good  actions.  There  is 
much  dross  mingled  with  our  gold  :  let  us  examine  our  best  actions.  Nay, 
and  not  only  our  outward,  but  go  to  the  very  root.  When  we  find  a  fault 
in  any  outward  action,  follow  it  to  the  very  corrupt  spring.  Those  that 
have  a  plant,  that  bears  venomous  fruit,  they  dig  it  at  the  root ;  so  when 
any  bad  fruit  comes  from  us,  go  to  the  root,  strike  there  at  it ;  follow  sin 
to  its  burrow,  its  first  hatching  place,  to  the  very  heart.  Thus  David  doth, 
Ps.  li.  5  :  he  goes  to  his  birth  sin.  What,  should  I  speak,  saith  he,  of  the 
sins  that  I  have  committed  ?  '  In  sin  was  I  conceived.'  In  all  actual  sins 
look  to  the  corrupt  root  and  puddle  whence  they  come  ;  as.  Oh,  what  is  this 
word  that  I  have  spoken  ?  what  is  this  action  ?  I  have  a  corrupt  nature, 
that  is  ready  to  yield  to  an  hundred  such  upon  the  like  occasion ;  and 
thereupon  go  to  the  heart,  and  to  -:=  the  soul,  and  censure  that ;  for  that  is 
worse  than  any  particular  act  whatsoever. 

Take  heed  of  laijing  the  fault  upon  this  occasion,  or  that  occasion,  f  xvlien 
we  find  ourselves  faulty.  No.  Say  it  was  thou,  my  proud  heart !  it  was 
thou,  mine  angry  heart !  my  base  worldly  heart !  The  occasion  did  but 
help ;  the  principal  was  mine  own  heart.  Let  us  labour,  therefore,  to  be 
acquainted  thoroughly  with  our  heart,  that  is  wondrous  unfaithful.  There  is 
a  mystery  of  deceit  in  it. 

What  is  the  reason  that  God's  children  sometimes  fall  into  sins  that  they 
never  thought  of,  and  that  naturally  they  are  not  prone  to  ? 

Sol.  Because  there  is  no  man  that  sufficiently  knows  the  depth  of  the 
falsehood  of  his  own  heart.  For  Moses  to  become  an  angry  man,  that  was 
the  meekest  man  on  earth,  it  was  strange,  yet  at  the  waters  of  strife  he 
brake  forth  into  passion.  Num.  xx.  10.  For  David,  that  had  his  heart 
touched  for  cutting  off  the  lap  of  Saul's  garment,  it  was  strange  to  come  to 
murder,  1  Sam.  xxiv.  5,  2  Sam.  xi.  15,  seq.  Now,  who  would  have  thought 
that  murder  had  lodged  in  David's  heart  ?  For  Peter,  that  loved  Christ  so 
much,  to  come  to  deny  and  to  forswear  his  Master ;  who  would  have  thought 
that  forswearing  had  lurked  in  the  heart  of  Peter  ?  Mat.  xxvi.  72.  Beloved ! 
we  know  not  what  corruption  lurks"  in  our  hearts.  Nay,  sometimes  we  shall 
find,  if  we  search  our  hearts  narrowly,  those  corruptions  therein  that  at 
other  times  we  are  not  prone  to,  so  deceitful  is  our  heart.  And  therefore, 
in  all  breaches  outwardly,  in  speech  or  carriage,  be  sure  to  run  to  the  heart 
to  condemn  sin,  and  to  strike  at  it  there. 

Well,  thus  we  see  some  directions  how  to  carry  ourselves.  It  is  not, 
beloved,  the  having  of  corruption  that  damns  men,  hut  the  affections  we  carry 
towards  our  corruptions.  The  best  of  us  have  corruptions,  but  mark  how 
we  do  carry  ourselves  towards  them.  A  carnal  man  pleads  for  his  corrup- 
tions, he  strengthens  them ;  and  another  man  hath  corruption,  but  it  is 
hardly  used.  Corruption  is  difierently  used  in  the  heart  of  a  carnal  and  of 
a  gracious  man,  for  in  the  one  it  is  fostered,  cherished,  and  pleaded  for : 
in  a  civil,  carnal  man  ;  \  in  the  other  man  it  is  indeed,  but  it  is  subdued  and 
mortified,  it  is  judged  and  condemned.  As  we  say  of  a  man,  when  judg- 
ment is  passed  upon  him,  he  is  a  dead  man,  though  he  be  not  dead,  be- 
cause the  sentence  of  death  is  passed  upon  him,  who,  when  he  comes  to 

1  Misprinted  '  for'  in  0. — G.  f  '  Upon  this  or  that  occasion'  in  B,  C. — G. 

*  '  To'  not  in  B,  G. — G.  J  '  In  a  civil  .  .  .  man'  omitted  in  B,  0. — G. 


oO  JUDGMENT  S  REASON. 

be  executed,  by  little  and  little  he  dies,  till  he  be  perfectly  dead  ;  so  it  is 
■when  corruption  is  judged  by  us  and  condemned  in  our  hearts,  it  is  as  it 
were  dead,  because  we  have  passed  the  sentence  on  it,  we  have  condemned 
it,  and  because^  we  have  begun  the  execution  that  shall  end  in  death;  and 
therefore,  as  we  would  difference  ourselves  from  the  world,  let  us  labour 
more  and  more,  that  though  we  have  corruption,  yet  to  carry  ourselves  thus 
towards  it,  to  make  it  more  hateful  by  all  means.  We  cannot  make  it  too 
hateful  to  us ;  it  doth  us  all  the  mischief  in  the  world ;  it  is  the  ill  of  ills. 
All  other  ills  are  but  the  fruits  ^  of  it ;  it  puts  a  fiery,  venomed  sting  into 
all  things  ;  it  makes  things  comfortable  uncomfortable  :  as  the  hour  of  death, 
that  should  be  thought  on  as  our  entrance  into  heaven ;  and  the  day  of 
judgment,  the  consideration  whereof  should  be  our  joy.  What  makes  these 
things  terrible  ?  Oh !  it  is  sin,  the  sin  that  we  cherish  and  love  better  than 
our  souls ;  it  is  that  that  makes  things  that  are  most  comfortable  uncomfort- 
able. What  a  thing  is  that  that  makes  us  afraid  to  go  to  God !  to  think  of 
a  gracious  God  !  that  hinders  us  in  our  best  performances  !  that  makes  us 
backward  and  dull !  Labour,  by  all  means,  to  make  sin  odious,  I  say.  In 
the  best  commonwealth  in  the  world  there  will  be  lurking  rebels,  base 
people.  What!  doth  the  commonwealth  bear  the  blame ?  No.  The  laws 
are  against  them,  and  they  are  executed  when  they  are  found  out.  So  in  the 
best  heart  there  will  be  rebellious  thoughts,  evil  thoughts,  but  let  it  not  be  laid 
to  the  charge  of  God's  people.  There  are  laws  against  them  ;  they  labour 
to  find  them  out  and  to  execute  them.  Here  is  the  comfort  of  God's 
children,  that  though  they  groan  under  many  infirmities,  yet  they  look 
upon  them  as  enemies,  and  as  objects  of  their  mortification. 

Well,  to  hasten  :  again,  in  judging  ourselves,  let  us  labour  to  jiidr/e  our- 
selves for  those  tJihif/s  that  the  u-orld  takes  no  yiotice  of ;  for  spiritual,  for  in- 
ward things  :  as  for  stirring  of  pride,  of  worldliness,  of  revenge,  of  security, 
unthankfulness,  and  such  like ;  unkindness  towards  God,  barrenness  in 
good  duties,  that  the  world  cannot  see.  Oh,  let  these  humble  our  hearts ! 
For  want  of  judging  ourselves'for  these,  God  gives  us  up  to  outward  breaches, 
and  justly  too.  When  we  make  not  conscience  of  spiritual  sins,  God  gives 
us  up  to  open  sins,  that  stain  and  blemish  our  profession. 

Again,  for  the  sins  in  good  duties.  Take  heed  in  our  best  performances 
that  we  be  not  deceived  in  them.  Poison  is  dangerously  taken  in  sweet 
gloves,  and  in  sweet  things,  because  it  is  conveyed  in  sweetness ;  and  so 
in  holy  duties  there  is  conveyed  pride  and  resting  in  them.  Take  heed, 
lest  corruption  mingle  some  deadly  thing  with  our  best  performances. 

The  Corinthians  came  to  the  table  of  the  Lord  ;  but  because  they  thought 
the  duty  a  good  duty,*  and  that  they  might  not  sin  in  a  good  duty,  they 
came  hand  over  head,  carelessly  [unto  itj.f  Oh,  but  we  see  how  God 
deals  with  them.  And  therefore,  let  us  examine,  in  good  duties  and  per- 
formances, with  what  minds  we  come,  with  what  preparation,  with  what 
aims  and  ends  [we  perform  them].|  Many  thousands,  we  may  fear,  are 
damned  even  for  good  duties ;  for  §  duties  that  are  not  ill  in  themselves, 
because  they  think  they  may  be  bold  there,  and  put  off  the  power  of  grace, 
and  rest  in  common  civil  things,  [even]  [j  in  outward  performances.  When 
we  regard  not  the  manner,  God  regards  not  the  matter  of  the  things  we  do, 

*  '  But  because  they  thought  the  duty  good,'  in  B,  C— G. 

t  'Unto  it'  added  in  B,  C— G  J  Added  in  B,  C— G. 

§  '  For  because  they  are  not  ill  in  themselves,'  &c.,  in  B,  C. — G. 

i  '  Even'  added  in  B,  C— G. 

^  '  Therefore  because  '  in  C. — G.  ^  '  Fruit '  in  C. — G, 


judgment's  reason.  89 

bat  oftentimes  punisheth  for  the  performance  of  good  duties,  as  we  see  here 
in  the  Corinthians.     But  to  proceed. 

Let  us  observe  some  helps  to  all  this  that  we  have  spoken.  To  help  us, 
let  us  get  a  good  rule*  Let  the  rule  of  our  judging  and  discerning  be 
digested  into  our  hearts ;  let  the  word  of  God  be  engrafted  into  us ;  that 
is  the  word  that  we  must  judge  by,  that  we  must  be  saved  or  damned  by 
ere  long ;  [asjf  for  false  rules,  the  practice  of  the  world,  our  own  imagina- 
tions, away  with  them.  We  must  not  judge  by  those,  but  by  the  truth  of 
God ;  and, I  therefore,  be  sm-e  of  this,  that  so  the  rule  and  our  souls  may 
be  one,  that  we  may  have  the  rule  as  ready  as  any  corruption  and  as  any 
sin  is ;  when  anything  ariseth  in  our  hearts,  that  the  word  engrafted  in  our 
hearts  may  be  ready  to  check  it  presently.  An  unlearned  judge  oftentimes 
may  mar  all,  whatsoever  the  cause  be,  though  never  so  good.  So,  when 
the  judgment  is  not  instructed,  an  ignorant  person  can  never  manage  his 
own  soul.  Let  us  labour  for  knowledge,  that  we  may  be  learned  in  this 
judicature  and  judgment§  of  ourselves. 

Quest.  What  is  the  reason  that  many  good  souls  are  ready  to  bear  false 
witness  against,  and  to  condemn  themselves  for  what  they  should  not  ? 

Sol.  (1.)  Sometinies  tliey  condemn  their  state,\\  and  think  [that^^  they  are 
not  the  children  of  God,  ivhen  they  are.  They  want  judgment  out  of  God's 
book.  Because  they  have  corruption  in  them,  they  conclude  that  they 
have  no  grace  ;  because  they  have  but  little  grace,  therefore  they  have  none 
at  all ;  as  if  God's  glory  were  not  to  shew  his  strength  in  the  midst  of  their 
weakness,  and  so,  for  want  of  judgment  out  of  the  Scriptures,  they  laj'  a 
plaster  upon  a  sound  place,  and  a  true  man  is  condemned  for  a  traitor. 
Just  persons  condemn  themselves  in  their  courses  that  are  gracious,  for 
want  of  a  sanctified  and  good  judgment.  Let  us  labour  to  have  our  judg- 
ment rightly  instructed  out  of  God's  word,  and  in  the  use  of  all  good 
means,  grow  in  knowledge,  that  we  may  be  discerning  Christians,  to  judge 
between  the  flesh  and  the  spirit,^  between  good  and  bad,  to  have  our  senses 
exercised  in  this  kind. 

Sol.  (2.)  And  not  only  to  have  the  law,  but  to  know  the  gospel  too.  To 
know  in  what  estate  Christians  should  be  under  the  gospel,  not  to  look  to 
legal  breaches  altogether,  but  what  the  gospel  requires  ;  not  only  how  short 
we  are  of  the  law  (which  we  can  never  attain  to),**  but  of  that  which  we 
might  attain  to  in  the  gospel.  Let  us  bring  ourselves  to  that  which  we 
might  be,  and  which  others  have  attained  to,  to  the  view  of  others  better 
than  ourselves,  and  this  will  make  us  to  judge  ourselves.  But,  as  I  said 
before,  let  us  labour  to  know  the  sins  against  the  gospel ;  let  us  know  what 
condition  of  life  is  required  under  the  gospel :  a  fruitful  life  and  a  thankful. 
Our  whole  life  should  be  nothing  but  thankfulness  under  the  gospel,  and 
fruitfulness  ;  we  should  be  inflamed  with  the  love  of  Christ.  Oh  !  take  heed 
of  turning  that  grace  of  God  into  wantonness.  Oh !  would  we  have  fresh 
evidence  of  the  love  of  God  in  Christ  ?tf  Take  heed  of  sins  against  the 
gospel ;  know  what  the  conversation  of  a  Christian  should  be,  to  walk 
worthy  of  the  gospel,  worthy  of  the  high  calling  of  a  Christain.  The  state 
of  the  gospel  requires  that  we  should  deny  all  ungodliness  and  worldly  lust, 
and  live  righteously,  and  soberly,  and  godly,  &c.,  Titus  ii.  12;  that  we 

*  '  To  help  .  .  .  rule'  not  in  B,  C.—G.      \\  'Estate'  in  B,  C— G. 
t  '  As'  inserted  in  B,  C— G.  ^  '  That'  added  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  And'  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  **  '  Unto  '  in  B,  C— G. 

l  '  And  judgment'  not  in  B,  C— G.  ft  '  Of  liis  favour  '  in  B,  C— G. 

*  '  The  flesh  and  the  spirit'  not  in  0. — G. 


90  judgment's  keason. 

be  earnest,  and  zealous  of  good  works.  Wlien  we  find  ourselves  otherwise, 
think,  Oh !  this  is  not  the  life  of  a  Christian  under  the  gospel.  The  gos- 
pel requires  a  more  fruitful,  more  zealous  carriage,  more  love  to  Christ. 
'  Anathema  maranatha'  belongs  to  him  that  loves  not  the  Lord  Jesus,  1  Cor. 
xvi.  22  ;  and  therefore,  when  we  find  any  coldness  to  so  gracious  a  God,  and 
so  blessed  a  Saviour,  let  us  condemn  ourselves. 

Sol.  (3.)  And  take  the  benefit  likeicise  of  the  judgment  of  others,  if  im  iconld 
learn  to  judge  ourselves  thoroughly ;  consider  what  others  say ;  it  is  one 
branch  of  the  communion  of  saints  to  regard  the  judgment  of  others.  Oh, 
it  is  a  blessed  thing  to  have  others  tell  us  of  our  faults,  and  as  it  were  to 
pull  us  out  of  the  fire  with  violence,  as  Jude  speaketh,  23 ;  rather  to  pull 
us  out  with  violence,  with  sharp  rebukes,  than  we  should  perish  and  be 
damned  in  our  sins.  If  a  man  be  to  weed  his  ground,  he  sees  need  of  the 
benefit  of  others  ;  if  a  man  be  to  demolish  his  house,  he  will  be  thankful  to 
others  for  their  help ;  so  he  that  is  to  pull  down  his  corruption,  that  old 
house,  he  should  be  thankful  to  others  that  will  tell  him.  This  is  rotten,  and 
this  is  to  blame  ;  who  if  he  be  not  thankful  for  seasonable  reproof,  he  knows 
not  what  self-judging  means.  If  any  man  be  so  uncivil  when  a  man  shews 
him  a  spot  on  his  garment,  to  grow  choleric,  will  we  not  judge  him  to  be^ 
an  unreasonable  man  ?  And  so  when  a  man  shall  be  told.  This  will  hinder 
your  comfort  another  day ;  if  men  were  not  spiritually  besotted,  would  they 
swell  and  be  angry  against  such  a  man  ?  Therefore  take  the  benefit  of  the 
judgment  of  others  among  whom  you  live.  This  was  David's  disposition, 
when  he  was  told  of  the  danger  [inj*  going  to  kill  Nabal  and  his  household ; 
when  Abigail,  a  discreet  woman,  came  and  diverted  him ;  Oh,  saith  he, 
*  Blessed  be  God,  and  blessed  be  thou,  and  blessed  be  thy  counsel,'  1  Sam. 
XXV.  32  ;  thou  hast  kept  me  from  shedding  of  innocent  blood  this  day.  So 
we  should  bless  God,  and  bless  them  that  labour  by  their  good  counsel  and 
advice  to  hinder  us  from  any  sinful  course,  whatsoever  it  is.f 

Sol.  (4.)  And  then  again,  as  a  help  to  awaken  thy  conscience,  go  to  tlw 
house  of  mouniing.  That  will  help  us  by  awakening  conscience.  Consider 
the  judgments  of  God  abroad  in  the  church,  and  consider  our  danger  at 
home,  and  labour  to  have  our  hearts  awakened  ;  and  then  we  will  be  ready 
to  judge  ourselves,  when  we  keep  our  souls  in  a  waking  temper ;  take  heed 
of  spiritual  security  above  all  things. 

Sol.  (5.)  For  our  conversion,]  let  it  not  he  with  the  world;  for  then  we  will 
justify  ourselves,  but  converse  with  those  that  are  better,  and  the  light  of 
their  excellency  will  abase  us,  and  make  us  to  judge  ourselves.  I  have 
reason  to  be  as  good  as  they,  to  be  as  forward  as  they;  what  a  shame  is  it 
for  me  not  to  do  as  they  do  !  To  bring  ourselves  to  the  light  of  good 
examples,  it  doth  much  good  to  Christians,  and  makes  them  ashamed  of 
their  backwardness  and  duluess.  Those  that  have  false  hearts  they§  shun 
the  company  of  those  that  are  better  than  themselves ;  who  because  they 
would  have  all  alike,  they  besmear  and  sully  others  in  their  reputation, 
because  they  shall  not  be  thought  to  be  better  than  they.  A  base  and 
devilish  course  !  Whereas  a  Christian  labours  to  converse  with  those  that 
are  better,  because  he  would  grow  better  than  himself ;  take  heed  of  a  false 
heart  in  this  kind. 

Sol.  (6.)  Again,  because  I  cannot  follow  the  argument  so  fully  as  I 

*  '  In  '  added  in  B,  0, — Gr.  t  Qu.  '  conversation  '  ? — Ed. 

t  '  It  is  '  not  in  B,  C— G.  ?  '  They '  not  in  B,  C— G. 

'  The  words  '  a  spot,'  &c.,  blunderingly  omitted  in  C ;  and  reads,  '  If  any  man 
be  so  uncivil,  when  a  man  shews  him  to  be  an  unreasonable  man.' — G. 


judgment's  reason.  91 

thought  I  should  have  done,  when  all  these  helps  and  directions  perhaps 
are  not  sufficient,  jom  ivith  this"^'  a  desire  that  God  ivoidd  help  us  by  his  own 
Sjnrit  to  search  our  hearts  and  judge  ourselves ;  and  complain  to  him  of  our 
corruptions  and  weaknesses  ;  as  the  virgin  when  she  was  forced,  Deut.  xxii. 
26,  if  she  complained,  she  saved  her  reputation  and  her  life.  So  complain 
to  God,  Lord,  I  would  serve  thee,  but  corruption  bears  too  great  a  sway  in 
me ;  and  desire  God  to  help  us  with  heavenly  light  and  strength,  so  shall 
we  escape  eternal  death.  Corruption  is  his  enemy.  [It  isjf  Christ's  enemy 
as  well  as  ours,  and  Christ,  if  we  beg  of  him,  will  help  us  against  his  enemy 
and  ours ;  this  should  be  our  daily  course  and  practice. 

Ohj.  Now  some  will  object,  Here  is  a  troublesome  course !  what  a  deal 
of  do  is  here-  What  kind  of  hfe  would  you  have  the  life  of  a  Christian  to 
be,  to  be  thus  discussing  and  censuring  ? 

Sol.  I  answer,  it  is  the  trouble  of  physic  that  prevents  tli-e  trouble  of  sickness. 
Is  it  not  better  to  be  troubled  with  physic,  than  to  be  troubled  with  a  long 
and  tedious  sickness  ?  Is  it  not  better  to  be  troubled  with  the  pain  of  a 
tent,  I  than  with  the  pain  of  a  wound  ?  All  this  is  but  preventing  ;  by  this 
course  we  prevent  further  trouble.  For  we  must  know  that  God  hath  put 
conscience  into  us,  and  this  conscience  must,  and  it  shall  have  its  work, 
either  in  this  world  or  in  the  world  to  come  ;  and  therefore  let  us  discharge 
it  now  by  sifting,  by  examining  and  condemning  ourselves,  that  it  may  not 
rise  and  stand  against  us,  when  we  would  have  it  our  friend.  Oh,  carry 
things  so  that  conscience  may  be  a  friend  at  the  day  of  judgment,  put  it  § 
out  of  office  now,  let  it  say  what  it  can,  stifle  it  not,  stop  it  not,  divert  it 
not,  let  it  have  its  full  scope  to  say  what  it  can.  For  I  beseech  you  do 
but  consider  the  fearful  estate  of  a  man  that  hath  neglected  self-examina- 
tion :  when  he  comes  to  die,  and  is  in  any  trouble,  when  he  sees  death 
before  him,  live  he  cannot,  and  to  die  he  is  unfit ;  for  if  he  look  back,  he 
looks  back  to  a  world  of  sin"^  not  repented  of;  forwards  he  sees  eternal 
damnation  before  him  ;  if  he  look  to  God,  he  is  offended  for  his  rebellious 
course  of  life.  Where  is  then  the  comfort  of  sucb  a  one,  that  in  the 
glorious  light  of  the  gospel  doth  not  practise  this  duty  of  judging  himself? 
Sin  must  be  judged  either  in  a  repentant  heart  or  [else]  ||  by  God,  [it]  || 
being  against  God's  prerogative,  for  he  hath  made  a  law  against  it.  Judged 
it  must  be  :  we  must  give  account  of  every  '  idle  word,'  either  in  a  repentant 
heart,  by  afflicting  our  own  souls  for  it,  or  at  the  day  of  judgment,  Mat. 
xii.  36.  Now  what  a  fearful  thing  will  this  be,  to  have  all  to  make 
account  for  then.  Is  it  not  a  great  mercy,  beloved,  that  God  hath  pointed 
out  such  a  course  to  set  up  a  court  of  conscience  to  prevent  shame  '?  Were 
it  not  a  shame  for  us  to  have  our  faults  written  in  our  foreheads  '?  And  yet 
better  so,  than  to  have  all  to  reckon  for  at  the  day  of  judgment.  For  if  all 
our  faults  were  laid  open,  our  corrupt  thoughts  and  vile  aftections  here — ■ 
there  were  hope  of  repentance  in  this  world ;  but  to  have  them  laid  open 
to  our  shame  and  confusion  in  the  world  to  come,  it  is  a  matter  of  eternal 
despair.  Now  God,  to  prevent  both  these,  hath  set  up  a  com't  of  conscience, 
that  we  might  judge  ourselves,  and  prevent  shame  here,  and  damnation 
hereafter. 

Quest.  And  how  shall  this  torment  [wretches]  IT  in  hell,  when  a  man** 
shall  think,  God  put  conscience  in  me ;  if  I  had  not  put  it  off,  but  suffered 

*    '  These  '  in  B,  C— G.  |1  '  Else  '  and  '  it '  added  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  It  is  '  added  in  B,  C— G.  1[  '  Wretches  '  added  in  B,  C— G. 

i  That  is  =  ligature  made  '  tent '  or  '  tight.' — G.    **    '  They '  in  B,  C— G. 
f  Qu.  '  put  it  not '  ?— Ed.  ^  '  Yet  •  in  C— G. 


92  judgment's  reason. 

it  to  have  done  wliat  it  would,  I  might  have  been  thus  and  thus,  but  now 
I  have  wilfully  cast  myself  into  this  [misery].*  It  will  be  the  hell  in  hell, 
that  shall  torment  us  more  than  hell,}  when  we  shall  think,  I  have  brought 
myself  carelessly  and  securely  to  that  J  cursed  estate  such  shall  be  then 
in  ;  §  therefore,  I  beseech  joi\,  consider  the  misery  of  a  man  that  neglects 
the  practice  of  this  duty,  and  consider  withal  how  happy  and  how  sweet 
the  condition  of  that  man  is  that  hath  and  carefully  doth  daily  perform  this 
duty :  he  is  afraid  of  no  ill  tidings ;  if  anything  come,  he  hath  made  his 
reckoning  and  account  with  God,  there  is  no  sin  upon  the  filel|  unrepented 
of,  and  unjudged,  and  unconfessed  to  God.  If  he  looks  back,  he  considers 
his  sins,  but  he  hath  repented  of  them.  If  he  look  forward,  he  sees 
nothing  but  God  reconciled,  and  he  can  think  of  death  and  judgment  with 
comfort.  Oh,  the  happiness,  and  the  peace,  and  the  inward  paradise  of 
such  a  man,  about  11"  another  careless  man  that  puts  off  his  estate,  because 
he  will  not  trouble  and  afflict  his  own  soul,  and  torment  himself  before  his 
time. 

Here  is  the  difference  between  a  careless  and  a  sound  Christian ;  what 
the  one  thinks  now,  the  other  shall  ere  long.  But  only  the  one  is  mad 
now,  and  is  not  his  own  man,  but  besotted  with  ambition  and  covetousness  ; 
the  other  is  sober,  and  in  his  right  wits,  able  to  judge  and  to  censure  him- 
self. And  therefore  let  holy  persons  that  are  careful,  pass  not  a  whit  for 
the  censures  of  vain  persons ;  they  speak  against  what  they  know  not ; 
against  a  strict  course  of  life.  Those  that  truss  up  the  loins  of  their  souls, 
and  are  careful  of  their  ways,  they  are  the  only  sound  Christians ;  they  are 
the  only  comfortable  Christians,  that  can  think  of  all  conditions,  and  of  all 
estates  comfortably.  I  beseech  you  take  these  things  to  heart,  and  let  us 
be  stirred  up  to  perform  this  duty  I  speak  of,**  of  daily  trying  and  examin- 
ing of  ff  our  ways,  that  daily  we  may  relish  Christ. 

Quest.  What  is  the  reason  there  is  no  more  rejoicing  and  thankfulness- 
for  Christ  ? 

Sol.  We  keep  not  the  wound,  I  mean  corruption,  open ;  we  see  that 
which  is  unmortified,  but  we  dry  it  up  ;  and  therefore  we  do  not  relish 
Christ.     Sweet  is  Christ  to  the  soul  that  is  exercised  in  a  search  of  his  own 
heart  and  ways. 
,     Quest.  But  at  what  times  especially  are  we  to  examine  ? 

Sol.  At  all  times,  every  day  ;  because  we  must  feed  on  Christ  every  day. 
Therefore  we  ought  to  have  these  sour  herbs,  considering  that  we  daily  sin, 
that  Christ  may  relish.  Christ  justifieth  the  ungodly  every  day.  We  have 
use  of  justification  ;  and  therefore  we  should  daily  see  our  corruptions,  and 
judge  ourselves  for  them :  then  Christ  is  Christ  indeed,,  and  Jesus  is  Jesus 
indeed  to  us.  Every  day  let  us  do  this.  We  have  short  memories  ;  and 
sin  when  it  is  green  it  is  easily  rooted  out.     Therefore, 

1.  Every  day,  before  sin  be  rooted,  let  us  judge  ourselves.  The  more 
we  do  it  now  every  day,  the  less  we  shall  have  to  do  when  we  die,  and  when 
we  are  on  our  sickbeds ;  and  therefore  do  it  still,  that  we  may  have  the 
less  to  do  when  we  are  weak.  Is  that  a  fit  time  to  go  over  our  life,  and 
to  censure  our  courses,  when  we  are  in  such  a  case  as  we  cannot  think  of 
earthly  things  ?  Oh,  it  is  an  ill  time  to  get  grace  when  we  should  use 
grace.     And  therefore,  that  we  may  have  the  less  to  do  when  we  shall  have 

«  '  Misery '  added  in  B,  C— G.  1|  Cf.  Vol.  I.,  note  I,  p.  289.— G. 

t  '  The  iiames  '  in  B,  C— G.  "jf  Qu.  '  above '  ?— Ed. 

I  '  This  '  in  B,  C— G.  **  '  I  speak  of '  omitted  in  B,  C— G. 

'i  '  Such  shall  be  then  in  '  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  jt  No  '  of '  in  B,  C— -G. 


judgment's  reason,  93 

enough  to  do  to  struggle  with  sickness  ;  ai^d  have  nothing  to  do  when  we 
die,  but  to  die  and  comfortably  yield  up  our  souls  to  God  let  us  be  exact 
in  our  accounts  every  day. 

2.  But  more  especially  we  should  do  so  when  we  are  to  deal  with  God, 
as  now  we  are  to  receive  the  communion,  wherein  we  draw  near  to  God.* 
Those  that  go  to  great  persons,  they  will  not  go  in  rags,  but  put  on  their 
best  attire,  and  make  all  neat  and  handsome,  that  nothing  may  be  offensive. 
Have  we  this  wisdom  when  we  appear  before  any  greater  than  ourselves  ? 
When  we  are  to  appear  before  God  and  Christ  (especiallyt  to  have  so  near 
communion  as  we  have  in  the  sacrament),  let  us  labour,  I  say,|  to  come 
neat  and  prepared.  When  they  were  to  come  to  the  passover,  the  lamb 
was  singled  out  beforehand  three  days,  that  they  might  have  time  to  pre- 
pare themselves  in,  Exod.  xii.  6.  But  we  ought  especially  §  to  examine 
and  to  judge  ourselves  when  we  come  near  to  God  in  holy  communion,  to 
feast  with  God,]]  which  is  here  intended,  when  we  come  to  receive  the 
blessed  sacrament.  They  should  have  prepared  and  have  judged  them- 
selves. ^  Because  they  neglected  it  they  were  judged  of  God  ;  and  therefore 
know  you  that  mean  to  receive  now,  now  is  the  time  when  we  should  judge 
ourselves,  the  more  especial  time.*'"'  Though  we  should  do  it  every  day, 
yet  this  is  the  special  time.  Take  heed  of  superstition  though,  to  thrust 
all  religion  into  one  time,  to  the  time  of  the  communion,  as  many  do.  They 
turn  off  all  their  examination  to  a  little  time  before  the  communion,  and 
the  taking  of  the  communion  to  one  time  of  the  year,  to  Easter ;  and  thus 
they  think  God  will  bear  with  them.  Oh,  take  heed  !  ff  that  is  superstition. 
As  I  said  before,  keep  a  daily  account ;  every  week  examine  how  we  have 
kept  our  daily  account ;  and  every  month  examine  how  we  have  kept  our 
weekly  account ;  and  when  we  come  to  the  communion,  examine  how  we 
have  kept  our  daily  account,  whether  we  have  slubbered  anything  before, ];| 
especially  when  we  come  to  take  the  communion. 

Quest.  But  what  shall  we  do,  when  we  have  done  all  ?  When  we  have 
examined,  and  judged,  and  passed  a  censure  upon  ourselves, §§  what  shall 
[we]  do  when  we  have  done  all  ? 

Sol.  When  we  are  condemned  in  one  court,  go  to  another ;  as  a  man 
that  is  condemned  in  the  Common  Law,  he  appeals  to  the  Chancery.  When 
we  are  condemned  in  the  court  of  justice,  fly  to  God's  chancery,  fly  to 
mercy.  He  that  hath  a  sentence  passed  in  one  court,  he  appeals  to  another  : 
when  we  have  judged  ourselves,  then  appeal  to  mercy ;  for  this  is  to  do  it 
in  faith  ;  and  when  we  judge  ourselves  in  faith,  then,  upon  our  judging,  we 
know  that  God  will  pardon.  You  know  he  hath  promised,  '  If  we  confess 
our  sins,  he  is  merciful  to  forgive  them,'  1  John  i.  9.  Say,  Lord,  I  con- 
fess them,  cancel  thou  the  bond,  cancel  thou  the  debt.  Therefore  a  Chris- 
tian's plea  is,  when  he  hath  judged  himself,  to  fly  to  God  for  pardon.  Saul, 
we  know,  could  judge  himself ;  and  Judas  could  pass  a  sentence  upon  his 

*  '  Unto  liim  '  in  B,  C— G.  t  '  Specially  '  in  B,  C— G. 

J  '  I  say  '  not  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  much  more '  added  after  labour.     Neat  =  pure. — G. 

§  '  And  ought  not  we '  in  B,  C. — G. 

II   '  Him  '  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  -wliicli  is  here  intended  '  omitted. — G. 

^  '  But  because  '  in  B,  C. — G. 

**  '  The  more  ...  is  the  special  time  '  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

ft  '  Of  such  a  superstitious  course  '  added  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  That  is  .  .  .  before  ' 
omitted. — G. 

XX  '  We  have  grown  in  grace,  got  ground  of  corruption,  been  exact  in  time,  hung 
loose  from  God  or  not '  added  in  B,  C. — G. 

§2  '  In  a  strict  manner '  added  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  when  we  have  done  all '  omitted. — G. 


94  judgment's  reason. 

own  act,  that  lie  had  sinned  ;  but  they  went  no  further,  they  did  not  fly  to 
God  for  mercy  in  Christ.  Therefore  let  us  fly  to  the  throne  of  grace  ;  as 
we  have  an  excellent  pattern  of  this,  Ps.  csxx.  3  :  saith  the  psalmist  there, 
*  If  thou  be  strict  to  mark  what  is  done  amiss,  Lord,  who  shall  abide  it  ?' 
There  he  is  condemned  in  one  court.  If  thou  be  strict  to  mark  what  is 
done  amiss,  who  shall  abide  it  ?  There,  being  condemned  in  that  court, 
he  flies  to  the  throne  of  grace :  '  But  there  is  mercy  with  thee,  that  thou 
mightst  be  feared.'  Lord,  if  thou  be  strict  to  mark  what  is  done  amiss 
by  me  in  this  action  and  in  that  action,  who  shall  abide  it  ?  But,  Lord, 
there  is  mercy  with  thee  in  Jesus  Christ,  in  whom  thou  hast  stablished  a 
throne  of  mercy ;'"'  there  is  mercy  with  thee,  that  thou  mayest  be  feared. 
Take  this  course,  and  undoubtedly  God  will  shew  mercy ;  because  the  Son 
directs  us  to  the  Father  in  the  Lord's  prayer  that  we  should  ask  forgiveness  ; 
and  God  the  Father  directs  us  to  his  Son,  to  believe  his  Sonf  for  forgive- 
ness. '  This  is  his  commandment,  that  we  believe  in  his  Son  Jesus  Christ,' 
1  John  iii.  23.  We  cannot  honour  the  Father  more,  we  cannot  honour 
the  Son  more,  than  to  go  to  God  for  mercy ;  because  God  in  Christ  now 
will  be  glorified  in  his  mercy. | 

Let  us  fetch  out  a  pardon  of  course  for  every  sin.  *  If  we  confess  our 
sins,  he  is  merciful  to  forgive  our  sins.'  And  therefore  it  is  our  own  fault 
if  we  find  not  the  assurance  of  the  forgiveness  of  them,  because  we  deal  not 
roundly,  without  a  spirit  of  guile,  with  God.  That  is  the  next  duty  then, 
after  we  have  judged  ourselves,  to  go  to  mercy.  And  to  shew  you  one 
example,  how  peace  comes  in  after  this  judging  of  ourselves,  Rom.  vii.  24, 
the  blessed  apostle  complains  of  his  own  corruptions.  He  had  laid  sore  to 
his  own  charge,  that  the  ill  that  he  would  not  do,  that  he  did  ;  and  the  good 
that  he  would  do,  that  he  did  not ;  and  he  breaks  out,  '  Oh !  wretched  man 
that  I  am.'  What  did  he  find  presently  upon  this  ?  '  Thanks  be  to  God,' 
presently  upon  it,  as  if  he  had  found  peace  presently  upon  complaining  of 
his  corruptions.  Oh,  miserable  man,  &c.§  So  when  we  honour  God  by 
confessing  and  judging  ourselves,  he  will  honour  us  with  inward  peace  and 
joy ;  because  faith  honours  him  by  trusting  and  relying  upon  his  mercy. 
If  therefore  we  would  find  inward  peace  in  the  pardon  of  our  sins,  let  us 
deal  faithfully  with  our  souls  in  spreading  our  sins  before  God  ;  and  we 
shall  find  peace  presently  upon  it.  If  not,  learn  to  wait ;  for  undoubtedly 
God  will  make  good  his  promise. 

Quest.  But  what  shall  we  do  in  the  next  place,  after  we  have  so  opened 
the  case  to  God,  and  gone  to  him  for  pardon,  and  forgiveness,  and  mercy 
in  Christ  ? 

Sol.  Then  renew  our  covenant  with  God  for  the  time  to  come,  of  better 
service,  and  enter  upon  reformation,  ||  upon  our  resolution ;  for  this  is  a 
fruit  of  the  former. 

Quest.  How  shall  we'  know  that  we  have  humbled  ourselves,  and  judged 
ourselves  as  we  should  do  ? 

Sol.  When  we  relish  the  mercy  of  God  in  the  pardon  of  our  sins. 

Quest.  But  how  shall  we  know  when  God  hath  pardoned  our  sins  ? 

Sol.  When  he  gives  us  grace  to  renew  our  covenants  for  the  time  to  come, 
not  to  ofiend  him ;  and  when  he  gives  us  strength  to  reform  our  ways  ;  for 
with  pardoning  mercy  there  goeth  healing  mercy:  Ps.  ciii.  1,  'Praise  the 

*  '  Grace  '  in  B,  0  ;  and  '  There  is  .  .  .  feared  '  omitted. — G. 

t  '  In  him  '  in  B,  C. — G.  I  '  In  mercy  to  penitent  sinners  '  in  B,  C. — G. 

^  '  Oh,  miserable  man  '  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

il  '  Of  life '  in  B,  C ;  and  '  Upon  ...  of  the  former  '  omitted. — G. 


judgment's  eeason.  95 

Lord,  0  my  soul,  that  forgives  all  thy  sins,  and  heals  all  thine  infirmities.' 
So  these  must  go  together,  judging  and  censuring  of  ourselves  ;  then  plead- 
ing for  mercy,  and  renewing  of  our  covenants,  with  reformation  thereupon. 
A  Christian  looks  as  well  to  the  time  to  come  as  to  the  time  past :  for  the 
time  past  he  repents  ;  for  the  time  to  come  he  resolves  against  all  sin,  A 
wicked  carnal  man  could  be  content  to  be  freed  from  the  guilt  of  sins  past, 
that  his  conscience  might  not  twitch*  him  and  torment  him.  But  for  the 
time  to  come  he  makes  no  conscience  to  entertain  any  vows,  and  purposes, 
or  desire,  that  God  would  assist  him  against  all  sin.  Butf  a  Christian  is 
as  careful  of  the  sin  that  he  is  in  danger  to  commit  for  the  time  to  come,  J 
as  a  wicked  man  is  to  have  the  sin  past  off  his  conscience. § 

As  therefore  we  would  have  an  evidence  of  our  certainty, ||  let  us  look 
that  we  renew  our  covenants  and  purposes  for  the  time  to  come ;  an  excel- 
lent pattern  for  this  you  have,  Ps.  xis.  12,  where  David  prays,  'Lord, 
cleanse  me  from  my  secret  sins'  (for  the  sins  that  hung  upon  him,  and  his 
sins  past^),  and  what  for  the  time  to  come  ?  '  Lord,  keep  me  that  presump- 
tuous sins  have  not  the  dominion  over  me.'  So  we  should  pray  to  God, 
'  Lord,  cleanse  me  from  my  former  sins,  and  keep  me  by  thy  Holy  Spirit, 
that  presumptuous  sins  for  the  time  to  come  have  not  the  dominion  over 
me  ;'**  and  as  it  is  in  the  Lord's  Prayer,  to  join  both  together,  '  Forgive  us 
our  debts,'  and  '  lead  us  not  into  temptation'  for  the  time  to  come.  Those 
that  feel  in  their  souls'  assurance  of  pardon,  they-jf  will  entertain  purposes 
against  all  sin  for  the  time  to  come  ;  they  wall  as  heartily  say.  Lord,  lead 
me  not  into  temptation,  as  they  will  say,  Lord,  forgive  my  sins. 

Use  1.  WellyJJ  I  beseech  you,  let  iis  lay  these  things  to  heart,  to  practise 
them.  Our  peace  depends  upon  them.  Oh  !  how  sweet  is  peace  and  rest, 
after  we  have  made  our  peace  with  God,  when  we  have  dealt  thoroughly 
and  soundly  with  our  own  souls,  and  have  not  daubed  with  them  !§§  There 
may  be  dangerous  times  a-coming ;  there  is  a  cloud  hangs  over  our  heads  ; 
•we  know  not  how  it  may  fall ;  v/e  see  all  the  world  is  in  combustion.  Who, 
■when  troubles  come,  will  be  the  happy  man  ?  [Even]l|i|  he  that  hath  judged 
himself,  accused  himself,  that  hath  mortified  his  corruptions,  and,  accord- 
ing to  the  grace  that  God  hath  given  him,  renewed  his  covenant  and  laboured 
to  reform  his  life,  and  keeps  it  in  his  pui-pose  of  heart  so  to  do  (as  David 
prays,  that  he  may  not  ofi'end  God  for  the  time  to  corneal!),  he  is  fit  for  all 
times  ;  whatsoever  times  come  they  shall  find  him  in  good  purposes.  What 
a  fearful  thing  were  it  if  death,  if  some  terrible  judgment  should  light  on  us 
in  an  evil  course  of  life  ;  what  would  become  of  us  then  ?  Happy  man  is 
he  that  is  in  the  good  way,  in  good  purposes,  in  good  resolutions,  that  the 
bent  of  his  soul  is  to  God  and  to  heavenward ;  and  therefore,  as  we  would 
evidence  to  ourselves,  that  our  state  is  good,  that  we  are  wise,  and  not 
fools,  I  beseech  you  let  us  practise  this  duty,  and  make  it  more  familiar  to 

*  '  Tonch  '  in  B,  C— G.  J  '  For  the  future '  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  But '  not  in  B,  C. — G.  §  '  Of  his  conscience  pardoned  '  in  B,  C G. 

II  '  In  bliss'  added  in  B,  C— G. 

^  '  The  present  sins  that  hung  upon  him,  and  his  sins  past '  in  B,  C— G. 
**  '  Have  no  power  over  me  '  in  B,  C  ;  and  the  '  and  '  following  omitted,  together 
with  '  to  join  both  together.' — G. 
tt  '  They '  not  in  B,  C  ;  neither  '  for  the  time  to  come  '  following. — G. 
XX  '  Well '  not  in  B,  C— G. 

§§  That  is  =  '  have  not  dealt  superficially.'     Cf.  Ezek  xiii.  10, 11,12  l  ^    ytu.  28. 
— G. 

ill  '  Even'  added  in  B,  C— G. 
\^  '  As  David  ...  to  come'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 


96  jtjdgment's  eeason. 

us  than  we  have  done  ;  and  then  undoubtedly  we  shall  find  somewhat  in  us 
better  than  nature.  Nature  cannot  judge  itself.  Corruption  cannot  pass  a 
censure  upon  itself.  It  is  grace,  a  principle  above  nature,  that  censures 
corruption  ;  and  therefore  when  we  judge  ourselves,  it  is  an  undoubted  evi- 
dence that  we  are  in  the  state  of  grace.  Who  would  want  such  an  evidence  ? 
Use  2.  Again,  when  we  find  want  of  grace,  go  out  of  ourselves,  fjo'^  to  God 
and  to  Christ.  Naturally  we  stick  in  ourselves.  Judas  and  Saul,  they 
could  not  go  to  God  for  mercy,  when  their  conscience  was  awaked  with  the 
sense  of  their  sin.  To  go  to  God  for  pardon,  it  is  an  argument  that  there 
is  somewhat  wrought  above  nature  in  the  heart ;  and  therefore,  as  we  would 
have  an  evidence  to  our  souls,  that  there  is  somewhat  in  us  above  common 
men,  let  us  judge  ourselves;  let  us  spare  no  sin,  that  God  way  simre  all. 
Be  severe  to  ourselves,  that  God  may  be  merciful  to  us;  and  when  we 
have  done  this,  look  to  the  abundant  mercy  of  God  in  Christ.  '  Where  sin 
hath  abounded,  grace  hath  more  abounded,'  Kom.  v.  13.  Oh  !  mercy  is 
sweet  after  we  have  searched  into  our  corruptions.  There  is  a  height,  and 
breadth,  and  depth  of  mercy,  when  we  have  felt  the  height,  and  breadth, 
and  depth  of  corruption  first.  The  Lord  give  a  blessing  to  that  which  hath 
been  delivered. 

^  '  On  '  inserted  in  B,  C,  and  '  to  '  omitted. — G. 


JUDGMENT'S  KEASON. 


SEEMON  II. 


For  tJiis  cause  many  are  iveak  and  sick  amomj  you,  and  many  sleep.  For 
if  we  would  judge  ourselves,  ive  should  not  he  judged.  But  when  we  are 
judged,  we  are  chastened  of  the  Lord,  that  ive  should  not  he  condemned  ivith 
the  uvrld.—l  Cor.  XI.  30-32. 

After  blessed  St  Paul  had  sown  tlie  seed  of  heavenly  doctrine,  Satan  had 
sown  some  tares.  Besides  some  corruption  in  doctrine,  there  was  also 
corruption  in  life  among  the  Corinthians  ;  whereupon  God  was  forced  in 
mercy  to  visit  them  with  some  judgment :  and  lest  they  should  be  ignorant 
of  the  cause,  the  blessed  apostle  here  doth  put  his  finger  to  it,  '  for  this 
cause.'  We  have  considered  these  four  things  in  the  words  :  the  cause  of 
the  judgment ;  and  then  the  kinds  ;  and  the  remedy  for  the  prevention,  if  it 
had  been  used :  '  If  we  would  judge  ourselves,  we  should  not  be  judged  ; ' 
and  the  comfort :  howsoever,  '  when  we  are  judged,  we  are  chastened  of 
the  Lord,  that  we  should  not  be  condemned  with  the  world.'  Of  the  cause, 
the  kinds,  and  the  remedy  we  have  spoken  ;  and  now  we  proceed  to  the 
comfort. 

Mark  here  the  text  that  I  have  read  unto  you.  Though  we  do  all  neglect 
this  forenamed  remedy  in  part,  yet  God  is  wonderful  merciful :  '  When  we  are 
judged,  we  are  chastened  of  the  Lord,  that  we  should  not  be  condemned 
with  the  world.'  We  will  unfold  the  comfort,  as  the  text  leads  us.  In  the 
words  consider  these  things  especially,  these  general  heads  : — -= 

1.  First  of  all,  that  there  is  a  world  that  must  he  condemned:  we -shall 
not  be  condemned  with  the  world. f 

2.  And  then,  God's  j^eople  shall  not  he  condemned  ivith  the  xcorld. 

8.  The  third  conclusion  that  ariseth  out  of  the  text  is  this,  that  the  way 
that  God  sanctifies  to  prevent  his  children  from,  damnation,  is  fatherly  correc- 
tion and  chastisement ;  and  therefore  we  are  judged,  that  we  should  not  be 
condemned  with  the  world  ;  in  the  unfolding  of  which  course  that  God 
takes,  these  three  things  are  to  be  touched  : — 

(1.)  That  God's  dealings  ivith  his  children  are  hut  chastisements. 

(2.)  And  his  chastise^nents  .-j  *  We  are  chastened  of  the  Lord.' 

*    'These  general  heads'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

t   '  We  .  .  .  world'  omitted  in  B,  C— G.  %  '  They  are  his'  in  B,  C— G. 

VOL.  IV.  G 


98  judgment's  eeason. 

(3.)  And  that*  they  are  blessed  for  this  end,  to  keep  us  from  damnation. 
These  things  we  will  speak  of  in  order. 

Doct.  1.  First,  There  is  a  world  that  is  to  he  condemned :  God's  children 
shall  not  be  condemned  ivith  the  icorld. 

What  is  the  world  in  this  place  ? 

The  world  in  this  place,  it  is  not  the  frame  of  heaven  and  earth  ;  hut  (to 
avoid  multiplicity  of  acceptions,  in  which  were  idle  to  spend  time)  by  world 
here  is  meant  those  that  Peter  speaks  of,  the  ungodly  world,  the  world  of 
ungodly. t  As  we  see,  2  Pet.  iii.  7,  they  are  called  the  world  of  ungodly  ; 
so  there  is  a  world  took  out  of  the  world,  the  world  of  the  elect.  For  as 
in  the  great  world  there  is  the  little  world — man — so  in  the  great  world  of 
mankind,  there  is  a  little  world — the  world  of  God's  people  ;  but  here  it  is 
the  world  of  the  ungodly. 

Why  are  they  called  the  world  ? 

They  are  called  the  world,  jmrthj  because  they  are  great  in  the  loorld. 
They  swagger  in  the  world,  as  if  they  were  upon  their  own  dunghill  there,  and 
as  if  they  were  the  only  men  in  the  world,  as  indeed  for  the  most  part  they 
are.  God's  people  are  a  concealed,  a  hidden  people  here.  And  then  again, 
they  are  the  world,  because  they  are  the  most  of  the  world.  But  especially 
they  are  the  world,  because  the  best  thing  in  them  is  the  ivorld.  They  have 
their  name  from  that  they  love.  Love  is  an  affection  of  union.  What  we 
love,  that  we  are  knit  unto.  Now  because  carnal  men  are  in  love  with  the 
things  of  the  world,  being  united  in  their  afiections  to  it,  they  have  their 
name  from  that  they  love.  And  indeed,  anatomise  a  carnal  man  that  is 
not  in  the  state  of  grace,  rip  him  up  in  his  soul,  what  shall  you  find  in  him 
but  the  world  ?  You  shall  find  in  his  brain  worldly  plots,  worldly  policy  and 
vanity.  You  shall  find  little  of  the  word  of  God  there,  and  scarce  any  thing 
that  is  good,  because  the  best  thing  in  him  is  the  world  ;  therefore  he  is  the 
world.  'I  But  to  pass  from  the  meaning  of  the  word  to  the  point :  This  world 
must  be  condemned.     Why  condemned  ?     Mark  these  four  or  five  reasons. 

[1.]  First  of  all,  because  the  world  doth  set  itself  upon  things  that  must  be 
condemned,  upon  present  vanities.  Why  ?  §  All  things  in  this  world  must 
pass  through  the  fire  ere  long,  the  frame  of  heaven  and  earth  and  all  in  it. 
Now  those  that  love  the  world  especially,  and  have'no  better  things  in  their 
souls,  they  must  perish  with  the  world.  He  that  stands  on  ice,  and  on 
slippery  things,  he  slips  with  the  thing  he  stands  on.  So  those  that  fasten 
their  souls  upon  the  world,  upon  slippery  and  vain  things,  they  fall,  and  slip 
with  the  things  themselves.  Now,  because  the  world  pitched  their  happi- 
ness ||  in  the  things  of  this  life,  they  are  vain  as  the  things  themselves.^ 
But  to  go  on. 

[2.]  A  second  reason  why  the  world  must  be  condemned  is  this,  because 
they  serve  a  damned  prince,  and  it  is  pity  that  the  state  of  the  subject  and 
the  state  of  the  prince  should  be  severed.  Satan  they  serve  ;  Satan  rules 
in  them  according  to  his  own  lust ;  Satan  bathes  himself  in  their  humour 
as  it  were,  in  their  anger,  in  their  pride  [in  their  covetousness**],  in  their 
melancholy,  in  their  passion.  As  Saul,  when  he  was  given  up  to  an  evil 
passion,  the  devil  seized  upon  him  ;  so  the  devil  leads  them  according  to 
the  stream  of  their  own  humour  and  of  their  own  lusts ;  they  are  led 

*  No  '  that'  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  The  world  of  ungodly'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 

t  '  Therefore  .  .  .  world'  not  in  B,  0.— G.     ||  '  The  worldly  men  pitch'  in  B,  0.— G. 
§  '  Why'  not  in  B,  C— G.  S  '  Are'  added  in  B,  C— G. 

**  '  In  their  covetousness'  added,  and  '  in  their  melancholy'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 


judgment's  reason,  99 

according  to  the  bent  of  the  prince  of  the  world.*  Now,  being  led  by  the 
temptations  of  Satan,  who  knows  where  to  have  them  upon  any  temptation, 
and  leads  them  as  we  lead  sheep  with  a  green  bough,  when  he  presents 
anything  to  them,  he  knows  where  to  have  them ;  and  he  being  a  damnedf 
prince  and  governor,  all  that  are  under  him  are  in  the  same  condition. 

[3.]  The  third  reason  why  the  world  shall  be  damned  is  this,  because  the 
world  condemns  God.  It  is  but  quittance.  Carnal  people  in  the  world 
condemn  God's  ways  and  God's  children,  and  the  ways  of  religion  to  be 
nicej  and  foolish.  The  world  hath  its  conceits  of  itself,  and  scorns  the 
sweetness  of  religion,  and  accounts  the  word  and  obedience  to  be  a  weak 
and  poor  spirit.  §Considering  that  the  world  passeth  such  censures  upon 
God's  ways,  and  condemns  the  generation  of  the  righteous,  if  God  condemn 
the  world,  do  you  wonder,  when  the  base  and  slavish  world,  led  by  the  devil 
and  by  their  own  lusts,  will  condemn  God  and  his  ways  ?  And  certainly, 
if  3^ou  would  see  into  the  poisonful  disposition  of  persons  among  whom  we 
live,  that  are  yet  in  the  world,  how  malicious  they  are  to  God's  courses, 
you  will  not  wonder  that  God  hath  ordained  such  to  be  set  on  the  left  hand, 
to  pass  the  sentence  of  eternal  condemnation  upon  them  ;  because  though 
the  light  discover  to  them  which  way  they  should  walk,  yet  they  abhor  all 
God's  ways,  and  take  ways  of  their  own  :  as  if  they  would  teach  God  wisdom, 
and  prescribe  what  he  should  do  ;  as  if  they  were  wiser  than  God.  All 
your  politicians  they  |1  are  such  :  they  lead  their  lives  as' if  they  would  teach 
God  wisdom  :  what  he  should  prescribe  ;  as  if  they  were  wiser  than  he  a 
great  deal.     Do  you  wonder  that  he  condemns  them  [then]  ?^ 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say,  '  the  world  ?'**  What  do  you  talk  ?  We  are 
baptized.  We  hear  now  and  then  a  sermon  !  Are  we  the  world  ?  The 
world  are  Pagans,  and  Turks,  and  Jews,  and  such  ;  perhaps  papists.  Such 
as  they  are  the  world. 

Ans.  Oh  no,  beloved,  '  Babylon  is  in  Jerasalem,'  as  the  father  saith,f  f 
the  world  is  in  the  city  of  God,  the  world  is  among  you.  Nay,  and  that 
part  of  the  world  that  shall  be  deepest  damned  is  here  amongst  us.  For 
our  damnation  shall  be  deeper  than  the  Turks'  or  Jews'.  '  You  have  I 
known  of  all  the  nations  of  the  world,  saith  God  ;  and  therefore  I  will  be 
sm-e  to  visit  you,'  Amos  iii.  2.  The  three  bad  grounds, ||  beloved,  were 
the  world,  Mat.  xiii.  1,  seq.  Howsoever,  all  heard  the  word,  yet  there  was 
but  one  good.  You  may  be  of  the  world,  and  yet  live  in  the  midst  of  the 
church,  as  Paul,  Phil.  iii.  18,  seq.,  complains  of  many,  '  of  whom,  saith  he, 
I  have  told  you  often,  and  now  tell  you  weeping,  they  are  enemies  to  the 
cross  of  Christ,'  [they  were  teachers  in  the  church  ;  they  were  so  far  from 
being  aliens],  'whose  end  is  damnation,  whose  belly  is  their  god,  whose 
glory  is  their  shame,  who  mind  earthly  things.'  When  the  guides  and 
teachers  of  the  church,  that  should  give  aim  at§§  salvation  to  other  people  ; 
when  they  shall  make  '  their  belly  their  god,  and  damnation  their  end ;' 
shall  we  secure  ourselves  that  we  are  in  a  good  estate,  because  we  are  bap- 
tized, and  because  we  hear  the  word ;  when  the  '  three  bad  grounds'  did 
so  ?  It  is  another  manner  of  matter  to  be  out  of  the  world,  and  to  be  in 
Christ,  than  the  world  takes  it  for.     Beloved,  in  holy  duties  there  are  two 

*  '  They  are  led  ...  of  the  world'  omitted  in  B,  C. — G. 
t  That  is,  '  condemned.'— G.  **  '  The  world'  omitted  in  B,  C— G 

X  Cf.  Note  c,  Vol.  11.  p.  194— G.  tf  Augustine  de  Civitate  Dei.— G. 

§  '  Now  considering'  in  B,  C. — G.  jj  '  Beloved'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

II  '  They'  not  in  B,  C— G.  §§  '  Of  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  Then'  added  in  B,  C— G. 


100  judgment's  reason. 

things  ;  there  is  the  outward^  duty,  the  shell,  and  the  life  and  soul  of  the 
duty.  A  carnal  worldly  man  may  do  the  outward  thing  ;  he  may  be  bap- 
tized and  receive  the  communion  ;  he  may  come  to  hear  the  word  of  God, 
but  there  is  a  life  and  soul  in  the  duty ;  to  hear  as  he  should  ;  to  be 
moulded  into  the  performance  of  it ;  to  obey  that  we  hear,  and  to  come  to 
receive  the  sacrament  with  reverence  and  due  preparation  ;  and  to  increase 
the  assurance  of  salvation,  and  our  comfort  and  joy.  This  is  the  hard  part 
of  the  duty ;  this  the  world  cannot  do.  Let  us  value  ourselves  by  the 
practice  of  the  inward  part  of  the  duty,  the  power  of  the  duty,  and  not  rest 
in  the  outward  performance. 

[4.]  The  next  reason  to  shew  that  the  world  must  needs  be  condemned, 
it  is  this,  because  even  in  the  church  there  are  a  comjmny  of  men  (I  beseech 
you,  let  not  your  thoughts  go  out  of  your*  congregations  and  places  we  live 
in  when  we  speak  of  the  world)  that  ivill  be  damned.  It  is  a  strange  thing  ; 
that  will  be  damned  !  Who  will  be  damned  ?  I  say,  there  are  a  company 
among  whom  we  live,  that  resolve  to  be  damned.  Why  ?  There  are  evil 
courses,  which  whosoever  will  take,  they  will  go  to  hell ;  they  will  end  in 
death,  as  in  the  Proverbs,  Prov.  viii.  35.  '  He  that  takes  such  a  course, 
hates  his  own  soul.'  God  saith  thus,  thatf  is  Wisdom  himself;  and 
therefore  if  you  wilfully  walk  in  those  courses  that  lead  to  hell,  it  is  as 
much  as  if  you  wouldj  be  damned.  Indeed,  there  is  none  but  would  be 
saved,  if  they  would  be  saved  in  the  paths  of  the  broad  way,  that  lead  to 
damnation  ;  they  could  be  content  to  go  to  heaven  in  a  race  of  vanity. 
Who  would  not  be  saved  in  that  sense  ?  But  the  world  will  be  damned  in 
this  sense,  if  they  resolve  to  take  a  course  to  flatter  their  own  lusts,  going 
their  own  ways  in  spite  of  God,  in  spite  of  his  truth,  in  spite  of  con- 
science, and  to  despite  the  Spirit  that  awakeneth  them  and  tells  them 
that  there  is  another  way  that  they  should  walk  in,  and  puts  them  in  mind, 
'  This  is  the  way,  walk  in  it,'  Isa.  xxx.  21  ;  and  this  is  not  the  way,  avoid 
it ;  and  yet  they  will  rush  on  in  their  courses,  as  the  horse  rusheth  into 
the  battle.  Say  God  what  he  will,  the  world  will  be  damned.  Are  there 
not  many  that  have  been  told  of  their  pride§,  of  their  vanities,  of  their 
lusts,  of  their  sins  that  their  conscience  tells  them  they  pamper  themselves 
in  ?  and  they  will  not  amend  for  all  this.  This,  in  God's  construction  (and 
this  conscience  will  tell  them  another  day),  is  because  they  would  go  on 
rebelliously  in  courses  tending  to  damnation.  Nay,  which  is  worse,  there 
is  a  generation  of  venomous  persons,  that  hate  the  ministers,  hate  good 
people,  hate  the  image  of  God,  and  hate  anything,  that  may  present  to  their 
hearts  a  dislike  of  the  courses  they  are  wedded  to.  Oh  !  I  would  they 
would  hate  the  devil  so  ;  and  do  you  wonder  that  these  are  damned,  that 
hate  the  image  of  God,  the  motions  of  the  Spirit,  and  raise  reproaches  upon 
religion,  and  make  it  odious  as  much  as  they  can,  that  their  vileness  may 
the  less  appear,  and  be  the  less  disgraced  in  their  wicked  ways  ?  And  yet 
this  is  the  course  of  many  thousands  in  the  bosom  of  the  church,  and  in 
the  best  places,  that  are  guilty  of  this ;  whom  if  one  tell,  that  this  temper 
and  frame  of  soul  is  contrary  to  God,  and  will  yield  nothing  but  despera- 
tion in  the  end,||  notwithstanding  they  will  not  regard  what  you  say.  Well, 
beloved, H  I  must  hasten.  Many  other  reasons  there  are  to  shew  that  the 
world  must  be  damned,  as, 

*  '  Our'  in  B,  C— G.  §  <  And  hypocrisy'  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  Who'  in  B,  C— G.  ||  •  They  will  noihinc;  res^ard'  in  B,  C— G. 

X  '  Kesolved'  in  B,  C— G.  \  '  Beloved'  not  in  B,  C— G. 

1  '  Holy'  in  B,  C— G. 


judgment's  reason.  101 

[5.]  The  world,  it  is  shut  out  of  Christ's  2:)rayer.  They  have  no  part  in  the 
prayer  of  Christ,  in  him  that  died  to  redeem  us.  And  the  world  will  not 
receive  the  Spirit,  because  they  maintain  their  own  lusts.  Many  other 
reasons  the  Scripture  heaps  upon  this,  that  there  are  a  company  of  men 
that  must  and  will  be  damned.     But  what  is  the  use  of  this  ? 

Use  (1.)  First,  to  j^ull  our  friends,  our  children,  out  of  the  world ;  to  get 
ourselves  out  of  the  world,  as  soon  as  we  can.  Come  out  of  Sodom,  come 
out  of  Babylon,  make  all  haste  ;  for,  as  the  angel  tells  Lot,  '  I  will  destroy 
this  place,'  Gen.  six.  16.  The  world  is  a  place  that  God  will  destroy.  It 
is  Sodom  ;  it  is  Babylon ;  get  oat  of  it.  There  is  no  being  there,  except 
you  will  reap  eternal  damnation  with  the  world. 

(2.)  Again,  ^jrtSi'*  not  for  the  censures  of  worldli/ proud  j^'^ojjle,  that  think 
that  they  are  jolly  Christians,  when  they  are  but  in  truth  damned  persons. 
God  may  recover  them,  but  yet  they  are  in  damnable  ways.  Who  cai'esf 
for  the  sentence  of  a  damned  person,  till  he  have  gotten  his  pardon  ?  Suck 
are  all  profane  persons,  that  have  not  the  work  of  grace  wrought  in  their 
hearts  in  an  effectual  manner  ;  they  are  yet  in  the  state  of  damnation. 
"Why  should  we  pass  for  their  censures  ?  There  are  a  company  of  weak 
persons,  who  reason  as  weakly.  If  I  do  this,  the  world  will  say  thus  and 
thus.  What  is  the  world  ?  The  world  is  a  generation  of  unregenerate 
wretched  people,  that  must  be  damned.  Who  would  regard  the  censure  of 
a  damned  person  ?  and  indeed  who  would  follow  the  guise  of  damned  per- 
sons ?  And  yet  of  late  such  is  the  madness  of  people,  that  they  take  up 
the  fashions,  though  they  be  condemned  fashions.  They|  do  not  con- 
sider the  vanity  of  it,  so  to  take  up  'the  fashions  of  damned  persons. § 
Th^  world  is  a  condemned  generation  ;  therefore  take  not  up  the  guise  and 
fashion  of  the  world. 1|  The  world's  fashion  is  the  worst  fashion  of  all.  I 
speak  not  of  correspondency  with  the  world  in  civil  actions  in  the  passages 
of  our  life.  We  must  '  come  out  of  the  world,'  as  Christ  saith,  '  if  we  will 
not  be  correspondent  in  outward  things,'  2  Cor.  vi.  17  ;  and  here  should 
be  a  redeeming  of  om-  peace  with  the  world  in  yielding  in  lesser  matters. 
But  I  speak  of  those  things  which  concern  our  inward  comfort  and  peace, 
and  that  concern  the  practice  of  holy  duties  ;  let  us  not  stand  in  it,  what 
the  world  judgeth  or  allows,  but  practise  holy  duties,  though  the  world 
censure  them  ;  and  abstain  from  wicked  courses,  though  the  world  applaud 
them.     So  we  shall  have  a  seal  that  we  are  taken  out  of  the  world. 

Use  (2.)  Let  us  make  another  use  of  trial,  and  examine  whether  ice  he 
taken  out  of  the  world  or  no.  In  brief,  therefore,  let  us  ask^  our  aims,  our 
ends.  For,  those  that  are  taken  out  of  the  world  have  aims  beyond  the 
world  ;  they  frame  their  courses  to  supernatural  ends,  to  eternity ;  and 
labour  so  to  guide  themselves  in  this,  that  they  may  be  saved  in  another 
world.  We  should  steer  and  guide  our  actions  suitable  to  our  peace  here- 
after. We  should  have  further  ends  than  the  world  hath.  He  that  is  a 
worldling  confines  his  thoughts  within  the  compass  of  the  world  ;  he  hath 
no  further  aim.  Sometimes  he  hath  by-thoughts  of  heaven  and  happiness. 
But  he  makes  it  not  his  aim,  it  is  not  his  scope  to  which  he  directs  his 
course.  In  the  second  place,  answerable  to  our  aims,  let  us  examine 
what  our  affections  are.  Our  affections  will  tell  us  of  what  city  we  are, 
whether  of  Jerusalem,  or  of  Babylon,  as  one  of  the  ancients  saith  well.** 

*  That  is,  =  heed  not. — G.  ||  '  Therefore  take  not  up  their  guise'  in  B,  C. — G 

t  That  is,  '  who  would  wish.' — G.   •jf  '  Observe'  in  B,  C. — G. 

X  'And  do  not'  in  B,  0. — G.  **  Augustine. — Cf.  **p.  99,  an'.e. — G. 

i  '  So  to  take  .  .  .  persons'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 


102  judgment's  reason. 

Ask  thy  love,  Whither  dost  thou  weigh  down  in  thy  love  ?  Doth  earthly  love 
as  a  weight  press  thee  to  things  below  ?  or  is  it  a  sanctified  love,  that 
carries  thee  to  Christ,  and  to  the  things  of  God  ?  Examine  thy  afiections 
of  love,*  of  joy  and  delight,  of  what  city  thou  art.  Mere  earthly  actions 
are  hypocritical ;  therefore  the  inward  affections  are  the  best  discoverers  of 
the  estate  of  our  soul,  where  our  joy  and  delight  is.f  And  ask  likewise  in 
the  third  place,  our  relish,  What  do  we  savour  most  ?  Come  to  a  carnal 
man  ;  put  him  to  a  course  of  vanity  ;  he  hath  learned  the  language  of  the 
times,  all  jouy  complimental  phrases  ;  he  hath  them  exactly  ;  all  the  lan- 
guage of  the  time  he  can  speak.  But  come  to  him  in  matters  of  religion  ; 
he  is  out  of  his  theme  there  ;  he  savours  not  those  things.  Those  that  are 
of  the  world  speak  of  the  world.  Talk  to  them  of  vanity,  of  this  and  that, 
and  you  put  them  to  their  proper  theme  ;  but  tell  them  of  other  things, 
they  are  mere  strangers  ;  and  they  speak  as  if  they  had  never  learned  any- 
thing in  that  element.  And  so  those  that  are  of  the  world,  they  converse 
with  those  that  are  of  the  same  bent ;  doves  flock  to  doves,  and  delight  in 
those  that  are  like  themselves.  Many  such  arguments  of  trial  we  may 
have,  but  especially  think  what  I  have  said  before. '|  Look  to  yo,ur  aims, 
to  your  affections,  and  to  your  imcard  relish  and  hcnt  of  soul,  which  way  your 
and  conversation  is  bent,§  and  how  it  relisheth  ;  and  these  will  discover  to 
us  our  state,  as  in  Kev.  siii.  11,  scq.,  and  other  places:  there  antichrist  is 
called  the  beast  that  riseth  out  of  the  earth  ;  because  Romish  religion  is 
taken  out  of  the  earth,  that  is,  it  hath  earthly  aims,  earthly  grounds  and 
principles.  It  is  all  for  the  world  ;  it  is  a  fallacy  indeed,  popery  and  not  reli- 
gion ;  and  thereupon  the  pope  is  called  the  beast  rising  out  of  the  earth. 
All  the  considerations  that  feed  popery  are  out  of  the  earth.  Oh  !  a 
glorious  monarch  of  the  church,  to  have  glory  ;  and  in  the  church  to  have 
all  that  may  feed  the  senses,  and  that  may  please  the  outward  man.  Every 
thing,  I  say,  is  to  please  the  outward  man,  to  get  riches,  &c.  They  are 
called  Gentiles  ;  *  the  outward  court  shall  be  cast  to  the  Gentiles.'  He 
speaks  there,  that  antichrist  with  his  crew  that  follows  him,  they  should 
trouble,  vex,  and  persecute  the  church,  and  cast  it  out  to  the  Gentiles. 
The  followers  of  antichrist  are  called  Gentiles.  But  I  speak  not  of  them. 
We  are  earth  and  Gentiles,  if  our  aims,  projects,  and  afiections  be  towards 
the  earth,  as  the  Scripture  useth  to  speak. [|  Therefore,^  let  us  examine 
ourselves  by  what  I  have  said.  I  beseech  you,  let  us  consider  that  the  world 
must  be  condemned.  And  before  I  leave  it,  do  but  think  what  damnation 
is.  I  beseech  you,**  have  no  slight  thoughts  of  it.  The  Scripture  saith, 
'  We  shall  not  be  condemned  with  the  world.' 

What  is  condemnation  ? 

To  be  condemned  is  to  be  adjudged  from  the  presence  of  God,  and  to 
be  adjudged  ft  to  eternal  torment  with  the  devil  and  his  angels.  It  were 
somewhat  unseasonable  to  enlarge  this  point ;  but  I  beseech  you  consider 
what  is  wrapped  in  this  word  '  condemned,' j;[  *  condemned  with  the  world  ;' 

*  '  Love'  not  in  B,  C  — G. 

t  '  Where  our  joy  and  delight  is'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

%  '  But  .  .  .  before'  not  in  B,  C.     After  '  we  may  liave'  there  is  '  therefore.' — G. 
§  '  Sways'  in  B,  C.  -G. 

II  The  paragraph  '  Everything  I  say'  ...  to  '  useth  to  speak'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 
^  '  I  beseech  you,  let  us  examine  ourselves  by  what  I  have  said  and  considered, 
that,'  &c.,  in  B,  C— G. 

**  '  I  beseech  you'  not  in  B,  C  .  .  .  nor  '  the  Scripture  saith,'  &c. — G. 
tt  '  Cast '  in  B,  C— G.  JJ  '  Condemned  '  not  in  B,  G.— G. 


judgment's  eeason.  103 

that  so  if  we  hate  the  end,  damnation,  we  may  hate  the  way  that  leads  to 
it,  the  ways  of  the  world.     But  to  go  on. 

Boct.  The  second  general  is  this,  that  God's  children  shall  not  he  condemned 
with  the  u'orld. 

Quest.  Why  ? 

Ans.  1.  Because  they  are  the  first-fruits  dedicated  to  God  out  of  the  world, 
and  Christ  was  condemned  for  them..  How  can  they  be  condemned  for  whom 
Christ  himself  *  was  condemned  ? 

Ans.  2.  And  then  arjodhj  man  in  the  state  of  grace,  he  is  in  heaven  already  ; 
and  who  shall  pull  him  from  heaven  ?  How  can  he  be  condemned  that  is 
in  heaven  already  ?  We  sit  in  heavenly  places  already.  Beloved,  to  hold 
that  an  elect  Christian  may  fall  away,  is  to  pull  Christ  himself  out  of 
heaven  ;  we  are  in  heaven  already  in  Christ.  A  Christian  being  a  member 
of  Christ  cannot  be  condemned,  no  more  than  Christ  can  be  condemned, 
be  it  spoken  with  reverence  to  his  majesty. 

Ans.  3.  Again,  for  ichom  Christ  is  a  priest,  he  is  a  kinij.  He  is  a  king  to 
rule  them  in  this  world,  and  to  subdue  whatsoever  might  oppose  their  sal- 
vation. Whom  he  hath  bought  with  his  blood  as  a  priest,  he  rules  as  a 
king,  and  orders  all  things  to  help  their  salvation.  Where  Christ  is  a  king, 
for  those  he  is  a  priest. f  Can  those  be  condemned  then  ?  X  And  he 
vouchsafes  them  a  spirit  stronger  than  the  world,  God's  children  have  a 
spirit  in  them  that  overcomes  the  world :  '  Stronger  is  he  that  is  in  you,' 
saith  John,  '  than  he  that  is  in  the  world,'  1  John  iv,  4,  For  the  Spirit  of 
God  suggests  reasons,  and  arguments,  and  motives  that  are  stronger  to  a 
beHeving  soul  than  the  temptations  of  the  world  are  ;  the  world  biasseth 
them  one  way,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  another  way.  The  children  of  God 
have  the  Spirit  of  God,  especially  a  spirit  of  faith,  therefore  they  overcome 
the  world.  It  presents  better  things  in  religion  than  the  world  can  afford. 
Now  those  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God,  and  a  spirit  of  faith,  by  which  they 
overcome  the  world,  how  can  they  be  condemned  with  the  world  ?  And 
God  takes  a  safe  course  with  his  children. 

Note.  That  they  may  not  be  condemned  with  the  world,  he  makes  the 
world  to  condemn  them  ;  that  they  may  not  love  the  world,  he  makes  the 
world  to  hate  them ;  that  they  may  be  crucified  to  the  world,  he  makes 
the  world  be  crucified  to  them.  Therefore  they  meet  with  crosses,  and 
abuses,  and  wrongs  in  the  world.  Because  he  will  not  have  them  perish 
with  the  world,  he  sends  them  afflictions  in  the  world,  and  by  the  world. 
Thus  I  might  enlarge  myself  in  the  condition  of  God's  people,  of  his 
saints  ;  §  they  shall  not  be  condemned  with  the  wicked  world. 

Use.  The  use  of  it  is  this,  that  we  should  be  in  love  with  the  state  of  God's 
people.\\  Who  would  not  be  in  love  with  this  condition?  I  may  boldly 
speak  it,  my  beloved.  The  meanest  poor  soul  that  hath  the  work  of  grace 
upon  it,  that  is  taken  out  of  the  world,  is  in  a  better  condition  than  the 
greatest  worldHng.  Let  a  man  be  as  happy  as  a  world  ^  can  make  him  ; 
if  he  be  a  condemned  man,  what  is  his  condition  ?  All  the  time  that  other 
men  live,  that  are  not  in  the  state  of  grace,  it  is  but  the  time  between  the 
sentence  passing  and  the  execution.  Now,  that  is  but  a  little  time.  The 
life  of  a  carnal  man,  it  is  but  the  life  of  a  man  condemned  at  the  bar, 
and  is  deferred  for  the  execution  a  while.     Another  man,  that  is  in  the 

«  '  Himself  in  B,  C— G.  f  '  Where  Christ  .  ,  .  priest,'  not  in  B,  C— G. 

X  '  Whom  Christ  vouchsafes  a  sjjirit,'  &c.,  in  B,  C. — G, 

I  '  Of  his  saints  '  not  in  B,  0.— G.  *l  '  The  world '  in  B,  C— G. 

II  'Holy  men' in  B,  C— G. 


104  judgment', i  REASON. 

state  of  grace,  lie  is  safe ;  he  shall  not  be  condemned  with  the  world ;  he 
is  in  heaven  already ;  he  is  sure  of  it,  as  if  he  were  there.  I  beseech  jjon, 
let  this  make  lis  in  love  with  the  sincerity  of  religion,  and  let  us  never 
cease  labouring  till  we  have  gotten  out  of  this  cursed  state  into  this  happy 
estate.*  There  is  but  a  little  flock  of  Christ.  We  should  never  give  our 
temples  f  quiet,  and  our  souls  rest,  till  we  J  evidence  to  them  that  we  are 
of  the  little  number  which  are  taken  out  of  the  world ;  till  we  see  that  we 
are  a  first-fruits  dedicated  to  God ;  till  we  find  the  beginnings  of  grace 
wrought  in  our  souls.  Why  should  we  defer  one  hour  till  we  have  gotten 
this  assurance,  considering  our  life  is  so  uncertain  ? 

Doct.  3.  The  third  general  thing  is  this,  the  course  that  God  takes  ivith  his 
children  in  this  world,  ivhereby  tliey  are lyreservcd  frovi  damnation,  it  is  correc- 
tions and  chastisements.  We  are  chastened  of  the  Lord,  that  we  should  not 
be  condemned  with  the  world ;  wherein,  as  I  shewed  you,  there  are  these 
three  branches.     I  will  specially  speak  of  the  last.§ 

(1.)  First,  that  ivliatsoever  God's  dealinr/s  be  ivith  his  children,  it  is  but  a 
fatherly  correction  and  chastisement ;  and  therefore  it  is  in  mercy,  in  discre- 
tion ;  a  little  punishment  is  enough  of  a  mother  to  her  child.  God  hath 
the  wisdom  of  a  father,  but  he  hath  the  bowels  of  a  mother ;  and  therefore 
God  II  is  pitiful  and  merciful,  because  he  is  a  Father.  There  is  a  won- 
drous sweet  comfort  wrapped  in  that  w^ord  Father.  The  whole  world  is 
not  worth  tliis^  that  is  yielded  to  a  Christian  from  this,  that  a  Christian** 
is  the  child  of  God,  and  that  God  is  his  Father.  I  might  enlarge  mj'self 
in  the  point,  that  all  are  but  fatherty  corrections.  A  father,  when  he  sees 
his  child  in  an  evil  way,  he  corrects  him  ;  but  it  is  a  preventing  correction, 
it  is  to  prevent  execution  after.  A  child  set  at  liberty  makes  his  mother 
and  his  father  ashamed ;  and  so  if  we  should  be  set  too  much  at  liberty, 
if  God  should  not  meet  us  with  seasonable  correction,  we  should  shame 
religion  and  shame  Christ ;  and  therefore  God  in  mercy  corrects  us  with 
fatherly  correction.  Oh !  it  is  a  wonderful  comfort  to  think,  when  we  are 
taken  into  the  covenant  of  grace,  all  comes  from  God  as  a  Father  then ; 
and  having  taken  us  of  enemies  to  be  children,  will  he  cast  off"  his  children 
for  infirmities  ?  Will  a  mother  cast  ofi'  her  children  for  breaches,  for 
something  that  displeaseth  her  ?  No !  But  rather  she  will  be  more 
merciful  and  more  pitiful.  But  I  will  not  enlarge  myself  in  this  point. 
It  is  a  familiar  point ;  and,  I  suppose,  jon  hear  it  often.  But,  I 
beseech  you,  do  but  think  of  it,  that  it  may  be  ready  in  your  hearts  and 
in  your  memories  against  temptation,  to  have  a  good  conceit  of  God.  It 
overcomes  temptation-)- f  ofttimes  to  have  a  good  conceit  of  God,  to  present 
God  to  our  souls  as  a  father,  whereas  the  devil  would  present  him  as  a 
judge,  as  one  that  hates  us.  Oh!  take  heed  of  it,  this  is  but  fatherly 
correction.  God  is  our  Father :  '  Our  Father  which  art  in  heaven,'  saith 
Christ.  Let  us  help  our  souls  by  presenting  God  to  us  in  these  colours,  as 
a  father  in  temptation,  and  all  that  we  sufier  as  fatherly  corrections.  To 
speak  familiarly,  we  know  in  the  street,  J  J  when  one  child  is  corrected,  and 
another  is  not,  we  know  he  is  the  father  that  corrects.  God  doth  not  use 
to  correct  those  that  are  not  his  children ;  he  lets  them  go  on  still,  they 

*  '  Condition '  in  B,  C— G.  f  That  is,  =  bodies.     Cf.  1  Cor.  vi.  19.— G. 

X  '  Can  evidence  '  in  B,  C. — G. 

§  '  I  will  .  .  .  last '  not  in  B,  C  ;  nor  '  because  he  is  a  Father.'—  G. 
II  '  He  '  in  B,  C— G.  ft  '  Temptations  '  in  B,  C— G. 

^  '  The  comfort '  in  B,  C. — G.       jj  '  When  we  see  in  the  street '  in  B,  0.— G. 
**  'He'inB,  C.-G. 


JUDGMENT  S  REASON. 


105 


are  not  worth  correctiug ;  *  because  they  have  abused  his  mercy  before,  he 
lets  them  go  on.f  When  God  takes  us  in  our  sinful  course,  and  meets 
with  us,  and  hedgeth  our  ways  with  thorns,  he  shews  himself  to  be  a 
Father.  We  are  bastards,  and  not  sons,  if  we  have  not  correction,  as  at 
large  it  is  sweetly  followed,  and  many  arguments  to  it,J  Heb.  xii.  7,  seq. 
God  shews  himself  a  Father  when  he  corrects  us,  or  else  we  are  bastards, 
and  not  sons. 

Use  1.  Well,  let  iis  take  all  things  therefore  the  better  at  God's  hands,  be- 
cause they  are  but  corrections;  for  we  need  it,  the  best  of  us.  The  bes 
gardens  have  need  of  weeding,  and  the  best  metals  have  need  of  purging, 
and  the  best  linen  hath  need  of  washing.  God  knows  it  well  enough,  and 
therefore  he  will  purge  us.  As  the  Scripture  saith,  As  gold  and  silver  is 
purged,  he  will  purge  out  the  dross,  and  all  in  mercy.  We  lose  nothing 
by  any  visitations  of  God  but  corruption.  The  fruit  of  all  his  dealing  with 
us  is  to  take  sin  from  us. 

2.  It  is  said  here  in  the  second  place,  that  as  they  are  corrections,  so  they 
are  from  God.  We  are  chastened  of  the  Lord.  I  will  but  touch  it  m  a 
word,  and  that  to  help  our  forgetfulness  in  a  main  point.  In  the  governing 
of  a  Christian  life  we  are  carried  naturally  to  second  causes.  Now  all 
second  causes  are  but  rods  in  God's  hands.  Look  therefore  to  the  hand 
that  smites,  look  to  God  in  all.  He  chastiseth  us,  as  David  said  in  the 
matter  of  Shimei,  2  Sam.  xvi.  10  ;  and  as  Job,  '  It  is  the  Lord  that  hath 
given,  and  the  Lord  hath' taken  away,'  Job  i.  21.  And  so  in  benefits  we 
should  see  God  in  all  things,  and  think  we  are  to  deal  with  him.  Our 
work  hes  in  heaven,  therefore  in  any  visitation  or  cross,  I  beseech  you,  think 
of  it.  We  are  to  deal  with  the  great  Mover  of  heaven  and  earth,  that  hath 
all  second  causes  in  his  hand ;  that  hath  the  hearts  of  kings  in  his  hand;  § 
and  let  us  make  our  peace  with  him. 

Quest.  Why  should  we  go  to  the  Serjeant  ?  We  should  make  our  peace 
with  the  judge  ;  make  not  peace  with  the  second  causes,  but  with  the 
principal.  It  is  God  that  chastiseth  ;  let  us  make  our  peace  there,  1|  and 
he  will  take  off  the  second  cause.  I  cannot  follow  the  point ;  I  beseech 
you  think  of  it.  We  forget  it  in  our  practice,  and  that  makes  us  so 
atheistical,  as  if  there  were  not  a  God  to  govern  the  world,  but  we  run 
presently  upon  second  causes.^ 

Let  us  go  on;  God's  corrections  are  but  chastenings,  and  they  are  from 
him.  A7id  they  are  sanclified  of  him,  which  is  the  main  point,  to  preseiwe 
us  from  being  damned  with  the  world.  These  corrections  are  sanctified 
by  God  for  that  end.** 

Quest.  And  how  is  that  ? 

Ans.  1.  Because  they  embitter  sinful  courses  tons.  When  we  are  crossed 
in  oar  sinful  courses,  sinful  courses  are  embittered  unto  us  ;  we  grow  out 
of  love  with  them. 

Ans.  2.  And  then  again,  these  chastisements,  they  help  lis  to  relish  heaven 
and  heavenly  things  better.  Oh  1  then  the  word  of  God  is  the  word  of  God 
indeed  ;  then  Christ  is  Christ ;  then  heavenly  things  are  heavenly  things  ; 

*  '  Chastising '  in  B,  C— G.  f  '  He  lets  them  go  on  '  not  in  B,  C— G.  _ 

X  'And  many  arguments  to  it,'  with  the  next  sentence,  '  God  shews,"  &c.,  not  in 
B,  C— G. 

§  '  That  hath  the  hearts,'  &c.,  not  in  B,  C— G. 
II  '  Agree  with  him  '  in  B,  C. — G. 
^  '  Inferior  things,'  and  '  I  go  on,'  in  B,  C. — G. 
**  •  These  ...  end '  not  in  B,  C— G. 


106 


JUDGMENT  S  REASON. 


then  a  messenger,  one  of  a  thousand,  will  he  heard,  as  Job  xxxiii.  23;  then 
welcome  the  man  of  God  all  that  time.  When  a  man  cannot  relish  earthly- 
things,  when  he  cannot  take  comfort  by  his  friends,  then  welcome  heavenly 
comforts.  Chastisements,  therefore,  they  help  us,  that  we  be  not  damned 
with  the  world,  by  making  us  out  of  love  with  vanities,  that  we  shall  not 
care  for  them.  Wo  see  they  do  us  good,  to  help  us  to  relish  heavenly 
things.  Blessed  are  those  corrections  that  are  sanctified  that  way.  We 
hear  with  other  ears  then.  When  we  have  been  in  the  fire,  and  God  hath 
met  with  us  by  crosses,  we  hear  with  another  manner  of  attention  than  at 
other  times.  Though*  I  might  be  large  on  the  point,  for  it  is  very  large, 
rather  let  us  think  of  it  to  make  use  of  it.  Butf  first  to  take  away  all 
objections,  that  I  may  fasten  the  comfort  upon  our  souls  the  better,  it  may 
be  objected, 

Obj.  1.  Oh  !  hit  it  is  sucli  a  correction  as  takes  away  my  friends  from  me. 
I  cannot  have  the  use  of  my  friends,  as  sometime  in  a  noisome  contagious 
disease. 

Ans.  What  if  thou  hast  no  friends  but  God  and  his  angels  to  help  thee 
to  heaven  ?  Whatsoever  comfort  God  conveys  by  friends,  he  hath  it  in 
himself  still  ;  and  he  can  convey  those  immediate  comforts  which  are  most 
sweet,  when  they  come  from  the  spring ;  when  outward  comforts  fail,  those 
are  the  best  comforts.  It  is  a  greater  grace  for  a  prince  to  visit  a  sick  body 
himself  than  to  send  a  messenger  to  visit  him.  So  when  no  man  can  come 
to  us,  God  himself  comes  from  heaven,  and  visits  us  by  the  comforts  of  the 
Holy  Spirit ;   and  what  do  we  loosej  then  ? 

Obj.  2.  Oh  !  but  it  is  a  sharp  affliction,  a  sJiarp  cross. 
^'  Ans.  Oh  !  but  it  is  a  sweet  hand  it  comes  from.  Shall  not  I  take  a  cup 
out  of  a  father's  hand  ?  It  is  a  bitter  cup,  but  it  is  out  of  a  father's  hand, 
and  therefore  out  of  a  loving  hand.  It  is  from  love,  and  it  is  directed  to 
my  good,  and  it  is  sweetly  tempered  and  mixed,  and  moderated ;  and 
therefore  if  it  come  from  love,  and  be  directed  to  my  good,  and  for  the 
present  be  mixed  and  moderated§ — why  should  I  complain  of  the  correc- 
tion, that  is  for  my  good,  to  keep  me  that  I  should  not  be  damned  with  the 
world  ? 

Obj.  3.  But  how  can  death  itself  be  a  correction,  ivhen  it  takes  away  life, 
that  we  have  no  time  to  be  better  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  God,  to  his  children,  before  he  takes  them  out  of  the 
world,  he  II  gives  them  his  Spirit,  that  they  sharply  repent,  and  put  much  to 
a  little  time  ;  and  God  requires  rather  truth  of  heart  than  length  of  time. 
As  we  see  sick  bodies  shoot  out  suddenly  that  did  not  grow  before,  so  a  sick 
afflicted  soul  it  shoots  out  suddenly.  God  visits  it  with  sharp  repentance, 
though  it  be  short,  perhaps  that  they  call  their  ways  to  account  ;1[  and 
though  he  take  them  out  of  the  world,  jei  he  saves  their  souls. 

Obj.  4.  But  perhaps  it  is  but  hypocritical  repentance  before  my  death 
(because  many  recover,  and  shew  themselves  to  be  hypocrites  after) ;  and 
so  if  I  shoxdd  die,  p)erhaps  I  should  die  an  hypocrite. 

Ans.  Oh!  take  heed  of  that.  Many  do  so;  as  an  ancient  saith,  He  that 
is  never  good  but  under  the  cross  (he  means  only),  is  never  good.-*  He 
that  is  good  under  bonds  is  never  good  ;  if  he  doth  it  from  fear,  and  not 

»  '  Though  '  not  in  B,  C— G.        t  '  And  '  in  B,  C— G.        %  Qu.  '  lose '  ?— Ed. 
§  '  By  him  '  in  B,  C— G.  ||  '  He '  not  in  B,  C— G. 

^  '  Perhaps  that  .  .  ,  account,'  not  in  B.  C  — G. 

**  Tliis  reads  in  B,  C,  '  He  that  is  never  good  but  under  the  cross,  such  a  one  is 
never  good '  in  B  0. — G. 


judgment's  eeason.  107 

from  hatred  of  sin.  But  thou  shalt  know  that  it  was  not  in  hypocrisy  that 
now  thou  hast  repented  in  thy  sickness,  if  thou  desire  rather  the  grace  of 
God,  than  to  recover.  A  soul  that  is  sanctified  had  rather  have  pardon  of 
sin,  and  strength  against  corruption,  than  to  have  recovery ;  and  he  desires 
God  from  his  soul :  Now,  Lord,  sanctify  this  sickness,  and  this  cross  before 
thou  take  it  away ;  for  the  plaster  would  fall  off  if  the  wound  were  healed  ; 
and  the  malady  would  cease  if  there  were  not  a  ground.  I  beseech  you 
therefore,  those  that  make  that  objection,  let  them  consider  whether  they 
desire  the  removal  of  the  cross  rather,*  or  to  have  it  sanctified,  before  it 
be  removed  from  them.  A  true  heart  doth  so  ;  and  it  were  better  that  we 
should  be  under  the  cross  all  the  days  of  our  lives,  and  to  have  the  cross 
laid  more  heavy  upon  us,  than  that  we  should  grow  worse  under  it,  as  many 
do,  and  are  not  the  better  for  it.  But  say  thou,  '  Nay,  Lord,  rather  sear 
me,  and  burn  me,  and  chastise  me  ;  save  my  soul  and  do  what  thou  wilt.' 
That  is  the  disposition  of  a  Christian ;  for  God  takes  a  great  deal  of  liberty 
with  our  carcases,  and  in  our  outward  estate.  Such  things  we  must  leave 
behind  us,  we  know  not  how  soon ;  andf  therefore  he  takes  liberty  to  correct 
us  in  them  sharply ;  but  so  he  saves  our  souls,  all  is  in  mercy.  It  is  a 
blessed  correction  that  draws  us  nearer  to  him,  that  makes  us  hate  sin 
more,  and  love  the  ways  of  God  more. 

Obj.  5.  But  it  will  be  objected  again,  but  I  am  accessary  to  my  oivn  death, 
I  hare  been  an  intemperate  man,  I  hare  shortened  my  oim  days. 

Ans.  Beloved,  a  heavy  temptation  at  the  hour  of  death  !  But  be  not 
discouraged.  For  so  blessed  Josiah  shortened  his  own  days  ;  for  he  went 
rashly  when  he  had  counsel  to  the  contrary;  and  so  '  the  good  prophet' 
shortened  his  own  days  when  the  lion  met  him  and  slew  him  by  the  way 
for  his  disobedience,  1  Kings  xiii.  24  ;  and  so  the  good  thief.  Therefore 
despair  not  at  that,  if  the  thing  should  be  that  thou  shouldst  fall  into  some 
course  whereby  thou  shouldst  shorten  thine  own  days,  and  be  accessary  to 
thine  own  death  ;  as  these  Corinthians,  they  were  accessary  to  their  own 
deaths,  J.  and  they  slept  before  their  time  ;  they  cut  the  thread  of  their  own 
life  and  they  put  out  their  own  candle.  No  question  but  this  was  heavy  upon 
the  conscience  ;  I  brought  myself  to  it.  This  is  the  hell  of  hells  of  the 
damned  souls  ;  I  brought  myself  hither.  So  when  we  are  guilty  of  the 
punishment  and  affliction  of  ourselves,  it  is  most  bitter  unto  us.  But,  I  say, 
consider  the  former  examples,  God  hath  strange  ways  to  bring  his  children 
home  to  him,  and  sometimes  the  furthest  way  about  is  the  nearest  way. 
home.  §  God  suffers  his  children  to  sin,  and  by  sin  to  shorten  their  days, 
and  all  to  occasion  repentance  and  a  sight  of  their  corruption,  and  a  hatred 
of  themselves,  and  of  their  base  courses,  and  to  give  themselves  to  him 
more  thoroughly  than  before.  So  infinitely  wise  and  gracious  is  God  to 
those  that  belong  to  him.  So  that,  notwithstanding  all  objections  to  the 
contrary,  the  position  laid  down  before  is  true,  that  God  sanctifies  correc- 
tions to  us,  that  we  should  not  be  damned  with  the  world. 

Uses  of  all.  Use  1.  Now  to  make  some  general  use  of  all  that  hath  been 
spoken,  and  so  to  end  all.||  Is  this  so  ?  Here  we  might  stand  upon  a 
point  to  instruct  our  judgment,  to  shew  that  all  the  corrections  of  God's 
children,  they  come  not  from  vindictive  justice,  but  from  a  fatherly  affection, 

*  '  Or '  in  B,  C— G.  t  '  And  '  not  in  B,  C— G. 

I  '  They  were  accessary  to  their  own  deaths '  not  in  B,  C,  but  simply,  '  who  slept 
before  their  time,  they  cut,'  &c. — G. 

g  In  the  margin  here,  '  As  in  Israel's  forty  years'  voyage.     Cf. 
Jl  '  So '  not  in  B,  C— G. 


108 


JUDGMENT  S  KEASON. 


against  that  doctrine  of  popery  that  maintains  satisfaction  ;  that  judgments 
are  for  satisfaction.  A  proud  and  damnable  point.  Can  a  man  with  a 
penny  deserve  a  thousand  pounds  ?  Sin  deserves  eternal  damnation.  Can 
we  with  a  little  suflering  satisfy  that  ?  '  The  wages  of  sin  is  death,'  Eom. 
vi.  23,  eternal  death.  It  is  a  gross  position.  No  !  They  are  corrections, 
not  satisfactions  ;  they  come  fi'om  fatherly  affection.  This  is  to  rectify  our 
Judgment  in  that  point. 

Use  2.  And  then  again,  to  help  us  a(/ainst  Satan's  tonptations.  He  useth 
afflictions  as  temptations  to  weaken  our  faith. 

Ohj.  If  God  did  love  thee,  he  would  never  do  so  and  so  ;  God  hates  thee  ;* 
vvhy  doth  he  follow  thee  with  his  judgments,  but  that  he  hates  thee  and 
hath  no  delight  in  thee  ?  And  why  should  he  single  out  thee  more  than 
others  ? 

Ans.  Eetort  back  again.  Nay  !  because  God  loves  me,  he  deals  thus  with 
me ;  because  he  meansf  to  save  my  soul,  therefore  he  will  not  suffer  me 
quietly  to  run  the  broad  way  to  destruction.  Therefore  it  is  rather  an 
argument  of  love,  from  that,  whereby  Satan  would  shake  our  faith.  Doth 
not  Satan  set  upon  Christ  with  this  temptation  ?  He  comes  with  an  '  if.' 
'  If  thou  be  the  Son  of  God,'  Matt.  iv.  3,  seq.  If  thou  wert  the  child  of 
God,  shouldst  thou  be  so  afflicted  ?  Whereas,  indeed,  because  we  are  the 
sons  of  God,  therefore  w^e  are  afflicted.  Beat  back  therefore  Satan's 
weapons  into  his  own  bosom  again.  If  God  corrected  his  own  Son,  that 
is,  the  author  of  our  salvation  (when  yet  under  the  signs  of  his  greatest  dis- 
pleasure, his  Father  loved  him),  let  us  think  that  we  may  be  beloved  of  God 
in  the  signs  of  his  greatest  displeasure,  as  Christ  upon  the  cross,  '  My  God, 
my  God,'  &c.J  He  apprehended,  in  the  signs  of  greatest  displeasure,  God's 
love,  and  so  should  we.  Let  us  answer  God's  dealing  with  the  like.  His 
dealing  is  this.§  In  the  worst  condition  he  calls  us  children,  and  he  is  our 
father,  and  loves  us.  Therefore,  in  the  worst  condition,  let  us  trust  him,  and 
say  with  Job.  '  Though  thou  kill  me,  yet  will  I  trust  in  thee,'  Job  xiii.  15. 

Quest.  Why? 

Ans.  Because  thou  mayest  kill  me,  and  yet  be  a  father,  and  mayest  do  it 
in  love.  I  will  answer  thy  dealing  by  my  faith  again ;  therefore  though  thou 
kill  me,  yet  will  I  trust  in  thee. 

Use  3.  Again,  this  strengthe)is  our  judgment  in  the  point  of  2)erseverance, 
that  being  once  in  the  state  of  grace,  ive  shall  hold  out  still.  For  rather  than 
God's  children  shall  fall  away,  God  will  take  a  course  that  they  should  not 
be  damned  with  the  world ;  he  will  correct  them.  It  is  most  divinely  set 
down,  Rom.  viii.  35.  Saith  he,  among  other  things,||  'Neither  life  nor 
death  shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God ;'  neither  life,  nor 
the  vanities  of  this  life. 

Quest.  And  what  if  we  give  God  cause  to  visit  us  with  death.lF 

Ans.  '  Yet  neither  hfe  nor  death  shall  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God,' 
as  here  the  Corinthians  they  were  visited  with  death ;  yet  neither  hfe  nor 
death  shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  in  Christ ;  and  there- 
fore be  stablished  in  the  truth  of  that  point. 

Use  4.  Then  again,  for  a  further  use,  itfenceth  the  soul  against  the  scandal** 

*  '  God  hates  thee  '  not  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  Meaneth  '  in  B,  C— G.  J  '  Still '  in  B,  0.— G. 

§  '  His  dealing  is  this  '  not  in  B,  C. — G. 
^     II   '  Saith  he  among  other  things  '  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

^  '  As  here  the  Corinthians  were  visited '  inserted  here  in  B,  C. — G. 
**   That  is,  the  '  stumhlinghlock.'— G. 


judgment's  reason.  109 

of  the  cross,  and  of  visitations  and  sicknesses  and  crosses  that  we  meet 
withal  in  the  world ;  for  the  scandal  is  this  :  shall  we  be  in  love  with  the 
ways  of  God,  wherein  we  meet  with  these  and  these  corrections  ?  Oh, 
yes  !  take  not  scandal*  at  that  which  is  sanctified  by  God  to  be  a  means  to 
preserve  us  from  being  damned  with  the  world.  And  the  child  of  God, 
take  him  at  the  lowest,  take  him  at  the  worst,  he  is  better  than  a  world- 
ling at  the  best.  Take  no  offence,  therefore,  at  God's  dispensation  with 
his  children.  All  is,  that  they  may  not  be  damned  with  the  world.  Do 
not  only  justify  God,  but  magnify  God  for  his  corrections,  and  after  thou 
shalt  receive  fruit  by  them.  And  we  have  reason,  when  we  find  ourselves 
more  mortified  to  the  world,  and  to  have  the  quiet  fruit  of  righteousness  to 
magnify  God.  Hath  the  Spirit  sanctified  it  to  thee  to  make  thee  lead 
another  course  of  life  ?  Say,  Blessed  be  God  for  sending  this  cross,  for 
indeed  we  have  ofttimes  occasion  to  bless  God  more  for  crosses  than  for 
comforts.  There  is  a  blessing  hidden  in  the  worst  things  to  God's  children, 
as  there  is  a  cross  in  the  best  things  to  the  wicked.  There  is  a  blessing  in 
death ;  a  blessing  in  sickness  ;  a  blessing  in  the  hatred  of  their  enemies  ;  a 
blessing  in  their  losses  whatsoever.  There  is  a  blessing  hidden  in  the 
worst  things ;  and  therefore  let  us  not  only  justify  God,  but  glorify  and 
magnify  God  for  his  mercy,  that  rather  than  we  shall  be  condemned  with 
the  world,  he  will  take  this  course  with  us. 

Use  5.  And  then  here  again,  youhave  a  ground  of  imprefipalh  comfort  in  all 
temptations  ivhatsoever ;  a  wondrous  comfort,  that  God  will  take  a  course  with 
his  to  bring  them  to  heaven.  What  a  blessed  course  is  this,  thatf  the  time  to 
come  we  may  take  in  trust  of  God,  as  well  as  the  time  past  ?  That  now  in  the 
state  of  grace,  rather  than  he  will  condemn  us,  he  will  take  one  course  or 
other  to  bring  us  to  heaven?  Rather  than  David  shall  live  in  his  sin,  he 
will  send  Nathan  to  him  ;  rather  than  Peter  shall  not  repent,  Christ  will  look 
back  upon  him ;  rather  than  God's  children  shall  go  the  broad  way,  God| 
will  send  the  devil  himself  to  annoy  them,  and  to  infest  them,  and  to  vex 
them.  God  will  be  sure  to  lose  none  of  his.  What  a  comfort  is  this  ?  and 
therefore  never  think  that  we  can  be  in  such  a  condition  wherein  there  is 
true  ground  of  despair.  No  !  We  cannot.  We  are  under  hope  in  the  most 
woeful  condition  in  the  world.  We  are  under  hope  still  ;§  for  there  is  more 
mercy  in  God  than  can  be  sin  and  evil  in  us ;  and  he  is  infinitely  wise  to 
rule  all  to  his  own  ends.  What  if  things  seem  untoward  ?  They  are  in 
his  hands  ;  he  hath  a  powerful  hand  to  manage  the  worst  thingsj]  to  good. 
So  gloriously  wise  and  powerful  is  God,  that  he  sways  the  worst  things. 
'  All  things  work  for  the  best  for  those  that  love  God,'  Rom.  viii.  28,  even 
the  worst  things  in  this  world. 

Ohj.  Oh  !  but  profane  spirits  will  object  and  say,  '  If  this  be  so,  we 
may  be  careless ;  if  our  salvation  be  made  sure,  that  we  shall  not  be 
condemned  with  the  world,  that  God  will  take  care  even  to  bring  us  to 
heaven. 

Ans.  Oh  !  but  the  text  takes  away  that  objection  of  profane  spirits  that 
take  liberty  from  this  blessed  truth  of  God.  For  though  God  do  not  damn 
his  with  the  world,  yet  he  sharply  corrects  them  here.^     By  a  careful  sober 

*  '  Take  no  offence  '  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  For,'  and  '  we  may  trust  God,'  in  B,  C. — G. 

X  '  He  '  in  B,  C— G. 

§  '  We  are  under  hope  still  '  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

II  '  All  evil  '  in  B,  C— G. 

\  '  That  by,'  &c.,  iu  B,  C— G. 


110  judgment's  reason. 

life  they  might  obtain  many  blessings,  and  prevent  many  judgments,  and 
make  their  pilgrimage  more  comfortable.  Therefore  it  argues  neither  grace, 
nor  wit  to  argue  so,  because  God  will  save  me,  therefore  I  will  take  liberty. 
No  !  Though  God  will  save  thee,  yet  he  will  take  such  a  course  that  thou 
shalt  endure  such  sharpness  for  thy  sin,  that  it  shall  be  more  bitter  than 
the  sweetest  of  it  was  pleasant.  There  is  no  child  of  God  that  ever  came 
to  heaven,  but  God  hath  made  their  sinful  courses  more  bitter  to  them 
than  ever  they  have  had  benefit  by  them,  though  their  souls  have  been  safe. 
Put  the  case  a  man  were  sure  not  to  be  executed,  yet  to  be  branded,  to  be 
stigmatised,  or  to  be  disgi'aced  in  the  country,  would  he  for  a  paltry  thing, 
not  worth  the  speaking  of,  do  wrong,  because  he  should  not  be  executed,  and 
have  fiiends  to  keep  him  from  that  ?  Who  would*  do  such  a  thing  as  that, 
to  bring  himself  to  shame  for  a  thing  of  nothing  ?  So  put  the  case  thou 
shalt  not  be  damned,  thou  art  sui-e  of  that ;  yet  thou  mayest  fall  into  such 
a  coui'se  as  God  ma}-  brand  thee  ;  and  thou  mayest  bring  disgrace  to  reli- 
gion ;  and  mayest  weaken  the  comfort  of  thine  own  soul ;  and  maj-est 
make  Satan  rejoice  ;  and  mayest  grieve  the  angels  about  thee  ;  and  mayest 
vex  the  Spirit  in  thee  ;  we  may  put  a  sting  to  the  affliction  we  sufler,  we 
may  deprive  ourselves  of  comfort  in  the  midst  of  comforts  for  our  boldness. 
Who,  that  hath  the  use  of  his  wits,  would  do  this  for  the  pleasures  of  sin 
for  a  season  ? 

Oh  !  therefore,  when  you  go  about  to  sin,  consider  what  you  go  about. 
I  go  about  to  grieve  God's  Spu-it,  to  provoke  my  heavenly  Father ;  I  go 
about  to  force  out  of  his  hand  some  rod,  some  correction  ;  I  go  about  to 
rejoice  Satan  ;  to  grieve  the  angels,  that  are  about  me  for  my  custody ;  to 
put  a  sting  to  my  trouble,  and  to  embitter  it.  This  is  the  iU  of  ills,  when 
a  man  is  iu  affliction ;  my  own  wickedness  brought  me  to  this.  Let  us 
wisely  consider  this  :  though  God  save  our  souls,  yet  he  will  take  such  a 
com'se  in  this  world,  as  we  shall  wish  that  we  had  not  tried  conclusions 
with  God.  David  gave  liberty  to  his  lusts,  but  he  wished  (no  doubt  a 
thousand  times),  that  he  had  not  bought  his  pleasui'3  at  so  dear  a  rate. 
Therefore,  this  I  add,  to  fence  this  truth  from  the  oftence  that  a  carnal 
heart  takes  at  it.  But  to  come  to  the  proper  and  native  use  of  it.  Con- 
sider, I  beseech  you,  how  this  doctrine  is  a  fence  against  the  rock  of  despair, 
and  against  the  rock  of  presumption. 

First,  A(jaiiist  the  rock  of  presionption.  The  soul  may  say,  shall  I  be 
bold  to  sin  ?  Surely  I  shall  buy  the  pleasm-es  of  sin  at  a  dear  rate  ;t  God 
will  correct  me  sharply.  And  shall  I  forcei  God  for  such  a  pleasure,  and 
for  such  a  profit  ?  No  !  I  will  not  buy  sin  at  that  rate.  So  it  fenceth  the 
soul  from  presumption. 

Again,  it  fenceth  the  soil!  from  desjxdr.  Oh!  but  I  have  sinned  ;  my  own 
weakness  hath  given  me  the  foil ;  and  Satan  he  joins  with  my  weakness 
and  hath  foiled  me.  Oh  !  but  do  not  you  yet  despair,  for  therefore  we  are 
corrected,  that  we  should  not  be  condemned  with  the  world  ;  as  I  said  be- 
fore,§  a  Christian  is  never  so  low,  but  mercy  triumphs  over  the  ill  in  him. 
There  is  more  abundant  mercy||  in  God,  than  there  can  be  ill  in  us.  So 
happy  a  condition  it  is  to  be  in  Christ,  that^  in  the  covenant  of  grace,  God 

«  '  Could'  in  B,  C— G. 

t  '  Dearly'  in  B,  C— G-. 

i  '  Provoke  him'  in  B,  C— G. 

§  '  As  I  said  before'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

II   '  Goodness'  in  B,  C — G. 

*![  '  That'  not  in  B,  C  ;  and  '  wherein  God  sets,'  &c. — G. 


judgment's  reason.  Ill 

sets  himself  to  triumph  over  the  greatest  ills,  over  sin,  and  over  affliction. 
There  can  be  no  ill  so  gi'eat,  but  it  yields  to  his  mercy  in  Jesus  Christ,  and 
therefore  be  not  discouraged,'"  whatsoever  ill  we  suffer.  And  so  it  keeps 
us  from  these  two  rocks  of  presumption  and  despair.  Let  us  therefore  for 
a  conclusion  of  all  take  this  course. 

First  of  all,  be  sure,  beloved,  that  ice  get  out  of  the  ivorld,j  get  out  of  Sodom, 
get  out  of  the  condition  ice  are  in  by  nature.  Trust  not  to  a  formal  profes- 
sion of  religion.  Do  not  deceive  your  souls  ;  it  will  deceive  you.  Get  out 
of  the  world,  and  get  into  Christ ;  get  something  by  attending  upon  the 
means,  and  by  prayer,  and  by  crossing  youi'  corruptions  ;  get  somewhat  in  J 
you,  that  may  evidence  that  you  are  taken  out  of  the  world,  and  that  you 
are  in  Christ,  being  led  with  a  better  spirit  than  your  own. 

In  the  next  place,  ichen  you  are  in  the  state  of  grace,  honour  that  condition. 
Walk  worthy  of  that  glorious  condition. §  Oh  !  the  state  of  a  Christian,  it  is  a 
glorious  state.  It  requires  much  holy  wisdom  to  manage  the  state  of  Chris- 
tianity. If  we  be  Christians,  let  us  carry  ourselves  like  Christians  worthily ; 
if  we  will  have  good  of  our  profession.  Let  us  carry  ourselves  so,  as  that 
we  may  not  go  so  far  in  religion,^  as  may  minister  God  more  matter  to  damn 
us.  What  good  is  it  to  have  so  much  knowledge,  and  so  much  profession 
as  shall  damn  us  the  more  ?  But  if  we  will  be  religious,  let  us  be  religious 
to  purpose, II  and  let  us  walk  worthy  of  this  glorious  state. 

Ohj.  Oh  !  but  in  the  next  place,  I  have  not  done  it,^  I  have  forgotten 
my  condition,  forgotten  my  hopes,  forgotten  my  state,  and**  regarded  my 
base  lusts  more  ;  I  have  been  surprised,  and  catched. 

Sol.  Then  take  this  course  :  judge  yourselves,  if  you  have  been  over- 
taken ;  take  the  counsel  of  the  apostle,  while  there  is  hope,  and  judge 
yourselves. ft 

Obj.  But  I  see  now,  God  is  ready  to  take  me  out  of  the  world,  and 
I  have  not  judged  myself  as  I  should  ;  though  I  be  out  of  love  with 
my  courses,  and  am  in  league  with  no  evilj  course,  yet  I  have  been|| 
faulty. 

Sol.  Oh  !  comfort  thyself,  let  not  Satan  swallow  thee  up  in  despair ; 
mark  what  the  apostle  saith,  God  sends  this,  that  we  should  not  be  con- 
demned with  the  world  ;  and  therefore  presently  make  a  covenant  with  him, 
renew  thy  purposes  presently,  as  Ps.  xxv.  1,  seq.  All  his  ways  to  his 
children  are  mercy  and  truth  ;  his  ways  of  correction  and  his  ways  of  love, 
all  his  ways§§  are  mercy.  And  therefore  take  heed  that  we  never  deny  our 
own  mercy,  that  we  never  forsake  our  own  mercy  ;  let  not  Satan  prevail  so 
much.  We  have  need  of  all  this,  beloved,  especially  to  remember  it|||l  in 
the  time  of  temptation,  in  spiritual  desolation,  when  we  gasp  for  comfort ; 
let  us  laboui"  to  learn  this  spiritual  wisdom,  to  present  to  our  own  souls  the 
promises  of  the  gospel,  and  the  relation  that  God  hath  put  upon  himself, 

*  '  Whatsoever  .  .  .  therefore'  not  in  B,  C  ;  and  the  latter  sentence  '  won  for 
a  conclusion.' — G. 

t  '  Be  sure  .  .  .  world'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

X  '  To'  in  B,  C— G. 

§  '  Calling'  in  B,  C— G. 

II  '  In  deed  and  not  in  word  only'  in  B,  G  ;  but  '  and  let  us,'  &c.,  omitted. — G. 

f  '  This'  in  B,  C— G. 

**  '  And'  not  in  B,  C  ;  but  with  this  addition,  *  and  walked  loosely  with  God.' — G. 

tt  '  Eepent  speedily'  in  B,  C— G. 

XX  '  Exceeding'  not  in  B,  C. — G. 

§§  '  All  his  ways  to  his'  in  B,  C. — G. 

1111  'To  remember  it'  not  in  B,  C— G. 


112  judgment's  reason. 

to  be  a  father  ;  Ms  dealings  to  us,  that  they  are  fatherly  corrections.  Let 
not  Satan  wring  these  comforts  out  of  our  souls.  But  let  us  honour  God 
by  trusting  him  in  life  and  death,  and  say  with  Job,  '  Though  he  kill  me, 
yet  will  I  trust  in  him,'  Job  xiii.  15.  So  sweet  and  powerful  is  the  death 
of  Christ,  that  it  turns  all  things,  even  the  bitterest,  to  the  greatest  good. 
But  this  may  be  suincient  by  the  blessing  of  God's  Spirit. 


YEA  AND  AMEN; 


OK, 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES  AND  PRIVILEGES. 


VOL.  IV. 


TEA  AND  AMEN ;  OE,  PEECIOUS  PKOMISES  AND  PRIVILEGES. 


NOTE. 

'  Tea  and  Amen  '  forms  a  moiety  of  a  little  volume,  -wliicli  consists  of  it  and  a 
kindred  but  independent  treatise.  The  title-page  is  given  below.*  The  '  Privi- 
leges '  ■will  appear  in  its  proper  place.  '  Yea  and  Amen,'  being  based  upon  a  passage 
in  the  Commentary  which  fills  our  third  volume,  has  unavoidable  repetitions,  but 
of  such  a  kind  as  rather  to  excite  interest  than  weary.  The  illustrations  are  multi- 
plied, and  new  phases  of  the  '  precious  promises  '  developed  ;  while  the  language  is 
unusually  compact.  Indeed  '  Yea  and  Amen,'  for  insight  into  the  '  mind  of  the 
Spirit,'  and  of  the  sorrowful  and  despondent  believer,  and  tenderness  of  consolation, 
and  pathetic  pleading,  must  take  its  place  beside  '  The  Bruised  Eeed.'  G. 

*  YEA  AND  AMEN : 

OE 

PRETIOUS    PROMISES, 

AND 

PRIVILEDGES. 
Spiritually  unfolded  in 
their  Nature  and  Use. 

Driving  at  the  assiirance 
&  establishing  of  weak  Believers. 

By  R.  Sibbs,  D.D.  master  of  Kath- 
erine  Hall  in  Cambridge,  and 
Preacher  of  Grayes-inne  London.  ' 

Reviewed  by  himselfe  in  his  life 
time,  &  since  perused  by  T,  G,  &  P.  N, 

London, 

Printed  by  R.  Bishop  for  R.  Dawlman, 

&  are  to  be  sold  by  Humphrey  Mosley 

at  the  Princes  Armes  in  Pauls 

Church-yard.     1638. 


YEA  AND  AMEN; 

OR, 

PBECIOUS  PEOMISES  LAID  OPEN  OUT  OF  2  COE.  I.  19-23.  . 


But  as  God  is  true,  our  tvord  toicards  you  rcas  not  yea  and  nay.  For  the 
Son  of  God,  Jesus  Christ,  ivho  was  preached  among  you  by  us,  was  7\ot  yea 
and  nay,  hut  in  him  ivas  yea.  For  all  the  promises  of  God  are  in  him  yea, 
and  in  him  Amen,  unto  the  glory  of  God  by  ms. 

The  blessed  apostle,  tliat  he  miglit  have  the  better  place  in  the  hearts  of 
his  hearers,  endeavours  here  with  all  diligence  to  wipe  oflf  any  imputation 
which  they  might  have  against  him ;  that  so  his  doctrine  might  come  home 
to  their  souls,  and  have  the  freer  access  to  work  upon  their  consciences. 

We  have  therefore  in  these  words  St  Paul's  apology  for  not  coming  unto 
the  Corinthians,  according  to  his  promise.  Wherein  he  allegeth  that  it 
was  not  from  any  inconstancy  in  him,  but  indeed  from  corruption  in 
manners  among  them :  ver.  23,  '  I  call  God  to  record,  that  to  spare  you  I 
came  not.'  The  apostle  as  a  man,  and  as  a  holy  man,  might  promise 
many  things  common  to  this  life,  and  might  lawfully  vary  afterwards  upon 
the  appearance  of  real  impediments. 

But  the  things  which  he  promiseth,  and  speaks  of  as  an  apostle,  they 
admit  of  no  such  uncertainty.  Therefore  his  care  is  to  decline*  all  thoughts 
of  wavering  therein,  and  to  maintain  the  credit  of  the  gospel,  which  he  had 
taught,  to  the  uttermost ;  knowing  well  how  ready  '  false  teachers '  would 
be  to  persuade  the  people  that  Paul  was  as  light  in  his  preaching  as  he  was 
in  keeping  his  word  with  them.  Therefore  '  our  word  is  true,  as  God  is 
true,'  saith  he. 

There  is  the  same  ground  of  the  certainty  of  evangelical  truths,  as  there 
is  of  God  himself.  '  Jesus  Christ,'  whom  I  preached  among  you,  was  not 
*  yea  and  nay,'  saith  the  apostle,  but  '  yesterday  and  to-day,  and  the  same 
for  ever.'     Whence  may  be  observed  : 

Doct.  1.  That  the  object  of  preaching  noiv  in  the  time  of  the  gospel,  is 
especially  Jesus  Christ.  This  is  the  rock  upon  which  the  church  is  built. 
Christ  should  be  the  subject  matter  of  our  teaching,  in  his  nature,  offices, 
and  benefits  ;  in  the  duties  which  we  owe  to  him,  and  the  instrument 
whereby  we  receive  all  from  him,  which  is  faith. 
*  That  is,  '  repudiate.' — G. 


116  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OE, 

If  we  preach  the  law,  and  discover  men's  corruption,  it  is  but  to  make 

way  for  the  gospel's  freer  passage  into  their  souls.  And  if  we  press  holy 
duties,  it  is  to  make  you  walk  worthy  of  the  Lord  Jesus.  All  teaching  is 
reductive  to  the  gospel  of  Christ,  either  to  make  way,  as  John  Baptist  did, 
to  level  all  proud  thoughts,  and  make  us  stoop  to  him,  or  to  make  us  walk 
worthy  of  the  grace  we  receive  from  him. 

The  bread  of  life  must  be  broken ;  the  sacrifice  must  be  anatomised  and 
laid  open  ;  the  riches  of  Christ,  even  his  '  unsearchable  riches,'  must  be 
unfolded.  '  The  Son  of  God,'  must  be  preached  to  all ;  and  therefore  God, 
who  hath  appointed  us  to  be  saved  by  Christ,  hath  also  ordained  preaching, 
to  lay  open  the  Lord  Jesus,  with  the  heavenly  treasures  of  his  grace  and 
glory.     But  to  go  forward. 

Jesus  Christ  who  was  preached  among  you  by  me,  and  Silvanus,  and 
Timotheus,  was  not  yea  and  nay. 

Ohs.  Here  observe,  that  the  consent  of  preachers  in  the  viysteries  of  salva- 
tion, is  an  excellent  means  to  strengthen  faith  in  their  hearers  ;  not  in  regard 
of  the  truth  itself,  but  in  regard  of  men.  So  it  pleaseth  God  to  condescend 
to  our  weakness,  in  adding  sacraments  and  oath  unto  his  promises,  thereby 
to  shew  the  more  stableness  of  his  counsel  towards  us. 

By  'yea'  here  is  meant  certain,  constant,  invariable.  The  times  vary, 
but  not  the  faith  of  the  times.  The  same  fundamental  truth  is  in  all  ages. 
Sometimes  indeed  it  is  more  explicated  and  unfolded  ;  as  we  have  in  the 
New  Testament  divers  truths  more  clearly  revealed  than  in  the  Old.  There 
is  not  a  new  faith,  but  a  larger  explication  of  the  old  faith.  Divine  truth 
is  always  the  same.  If  there  hath  been  a  church  always,  there  hath  ever 
been  a  divine  truth.  Now  it  is  an  article  of  our  faith  in  all  times  to  believe 
a  '  catholic  church.'  Certainly  then  there  must  be  a  catholic  truth  to  be 
the  seed  of  this  church.  Therefore  we  should  search  out  what  was  that 
'  yea,'  that  positive  doctrine  in  those  apostolical  times  of  the  church's 
purity,  before  it  was  corrupted. 

The  church  was  not  long  a  virgin ;  yet  some  there  were  that  held  the 
truth  of  Christ  in  all  ages.  Our  present  church  holds  the  same  positive 
truths  with  the  apostles  before  us.  Therefore  we  say,  '  Our  church  was 
before  Luther,*  because  our  doctrine  is  apostolical;  as  also  is  our  church 
that  is  continued  thereby,  because  it  is  built  upon  apostolical  doctrine.'  Put 
the  case  we  cannot  shew  the  men,  as  they  ridiculously  urge ;  what  is  that 
to  the  purpose  ?  From  an  ignorance  of  particular  men,  will  they  conclude 
us  to  be  ignorant  of  the  church  of  Christ,  which  hath  ever  been  ? 

Hence  the  true  church  may  easily  be  discerned.  The  points  of  religion 
wherein  our  adversaries  dilier  from  us,  be  but  patcheriesf  of  their  own. 
They  were  not  '  yea '  in  the  apostles'  times.  Their  purgatory,  invocation 
of  saints,  and  sacraments  of  divers  kinds,  were  devised  by  themselves  after- 
wards. And  indeed,  for  a  thousand  years  after  Christ,  many  of  the  diffe- 
rences betwixt  us  and  the  papists  were  never  heard  of,  neither  were  they 
ever  established  by  any  council  till  the  Council  of  Trent.  | 

Our  positive  j^oints  are  grounded  upon  the  Holy  Scriptures.  We  seek  the 
'  old  way'  and  the  'best  way,'  as  Jeremiah  adviseth  us,  Jer.  vi.  16.  There 
was  no  popish  trash  in  Abraham's  time  among  the  blessed  patriarchs,  nor 
in  Christ's  time,  no,  nor  many  hundred  years  after.  They  came  in  by 
little  and  little,  by  human  invention,  for  their  own  advantage ;  a  mere 
policy  to  get  money  and  abuse  the  people.     Indeed,  they  hold  many  of 

*  Cf.  note  sss.  Vol.  III.,  p.  536.— G.  %  Viz.,  1545  to  1563.— G. 

t  That  is,  '  additions.' — G. 


PRECIOUS  PEOJIISES.  117 

our  truths,  but  they  add  something  of  their  own  to  them.  They  add 
necessity  of  tradition  to  the  Scriptures,  merits  to  faith ;  they  add  saints  to 
Christ  in  divine  worship.  They  have  seven  sacraments  to  our  two  (a).  They 
may  safeHer  therefore  come  to  us  than  we  to  them.  We  hold  all  that  they 
should  hold,  only  their  own  additions  we  hold  not ;  we  leave  them  to  them- 
selves.    So  much  for  that. 

Boct.  2.  To  touch  only  another  point  that  borders  a  little  upon  it.  Divine 
truth  is  of  an  inflexible  nature.  This  crosseth  another  rule  of  theirs  ;  for 
they  hold  that  they  may  give  what  sense  of  Scripture  they  will,  and  that  the 
current  of  the  present  church  must  judge  of  all  former  counsels.  What ! 
doth  the  truth  vary  according  to  men's  judgments  ?  Must  we  bring  the 
straight  rule  to  the  crooked  timber  for  to  be  measured  ?  Shall  the  judg- 
ment of  any  man  be  the  rule  of  God's  unerring  truth  ?  Shall  present  men 
interpret  it  thus,  and  say  it  is  so  now  ?  And  shall  others  that  succeed 
after  say,  Wliatever  it  was  then,  now  it  is  thus  ?  and  must  we  believe  all  ? 
God  forbid. 

Doct.  3.  This  declareth  that  no  man  can  dispense  xdtli  God's  law.  This 
written  word  is  alike  in  all.  Truth  is  truth,  and  error  error,  whether  men 
think  it  to  be  so  or  no.  Reason  is  reason  in  Turks  as  well  as  amongst  us. 
The  light  of  nature  is  the  light  of  nature  in  any  country  as  well  as  here. 
Principles  of  nature  vary  not  as  languages  do,  they  are  inbred  things.  And 
if  principles  of  nature  be  inviolable  and  indispensable,  much  more  is 
di\dnity.  Filth  is  filth,  we  all  confess.  Opinion  ought  not  to  be  the  rule 
of  things,  but  the  nature  of  the  thing  itself. 

Therefore,  what  is  against  nature,  none  can  dispense  withal.  God  can- 
not deny  himself.  What  is  naught  in  one  age  is  naught  in  another,  and 
for  ever  naught.*  There  is  no  monarch  in  the  world  can  dispense  with  the 
law  of  nature,  or  with  the  divine  law  of  God.  For  the  opinion  of  any  man 
in  the  world  is  not  the  rule  which  he  may  comfortably  live  by,  but  the 
undoubted  light  of  Christ's  written  word. 

I  speak  this  the  rather  to  cross  their  base  practices,  who,  when  God  calls 
them  to  stand  for  his  cause  and  truth,  they  will  bend  and  bow  the  sacred 
truth  (which  is  always  '  yea  and  amen ' )  to  their  own  by-ends  and  base 
respects.  As  if  the  opinion  of  any  man  in  the  world  were  the  rule  of  their 
faith  and  obedience.  This  is  to  make  God  no  God.  Is  not  right  right? 
Is  not  the  law  the  law  !  Is  not  the  word  of  Christ  a  word  that  alters  not 
but  remains  stedfast  to  all  eternity  ? 

Assure  yourselves  there  is  a  truth  of  God  that  we  must  maintain  to  tha 
death,  not  only  in  opposing  heresy,  but  resisting  of  impiety  wheresoever 
we  meet  it.  John  Baptist  was  a  martyr  when  he  stood  out  against  Herod, 
and  said,  '  Thou  must  not  have  thy  brother  Philip's  wife,'  Mat.  xiv.  3.  He 
would  not  be  meal-mouthed  in  reproving  his  sin,  but  cried  out  against  the 
unlawfulness  of  it,  though  it  cost  him  his  life.  Men  ought  to  sufler  for  the 
truth,  and  not,  for  base  ends,  deny  the  least  word  of  God,  because  it  is  a 
divine  sparkle  from  himself. 

*  For  all  the  promises  of  God  in  him  are  yea,  and  in  him  are  amen.' 

This  comes  in  after  this  manner.  The  word  that  I  preached,  saith  Paul, 
is  invariable,  because  Christ  himself  is  always  yea,  and  I  have  preached 
nothing  but  Jesus  Christ  among  you.  My  preaching,  then,  must  needs  be 
a  certain  and  immutable  truth. 

There  are  divers  readings  of  the  words  {h),  but  the  most  material  is  (as 
this  translation  and  the  best  expositors  have  it),  '  All  the  promises  of  God 
*  That  is,  '  naughty,'  wicked. — G. 


118  YEA.  AND  AMEN  ;    OE, 

in  Christ  are  yea ; '  that  is,  they  are  certain  and  constant  in  him.  And 
then  they  are  '  amen  ; '  that  js,  in  Christ  they  are  fulfilled.  In  him  they 
are  made,  and  in  him  they  are  accomplished.  The  whole  carriage  of  the 
promises  are  in  Christ ;  for  his  sake  they  were  first  given,  and  in  him  they 
shall  be  performed.  As  Christ  himself  was  yesterday  and  to-day,  and  the 
same  for  ever,  so  are  all  God's  promises  made  in  him,  undoubtedly,  eter- 
nally, and  unchangeably  true  to  all  posterities. 

Here  are  divers  truths  which  offer  themselves  to  our  consideration. 

Obs.  first.  Take  notice,  that  since  the  fall  of  man,  it  hath  pleased  our  good 
God  to  establish  a  covenant  of  grace  in  Jesus  Christ,  and  to  make  him  a 
second  Adam,  by  whom  we  might  be  restored  to  a  better  estate  than  ever 
we  had  in  the  first  Adam.  In  which  happy  condition  there  can  be  no 
intercourse  betwixt  God  and  man  without  some  promise  in  his  Christ,  so 
that  now  God  deals  all  by  promises  with  us.     The  reason  is  this. 

Reason  1.  Hoiv  can  poor  dust  and  ashes  dare  to  challenge  anything  of  the 
great  Majesty  of  heaven,  without  a  warrant  from  himself?  How  can  the  con- 
science be  satisfied  ?  (Conscience,  you  know,  is  a  knowledge  together  with 
God.)*  How  can  that  rest  quiet  in  anything  but  in  what  it  is  assured  comes 
from  God  ?  And  therefore,  for  any  good  I  hope  for  from  God,  it  behoves 
me  to  have  some  promise  and  word  of  his  mouth  for  it,  this  being  his  con- 
stant course  of  dispensation  to  his  people.  While  we  live  in  this  world 
we  are  always  under  hope.  '  We  rejoice  in  hope  of  the  glory  of  God,' 
Kom.  V.  2.  Now,  hope  looks  still  to  the  promise,  whereof  some  part  is 
unperformed. 

How  doth  heaven  diff'er  from  earth  but  in  this  ?  Heaven  is  a  place  all 
for  performances.  Here  we  have  some  performances  to  encourage  us,  but 
are  always  under  some  promise  not  yet  accomplished.  And  therefore,  the 
manner  of  our  apprehension  of  God  in  this  world  exceedingly  differs  from 
that  in  heaven. 

Here  it  is  by  faith  and  hope  ;  there  it  is  by  vision.  Vision  is  fit  for  per- 
formance. Faith  and  hope  look  always  to  a  word  revealed  ;  God  therefore 
rules  his  church  in  this  manner  for  their  greater  good.  Alas  !  what  can 
we  have  from  God  but  by  the  manifestation  of  his  own  good  will  ?  May 
we  look  for  favour  from  God  for  anything  in  ourselves  ?  It  is  a  fond  f 
conceit. 

Reason  2.  Again,  God  tvill  hare  his  church  ruled  by  promises  in  all  ages, 
to  exercise  the  faithful  in  prayer  and  dependence  upon  him.  God  will  see  of 
what  credit  he  is  among  men,  whether  they  will  rely  upon  his  bare  promise 
or  no.  He  might  do  us  good,  and  give  us  no  promise  ;  but  he  will  try  his 
graces  in  us,  by  arming  us  against  all  difficulties  and  discouragements,  till 
the  thing  promised  be  performed  to  us.  Promises  are,  as  it  were,  the  stay 
of  the  soul  in  an  imperfect  condition  ;  and  so  is  faith  in  them,  until  our 
hopes  shall  end  in  full  possession.  And  we  must  know  that  divine  promises 
are  better  than  earthly  performances.  Let  God  give  man  never  so  much 
in  the  world,  if  he  have  not  a  promise  of  better  things,  all  will  come  to 
nothing  at  the  last.  And  therefore  God  supports  the  spirits  of  his  servants 
against  all  temptations,  both  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the  left,  by  sweet 
promises.  He  will  have  them  live  by  faith,  which  always  hath  relation  to 
a  promise.  This  is  a  general  ground,  then,  that  God  now  in  Christ  Jesus 
hath  appointed  to  govern  his  church  by  way  of  promises. 

But  what  is  a  promise  ? 

A  promise  is  nothing  but  a  manifestation  of  love  ;  an  intendment  of  be- 
*  Cf.  notes  hh,  ii,  Vol.  III.,  p.  532.— G.        f  That  is,  'foolish.'— G. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  119 

stowing  some  good,  and  removing  some  evil  from  us.  A  declaring  of  a 
man's  free  engagement  in  this  kind  is  a  promise.  It  always  comes  from 
love  in  the  party  promising,  and  conveys  goodness  to  the  believing  soul. 
Now  what  love  can  there  be  in  God  to  us  since  the  fall,  which  must  not  be 
grounded  on  a  better  foundation  than  ourselves  ?  If  God  love  us,  it  must 
be  in  one  that  is  first  beloved.  Hereupon  comes  the  ground  of  the  promises 
to  be  in  Jesus  Christ.  All  intercourse  between  God  and  us  must  be  in  him 
that  is  able  to  satisfy  God  for  us.  The  almighty  Creator  will  have  our 
debts  dischai'ged  before  he  enters  into  a  covenant  of  peace  with  us. 

Now  this  Christ  hath  perfectly  done,  and  thereby  reconciled  lost  sinners. 
Hereupon  the  promise  immediately  issues  from  God's  love  in  Christ  to 
believing  souls.  He  must  first  receive  all  good  for  us,  and  we  must  have  it 
at  the  second  hand  from  him.  The  promises  in  Christ  are  as  the  spirits 
in  the  body.  They  run  through  all  the  ages  of  the  church.  Without  him 
there  is  no  mercy  nor  comfort  to  be  had.  God  cannot  look  on  this  cursed 
nature  of  ours  out  of  Christ ;  and  therefore  whosoever  apprehends  any 
mercy  from  God,  he  must  apprehend  it  in  Christ,  the  promised  seed.  To 
make  it  clearer.  Our  nature  since  the  fall  is  odious  to  God ;  a  sinful,  cursed 
nature  remains  in  the  best  of  us ;  and  therefore  that  God  may  look  peace- 
ably upon  it,  he  must  look  upon  it  in  him  that  hath  it  undefiled,  and  in 
him  whom  he  loves,  even  his  only  Son,  like  unto  himself,  that  hath  taken 
our  nature  upon  him. 

Now,  our  nature  in  Christ  must  needs  be  lovely  and  acceptable  ;  and  if 
ever  God  love  us,  it  is  for  Christ  alone,  who  was  predestinated  before  all 
worlds  to  be  a  sacrifice  for  us,  to  be  the  head  of  his  church,  1  Peter  i.  10. 
He  was  ordained  to  do  us  good  before  we  ourselves  were  ordained.  Christ 
is  the  first  beloved,  and  then  we.  God  loves  us  in  his  beloved  one.  '  This 
is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleased,'  Mark  i.  11.  As  if  the 
Lord  had  said,  I  am  pleased  in  him,  and  in  all  his  ;  in  his  whole  mystical 
body.  Christ  is  the  Son  of  God  by  nature,  we  by  adoption.  Whatever 
good  is  in  us  is  first  and  principally  in  him.  God  conveys  all  by  the 
natural*  Son  to  the  adopted  sons.  'Therefore,  all  the  promises  are  made 
to  us  in  Christ.  He  takes  them  from  God  for  us.  He  himself  is  the  first 
promise,  and  all  are  '  yea  and  amen  in  him.'  They  are  not  directed  to  ua 
abstracted  from  him ;  but  we  are  elected  in  Christ,  sanctified  in  him, 
acquitted  from  sin  through  him.  '  By  his  stripes  we  are  healed,'  Isa.  Uii.  5. 
If  Christ  had  not  satisfied  the  wrath  of  God  by  bearing  our  iniquities  upon 
the  cross,  we  had  been  liable  every  moment  to  condemnation.  If  he  had 
not  been  free  from  our  sins,  we  had  for  ever  lain  under  the  burden  of  them. 
'  You  are  yet  in  your  sins,'  saith  St  Paul,  *  if  Christ  be  not  risen,'  1  Cor. 
XV.  17.  We  are  freed  from  our  debts,  because  Christ  our  surety  is  out  of 
prison.     He  is  in  heaven,  and  therefore  we  are  at  liberty. 

The  promises  are  a  deed  of  gift  which  we  have  from  and  by  Christ,  who 
is  the  first  object  of  all  the  respect  that  God  hath  to  us.  Why  are  the 
angels  attendants  on  us  ?  Because  they  attend  upon  Jacob's  ladder ;  that 
is,  upon  Christ,  that  knits  heaven  and  earth  together.  So  that  the  angels, 
because  they  attend  upon  Christ  first,  become  Hkewise  our  attendants.  We 
have  a  promise  of  '  eternal  life,'  but  this  life  is  '  in  his  Son,'  1  John  v.  11. 
God  blesseth  us  with  all  spiritual  blessings  in  him,  Eph.  i.  3,  and  makeg 
us  sons  in  him  the  natural  Son.  Whatsoever  prerogative  we  enjoy,  it  is  in 
Christ  first,  and  so  belongs  to  us  ;  but  no  further  than  we  by  faith  are 
made  one  with  him.     How  darest  thou  think  of  God,  who  is  a  '  consuming 

*  That  is,  '  Son  of  his  nature,'  not  at  all  in  the  modern  sense  of  '  natural.'— Q. 


120  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

fire?'  Heb.  sii.  29,  and  not  think  of  him  as  he  is  pleased  and  pacified  with 
thy  person  in  Christ,  who  took  thy  nature  upon  him,  to  be  a  foundation  of 
comfort,  and  a  second  Adam ;  a  public  person,  satisfying  divine  justice  for 
all  that  are  members  of  his  body  ? 

We  may  think  upon  God  with  comfort,  when  we  see  him  appeased  in  his 
Christ.  As  long  as  he  loves  Christ,  he  cannot  but  love  us.  Never  think 
to  have  grace,  or  salvation,  or  anything  without  Christ.  Doth  God  love 
me  ?  Doth  he  do  good  to  my  soul  for  my  own  sake,  abstracted  from  his 
Son  ?  No,  surely.  Then  should  I  fly  from  his  presence.  But  he  looks 
upon  me  in  his  beloved,  and  in  him  accepts  of  my  person.  Therefore  our 
Saviour  prayeth,  '  I  desire  thee,  blessed  Father,  that  the  love  wherewith 
thou  lovest  me,  may  be  in  them,  and  I  in  them,'  John  xvii.  23. 

This  should  direct  us  in  our  dealing  with  God,  not  to  go  directly  to  him, 
but  by  a  promise.  And  when  we  have  a  promise,  look  to  Christ,  in  whom 
it  is  performed.  If  we  ask  anything  of  God  in  Christ's  name,  he  will  give 
it  us,  John  xiv.  13.  If  we  thank  God  for  anything,  thank  him  in  Christ, 
that  we  have  it  in  him.  What  a  comfort  is  this,  that  we  may  go  to  God 
in  Christ  and  claim  the  promises  boldly,  because  he  loves  us  with  the  same 
love  he  bears  to  his  only  beloved  Son.  If  we  get  fast  hold  on  Christ,  and 
cleave  there,  God  can  as  soon  alter  his  love  to  him  as  alter  his  love  to  us ; 
his  love  is  every  whit  as  unchangeable  to  a  believing  member,  as  to  Christ 
the  head  of  the  body.  The  promises  are  as  sure  as  the  love  of  God  in 
Christ  is,  upon  which  they  are  founded,  and  from  which  'nothing  can  sepa- 
rate us,'  Rom.  viii.  35.  For  promises  being  the  fruit  of  God's  love,  and 
God's  love  being  founded  first  upon  Christ,  it  must  needs  follow,  that  all 
the  promises  are  both  made  and  made  good  to  us  through  him. 

If  a  prince  should  love  a  man,  and  his  love  should  be  founded  upon  the 
love  he  bears  to  his  own  son,  surely  such  a  one  may  have  comfort :  that 
love  will  never  fail  him,  because  it  is  an  aiFection  natural,  and  therefore 
unalterable.  He  will  always  love  his  son,  and  therefore  will  always  delight 
in  him  in  whom  his  son  dehghteth.  Now  Christ  is  the  everlasting  Son  of 
the  Father — his  dear  and  only  Son,  in  whom  he  is  ever  well  pleased,  and 
through  whom  he  cannot  be  offended  with  those  that  are  his.  So  surely  as 
God  loves  Christ,  so  surely  he  loves  all  that  are  united  to  him.  There  is 
nothing  in  the  world  can  separate  his  love  from  his  own  Son  ;  neither  is 
there  anything  able  to  separate  his  love  from  us  that  are  one  with  him, 
Rom.  viii.  35.  God  loves  Christ's  mystical  body,  as  well  as  his  natural 
body.  He  hath  advanced  that  to  glory  at  his  right  hand  in  heaven  ;  and 
will  he,  think  you,  leave  his  mystical  bod}',  the  church,  in  a  state  of  abase- 
ment here  on  earth  ?  No  certainly.  God  loves  every  member  of  his  Son  ? 
for  as  he  gave  us  to  Christ,  so  him  hath  he  sealed  and  anointed  to  be  a 
Saviour  for  his  people. 

This  is  the  reason  why  God  looks  upon  us  with  a  forbearing  eye,  not- 
withstanding the  continual  matter  of  displeasure  he  finds  in  us  :  he  looks 
on  us  in  his  Son  ;  his  love  to  us  is  grounded  on  his  love  to  Christ.  And 
hereupon  comes  our  boldness  with  God  the  Father,  that  we  can  go  to  him 
in  all  distresses  with  comfort,  and  say,  '  Lord,  look  on  thy  Son  whom  thou 
hast  given  for  us,  and  in  him  behold  his  poor  members  now  before  thee.' 
*  In  ourselves  we  have  dread,  but  in  thy  dearly  beloved  we  have  joy  in  thy 
presence.'  If  we  come  in  the  garments  of  our  elder  brother,  we  are  sure  to 
get  a  blessing  ;  but  in  ourselves,  God  cannot  endure  to  behold  us.  If  we 
bring  Benjamin  to^  our  father,  if  we  carry  Christ  along  with  us,  then  come 
and  welcome. 


PEECIOUS  PROMISES.  121 

Upon  wliat  unchangeable  grounds  is  the  love  of  God  and  the  faith  of  a 
Christian  builded  ?  How  can  the  gates  of  hell  prevail  against  the  faith  of 
a  true  believer,  when  it  is  carried  to  the  promise,  and  from  the  promise  to 
God's  love  ?  The  love  of  God  to  Christ  shall  as  soon  fail,  as  the  faith  of 
a  sincere  Christian  shall  be  shaken.  The  promises  else  should  be  of  no 
effect ;  they  should  be  '  yea  and  nay,'  and  not  '  yea  and  amen.' 

If  the  promises  could  be  shaken,  the  love  of  God  and  Christ  should  be 
uncertain.  Overturn  heaven  and  earth,  if  we  overturn  the  faith  of  a  true, 
persevering  Christian.  There  is  nothing  in  the  world  of  that  firmness  as  a 
believing  soul  is ;  the  ground  he  stands  upon  makes  him  unmoveable.  Our 
union  with  the  Lord  Jesus  makes  us  like  '  mount  Sinai,  that  cannot  be 
shaken.'  But  we  must  know  there  are  three  degrees  or  steps  of  love, 
whereof  a  promise  is  the  last : — 

1.  Inuard  love. 

2.  Real  i^erformance. 

3.  A  manifestation  of  performance  intended  before  it  be  done. 

Love  concealed  doth  not  comfort  in  the  interim.  Therefore  God,  who  is 
love,  doth  not  only  affect*  us  for  the  present,  and  intend  us  mercy  hereafter; 
but  because  he  will  have  us  rest  sweetl}'  in  his  bosom,  and  settle  ourselves 
on  his  gracious  purposes,  he  gives  us  in  the  mean  time  many  '  rich  and 
precious  promises,'  2  Pet.  i.  4.  He  not  only  loves  us,  and  shews  the  same 
in  deeds  now,  but  he  expresseth  his  future  care  of  us,  that  we  may  build  on 
him,  as  surely  as  if  we  had  the  thing  performed  already. 

By  this  we  see  how  God  loves  us.  He  hath  not  only  an  inward  liking 
and  good  will  to  us  in  his  breast,  but  manifests  the  same  by  word.  He 
reveals  the  tenderness  of  his  bowels  towards  us,  that  we  may  have  the 
comfort  of  it  beforehand.  God  would  have  us  live  by  faith,  and  estab- 
lish ourselves  in  hope,  because  these  graces  fit  us  for  the  promise.  If 
there  were  no  promises,  there  could  be  no  faith  nor  hope. 

What  is  hope  but  the  expectation  of  those  things  that  the  word  saith  ? 
And  what  is  faith,  but  a  building  on  the  promise  of  God  ?  Faith  looks  to 
the  word  of  the  thing  ;  hope  to  the  thing  in  the  word.  Faith  looks  to  the 
thing  promised  ;  hope  to  the  possession  and  performance  of  it.  '  Faith  is 
the  evidence  of  good  not  seen,'  Heb.  xi.  1,  making  that  which  is  absent  as 
present  to  us.  Hope  waits  for  the  accomplishment  of  that  good  contained 
in  the  word.  If  we  had  nothing  promised,  what  need  hope  ?  and  where 
were  the  foundation  of  faith  ?  But  God  being  willing  to  satisfy  both  (that 
we  may  be  heavenly-wise,  in  relying  upon  a  firm  foundation  ;  and  not  as 
fools,  '  trust  in  vanity,'  Ps.  iv.  2),  in  mercy  gives  us  promises,  and  seals 
them  with  an  oath  for  our  greater  supportment.  That  love  which  engaged 
the  Almighty  to  bind  himself  to  us  in  '  precious  promises,'  2  Pet.  i.  4, 
will  furnish  us  likewise  with  grace  needful  till  we  be  possessed  of  them. 
He  will  give  us  leave  to  depend  upon  him,  both  for  happiness  and  all  quiet- 
ing graces,  which  may  support  the  soul  till  it  come  to  its  perfect  rest  in 
himself. 

Now  these  gracious  expressions  of  our  good  God  may  be  reduced  into 
divers  ranks.  I  will  but  touch  some  few  particulars,  and  shew  how  we 
should  carry  ourselves  to  make  a  comfortable  use  of  them. 

First,  There  are  some  universal  promises  for  the  good  of  all  mankind;  as 
that  God  would  never  destroy  the  world  again,  &c..  Gen.  ix.  11. 

Secondly,  There  are  other  promises  that  more particulavly  concern  the  church. 
And  these  are  promises. 

*    That  is,  'love,'  '  have  an  affection  for.' — .G. 


122  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

(1.)  Either  of  outward  tilings. 

(2.)   Oi*  oi  spiritual  and  eternal  tilings,  of  grace  and  glory. 

In  the  manner  of  promising  they  admit  of  this  distinction.  All  the  pro- 
mises of  God  are  made  to  us  either, 

(1.)  Ahsolutehj,  without  any  condition.  So  was  the  promise  of  sending 
Chiist  into  the  world,  and  his  glorious  coming  again  to  judgment.  Let  the 
world  be  as  it  will,  yet  Christ  did  come,  and  will  come  again,  with  thousands 
of  angels,  to  judge  us  at  the  last,  2  Tim.  iv.  1. 

Or  (2.)  Conditional ;  as  the  promise  of  grace  and  glory  to  God's 
children,  that  he  will  forgive  their  sins,  if  they  repent,  &c.  God  deals  with 
men  (as  we  do  by  way  of  commerce  one  with  another),  propounding  mercy 
by  covenant  and  condition  ;  yet  his  covenant  of  grace  is  always  a  '  gracious 
covenant.'  For  he  not  only  gives  the  good  things,  but  helps  us  in  perform- 
ing the  condition  by  his  Spirit ;  he  works  our  hearts  to  believe  and  to 
repent. 

Thus  all  promises  for  outward  things  are  conditional;  as  thus,  God  hath 
promised  protection  from  contagious  sickness,  and  from  trouble  and  war ; 
that  he  will  be  'an  hiding-place,'  Ps.  xxxii.  7,  and  a  'deliverer'  of  his 
people  in  time  of  danger,  Ps.  xl.  17  ;  that  he  will  do  this  and  that  good  for 
them.  But  these  are  conditional;  so  far  forth  as  in  his  wise  providence  he 
sees  they  may  help  to  preserve  spiritual  good  things  in  them,  and  advance 
the  graces  of  the  inward  man.  For  God  takes  liberty  in  our  outward  estate 
to  afflict  us  or  do  us  good,  as  may  best  farther  our  soul's  welfare.  Because, 
do  what  we  can  with  these  bodies,  they  will  turn  to  dust  and  vanity  ere 
long.  We  must  leave  the  world  behind  us.  Therefore  he  looks  to  our 
main  estate  in  Christ,  to  the  '  new  creature ; '  and  so  far  as  outward  blessings 
may  cherish  and  increase  that,  so  far  he  grants  them,  or  else  he  denies 
them,  to  his  dearest  ones. 

For  we  cannot  still  enjoy  the  blessings  of  this  life,  but  our  corrupt  nature 
is  such,  that,  except  we  have  somewhat  to  season  the  same,  we  shall  surfeit, 
and  not  digest  them.  Therefore  they  are  all  given  with  exception  of  the 
cross ;  as  Christ  saith,  he  that  doth  for  him  anything,  '  shall  have  a  hun- 
dredfold here,'  Mat.  xix.  29,  but  '  with  persecution.'  Be  sure  of  that,  what- 
soever else  he  hath.  Let  Christians  look  for  crosses  to  season  those  good 
things  they  enjoy  in  this  life. 

Use.  To  come  now  to  some  use  of  the  point.  Are  all  the  promises,  of 
what  kind  soever,  whether  spiritual  or  outward,  temporal  or  eternal,  are 
they  all  made  to  us  in  Jesus  Christ  ?  And  are  they  certainly  true,  '  yea 
and  amen  '  in  him  ?  Then  I  beseech  you  get  into  Christ  betimes,  strengthen 
your  interest  in  him,  by  all  means,  out  of  ivhoni  we  have  nothing  that  is  sav- 
ingly good.  Rest  not  in  anything  abstracted  from  him,  so  as  to  be  accepted 
with  God. 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say.  Doth  not  God  do  many  good  things  to  them  that 
are  out  of  Christ  ?  Doth  not  the  sun  shine,  and  the  rain  fall,  upon  the 
just  and  the  unjust ;  upon  the  evil  as  well  as  the  good  ?  Doth  he  not 
clothe,  and  feed,  and  protect  wicked  men  daily  ? 

Ans.  He  doth  indeed,  it  cannot  be  denied.  But  are  they  blessings  ? 
Are  these  favours  to  them  ?  No ;  but  as  God  saith  to  Moses,  Deut.  xxviii. 
16:  'If  thou  sin  against  me,  cursed  shalt  thou  be  in  thy  basket  and  thy 
store.  Cursed  shall  be  the  fruit  of  thy  body,  and  the  fruit  of  thy  land,  the 
increase  of  thy  kine,  and  the  flocks  of  thy  sheep  :  cursed  at  home,  cursed 
abroad.'  They  are  cursed  in  their  very  blessings.  A  graceless,  brutish 
person,  though   he   swim  with  worldly  pleasures,  and  have  never  such 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  123 

revenues  and  comings  in  to  maintain  his  bravery,*  is  yet  an  accursed  creature 
in  the  midst  of  all.  For  what  are  we  made  for,  think  you  ?  To  live  here 
only  ?  Oh  no.  *  Then  we  were  of  all  others  the  most  miserable,'  1  Cor. 
XV.  19.  There  is  an  eternity  of  time  a- coming,  wherein,  after  a  few  days 
spent  in  the  flesh,  we  shall  live  either  in  perpetual  bliss,  or  unspeakable 
torment.  The  very  best  things  beneath  have  a  snare  in  them  ;  they  rather 
hinder  than  further  our  eternal  welfare. 

Quest.  How  doth  that  appear  ? 

Ans.  Because  for  the  most  part  they  make  men  secure  and  careless  in 
the  worship  of  God,  so  as  to  despise  the  power  of  godliness,  and  follow  ini- 
quity with  greediness.  We  may  see  by  men's  conversations  that  outward 
things  are  snares  to  them.  They  are  not  promises  in  Christ ;  for  then 
they  would  come  out  of  God's  love  only,  which  alone  makes  mercies  to  be 
mercies  indeed  to  us,  and  without  which,  the  best  of  blessings  will  prove 
but  a  curse  in  the  end. 

If  I  have  anything  in  this  world,  any  deliverance  from  evil,  or  any  posi- 
tive good  thing,  I  may  know  it  is  for  my  benefit,  when  my  heart  is  made 
more  spiritual  thereby,  so  as  to  value  grace  and  holiness  at  the  highest 
rate ;  I  esteeming  my  being  in  Christ  above  all  transitory  things  whatso- 
ever, above  riches  and  honour  and  the  favour  of  great  persons,  which  at 
the  best  is  fading.  Our  interest  in  him  will  stand  by  us,  when  all  these 
things  are  withered  and  shrunk  to  nothing.  Christ  is  a  fountain  never 
drawn  dry  ;  his  comforts  are  permanent.  The  good  in  the  creature  soon 
vanisheth  and  leaveth  the  soul  empty.  Therefore  get  into  Christ  speedily, 
it  concerns  thee  nearly. 

For  this  purpose  attend  upon  the  means  of  salvation,  and  beg  of  God  that 
he  would  make  his  own  ordinances,  by  his  Spirit  accompanying  the  same, 
effectual  to  thy  soul ;  that  he  would  open  the  excellencies  of  Christ  to  thee, 
and  draw  thy  affections  to  close  with  him. 

Quest.  How  are  we  in  Christ  ? 

Ans.  When,  by  knowing  of  him,  our  knowledge  carries  our  hearts  unto 
him,  John  xvii.  3.  When  our  wills  cleave  to  that  which  we  know  to  be 
excellent  and  necessary  for  us,  when  I  firmly  adhere  to  Christ  as  the  only 
good  for  me,  then  I  love  him,  then  I  rest  on  him,  then  I  have  peace  in  him. 

I  may  discern  that  I  am  in  Christ,  if  upon  my  knowledge  of  him,  my 
heart  is  united  to  him,  and  I  find  peace  of  conscience  in  him.  Faith  hath 
a  quieting  and  establishing  power.  If  I  be  in  Christ,  my  soul  will  be 
cheered  and  satisfied  with  him  alone.  I  know  all  is  yea  and  amen  in  him ; 
therefore  my  soul  rests  securely  here.  However  our  outward  condition  be 
various  and  perplexed,  yet  our  estate  in  Christ  is  firm  and  constant. 

Quest.  What  is  a  man  out  of  Christ  ? 

Ans.  As  a  man  in  a  storm  that  hath  no  clothes  to  hide  his  nakedness, 
or  to  shelter  his  body  from  the  violence  of  the  weather.  As  one  in  a  tem- 
pest, that  hath  not  house  nor  harbour  to  cover  him.  As  a  stone  out  of  the 
foundation,  set  lightly  by,  and  scattered  up  and  down  here  and  there.  As 
a  branch  out  of  the  root ;  what  sap  is  there  in  such  a  thing,  it  being  good 
for  nothing  but  to  be  cast  into  the  fire  ? 

A  man  that  is  not  built  up  in  Christ,  planted  in  him,  nor  clothed  with 
him,  is  the  most  destitute,  despicable  creature  in  all  the  world ;  and  if  we 
look  with  a  single  eye,  we  shall  so  discern  him.  Such  a  man's  case  ia 
deeply  to  be  bewailed.  Had  we  but  hearts  to  judge  righteously,  we  would 
prefer  the  meanest  condition  of  God's  child,  before  the  greatest  estate  of 
*  That  is,  '  grandeur.' — G. 


124 


YEA  AND  AMEN  *,    OR, 


any  earthly  monarch,  be  their  flourishing  fehcity  never  so  resplendent.  Oh ! 
the  miserable  and  woeful  plight  that  all  profane  ^Yretches  are  in,  who  neglect 
grace  and  the  mysteries  of  Christ,  to  gratify  their  base  lusts.  Such  an  one, 
there  is  but  a  step  between  him  and  hell ;  he  hath  no  portion  in  the  Lord 
Jesus.  '  I  account  all  dung  and  dross,'  saith  St  Paul,  '  in  comparison  of 
Christ,  to  be  found  in  him,  not  having  on  mine  own  righteousness,'  Philip, 
iii.  8.     Happy  is  that  man  at  the  day  of  judgment,  who  thus  appears. 

Use  2.  Again,  if  so  be  that  all  promises  are  '  yea  and  amen  in  Christ,' 
then  here  take  notice  of  the  stability  of  a  Christian,  that  hath  promises  to  nj)- 
hold  him.  Compare  him  with  a  man  that  hath  present  things  only,  with  an 
Esau  that  abounds  with  worldly  goods  ;  and  how  great  is  the  cliiference  ? 
God  gives  them  their  portion  here,  as  he  saith  to  Dives,  *  Thou  hadst  thy 
good  things,'  Luke  xvi.  25,  seq. :  that  thou  chiefly  caredst  for,  thou  hadst 
them  here,  but  Lazarus  had  pain,  misery,  and  poverty.  Now  therefore  the 
case  is  altered  ;  he  is  advanced,  '  and  thou  art  tormented.' 

A  believing  Christian  enjoys  the  sweetness  of  many  promises  in  this  life 
(for  God  is  still  delivering,  comforting,  and  perfecting  of  him ;  renewing  of 
his  spirit,  and  supplying  him  with  inward  peace)  ;  but  the  greatest  part  is 
yet  to  be  accomplished.  Perfection  of  grace  and  glory  is  to  come.  He  is 
a  child,  he  is  a  son.     The  promise  here  is  his  chief  estate. 

Another  man  hath  present  paj'ment,  and  that  is  all  he  cares  for ;  he  hath 
something  in  hand,  and  swells  with  a  conceit  of  happiness  thereby.  Alas ! 
what  are  we  the  better  to  have  a  great  deal  of  nothing  ?  Solomon,  that 
had  tried  all  the  world,  resolves  it  to  *  vanity  and  vexation  of  spirit,'  Eccles. 
i.  14.  All  things  below  are  uncertain,  and  we  are  uncertain  in  the  use  of 
them.  If  we  have  no  better  a  life  than  a  natural  one,  eternal  joy  apper- 
tains not  to  us.  Take  a  Christian  and  strip  him  in  your  thoughts  from  all 
the  good  things  in  the  world,  he  is  yet  a  happier  man  than  the  greatest 
worldly  favourite  out  of  Christ ;  for  the  one  hath  nothing  but  present 
things,  with  a  gi'eat  deal  of  addition  of  miser}^  which  his  ease  and  content- 
ment makes  him  more  sensible  of ;  as  being  more  tender  and  apprehensive 
of  an  evil  than  other  men.  The  other,  though  he  want  many  comforts  of 
this  life,  and  enjoys  not  present  performances ;  yet  he  is  rich  in  bills  and 
bonds.  God  is  bound  to  him,  who  hath  promised  he  '  will  never  forsake 
him,  but  be  his  portion  for  ever,'  Heb.  xiii.  5.  He  hath  a  title  to  every 
communicable  good.  '  Godliness  hath  the  promise  of  this  life,  and  that  which 
is  to  come,'  1  Tim.  iv.  8.  A  happy  man !  Whatever  is  most  useful  for  his 
safe  conduct  to  heaven,  he  is  sure  to  have  it.  He  that  will  give  us  a  king- 
dom, will  not  deny  us  daily  bread  ;  he  that  hath  prepared  a  country  for  us, 
will  certainly  preserve  us  safe,  till  we  come  there. 

Besides  that  we  have  here  in  performance,  we  have  many  excellent 
promises  of  a  greater  good  in  expectation,  which  in  Christ  are  all  '  jea  and 
amen.'  They  are  certain,  though  our  life  be  uncertain,  and  the  comforts 
of  our  life,  less  than  life  itself,  mutable  and  perishing.  If  life,  the  founda- 
tion of  outward  comforts,  be  but  a  vapour,  what  are  all  the  comforts  them- 
selves, think  you  ? 

It  is  a  Christian's  rejoicing  in  the  midst  of  all  changes  beneath,  that  he 
hath  promises  invested  into  him  from  above  that  are  lodged  in  his  heart, 
and  made  his  own  by  faith,  which  have  *  a  wondrous  peculiarising  virtue  to 
make  that  a  man's  own  that  is  otherwise  generally  propounded  in  the 
gospel.  A  Christian,  take  him  at  all  uncertainties,  he  hath  somewhat  to 
build  on,  that  is  '  yea  and  amen,'  undoubtedly  sure,  that  will  stick  by  him. 
*  Qu.  '  hath  '  ?— Ed. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  ]  25 

I  speak  this  to  commend  the  estate  of  a  believing  Christian ;  to  make 
you  in  love  with  it,  seeing  in  all  the  changes  and  varieties  of  this  world  he 
hath  somewhat  to  take  to.  In  all  the  dangers  of  this  life  he  hath  a  rock 
and  chamber  of  providence  to  go  unto,  as  it  is  Isa.  xxvi.  20.  God  hath 
secret  rooms  to  hide  his.  children  in  in  times  of  public  disturbance,  when 
there  is  a  confusion  of  all  things.  God  hath  a  safe  abiding  place  for  thee. 
'  I  have  many  troubles,'  saith  David,  '  but  God  is  my  defence  continually,' 
Ps.  Ixxsviii.  4.  He  is  my  '  shield  and  strong  tower  ;'  whatsoever  I  want 
I  have  it  in  him.     What  a  comfort  is  this  ! 

A  Christian  knows  either  he  shall  be  safe  here  or  in  heaven,  and  therefore 
rests  securely.  '  He  that  dwells  in  the  secret  place  of  the  most  High,  shall 
abide  under  the  shadow  of  the  Almighty,'  Ps.  xci.  1,  2  ;  that  is,  in  the  love 
and  protection  of  God  above.  As  Moses  saith,  '  Lord,  thou  hast  been  our 
habitation  from  everlasting  to  everlasting,'  Ps.  xc.  1  ;  that  is,  thou  art  our 
sure  help  in  the  greatest  extremity  that  can  befall  us  in  any  age  of 
the  world. 

Therefore  build  on  his  promise,  for  God  and  his  word  are  all  one.  If 
we  have  nothing  to  take  to  when  troubles  come,  woe  unto  us  !  In  ourselves 
considered,  we  are  even  as  grass,  and  as  a  tale  that  is  told,  soon  vanishing. 
But  our  estate  in  God  is  durable.  We  have  here  no  continuing  city  ;  sick- 
ness may  come,  and  death  may  environ  us  the  next  moment.  Happy  are 
they  that  have  God  for  their  habitation.  We  dwell  in  him  when  we  are 
dead.  When  we  leave  this  world  we  shall  live  with  God  for  ever.  '  The 
righteous  is  not  troubled  for  evil  tidings,'  Ps.  cxii.  7.  He  is  not  shaken 
from  his  rock  and  stay.  He  fears  no  danger,  because  '  his  heart  is  fixed,' 
ver.  8. 

What  a  blessed  estate  is  it  to  be  in  Christ,  to  have  promises  in  him,  to 
be  protected  and  preserved,  not  only  whilst  we  are  in  this  vale  of  tears,  but 
when  this  earthly  tabernacle  shall  be  dissolved,  even  to  all  eternity.  If  our 
hearts  be  fixed  on  God,  let  us  hear  evil  tidings  of  war,  or  famine,  or  pesti- 
lence, let  it  be  what  it  will,  blessed  men  are  we.  '  Every  word  of  God  is 
tried  as  silver  in  the  fire,'  saith  the  psalmist,  Ps.  xii.  6.  The  promises  are 
tried  promises  ;  we  may  safely  rest  upon  them.  But  if  we  have  nothing  to 
take  to  when  troubles  arise,  we  are  as  a  naked  man  in  a  storm,  without  any 
shelter,  encompassed  round  w'ith  distress  and  misery. 

The  promises  are  our  inheritance,  yea,  our  best  inheritance  in  this  life. 
Though  the  Lord  should  strip  us  naked,  and  take  away  all  things  else,  yet 
if  the  promises  remain  ours,  we  are  rich  men,  and  may  say  with  the 
psalmist,  '  My  lot  is  fallen  into  a  good  ground ;  thy  testimonies  are  better  unto 
me  than  thousands  of  gold  and  silver,'  Ps.  xvi.  6.  For  the  promises  are  as 
so  many  obligations,  whereby  God  is  bound  to  his  poor  creature.  And 
if  wretched  men  think  themselves  as  rich  as  they  have  bonds,  though  they 
have  never  a  penny  in  their  purses,  much  more  may  a  true  Christian,  who 
hath  the  promises  of  Christ  for  his  security,  esteem  himself  a  wealthy  per- 
son ;  as  having  many  bonds  whereby  not  man,  but  God,  is  engaged  to  him, 
and  that  not  only  for  temporal  good  things,  but  for  heavenly  favours  and 
spiritual  blessings,  for  all  which  he  may  sue  God  at  his  pleasure,  and  desire 
him  to  make  good  his  word  of  truth. 

There  is  little  difi'erence  betwixt  a  poor  Christian  and  him  that  abounds 
in  this  world's  riches  ;  only  this,  the  one  hath  wealth  in  his  own  possession, 
the  other  hath  it  in  God's  bond  ;  the  one  hath  it  in  hand,  the  other  in  trust. 
As  for  the  worldling,  he  hath  but  a  cistern  when  he  hath  most ;  whereas 
every  faithful  soul  hath  the  spring-head,  even  God  himself  to  fly  unto  in  all 


126  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OE, 

distresses,  who  will  never  fail  him,  but  be  a  '  sun  and  a  shield,'  to  defend 
us  from  all  evil  and  preserve  us  in  all  goodness  all  our  days.     But  I  go  on. 

*  Now  he  which  stabhsheth  us  with  you  in  Christ,  and  hath  also  anointed 
us,  is  God.' 

Obs.  1.  Here  observe,  that  the  Christian  needs  not  only  converting  hut 
establishing  grace.  He  that  hath  begun  any  good  work  in  us  must  perfect 
it.  The  God  of  strength  must  give  up  his  promise  to  support  our  weakness, 
without  which  we  cannot  stand.  Peter  was  in  the  state  of  grace,  and  yet 
when  God  did  not  stablish  him,  we  see  how  he  fell.  The  weakest  believer 
with  the  establishing  grace  of  God  will  stand  ;  and  the  strongest  Christian, 
without  divine  assistance,  will  sink  and  fall  away. 

Obs.  2.  Whence  this  may  be  further  considered,  that  the  life  of  a  Chris- 
tian is  a  perpetual  dependent  life.  He  not  only  lives  by  faith  in  his  first 
conversion,  but  ever  after.  He  depends  upon  God  for  protection  and 
strength  throughout  his  whole  course.  God  doth  establish  us  in  Christ. 
The  ignorance  of  this  makes  men  subject  to  backsliding.  For  when  we 
trust  to  grace  received,  and  seek  not  for  new  supply,  we  are  straight  of 
Peter's  condition,  '  Though  all  forsake  thee,  yet  will  not  I,'  Luke  xxii.  33, 
which  occasioned  his  shameful  fall.  He  had  too  much  confidence  in  grace 
received. 

God  is  therefore  fain  to  humble  his  children,  to  teach  them  dependence. 
And  usually  where  any  special  grace  is  bestowed  upon  sinners,  God  joins 
something  therewith  to  put  them  in  mind  that  they  do  not  stand  by  their 
own  strength.  Peter  makes  a  glorious  confession,  '  Thou  art  Christ,  the 
Son  of  the  living  God,'  Mat.  xvi.  17,  18,  19  ;  and  Christ  honoured  him 
exceedingly,  saying,  '  Upon  this  rock  will  I  build  my  church.'  But  yet  by 
and  by  we  see  he  calls  him,  *  Satan,  get  thee  behind  me,'  Mat.  xvi.  23,  to 
teach  us  that  we  stand  not  by  our  own  power.  When  we  are  strong,  it  is 
of  God  ;  and  when  we  are  weak,  it  is  of  ourselves.  Jacob  wrestled  with  the 
Almighty,  and  was  a  prevailer,  but  he  was  fain  to  halt  for  it.  Though  he 
had  the  victory,  and  overcame  at  last,  yet  he  was  stricken  with  lameness 
all  his  days.  God  did  this  to  mind  him  that  he  had  that  strength  whereby 
he  prevailed  out  of  himself. 

Use.  A  Christian  then  should  set  iqmn  nothing  in  his  own  strength.  Hannah 
eaith  comfortably,  '  No  man  shall  be  strong  in  his  own  might,'  1  Sam.  2,  9. 
God  is  all  our  sufficiency.  Man  naturally  affects  *  a  kind  of  divinity,  and 
will  set  upon  things  in  confidence  of  his  own  abilities,  without  prayer  and 
seeking  of  God's  help.  He  thinks  to  compass  great  matters,  and  bring 
things  to  a  good  issue  by  his  own  wit  and  discretion.  Oh  !  delude  not 
yourselves.  This  cannot  be.  '  Acknowledge  God  in  all  thy  ways,  and  he 
shall  direct  thy  paths,  Prov.  iii.  6.  Seek  unto  the  Lord  in  every  enterprise 
thou  goest  about ;  acknowledge  him  in  the  beginning,  progress,  and  issue  of 
all  thy  employments.  What  do  we  but  make  ourselves  gods,  when  we  set 
upon  business  without  invocation  and  dependence  ?  A  Christian  is  wondrous 
weak,  even  vanity  of  himself ;  but  take  him  as  he  is  built  upon  the  promises, 
and  as  he  is  in  God,  and  then  he  is  a  kind  of  almighty  person,  '  He  can  do 
all  things  through  Christ  that  strengthens  him,'  Philip,  iv.  13.  A  Christian 
is  in  sort  omnipotent  whilst  he  commits  his  ways  to  God,  and  depends 
upon  the  promise  ;  otherwise  he  is  weakness  itself,  the  most  impotent 
creature  in  the  world. 

Let  God,  therefore,  have  all  the  glory  of  our  establishing,  and  depend 
on  him  by  prayer  for  the  same.    As  all  comes  of  his  mere  grace,  so  let  all 
*  That  is,  '  pretends '  =  chooses  to  appear.— G. 


PEECIOUS  PKOMISES.  127 

return  to  his  mere  glory.  *  Not  to  us,  Lord,  not  to  us,  but  to  thy  name 
be  given  the  praise,'  Ps.  cxv.  1.  It  is  the  song  of  the  church  miUtant  on 
earth,  and  it  is  the  song  of  the  church  triumphant  in  heaven,  that  all  glory 
is  to  God  in  the  whole  carriage  of  our  salvation.  The  promises  are  in  him. 
He  only  made  the  covenant,  and  he  must  perform  it  to  us  :  without  him 
we  can  do  nothing.  Labour,  therefore,  to  be  wise  in  his  wisdom,  strong  in 
his  strength,  to  be  all  in  all  in  Christ  Jesus. 

Ohj.  How  shall  we  know  that  a  man  hath  establishing  grace  ? 

Ans.  His  assurance  is  firm  when  his  temptations  are  great,  and  his 
strength  to  resist  little ;  and  yet  notwithstanding  he  prevails  over  them. 
Satan  is  strong  and  subtile.  Now  if  we  can  stand  against  his  snares,  it  is 
a  clear  evidence  of  greater  strength  than  is  in  ourselves.  In  great  afflic- 
tions, when  God  seems  an  enemy,  and  clouds  appear  between  him  and  us, 
if  then  a  man's  faith  can  break  through  all,  and  in  the  midst  of  darkness 
see  God  shining  in  Christ  upon  him,  and  resolve,  '  Though  thou  kill  me, 
yet  I  will  trust  in  thee,'  Job  xiii.  15  ;  here  is  a  strong  establishing. 

In  the  times  of  martyrdom  there  was  fire  and  faggot,  and  the  frowns  of 
bloody  men  ;  but  who  were  the  persons  sufiering  ?  Even  many  children, 
old  men  and  women,  the  weakest  of  creatures.  Notwithstanding  the  Spirit 
of  God  was  so  strong  in  these  feeble  ones,  as  their  lives  were  not  precious 
to  them  ;  but  the  torments  and  threatenings  of  their  cruel  persecutors 
were  cheerfully  undergone  by  them,  as  Heb.  xi.  34,  seq.  Here  was  God's 
power  in  man's  infirmit3\  If  we  have  not  something  above  nature,  how 
is  it  possible  we  should  hold  out  in  great  trials  ? 
I     Means  to  obtain  establishing  grace. 

By  what  means  may  a  Christian  obtain  this  stablishing  grace  ? 

First,  Labour  for  fundamental  graces.  If  the  root  be  strengthened,  the 
ti'ee  will  stand  fast. 

(1.)  Humiliation  is  a  special  radical  grace.  The  foundation  of  religion 
is  very  low.  Abasement  of  spirit  is  in  all  the  parts  of  holiness.  Every 
grace  hath  a  mixture  of  humility,  because  they  are  all  dependencies  on 
God.  Humility  is  an  emptying  grace,  and  aeknowledgeth  that  in  ourselves 
there  is  nothing.  If  God  withhold  his  influence,  I  am  gone  ;  if  he  with- 
draw his  grace,  I  shall  be  like  another  man,  as  Samson  was  when  his  hair 
was  cut  oif.  Self- emptiness  prepares  for  spiritual  fulness.  '  When  I  am 
weak,'  saith  blessed  Paul,  '  then  I  am  strong  ;'  that  is,  when  I  feel  and 
acknowledge  my  weakness,  then  my  strength  increases ;  otherwise  a  man 
is  not  strong  when  he  is  weak  ;  but  when  he  is  sensible  and  groans  under 
the  burden  of  his  infirmities,  then  he  is  inwardly  strong. 

(2.)  Another  fundamental  grace  is  dependence  upon  God;  for  considering 
our  own  insufiiciency,  and  that  faith  is  a  grace  that  grows  out  of  ourselves, 
and  lays  hold  of  the  righteousness  of  another  to  justify  us,  nothing  can  be 
more  necessary  to  quiet  the  soul.  '  Believe,  and  you  shall  be  established  :' 
as  the  promises  are  sure  in  themselves,  so  should  we  repose  firm  confidence 
in  them. 

Obj.  But  how  doth  God  establish  us  by  faith  ? 

Ans.  By  working  sound  knowledge  in  us  :  '  This  is  life  eternal,  to  know 
thee,'  John  xvii.  3.  When  we  know  the  truth  of  God's  word  aright,  we 
have  a  firm  ground  to  depend  on ;  for  the  more  a  man  knows  God  in  cove- 
nant, the  more  he  knows  Christ  and  the  promises,  the  more  he  will  trust 
and  rely  upon  them.  *  They  that  know  thy  name  will  trust  in  thee,'  Ps. 
ix.  10,  saith  the  prophet.  Therefore  labour  for  certainty  of  knowledge, 
that  thou  mayest  have  a  certainty  of  faith.     What  is  the  reason  our  faith 


128  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

is  weak  ?  Because  we  are  careless  to  increase  in  knowledge.  The  more 
we  know  of  God,  tlie  more  we  shall  trust  in  him.  The  more  we  know  of 
a  man  that  he  is  able  and  just  of  his  word,  the  more  safely  we  put  confi- 
dence in  him.  So  the  more  our  security  is  in  God's  promises,  as  his  bonds 
increase,  so  our  trust  will  be  strengthened. 

(3.)  Thirdly,  if  thou  wouldst  have  establishing  grace,  heg  it  earnesthj  of 
God.  Our  strength  in  him  is  altogether  by  prayer.  Bind  him,  therefore, 
with  his  own  promise  ;  beseech  him  to  do  unto  thee  according  to  his  good 
word.  He  is  the  God  of  strength,  desire  of  him  the  spirit  of  strength  ; 
allege  to  him  thy  own  weakness  and  inability  without  him,  and  that  if  he 
helps  not,  thou  shalt  soon  be  overcome ;  lay  open  thy  wants  in  God's  pre- 
sence ;  shew  him  how  unable  thou  art  of  thyself  to  withstand  temptations, 
to  bear  crosses,  to  perform  duties,  to  do  or  suffer  anything  aright ;  turn  his 
gracious  promises  into  prayers ;  desire  God  that  he  would  stablish  thee 
by  his  grace  ;  that  he  would  prop  and  uphold  thy  soul  in  all  extremities. 

Quest.  What  is  the  reason  that  Christians  are  so  daunted,  and  fly  off  in 
time  of  danger  ? 

Ans.  They  have  no  faith  in  the  promise.  The  righteous  is  as  mount 
Sinai,  that  shall  not  be  moved.  He  builds  on  a  foundation  that  can  never 
be  shaken,  for  the  heart  is  never  drawn  to  any  sinful  vanity,  or  frighted 
with  any  terror  of  trouble,  till  fixith  lets  go  its  hold.  Out  of  God  there  is 
nothing  for  the  soul  safely  to  stay  itself  upon. 

No  marvel  to  see  men  fall  that  rest  on  a  broken  reed.  Alas  !  whatsoever 
is  besides*  God,  is  but  a  creature;  and  can  the  creature  be  other  than 
changeable  ?  The  comfort  that  we  have  in  God  never  fadeth ;  it  is  an 
abiding,  lasting  comfort,  such  as  contents  the  soul,  and  satisfies  all  the 
wants  and  desires  of  it,  which  things  beneath  can  never  accomplish. 

We  see  that  the  heavens  continue ;  and  the  earth,  without  any  other 
foundation,  hangs  in  the  midst  of  the  world  by  the  bare  word  of  the 
Almighty.  Therefore  well  may  the  soul  stay  itself  on  that,  when  it  hath 
nothing  else  in  sight  to  rely  upon. 

In  this  case  Christians  should  look,  first,  that  their  principles  and  foun- 
dations be  good  ;  and,  sccondhj,  builded  strongly  upon  them.  For  the  soul 
is  as  that  which  it  relies  on  :  if  upon  empty  things,  itself  becomes  poor 
and  empty ;  which  the  devil  knowing,  strives  to  unloose  our  hearts  from 
our  Maker,  and  draw  us  to  rely  upon  false  objects.  He  sees  full  well, 
that  whilst  our  souls  cleave  close  to  God,  there  is  no  prevailing  against  us 
by  any  malice  or  subtilty  of  men  or  devils.  The  saints,  in  him,  are  bold 
and  undaunted  in  the  midst  of  troubles  and  torments.  Indeed,  the  sweetest 
communion  with  God  is,  when  we  are  beaten  from  other  helps  :  though 
misery  upon  misery  encounters  us  below,  yet  there  is  still  succour  issuing 
from  above  to  a  believing  soul.  If  God  hath  it  in  heaven,  faith  will 
fetch  it  down  and  enjoy  the  sweetness  of  it  here.  That  man  can  never  do 
amiss  that  hath  his  dependency  upon  the  Almighty ;  there  being  no  com- 
munion like  that  of  a  faithful  heart  with  the  Lord. 

It  is  the  office  of  faith  to  quiet  our  souls  in  all  distresses ;  for  it  relies 
upon  God  for  heaven  itself,  and  all  the  necessary  provision,  till  we  come 
thither.  Strengthen  faith,  therefore,  and  you  strengthen  all.  What  can 
daunt  that  soul,  which  in  the  sorest  afiliction  hath  the  great  God  for  his 
friend  ?  Such  a  spirit  dares  bid  defiance  to  all  the  powers  of  darkness. 
Satan  may  for  a  tune  exercise,  but  he  can  never  wholly  depress  a  gracious 
heart.  True  believers  can  triumph  over  that  which  others  are  slaves  unto. 
*  That  is,  '  beside,'  as  elsewhere  '  sometimes'  for  '  sometime.'— -G. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  129 

They  can  set  upon  spiritual  conflicts,  and  endure  fiery  trials,  which  others 
tremble  to  think  of.  They  can  put  oif  themselves,  and  be  content  to  be 
nothing,  so  their  God  may  appear  the  greater ;  and  dare  undertake  or 
undergo  anything  for  the  glory  of  their  Maker.  Considering  they  are  not 
their  own,  but  have  given  up  themselves  to  Christ,  '  they  count  not  their 
lives,  or  anything  that  is  theirs,  dear  for  him,'  Acts  xx.  24. 

He  that  stablisheth  us  with  you  is  God,  who  hath  anointed  us,  &c, 

Messiah  signifies  '  anointed.'  Our  nature  is  enriched  in  Christ  with  all 
graces :  '  He  is  anointed  with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  his  fellows '  for 
us,  Ps.  xlv.  7,  that  we  might  have  a  spring  of  grace  in  our  own  nature ; 
that  God  and  Christ  being  one,  and  we  being  in  the  Lord  Jesus,  might 
have  all  our  anointing  of  the  first  anointed,  for  '  of  his  fulness  we  receive 
grace  for  gi-ace,'  John  i.  16. 

Quest.  What  are  those  graces  which  we  receive  from  Christ's  fulness  ? 

A71S.  (1.)  First,  The  grace  oi  favour  and  accejJtaiice ;  for  the  same  love 
that  God  bears  to  Christ,  he  bears  to  all  his,  though  not  in  so  high  a 
degree. 

(2.)  Secondly,  The  grace  of  sanctification,  answerable  to  the  grace  of 
sanctification  in  him.     Every  renewed  work  in  us  comes  from  Christ. 

(3.)  Thirdly,  The  rich  privileges  and  2^rerogatives  that  issue  to  persons 
sanctified.  We  have  dignity  for  dignity,  favour  for  favour,  gracious  quali- 
fications for  gracious  qualifications  in  Christ.  God  anoints  us  all  in  his 
Son.  As  the  ointment  that  was  poured  upon  Aaron  ran  down  to  '  the 
skirts  of  his  garment,'  so  the  weakest  Christian  is  stablished  with  grace  by 
Christ.  Grace  runs  from  the  Head  to  the  poorest  member,  '  the  hem  of 
the  garment.'  Every  one  that  doth  but  touch  Christ,  draws  virtue  and 
strength  from  him. 

Quest.  Why  is  it  called  here  an  anointing  ? 

Am.  Because,  as  the  holy  anointing,  Exod.  xxx.  31-33,  was  not  to  be 
applied  to  profane  uses,  so  neither  are  the  graces  of  the  Spirit  (God  being 
the  author  of  them)  to  be  slighted  and  undervalued  by  the  professors*  of 
them. 

Quest.  What  are  the  virtues  of  this  ointment  ? 

Ans.  First,  It  hath  a  cherishing  'poiver ;  it  revives  the  drooping  soul,  and 
cheers  a  fainting  spirit.  When  men  are  ready  to  sink  under  the  burden  of 
their  sins,  this  easeth  them. 

Second,  Anointing  hath  a  strengthening  poiver.  It  makes  our  limbs 
vigorous.  So  doth  grace  fortify  the  soul,  nothing  more.  Our  life  is  a 
combating  life  with  Satan,  and  temptations  of  all  sorts  ;  therefore  we 
need  continual  anointing  to  make  us  nimble  and  active  in  resisting  our 
enemy.  Oil  hath  a  suppling  quality ;  so  the  Spirit  of  God  makes  pliable 
the  joints  of  the  soul.  It  supports  us  with  hidden  strength,  and  enables 
us  to  encounter  gi-eat  oppositions,  and  to  be  victorious  through  Christ 
over  all. 

Grace  is  little  in  quantity,  but  it  is  mighty  in  operation.  It  carries  the 
soul  through  difficulties ;  nothing  can  stand  in  the  way  of  a  gracious  man, 
no,  not  the  gates  of  hell.  The  spirit  of  grace  that  is  in  a  Christian  is 
stronger  than  he  that  is  in  the  world.  'A  grain  of  mustard  seed,'  the 
very  least  measure  of  true  holiness,  is  stronger  than  the  greatest  measure 
of  opposition.  A  Christian's  strength  lies  out  of  himself.  He  never  over- 
comes by  his  own  power  :  '  He  can  do  all  things  through  Christ  assisting 
him,'  Philip,  iv.  13.  >  Otherwise  he  is  a  most  impotent  creature,  unable  to 
*  Qu.  '  possessors  '  ? — G. 

VOL.  rv.  I 


130  TEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

do  or  suffer  anything,  ready  to  give  over  at  the  least  trouble,  and  sink  under 
every  pressure  of  affliction. 

Third,  Again,  ointment  doth  excellently  deUc/ht  and  refresh  our  spirits; 
as  we  see  the  box  in  the  gospel,  when  it  was  opened,  the  whole  house 
smelled  of  it,  John  xii.  3.  So  grace  is  a  wondrous  sweet  thing.  Before 
we  are  anointed  with  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  with  stablishing  grace,  what  are 
we  but  a  company  of  nasty,  abominable  persons  in  the  eyes  of  God  ?  All 
things  are  accursed  to  us,  and  we  are  accursed  in  whatever  we  do.  God 
cannot  look  on  us  but  as  loathsome  creatures ;  as  the  prophet  saith,  '  I 
would  not  so  much  as  look  on  thee,  if  it  were  not  for  Jehoshaphat's  sake,' 
2  Kings  iii.  14. 

That  which  makes  a  man  sweet  is  gi*ace.  This  makes  our  nature,  that 
is  noisome  and  offensive  in  the  nostrils  of  the  Almighty,  in  itself,  to  become 
pleasant  and  amiable.  A  wicked  man  is  a  vile  man,  an  ulcerous,  deformed 
creature.  Grace  is  of  a  healing  nature  wheresoever  it  is.  This  cures  our 
spiritual  distempers,  beautifying  the  inner  man,  and  making  the  whole 
frame  of  a  Christian's  carriage  sweet  and  delectable. 

(1.)  First,  to  Gcd,  who  loves  the  scent  of  his  own  grace,  wheresoever  he 
finds  it. 

(2.)  Secondhj,  to  angels.  The  conversion  of  sinners  rejoiceth  them,  Luke 
sv.  10.  When  our  custody  is  committed  to  their  charge,  how  are  they  de- 
lighted with  the  beauty  of  holiness  shining  in  us  !  The  graces  of  God  in 
his  saints  are  a  feast  to  them.  The  very  name  of  a  godly  and  gracious  man 
*  is  as  a  sweet  ointment '  everywhere.  Cant.  i.  3. 

(3.)  Holy  men,  when  they  are  read  of  in  stories,  ivliat  a  savour  do  they 
cast  in.  the  church!  So  far  as  a  Christian  is  a  '  new  creature,'  it  makes  him 
in  love  with  himself,  scorning  to  be  so  undervalued  as  to  defile  himself  with 
base  services.  So  far  as  a  man  is  gracious,  he  gives  himself  to  honourable 
employments.  Being  a  vessel  of  grace,  he  improves  his  abilities  to  glorious 
uses,  esteeming  things  below  too  mean  for  him. 

Grace  is  a  wondrous  pleasant  thing,  offensive  to  none  but  to  wicked  men, 
that  have  no  savour  of  God  or  goodness.  It  sweetens  the  soul,  makes  it 
delectable  for  Christ  and  his  Holy  Spirit  to  lodge  in,  as  in  '  a  garden  of 
spices.'  A  gracious  man,  that  hath  subdued  his  corruptions,  is  wondrous 
amiable,  both  to  himself  and  to  the  communion  of  saints.  His  heart  is 
'  as  fine  silver.'  Everything  is  sweet  that  comes  from  him.  Grace  is  full 
of  comfort  to  a  man's  own  conscience,  the  sense  of  which  enlargeth  the  soul 
to  all  holy  services. 

Fourthly,  An  ointment  hath  another  property,  it  consecrates  2Jersons  to  holy 
uses.  Anointed  persons  are  raised  above  the  ordinary  rank.  The  graces 
of  God's  Spirit  elevate  men  above  the  condition  of  others  with  whom  they 
live.  Anointed  persons  are  sacred  persons,  they  are  inviolable :  '  Touch 
not  mine  anointed,  and  do  my  prophets  no  harm,'  Ps.  cv.  15.  We  wrong 
the  '  apple  of  God's  eye,'  Zech.  ii.  8,  we  offer  indignity  to  Christ  himself, 
if  we  hurt  these.  Indeed,  nothing  can  hm't  them ;  but  God,  by  his  over- 
ruling power,  turns  all  for  their  good. 

Lastly,  An  ointment  is  a  royal  liquor.  It  will  be  above  all.  So  the 
graces  of  God's  Spirit,  where  they  are,  will  be  uppermost,  they  will  guide 
and  govern  all.  As  if  a  man  have  excellent  parts,  grace  will  rule  these 
and  make  them  serviceable  to  Christ  his  truth  and  members.  If  we  have 
weakness  and  corruption,  grace  will  subdue  it  by  little  and  little,  and  never 
leave  conflicting  till  it  hath  got  the  victory. 
;    What  are  our  souls  without  God's  anointing  ?     Dead,  stinking,  offensive 


PKECIOUS  PROMISES.  131 

to  God,  to  good  men,  and  to  ourselves.  We  cannot  see  witli  peace  the 
visage  of  our  own  souls.  Who  can  reflect  seriously  into  his  heart  and  life 
without  horror,  that  hath  no  grace  ?  A  man  that  sees  his  conscience 
awakened  without  this  anointing,  what  is  he  ?  Surely  as  the  body  with- 
out the  soul.  It  is  not  all  the  excellencies  of  the  soul  laid  upon  a  dead 
body,  or  aU  the  goodly  ornaments  that  bedecked  it,  can  keep  it  from  stink- 
ing, and  being  a  loathsome  object,  because  it  wants  the  soul  to  quicken  and 
enliven  it  to  good  employments.  Of  itself  it  is  but  a  piece  of  earth.  All 
the  vigour  and  life  that  the  body  hath  is  communicated  from  the  soul. 
They  are  beholden  to  our  souls  for  many  things.  Put  the  richest  orna- 
ments whatsoever  upon  the  body,  and  not  the  Spirit  of  grace  upon  the 
soul  (to  cherish  and  refresh  the  same,  that  it  may  appear  lovely  in  God's 
sight),  all  is  to  no  purpose. 

Likewise  this  anointing  hath  relation  to  the  persons  anointed  :  kings, 
priests,  and  prophets.  Christ  is  primarily  anointed,  and  all  our  grace  is 
derived  from  him.  He  teacheth  us  divine  things  by  a  divine  light.  The 
poorest  Christian  in  the  world,  whose  heart  is  right  with  God,  sees  good 
things  with  such  convincing  love,  that  he  embraces  them,  and  ill  things  with 
such  a  convincing  hatred,  that  he  abhors  them.  A  man  that  lives  without 
God  in  the  world  may  talk,  but  he  cannot  do  ;  he  may  speak  of  death,  but 
he  dares  not  die  ;  he  trembles  to  think  of  the  last  tribunal,  and  of  resigning 
his  soul  into  the  hands  of  his  Maker.  Such  an  one  may  discourse  of  suffer- 
ing, but  when  it  comes  to  the  point,  his  heart  fails  him.  Oh !  how  he 
shrinks  when  danger  approacheth.  What  indirect  courses  will  he  take  to 
save  his  skin  !  How  hardly  is  corrupt  self  brought  under  !  How  heavily 
do  men  come  off  in  this  point  of  doing  and  suffering  for  Christ,  laying  down 
all  at  his  feet,  and  resolving  to  be  disposed  of  at  his  pleasure  in  everj'thing. 
Men  speak  much  of  patience  and  self-denial,  but  they  do  not  practise  them. 
These  virtues  shine  not  forth  in  their  conversation,  which  is  the  shame  of 
religion.  Only  a  true  Christian  hath  the  right  knowledge  of  the  doing  of 
things,  and  is  able  to  speak  a  word  '  in  due  season,'  Isa.  1.  4,  to  reprove, 
to  admonish,  to  comfort.  Every  member  in  the  communion  of  saints  hath 
some  qualification  for  the  good  of  the  whole  body. 

A  ftiithful  man  is  likewise  spiritually  anointed  a  priest  to  stand  before  God 
Almighty.  He  pours  out  his  soul  for  himself  and  for  others,  having  God's 
ear  open  at  all  times  to  his  suits.  Every  sincere  Christian  is  a  favourite  in 
heaven.  He  hath  much  credit  there,  which  he  improves  for  the  welfare  of 
the  church  here  below.  And  he  keeps  himself  as  a  priest,  unspotted  of  the 
world.  A  true  Christian  is  taught  of  God,  and  knows  the  meaning  of  that 
law  of  his,  which  prohibiteth  priests  so  much  as  to  touch  defiled  things. 
Therefore  he  studies  innocency  ;  he  runs  not  after  the  course  of  the  multi- 
tude, neither  is  carried  away  with  the  streams  of  the  times.  He  will  not 
converse  familiarly  with  those  that  may  stain  him  but  so  far  as  his  calling 
leads  him,  lest  he  should  thereby  contaminate  his  spirit.  A  Christian  priest 
hath  his  heart  always  to  the  '  holy  of  holies,'  that  so  he  may  offer  up  thanks  and 
praise  to  God,  and  offer  himself  a  sacrifice  to  him.  His  endeavour  is  to  kill  and 
slay  those  beasts,  those  lusts,  that  lurk  in  his  heart,  contrary  to  the  Almighty. 

Lastly,  He  that  is  anointed  by  the  Spu'it  is  a  king  in  regard  of  his  great 
possessions,  for  all  are  ours.  '  Things  present,  and  things  to  come,  life  and 
death,  prosperity  and  adversity,'  all  help  us  to  heaven,  Eom.  viii.  38.  Evil 
things  are  ours  in  advantage  and  success,  though  in  disposition  they  be  not 
Ours,  but  have  a  hostile  disposition  in  them.  God  overpowers  the  evil  of 
things,  and  gives  a  Christian  a  living  principle  of  grace,  to  suck  sweet  out 


132  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

of  sour,  and  draw  good  out  of  evil.  What  a  king  is  this,  that  even  the  most 
terrible  things  are  at  his  command,  and  work  for  the  best  unto  him  !  He 
conquers  and  brings  under  his  greatest  enemies,  and  fears  neither  death  or 
judgment,  nor  the  vengeance  to  come.  Knowing  Ood  in  Christ  to  be  his 
reconciled  Father,  he  rests  assured  all  things  else  will  be  at  peace  with  him. 
Others  have  kingdoms  out  of  themselves,  but  in  themselves  they  are  slaves. 
Every  lust  leads  them  away  captive.  A  Christian  is  such  a  king  as  hath  a 
kingdom  within  himself.  He  hath  peace  and  joy  and  rest  from  base  allure- 
ments, and  terrors  of  conscience.  He  walks  by  rule,  and  therefore  knows 
how  to  govern  all.  The  glory  of  his  Maker  is  the  chief  thing  he  eyes,  and 
to  that  he  refers  every  action. 

'  Who  hath  anointed  us,  and  sealed  us.' 

Anointing  and  sealing  go  together.  The  same  God  anoints  us  doth  also 
seal  us.  Both  are  to  secure  us  of  our  happy  condition.  Now  Christ  is 
the  first  sealed  :  John  vi.  27,  '  Him  hath  the  father  sealed.'  God  hath  set 
Christ  apart  from  others,  hath  distinguished  him,  and  set  a  stamp  upon  him 
to  be  the  Messiah  by  the  graces  of  the  Spirit,  whereof  he  was  richly 
beautified,  and  by  many  miracles,  whereby  he  shewed  that  he  was  the  Son 
of  God ;  by  his  resurrection  from  the  dead,  by  his  calling  of  the  Gentiles, 
and  many  other  things. 

Christ  being  sealed  himself,  he  sealed  all  that  he  did  for  our  redemption 
with  his  blood,  and  hath  added  for  the  strengthening  of  our  faith  outward 
seals,  the  sacraments,  to  secure  his  love  more  firmly  to  us. 

But  in  this  place  another  manner  of  sealing  is  to  be  understood.  For  here 
is  not  meant  the  sealing  of  Christ,  but  the  sealing  of  us  that  have  com- 
munion with  him.  The  same  Spirit  that  seals  the  Eedeemer  seals  the 
redeemed. 

Quest.  What  is  the  manner  of  our  sealing  by  the  Spirit  ? 
Ans.  (1.)  Sealing  we  know  hath  divers  uses.  First  of  all,  it  doth  im- 
print a  likeness  of  him  that  doth  seal.  When  the  king's  image  is  stamped 
upon  the  wax,  everything  in  the  wax  answers  to  that  in  the  seal,  face  to 
face,  eye  to  eye,  body  to  body.  So  we  are  said  to  be  sealed  when  we  carry 
in  our  souls  the  image  of  the  Lord  Jesus ;  for  the  Spirit  sets  the  stamp  of 
Christ  upon  every  true  convert.  There  is  the  likeness  of  Christ  in  all  things 
to  be  found  in  him.  As  the  child  answers  the  father,  foot  for  foot,  finger 
for  finger  in  proportion,  but  not  in  quantit}^  so  it  is  in  the  sealing  of  a 
believer.  There  is  a  likeness  in  the  soul  that  is  sealed  by  the  Spirit  to  the 
Lord  Jesus.  There  is  understanding  of  the  same  heavenly  supernatural 
truths  ;  there  is  a  judging  of  things  as  Christ  judgeth,  a  loving  of  that  which 
he  loves,  and  a  hating  of  that  which  he  hates  ;  a  rejoicing  to  do  that  which 
he  delights  in,  and  a  grief  to  commit  anything  that  displeaseth  his  majesty. 
Every  afiection  of  the  soul  is  carried  that  way  that  the  afiections  of  our 
blessed  Saviour  are  carried,  in  proportion  ;  everything  in  the  soul  is  answer- 
able to  him  in  its  degree. 

There  is  no  grace  in  Christ,  but  there  is  the  like  in  every  Christian  in 
some  measure.  The  obedience  of  Christ  to  his  Father,  even  to  the  death, 
is  to  be  found  in  every  true  Christian.  The  humility  whereby  Christ  abased 
himself,  it  is  in  every  renewed  heart.  Christ  works  in  the  soul  that  receives 
him  a  conformity  to  himself.  The  soul  that  believes  that  Christ  hath  loved 
him,  and  done  such  great  things  for  him,  is  ambitious  to  express  Christ  in  all 
his  ways.  Being  once  in  Christ,  we  shall  delight  to  be  transformed  more 
and  more  unto  him.  To  bear  the  image  of  the  '  second  Adam  '  upon  our 
breasts,  to  make  it  appear  that  Jesus  Christ  lives  in  us,  and  that  we  *  live 


PEECIOUS  PROMISES.  133 

not  to  ourselves,  but  to  him  that  died  for  us,'  2  Cor.  v.  15  ;  to  be  meek  and 
hoavenlj-minded  as  he  was,  talking  and  discoursing  of  spiritual  things,  going 
about  doing  good  everywhere  ;  active  for  Grod,  fruitful  in  holiness,  doing 
and  receiving  all  the  good  we  are  able,  drawing  others  from  this  world  to 
meditate  of  a  better  estate,  labouring  for  the  advancement  of  God's  kingdom, 
and  approving  ourselves  to  him.  This  is  one  use  of  sealing,  to  imprint  a 
likeness. 

(2.)  A  second  use  of  the  seal  is  distinction.  Sealing  is  a  stamp  upon  one 
thing  among  many.  It  distinguisheth  Christians  from  others,  as  we  shall 
see  after. 

(8.)  Again,  it  serves  for  opprojmation.  Men  seal  those  things  that  are 
their  own.  Merchants,  we  see,  set  their  stamp  on  those  wares  which  they 
have  or  mean  to  have  a  right  unto.  It  pleaseth  God  thus  to  condescend 
unto  us,  by  applying  himself  to  human  contracts.  He  appropriates  his  own 
to  shew  that  he  hath  chosen  and  singled  them  out  for  himself  to  delight  in. 

(4.)  Sealing  further  serves  to  make  things  authentical,  to  give  authority 
and  excellency.  The  seal  of  the  prince  is  the  authority  of  the  prince.  This 
gives  validity  to  things,  answerable  to  the  dignity  and  esteem  of  him  that  seals. 

These  are  the  four  principal  uses  of  sealing  ;  and  God  by  his  Spirit  doth 
all  these  to  his.  He  stamps  his  own  image  upon  us  ;  he  distinguisheth  us 
from  others,  even  from  the  great  refuse  of  the  world.  God  by  his  Spirit 
appropriates  us  to  himself;  he  makes  us  to  be  his,  and  shews  that  we  are 
his.  He  likewise  authoriseth  us,  and  puts  an  excellency  upon  us,  to  secure 
us  against  all  temptations.  When  we  have  God's  seal  on  us,  we  stand  firm 
in  the  greatest  trial.  *  "Who  shall  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  ?' 
Rom.  viii.  35.  We  dare  defy  all  objections  of  Satan,  and  accusations  of 
conscience  whatsoever.  A  man  that  hath  God's  seal  stands  impregnable 
in  the  most  tempestuous  season  ;  for  it  is  given  for  our  assurance,  and  not 
for  God's.  The  Lord  knows  who  are  his.  He  seals  not  because  he  is 
ignorant,  but  for  our  comfort  and  establishment. 

Quest.  Whether  is  the  Spirit  itself  this  seal,  or  the  work  of  the  Spirit, 
and  the  graces  thereof  wrought  in  us  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  the  Spirit  of  God,  where  it  is,  is  a  sufficient  seal  that  God 
hath  set  us  out  for  himself ;  for  whosoever  hath  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  the 
same  is  his.  He  is  the  author  of  our  sealing ;  so  that,  except  you  take  the 
Spirit  for  that  which  is  wrought  by  the  Spirit,  you  have  not  the  compre- 
hension of  sealing,  for  that  which  the  Spirit  worketh  is  the  seal.  The  Spirit 
goes  always  with  his  own  mark  and  impression.  Other  seals,  when  they 
are  removed  from  the  stamp,  the  stamp  remains  still.  But  the  Spirit  of 
God  dwells  and  keeps  a  perpetual  residence  in  the  heart  of  a  Christian, 
guiding  him,  moving  him,  enlightening  him,  governing  him,  comforting 
him,  doing  all  offices  of  a  seal  in  his  heart,  till  he  hath  brought  him  to 
heaven.  The  Holy  Ghost  never  leaves  us.  It  is  the  sweetest  inhabitant 
that  ever  lodging  was  given  to.  He  doth  all  the  saving  good  that  is  done 
to  the  soul,  and  is  perpetually  with  his  own  work  in  joy  and  comfort. 
Though  he  seem  sometimes  to  be  in  a  corner  of  the  heart,  and  is  not  easily 
discerned,  yet  he  always  dwells  in  his  sealed  ones. 

Quest.    What  is  the  stamp  that  the  Spirit  seals  us  withal  ? 

Ans.  1.  The  Spirit  works  in  this  order  for  the  most  part.  First  of  all, 
the  Spirit  doth,  together  with  the  word  (which  is  the  instrument,  and  the 
chariot  wherein  it  is  carried)  convince  us  of  the  ill  that  is  in  us,  and  the 
misery  attending  on  us  for  the  same.  It  convinceth  us  of  sin,  and  the  fear- 
ful estate  we  are  in  by  that,  and  abaseth  us  thereupon.     Therefore  it  is 


134  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

called  the  '  spirit  of  bondage,'  Rom.  viii.  15,  because  it  makes  a  man 
tremble  and  quake,  till  lie  see  his  peace  made  up  in  Christ. 

Ans.  2.  When  he  hath  done  this,  then  he  convinceth  us  of  righteousness, 
by  a  sweet  light  discovering  the  excellencies  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  the 
remedy  in  him  provided  for  sinners.  God  opens  the  eye  of  the  soul,  to 
see  the  all-sufficiency  of  his  Son's  sanctification,*  and  inclines  the  heart  to 
cast  itself  by  faith  upon  him. 

Ans.  3.  When  we  are  thoroughly  convinced  of  the  ill  that  is  in  us,  and 
of  the  good  that  is  in  Christ,  and  are  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost  to  go  out 
of  ourselves,  and  embrace  reconciliation  in  the  Lord  Jesus,  then  a  super- 
added work  is  vouchsafed  unto  us ;  for  the  Spirit  daily  per/ecteth  his  own 
work.  He  adds,  therefore,  after  all,  his  seal,  to  confirm  us  ;  which  seal  is 
not  faith ;  for  the  apostle  saith,  '  After  you  believed,  you  ivere  sealed,'  Eph. 
i.  13,  where  we  see  the  work  of  faith  and  sealing  distinguished.  First,  the 
soul  is  set  in  a  good  estate,  and  then  follows  assurance  and  establishment. 

Quest.  But  what  needs  confirmation  when  we  believe  ?  Is  not  faith  con- 
firmation enough  :  when  a  man  may  know  by  a  private  reflect  act  of  the 
soul  that  he  is  in  a  state  of  grace  ? 

Ans.  This  act  of  ours  in  believing  is  oft  terribly  shaken,  and  God  is  won- 
drous desirous  that  we  should  be  secure  of  his  love.  He  knows  he  can 
have  no  glory,  nor  we  any  solid  peace  else.  Therefore  when  we  by  faith 
have  sealed  to  his  truth,  he  sees  that  we  need  further  sealing  that  our 
faith  be  current  and  good ;  for  all  is  little  enough  in  the  time  of  tempta- 
tion ;  the  single  witness  of  our  soul  is  not  strong  enough  in  great  assaults. 
For  sometimes  the  Spirit  is  so  tossed  and  disquieted  with  temptations,  that 
we  cannot  reflect  aright  on  ourselves,  nor  discern  what  is  in  our  own  breasts 
without  much  ado.  Therefore  God  first  works  faith  to  apply  the  promise, 
Whosoever  believes  in  Christ  shall  be  saved,'  Acts  ii.  21.  I  beheve  in 
Christ,  therefore  I  shall  be  saved  ;  and  then  sealeth  this  belief  with  an  addi- 
tion of  his  Holy  Spirit ;  for  this  sealing  is  a  work  upon  believing,  an 
honouring  of  faith  with  a  superadded  confirmation. 

Quest.  How  shall  we  know  that  there  is  such  a  spiritual  sealing  in  us  ? 

Ans.  (1.)  I  answer,  when  we  truly  believe,  the  *  Spirit  of  adoption,'  Rom. 
viii.  15,  reveals  unto  us  that  ive  are  the  '  sons  of  God'  by  a  secret  whisper- 
ing and  intimation  to  the  soul  (which  the  believing  heart  feels  better  than  I 
am  able  to  express),  saying,  '  Be  of  good  comfort,  thy  sins  are  forgiven.' 
There  is  a  sweet  kiss  vouchsafed  to  the  soul :  the  Lord  refresheth  it  with 
the  light  of  his  countenance,  and  assures  it  that  aU  enmity  is  now  slain. 
I  am  thy  salvation.  Thou  art  for  ever  mine,  and  I  am  thine.  Because 
thou  believest,  behold  thou  art  honoured  to  be  my  child. 

Ans.  (2.)  Again  the  '  Spirit  of  adoption, 'yuicA-e^s  andfills  the  soul  ivith  heavenly 
ejacidations  to  God ;  it  stirs  up  fervent  supplications  to  cry,  *  Abba,  Father.' 
The  soul  when  it  truly  believes,  hath  a  bold  and  famihar  speech  to  God. 

There  are  two  things  in  the  prayer  of  a  Christian  that  are  incompatible 
with  a  carnal  man :  there  is,  first,  an  inward  confidence  ;  and  secondly,  an 
earnestness  in  the  soul,  whereby  he  goes  to  God  as  a  child  to  his  loving 
father,  not  considering  his  own  worthiness  or  means,  but  the  constant  love 
that  is  borne  to  him. 

This  spiritual  speech  of  God  to  the  soul,  and  of  the  soul  to  God,  is  an 
evident  demonstration  of  our  truth  in  grace,  because  we  can  do  that  which 
no  hypocrite  in  the  world  can  attain  to. 

^_   A71S.  (3.)  Thirdly,  This  sealing  of  the  Spirit  after  we  believe,  is  known  by 
*  Qu.  '  satisfaction '  ? — Ed. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  135 

the  work  of  sanctification  which  it  ejfectetli,  in  as.  The  Holy  Spirit  set  Is  our 
spirits,  by  stamping  the  hkeness  of  Christ  upon  us  ;  so  as  when  a  man  finds 
in  his  soul  some  lineaments  of  the  heavenly  image,  he  may  know  thereby 
that  he  is  '  translated  from  death  to  life,'  Col.  i.  13,  When  he  finds  his 
heart  subdued  to  humility  and  obedience,  to  such  a  holy  and  gracious  frame 
as  Christ's  was,  he  may  clearly  discern  that  he  hath  something  more  than 
the  '  old  man'  in  him.  When  a  man  can  say,  Natm-ally  I  am  proud,  but 
now  I  can  abase  myself;  naturally  I  am  full  of  malice,  now  I  can  love  and 
pray  heartily  for  my  enemies  ;  naturally  I  am  lumpish  and  dead-hearted, 
now  I  can  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost ;  naturally  I  am  apt  to  distrust  the  Lord, 
and  be  discontented  with  my  condition,  now  I  can  rest  securely  upon  his 
promise  and  providence ;  sin  hath  been  my  delight,  now  it  is  my  sorrow 
and  heart-breaking ;  I  find  somewhat  contrary  to  corruption  in  me,  I 
carry  the  image  of  the  '  second  Adam'  about  me  now ;  I  say,  whosoever 
hath  this  blessed  change,  may  rest  assured  of  his  right  to  happiness. 
'  Know  you  not  that  Christ  is  in  you,  except  ye  be  reprobates  ? '  saith  the 
apostle,  2  Cor.  xiii.  5.  A  Christian  that  upon  a  thorough  search  finds 
something  of  Christ  always  in  his  soul,  can  never  want  a  sweet  evidence 
that  he  is  '  sealed  to  the  day  of  redemption.' 

Ans.  (4.)  ^he  fourth  way  is  hj  the  joij  of  the  Spirit;  which  is  the  begin- 
ning of  heaven  as  it  were,  and  a  possessing  of  glory  before  our  time.  There 
are  few  of  God's  children,  but  in  the  course  of  their  pilgrimage,  first  or  last, 
have  this  divine  impression  wrought  in  them,  enlarging  and  ravishing  their 
souls  to  joy  in  the  Almighty. 

Yet  this  is  especially  seen  after  conflict,  when  the  soul  hath  combated 
with  some  strong  corruption  or  temptation.  '  To  him  that  overcomes  will 
I  give  of  the  hidden  manna,'  saith  Christ,  '  and  a  white  stone,  which  none 
can  read  but  he  that  hath  it,'  Rev.  ii.  17  ;  that  is,  he  shall  have  assurance 
that  he  is  in  the  state  of  grace,  and  the  sweet  savour  of  goodness  itself  shall 
be  his  portion.  Usually  God  gives  comfort  after  we  have  conflicted  with 
some  sinful  disposition  and  have  got  the  victory,  as  we  see  in  Job.  After 
God  had  exercised  that  champion  a  long  time,  at  the  last  he  discovered 
himself  in  a  glorious  manner  to  him.  Job  xlii.  12. 

In  the  midst  of  afliictions,  when  a  Christian  is  under  great  crosses,  and 
God  sees  he  must  be  supported  with  spiritual  strength,  or  else  he  sinks, 
then  he  puts  in  with  supply  from  above.  When  the  creature  cannot  help 
us,  the  Creator  of  all  things  will.  Thus  Paul  in  the  midst  of  the  dungeon, 
being  sealed  with  the  Spirit,  '  sang  at  midnight'  when  he  was  in  the  stocks, 
Acts  xvi.  24,  seq. :  and  so  David  in  the  midst  of  persecution ;  Daniel  in  a 
lion's  den  ;  the  three  children  in  the  fiery  furnace,  &c.  God  doth  as  parents, 
smile  on  their  little  ones  when  they  are  sick  and  dejected.  He  reserves  his 
choicest  comforts  for  the  greatest  exigents.*  When  God  hath  a  great  work 
for  his  children  to  do,  or  some  sharp  suffering  for  them  to  undergo,  as  an 
encouragement  beforehand,  he  oft  enlargeth  their  spirits  that  they  may  be 
able  to  go  through  all ;  as  our  Saviour  Christ  had  James  and  John  with 
him  upon  the  mountain,  to  strengthen  them  against  his  ensuing  suffering. 

Let  us  then  examine  ourselves  by  that  which  hath  been  delivered.  Hath 
God  spoken  to  thy  soul,  and  said,  '  I  am  thy  salvation,'  '  thy  sins  are 
remitted,'  and  thy  person  received  into  my  favour?  Doth  God  stir  up  thy 
spirit  to  call  upon  him,  especially  in  extremity,  and  to  go  with  boldness 
and  earnestness  to  his  throne  ?  Surely  this  is  an  evidence  of  the  seal  of 
the  Spirit;  for  whoever  wants  this  cannot  look  God  in  the  face  when 
*  That  is,  '  exigencies.' — G. 


136  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

distress  is  upon  him.  Saul  in  this  case  goes  to  the  witch,  and  Ahithophel 
to  desperate  conclusions.  Judas  in  extremity,  we  see  what  becomes  of  him. 
So  every  one  that  hath  not  this  sealing  of  the  Spirit  (to  whom  God  speaks 
not  peace,  '  by  shedding  abroad  the  love  of  Christ  in  his  heart,'  Rom.  v.  5), 
must  needs  sink  as  lead  in  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  which  hath  no  consistence, 
till  it  come  to  the  centre,  to  hell.  Did  you  ever  feel  the  joy  of  the  Spirit 
in  holy  duties,  after  inward  striving  against  your  lusts,  and  getting  ground 
of  them  ?     This  is  a  certain  sign  that  God  hath  sealed  you. 

Quest.  But  you  will  say.  How  can  that  be  a  seal  ?  A  seal  continues 
with  the  thing,  but  the  joy  of  the  Spirit  comes  after  the  work  of  the  Spmt, 
and  abides  not  with  us. 

Ans.  I  answer,  though  we  have  not  always  the  joy  of  the  Spirit,  yet  we 
have  the  Spirit  of  joy  ;  which,  though  it  be  not  known  by  joy,  yet  may  be 
discerned  by  its  operation  and  working.  A  Christian  may  have  a  gracious 
work  of  the  Spirit  in  him,  and  yet  want  the  delight  and  joy  of  the  Spirit. 
Therefore  when  that  fails,  look  to  thy  sanctification,  and  see  what  resem- 
blance of  Christ  is  formed  in  thee.  See  if  thy  heart  be  humble  and  broken  ; 
if  thou  have  a  heavenly  disposition  like  to  thy  Saviour.  When  the  joy  of 
the  Spirit  ceaseth,  go  to  the  work  of  the  Spirit,  and  from  the  work  of  the 
Spirit  to  the  voice  of  the  Spirit.  Canst  thou  cry  to  God  with  strong 
supplications  ?  or  if  thou  canst  not  pray  with  distinct  words,  canst  thou 
mourn  and  groan  ?  *  The  Spirit  helps  our  infirmities,  when  we  know  not 
what  to  ask,'  Rom.  viii.  26.  This  sighing  and  groaning  is  the  voice  of 
God's  Spirit,  which  he  will  regard  wheresoever  he  finds  it.  This  made 
Job  in  his  distress  to  swim  above  water. 

If  one  be  in  the  midst  of  extremity,  and  can  seriously  seek  to  God,  it  is 
an  undoubted  sign  that  such  a  one  is  sealed,  especially  when  the  corruption 
of  his  soul  joins  with  Satan's  temptations  the  more  to  afflict  him.  For  a 
sinner  in  the  midst  of  storms  and  clouds  of  darkness,  then  to  cast  anchor, 
and  quiet  his  soul  in  Christ,  argues  great  faith.  So  when  a  temptation 
closes  with  our  corruption,  and  affliction  yields  ground  to  further  the 
temptation,  then  to  pray  and  rely  securely  upon  God  is  a  gracious  sign. 
For  Satan  useth  the  afflictions  we  are  in  as  temptations  to  shake  our  faith, 
as  thus.  Canst  thou  be  a  child  of  God,  and  be  so  exercised,  so  vilified, 
so  persecuted  ?  Didst  thou  belong  to  Christ,  would  ever  these  crosses 
and  losses  and  miseries  have  befallen  thee  ?  Deceive  not  thyself !  Thus 
affliction  is  a  weapon  to  temptation,  for  Satan  to  help  his  fiery  darts  with, 
he  having  such  a  dangerous  party  in  us — as  our  own  corruption — doth  us 
the  more  harm  continually. 

Quest.  How  shall  a  man  know  whether  God  hath  a  part  in  him  ? 

Ayis.  I  answer.  If  he  can  run  against  the  stream  ;  if  he  find  his  soul 
resisting  Satan's  temptations,  and  raising  him  above  afflictions,  standing 
out  and  combating  with  corruptions  to  the  uttermost.  "When  he  can  check 
his  carnal  heart  that  draws  him  downwards,  saying,  '  Why  art  thou  cast 
down,  0  my  soul  ?  and  why  art  thou  disquieted  within  me  ?  Ps.  xlii.  5, 
it  is  a  good  sign. 

David  found  inward  corruptions  and  outward  afflictions  joining  with 
Satan's  temptations,  to  depress  his  spirit ;  hereupon  he  chides  his  own  soul, 
'  Why  is  it  thus  with  thee  ?  why  art  thou  dejected  in  this  manner  ?'  And 
then  he  lays  a  charge  upon  it,  '  Trust  in  God,'  ver.  11.  Whatsoever 
hardship  we  meet  with  in  the  world,  yet  there  is  hope  in  God  still.  Though 
we  can  find  little  comfort  below,  yet  there  are  rivers  of  consolation  above. 
It  argues  a  gracious  heart  to  quiet  one's  self  in  God  in  the  worst  times. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  137 

Use  1.  I  beseech  you  let  us  labour  to  have  our  souls  sealed  with  the  Spiyit 
of  God,  to  have  further  and  clearer  evidence  of  our  estate  in  grace.  It  is 
a  blessed  thing  to  have  Christ  live  in  us.  The  enemies  of  our  salvation 
are  exceeding  many,  and  how  soon  death  or  judgment  may  seize  us,  we 
know  not.  God  will  set  none  at  his  right  hand  but  his  sheep,  those  that 
have  his  own  image  on  them.  His  best  sheep  have  no  outward  mark,  but 
an  inward.  The  world  sees  not  their  beauty  ;  '  The  king's  daughter  is 
all  glorious  within,'  Ps.  xlv.  13. 

How  comfortably  will  the  soul  commend  itself  to  Christ,  when  it  finds 
itself  stamped  with  the  Spirit  of  Christ ;  when  he  can  cheerfully  say,  Lord 
Jesus,  receive  my  soul,'  Acts  vii.  50.  Thou  that  hast  redeemed  me  by  thy 
blood,  and  sealed  me  by  thy  Spirit,  acknowledge  thine  own  likeness  in 
me.    Though  it  be  not  as  it  should  be,  yet  there  is  somewhat  of  thine  in  me. 

Beloved,  we  must  not  give  false  evidence  of  ourselves,  as  we  must  not 
against  others.  What  a  comfort  hath  a  sealed  soul  in  the  hour  of  death, 
and  in  all  extremities.  What  a  difference  is  there  between  such  a  soul  and 
others  in  the  time  of  affliction,  as  in  the  time  of  pestilence,  war,  and  per- 
secution for  Christ.  The  soul  that  is  sealed  knows  that  he  is  marked  out 
for  happiness  in  the  world  to  come.  Whatsoever  befalls  him  in  this  life,  he 
knows  that  God  in  all  confusion  of  times  knows  his  own  seal,  and  that  his 
destroying  angel  shall  spare  and  pass  over  those  that  are  marked,  Ezek.  ix. 
4,  seq.     And  though  our  bodies  escape  not,  yet  our  souls  shall. 

Josiah  we  see  was  taken  away  from  the  evil  to  come  ;  and  Lot  was 
delivered  from  the  judgment  of  the  Sodomites.  If  we  partake  not  of  the 
sins  of  the  wicked,  we  shall  never  partake  of  their  plagues.  God  hath  a 
special  care  of  his  '  little  ones'  in  this  life ;  and  if  he  take  them  away,  yet 
their  death  is  precious  in  his  sight,  Ps.  cxvi.  15.  He  will  not  part  with 
them  but  upon  special  consideration.  He  sees  if  they  live  it  will  be  worse 
for  them.  Their  precious  souls  are  in  continual  danger.  He  sees  it  is 
best  for  them  to  be  gathered  to  God,  and  the  souls  of  perfect  ones  in 
heaven ;  therefore  he  provides  a  shelter  to  free  them  from  all  storms  on 
earth. 

And  as  he  hath  an  eye  over  them  in  regard  of  outwai'd  miseries,  so  in 
respect  of  spiritual  corruption  and  infection,  as  Eev.  vii.  3.  God's  holy 
ones  were  '  sealed,'  so  many  of  such  a  tribe,  and  so  many  of  such  a  tribe, 
to  signify  that  God  hath  always  some  that  he  will  keep  and  preserve  from 
the  leprous  contagion  of  sin  and  antichrist ;  even  in  evil  times  God  hath 
his  'little  flock'  still. 

In  the  obscure  ages  of  the  church,  nine  hundred  years  after  Christ,  when 
there  was  little  learning  and  goodness  in  the  world,  and  Egyptian  darkness 
had  overspread  the  earth,  God  had  always  sealed  ones,  marked  out  for  him- 
self, whom  he  preserved  from  the  danger  of  dark  times.  Why  then  should 
we  be  afraid  of  evil  tidings  ?  Let  any  affliction,  or  death  itself,  come,  Christ 
will  know  his  own  stamp  in  us.  He  hath  a  book  of  remembrance  for  those 
that  are  his  ;  and  when  he  gathers  his  jewels,  they  will  be  highly  set  by, 
Mai.  iii.  17.  God  in  common  calamities  suffers  his  luggage,  wicked  men, 
to  go  to  wreck ;  but  he  will  secure  his  jewels,  his  darhngs,  whatever  come 
of  it.     Labour  therefore  to  be  a  sealed  person. 

Quest.  But  you  will  say.  What  shall  I  account  of  myself,  if  there  be  but 
a  little  sign  of  grace  in  me  ? 

Ans.  Be  not  discouraged.  You  know  in  wax,  though  the  stamp  be 
almost  out,  yet  it  is  current  in  law  notwithstanding.  Put  the  case  the  stamp 
of  the  prince  be  an  old  coin,  is  it  not  current  though  it  be  cracked  ?     Sup- 


138  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OE, 

pose  the  mark  of  the  Spirit  should  be  dim  and  blurred,  scarce  discernible 
in  us  (this  ought  to  be  our  shame  and  grief),  yet  some  evidences  of  grace 
are  still  remaining ;  there  are  some  sighs  and  groans  against  corruption, 
which  may  continually  support  us.  If  we  mourn  in  our  spirits,  and 
do  not  join  with  our  lusts,  nor  allow  ourselves  in  them,  this  is  a  divine 
impression,  though  it  be,  as  it  were,  almost  worn  out.  The  more  comfort 
we  desire,  the  fresher  we  should  keep  this  seal  of  comfort. 

Use  2.  And  labour  to  (jww  in  faith  and  obedience,  that  ice  may  read  our 
evidence  clearly  ;  tliat  it  he  not  overgrown  with  the  dust  of  the  ivorld,  so  as  xve 
cannot  see  it.  Sometimes  God's  children  have  the  graces  of  the  Spirit  in 
them,  yet  they  yield  so  much  to  fears  and  doubtings,  that  they  can  read 
nothing  but  their  corruption.  When  we  bid  them  peruse  their  evidences, 
they  can  see  nothing  but  worldliness,  nothing  but  pride  and  envy,  because 
they  grieve  the  Holy  Spirit  by  their  negligence  and  distrust.  Though  there 
be  a  stamp  in  them,  yet  God  holds  the  soul  from  it,  and  gives  men  up  to 
mistake  their  estates,  for  not  stirring  up  the  graces  of  his  Spirit  in  them. 

Honour  God  by  believing,  and  he  will  honour  thee  by  stamping  his 
Spirit  more  clearly  on  thee.  What  a  comfort  is  it  to  have  the  evidence  of 
a  gracious  soul  at  all  times.  When  a  man  carries  about  him  the  mark  of 
the  Spirit,  what  in  the  world  can  discourage  such  a  soul  ?  On  the  contrary, 
if  a  man  have  not  something  above  nature  in  him,  when  death  and  judg- 
ment comes,  how  miserable  is  his  condition  ?  If  a  man  be  a  king  or  an 
emperor  of  the  world,  and  have  not  an  interest  in  Christ's  righteousness, 
ere  long  he  shall  be  stripped  of  all,  and  adjudged  to  eternal  torments.  Oh, 
the  excellency  of  man's  soul ;  a  jewel  more  to  be  prized  than  a  prince's 
diadem. 

It  is  the  folly  of  the  times  to  set  up  curious  pictures,  but  what  a  poor 
delight  is  this  in  comparison  of  the  ambition  of  a  true  Christian,  to  see  the 
image  of  Christ  stamped  in  his  soul,  to  find  the  joy  of  the  Spirit,  and  God 
speaking  peace  to  his  inner  man. 

The  transforming  of  ourselves  into  the  image  of  Christ  is  the  best 
picture  in  the  world.  Therefore  we  should  labour  for  the  '  new  creature,' 
that  as  we  grow  downward  one  way,  we  may  grow  up  towards  heaven 
another ;  that  as  the  life  of  nature  decays,  so  the  spiritual  life  may  be  more 
active  and  working.  It  should  be  our  daily  study,  while  we  live  in  this 
world,  to  attain  that  '  holiness,  without  which  no  man  shall  ever  see  God,' 
2  Cor.  vii.  1,  et  alibi. 

There  is  besides  the  common  broad  seal  of  God,  his  privy  seal.  What 
is  the  reason  that  many  proud-hearted  persons  are  damned  ?  The  truth  is, 
they' are  all  for  external  contentments,  and  despise  the  ordinances  of  God. 
For  though  they  stand  upon  their  admission  into  the  church,  upon  the 
common  seals  and  prerogatives  (which  in  themselves  are  excellent),  yet 
relying  on  these  things  over- much  betrays  many  souls  to  the  devil  in  the  time 
of  distress.  It  is  another  manner  of  seal  than  the  outward  seal  in  the 
sacrament,  that  must  settle  peace  in  the  conscience.  When  once  the  be- 
ginnings of  faith  are  wrought  in  us,  then  we  may  with  comfort  think  upon 
our  receiving  of  the  communion ;  but  the  special  thing  to  be  eyed  is  the 
hidden  seal.  If  the  external  means  work  no  inward  sanctification  in  our 
hearts,  we  shall  be  the  worse  rather  than  the  better  for  them  ;  yet  we  must 
not  be  so  profane  as  to  think  slightly  of  God's  ordinances  ;  they  are  of 
great  consequence. 

For  when  Satan  shakes  the  confidence  of  a  Christian,  and  saith,  Thou 
art  an  hypocrite,  God  doth  not  love  thee,  these  help  us  to  hold  out.     Why, 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  139 

saith  the  soul,  I  can  speak  by  experience  tliat  I  have  found  the  contrary  ; 
the  Lord  hath  removed  my  fears,  he  hath  pardoned  my  sin  and  accepted 
my  person  ;  he  hath  given  me  many  precious  promises  to  support  my  spirit. 
Here  is  the  excellency  of  the  sacrament.  It  comes  more  home  to  me  ;  it 
seals  the  general  promises  of  God  particularly  to  myself ;  for  finding  the 
inward  work  of  the  Spirit  in  my  heart,  and  God  having  strengthened  my 
faith  by  the  outward  seal,  I  can  defy  Satan  with  all  his  accusations,  and 
look  death  in  the  face  with  comfort.  We  should  labour  therefore  to 
observe  God's  sealing  days,  when  he  uses  to  manifest  himself  to  his  people  ; 
which  though  it  may  be  every  day  (if  we  be  spiritually  exercised),  yet  it  is 
in  the  Lord's  day  more  especially;  for  then  his  ordinance  and  his  Spirit  go 
together. 

Now  there  is  a  sealing  of  persons,  and  of  truths,  besides  the  sealing  of 
our  estates,  that  we  are  the  children  of  God.  There  is  a  sealing  of  every 
particular  truth  to  a  Christian.  For  where  there  is  grace  to  beheve  the 
truth,  God  seals  those  truths  firmly  to  that  soul  by  the  comforts  of  his 
Spirit.  For  example,  this  is  a  truth,  '  Whosoever  believes  in  Christ,  shall 
not  perish  but  have  everlasting  life,'  John  iii.  15.  Now  the  same  Spirit 
that  stirs  up  the  soul  to  believe  this,  seals  it  fast  upon  the  conscience  even 
to  death.  There  is  no  promise,  but  upon  our  beUeving  the  same,  it  is 
sealed  by  God  upon  us  ;  for  those  truths  only  abide  firm  in  the  soul  which 
the  Holy  Ghost  sets  on.  What  is  the  reason  that  many  forget  their  con- 
solations ?  The  reason  is,  they  hear  much,  but  the  Spirit  settles  nothing 
on  their  hearts. 

Quest.  What  is  the  reason  that  unlettered  men  many  times  stand  out  in 
their  profession  to  blood,  whereas  those  that  are  more  able  and  learned 
yield  to  anything  ? 

A)is.  The  reason  is,  the  knowledge  of  the  one  is  set  fast  upon  the  soul ; 
the  Spirit  brings  his  seal  and  this  man's  knowledge  close  together ;  whereas 
the  learning  and  abilities  of  the  other,  is  only  a  discoursive  thing,  swimming 
in  the  brain  without  any  solid  foundation.  Their  knowledge  of  truths  is 
not  spiritual ;  they  see  not  heavenly  things  by  heavenly,  but  by  a  natural 
light.  Those  that  would  not  apostatise  must  have  a  knowledge  '  suit- 
able to  the  things  they  know ;  they  must  see  spiritual  things  by  the  Spirit 
of  God.  Therefore  when  we  come  to  hear  the  word,  we  should  not  come 
with  strong  conceits  of  our  own,  to  bring  all  to  our  wits,  but  with  reverent 
dispositions  and  dependence  upon  God,  that  he  would  teach  us  together 
with  his  ministers,  and  close  with  his  ordinances  so  as  to  fasten  truths  upon 
our  souls  ;  else  shall  we  never  hold  out ;  for  that  which  must  stablish  and 
quiet  the  soul,  must  be  greater  than  the  soul. 

In  time  of  tentations,  when  the  terrors  of  the  Almighty  encompass  us, 
when  God  lays  open  our  conscience,  and  writes  bitter  things  against  us, 
those  truths  that  most  satisfy  the  soul  at  such  a  time  must  be  above  the 
natural  capacity  of  the  soul.  Therefore,  saith  the  apostle,  '  It  is  God  that 
establishes,'  and  God  by  his  Spirit  that  seals  us  up  unto  the  day  of  redemp- 
tion ;  because  divine  truths  of  themselves  in  the  bare  letter  cannot  stir  up 
the  heart.  It  is  only  the  blessed  Spirit  (which  is  above  our  spirits)  that 
must  quiet  the  conscience  in  all  perplexities.  The  Lord  can  soon  still  the 
soul  when  he  settles  spiritual  truths  upon  it.  Therefore  go  to  him  in  thy 
distress  and  trouble  of  mind.  Send  up  ejaculations  to  God,  that  he  would 
seal  the  comfort  revealed  in  his  word  to  thy  soul,  that  as  it  is  true  in  itself, 
so  it  may  be  true  to  thee  likewise. 

This  is  a  necessary  observation  for  us  all.     Oh,  we  desire  in  the  hour 


140  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

of  deatli  to  find  some  comforts,  that  be  standing  comforts,  that  may  uphold 
us  against  hell  and  judgment.  Know  that  nothing  will  do  this  but  spiritual 
truths  spiritually  known ;  but  holy  truths  set  on  by  the  Holy  Ghost  upon 
the  soul.  Oft  therefore  enter  into  thine  heart,  and  examine  upon  what 
grounds  and  motives  thou  believest.  Consider  well  what  it  is  thou  believest, 
and  upon  what  evidences,  and  with  what  light ;  otherwise  expect  not  to 
find  solid  peace. 

Quest.  What  course  may  a  Christian  generally  take  when  he  wants  com- 
fort and  inward  refreshing  ? 

Ans.  There  are,  in  1  John  v.,  '  three  witnesses  in  heaven  and  three  in 
earth,'  to  secure  us  of  our  estate  in  grace,  The  three  witnesses  in  heaven 
are,  *  the  Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Ghost.'  And  the  three  wit- 
nesses in  earth  are,  '  the  Spirit,  the  water,  and  blood ; '  and  these  thi'ee  on 
earth,  and  those  three  in  heaven  agree  in  one.*  Now  by  the  Spirit  here 
is  meant  the  feelings  and  sweet  motions  thereof.  The  water  may  well  be 
the  laver  of  sanctiiication ;  and  by  blood  is  understood  the  sufierings  of 
Christ  for  our  justification. 

When  therefore  we  find  that  extraordinary  seal  I  spake  of  before — the 
joys  of  the  Spirit  of  God — that  it  is  not  in  us,  what  shall  wa  do  ?  Shall 
we  despair  then  ?  No.  Then  go  to  the  water.  When  the  witness  of  the 
Spirit  is  silent,  go  to  the  work  of  the  Spirit ;  see  what  gracious  dispositions 
are  found  in  thee. 

Quest.  Ay,  but  what  shall  we  do  if  the  waters  be  troubled  in  the  soul, 
as  sometimes  there  is  such  a  confusion  that  we  cannot  see  the  image  of 
God  upon  it  in  sanctification. 

Ans.  Then  go  to  the  blood.  There  is  always  comfort.  Go  to  the 
'  fountain  set  open  for  Judah  and  Jerusalem  to  wash  in,'  Zech.  xiii.  1. 
That  is  never  dry.  If  we  find  much  sin  upon  our  consciences,  and  no  peace 
in  our  hearts,  apply  the  blood  of  sprinkling.     That  will  give  rest. 

When  thou  findest  nothing  but  corruption  and  filthiness  in  thy  soul, 
when  thou  seest  neither  joy  nor  sanctification  of  spirit,  go  to  the  Lord 
Jesus,  and  he  will  purge  thee  from  all  guilt,  and  wash  thee  with  clean 
water.     But  to  go  on. 

Who  hath  sealed  us,  and  given  us  the  earnest  of  his  Spirit  in  our  hearts. 

This  is  the  third  word,  borrowed  from  human  contracts,  to  set  forth 
God's  gracious  work  in  the  soul.  Anointing  we  had  before,  and  sealing. 
Now  here  is  '  earnest.'  The  variety  of  expression  shews  there  is  a  great 
remainder  of  unbelief  in  the  soul  of  man,  which  causeth  the  blessed  Spirit 
to  use  so  many  words  to  manifest  God's  mind,  and  assure  the  soul  of  sal- 
vation ;  stablishing,  anointing,  sealing,  and  earnest. 

And  indeed  so  it  is.  Howsoever  we  in  the  time  of  prosperity,  when  all 
things  go  well  with  us,  are  apt  to  presume  our  estate  is  good,  yet  in  the 
hour  of  death,  when  conscience  is  awaked,  we  are  prone  to  nothing  so  much 
as  to  call  all  in  question,  and  believe  the  lies  and  doubts  and  fears  of  our 
own  deceitful  hearts,  more  than  the  undoubted  truth  and  promise  of  God. 
Therefore  the  Lord  takes  all  courses  to  establish  us.  He  gives  us  rich  and 
precious  promises  ;  he  gives  us  the  Holy  Spirit  to  confirm  us  in  those 
promises,  he  seals  us  with  that  Spirit,  and  gives  us  a  comfortable  '  earnest' 
thereof,  and  all  to  settle  these  wretched  and  unbelieving  hearts  of  ours. 
So  desirous  is  God  that  we  should  be  well  conceited  of  him,  that  he  loves 
us  better  than  we  love  ourselves.  He  prizeth  our  love  so  much,  that  he 
labours  by  all  means  to  secure  us  of  our  eternal  welfare  ;  as  knowing,  that 
*  Cf.  Note  dddd,  Vol.  III.  page  536.— G. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  141 

except  we  appreliend  his  love  to  us,  we  can  never  love  him  again,  nor 
delight  in  him  as  we  ought  to  do. 

Now  the  Spii'it  is  an  '  earnest'  of  our  inheritance  in  heaven.  We  are 
sons  here  indeed  ;  but  we  are  not  heirs  invested  into  the  blessed  estate  we 
have  title  to.  God  doth  not  keep  all  our  happiness  till  another  world,  but 
gives  us  somewhat  to  comfort  us  in  our  absence  from  our  husband.  He 
gives  us  the  Holy  Ghost  in  our  hearts,  as  a  pledge  of  that  glorious  condi- 
tion, which  we  shall  one  day  have  eternally  with  him.  This  is  the  meaning 
of  the  words. 

But  to  shew  you  more  particularly  in  what  regard  the  Spirit  is  called  an 
*  earnest.' 

(1.)  First  of  all,  you  know  an  earnest  is  used  for  securitij  of  a  contract. 
So  the  Holy  Spirit  doth  secure  us  of  the  blessed  estate  we  shall  have  in 
heaven  for  ever. 

(2.)  Secondly,  An  earnest  is  r)art  of  the  bargain,  a  jmrt  of  the  whole  which  is 
secured.  Though  it  is  a  very  little  part,  yet  it  is  a  part.  So  it  is  with  the 
Spirit  of  God  in  its  gracious  work  upon  our  hearts.  The  joy  of  the  Spirit 
is  a  part  of  that  full  joy  and  happiness  which  shall  be  revealed  hereafter 
to  us. 

(3.)  Thirdly,  An  earnest  is  little  in  comparison  of  the  whole.  So  the  Spirit, 
in  the  work  and  graces  thereof,  is  little  in  regard  of  that  fulness  which  we 
shall  have  in  heaven.  But  though  an  earnest  be  small  in  itself,  yet  it  is 
great  in  security.  A  shilling  secures  a  bargain  of  a  thousand  pounds,  we 
see.  We  value  an  earnest  not  for  its  own  worth  so  much  as  for  that  which 
it  is  a  pledge  of :  for  the  excellent  bargain  and  rich  possession  which  it  doth 
interest  us  into.  So  the  Spirit  of  God  with  its  blessed  effects  in  the  soul, 
the  joy  and  peace  of  the  Spirit,  cheering  and  reviving  perplexed  sinners  ;  this 
earnest,  I  say,  though  it  be  little  in  itself,  yet  it  is  great  to  us  in  respect  of 
the  assurance  that  we  have  by  it. 

(4.)  Again,  it  hath  the  term  of  an  earnest,  because  an  earnest  is  given 
rather  for  the  security  of  the  party  that  receives  it,  than  in  regard  of  him  that 
gives  it.  So  God  gives  its  the  '  earnest  of  the  Spirit,'  grace  and  comfort  in 
this  life,  not  so  much  for  God.  For  he  means  to  give  us  heaven  and  happi- 
ness when  we  are  dissolved.  As  he  hath  passed  his  promise,  so  he  will 
undoubtedly  perform  the  same  ;  he  is  Lord  and  Master  of  his  word.  He 
is  Jehovah  that  gives  a  being  to  his  word,  as  well  as  to  every  other  thing. 
But  notwithstanding,  having  to  do  with  mistrustful,  unbelieving  men,  he  is 
pleased  to  condescend  to  our  weakness  ;  he  stoops  to  the  lowest  capacity, 
and  frames  his  speech  to  the  understanding  of  the  simplest  soul,  for  which 
purpose  this  term  of  earnest  is  here  borrowed. 

In  these  respects  the  Spirit  of  God,  together  with  the  graces  of  it,  and 
the  comforts  it  brings  (for  they  are  not  divided)  is  called  an  *  earnest.'  And 
thus  having  cleared  the  point,  we  will  observe  this  doctrine  for  our  further 
instruction. 

That  a  Christian  ought  to  he,  and  may  he  assured  of  his  interest  in  God  ; 
because,  as  I  have  said  before,  an  earnest  is  given  not  so  much  for  God's 
sake,  as  for  our  sakes.  This  then  must  needs  follow  from  hence.  Either 
none  have  this  earnest,  or  else  those  that  have  it  may  be  assured  of  their 
comfortable  condition.  Otherwise  God  is  fickle,  and  plays  fast  and  loose 
with  his  children,  which  is  blashemy  to  afiirm.  Besides,  if  none  have  this 
earnest,  then  the  apostle  speaks  false  when  he  saith,  '  God  hath  stablished 
us,  and  given  us  the  earnest  of  his  Spirit,'  which  is  horrible  impiety  once 
to  conceive. 


142  TEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

Qnest.  If  this  be  so,  then  either  such  as  have  this  seal  and  earnest  of  the 
Spirit  may  be  assured  of  their  estate  in  grace  or  not.  And  if  not,  where 
is  the  fault  ?  Will  not  God  really  and  truly  vouchsafe  unto  his  people  this 
earnest  of  the  Spirit  in  their  hearts  ? 

Ans.  Undoubtedly  he  will.  He  is  desirous  that  we  should  be  persuaded  of 
his  love  in  all  things,  and  therefore  we  may  and  ought  to  be  assured  of  his 
favour  towards  us.  St  John's  whole  epistle*  contains  little  else  but 
sundry  marks  and  evidences  how  we  may  know  that  we  are  the  children  of 
God.  Wherefore  was  Christ  himself  sealed  of  the  Father  to  the  office  of 
Mediator  ?  wherefore  did  he  die  and  rise  again  7  and  wherefore  doth  he  still 
make  intercession  for  us  in  heaven  ?  That  we  should  doubt  of  God's  love, 
whenas  he  hath  given  us  that  which  is  greater  than  salvation,  yea,  greater 
than  all  the  world,  even  his  own  Son  ?  No,  certainly.  Can  we  desire  a 
more  ample  testimony  of  his  favour  than  he  hath  already  bestowed  upon  us  ? 
Is  it  not  the  errand  of  all  God's  mercies  to  bring  us  nearer  to  himself,  that 
we  should  not  doubt  of  his  love,  but  rest  securely  upon  him  7  Why 
then  do  we  distrust  the  Almighty,  who  is  truth  itself,  and  never  failod 
any  7 

Yet  we  must  know  that  Christians  have  not  at  all  times  alike  assurance 
of  their  interest ;  for  there  is  an  infancy  of  grace,  where  we  are  ignorant  of 
our  own  condition.  And  there  is  a  time  of  desertion,  whenas  God,  to  make 
us  look  better  to  our  footing,  leaves  us  a  little,  as  if  he  would  forsake  us 
quite  ;  when  indeed  he  only  withdraws  his  assistance  for  a  while  to  make  us 
cleave  the  closer  to  him.  There  be  also  certain  seasons,  wherein,  though 
we  are  assured  of  God's  favour,  yet  we  have  no  feeling  or  apprehension  of 
the  same,  which  diflereth  in  Christians  much,  according  as  they  are  more 
or  less  sensible  of  their  estates.  Some  again  use  not  that  care  and  diligence 
in  the  use  of  means  which  God  requires,  whereupon  they  are  justly  deprived 
of  that  inward  peace  and  comfort  which  others  enjoy.  There  is  a  difference 
likewise  in  growth  and  continuance  in  Christianity.  Some  are  strong 
Christians,  and  some  weak  ;  answerable  whereunto  is  the  difference  of  assur- 
ance of  God's  love  usually  in  the  hearts  of  his  people.  Nay,  it  is  possible 
that  for  a  long  time  the  Lord's  jewels,  his  redeemed  ones,  may  want  this 
blessed  comfort. 

For  we  must  conceive  there  is  a  double  act  of  faith. 

First,  An  act  whereby  a  poor  distressed  sinner  casts  himself  upon  God  as 
reconciled  to  him  in  Christ. 

Secondh/,  There  is  a  reflect  act,  whereby  knowing  that  we  rely  upon  the 
truth  and  promise  of  the  Almighty,  we  have  assurance  of  his  favour.  Now 
a  man  may  perform  the  one  act  and  not  the  other.  Many  of  the  saints 
sometimes  can  hardly  say  that  they  have  any  assurance ;  but  yet,  notwith- 
standing, they  will  daily  cast  themselves  upon  the  rich  mercy  and  free  grace 
of  God  in  Jesus  Christ. 

Besides,  There  are  many  things  which  may  hinder  this  act  of  assurance, 
because  (together  with  believing)  God  may  present  such  things  to  my  mind 
as  may  so  damp  and  disquiet  my  soul,  that  I  cannot  have  any  definitive 
thoughts  about  that  which  God  would  especially  have  me  to  think  upon. 

As  when  God  would  humble  a  man,  he  takes  not  away  the  Spirit  of  faith 
wholly  from  him,  but  sets  before  such  a  sinful  creature  his  anger  and  sore 
displeasure,  together  with  the  heUish  torments  and  pains  of  the  damned  as 
due  to  his  soul,  which  makes  him  for  the  present  to  be  in  an  estate  little 
(iiffering  from  the  reprobate.  So  that  he  is  far  from  saying  he  hath  any 
*  Viz.,  1st  Epistle.— G. 


PRECIOUS  PEOMISES.  143 

assurance  at  that  time.  Yet,  notwitlistancling,  he  doth  not  leave  off  nor 
renounce  his  confidence,  but  casts  himself  upon  God's  mercy  still.  '  Though 
the  Lord  kill  him,  yet  will  he  trust  in  him,'  Job  xiii.  15,  although  he  sees 
nothing  but  terror  and  wrath  before  him.  This  God  doth  to  tame  our  pre- 
sumption, and  to  prepare  us  for  the  enjoyment  of  his  future  glory.  If  we 
feel  not  sense  of  assurance,  it  is  good  to  bless  God  for  what  we  have.  We 
cannot  deny  but  God  offers  himself  in  mercy  to  us,  and  that  he  intends  our 
good  thereby;  for  so  we  ought  to  construe  his  merciful  dealing  towards  us, 
and  not  have  him  in  jealousy  without  ground.  Had  we  but  willing  hearts 
to  praise  God  for  that  which  we  cannot  but  acknowledge  comes  from  him, 
he  will  be  ready  in  his  time  to  shew  himself  more  clearly  to  us.  We  taste 
of  his  goodness  manj'  ways,  and  it  is  accompanied  with  much  patience. 
And  these,  in  their  natui'es,  should  lead  us  not  only  to  repentance,  but  to 
nearer  dependence  on  him.  We  ought  to  follow  that  which  God  leads  us 
unto,  though  he  hath  not  yet  acquainted  us  with  his  secrets. 

These  things  we  must  observe,  that  we  give  not  a  false  evidence  against 
ourselves.  Though  we  have  not  such  assurance  as  we  have  had,  yet 
always  there  is  some  ground  in  us  whereupon  we  may  be  comforted  that  we 
are  God's  children,  could  we  but  search  into  it.  Let  us  not  then  be  negli- 
gent in  labouring  for  the  same,  and  in  the  Lord's  good  time  we  shall 
certainly  obtain  it.  It  is  the  profaneness  of  the  world  that  they  improve 
not  those  helps  which  God  hath  afforded  for  this  purpose. 

Nay,  they  had  rather  stagger,  and  take  contentment  in  their  own  ways, 
saying,  If  God  will  love  me  in  a  loose,  licentious  course,  so  it  is ;  but  I 
will  not  'give  diligence  to  make  my  calling  and  election  sure,'  2  Peter  i.  10; 
I  will  never  bar  myself  of  such  profits  and  delights,  nor  forsake  all, 
chiefly  to  mind  spiritual  things. 

Whereas  we  ought  constantly  to  endeavour  for  assurance  of  grace,  that 
God  may  have  honour  from  us,  and  we  the  more  comfort  from  him  again, 
that  we  may  live  in  the  world  above  ihe  world,  and  pass  cheerfully  through 
the  manifold  troubles  and  temptations  which  befall  us  in  our  pilgrimage. 

A  man  in  his  pure  naturals  will  swell  against  this  doctrine,  because  he 
feels  no  such  thing,  and  thinks  what  is  above  his  measure  is  hypocrisy. 
He  makes  himself  the  rule  of  other  Christians  to  walk  by,  and  therefore 
values  and  esteems  others  by  his  uncertain  condition.  But  the  heart  of 
a  Christian  hath  a  light  in  it ;  the  Spirit  of  God  in  his  soul  makes  him 
discern  what  estate  he  is  in. 

In  a  natural  man,  all  is  dark.  He  sees  nothing,  because  his  heart  is  in  a 
dungeon.  '  His  eye  being  dark,  the  whole  man  must  needs  be  in  blind- 
ness,' Mat.  vi.  22,  seq.  All  is  alike  to  him ;  he  sees  no  difference  between 
flesh  and  spirit,  and  therefore  holds  on  in  a  doubting  hope,  in  a  confused 
disposition  and  temper  of  soul,  to  his  dying  day. 

But  a  Christian,  that  labours  to  walk  in  the  comforts  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
cannot  rest  in  such  an  unsettled  estate ;  he  dares  not  venture  his  eternal 
welfare  upon  such  infixm  grounds.  What !  To  depart  this  life,  and  be 
tossed  in  uncertainty,  whether  a  man  goes  to  heaven  or  to  hell !  What  a 
miserable  perplexity  must  such  a  soul  needs  be  in  !  Therefore,  he  is  still 
*  working  out  his  salvation,'  Phil.  ii.  12,  and  storing  up  of  grace  against 
the  evil  day. 

And  well  may  this  condition  challenge  all  our  diligence  in  labouring  for 
it,  because  it  is  neither  attained  nor  maintained  without  the  strength  and 
prime  of  our  care.  For  the  sense  of  God's  favour  will  not  be  kept  with- 
out keeping  him  in  our  best  affections,  above  all  things  else  in  the  world 


144  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OK, 

besides  ;  without  keeping  of  our  hearts  constantly  close  and  near  to  him  ; 
which  can  never  be  done  without  keeping  a  most  narrow  watch  over  our 
loose  spirits,  which  are  ever  ready  to  stray  from  him,  and  fall  to  the 
creature. 

It  cannot  be  kept  without  exact  walking,  and  serious  self-denial.  But 
what  of  that  ?  Can  we  spend  labours  to  better  purpose  ?  One  sweet 
beam  of  God's  countenance  will  requite  all  abundantly.  A  Christian 
indeed  undergoes  more  trouble  and  pains,  especially  with  his  own  heart, 
than  others  do  ;  but  what  is  that  to  his  gains  ?  One  day  spent  in  com- 
munion with  God  is  sweeter  than  a  thousand  without  it.  What  comforts 
so  great  as  those  that  ai'e  fetched  from  the  fountain  !  Oh,  woe  to  him 
that  savours  not  these  heavenly,  but  lingers  after  carnal  comforts.  It 
cannot  but  grieve  the  Holy  Spirit,  when  the  'consolations  of  the  Almighty ' 
are  either  forgotten,  or  seem  '  nothing  to  us,'  Job  xv.  11. 

Quest.  But  why  doth  the  Spirit  thus  establish  and  seal  us,  and  convey 
grace  to  our  souls  ?     Why  doth  that  do  all  ? 

Ans.  1.  Because  since  the  fall  we  have  no  principles  of  supernatural 
good  in  us  ;  and  there  must  be  a  principle  above  nature  to  work  grace  in 
our  barren  hearts. 

Ans.  2.  Again,  there  is  still  remaining  in  us  an  utter  averseness  to  that 
which  is  spiritually  good  in  the  best.  Therefore  there  must  be  somewhat 
to  overpower  their  corrupt  disposition. 

Quest.  But  why  the  Spirit  rather  than  the  Father  or  the  Son  ? 
Ans.  He  comes  from  both,  and  therefore  is  fit  to  witness  the  love  of 
both.  The  Holy  Ghost  is  in  the  breast  of  the  Father  and  the  Son  ;  he 
knows  their  secret  affections  towards  us.  A  man's  spirit  is  acquainted 
with  his  inmost  thoughts.  The  blessed  Spirit  is  privy  to  the  hidden  love 
of  God,  and  of  Jesus  Christ  to  us  poor  creatures,  which  we  are  strangers 
unto.     Therefore  none  so  fit  to  cheer  and  revive  us. 

Indeed,  the  love  originally  is  from  the  Father  ;  but  in  regard  of  applica- 
tion of  what  is  wrought  by  the  Son,  all  proceeds  from  the  Holy  Ghost ;  he 
receives  grace  from  Christ  for  us.  It  must  needs  be  so,  because  no  less 
than  the  Spirit  of  God  can  quiet  our  perplexed  spirits  in  time  of  tentation. 
For  when  the  conscience  of  a  guilty  person  is  afii'ighted,  what  man  can 
allay  its  fears  ?  That  which  must  settle  a  troubled  spirit  must  be  a  spirit 
above  our  own  ;  it  being  no  easy  thing  to  bring  the  soul  and  God  together 
after  peace  is  broken.  We  have  both  wind  and  tide  against  us  in  this 
business,  grace  being  but  weak,  and  corruption  strong  in  the  best  of  us. 

We  should  labour  therefore  for  heavenly  spirits,  and  get  something 
more  than  a  man  in  us.  There  can  never  be  any  true  peace  attained  till 
the  Spirit  from  above  settle  it  in  our  souls.  An  unsanctified  heart  is  an 
unpacified  heart.  If  there  be  a  neglect  of  holiness,  the  soul  can  never  be 
soundly  quiet.  Where  there  is  not  a  clear  conscience,  there  cannot  be  a 
calm  conscience.  That  is  a  general  rule.  Sin,  like  Jonah  in  the  ship,  will 
raise  continual  storms  both  within  and  without  a  man.  Take  away  God 
once,  and  farewell  all  true  tranquillity.  Spiritual  comforts  flow  imme- 
diately from  the  Spirit  of  comfort,  who  hath  his  office  designed  for  that 
purpose.* 

Quest.  But  how  shall  we  know  that  we  have  the  Spirit  ?  How  may  a 
man  know  that  he  hath  a  soul  ? 

Ans.  1.  By  living  and  moving,  by  actions  vital,  &c.     Even  so  may  a 
man  know  he  hath  the  Spirit  of  God  by  its  blessed  effects  and  operations. 
*  That  is,  '  The  Comforter'  (nagazXTjroj).— G, 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  145 

It  is  not  idle  in  us,  but  as  the  soul  quickens  the  body,  so  doth  the  Spirit 
the  soul.  Every  saving  grace  is  a  sign  that  the  Spirit  is  in  us.  Where- 
soever the  Spirit  dwells,  he  transforms  the  soul,  and  changes  the  party, 
like  himself,  to  be  holy  and  gracious.  This  is  an  undoubted  symptom  of 
the  Spirit's  habitation. 

^  Ans.  2.  Secondly,  All  spiritual  graces  are  ivith  conflict ;  for  that  which 
is  true  is  with  a  great  deal  of  resistance  of  that  which  is  counterfeit.  '  The 
flesh  still  lusts  against  the  Spirit,'  Gal.  v.  17,  and  Satan  cannot  endure  to 
see  any  man  walk  comfortably  to  heaven.  What,  thinks  he,  such  a  base 
creature  as  this  is  to  have  the  earnest  of  salvation,  to  live  here  as  if  he 
were  in  heaven  already  ;  and  to  defy  all  opposite  powers !  Sure  he  shall 
have  little  peace  this  way.  I  will  disquiet  and  vex  his  spirit.  If  he  will 
go  to  heaven  he  shall  go  mourning  thither. 

This  is  the  reasoning  of  the  cursed  spirit,  whereupon  he  labours  to  shake 
our  assurance  and  follow  us  with  pei-plexities.  The  grace  and  comfort  of  a 
Christian  is  with  much  conflict  and  temptations,  not  only  with  Satan,  but 
with  his  own  heart ;  which,  so  long  as  guilt  remains,  will  ever  be  misgiving 
and  casting  of  doubts.  There  must,  therefore,  be  a  higher  power  than  the 
soul  of  man  to  quiet  and  allay  its  own  troubles. 

Ans.  3.  Thirdly,  The  Spirit  enables  us  to  the  practice  of  those  duties  which 
by  nature  we  are  averse  unto,  as  to  love  an  enemy,  to  overcome  our  revenge, 
to  be  humble  in  prosperity,  and  contented  with  any  estate.  It  draws  our 
aSection  heavenward,  and  makes  us  delight  in  God  above  all  as  our  best 
portion.  He  that  hath  the  Spirit  joys  in  spiritual  company  and  employ- 
ment ;  he  hates  sin,  as  being  contrary  to  that  blessed  '  earnest '  which  he 
hath  received.  He  looks  on  things  as  God  doth,  and  approves  of  the  same, 
as  he  is  made  more  or  less  spiritual  thereby,  and  so  is  brought  nearer  to 
that  fountain  of  goodness — God  himself.  By  them  he  esteems  his  best 
being  to  be  in  Christ,  and  therefore  labours  more  and  more  to  be  trans- 
formed into  his  likeness.  He  values  nothing  in  the  world  fux'ther  than  it 
conduceth  to  his  spiritual  welfare.  If  all  be  well  for  that,  he  accounts  him- 
self happy,  whatsoever  else  befalls  him.  Indeed,  where  the  Spirit  hath  taken 
up  his  firm  abode,  that  soul  will  little  set  by  any  outward  change.  Nothing 
can  be  very  ill  with  a  man  that  hath  all  well  within  him. 

But  that  I  may  not  distract  your  thoughts,  you  shall  find  divers  properties 
of  the  Spii'it  of  God  in  Eom.  viii.  1,  seq.,  which  I  will  briefly  touch.  First, 
it  is  said  that  the  Spirit  where  it  is  '  dwells  '  in  that  heart,  as  in  a  house  ; 
it  '  rules '  wherever  it  comes.  The  Holy  Ghost  will  not  be  an  underling 
to  our  lusts.  It  repairs  and  makes  up  all  our  inward  breaches.  The  Spirit 
prepares  his  own  dwelling,  he  begets  knowledge  and  acquaintance  of  God 
within  us.  He  is  not  in  us  as  he  is  in  the  wicked  ;  he  only  knocks  at  their 
hearts,  but  hath  not  his  abode  there. 

Secondly,  When  the  Spirit  comes  into  a  man,  he  subdues  ivhatsoever  is  con- 
trary to  it,  and  makes  %vay  for  itself  by  pulling  down  all  strongholds  which 
oppose  it.  Therefore  we  are  said  '  to  mortify  the  deeds  of  the  flesh '  by  the 
Spirit,  ver.  13.  Those  that  by  help  of  the  Spirit  have  got  the  victory  of 
sin,  can  in  no  wise  be  led  as  slaves  by  the  flesh  ;  as,  on  the  contrary,  he 
that  cherishes  corruption  and  crucifies  it  not  (by  spiritual  reasons,  but  out 
of  civil  respects  to  be  freed  from  aspersions,  and  to  uphold  his  reputation 
or  the  like)  is  a  mere  *  stranger  to  the  Holy  Ghost's  working. 

Thirdly,  As  many  as  are  '  led  by  the  Spirit  of  God  are  the  sons  of  God.' 
As  the  angel  went  before  the  Israelites  from  Egypt  into  Canaan,  so  the 
*  That  is,  '  altogether.'— G. 
VOL.  rv.  K 


1  i6  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

Spirit  of  God  goes  along  with  his  in  all  their  ways,  removing  all  lets  and 
strengthening  against  all  impediments  in  their  Christian  race.  It  conducts 
us  sweetly,  not  violently,  as  the  devil  doth  those  that  are  possessed  with  the 
Spirit.-  We  are  led  strongly  indeed,  because  it  is  against  corruption  within 
us,  and  opposition  from  without  us  ;.but  yet  sweetlj^  to  preserve  the  liberty 
and  freedom  of  the  soul  still.  We  are  all  by  nature  Hke  children  or  blind 
men.  We  cannot  lead  ourselves.  The  Spirit  must  be  our  conduct[orJ,  or  we 
shall  wander  and  go  aside  presently.  Those  therefore  that  enjoy  the  same, 
submit  themselves  to  its  guidance  and  direction  in  all  things. 

Fourth,  Again,  The  Spirit  stirs  up  sighs  and  groans,  that  cannot  be 
expressed.  When  we  are  not  able  to  pray,  or  lay  open  the  griefs  of  our 
souls,  if  we  can  but  send  our  sighs  and  groans  to  heaven,  they  shall  be 
accepted ;  for  God  will  hear  the  voice  of  his  own  Spirit,  from  whence  these 
sobs  and  complaints  come.  How  should  we  be  overwhelmed  with  despair, 
did  not  the  Spirit  support  us  ?  Those,  therefore,  that  in  extremity  have 
nothing  to  comfort  them,  yet  are  able  to  send  forth  holy  desires  to  the  Lord, 
may  certainly  conclude  that  the  Spirit  is  in  them. 

Fifth,  Again,  The  Spirit  makes  us  mourn  and  wait  for  the  adoption  of 
sons.  The  same  Spirit  that  sanctifies  a  sinner,  witnesses  to  his  soul  that 
God  is  his.  Worldlings  grieve  not  for  their  absence  from  Christ,  neither  at 
all  long  they  for  his  blessed  appearing,  because  their  heaven  is  here.  They 
mourn  not  for  the  hidden  distempers  and  secret  imperfections  of  their  souls  ; 
whereas  the  godly  are  much  in  condemning  themselves  for  that  which  no 
creature  can  tax  them  of.  Want  of  communion  with  their  Maker,  strait- 
ness  of  spirit,  distraction  in  duty,  that  they  cannot  obey  as  they  would — 
these  exceedingly  deject  them,  yet  wait  they  will  without  despair  till  God 
have  finished  their  course.  There  is  such  a  divine  power  in  faith,  as  a  very- 
little  beam  of  it,  having  no  other  help  than  a  naked  promise,  will  uphold 
the  soul  against  the  greatest  discouragements,  and  keep  it  from  utter  sinking. 

Indeed,  '  waiting '  is  a  diflicult  duty,  both  in  regard  of  the  long  day 
which  God  usually  takes  before  he  performs  his  promise,  as  also  by  rea- 
son of  the  untowardness  of  our  natures,  being  ready  to  be  put  ofi"  by  the 
least  frown,  did  not  God  by  a  Spirit  of  constancy  preserve  the  soul  im- 
moveable in  all  conditions,  whether  present  or  to  come,  so  as  it  fails  not 
before  him:  and  why?  Because  it  knows  full  well  that  God,  in  whom  it 
rests,  is  unchangeably  good. 

Alas  !  we  are  at  the  best  but  light  and  vain  creatures,  till  the  divine 
Spirit  fix  and  settle  us.  The  firmer  our  union  is  here,  the  surer  will  be 
our  standing  in  all  danger ;  for  what  can  daunt  that  soul,  which  in  the 
greatest  troubles  hath  made  the  great  good  to  be  his  own  ?  Such  a  per- 
son dares  cheerfully  encounter  any  opposition,  as  having  a  Spirit  higher 
than  the  world  about  him ;  and  seeing  all  but  God  far  beneath  him. 
Though  I  might  name  more,  what  a  many  sweet  evidences  are  here  to 
manifest  a  soul  truly  acted  and  led  by  the  Spirit  of  God ! 

Quest.  How  may  a  man  obtain  this  blessed  guest,  to  lodge  in  his  soul 
and  rule  over  him  ? 

Ans.  First,  Attend  vpon  the  teaching  of  the  gospel.  *  Eeceived  ye  the 
Spirit  by  the  hearing  of  the  law,  or  of  faith  preached  ?'  saith  the  apostle, 
Gal.  iii.  2.     The  Spirit  is  usually  given  with  a  clear  unfolding  of  Christ. 

Secondly,  Omit  likevdse  no  means  wherein  the  Spirit  is  effectual ;  for  as  a 
man  walking  in  a  garden,  though  he  think  not  of  it,  draws  a  sweet  scent 
of  the  flowers,  so  the  word  of  God,  being  dictated  by  the  Spirit,  leaves  a 
*  Qu.  'his  spirit' ?— Ed. 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  147 

heavenly  savour  in  such  as  converse  with  it.  The  spirit  of  a  man  is  like 
water  that  runs  through  minerals.  We  see  baths  have  their  warmth 
from  minerals  that  they  run  through.  So  it  is  with  the  soul  in  its  holy 
employments.  When  it  hath  to  deal  with  good  books  and  good  company, 
it  draweth  a  spiritual  tincture  from  these  things,  and  is  bettered  by  them.     , 

Thirdly,  Withal,  take  heed  that  thou  '  grieve  not  the  Holy  Ghost,'  for 
that  will  cause  an  estrangement  of  his  presence  in  thy  soul. 

Quest.  How  is  that  done  ? 

Ans.  By  cherishing  contrary  affections  and  lusts  to  his  blessed  motions, 
as  when  we  hear  the  word,  but  resolve  never  to  obey  it.  When  God 
knocks  at  our  hearts  for  entrance,  oh  how  readily  should  we  set  open 
these  everlasting  doors  to  receive  him  !  If  Christ  be  willing  to  give  us  his 
Spirit,  it  must  needs  be  our  own  fault  if  we  remain  carnal ;  there  being 
nothing  in  a  manner  required  to  be  spiritual,  but  not  to  resist  the  Spirit. 
What  greater  indignity  can  we  offer  to  the  blessed  Comforter,  than  to  pre- 
fer our  base  lusts  before  his  motions,  leading  to  happiness  ?  What  greater 
unkindness  can  a  man  do  his  friend,  than  to  slight  his  loving  direction, 
and  embrace  the  counsel  of  a  professed  enemy  ?  The  Holy  Ghost  presses 
such  forcible  reasons  upon  us  of  heavenly-mindedness  and  despising  earthly 
things,  that  it  is  more  than  evident  none  are  damned  in  the  bosom  of  the 
church  but  those  that  set  a  bar  against  the  Spirit  of  God  in  their  hearts. 
Such  are  damned  because  they  will  be  damned,  that,  say  the  preacher 
whatever  he  will,  think  it  better  to  be  as  they  are,  than  to  entertain  such 
a  guest  as  will  mar  and  alter  all  that  was  there  before. 

Take  heed,  therefore,  of  resisting  the  Spirit  in  the  least  kind ;  sad*  not 
his  blessed  motions,  but  make  much  of  the  same  by  yielding  subjection 
thereunto.  Lay  thy  soul  often  before  the  Spirit ;  suffer  thyself  to  be 
moulded  and  fashioned  by  his  gi-acious  working.  Oh  consider  how  high 
the  slighting  of  a  gracious  motion  reaches,  even  to  the  contemning  of  God 
himself.  Certainly  as  we  use  these,  so  would  we  use  the  Spirit  himself, 
were  he  [not]  invisible  to  us. 

And  converse  not  with  carnal  company ;  for  what  wilt  thou  gain  there 
but  sorrow  to  thine  heart,  if  thou  belongest  to  God ;  and  as  holy  Lot,  vex 
thy  righteous  soul  with  the  unclean  conversation  of  these  Sodomites  ?  It 
is  an  undoubted  sign  of  a  man  destitute  of  grace,  not  to  care  at  all  what 
company  he  frequents. 

Fourthly,  Seeing  the  Holy  Ghost  is  promised  to  them  that  ask  it,  beg  ear- 
nestly, for  it  is  at  God's  hands.  This  is  the  '  good  thing'  that  God  gives. 
Christ  seems  to  insinuate  as  much,  saying,  "What  can  I  give  you  better  than 
the  Holy  Ghost  ?  Yet  this  '  will  I  bestow  on  them  that  ask  it,'  Mat.  vii. 
7,  seq. ;  for  indeed  that  is  the  seed  of  all  grace  and  comfort.  A  world  of 
promises  is  included  in  the  promise  of  giving  the  Spirit. 

Labour  therefore,  above  all  gettings,  to  obtain  this  high  prerogative.  The 
comforts  of  the  Spirit  are  above  all  earthly  comfort,  and  the  graces  of  the 
Spirit  enable  to  encounter  the  greatest  temptations  whatsoever.  A  man 
that  hath  this  stands  impregnable.  God  may  withdraw  his  favour  for  a 
time,  to  humble  us ;  but  to  quench  the  work  of  the  Spirit,  once  wrought 
in  the  soul,  all  the  power  of  all  the  devils  in  hell  cannot  stir  it.  This  will 
carry  us  through  all  oppositions  and  difficulties  in  our  Christian  race.  Let 
a  man  never  baulk  or  decline  a  good  cause  for  anything  that  he  shall  suffer ; 
for  the  seal  and  earnest  of  the  Spirit  is  never  more  strong  than  when  we 
are  deprived  of  all  other  comforts  save  that  alone. 

*  That  is,  '  sadden,'  as  elsewhere  '  dead,'  for  '  deaden.' — G. 


148  YEA  AND  AMEN  ;    OR, 

What  makes  a  man  diffei'  from  himself  and  from  other  men  but  this  ? 
Take  a  Christian  that  hath  the  '  earnest  of  the  Spirit,'  you  shall  have  him 
defy  death,  Satan,  the  world,  and  all.  Take  another  that  is  careless  to 
increase  his  *  earnest,'  how  weak  and  feeble  will  you  find  him,  ready  to  be 
overcome  by  every  temptation,  and  sink  under  the  least  burden. 

The  apostle  Peter,  before  the  Holy  Ghost  came  upon  him,  was  astonished 
with  the  voice  of  a  weak  damsel ;  but  after,  how  forward  was  he  to  suffer 
anything.* 

Labour  not  then  to  be  strengthened  in  things  below,  neither  value  thy- 
self by  outward  dependences.  Alas  !  all  things  here  are  perishing.  If 
thou  hast  grace,  thou  hast  that  which  will  stand  by  thee  when  these  fail. 
The  Comforter  shall  never  be  taken  away.  What  are  all  friends  in  the 
world  to  the  Holy  Ghost !  This  will  speak  to  God  for  us  when  no  crea- 
ture dares  look  him  in  the  face.  The  Spirit  will  make  requests  with  '  sighs 
and  groans '  in  our  behalf ;  and  we  may  be  sure  we  shall  be  heard  when 
that  intercedes  for  us.  What  prison  can  shut  up  the  Spirit  of  God?  Oh 
gain  this,  whatever  thou  losest ;  prefer  it  to  thy  chief  treasure.  The  very 
'  earnest '  of  the  Spirit  is  far  more  precious  than  the  creature's  full  quint- 
essence. If  the  promises  laid  hold  on  by  faith  quicken  and  cheer  the  soul, 
what  shall  the  accomplishment  of  them  do  !  If  the  giving  a  taste  of  heaven 
so  lift  our  souls  above  all  earthly  discoui-agements,  how  glorious  shall  we 
shine  forth  when  the  Spirit  shall  be  all  in  all  in  us  !  This  will  make  us 
more  or  less  fruitful,  more  or  less  glorious  in  our  profession,  and  resolute 
in  obedience  through  our  whole  course. 

If  we  want  this,  we  can  never  be  thankful  for  anything ;  for  it  is  the  love 
of  God  that  sweetens  every  mercy  to  us  ;  and  indeed  is  more  to  be  valued 
than  any  blessing  we  enjoy  besides  :  which  if  we  eye  not  or  are  ignorant  of, 
what  can  we  expect  but  wrath  and  displeasure  in  all  that  befalls  us  ?  Oh 
it  is  sweet  to  see  favours  and  benefits  issuing  from  grace  and  love.  They 
do  not  always  prove  mercies  which  men  ofttimes  esteem  to  be  so.  We  can 
have  no  solid  comfort  in  any  condition,  further  than  God  smiles  upon  us  in 
it.  What  a  fearful  case  must  that  then  be,  wherein  a  man  cannot  be  thank- 
ful for  what  he  hath. 

Every  condition  and  place  we  are  in  should  indeed  be  a  witness  of  our 
thankfulness  to  God.  We  must  not  think  life  was  given  only  to  live  in. 
Our  life  should  not  be  the  end  of  itself,  but  the  praise  of  the  Giver  thereof. 
It  is  but  fit  that  we  should  refer  all  that  is  good  to  his  glory,  who  hath 
joined  his  glory  to  our  best  good,  in  being  glorified  in  our  salvation  ;  which 
while  we  question  and  doubt  of,  it  is  impossible  ever  to  be  cheerful  towards 
him. 

Besides,  how  can  a  man  suffer  willingly,  that  knows  not  that  God  hath 
begun  any  good  work  in  him  ?  How  lumpish  and  dead  is  he  under  the 
cross  without  this  assurance  !  It  is  worth  the  considering,  to  see  two  men 
of  equal  parts  under  the  same  affliction,  how  quietly  and  calmly  the  one 
that  hath  interest  in  Christ  will  bear  his  grievances,  whereas  the  other  rages 
as  a  fool,  and  is  more  beaten.  A  man  will  endure  anything  comfortably, 
when  he  considers  it  proceeds  from  his  Father's  good  pleasure.  This 
breeds  a  holy  resigning  of  ourselves  to  God  in  all  estates  ;  as  Eli,  the  '  will 
of  the  Lord  be  done.'  His  will  is  a  wise  will,  and  ever  conduceth  to  his 
people's  good. 

Fearest  thou  danger  ?     Cry  unto  God,  '  I  am  thine,'  '  Lord,  save  me.' 
I  am  the  price  of  thy  Son's  blood,  let  me  not  be  lost.     Thou  hast  given  me 
*  Cf.  Mat.  xxvi.  71  with  Acts  v.  41.— G. 


I 


PRECIOUS  PROMISES.  149 

the  earnest  of  thy  Spirit,  and  set  thy  seal  upon  me  for  thine  own,  let  me 
neither  lose  my  bargain  nor  thou  thine. 

Hence  it  is  that  God's  child  can  so  easily  deny  himself  in  temptations  and 
allurements  which  others  sink  under.  Oh  !  saith  he,  the  Holy  Ghost  hath 
*  sealed'  me  up  *to  the  day  of  redemption,'  shall  I  grieve  and  quench  the 
same  for  this  base  lust  ?  It  is  a  great  disparagement  to  prefer  husks 
before  the  provision  of  our  Father's  house.  When  we  give  content  to  Satan 
and  a  wretched  heart,  we  put  the  Holy  Ghost  out  of  his  office. 

Again,  without  this  we  can  never  comfortably  depart  this  life.  He  that 
hath  the  earnest  of  the  Spirit  in  his  heart,  may  laugh  Satan  in  the  face,  and 
rejoice  at  death's  approaching,  as  knowing  there  will  be  an  accomplishment 
then  of  all  the  bargain.  Then  the  marriage  will  be  perfectly  consummate ; 
then  shall  be  the  great  year  of  jubilee,  the  Sabbath  of  rest  for  ever.  He 
that  lives  much  by  faith  will  find  it  no  hard  matter  to  die  in  it.  But  let 
a  man  stagger  and  doubt  whether  he  belong  to  God  or  no,  what  a  miser- 
able case  will  he  be  in  at  the  time  of  dissolution  !  Death,  with  the  eternity 
of  torment  after  it,  who  can  look  it  in  the  face  without  the  assurance  of  a 
happy  change  ?  This  makes  men,  that  see  no  greater  pleasure  than  the 
following  of  their  lusts,  resolve  of  swimming  in  worldly  delights  still. 
Alas !  say  they,  I  had  as  good  take  this  pleasure  as  have  none  at  all ; 
what  shall  become  of  me  hereafter,  who  knows  ? 


NOTES. 


(a)  P.  117. — 'They  have  seven  sacraments  to  our  two,'  viz.,  '(I)  The  Supper, 
(2)  Baptism,  (3)  Marriage,  (4)  Penance,  (5)  Confession,  (6)  Extreme  Unction,  (7) 
Orders. 

(6)  P.  117. — '  There  are  divers  readings  of  the  words.'  Instead  of  'all  the  pro- 
mises,' the  Greek  is  '  as  many  promises.'  Cf.  Dr  Hodge  in  loc.  for  exposition,  and 
Alford  and  Webster  and  "Wilkinson  for  'variations'  of  text.  G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN; 


OR, 


A  PRECIOUS  TASTE  OF  A  GLORIOUS  FEAST. 

I 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 


NOTE. 

'  A  Glance  of  Heaven  *  was  first  published  in  1638.  Its  title-page  is  given  below.* 
It  is  among  the  rarest  of  Sibbes's  books.  Prefixed  to  it  is  an  engraving  by  Marshall 
representing  the  Table  of  the  Lord  '  spread '  for  the  supper.  At  the  top  is  placed, 
'  Wisdom  hath  built  her  house,  she  hath  hewn  out  seven  pillars,  and  furnished  her 
table,  Prov.  ix.  1,  2,'  Beneath  the  table,  '  Compare  Prov.  ix.  1,  2,  and  Isa.  xxv.  6 
with  1  Cor.  ii.  9.  Secrets  which  the  gospel  reveals,  election,  redemption,  justifica- 
tion, peace  of  conscience,  joy  unspeakable,  faith,  love.  A  feast  prepared  for  them 
that  love  God  in  heaven  consummated.' 

*  A 

GLANCE 

OF  HEAVEN. 

OR, 

A    PKETIOVS    TASTE 

of  a  glorious  Feast. 

"Wherein  thou  mayst  taste  and  see 
those  things  which  God  hath  pre- 
pared for  them  that  love  him. 

The  secrets  of  the  Lord  are  with  them  that 
feare  him,  S(c.  Psal.  25.  14. 

Ey  E.  SiBS,  D.D.  Master  oi  Katherine  Hall, 
and  preacher  of  Grayes  Time  London. 

LONDON 
Printed  by  E.   G.  for  /.  R.  and  are 

to  bee  sold  by  Henry  Overton,  at 
the  entring  in  of  Popes  head  Palace  out 
of  Lumbard  street.     16S8. 


TO  THE  CHEISTIAN  READEE. 

Beloved  !  it  is  grown  a  custom  that  every  book  whosever,  or  of  whatso- 
ever subject,  must  be  presented  to  you  in  state  ;  with  some  prescript  pur- 
posely. Were  it  not  that  custom  is  a  tyrant,  this  labour  might  now  be  spared. 
Such  matter  from  such  an  elder  as  here  follows,  needs  no  '  epistle  of 
recommendation.'  The  reverend  author  is  well  approved  to  be  '  a  man  of 
God,'  a  '  seer  in  Israel,'  by  those  things  which,  without  control,  have  already 
passed  the  press.  Might  I  have  my  wish,  it  should  be  no  more  but  a 
'  double  portion  '  of  that  Spirit  of  God  which  was  in  him.  The  divine  light, 
which  radiated  into  his  breast,  displays  itself  in  many  other  of  his  labours, 
but  yet  it  is  nowhere  more  condensed  than  in  this  following.  It  is  truly 
said  of  Moses,  by  faith  '  he  saw  him  that  was  invisible,'  Heb.  xi.  27. 

And  St  Paul  prays  for  the  Ephesians,  '  that  they  might  know  the  love  of 
that  which  passeth  knowledge,'  Eph.  iii.  19.  These  things  imply  a  con- 
tradiction. Yet  in  like  phrase  I  fear  not  to  say  of  this  father  and  brother, 
he  saw  those  things  '  which  eye  hath  not  seen,'  spake  those  things  which 
*  ear  hath  not  heard,'  and  uttered  those  things  '  which  have  not  entered 
into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,'  2  Cor.  ii.  9.  This  knot  needs  no 
cutting.  He  that  rightly  understands  the  text  will  easily  look  through  this 
mystery  without  the  help  of  an  hyperbole.  His  scope  was  to  stir  us  up  to 
love  God  ;  his  motive  to  persuade  is  taken  from  the  excellency  of  those 
things  which  God  hath  prepared  for  them  who  love  him.  That  excellency 
is  expressed  in  a  strange  manner  ;  by  intimating  it  cannot  be  expressed, 
no,  nor  so  much  as  comprehended  by  any  natural  ability  of  the  body  or 
mind.  Yet  it  is  expressed  in  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel  sufficiently.  So  as 
here,  as  in  a  glass,  we  may  '  behold  the  glory  of  God,'  and  in  beholding, 
be  '  changed  from  glory  to  glory,'  2  Cor.  iii.  18.  What  duty  more  neces- 
sary than  to  love  God  ?  What  motive  more  effectual  than  the  gospel  ?  For 
what  is  the  gospel  but  a  revelation  of  such  things  as  natural  men  could  never 
invent  ?  Such  things,  that  is,  so  precious,  so  useful,  so  comfortable  to  us ;  so 
divine,  admirable,  and  transcendent  in  themselves.  Many  of  us  are  like 
the  angel  of  Ephesus,  '  We  have  lost  our  first  love,'  Rev.  ii.  4  ;  yea,  as  our 
Saviour  prophesied.  Mat.  xxiv.  12,  '  The  love  of  many  waxes  cold.'  One 
reason  may  be,  because  to  see-to,*  we  reap  so  little  fruit  of  our  love.  Were 
it  so,  that  we  had  nothing  in  hand,  no  present  pay,  that  we  served  God 
altogether  upon  trust,  without  so  much  as  an  earnest,  yet  there  is  some- 
thing '  prepared.'  Let  us  believe  that,  and  our  hearts  cannot  but  be 
warmed.  We  shall  then  be  *  fervent  in  spirit,  serving  the  Lord,'  Rom. 
xii.  11.  Be  we  persuaded  of  that,  '  God  is  not  unrighteous  to  forget  your 
work  and  labour  of  love,  which  you  have  shewed  towards  his  name,'  Heb. 
vi.  10,  and  then  we  may  triumphantly  insultf  with  Paul,  '  Who  shall  sepa- 
rate us  from  the  love  of  Christ  ?  '  Rom.  viii.i'SS.  There  is  this  difference 
between  natural  sight  and  spiritual.  The  one  requires  some  nearness  of 
the  object,  the  other  perceives  things  at  greatest  distance.     As  faith  makes 

*  That  is,  =  outward  appearance. — G.  t  That  is,  =  exult,  boast. — G. 


154  TO  THE  READER. 

future  things  present,  so  it  makes  remote  things  near,  and  things  '  pre- 
pared '  to  affect  as  if  they  were  enjoyed.  But  what  hath  God  prepared  ? 
If  I  could  answer  this,  it  might  not  only  satisfy,  but  inebriate.  '  Such  as 
eye  hath  not  seen,'  &c.  It  seems  to  be  a  proverbial  form  of  speeeh, 
whereby  the  rich  plenty  of  the  divine  blessings  and  benefits  which  God 
intendeth  to  us  in  and  by  Christ,  according  to  the  gospel,  is  shadowed 
forth.  The  words  are  to  see-to*  as  a  riddle,  but  here  is  '  one  of  a  thou- 
sand, an  interpreter,'  Job  xxxiii.  23,  at  hand,  to  unfold  them.  I  could  say 
much  to  invite  you,  but  that  the  matter  itself  is  as  a  loadstone.  My  testi- 
mony will  add  little  weight,  yet,  having  some  care  committed  to  me  by  Mr 
P.  N.,f  whom  this  business  chiefly  concerned,  I  could  do  no  less  than  let 
you  understand  here  is  one  rich  piece  of  spiritual  workmanship,  wrought 
by  a  master  builder,  very  useful  for  the  building  up  and  beautifying  of 
God's  temples.  The  blessing  of  God  Almighty  be  with  it,  and  upon  the 
whole  Israel  of  God. — So  prays  L.  Seaman. | 

*  Of.  ante,  =  sense.— G.  t  That  is,  Philip  Nye.     Cf.  Vol.  II.  p.  3.— G. 

J  Dr  Lazarus  Seaman  was  one  of  the  '  Ejected,'  having  been  at  the  time  in 
Alhallows,  Bread  Street,  to  which  he  had  been  presented  by  Laud  in  1642.  He 
died  in  September  1675.  Jenkyn  preached  his  funeral  sermon.  See  the  Noncf. 
Mem.,  I.  80-83.— G. 


HIDDEN  SECRETS  REVEALED  BY  THE  GOSPEL. 


But,  as  it  is  written,  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  neither  have  entered 
into  the  heart  of  man,  the  things  which  God  hath  prepared  for  them  that 
love  him. — 1  Cor.  II.  9. 

The  holy  apostle  St  Paul,  the  trumpet  of  the  gospel,  *  the  vessel  of  elec- 
tion,' was  ordained  to  be  a  messenger  of  reconciliation,  and  to  spread  the 
sweet  savour  of  the  gospel  everywhere.  And  answerably  to  his  calling,  he 
makes  way  for  the  excellency  of  his  embassage  into  the  hearts  of  those 
he  had  to  deal  with.  This  he  doth  by  the  commendation  of  his  function. 
And  that  he  might  the  better  prevail,  he  removes  all  objections  to  the 
contrary.  There  were  some  that  would  debase  his  office,  saying  that  the 
gospel  he  taught — Christ  crucified — was  no  such  great  matter.  Therefore, 
in  the  6th  verse  of  this  chapter,  he  shews  that  the  gospel  '  is  wisdom,  and 
that  among  them  that  are  perfect ; '  among  the  best  and  ablest  to  judge. 
St  Paul  did  not  build,  as  the  papists  do  now,  upon  the  blindness  of  the 
people.  But  it  were  not  popery  if  they  did  not  infatuate  the  people.  St 
Paul  saith  to  this  effect : — We  dare  appeal  to  those  that  are  the  best,  and 
of  the  best  judgment,  let  them  judge  whether  it  be  wisdom  or  no  ;  the  more 
perfect  men  are,  the  more  able  they  are  to  judge  of  our  wisdom. 

It  might  be  objected  again,  You  see  who  cares  for  your  wisdom,  neither 
Herod,  nor  Pilate,  nor  the  great  men  and  potentates,  the  scribes  and 
pharisees,  great,  learned  men,  and  withal  men  of  innocent  hves,  notable 
for  carriage.  Therefore,  saith  he,  'We  speak  not  the  wisdom  of  this  world, 
or  the  princes  of  this  world,  that  come  to  nought.'  Do  not  tell  us  of  such 
men's  wisdom,  they  and  their  wisdom  will  come  to  nought  too.  We  teach 
wisdom  of  things  that  are  eternal,  to  make  men  eternal.  As  for  the  princes 
of  the  world,  they  and  all  that  they  know,  their  thoughts  and  all  their  plots 
and  devices,  perish.  But  *we  speak  the  wisdom  of  God  in  a  mystery;'  that 
is,  the  wisdom  of  God's  revealing,  a  deep  wisdom,  a  mystery  that  *  God 
ordained  before  the  world  ; '  ancient  wisdom,  not  a  yesterday's  knowledge, 
though  lately  discovered.  The  preaching  of  the  gospel  is  the  discovery  of 
that  wisdom  that  was  hidden  before  the  world  was. 

And  to  invite  you,  and  make  you  more  in  love  with  it,  it  is  a  wisdom  'to 
your  glory.'  God  hath  a  delight  to  shew  himself  wise  in  devising  a  plot  to 
glorify  poor  wretched  man. 

As  for  the  words  themselves,  they  are  a  proof  of  what  he  had  said  before, 


156  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

•why  none  of  the  princes  of  the  world  knew  this  great  mystery.  If  so  be 
that  the  '  eye  of  any  man  hath  not  seen,  nor  the  ear  of  any  man  hath  heard, 
nor  the  heart  of  any  man  hath  conceived,'  what  do  you  tell  us  of  the  wise 
men,  which  were  not  all,  nay,  what  should  I  speak  of  men  ?  The  very 
angels  (as  we  know  by  other  places)  are  excluded  from  a  full  knowledge  of 
these  mysteries.  Therefore  it  is  no  marvel  though  none  of  the  princes  of 
this  world  knew  them.  They  are  universally  hidden  from  all  natural  men. 
This  I  take  to  be  the  sense  of  the  words.  They  are  taken  out  of  Isaiah 
Ixiv.  4.  St  Paul  delights  to  prove  things  by  the  prophets.  But  here  it  is 
not  so  much  a  proof  as  an  allusion,  which  we  must  observe  to  understand 
many  such  places.  For  Isaiah  there  speaks  of  the  great  things  God  had 
done  for  his  church,  such  as  eye  had  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard.  And  the 
apostle  alludes  to  it  here,  and  adds  somewhat.  This  clause,  '  nor  hath  entered 
into  the  heart  of  man,'  is  not  in  that  place,  but  it  is  necessarily  understood. 
For  if  the  eye  doth  not  see,  and  the  ear  hear,  it  never  enters  into  the  heart 
of  man.  For  whatsoever  enters  into  the  heart  of  man,  it  must  be  by  those 
passages  and  windows,  the  gates  of  the  soul,  the  senses. 

And  whereas  St  Paul  saith,  '  for  them  that  love  him,'  it  is  for  them  that 
*  expect  him,'  as  in  Isaiah.  The  sense  is  all  one.  Whosoever  love  God, 
they  expect  and  wait  for  him.  Where  there  is  no  expectation,  there  is  no 
love. 

This  is  the  apostle's  drift.  If  God  did  do  such  great  matters  for  his 
church,  as  '  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,'  according  to  the  prophet 
Isaiah,  what  shall  we  think  he  will  do  in  the  kingdom  of  grace  here  and  of 
glory  hereafter  ? 

The  words  then,  as  we  see,  contain  the  excellency  of  the  mysteries  of  the 
gospel,  described  first  by  the  hiddenness  of  it  to  men  at  first. 

Secondly,  By  the  goodness  of  the  things  revealed,  such  as  '  neither  eye 
hath  seen,'  &c. 

The  hiddenness  and  excellency  of  the  gospel  in  that  respect  is  set  forth 
by  way  of  negation.  '  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  heart  con- 
ceived.' And  indeed  this  is  the  way  to  set  forth  excellent  divine  things. 
God  himself  is  set  out  by  way  of  denial ;  by  removing  imperfections :  he  is 
invisible,  immortal,  &c.  And  so  heaven,  that  is  near  to  God,  as  being 
prepai-ed  by  him,  it  is  set  out  by  way  of  denial,  as  St  Peter  saith,  '  It  is  an 
inheritance  immortal,  undefiled,'  &c.,  1  Peter  i.  4. 

So  here  positive  words  could  not  be  found  sufficient  to  set  out  the 
excellency  of  the  things  that  God  hath  prepared. 

As  for  the  knowledge  of  the  mystery  of  salvation  in  Jesus  Christ,  we 
neither  can  come  to  it  by  natural  invention  nor  by  natural  discipline.  All 
the  things  that  we  know  naturally,  we  know  by  one  of  these  two  ways ; 
but  divine  things  are  known  neither  way. 

Where  could  there  have  been  any  knowledge  of  Christ,  if  God  had  not 
opened  his  breast  in  the  gospel,  and  come  forth  of  his  hidden  light,  and 
shewed  himself  in  Christ,  God-man ;  and  in  publishing  the  gospel  estab- 
lished an  ordinance  of  preaching  for  this  purpose — where  had  the  know- 
ledge of  salvation  in  Christ  been  ? 

To  prove  this  we  have  here  a  gradation.  The  eye  sees  many  things, 
but  we  hear  more  things  than  we  see.  Yet  '  neither  eye  hath  seen  nor  ear 
heard.'  Ay,  but  the  conceits  of  the  heart  are  larger  than  the  sight  of  the 
eye  or  the  hearing  of  the  ear.  Yet  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear  hath 
heard,  '  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,'  &c.  The 
philosopher  saith,  there  is  nothing  in  the  understanding,  but  it  came  into 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  157 

the  senses  before :  (a)  and  therefore  it  cannot  enter  into  the  heart  of  man, 
if  it  enter  not  by  the^eye  or  by  the  ear. 

The  things  here  spoken  of  be  especially  the  graces,  and  "Comforts,  and 
privileges  to  be  enjoyed  in  this  life,  and  the  consummation  and  perfection 
of  them  in  heaven.  Christ  brings  peace  and  joy,  justification  and  sancti- 
fication,  and  the  like  ;  and  even  in  this  life.  The  perfection  of  these  is  in 
heaven,  where  the  soul  and  the  body  shall  be  both  glorified,  in  a  glorious 
place,  together  with  glorious  company ;  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost, 
innumerable  angels  and  just  men.  These  are  those  things  that  '  eye  hath 
not  seen,'  &c. ;  the  beginnings  here,  and  the  perfection  and  consummation 
of  them  hereafter.  Having  thus  far  unfolded  the  words,  I  come  to  the 
points  considerable. 

Doct.  First,  God  hath  a  comjyanij  of  beloved  children  in  the  world,  that  he 
means  a  special  good  unto. 

The  second,  God  hath  prepared  great  matters  for  them. 

1.  If  great  persons  prepare  great  things  for  those  whom  they  greatly 
aflfect,*  shall  we  not  think  that  the  great  God  will  prepare  great  things  for 
those  that  he  hath  afiection  to,  and  that  have  affection  to  him  ?  If  God  be 
a  friend  to  the  elect,  and  they  be  his  friends,  surely  he  will  answer  friend- 
ship to  the  utmost.  Answerable  to  the  great  love  he  bears  his  children,  he 
hath  provided  great  things  for  them. 

•  If  that  be  excellent  that  is  long  in  preparing,  then  those  things  which 
belong  to  God's  children  must  needs  be  excellent;  for  they  were  pre- 
paring even  before  the  world  was.  Solomon's  temple  was  an  excellent 
fabric  ;  it  had  long  preparation,  1  Chron.  xxii.  5.  Ahasuerus  made  a  feast 
to  a  hundred  and  twenty-seven  provinces,  Esther  i.  1,  seq.  It  was  long  in 
preparing.  Great  things  have  great  preparation.  Now  these  things  that 
God  intends  his  children  have  been  preparing  even  from  everlasting ;  and 
they  are  from  everlasting  to  everlasting.  They  must  needs  be  excellent. 
But  before  I  dwell  on  any  particular  point,  here  is  a  question  to  be  answered. 

Quest.  If  the  things  that  God  hath  prepared  for  his  children  be  secret 
and  excellent,  how  then  come  we  to  know  them  at  all  ? 

We  come  to  know  them  (1.)  By  divine  revelation.  God  must  reveal  them 
first,  as  it  is  in  the  next  verse,  '  God  hath  revealed  them  by  his  Spirit.' 

The  Spirit  reveals  them  by  way  of  negation,  and  indefinitely ;  as  also  by 
way  of  eminence.  Whatsoever  is  excellent  in  the  world,  God  borrows  it 
to  set  out  the  excellency  of  the  things  that  he  hath  provided  for  his  children 
in  grace  and  glory. 

A  feast  is  a  comfortable  thing.  They  are  called  a  feast.  A  kingdom  is 
a  glorious  thing.  They  are  called  a  kingdom.  Marriage  is  a  sweet  thing. 
They  are  set  forth  by  that ;  by  an  inheritance ;  and  adoption  of  children, 
and  such  like.  So  that  all  these  things  are  taken  to  be  shadows  of  those 
things.  And  indeed  they  are  but  shadows ;  the  reality  is  the  heavenly 
kingdom  of  grace  and  gloiy,  the  heavenly  riches,  the  heavenly  inheritance, 
the  heavenly  sonship.  When  all  these  things  vanish  and  come  to  nothing, 
then  comes  in  the  true  kingdom,  sonship,  and  inheritance. 

Again  (2.)  We  know  them  in  this  world  hg  wag  of  taste.  For  the  things 
of  the  life  to  come  there  are  few  of  them  but  God's  children  have  some 
experimental  taste  of  them  in  this  world.  God  reserves  not  all  for  the  life 
to  come,  but  he  gives  a  grape  of  Canaan  in  this  wilderness. 

(3.)  Thirdly,  bg  arguing  from  the  less  to  the  greater.     If  peace  of  con- 
science be  so  sweet  here,  what  is  eternal  peace  !     If  a  little  joy  here  be  so 
*  That  is,  '  love,'  '  choose.' — G. 


158  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

pleasant  and  comfortable  that  it  makes  us  forget  ourselves,  what  will  be  that 
eternal  joy  there  !  If  the  delights  of  a  kingdom  be  such  that  they;  fill 
men's  hearts  so  full  of  contentment  that  ofttimes  they  know  not  themselves, 
what  shall  we  think  of  that  excellent  kingdom  !  So  by  way  of  taste  and 
relish  we  may  rise  from  these  petty  things  to  those  excellent  things,  which 
indeed  are  scarce  a  beam,  scarce  a  drop  of  those  excellencies. 

If  Peter  and  John,  when  they  were  in  the  mountain,  were  not  their  own 
men, — when  they  saw  but  a  glimpse,  but  a  little  glory  of  Christ  manifested 
in  the  mount,  Mat.  ix.  6, — what  shall  we  think  when  there  is  the  fulness 
of  that  glorious  revelation  at  the  right  hand  of  God,  where  there  is  *  fulness 
of  pleasures  for  ever'  ?  Ps.  xvi.  11.  How  shall  our  souls  be  filled  at  that 
time  !  Thus  by  way  of  rising  from  the  lesser  to  the  greater,  by  tasting, 
feeling,  and  by  divine  revelation,  we  may  know  in  some  measure  the 
excellency  of  those  things  prepared  for  us. 

Now  to  clear  this  thing  more  fully,  know  that  there  are  three  degrees  of 
revelation. 

First,  There  must  be  a  revelation  of  the  things  themselves,  by  word,  and 
writing,  or  sjMech,  and  the  like ;  as  we  know  not  the  mind  of  a  man  but 
either  by  speech  or  writing.  So  there  must  be  a  revelation  of  these  things, 
or  else  the  wit  of  angels  could  never  have  devised  how  to  reconcile  justice 
and  mercy,  by  infinite  wisdom,  by  sending  a  mediator  to  procure  peace, 
God-man,  to  work  our  salvation.  Therefore  we  could  not  know  them 
without  a  revelation  and  discovery  outward.  This  is  the  first  degree,  that 
we  may  call  revelation  by  Scripture,  or  by  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel. 
Who  could  discover  those  things  that  are  merely  supernatural,  but  God 
himself  ? 

Second,  Then  again.  When  they  are  revealed  by  the  word  of  God,  and  by 
men  that  have  a  function  to  unfold  the  unsearchable  riches  of  Christ  by  the 
ministry  of  the  gospel,  yet  notwithstanding  they  are  hidden  riddles  still  to 
a  company  of  carnal  men.  Put  case  the  veil  be  taken  off"  from  the  things 
themselves,  yet  if  the  veil  be  over  the  soul,  the  understanding,  will,  and 
afi'ections,  there  is  no  apprehension  of  them.  Therefore  there  must  be  a 
second  revelation,  that  is,  by  the  Spirit  of  God.  Of  necessity  this  must 
be ;  for  even  as  the  apostle  saith  in  this  chapter,  '  None  knoweth  the  mind 
of  man  but  the  spirit  that  is  in  man,'  ver.  11,  so  none  knoweth  the  mind 
of  God  but  the  Spirit  of  God.  "What  is  the  gospel,  without  the  Spirit  of 
Christ  to  discover  the  mind  of  God  to  us  ?  We  know  not  the  good  mean- 
ing of  God  to  us  in  particular.  We  know  in  general  that  such  things  are 
revealed  in  Scripture  ;  but  what  is  that  to  us  if  Christ  be  not  our  Saviour 
and  God  our  Father  ?  unless  we  can  say  as  St  Paul  saith,  '  He  loved  me, 
and  gave  himself  for  me,'  Gal.  ii.  20.  Therefore  you  see  a  necessity  of 
revelation  by  the  Spirit. 

But  this  is  not  all  that  is  here  meant.     There  is. 

Thirdly,  A  higher  discovery,  and  that  is  in  heaven.  That  that  is  revealed 
here  is  but  in  part ;  and  thereupon  if  we  beheve,  we  believe  but  in  part, 
and  we  love  but  in  part.  If  our  knowledge,  which  is  the  ground  of  all  other 
graces  and  afi'ections,  be  imperfect,  all  that  follows  must  needs  be  imperfect 
also.  Therefore  St  John  saith,  '  We  know  that  we  are  the  sons  of  God,  but 
it  appears  not  what  we  shall  be,'  1  John  iii.  2.  What  we  shall  be  in  heaven 
it  doth  not  appear  now.  There  must  be  a  further  revelation,  and  that  will 
be  hereafter,  when  our  souls  shall  be  united  together  with  our  bodies.  And 
then,  indeed,  our  eyes  shall  see,  our  ears  hear,  and  hearts  shall  conceive 
those  things  that  while  we  are  here  in  the  womb  of  the  church  we  neither  can 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  159 

see,  nor  hear,  nor  understand,  more  than  the  child  in  the  womb  of  the 
mother  can  conceive  the  excellencies  in  this  civil*  life.  Thus  we  see  these 
truths  a  little  more  unfolded,  I  will  now  add  somewhat  to  make  use  of 
what  hath  been  spoken. 

Use  1.  First  of  all,  therefore,  for  matter  of  instruction.  If  it  be  so,  that 
the  things  of  the  gospel  be  such,  as  that  without  a  revelation  from  God 
they  could  not  be  known,  then  we  see  that  there  is  no  princiide  at  all  of  the 
gospel  in  nature.  There  is  not  a  spark  of  light,  or  any  inclination  to  the 
gospel,  but  it  is  merely  above  nature.  For  he  removes  here  all  natural 
ways  of  knowing  the  gospel,  eye,  ear,  and  understanding.  Therefore  the 
knowledge  of  it  is  merely  supernatural.  For  if  God  had  not  revealed  it, 
who  could  ever  have  devised  it  ?  And  when  he  revealed  it,  to  discover  it 
by  his  Spirit,  it  is  supernatural ;  but  in  heaven  much  more,  which  is  the 
third  degree  I  spake  of.  Therefore,  by  the  way,  you  may  know  the  reason 
why  so  many  heresies  have  sprung  out  of  the  gospel,  more  than  out  of  the 
law  and  the  misunderstanding  of  it.  There  are  few  or  no  heresies  from 
that,  because  the  principles  of  the  law  are  written  in  the  heart.  Men 
naturally  know  that  whoredom,  and  adultery,  and  filthy  living,  &c.,  are 
sins.  Men  have  not  so  quenched  nature  but  that  they  know  that  those 
things  are  naught.  Therefore  there  have  been  excellent  law- makers  among 
the  heathens.  But  the  gospel  is  a  mere  '  mysterj^ '  discovered  out  of  the 
breast  of  God,  withoutf  all  principles  of  nature.  There  are  thousands  of 
errors  that  are  not  to  be  reckoned,  about  the  nature,  the  person,  and  the 
benefits  of  Christ ;  about  justification  and  sanctification,  and  free  will  and 
grace,  and  such  things.  What  a  world  of  heresies  have  proud  wits  con- 
tinually started  up  !  This  would  never  have  been  but  that  the  gospel  is  a 
thing  above  nature.  Therefore,  when  a  proud  wit  and  supernatural  know- 
ledge revealed  meet  together,  the  proud  heart  storms  and  loves  to  struggle, 
and  deviseth  this  thing  and  that  thing  to  commend  itself;  and  hereupon 
comes  heresies,  the  mingling  of  natural  wit  with  divine  truths.  If  men  had 
had  passive  wits  to  submit  to  divine  truths,  and  to  work  nothing  out  of 
themselves,  as  the  spider  out  of  her  own  bowels, |  there  had  not  been  such 
heresies  in  the  church  ;  but  their  hearts  meeting  with  supernatural  truths, 
their  proud  hearts  mingling  with  it,  they  have  devised  these  errors ;  that  I 
note  in  the  first  place. 

Use  2.  Then  again,  if  the  things  that  we  have  in  the  gospel  be  such 
divine  truths,  above  nature  altogether,  then  ice  must  not  stand  to  look  for 
reason  too  much,  nor  trust  the  reason  or  ivit  of  any  man,  but  divine  authority 
especially.  For  if  divine  authority  cease  in  the  gospel,  what  were  it  ? 
Nothing.  The  law  is  written  in  men's  hearts ;  but  we  must  trust  divine 
authority  in  the  gospel  above  all  other  portions  of  Scriptm'e,  and  not  to  the 
wit  of  any  man  whatsoever. 

The  Church  of  Rome,  that  is  possessed  with  a  spirit  of  pride  and  ignor- 
ance and  tyranny,  they  will  force  knowledge  on  them  that  be  under  them 
from  their  sole  authorities.  The  church  saith  so,  and  we  are  the  church  ; 
and  it  is  not  for  you  to  know,  &c.,  and  Scriptures  are  so  and  so.  But  is 
the  gospel  a  supernatural  mystery  above  the  capacity  of  any  man  ?  and 
shall  we  build  upon  the  authority  of  the  church  for  these  truths  ?  Oh,  no  ! 
There  must  be  no  forcing  of  evangelical  truths  from  the  authority  or  parts 
of  any  man.     But  these  are  not  things  that  we  stand  in  so  much  need  of. 

*  That  is, '  outward  life.'— G.  t  That  is,  '  outside  of.'— G. 

X  This  is  a  comparison  constantly  used  by  Bacon,  in  his  Novum  Organum,  and 
elsewhere. — Ed. 


IGO  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

Therefore  I  hasten  to  that  which  is  more  useful.  '  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor 
ear  heard,'  &c. 

Use  3.  Here  then  we  have  an  use  of  direction  how  to  carry  ourselves  in 
reading  and  studtjl)ig  hohj  truths;  especially  the  sacred  mysteries  of  the  gospel. 
How  shall  we  study  them  ?  We  think  to  break  into  them  with  the  engine 
of  our  wit,  and  to  understand  them,  and  never  come  to  God  for  his  Spirit. 
God  will  curse  such  proud  attempts.  '  Who  knows  the  things  of  man,  but 
the  spirit  of  a  man  ?  and  who  knows  the  things  of  God,  but  the  Spirit '  of 
God  ?'  Therefore  in  studying  the  gospel,  let  us  come  with  a  spirit  of  faith, 
and  a  spirit  of  humility  and  meekness.  There  is  no  breaking  into  these 
things  with  the  strength  of  parts.  That  hath  been  the  ground  of  so  many 
heresies  as  have  been  in  the  church.  Only  Christ  *  hath  the  key  of  David, 
that  shutteth,  and  no  man  openeth ;  and  openeth,  and  no  man  shutteth,' 
Rev.  iii.  7.  He  hath  the  key  of  the  Scripture,  and  the  key  to  open  the 
understanding.  And  to  press  this  point  a  little.  If  '  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor 
ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,  the  things 
of  the  gospel,'  without  the  revelation  of  the  Spirit,  then  we  must  come  with 
this  mind  when  we  come  to  hear  the  things  of  the  gospel.  Lord,  without 
thy  Holy  Spirit  they  are  all  as  a  clasped  book  ;  they  are  hidden  mysteries 
to  me,  though  they  be  revealed  in  the  gospel.  If  my  heart  be  shut  to 
them,  they  are  all  hidden  to  me. 

We  see  men  of  excellent  parts  are  enemies  to  that  they  teach  themselves, 
opposing  the  power  of  the  gospel.  Whence  is  all  this  ?  Because  they 
think  only  the  opening  of  these  things  makes  them  divines,  whereas  without 
the  Holy  Ghost  sanctifying  and  altering  the  heart  in  some  measure  to  taste  and 
relish  these  things,  that  as  they  are  divine  in  themselves,  so  to  have  some- 
what divine  in  the  heart  to  taste  these  things,  it  is  impossible  but  that  the 
heart  should  rise  against  them  ;  and  so  it  doth.  For  when  it  comes  to 
particulars,  you  must  deny  yourself  in  this  honour,  in  this  pleasure,  and 
commodity ;  now  you  must  venture  the  displeasure  of  man  for  this  and 
that  truth.  The  heart  riseth  in  scorn  and  loathing  of  divine  truth.  When 
it  comes  to  particulars  they  know  nothing  as  they  should.  For  when  is 
truth  known,  but  when  in  particulars  we  stand  for  it ;  and  will  neither 
betray  it  nor  do  anything  that  doth  not  benefit*  a  Christian  ?  If  we  have 
not  the  Spirit  of  God  to  relish  truths  in  particular,  they  will  do  us  no  good. 
And  except  the  Spirit  sanctify  the  heart  of  man  first  by  these  truths,  the 
truth  will  never  be  understood  by  the  proud  natural  heart  of  man. 

Therefore  the  course  that  God  takes  with  his  children  is  this.  Those 
that  he  means  to  save,  he  first  inspires  into  their  hearts  some  desire  to 
come  to  hear  and  attend  upon  the  means  of  salvation,  to  understand  the 
gospel ;  and  then  under  the  means  of  salvation  he  shines  into  the  under- 
standing by  a  heavenly  light,  and  inspires  into  the  will  and  afiections  some 
heavenly  inclination  to  this  truth  of  the  gospel,  to  justification,  sanctifica- 
tion,  self-denial,  and  the  like,  and  works  a  new  life  ;  and  new  senses,  and 
upon  them,  wrought  under  the  means,  comes  the  soul  to  relish,  and  to 
understand  these  mysteries ;  and  then  the  ears  and  the  eyes  are  open  to 
see  these  things,  and  never  before.  A  holy  man,  that  hath  his  heart  sub- 
dued by  the  Spirit  of  God  in  the  use  of  the  means,  oh  he  relisheth  the 
point  of  forgiveness  of  sins ;  he  relisheth  the  point  of  sanctification  ;  he 
studies  it  daily  more  and  more,  and  nearer  communion  with  God  ;  he 
relisheth  peace  of  conscience  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost ;  they  are  sweet 
things,  and  all  the  duties  of  Christianity,  because  he  makes  it  his  main 

*  Qu.  '  befit '  ?— Ed. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  161 

business  to  adorn  his  profession  ;  and  to  live  here,  so  as  he  may  live  for 
ever  hereafter.  And  this  must  be  of  necessity ;  for  mark  out  of  the  text :  if 
the  natural  eye  and  ear  and  heart  can  never  see  nor  hear,  nor  conceive  the 
things  of  God,  must  there  not  be  a  supernatural  ear  and  eye  and  heart  put 
into  the  soul  ?  Must  not  the  heart  and  all  be  new-moulded  again  ?  If  the 
former  frame  be  not  sufficient  for  these  things,  of  necessity  it  must  be  so. 

Use  4.  From  hence  learn  to  arm  yourselves  against  all  scandals.-'-  When 
ye  see  men  of  all  parts  and  account,  and  such  there  may  be,  men  of  deep 
apprehensions  and  understanding  in  the  Scripture  for  the  matter  of  notion, 
and  for  the  language  of  the  Scripture  exquisite,  and  yet  to  be  proud,  ma- 
licious, haters  of  sanctity,  next  to  devils,  none  greater,  consider  what  is 
the  reason.  Either  they  have  proud  spirits  that  despise  and  neglect  the 
mSans  of  salvation  altogether  ;  or  if  they  do  come,  they  come  as  judges  ; 
they  will  not  submit  their  proud  hearts  to  the  sweet  motions  of  the  Spirit. 
Stumble  not  at  it,  if  such  men  be  both  enemies  to  that  they  teach  them- 
selves, and  those  that  practise  it.  The  reason  is,  because  their  proud 
hearts  were  never  subdued  by  the  Spirit  to  understand  the  things  they  speak 
of.  For  such  a  teacher  understands  supernatural  things  by  a  natural  light, 
and  by  human  reason  ;  that  is,  to  talk,  and  discourse,  &c.,  but  he  sees  not 
supernatural  things  by  a  supernatural  light,  divine  things  by  a  divine  light. 
Therefore  a  poor  soul  that  heai's  the  things  published  by  him,  understands 
them  better  by  the  help  of  the  Spirit  than  he  that  speaks  them  ;  better 
indeed  for  his  use  and  comfort.  As  we  see,  there  are  some  that  can 
measure  land  exactly  ;  but  the  man  that  owneth  the  land  measured,  he 
knows  the  use  of  the  ground  and  delights  in  it  as  his  own.  The  other  can 
tell,  here  is  so  much  ground,  &c.  So  some  divines,  they  can  tell  there  are 
such  points,  and  so  they  are  raised  ;  and  they  can  be  exquisite  in  this ;  but 
what  profit  have  they  by  it  ? 

The  poor  soul  that  hears  these  things,  by  the  help  of  the  Spirit  he  can 
say,  These  are  mine,  as  the  man  for  whom  the  ground  is  measured.  As  it 
is  with  those  that  come  to  a  feast,  the  physician  comes  and  says.  This  is 
wholesome  and  good,  and  this  is  good  for  this  and  that,  but  eats  nothing. 
Others  that  know  not  these  things,  they  eat  the  meat,  and  are  nourished  in 
the  mean  time.  So  when  such  men  discourse  of  this  and  that,  a  poor  man 
that  hath  the  Spirit,  he  relisheth  these  things  as  his  own.  The  other  goes 
away,  only  discourseth  as  a  philosopher  of  the  meat,  and  eats  nothing. 

And  therefore  when  you  read  and  hear  these  things,  content  not  your- 
selves with  the  first  degree  of  revelation.  No  ;  that  is  not  enough.  When 
you  have  done  that,  desire  of  God  to  join  his  Spirit,  to  give  you  spiritual 
eyes  and  hearts,  that  you  may  close  with  divine  truths,  and  be  divine  as 
the  truths  are ;  that  there  may  be  a  consent  of  the  heart  with  the  truth. 
Then  the  word  of  God  will  be  sweet  indeed. 

Use  5.  Again,  here  we  see  this  divine  truth,  that  a  vian  when  he  hath 
the  Spirit  of  God  knoivs  things  otherwise  than  he  did  know  them  before, 
though  he  did  not  know  them  by  outward  revelation  of  hearing  and  reading, 
do.  And  he  believes  them  otherwise  than  he  did  before ;  he  sees  them 
by  a  new  light.  It  is  not  the  same  knowledge  that  an  unregenerate 
man  hath  with  that  he  hath  after,  when  God  works  upon  his  heart, 
1  Cor.  ii.  14,  15;  for  then  it  is  a  divine  supernatural  knowledge.  And 
it  is  not  the  same  faith  and  belief.  The  Spirit  of  God  raiseth  a  man  up  in 
a  degree  of  creatures  above  other  men,  as  other  men  are  above  beasts  ;  he 
gives  new  eyes,  new  ears,  and  a  new  heart ;  he  moulds  him  anew  every 
*  That  is,  '  stumbling-blocks.' — G. 

vol/,  rv.  L 


162 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 


way.  Therefore  you  have  good  men  sometimes  wonder  at  themselves, 
when  God  hath  touched  their  hearts,  that  they  have  had  such  shallow  conceits 
of  this  and  that  truth  before.  Now  they  see  that  they  were  in  the  dark, 
that  they  were  in  a  damp  before,  that  they  conceived  things  to  be  so  and 
so,  and  thought  themselves  somebody.  But  when  God  opens  their  eyes, 
and  takes  away  the  scales,  and  lets  them  see  things  in  their  proper  light, 
heavenly  things  by  a  heavenly  Hght,  and  with  a  heavenly  eye,  they  wonder 
at  their  former  foolishness  in  divinity,  especially  so  far  as  concerns  the 
gospel.  For  there  is  more  in  the  Scripture  than  pure  supernatural  divi- 
nity ;  there  are  many  other  arts  in  the  Scripture. 

The  gospel,  I  say,  is  a  knowledge,  not  of  natural  men,  or  great  wits,  but 
of  holy  sanctified  men.  Therefore  we  must  not  think  that  these  things 
may  be  known  by  nature,  &c.  It  is  a  sacred  knowledge,  so  much  as  will 
bring  us  to  heaven  ;  it  is  a  knowledge  of  holy  men,  that  have  their  hearts 
brought  to  love  and  taste,  and  relish  that  they  know.  Therefore  it  is  no 
wonder,  though  a  company  of  men  of  great  parts  live  naughtily.  They 
are  no  true  divines,  because  they  have  no  true  knowledge.  The  devil  is  no 
divine,  nor  a  wicked  man  properly.  Though  he  can  discourse  of  such 
things,  yet  he  is  not  properly  a  divine  ;  because  he  knows  not  things  by  a 
divine  light,  or  heavenly  things  by  a  heavenly  light.  The  knowledge  of 
the  gospel,  it  is  a  knowledge  of  sanctified,  holy  men.  But  to  come  nearer 
to  our  practice. 

Use.  6.  If  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart 
of  mfin  to  conceive  those  things  that  God  hath  prepared  for  his,  then  let  us  make 
this  the  rule  of  our  esteem  of  anythhui  that  is  f/ood,  or  amjtlunri  that  is  ill ;  make 
it  a  rule  of  ral nation.  The  apostle  here,  you  see,  hath  a  rank  of  things  above 
the  sight  of  the  eye,  or  the  hearing  of  the  ear,  or  the  conceiving  of  the  heart 
of  man.  If  there  be  such  a  rank  of  things  above  this,  then  the  greatest 
ills  are  those  that  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into 
the  heart  of  man  ;  and  indeed  they  are  so.  We  grieve  at  the  ague,  and  at 
the  stone,  and  at  the  gout ;  they  are  grievous  things  indeed.  Oh,  but 
what  be  these  things  that  we  feel  and  see,  to  those  in  another  world,  that 
we  cannot  apprehend  for  the  greatness  of  them  !  The  torments  of  hell,  we 
cannot  conceive  and  understand  them  here ;  for  it  is  indeed  to  be  in  hell 
itself  to  conceive  what  hell  is.  And  therefore  when  God  enlargeth  men's 
spirits  to  see  them,  they  make  away  themselves.  And  so  for  the  greatest 
good.  These  goods  here,  this  outward  glory,  we  can  see  through  it. 
Christ  could  see  through  all  the  glory  in  the  world  that  the  devil  shewed 
him.  Mat.  iv.  8.  And  these  are  things  that  we  can  hear  of,  and  hear  the 
utmost  that  can  be  spoken  of  them.  Therefore  surely  they  are  not  the 
greatest  good.  There  are  more  excellent  things  than  they.  Because  the 
eye  sees  them,  the  ear  hears  of  them,  and  the  understanding  can  conceive 
of  them.  But  there  be  things  that  the  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard, 
nor  the  soul  conceived ;  and  these  be  the  joys  of  heaven.  And  thereupon, 
to  descend  to  practice,  if  this  be  a  rule  to  value  things  that  the  best  things 
are  transcendent,  beyond  sense  and  comprehension,  then  shall  I  for  those 
things  that  I  can  see,  and  can  hear,  and  feel,  and  understand,  shall  I  lose 
those  excellent  good  things,  that  '  neither  eye  hath  seen  nor  ear  heard,' 
&c.  ?  Is  not  this  desperate  folly,  to  venture  the  loss  of  the  best  things, 
of  the  most  transcendent  things,  that  are  above  the  capacity  of  the 
greatest  reaches  of  the  world  ?  Shall  I  lose  all  for  petty  poor  things  that 
are  within  my  own  reach  and  compass  ? 
•    How  foolish,  therefore,  are  those  that  are  given  to  pleasures !  They  feel  the 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  163 

pleasure  indeed,  but  the  sting  comes  after.  They  dehght  in  those  ill  things 
that  they  can  hear,  and  hear  all  that  can  be  spoken  of  them,  and  never  think 
of  the  excellent  things  that  the  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  &c. 

Let  this  make  us  in  love  with  divine  truths  in  the  Scripture,  with  the 
gospel,  that  part  of  the  Scripture  that  promiseth  salvation  by  Christ,  and 
all  the  graces  and  privileges  of  Christianity.  They  are  above  our  reach. 
We  study  other  things.  We  can  reach  them.  We  can  reach  the  mysteries 
of  the  law  by  long  study,  and  the  mysteries  of  physic,  and  to  the  mysteries 
of  trades  by  understanding,  and  when  men  have  done  all  they  may  be  fools 
in  the  main — Solomon's  fools.  They  may  do  all  these  things,  and  be  wise 
for  particular  things,  by  particular  reaches  of  that  which  eye  hath  seen, 
and  ear  heard,  &c. ;  and  then  for  the  best  things  that  are  above  the  capacity 
of  men,  they  may  die  empty  of  all,  and  go  to  the  place  of  the  damned.  To 
be  wise  to  salvation  is  the  best  wisdom. 

What  a  pitiful  case  is  this,  that  God  should  give  us  our  understandings 
for  better  things  than  we  can  see  or  hear  in  this  world,  yet  we  employ  them 
in  things  of  the  world  wholly.  Let  us  not  do  as  some  shallow,  proud 
heads,  that  regard  not  divine  things.  The  holy  Scriptures  they  will  not 
vouchsafe  to  read  once  a- day,  perhaps  not  once  a- week  ;  nay,  some  scarce 
have  a  Bible  in  their  studies.  For  shame  ;  shall  we  be  so  atheistical,  when 
God  hath  provided  such  excellent  things  contained  in  this  book  of  God, 
the  Testament  ?  Shall  we  shght  these  excellent  things  for  knowledge  that 
shall  perish  with  us  ?  as  St  Paul  saith  before  the  text.  The  knowledge  of 
all  other  things  is  perishing,  knowledge  of  perishing  men.  Learn  on  earth 
that  that  will  abide  in  heaven,  saith  St  Austin.  If  we  be  wise,  let  us 
Icnow  those  things  on  earth,  that  the  comfort  of  them  may  abide  with  us  in 
heaven.  Therefore  let  us  be  stirred  up  to  value  the  Scriptures,  the  mysteries 
of  salvation  in  the  gospel ;  they  are  things  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear 
heard,'  &c.  Nay,  I  say  more,  that  little  that  we  have  here,  by  hearing 
truths  unfolded,  whereby  the  Spirit  of  God  slides  into  our  hearts,  and  works 
with  them.  There  is  that  peace  that  a  man  hath  in  his  heart,  in  the 
unfolding  of  the  point  of  justification  or  adoption,  or  any  divine  comfort, 
that  it  breeds  such  inward  peace  and  joy  as  is  unspeakable  and  glorious.  All 
that  we  have  in  the  world  is  not  worth  those  little  beginnings  that  are  wrought 
by  the  hearing  of  the  word  of  God  here.  If  the  first  fruits  here  be  joy 
ofttimes  '  unspeakable  and  glorious,'  1  Peter  i.  8,  if  the  first  fruits  be 
*  peace  that  passeth  understanding,'  Phil.  iv.  7,  what  will  the  consumma- 
tion and  perfection  of  these  things  be  at  that  day  ? 

Again,  here  you  see  a  ground  of  the  wonderful  patience  of  the  martj^rs. 
You  wonder  that  they  would  sufier  their  bodies  to  be  torn,  and  have  their 
souls  severed  so  violently  from  their  bodies.  Alas  !*  cease  to  wonder;  when 
they  had  a  sense  wrought  in  them  by  the  Spirit  of  God  of  the  things  that 
eye  hath  not  seen  nor  ear  heard.  If  a  man  should  have  asked  them  why 
they  would  suffer  their  bodies  to  be  misused  thus,  when  they  might  have 
redeemed  all  this  with  a  Httle  quiet  ?  Oh,  they  would  have  answered  pre- 
sently, as  some  of  them  have  done :  We  sufier  these  things  in  our  bodies 
and  in  our  senses,  for  those  that  are  above  our  senses ;  we  know  there  are 
things  laid  up  for  us  that  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  &e.  What  do 
you  tell  us  of  this  torment  and  that  torment  ?  We  shall  have  more  glory  in 
heaven  than  we  can  have  misery  here.  For  we  can  see  this,  and  there 
is  an  end  of  it ;  but  we  shall  have  joy  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor 
ear  heard,  &c.  As  St  Paul  most  divinely,  in  divers  places  in  Rom. 
*  Another  example  of  Sibbes's  unusual  use  of  '  alas.' — G. 


164  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

viii.  18,  the  things  that  we  suffer  here  are  not  '  worthy  of  the  glory- 
that  shall  be  revealed.'  Therefore  let  us  not  wonder  so  much  at  their 
patience  as  to  lay  up  this  ground  of  patience  against  an  evil  day  when  we 
may  be  drawn  to  seal  the  truth  with  our  blood.  By  the  way  learn  what 
popery  is.  They  think  to  merit  by  their  doings,  but  especially  by  their 
sufferings,  though  they  be  ill  doers,  and  suffer  for  their  demerits ;  this  is 
their  glory.  Shall  those  stained  good  works  (put  case  they  were  good 
works,  they  be  defiled,  and  stained,  and  as  menstruous  cloths,  as  it  is, 
Isa.  XXX.  22),  shall  they  merit  the  glory  to  be  revealed,  that  is  so  great 
that  eye  hath  not  seen  ?  &c.  What  proportion  is  there  ?  In  merit  there 
must  be  a  proportion  between  the  deed  done  and  the  glory.  "WTiat  propor- 
tion is  there  between  stained  imperfect  defiled  works,  and  the  glory  to  be 
revealed  ?  Should  not  our  lives  be  almost  angelical  ?  '  What  manner  of 
men  should  we  be  in  all  holy  conversation,'  2  Pet.  iii.  11,  considering 
what  things  are  laid  up  in  heaven,  and  we  have  the  first  fruits  of  them 
here  ?  Can  men  be  too  holy  and  exact  in  their  lives,  that  look  for  things 
'  that  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard?'  &c. 

I  wonder  at  the  stupidity  and  hellish  pride  and  malice  of  men's  hearts, 
that  think  any  man  can  be  too  exact  in  the  main  duties  of  Christianity,  in 
the  expression  of  their  love  to  God,  in  the  obedience  of  their  lives ;  in 
abstinence  from  the  filthiness  of  the  world,  and  the  like.  Can  a  man  that 
looks  for  these  excellent  transcendent  things  be  too  careful  of  his  life  ?  I 
beseech  you  yourselves  be  judges. 

THE  END  OF  THE  FIKST  SEKMON. 


THE  SECOND  SERMON. 
As  it  is  written,  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  d'C. — 1  Cor.  II.  9. 

The  apostle  sets  out  the  gospel  here  with  all  the  commendations  that  any 
skill  in  the  world  can  be  commended  by.  From  the  author  of  it,  '  God.' 
From  the  depth  of  it,  it  is  '  wisdom ;'  in  a  mystery,  '  hidden  wisdom.' 
From  the  antiquity  of  it,  '  it  was  ordained  before  the  world  was.'  From 
the  benefit  and  use  of  it,  '  for  our  glory.'  God  is  content  his  wisdom  should 
he  honoured  in  glorifyincf  us,  such  is  his  love.  And  then  when  it  was 
revealed,  that  none  of  the  '  princes  of  the  world '  (he  means  not  only  com- 
manding potentates,  but,  he  being  a  scholar  himself,  esteemed  philosophers, 
Pharisees,  and  learned  men  to  be  princes,  because  the  excellency  of  a  man 
is  in  the  refined  part  of  man,  his  soul),  none  of  these  princes  of  the  world, 
for  all  their  skill  and  knowledge,  knew  this. 

In  this  verse  he  shews  the  reason  why  'eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear 
heard,'  &c.  He  removes  knowledge,  by  removing  the  way  and  means  of 
knowledge.  The  means  of  knowledge  in  this  world  is  by  the  passage  and 
entrance  of  the  senses.  Now,  this  heavenly  mj^stery  of  the  gospel,  it  is 
such  a  knowledge  as  doth  not  enter  into  the  soul  by  the  senses. 

The  points  we  propounded  were  these  :  1.  That  God  hath  a  people  in  the 
world,  ivhom  he  favours  in  a  special  manner. 

Then,  secondly, /or  these  that  he  accounts  his  friends,  he  hath  prepared 
great  matters.  Kings  prepare  great  matters  for  those  they  mean  to  advance ; 
what  shall  we  think  then  God  will  do  for  his  friends  ? 

Now,  these  things  prepared,  they  are  great  matters  indeed ;  for,  in  the 
third  place,  they  are  such  as  eije  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  do. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  165 

And  then,  in  the  fourth  place,  the  disposition  and  qualification  of  tliose 
for  whom  God  hath  prepared  such  great  matters.  It  is  for  those  '  that  love 
him  ; '  not  for  his  enemies,  or  for  all  men  indifferently,  but  for  those  that 
love  him. 

Of  the  first  and  second  I  spake  in  the  former ;  and  I  will  not  now  stand 
to  speak  of  them,  but  enlarge  myself  in  the  two  last. 

Tlte  things  that  God  hath  prepared  for  them  that  love  him,  are  such  excellent 
things  as  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  do.  He  means  the  natural 
eye,  and  ear,  and  understanding,  or  heart  of  man. 

There  be  three  degrees  of  discovery  of  heavenly  things  : 

First,  In  the  doctrine  of  them ;  and  so  they  are  hid  to  them  that  are  out 
of  the  church. 

And  then,  secondly,  in  the  spiritual  meaning  of  them ;  and  so  they  are 
hid  to  carnal  men  in  the  church. 

And  then,  thirdly,  in  regard  of  the  full  comprehension  of  them,  as  they 
are  indeed ;  and  so  they  are  reserved  for  heaven.  We  have  but  a  little 
glimpse  of  them,  a  little  light  into  them  in  this  world.  Now,  in  this  place 
is  meant  the  things  that  are  discovered  in  the  gospel,  especially  as  they 
are  apprehended  by  the  Spirit,  together  with  the  consummation  of  them 
in  heaven.  For  they  differ  only  in  degree,  the  discovery  of  the  heavenly 
things  in  the  gospel  here ;  the  privileges,  and  graces,  and  comforts  of 
God's  children,  and  the  consummation  of  them  in  heaven.  And  we  may 
reason  from  the  lesser  to  the  greater,  if  so  be  that  a  natural  man — though 
he  have  natural  eyes,  and  ears,  and  wits  about  him — cannot  conceive  the 
hidden  mysteries  of  the  gospel  spiritually  with  application ;  much  more 
unable  is  he,  and  much  less  can  he  conceive,  those  things  of  a  better  life. 
Now  the  things  of  the  gospel,  the  privileges,  the  graces,  and  comforts 
which  Christ,  the  spring  and  head  of  them  all,  in  whom  all  are,  and 
whence  we  have  all,  cannot  be  comprehended  by  a  natural  man.  He  can 
discourse  of  them  as  far  as  his  natural  wit  conceives  them,  but  not  under- 
stand heavenly  things  in  their  own  light  as  heavenly  things,  as  the  things 
of  the  gospel.  They  can  talk  of  repentance — that  we  commonly  speak  of, 
which  is  a  mystery — but  notwithstanding  who  knows  repentance  by  the 
light  proper  to  it,  but  he  that  by  the  Spirit  of  God  hath  sin  discovered  to 
him  in  its  own  colours  !     He  knows  what  it  is  to  grieve  for  sin. 

The  sick  man  knows  what  it  is  to  be  sick.  The  physician  knows  it  by 
definition,  by  books,  and  so  he  can  enlarge  it ;  but  if  he  be  not  sick,  the 
sick  patient  will  speak  to  better  purpose.  So  there  is  a  mystery  in  the 
common  things  of  the  gospel,  repentance  and  grief  for  sin.  A  holy  man 
feels  it  another  matter,  because  he  feels  sin  discovered  by  the  Spirit  of 
God.  And  so  in  faith,  in  the  love  of  God,  and  every  grace  of  the  gospel 
is  a  mystery.  If  one  come  to  the  Schoolmen,  they  will  tell  you  of  faith, 
and  dispute  learnedly  of  it,  and  deduce  this  from  that ;  but  when  he  comes 
to  be  in  extremity,  when  the  terrors  of  the  Lord  are  upon  him,  when  he 
comes  to  use  it,  he  is  a  mere  stranger  to  it ;  to  cast  himself,  being  a  sinful 
creature,  into  the  arms  of  God's  mercj',  he  cannot  do  it  without  a  further 
light  of  the  Spirit  discovering  the  hidden  love  of  God  to  him  in  particular ; 
and  so  for  other  graces.  Therefore  they  do  but  speak  of  these  things — 
men  that  are  unsanctified — as  a  blind  man  doth  of  colours.  They  inwardly 
scorn  the  truth  they  speak  of;  and  those  to  whom  they  speak,  if  by  the 
power  of  God's  Spirit  they  come  to  profit  by  the  things  they  teach,  if 
themselves  be  carnal,  they  hate  them.  A  carnal  man  believes  not  a  whit 
of  what  he  saith ;  he  hath  only  a  common  light  for  the  good  of  others,  a 


166  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

common  illumination  to  understand  and  discover  things,  and  a  doctrinal 
gift  to  unfold  things  for  others,  and  not  for  themselves.  For  themselves 
they  scorn  them  in  their  hearts,  and  in  their  lives  and  conversations,  and 
they  will  speak  as  much  when  it  comes  to  self-denial  in  preferment,  in 
pleasures,  in  anything  that  is  gainful.  Tush !  tell  him  what  he  hath 
taught,  or  what  he  knows  out  of  the  book  of  God,  he  cares  not,  he  knows 
them  only  by  a  common  light ;  but  for  a  particular  heavenly  light  with 
application  and  taste  to  himself,  springing  from  an  alteration  by  the  Spirit, 
he  never  knows  them  so.  Therefore  content  not  thyself  with  a  common 
light,  for  together  with  our  understanding  God  alters  the  taste  of  the  whole 
soul ;  he  gives  a  new  eye,  a  new  ear,  to  see  and  hear  to  purpose,  and  a 
new  heart  to  conceive  things  in  another  manner  than  he  did  before. 

But  you  will  ask.  How  can  a  godly  man  know  them  at  all,  seeing  '  eye 
bath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,'  &c.  ? 

I  answer,  first,  the  things  of  another  life,  as  we  see  here,  are  known  by 
negation,  as  God  is,  by  way  of  removing  imperfections.  The  natural  eye 
sees  them  not,  nor  the  natural  ear  hears  them  not,  &c.  No ;  nor  the 
spiritual  eye  nor  ear  in  a  full  measure.  So  things  transcendent,  that  are 
above  the  reach  of  man,  are  described  in  the  Scriptures  by  the  way  of 
denial,  which  is  one  good  way  of  knowledge. 

That  '  ye  may  know  the  love  of  God  that  is  above  knowledge,'  saith  the 
apostle,  Eph.  iii.  19 ;  that  ye  may  know  it  more  and  more.  But  it  is 
above  all  knowledge  in  regard  of  the  perfection  of  it.  As  a  man  may  see 
the  sea,  but  he  cannot  comprehend  the  sea.  He  may  be  much  delighted 
in  seeing  the  sea,  but  he  sees  neither  the  bottom  nor  the  banks  ;  he  can- 
not comprehend  such  a  vast  body.  He  may  see  the  heavens,  but  he  can- 
not comprehend  them.  So  a  man  may  know  the  things  when  they  are 
revealed,  but  he  cannot  comprehend  them ;  apprehension  is  one  thing, 
and  comprehension  is  another.  There  may  be  apprehension  in  a  poor 
degree,  suitable  to  the  capacity  of  the  soul  here  ;  but,  alas  !  *  it  is  far  from 
the  comprehension  that  we  shall  have  in  heaven.  That  is  one  way  of 
knowing  them,  by  way  of  negation  and  denial  of  imperfections  to  them. 

And  tlien,  secondhj,  they  are  known,  as  we  call  it,  by  way  of  eminence ; 
that  is,  by  comparing  them  with  other  things,  and  preferring  them  before 
all  other  excellencies  whatsoever ;  as  we  may  see  the  sun  in  water  by 
resemblance.  For  God  borrows  from  nature  terms  to  set  out  grace  and 
glory,  because  God  will  speak  in  our  language.  For  they  are  called  a 
'  kingdom'  and  a  '  feast,'  and  a  '  crown'  by  way  of  comparison.  Shallow 
men  think  there  is  a  great  deal  in  a  kingdom ;  and  indeed  so  there  is,  if 
there  were  no  other.  There  is  great  matters  in  a  '  crown,'  in  '  the  feasts' 
of  kings,  and  the  like.  But  alas  !  these  be  shadows  ;  and  there  is  no  rhe- 
toric or  amplification  in  this,  to  say  they  be  shadows.  A  shadow  is  as 
much  in  proportion  to  the  body  as  these  are  to  eternal  good  things.  The 
true  reality  of  things  are  in  the  things  of  another  world,  for  eternity.  If 
we  talk  of  a  kingdom,  let  us  talk  of  that  in  heaven  ;  if  of  a  crown,  of  that 
wherewith  the  saints  are  crowned  in  heaven.  If  we  talk  of  riches,  they 
are  those  that  make  a  man  eternally  rich ;  that  he  shall  carry  with  him 
when  he  goes  out  of  the  world.  What  riches  are  those  that  a  man  shall 
outlive,  and  die  a  beggar,  and  not  have  a  drop  to  comfort  him,  as  we  see 
Dives  in  hell  had  not?  Luke  xvi.  19,  seg.  Here  are  riches  indeed.  So 
if  we  talk  of  beauty,  it  is  the  image  of  God  that  sets  a  beauty  on  the 
soul,  that  makes  a  man  lovely  in  the  eye  of  God.  True  beauty  is  to  be 
*  Cf.  footnote,  page  163. — G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  167 

like  God.  And  to  be  born  anew  to  that  glorious  condition  is  the  birth  and 
inheritance.  All  these  poor  things  are  but  acting  a  part  upon  a  stage  for 
a  while,  as  the  proudest  creature  of  all  that  is  invested  in  them  will  judge 
ere  long ;  none  better  judges  than  they.  This  is  one  way  of  knowing  the 
things  of  the  gospel,  by  naming  of  them  in  our  own  language.  As  if  a  man 
go  into  a  foreign  country,  he  must  learn  that  language,  or  else  hold  his 
peace  :  so  God  is  forced  to  speak  in  our  own  language,  to  tell  us  of  glory 
and  happiness  to  come,  under  the  name  of  crowns  and  kingdoms,  and 
riches  here.  If  God  should  set  them  out  in  their  own  lustre,  we  could  not 
conceive  of  them. 

But,  thirdhj,  the  most  comfortable  way  whereby  God's  people  know  the 
things  of  heaven,  and  of  the  life  to  come,  is  in  regard  of  some  taste;  for 
there  is  nothing  in  heaven  but  God's  children  have  a  taste  of  it  before  they 
come  there  in  some  measure.  They  have  a  taste  of  the  communion  that 
is  in  heaven,  in  the  communion  they  have  on  earth :  they  have  a  taste  of 
that  eternal  Sabbath,  by  some  relish  they  have  of  holy  exercises  in  these 
Christian  Sabbaths.  A  Christian  is  as  much  in  heaven  as  he  can  be,  when 
he  sanctifies  the  holy  Sabbath,  speaking  to  God  in  the  congregation  by 
prayer,  and  hearing  God  speak  to  him  in  the  preaching  of  the  word.  That 
peace  that  we  shall  have  in  heaven,  which  is  a  peace  uninterrupted,  with- 
out any  disturbance,  it  is  understood  by  that  sweet  peace  of  conscience 
here  '  that  passeth  all  understanding,'  Eph.  iii.  19.  We  may  know,  there- 
fore, what  the  sight  of  Christ  face  to  face  will  be,  by  the  sight  we  have 
of  Christ  now  in  the  word  and  promises.  If  it  so  transform  and  affect  us, 
that  sight  that  we  have  by  knowledge  and  faith  here,  what  will  those  sights 
do  ?  So  that  by  a  grape  we  may  know  what  Canaan  is  :  as  the  spies,  they 
brought  of  the  grapes  of  Canaan  into  the  desert.  We  may  know  by  this 
little  taste  what  those  excellent  things  are. 

The  fourth  way  is  by  authority  and  discovery.  St  Paul  was  rapt  up  in[to] 
the  third  heaven  ;  he  saith,  they  were  such  things  that  he  saw,  that  could 
not  be  spoken  of,  strange  things,  2  Cor.  xii.  4.  And  Christ  tells  us  of  a 
kingdom.  Christ  knew  what  they  were.  And  the  word  tells  us  what  they 
are.  Our  faith  looks  to  the  authority  of  the  word,  if  we  had  not  the  first 
fruits,  nor  any  other  discovery.  God  that  hath  prepared  them,  he  saith 
so  in  his  word,  and  we  must  rest  in  his  authority.  And  there  are  some 
that  have  been  in  heaven.  Christ  our  blessed  Saviour,  that  hath  taken  into 
a  perpetual  union  the  manhood  with  the  second  person,  which  he  hath 
knit  unto  it,  he  knows  what  is  there  ;  and  by  this  means  we  come  to  have 
some  kind  of  knowledge  of  the  things  to  come. 

Fifthly,  Again,  by  a  kind  of  reasoning  likewise  from  the  lesser  to  the  greater^ 
we  may  come  to  know  not  only  the  things,  but  the  greatness  of  them.  As, 
is  there  not  comfort  now  in  a  little  glimpse,  when  God  shines  upon  a 
Christian's  soul,  when  he  is  as  it  were  in  heaven  ?  Is  there  such  content- 
ment in  holy  company  here,  what  shall  there  be  in  heaven  ?  Is  there  such 
contentment  in  the  delights  of  this  world,  that  are  the  delights  of  our  pilgri- 
mage ?  (They  are  no  better  ;  our  houses  are  houses  of  pilgrimage  ;  our 
contentments  are  contentments  of  passengers.)  If  the  way,  the  gallery  that 
leads  to  heaven,  be  so  spread  with  comforts,  what  be  those  that  are  reserved 
in  another  world  !  A  man  may  know  by  raising  his  soul  from  the  lesser 
to  the  greater.  And  if  the  things  that  God  hath  provided  in  common  for 
his  enemies  as  well  as  his  friends  (as  all  the  comforts  of  this  world,  all  the 
delicacies  and  all  the  objects  of  the  senses,  they  are  comforts  that  are  com- 
mon to  the  enemies  of  God,  as  well  as  his  friends)  :  if  these  things  be  so 


168  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

excellent,  that  men  venture  their  souls  for  them,  and  lose  all  to  be  drowned 
in  these  things.  Oh  what  peculiar  things  are  they  that  God  hath  reserved 
for  his  own  children,  for  those  that  love  him,  when  those  that  are  common 
with  his  enemies  are  so  glorious  and  excellent !  These  kind  of  ways  we 
may  come  to  know  them  by  the  help  of  the  Spirit. 

Those  unmixed  joys,  those  pure  joys,  that  are  full  of  themselves,  and 
have  no  tincture  in  heaven,  are  understood  by  those  joys  we  feel  on  earth ; 
the  joy  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is  after  conflict  with  temptations,  or  after 
afflictions,  or  after  hearing  and  meditating  on  good  things.  The  heavenly 
joys  that  flow  into  the  soul,  they  give  us  a  taste  of  that  full  joy  that  we 
shall  have  at  the  right  hand  of  God  for  evermore.  That  comfort  that  we 
shall  have  in  heaven,  in  the  presence  of  God,  and  of  Christ,  and  his  holy 
angels,  is  understood  in  some  little  way  by  the  comfortable  presence  of 
God  to  the  soul  of  a  Christian,  when  he  finds  the  Spirit  of  God  raising 
him,  and  cheering  him  up,  and  witnessing  his  presence  ;  as  ofttimes,  to  the 
comfort  of  God's  people,  the  Holy  Ghost  witnesseth  a  presence,  that  now 
the  soul  can  say,  God  is  present  with  me,  he  smiles  on  me,  and  strength- 
eneth  me,  and  leads  me  along.  This  comfortable  way  God's  children  have 
to  understand  the  things  of  heaven,  by  the  first  fruits  they  have  here.  For 
God  is  so  far  in  love  with  his  children  here  on  earth,  and  so  tender  over 
them,  that  he  purposes  not  to  reserve  all  for  another  world,  but  gives  them 
some  taste  beforehand,  to  make  them  better  in  love  with  the  things  there, 
and  better  to  bear  the  troubles  of  this  world.  But  alas  !  what  is  it  to  that 
that  they  shall  know  ?  as  it  is  1  John  iii.  2,  '  Now  we  are  the  sons  of  God, 
but  it  appears  not  what  we  shall  be.'  That  shall  be  so  great  in  comparison 
of  that  we  are,  that  it  is  said  not  to  appear  at  all.  It  appears  in  the  first 
fruits  in  a  little  beginnings  ;  but  alas  !  what  is  that  to  that  glory  that  shall 
be  !  '  Our  life  is  hid  with  Christ  in  God,'  Col.  iii.  3.  It  is  hid.  There 
is  no  man  knows  it  in  regard  of  the  full  manifestation  ;  because  here  it  is 
covered  with  so  mRnj  infirmities,  and  afilictions,  and  so  many  scorns  of  the 
world  are  cast  upon  the  beauty  of  a  Christian  life  ;  it  is  hid  in  our  head 
Christ.  It  is  not  altogether  hid,  for  there  is  a  life  that  comes  from  the 
root,  from  the  head  Christ  to  the  members,  that  quickens  them ;  but  in 
regard  of  the  glory  that  shall  be,  it  is  a  hidden  life. 

Reasons.  Let  us  consider  the  reasons  why  God  will  have  it  thus,  to  make 
it  clear,  before  I  go  further.  We  must  be  modest  in  reasons  when  we 
speak  of  God's  counsels  and  courses.  I  will  only  name  them  to  open  our 
understandings  a  little. 

1st  Reason.  (First.)  R  is  enouf/h  that  God  idll  have  it  so.  A  modest 
Christian  will  be  satisfied  Avith  that,  that  God  will  have  a  difierence  be- 
tween heaven  and  earth.     God's  dispensation  may  satisfy  them. 

(Second.)  God  will  have  a  difference  between  the  ivarrinrj  church  and  the 
triiimphing  church. 

This  life  is  a  life  of  faith,  and  not  of  sight.  "We  walk  and  live  by  faith. 
Why  ?  Partly  to  try  the  truth  of  our  faith,  and  partly  for  the  glory  of 
God,  that  he  hath  such  servants  in  the  world  here  that  will  depend  upon 
him,  upon  terms  of  faith,  upon  his  bare  word ;  that  can  say.  There  are 
such  things  reserved  in  heaven  for  me,  I  have  enough.  What  a  glory  is  it 
to  God  that  he  hath  those  that  will  trust  him  upon  his  bare  word !  It 
were  no  commendation  for  a  Christian  to  live  here  in  a  beautiful,  glorious 
manner,  if  he  should  see  all  and  live  by  sight.  If  he  should  see  hell 
open,  and  the  terrors  there,  for  him  then  to  abstain  from  sin,  what  glory 
were  it !     The  sisrht  would  force  abstinence.     If  we  should  see  heaven 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  109 

open,  and  the  joys  of  it  present,  it  were  no  thanks  to  be  a  good  man,  for 
sight  would  force  it. 

2cl  Reason.  The  second  reason  is  this,  that  God  will  have  a  known  differ- 
ence hetiveen  h)jpocrites  and  the  true  children  of  God.  If  heaven  were  upon 
earth,  and  nothing  reserved  in  faith  and  in  promise,  every  one  would  be  a 
Christian.  But  now  the  greatest  things  being  laid  up  in  promises,  we 
must  exercise  our  faith  to  wait  for  them.  Now,  there  are  none  that  will 
honour  God  in  his  word  but  the  true  Christian.  That  there  are  such 
excellent  things  reserved  in  another  world,  in  comparison  of  which  all 
these  are  base,  there  is  none  but  a  true  Christian  that  will  honour  God 
upon  his  word,  that  will  venture  the  loss  of  these  things  here  for  them  in 
heaven,  that  will  not  lose  those  things  that  they  have  in  reversion  and  pro- 
mise for  the  present  delights  of  sin  for  a  season  1  Whereas  the  common 
sort,  they  hear  say  of  a  heaven,  and  happiness,  and  a  day  of  judgment,  &c. 
But  in  the  mean  time  they  will  not  deny  their  base  pleasures  and  their 
rebellious  dispositions,  they  will  cross  themselves  in  nothing.  Do  we 
think  that  God  hath  prepared  heaven  for  such  wretches  as  these  ?  Oh 
let  us  never  think  of  it !  God  therefore  hath  reserved  the  best  excellencies 
for  the  time  to  come,  in  promises  and  in  his  word,  if  we  have  grace  to 
depend  upon  his  word,  and  in  the  mean  time  go  on  and  cross  our  corrup- 
tions. It  is  an  excellent  condition  to  be  so.  It  shews  the  difference  that 
God  will  have  between  us  and  other  men. 

3o?  Reason.  Again,  thirdly,  our  vessels  could  not  contain  it.  We  are  in- 
capable ;  our  brain  is  not  strong  enough  for  these  things.  As  weak  brains 
cannot  digest  hot  liquors,  so  we  cannot  digest  a  large  revelation  of  these 
things.  As  we  see  St  Peter  was  not  himself  in  the  transfiguration ;  he 
forgot  himself,  and  was  spiritually  drunk  with  joy,  with  that  he  saw  in  the 
mount.  He  wot  not  what  he  said,  as  the  scripture  saith,  when  he  said, 
'Master,  let  us  make  three  tabernacles,'  &c.,  Mark  ix.  5.  Nay,  St  Paul 
himself,  the  great  apostle,  when  he  saw  things  in  heaven  above  expression, 
that  could  not  nor  might  not  be  uttered,  could  not  digest  them,  2  Cor. 
xii.  4.  They  were  so  great,  that  if  he  had  not  had  somewhat  to  weigh 
him  down,  to  balance  him,  he  had  been  overturned  with  pride.  Therefore 
there  was  a  'prick  in  the  flesh'  sent  to  Paul  himself,  to  humble  him, 
2  Cor.  xii.  7.  Are  we  greater  than  Paul  and  Peter,  the  great  apostles  of 
the  Jews  and  Gentiles  ;  when  these  grand  apostles  could  not  contain 
themselves  ?  When  they  see  these  heavenly  things,  and  but  a  glimpse  of 
them,  the  one  did  not  know  what  he  said,  and  the  other  was  humbled,  by 
way  of  prevention,  with  a  prick  in  the  flesh ;  and  shall  we  think  to  con- 
ceive of  these  things  ?  No  !  we  cannot ;  for  that  is  to  be  in  heaven  before 
our  time.  These  and  the  like  reasons  we  may  have  to  satisfy  us  in  this, 
why  we  cannot  conceive  of  the  things  to  come  as  they  are  in  their  proper 
nature.  God  saith  to  Moses,  when  Moses  would  have  a  fairer  manifesta- 
tion of  God,  *  No  man  can  see  me  and  live,'  Exod.  xxxiii.  20.  If  we  would 
Bee  God  as  he  is,  we  must  die.  If  we  would  see  heaven,  and  the  joys 
of  it  as  it  is,  we  must  die  first.  No  man  can  see  the  things  that  the 
apostle  here  speaks  of,  in  their  proper  light  and  excellency,  but  he  must 
die  first. 

They  are  not  proportionable  to  our  condition  here.  For  God  hath 
resolved  that  this  life  shall  be  a  life  of  imperfection,  and  that  shall  be  a  per- 
fect estate  of  perfect  glory.  '  Alas  !  our  capacities  now  are  not  capable,  our 
affections  will  not  contain  those  excellent  things.  Therefore  God  trains 
us  up  by  little  and  little  to  the  full  fruition  and  enjoying  of  it.     Thus  we 


170  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

see  how  we  come  to  have  some  knowledge  of  them,  and  why  we  have  not  a 
full  knowledge  of  them  here. 

Use  1.  Well,  to  leave  this  and  go  on.  If  this  be  so,  then  let  us  oft  think 
of  these  thinrfs. 

The  life  of  a  Christian  is  wondrously  ruled  in  this  world  by  the  con- 
sideration and  meditation  of  the  life  of  another  world.  Nothing  more 
steers  the  life  of  a  Christian  here  than  the  consideration  of  the  life  here- 
after ;  not  only  by  way  of  comfort,  that  the  consideration  of  immortal  life 
and  glory  is  the  comfort  of  this  mortal  base  life,  but  likewise  by  way  of 
disposition  and  framing  a  man  to  all  courses  that  are  good.  There  is  no 
grace  of  the  Spirit,  in  a  manner,  but  it  is  set  on  work  by  the  consideration 
of  the  estate  that  is  to  come  ;  no,  not  one. 

What  is  the  work  of  faith  ?  '  It  is  the  evidence  of  things  not  seen,' 
Heb.  xi.  1.  It  sets  the  things  of  another  world  present  before  the  eye  of 
the  soul,  and  in  that  respect  it  is  victorious.  It  conquers  the  world, 
because  it  sets  a  better  world  in  the  eye.  Where  were  the  exercise  of  faith, 
if  it  were  not  for  hope  of  such  an  estate  which  feeds  faith  ?  The  excellency 
of  faith  is,  that  it  is  about  things  not  seen.  It  makes  things  that  are  not 
seen  to  be  seen ;  it  hath  a  kind  of  omnipotent  power ;  it  gives  a  being  to 
things  that  have  none,  but  in  the  promise  of  the  speaker. 

And  for  hope,  the  very  nature  of  hope  is  to  expect  those  things  that  faith 
believes.  Were  it  not  for  the  joys  of  heaven,  where  were  hope  ?  It  is  the 
helmet  of  the  soul,  to  keep  it  from  blows  and  temptations.  It  is  the 
anchor  of  the  soul,  that  being  cast  within  the  veil  into  heaven,  stays  the 
soul  in  all  the  waves  and  troubles  in  this  world.  The  consideration  of  the 
things  to  come  exerciseth  this  grace  of  hope.  We  look  within  the  veil, 
and.  cast  anchor  there  upward,  and  not  downward ;  and  there  we  stay 
ourselves  in  all  combustions  and  confusions  by  the  exercise  of  hope, 
Heb.  vi.  19. 

And  where  were  patience  ?  If  it  were  not  for  a  better  estate  in  another 
world,  a  Christian  '  of  all  men  were  most  miserable,'  1  Cor.  xv.  19.  Who 
would  endure  anything  for  Christ,  if  it  were  not  for  a  better  estate  afterwards  ? 
And  so  for  sobriety.  What  forceth  a  moderate  use  of  all  things  here  ? 
The  consideration  of  future  judgment,  that  made  even  Felix  to  tremble, 
Acts  xxiv.  25.  The  consideration  of  the  estate  to  come,  causes  that  we 
surfeit  not  with  the  cares  of  the  world  and  excess,  but  do  all  that  may 
make  way  for  such  a  glorious  consideration. 

What  enforceth  the  keeping  of  a  good  conscience  in  all  things  ?  St  Paul 
looked  to  the  resurrection  of  the  just  and  of  the  unjust ;  and  this  made  him 
exercise  himself  to  keep  a  good  conscience. 

And  so  purity  and  holiness,  that  we  take  heed  of  all  defilements  in  the 
world,  that  we  be  not  '  led  away  with  the  error  of  the  wicked,'  2  Peter 
iii.  17;  but  'keep  ourselves  unspotted,'  James  i.  27.  What  forceth  this 
but  the  consideration  of  a  glorious  condition  in  another  world  !  '  He  that 
hath  this  hope  pm-geth  himself,'  1  John  iii.  3.  There  is  a  purgative  power 
in  hope  ;  a  cleansing  efiicacy,  that  a  man  cannot  hope  for  this  excellent 
condition,  but  it  will  frame  and  fit  the  soul  for  that  condition.  Can  a  man 
hope  to  appear  before  a  great  person,  and  not  fit  himself  in  his  deportment 
and  attire  beforehand,  to  please  the  person  before  whom  he  appears  ?  So 
whosoever  hopes  to  appear  before  Christ  and  God,  of  necessity  that  hope 
will  force  him  to  purge  himself.  Let  us  not  stand  to  search  curiously  into 
particulars,  what  the  glory  of  the  soul  or  of  the  body  shall  be  (the  apostle 
discovers  it  in  general,  we  shall  be  '  conformed  to  Christ  our  head  in  soul 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  171 

and  body'),  but  rather  study  bow  to  make  good  use  of  tbem  ;  for  therefore 
they  are  revealed  beforehand  m  general. 

ilse  2.  And  withal  to  humble  ourselves,  and  to  say  with  the  psalmist,  '  Lord, 
what  is  man,  that  thou  so  far  considerest  him  ?'  Ps.  viii.  4  ;  sinful  man, 
that  hath  lost  his  first  condition,  and  hath  betrayed  himself  to  thine  and 
his  enemy  ;  to  advance  him  to  that  estate,  '  that  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor 
ear  heard,'  &e.     This  consideration  will  make  us  base  in  our  own  eyes. 

Shall  not  we  presently  disdain  any  proud  conceits  ?  Shall  we  talk  of 
merit  ?  What  can  come  from  a  creature  that  shall  deserve  things  that 
'  eye  hath  not  seen  nor  ear  heard  ;'  that  such  proud  conceits  should  enter 
into  the  heart  of  man  ?  Surely  grace  never  entered  into  that  man's  heart, 
that  hath  such  a  conceit  to  entertain  merit.  Shall  a  man  think  by  a  penny 
to  merit  a  thousand  pounds  ;  by  a  little  performance  to  merit  things  that 
are  above  the  conceit  of  men  and  angels  ?     But  a  word  is  enough  that  way. 

Use  3.  And  with  humiliation,  take  that  which  always  goes  with  hurniUation, 
thankfulness,  even  beforehand.  When  the  apostle  St  Peter  thought  of  the 
'  inheritance  immortal  and  undefiled,'  &c.,  he  begins,  '  Blessed  be  God,  the 
Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  &c.,  1  Peter  i.  3,  4.  He  could  not  think 
of  these  things  without  thankfulness  to  God.  For  we  should  begin  the  life 
of  heaven  upon  earth,  as  much  as  may  be  ;  and  what  is  that  but  a  blessing 
and  praising  of  God  ?  Now  we  cannot  more  effectually  and  feelingly  praise 
God,  than  by  the  consideration  of  what  great  things  are  reserved  for  us  ; 
for  faith  sets  them  before  the  soul  as  present,  as  invested  into  them.  Now 
if  we  were  in  heaven  already,  we  should  praise  God,  and  do  nothing  else. 
Therefore  faith  making  them  sure  to  the  soul,  as  if  we  had  them,  sets  the 
soul  on  work  to  praise  God,  as  in  Eph.  i.  3,  and  in  1  Peter  i.  3.  St  Peter 
and  Paul,  they  could  never  have  enough  of  this.  Thus  we  should  do,  and 
cheer  and  joy  our  hearts  in  the  consideration  of  these  things  in  all  conflicts 
and  desolations.  We  little  think  of  these  things,  and  that  is  our  fault. 
We  are  like  little  children  that  are  born  to  great  matters,  notwithstanding 
not  knowing  of  them,  they  carry  not  themselves  answerable  to  their  hopes. 
But  the  more  the  children  grow  into  years,  the  more  they  grow  in  spirit 
and  conceits,*  and  carriage  fitting  the  estates  they  hope  for. 

So  it  is  with  Christians  at  the  first ;  when  they  are  weak  they  are 
troubled  with  this  temptation  and  with  that,  with  this  loss  and  with  that 
cross  ;  but  when  a  Christian  grows  to  a  full  stature  in  Christ,  every  petty 
cross  doth  not  cast  him  down.  He  thinks.  What !  shall  I  be  dejected  with 
this  loss,  that  have  heaven  reserved  for  me  ?  Shall  I  be  cast  down  with 
this  cross,  that  have  things  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen  nor  ear  heard,'  &c., 
prepared  for  me  ?  He  will  not.  He  makes  use  of  his  faith  to  fetch  com- 
fort from  these  things  that  are  reserved  for  him,  that  are  inexpressible  and 
inconceivable. 

Use  4.  And  let  us  comfort  ourselves  in  all  the  slightimfs  of  the  ivorld.  A 
man  that  hath  great  hopes  in  his  own  country,  if  he  be  slighted  abroad,  he 
thinks  with  himself,  I  have  other  matters  reserved  elsewhere,  and  I  shall 
have  another  manner  of  respect  when  I  come  home.  The  world  it  knows 
not  God,  nor  Christ,  nor  us.  Shall  not  we  be  content  to  go  up  and  down 
as  unknown  men  here,  when  God  the  Father  and  Christ  our  Saviour  are 
unknown  ?  There  are  better  things  reserved  at  home  for  us.  Therefore 
let  us  digest  all  the  slightings  and  abusage  of  carnal  men.  And  let  us  not 
envy  them  their  condition  that  is  but  for  term  of  life,  use  it  as  well  as  they 
will ;  that  hath  a  date  that  will  be  out  we  know  not  how  soon.  Alas  !  all 
*  That  is,  '  concei^tious.' — G. 


172 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 


their  happiness  it  is  but  a  measured  happiness  ;  it  is  within  their  under- 
standings ;  their  ej'es  can  see  it  and  their  ears  can  hear  it,  and  when  they 
can  neither  see  nor  conceive  more  in  this  world,  then  there  is  an  end  of  all 
their  sensible  *  happiness.  Shall  we  envy,  when  they  shall  shortly  be 
turned  out  naked  out  of  this  world  to  the  place  of  torment  ?  We  should 
present  them  to  us  as  objects  of  pity,  even  the  greatest  men  in  the  world, 
if  we  see  by  their  carriage  they  be  void  of  grace  ;  but  not  envy  any  condi- 
tion in  this  world.  But  what  affection  is  due  and  suiting  to  the  estate  of  a 
Christian  ?  If  we  would  have  the  true  affection,  it  is  admiration  and 
wonderment.  What  is  wonderment  ?  It  is  the  state  and  disposition  of 
the  soul  toward  things  that  are  new  and  rare  and  strange  ;  that  we  can  give 
no  reason  of,  that  are  bej^ond  our  reach.  For  wise  men  wonder  not, 
because  they  see  a  reason,  they  can  compass  things. f  But  a  Christian 
cannot  but  wonder,  because  the  things  prepared  are  above  his  reach.  Yea, 
when  he  is  in  heaven,  he  shall  not  be  able  to  conceive  the  glory  of  it.  He 
shall  enter  into  it ;  it  shall  be  above  him  ;  he  shall  have  more  joy  and  peace 
than  he  can  comprehend.  The  joy  that  he  hath  there  it  is  beyond  his 
ability  and  capacity,  beyond  his  power  ;  he  shall  not  be  able  to  compass  all. 
It  shall  be  a  matter  of  wonder  even  in  heaven  itself,  much  more  should  it 
be  here  below.  Therefore  the  holy  apostles,  when  they  speak  in  the 
Scriptures  of  these  things,  it  is  with  terms  of  admiration  and  wonderment, 
'joy  unspeakable  and  glorious,'  1  Peter  i.  8,  and  '  peace  that  passeth  under- 
standing,' Philip,  iv.  7  ;  and  when  they  speak  of  our  deliverance  out  of  the 
state  of  darkness  into  the  state  of  grace,  they  call  it  a  being  '  brought  out 
of  darkness  into  his  marvellous  hght,'  1  Peter  ii.  9.  And  so  '  God  loved 
the  world,'  he  cannot  express  how,  John  iii.  16.  '  Behold  what  love  hath 
the  Father  shewed  us,  that  we  should  be  called  the  sons  of  God,'  1  John 
iii.  1.     To  be  called,  and  to  be,  is  all  one  with  God  ;  both  beyond  expression. 

Use  5.  Again,  if  this  be  so  that  God  hath  provided  such  things  as  neither 
*  eye  hath  seen  nor  ear  hath  heard,'  &c,  beg  of  God  first  the  Spirit  of  grace 
to  conceive  of  them,  as  the  Scripture  reveals  them,  and  then  beg  of  God  a 
further  degree  of  revelation,  that  he  would  more  and  more  reveal  to  us  by  his 
Spirit  those  excellent  things.  For  the  soul  is  never  in  a  better  frame  than 
when  it  is  lift  up  above  earthly  things.  When  shall  a  man  use  the  world 
as  though  he  used  it  not  ?  When  he  goes  about  his  business  in  a  com- 
manding manner,  as  seeing  all  things  under  him  ;  when  he  is  raised  up  to 
conceive  the  things  that  are  reserved  for  him  above  the  world.  That  keeps 
a  man  from  being  drowned  in  the  world.  What  makes  men  drowned  in 
the  world  to  be  earth-worms  ?  They  think  of  no  other  heaven  but  this  ; 
they  have  no  other  thing  in  their  eye.  Now  by  the  Spirit  discovering  these 
things  to  them  that  have  weaned  souls,  it  makes  them  go  about  the  things 
of  the  world  in  another  manner.  They  will  do  them,  and  do  them  exactly, 
with  conscience  and  care,  considering  that  they  must  give  an  account  of  all ; 
but  they  will  do  them  with  reserved  affections  to  better  things.  Therefore 
let  us  oft  think  of  this,  and  labour  to  have  a  spirit  of  faith  to  believe  them 
that  they  are  so,  that  there  are  such  great  things  ;  and  then  upon  believing, 
the  meditation  of  such  excellent  things  will  keep  the  soul  in  such  a  frame 
as  it  will  be  fit  for  anything  without  defiling  of  itself.  A  man  that  hath 
first  faith  that  these  things  are  so,  and  then  that  hath  faith  exercised  to 
think  and  meditate  what  these  things  are,  he  may  be  turned  loose  to  any 
temptation  whatsoever.  For  first  of  all,  if  there  be  any  solicitation  to  any 
base  sin,  what  will  he  think  ?     Shall  I  for  the  pleasures  of  sin  for  a  season, 

*  That  is,  '  sentient,'  =  sense-derived.— G.     t  Cf.  note  h,  Vol.  II.  p.  518.— G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  173 

if  not  lose  the  joys  of  heaven  and  happmess  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen,'  &e., 
yet  surely  I  shall  lose  the  comfort  and  assurance  of  them.  A  man  cannot 
enjoy  the  comfort  of  heaven  upon  earth  without  self-denial  and  mortifica- 
tion. Shall  I  lose  peace  of  conscience  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost  for  these 
things  ?  When  Satan  comes  with  any  bait,  let  us  think  he  comes  to  rob 
us  of  better  than  he  can  give.  His  bait  is  some  present  pleasure,  or  prefer- 
ment, or  contentment  here.  But  what  doth  he  take  from  us  ?  That  which 
'  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,'  &c.  He  gives  Adam  an  apple,  and  takes 
away  paradise.  Therefore  in  all  temptations  consider  not  what  he  offers, 
but  what  we  shall  lose  ;  at  least  the  comfort  of  what  we  shall  lose.  We 
shall  lose  the  comfort  of  heaven,  and  bring  ourselves  to  terrors  of  conscience. 

Religion  is  not  so  empty  a  thing  as  that  we  need  to  be  beholding  to  the 
devil  for  any  preferment,  or  riches,  or  contentment,  or  pleasure.  Hath 
God  set  up  a  profession  of  religion,  and  do  we  think  that  we  must  be 
beholding  to  his,  and  our  enemy,  for  any  base  contentments  ?  No.  It  is 
a  disparagement  to  our  religion,  to  our  profession  and  calling,  and  to  our 
Lord  and  Master  we  serve,  to  think  that  he  will  not  provide  richly  for  his. 
You  see  here  he  hath  prepared  things  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen,'  &c. 

And  by  this  likewise  we  may  judge  of  the  difference  of  excellencies  ;  the 
difference  of  degrees  of  excellencies  may  be  fetched  from  hence.  The 
things  that  the  eye  can  see  they  may  be  excellent  good  things,  but  if  the 
eye  can  see  them  there  is  no  great  matters  in  them.  The  thing  that  the 
ear  hears  by  reports  are  more  than  the  eye  sees.  We  may  hear  much  that 
we  never  saw,  yet  if  we  can  hear  them  and  conceive  of  them  upon  the 
hearing,  they  are  no  great  matters,  for  tjie  soul  is  larger  than  they.  We 
conceive  more  than  we  can  hear ;  the  conceit  is  beyond  sight  and  hearing. 
If  we  can  conceive  the  compass  and  latitude  of  anything,  it  is  no  c^reat 
matter,  for  it  is  within  the  reach,  and  model,  and  apprehension  of  man's 
brain  ;  it  is  no  wondrous  matter.  Ay,  but  then  the  things  that  are  most 
excellent  of  all  they  are  above  sight  and  beholding  and  hearing  and  conceit, 
that  the  soul  cannot  wholly  compass  and  reach  them.  Those  are  the 
excellent  things  of  all.  The  rule  of  excellency  is  to  know  what  we  can 
conceive,  and  what  is  beyond  our  comprehension.  The  wit  of  man  can 
conceive  all  things  under  the  heavens.  All  the  knowledge  we  have  comes 
within  the  brain  of  man  ;  the  government  of  states  and  the  like.  Oh  but 
the  things  that  God  hath  provided  for  his  never  came  wholly  within  the 
brain  of  man,  and  therefore  they  are  the  most  excellent ! 

And  so  by  way  of  contraries  for  ills  ;  what  are  the  greatest  ills  ?  Those 
that  the  eye  can  see,  that  we  can  feel,  and  hear  of,  and  conceive  ?  Oh 
no.  The  greatest  ills  are  those  torments  that  never  eye  saw,  that  ear 
never  heard  of.  It  is  to  be  in  hell  to  know  these  things.  They  are  beyond 
our  conceit.  '  The  worm  that  dies  not,  fire  unquenchable,'  Mark  ix.  43, 
the  things  above  our  apprehension  are  the  most  ten-ible  things.  It  is  not 
the  gout  or  the  stone.  Men  feel  these  things,  and  yet  suffer  them  with 
some  patience.  These  are  not  the  greatest  ills,  but  those  of  another  world 
that  are  reserved  for  God's  enemies ;  as  the  best  things  are  those  that  are 
reserved  for  his  friends. 

Therefore  let  us  make  use  of  our  understandings  in  laying  things  toge- 
ther, and  make  use  of  God's  discovery  of  the  state  of  Christianity,  the 
excellencies  of  religion.  Why  doth  God  reveal  these  things  in  the  word  ? 
That  we  should  oft  meditate  of  them,  and  study  them,  that  we  may  be 
heavenly-minded.  For  there  are  none  that  come  to  heaven  but  they  must 
have  a  taste  of  these  beforehand.    There  are  none  ever  enjoy  them  in  per- 


174  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

fection.  When  the  day  of  revelation  shall  come  (the  gospel  now  is  the 
time  of  revelation,  but  the  day  of  revelation  is  the  time  of  judgment),  then 
shall  we  be  revealed  what  we  are.  But  in  the  mean  time  there  is  a  revelation 
by  the  Spirit  in  some  beginnings  of  these  things,  or  else  we  shall  never  come 
to  have  the  perfection  of  them  in  heaven.  If  we  know  not  what  peace,  and  joy, 
and  comfort,  and  the  communion  of  the  saints,  and  the  change  of  nature 
is  here  in  sanctiiication,  we  shall  never  know  in  heaven  the  fulfilling  of  it. 

And  those  that  have  the  first  fniits  here,  if  they  be  in  a  state  of  growth, 
that  they  desire  to  grow  better  continually, ^they  shall,  no  question,  come  to 
the  perfection  ;  for  God  will  not  lose  his  beginnings.  Where  he  gives 
earnest,  he  wdll  make  up  the  bargain. 

Therefore  let  us  all  that  know  a  little  what  these  things  ai'e  by  the  reve- 
lation of  the  Spirit,  let  us  be  glad  of  our  portion.  For  God  that  hath 
begun,  he  will  surely  make  an  end. 

The  affection,  and  bent  and  frame  of  soul  due  to  these  things  is  admira- 
tion, and  not  only  simple  hearing.  If  these  things  in  their  beginnings 
here  be  set  out  by  words  of  admiration,  '  peace  that  passeth  understand- 
ing,' and  'joy  unspeakable  and  glorious,'  what  affection  and  frame  of 
spirit  is  suitable  to  the  hearing  of  those  things  that  are  kept  for  us  in 
another  world  !  If  the  light  that  we  are  brought  into  here  be  admirable, 
great  (we  are  brought  out  of  darkness  into  admirable  wonderful  light),  if 
the  light  of  grace  be  so  wonderful  to  a  man  that  comes  out  of  the  state  of 
nature,  as  it  is  indeed  (a  man  comes  out  of  a  damp  into  a  wonderful  clear 
light),  what  then  is  the  light  of  gloiy  !  Therefore  let  us  often  think  of  it. 
Those  that  are  born  in  a  prison,  they  hear  great  talk  of  the  light,  and  of  the 
sun,  of  such  a  glorious  creature ;  but  being  born  in  prison,  they  know  not  what 
it  is  in  itself.  So  those  that  are  in  the  prison  of  nature,  they  know  not 
what  the  light  of  grace  is.  They  hear  talk  of  glorious  things,  and  have 
conceits  of  them.  And  those  that  here  know  not  the  glory  that  shall  be 
after,  when  they  are  revealed,  that  affection  that  is  due  to  them  is  admira- 
tion and  wonderment.  '  So  God  loved  the  world,  that  he  gave  his  only 
begotten  Son,'  John  iii.  16 ;  and  '  Behold  what  love  the  Father  hath 
shewed  to  us,  that  we  should  be  called  the  sons  of  God,'  1  John  iii.  1. 
What  love  !  He  could  not  tell  what,  it  is  so  admirable  ;  and  to  know  the 
love  of  God,  that  is  above  all  knowledge  !  Who  can  comprehend  the  love 
of  God,  that  gave  his  Son  !  Who  can  comprehend  the  excellency  of 
Christ's  gift !  The  joys  of  heaven  by  Christ,  and  the  misery  of  hell,  from 
which  we  are  delivered  and  redeemed  by  Christ !  These  things  come  from 
the  gospel,  and  the  spring  from  whence  they  come  is  the  large  and  infinite 
and  incomprehensible  love  of  God.  And  if  it  be  so,  what  affection  is 
answerable  but  admiration  ?  Behold  what  love  I  If  God  have  so  loved 
flesh  and  blood,  poor  dust  and  ashes,  so  as  to  be  heirs  of  heaven,  and  of 
such  glory  as  eye  sees  not,  nor  cannot  in  this  world  ;  nor  ear  hears  not ; 
nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man,  till  we  come  fully  to  possess  them  ; 
let  us  labour  to  admire  the  love  of  God  herein. 

And  labour  to  know  more  and  more  our  inheritance,  as  we  grow  in 
years,  as  children  do.  They  search  into  the  great  matters  their  parents 
leave  them,  and  the  nearer  they  come  to  enjoy  them,  the  more  skill  they 
have  to  talk  of  them.  So  should  we :  the  more  we  grow  in  Christianity 
and  in  knowledge,  the  more  we  should  be  inquisitive  after  those  great  things 
that  our  Father  hath  provided  in  another  world.     But  to  go  on. 

Hoic  shall  we  know  u'hether  these  things  he  prepared  for  us  or  no  ?  whether 
we  he  capable  of  these  things  or  no  ?     God  hath  prepared  them,  and  he  hath 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  175 

prepared  them  for  those  that  love  him ;  but  how  shall  we  know  that  God 
hath  prepared  them  for  us  ? 

In  a  word,  xvhom  God  hath  prejmred  great  matters  for,  he  prepares  them  for 
great  matters.  We  may  know  by  God's  preparing  of  us,  whether  he  hath 
prepared  for  us.  God  prepared  paradise  before  Adam  was  created :  so 
God  prepares  paradise,  he  prepares  heaven  before  we  come  there.  And 
we  may  know  that  we  shall  come  to  possess  that,  if  we  be  prepared  for  it. 
What  preparation  ?  If  we  be  prepared  by  a  spirit  of  sanctification,  and 
have  holy  desires  and  longing  after  those  excellent  things ;  for  certainly 
there  is  preparation  on  both  sides.  It  is  prepared  for  us,  and  us  for  it.  It 
is  kept  for  us,  and  we  are  kept  for  it.  Whom  God  keeps  heaven  for,  he 
keeps  them  for  heaven  in  a  course  of  piety  and  obedience.  We  may  know 
it  by  God's  preparing  of  us,  by  loosing  us  from  the  world,  and  sanctifying 
us  to  himself.  Thus  a  man  may  know  whether  those  great  things  be  pre- 
pared for  him  or  no. 

But  the  especial  thing  to  know  whether  they  be  provided  for  us  or  no  is 
love.  God  hath  prepared  them  for  them  that  love  him  :  not  for  his  ene- 
mies. He  hath  prepared  another  place,  and  other  things  for  them ;  those 
torments  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the 
heart  of  man,*  for  those  that  are  his  enemies,  that  would  not  come  under 
his  government ;  but  these  things  are  prepared  '  for  those  that  love  him.' 

*  For  those  that  love  him.'  Especially  that  love  is  all  in  all,  in  the  dis- 
position of  a  holy  man.  All  graces  are  one  in  the  spring,  which  is  love. 
They  are  several  in  the  branches,  but  they  are  one  in  the  root. 

Thus  you  have  heard  the  use  we  are  to  make  of  this,  that  there  is  a  reser- 
vation of  a  glorious  condition  for  the  people  of  God  so  great  that  neither 
'  eye  hath  seen,'  &c. 

But  who  be  the  parties  that  God  hath  prepared  these  things  for  ? 

*  For  them  that  love  him.' 

This  is  the  fourth  part,  the  disposition  of  the  parties  for  whom,  '  for 
them  that  love  him.' 

Quest.  1.  Why  not  for  those  that  God  hath  elected?  Why  doth  he  not 
go  to  the  root  of  all  ?  The  great  things  that  God  hath  prepared  for  those 
that  he  hath  chosen  to  salvation  ?  No.  Tliat  is  out  of  our  reach.  He 
would  not  have  us  to  go  to  heaven,  but  rather  go  to  our  own  hearts.  We 
must  search  for  our  election,  not  above  ourselves,  but  within  ourselves. 

Quest.  2.  Why  doth  he  not  say,  to  them  that  believe  in  him,  because  faith 
is  the  radical  grace  from  uhence  the  rest  spring  ? 

Ans.  But  faith  is  a  hidden  grace  many  times  ;  and  the  apostle's  scope  is  to 
point  to  such  a  disposition,  that  every  one  may  know,  that  is  more  familiar. 
Sometimes  faith  is  hidden  in  the  root,  and  it  is  shewed  in  the  efiect  more 
than  in  itself,  in  love.  A  poor  Christian  that  is  in  the  state  of  grace,  that 
saith,  '  Oh,  I  cannot  believe,'  ask  him  if  he  love  God.  Oh  yes  ;  he  loves 
the  preaching  of  the  word ;  he  loves  good  people  and  good  books,  and  the  like. 
When  he  cannot  discover  his  faith,  he  can  his  love.  Therefore  the  Holy 
Ghost  sets  it  out  by  the  more  familiar  disposition,  by  love  rather  than  faith. 

Quest.  3.  Why  doth  he  not  say,  For  those  that  God  loves?  God's  love  is 
the  cause  of  our  love. 

Ans.  Because  God's  love  is  manifested  more  familiarly  by  our  love  to  him^  ; 
for  that  is  always  supposed.  Wheresoever  there  is  love  to  God,  and  good 
things,  there  is  God's  love  first.  For  our  love  to  God  is  but  a  reflection  of 
that  love  he  bears  to  us.  First,  he  shines  on  us,  and  then  the  beams  of 
our  love  reflect  upon  him.     Therefore  he  need  not  say,  whom  God  loves 


176  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN, 

(though  that  he  the  cause  of  all),  but  who  love  God ;  and  know  thereby 
that  he  loves  them. 

Quest.  4.  But  why  for  them  that  love  him  more  than  for  any  other  thing  ? 

Ans.  Because  all  can  love.  Therefore  he  sets  down  this  affection.  There 
is  no  man  living,  not  the  poorest  lazar'^'  in  the  world,  that  hath  a  heart  and 
affections,  but  he  can  love.  He  doth  not  say,  that  are  prepared  for  this 
great  Christian,  and  that  learned  Rabbi.  No.  But  for  all  that  love  him, 
be  they  poor  or  rich,  great  or  small,  all  those  that  love  him.  Therefore  he 
sets  down  that  to  cut  off  all  excuses.  Yea,  and  all  that  love  him,  be  they 
never  so  man}',  are  sure  to  have  these  great  things  prepared  for  them. 
God  hath  '  prepared  these  things  for  those  that  love  him.* 

To  come  therefore  to  some  observations.  The  first  general  thing  is 
this,  that 

Obs.  God  doth  qualify  all  those  in  this  world,  that  he  hath  prepared  heaven 
and  happiness  for  in  anotlier  ivorld. 

The  cause  of  it  is  his  free  love.  But  if  you  ask  me  what  qualifications 
the  persons  must  have  ?  They  are  such  as  '  love  him.'  This  is  not  the 
proper  cause  why,  but  the  qualification  of  the  persons  'for  whom  these 
things  are.  There  must  be  an  inward  disposition  and  qualification,  before 
we  come  to  heaven.  All  those  that  hope  for  heaven  without  presumption 
must  have  this  qualification,  they  must  be  such  as  '  love  him.' 

Why? 

Reasons.  The  Scripture  is  plain,  (1.)  No  unclean  thing  shall  enter  into 
heaven.  No  whoremonger,  or  drunkard,  or  filthy  person.  Be  not  deceived, 
saith  the  apostle,  you  think  God  is  merciful,  and  Christ  died,  &c.,  but 
neither  such,  nor  such  as  you  are  (and  your  consciences  tell  you  so)  shall 
ever  enter  into  heaven,  1  Cor.  vi.  9,  seq.  We  must  not  think  to  come 
e  cmno  in  caelum,  out  of  the  mire  and  dirt  of  sin  into  heaven.  There  is  no 
such  sudden  getting  into  heaven  ;  but  there  must  be  an  alteration  of  our 
dispositions,  wrought  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  fitthig  us  for  heaven. 

(2.)  Another  is,  that  that  I  touched  before,  that  heaven  and  earth  differ 
hut  in  degrees,  therefore  what  is  there  in  perfection  must  be  begun  here. 

(3.)  Then  again,  thirdly,  it  is  impossible  for  a  man,  if  he  he  not  truly 
altered,  to  desire  or  ivish  heaven  as  it  is  holy.  He  may  wish  for  it  under  the 
notion  of  a  kingdom,  of  pleasure,  and  the  like  ;  but  as  heaven  contains  a 
state  of  perfect  hoHness  and  freedom  from  sin,  he  cares  not  for  it.  A  man 
that  is  out  of  relish  with  heavenly  things,  and  can  taste  only  his  base  sins, 
whereon  his  affections  are  set  and  exercised,  cannot  relish  heaven  itself. 
A  common,  base  sinner,  his  desires  are  not  there.  There  must  be  some 
proportion  between  the  thing  desired,  and  the  desire.  But  here  is  none. 
He  is  not  for  that  place,  being  an  unholy  wretch. 

Therefore  his  own  heart  tells  him,  I  had  rather  have  this  pleasure  and 
honour  that  my  heart  stands  to,  than  to  have  heaven,  while  he  is  in  that 
frame  of  desire.  Therefore  there  is  no  man  that  can  desire  heaven  that  is  not 
disposed  aright  to  heaven  before.  Beetles  love  dunghills  better  than  oint- 
ments, and  swine  love  mud  better  than  a  garden.  They  are  in  their  element 
in  these  things.  So  take  a  swinish  base  creature,  he  loves  to  wallow  in  this 
world.  Tell  him  of  heaven :  he  hath  no  eyes  to  see  it,  no  ears  to  hear  it ; 
except  he  may  have  that  in  heaven  that  his  heart  stands  to  (which  he  shall 
never  have),  he  hath  no  desire  of  heaven.  Therefore  in  these  and  the 
like  respects,  of  necessity  there  must  be  a  disposition  wrought  before  we 
come  there.  These  things  are  prepared  for  those  that  '  love  God.' 
*  That  is,  '  diseased  beggar  like  Lazarus.' — G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  177 

Use  1.  If  tliis  be  so,  let  us  not  feed  ourselves  ivith  vain  hopes.  There  are 
none  of  us  but  we  desire,  at  least  we  pretend  that  we  desire,  heaven ;  but 
most  men  conceive  it  only  as  a  place  free  from  trouble  and  annoyance ;  and 
they  are  goodly  things  they  hear  of,  kingdoms,  crowns,  and  the  like.  But 
except  thou  have  a  holy,  gracious  heart,  and  desirest  heaven  that  thou 
mayest  be  free  from  sin,  and  to  have  communion  with  Christ  and  his  saints, 
to  have  the  image  of  God,  the  divine  nature  perfect  in  thee,  thou  art  an 
hypocrite,  thou  earnest  a  presumptuous  conceit  of  these  things ;  thy  hope 
will  delude  thee  ;  it  is  a  false  hope.  '  Every  one  that  hath  this  hope 
purgeth  himself,'  1  John  iii.  3.  Eveiy  one,  he  excludes  none.  Dost  thou 
defile  thyself,  and  live  in  sinful  courses,  and  hast  thou  this  hope  ?  Thou 
hast  a  hope,  but  it  is  not  this  hope  ;  for  every  one  that  hath  this  hope 
purgeth  himself.  No,  no  ;  however  in  time  of  peace,  and  pleasure,  and 
contentment  that  God  follows  thee  with  in  this  world,  thou  hast  a  vain 
hope  ;  yet  in  a  little  trouble,  or  sickness,  &c.,  thy  own  conscience  will  tell 
thee  another  place  is  provided  for  thee,  a  place  of  torment,  that  neither 
'  eye  hath  seen  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to 
conceive '  the  misery  of  it.  There  is  not  the  greatest  man  living,  when  he 
is  troubled,  if  he  be  a  sinful  man,  whose  greatness  can  content  him.  All 
his  honour  and  friends  cannot  pacify  that  poor  conscience  of  his.  But 
death,  '  the  king  of  fears,'  will  aflright  him.  He  thinks,  I  have  some 
trouble  in  this  world,  but  there  is  worse  that  remains ;  things  that  he  is 
not  able  to  conceive  of.  Let  us  not  therefore  delude  ourselves.  There  is 
nothing  will  stand  out  but  the  new  creature,  that  we  find  a  change  wrought 
by  the  Spirit  of  God.  Then  we  may  without  presumption  hope  for  the 
good  things  which  neither  '  eye  hath  seen,'  &c. 

Use  2.  Again,  we  see  in  the  second  place  God's  mercy  to  us ;  the  quali- 
fication is  u-ithin  21s,  that  ice  need  not  go  far  to  know  what  our  evidence  is. 
Satan  abuseth  many  poor  Christians.  Oh  I  am  not  elected,  I  am  not 
the  child  of  God !  Whither  goest  thou,  man  ?  Dost  thou  break  into 
heaven  ?  When  thou  carriest  a  soul  in  thy  breast,  and  in  that  soul  the 
affection  of  love ;  how  is  that  set  ?  Whither  is  thy  love  carried,  and 
thy  delight,  and  joy,  those  affections  that  spring  from  love  ?  Thy  evidence 
is  in  thine  own  heart.  Our  title  is  by  faith  in  Christ.  His  righteousness 
gives  us  title  to  heaven.  But  how  knowest  thou  that  thou  pretendest  a 
just  title  ?  Thou  hast  the  evidence  in  thy  heart.  What  is  the  bent  of 
thy  soul  ?  Whither  is  the  point  of  it  set  ?  Which  way  goeth  that  ? 
Dost  thou  love  God,  and  divine  things,  and  delight  in  them  ?  Then  thou 
mayest  assure  thyself  that  those  things  belong  to  thee,  as  verily  as  the 
Scriptures  are  the  word  of  God,  and  God  a  God  of  truth.  When  thou 
findest  the  love  of  God  in  thy  heart,  that  thy  heart  is  taught  by  his  Spirit 
to  love  him,  then  surely  thou  mayest  say.  Oh  blessed  be  God  that  hath 
kindled  this  holy  fire  in  my  heart.  Now  I  know  that  '  neither  eye  hath 
seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man,  those  excellent 
things  that  are  laid  up  for  me.' 

THE  END  OF  THE  SECOND  SEKMON. 


THE  THIRD  SERMON. 

Eye  hath  not  seen,  &c. — 1  Cor.  II.  9. 

Saint  Paul,  as  we  heard  before,  gives  a  reason  in  these  words,  why  the 
*  princes  of  this  world '  (not  only  the  great  men,  that  ofttimes  are  not  the 

vol,.  IV.  M 


178  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

greatest  clerks,-  but  the  learned  men  of  the  world,  princes  for  knowledge), 
why  they  were  ignorant  of  the  mysteries  of  the  gospel. 

Now  the  fourth  is  the  disposition  of  those  for  whom  he  doth  all  this ; 
the  quality  he  infuseth  into  them,  they  are  such  as  '  love  him.' 

1.  He  hath  prejjared  them  be/ore  all  eternity.  He  prepared  happiness  for 
us  before  we  were  ;  nay,  before  the  world  was.  As  he  prepared  for  Adam 
a  paradise  before  he  was  ;  he  created  him,  and  then  brought  him  into 
paradise  :  so  he  prepared  for  us  a  kingdom  with  himself  in  heaven,  a 
blessed  estate  before  we  were ;  i.  e.,  in  election,  before  the  heavens  were. 
And  then  in  creation  he  prepared  the  blessed  place  of  the  happy  souls  of 
happy  persons  hereafter,  where  he  himself  is.  He  prepared  it  for  himself, 
and  for  all  those  that  he  means  to  set  his  love  upon  from  the  beginning  to 
the  end. 

2.  And  then,  secondly,  he  prepared  them  more  effectually  in  time.  He 
prepared  these  things  when  Christ  came  in  the  flesh,  and  wrought  all  things 
for  us,  in  whom  we  have  all.  Of  these  things  thus  prepared  he  saith,  '  Eye 
hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard  them,'  &c.  In  what  sense  it  is  meant  we 
heard  before.  Now  take  the  whole  of  the  matter;  the  meaning  is,  the  matters 
of  grace,  the  kingdom  of  grace,  and  the  kingdom  of  glory,  they  are  but  one. 
For  (to  add  this  by  the  way)  the  kingdom  of  heaven  in  the  gospel  includes 
three  things. 

First,  The  doctrine  of  the  gospel,  the  publishing  of  it. 

And  then,  secondly,  Grace  by  that  doctrine. 

And  thirdly.  Glory  upon  grace,  the  consummation  of  all. 

So  the  mysteries  of  salvation  is,  first,  the  doctrine  itself.  That  is  the 
first  degree  of  the  kingdom.  The  doctrine  itself  is  a  mystery  to  all  those 
that  never  heard  of  it ;  for  what  creature  could  ever  conceive  how  to  recon- 
cile justice  and  mercy,  by  devising  such  a  way  as  for  God  to  become  man, 
to  reconcile  God  and  man  together  ?  That  Immanuel,  he  that  is  '  God 
with  us,'  should  make  God  and  us  one  in  love,  this  could  be  no  more 
thought  of,  than  Adam  could  think  of  himself  to  be  made  a  man  when  he 
was  dust  of  the  earth.  Could  man  when  he  was  worse  than  dust,  in  a  lost, 
damned  estate,  think  of  redemption  ?  It  is  impossible  for  a  man  that 
cannot  tell  the  form  and  the  quintessence,  that  cannot  enter  into  the  depth 
of  the  flowers,  or  the  grass  that  he  tramples  on  with  his  feet,  that  he  should 
have  the  witf  to  enter  into  the  deep  things  of  God,  that  have  been  con- 
cealed even  from  the  angels  themselves  till  God  discover  them.  I  add  this 
to  illustrate  what  I  said  before.  Therefore  the  doctrine  itself,  till  God 
discover  it  out  of  his  own  breast,  was  concealed  to  the  angels  themselves ; 
and  since  the  discovery,  they  are  students  in  it,  and  look  and  pry  into  it, 
1  Peter  i.  12.  But  where  the  doctrine  is  no  mystery,  but  is  discovered, 
there  the  application  and  spiritual  understanding,  to  those  that  have  not 
the  light  of  the  Spirit,  is  such  a  thing  as  '  eye  hath  not  seen  nor  ear  heard.' 
And  therefore  we  must  have  a  new  light,  a  new  eye,  a  new  ear,  and  a  new 
heart,  before  we  can  apprehend  the  gospel,  though  we  understand  it  for 
the  literal  truth.  As  for  the  things  of  glory,  we  have  no  conceit  of  them 
fully,  but  by  a  glimpse  and  weak  apprehension ;  as  a  child  conceives  of  the 
things  of  a  man,  by  some  poor  weak  resemblances.  As  St  Paul  saith, 
*  When  I  was  a  child  I  spake  as  a  child,  I  thought  as  a  child,'  1  Cor.  xiii. 
11.  So  when  we  are  now  children,  in  comparison  of  that  perfect  estate  we 
shall  attain  in  heaven,  we  think  and  speak  as  children,  of  these  holy  and 
heavenly  things  that  shall  be  accomplished  in  another  world. 

»  That  is,  =  '  scholars.' — G.  f  That  is,  '  wisdom.'— G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVBN.  179 

And  observe  this  too,  that  when  we  would  understand  anything  of  heaven, 
and  see  anything,  say,  '  This  is  not  that  happiness  I  look  for,'  '  I  can  see 
this,  but  that  is  not  to  be  seen,'  And  when  we  hear  of  anything  that  is 
excellent,  '  I  can  hear  this,  it  is  not  my  happiness.'  And  when  we  compre- 
hend anything,  *  I  can  comprehend  this ;'  therefore  it  is  not  the  happiness 
I  look  for,  but  those  things  that  are  above  my  comprehension,  that  are 
unutterable  and  inexpressible. 

Moreover,  let  us  be  stirred  up  to  think  it  a  base  thing  for  a  Christian  to 
lose  the  comfort  and  assurance  he  hath  of  these  thinr/s  ^  that  eye  hath  not 
seen  nor  ear  heard,*  for  any  earthly  thiny  whatsoever,  "We  account  it  a 
poor  thing  of  Esau  to  sell  his  birthright  for  a  mess  of  pottage,  Heb.  xii.  16. 
And  we  all  smart  for  Adam's  ill  bargain  that  he  made,  to  sell  paradise  for 
an  apple.  And  it  was  a  cursed  sale  that  Judas  made,  that  sold  Christ 
himself  for  thirty  pieces  of  silver.  Surely  it  is  that  that  every  carnal  man 
doth  ;  and  howsoever  we  cannot  lose  heaven,  yet  it  should  be  our  endeavour 
to  enjoy  heaven  upon  earth,  to  enjoy  the  assurance  of  this  condition. 
When  we  do  anything  to  weaken  our  assurance,  and  to  weaken  our  comfort, 
what  do  we  but  with  Adam  lose  heaven  for  an  apple,  and  with  Esau  part 
with  our  birthright,  as  much  as  the  assurance  and  comfort  of  it  is,  for  a 
mess  of  pottage  ?  Therefore  let  us  account  it  a  base  thing  to  be  over-much 
in  love  with  any  earthly  thing,  whereby  we  may  weaken  (though  we  could* 
lose)  the  comfort  and  assurance  of  this  happy  condition,  which  is  so  trans- 
cendent. All  wicked  men,  and  indeed  all  men  whether  good  or  bad,  as 
far  as^they  fall  into  sin,  are  fools ;  the  Scripture  terms  them  so.f  There  is 
none  wise  indeed  but  the  true  Christian,  and  that  Christian  that  preserves 
the  sense,  and  feeling,  and  assurance  of  his  happy  condition. 

*  For  those  that  love  him.' 

The  disposition  of  the  parties  is,  they  are  such  as  '  love  God.'  He  saith 
not,  such  as  are  elected,  because  that  is  a  thing  out  of  our  reach  to  know ; 
but  by  going  upward,  by  going  backward,  to  go  from  our  grace  to  our 
calling,  and  from  thence  to  election  ;  nor  such  as  believe,  because  that  is 
less  discernible  than  love  ;  nor  the  love  of  God  to  us,  for  that  is  supposed 
when  we  love  him.  Our  hearts  being  cold,  they  cannot  be  warm  in  love  to 
him,  but  his  love  must  warm  them  first.  Love  is  such  an  affection  as 
commands  all  other  things,  therefore  he  names  that  above  all.  And  love 
is  such  a  thing  as  every  one  may  try  himself  by.  If  he  had  named  either 
giving  or  doing  of  this  or  that,  men  might  have  said,  I  cannot  do  it,  or  I 
cannot  part  with  it,  but  when  he  names  love,  there  is  none  but  they  may 
love.     The  point  considered  was,  that 

There  must  he  a  qualification  of  those  that  heaven  is  p7-ovided  for^ 

They  must  be  such  as  love  God,  such  as  are  altered,  and  changed,  and 
sanctified  to  love  him ;  because  no  unclean  thing  shall  enter  in  thither ; 
because  we  cannot  so  much  as  desire  heaven  without  a  change..  We  cannot 
have  communion  there  with  Christ  and  those  blessed  souls  without  hke- 
ness  to  them,  which  must  be  by  a  spirit  of  love  ;  our  natures  must  be 
altered.  Therefore  it  is  a  vain  presumption  for  any  man  to  think  of  heaven 
unless  he  find  his  disposition  altered.  For  we  may  read  our  eternal  con- 
dition in  heaven  by  our  disposition  upon  earth.  The  apostle  Peter  saith, 
1  Pet.  i.  3,  '  Blessed  be  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that 
hath  begotten  us  to  a  lively  hope  of  an  inheritance  immortal  and  undefiled, 
reserved  in  heaven.'  So  that  the  inheritance  in  heaven,  we  are  begotten 
to  it ;  we  must  be  new  born ;  we  must  have  a  new  birth  before  we  can 
*  Qu.  *  should  not?'— Ed.         f  Cf.  Psalm  siv.  1 ;  Prov.  xviii.  7  ;  Luke  xii.  20.— G. 


180  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

inherit  it ;  'He  hath  begotten  us  to  an  inheritance  immortal,'  &c.  He 
that  is  not  a  child  may  not  think  of  an  inheritance.  Put  case  there  be 
never  so  many  glorious  things  in  heaven  that  '  eye  hath  never  seen  nor 
ear  ever  heard,'  &c.,  if  our  names  be  not  in  Christ's  will,  that  we  are  not 
his,  and  prove  ourselves  to  be  his,  by  the  alteration  of  our  dispositions,  what 
are  all  those  good  things  to  us,  when  our  names  are  not  contained  there ! 

It  is  called  a  hope  of  life,  *  a  lively  hope,'  1  Pet,  i.  3 ;  because  he  that 
hath  this  '  hope  purgeth  himself.'  It  makes  him  vigorous  and  active  in 
good.  If  his  hope  of  life  make  him  not  lively,  he  hath  no  hope  of  life  at 
all.  Therefore  those  that  will  look  for  heaven  (that  Satan  abuse  them  not 
by  false  confidence),  let  them  look  whether  God  have  altered  their  hearts  ; 
that  the  work  of  grace  be  wrought  in  some  measure.  For  God  hath  not 
ordained  these  great  things  for  his  enemies ;  for  blasphemers,  that  take 
God's  name  in  vain  ;  that  run  on  in  courses  contrary  to  his  will  and  word  ; 
that  live  in  sins  against  the  light  of  nature  ;  do  you  think  he  hath  provided 
these  great  matters  for  them  ?  He  hath  another  place  for  them.  There- 
fore let  us  not  be  abused  by  our  own  false  hearts  to  think  of  such  a  happy 
condition.  Unless  we  find  ourselves  changed,  unless  we  be  new  born,  we 
shall  never  enter  into  heaven. 

*  Lord,  Lord,'  say  they.  Christ  brings  them  in  pleading  so,  '  Lord, 
Lord  ;'  not  that  they  shall  say  so  then,  that  is  not  the  meaning ;  but  now 
they  cherish  such  a  confidence.  Oh  we  can  speak  well,  and  we  can  pray 
well,  '  Lord,  Lord.'  Oh  thou  vain,  confident  person,  thy  confession  and 
profession,  '  Lord,  Lord,'  shall  do  thee  no  good.  I  will  not  so  much  as 
own  thee;  '  Away  hence,  thou  worker  of  iniquity,'  Mat.  xxv.  41.  Thy 
heart  tells  thee  thou  livest  in  sins  against  conscience.  Away,  avaunt,  I 
will  none  of  thee.  God  in  mercy  to  us  will  have  the  trial  of  the  truth  of 
our  evidence  in  us.  The  ground  of  all  our  salvation  is  his  grace,  his  free 
favour,  and  mercy  in  his  own  heart ;  but  we  cannot  go  thither ;  he  would 
have  us  to  search  within  ourselves,  and  there  we  shall  find  '  love.' 

'  God  hath  prepared  for  those  that  love  him.' 

Obs.  In  particular,  therefore,  those  that  God  hath  provided  so  excellent 
things  for,  they  are  such  as  lore  him.  They  are  such,  first  of  all,  that  are 
beloved  of  him ;  and  shew  that  they  are  beloved  of  him  by  their  love  to 
him.  Therefore,  when  the  papists  meet  with  such  phrases,  they  think  of 
merit.  He  hath  provided  heaven  for  them  that  love  him,  and  shew  their 
love  in  good  works.  But  we  must  know  that  this  is  not  brought  in  as  a 
cause  why,  but  as  a  qualification  of  the  persons  who ;  who  shall  inherit 
heaven,  and  who  shall  have  these  great  things.  It  is  idle  for  them  to 
think  that  these  things  are  prepared  for  those  whom  God  foresees  would 
do  such  and  such  good  works.  It  is  as  if  we  should  think  he  hath  pro- 
vided these  happy  things  for  those  that  are  his  enemies.  For  how  could 
he  look  for  love  from  us  in  a  state  of  corruption,  when  the  best  thing  in  us 
was  enmity  to  him  ?  Is  it  not  a  vain  thing  to  look  for  light  from  darkness  ? 
to  look  for  love  from  enmity  and  hatred  ?  Therefore  how  could  God  fore- 
see anything  in  us,  when  he  could  see  nothing  but  enmity  and  darkness  in 
our  dispositions  by  nature  ? 

And  then  (as  we  shall  see  afterward)  this  love  in  us  it  must  be  with  all 
our  heart,  and  soul,  and  might.  It  is  required  and  commanded  ;  and  when 
we  do  all  this,  we  do  but  what  we  are  bound  to  do.  But  they  abuse  such 
places  upon  so  shallow  ground,  that  indeed  it  deserves  not  so  much  as  to 
be  mentioned. 

To  come  then  to  the  point  itself,  the  disposition  of  those  that  shall  come  to 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  181 

heaven  then  is,  they  imist  he  such  as  love  God.  Now  he  names  this  because 
these  two  go  always  together.  There  goes  somewhat  of  ours  together  with 
somewhat  of  God's,  to  witness  to  us  what  God  doth.  There  goes  our 
choice  of  God,  with  his  choosing  of  us  ;  our  knowing  of  God,  with  his 
knowledge  of  us  ;  our  love  to  him,  with  his  love  to  us.  Therefore,  because 
these  are  so  connexed  and  knit  together,  he  takes  the  one  for  the  other ; 
and  to  make  it  famiUar  to  us,  he  takes  that  which  is  most  familiar  to  us, 
our  love  to  him. 

Now  he  names  this  above  all  other  affections,  because  love  is  the  com- 
manding affection  of  the  soul.  It  is  that  affection  that  rules  all  other 
affections.  Hatred,  and  anger,  and  joy,  and  delight,  and  desire,  they  all 
spring  from  love  ;  and  because  all  duties  spring  from  love  both  to  God  and 
man,  therefore  both  tables  are  included  in  love.  And  when  the  apostle 
would  set  down  the  qualifications  of  those  that  shall  enjoy  these  things, 
he  saith  they  are  for  those  '  that  love  him.'  Because  it  stirs  up  to  all  duty, 
and  adds  a  sweet  qualification  to  every  duty,  and  makes  it  acceptable  and 
to  rehsh  with  God.  It  stirs  up  to  do,  and  qualifies  the  actions  that  come 
from  love  to  be  accepted. 

All  duties  to  man  spring  from  love  to  man,  and  love  to  man  from  love 
to  God.  It  is  the  affection  that  stirs  up  the  duty,  and  stirs  up  the  affection 
fit  for  the  duty ;  it  stirs  up  to  do  the  thing,  and  to  do  all  in  love.  What- 
soever we  do  to  God  or  man,  it  must  be  in  love.  All  that  God  doth  to  us 
it  is  in  love.  He  chooseth  us  in  love,  and  doth  everything  in  love  ;  and 
all  that  we  do  to  God  it  must  be  in  love.  Therefore  he  names  no  other 
affection  but  this,  because  it  is  the  ground,  the  first-born  affection  of  the 
soul.  Therefore  Christ  saith  it  is  the  great  commandment  to  love  God, 
John  sv.  12.  It  is  the  great  commanding  commandment,  that  commands  all 
other  duties  whatsoever;  it  is  the  first  wheel  that  turns  the  whole  soul  about. 

Again,  it  is  such  an  affection  as  cannot  be  dissembled.  A  man  may  paint 
fire,  but  he  cannot  paint  heat.  A  man  may  dissemble  actions  in  religion, 
but  he  cannot  affections.  Love  is  the  very  best  affection  of  truth.  A  man 
may  counterfeit  actions ;  but  there  is  none  that  can  love  but  the  child  of 
God.     '  God  hath  prepared  these  things  for  those  that  love  him.' 

Then  again,  without  this,  all  that  we  do  is  nothing,  and  we  are  nothing. 
We  are  nothing  but  an  empty  cymbal.  Whatsoever  we  do  is  nothing ;  all 
is  empty  without  love.  '  My  son,  give  me  thy  heart,'  Prov.  xxiii.  26  ;  that 
is,  if  thou  wilt  give  me  anything,  give  me  thy  affections,  or  else  they  are 
still-born  actions,  that  have  no  life  in  them.  If  we  do  anything  to  God, 
and  do  it  not  in  love,  he  regards  it  not.  That  is  the  reason  why  he  men- 
tions love  instead  of  all.  It  is  so  sweet  an  affection,  and  so  easy  ;  what  is 
more  easy  than  to  love  ?  It  is  comfortable  to  us  to  consider  that  God 
hath  made  this  a  qualification  of  those  that  he  brings  to  heaven ;  they  are 
such  as  '  love  him.' 

Qu£st.  But  why  doth  he  set  down  any  qualification  at  all,  and  not  say, 
for  Christians  ? 

Ans.  Because  profession  mmt  have  expression.  When  God  sets  down  a 
professor  of  religion,  he  sets  him  down  by  some  character  that  shall  dis- 
cover him  to  be  as  he  is  termed.  How  dost  thou  know  thou  art  good  ? 
Dost  thou  love  God,  or  call  upon  God  ?  as  it  is  in  other  places,  '  To  all 
those  that  call  upon  his  name,'  1  Cor.  i.  2,  to  let  us  know  that  religion 
and  holiness  is  a  matter  of  power.  Wouldst  thou  know  what  thou  art  in 
religion  ?     Dost  thou  love  God,  or  call  upon  God  ? 

It  is  not  to  be  tolerated,  to  be  Christians,  to  profess  as  Demas,  2  Tim. 


182  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

iv.  10.     Oh  no  !  but  they  must  be  such  as  from  the  heart-root  are  good, 
*  such  as  love  God.' 

Therefore,  dark  disputes  of  election  and  predestination,  at  the  first  espe- 
cially, let  them  go.  How  standest  thou  affected  to  God  and  to  good  things? 
Look  to  thy  heart  whether  God  have  taught  it  to  love  or  no,  and  to  relish 
heavenly  things.  If  he  hath,  thy  state  is  good.  And  then  thou  mayest 
ascend  to  those  great  matters  of  predestination  and  election.  But  begin 
not  with  those,  but  go  first  to  thine  own  heart,  and  then  to  those  deep 
mysteries  afterward.  If  a  man  love  God,  he  may  look  back  to  election, 
and  forward  to  glorification,  to  the  things  that  '  eye  hath  not  seen  nor  ear 
heard,'  &c.  But  see  first  what  God  hath  wrought  in  thy  heart,  what  affec- 
tion to  heavenly  things  ;  and  thence  from  thy  affections  to  go  backward  to 
election,  and  forward  to  glorification,  there  is  no  danger  in  it. 

To  come  therefore  to  express  more  particularly  this  aflection  of  love, 
which  is  the  disposition  that  God  requires  and  works  in  all  those  that  he 
intends  heaven  to.  Let  us  search  into  the  nature  of  this  love  to  God. 
What  it  is  to  love  we  need  not  be  taught,  for  all  men  know  it  well  enough. 
It  is  better  known,  indeed,  by  the  affection  than  by  discourse.  Wliat  it 
is  to  love  is  known  by  those  that  love  better  than  by  any  books  or  treatises 
whatsoever,  for  it  is  the  affection  that  is  in  all  men.  Natural  love,  it  is  in 
those  that  have  no  grace  at  all,  and  civil  love  in  those  that  are  evil  men. 
They  know  what  it  is  to  love  by  reason  of  that  wild  fire,  that  carnal  love 
that  is  in  them,  that  transports  them.  A  man  may  see  the  nature  of  it  in 
those  as  well  as  in  any ;  for  set  aside  the  extravagant  nature  of  it  in  such 
kind  of  persons,  we  may  see  the  nature  of  it.  Therefore  I  will  not  meddle 
with  that  point ;  it  is  needless.  I  come  therefore  to  this  love  of  God,  to 
shew  how  this  stream  of  aflection  should  be  carried  in  the  right  channel  to 
God,  the  right  object  of  it,  who  only  can  make  us  happy  by  loving  of  him. 
Other  things,  by  loving  of  them,  they  make  us  worse,  if  they  be  worse  than 
ourselves  ;  for  such  as  we  love,  such  we  are.  Indeed,  our  understandings 
make  us  not  good  or  ill,  but  our  love  doth.  By  loving  God  and  heavenly 
things  we  become  good.     Our  affections  shew  what  we  are  in  religion.* 

There  be  four  things  in  this  sweet  affection  in  true  natural  love. 

1.  There  is  an  estimation  and  valuing  of  some  good  thing,  especially  when 
the  lore  is  to  a  better,  ivhen  it  is  not  heticeen  equals.  Now  there  is  a  great 
distance  between  God  and  us.  There  is  a  high  esteem  in  common  love ; 
love  will  not  stoop  to  nothing.  There  cannot  be  love  maintained  but  upon 
sight  of  a  supposed  excellency ;  love  will  not  stoop  but  where  it  sees  some- 
what worth  the  valuing.  Therefore  there  is  a  high  esteem  of  somewhat  as 
the  spring  of  it.  And  that  is  the  reason  that  we  say  a  man  cannot  be  wise 
and  love  in  earthly  things,  because  love  will  make  a  man  too  much  to  value 
those  things  that  he  that  apprehends  better  would  not. 

2.  In  the  second  place,  tJiere  is  a  desire  to  he  joined  to  it,  that  we  call  the 
desire  of  union. 

3.  In  the  third  place,  upon  union  and  joining  to  it,  there  is  a  resting,  a 
coniplacencg  and  contentment  in  the  thing  to  which  we  are  united,  for  what  is 
happiness  itself  but  fully  to  enjoy  what  we  love  ?  When  we  love  upon  judg- 
ment and  a  right  esteem,  to  enjoy,  that  is  happiness  and  contentment  indeed. 

4.  In  the  fourth  place,  where  this  true  affection  is,  there  is  a  desire  of 
contentment  to  the  party  loved,  to  j^lease  him,  to  approve  ourselves  to  him,  to 
dis2)lease  him  in  nothing.  Every  one  knows  that  these  things  are  in  that 
affection  by  nature. 

*  Cf.  President  Edwards'  treatise  on  '  The  Keligious  Affections.' — G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  183 

Look  to  carnal  self-love,  a  man  may  know  what  it  is  to  love  ;  the  aflfec- 
tion  is  all  one  in  both.  Take  a  man  when  he  makes  himself  his  idol,  as 
till  a  man  love  God  he  loves  himself  above  all,  he  is  the  idol  and  the 
idolater  ;  he  hath  a  high  esteem  of  himself,  and  those  that  do  not  highly 
esteem  him  he  swells  against  them.  Again,  self-love  makes  a  man  desire 
to  enjoy  himself,  and  to  enjoy  his  content,  to  procure  all  things  that  may 
serve  for  his  contentment. 

Now,  when  the  Spirit  of  God  hath  purged  our  hearts  of  this  carnal 
idolatry  of  self-love,  and  self-seeking,  and  sufficiency,  and  contentment  in 
himself,  then  a  man  puts  God  instead  of  himself;  grace,  and  the  Spirit  doth 
so  ;  and  instead  of  highly  esteeming  of  himself,  he  esteems  highly  of  God, 
and  of  Christ,  and  religion.  Then,  instead  of  placing  a  sufficiency  in  him- 
self and  the  things  of  this  life,  and  resting  in  them,  there  is  a  placing  of 
sufficiency  in  God  all-sufficient.  And  instead  of  seeking  his  own  will  and 
content  in  all  things,  mens  viihl  pro  regno,  my  mind  is  to  me  a  kingdom,* 
then  a  man  seeks  to  give  contentment  to  God  in  all  things,  and  'to  be  a 
fool,  that  he  may  be  wise,'  1  Cor.  iii.  18,  and  to  have  no  will  and  no 
delight  in  anything  that  cannot  stand  with  the  pleasure  of  and  obedience 
to  God. 

Thus  a  man,  by  knowing  what  his  own  natural  corruption  is,  he  may 
know  what  his  affection  is  to  better  things. 

First  of  all,  there  must  be  mi  estimation,  an  esteem  of  God  and  Christ ;  for 
to  avoid  misconceit,  we  take  both  these  to  be  one :  God^^our  Father  in  Christ, 
and  Christ.  Whatsoever  Christ  did  for  us  in  love,  he  did  it  from  the  love 
of  the  Father  who  gave  him.  And  when  we  speak  of  the  love  of  God,  we 
speak  of  the  love  of  Christ  to  us.  Therefore  there  must  be  a  high  esteem- 
ing, and  valuing,  and  prizing  of  God  above  all  things  in  the  world,  and  of 
his  love. 

(1.)  Now,  this  must  needs  be  so;  for  where  grace  is,  it  gives  a  sanctified 
judgment ;  a  sanctified  judgment  values  and  esteems  things  as  they  are. 
Now  the  judgment,  apprehending  God  and  his  love  to  be  the  best  thing  to 
make  us  happy,  prizeth  it  above  all :  '  Whom  have  I  in  heaven  but  thee  ? 
and  what  have  I  in  earth  in  comparison  of  thee  ?'  Ps.  Ixxiii.  25.  He  prizeth 
God  and  his  love  above  all  things  in  the  world. 

V  Now,  if  we  would  know  if  we  have  this  judgment,  we  may  know  it  by 
our  choice.  This  valuing  it  is  known  by  choice  :  for  what  a  man  esteems 
and  values  highly  he  makes  choice  of  above  all  things  in  the  world.  What 
men  make  choice  of  is  seen  by  their  courses.  We  see  it  in  holy  Moses, 
Heb.  xi.  26,  seq.  He  had  a  high  esteem  of  the  estate  of  God's  people,  that 
afflicted  people.  As  afflicted  as  they  were,  yet  he  saw  they  were  God's 
people,  in  covenant  with  him,  and  more  regarded  of  him  than  all  the  people 
in  the  world  besides ;  and  upon  his  estimation  he  made  a  choice :  '  he  chose 
rather  to  suffer  afflictions  with  the  people  of  God,  than  to  enjoy  the  plea- 
sures of  sin  for  a  season.'  His  choice  followed  his  esteem.  So  if  we  value 
and  esteem  God  and  religion,  and  love  God  above  all  things,  we  will  make 
choice  of  the  Lord.  As  St  Peter  saith,  John  vi.  68,  seq.,  when  Christ 
asked  them,  '  Will  ye  also  forsake  me  ?  '  saith  he,  '  Lord,  whither  shall  we 
go  ? '  We  have  made  choice  of  thee  ;  '  whither  shall  we  go  ?  thou  hast  the 
words  of  eternal  life.'  Let  us  do  that  in  truth  that  he  for  a  time  failed  to 
do,  when  he  said,  *  Though  all  forsake  thee,  yet  will  not  I,'  Mat.  xxvi.  33. 
If  we  make  this  choice  of  Christ  from  the  truth  of  our  hearts,  this  shews 
our  esteem. 

*  This  Latin  apophthegm  forma  the  burden  of  Byrd's  classic  little  poem. — G. 


184  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

What  is  thy  choice  ?  Is  it  religious  ways  and  religious  company  ?  la 
it  the  fear  of  God  above  all  things  ?  '  One  thing  have  I  desired,  that  I 
may  dwell  in  the  house  of  God  for  ever,  and  visit  his  temple,'  Ps.  xxvii.  4. 
Hast  thou  with  Mary  made  choice  of  the  better  part '?  Dost  thou  value 
thyself  as  a  member  of  Christ,  and  an  heir  of  heaven,  as  a  Christian  above 
all  conditions  in  this  world  (for  what  a  man  esteems  he  values  himself  by)  ? 
Then  thou  art  a  true  lover,  thou  hast  this  love  planted  in  thy  heart,  because 
thou  hast  a  true  esteem.  You  see  Paul  accounted  '  all  dung  and  dross  in 
comparison  of  the  excellent  knowledge  of  Christ,'  Philip,  iii.  8.  Oh  that 
we  could  come  to  that  excellent  affection  of  St  Paul,  to  undervalue  all 
things  to  Christ,  and  the  good  things  by  Christ  and  religion !  Certainly 
it  is  universally  true,  where  Christ  is  loved,  and  God  in  Christ,  the  price 
of  all  things  else  fall  in  the  soul.  For  when  we  welcome  Christ,  then  fare- 
well all  that  cannot  stand  with  Christ. 

(2.)  Again,  our  esteem  is  known  by  our  uilling  imrtlng  with  amjtJiing  far 
that  that  we  esteem;  as  a  wise  merchant  doth  sell  all  for  the  pearl.  Mat. 
xiii.  46.  We  may  know  therefore  that  we  esteem  G  od  and  his  truth ;  for 
they  go  together,  God  and  his  truth  and  religion.  We  must  take  God 
with  all  that  he  is  clothed  with,  wherein  he  shews  himself  unto  us.  If  we 
sell  all  for  the  truth  of  God,  and  part  with  all,  and  deny  all  for  the  love 
and  obedience  of  it,  it  is  a  sign  we  have  an  esteem  answerable  to  his  worth, 
and  that  we  love  him. 

Those  therefore  that  will  part  with  nothing  for  God,  nor  for  religion  and 
the  truth,  when  they  are  called  to  it,  do  they  talk  of  love  to  God  ?  They 
have  no  esteem,  they  value  not  God.  If  they  did  esteem  him,  they  would 
sell  all  for  the  pearl.  Therefore  those  that  halt  in  religion,  that  care  not 
which  way  religion  and  the  truth  goes,  so  they  may  have  honour  and 
pleasures  in  this  world,  where  is  their  esteem  of  the  gospel,  and  of  the 
truth  of  Christ  and  of  God  ?  They  have  no  love,  because  they  have  no 
estimation. 

(3.)  Again,  what  we  esteem  highly  of  ive  speak  largely  of.  A  man  is 
always  eloquent  in  that  he  esteems.  It  will  put  him,  to  the  extent  of  his 
abilities,  to  be  as  eloquent  as  possible  he  can  be.  You  never  knew  a  man 
want  words  for  that  he  prized,  to  set  it  out.  Therefore  when  we  want 
words  to  praise  God,  and  to  set  out  the  value  of  the  best  things,  it  is  an 
argument  we  have  poor  esteem  of  them.  All  go  together,  God  and  the 
things  of  God.  What !  do  we  talk  of  loving  God,  and  despise  Christians 
and  religion  ?  They  are  never  severed.  If  a  man  esteem  the  best  things, 
he  will  be  often  speaking  of  them.  If  a  man  set  his  affections  upon  a 
thing,  it  will  suggest  words  at  will.  Therefore  those  that  are  clean  out  of 
their  theme,  when  they  speak  of  good  things,  are  to  seek,  Alas  !  where  is 
the  affection  of  love  ?  where  is  esteem  ?  Esteem  it  makes  a  readiness  to 
speak. 

(4.)  Esteem  likewise  carries  our  thoughts.  Wouldst  thou  know  what 
thou  esteemest  highly  ?  What  dost  thou  think  of  most  and  highest  ? 
Thou  mayest  know  it  by  that.  We  see  the  first  branch,  how  we  may  know 
we  love  God,  if  we  have  a  high  esteem  and  valuing  of  God,  by  these  signs. 

Secondly,  Where  there  is  true  love  and  affection,  there  is  a  desire  of  union; 
of  knitting  and  coupling  with  the  thing  loved.  Of  necessity  it  must  be  so ; 
for  love  is  such  a  kind  of  affection,  it  draws  the  soul  all  it  can  to  the  thing 
loved.  It  hath  a  magnetical  force,  the  force  of  a  loadstone.  Every  one 
knows  what  this  means. 

This  affection  of  love  makes  us  one  with  that  we  love.     If  a  man  love 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  185 

the  world,  lie  Is  a  worldling,  a  man  of  the  world,  because  affection  breeds 
union.  Though  a  man  be  never  so  base  in  choosing,  whatsoever  a  man 
loves  he  desires  union  with  it;  and  being  so,  he  hath  his  name  from  that 
he  loves.  He  that  loves  the  world  is  a  worldling,  an  earthworm.  Now, 
if  there  be  the  love  of  God,  as  in  covenant,  as  a  Father  in  Christ,  for  so 
we  must  conceive  of  God,  there  will  be  a  desire  of  fellowship  and  com- 
munion with  him  by  all  means,  in  the  word  and  sacrament,  &c.  If  a  man 
desire  strangeness,  that  he  cares  not  how  seldom  he  receive  the  sacrament 
or  come  into  God's  presence,  is  here  love  ?  How  can  love  and  strangeness 
stand  together  ?  Thou  art  a  strange  person  from  God,  and  the  things  of 
God ;  thou  hast  no  joy  in  his  presence.  Where  thou  mayest  enjoy  his 
presence  here  in  holy  things  in  this  world,  if  thou  delight  not  in  his  pre- 
sence and  in  union  with  him,  how  canst  thou  say  thou  lovest  him  ? 

Can  a  man  say  he  loves  him  whose  company  he  cares  not  for  ?  Thou 
carest  not  for  God's  company.  Thou  mayest  meet  him  in  the  word  and 
sacraments,  and  in  good  company :  *  Where  two  or  three  are  gathered 
together,  I  will  be  in  the  midst,'  Mat.  xviii.  20.  Dost  thou  pretend  thou 
lovest  God  if  thou  carest  not  for  these  ?  Thou  hast  no  fellowship  in  this 
business  ;  all  that  relish  not  heavenly  things,  they  do  not  love. 

Now,  to  try  whether  we  have  this  branch  of  love,  that  is,  a  desire  of 
union.  Where  therefore  there  is  a  desire  of  union  with  the  party  loved, 
of  uniting  to  that  person  (for  we  speak  of  persons),  there  will  be  a  desire 
of  communion. 

(1.)  A  desire  of  union  ivill  breed  a  desire  of  coynmunion  ;  that  is,  there  will 
be  a  course  taken  to  open  our  minds.  If  we  have  a  desire  of  communion 
with  God,  we  will  open  our  souls  often  to  him  in  prayer,  and  we  will  desire 
that  he  will  open  himself  in  speaking  to  our  hearts  by  his  Spirit.  And  we 
will  desire  that  he  will  open  his  mind  to  us  in  his  word.  We  will  be  care- 
ful to  hear  his  word,  and  so  maintain  that  sweet  and  heavenly  commerce 
between  him  and  our  souls  by  this  intercourse  of  hearing  him  and  speaking 
to  him:  '  Where  two  or  three  are  gathered  together,  I  will  be  in  the  midst.' 
Therefore  those  that  make  no  conscience  either  of  hearing  the  word,  or  of 
prayer  public  and  private,  and  of  using  the  glorious  liberty  that  we  have  in 
Christ,  of  free  access  to  the  throne  of  grace,  that  do  not  use  this  preroga- 
tive and  privilege  to  cherish  that  union  and  communion  they  ma}^  have 
with  God,  they  love  not  God  and  Christ.  Strangeness  is  opposite  to  love, 
and  it  dissolves  and  disunites  affections.  Therefore  when  we  are  strange 
to  God,  that  we  can  go  from  one  end  of  the  week  to  the  other,  and  from 
the  beginning  of  the  day  to  the  end  of  it,  and  not  be  acquainted  with  God, 
and  not  open  our  souls  to  him,  it  is  a  sign  we  have  no  love ;  because  there 
is  no  desire  of  union  and  communion  with  him. 

(2.)  Again,  where  we  love  ice  consult  and  advise,  and  rest  in  that  advice, 
as  CO m in [f  from  a  Jovinff  person,  especially  if  he  be  as  wise  as  loving.  So 
in  all  oxu-  consultations,  we  will  go  to  God  and  take  his  counsel ;  and 
when  we  have  it,  we  will  account  it  the  counsel  of  one  that  is  wise  and 
loving. 

Those  therefore  that  trust  to  their  own  wits,  to  policy  and  such  like, 
what  do  they  speak  of  love  when  they  make  not  use  of  that  covenant  that 
is  between  God  and  them  ?  They  consult  not  with  him ;  they  make  not 
his  word  the  '  man  of  their  counsel,'  Ps.  cxix.  24  ;'^they  go  not  to  him  by 
prayer  for  advice  ;  they  commit  not  their  '  ways '  to  him,  as  the  psalmist 
speaketh,  Ps.  xxxvii.  5. 

(3.)  And  this  distinguisheth  a  good  Christian  from  another  man  :  a  good 


186  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

Christian  he  is  such  a  one  as  acquaints  himself  with  his  God,  and  will  not 
lose  that  intercourse  he  hath  with  God  for  all  the  world.  As  Daniel,  he  would 
not  but  pray ;  they  could  not  get  him  from  it  with  the  hazard  of  his  life, 
Dan.  vi.  11. 

(4.)  Again,  where  this  desire  of  union  and  joining  is,  there  is  a  desin 
even  of  death  itself,  that  there  may  he  a  fuller  union,  and  a  desire  of  the  con- 
summation of  all  things.  Therefore  so  far  as  we  are  afraid  of  death,  and 
tremble  at  it,  so  far  we  want  love.  When  the  contract  is  once  made 
between  Christ  and  the  soul  of  a  Christian,  for  him  to  fear  the  making  up 
of  the  marriage,  when  we  are  now  absent  from  the  Lord,  to  fear  the  sweet 
eternal  communion  we  shall  have  in  heaven,  where  we  shall  have  all  things 
in  greater  excellency  and  abundance,  it  is  from  want  of  faith  and  love. 
Therefore  we  should  be  ashamed  of  ourselves  when  we  find  such  thoughts 
rising  in  our  hearts,  as  they  will  naturally,  to  be  basely  and  distrustfully 
afraid  of  death.  St  Paul  saith,  '  I  desire  to  be  dissolved,  and  to  be  with 
Christ;'  that  is  good,  nay,  it  is  much  better  for  me,  Philip,  i.  23.  Nay,  it 
is  best  of  all  to  be  with  Christ.  Therefore,  you  see,  it  stirred  up  his 
desire  :  '  I  desire  to  be  dissolved,  and  to  be  with  Christ.'  '  Come,  Lord 
Jesus ;  come  quickly,'  saith  the  church,  Rev.  xxii.  20.  And  the  Spirit  in 
the  spouse  stirs  up  this  desire  likewise :  '  Come ;  the  Spirit  and  the 
spouse  say.  Come,'  Rev.  xxii.  17.  And  we  should  rejoice  to  think  there 
are  happier  times  to  come,  wherein  there  will  be  an  eternal  meeting  together 
that  nothing  shall  dissolve,  as  the  apostle  saith,  1  Thes.  iv.  17,  '  when  we 
shall  be  for  ever  with  the  Lord.'  Oh  those  times  cheer  up  the  heart  of  a 
Christian  beforehand ! 

Now  where  these  things  possess  not  the  soul,  how  can  we  say  that  we 
love  God  ?  In  Cant.  i.  1  the  church  begins,  '  Let  him  kiss  me  with  the 
kisses  of  his  mouth.'  She  desires  a  familiar  communion  with  Christ  in  his 
"word  and  ordinances,  '  Let  him  kiss  me,'  &c.  Let  him  speak  by  his  Spirit 
to  my  heart.  In  this  world  Christ  kisseth  his  church  with  the  kisses  of 
his  mouth.  But  in  the  latter  end  of  the  Canticles,  '  Make  haste,  my 
beloved,'  viii.  14,  she  desires  his  second  coming,  thinks  it  not  enough  to 
have  the  kisses  of  his  mouth ;  '  Make  haste,  my  beloved,  and  be  as  the 
young  roes  upon  the  mountains  of  spices ; '  that  is,  come  hastily  from 
heaven,  the  mountain  of  spices,  and  let  us  meet  together,  my  beloved. 
These  things  be  somewhat  strange  to  our  carnal  dispositions,  but  if  we 
hope  ever  to  attain  to  the  comfort  of  what  I  say,  we  must  labour  that  our 
hearts  may  be  brought  to  this  excellent  condition,  to  desire  the  presence  of 
Christ.     That  is  the  second  property  of  love. 

The  third  is  to  rest  2^lecLsed  and  contented  in  the  thing  when  ive  are  joined 
with  it;  so  far  as  we  are  joined  with  it  to  place  our  contentment  in  it.  And 
it  is  in  the  nature  of  that  aflection  to  place  contentment  in  the  thing  we 
desire  to  have,  when  we  have  it  once. 

Now  we  may  know  this  our  contentment  whether  we  rest  in  God  or  no 
by  the  inward  quiet  and  peace  of  the  soul  in  all  conditions,  when  whatso- 
ever our  condition  be  in  this  world,  yet  we  know  we  have  the  light  of  God's 
countenance,  and  can  rest  and  be  content  in  it  more  than  worldly  men  in 
their  corn  and  wine  and  oil,  as  David  saith,  Ps.  iv.  7,  '  I  rejoice  more  in 
the  light  of  thy  countenance,  than  when  they  have  their  corn  and  wine  and 
oil ;'  when  we  can  joy  and  solace  ourselves  with  the  assurance  of  God's 
favour  and  love  in  Jesus  Christ.  'Being  justified  by  faith,  we  have  peace 
with  God,'  and  rejoice  in  God,  as  it  is  Rom.  v.  1 ;  we  rejoice  in  God  as  ours. 
'    Therefore  those  that  go  to  outward  contentments,  that  run  out  to  them 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  187 

as  if  there  were  not  enough  in  God  and  divine  things  to  content  their  souls, 
but  they  must  be  beholding  to  the  devil  and  to  the  flesh,  this  is  not  to  rest 
in  God.  He  is  over-covetous  whom  God  cannot  content.  If  we  be  in 
covenant  with  him,  he  is  able  to  fill  our  soul,  and  all  the  corners  of  it ;  he 
is  able  to  satisfy  all  the  delights  and  desires  of  it ;  he  is  a  gracious  Father 
in  Christ.  Whither  should  we  go  from  him  for  contentment  ?  Why 
should  we  go  out  of  religion  to  content  ourselves  in  vain  recreations  and 
pleasures  of  sin  for  a  season,  when  we  have  abundance  in  God  ? 

And  where  there  is  contentment,  there  will  be  trusting  in  him  and  relying 
upon  him.  A  man  will  not  rely  upon  riches,  or  friends,  or  anything  ;  for 
where  we  place  our  contentment,  we  place  our  trust.  So  far  as  we  love 
God,  so  far  we  repose  affiance  and  trust  in  him  ;  he  will  be  our  rock  and 
castle  and  strength.  Wouldst  thou  know  whether  thou  restest  in  him  or 
no  ?  In  the  time  of  danger,  whither  doth  thy  soul  run  ?  To  thy  purse 
if  thou  be  a  rich  man  ?  or  to  thy  friends  if  thou  be  a  worldly-minded  man  ? 
Every  man  hath  his  castle  to  fly  to.  But  '  the  name  of  the  Lord  is  a 
strong  tower,'  Ps.  Ixi.  3.  He  that  is  a  child  of  God  flieth  thither  for 
refuge,  and  there  he  covereth  himself,  and  is  safe.  He  enters  into  those  cham- 
bers of  divine  providence  and  goodness,  and  there  he  rests  in  all  troubles. 

Therefore  ask  thy  affections  whither  thou  wouldst  run  if  there  come  a 
confusion  of  all  things.  When  men  are  apt  to  say.  Oh  what  will  become 
of  us  !  and  they  think  of  this  and  that,  a  good  Christian  hath  God  to 
rest  in.  He  hath  God  reconciled  in  Christ,  and  in  his  love  he  plants  him- 
self in  life  and  death.  He  makes  God  his  habitation  and  his  castle,  as  it 
is  Ps.  xviii.  2,  '  I  love  the  Lord  dearly,  my  rock  and  my  fortress.'  And 
Moses  in  Ps.  xc.  1,  seq.  (for  his  psalm  it  is),  '  Thou  hast  been  our  habita- 
tion from  everlasting  to  everlasting.'  We  dwell  in  thee.  Though  in  the 
world  we  are  tossed  up  and  down,  and  live  and  die,  yet  we  alway  dwell 
with  thee.  So  a  Christian  hath  his  contentment  and  his  habitation  in  God ; 
he  is  his  house  he  dwells  in,  his  rock,  his  resting-place,  his  centre  in  which 
he  rests.  *  Come  unto  me,  and  ye  shall  find  rest  to  your  souls,'  Mat.  xi.  28. 
When  a  man  is  beat  out  of  all  contentments,  he  may  know  by  this  whether 
he  love  God  or  no.  As  David  when  he  was  beat  out  of  all,  and  they  were 
ready  to  stone  him  ;  but  '  he  trusted  in  the  Lord  his  God,'  Ps.  xxvi.  1, 
et  alibi  So  in  losses  and  crosses  hast  thou  contentment  in  God,  thou 
wilt  fetch  what  thou  losest  out  of  the  love  of  God,  and  what  thou  art  crossed 
in  thou  wilt  fetch  out  of  God's  love.  Thou  wilt  say.  This  and  that  is  taken 
from  me,  but  God  is  mine  ;  I  can  fetch  moi'e  good  by  faith  from  him  than 
I  can  lose  in  the  world.  A  soul  that  is  acquainted  with  God,  when  he 
loseth  anything  in  the  world,  he  can  fetch  it  out  of  the  fountain  and  spring. 
He  is  taught  to  love  God  ;  he  is  skilful  this  way  to  pitch  his  hope  and 
affiance  in  God,  where  he  hath  enough  for  all  crosses.  Let  us  labour  to 
bring  our  souls  more  and  more  to  this,  and  then  we  shall  know  what  it  is 
to  love  God  by  this  placing  of  our  contentment  in  him.  '  Take  all  from 
me,'  saith  holy  Austin,  '  so  thou  leave  me  thyself  (bj.  So  a  Christian  can 
say.  Take  all  from  me,  so  I  have  God. 

Indeed,  where  shall  a  man  have  comfort  in  many  passages  of  his  life,  if 
he  find  it  not  in  religion  ?  What  will  become  of  a  man  in  this  uncertain 
world,  if  he  have  not  somewhat  where  he  may  place  his  content  ?  Oh,  he 
will  find  before  he  die  that  he  is  a  wretched  man.  He  knows  not  w.iere 
to  find  rest  and  contentment  before  he  dies  ;  he  will  be  beat  out  of  all  his 
holds  here  either  by  sickness  or  one  thing  or  other. 

The  fourth  and  last  is,  where  the  true  affection  of  love  to  God  is,  it  stirs 


188 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 


vp  the  soul  to  give  all  contentment  to  God,  to  do  all  things  that  may  please  him. 
This  is  the  nature  of  love.  It  stirs  up  to  please  the  party  loved.  Isaac's 
sons  saw  that  their  father  loved  venison,  therefore  they  provided  venison 
for  him,  Gen  xxv.  28.  Those  that  know  what  God  loves  will  provide  what 
they  can  that  that  God  may  delight  in.  He  loves  a  humble  and  a  believing 
heart.  '  Thou  hast  wounded  me  with  one  of  thine  eyes,'  Cant.  iv.  9 — the 
eye  of  faith,  when  the  soul  can  trust  in  the  word,  and  humbly  go  out  of 
itself.  His  delight  is  in  a  broken  yielding  heart,  that  hardens  not  itself 
against  his  instructions,  but  yields.  A  broken  heart  that  lies  low,  and 
hears  all  that  God  saith.  Oh  '  it  is  a  sacrifice  that  God  is  much  delighted 
in,'  Ps.  li.  17,  et  alibi.  A  humble  spirit  is  such  a  spirit  as  God  dwells  in, 
'  He  that  dwells  in  the  highest  heavens  dwells  in  a  humble  spirit,'  Isa. 
Ivii.  15.  Doth  God  delight  in  a  meek,  broken,  humble  spirit?  Oh  then 
it  will  be  the  desire  of  a  Christian  to  have  such  a  spirit  as  God  may  delight 
in.  A  meek  soul  is  much  esteemed  ;  *  the  hidden  man  of  the  heart,'  1  Pet. 
iii.  4,  is  much  prized.  Search  in  God's  word  what  he  delights  in,  and  let 
us  labour  to  bring  ourselves  to  such  a  condition  as  God  may  delight  in  us, 
and  we  in  him.  And  then  it  is  a  sign  we  love  him,  when  we  labour  to 
procure  all  things  that  may  give  him  content.  You  know  that  love  where 
it  is,  it  stirs  up  the  affections  of  the  party  to  remove  all  things  that  are 
distasteful  to  the  party  it  loves.  Therefore  it  is  a  neat  *  affection  ;  for  it 
will  make  those  neat  that  otherwise  are  not  so,  because  it  will  not  offend  ; 
much  more  this  divine  heavenly  affection,  when  it  is  set  on  a  right  object, 
upon  God,  it  is  a  neat,  cleanly  affection.  It  will  purge  the  soul ;  it  will 
work  upon  the  soul  a  desire  to  be  clean  as  much  as  can  be,  because  God 
is  a  pure,  holy  God,  and  it  will  '  have  no  fellowship  with  the  works  of 
darkness,'  Eph.  v.  11,  Therefore  as  much  as  human  frailty  will  permit, 
it  will  study  purity,  to  keep  itself  '  unspotted  of  the  world,'  James  i.  27.  It 
will  not  willingly  cherish  any  sin  that  may  offend  the  Spirit.  Those  there- 
fore that  are  careless  of  their  ways  and  carriage  and  affections,  that 
make  nothing  of  polluting,  and  defiling  their  affections  and  their  ways,  there 
is  not  the  love  of  God  in  their  hearts.  It  stirs  up  shame  to  be  offensive 
in  the  eyes  of  such  a  one,  especially  if  they  be  great.  There  is  both  love 
and  respect  met  together.  Where  it  is  a  reverential  love  with  respect,  there 
is  a  shame  to  be  in  a  base,  filthy,  displeasing  condition.  God  hates  pride 
and  idolatry,  &c.  Therefore  a  man  that  loves  God  will  hate  idols  and  all 
false  doctrine  and  worship  that  tends  this  way.  His  heart  will  rise  against 
them,  because  he  knows  God  hates  it,  and  all  that  take  that  course.  He 
observes  what  is  most  offensive  to  God,  and  he  will  avoid  it  and  seek  what 
is  pleasing  to  him. 

God  and  Christ  are  wondrously  pleased  with  faith.  *  Thou  hast  wounded 
me  with  one  of  thine  eyes.'  Faith,  and  love  from  faith,  wounds  the  breast 
of  Christ :  therefore  let  us  labour  for  faith.  '  0  woman,  great  is  thy 
faith,'  Mat.  xv.  28,  It  is  such  a  grace  as  binds  and  overcomes  God,  it 
honours  him  so  much.  Let  us  therefore  labour  for  faith,  and  in  believing, 
for  all  graces.  They  are  things  that  God  loves.  Therefore  let  us  labour 
to  be  furnished  with  all  things  that  he  loves.  Especially  those  graces  that 
have  some  excellency  set  upon  them  in  the  Scripture  we  should  most 
esteem.  Isaac,  when  he  was  to  marry  Eebecca,  he  sends  her  jewels  before- 
hand, that  having  them,  she  might  be  more  lovely  in  his  eye.  Mat.  xv.  28. 
So  Christ,  the  husband  of  his  church,  that  he  might  take  more  delight  and 
content  in  his  church,  he  sends  her  jewels  beforehand  ;  that  is,  he  enricheth 
*  That  is,  =  nice,  clean,  opposed  to  filthy.     Cf.  Vol.  II.  p.  80— G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  189 

his  cliurcli  with  the  spirit  of  faith,  meekness,  humility,  and  love,  and  all 
graces,  that  he  may  delight  and  take  content  in  his  spouse.  Those  that 
have  not  somewhat  that  God  may  delight  in  them,  they  have  not  the  spmt 
of  love.  Those,  therefore,  that  rebel  instead  of  giving  God  content ;  that 
resist  the  Spirit,  and  the  motions  of  it,  in  the  ministry,  and  in  reprehen- 
sions, and  the  like  :  those  that  live  in  sins  directly  against  God's  command, 
that  are  common  swearers,  and  filthy  persons,  neglect ers  of  holy  things, 
profane,  godless  persons,  do  they  talk  of  the  love  of  God  and  of  heaven  ? 
You  may  see  the  filthiness  of  their  hearts  by  the  filthiness  that  issues  from 
them.  God  keeps  not  such  excellencies  for  such  persons.  The  love  of 
God,  and  living  in  sins  against  conscience,  will  not  stand  together.  A 
demonstration  of  love  is  exhibit io  operis,  the  exhibition  of  somewhat  to 
please  God.  Shew  me  in  thy  course  what  thou  doest  to  please  God.  If 
thou  live  in  courses  that  are  condemned,  never  talk  of  love.  It  is  a  pitiful 
thing  to  see  in  the  bosom  of  the  church,  under  the  glorious  revelation  of 
divine  truth,  that  men  should  live  apparently*  and  impudently  in  sins 
against  conscience,  that  glory  in  their  shame.  It  is  a  strange  thing  that 
they  should  glory  in  their  profaneness  and  swaggering ;  that  they  should 
glory  in  a  kind  of  atheistical  carriage.  As  they  have  been  bred,  so  they 
will  be  still.  Many  are  marred  in  that ;  they  are  either  poisoned  in  their 
first  breeding,  or  neglected  in  it. 

To  see  under  the  glorious  gospel  of  Christ,  that  those  that  think  they 
have  souls  eternal,  that  they  should  live  in  impudent  base  courses,  void  of 
religion  and  humanity,  only  to  satisfy  their  own  lusts,  instead  of  satisfying 
and  obeying  God  ;  men  that  live  in  the  bosom  of  the  church  as  beasts,  and 
yet  hope  to  be  saved  as  well  as  the  best ;  Oh,  but  the  hope  of  the  hypo- 
crite, the  hope  of  such  persons,  will  deceive  them. 

Oh  let  us  labour  therefore  to  have  this  affection  of  love  planted  in  our 
hearts  ;  that  God  by  his  Spirit  would  teach  us  to  love  him,  and  to  love  one 
another.  This  affection  of  love  must  be  taught  by  God.  It  is  not  a  mat- 
ter of  the  brain  to  teach  that,  but  a  matter  of  the  heart.  God  only  is  the 
great  schoolmaster  and  teacher  of  the  heart.  He  must  not  only  com- 
mand us  to  love,  but  teach  our  affections  by  his  Holy  Spirit,  to  enable  our 
affections  to  love  him. 

Where  love  is  in  this  regard  likewise  to  give  content,  there  will  be  love 
of  all  those  whom  the  party  we  approve  ourselves  to  loves.  Is  there  any 
of  Jonathan's  posterity,  saith  David,  that  I  may  do  good  to  them  for  his 
sake  ?  2  Sam.  ix.  1.  The  soul  that  loves  God  and  Christ  saith.  Is  there 
any  good  people,  any  that  carry  the  image  of  God  and  Christ  ?  It  will 
be  sure  to  love  them.  It  will  do  good  to  Jonathan's  posterity.  Those 
that  hate  them  that  carry  the  image  of  God  and  Christ,  that  their  sto- 
mach riseth  against  good  men,  how  do  they  '  love  him  that  begets, 
when  they  love  not  him  that  is  begotten  ?'  1  John  v.  1.  There  cannot  be 
the  love  of  God  in  such  a  man.  Undoubtedly  if  we  love  God,  we  shall 
love  his  children,  and  anything  that  hath  God's  stamp  upon  it.  We  shall 
love  his  truth  and  his  cause  and  rehgion,  and  whatsoever  is  divine  and 
toucheth  upon  God.  We  shall  love  it,  because  it  is  his.  It  is  such  an 
affection  as  sets  the  soul  on  work  to  think,  Wherein  may  I  give  content  to 
such  a  person  ?  It  is  full  of  devices  and  inventions  to  please.  Therefore 
it  thinks.  Can  I  give  consent  in  loving  such  and  such  ?  As  Christ  saith,  he 
that  respects  these  little  ones,  it  is  to  me,  it  is  accountable  on  my  part,  I 
will  see  it  answered,  Matt,  xviii.  5.  If  the  love  of  Christ  be  in  us,  we  will 
*  That  is,  '  openly.' — G. 


190  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

regard  this,  because  we  will  think  :  Christ  will  regard  me  for  the  good  I  do 
for  his  sake,  and  in  his  name,  to  this  and  that  party.  Thus  we  see  how 
we  may  try  this  sweet  affection,  and  not  deceive  our  own  souls. 

And  therefore,  where  there  is  a  desire  of  giving  content,  there  will  be  a 
zeal  against  all  things ;  to  remove  all  things  in  our  places  and  callings  that 
may  offend.  It  will  carry  us  through  all  difficulties.  To  please  him,  it 
will  make  us  willing  to  sufier.  I  will  please  him,  by  suffering  some  indig- 
nity for  his  cause.  1  will  do  it,  that  I  may  engage  his  affection  to  me. 
Therefore  the  disciples  gloried  in  this,  when  the}'  were  thought  worthy  to 
Buffer  for  Christ's  sake.  Acts  v.  41.  Where  there  is  a  desire  to  please 
God,  it  is  so  far  from  being  ashamed  or  afraid  to  suffer,  that  it  joys  in  this. 
Oh,  now  there  is  occasion  given  to  shew  that  God  respects  me  more, 
if  I,  for  his  sake,  stand  out  in  his  quarrel,  and  break  through  all  diffi- 
culties. 

It  will  make  us  please  him  in  all  things  that  we  are  capable,  in  all  things 
that  we  can  do  any  way  in  our  standings  ;  as  Christ  describes  it  out  of 
Moses,  to  '  love  God  with  all  our  mind,  with  all  our  soul,  and  with  all  our 
strength,'  Deut.  vi.  5.  Where  love  is,  it  sets  all  on  work  to  please  and 
give  content.  It  sets  the  mind  on  work  to  study.  Wherein  shall  I  please 
God  ?  And  it  will  study  God's  truth,  and  not  serve  him  by  our  own  inven- 
tions. We  must  serve  and  love  God  after  his  mind ;  that  is,  as  he  hath 
commanded.  It  will  set  the  wits  on  work  to  understand  how  he  will  be 
served,  and  to  love  him  with  all  our  soul,  and  with  all  our  heart ;  that  is, 
with  the  marrow  and  strength  of  our  affections,  with  all  my  strength,  be  a 
man  what  he  will  be.  If  he  be  a  magistrate,  with  the  strength  of  his  magis- 
tracy ;  if  he  be  a  minister,  with  the  strength  of  his  ministerial  calling.  In 
any  condition  I  must  love  him,  with  all  that  that  condition  enableth  me  to. 
For  it  is  a  commanding  affection  ;  and  being  so,  it  commands  all  within  and 
without  to  give  content  to  the  person  loved.  It  commands  the  wit  to 
devise,  and  the  memory  to  retain,  good  things.  It  commands  joy  and 
delight ;  it  commands  anger  to  remove  hindrances.;  and  so  all  outward 
actions,  love  commands  the  doing  of  all  things  ;  it  sets  all  on  work.  It  is 
a  most  active  affection.  It  is  like  to  fire.  It  is  compared  to  it.  It  sets  all 
on  work,  and  commands  all  that  man  is  able  to  do.  Therefore  those  that 
study  not  in  all  their  endeavours  according  to  their  callings  and  places, 
according  to  every  thing  that  God  hath  entrusted  them  with,  to  please  God 
and  to  honour  him  in  their  conditions,  they  love  not  God. 

What  a  shame  is  it,  that  when  God  hath  given  us  such  a  sweet  affection 
as  love,  that  he  should  not  have  our  love  again,  when  we  make  ourselves 
happy  in  loving  him  ?  He  is  happ}'^  in  his  own  love,  the  Father,  Son,  and 
Holy  Ghost ;  but  when  he  intends  to  make  us  happy,  it  is  a  shame  that 
we  should  not  bestow  our  affections  upon  him. 

Much  might  be  said  to  this  purpose  for  the  trial  of  ourselves,  whether 
we  love  God  or  no.  Let  us  not  then  forget  these  things  ;  for  it  is  the  com- 
mand both  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament ;  they  run  both  upon  love.  '  I 
give  you  a  new  command,'  saith  Christ,  John  sv.  12  ;  and  yet  it  is  no 
new  command,  but  old  and  ordinary.  But  it  is  commanded  now  in  the 
gospel ;  that  is,  it  is  renewed  by  new  experiments*  of  God's  love  in  Christ, 
'  that  we  should  love  him,  as  he  hath  loved  us,'  John  xiii.  34,  which  is 
wonderfully ;  that  we  should  love  him,  and  '  love  one  another.'  And  all 
this  is  in  this  affection,  as  we  see  when  the  Holy  Ghost  would  set  out  the 
disposition  and  qualification  of  such  as  those  great  things  are  prepared  for, 
^  That  is,  '  experiences'  =  '  manifestations.' — G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  191 

that  '  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart 
of  man,'  he  sets  it  down  by  this,  '  They  are  for  those  that  love  him.'* 

THE  END  OF  THE  THIRD  SERMON. 


THE  FOURTH  SERMON. 

As  it  is  written,  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  hath  entered  into  the 
heart  of  man,  the  things  that  God  hath  prepared  for  them  that  love  him. — 
1  Cor.  II.  9. 

That  which  hath  already  been  said  should  force  us  to  beg  the  Spirit  of 
God  to  teach  the  heart,  to  teach  us  the  things  themselves,  the  inside  of 
them.  For  a  spiritual  holy  man  hath  a  spiritual  knowledge  of  outward 
things  of  the  creatures ;  he  sees  another  manner  of  thing  in  the  creature 
than  other  men  do.  As  another  man  hath  a  natural  knowledge  of  spiritual 
things,  so  a  holy  man  hath  a  spiritual  knowledge  even  of  the  ordinary  works 
of  God  ;  and  raiseth  and  extracts  a  quintessence  out  of  them,  that  a  worldly 
man  cannot  see,  to  glorify  God,  and  to  build  up  his  faith  in  the  sense  of 
God's  favour,  &c.     This  I  add  by  the  way  to  that. 

But  the  highest  performance  of  this,  that  there  are  things  provided  for 
God's  people  that  '  neither  eye  hath  seen  nor  ear  hath  heard,'  &c.,  it  is 
reserved  for  another  world.  For  the  promises  of  the  gospel  have  then  their 
fulfilling  indeed.  These  words  are  true  of  the  state  of  the  gospel  here  now, 
but  they  have  their  accomplishment  in  heaven.  For  whatsoever  is  begun 
here  is  ended  there.  Peace  begun  here  is  ended  there.  Joj"-  that  is  begun 
here  it  shall  be  ended  there.  Communion  of  saints  that  is  begun  here  it 
shall  be  ended  there.  Sanctification  that  is  begun  here  it  shall  be  ended 
there.  So  all  graces  shall  be  perfect,  and  all  promises  performed  then. 
That  is  the  time  indeed  when  God  shall  discover  things  that  '  neither  eye 
hath  seen  nor  ear  heard,'  &c.  In  the  mean  time  let  us  learn  to  believe 
them,  and  to  live  by  faith  in  them,  that  there  are  such  things. 

And  God  reserves  not  all  for  another  world,  but  gives  his  children  a  taste 
of  those  things  beforehand  to  comfort  them  in  their  distresses  in  this  world, 
as  indeed  there  is  nothing  in  this  world  of  greater  use  and  comfort  to  raise 
them,  than  the  beginnings  of  heaven  upon  earth,  A  little  peace  and  joy 
in  the  Holy  Ghost  will  make  a  man  swallow  all  the  discontents  in  the 
world.  Now  God  is  so  far  good  to  us,  as  that  he  lets  us  have  some  drops 
of  these  things  beforehand  to  raise  up  our  spirits,  that  by  the  taste  we  may 
know  what  great  things  he  hath  reserved  for  us.  But  of  these  things,  and 
the  use  of  them,  I  spake  before. 

We  come  then  to  speak  of  the  qualification  of  the  persons. 
\  '  For  them  that  love  him.' 

Not  that  we  love  God  first,  and  then  God  prepares  these  things  for  us  ; 
but  God  pi'epares  them,  and  acquaints  us  what  he  means  to  do  with  us, 
and  then  we  love  him.  A  Christian  knows  before  what  title  he  hath  in 
Christ  to  heaven,  and  then  he  works.  He  knows  Christ  hath  wrought 
salvation  for  him,  and  then  he  works  out  his  salvation  in  a  course  tending 
to  salvation.     For  there  must  be  working  in  a  course  tending  to  the  pos- 

*  At  close  of  this  sermon  is  placed  '  Finis,'  and  the  4th  follows  on  a  separate  pagi- 
nation.    Probably  it  was  given  to  the  publisher  after  the  others  had  been  printed, — G. 


192  A  GLANCE  OF  HEA\"EN. 

session  of  salvation.  That  Christ  hath  purchased  ;  we  must  not  work  and 
think  by  it  to  merit  heaven.  We  know  we  have  heaven,  and  those  great 
things  in  the  title  of  Christ,  and  then  we  fall  on  loving  and  working.  There 
is  a  clean  contrary  order  between  us  and  those  mercenaries.  They  invert 
the  order  of  God  ;  for,  for  whom  God  hath  prepared  these  things,  he  dis- 
covers them  to  the  eye  of  faith,  and  then  faith  works  by  love.  This  I  add 
by  the  way. 

Now  he  sets  down  this  description  of  those  persons  for  whom  these 
excellent  things  are  prepared,  by  this  affection  of  love,  by  this  grace  of  love, 
as  being  the  fittest  for  that  purpose  to  describe  a  Christian.  Faith  is  not 
so  fit,  because  it  is  not  so  discernible.  We  may  know  our  love  when  we 
cannot  know  our  faith.  Ofttimes  those  that  are  excellent  Christians,  they 
doubt  whether  they  believe  or  no ;  but  ask  them  whether  they  love  God 
and  his  truth  and  children  or  no  ?  oh  yes  !  they  do.  Now  God  intending 
to  comfort  us,  sets  out  such  an  affection  as'^a  Christian  may  best  discern ; 
for  of  all  affections  we  can  discern  best  of  our  love.  But  to  come  to  the 
affection  itself,  there  are  three  things  in  love. 

There  is  the  affection,  passion,  grace  of  love.    We  speak  of  the  grace  here. 

The  affection  is  natural. 

The  passion  is  the  excess  of  the  natural  affection  when  it  overflows  its 
bound. 

Grace  is  the  rectifying  of  the  natural  affection,  and  the  elevating  and 
raising  it  up  to  a  higher  object  than  nature  can  pitch  on.  The  Spirit  of 
God  turns  nature  into  grace,  and  works  corruption  and  passion  out  of 
nature,  and  elevates  and  raiseth  that  which  is  naturally  good,  the  affection 
of  love  to  be  a  grace  of  love.  He  raiseth  it  up  to  love  God  (which  nature 
cannot  discover),  by  spiritualizing  of  it.  He  makes  it  the  most  excellent 
grace  of  all.  So  that  while  I  speak  of  the  love  of  God,  think  not  that  I 
speak  of  the  mere  affection,  but  of  the  affection  that  hath  a  stamp  of  grace 
upon  it.  For  affections  are  graces  when  they  are  sanctified.  And  indeed 
all  graces  (set  illumination  aside,  which  is  in  the  understanding)  spring 
from  this.  What  is  true  grace  but  joy,  and  love,  and  delight  in  the  best 
things?  And  all  others  spring  from  love.  What  do  we  hate  but  what  is 
opposite  to  that  we  love  !  And  when  are  we  angry,  but  when  that  we  love 
is  opposed  and  wronged  ?  Then  there  is  a  holy  zeal.  So  that  indeed  all 
grace  is  in  the  affections,  and  all  affections  are  in  this  one  primitive  affec- 
tion, this  first-born  and  bred  affection,  love.  I  speak  of  it  then  as  a  special 
grace.  Now  the  way  of  discerning  of  it  we  heard  partly  before.  The  way 
to  discern  of  this  sanctified  affection,  this  grace,  is  to  know  what  we  esteem, 
for  love,  it  is  from  an  estimation.  And  likewise,  in  the  second  place, 
esteem  breeds  a  desire  of  union.  And  desire  of  union  breeds  content  in 
the  thing  when  we  have  it.  And  contentment  in  the  person  breeds  desire 
of  contenting  back  again.  These  things  I  stood  on,  and  will  not  press 
further. 

Let  us  examine  and  try  ourselves  oft  by  our  affections,  how  they  stand 
biassed  and  pointed,  whether  to  God  and  heavenward,  or  to  the  world ;  for 
we  are  as  we  love.  For  what  we  love,  we,  as  it  were,  marry ;  and  if  we 
join  our  love  to  baser  things,  we  marry  baser  things,  and  so  debase  our- 
selves. If  we  join  in  our  affections  to  things  above  ourselves,  to  God,  and 
spiritual  things,  we  become  spiritual  as  they  are.  So  that  a  man  stands 
in  the  world  between  two  goods,  somewhat  that  is  better  than  himself,  and 
something  that  is  meaner ;  and  thereafter  as  he  joins  in  his  affections, 
thereafter  he  is.     For  the  affection  of  love  to  God  and  to  the  best  things 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  193 

makes  him  excellent ;  and  liis  aifection  to  baser  things  makes  him  base. 
Let  a  man  be  never  so  base  in  the  world,  if  his  affections  be  base,  he  is  a 
base  person.     Therefore  we  have  the  more  need  to  try  our  affections. 
But  to  answer  some  cases  briefly. 

1.  It  will  be  objected,  may  we  not  love  anything  but  God  and  holy 
things  ?  May  we  not  love  the  creatures,  because  it  is  here  specified  as  a 
note  of  those,  that  these  things  are  '  prepared  for  those  that  love  God '  ? 

Yes.  We  may  love  them  as  we  see  somewhat  of  God  in  them,  as  every 
creature  hath  somewhat  of  God  in  them.  Whereupon  God  hath  the  style 
of  every  creature  that  hath  good  in  it.  He  is  called  a  '  Fountain,'  a  '  Rock,' 
a  '  Shield,'  evei'y thing  that  is  good,  to  shew  that  the  creatures  every  one 
hath  somewhat  of  God.  He  would  not  have  taken  the  style  of  the  creature 
else.  We  may  love  the  creature  as  it  hath  somewhat  of  God  in  it,  a  being, 
or  comfortable  being,  or  somewhat ;  and  as  it  conveys  the  love  of  God  to 
us,  and  leads  us  back  again  to  God.  There  is  no  creature  but  it  conveys 
some  love,  and  beams,  and  excellency  of  God  to  us  in  some  kind,  and  leads 
us  to  God.  So  we  may  love  other  things.  We  may  love  men,  and  love 
God  in  them,  and  love  them  for  God,  to  bring  them  to  God,  to  leave  a  holy 
impression  in  them,  to  be  like  God.  There  is  no  question  of  this.  But 
the  love  of  God,  that  is  the  spring  of  all. 

But  it  will  be  said  by  some  weak  conscience.  How  shall  I  know  I  love 
God,  when  I  love  the  world  and  worldly  things  ?  I  love  my  children,  and 
other  things,  perhaps  that  are  not  ill ;  I  fear  I  love  them  more  than  God. 

We  must  know  for  this,  that  when  two  streams  run  in  one  channel  they 
run  stronger  than  one  stream.  When  a  man  loves  other  good  things, 
nature  goes  with  grace.  So  nature,  going  with  grace,  the  stream  is  strong. 
But  when  a  man  loves  God,  and  Christ,  and  heavenly  things,  there  is  grace 
only ;  nature  yields  nothing  to  that.  When  a  man  loves  his  children  or 
his  intimate  friends,  &c.,  nature  going  with  grace,  it  is  no  wonder  if  the 
stream  be  stronger  when  two  streams  run  in  one.  So  corruption  in  ill 
action  ofttimes  carry  the  affections  strong.  As  in  many  of  our  loves  there 
is  somewhat  natural  that  is  good,  yet  there  is  some  corruption,  as  to  love 
a  man  for  ill.  Here  nature  and  coiTuption  is  strong,  but  in  supernatural 
things  grace  goes  alone. 

Then  again,  we  must  not  judge  by  an  indeliberate  passion,  by  what  our 
affection  is  carried  suddenly  and  indeliberately  to  ;  for  so  we  may  joy  more 
in  a  sudden  thing  than  in  the  best  things  of  all,  as  in  the  sight  of  a  friend 
there  may  be  a  sudden  aftection.  But  the  love  of  God,  it  is  a  constant 
stream.  It  is  not  a  torrent,  but  a  current  that  runs  all  our  lifetime.  There- 
fore those  affections  to  God  and  heavenly  things,  in  a  Christian,  they  are 
perpetual.  They  make  no  great  noise,  perhaps,  but  they  are  perpetual  in 
the  heart  of  a  Christian.  A  sudden  torrent  and  passion  may  transport  a 
man,  but  yet  he  may  have  a  holy  and  heavenly  heart.  I  Bpeak  this  for 
comfort. 

2.  Ay,  but  my  love  to  God  is  faint  and  little. 

Well,  but  it  is  a  heavenly  spark,  and  hath  divinity  in  it.  It  is  from 
heaven,  and  is  growing,  and  vigorous,  and  efficacious:  and  a  little  heavenly 
love  will  waste  all  carnal  love  at  length,  it  is  of  so  vigorous  and  constant  a 
nature.  It  is  fed  still  by  the  Spirit ;  and  a  little  that  is  fed  and  main- 
tained, that  is  growing,  that  hath  a  blessing  in  it  (as  the  love  of  God  in  the 
hearts  of  his  hath  ;  for  God  continually  cherisheth  his  own  beginning),  that 
little  shall  never  be  quenched,  but  shall  overgrow  nature  at  length,  and  eat 
out  corruption,  and  all  contrary  love  whatsoever.     Though  for  the  present 

yOL.    IV.  N 


194  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

we  see  corruption  overpower  and  oppress  grace,  yet  the  love  of  God  being 
a  divine  spark,  and  therefore  being  more  powerful,  though  it  be  little,  than 
the  contrary,  it  hath  a  blessing  in  it  to  grow,  till  at  length  it  consume  all. 
For  love  is  like  fire ;  as  in  other  properties  so  in  this,  it  wastes  and  con- 
sumes the  contrary  ;  and  raiseth  up  to  heaven,  and  quickens,  and  enlivens 
the  persons,  as  fire  doth.  And  it  makes  lightsome  dead  bodies  ;  it  trans- 
forms them  all  into  fire  like  itself.  So  the  love  of  God,  by  little  and  little, 
transforms  us  all  to  be  fiery  ;  it  transforms  us  to  be  lovers.  These  cases 
needed  a  little  touching,  to  satisfy  some  that  are  good  and  growing  Chris- 
tians, and  must  have  some  satisfaction. 

3.  But  it  maj'  be  asked  again,  as  indeed  we  see  it  is  true,  what  is  the 
reason  that  sometime  meaner  Christians  have  more  loving  souls  than  great 
scholars,  men  of  great  parts  ?  One  would  think  that  knowledge  should 
increase  love  and  afiection  ? 

So  it  doth,  if  it  be  a  clear  knowledge ;  but  'great  wits  and  pates*  and 
great  scholars  busy  themselves  about  questions  and  intricacies,  and  so  they 
are  not  so  much  about  the  affections.  A  poor  Christian  ofttimes  takes 
those  things  for  granted  that  they  study,  and  dispute,  and  canvass,  and 
question.  There  is  a  heavenly  light  in  his  soul  that  God  is  my  Father  in 
Christ,  and  Christ,  God  and  man,  is  my  Mediator.  He  takes  it  for  granted, 
and  so  his  affections  are  not  troubled.  Whereas  the  other,  having  corrup- 
tion answerable  to  his  parts,  great  wit  and  gi'eat  corruption,  he  is  tangled 
with  doubts  and  arguments.  He  studies  to  inform  his  brain  ;  the  other  to 
be  heated  in  his  afiections.  A  poor  Christian  cares  not  for  cold  niceties, 
that  heat  not  the  heart  and  affections ;  he  takes  these  for  granted  if  they 
be  propounded  in  the  Scripture.  Instead  of  disputing,  he  believes,  and 
loves,  and  obeys ;  and  that  is  the  reason  that  many  a  poor  soul  goes  to 
heaven  with  a  great  deal  of  joy,  when  others  are  tangled  and  wrapped  in 
their  own  doubts.  So  much  for  satisfying  of  these  things.  To  go  on, 
therefore,  to  give  a  few  directions  how  to  have  this  heavenly  fire  kindled  in 
ns,  to  love  God,  considering  such  great  things  are  provided  for  those  that 
love  God.  It  is  a  matter  of  consequence :  as  we  desire  heaven,  we  must 
desire  this  holy  fire  to  be  kindled  in  us. 

Let  us  know  for  a  ground,  as  it  were,  that  it  is  our  duty  to  aim  at  the 
highest  pitch  of  love  that  we  can,  and  not  to  rest  in  the  lowest.  The 
lowest  pitch  of  loving  God,  is  to  love  God  because  he  is  good  to  us.  That 
is  good.  The  Scriptures  stoops  so  low  as  to  allow  that  God  would  have  us 
love  him  and  holy  things  for  the  benefit  we  have  by  them.  But  that  is 
mercenary  if  we  rest  there.  But  God  stoops  to  allure  us  by  promises  and 
favours,  though  we  must  not  rest  there.  But  we  must  love  God,  not  for 
ourselves,  but  labour  to  rise  to  this  pitch,  to  love  ourselves  in  God,  and  to 
see  that  we  have  happiness  in  God,  and  not  in  ourselves.  Our  being  is  in 
him.  We  must  love  ourselves  in  him,  and  be  content  to  be  lost  in  God ; 
that  is,  so  to  love  God,  that  if  he  should  cast  us  away  (his  kindness  is 
better  than  life),  do  others  what  they  will,  we  will  love  him,  and  ourselves 
for  his  excellencies,  and  because  we  see  ourselves  in  him  and  are  his 
children.  We  must  labour  to  rise  to  that,  and  that  is  the  highest  pitch 
that  we  can  attain  to.     We  must  know  that  for  a  ground. 

And  know  this  for  another,  that  when  we  speak  of  the  love  of  God,  we 

speak  of  love  incorporate  into  our  conversations  and  actions ;  not  of  an 

abstracted  love  and  affection,  but  of  love  in  our  places,  and  callings,  and 

standings,  love  invested  into  action.     Therefore  the  Scripture  saith,  we 

*  Qu. '  parts '  ?    If  '  pates,'  =  heads. — G. 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  W5 

must  love  God  '  witli  all  our  mind,  with  all  our  heart,  with  alt  our  power 
and  strength,'  Deut.  vi.  5  ;  that  is,  in  our  particular  places.  To  make  it 
clear.  When  we  speak  of  love  to  God,  we  speak  of  love  to  him  in  our 
particular  callings.  He  loves  God  that  is  a  magistrate  and  executes  justice 
for  God's  sake ;  and  he  that  is  a  minister,  and  teacheth  the  people  con- 
scionahly  for  God's  sake,  and  shews  them  the  way  to  heaven.  He  loves 
God  as  a  man  in  the  commonwealth,  a  statesman,  &c.,  that  in  that  place 
seeks  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  good  of  the  church  and  religion.  Shall 
men  talk  of  love  to  God,  and  their  affections  are  stirred  up  I  know  not 
whereabout  ?     No.     It  is  an  affection  that  is  discovered  in  actions. 

How  can  we  love  God  with  all  our  might,  except  as  far  as  our  might 
extends,  our  love  extends  ?  How  far  doth  thy  activity,  thy  power,  thy 
sphere,  that  thou  canst  do  anything,  stretch  ?  So  far  must  thy  love  ;  and 
thoii  must  shew  thy  love  in  all  the  powers  and  abilities  that  God  hath  fur- 
nished thee  with. 

For  a  man  that  hath  great  place  and  opportunity  to  do  good,  and  to  think 
it  enough  only  to  lo\-e  God  in  his  closet,  &c.,  this  is  not  the  love  we  speak 
of.  A  man  must  love  God  with  all  his  might,  as  he  stands  invested  in 
relation  this  way  or  that  way. 

The  love  of  God  in  a  private  man  will  not  serve  for  a  magistrate  or  a 
public  man.  He  must  shew  his  love  in  his  place  by  standing  in  the  gap, 
to  hinder  all  the  ill,  and  to  do  all  the  good  he  can.  Every  man  must  do 
so,  but  such  a  one  more  especiall}^  because  God  hath  trusted  him  with 
more.  Well,  these  things  premised,  to  come  to  some  directions  how  to 
come  to  love  God. 

First  of  all,  the  way  to  love  God  is  to  have  a  heavenly  light  to  discover 
what  %ve  are  in  ourselves  and  our  emptiness ;  for  being  as  we  are,  we  can 
never  love  God  till  we  see  in  what  need  we  stand  of  his  favour  and  grace, 
that  we  are  damned  creatures  else. 

Now  when  we  come  to  have  our  eyes  opened  to  see  our  sinfulness  and 
emptiness,  we  will  make  out  to  God,  and  make  out  to  his  mei'cy  in  Christ 
above  all  things.  Indeed,  the  first  love  is  the  love  of  dependence,  before 
we  come  to  a  love  of  friendship  and  complacency  with  God  ;  a  love  to  go 
out  to  him,  and  to  depend  upon  him  for  mercy  and  grace  and  all.  A  love 
that  riseth  from  the  sense  of  our  misery,  and  goes  to  him  for  supply. 

There  is  a  sweet  concurrence  of  misery  and  mercy ;  of  emptiness  and 
fulness  ;  of  beggary  and  riches. 

Now  when  we  see  our  own  misery,  and  beggary,  and  sinfulness ;  and 
then  a  fulness  in  God  to  supply ;  of  riches  to  enrich  us  every  way  ;  then 
this  breeds  a  love.  This  is  the  way  to  all  other  loves  that  follow.  And 
where  this  is  not  premised,  and  goes  before,  a  man  will  never  deUght  in 
God.  In  Luke  vii.  47  that  good  woman  she  loved  much.  Why  ?  Much 
was  forgiven  her ;  many  sins  were  forgiven  her. 

So  when  the  soul  shall  see  what  need  it  hath  af  forgiving  mercy,  of  par- 
doning mercy,  and  how  many  great  debts  God  hath  forgiven  us  in  Christ, 
there  will  be  a  great  deal  of  love,  because  there  is  a  great  deal  forgiven. 
And  we  must  begin  indeed  with  seeing  the  infinite  mercy  of  God  before  any 
other  attribute  of  God,  and  then  we  shall  love  him  after.  This  is  the  first 
thing.  There  is  no  soul  that  ever  loves  God  so,  as  the  poor  soul  that  hath 
been  abased  with  the  sense  of  sin  and  its  emptiness,  that  it  is  empty 
of  all  goodness ;  and  then  sees  a  supply  in  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ. 
Those  souls  love  God  above  all. 

Another  way  to  love  God  is  to  consider  of  his  wonderful  goodness,  to 


196  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

meditate  and  think  of  it.  He  is  good  and  doth  good.  It  is  a  communi- 
cative goodness.  Let  us  think  of  his  goodness,  and  the  streaming  of  it  out 
to  the  creature.  The  whole  earth  is  full  of  the  goodness  of  the  Lord. 
What  are  all  the  creatures  hut  God's  goodness  ?  We  can  see  nothing  but 
the  goodness  of  God.  What  is  all  the  creatures  but  Deus  e.rplicatiis,  God 
unfolded  to  our  senses  ?  He  offers  himself  to  our  bodies  and  souls ;  all  is 
God's  goodness. 

And  then  see  this  goodness  fitted  to  us.  It  is  a  fit  goodness  that  comes 
from  God.  He  is  good  and  doth  good,  and  so  fitly  he  proportions  his 
goodness.  For  he  hath  fitted  every  part  of  us,  soul  and  body,  with  good- 
ness ;  all  the  senses  with  goodness.  What  do  we  see  but  goodness  in 
colours  ?  What  do  we  hear  but  his  good,  in  those  delights  that  come  that 
way  ?  We  taste  and  feel  his  goodness.  Against  the  cold  we  have  clothing  ; 
in  hunger  we  have  food ;  in  all  necessities,  in  all  exigencies,  we  have  fit 
considerations  of  God  for  all  necessities  whatsoever  outward. 

But  then  for  our  souls,  what  food  hath  he  for  that  ?  The  death  of 
Christ,  his  own  Son,  to  feed  our  souls.  The  soul  is  a  spiritual  substance ; 
and  he  thought  nothing  good  enough  to  feed  it  but  his  own  Son.  We  feed 
on  God's  love  in  giving  Christ  to  death ;  and  on  Christ's  love  in  giving 
himself  to  death. 

The  soul  being  continually  troubled  with  the  guilt  of  some  sin  or  other, 
it  feeds  on  this  ;  it  is  nourished  with  Christ  every  day  more  and  more,  espe- 
cially at  the  sacrament.  Thus  we  see  how  God  hath  fitted  his  goodness  to 
us.  And  then  in  particular  dangers  how  he  fits  us  with  several  deliverances  ; 
so  seasonably  as  we  may  see  God's  love  in  it. 

Then  as  God's  goodness  is  great  and  fit,  so  it'  is  near  us.  It  is  not  a 
goodness  afar  ofl',  but  God  follows  us  with  his  goodness  in  whatsoever  con- 
dition we  be.  He  applies  himself  to  us,  and  he  hath  taken  upon  him  near 
relations,  that  he  might  be  near  us  in  goodness.  He  is  a  father,  and 
everywhere  to  maintain  us.  He  is  a  husband,  and  everywhere  to  help. 
He  is  a  friend,  and  everywhere  to  comfort  and  counsel.  So  his  love  it  is  a 
near  love.  Therefore  he  hath  taken  upon  him  the  nearest  relations,  that 
we  may  never  want  God  and  the  testimonies  of  his  love. 

And  then  again  this  goodness  of  God,  which  is  the  object  of  love,  it  is  a 
free  goodness,  merely  from  himself;  and  an  overflowing  goodness,  and 
an  everlasting  goodness.  It  is  never  drawn  dry ;  he  loves  us  unto  life 
everlasting.  He  loves  us  in  this  world,  and  follows  us  with  signs  of  his 
love  in  all  the  parts  of  us,  in  body  and  soul,  till  he  hath  brought  body  and 
soul  to  heaven  to  enjoy  himself  for  ever  there.  These  and  such  like  con- 
siderations may  serve  to  stir  us  up  to  love  God,  and  direct  us  how  to  love 
God. 

Benefits  will  work  upon  a  beast ;  as  it  is  Isaiah  i.  2,  '  Hear,  0  heavens ; 
and  hearken,  0  earth  :  the  ox  knoweth  his  owner,  and  the  ass  his  master's 
crib  ;  but  my  people  have  forgotten  me.' 

Proud  men  become  baser,  and  more  brute  than  the  very  brutes  ;  benefits 
will  move  the  very  brute  creatures.  So,  I  say,  these  favours  to  us  in 
particular  should  move  us,  except  we  will  be  more  brute  than  the  brutes 
themselves. 

Especially  to  move  us  all,  consider  some  pai-ticularities  of  favours  to  us 
more  than  to  others,  for  specialties  do  much  increase  love  and  respect. 

Consider  how  God  hath  foUonrd  thee  iiith  goodness  outwardly,  iihen  others 
have  been  neglected.  Thou  hast  a  place  in  the  world,  and  riches,  and  friends, 
when  many  other  excellent  persons  want  all  these.     There  are  some  common 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAMilN. 


197 


favours  to  all  Christians ;  as  the  favour  we  have  in  Christ,  forgiveness  of 
sins,  sanctification,  and  such  other  favours.  But  there  be  some  special- 
ties of  divine  providence,  whereby  it  appears  that  God's  providence  hath 
watched  over  us  in  some  particulars  more  than  others ;  those  be  special 
engagements.  And  is  there  any  of  us  that  cannot  say  that  God  hath  dealt 
specially,  in  giving  them  some  mercy  more  than  to  others  ?  I  add  this  there- 
fore to  the  rest. 

Again,  to  help  us  to  stir  up  this  grace  of  love,  consider  those  examples  of 
loving  of  those  that  have  then  lived  informer  times.  Take  David,  and  Paul, 
and  other  holy  men.  David  wonders  at  his  own  love  :  '  Lord,  how  do  I 
love  thy  law  ! '  Ps.  cxix.  97.  And  have  we  not  more  cause  comparing  the 
grounds  of  our  affection,  when  we  have  more  than  they  in  those  times  ? 
What !  did  he  wonder  at  his  love  of  God's  law,  when  the  canon  was  so 
short?  They  had  only  Moses,  and  some  few  books,  and  we  have  the 
canon  enlarged ;  we  have  both  the  Old  and  New  Testament,  shall  not  we 
say  much  more.  How  do  I  love  thy  law,  thy  gospel,  and  divine  truths  ! 
This  should  shame  us,  when  they  in  dark  times  so  loved  the  truth  of  God, 
and  we  see  all  clear  and  open,  and  yet  are  cold. 

Likewise  it  is  good  in  this  case  to  converse  with  those  that  are  affectionate. 
As  face  answereth  face,  so  spirit  answers  spirit ;  as  '  iron  sharpeneth  iron,' 
so  one  sharpens  another,  Prov.  xxvii.  17.  Conversation  with  cold  ones  will 
make  one  cold :  '  For  the  abundance  of  iniquity,  the  love  of  many  shall 
wax  cold,'  Mat.  xxiv.  12.  Conversing  with  sinful,  cold  people  casts  a 
damp  upon  us.  But  let  us  labour,  if  we  will  be  wise  for  our  souls,  when 
we  find  any  coldness  of  affection,  to  converse  with  those  that  have  sweet 
and  heavenly  affections.     It  will  marvellously  work  upon  our  hearts. 

I  might  say  much  this  way  to  stir  us  up,  and  direct  us  how  to  love  God. 

But  indeed  nothing  will  so  much  enable  us  to  love  God  as  a  new  nature. 
Nature  will  love  without  provocation.  The  fire  will  burn,  because  it  is 
fire  ;  and  the  water  will  moisten,  because  it  is  water ;  and  a  holy  man  will 
love  holy  things,  because  he  is  holy  ;  a  spiritual  soul  will  love  spiritual 
things,  because  he  is  spiritual.  Therefore,  besides  all,  add  this,  that  our 
natures  be  changed  more  and  more,  that  they  be  sanctified  and  circumcised 
as  God  hath  promised :  '  I  will  circumcise  your  hearts,  that  ye  may  love 
me,'  Deut.  xxx.  6.  There  must  be  a  circumcised  heart  to  love  God.  We 
must  be  sanctified  to  love  God ;  for  if  nature  be  not  renewed,  there  cannot 
be  this  new  commandment  of  love.  Why  is  love  called  a  new  command- 
ment, and  an  old  commandment  ? 

It  is  called  old  for  the  letter,  because  it  was  a  command  in  Moses'  time : 
'  Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  with  all  thy  soul,'  Deut.  \i.  5.  But  now  it  is 
a  new  commandment,  because  there  is  abundance  of  spirit  given  by  Christ ; 
and  the  Spirit  sanctifies  us  and  writes  this  affection  in  our  hearts.  It  was 
written  in  stone  before,  but  now  is  written  in  our  hearts  by  the  Spirit. 
And  now  there  are  new  incentives  and  motives  to  love,  since  Christ  came 
and  gave  himself  for  us,  new  encouragements  and  provocations  to  love. 
Therefore  it  is  a  new  commandment,  from  new  grounds  and  motions,  that 
are  more  a  great  deal  than  before  Christ.  But  there  must  be  a  new  heart 
to  obey  this  new  command  of  love.     The  old  heart  will  never  Jove. 

Therefore  we  must,  with  all  the  means  that  may  be  used,  beg  the  Spirit 
of  sanctification  especially,  beg  the  discovery  of  God's  love  to  us,  for  our 
love  is  but  a  reflection  of  God's  love.  We  cannot  love  God  except  he  love 
us  first.  Now,  our  love  being  a  reflection  of  God's  love,  we  must  desire 
that  he  would  give  us  his  Spirit  to  reveal  his  love  ;  that  the  Spirit  being  a 


198  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

witness  of  God's  love  to  us,  may  thereupon  be  a  Spirit  of  love  and  sancti- 
fication  in  us. 

And  let  us  labour  to  grow  more  in  the  assurance  of  God's  love,  and  all 
the  evidences  of  it.  Let  us  dwell  long  in  the  meditation  of  these  things. 
The  dwelling  in  the  meditation  of  God's  love,  it  will  make  us  to  love  him 
again.  As  many  beams  in  a  burning-glass  meeting  together  they  cause 
a  fire,  many  thoughts  of  the  many  fruits  of  God's  love  in  this  world,  and 
what  he  intends  us  in  the  world  to  eome,  our  hearts  dwelling  on  them, 
these  beams  will  kindle  a  holy  ni-e  in  our  hearts. 

Many  are  troubled  with  cold  affections,  and  wish.  Oh  that  they  could 
love  !  They  forget  the  way  how  to  love.  They  will  not  meditate  ;  and  if 
they  do  meditate,  they  think  to  work  love  out  of  their  own  hearts.  They 
may  as  well  work  fire  out  of  a  flint,  and  water  out  of  a  stone.  Our  hearts 
are  a  barren  wilderness.  Therefore  let  us  beg  the  Spirit  that  God  would 
alter  our  hearts,  with  meditation  and  all  other  helps ;  that  God  would 
sanctify  us,  and  discover  his  love  to  us,  and  that  he  would  give  us  his 
Spirit  (for  he  doth  the  one  where  he  doth  the  other).  When  God  doth 
so,  then  we  shall  be  enabled  to  love  him.  We  must  not  think  to  bring 
love  to  God,  but  we  must  fetch  love  from  God.  We  must  light  our  candle 
at  his  fire.  Think  of  his  love  to  us,  and  beg  the  Spirit  of  love  from  him  ; 
love  is  a  fruit  of  the  Spirit.  That  is  the  course  we  ought  to  take,  for  God 
will  teach  our  hearts  to  love. 

Now,  to  stir  us  up  the  more,  to  add  some  motives  and  encouragements  to 
labour  more  to  get  this  afiection.  Let  us  consider  seriously  that  without 
this  love  of  God  we  are  dead ;  and  v/hatsoever  comes  from  us  it  is  still- 
born, it  is  dead.  Without  love  we  are  nothing ;  without  love  all  that 
comes  from  us  is  nothing ;  without  love  '  I  am  as  a  tinkling  cymbal,'  saith 
Paul,  1  Cor.  xiii.  1.  For  a  man  to  be  nothing  in  religion,  and  all  that 
comes  from  him  to  be  dead  and  still-born,  to  be  abortive  actions,  who 
would  be  in  such  a  case  ?  Therefore  lei  us  labour,  before  we  do  anything 
that  is  good,  to  have  our  hearts  kindled  with  the  love  of  God,  and  then  we 
shall  be  somebody,  and  that  that  we  do  will  be  acceptable ;  for  love 
sweetens  all  performances.  It  is  not  the  action,  but  the  love  in  the 
action ;  as  from  God  it  is  not  the  dead  favour  that  comes  from  him  that 
comforts  the  soul  of  a  Christian,  so  much  as  the  love  and  sweetness  of  God 
in  the  favour.  That  is  better  than  the  thing  itself.  When  we  have  favour 
from  God  in  outward  favours,  consider  the  sweetness  :  '  Taste  and  see  how 
gracious  the  Lord  is,'  Ps.  xxxiv.  8.  The  taste  of  the  love  and  favour  of 
God  in  the  blessing  is  better  than  the  thing  itself,  for  it  is  but  a  dead 
thing.  And  so  from  us  back  again  to  God.  What  are  the  things  we 
perform  to  him  ?  They  are  dead.  But  when  they  are  sweetened  with  the 
affection  of  love,  done  to  him  as  a  father  in  Christ,  he  tastes  our  perform- 
ances as  sweet.  Love  makes  all  we  do  to  have  a  relish,  and  all  that  he 
doth  to  us.     Therefore  we  should  labour  for  this  sweet  affection. 

And  withal  consider,  that  we  may  be  called  to  do  many  things  in  this 
world.  Surely  there  are  none  of  us  but  we  have  many  holy  actions  to  per- 
form. We  have  many  things  to  sufiier  and  endure  in  the  world,  many 
temptations  to  resist.  What  shall  or  will  carry  us  through  all  ?  Nothing 
but  love.  If  we  have  loving  and  gracious  hearts,  this  affection  will  carry  us 
through  all  good  actions,  through  all  oppositions  and  temptations  ;  for 
'  love  is  strong  as  death,'  Cant.  viii.  6.  Consider  therefore  that  there  are 
so  many  things  that  will  require  this  affection,  this  blessed  wing  and  wind 
of  the  soul,  to  carry  us  along,  in  spite  of  all  that  is  contraiy,  through  all 


A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN.  199 

opposition;  let  m  labour  for  love,  and  that  affection  mil  carry  us  througTi  all. 
Indeed,  if  we  have  that  it  is  no  matter  what  a  man  suffers.  A  man  can 
never  be  miserable  that  hath  this  affection  of  love.  If  this  heavenly  fire  be 
kindled  in  him  he  cannot  be  miserable  ;  take  him  in  what  condition  you 
will,  take  him  upon  the  rack.  St  Paul  in  the  dungeon  sang  at  midnight  in  the 
dungeon,  in  the  stocks,  at  an  uncomfortable  time  and  place.  When  he  had 
been  misused,  his  heart  was  enlarged  to  sing  to  God  out  of  love,  Acts  xvi.  25. 
Nay,  everything  increaseth  it.  The  things  we  suffer  increaseth  this  flame. 
Let  a  man  love  God,  whatsoever  he  suffers  in  a  good  cause  it  increaseth  his 
love,  he  shall  find  his  love  increased  with  it.  The  more  he  loves  the  more  he 
can  suff'er ;  and  the  more  he  suffers  the  more  he  loves  God,  and  the  more  he 
increaseth  in  a  joyful  expectation  of  the  times  to  come.  And  love  is  alway 
with  joy,  and  hope,  and  other  sweet  affections.  It  draws  joy  with  it  always, 
and  hope  of  better  things  ;  and  as  joy  increaseth  and  hope  increaseth,  so  a 
man's  happiness  increaseth  in  this  world.  Therefore  it  is  no  matter  what 
a  man  suffers  that  hath  a  gracious  and  loving  heart,  enlarged  by  the  Spirit 
of  God.  Let  him  never  think  of  what  he  suffereth  of  pain,  of  losses  and 
crosses,  if  God  discover  his  fatherly  breast,  and  shine  on  him  in  Christ ; 
and  he  look  on  God  reconciled,  and  taste  of  the  joys  of  heaven  before- 
hand. If  you  tell  him  of  sufferings,  you  tell  him  of  that  that  encourageth  him. 
It  is  an  argument  I  might  be  long  in,  and  to  great  purpose  ;  for  if  we  get 
this  holy  fire  kindled  once,  we  shall  need  little  exhortation  to  other  duties. 
It  would  set  us  on  work  to  all.  And  like  the  fire  of  the  sanctuary  that 
never  went  out,  so  it  is  such  an  affection,  that  if  it  be  once  kindled  in  the 
heart  it  will  never  out.  It  is  a  kind  of  miracle  in  ill  when  we  love  other 
things  besides  God,  baser  than  ourselves  ;  it  is  as  much  as  if  a  river  should 
turn  backward.  For  man  that  is  an  excellent  creature,  to  be  carried  with 
the  stream  of  his  affection  to  things  worse  than  himself,  it  is  a  kind  of 
monster  for  a  man  to  abuse  his  understanding  so.  What  a  base  thing  is  it 
for  a  man  to  suffer  such  a  sweet  stream  as  love,  a  holy  current,  to  run  into 
a  sink  ?  Who  would  turn  a  sweet  stream  into  a  sink,  and  not  rather  into 
a  garden  ?  into  a  sweet  place  to  refresh  that  ?  Our  love  is  the  best  thing 
in  the  world,  and  who  deserves  it  better  than  God  and  Christ  ?  We  can 
never  return  anything,  but  this  affection  of  love  we  may  again.  And  can 
we  place  it  better  than  upon  divine  things,  whereby  we  are  made  better 
ourselves  ?  Doth  God  require  our  affections  for  himself  ?  No.  It  is  to 
make  us  happy.  It  advanceth  our  affection  to  love  him ;  it  is  the  turning  of 
it  into  the  right  stream.  It  is  the  making  of  us  happy  that  God  requires  it. 
For  consider  all  things  that  may  deserve  this  affection.  It  will  keep  us  from 
all  sin.  What  is  any  sin  but  the  abuse  of  love  ?  For  the  crookedness  of 
this  affection  turns  us  to  present  things,  that  is  the  cause  of  all  sin.  For 
what  is  all  sin,  but  pleasure  and  honours  and  profits,  the  three  idols  of  the 
world  ?  All  sin  is  about  them.  And  what  are  all  good  actions  but  love 
well  placed  ?  The  well  ordering  of  this  affection  is  the  well  ordering  of  our 
lives  ;  and  the  misplacing  of  this  affection  is  the  cause  of  all  sin. 

And  to  make  us  the  more  careful  this  way,  consider  that  when  we  place 
our  affections  upon  anything  else,  consider  the  vanity  of  it.  We  lose  our 
love  and  the  thing  and  ourselves.  For  whatsoever  else  we  love,  if  we  love 
not  God  in  it,  and  love  it  for  God,  it  will  perish  and  come  to  nothing  ere 
long.  The  affection  perisheth  with  the  thing.  We  lose  our  affections  and  the 
thing  ;  and  lose  ourselves  too,  misplacing  of  it.  These  are  forcible  con- 
siderations with  understanding  persons.  And  if  we  would  use  our  under- 
standing and  consideration  and  meditation,  and  our  souls,  as  we  should,  to 


200  A  GLANCE  OF  HEAVEN. 

consider  of  the  grounds  and  encouragements  we  have  to  love  God,  and  thehest 
things  whereby  we  may  be  dignified  above  ourselves,  it  would  not  be  as  it  is ; 
we  should  not  be  so  devoid  of  grace  and  comfort.  It  was  a  miracle  that  the 
three  young  men  should  be  in  the  midst  of  the  furnace,  and  be  there  as  if 
they  were  in  another  j)Iace,  no  hotter,  Dan.  iii.  12,  13,  seq.  And  it  is  a 
miracle  that  men  should  be  in  the  midst  of  all  encouragements  that  we  have 
to  love  God  (as  there  is  not  the  like  reasons  for  anything  in  the  world  to 
keep  our  souls  in  a  perpetual  heat  of  affection  to  love  God — no  motives, 
or  arguments,  or  incentives  ;  all  are  nothing  to  the  multitude  of  arguments 
we  have  to  inflame  our  affections),  and  yet  to  be  cold  in  the  midst  of  the 
fire.  It  is  a  kind  of  miracle  to  have  dark  understandings  and  dead  afiec- 
tions  ;  that  notwithstanding  all  the  heavenly  means  we  have  to  keep  a 
perpetual  flame  of  love  to  God,  yet  to  be  cold  and  dark  in  our  souls  ;  let 
us  bewail  it  and  be  ashamed  of  it. 

What  do  we  profess  ourselves  ?  Christians,  heirs  of  heaven;  so  beloved 
of  God  as  that  he  gave  his  own  Son  to  deliver  us,  being  rebels  and  enemies, 
in  so  cursed  a  state  as  we  are  all  in  by  nature.  Poor  creature  !  inferior  to 
the  angels  that  fell,  that  he  should  love  man,  sinful  dust  and  ashes,  so  much 
as  to  give  his  own  Son  to  free  us  from  so  gi'eat  misery,  and  to  advance  us 
to  so  great  happiness,  to  set  us  in  '  heavenly  places  with  Christ,'  Eph.  i.  3, 
and  to  have  perpetual  communion  with  him  in  heaven;  to  have  such 
encouragements,  and  to  be  cold  and  dead-hearted  ;  nay,  wilfully  opposite 
in  om-  aflections,  to  be  enemies  to  the  goodness  of  God  and  grace,  having 
such  arguments  to  love  God.  And  yet  how  many  spirits  edged  by  the 
devil  oppose  all  that  is  good,  and  will  not  give  way  to  God's  Spirit  ?  God 
would  have  them  temples,  they  will  be  sties.  God  would  marry  them ; 
nay,  they  will  be  harlots.  God  would  have  them  happy  here,  and  here- 
after.    No  ;  they  will  not ;  they  will  have  their  own  lusts  and  aflections. 

Let  us  be  afraid  of  these  things,  as  we  love  our  own  souls  and  ourselves ; 
and  consider  what  encouragements  we  have  to  love  God  for  which  such 
great  things  are  reserved  as  '  neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor 
hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive.' 

Imprimatur;  Tho.  Wykes.     Aug.  1638. 


NOTES. 


(a)  P.  15V. — '  The  philosopher  saith,  there  is  nothing  in  the  understanding  but  it 
came  into  the  senses  before.'  The  philosopher  is  of  course  Aristotle,  whose  sugges- 
tive fragments  of  philosophical  thinking  on  mental  and  moral  science  have  loeen 
systematized  by  Locke  and  Bishop  Berkeley.  The  latter  observes  of  him,  '  That 
philosopher  held  that  the  mind  of  man  was  a  tabula  rasa,  and  that  there  were  no 
innate  ideas.' — Siris,  §  308. 

(b)  P.  188. — '  Take  all  from  me,'  saith  holy  Austin,  '  so  thou  leave  me  thyself.' 
One  of  the  memorabilia  of  the  '  Confessions,'  and  frequent  in  this  Father.  G. 


THE  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL  ABOVE 
THE  LAW. 


THE  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL  ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


NOTE. 

'  The  Excellency  of  the  Gospel  above  the  Law '  fills  a  considerable  volume,  which 
was  originally  jDublished  in  1639,  under  the  supervision  of  Goodwin  and  Nye. 
See  title-page  below.*  G. 

*  The 
EXCELLENCIE 

OF 

THE    GO  SPELL 
above  the  LA  W. 
Wherein  the  Liberty  of  the 
Sonnes  of  God  is  shewed. 
With  the  Image  of  their  Graces 
here,  and  Glory  hereafter. 
Which  affords  much  Comfort  and 
great  Incouragement,  to  all  such  as  Be- 
gin Timely,  and  Continue  Constant- 
ly in  the  wayes  of  God. 
By  R.  Sibbs,  D.D.  M''.  of  Eatherin 
Hall,  Cambridge,  and  Preacher 
GrayeS'Inne,  London, 
Begun  in  his  life  time,  and  published 
by  T[homas]  G[oodwin]  and  P[hilip]  N[ye].t 
LONDON 
Printed  by  Tho.  Cotes,  and  are  to  be  sold  by 
lohn  Barilet,  at  his  shop,  at  the  Signe  of  the  guilt 
Cup,  neere  S.  Austins  gate.     1639. 


t  Cf.  Vol.  ii.  p.  3.— G. 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL  ABOVE 
THE  LA¥. 


Now  the  Lord  is  that  Sjnrit:  and  where  the  Sjnnt  of  the  Lord  is,  there  is 
liberty.  But  ive  all,  xcith  open  face  beholding  as  in  a  glass  the  glory  of  the 
Lord,  are  changed  into  the  same  image  from  glory  to  glory,  even  as  by  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord. — 2  Cor.  III.  17,  18. 

The  Apostle  beginneth  this  chapter  with  the  commendation  of  his  ministry, 
having  been  put  upon  it  by  their  undervaluing  of  him  ;  yet  so  as  together 
with  himself  he  commendeth  them  as  his  best  and  only  testimonial  and 
letters  of  commendation,  ver.  2  ;  and  so  maketh  way  for  himself  to  fall 
into  a  more  set  and  large  commendation  of  the  glorious  gospel  itself,  whereof 
God  '  hath  made  him  so  able  a  minister  to  them,  ver.  6.  And  because  the 
excellency  of  anything  is  best  commended  by  comparing  and  setting  by  it 
something  else  that  excels  in  itself,  and  yet  is  exceeded  by  it,  therefore  he 
carrieth  along  his  commendation  of  the  ministry  of  the  gospel  through  the 
whole  chapter,  by  comparing  it  with  the  law  and  the  ministry  of  the  Old 
Testament.     This  comparison  is  made  by  the  apostle. 

First,  more  briefly,  in  laying  down  soine  distinct  properties  and  prerogatives 
of  the  gospel  wherein  it  excelleth  the  law,  ver.  6,  as 

(1.)  That  this  was  'the  ministry  of  the  New  Testament;'  that  of  the 
law  of  the  Old. 

(2.)  And  '  not  of  the  letter,'  as  the  law  was  ;  '  but  of  the  Spirit.' 

(3.)  Nor  of  death,  *  for  the  letter  killeth';  but  of  life,  for  'the  Spirit 
quickeneth.' 

And  then,  by  inferences  drawn  from  these  projje^iies  thus  briefly  summed 
up,  the  apostle  moreJ.argely  illustrates  the  transcendent  glory  of  the  gospel,  and 
how  far  it  exceedeth  tlie  glory  of  the  law ;  although  it  be  granted  the  law  be 
glorious.     As 

[1.]  If  that  which  was  but  a  ministration  of  the  letter  written  and 
engraven  in  stone  was  glorious,  verse  the  seventh  ;  that  is,  if  the  literal 
notions  and  bare  knowledge  of  the  law,  which  (like  so  many  dead  words  or 
characters)  maketh  no  alteration  at  all,  but  leaveth  their  hearts  hard  and 
stony,  like  the  tables  on  which  the  law  was  written,  which  remained  stones  still ; 
if  this  was  glorious,  even  the  literal  knowledge  of  the  law  :  as  it  was,  both 
in  the  Jews'  own  account  of  themselves  and  in  the  judgment  of  the  nations 
amongst  whom  they  lived :  '  how  shall  not  the  ministration  of  the  Spiiit 


204 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


be  rather  glorious  ?  verse  the  eighth  ;  the  meaning  whereof  is  largely  ex- 
plained in  the  third  verse  ;  where  the  Corinthians  are  said  to  be  an  '  epistle 
written  not  with  ink  '  (or  dead  letters),  *  but  with  the  Spirit  of  the  living 
God ' ;  which  kind  of  writing  leaveth  not  the  heart  a  heart  of  stone,  as  the 
dead  writing  of  the  law  did,  but  changeth  it  into  a  '  heart  of  flesh,'  and 
maketh  such  a  thorough  alteration  in  the  whole  man,  as  the  writing  within, 
*  in  the  tables  of  their  hearts,'  is  *  known  and  read- of  all  men.  So  that 
their  lives  and  conversations  being  answerable  to  that  spiritual  and  gracious 
writing  of  Christ  in  their  hearts,  they  are  '  manifestly  declared  to  be  the 
epistle  of  Christ.'  And  therefore  such  a  ministry  as  this  is,  by  which  the 
Spirit  of  the  living  God  is  received  (and  not  by  the  law.  Gal.  iii.  2),  which 
is  a  Spirit  of  glory,  and  worketh  glorious  things  both  in  the  hearts  and 
lives  of  men,  must  needs  be  '  rather  glorious.' 

[2.]  Another  inference  we  have  in  the  ninth  verse  ;  '  If  the  ministration 
of  condemnation  be  glorious  ; '  that  is,  if  that  word  which  '  concluded  men 
under  sin,'  Gal.  iii.  22,  and  pronounced  the  sentence  of  death  upon  them, 
'  be  glorious,  much  more  doth  the  ministration  of  righteousness  exceed  in 
glor}'.  For  it  is  more  glorious  to  pardon  than  to  condemn  ;  to  give  life, 
than  to  destroy.  It  is  the  glory  of  a  man  to  pass  over  an  offence,  Prov. 
xix.  11.,  and  in  God  it  is  called  the  'riches  of  his  glory,'  Rom.  ix.  23. 
'  The  law,  which  was  made  glorious,'  in  terrifying,  condemning,  and  stop- 
ing  the  mouths  of  men,  insomuch  as  they  had  not  a  word  to  say  for  them- 
selves, 'hath  no  glory,  by  reason  of  the  glory'  of  the  gospel  '  that  excelleth,' 
even  in  this  respect,  that  it  bringeth  such  a  righteousness,  as  by  the  merit 
whereof  and  satisfaction  given  by  it,  we  are  justified  and  have  peace  towards 
God,  notwithstanding  the  utmost  rigour  of  the  law. 

[3.]  The  apostle  argueth  further,  ver.  11,  'If  that  which  is  done  away 
was  glorious,'  as  the  old  covenant  is,  which  was  made  old  by  the  coming  of 
the  new,  Heb.  viii.  8,  and  by  it  removed  as  a  thing  grown  weak  and  shaken, 
Heb.  xii.  27,  '  much  more  that  which  remaineth,'  which  is  the  new  cove- 
nant, which  cannot  be  shaken,  but  shall  remain,  and  is  '  the  everlasting 
gospel,'  Rev.  xiv.  6,  '  is  more  glorious,'  as  God's  last  works  exceed  the 
former,  and  taketh  away  the  remembrance  of  them  in  comparison.  As 
when  he  createth  '  new  heavens  and  a  new  earth,'  the  former  shall  not  be 
remembered  nor  come  into  mind,  Isa.  Ixv.  17. 

[4.]  There  is  another  excellency  of  the  gospel  above  the  law,  which  the 
apostle  addeth,  and  insisteth  upon  it  more  largely  than  upon  all  the  rest,  and 
that  is,  the  comfortable  plainness  and  perspicuity  of  the  doctrine  and  ministry 
of  it:  verse  the  12th,  '  Seeing  we  have  such  hope,  we  use  great  plainness  of 
speech.'  In  which  it  excelled  the  ministry  of  Moses,  which  was  in  much 
difficulty  and  obscurity,  and  that  in  a  threefold  respect,  laid  down  in  the 
13th,  14th,  and  15th  verses. 

(1.)  The  matter  of  it  teas  terrible,  tending  to  the  shame,  confusion  of  face, 
and  condemnation  of  the  hearers  ;  insomuch  as  they  were  not  able  to  stand 
before  him,  nor  stedfastly  to  behold  his  face,  it  was  such  a  dazzling  and 
amazing  light  that  shined  in  his  ministry. 

(2.)  The  manner  of  delivery  teas  in  obscure  and  dark  expressions,  that  '  the 
children  of  Israel  could  not  see  to  the  end  of  that  which  is  abolished  ; '  that 
is,  they  could  not  see  the  drift  and  scope  of  his  ministry,  by  reason  of  the 
types  and  shadows,  which  was  '  the  veil  he  put  upon  his  face.' 

(3.)  Their  minds  were  blinded.  There  was  '  a  veil  upon  their  hearts,' 
which  is  evident  by  experience  in  the  Jews  at  this  day,  who  so  cleave  in 
their  affection  to  Moses,  and  to  the  shadows  and  ceremonies  of  his  ministry, 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  205 

that  they  reject  the  scope  and  end  of  it,  which  is  Jesus  Christ  crucified. 
And  they  can  do  no  other.  For  although  the  veil  that  was  upon  Moses's 
face  be  removed,  as  it  is  by  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel,  which  sheweth  us 
in  all  possible  plainness  what  the  drift  and  meaning  of  Moses  was  in  all 
those  types  and  ceremonies,  yet  until  the  gospel  in  the  spirit  and  efficacy 
of  it  Cometh  home  to  their  hearts,  and  taketh  off  '  the  veil  that  is  upon 
their  hearts  '  also  ;  that  is,  until  their  natural  blindness  and  obstinacy  be 
taken  away,  which  cannot  be,  but  is  rather  increased,  by  the  law — '  For 
although  Moses  be  read,  yet  until  this  day  remaineth  the  same  veil  untaken 
away,'  2  Cor.  iii.  14 — the  Jews  will  unavoidably  abide  in  their  ignorance 
and  bondage. 

Now,  in  opposition  to  this  darkness  and  obscurity  of  the  law  in  all  those 
respects,  the  apostle  exalteth  the  gospel  in  this  high  and  excellent  privilege 
of  it,  that  it  is  plain,  and  evident,  and  full  of  demonstration,  and  that  the 
light  of  it  is  not  terrifying  and  amazing,  but  sweet  and  comfortable.  So 
that  we  may  with  much  liberty  and  boldness  of  spirit  look  constantly  upon 
the  great  and  glorious  things  set  before  us  in  it,  although  it  be  no  other  but 
the  gloiy  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

[5. J  And  there  is,  moreover,  such  an  efficacy  and  working  power  in  this 
ministry  of  the  gospel,  as  it  will  not  suffer  men  to  remain  the  same  without 
alteration,  as  they  did  under  Moses's  ministry,  though  he  was  read  daily, 
but  it  will  '  change '  them  even  '  into  the  image  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  carry 
them  on  still  in  that  image  and  likeness,  from  one  degree  of  glory  to 
another,'  after  a  most  admirable  and  spiritual  manner  of  working. 
a  This  special  excellency  and  prerogative  of  the  gospel  is  laid  down  in  the 
two  last  verses  of  this  chapter,  which  are  the  words  upon  which  we  shall 
more  largely  insist  in  the  following  discourse. 

Verse  17.  'Now  the  Lord  is  that  Spirit:  and  where  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord 
is,  there  is  liberty.' 

'  The  Lord  is  that  Spii-it '  that  takes  away  the  veil  that  is  spoken  of 
before. 

He  sets  down  what  Christ  is  by  what  he  doth ;  Christ  is  '  that  Spirit,' 
because  he  gives  the  Spirit. 

And  then  a  sweet  effect  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  '  Where  the  Spirit  of 
Christ  is,  there  is  liberty.' 

The  Spirit  here  is  not  taken  for  the  person  of  God,  as  if  the  Holy  Ghost 
had  said,  '  The  Lord  is  a  Spirit,'  and  not  a  bodily  thing,  though  that  be  a 
truth. 

And  as  it  is  not  meant  naturally,*  so  not  personally,  '  Christ  is  that 
Spirit,'  as  if  Christ  were  the  Holy  Ghost.  That  were  a  confusion  of  per- 
sons. Nor  as  restrained  to  the  third  person.  The  Holy  Ghost  is  the 
Spirit.  Neither,  as  some  heretofore  would  have  it,  to  shew  that  the  Spirit 
is  Jehovah,  God.  It  is  neither  to  shew  that  Christ  is  God,  nor  that  the 
Spirit  is  God,  nor  that  Christ  is  the  Holy  Ghost.  But  it  is  meant  in  regard 
of  a  special  dispensation.  '  The  Lord  is  that  Spirit ;  '  that  is,  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  who  is  the  Lord  of  his  church  by  marriage,  office,  &c.,  'is 
that  Spirit ; '  that  is,  he 

(1.)  Hath  the  Spirit  in  himself  eminently  ;  and 

(2.)  Dispenseth  and  giveth  the  Spirit  unto  others ;  all  receiving  the 
Spirit  from  him  as  the  common  root  and  fountain  of  all  spiritual  gifts. 

First,  He  was  'that  Spirit,'  as  having  the  Holy  Ghost  in  himself  as  mav. 
The  Holy  Ghost  filled  the  human  nature  and  made  it  spiritual.  "The  Spirit 
*  That  is,  as  speaking  of  the  nature  of  Go  J,  or  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  the  third  person. — G. 


206  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

is  all  in  all  in  the  human  nature  of  Christ ;  and  whatsoever  he  doth,  he 
doth,  as  it  were,  being  full  of  the  Spirit,  in  himself.  He  gives  the  Spirit 
as  God,  and  receives  it  as  man.  So  he  both  gives  and  receives.  The 
Spirit  proceedeth  from  the  Father  and  the  Son  as  God,  but  the  Spirit 
sanctified  Christ  as  man,  as  it  did  in  the  virgin's  womb.  The  Holy  Ghost 
sanctified  that  blessed  mass  of  his  body.  It  sanctified  him,  and  filled  him 
with  all  graces  and  gifts ;  whereupon  it  is  said,  '  He  received  the  Spirit 
without  measure,'  John  iii.  34  ;  that  is,  in  abundance.  Christ  hath  the 
Spirit  in  himself  in  a  more  eminent  excellent  manner  than  all  others  ;  and 
it  must  needs  be  so  for  these  reasons  : 

(1.)  From  the  near  union  between  the  human  nature  and  the  divine.  They 
are  one  person.  Therefore  there  is  more  Spirit  in  Christ  than  in  all  crea- 
tures put  them  together ;  than  in  all  the  angels,  and  all  men,  because  the 
divine  nature  is  nearer  to  Christ  than  it  is  to  the  angels  or  to  any  creature. 

(2.)  Christ  hath  the  Spirit  without  measure,  both  in  regard  of  extension 
and  intension,  as  we  say.  He  hath  all  graces  in  all  degrees,  even  next  to 
an  infinite.     All  others  have  it  in  their  measure  and  proportion,  j 

(3.)  The  Spirit  doth  rest  upon  Christ  invariably.  In  other  men  that  have 
the  Spirit,  it  ebbs  and  flows ;  it  is  sometimes  more  and  sometimes  less. 
There  be  spiritual  desertions,  not  only  in  regard  of  comfort,  but  in  regard 
of  grace,  though  not  totally.  But  the  Spirit  rests  on  Christ  eternally  in  a 
full  measure  ;  and  therefore  you  have  it  thus  in  Isa.  xi.  2,  '  The  Spirit 
of  the  Lord  shall  rest  upon  him,  the  Spirit  of  wisdom  and  understanding, 
the  Spirit  of  counsel  and  might,'  &c. 

(4.)  By  reason  of  his  place  or  offices  in  relation  to  the  church,  as  head, 
husband,  king,  priest,  prophet,  &c.  The  head  is  made  by  nature  the  seat 
of  the  more  noble  faculties,  as  of  seeing,  hearing,  understanding,  judging, 
and  is  furnished  accordingly  with  greater  plenty  of  spirits  for  the  ruling  and 
governing  the  whole  body.  So  Christ  is  the  Head  of  the  church,  and  the 
government  of  all  the  world  is  laid  upon  him,  and  all  excellencies  are 
derived  from  him  unto  all  his  members,  as  from  the  root  life  is  derived-  unto 
all  the  branches.  And  therefore  he  must  needs  have  the  Spirit  in  greatest 
abundance.  His  fulness  of  the  Spirit  is  as  the  fulness  of  the  fountain ;  ours 
is  but  as  the  fulness  of  the  cistern.  He  hath  grace  in  the  spring ;  we  have 
it  but  in  the  conduit.  His  graces  are  primitive ;  ours  derivative.  We 
have  nothing  but  what  we  have  received.  Therefore  it  is  said,  *  He  hath 
the  oil  of  gladness  poured  upon  him  above  his  fellows,'  Ps.  xlv.  7. 

He  hath  his  name  from  anointing,  '  Christ. 'f  He  was  anointed;  that 
is,  separated  and  ordained  to  the  office  of  mediatorship,  by  anointing,  not 
properly, J  that  is,  with  any  material  oil,  but  with  the  Spirit.  This  was  in 
regard  of  his  human  nature  only,  but  it  was  above  his  fellows ;  that  is, 
above  all  kings  and  priests,  for  they  are  his  fellows  in  regard  of  titles.  He 
was  above  them  all,  for  all  have  their  anointing  from  him.  Therefore  he 
is  the  King  of  kings,  and  the  Prophet  of  prophets,  &c.  Also  above  all  his 
fellows.  As  we  take  his  fellows  for  Christians,  they  are  his  fellows ;  '  I 
go  to  my  God  and  your  God,'  &c.,  John  xx.  17.  He  is  the  'first-born' 
amongst  them,  and  in  all  things  he  hath  the  pre-eminence. 

(5.)  He  is  to  be  as  the  imttern,  we  are  to  follow  him.  We  are  'predesti- 
nated to  be  conformed  to  him,'  Rom.  viii.  29,  and  to  grow  up  to  that  ful- 
ness which  is  in  him.  And  in  this  respect  there  is  cause  why  he  should 
have  the  Spirit  and  all  the  graces  of  it  in  greater  abundance,  that  he  might 

*   That  is,  communicated. — G.  f  That  is,  X^isrog  (xi'^)  anointed. — G. 

X  That  is,  =  literally.— G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  207 

exceed  all,  even  Christians  of  greatest  growth  and  perfection.  He  is  to  be  a 
pattern  and  example  to  all :  to  the  strongest  as  well  as  to  the  weak.  Even 
Paul  himself,  who  was  a  leader  to  others,  for  the  excellency  of  the  grace  of 
Christ  that  was  in  him,  was  yet  a  follower  of  Christ.  '  Be  you  followers  of 
me,  as  I  am  of  Christ,'  1  Cor.  iv.  16. 

Quest.  When  did  this  fulness  of  the  Spirit  come  upon  Christ  ?  When 
had  he  it  ? 

Ans.  1.  There  was  a  fulness  of  the  Spirit  poured  out  upon  Christ  in  the 
union  of  the  human  nature  with  the  divine.  Union  and  unction  went  to- 
gether. There  was  anointing  of  the  Spirit,  together  with  the  union  of  the 
Spirit. 

Am.  2.  There  was  a  more  full  manifestation  of  the  Spirit  ?n  his  baptism. 
When  the  Holy  Ghost  fell  on  him  in  the  shape  of  a  dove,  then  he  received 
the  Spirit.  He  was  to  enter  into  the  ministry  of  the  gospel.  '  The  Spirit 
of  the  Lord  God  was  upon  him,'  because  he  had  anointed  him  to  preach 
good  tidings  unto  the  meek,  &c.,  Isa.  Ixi.  1. 

Ans.  3.  But  the  fullest  degree  of  declaration  and  manifestation  of  the 
Spirit  upon  Christ  was  after  his  resurrection ;  after  he  had  satisfied  fully  for 
our  salvation.  Then  the  stop  of  his  glory  was  taken  away.  For  to  work 
our  salvation,  there  was  a  keeping  back  of  the  glory  of  Christ  from  his 
human  nature,  that  he  might  be  abased  to  suffer  for  us.  When  he  had 
fully  suffered  for  us,  that  stay  of  his  glory,  his  abasement,  was  taken  away, 
and  then  nothing  appeared  but  all  glory  and  Spirit  in  Christ.  All  things 
were  put  under  his  feet,  and  he  was  set  upon  his  throne  as  a  glorious  king. 
His  priestly  office  appeared  in  his  death,  his  prophetical  office  before  his 
death.  But  then  he  appeared  to  be  King  and  Lord  of  all  in  the  resurrection. 
Thus  we  see  how  Christ  is  that  Spirit ;  that  is,  he  is  full  of  the  Spirit  in 
regard  of  himself. 

Secondly,  He  is  'that  Spirit'  in  regard  of  his  dis})ensations  toirards  his 
church  and  children.  '  The  Lord  is  that  Spirit ;'  that  is,  [1.]  of  all  truths, 
and  [2.]  of  all  persons,  to  give  life  and  quickening  to  them. 

(1.)  First,  of  truths.  What  is  the  scope  of  the  whole  Scriptures  but 
Christ  ?  from  the  first  promise  of  the  blessed  seed,  '  The  seed  of  the  woman 
shall  break  the  serpent's  head,'  Gen.  iii.  15,  to  the  end  of  the  book.  What 
is  all  the  Scriptures  without  Christ  ?  The  law  is  a  dead  letter ;  yea,  and 
so  is  the  gospel  too  without  Christ.  He  is  '  that  Spirit '  which  gives  life 
unto  all  the  Scriptures.  Moses  without  Christ  is  but  a  shadow  without  a 
body,  or  a  body  without  a  soul.  Take  away  Clnist,  what  was  the  brazen 
serpent  ?  What  was  the  ark  ?  What  were  the  sacrifices  ?  "What  is  all  ? 
Is  not  Christ  '  all  in  all'  these  ?  The  kings,  and  priests,  and  prophets, 
they  were  types  of  Christ ;  all  the  promises  they  w^ere  made  and  fulfilled 
in  Christ.  The  law  ceremonial  aimed  at  Christ ;  the  law  moral  is  to  drive 
us  to  Christ.  Christ  is  the  Spirit  of  all.  And  the  Scripture  without  Christ 
it  is  but  a  mere  dead  thing ;  it  is  but  a  shell  without  a  kernel,  as  it  is  to 
the  Jews  at  this  day. 

(2.)  Christ  is  '  that  Spirit,'  in  regard  of  persons,  quickening  them.  He 
is  a  universal  principle  of  spiritual  life,  infusing  it  into  all  his  church  and 
children.  Christ  is  always  with  his  church  from  the  beginning  of  the  world, 
and  will  be  to  the  end.  It  was  no  loss  to  the  church  that  Christ  in  his 
bodily  presence  left  it,  for  he  left  them  '  the  Comforter,'  his  Spirit,  by  which 
he  wrought  greater  works  after  his  ascension  than  he  did  before.  He  is 
'  anointed  with  the  oil  of  gladness,'  and  grace  *  above  his  fellows,'  Ps.  xlv. 
7,  but  all  was  for  his  fellows.     Whatsoever  he  is,  or  hath,  all  is  for  his 


208  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

church  and  children.     *  For  us  '  he  was  born,  '  for  us'  he  was  given.     He 
is  a  King,  a  Priest,  a  Prophet  for  us.     He  died  for  us,  he  rose  again  for  us. 

And  he  doth  all  he  doth  towards  the  church,  as  he  hath  the  Spirit,  and 
by  the  Spirit.  The  Father  is  the  first  in  the  Trinity,  ^ from  whom'  all 
comes  ;  and  the  Son,  '  hij  whom'  all  things  are  ;  but  the  Holy  Ghost  is 
the  immediate  worker  of  all  things,  next  the  creature.  All  things  are 
applied /ro»t  God  the  Father,  throur/h  the  Son,  bij  the  Spirit.  What  Christ 
wrought,  and  what  the  Father  in  wisdom  devised,  was  applied  by  the  Spirit ; 
and  so  the  framing  of  us  to  be  fit  for  such  a  glorious  condition  as  we  have 
by  Christ,  is  also  by  the  Spirit.  And  this  is  the  reason  why  Christ  giveth 
the  Spirit  to  those  to  whom  he  purposeth  to  give  faith  or  love,  or  to  work 
any  gracious  work. 

For  where  Christ  saveth,  he  doth  it  not  only  by  merit  and  satisfying  the 
wrath  of  God  for  us,  but  also  by  sanctifying  and  efiectual  working  in  us, 
that  he  might  be  a  perfect  Saviour.  Now  the  essential  vigour  and  operative 
principle  in  all  things,  either  wrought  by  or  from  the  Father  or  the  Son, 
is  the  Spirit.  As  in  man  there  is  his  will  from  which  he  resolveth  and 
purposeth,  there  is  wisdom  and  understanding  by  which  he  proceedeth, 
and  then  there  is  a  vigorous  power  in  man  by  which  he  executeth  and  doth 
all.  So  is  it  in  this  working  of  God.  The  Father  plotteth*  and  determineth 
of  what  is  to  be  done  ;  the  Son,  '  who  is  the  wisdom  of  the  Father,'  1  Cor. 
i.  24,  dispenseth  what  the  Father  willeth ;  the  Holy  Spirit,  the  power  of 
both,  finisheth  and  worketh  all  upon  us,  and  therefore  he  is  called  the 
'  power  of  the  highest,'  Luke  i.  35. 

Whatsoever  works  come  from  God  to  the  creature  in  general,  and  are 
wrought  in  the  world,  as  works  of  creation  and  providence,  are  immediately 
by  the  Holy  Spirit  nakedly  considered,  as  the  third  person  coming  from  the 
Father  and  the  Son.  And  in  those  special  works,  wrought  in  his  church 
and  on  his  children,  all  things  cometh  from  the  Holy  Ghost,  but  not  simply 
considered  as  the  third  person,  but  as  he  is  '  the  Spirit  of  Christ ; '  that 
is,  first  sanctifying  and  filling  the  human  nature  of  Christ,  and  then  sancti- 
fying and  filling  us.  Christ  could  not  give  the  Holy  Ghost  immediately 
to  us,  we  being  in  enmity  with  God,  and  separated  from  him  through  our 
sins ;  but  he  must  first  take  it  to  himself,  who  having  by  his  death  and 
sufferings  reconciled  us  to  his  Father,  and  purchased  the  Spirit /or  us,  may 
now  dispense  and  give  forth  his  Spirit  to  us. 

If  we  had  stood  in  Adam,  we  should  not  have  received  grace  so  as  now 
we  do ;  for  we  should  have  received  it  from  the  first  Adam  but  as  from  a 
man.  Now  we  receive  it  not  from  mere  man,  but,  which  is  much  more, 
from  the  '  second  Adam,'  who  is  God-man.  Nay,  Adam  himself  received 
not  his  grace  after  so  glorious  a  manner  as  we  do,  for  he  received  it  from 
the  Spirit  nakedly  considered  as  the  third  person  in  the  Trinity,  and  as  all 
other  creatures  received  their  excellencies.  But  we  receive  it  from  the 
Holy  Spirit,  which  doth  not  only  proceed  from  the  Father  and  the  Son, 
but  cometh,  as  it  were,  through  our  own  nature,  which  was  marvellously 
united  to  God  the  Son,  and  made  one  with  him,  unto  us,  and  worketh  in  us. 

'  The  first  Adam  was  a  living  soul,  the  last  Adam  was  a  quickening 
Spirit,'  1  Cor.  xv.  45.  He  quickened  himself  when  he  was  dead,  and  he 
quickens  all  his  members  too.  First,  he  receives  the  Spirit  himself,  and 
the  same  Spirit  that  filled  and  sanctified  his  human  nature,  the  same  Spirit 
sanctifieth  his  church,  which  he  '  loves  even  as  himself.'  As  he  loveth  that 
his  own  human  nature,  which  the  Holy  Ghost  sanctified,  so  doth  he  love 
*  That  is,  '  deviseth.'— G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  209 

his  own  mystical  body,  his  church,  being  mystically  united,  to  him,  and 
eanctifieth  it  by  the  same  Spirit. 

Christ  dispenseth  his  Spirit  unto  us,  as  head  of  his  church,  and  this  he 
doth  in  divers  respects. 

(1.)  As  he  is  God,  by  way  of  immediate  influence.  He  poureth  it  out 
upon  us  as  the  prime  and  principal  cause.  And  this  he  doth  as  God,  not 
as  man,  for  the  manhood  cannot  work  above  itself,  it  cannot  do  the  work 
of  God,  it  cannot  work  grace  or  give  the  Spirit. 

(2.)  As  he  is  man,  considered  as  joined  together  with  the  Godhead,  by 
vraj  of  vierit  and  satisfaction.  He  procureth  the  Spirit  to  be  given  and 
poured  out,  which  is  done  by  the  Father  and  the  Son  on  all  those  who  are 
beloved  in  the  Son.  So  that  the  Spirit  is  given  by  Christ,  with  the  Father, 
as  Mediator,  meritoriously.  For  he  by  suffering  and  satisfying  procured 
the  gift.  Christ  himself  is  the  first  gift,  yea,  the  greatest  that  ever  was 
given,  the  giving  of  Christ  to  die,  to  satisfy  the  wrath  of  God,  and  to  obtain 
eternal  life.  Next  to  that  main  gift  is  the  gift  of  the  Spirit,  in  which  is 
the  seed  of  all  gifts  and  gi-aces  ;  and  this  we  have  by  his  merit  and  media- 
torship.  Yet  this  we  must  likewise  remember,  that  although  Christ  be 
said  to  give  the  Spirit,  as  he  doth,  yet  the  Holy  Spirit  giveth  itself  too. 
For  there  is  such  a  unity  in  the  Trinity  of  consent  and  nature,  that  though 
the  Father  and  the  Son  send  the  Spirit,  jet  the  Spirit  comes  of  his  own 
self.  Though  the  Father  and  the  Son  give  the  Spirit,  yet  the  Spirit  giveth 
himself. 

(3.)  We  have  the  Spirit  from  Christ  not  only  by  way  of  merit,  but  in 
some  kind  by  way  of  exawj^le.  He  is  the  exemplary  cause  of  all  graces  in 
us  ;  looking  to  whom,  we  are  transformed,  as  we  shall  see  afterwards, 
'  from  glory  to  glory.'  For  when  we  consider  that  Christ  hath  done  so 
much  for  us  as  to  save  us,  and  redeem  us,  and  die  for  us,  this  begetteth  a 
love  in  us  to  Christ,  and  makes  us  often  to  think  of  him,  and  desirous  to 
imitate  him,  as  we  usually  do  such  as  we  love  and  highly  esteem  of. 

The  dispensation  of  the  Spirit  is  in  most  abundance  after  the  resurrection 
of  Christ.  As  he  appeared  in  himself  then  to  be  most  spiritual  and  glorious 
after  he  rose  again  ;  so  then  being  as  the  sun  in  its  full  height  and  perfect 
beauty,  casteth  his  beams  most  plentifully  abroad,  and  that  for  these 
reasons, 

[1.]  Because  then  he  having  finished  the  work  of  redemption  and  satisfied 
the  wrath  of  God  fully,  and  given  contentment  to  divine  justice,  and 
accomplished  all  by  his  death,  there  was  nothinr/  to  hinder  the  blessed  gft 
of  the  Spirit.  It  is  said  that  '  before,  the  Holy  Ghost  was  not  given, 
because  Christ  was  not  glorified,'  John  vii.  39.  The  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost 
especially  depends  upon  the  glorifying  of  Christ.  When  he  had  fulfilled  the 
work  of  redemption,  and  was  raised  to  glory,  God  being  paciSed  gave  the 
Holy  Ghost  as  a  gift  of  his  favour. 

[2. J  Then  again  after  his  resurrection  and  ascension,  he  did  give  the 
Holy  Ghost  more  abundantly  than  before  to  his  church,  because  noiv  lie  is 
in  heaven,  and  hath  the  advantage  of  the  place,  being  exalted  on  high.  As 
that  glorious  creature  the  sun,  by  the  advantage  it  hath  being  placed  in  the 
heavens  above  us,  is  able  to  shine  upon  the  greatest  part  of  the  earth  at  all 
times  ;  and  we  need  not  call  the  sun  down  from  its  place  to  come  into  our 
houses,  or  fields,  or  gardens.  No.  Where  it  is  seated  in  its  proper  place 
or  orb,  it  hath  the  best  opportunity,  in  most  abundance  and  largest  extent, 
to  send  down  heat  and  light  and  influence  to  inferior  things.  So  Christ 
doth  his  church  more  good  now  he  is  in  heaven,  from  whence  he  sends  the 

VOL.  IV.  o 


210  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

Spirit,  than  he  could  do  if  he  were  helow ;  because  though  his  human 
nature  be  confined  in  heaven,  his  person  is  everywhere.  And  being 
'  ascended  now  far  above  all  heavens,'  he  giveth  gifts  more  liberally  and 
plentifully,  insomuch  as  he  filleth  all  things,  Eph.  iv.  10.  He  enlargeth 
the  tents  of  his  gospel,  and  hath  taken  in  a  greater  people  to  himself.  We 
see  in  winter,  when  the  sun  is  low  and  near  the  earth,  all  things  are  dead 
and  cold  ;  but  when  the  sun  in  the  spring  cometh  to  overtop  us,  to  be  in  a 
higher  point  above  us,  we  see  how  all  things  put  a  new  garment  upon  them. 
There  is  a  new  vigour  and  freshness  in  them.  So  there  was  more  abundant 
vigom'  of  the  Spirit  when  Christ  came  in  the  flesh  ;  his  virtue  appeared  much 
more  every  way  than  before.  But  when  this  blessed  Son  of  righteousness 
was  advanced,  and  seated  at  the  right  hand  of  his  Father,  where  his  nature 
was  perfectly  enriched,  and  perfectly  adorned  with  all  kind  of  graces  what- 
soever in  the  highest  glory  of  them,  his  influence  of  light  and  heat  now 
beginning  to  be  increased,  and  the  efficacy  and  working  of  it  to  be  felt 
everywhere,  the  glorious  beams  of  the  sun  began  to  be  scattered,  and  the 
light  of  the  gospel  to  shine  to  a  greater  number  of  people.  Now  there  was 
no  respect  of  persons,  whether  Jew  or  Gentile,  bond  or  free,  male  or  female, 
all  was  one.  The  commission  was  enlarged  to  all,  Mark  xvi.  15,  '  Go 
preach  the  gospel  to  every  creature  ;'  and  with  the  word  the  Spirit  went, 
and  was  received  ;  and  those  that  were  '  added  to  the  church,'  even  such  as 
*  should  be  saved,'  were  many  thousands,  Acts  ii.  47. 

Thus  have  we  opened  the  meaning  of  the  words,  and  shewed  '  how  Christ 
is  that  Spirit,'  both  in  respect  of  the  Spirit's  being  eminently  in  him,  and 
his  giving  of  it,  and  spiritual  gifts  by  it.  All  the  vigour  and  life  and  influ- 
ence we  have  that  is  spiritual  and  supernatural,  and  above  the  ordinary 
course,  is  from  the  Spirit ;  and  whatsoever  the  Spirit  hath,  or  doth  for  us, 
is  done  as  sent  from  Christ,  in  whom  the  Spirit  is  in  all  fulness.  Now  we 
shall  shew  how  many  ways  the  consideration  of  these  truths  will  be  pro- 
fitable and  useful  to  us  in  the  course  of  our  lives,  and  for  the  comfort  of  our 
spirits. 

Use  1.  Christ  is  the  Spirit  of  the  Scriptures,  of  all  truths,  of  all  ordi- 
nances. We  may  by  this  be  able  to  reconcile  the  Scriptures,  one  place  with 
another,  where  they  seem  to  contradict.  The  law  is  said  to  be  'a  dead  letter,' 
a  '  ministration  of  condemnation,'  &c.,  2  Cor.  iii.  6,  seq. ;  but  in  the  19th 
Psalm  there  it  is  said,  '  The  law  of  the  Lord  is  perfect,  converting  the  soul,' 
&c.,  Ps.  xix.  7.  These  places  are  thus  reconciled.  The  law  is  said  to  be 
dead,  so  it  is  without  Christ,  without  the  Spirit  which  quickeneth  ;  and  so 
is  the  gospel  too,  even  '  a  savour  of  death,'  2  Cor.  ii.  15.  And  so  are  the 
sacraments  also  as  well  as  the  word,  dead  ordinances  if  Christ  be  not  in 
them.  The  law  is  said  to  be  'perfect,'  and  '  to  convert  the  soul.'  So  it 
doth,  when  the  Spirit  goeth  along  with  it,  as  it  did  ordinarily  before  Christ 
came  in  the  flesh,  as  in  David's  time.  But  after  Christ  was  come,  who  was 
the  substance  of  those  shadows,  they  became  '  beggarly  rudiments,'  as  in 
Paul's  time.  Gal.  iv.  9.  And  the  Spirit  did  not  work  with  them,  but  with 
the  gospel,  '  the  hearing  of  faith,'  Gal.  iii.  2. 

Use  2.  And  we  may  understand  likewise  from  hence  what  the  reason  is 
that  an  ordinance  at  one  time  differeth  so  much  from  itself  at  another  time  in 
respect  of  the  life  and  comfort  of  it,  as  we  often  find  even  in  our  own 
experience  ;  as  also  why  the  same  ordinance  (be  it  word,  or  sacrament,  &c.) 
at  the  same  time  is  profitable  to  one,  and  another  hath  no  benefit  at  all  from 
it.  This  is  from  the  presence  or  absence  of  Christ,  who  is  '  that  Spirit.* 
What  is  the  reason  that  wine,    or   aqua  vita;,    doth   more   refresh   and 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  211 

strengthen  than  common  water  ?  It  is  of  the  same  substance,  of  the  same 
colour  that  other  water  is.  But  there  is  more  spirit  in  it.  All  things 
work  answerable  to  the  spirits  that  is  in  them.  So  what  is  the  reason  that 
the  reading  or  hearing  of  the  same  thing  affecteth  one,  and  not  another  at 
all  ?  The  substance  of  the  thing  is  the  same,  but  the  Spirit  is  not  the 
same.  The  Spirit  goeth  with  the  one,  and  not  with  the  other.  We  grant 
that  our  negligence  in  preparation  and  attention,  our  pride  and  earthly- 
mindedness,  our  want  of  faith  to  mingle  with  the  word  :  these,  or  the  like, 
may  be  causes  why  we  are  many  times  sent  empty  away ;  yet  this  still  must 
be  observed  as  a  most  evident  truth,  that  all  the  efficacy  and  fruit  of  any 
ordinance  dependeth  upon  Christ's  being  present  in  it,  who  is  '  that  Spirit ' 
that  quickeneth.  The  most  powerful  means  that  ever  was  ordained  for  our 
good  will  be  dead  and  heartless  if  he  be  not  there  by  his  Spirit  to  put  life 
into  it.  It  may  seem  strange  what  John  saith,  chap.  vi.  ver.  63,  '  The 
flesh  profiteth  nothing.'  '  The  flesh  of  Christ,'  our  nature  which  Christ 
took,  and  in  which  so  much  was  wrought  for  us,  which  is  the  greatest  ordi- 
nance of  all,  yet  this  flesh  '  profiteth  not,'  nor  will  there  be  any  benefit  of 
it,  if  it  be  not  applied  to  us  spiritually.  For  it  is  not  the  flesh  simply 
considered,  but  as  by  it  and  with  it  we  receive  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  which 
Spirit  quickeneth  and  maketh  the  flesh  of  Chi'ist  '  meat  indeed,'  As  it  is 
with  the  flesh  of  Christ,  so  with  all  other  ordinances.  The  Scriptures 
profit  nothing,  preaching  profiteth  nothing,  the  sacraments  will  profit 
nothing ;  there  is  none  of  these  will  be  '  meat  indeed,'  unless  the  Spirit  of 
Christ  quicken  them. 

Therefore  we  ought  to  join  with  all  the  ordinances  of  God,  a  desire  that 
Christ  would  join  his  Spirit,  and  make  them  effectual.  We  ought  to  come 
to  the  ordinances  in  a  dependence  upon  Christ  for  a  blessings  upon  them, 
and  for  his  presence  in  them,  who  is  the  life  and  scope  of  all ;  and  then 
we  should  not  find  such  dulness  and  deadness  in  them.  It  is  the  sin  of 
this  age,  this  formality.  It  is  the  sin  of  those  that  have  any  thing  in  them. 
Set  desperate  drunkards  and  roarers  and  such  wretches  aside,  as  plainly 
discover  themselves  to  be  acted  by  the  spirit  of  the  devil.  Take  them  that 
conform  themselves  in  any  fashion  to  religion,  the  killing  sin  that  they  lie 
under  is  this  same  dead  formality.  They  will  hear  a  sermon  now  and 
then,  look  on  a  book,  and  it  may  be  pray  morning  and  evening,  but  never 
look  up  to  the  living  and  quickening  Spirit  Jesus  Christ.  So  that  all  they 
do  is  dead  and  loathsome,  like  salt  that  hath  no  savour.  What  is  the  best 
liquor  if  it  hath  lost  its  life  and  spirit,  but  flat  and  unsavoury :  and  blood 
when  the  spirits  are  out  of  it,  what  is  it  but  loathsome  gore !  So  are  all 
their  performances,  even  like  sacrifices  that  had  no  fire  in  them.  The  Lord 
loathed  such  sacrifices  as  he  did  Cain's ;  and  so  he  doth  all  our  flat  and 
lifeless  services,  yea  and  our  persons  too,  being  as  Jude  saith,  *  fleshly,  and 
not  having  the  Spirit,'  ver,  19, 

Use  3.  What  need  is  there  that  tve  sJiouhl  sanctify  all  ice  take  in  hand  hrj 
prayer !  When  we  go  to  hear  a  sermon,  when  we  take  up  the  Bible  to  read 
a  chapter  alone  by  ourselves,  or  in  our  families,  we  should  lift  up  our  eyes 
and  hearts  and  voices  to  heaven ;  we  should  say  to  Christ,  Lord,  join  thy 
Spirit,  be  present  with  us ;  without  thee  thy  word  is  dead,  our  hearts  are 
dead,  and  will  harden  under  the  means,  and  darken  in  the  light,  and  we 
shall  fall  under  the  heavy  condemnation  of  these  secure  and  formal  times, 
if  thou  leavest  us. 

Use  4.  Christ  is  said  to  be  that  Spirit,  to  send  the  Spirit  as  God,  and  to 
receive  it  as  man,  in  fulness,  and  that  for  our  sakes.    It  is  a  point  of  much 


212  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

comfort,  that  there  is  such  abundance  of  Spirit  in  our  nature  in  Christ,  and 
for  the  behalf  of  the  church,  that  we  have  a  fulness  to  receive  of.  It  was 
a  comfort  to  Joseph's  brethren,  and  that  family,  that  Joseph  was  full  of 
honour,  and  rules  the  second  in  the  kingdom.  Therefore  they  should  want 
nothing  that  was  good  in  Egypt.  Is  it  not  a  comfort  for  Christians  to 
know  that  Christ  is  the  Spirit,  that  he  hath  the  Spirit  to  give,  the  Spirit  of 
wisdom  in  all  straits,  the  Spirit  of  truth  to  keep  us  from  all  errors,  the 
Spirit  of  strength  for  all  services,  the  Spirit  of  comfort  for  all  afflictions  ? 
He  that  is  their  Lord  hath  abundance  of  Spirit  in  him,  and  for  them. 
Therefore,  when  we  want  any  grace,  or  gift  of  the  Spirit,  we  should  go  to 
Christ ;  for  God  doth  all  by  Christ.  Christ  doth  all  by  the  Spirit.  Desire 
Christ  that  he  would  vouchsafe  his  Spirit  to  rule  us,  counsel  us,  comfort 
us,  and  strengthen  us.  Therefore  in  our  emptiness,  as  indeed  we  are 
empty  creatures  of  ourselves,  let  us  go  to  Christ  for  the  Spirit.  He  hath 
received  that  fulness  for  us ;  desire  him  that  out  of  his  fulness  he  would 
vouchsafe  to  give  unto  us. 

It  is  the  reason  why  Christians  are  so  dead  and  so  dull  and  so  dark  in 
their  spirits ;  they  do  not  first  consider  themselves,  and  then  go  to  Christ. 
We  should  all,  in  all  exigents*  whatsoever,  make  use  of  this  our  great  high 
treasurer,  the  great  high  steward  of  heaven  and  earth,  of  this  our  Joseph, 
the  second  person  in  heaven.  He  is  at  the  right  hand  of  God,  and  all  to 
fill  his  church  with  his  Spirit.  Our  comfort  is  now  that  our  strength  and 
comfort  lies  hid  in  Christ,  that  is  near  to  us  as  man,  and  near  to  God  as 
God.  He  is  between  the  Father  and  us  ;  he  is  near  the  Father  as  being  of 
the  same  nature  with  him  ;  he  is  near  us  as  being  of  the  same  nature  with 
US.  So  being  a  mediator  in  office,  and  being  so  fit  for  a  mediator  in  nature, 
what  a  comfort  is  this. 

Indeed,  there  is  no  coming  to  God,  no  intercourse  between  God  and  us 
immediately,  but  between  God-man  and  God  and  us,  who  is  the  mediator 
between  God  and  us.  He  comes  between.  In  Christ  we  go  to  God,  in 
our  flesh,  in  our  nature ;  and  in  Christ,  and  from  Christ,  and  by  Christ, 
we  have  all  gi-ace  and  comfort.  From  Christ  we  have  all  as  God,  together 
with  the  Holy  Ghost  and  the  Father  ;  and  we  have  all  in  Christ  as  a  head 
and  husband ;  and  we  have  all  through  Christ  as  mediator  by  his  merit. 
Therefore  we  should  go  to  Christ  every  way. 

Use  5.  Let  us  labour  to  he  in  Christ  that  we  may  get  the  Spirit.  It  is  of 
great  necessity  that  we  should  have  it.  Above  all  things  next  to  redemp- 
tion by  Christ,  labour  for  the  Spirit  of  Christ. 

Christ  is  our  Saviour,  not  only  by  merit  and  satisfaction,  but  by  efficacy 
and  grace,  that  is,  as  he  hath  purchased  us  for  his  people  by  his  blood ;  so 
be  will  subdue  our  corruptions,  and  rule  us  by  his  Spirit. 

For,  Jirst,  '  He  that  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  none  of  his,'  Kom. 
viii.  13.  Those  that  have  not  the  efficacy  of  the  Spirit  in  them  to  rule 
them,  shall  not  have  benefit  by  his  death  to  reconcile  them,  for  these  go 
alway  together,  Christ  as  a  king  to  rule,  and  as  a  priest  to  die.  '  He 
came  by  blood  and  by  water,'  1  John  v.  G,  to  satisfy  and  to  sanctify. 

Secondly,  There  is  a  necessity  of  the  Spirit,  that  ive  he  new  creatures.  It 
was  the  Spirit's  brooding  upon  the  chaos  that  brought  forth  all,  Gen.  i.  2 ; 
so  the  Spirit  must  sit  upon  our  souls  before  any  change  will  be  made.  Now 
there  is  a  necessity  that  we  be  changed,  and  that  we  be  new,  or  else  we  can 
never  be  inhabitants  of  the  new  heavens  and  the  new  earth.  We  must 
have  the  Spirit  of  God.  Therefore,  Zech.  iv.  6,  as  in  the  material  temple 
*  That  is,  'exigencies.' — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  213 

*  it  is  not  by  might,  or  by  power,  but  by  the  Spirit,'  so  in  raising  up 
spiritual  temples  it  is  not  by  strength  of  wit  or  parts,  but  by  the  Spirit. 
Therefore  the  Spiiit  is  necessary  for  us,  even  as  our  being  in  grace_  is 
necessary. 

The  holy  apostles,  we  know,  till  the  Spirit  came  more  abundantly 
upon  them,  what  dark  creatures  they  were  !  But  when  the  Holy  Ghost 
was  come  upon  them,  how  full  of  life  and  light  and  courage  they  were  ! 
that  the  more  they  sufiered,  the  more  they  might  sufi'er !  So  it  will  be 
with  Christians  :  the  more  spiritual  they  grow,  the  more  lightsome  and 
courageous  ;  the  more  strong,  the  more  lively  and  vigorous  to  all  duties. 
The  Holy  Ghost  is  the  substantial  vigour  of  all  creatures  whatsoever.  All 
the  spiritual  vigour  of  every  thing  comes  from  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  the  Holy 
Spirit  from  Christ. 

For  nothing  can  work  above  itself.  Nature  cannot  work  above  nature. 
That  which  elevates  nature  above  itself,  and  sets  a  spiritual  stamp,  and  puts 
divine  qualities  upon  it,  is  the  Spirit  of  God.  That  divine  quality  is  called 
spirit.  There  is  the  flesh  and  the  spirit.  All  in  us  is  flesh  by  nature,  and 
whatsoever  is  spiritual  and  divine  cometh  from  the  Spirit,  and  therefore  it 
is  called  spirit.  You  see  therefore  a  necessity  of  the  working  of  the  Spirit, 
even  as  there  is  a  necessity  to  be  new  creatures,  and  to  be  spiritual.  If 
we  will  be  spiritual,  we  must  have  it  from  him  that  is  first  spiritual,  the 
Spirit  himself ;  that  is  the  principal*  and  fountain  of  all  that  is  spiritual. 

Thirdly,  We  are  called  ofttimes  to  do  and  suffer  such  things  as  are  above 
nature  ;  and  therefore  ice  must  have  a  spirit  above  nature.  When  we  feel  sin, 
to  believe  the  forgiveness  of  sins  ;  when  we  see  death,  to  believe  life  ever- 
lasting ;  and  when  we  are  in  extremity,  to  believe  God  present  with  us  to 
deliver  us,  to  believe  contraries  in  contraries,  is  a  strange  almighty  work  of 
faith,  by  the  work  of  the  Spirit.  It  is  above  the  work  of  nature  to  die,  to 
end  our  days  with  comfort,  and  to  resign  up  our  souls,  for  nature  sees 
nothing  but  darkness  and  desolation  in  the  grave  and  destruction.  Nothing 
can  make  a  man  comfortable  in  death,  but  that  which  raiseth  him  above 
nature,  the  Spirit  of  God. 

Now  these  things,  and  many  such  like,  we  must  do  and  sufi'er,  if  we  be 
Christians  ;  and  therefore  we  must  have  the  Spirit  to  enable  us  to  do  all. 
The  Spirit  is  to  the  soul  as  the  soul  is  to  the  body.  What  is  the  body 
without  the  soul  ?  A  carcase,  a  loathsome  dead  thing.  What  is  the  soul 
without  the  Spirit  ?     A  chaos  of  darkness  and  confusion. 

Well,  how  shall  we  know  whether  we  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ  or  no  ? 

(1.)  We  may  know  it  partly  by  that  I  said  before.  The  Spirit  is  a  vigorous 
working  thing,  and  therefore  all  three  persons  take  upon  them  the  name  of 
Spirit,  but  the  Holy  Ghost  especially,  because  he  is  the  spiritual  vigour. 
The  Spirit  is  an  operative  thing.  The  spirits  are  the  quintessence  and 
extraction  of  things,  that  is  nothing  but  operation.  God  that  is  nothing 
but  a  pure  act  is  said  to  be  a  spirit.  Those  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God 
are  full  of  act  and  \dgour.  The  spirits  of  dull  creatures  are  active  when 
they  are  extracted.  Shall  the  spirits  of  bodies  be  vigorous,  and  shall  not 
the  Holy  Ghost  be  vigorous,  that  is  a  substantial  vigour  ?  Therefore,  if  a 
man  have  the  Sphit  of  God  in  him,  it  will  work  in  him  ;  it  is  very  operative. 

Therefore  it  is  compared  to  fire  in  divers  respects,  for. 

First,  Fire  it  is  of  a  uvrldng  nature.  It  is  the  instrument  of  nature.  If 
we  had  not  fire,  what  could  we  work  ?  All  fabrics  and  all  things  are  done 
by  fire,  especially  metals  ;  they  are  framed  and  made  malleable  by  fire.  So 
*  Qu.  '  principle  ?' — Ed. 


214  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

the  Holy  Ghost,  it  is  a  working  thing  and  softeneth  the  heart,  and  makes 
us  malleable  ;  it  makes  us  fit  for  the  impression  of  all  good. 

Secondly,  Fire,  again,  thourjh  bodies  be  dark,  it  makes  them  lightsome  like 
itself.  Iron  is  a  dark  body,  but  if  the  fire  penetrate  it,  it  makes  it  light- 
some. We  are  dark  creatures  of  ourselves  :  if  we  have  the  Spirit  it  makes 
us  light. 

Thirdly  Again,  fire  it  makes  cheerful,  and  ascends  upwards.  If  a  man 
have  the  Spirit  of  God,  his  conversation  will  be  upward,  his  conversation 
will  be  heavenly,  he  minds  the  things  of  God,  he  doth  not  grovel  here 
below  ;  so  in  divers  such  respects  the  Holy  Ghost  is  compared  to  fire,  and 
hath  such  effects  in  us.  In  some  sort  we  find  our  understandings  enlight- 
ened, and  ourselves  quickened,  and  carried  up  to  the  above  nature,  in  holy 
and  heavenly  actions  ;  and  then  it  is  a  good  sign  that  we  have  the  Spirit  of 
Christ.  A  part  will  follow  the  whole.  As  we  see  a  part  of  the  earth  it 
falls  to  the  centre,  because  all  the  earth  is  heavy,  all  the  whole  earth  falls 
down  to  the  centre,  and  therefore  every  little  clod  will  do  it ;  so  Christ  our 
head,  that  hath  abundance  of  the  Spirit,  is  in  heaven,  and  if  we  have  the 
Spirit  we  will  follow  him,  and  mind  the  things  where  Christ  is. 

(2.)  Where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  likewise,  it  convinccth,  as  it  is  John 
xvi.  8,  seq. ;  that  is,  it  brings  a  clear  evident  conviction  with  it,  that  the 
truth  of  God  is  the  truth  of  God.  It  is  no  doubtful  thing.  Therefore 
when  a  man  staggers  in  the  truth,  in  this  and  that  course,  whether  he 
should  do  this  or  that,  it  is  a  sign  he  hath  not  the  Spirit,  or  that  he  hath 
it  in  a  very  little  measure,  because  the  Spirit  is  a  convincing  thing,  as  light 
it  convinceth  a  man.  He  doth  not  doubt  of  that  that  he  seeth  at  noon-day. 
So  that  that  a  man  seeth  by  the  Spirit,  he  is  convinced  of.  When  a  man 
doubts  and  wavers,  whether  he  should  take  a  good  course  or  a  bad,  and 
wavers,  it  is  a  sign  he  is  carnal,  and  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  God  ;  for  if  he 
had  not  the  Spirit*  it  would  convince  him,  and  set  him  down.  You  must  take 
this  course  if  you  will  be  saved.  That  is  said  to  convince,  that  saith 
more  for  a  thing  than  anything  can  say  against  it.  Now  when  a  man  hath 
the  Spirit  of  God,  he  can  say  more  for  God  and  for  good  things  and  good 
ways,  than  all  the  devils  in  hell  by  discouragement  can  say  against  them. 
Therefore,  when  a  man  cannot  say  anything  for  God,  and  for  good  causes 
to  purpose,  he  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  God.  The  Spirit  of  God  would  so 
convince  him,  that  he  should  answer  all  cavils  and  objections.  The  argu- 
ment is  wondrous  large.  I  give  you  but  a  taste,  to  know  whether  the  Spirit 
of  Christ  be  in  you  or  no. 

(8.)  In  a  word,  if  Christ  be  that  Spirit,  and  have  infused  the  Spirit  into 
us,  it  ivill  make  us  like  him ;  it  will  transform  us  into  his  likeness,  it  will 
make  us  holy  and  humble  and  obedient  as  he  was,  even  to  the  death. 
These  things  might  be  largely  followed,  but  we  have  occasion  to  speak  of 
these  in  other  portions  of  Scripture.  Therefoi'e,  that  ye  may  get  the  Spirit 
of  God,  take  these  directions. 

[1.]  We  must  go  to  Christ,  study  Christ.  If  we  will  have  the  Spirit,  study 
the  gospel  of  Christ.  What  is  the  reason  that  before  Christ  there  was  so 
little  Spirit  in  comparison  ?  There  was  but  a  little  measure  of  the  know- 
ledge of  Christ.  The  more  Christ  is  discovered,  the  more  is  the  Spirit 
given  ;  and  according  to  the  manifestation  of  Christ  what  he  hath  done  for 
us,  and  what  he  hath,  the  more  the  riches  of  Christ  is  unfolded  in  the 
church,  the  more  the  Spirit  goes  along  with  them.  The  more  the  free 
grace  and  love  of  God  in  Christ  alone  is  made  known  to  the  church,  the 
*  Qu.  '  had  the  Spirit  ?'— Ed. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW,  215 

more  Spirit  there  is ;  and  again  back  again,  the  more  Spirit  the  more 
knowledge  of  Christ ;  for  there  is  a  reciprocal  going  of  these  two,  the 
knowledge  of  Christ  and  the  Spirit.  What  is  the  reason,  that  in  popery 
the  schoolmen  that  were  witty  to  distinguish,  that  there  was  little  Spirit  in 
them  ?  They  savoured  not  the  gospel.  They  were  wondrous  quick  in 
distinctions,  but  they  savoured  not  the  matters  of  grace,  and  of  Christ.  It 
was  not  fully  discovered  to  them,  but  they  attributed  it  to  satisfaction,  and 
to  merits,  and  to  the  pope,  the  head  of  the  church,  &c.  They  divided 
Christ,  they  knew  him  not ;  and  dividing  Christ,  they  wanted  the  Spirit  of 
Christ ;  and  wanting  that  Spirit,  they  taught  not  Christ  as  they  should. 
They  were  dark  times,  as  themselves  confessed,  especially  about  nine  hun- 
dred and  a  thousand  years  after  Christ,  because  Christ  was  veiled  then  in 
a  world  of  idle  ceremonies — to  darken  the  gospel  and  the  victory  of  Christ 
— that  the  pope  made,  who  was  the  vicar  of  Satan.  These  were  the  doctors 
of  the  church  then,  and  Christ  was  hid  and  wrapped  in  a  company  of  idle 
traditions  and  ceremonies  of  men  ;  and  that  was  the  reason  that  things  were 
obscure. 

[2.]  Now  when  Christ,  and  all  good  things  bij  Christ,  and  by  Christ  only, 
are  discovered,  the  veil  is  taken  off.  Now  of  late  for  these  hundred  years, 
in  the  time  of  reformation,  there  hath  been  more  spirit  and  more  lightsome- 
ness  and  comfort.  Christians  have  lived  and  died  more  comfortably.  Why  ? 
Because  Christ  hath  been  more  known.  And  as  it  is  with  the  church,  so 
it  is  with  particular  Christians,  the  more  they  study  Christ,  and  the  fulness 
that  is  in  Christ,  and  all  comfort  in  him  alone  to  be  had — '  wisdom, 
righteousness,  sanctification,  and  redemption,'  1  Cor.  i.  30 — the  more  men 
grow  up  in  the  knowledge  of  Christ,  the  more  they  grow  spiritually  ;  and 
the  more  spiritually  they  grow,  the  more  they  grow  in  the  knowledge  of 
Christ.  Therefore,  if  we  would  have  the  Spirit,  let  us  come  near  to  Christ, 
and  labour  to  know  him  more,  who  is  the  fountain  of  all  that  is  spiritual. 

[3.]  Then  again,  if  we  would  be  spiritual,  let  us  take  heed  ice  trust  not  too 
much  to  dead  things,  without  Christ ;  to  have  a  kind  of  popery  in  the  work 
done ;  to  think  that  reading,  and  hearing,  and  receiving  the  sacrament, 
and  that  the  government  of  the  church  will  do  it,  as  if  it  were  as  man 
would  have  it.  Put  case  there  were  all  these,  which  are  excellent  good 
things ;  but  what  are  all  these  without  the  Spirit  of  Christ !  A  man  may  be 
dead  with  all  these.  Though  he  hear  never  so  much,  and  receive  the 
sacrament  never  so  often,  if  a  man  go  not  to  Christ  the  quickening  Spirit  in 
this  manner  :  Lord,  these,  and  my  soul  too,  are  dead  things  without  thy 
Spirit,  therefore  quicken  me.  Join  Christ  with  all  our  performances,  without 
which  all  is  nothing,  and  then  he  will  be  spiritual  to  us. 

[4.]  And  when  we  go  to  Christ  for  the  Spirit,  as  we  must  beg  it  if  we 
will  have  it, — God  will  give  the  Holy  Ghost  to  them  that  ask  him,  Luke 
xi.  13, — remember  that  we  use  the  means  carefully;  reading,  and  hearing,  and 
holy  communion  of  saints,  because  though  these  without  the  Spirit  can  do 
nothing,  yet  the  Spirit  is  not  given  but  by  these.  These  are  the  golden 
conduits  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ.  No  man  is  ever  spiritual  but  they  are 
readers,  and  hearers,  and  conferrers  of  good  things,  and  attenders  upon  the 
means  of  salvation,  because  God  will  work  by  his  own  tools  and  instru- 
ments. Therefore  it  is  said.  Rev.  i.  9,  that  John  was  '  full  of  the  Spirit 
upon  the  Lord's  day.'  Let  a  Christian  sanctify  the  Sabbath  as  he  should 
do,  he  will  be  in  the  Spirit  on  the  Lord's  day  more  than  on  other 
days.  Why  ?  Because  then  he  is  reading,  and  hearing,  and  conferring, 
and  in  some  spiritual  course ;  and  the  more  a  man  on  the  Lord's  day 


216  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

is  in  a  spiritual  course,  tlie  more  he  is  in  the  Spirit :  '  John  was  in  the 
Spirit  on  the  Lord's  day.'  So  much  for  these  words,  '  The  Lord  is  that 
Spirit.' 

'  And  where  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is,  there  is  hherty.' 

We  see  here  what  the  Spirit  works  where  it  is.  '  Where  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  is,  there  is  Uberty.'  I  will  name  the  instance  that  I  gave  before,  that 
I  may  the  better  go  on.  We  say  the  sun  is  heat  and  influence ;  not  that  it 
is  so,  for  they  be  accidents,  but  the  sun  appears  to  us  for  our  comfort  in 
heat  and  influence,  therefore  we  call  it  by  that  name.  We  say  of  a  man, 
he  is  all  spirit.  So  Christ  is  all  Spirit.  The  sun  is  all  light,  and  where 
the  light  and  heat  of  the  sun  is  there  is  fruitfulness.  So  Christ  is  all 
Spirit,  and  where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  there  is  spiritual  liberty. 

It  were  expense  of  time  to  no  purpose  to  tell  you  of  the  divers  kinds  of 
liberty.  In  a  word,  liberty  is  that  that  all  desire,  but  our  miscarriage  is  in 
the  means  of  it,  the  way  to  attain  to  it.  Here  we  see  whence  to  have  it, 
from  the  Spirit  of  Christ.  Liberty  is  a  sweet  thing,  especially  liberty  from 
the  greatest  enemies  of  all.  If  outward  liberty  be  such  a  sweet  thing — 
liberty  from  tyranny  and  base  servitude,  it  is  a  thing  that  man's  nature 
delights  in ;  and  the  contrary,  man  as  a  man  abhors  ;  and  he  hath  not  the 
nature  of  a  man  that  doth  not  abhor  it, — what  shall  we  think  then  of  the 
liberty  of  the  Spirit  from  the  great  enemies  that  daunt  the  greatest 
monarchs  in  the  world  ?  Liberty  from  the  anger  of  the  great  God  ;  and 
liberty  from  Satan,  God's  executioner ;  liberty  from  the  terror  of  con- 
science, from  the  fear  of  death,  and  hell,  and  judgment ;  what  shall  we 
think  of  liberty  in  these  respects  ?  Therefore  we  speak  of  great  matters 
here  below  when  we  speak  of  liberty. 

Now  liberty  is  either  Christian  or  evangelical. 
\    You  may  think  this  a  nice  difierence,  but  there  is  some  reality  in  it. 

(1.)  Christian  liberty  is  that  that  belongs  to  all,  even  to  those  before 
Christ.  Though  they  have  not  the  term  of  Christians,  yet  they  were  mem- 
bers of  Christ.  Christ  was  head  of  the  church  '  yesterday,  and  to-day, 
and  for  ever,'  Heb.  xiii.  8. 

(2.)  Evangelical  libert)j  is  that  that  is  more  appi'opriated  to  the  times  of 
the  gospel  since  the  coming  of  Christ.  Now  the  liberty  that  belongs  to 
Christians  as  Christians,  is  perpetual  from  those  grand  enemies,  the  greatest 
enemies  of  all,  spiritual  and  inward  liberty.  In  evangelical  liberty,  besides 
that,  there  is  another  outward  liberty,  from  the  ceremonial  and  moral 
law  and  such  like  ;  and  a  liberty  from  the  restraint  of  the  law.  The 
Jews  were  under  many  restraints,  that  under  the  gospel  in  this  time  we 
are  not.  I  speak  therefore  of  liberty  as  it  runs  through  all  ages  of  the 
church,  not  of  evangelical  merely  since  the  time  of  Christ.  Where  the 
Spirit  is,  both  these  liberties  are  now  since  the  coming  of  Christ.  Now 
in  that  the  Holy  Ghost  saith  here,  '  Where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  there 
is  liberty,'  it  supposeth  that  ice  are  in  bondage  be-fore  we  have  the  Sjnrit  of 
Christ. 

That  is  a  supposed  ground  and  truth,  and  indeed  so  it  is.  For  out  of 
Christ  we  are  slaves,  the  best  of  us  all  are  slaves.  In  Christ  the  meanest 
of  all  is  a  free  man,  and  a  king.  Out  of  Christ  there  is  nothing  but  thral- 
dom. We  are  under  the  kingdom  of  the  devil.  When  he  calls  us  we  come. 
We  are  in  thraldom  under  the  wrath  of  God,  under  the  fear  of  death  and 
damnation,  and  all  those  spiritual  enemies  that  I  need  not  mention.  They 
are  well  enough  known  to  you  by  often  repetition.     There  is  no  man  but 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  217 

he  is  a  slave  till  lie  be  in  Christ ;  and  the  more  free  a  naan  thinks  himself 
to  be,  and  labours  to  be,  the  more  slave  he  is.  For  take  a  man  that 
labours  to  have  his  Hberty,  to  do  what  he  list,*  he  thinks  it  the  happiest 
condition  in  the  world ;  and  others  think  it  the  best  condition  to  have 
liberty  not  to  be  tyrannised  over  by  others.  It  is  the  disposition  of  man's 
nature  without  grace.  They  account  it  a  happiness  to  have  their  wills  over 
all  other,  but  the  more  liberty  in  this,  the  more  slavery.     Why  ? 

The  more  liberty  that  a  man  hath  to  do  lawlessly  what  he  will,  contrary 
to  justice  and  equity,  the  more  he  sins.  The  more  he  sins  the  more  he 
is  enthralled  to  sin.  The  more  he  is  enthralled  to  sin  the  more  he  is  in 
bondage  to  the  devil,  and  becomes  the  enemy  of  God.  Therefore  if  a  man 
would  pick  out  the  wretchedest  man  in  the  world,  I  would  pick  out  the 
greatest  man  in  the  world  if  he  be  naught, f  that  hath  most  under  him  ;  he 
hath  most  liberty,  and  seeks  most  liberty,  and  accounts  it  his  happiness 
that  he  may  have  his  liberty.  This  is  the  greatest  thraldom,  and  it  will 
prove,  when  he  dies  and  comes  to  answer  for  it,  the  greatest  thraldom  of 
all.  Therefore  the  point  needs  not  much  proof,  that  if  we  be  not  in  Christ 
we  are  slaves,  as  Augustine  saith  in  his  book  l)e  Civitate  Dei,  '  He  is  a 
slave  though  he  domineer  and  rule.' 

A  man  till  he  be  in  Christ  is  a  slave  ;  not  of  one  man  or  of  one  lord  over 
him,  but  he  hath  so  many  lords  as  he  hath  so  many  lusts.  There  are  but 
two  kingdoms  that  the  Scripture  speaks  of,  that  is,  the  kingdom  of  Satan 
and  darkness,  and  the  kingdom  of  Christ ;  all  therefoi'e  that  are  not  in  the 
kingdom  of  Christ,  in  that  blessed  libcirty,  they  must  needs  be  shoaled  I 
under  the  other  kingdom  of  Satan.  This  is  a  ground.  Therefore  I  speak 
shortly  of  it,  as  an  incentive  and  provocation  to  stir  us.  up,  to  get  into 
Christ,  to  get  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  that  we  may  have  this  spiritual  liberty, 
or  else  we  are  all  slaves,  notwithstanding  all  our  civil  hberties,  whatsoever 
they  be.  Now,  '  where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  there  is  liberty,'  there  is 
fi'eedom  from  that  bondage  that  we  are  in  by  nature,  and  which  is 
strengthened  by  a  wicked  course  of  life.  For  though  we  be  all  slaves  by 
nature,  born  slaves,  yet  notwithstanding  by  a  wicked  course  of  life,  we  put 
ourselves  into  bonds  and  tangle  ourselves  ;  so  many  sins  and  so  many 
repetitions  of  sin,  so  many  cords  ;  the  longer  a  man  lives  the  greater  slave 
he  is.  Now  when  the  Spirit  of  Christ  comes,  it  frees  us  from  all ;  both 
from  the  natural  and  from  the  customary  §  slavery. 

Now  this  Hberty  is  wrought  by  Christ  and  applied  by  the  Spirit.  What 
Christ  works  he  makes  it  ours  by  his  Spirit,  which  takes  all  from  Christ. 
As  Christ  doth  all  by  the  Spirit,  so  the  Spirit  takes  all  from  Christ.  All 
the  comfort  it  hath  is  from  reasons  taken  from  Christ,  from  grounds  from 
Christ,  and  doctrines  from  Christ,  but  yet  both  have  their  efficacy — Christ 
as  the  meritorious  cause,  and  the  Spirit  as  the  applying  cause.  The  Spirit 
discovers  the  state  of  bondage  we  are  in  by  nature,  and  it  discovers  withal 
a  more  excellent  condition ;  and  as  it  discovers,  so  likewise  the  Spirit  of 
God  brings  us  to  this  state,  by  working  faith  in  that  that  Christ  hath  done 
for  us.  Christ  hath  freed  us  by  his  death  from  the  curse  of  the  law,  from 
the  wrath  of  God,  from  death  and  damnation,  and  the  like.  Now  whatso- 
ever Christ  hath  done  the  Spirit  works  faith,  to  make  this  our  own  by 
uniting  us  to  Christ.  When  Christ  and  we  are  one,  his  sufferings  are  ours, 
and  his  victory  is  ours,  all  is  ours.  Then  the  Spirit  persuading  us  of  the 
love  of  God,  and  Christ  redeeming  us  from  that  cursed  slavery  we  were  in, 
*  That  is,  '  chooses.'— G.  J  That  is,  =  massed.— G. 

t  That  is,  '  uaughty'  =  '  wicked.' — G.       §  That  is,  =  through  custom,  habit. — G. 


218  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

that  Spirit,  it  works  love  in  us,  and  other  graces  whereby  the  dominion  of 
sin  is  broken  more  and  more,  and  we  are  set  at  liberty  by  the  Spirit. 

Now  the  Spirit  doth  not  work  liberty  properly  originally,  but  Christ  is 
the  grand  redeemer.     But  Christ  redeemeth  two  ways. 

First,  He  redeems  us  by  jmijiiuj  the  imce,  and  so  he  only*  redeemeth,  for 
he  paid  the  price  to  divine  justice.  We  are  in  bondage  to  the  wrath  of 
God  under  his  justice ;  and  so  there  must  be  satisfaction  to  justice  before 
we  can  be  free. 

Then,  secondly.  We  are  in  bondage  to  Satan,  as  God's  executioner  and 
jailor.  Now  from  him  we  are  freed  by  strong  hand.  So  Christ  freeth  us 
by  his  Holy  Spirit,  working  such  graces  in  us  as  makes  us  see  the  loath- 
someness of  that  bondage ;  working  likewise  grace  in  us  to  be  in  love  with 
a  better  condition,  that  the  Spirit  discovers  to  us.  So  that  the  Spirit  brings 
us  out  by  discovery  and  by  power.  All  that  Christ  freeth  by  virtue  of 
redemption,  paying  the  price  for,  all  those  he  frees  likewise  by  his  Spirit, 
discovering  to  them  their  bondage,  and  the  blessed  condition  whereunto  they 
are  to  be  brought  to  a  state  of  freedom,  which  freedom  he  perfects  by 
little  and  little,  till  he  bring  them  to  a  glorious  freedom  in  heaven. 

And  the  reason  of  this, — that  where  Christ  doth  free  by  way  of  redemp- 
tion, to  die  and  satisfy  God's  justice  for  any,  to  those  he  gives  his  Spirit, 
by  which  Spirit  they  are  set  at  liberty — the  reasons  are  manifold.  To 
name  one  or  two. 

[1.]  Christ  doth  save  all  that  he  doth  save  answerable  to  the  nature  of  the 
party  saved.  He  saves  them  as  reasonable  persons,  for  he  saves  us  that  he 
may  make  us  friends.  He  saves  us  as  men,  and  redeems  us  as  men.  He 
doth  not  only  pay  a  price  for  us  as  we  buy  a  thing  that  is  dead,  but  like- 
wise he  frees  us,  so  as  we  may  understand  to  what,  and  by  whom  we  are 
freed,  and  what  condition  we  are  freed  from.  Therefore  there  must  be  a 
Spirit  joined  with  the  work  of  Christ,  to  inform  us  thoroughly,  being 
creatures  fit  to  be  informed. 

[2.]  And  God  intending  to  come  into  covenant  with  us,  that  we  may  be 
friends  with  him,  which  is  our  glory  and  happiness,  he  acquaints  us  as 
friends  ivith  all  the  favours  and  blessings  that  he  hath  done  for  us.  He 
acquaints  us  what  misery  he  brings  us  out  of,  and  what  happiness  he  brings 
us  unto,  and  what  is  our  duty.  This  is  the  work  of  the  Spirit,  to  shew  U3 
what  he  hath  done  for  us,  that  we  may  be  friends. 

[3.]  And  then  it  is  a  ground  to  love  God.  God  saveth  us  by  a  way  of 
love  in  the  covenant  of  grace.  His  desire  is  that  we  may  love  him  again, 
and  maintain  love.  Now  how  can  this  be,  without  the  Spirit  of  God  dis- 
cover what  God  in  Christ  hath  done  for  us  ?  Therefoi'e  there  must  be  the 
Spirit  to  shew  to  the  eye  of  the  soul,  and  to  tell  us,  this  Christ  hath  done 
for  us. 

[4.]  Then  again  there  must  be  a  fitting  for  heaven,  for  that  glory  that  God 
intends  us  in  election.  Now  this  fitting  must  be  altogether  by  the  Spirit. 
The  same  Spirit  that  sanctified  Christ  in  the  womb,  the  same  Spirit  that 
anointed  Christ,  anoints  all  those  that  are  Christ's,  that  they  may  be  fit 
for  so  glorious  a  head.  So  there  must  be  the  Spirit  as  well  as  Christ  in 
the  work  of  redemption  and  liberty. 

Now  this  Spirit  of  God  doth  set  us  at  liberty,  in  all  the  course  and  whole 
carriage  of  salvation,  from  the  beginning  to  the  end. 

He  sets  us  at  Hberty  at  the  first  in  calling  us. 

He  sets  us  at  liberty  when  we  are  justified. 
*  That  is,  =  '  alone.' 


ABOV^  THE  LAW.  219 

He  sets  us  at  liberty  when  he  sanctifieth  us. 

And  he  sets  us  then  at  liberty  fully  in  glorification. 

First  of  all,  the  Spirit  of  God  is  a  Spirit  of  liberty,  ichen  ive  are  first  called 
powerfully  and  effectualhj.  For  living  in  the  church  sets  us  not  at  liberty, 
unless  the  Spirit  stir  us  up  to  answer  a  divine  call.  '  For  many  are  called 
but  few  are  chosen,'  Mat.  xx.  16.  In  the  church  there  is  Hagar  and 
Ishmael  as  well  as  Isaac.  There  are  hypocrites  as  well  as  sound  Christians. 
There  is  outward  baptism  as  well  as  inward.  There  is  outward  circum- 
cision of  the  flesh  as  well  as  inward  of  the  spirit.  A  man  may  have  all 
these  outward  privileges,  and  yet  notwithstanding  be  a  slave  in  the  bosom 
of  the  church  ;  for  Ishmael  was  a  bond- slave  though  he  were  in  the  house 
of  Abraham.  Therefore  the  first  beginning  of  spiritual  liberty  is,  (1.) 
When  the  Spirit  of  God  in  the  ordinances,  in  the  means  of  salvation,  stirs  up 
the  heart  to  answer  God's  call  as  it  ivere.  When  we  are  exhorted  to  believe 
and  repent,  the  Spirit  gives  power  to  echo  to  God,  '  Lord,  I  believe  ;  help 
thou  my  unbelief,'  Mark  ix.  24.  Lord,  I  repent,  and  desire  to  repent  more 
and  more.  When  the  Spirit  of  God  in  the  ordinance  saith,  '  Seek  my  face, 
Thy  face,  Lord,  will  I  seek,'  Ps.  xxvii.  8.  Be  thou  mine.  Lord,  and  I  will 
be  thine.  This  spiritual  echo  and  answer  of  the  soul  comes  from  the 
Spirit  of  God  in  calling,  and  it  is  the  first  degree  of  liberty. 

(2.)  Now  this  answer  of  the  soul,  by  the  power  of  the  Spirit,  over- 
powering our  corruptions,  is  together  u-ith  the  obedience  of  the  inward  man 
to  go  out.  For  man  answereth  the  call,  not  only  by  the  speech  of  the  heart, 
Lord,  I  do  it ;  but  he  doth  it  indeed.  Therefore  when  by  the  power  of  the 
Spirit  we  come  out  of  the  world  and  out  of  our  corruptions,  and  walk  more 
freely  in  the  ways  of  God,  then  we  are  set  at  spiritual  liberty.  Now  the 
Spirit  doth  all  this.  For  if  it  were  not  the  Spirit  that  persuaded  the  soul, 
when  the  minister  speaks,  alas  !  all  ministerial  persuasions  are  to  no  pur- 
pose. If  the  Spirit  do  not  stir  up  the  soul  to  answer,  all  speech  is  to  no 
purpose  from  men.  But  this  the  Spirit  doth.  In  the  first  place  he  openeth 
the  eyes  with  spiritual  eye-salve  to  see  our  natural  bondage  ;  he  openeth 
our  eyes  to  see,  I  must  come  out  of  this  condition  if  I  will  be  saved,  of 
necessity,  or  else  I  am  miserable  for  ever.  And  it  is  enough  for  the  soul 
of  a  miserable  man  if  he  be  convinced  to  see  his  misery  and  bondage,  what 
he  is  by  nature  ;  for  let  us  be  convinced  of  that  once,  and  all  the  rest  of  the 
links  of  the  golden  chain  of  salvation  will  follow.  Let  a  man  be  convinced 
that  he  is  as  the  Scripture  saith  he  is,  and  as  hereafter  he  shall  find  to  his 
cost,  you  shall  not  need  to  bid  him  come  out  of  his  conversation  and  condition, 
and  worldly  course  that  he  is  in.  All  this  wiU  follow  where  there  is  con- 
viction of  spirit.  Therefore  the  first  work  of  the  Spirit  in  spiritual  liberty 
is  to  convince  us  of  sin  and  misery  ;  and  then  to  work,  as  I  said,  an  answer 
of  the  soul,  and  an  obedience  of  the  whole  man.  This  I  will  not  be  long 
in,  being  a  clear  point. 

Second,  '  Where  the  Spirit  is,  there  is  liberty.'  Again,  in  ^natter  of  justi- 
fication there  is  a  liberty  and  freedom  of  conscience  from  sin  and  the  curse 
of  sin,  and  all  the  danger  that  follows  upon  sin,  by  the  Spirit. 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say,  the  liberty  of  justification  is  wrought  by  Christ ; 
we  are  justified  by  the  obedience  of  Christ ;  and  the  righteousness  of  Christ 
is  imputed  to  us. 

Ans.  It  is  true  Christ  is  our  righteousness.  But  what  is  that  to  us 
except  we  have  something  to  put  it  on  ?  Except  we  be  united  to  Christ, 
what  good  have  we  by  Christ  if  Christ  be  not  ours  ?  If  there  be  not  a 
spiritual  marriage,  what  benefit  have  we  by  him  if  we  have  not  him  to  pay 


220 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


our  debt  ?  For  his  riclies  to  be  ours,  and  our  debt  to  be  bis,  there  must 
be  a  union  first.  Now  this  union  is  wrought  by  the  Spirit.  It  is  begun 
in  effectual  calling.  From  this  union  there  comes  to  be  a  change  ;  his 
righteousness  is  mine,  as  if  I  had  obeyed  and  done  it  by  myself ;  and  my 
debts  and  sins  are  his.  This  is  by  the  Spirit,  because  the  union  between 
Christ  and  me  is  by  the  Spirit.  For  whatsoever  Christ  hath  done,  it  is 
nothing  to  me  till  there  be  a  union.  And  then  freedom  is  by  the  Spirit 
likewise,  because  the  Spirit  of  God  works  faith  in  me,  not  only  to  unite 
and  knit  me  to  Christ,  but  faith  to  persuade  me  that  Christ  is  mine,  and 
that  all  his  is  mine,  and  that  my  debts  are  his.  This  supernatural  hand 
of  faith  the  Spirit  works  to  lay  hold  upon  Christ,  and  then  to  persuade  mc. 
For  the  Spirit  is  a  lightsome  thing,  and  together  with  the  graces  it  tells  me 
the  graces  it  works.  As  reason,  besides  reason,  it  tells  me  that  I  use 
reason  when  I  do.  It  hath  a  reflex  act.  So  the  Spirit  of  Christ  it  hath  a 
reflex  act  upon  itself ;  for,  being  above  reason,  it  doth  not  only  lay  hold 
upon  Christ,  it  doth  not  only  do  the  work,  but  it  tells  me  that  I  do  so  when 
I  do.  Therefore  it  not  only  tells  me  that  Christ  is  mine  when  I  believe, 
but  it  assures  me  that  I  do  believe.  It  carries  a  light  of  its  own.  I  know 
the  light  by  the  light,  and  reason  by  reason,  and  faith  by  faith,  together 
with  the  reflex  act  joining  with  it.  So  that  the  reflex  act  joining  with  it, 
the  Spirit  is  the  cause  of  liberty  in  justification  in  that  respect,  as  it  is 
a  means  of  union,  whereupon  there  is  a  passage  of  all  that  is  Christ's  to 
be  mine,  and  mine  to  be  Christ's.  And  likewise  it  assures  me  that  I 
do  believe,  when  I  do  believe  without  error.  For  the  Spirit  is  given  me 
to  know  the  things  that  I  have  by  Christ,  not  only  to  know  the  privileges 
by  Christ,  but  the  graces  of  Christ. 

And,  beloved,  unless  the  Spirit  should  do  it,  it  would  never  be  done  ;  for 
the  soul  of  man  is  so  full  of  terrors  and  fears  and  jealousies,  that  except 
the  Spirit  of  God  witness  to  my  spirit,  that  God  is  reconciled  in  Christ, 
and  that  Christ's  righteousness  is  mine,  I  could  never  be  persuaded  of  it. 
For  the  soul  it  alway  thinks  God  is  holiness  itself,  and  I  am  a  mass  of  sin. 
What  reason  have  I  to  think  that  God  will  be  so  favourable  to  such  a 
■wretch,  to  such  a  lump  of  sin  as  I  am,  were  it  not  that  God  the  Son  hath 
satisfied  God  the  Father  ?  God  hath  satisfied  God  ;  and  the  Spirit  certifies 
my  conscience.  So  the  Spirit,  that  searcheth  the  deep  things  of  God,  that 
knows  what  love  is  in  the  breast  of  God,  and  therefore  he  searcheth  the  heart, 
he  searcheth  the  heart  of  God,  and  he  searcheth  my  spirit.  Except  the 
Spirit  should  tell  me  that  God  the  Son  hath  satisfied  (and  God  the  Father 
will  accept  of  the  satisfaction  of  God  the  Son),  I  should  never  believe  it. 
Therefore  God  must  stablish  the  heart  in  a  gracious  liberty  of  justification, 
as  well  as  that  God  the  Son  hath  wrought  it. 

It  is  no  wonder  that  men  of  great  parts  without  grace  are  full  of  terrors 
and  despair ;  for  the  more  parts  and  wit  a  man  hath  without  the  Spirit 
of  God,  the  more  he  disputes  against  himself,  and  entangles  himself  with 
desperate  thoughts.  But  when  the  Spirit  is  brought  to  speak  peace  to  the 
Boul  in  Christ,  and  makes  the  soul  to  cast  itself  on  him  for  salvation,  then 
God's  Spirit  is  above  the  conscience.  Though  conscience  be  above  all 
things  else,  yet  God  is  above  conscience,  and  can  still  the  conscience  ;  and 
the  Spirit  tells  us  that  God  the  Father  is  reconciled  by  the  death  of  God 
the  Son.  And  when  God  witnesseth  what  God  hath  wrought,  then  con- 
science is  at  peace.  Thus  we  see  how  the  Spirit  sets  us  at  liberty  in  the 
great  matter  of  justification. 

Third,  So  likewise  in  the  matter  of  holy  life,  in  the  whole  course  of  a  holy 


ABO\'E  THE  LAW.  221 

life,  '  where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is,  there  is  liberty,'  and  freedom  from  the 
slavery  of  sin.  For  there  the  understanding  is  freed  from  the  bondage  of 
ignorance,  and  there  the  will  is  freed  from  the  bondage  of  rebellion  ;  there 
the  affections  likewise,  and  the  whole  inward  and  outward  man  is  freed. 
But  this  liberty  of  holiness,  inherent  liberty,  it  doth  spring  from  the  liberty 
that  we  have  by  justification,  by  the  righteousness  of  Christ,  whereby  we 
are  perfectly  righteous,  and  freed  from  all  the  title  that  Satan  hath  in  us. 
We  are  freed  from  the  curse  of  God,  from  the  law,  and  enabled  in  a  course 
of  sanctification  to  go  on  from  grace  to  grace.  The  Spirit  of  Christ  comes 
after  justification.  For  whom  God  gives  forgiveness  unto,  he  gives  his 
Spirit  to  sanctify  them.  The  same  Spirit  that  assures  me  of  the  pardon  of 
my  sin,  sanctifies  my  nature.  Where  the  Spirit  is  of  sanctification,  it  breaks 
the  ruling  power  of  sin.  Before  then  the  whole  life  is  nothing  but  a  con- 
tinual sinning  and  ofi'ending  of  God  ;  but  now  there  is  a  gracious  liberty  of 
disposition,  a  largeness  of  heart  which  follows  the  liberty  of  condition. 
When  a  man  is  free  in  state  and  law  from  wrath,  and  from  the  sentence  of 
damnation,  then  he  hath  a  free  and  voluntary  disposition  wrought  to  serve 
God  freely,  without  fear  or  constraint. 

When  a  man  is  under  the  bondage  of  the  law,  when  he  is  under  the  fear 
of  death,  being  armed  with  a  sting,  whatsoever  he  doth  he  doth  it  with  a 
slavish  mind.  Where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  the  spirit  of  adoption, 
the  spirit  of  sons,  which  is  a  free  spirit.  The  son  doth  not  duties  to  his 
father  out  of  constraint  and  fear,  but  out  of  nature.  The  Spirit  alters  our 
nature  and  disposition.  It  makes  us  sons,  and  then  we  do  all  freely.  God 
doth  enlarge  the  hearts  of  his  children.  They  can  deny  themselves  in  a 
good  work.  They  are  *  zealous  of  good  works.'  It  is  the  end  of  their 
redemption  ;  as  it  is  Tit.  ii.  14,  '  We  are  redeemed  to  be  a  peculiar  people, 
zealous  of  good  works.'  For  then  we  have  a  base  esteem  of  all  things  that 
hinder  us  from  freeness  in  God's  service,  as  worldliness,  &c.  What  doth 
a  Christian  when  he  seeth  his  gracious  liberty  in  Christ  ?  The  love  of  the 
world  and  worldly  things,  he  is  read}'  to  part  with  all  for  the  service  of  God. 
He  is  so  free-hearted  that  he  can  part  with  life  itself.  Paul  saith  of  him- 
self, '  My  life  is  not  dear  to  me,  so  I  may  finish  my  course  with  joy,'  Acts 
XX.  24.  As  we  see  in  the  martyrs  and  others  how  free  they  were,  even  of 
their  very  blood. 

What  shall  we  think  of  those  therefore,  that  if  we  get  anything  of  them, 
it  must  be  as  a  sparkle  out  of  the  flint.  Duties  come  from  Christians  as 
water  out  of  a  spring.  They  are  natural,  and  not  forced  to  issue,  so  far 
forth  as  they  are  spiritual. 

I  confess  that  there  is  remainders  of  bondage  where  the  Spirit  sets  at 
liberty ;  for  there  is  a  double  principle  in  us,  while  we  live  in  this  world,  of 
nature  and  grace.  Therefore  there  will  be  a  conflict  in  every  holy  duty. 
The  flesh  will  draw  back  when  the  Spirit  would  be  liberal.  The  flesh  will 
say.  Oh  but  I  may  want !  "When  the  Spirit  would  be  most  courageous, 
the  flesh  ■vN'ill  say,  But  there  is  danger  in  it.  So  that  there  is  nothing  that 
we  can  do  but  it  must  be  gotten  out  of  the  fire.  We  must  resist.  Yet 
notwithstanding  here  is  liberty  to  do  good,  because  here  is  a  principle  that 
resists  the  backwardness  of  the  flesh. 

In  a  wicked  man  there  is  nothing  but  flesh,  and  therefore  there  is  no 
resistance.  And  we  must  understand  the  nature  of  this  spiritual  liberty 
in  sanctification.  It  is  not  a  liberty  freeing  us  altogether  from  conflict, 
and  deadness,  and  dulness,  and  the  like  ;  but  it  is  a  liberty  enabling  us  to 
combat,  not  freeing  us  from  combat.     It  is  a  liberty  to  fight  the  battles 


222  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

of  the  Lord  against  our  own  corruptions,  not  freeing  us  from  it.  That 
is  the  Hberty  of  glory  in  heaven,  when  there  shall  be  no  enemy  within  or 
without. 

Therefore  let  not  Christians  be  discouraged  with  the  backwardness  and 
untowardness  of  the  flesh,  to  good  duties.  If  we  have  a  principle  in  us  to 
fio-ht  against  it,  to  enable  us  to  fight  against  our  con-uptions,  and  to  get 
good  duties  out  of  it  in  spite  of  it,  it  is  an  argument  of  a  new  nature.  God 
will  perfect  his  own  beginnings,  and  subdue  the  flesh  more  and  more,  by 
the  power  of  his  Spirit.  We  see  our  blessed  Saviour,  what  a  sweet  excuse 
he  makes  for  his  disciples  when  they  were  dead-hearted  and  drowsy,  when 
they  should  have  comforted  him  in  the  garden  :  Oh,  saith  he,  '  the  spirit  is 
willing,  but  the  flesh  is  weak,'  Mat.  xxvi.  41, 

Indeed,  there  is  a  double  hindi-ance  in  God's  people  when  they  are 
about  holy  duties,  sometimes  from  their  very  mould  and  nature,  considered 
not  as  corrupted ;  the  very  mould  without  the  consideration. 

And  then  consider  it  as  it  is  made  more  heavy  and  dull  by  the  flesh,  and 
corruptions  in  them,  as  there  be  invincible  infirmities  and  weaknesses  in 
nature.  Sometimes  deadness,  after  labour  and  expense  of  spirits,  creeps 
in  invincibly,  that  a  man  cannot  overcome  those  necessities  of  nature.  So 
that  '  the  spirit  may  be  willing,  and  the  flesh  weak ;'  the  flesh  without  any 
great  corruption.  God  looks  upon  our  necessities ;  as  the  father  saith, 
Free  me  from  my  necessities  (a).  As  we  see,  Christ  made  an  excuse  for 
them.  It  was  not  so  much  corruption,  though  that  were  an  ingredient  in 
it,  as  nature  in  itself.  Christ  saAV  a  great  deal  of  gold  in  the  ore,  therefore 
we  see  how  he  excuseth  them.  Therefore  when  we  are  dull,  let  us  strive. 
Christ  is  ready  to  make  excuse  for  us,  if  our  hearts  be  right :  '  The  spirit 
is  willing,  but  the  flesh  is  weak.'  I  speak  this  for  the  comfort  of  the  best 
sort  of  Christians,  that  think  they  are  not  set  at  liberty  by  the  Spirit, 
because  they  find  some  heaviness  and  dulness  in  good  duties.  As  I  said, 
there  is  sin  in  us  while  we  live  here,  but  it  reigns  not.  After  a  man  hath 
the  Spirit  of  Christ,  the  Spirit  of  Christ  maintains  a  perpetual  combat  and 
conflict  against  sin.  It  could  subdue  sin  all  at  once  if  God  saw  it  good  ; 
but  God  will  humble  us  while  we  live  here,  and  exercise  us  with  spiritual 
conflicts.  Therefore  God  sees  it  sufficient  to  bring  us  to  heaven,  to  set  up 
a  combat  in  us,  that  we  are  able  by  the  help  of  the  Spirit  to  fight  God's 
battles  against  the  flesh.  So  that  the  dominion  of  sin  may  be  broken  in 
us,  and  excellently,  saith  Paul,  Kom.  viii.  2,  '  The  law  of  the  spirit  of  life 
in  Christ  Jesus  hath  freed  me  from  the  law  of  sin  and  of  death.'  The  law 
of  the  Spirit  of  life,  that  is,  the  commanding  power  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ, 
that  commands  as  a  law  in  the  hearts  of  God's  people,  it  frees  us  from  the 
law,  that  is,  from  the  commanding  power  of  sin  and  death.  So  that  the 
dominion  and  tyranny  of  sin  is  broken  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  and  so  we 
are  set  at  a  gracious  liberty.  In  some  respects  we  are  under  grace,  there- 
fore sin  shall  not  have  dominion  over  us,  as  the  apostle  speaks. 

Again,  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  sanctification  we  are  made  kings,  to 
rule  over  our  own  lusts  in  some  measure ;  not  kings  to  be  freed  altogether 
from  them,  but  kings  to  strive  against  them.  It  is  a  liberty  to  fight,  and 
in  fighting  to  overcome  at  last.  When  the  Israelites  had  a  promise  that 
God  would  give  their  enemies  into  their  hands,  the  meaning  was  not  that  he 
would  give  them  without  fighting  a  blow,  but  I  will  give  them  into  your 
hands.  You  shall  fight ;  and  be  of  good  comfort,  in  fighting  you  shall 
overcome.  So  this  liberty  of  sanctification,  it  is  not  a  liberty  that  we 
should  have  no  combat  with  our  corruptions,  but  a  gracious  liberty  to  keep 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  223 

them  under,  till  by  subduing  them  by  Httle  and  little,  we  get  a  perfect 
victory.  What  greater  encouragement  can  a  man  have  to  fight  against  his 
enemy,  than  when  he  is  sure  of  the  victory  before  he  fights,  of  final  victory ! 
You  see  then  how  the  Spirit  brings  a  liberty  into  the  soul.  It  brings  us 
out  of  that  cursed  kingdom  of  Satan  and  sin.  It  brings  us  out  of  the  curse 
of  God  and  the  law  in  justification ;  and  it  brings  us  from  the  dominion 
and  tyranny  of  sin,  by  a  spirit  of  sanctification. 

But  this  is  not  all  that  is  in  Hberty ;  for  the  Spirit  doth  not  only  free  us 
from  all  that  is  ill,  from  sin,  but  from  that  that  follows  it.  There  is  some 
ill  that  follows,  as  fear  and  terrors  of  conscience,  &c.  They  follow  sm  and 
death  and  wrath,  and  such  like,  the  subjection  to  these.  Now,  where  the 
Spirit  of  God  is,  it  frees  from  the  ill  consequents,  from  the  tail  that  follows 
sin.  Where  the  Spirit  is,  it  frees  us  from  fear ;  for  the  same  Spirit  that 
tells  us  in  justification  that  God  is  appeased,  the  same  Spirit  frees  us  from 
the  fear  of  damnation  and  death  and- judgment ;  from  the  terrors  of  an  evil 
conscience.  Being  '  sprinkled  with  the  blood  of  Christ,'  1  Pet.  i.  2,  we  are 
freed  from  fear. 

And  it  frees  not  only  from  the  fear  of  ill  things,  but  it  shews  immunity 
and  freedom  to  good.  Liberty  implies  here  two  things  :  a  freedom  from  ill, 
from  a  cursed  condition,  and  likewise  a  liberty  to  a  better;  a  liberty  from 
ill,  and  to  good.  We  must  take  it  in  the  just  latitude,  because  the  benefits 
of  Christ  are  complete,  not  only  privative  but  positive ;  not  only  to  free  us 
from  ill,  but  to  confer  all  good  to  us,  as  much  as  our  nature  is  capable  of. 
As  much  as  these  souls  of  ours  are  capable  of,  they  shall  be  made  free  and 
glorious  and  happy  in  heaven,  God  will  leave  no  part  of  the  soul  unfilled, 
no  corner  of  the  soul  empty.  By  little  and  little  he  doeth  it,  as  we  shall 
see  in  the  next  verse.  When  we  are  called  out  of  Satan's  kingdom  we  are 
not  only  called  out  of  that  cursed  state,  but  we  are  made  free  of  a  bet- 
ter kingdom ;  we  are  made  the  members  of  Christ ;  we  are  enfranchised. 
And  so  in  justification  we  are  not  only  freed  from  damnation,  from  the  jus- 
tice and  wrath  of  God,  but  likewise  we  can  implead-  our  righteousness 
whereby  we  have  title  to  heaven,  which  is  a  blessed  privilege  and  preroga- 
tive. We  are  not  only  free  from  the  curse  of  the  law,  but  likewise  we  have 
other  gracious  prerogatives  and  privileges.  We  are  not  only  freed  from  the 
dominion  of  sin,  but  we  are  likewise  set  at  liberty  by  the  Spirit  to  do  that 
that  is  good.  We  have  a  voluntary  free  spirit  to  serve  God  with  as  great 
cheerfulness  as  we  served  our  lusts  before ;  and  as  we  are  freed  from  the 
rigour  and  curse  of  the  law,  so  we  have  prerogatives  to  good  answerable. 
We  are  now  by  the  Spirit  set  at  liberty  to  delight  in  the  law,  to  make  the 
law  our  counsellor,  to  make  the  word  of  God  our  counsellor.  That  that 
terrified  and  afirighted  us  before,  now  it  is  our  direction.  Even  as  he  that 
was  a  severe  schoolmaster  to  one  in  his  under  years,  after,  when  he  comes 
to  years,  becomes  a  wise  tutor  to  guide  and  direct  him ;  so  the  law  that 
terrified  and  whipped  us  when  we  were  in  bondage,  till  we  be  in  Christ, — it 
scares  us  to  Christ, — that  law  after  comes  to  be  a  tutor,  to  tell  us  this  we 
shall  do,  to  counsel  us,  and  say  this  is  the  best  way ;  and  we  come  to 
delight  in  those  truths,  when  they  are  discovered  to  us  in  the  inward  man. 
And  the  more  we  know,  the  more  we  would  know,  because  we  would  please 
God  every  day  better.  So  that  besides  freedom  from  that  that  is  ill,  and 
the  consequents  of  ill,  there  is  a  blessed  immunity  and  prerogative  and 
privilege.     That  is  meant  here  by  liberty. 

For  God's  works  are  complete.  We  must  know  when  he  delivers  from 
*  That  is,  =  '  use  the  plea,' — G. 


224  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

ill  he  advaneeth  to  good.  His  works  are  full  works  always.  He  doth  not 
things  by  halves.  Therefore  we  have  through  Christ,  and  by  the  Spirit, 
not  only  freedom  from  that  that  is  ill,  but  advancement  to  all  that  is  com- 
fortable and  graciously  good. 

And  one  thing  give  me  leave  to  touch,  which  though  it  be  more  subtle, 
yet  it  is  useful,  that  the  text  puts  me  to  speak  of.  '  Where  the  Spirit  of 
God  is,  there  is  liberty'  of  the  inward  man,  liberty  of  judgment,  and  liberty 
of  will.  Where  the  Spirit  of  God  is  not,  there  is  no  liberty,  no  free  will. 
A  little  to  touch  upon  that. 

I  That  which  we  call  free  will,  it  is  either  taken  for  a  natural  power  and  endow- 
ment that  God  hath  put  upon  the  soul,  and  so  the  will  is  alway  free  in  earth 
and  in  hell.  The  devil's  will  is  free  so,  free  to  evil.  There  is  the  natural  free- 
dom ;  for  freedom  it  is  a  do^Ty  upon  the  will,  invested  upon  the  will,  that 
God  never  takes  from  it.  To  do  it  freely,  that  is,  upon  reason  that  it  sees,  be 
it  good  or  evil,  so  I  mean  not  freedom  ;  but  I  take  freedom  for  ability  and 
strength  to  that  that  is  good.  For  any  liberty  and  ability  to  that  that  is  good 
is  only  from  the  Spirit ;  and  the  defence  of  Luther's  and  others  (b),  that  wrote 
of  this  freedom,  is  sound  and  good,  that  the  will  of  man  is  slavish  altogether, 
without  the  Spirit  of  God.  '  Where  the  Spirit  is  there  is  liberty  :'  liberty 
as  it  is  taken  for  power  and  ability  to  do  good.  In  a  word,  there  is  alway 
a  liberty  of  the  subject,  of  the  person  ;  a  liberty  of  the  understanding,  but 
not  of  the  object,  to  this  or  to  that  thing.  A  liberty  to  supernatural 
objects  comes  from  supernatural  principles.  Nothing  moves  above  its  own 
sphere  ;  nothing  is  acted  above  its  own  activity,  that  God  hath  put  into  it. 
Now  a  natural  man  can  do  nothing  but  naturally ;  for  nothing  can  work 
above  itself,  by  its  own  strength,  no  more  than  a  beast  can  work  according 
to  the  principles  of  a  man.  Therefore  the  soul  of  man  hath  no  liberty  at 
all  to  that  which  is  spiritually  good,  without  a  supernatural  principle,  that 
raiseth  it  above  itself,  and  puts  it  into  the  rank  of  supernatural  things. 

First,  The  Spirit  of  God  puts  a  new  life  into  the  soul  of  a  man  ;  and  then 
when  he  hath  done  that,  it  preserves  that  life  against  all  opposition ;  and 
together  with  preserving  that  life,  it  applies  that  inward  life  and  power  it 
hath  put  into  it  to  particular  works.  For  when  we  have  a  new  life,  yet  we 
cannot  do  particular  actions  without  the  exciting  power  of  the  Spirit  of  God. 
The  Spirit  stirs  up  to  every  particular  thing,  when  the  soul  would  be  quiet 
of  itself.  The  moving  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  God.  As  every  particular 
moving  in  the  body  comes  from  the  soul,  so  the  Spirit  it  j)uts  a  new  life,  it 
applies  that  life,  it  applies  the  soul  to  every  action.  Where  the  Spirit  of 
God  therefore  is  not,  there  is  no  liberty  to  any  supernatural  action ;  but 
'  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  liberty.'  It  follows  both  negatively 
and  affirmatively.  There  is  a  liberty  of  will  to  that  that  is  good.  So  then 
this  riseth  from  hence,  again,  that  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is  efficacious 
and  effectual  in  his  working,  there  it  robs  not  the  soul  of  liberty,  but  per- 
fects that  liberty. 

You  have  some  divines,  too  many  indeed,  that  hold  that  the  Holy  Ghost 
only  works  by  way  of  persuasion  upon  the  soul,  and  by  way  of  moving,  as  it 
were,  without ;  but  he  doth  not  enter  into  the  soul,  nor  alter  and  change  the 
soul ;  he  doth  not  work  upon  the  soul  as  an  inward  worker,  but  only  as  an 
outward  entreater  and  persuader  and  allurer,  propounding  objects,  and  with 
objects  persuasions  and  allurements.  This  is  too  shallow  a  conceit  for  so 
deep  a  business  as  this  ;  for  the  Spirit  works  more  deeply  than  so.  It  puts  a 
new  life  into  the  soul ;  it  takes  away  the  stony  heart  and  gives  a  fleshly  heart, 
Ezek.  xl.  19.    Those  phrases  of  Scripture  are  too  weighty  to  fasten  such  a 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  225 

shallow  sense  upon  them,  only  as  to  entreat  them  to  be  converted,  as  a  man 
would  entreat  a  stone  to  be  warm,  and  to  come  out  of  its  place.  He  might 
entreat  long  enough.  But  the  Spirit  with  that  speech,  it  puts  a  new  life 
and  power,  and  then  acts  and  stirs  that  power  to  all  that  is  good. 

Ohj.  Oh,  say  they,  which  is  their  main  objection,  here  is  a  prejudice  to 
the  liberty  of  the  will !     This  is  to  overthrow  the  nature  of  man  ! 

Aus.  Oh,  by  no  means  !  This  is  no  prejudice  to  the  liberty  of  the  will ;  for 
the  Spirit  of  God  is  so  wise  an  agent  that  he  works  upon  the  soul,  preserving 
the  principles  of  a  man.  It  alters  the  judgment  by  presenting  greater  reasons, 
and  further  light  than  it  saw  before  ;  and  then  it  alters  the  will,  that  we  will 
contrary  to  that  we  did  before,  by  presenting  to  the  will  greater  reasons  to  be 
good  than  ever  it  had  to  be  ill  before.  Then  the  soul  chooseth  freely  of  its 
own  will  anything,  when  it  doth  it  upon  discovery  of  light  and  reason,  with 
advisement  and  reason.  Then  the  soul  doth  things  freely,  when  it  doth  them 
upon  the  designment  of  reason,  when  judgment  tells  me  this  is  good.  Now 
when  the  Spirit  changeth  the  soul,  it  presents  such  strong  reasons  to  come 
out  of  that  cursed  estate  I  am  in,  and  to  come  to  the  blessed  estate  in 
Christ,  that  the  will  presently  follows  that  that  the  understanding  presents 
as  the  chief  good  of  all.  Here  the  freedom  is  preserved,  because  the  will 
is  so  stirred  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  as  that  it  stii's  itself,  being  stirred  by  the 
Holy  Ghost ;  and  upon  this  groimd  it  sees  a  better  good.  So  that  grace 
takes  not  away  liberty.  No  ;  it  stablisheth  liberty.  Though  we  hold  that 
in  effectual  grace  the  Spirit  of  God  works  upon  the  soul  throughly,  yet  not- 
withstanding we  preserve  liberty,  because  we  say  that  the  soul  works  of  its 
own  principles,  notwithstanding  grace  ;  because  the  Spirit  of  God  acts  and 
leads  the  soul  according  to  the  nature  of  the  soul.  The  Spirit  of  God  pre- 
serves things  in  the  manner  of  doing  of  things.  It  is  the  manner  of  doing  of 
the  reasonable  creature,  to  do  things  freely.  Therefore  the  Spirit  working 
upon  the  soul,  it  preserves  that  modus,  though  it  work  effectually  upon  the 
soul ;  and  the  more  effectually  it  works  upon  the  soul,  the  more*  the  soul 
is ;  because  it  seeth  reason  to  do  good.  Therefore  the  more  we  give  to 
the  Spirit  in  the  question  of  grace  and  nature,  the  more  we  stablish  liberty, 
and  prejudice  it  not.  WTaere  these  three  or  four  rules  are  observed, 
there  liberty  is  preserved,  though  there  be  a  mighty  working  of  the  Holy 
Spirit ;  as. 

First,  Where  the  will  chooseth  ami  makes  choice,  and  inclines  to  a  thing  with 
the  advisement  of  reason.  Alway  that  must  be,  or  else  it  is  not  a  human 
action.  Now  when  the  Spirit  of  God  sets  the  will  at  liberty,  a  man  doth 
that  he  doth  with  full  advisement  of  reason  ;  for  though  God  work  upon 
the  will,  it  is  with  enlightening  of  the  understanding  at  the  same  time  ;  and 
all  grace  in  the  will  comes  through  the  understanding,  as  all  heat  upon 
inferior  things  it  comes  with  light.  So  that  though  heat  cherish  the  earth, 
it  Qomes  with  light.  So  all  the  work  upon  the  soul  is  by  the  heat  of  the 
Spirit.  But  it  comes  from  the  hght  of  the  understanding.  So  the  freedom 
of  the  soul  is  preserved,  because  it  is  with  light. 

Second ;  Again,  where  freedom  is,  there  is  a  poicer  to  apprehend  other 
thinc/s,  as  icell  as  that  it  doth ;  to  reason  on  both  sides,  I  may  do  this  or  that. 
For  that  power  to  reason  on  both  sides  is  proper  to  the  soul  alway.  Now 
grace  takes  not  away  that  power  to  reason  on  both  sides  ;  for  when  a  man 
is  set  at  liberty  from  the  base  slavery  of  ill  to  do  good,  he  can  reason  with 
himself,  I  might  have  done  this  and  that  if  I  would  be  damned.  So  that 
the  judgment  is  not  bound  to  one  thing  only,  but  the  judgment  tells  him 
*  Qu.  '  the  more  free '  ? — Ed. 

VOL.  IV.  P 


226  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

he  miglit  have  done  otherwise  if  he  would ;  but  he  sees  he  must  do  this  if 
he  will  not  be  damned. 

Third ;  Again,  ivhcre  there  is  liberty  and  freedom,  there  is  an  enlargement  to 
understand  more  things  than  one,  or  else  there  ivere  no  freedom ;  and  though 
the  soul  be  determined  to  choose  one  thing,  and  not  many,  yet  of  itself  it 
hath  power  to  choose  many  things.  To  make  this  clear  a  little  :  some 
creatures  are  confined  to  one  thing,  out  of  the  narrowness  of  the  parts  they 
have  ;  some  are  confined  to  one  thing,  out  of  the  largeness  of  parts.'  These 
seem  contrary,  but  thus  I  will  give  this  instance  to  make  it  clear.  The 
creature  that  is  unreasonable  *  is  alway  confined  to  one  manner  of  working, 
because  they  want  understanding  to  work  in  a  diverse  manner.  Birds 
make  their  nests  and  bees  make  their  hives  always  after  one  manner, 
because  of  their  narrowness,  that  they  have  not  choice. 

Now  when  the  Spirit  sets  a  man  at  liberty  to  holy  things,  he  is  confined 
to  good  ;  especiall[y]  this  is  in  heaven.  This  is  out  of  largeness  of  under- 
standing, apprehending  many  goods  and  many  ills  ;  and  that  good  that  he 
conceives  to  be  the  best  good,  out  of  a  large  understanding  be  is  determined 
to  that  one.  So  that,  though  the  Spirit  of  God  take  away  as  it  were  that 
present  liberty  that  a  man  cannot  do  ill, — it  will  not  suffer  him  to  be  so 
bad  as  he  was, — yet  it  leaves  him  in  a  state  of  good,  to  do  a  multitude  of 
good  things.  And  then,  though  it  confine  him  to  a  state  of  happiness,  that 
he  cannot  will  the  contrary,  yet  here  is  no  liberty  taken  away,  because  it  is 
done  out  of  strength  of  knowledge,  not  out  of  narrowness ;  because  there 
is  no  more  things  for  him  to  judge,  but  out  of  largeness,  telling  him  this  is 
the  best  of  all,  and  carries  all  the  soul  after  it.  The  glory  of  heaven  robs 
not  a  man  of  his  power. 

What  is  the  reason  they  are  determined  eternally  to  that  that  is  good  ? 
Is  it  for  want  of  understanding  that  the  angels  choose  not  ill  ?  No  !  They 
know  what  ill  is  by  speculation,  but  there  is  a  strength  of  understanding  to 
know  that  that  is  good  ;  and  the  understanding,  where  it  hath  full  light,  it 
carries  the  will  to  choose.  Therefore  *  where  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is, 
there  is  hberty.'  Notwithstanding  all  objections  to  the  contrary,  the  Spirit 
takes  not  away,  nay,  it  strengtheneth,  the  liberty  of  the  soul.  It  is  an  idle 
objection  and  a  gi'eat  stay  of  many  that  are  willing  to  be  deceived.  Oh  if 
grace  confine  a  man,  determine  him,  as  the  word  is,  sway  him  one  way 
perpetually,  that  he  holds  on  to  the  end,  and  leaves  him  not  at  liberty  to 
his  will,  this  confining  and  swaying  one  way  it  is  an  abridging  him  of  his 
liberty,  &c.  No.  For  it  comes  not  from  weakness  of  understanding,  but 
from  strength  of  understanding ;  and  it  is  perfect  liberty  to  do  well.  There- 
fore, on  the  contrary,  it  is  so  far  from  abridging  the  liberty  of  the  soul  that 
it  cannot  do  ill,  or  that  it  cannot  but  persevere  to  do  good,  that  it  is  the 
strength  of  liberty. 

For  I  would  know  whether  the  first  Adam's  liberty  were  greater,  or  the 
liberty  in  heaven,  the  second  Adam's  liberty  ?  Our  liberty  in  grace  or  that 
in  glory  ?  The  liberty  of  the  first  man  was,  that  he  might  not  sin  if  he 
■would ;  the  liberty  of  Christ  was,  tbat  he  could  not  sin  at  all.  Which 
think  you  was  the  chief  ?  He  that  could  not,  or  he  that  might  not  sin  if 
he  would  ?  Was  there  not  a  more  gracious  and  blessed  liberty  in  Christ 
than  in  Adam,  when  he  might  not  sin  if  he  would  ?  Is  this  a  worse  liberty 
then  when  a  man  cannot  sin  ?  So  when  the  Spirit  of  God  bears  that 
sway  over  the  soul,  and  takes  away  that  potentiality  and  possibility  to  sin, 
that  a  man  cannot  sin,  because  he  will  not,  his  will  is  so  carried  by  the 
*   TLat  is, 'without  reason.' — G. 


I 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  227 

strength  of  judgment,  this  is  the  greatest  good.  I  will  not  move  out  of  this 
circle.  If  I  go  out  of  this  I  shall  be  unhappy.  And  this  is  the  greatest 
hberty  of  all. 

What  do  we  pray  in  the  Lord's  prayer  but  for  this  liberty  ?  '  Thy  will 
be  done,'  Mat.  vi.  10.  That  is,  take  me  out  of  my  own  will  more  and 
more  ;  conform  my  will  to  thine  in  all  things.  The  more  I  do  so,  the  more 
liberty  I  have.  The  strength  of  that  petition  is,  that  we  may  have  perfect 
liberty  in  serving  God. 

The  greatest  and  sweetest  liberty  is,  when  we  have  no  liberty  to  sin  at 
all ;  when  we  cannot  sin.  It  is  greater  chastity  not  to  have  power  to  resist, 
to  be  impregnable  in  continence  and  sobriety.  When  there  is  such  a 
measure  of  these  graces  as  they  are  not  to  be  overcome,  it  is  greater  strength 
than  when  they  may  be  prevailed  over.  So  men  mistake  to  think  this  the 
greatest  liberty  to  have  power  to  good  or  e\'il.  That  is  the  imperfection  of 
the  creature.  Man  was  at  the  first  created  free  to  either  good  or  evil  of 
himself,  that  he  might  fall  of  himself.  This  was  not  strength,  but  a  thing 
that  followed  the  creature  that  came  out  of  nothing,  and  that  was  subject  to 
fall  to  his  own  principles  again.  But  to  have  the  soul  stablished  that  it 
shall  not  have  freedom  to  ill,  it  is  so  stablished  in  good.  It  hath  the  under- 
standing so  enlightened,  and  the  will  so  confirmed  and  strengthened,  that 
it  is  without  danger  of  temptation.  That  is  properly  glorious  liberty,  and 
that  is  the  better  endowment  of  both,  so  that  we  see  it  clearly  that  grace 
takes  not  away  liberty,  but  establisheth  it. 

Now  besides  this  inward  spiritual  liberty  that  we  have  by  the  Spirit,  there 
is  an  outward  preserving  liberty  that  must  be  a  little  touched,  and  that  is 
twofold. 

(1.)  A  liberty  of  preaching  the  gosjjel ;  and  (2.)  A  liberty  of  discipline,  as 
tve  call  it ;  of  government  that  is  in  the  church  of  God ;  and  should  be  at 
least  in  all  places,  because  we  are  men,  and  must  have  such  helps.  Now 
these  are  liberties  that  the  Spirit  bestows  upon  the  church  wheresoever 
there  is  an  inward  spiritual  liberty.  Men  are  brought  into  the  church  by 
the  liberty  of  the  gospel,  and  preserved  by  government.  There  must  be  a 
subjection  to  pastors  ;  there  must  be  teaching  and  some  discipline,  or  else 
all  will  be  in  a  confusion.  Now  this  inward  liberty  is  wrought  by  the  liberty 
of  the  gospel. 

Quest.  What  is  the  liberty  of  the  gospel  ? 

Ans.  When  there  is  a  blessed  liberty  in  the  church  to  have  true  liberty 
opened,  the  charter  of  our  liberty. 

Quest.  What  is  the  charter  of  our  liberty  ? 

Ans.  The  word  of  God.  When  the  charter  and  patent  of  our  liberty  is 
laid  open,  in  laying  it  open  we  come  to  have  interest  in  those  liberties. 
Therefore  the  liberty  of  the  temple,  the  liberty  of  the  church,  of  the  word 
and  sacraments,  and  some  order  in  the  church  with  it,  it  brings  in  spiritual 
liberty  and  preserves  it.  It  is  as  it  were  the  bonds  and  sinews  of  the 
church.  Now  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is  with  the  gospel,  there  is  this 
liberty  of  the  gospel ;  there  are  the  doors  of  the  temple  and  sanctuary  set 
open,  as,  blessed  be  God,  this  kingdom  hath  had.  With  the  spiritual 
liberty,  there  is  an  outward  hberty  of  the  tabernacle  of  God  and  the  house 
of  God,  that  we  can  all  meet  to  hear  the  word  of  God  and  to  receive  the 
sacraments ;  that  we  can  all  meet  to  call  upon  God  in  spirit  and  in  truth ; 
and  these  outward  liberties,  beloved,  are  blessed  liberties.  For  where  God 
gives  these  outward  liberties,  he  intends  to  bestow  and  to  convey  spiritual 
liberty.     How  shall  we  come  to  spiritual  liberty  without  unfolding  the 


228  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

charter,  the  word  of  God  ?  Therefore  Christ  hath  established  a  ministry, 
apostles,  and  doctors,*  and  pastors,  to  edify  the  church  to  the  end  of  the 
■world  ;  and  therefore  we  see  where  there  is  no  outward  liberty  of  unfolding 
the  word,  where  there  is  no  outward  liberty  of  the  ministry,  there  wants 
this  inward  liberty.  For  God  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  sets  us  at 
liberty. 

Again,  when  Christ  preached  the  gospel  first,  it  was  the  year  of  jubilee. 
Now,  in  the  year  of  jubilee,  all  servants  were  set  at  liberty,  and  those  that 
had  not  soldf  their  inheritances  might  recover  them  again  if  they  would. 
This  jubilee  was  a  type  of  the  spiritual  liberty  that  the  gospel  sets  us 
at.  Those  that  have  served  sin  and  Satan  before,  if  they  will  regard  the 
gracious  promises  of  the  gospel,  they  may  of  slaves  of  sin  and  Satan  be- 
come the  free  men  of  Jesus  Christ.  But  in  those  times  some  would  be 
servants  still,  and  would  not  be  set  at  liberty.  Their  ears  were  bored  for 
perpetual  slaves  ;J  and  it  is  pity  but  their  ears  should  be  bored  for  ever- 
lasting slaves,  that  now,  in  the  glorious  jubilee  of  the  gospel,  resolve  stOl 
to  be  slaves.  When  a  proclamation  of  liberty  was  made  to  come  out  of 
Babylon  all  that  would,  many  would  stick  there  still.  So  many  are  in  love 
with  Egypt  and  Babylon  and  slavery.  It  is  pity  but  they  should  be  slaves. 
But  those  that  have  more  noble  spirits,  as  they  desire  liberty,  so  they  should 
desire  spiritual  liberty  especially.  And  here  you  see  how  to  come  by  it. 
'  Where  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is,  there  is  liberty;'  and  where  the  ordinance 
of  God  is  ;  that  is,  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit,  there  is  the  Spirit.  Where 
these  outward  liberties  are,  it  is  a  sign  that  God  hath  an  intendment  to  set 
men  at  spiritual  liberty. 

Those,  therefore,  that  are  enemies  of  the  dispensation  of  the  gospel  in 
the  ministry,  they  are  enemies  to  spiritual  liberty ;  and  it  is  an  argument 
that  a  man  is  in  bondage  to  Satan  when  he  is  an  enemy  any  way  of  the 
unfolding  of  the  word  of  God.  For  it  is  an  argument  that  he  is  licentious, 
that  he  will  not  be  called  to  spiritual  libert}',  but  live  according  to  the  flesh ; 
when  he  will  not  hear  of  the  liberty  of  the  Spirit,  as  you  have  some  kind 
of  men  that  account  it  a  bondage,  '  Let  us  break  their  bands,  and  cast 
away  their  cords,'  Ps.  ii.  3.  Why  should  we  be  tied  with  the  word  and 
with  these  holy  things  ?  It  is  better  that  we  have  no  preaching,  no  order 
at  all,  but  live  every  man  as  he  would.  Though  they  speak  not  so  in  words, 
yet  their  lives  and  profane  carriage  shew  that  they  regard  not  outward 
liberties ;  and  that  argueth  that  they  are  in  spiritual  bondage,  and  that 
they  have  no  interest  in  spiritual  liberty,  because  they  are  enemies  of  that 
whereby  spiritual  liberty  is  preserved. 

Therefore  the  gospel  is  set  out  by  that  phrase,  '  The  kingdom  of  God.' 
Not  only  the  kingdom  of  God  set  up  in  our  hearts,  the  kingdom  of  the 
Spirit,  but  likewise  where  the  gospel  is  preached,  there  is  the  kingdom  of 
God.  Why  ?  Because  with  the  dispensation  of  divine  truth  Christ  comes 
to  rule  in  the  heart ;  by  the  outward  kingdom  comes  the  spiritual  kingdom. 
They  come  under  one  name. 

Therefore  those  that  would  have  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  God,  by  grace 
and  peace  to  rule  in  their  hearts  till  they  reign  for  ever  in  heaven,  they 
must  come  by  this  door,  by  the  ministry,  by  the  outward  ordinance.  The 
ordinance  brings  them  to  grace  ;  and  grace  to  glory.  And  it  is  a  good  and 
sweet  sign  of  a  man  spiritually  set  at  liberty,  brought  out  of  the  kingdom  of 
Satan,  and  freed  from  the  guilt  of  sin,  and  from  the  dominion  of  sin,  which 

*   That  is,  '  teachers.'— G.  X  Cf.  Exodus  xxi.  6.— G. 

t  Qu.  '  had  sold '  ?— Ed. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  229 

is  broken  in  sanctification,  when  we  can  meekly  and  cheerfully  submit  to 
the  ordinance  of  God,  with  a  desire  to  have  his  spiritual  thraldom  dis- 
covered, and  to  have  spiritual  duties  unfolded,  and  the  riches  of  Christ  laid 
open.  When  he  hears  these  things  with  a  taste  and  relish,  and  a  love,  it 
is  a  sign  God  loves  his  soul,  and  that  he  hath  interest  in  spiritual  liberty, 
because  he  can  improve  the  charter  of  his  soul  so  well.  '  Where  the  Spu'it 
of  the  Lord  is,  there  is  liberty.' 

And  besides  this  liberty  in  this  world,  there  is  a  liberty  of  glory,  called 
'  the  liberty  of  the  sous  of  God,'  Rom.  viii.  21.  The  liberty  of  our  bodies 
from  corruption,  the  glorious  liberty  in  heaven,  when  we  shall  be  perfectly 
free.  For,  alas!  in  this  world  we  are  free  to  fight,  not  free  from  fight; 
and  we  are  free,  not  from  misery,  but  free  from  thraldom  to  misery.  But 
then  we  shall  be  free  from  the  encounter  and  encumbrance.  '  All  tears 
shall  be  wiped  from  our  eyes,'  Rev.  vii.  17.  We  shall  be  free  from  all  hurt 
of  body,  in  sickness  and  the  like,  and  free  from  all  the  remainders  of  sin 
in  our  souls :  that  is  perfect  liberty,  perfect  redemption,  and  perfect  adop- 
tion, both  of  body  and  soul.  And  that  we  have  by  the  Spirit  too ;  for 
where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  that  too  in  this  world  in  the  beginning 
of  it.  For,  beloved,  what  is  peace  of  conscience  and  joy  in  the  Holy 
Ghost  ?  Is  it  not  the  beginnings  of  heaven  ?  Is  it  not  a  grape  of  the 
heavenly  Canaan  ?  Is  it  not  the  Spirit  that  we  have  here  an  earnest  of 
that  inheritance  ?  An  earnest  penny ;  and  an  earnest  is  a  piece  of'  the 
bargain.  It  is  never  taken  away,  but  is  made  up  with  the  bargain. 
Therefore,  when  by  the  Spirit  we  have  the  beginnings  of  grace  and  comfort, 
we  have  the  beginnings  of  that  glorious  liberty ;  and  it  assures  us  of  that 
glorious  liberty  as  sure  as  we  have  the  earnest.  For  God  never  repents  of 
his  bargain  that  he  makes  with  his  children.  Grace  in  some  sort  is  glory, 
as  we  see  in  the  next  verse  ;  because  grace  is  the  beginning  of  glory.  It 
frees  the  soul  from  terror  and  subjection  to  sin,  from  the  thraldom  of  sin. 
So  the  life  of  glory  is  begun  in  grace.  We  have  the  hfe  of  glory  begun  by 
the  Spirit,  this  glorious  life. 

Use  1.  If  we  have  all  these  blessed  liberties  in  this  world  and  in  that  to 
come  by  the  Spirit,  then  we  should  labour  to  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  or 
else  we  have  no  Liberty  at  all ;  and  labour  every  day  more  and  more  to  get 
this  spiritual  liberty  in  our  consciences,  to  have  our  consciences  assured  by 
the  Spirit  that  our  sins  are  forgiven,  and  to  feel  in  our  consciences  a  power  to 
bring  under  sin  that  hath  tyrannized  over  us  before.  Let  us  every  day  more 
and  more  labour  to  find  this  spiritual  liberty,  and  prize  daily  more  the 
ordinances  of  God,  sanctified  to  set  us  at  liberty.  Attend  upon  spiritual 
means,  that  God  hath  sanctified,  wherein  he  will  convey  the  Spirit.  There 
were  certain  times  wherein  the  angel  came  to  stir  the  waters  of  the  pool, 
John  V.  3.  So  the  Spirit  of  God  stirs  the  waters  of  the  word  and  ordi- 
nances, and  makes  them  efi"ectual.  Attend  upon  the  ordinances  of  God,  the 
communion  of  saints,  &c.,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  will  slide  into  our  souls 
in  the  use  of  holy  means.  There  is  no  man  but  he  finds  experience  of  it. 
He  finds  himself  raised  above  himself  in  the  use  of  holy  means.  The  more 
we  know  the  gospel,  the  more  we  have  of  the  Spirit ;  and  the  more  Spirit 
we  have,  the  more  liberty  we  enjoy.  If  we  prize  and  value  outward  liberty, 
as  indeed  we  do,  and  we  are  naturally  moved  to  do  it,  how  should  we  prize 
the  charter  of  our  spiritual  liberty,  the  word  of  God,  and  the  promises  of 
salvation  (whereby  we  come  to  Icnow  all  our  liberty,  where  we  have  all  the 
promises  opened  to  us ;  the  promise  of  forgiveness  of  sins,  of  necessary 
grace ;  the  promise  of  comfort  in  allconditions  whatsoever).  _  Therefore 


230  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

let  US  every  day  labour  to  grow  farther  and  farther  both  in  the  knowledge 
and  in  the  taste  and  feeling  of  this  spiritual  liberty. 

Use  2.  Oh  beloved,  ivhat  a  blessed  condition  it  is  to  have  this  spiritual 
liberty !  Do  but  see  the  blessed  use  and  comfort  of  it  in  all  conditions. 
For  if  a  man  hath  the  Spirit  of  God  to  set  him  at  spiritual  liberty,  in  all 
temptations,  either  to  sin,  he  hath  the  Spirit  of  God  to  free  him  from 
temptation ;  or,  if  temptation  catch  hold  on  him  for  sin,  he  hath  the  Spirit 
of  God  to  fly  to,  the  blood  of  Christ,  to  shew  that  if  he  confess  his  sins 
and  lay  hold  on  Christ,  he  hath  pardon  of  sin  ;  and  the  blood  of  Christ 
'  speaks  better  things  than  the  blood  of  Abel.'  It  speaks  mercy  and 
peace.  If  he  by  faith  sprinkle  it  upon  his  soul,  if  he  know  the  liberty  of 
justification,  and  make  use  of  it :  what  a  blessed  liberty  is  this  when  we 
have  sinned ! 

In  restraint  of  the  outward  man.  If  ever  God  restrain  us  to  humble  us, 
what  a  blessed  thing  is  this,  that  the  spirit  is  at  liberty !  and  that  is  the 
best  part  of  a  man.  A  man  may  have  a  free  conscience  and  mind,  in  a 
restrained  condition  ;  and  a  man  may  be  restrained  in  a  free  state.  In  the 
guilt  of  sin,  bound  over  to  the  wrath  of  God,  and  bound  over  to  another 
evil  day,  a  man  in  the  greatest  thraldom  may  have  liberty.  What  a  blessed 
condition  is  this  ! 

So  in  sickness,  to  consider  that  there  is  a  glorious  liberty  of  the  sons  of 
God,  and  a  redemption  of  body,  as  well  as  of  soul,  that  this  base  body  of 
mine  shall  be  like  Christ's  glorious  body ;  that  there  is  a  resurrection  to 
glory — the  resurrection  will  make  amends  for  all  these  sicknesses  and  ills 
of  body — what  a  comfort  is  it  to  think  of  the  resurrection  to  glory  ! 

And  so  when  death  comes,  to  know  that  by  the  blood  of  Christ  there  is 
a  liberty  to  enter  into  heaven ;  that  Christ  by  his  blood  hath  opened  a 
passage  to  heaven. 

And  so  in  all  necessities,  to  think  I  have  a  liberty  to  the  throne  of  grace ; 
I  am  free  of  heaven ;  I  am  free  of  the  company  of  saints  in  earth  and  in 
heaven  too  ;  I  am  free  to  have  communion  with  God ;  I  have  a  freedom  in 
all  the  promises ; — what  a  sweet  thing  is  this,  in  all  wants  and  necessities, 
to  use  a  spiritual  liberty,  to  have  the  ear  of  God,  as  a  favourite  in  heaven  ! 
Not  only  to  be  free  from  the  wrath  of  God,  but  to  have  his  favour,  to  have 
his  care  in  all  our  necessities  :  what  a  blessed  liberty  is  this,  that  a  man 
may  go  with  boldness  to  the  throne  of  grace  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ ! 

Beloved,  it  is  invaluable.  There  is  not  the  least  branch  of  this  spiritual 
liberty  but  it  is  worth  a  thousand  worlds.  How  should  we  value  it,  and 
bless  God  for  giving  Christ  to  work  this  blessed  liberty ;  and  for  giving  his 
Spirit  to  apply  it  to  us  more  and  more,  and  to  set  us  more  and  more  at 
spiritual  liberty.  For  both  the  Father,  and  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
all  join  in  this  spiritual  Hberty.  The  Father  gives  the  Son,  and  he  gives  the 
Spirit ;  and  all  to  set  us  free.     It  is  a  comfortable  and  blessed  condition. 

Use  3.  Brit  how  shall  ice  know  whether  we  be  set  at  liberty  or  no  ?  Because 
all  will  pretend  a  liberty  from  the  law  and  from  the  curse  of  God,  and  his 
wrath  in  justification  ?  And  though  it  be  the  foundation  of  all,  I  will  not 
speak  of  that,  but  of  that  that  always  accompanies  it,  a  liberty  of  holiness, 
a  Hberty  to  serve  God,  a  liberty  from  bondage  to  lusts,  and  to  Satan. 
Therefore, 

(1.)  Wheresoever  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  a  Hberty  of  holiness,  to 
free  us  from  the  dominion  of  any  one  sin.  We  are  freed  '  to  serve  him  in 
holiness  all  the  days  of  our  lives,'  Luke  i.  75.  Where  the  Spirit  therefore 
is,  it  will  free  a  man  from  thraldom  to  sin,  even  to  any  one  sin.     For  the 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  231 

Spirit  discovers  to  the  soul  the  odiousness  of  the  bondage.  For  a  man  to 
be  a  slave  to  Satan,  who  is  his  enemy,  a  cruel  enemy,  what  an  odious  thing 
is  this  !  Now  whosoever  is  enthralled  to  any  lust,  is  in  thraldom  to  Satan 
by  that  lust.  Therefore  where  this  liberty  is,  there  cannot  be  slavery  to 
any  one  lust.  Satan  therefore  cares  not  how  many  sins  one  leaves,  if  he 
live  in  any  one  sin  ;  for  he  hath  them  in  one  sin,  and  can  pull  them  in  by 
one  sin.  As  children  when  they  have  a  bird,  they  can  give  it  leave  to  fly, 
so  it  be  in  a  string  to  pull  it  back  again ;  so  Satan  hath  men  in  a  string,  if 
they  live  in  any  one  sin.  The  Spirit  of  Christ  is  not  there,  but  Satan's 
spirit,  and  he  can  pull  them  in  when  he  will.  The  beast  that  runs  away 
with  a  cord  about  him,  he  is  catched  by  the  cord  again ;  so  when  we  leave 
many  sins,  and  yet  notwithstanding  carry  his  cords  about  us,  he  can  pull 
us  in  when  he  lists.  Such  are  prisoners  at  liberty  more  than  others,  but 
notwithstanding  they  are  slaves  to  Satan  by  that,  and  where  Satan  keeps 
possession  by  one  sin,  and  rules  there,  there  is  no  liberty.  For  the  spirit 
of  sanctification  where  it  is,  is  a  counter-poison  to  the  corruption  of  nature, 
and  it  is  opposite  to  it,  in  all  the  powers  of  the  soul.  It  suffers  no  corrup- 
tion to  get  head. 

(2.)  Again,  where  this  liberty  from  the  Spirit  is,  there  is  not'only  a  free- 
dom from  all  gross  sins,  but  likewise  a  blessed  freedom  to  all  duties,  an 
enlargement  of  heart  to  duties.  God's  people  are  a  voluntary  people.  Those 
that  are  under  grace,  they  are  *  anointed  by  the  Spirit,'  Ps.  Ixxxix.  20,  and 
that  spiritual  anointment  makes  them  nimble.  Christian  is  nothing  but 
anointed.*  Now  he  that  is  truly  anointed  by  the  Spirit,  is  nimble,  and 
quick,  and  active  in  that  that  is  good  in  some  degree  and  proportion.  One 
use  of  anointing  is  to  make  the  members  nimble,  and  agile,  and  strong ;  so 
the  Spirit  of  God  is  a  spirit  of  cheerfulness  and  strength  where  it  is.  There- 
fore those  that  find  some  cheerfulness  and  strength  to  perform  holy  ser- 
vices, to  hear  the  word,  to  pray  to  God,  and  to  perform  holy  duties,  it  is  a 
sign  that  this  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  God.  The  Spirit  sets  them  at  this 
liberty,  because  otherwise  spiritual  duties  are  as  opposite  to  flesh  and  blood 
as  fire  and  water.  When  we  are  drawn  therefore  to  duties,  as  a  bear  to  a 
stake,  as  we  say,  with  foreign  motives,  for  fear,  or  out  of  custom,  with 
extrinsecal  motives,  and  not  from  a  new  nature,  this  is  not  from  the  Spirit. 
This  performance  is  not  from  the  true  liberty  of  the  Spirit.  For  the  liberty 
of  the  Spirit  is,  when  actions  come  off  naturally  without  force  of  fear  or 
hope,  or  any  extrinsecal  motive.  A  child  needs  not  extrinsecal  motives  to 
please  his  father.  When  he  knows  he  is  the  child  of  a  loving  father,  it  is 
natural.  So  there  is  a  new  nature  in  those  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God  to 
stir  them  up  to  duty,  though  God's  motives  may  help  as  the  sweet  encour- 
agements and  rewards.  But  the  principal  is  to  do  things  naturally,  not  for 
fear,  or  for  giving  content  to  this  or  that  man. 

Artificial  things  move  from  a  principle  without  them,  therefore  they  are 
artificial.  Clocks  and  such  things  have  weights  that  stir  all  the  wheels 
they  go  by,  and  that  move  them  ;  so  it  is  with  an  artificial  Christian  that 
composeth  himself  to  a  course  of  religion.  He  moves  with  weights  without 
him  ;  he  hath  not  an  inward  principle  of  the  Spirit  to  make  things  natural 
to  him,  and  to  excite  and  make  him  do  things  naturally  and  sweetly. 
*  Where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  freedom;'  that  is,  a  kind  of  natural 
freedom,  not  forced,  not  moved  by  any  foreign  extrinsecal  motive. 

(3.)  Again,  where  the  freedom  of  spirit  is,  there  is  a  kind  of  courage 
against  all  opposition  ivhatsoever,  joined  ivith  a  kind  of  light  and  strength  of 
*  That  is,  as  Christ  is  =  anointed,  so  Christian. — G. 


232  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

faith,  breaking  through  all  ojipositions.  A  consideration  of  the  excellent 
state  I  am  in  ;  of  tlie  vileness  of  the  state  we  are  moved  to  by  opposition  ; 
— when  the  Spirit  discovers  these  things  with  a  kind  of  conviction,  what 
is  all  opposition  to  a  spiritual  man  ?  It  adds  but  courage  and  strength  to 
him  to  resist.  The  more  opposition,  the  more  courage  he  hath.  In  Acts 
iv.  23,  scq.,  when  they  had  the  Spirit  of  God,  they  opposed  opposition  ;  and 
the  more  they  were  opposed,  the  more  they  grew.  They  were  cast  in  prison, 
and  rejoiced  ;  and  the  more  they  were  imprisoned,  the  more  courageous 
they  were  still.  There  is  no  setting  against  this  wind,  nor  no  quenching 
of  this  fire,  by  any  human  power,  where  it  is  true  ;  for  the  Spirit  of  God, 
where  it  sets  a  man  at  liberty  indeed,  it  gathers  strength  by  opposition. 
See  how  the  Spirit  triumphed  in  the  martyrs  over  all  opposition,  fire,  and 
imprisonment,  and  all.  The  Spirit  in  them  set  them  at  liberty  from  such 
base  fears,  that  it  prevails  in  them  over  all.  The  Spirit  of  God,  where  it 
is,  is  a  victorious  Spirit.  It  frees  the  soul  from  base  fears  of  any  creature. 
'  If  God  be  on  our  side,  who  shall  be  against  us  ?'  Rom.  viii.  33,  34.  It 
is  said  of  St  Stephen,  that  they  could  not  withstand  the  Spirit  by  which  he 
spake.  Acts  vi.  10 ;  and  Christ  promiseth  a  Spirit  that  all  the  enemies  shall 
not  be  able  to  withstand  :  so  those  that  are  God's  children,  in  the  time  of 
opposition,  when  they  understand  themselves  and  that  to  which  they  stand, 
God  gives  them  a  Spirit  against  which  all  their  enemies  cannot  stand.  The 
Spirit  of  Christ  in  Stephen  put  such  a  glory  upon  him,  that  he  looked  as  if 
he  had  been  an  angel.  Acts  vi.  15  ;  so  the  Spirit  of  liberty,  where  it  is,  it  is 
with  boldness,  and  strength,  and  courage  against  opposition.  Those,  there- 
fore, that  are  awed  with  every  petty  thing  for  standing  in  a  good  cause, 
they  have  not  the  Spirit  of  Christ ;  for  where  that  is,  it  frees  men  from 
these  base  fears,  especially  if  the  cause  be  God's. 

(4.)  Again,  where  the  Spirit  of  liberty  is,  it  gives  hohhiess  uith  God  him- 
self, and  thus  it  is  known  especially  where  it  is  :  '  where  the  Spirit  is,  there 
is  liberty.'  What  to  do  ?  Even  to  go  to  God  himself,  that  otherwise  is  a 
'  consuming  fire,'  Heb.  xii.  29.  For  the  Spirit  of  Christ  goes  through  the 
mediation  of  Christ  to  God.  Christ,  by  his  Spirit,  leads  us  to  God.  He 
that  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  God  cannot  go  to  God  with  a  spirit  of  boldness. 
Therefore,  when  a  man  is  in  affliction,  in  the  time  of  temptation  or  great 
affliction,  especially  when  there  is  opposition,  he  may  best  judge  what  he 
is  in  truth.  When  a  man  is  in  temptation,  or  opposition  from  the  world, 
within  or  without,  and  can  go  boldly  to  God,  and  pour  out  his  soul  to  God 
freely  and  boldly  as  to  a  father,  this  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  liberty. 
Where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is  not,  though  the  parts  be  never  so  strong,  or 
never  so  great,  it  will  never  do  thus.  Take  another  man,  in  the  time  of 
extremity,  he  sinks  ;  but  take  a  child  of  God  in  extremity,  yet  he  hath  a 
spirit  to  go  to  God,  and  to  cry,  Abba,  Father ;  to  go  in  a  familiar  manner 
to  God.  Saul  was  a  mighty  man.  When  he  was  in  anguish,  he  could  not 
go  to  God.  Cain  could  not  go  to  God.  Judas,  a  man  of  great  knowledge, 
he  could  not  go  to  God.  His  heart  was  naught ;'"'  he  had  not  the  Spirit  of 
Christ,  but  the  spirit  of  the  devil ;  and  the  spirit  of  bondage  bound  him 
over  for  his  treason  to  hell  and  destruction  ;  because  he  had  not  the  Spirit 
to  go  to  God,  but  accounted  him  his  enemy  ;  he  had  betrayed  Christ.  If 
he  had  said  as  much  to  God  as  he  did  to  the  scribes  and  Pharisees,  he 
might  have  had  mercy  in  the  force  of  the  thing.  I  speak  not  of  the  decree 
of  God,  but  in  the  nature  of  the  thing  itself.  If  he  had  said  so  much  to 
Christ  and  to  God,  he  might  have  found  mercy.  So  let  a  man  be  never  so 
*  That  is,  '  iiaughty'=wicked. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  233 

great  a  sinner,  if  he  can  go  to  God,  and  spread  his  soul,  and  lay  open  his 
sins  with  any  remorse  ;  it"  he  can  come,  and  open  his  soul  in  confession 
and  in  petition,  and  beg  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  to  shine  as  a  Father  upon 
his  soul — this  Spirit  of  liberty  to  go  to  God,  it  argues  that  the  Spirit  of 
Christ  is  there,  because  there  is  liberty  to  go  to  God.  In  Rom.  viii.  26, 
speaking  there  of  comfort  in  afflictions,  this  is  one  among  the  rest,  '  that 
the  children  of  God  have  the  Spirit  of  God,  to  stir  up  sighs  and  groans.' 
Now,  where  the  Spirit  of  God  stirs  up  sighs  and  groans,  God  understands 
the  meaning  of  his  own  Spirit.  There  is  the  spirit  of  liberty,  and  there  is 
the  spirit  of  sons  ;  for  a  spirit  of  liberty  is  the  spirit  of  a  son.  A  man  may 
know  that  he  is  the  son  of  God,  and  a  member  of  Christ ;  and  that  he  hath 
the  spirit  of  liberty  in  him,  if  he  can,  in  affliction  and  trouble,  sigh  and 
groan  to  God  in  the  name  and  mediation  of  Christ ;  for  the  Spirit  stirs  up 
groans  and  sighs  :  they  come  from  the  Spirit. 

That  familiar  boldness  whereby  we  cry  '  Abba,  Father,'  it  comes  from 
sons.  They  only  can  cry  so.  This  comes  from  the  Spirit.  If  we  be  sons, 
then  we  have  the  Spirit,  whereby  we  cry,  Abba,  Father.  So,  if  we  can  go 
to  God  with  a  sweet  familiarity, — Father,  have  mercy  upon  me,  forgive  me  ; 
look  in  the  bowels  of  pity  upon  me, — this  sweet  boldness  and  familiarity, 
it  comes  from  the  spirit  of  liberty,  and  shews  that  we  are  sons,  and  not 
bastards. 

Your  strong,  rebellious,  sturdy-hearted  persons,  who  think  to  work  out 
[of]  their  misery,  out  of  the  strength  of  parts  and  friends,  &c.,  they  die  in 
despair.  Their  sorrows  are  too  good  for  them.  But  when  a  broken  soul 
goes  to  God  in  Christ  with  boldness,  this  opening  of  the  soul  to  God,  it  is 
a  sign  of  liberty,  and  of  the  liberty  of  sons,  for  this  liberty  here  is  the  liberty 
of  sons,  of  a  spouse,  of  kings,  of  members  of  Christ :  the  sweetest  liberty 
that  can  be  imagined.  It  is  the  liberty  that  those  sweet  relations  breed  of 
a  wife  to  the  husband,  and  of  loving  subjects  to  their  prince,  and  of  children 
to  their  father.  Here  is  a  sweet  liberty  ;  and  '  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is, 
there  is  all  this  sweet  liberty.' 

There  are  three  degrees  that  a  man  is  in,  that  is  in  the  way  to  heaven. 

[1.]  The  state  of  nature,  when  he  cares  neither  for  heaven  nor  hell  in 
a  manner,  so  he  may  have  sensual  nature  pleased,  and  go  on  without 
fear  or  wit,*  without  grace,  nay,  without  the  principles  of  nature,  so  he 
may  satisfy  himself  in  a  course  of  sin.  That  is  the  worst  state,  the  state 
of  nature. 

[2.]  But  God,  if  he  belong  to  him,  will  not  suffer  him  to  be  in  this  sottish 
and  brutish  condition  long,  hut  brings  him  under  the  law ;  that  is,  he  sets 
his  own  corrupt  nature  before  him,  he  shews  him  the  course  of  his  life,  and 
then  he  is  afraid  of  God  :  '  Depart  from  me,  I  am  a  sinner ;'  as  Adam  he 
ran  from  God  when  he  had  sinned,  that  was  sweet  to  him  before  ;  so  a 
brute  man,  when  he  is  awakened  with  conscience  of  sin,  considering  that 
there  is  but  a  step  between  him  and  hell,  and  considering  what  a  God  he 
hath  to  deal  with,  and  that  after  death  there  is  eternal  damnation, — when 
the  Spirit  of  God  hath  convinced  him  of  this,  then  he  is  in  a  state  of  fear, 
and  when  he  is  in  this  state,  he  is  unfit  to  have  liberty  to  run  to  God. 
He  useth  all  his  power  to  shift  from  God  all  he  can,  and  hates  God,  and 
wisheth  there  were  no  God,  and  trembles  at  the  very  thought  of  God,  and 
of  death,  &c. 

[3.]  Oh,  but  if  a  man  belong  to  God,  God  will  not  leave  him  in  this 
condition  (and  though  this  be  better  than  the  first,  it  is  better  that  a  man 
*  That  is,  '  wisdom'  =  knowledge. — G. 


234 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


were  out  of  his  wits  almost,  than  to  be  senseless  as  a  block) ;  there  is 
another  condition  spoken  of  here,  that  is,  0/  liberty :  when  God  by  his 
Spirit  discovers  to  him  in  Christ  forgiveness  of  sins,  the  gracious  face  of 
God  ready  to  receive  him,  '  Come  unto  me  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  heavy 
laden,'  Mat.  xi.  28,  saith  Christ ;  and  *  where  sin  hath  abounded,  grace 
more  abounds,'  Kom.  v.  20  ;  when  a  man  hears  this  still  sweet  voice  of  the 
gospel,  he  begins  then  to  take  comfort  to  himself,  then  he  goes  to  God 
freely.  Now  all  in  this  state  of  freedom,  take  them  at  the  worst,  they  have 
boldness  to  go  to  God.  David  in  his  extremity,  he  runs  to  God.  David 
trusted  in  the  Lord  his  God.  When  he  was  at  his  wits'  end,  what  doth 
Saul  in  his  extremity  ?  He  runs  to  his  sword's  point.  Judges  ix.  54,  seq. 
Take  a  man  under  nature,  or  under  the  law,  in  extremity,  the  greater  wit 
he  hath,  the  more  he  entangleth  himself.  His  wit  serves  to  entangle  him, 
to  weave  a  web  of  his  own  despair.  But  take  a  gracious  man,  that  is 
acquainted  with  God  in  Christ,  in  such  a  man  there  is  a  hberty  to  go  to 
God  at  the  lowest ;  for  he  hath  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  him.  What  did  the 
Spirit  in  Christ  himself  direct  him  to  do  at  the  lowest  ?  '  0  my  God,  my 
God,'  Mark  xv.  34.  In  the  deepest  desertion,  yet  '  my  God.'  There  was 
a  liberty  to  go  to  God.  So  take  a  Christian  that  hath  the  same  Spirit  in 
him,  as  indeed  he  hath,  '  My  God'  still.  He  owns  God  and  knows  him  in 
all  extremity. 

Many  are  discovered  hence  to  have  no  Spirit  of  God  in  them.  In 
trouble  whither  go  they  ?  To  their  purse,  to  their  friends,  to  anything. 
They  labour  to  overcome  theu'  troubles  one  way  or  other,  by  physic  and 
the  like,  but  never  to  go  with  boldness  and  comfort,  and  a  kind  of  fami- 
liarity to  God.  They  have  no  famiHarity  with  God.  Therefore  they  have 
not  a  Spirit  of  liberty. 

[4.]  Again,  where  this  Spirit  of  liberty  is,  as  there  is  a  freedom  to  go  to 
God,  so  in  reyard  of  the  creature  and  the  things  here  below,  there  is  a  freedom 
from  popular,  vulgar  conceits,  from  the  errors  of  the  times  and  the  slavish 
courses  of  the  times. 

There  are  alway  two  sorts  of  wicked  persons  in  the  world. 

(1.)  The  one  ivho  accounts  it  their  heaven,  and  happiness,  to  domineer  over 
others ;  to  bring  them  into  subjection,  and  to  rule  over  their  consciences  if 
they  can,  and  sell  all  to  please  them,  conscience  and  all. 

(2.)  Another  sort  again,  so  they  may  gain,  they  will  sell  their  liberty,  their 
reason  and  all :  if  it  be  but  for  a  poor  thing,  so  they  may  get  anything  that 
they  value  in  the  world,  to  make  them  beasts,  as  if  they  had  no  reasonable 
understanding  souls,  much  less  grace.  Between  those  two,  some  domineer- 
ing and  others  beastly  serving,  a  few  that  go  upon  terms  of  Christianity,  are 
of  sound  judgment.  Now  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  liberty,  that 
is,  a  freedom  not  to  enthral  our  judgments  to  any  man,  much  less  con- 
science. The  judgment  of  man  enlightened  by  reason  is  above  any  creature ; 
for  reason  is  a  beam  of  God,  and  all  the  persons  in  the  world  ought  not  to 
think  to  have  power  over  a  man,  to  say  anything  against  his  knowledge.* 
It  is  to  say  against  God,  if  it  be  but  in  civil  matters,  be  it  what  it  will. 
Judgment  is  the  spark  of  God.  Nature  is  but  God's  candle.  It  is  a  light 
of  the  same  light  that  grace  is  of,  but  inferior.  For  a  man  to  speak  against 
his  conscience  to  please  men,  where  is  hberty  !  For  a  man  to  enthral  his 
conscience  to  please  another  man  !  No  man  that  hath  the  spirit  of  a  man 
will  be  so  Pharisaical,  to  say  as  another  man  saith,  and  to  judge  as  another 
man  judgeth,  and  to  do  all  as  another  man  doth,  without  seeing  some 

*  That  is,  power  to  make  a  man  say  anything  that  he  knows  to  be  untrue. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


235 


reason  himself ;  going  upon  the  principles  of  a  man  himself.  It  is  true  of 
a  man  as  a  man,  unless  he  -will  unman  himself.  It  is  much  more  true  of  a 
Christian  man.  He  will  not  for  base  fears  and  engagements  enthral  his  con- 
science, and  sell  heaven  and  happiness  and  his  comfort  for  this  and  that  ; 
and  those  that  do  it,  though  they  talk  of  liberty,  they  are  slaves  ;  though  they 
domineer  in  the  world,  the  curse  of  Cain-  is  upon  them,  they  are  slaves  of 
slaves. 

Therefore,  where  the  Spirit  of  Christ  is,  there  is  an  independent  liberty. 
A  man  is  independent  upon  any  other  man,  further  than  he  sees  it  agrees 
with  the  rules  of  religion  ;  and  he  is  dependent  only  upon  God,  and  upon 
divine  principles  and  grounds.  The  apostle  saith,  '  The  spiritual  man 
judgeth  all  things,  and  is  judged  of  none,'  1  Cor.  ii.  15.  So  far  as  a  man 
is  '  led  with  the  Spirit,'  Rom.  viii.  14,  he  discerns  things  in  the  light  of 
the  Spirit,  He  judgeth  all  things  to  he  as  they  are,  in  the  hght  of  the 
Spirit,  and  is  judged  of  none.  His  meaning  is  not,  that  none  will  usurp 
judgment  of  him,  for  that  they  will  do.  The  emptiest  men  are  most  rash 
and  censorious  ;  but  he  is  judged  of  none  aright.  It  is  a  fool's  bolt.  But 
the  spiritual  man  indeed  passeth  a  right  verdict  upon  persons  and  things, 
as  far  as  he  is  spiritual.  And  that  is  the  reason  that  carnal  men  especially 
hate  spiritual  men  above  all  things.  They  hate  men  that  have  a  natural 
conscience,  that  judge  according  to  the  light  of  reason,  for  that  is  above  any 
creature.  When  a  man  will  not  say  white  is  black,  that  good  is  evil,  to 
please  any  man  in  the  world,  a  man  that  hath  a  natural  conscience  will  not 
do  this.  And  this  is  very  distasteful.  Where  men  idolise  themselves  they 
love  not  such,  but  such  as  are  slaves  to  them.  But  much  more,  when  a 
man  is  spiritual,  he  judgeth  all  things  and  censureth  them  and  their  courses  ; 
for  he  is  above  all,  and  seeth  all  beneath  him.  Therefore  the  greatest  men 
in  the  world  are  holy  men.  They  are  above  all  other  men,  and  without 
usurpation,  they  pass  a  censure  upon  the  course  and  state  of  other  men, 
though  they  be  never  so  great.  Howsoever  the  image  of  God  is  upon  them, 
in  regard  of  their  authority  and  the  like,  yet  in  their  dispositions  they  are 
base,  and  slaves  to  their  corruptions  and  to  Satan.  They  are  not  out  of 
the  base  rank  of  nature.  Now  a  man  that  is  a  child  of  God,  he  is  taken 
into  a  better  condition,  and  hath  a  spiritual  liberty  in  him.  '  He  judgeth 
all  things  and  is  judged  of  none.'  They  may  call  him  this  and  that  ;  it  is 
but  malice,  and  a  spice  of  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost ;  but  their  heaits 
tell  them  he  is  otherwise.  He  shall  judge  them  ere  long,  for  '  the  saints 
shall  judge  the  world. 'f  Therefore  Christians  should  know,  and  take  notice 
of  their  excellency.  '  Where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  liberty'  to  judge 
all  things  as  far  as  they  come  within  their  reach  and  calling,  to  judge  aright 
of  all  things.  Therefore  we  should  know  how  to  maintain  the  credit  of  a 
Christian,  that  is,  to  maintain  a  liberty  independent  upon  all  but  God  ;  and 
other  things  with  reservation,  as  far  as  they  agree  with  conscience  and 
religion.  Thus  we  see  how  we  may  judge  of  this  liberty.  '  Where  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  is,  there  is  liberty.' 

He  doth  not  say  licentiousness  to  shake  off  all  government ;  for  by  too 
much  Ucentiousness  all  liberty  is  lost ;  but  '  where  the  Sjnrit  of  God  is, 
there  is  liberty.'  For  a  true  Christian  is  the  greatest  servant  and  the 
greatest  freeman  in  the  world  ;  for  he  hath  a  spirit  that  will  yield  to  none. 
In  things  spiritual  he  reserves  a  liberty  for  his  judgment,  yet  for  outward 
conformity  of  hfe  and  conversation  he  is  a  servant  to  all,  to  do  them  good. 
Love  makes  him  a  servant.  Christ  was  the  greatest  servant  that  ever  was. 
*  Qu  Ham?  Gen.  ix.  25.— G.  t  Cf.  1  Cor,  vi.  3  ;  Mat.  xis.  28.— G. 


236  EXCELLEXCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

He  was  both  the  servant  of  God  and  our  servant.  And  there  is  none  so 
free.  The  greater  portion  of  the  Spirit,  the  more  inward  and  spiritual 
freedom  ;  and  the  more  freedom,  the  more  disposition  to  serve  one  another 
in  love,  and  to  do  all  things  that  a  man  should  do  outwardly,  all  things 
that  are  lawful.  We  must  take  heed  of  that,  mistake  not  this  spiritual 
liberty.  It  stands  with  conformity  to  all  good  lav/s  and  all  good  orders, 
and  there  is  a  great  mistake  of  carnal  men  for  want  of  this.  They  think 
it  liberty  to  do  as  men  list.*  It  is  true,  if  a  man  have  a  strong  and  a  holy 
understanding,  to  be  a  good  leader  to  it,  but  it  is  the  greatest  bondage  in 
the  world,  to  have  most  freedom  in  ill.  As  I  said  before,  those  that  are 
most  free  in  ill  are  most  slaves  of  all ;  for  their  corruptions  will  not  suffer 
them  to  hear  good  things,  to  be  where  good  things  are  spoken,  to  accompany 
with  those  that  are  good,  their  corruptions  hath  them  in  so  narrow  a 
custody.  Some  kind  of  men,  their  corruptions  are  so  malignant  and  binding, 
that  they  will  not  sutler  them  to  be  in  any  opportunity  wherein  their  cor- 
ruptions may  be  restrained  at  all,  but  they  hate  the  very  sight  of  persons 
that  may  restrain  them,  and  all  laws  that  might  restrain  them.  Now  this 
is  the  greatest  slavery  in  the  world,  for  a  man  to  have  no  acquaintance 
with  that  that  is  contrary  to  his  corrupt  disposition. 

Well,  '  new  lords  new  laws,'  as  soon  as  ever  a  man  is  in  Christ  and  hath 
Christ's  Spirit,  he  hath  another  law  in  his  soul  to  rule  him  contrary  to  that 
that  there  was  before.  Before  he  was  ruled  by  the  law  of  his  lusts,  that 
carried  him  whither  he  would  ;  but  now  in  Christ  he  hath  a  new  Lord  and 
a  new  law,  and  that  rules  him  according  to  the  regiment  f  of  the  Spirit,  '  The 
law  of  the  Spirit  of  life  in  Christ  hath  freed  me  from  the  law  of  sin  and  of 
death,'  Rom.  viii.  2. 

Use  4.  Again,  seeing  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is  this  sweet  and 
glorious  liberty,  let  us  take  heed  by  all  means  that  ice  do  not  grieve  the  Spint. 
When  we  find  the  Holy  Ghost  in  the  use  of  any  good  means  to  touch  upon 
our  souls.  Oh  give  him  entrance  and  way  to  come  into  his  own  chamber, 
as  it  were  to  provide  a  room  for  himself ;  as  Cyprian  saith,  Consecra  habi- 
taculum,  dv.,  enter  into  thy  bedchamber ;  consecrate  a  habitation  for 
thyself  fcj.  So  let  us  give  him  way  to  come  into  our  souls  when  he 
knocks  by  his  motions.  We  that  live  in  the  church,  there  is  none  of  us 
all  but  our  hearts  tell  us  that  we  have  often  resisted  the  Holy  Ghost.  We 
might  have  been  saved  if  we  had  not  been  rebellious  and  opposite.  Grieve 
not  the  Spirit  by  any  means. 

Quest.  How  is  the  Spirit  grieved  ? 

Ans.  Especially  these  two  or  three  ways. 

(1.)  The  Spirit  being  a  Spirit  of  holiness,  is  grieved  ivith  unclean 
courses,  with  unclean  motions  and  words  and  actions.  He  is  called  the  Holy 
Spirit,  and  he  stirs  up  in  the  soul  holy  motions  like  himself.  He  breathes 
into  us  hoty  motions,  and  he  breathes  out  of  us  good  and  holy  and  savoury 
words,  and  stirs  us  up  to  holy  actions.  Now  when  we  give  liberty  to  our 
mouths  to  speak  rottenly,  to  swear — I  am  ashamed  almost  to  name  that 
word — when  we  give  liberty  to  such  filthiness,  is  not  this  a  grieving  of  the 
Spirit,  if  we  have  the  Spirit  at  all  ?  If  we  have  not  a  care  to  grieve  our- 
selves, do  we  not  grieve  all  about  us  ?  Therefore  take  heed  of  all  filthy 
unholy  words,  thoughts,  or  carriages.     It  grieves  the  Spirit. 

(2.)  Then  the  Spirit  is  a  Spirit  of  love,  take  heed  of  canker  and  malice. 
We  grieve  the  Spirit  of  God  by  cherishing  canker  and  malice  one  against 
another.  It  drives  away  the  sweet  spirit  of  love.  Therefore  make  con- 
*  That  is,  '  choose.' — G.  t  That  is,  '  goTernment.' — G. 


ABO'V'E  THE  LAW.  237 

science  of  grieving  the  Spirit.  He  will  not  rest  in  a  malicious  heart  who 
is  the  Spirit  of  love. 

(3.)  Again,  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  wheresoever  it  is,  it  is  joined  with  a 
spirit  of  humility.  '  God  gives  grace  to  the  humble,'  James  iv.  6.  It 
empties  the  soul  that  it  may  fill  it.  It  empties  it  of  what  is  in  it,  of  windy 
vanity,  and  fills  it  with  itself.  Therefore  those  that  are  filled  with  vain, 
high,  proud  conceits,  they  grieve  and  keep  out  the  good  Spirit  of 
God  ;  for  we  should  empty  om-  souls  that  the  Spirit  of  God  may  have  a 
large  dwelling  there,  or  else  we  grieve  the  Spirit. 

(4.)  In  a  word,  any  sin  ayainst  conscience  grieves  the  Spirit  of  God,  and 
hinders  spiritual  liberty,  because  '  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is,  there  is 
liberty.'  Would  we  preserve  liberty,  we  must  preserve  the  Spirit.  If  we 
sin  against  conscience,  we  hinder  liberty  every  way.  We  hinder  our  liberty 
to  good  duties.  When  a  man  sins  against  conscience  he  is  dead  to  good 
actions.  Conscience  tells  him.  Why  do  you  go  about  it,  you  have  done 
this  and  that  ?  He  is  shackled  in  his  performances  ;  he  cannot  go  so 
naturally  to  prayer  and  to  hearing.     Conscience  lays  a  clog  upon  him. J 

[1.]  He  is  shackled,  in  prayer  especially ;  he  hath  not  liberty  to  the  throne 
of  grace.  How  dares  he  look  to  heaven,  when  he  bath  grieved  the  Spirit 
of  God,  and  broken  the  peace  of  his  conscience  ?  What  communion  hath 
he  with  God  ?  So  it  hinders  peace  with  God.  A  man  cannot  look 
Christ  in  the  face.  As  a  man,  when  he  hath  wronged  another  man,  he  is 
ashamed  to  look  on  him,  so  the  soul  when  it  hath  run  into  sins  against 
conscience,  it  is  ashamed  to  look  on  Christ,  and  to  go  to  God  again.  There- 
fore any  sin  against  conscience  grieves  the  Spirit,  and  hinders  all  sweet 
liberty  that  was  before.     It  takes  away  the  degree  of  it. 

[2.]  It  hinders  boldness  ivith  men,  for  what  makes  a  man  courageous  in  his 
dealings  with  men  ?  A  clear  conscience.  Let  it  be  the  stoutest  man  in  the 
world,  let  him  maintain  any  lust  against  conscience,  it  will  make  him  so  far  a 
slave ;  for  when  it  comes  to  the  crossing  of  that  lust  once,  then  you  shall  see  he 
will  even  betray  all  his  former  stoutness  and  strength.  If  a  man  be  covet- 
ous and  ambitious,  he  may  be  stout  for  a  time,  but  when  he  comes  to  be 
crossed  it  will  take  away  all  liberty  that  a  man  hath,  to  cherish  any  sin. 

In  a  word,  to  preserve  this  liberty,  let  us  go  to  Christ,  from  whom  we 
have  this  liberty  ;  complain  to  him.  When  we  find  any  corruption  stirring, 
go  to  the  Lord  in  the  words  of  St  Austin,  and  say,  '  Now,  Lord,  free  me  from 
my  necessities.'*  I  cannot  serve  thee  as  I  should  do,  nor  as  I  would  do.  ,1 
am  enthralled  to  sin,  but  I  would  do  better.  I  cannot  do  so  well  as  I 
would  ;  free  me  from  my  necessities.  Complain  of  our  corruptions  to  God. 
As  the  woman  in  the  law,  when  she  complained  if  she  were  assaulted,  she 
saved  her  life  by  complaining,  Deut.  xxii.  25-27,  so  let  us  complain  to 
Christ  if  we  find  violence  offered  to  us  by  our  corruptions.  I  cannot  by  my 
own  strength  set  myself  at  liberty  from  this  corruption.  Lord,  give  me  thy 
Spirit  to  do  it.  Set  me  more  and  more  at  liberty  from  my  former  bondage, 
and  from  this  that  hath  enthralled  me.  So  complain  to  Christ,  and  desire 
him  to  do  his  office.  Lord,  thy  office  is  '  to  dissolve  the  works  of  the 
devil,'  1  John  iii.  8.  And  go  to  the  Spirit.  It  is  the  office  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  to  free  us,  to  be  a  Spirit  of  liberty.  Now  desire  Christ  and  the 
Holy  Ghost  to  do  their  office  of  setting  us  at  spiritual  liberty.  And  this 
we  must  do  in  the  use  of  means  and  avoiding  of  occasions,  and  then  it  will 
be  efficacious  to  preserve  that  spiritual  liberty  as  will  tell  our  consciences  that 
we  are  no  hypocrites ;  and  that  will  end  in  a  glorious  liberty  in  the  life  to  come. 

*  Cf.  Note  a— G. 


238  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

And  let  this  be  a  comfort  to  all  poor  struggling  and  striving  Christians 
that  are  not  yet  set  at  perfect  liberty  from  their  lusts  and  corruptions  ;  that 
it  is  the  office  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ  as  the  King  of  the  church  ;  it  is  his 
office  by  his  Spirit  to  purge  the  church  perfectly,  to  make  it  a  glorious 
spouse.  At  last  he  will  do  his  own  office.  And  besides  this  liberty  of  grace 
joined  with  conflict  in  this  world,  there  is  another  liberty  of  glory,  when 
I  shall  be  freed  from  all  oppositions  without,  and  from  all  conflict  and 
corruption  within.  It  is  called  '  the  liberty  of  the  sons  of  God,'  Rom. 
viii.  21,  and  those  that  look  not  more  and  more  for  the  gracious  liberty  to 
be  free  from  passions  and  corruptions  here,  they  must  not  look  for  the 
glorious  liberty  in  heaven.  But  those  that  live  a  conflicting  life,  and  pray 
to  Christ  more  and  more  for  the  Spirit  of  liberty  to  set  up  a  liberty  in  us, 
these  may  look  for  the  liberty  of  the  Son  of  God,  that  will  be  ere  long, 
when  we  shall  be  out  of  reach,  and  free  from  corruption ;  when  the  Spirit 
of  God  shall  be  all  in  all.  Now  our  lusts  will  not  sufier  the  Spirit  to  be 
all  in  all,  but  in  heaven  he  shall  ;  there  shall  be  nothing  to  rise  against 
him.  This  that  hath  been  spoken  shall  suffice  for  that  17th  verse,  '  The 
Lord  is  the  Spirit,  and  where  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  there  is  liberty.' 
I  proceed  to  the  next  verse,  which  I  pui-pose  to  dwell  more  on. 

Verse  18.  '  But  we  all,  as  in  a  glass,  with  open  face  behold  the  glory  of  the 
Lord,  and  are  changed  into  the  same  image,  from  glory  to  glory,  as  by  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord.' 

As  the  sun  riseth  by  degrees  till  he  come  to  shine  in  glory,  so  it  was 
with  the  Sun  of  righteousness.  He  discovered  himself  in  the  church  by 
little  and  little.  The  latter  times  now  are  more  glorious  than  the  former ; 
and  because  comparisons  give  lustre,  the  blessed  apostle,  to  set  forth  the 
excellency  of  the  administration  of  the  covenant  of  grace  under  the  gospel, 
he  compares  it  with  the  administration  of  the  same  covenant  in  the  time  of 
the  law ;  and  in  the  comparison  prefers  that  administration  under  the 
gospel  as  more  excellent.  Now  besides  other  difl"erences  in  the  chapter,  he 
insists  upon  three  especially. 

They  difi'er  in  generality,  evidence,  efficacy. 

(1.)  First,  in  regard^of  the  generality,  '  We  all  now  with  open  face,'  &c. 
Moses  only  beheld  the  glory  of  the  Lord  in  the  mount,  but  '  we  all,'  not  all 
men,  but  all  sound  Christians  that  have  their  eyes  opened  ;  all  sorts  of 
believers,  behold  this  glory.  In  spiritual  things  there  is  no  envy.  Every 
one  may  be  partaker  in  solidum,  entirely  of  all.  Envy  is  in  the  things  of 
this  life,  where  the  more  one  hath  the  less  another  hath.  It  is  a  matter  of 
glory  and  excellency  the  more  are  partakers  of  spiritual  things.  The  Jews 
rejoiced  that  the  Gentiles  should  be  called,  and  we  now  rejoice  in  hope, 
and  should  rejoice  marvellously  if  we  could  see  it  efi"ected,  that  the  Jews 
should  be  taken  in  again ;  the  more  the  better ;  '  we  all.' 

(2.)  And  then  for  evidence.  '  We  behold  with  open  face,^  that  is,  with 
freedom  and  boldness,  which  was  not  in  the  time  of  the  law.  For  they 
were  afraid  to  look  upon  Moses  when  he  came  down  from  the  mount,  his 
countenance  was  so  majestical  and  terrible.  But  *  we  all  with  open  face,' 
freely,  boldly,  and  cheerfully,  look  upon  the  glory  of  God  in  the  gospel. 
The  light  of  the  gospel  is  an  alluring  comforting  light ;  the  light  of  the  law 
was  dazzling  and  terrifying. 

'  As  in  a  glass.'  They  beheld  God  in  a  glass,  but  it  was  not  so  clear  a 
glass.  They  beheld  him  as  it  were  in  the  water,  we  behold  him  in  crystal. 
We  see  God  in  the  glass  of  the  word  and  sacraments,  but  they  in  a 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  239 

world  of  ceremonies.     Christ  was  to  them  swaddled  and  wrapped  up  in  a 
great  many  types. 

(3.)  And  then  for  the  power  and  efficacy,  the  gospel  is  beyond  the  law. 
The  law  had  not  power  to  convert,  to  change  into  its  own  likeness ;  but 
now  the  gospel,  which  is  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit,  it  hath  a  transforming 
changing  power,  into  the  likeness  of  Christ  whom  it  preacheth.  '  We  are 
changed  from  glory  to  glory,'  It  is  a  gradual  change,  not  all  at  once,  but 
from  glory  to  glory,  from  one  degree  of  gi'ace  to  another ;  for  gi-ace  is  here 
called  glory.  We  are  changed  from  the  state  of  grace  till  we*  come  to 
heaven,  the  state  of  glory. 

And  then  the  cause  of  all.  It  is  '  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.'  The  Spirit 
runs  through  all.  It  is  '  hj  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord '  that  we  behold.  It  is 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  that  takes  away  the  veil.  It  is  by  the  Spirit  that 
we  are  changed  from  glory  to  glory. 

Thus  you  see  how  many  ways  the  administration  of  the  covenant  of  grace 
now  is  more  excellent  than  the  administration  of  the  covenant  of  grace 
was  then.     In  a  word  it  hath  four  excellencies  especially,  as. 

First,  Liberty  and  freedom  from  the  bondage  of  ceremonies  and  of  the 
law.  In  a  great  part  they  had  little  gospel  and  a  great  deal  of  law  mingled 
with  it.  We  have  much  gospel  and  little  law.  We  have  more  freedom 
and  liberty. 

Second,  And  thereupon  we  have  more  clearness.  We  see  Christ  more 
clearly.     '  With  open  face  we  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord.' 

Third.  And  thirdly,  there  is  more  intension  of  grace.  The  Spirit  works 
more  strongly  now,  even  to  a  change.  The  ministry  of  the  gospel  hath 
the  Spirit  with  it,  whereby  we  are  changed  from  the  heart-root  inwardly 
and  thoroughly. 

Fourth,  And  lastly,  in  the  extension.  It  is  more  large.  '  We  aU,' 
Gentiles  as  well  as  Jews,  '  behold,'  &c. 

Hence,  let  us  seriously  and  fruitfully  consider  in  what  excellent  times 
the  Lord  hath  cast  us,  that  we)  may  answer  it  with  thankfulness  and 
obedience.  God  hath  reserved  us  to  these  glorious  times,  better  than  ever 
our  forefathers  saw.f 

There  are  three  main  parts  of  the  text :  Our  communion  and  feUou-ship 
with  God  in  Christ.  '  We  all  now  in  a  glass  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord.' 
And  then, 

Our  conformity  thereupon.  By  beholding  we  are  changed  into  the  same 
image. 

The  third  is  the  cause  of  both ;  the  cause  why  we  '  behold  the  glory  of 
God,'  and  why  by  beholding  '  we  are  changed  from  glory  to  glory;'  it  is 
*  the  Spirit  of  God.' 

This  text  hath  many  themes  of  glory.  All  is  glorious  in  it.  There  is 
the  glorious  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  who  is  the  Lord  of  glory,  the  gospel 
in  which  we  see  the  grace  of  God  and  of  Christ ;  '  The  glorious  gospel,' 
1  Tim.  i.  11,  the  change  by  which  we  are  changed,  a  glorious  change  *  from 
glory  to  glory,'  and  by  a  glorious  power,  by  *  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,'  all 
here  is  glorious.  Therefore  blessed  be  God,  and  blessed  be  Christ,  and 
blessed  be  the  Spirit,  and  blessed  be  the  gospel,  and  we  blessed  that  live 
in  these  blessed  and  glorious  times  !     But  to  come  to  the  words. 

*  But  we  all  as  in  a  glass,'  &c. 
^    The  happiness  of  man  consists  especially  in  two  things  : 

*  Misprinted  '  he.'— G. 

t  Cf.  Introduction  to  Sibbes's  Will,  Vol.  I.  page  cxxvii. — G. 


240  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

In  communion  with  God,  in  conformity  to  God. 

The  means  how  to  attain  them  both  are  laid  down  in  this  verse. 

I  shall  speak  of  them  in  order.  First,  of  our  communion  idth  the  chief 
good  ;  and  then  of  the  confonnity  wrouffht  iqjon  that  communion. 

And  in  the  communion,  j'rrst  of  God's  discoverincj  of  himself  hy  his  Spirit. 

And  then  of  our  apprehension  of  him  hy  beholdiny. 

'  We  all  with  open  face  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord,'  &c. 

In  the  glass  of  the  gospel  we  see  Christ,  and  in  Christ  the  glory  of  God 
shining,  especially  of  his  mercy. 

The  point  then  here  is,  that, 

Doct.  The  grace  and  free  mercy  of  God  is  his  glory.  Now  in  our  fallen 
estate  the  glory  of  God  is  especially  his  mercy  shining  in  Jesus  Christ. 

What  is  glory  ? 

Glory  implieth  these  things. 

[1.]  First,  Excellency.     Nothing  is  glorious  but  that  that  is  excellent. 

[2.]  Secondly,  Evidence  and  manifestation  ;  for  nothing  is  glorious,  though 
it  be  excellent,  if  it  appear  not  so.  Therefore  light  is  said  to  be  glorious, 
because  the  rays  of  it  appear  and  run  into  the  eyes  of  all  as  it  were.  And 
therefore  we  call  things  that  are  glorious  by  the  name  of  light,  iUnstrissimus 
and  clarissimus,  terms  taken  from  light,  (fZ)  because  where  glory  is  there 
must  be  manifestation.  Thus  light,  it  is  a  creature  of  God  that  manifests 
itself  and  other  things. 

[3.]  Thirdly,  Victoriousness.  In  glory  there  is  such  a  degree  of  excel- 
lency as  is  victorious,  and  convincing  that  it  is  so  indeed  ;  conquering  the 
contrary  that  opposeth  it.  Light  causeth  darkness  to  vanish  presently. 
When  the  sun  which  is  a  glorious  creature  appears,  where  are  the  stars  ? 
And  where  are  meaner  men  in  the  appearance  of  a  glorious  prince  ?  They 
are  hid.     The  meaner  things  are  shadowed  by  glory. 

[4.]  Again,  usually  glory  hath  with  it  the  suffrage  and  app)rohation  of 
others,  or  else  it  hath  not  its  right  end ;  that  is.  Why  doth  God  create  such 
glory  in  nature  as  light,  and  such  like,  but  that  men  may  behold  the  light  ? 
and  why  are  kings  and  great  men  glorious  at  certain  times,  but  that  there 
be  beholders  ?     If  there  were  no  beholders  there  would  be  no  glory. 

Now  to  apply  this  to  the  point  in  hand.  '  The  glory  of  the  Lord ;'  that 
is,  his  attributes,  especially  that  of  grace,  mercy,  and  love  in  Christ.  That 
especially  is  his  excellency. 

And  there  is  an  evidence  and  manifestation  of  it.  It  appears  to  us  in 
Christ,  '  The  grace  of  God  had  appeared,'  Titus  ii.  11.  Christ  is  called 
grace.  He  is  the  grace  of  God  invested  and  clothed  with  man's  nature. 
When  Christ  appeared,  the  grace  and  mercy  and  love  of  God  appeared. 

Then  again  it  is  victorious,  shining  to  victory  over  all  that  is  contrary. 
For,  alas  !  beloved,  what  would  become  of  us  if  there  were  not  grace 
above  sin,  and  mercy  above  misery,  and  power  in  Christ  Jesus  above  all 
the  power  in  Satan  and  death ! 

And  then  they  have  a  testimony  of  all  that  belong  to  God ;  for  they  have 
their  eyes  opened  to  behold  this  glory,  and  by  beholding  are  transformed 
from  glory  to  glory,  as  we  shall  see  after. 

So  that  whatsoever  may  be  said  of  glory  may  be  said  of  this  glory,  whence 
aU  other  glory  indeed  is  derived. 

'  The  glory  of  the  Lord.' 

By  the  glory  of  the  Lord  then  is  meant  especially  the  glory  of  his  mercy 
and  love  in  Jesus  Christ. 

The  several  attributes  of  God  shine  upon  several  occasions:     They  have 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  241 

as  it  were  several  theatres  whereon  to  discover  their  glory.  In  creation 
there  was  power  most  of  all.  In  governing  the  world,  wise  providence. 
In  hell,  justice  in  punishing  sinners.  But  now  to  man  in  a  laj^sed  estate, 
what  attribute  shines  most,  and  is  most  glorious  ?  Oh  it  is  mercy  and  free 
grace.  If  grace  and  mercy  were  hid,  our  state  being  as  it  is  since  the  fall, 
what  were  all  other  attributes  but  matter  of  terror  ?  To  think  of  the  wis- 
dom, and  power,  and  justice  of  God  would  add  aggravations.  He  is  the 
more  wise  and  powerful  to  take  revenge  on  us,  &c.  Grace  is  the  glorious 
attribute  whereby  God  doth  as  it  were  set  himself  to  triumph  over  the 
greatest  ill  that  can  be,  over  sin.  That  that  is  worse  than  the  devil  himself 
cannot  prevail  over  his  grace.  There  is  a  greater  height  and  depth  and 
breadth ;  there  are  greater  dimensions  in  love  and  mercy  in  Christ  than 
there  is  in  our  sins  and  miseries ;  and  all  this  is  gloriously  discovered  in 
the  gospel. 

Do  you  wonder  then  why  the  grace  of  God  hath  found  such  enemies  as 
it  hath  done  alway,  especially  in  popery,  where  they  mingle  their  works 
with  grace  ?  For  the  opposite  heart  of  man  being  in  a  frame  of  enmity  to 
God,  sets  itself  most  against  that  that  God  will  be  glorified  in.  Therefore 
we  should  labour  to  vindicate  nothing  so  much  as  grace.  We  have  a  dan- 
gerous encroaching  sect  risen  up,  enemies  to  the  grace  of  God,  that  palliate 
and  cover  their  plot  cunningly  and  closely,  but  they  set  nature  against 
grace.  Let  us  vindicate  that  upon  all  occasions ;  for  we  live  by  grace, 
and  we  must  die  by  grace,  and  stand  at  the  day  of  judgment  by  grace ;  not 
in  our  own  righteousness,  but  in  the  righteousness  of  Christ,  being  found 
in  him.  But  because  it  is  a  sweet  point,  and  may  serve  us  all  in  stead,  to 
consider  that  God  will  honour  himself  gloriously  in  this  sweet  attribute,  let 
us  see  a  little  how  the  glory  of  God  shines  in  Christ  more  than  otherwise ; 
parallel  it  with  other  things  a  little. 

(1.)  The  glory  of  God  ivas  in  Adam:  for  Adam  had  the  image  of  God 
upon  him,  and  had  communion  and  fellowship  with  God ;  but  there  is 
greater  glory  now  shining  in  the  gospel,  in  Jesus  Christ,  to  poor  sinners. 
For  when  man  stood  in  innocency,  God  did  good  to  a  good  man,  and  God 
was  amiable  and  friendly  to  a  friend.  Adam  was  the  friend  of  God  then. 
Now  to  do  good  to  him  that  is  good,  and  to  maintain  sweet  communion 
with  a  friend,  this  is  good  indeed,  and  it  was  a  great  glory  of  God's  mercy 
that  he  would  raise  such  a  creature  as  man  hereto.  But  now  in  Jesus 
Christ  there  is  a  further  glory  of  mercy ;  for  here  God  doth  good  to  ill 
men,  and  the  goodness  of  God  is  victorious  and  triumphant  over  the  greatest 
misery  and  the  greatest  ill  of  man.  Now  in  the  gospel  God  doth  good  to 
his  greatest  enemies  herein,  as  it  is  Eom.  v.  10.  God  set  forth  and  com- 
mended gloriously  his  love,  that  '  when  we  were  enemies,  he  gave  his  Son 
for  us.  Therefore  here  is  greater  glory  of  mercy  and  love  shining  forth  to 
fallen  man  in  Christ  than  to  Adam  in  innocency. 

(2.)  The  ylory  of  God  shines  in  the  heavens.  '  The  heavens  declare  the 
glory  of  God,  and  the  firmament  sheweth  his  handiwork,'  Ps.  xix.  1. 
Eveiy  creature  hath  a  beam  of  God's  glory  in  it.  The  whole  world  is  a 
theatre  of  the  glory  of  God.  But  what  is  the  glory  of  creation,  of  preser- 
vation, and  governing  of  the  world,  to  the  glory  of  his  mercy  and  compassion 
that  shines  in  Christ  ?  The  glory  of  the  creature  is  nothing  to  this ;  for 
all  the  creatures  were  made  of  nothing ;  but  here  the  glory  of  mercy  is  such 
in  Christ  that  God  became  a  creature  himself. 

(3.)  Nay,  to  go  higher,  to  the  angels  themselves.     It  is  not  philangelia,  but 

VOL. IV.  Q 


24.2  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

philanthwpia  that  outshines  all.*  God  is  not  called  the  lover  of  angels. 
He  took  not  upon  him  the  nature  of  angels,  but  the  nature  of  man ;  and 
man  is  the  spouse  of  Christ,  the  member  of  Christ.  Angels  are  not  so. 
They  are  but  ministering  spirits  for  the  good  of  them  that  shall  be  saved. 
Christ,  as  it  is  Eph.  i.  21,  when  he  rose  again,  he  was  '  advanced  above  all 
principalities  and  powers,'  therefore  above  the  angelical  nature.  Now 
Christ  and  the  church  are  all  one.  They  make  but  one  mystical  body. 
The  church  is  the  queen,  and  Christ  is  the  king.  Therefore  Christ  mys- 
tical, the  church,  is  above  all  angelical  nature  whatsoever.  The  angels  are 
not  the  queen  and  spouse  of  Christ.  So  the  glory  of  God's  goodness  is 
more  to  man,  to  sinful  man,  after  he  believes  and  is  made  one  with  Christ, 
than  to  any  creature  whatsoever.  Thus  God  hath  dignified  and  advanced 
our  nature  in  Jesus  Christ.  Comparisons  give  lustre.  Therefore  this 
shews  plainly  unto  us  Christians  that  the  glory  of  the  mercy  and  love  and 
kindness  of  God  to  man  in  Christ  shines  more  than  his  glory  and  mercy 
and  kindness  to  all  the  creatures  in  the  world  besides.  Therefore  here  is 
a  glory  with  an  excellency. 

On  the  other  side,  nothing  more  terrible  than  to  consider  of  God.  Out 
of  Christ,  what  is  he  but  a  *  consuming  fire'?  Heb.  xii.  29.  But  to  con- 
sider of  his  mercy,  his  glorious  mercy  in  Jesus  Christ,  nothing  is  more 
sweet.  For  in  Jesus  Christ  God  hath  taken  upon  him  that  sweet  relation 
of  a  Father ;  '  The  Father  of  mercy,  and  God  of  all  comfort,'  2  Cor.  i.  3. 
So  that  the  nature  of  God  is  lovely  in  Christ,  and  our  nature  in  Christ  is 
lovely  to  him.  And  this  made  the  angels,  who,  though  they  have  not 
increase  of  grace  hj  Christ,  yet  having  increase  of  comfort  and  glory,  when 
Christ  was  born,  to  sing  from  heaven  '  Glory  to  God  on  high,'  &c.,  Luke 
ii.  14.  What  glory  ?  Why,  the  glory  of  his  mercy,  of  his  love,  of  his 
grace  to  sinful  men.  Indeed,  there  is  a  glory  of  wisdom  to  reconcile  justice 
and  mercy  together,  and  a  glory  of  truth  to  fulfil  the  promise.  But  that 
that  sets  all  attributes  for  our  salvation  on  work  was  mercy  and  grace. 
Therefore  that  is  the  glory  of  God  especially  here  meant.  For  as  we  say 
in  morality,  that  is  the  greatest  virtue  that  other  virtues  serve,  so  in 
divinity,  that  attribute  which  others  serve  is  the  greatest  of  all.  In  our 
salvation,  wisdom,  yea,  and  justice  itself,  serves  mercy.  For  God  by  his 
wisdom  devised  a  way  to  content  justice,  by  sending  his  Son  to  take  our 
nature,  and  in  that  nature  to  give  satisfaction  to  justice,  that  there  might 
be  a  harmony  among  the  attributes.     To  make  some  use  of  this. 

Use  1.  Doth  God  manifest  his  glory?  I  will  not  speak  at  large  of  glory, 
being  an  endless  argument,  but  confine  it  to  the  glory  of  grace  and  mercy 
in  the  gospel,  which  therefore  is  called  the  glory  of  the  gospel.  I  say,  doth 
God  shew  such  glorious  mercy  in  Christ  ?  Then,  I  beseech  you,  let  us 
justify  God,  and  justify  this  course  that  God  hath  taken  to  glorify  his  tnercy  in 
Jesus  Christ,  hy  emhracing  Christ.  It  is  said  of  the  proud  Pharisees,  '  they 
despised  the  counsel  of  God,'  Luke  vii.  30.  God  hath  poured  out  mercy, 
bowels  of  mercy,  in  Christ  crucified.  Therefore,  in  embracing  Christ,  we 
justify  the  counsel  of  God  concerning  our  salvation. 

Do  but  consider  what  a  loving  God  we  have,  who  would  not  be  so  far  in 

love  with  his  only  Son  as  to  keep  him  to  himself,  when  we  had  need  of 

him  :  a  God  that  accounts  himself  most  glorious  in  those  attributes  that 

'  are  most  for  our  comfort.     He  accounts  not  himself  so  glorious  for  his 

wisdom,  for  his  power,  or  for  his  justice,  as  for  his  mercy  and  grace,  for 

*   That  is,  not  p/Aayy£X/a,  but  (piXa\'&^u-iia. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


243 


his  pMlanthropia,  his  love  of  man.  Shall  not  we  therefore  even  be  inflamed 
with  a  desire  of  gratifying  him,  who  hath  joined  his  glory  with  our  salva- 
tion ?  that  accounts  himself  glorious  in  his  mercy  above  all  other  attributes  ? 
Shall  the  angels,  that  have  not  that  benefit  by  Christ  as  we  have,  shall  they 
in  our  behalf,  out  of  love  to  us  and  zeal  to  God's  glory,  sing  from  heaven, 
'  Glory  to  God  on  high '  ?  and  shall  we  be  so  dead  and  frozen-hearted  that 
reap  the  crop,  as  not  to  acknowledge  this  glory  of  God,  breaking  out  in  the 
gospel,  the  glory  of  his  mercy  and  rich  grace  ?  The  apostle  is  so  full  when 
he  falls  upon  this  theme,  that  he  cannot  speak  without  words  of  amplifica- 
tion and  enlargement;  one  while  he  calls  it  '  rich  grace,'  Eph.  i.  7,  another 
while  he  stands  in  admiration,  '  Oh  the  depth  of  the  love  of  God,'  Kom. 
xi.  33.  What  deserves  admiration  but  glorious  things  ?  The  best  testi- 
mony that  can  be  given  of  glorious  things  is  when  we  admire  them.  Now 
if  we  would  admire,  is  there  anything  so  admirable  that  we  can  say,  Oh  the 
height,  and  depth,  as  we  may  of  the  love  of  God  in  Christ  ?  There  are 
all  the  dimensions  of  unparalleled  glory,  height,  and  breadth,,  and  depth. 
Therefore,  I  beseech  you,  let  us  often  even  stand  in  admiration  of  the  love 
of  God  to  us  in  Christ.  '  So  God  loved  the  world,'  John  iii.  16.  The 
Scripture  leads  to  this  admiration  by  phrases  that  cannot  have  a  podesis*  a 
redition*  back  again.  'So.'  How?  We  cannot  tell  how.  'So'  as  is 
beyond  all  expression.  The  Scripture  itself  is  at  a  stand  for  words.  Oh  base 
nature,  that  we  are  dazzled  with  anything  but  that  we  should  most  admire. 
How  few  of  us  spend  our  thoughts  this  way,  to  consider  God's  wonderful 
and  admirable  mercy  and  grace  in  Christ,  when  yet  there  is  no  object  in 
the  world  so  sweet  and  comfortable  as  this  is,  that  the  very  angels  pry  into  ! 
They  desire  to  pry  into  the  mystery  of  our  salvation  by  Christ.  They  are 
students  therein.  The  cherubins,  they  were  set  upon  the  mercy  seat, 
having  a  counterview,  one  upon  another,  implying  a  kind  of  admiration. 
They  pry  into  the  secrets  of  God's  love  in  governing  his  people,  and  bring- 
ing them  to  heaven.  Shall  they  do  it,  and  shall  not  we  study  and  admire 
these  things,  that  God  may  have  the  glory  ?  God  made  all  for  his  glory, 
beloved ;  and  '  the  wicked  for  the  day  of  wrath,'  as  Solomon  saith,  Prov. 
xvi.  4.  And  hath  he  not  new  made  all  for  his  glory  ?  Is  not  the  new 
creature  more  for  his  glory  than  the  old  creature  ?  Therefore  if  we  will 
make  it  good  that  we  are  new  creatures,  let  us  seek  to  glorify  God  every 
way,  not  in  word  alone,  but  in  heart  admiring  him,  and  in  life  conversing 
with  him. 

And  that  we  may  glorify  God  in  deed,  let  us  glory  in  God's  love ;  for 
we  must  glory  in  this  glory.  Nature,  beloved,  is  glorious  of  itself,  and 
vain-glorious.  But  would  you  glory  without  vanity  ?  Go  out  of  your- 
selves and  see  what  you  are  in  Christ,  in  the  grace  and  mercy  and  free 
love  of  God,  culling  us  out  from  the  rest  of  mankind  ;  and  there  you  may 
glory  safely  over  sin,  and  death,  and  hell.  For  being  justified  freely  from 
our  sins,  you  can  think  of  death,  of  the  damnation  of  others,  of  hell,  with- 
out fear.  '  God  forbid,'  saith  St  Paul,  '  that  I  should  glory  in  anything, 
but  in  the  cross  of  Christ,'  Gal.  vi.  14  ;  that  is,  in  the  mercy  of  God 
appointing  such  a  means  for  satisfaction.  '  Let  not  the  wise  man  glory  in 
his  wisdom,  nor  the  strong  man  glory  in  his  strength,'  &c.,  Jer.  ix.  23. 
There  is  a  danger  in  such  glorying.  It  is  subject  to  a  curse.  But  if  a  man 
will  glory,  let  him  '  glory  in  the  Lord.' 

Use  2.  Again,  if  God  account  his  mercy  and  love  in  Christ,  especially  his 
glory,  shall  we  think  that  God  ivill  admit  of  any  partner  with  Christ  in  the 
*  Qu.  '  apodosis  '  and  '  reddition  '  ? — Ed. 


244  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

matter  of  salvation  ?  If,  as  tlie  psalmist  saitb,  '  be  made  us.  and  not  we 
ourselves,'  Ps.  c.  3,  shall  we  think  that  we  have  a  hand  in  making  our- 
selves again  ?  Will  God  suffer  his  glory  to  be  touched  upon  by  interces- 
sions of  saints'  merits,  and  satisfaction,  and  free  will  ?  Grace  is  not 
glorious  if  we  add  the  least  thing  of  our  own  to  it.  Cannot  we  make  a  hair 
of  our  head,  or  the  grass  that  we  trample  upon,  but  there  must  be  a  glory 
and  power  of  God  in  it  ?  And  can  we  bring  ourselves  to  heaven?  There- 
fore away  with  that  '  Hail,  Mary,  full  of  grace  ! '  *  Hail,  Mary,  freely 
beloved ! '  is  the  right  interpretation  ;  and  they  that  attribute  matter  of 
power  and  grace  and  favour  to  her,  as  in  that  '  Oh  beseech  thy  Son,'  &c., 
they  take  away  that  wherein  God  and  Christ  will  be  glorified,  and  attribute 
it  to  his  mother  and  other  creatures  (e).  I  do  but  touch  this,  to  bring  us 
into  loathing  and  abomination  of  that  religion  that  sets  somewhat  of  the 
creature  against  that  wherein  God  will  be  glorified  above  all. 

Use  3.  Again,  let  us  stay  ourselves,  ivheii  we  ivalk  in  darkness,  ivitJi  the  con- 
sideration of  the  gloriousness  of  God's  mercy  in  Jesus  Christ,  here  called 
*  the  glory  of  the  Lord.'  It  is  no  less  mercy  than  glorious  mercy  that  will 
satisfy  us,  when  we  are  in  distress  of  conscience ;  and  if  this  will  not,  what 
will  ?  Let  Satan  aggravate  our  sins  as  much  as  may  be,  and  join  with 
conscience  in  this  business ;  yet  set  this  glorious  mercy  against  all  our 
sins,  make  the  most  of  them,  they  are  sins  of  a  finite  creature.  But  here 
is  infinite  mercy,  triumphing  and  rejoicing  over  justice,  having  gotten  the 
victory  over  it.  Oh  beloved,  when  the  time  of  temptation  comes,  and  the 
hour  of  death,  and  conflict  with  conscience,  and  a  confluence  and  con- 
currence of  all  that  may  discourage,  Satan  will  bestir  himself;  and  he  is  a 
cunning  rhetorician  to  set  all  the  colours  upon  sin,  especially  in  the  time  of 
despair;  be  as  cunning  to  set  all  colours  upon  mercy,  glorious  mercy.  If 
God  were  glorious  in  all  other  attributes,  and  not  in  mercy,  what  would 
become  of  us  ?  The  glory  of  other  attributes  without  mercy  tends  to 
despair ;  glorious  in  wisdom  to  find  us  out;  glorious  in  justice  to  deal  with 
us  in  rigour.  These  afiiight,  but  that  that  sweeteneth  all  other  attributes 
is  his  mercy. 

What  a  comfort  is  this  to  sinful  man,  that  in  casting  himself  upon  Christ, 
and  upon  God's  mercy  in  Christ,  he  yields  glory  to  God ;  that  God  hath  joined 
his  glory  with  our  special  good ;  that  here  is  a  sweet  concurrence  between 
the  summum  ftnis*  and  the  summmn  homini  of  man!  The  last  end  of  man  of 
all  is  the  glory  of  God ;  for  that  is  as  it  were  the  point  of  the  circle 
from  which  all  came  (for  he  made  all  for  his  glory),  and  in  which  all  ends  ; 
so  is  the  chief  good.  Therefore  by  the  way  it  is  a  vain  conceit  for  some 
to  think,  '  Oh  we  must  not  look  to  our  own  salvation  so  much  ;  this  is 
self-love.' 

It  is  true,  to  sever  the  consideration  of  the  glory  of  God's  mercy  and 
goodness  in  it,  but  see  both  these  wrapped  and  knit  together  indissolvable, 
our  salvation  and  God's  glory.  We  hinder  God's  glory  if  we  believe  not 
his  mercy  in  Christ  to  us.  So  at  once  we  wrong  ourselves  and  him,  and 
we  wrong  him  not  in  a  mean  attribute,  but  in  his  mercy  and  goodness, 
wherein  he  hath  appointed  to  glorify  himself  most  of  all ;  and  therefore,  I 
beseech  you,  let  us  yield  to  him  the  glory  of  his  mercy,  and  let  us  think 
that  when  we  sin  we  cannot  glorify  him  more  than  to  have  recourse  to  his 
mercy.  When  Satan  tempts  us  to  run  fi'om  God,  and  discourageth  us, 
as  he  will  do  at  such  times,  then  have  but  this  in  your  thoughts,  God  hath 
set  himself  to  be  glorious  in  mercy,  above  all  other  attributes.  And  this 
*  Qu.  '  summum  finem ' .?  or  '  summus  finis  '  ? — Ed. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  245 

is  the  first  moving  attribute  that  stirs  up  all  the  rest,  and  therefore  God 
will  account  himself  honoured  if  I  have  recourse  to  him.  Let  this  thought 
therefore  be  as  a  city  of  refuge.  When  the  avenger  of  blood  follows  thee, 
flee  presently  to  this  sanctuary.  Think  thus.  Let  not  me  deny  myself 
comfort  and  Grod  gloiy  at  once :  '  Where  sin  abounds,  grace  abounds 
much  more,'  Rom.  v.  20.  Though  sins  after  conversion  stain  our  profes- 
sion more  than  sins  before  conversion,  yet  notwithstanding  go  to  the 
glorious  mercy  of  God  still,  to  seventy  times  seventy  times,*  there  is  yet 
mercy  for  these. f  We  beseech  you  be  reconciled,  saith  St  Paul  to  the 
Corinthians,  when  they  were  in  the  state  of  grace,  and  had  their  pardon 
before.     Let  us  never  be  discouraged  from  going  to  Christ. 

Oh,  but  I  have  offended  often  and  grievously.  What  saith  the  prophet? 
'  My  thoughts  are  not  as  your  thoughts ;  but  as  high  as  the  heavens  are 
above  the  earth,'  &c.,  Isa.  Iv.  8.  Therefore  howsoever  amongst  men,  oft 
offences  breed  an  eternal  alienation,  yet  notwithstanding  with  God  it  is  not 
so.  But  so  oft  as  we  can  have  spirit  to  go  to  God  for  mercy,  and  spread 
our  sins  before  him,  with  broken  and  humble  hearts,  so  often  we  may  take 
out  our  pardon.  Compare  Exod.  xxxiii.  with  Exod.  xxxiv.  Moses,  in 
chap,  xxxiii.  18,  seq.,  had  desired  to  see  the  face  of  God.  There  was  some 
little  curiosity  perhaps  in  it.  God  told  him  that  none  could  see  him  and 
live.  To  see  the  face  of  God  in  himself  must  be  reserved  for  heaven,  we 
are  not  proportioned  for  that  sight.  But  in  the  next  chapter  there  he 
shews  himself  to  Moses ;  and  how  doth  he  shew  himself  and  his  glory 
to  Moses  ?  '  The  Lord,  the  Lord,  gracious,  merciful,  long-suffering,' . 
clothed  all  in  sweet  attributes.  He  will  be  known  by  those  names.  Now, 
then,  if  we  would  know  the  name  of  God,  and  see  God  as  he  is  pleased 
and  delighted  to  discover  himself  to  us,  let  us  know  him  by  those  names 
that  he  proclaims  there,  shewing  that  the  glory  of  the  Lord  in  the  gospel 
especially  shines  in  mercy ;  and  as  I  said  before,  it  must  be  glorious 
mercy  that  can  satisfy  a  distressed  conscience,  howsoever  in  the  time  of 
ease  and  peace  we  think  a  little  mercy  will  serve  the  turn.  But  when 
conscience  is  once  awaked,  it  must  be  glorious  and  infinite  mercy  must 
allay  it. 

And  therefore  those  that  find  their  consciences  anything  wounded  with 
any  sin,  stand  not  out  any  longer  with  God,  come  and  yield,  lay  down 
your  weapons,  there  is  mercy  ready.  The  Lord  is  glorious  in  his  mercy 
in  Jesus  Christ.  It  is  a  victorious  triumphing  mercy  over  all  sin  and 
unworthiness  whatsoever.  Look  upon  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ ; 
as  you  have  it  in  2  Cor.  iv.  6,  '  God,  who  commanded  light  to  shine  out 
of  darkness,  hath  shined  in  our  hearts,  to  give  us  the  light  of  the  know- 
ledge of  God,  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  In  the  face  of  Christ  God  is 
lovely.  Loveliness  and  excellency  is  in  the  face  above  all  the  parts  of  the 
body. 

'  The  glory  of  God.' 

We  are  never  in  such  a  condition  as  we  ought  to  be,  except  grace  be 
glory  to  us  ;  and  when  is  grace  glory  to  a  sinner  ?  Oh,  when  he  feels  the 
weight  and  burden  of  his  sin,  and  languishing  desires.  Oh  that  I  might 
have  a  drop  of  mercy !  Then  grace  is  glory,  not  only  in  God's  esteem, 
but  in  the  eye  of  the  sinner.  Indeed,  we  are  never  soundly  humbled  till 
grace  in  our  esteem  be  glory;  that  is,  till  it  appear  excellent  and  victo- 
rious. I  beseech  you  remember  it.  We  may  have  use  of  it  in  the  time 
of  desertion. 

»  Cf.  note  *  Vol.  III.  p.  36.— G.  t  Q^-  '  thee '  ?— Ed. 


246  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

How  is  this  grace  of  God  in  Christ  conveyed  to  us  yet  nearer  ?  By  the 
gospel. 

'  As  in  a  glass.' 

The  gospel  is  the  *  good  word  of  God,'  Heb.  vi.  5.  It  reveals  the  good 
God  to  us,  and  the  good  Christ.  It  is  a  sweet  word.  For  Christ  could  do 
us  no  good  without  the  word,  if  there  were  not  an  obligation,  a  covenant 
made  between  God  and  us,  the  foundation  of  which  covenant  is  the  satis- 
faction of  Christ.  If  there  were  not  promises  built  upon  the  covenant  of 
grace,  whereby  God  hath  made  himself  a  debtor,  what  claim  could  a  sinful 
soul  have  to  Christ  and  to  God's  mercy  ?  But  God  hath  bound  himself  in 
his  word.  Therefore  the  grace  of  God  shines  in  Christ,  and  all  that  is  in 
Christ  is  conveyed  to  us  by  the  word,  by  the  promise.  The  gospel  then  is 
a  sweet  word.  You  know  that  breeding  promise  of  all  others.  Gen.  iii.  15, 
'  The  seed  of  the  woman.'  That  repealed*  and  conveyed  the  mercy  of  God 
in  Christ  to  Adam.  So  the  continuance  of  that  and  all  the  sweet  and 
gracious  promises  bud  from  that ;  all  meet  in  Christ  as  in  a  centre,  all  are 
made  for  him  and  in  him.  He  is  the  sum  of  all  the  promises.  All  the 
good  things  we  have  are  parcels  of  Christ.  Christ  he  is  the  Word  of 
the  Father,  that  discovers  all  from  the  bosom  of  his  Father.  Therefore 
he  is  named  'the  Word.'  The  gospel  is  the  Word  from  him.  Christ  was 
discovered  to  the  apostles,  and  from  the  apostles  to  us,  to  the  end  of  the 
world,  by  his  Spirit  accompanying  the  ordinance.  So  the  mirror  wherein 
we  see  the  glorious  mercy  of  God,  is  first  Christ.  God  shines  in  him,  and 
then  there  is  another  glass  wherein  Christ  is  discovered,  the  glass  of  the 
gospel.  Thus  it  pleaseth  God  to  condescend  to  stoop  to  us  poor  sinners, 
to  reveal  his  glory,  the  glory  of  his  mercy,  fitly  and  suitable  in  a  Saviour, 
God-man,  God  incarnate,  God  our  brother,  God  our  kinsman,  and  to  do  it 
all  yet  more  familiarly,  to  discover  it  in  a  word.  And  then  to  ordain  a 
ministry  together  with  the  word,  to  lay  open  the  riches  of  Christ ;  for 
it  is  not  the  gospel  considered  nakedly,  but  the  gospel  unfolded  by  the 
ministry. 

Christ  is  the  great  ordinance  of  God  for  our  salvation.  The  gospel  is 
the  great  ordinance  of  God,  to  lay  open  '  the  unsearchable  riches  of 
Christ,'  Eph.  iii.  8.  The  casket  of  this  jewel,  the  treasury  of  his  treasure, 
the  grace  and  love  and  mercy  of  God,  are  treasured  in  Christ ;  and  Christ 
and  all  good  things  are  treasured  in  the  gospel.  That  is  the  rich  mine ; 
and  the  ministry  of  the  gospel  lays  open  that  mine  to  the  people.  Nay, 
God  yet  goes  further.  He  gives  his  Holy  Spirit  with  the  ministry.  It  is 
the  ministry  of  the  Spirit,  ^hat  howsoever  there  are  many  that  are  not 
called  and  converted  in  the  gospel,  yet  tna  Spirit  of  God  is  beforehand 
with  them.  There  are  none  under  the  gospel  but  the  Spirit  gives  them 
sweet  motions.  He  knocks  at  their  hearts,  he  allures  and  persuades 
them ;  and  if  they  yield  not,  it  is  because  of  the  rebellion  of  their  hearts. 
There  is  more  grace  of  the  Spirit  offered  than  is  entertained.  So  that  the 
mouths  of  men  shall  be  stopped.  Thus  God  descends,  and  Christ,  and 
grace,  the  gospel,  the  ministry,  the  Spirit,  all  in  way  of  love  to  us,  that  we 
may  do  all  in  a  way  of  love  to  God  again.  It  should  therefore  work  us  to 
do  all  with  ingenuous  hearts  to  him  again. 

The  gospel  is  the  glass  wherein  we  see  this  glory.     Christ  indeed  in  some 

sort  is  the  glass,  for  we  cannot  see  God  out  of  Christ  but  he  is  a  terrifying 

sight.     But  in  the  glass  Christ  we  can  see  God,  as  we  see  the  sun  in  the 

water.     If  we  cannot  see  the  sun  in  his  glory,  that  is  but  a  creature,  how 

*  That  is,  '  repealed  the  curse.' — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  247 

can  we  see  God  himself  but  in  some  glass  ?     Therefore  we  must  see  him 
in  Christ,  and  so  his  sight  is  comfortable. 

And  in  the  dispensing  of  the  gospel,  especially  in  the  preaching  and 
unfolding  of  the  word,  the  riches  of  God  in  Christ  are  unfolded,  and  not 
only  unfolded,  but  the  Spirit  in  unfolding  conveys  the  sense,  assurance, 
and  persuasion  thereof  unto  us. 

There  is  such  a  connection  between  the  evangelical  truth  of  God  and 
Jesus  Christ,  that  they  have  both  one  name,--  to  insinuate  to  us  that  as  we 
will  be  partakers  of  Christ,  so  it  must  be  of  Christ,  as  he  is  revealed  in 
the  gospel,  not  in  conceits  of  our  own.  The  word  is  truth,  and  Christ  is 
truth.  They  have  the  same  name  ;  for  were  there  never  so  much  mercy 
and  love  in  God,  if  it  were  concealed  from  us,  that  we  had  nothing  to  plead, 
that  we  had  not  some  title  to  it  by  some  discovery  of  it  in  his  will,  the 
word  and  the  seal  of  the  word,  the  sacraments  (for  the  sacrament  is  but  a 
visible  word,  they  make  one  entire  thing,  the  word  and  sacraments  ;  the  one 
is  the  evidence,  the  other  the  seal),  what  comfort  could  we  take  in  it  ?  Now 
his  will  is  in  the  promise,  wherein  there  is  not  only  a  discovery  of  what  he 
doth  or  will  do,  but  he  hath  engaged  himself:  '  If  we  believe,  we  shall  not 
perish,  but  have  life,'  John  iii.  15  ;  and  '  Come  unto  me,'  Matt.  xi.  28,  and 
be  refreshed,  saith  Christ.  Every  one  that  thirsts,  come  and  be  satisfied, 
John  vii.  37.  And  now  we  may  claim  the  performance  of  what  he  hath 
spoken,  and  bind  him  by  his  own  word.  '  He  cannot  deny  himself,'  John 
vii.  37.  So  now  we  see  him  comfortably  in  the  glass  of  the  word  and 
sacraments. 

These  three  go  together,  the  glory  of  God ;  Christ  the  foundation  of  all 
grace,  in  the  covenant  of  grace ;  and  then  the  gospel  of  grace,  the  gospel 
of  the  kingdom,  the  gospel  of  life,  that  discovers  the  gracious  face  of  God 
shining  in  Christ.  We  have  communion  with  God  through  Christ,  with 
Christ  through  the  gospel ;  therefore  in  the  gospel  '  we  behold  as  in  a  glass 
the  glory  of  God.' 

This  is  suitable  to  our  condition  while  we  are  here  below.  We  cannot 
see  divine  things  otherwise  than  in  a  glass.  That  sight  of  God  that  we 
shall  have  in  heaven,  immediately,  without  the  word  and  sacraments,  that 
is  of  a  higher  nature ;  when  our  natures  shall  be  perfect.  But  while  we 
live  here  we  cannot  see  God  but  in  Christ,  and  we  cannot  see  him  but  in 
the  word  and  sacraments.  Such  is  the  imperfection  of  our  sight,  and  such 
is  the  lustre  and  glory  of  the  object,  the  glory  of  God,  that  we  cannot  per- 
fectly see  it  but  in  a  glass.  God  said  to  Moses,  '  None  can  see  me  and 
live.'  His  meaning  is,  none  can  see  me  as  I  am,  none  can  see  me  imme- 
diately and  live.  If  we  would  see  God,  and  the  glory  of  God  immediately 
without  a  glass,  we  must  see  it  in  heaven.  We  must  die  first.  We  must 
pass  through  death  to  see  God  foce  to  face  as  he  is  ;  then,  not  as  he  is, 
but  more  familiarly  than  we  can  now.  Then  God  will  represent  himself  so 
as  shall  be  for  our  happiness,  though  not  simply  as  he  is  ;  for  he  is  infinite, 
and  how  should  finite  comprehend  infinite  ?  We  shall  apprehend  him,  but 
not  comprehend  him  (/).  While  we  are  in  earth,  therefore,  we  must  be 
content  to  see  him  in  a  glass,  which  is  the  gospel,  especially  unfolded. 

Now  in  this  word  '  glass,'  in  which  we  see  the  glory  of  God,  is  impUed 
both  a  perfection  and  some  imperfection. 

Perfection,  because  it  is  as  a  clear  crystal  glass  in  regard  of  the  glass ' 
that  was  before ;  for  those  under  the  law  saw  Christ  in  a  glass  of  cere- 

*  That  is,  Xoyog  and  aXi^Ssia,.  Cf.  John  x.  35  with  i.  1,  and  John  xiv.  6  with 
ivii.  17.— G. 


248  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

monies.  And,  as  I  said  before,  there  is  difference  between  one's  seeing  his 
face  in  water  and  in  a  crystal  glass.  So  then  this  implies  perfection  in 
regard  of  the  former  state. 

Again,  in  regard  of  heaven,  it  implies  bnjwrfection,  for  there  we  shall  not 
see  in  a  glass.     Sight  in  a  glass  is  imperfect,  though  it  be  more  perfect 
than  that  in  water.     For  we  know  out  of  the  principles  of  learning  and 
experience,  that  reflections  weaken,   and  the  more  reflections,  the  more 
weak.    When  we  see  a  thing  by  reflection,  we  see  it  weakly;  and  [when]  we 
see  it  by  a  second  reflection  from  that,  we  see  it  more  weakly.     When  we 
see  the  sun  on  the  wall,  or  any  thing  that  is  light,  it  is  weaker  than  the  light 
of  the  sun  itself.     When  a  man  seeth  his  face  in  a  glass,  it  is  a  weaker 
representation  than  to  see  face  to  face.     But  when  we  see  the  sun  upon  the 
wall,  reflexing   upon  another  wall,  the  third  reflection  is  weaker  than  the 
first.  The  more  reflections  the  more  weak.  So  here  all  sight  by  glasses  is  not 
so  powerful  as  that  sight  and  knowledge  which  is  face  to  face  in  heaven.   That 
is  the  reason  that  St  James  saith,  that  he  that  seeth  his  face  in  a  glass  is 
subject  to  forget  (i.  23).     What  is  the  reason  that  a  man  cannot  remem- 
ber himself,  when  he  seeth  his  face  in  a  glass,  so  well  as  he  can  remember 
another  man's  face  when  he  seeth  it  ?     Because  he  seeth  himself  only  by 
reflection.     Therefore  it  is  a  weaker  presentation  to  him,  and  the  memory 
and  apprehension  of  it  is  weaker.     Wlien  he  seeth  another  face  to  face,  he 
remembers  him  longer,  because  there  is  a  more  lively  representation.    It  is 
not  a  reflection,  but  face  to  face.     So  there  is  imperfection  in  this  sight 
that  we  have  of  God,  while  we  are  here,  as  in  a  glass.    It  is  nothing  to  that 
when  we  shall  see  face  to  face,  without  the  word  and  sacraments  or  any 
other  medium,  which  sight,  what  it  is,  we  shall  know  better  when  we  are 
there.     We  cannot  now  discover  it.     It  is  a  part  of  heaven  to  know  what 
apprehensions  we  shall  have  of  God  there.     But  sure  it  is  more  excellent 
than  that  that  is  here.     Therefore  this  implies  imperfection. 

We  consist  of  body  and  soul  in  this  world,  and  our  souls  are  much  confined 
and  tied  to  our  senses.  Imagination  propounds  to  the  soul  greater  things 
than  the  senses.  So  God  helps  the  soul  by  outward  things  that  work  upon 
the  senses ;  sense  upon  the  imagination,  and  so  things  pass  into  the  soul. 

God  frames  his  manner  of  dealing  suitable  to  the  nature  he  hath  created 
ns  in.  Therefore  he  useth  the  word  and  sacraments,  and  such  things, 
whereby  he  makes  impressions  upon  the  very  soul  itself. 

And  this  indeed,  by  the  way,  makes  spiritual  things  so  difficult  as  they 
are  ofttimes,  because  we  are  too  much  enthralled  to  imagination  and  sense, 
and  cannot  abstract  and  raise  our  minds  from  outward  sensible  things  to 
spiritual  things.  Therefore  you  have  some,  all  the  da^^s  of  their  life,  spend 
their  time  in  the  bark  of  the  Scriptures ;  and  they  are  better  than  some 
others  that  are  all  for  notions  and  outside :  such  things  as  frame  to  the 
imagination,  and  never  come  to  know  the  spirit  of  the  Scriptures,  but  rest 
in  outward  things,  in  languages  and  tongues,  and  such  like.  Whereas  these 
things  lead  further,  or  else  they  come  not  to  their  perfection.  The  Scrip- 
ture is  but  a  glass,  to  see  some  excellencies  in  it.     '  We  see  as  in  a  glass.' 

Now  the  use  of  a  glass  among  us  especially  is  twofold. 

(1.)  It  is  either  to  help  tveakuess  of  sir/ht  against  the  excellency  of  the 
object.  When  there  is  a  weak  sight  and  an  over  excellent  object,  then  a 
glass  is  used,  or  some  polite*  and  clear  body,  as  we  cannot  see  the  sun  in 
itself.  The  eye  is  weak  and  the  sun  is  glorious.  These  two  meeting 
therefore  together,  we  help  it  by  seeing  the  sun  in  water,  as  in  an  eclipse. 
*  That  is,  =  polished. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  249 

If  a  man  would  judge  of  an  eclipse  he  must  not  look  on  the  sun,  but  see  it 
in  water,  and  there  behold  and  discern  these  things  ;  so  to  see  the  glory  of 
God  in  himself,  it  is  too  glorious  an  object.  Our  eyes  are  too  weak.  How 
doth  God  help  it  ?  He  helps  it  by  a  glass,  by  '  God  manifest  in  the  flesh,' 
1  Tim.  iii.  16,  and  by  the  word  and  sacraments  whereby  we  come  to  have 
communion  with  Christ.     To  apply  this  more  particularly. 

Now  that  we  are  to  receive  the  sacrament,  conceive  the  sacraments  are 
glasses  wherein  we  see  the  glory  of  the  love  and  mercy  of  God  in  Christ. 
For  take  the  bread  alone,  as  it  doth  not  represent  and  figure  better  things, 
and  what  is  it  ?  and  take  the  wine  alone,  as  it  doth  not  represent  better 
things,  and  what  is  the  wine  ?  But  an  ordinary  poor  creature.  Oh,  but 
take  them  as  they  are  glasses,  as  things  that  convey  to  the  soul  and  repre- 
sent things  more  excellent  than  themselves,  so  they  are  glorious  ordinances. 
Take  a  glass  as  a  glass,  it  is  a  poor  thing ;  but  take  the  glass  as  it  repre- 
sents a  more  excellent  thing  than  itself,  so  they  are  of  excellent  use  ;  so 
bread  and  wine  must  not  be  taken  as  naked  elements,  but  as  they  represent 
and  convey  a  more  excellent  thing  than  themselves,  that  is,  Christ  and  all 
his  benefits,  the  love  and  mercy  and  grace  of  God  in  Christ ;  and  so  they 
are  excellent  glasses.  Therefore  I  beseech  you  now,  when  you  are  to  receive 
the  sacrament,  let  your  minds  be  more  occupied  than  your  senses.  When 
you  take  the  bread,  think  of  the  body  of  Christ  broken ;  and  when  you 
think  of  uniting  the  bread  into  one  substance,  think  of  Christ  and  you  made 
one.  When  the  wine  is  poured  out,  think  of  the  blood  of  Christ  poured 
out  for  sin.  When  you  think  of  the  refreshing  by  the  wine,  think  of  the 
refreshing  of  your  spirits  and  souls  by  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  and  of 
the  love  of  Christ  that  did  not  spare  his  blood  for  your  soul's  good.  How 
doth  Christ  crucified  and  shedding  his  blood  refresh  the  guilty  soul,  as  wine 
refresheth  the  weak  spirits.  Thus  consider  them  as  glasses,  where  better 
things  are  presented,  and  let  your  minds  be  occupied  as  well  as  your  senses, 
and  then  you  shall  be  fit  receivers,  as  '  in  a  glass.' 

'  We  behold,'  &c. 

God  when  he  made  the  world,  this  glorious  frame  of  the  creatures,  and 
all  their  excellencies,  he  created  light  to  discover  itself,  and  all  other  excel- 
lencies. For  light  is  a  glorious  creature.  It  discovers  itself.  It  goes  with 
a  majesty  and  discovers  all  other  things,  good  and  bad  whatsoever ;  and 
together  with  light  God  created  sight  in  man,  and  other  senses,  to  appre- 
hend the  excellency  of  the  creation.  What  were  all  this  goodly  frame  of 
creatm-es,  the  sun,  and  moon,  and  stars,  and  glory  of  the  earth,  if  there 
were  not  light  to  discover  and  sight  to  apprehend  it  by  ?  Is  it  not  so  in 
this  outward  creation  of  the  old  heavens  and  old  earth  that  must  be  con- 
sumed with  fire  ?  And  is  it  not  much  more  in  the  new  creation  ?  There  is 
excellent  glory,  marvellous  glory,  wondrous  grace  in*  Christ,  &c.  Must 
there  be  light,  and  must  not  there  be  an  eye  to  discover  this  ?  Surely  there 
must.     Therefore  it  is  said  here,  '  We  behold.' 

God  puts  a  spiritual  eye  by  his  Spirit  into  all  true  believers,  whereby 
they  behold  this  excellent  glory,  this  glorious  grace,  that  God  may  have  the 
gloiy,  and  we  the  comfort.  Those  are  the  two  main  ends.  God  intends 
his  own  glory  and  our  salvation.  There  must  be  a  '  beholding.'  How 
should  he  have  glory  and  we  comfort,  unless  all  were  conveyed  by  spiritual 
sight !  Well  then  the  Spirit  creates  and  works  in  us  spiritual  senses. 
With  spiritual  life  there  are  spiritual  senses,  sight,  and  taste,  and  feeling. 
Sight  is  here  put  for  all,  '  We  behold.' 

*  Misprinted  '  and.' — G. 


250 


EXCKLLEXCY  OF  THE  GOSPEl. 


There  are  many  degrees  of  sight.  It  is  good  to  know  them.  Therefore 
I  will  name  some  of  them. 

[1.]  We  see  God  in  his  creatures,  for  '  the  heavens  declare  the  glory  of 
God.'  They  are  a  book  in  folio  (//).  There  God  is  laid  open  in  his  crea- 
tures. That  is  a  goodly  sight.  But  what  is  this  to  the  knowledge  of  him 
in  his  will  to  us,  what  he  means  to  us  ?  The  creatm-es  discover  not  what 
he  means  to  us. 

[2.]  Besides  therefore  the  sight  of  God  in  the  creatures,  there  is  a  sight 
of  God  in  his  uill,  in  his  word  and  j^romises.  There  we  see  what  he  is. 
His  grace  is  revealed  in  Christ,  and  what  his  good  will  to  us  is,  and  his  wiU 
from  us,  what  he  will  do  to  us,  and  what  he  will  have  from  us  again.  There 
we  see  him  as  a  spouse  sees  her  husband  in  a  loving  letter  which  concerns 
herself.  We  see  him  as  the  heir  sees  a  deed  made  to  him  with  an  inheri- 
tance. He  sees  with  application.  It  is  not  a  bare  sight,  but  a  sight  with 
feeling  and  discovery  of  a  favour.  So  the  sight  in  the  word  and  sacraments, 
it  is  a  higher  sight. 

[3. J  There  was  a  sir/ht  of  Christ  when  he  was  in  the  flesh.  When  he  was 
covered  with  the  veil  of  our  flesh  upon  earth,  it  was  a  sweet  sight.  Abraham 
desired  to  see  it,  John  viii.  56,  and  Simeon,  when  he  saw  it,  was  willing  to 
be  dissolved  and  to  depart,  Luke  ii.  29.  He  had  enough.  But  that  out- 
ward sight  is  nothing  without  another  inward  sight  of  faith. 

[4.]  There  is  a  sight  therefore  of  faith,  and  other  sights  are  to  no  purpose 
if  they  be  without  this,  a  sight  of  God  shining  in  Christ.  And  this  is 
perfected  in  heaven,  in  the  sight  of  glory,  when  we  see  him  as  he  is.  Now 
there  is  a  comfort  in  all  these  sights,  to  see  him  in  his  word  and  works.  It 
was  a  glorious  thing  to  see  him  in  his  bodily  presence  ;  and  by  faith  to  see 
God  in  Christ,  to  see  his  face  in  Christ.  Oh  it  is  a  sweet  and  lovely 
sight  to  see  God  shining  in  Christ !  Oh  but  what  is  all  this  to  the  sight 
of  him  after  in  glory !  Now  this  beholding  meant  here  especially,  is  the 
beholding  of  faith,  in  the  ordinances,  in  the  word  and  sacraments.  '  We 
all  behold,'  as  in  the  glass  of  the  word  and  sacraments,  by  the  eye  of  faith. 
Faith  is  expressed  by  beholding,  by  knowledge  ;  for  indeed  faith  is  nothing 
but  knowledge  with  application.  Therefore  faith  includes  knowledge.  What 
is  faith,  but  to  know  God  and  Christ,  and  the  promises  as  mine?  Christ  in 
the  sacrament  as  mine,  as  verily  as  the  outward  things  are  mine  :  Know- 
ledge with  application  is  faith.  Therefore,  when  I  say  faith,  I  include 
knowledge,  '  We  behold.' 

The  knowledge  of  the  mind  is  compared  to  the  eye  of  the  body.  Know- 
ledge and  faith  is  compared  to  seeing  and  beholding,  for  many  reasons. 

First,  Because  sight  is  the  most  glorious  and  noble  sense.  It  is  the  highest 
in  situation,  and  the  quickest  in  apprehension,  for  in  a  moment,  presently 
sight  apprehends  its  object  in  the  highest  heavens.  So  it  is  with  faith.  It 
is  the  most  noble  sight  of  all,  and  it  is  quick  as  sight  is  ;  for  faith  is  that 
eagle  in  the  cloud.  It  breaks  through  all,  and  sees  in  a  moment  Christ  in 
heaven  :  it  looks  backward,  and  sees  Christ  upon  the  cross  ;  it  looks  for- 
ward, and  seeth  Christ  to  come  in  glory.  Faith  is  so  quick  a  grace,  that 
it  presents  things  past,  things  above,  things  to  come,  and  all  in  a  moment, 
60  quick  is  this  eagle- eye  of  faith. 

Second,  Again,  it  is  the  largest  sense ;  for  we  can  see  almost  the  whole 
hemisphere  at  one  view.  That  a  little  thing  in  the  eye  should  apprehend 
so  much  in  a  moment,  as  it  is  quick  in  apprehension,  so  it  is  large  in 
comprehension. 

Third,  Again,  it  is  the  most  sure  sense — sight  more  than  hearing ;  therefore 


ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


251 


that  divine  act  of  knowledge  is  compared  to  seeing  ;  believing  is  compared 
to  beholding.  When  faith  looks  upon  God  in  the  glass  of  the  word  and 
promises,  it  is  as  certain  as  the  object  is  certain.  Now,  how  certain  is  the 
object  ?  The  mercy  and  love  of  God  in  Christ,  who  is  truth  itself,  is  most 
certain. 

Fourth,  Then  it  is  that  sense  that  works  ynost  ujjon  the  soul,  sight ;  for 
what  the  body  seeth,  the  soul  is  aflected  and  moved  with.  The  affections 
of  desire  and  love  rise  out  of  sight.  It  works  upon  the  affections  most. 
Therefore  the  knowledge  that  stirs  up  the  affections,  and  works  upon  the 
heart,  is  compared  to  sight.  It  affects  us  marvellously,  for,  answerable  to 
our  faith,  we  love,  and  joy,  and  delight.  It  alters  the  frame  of  the  whole 
man.  Therefore  it  is  expressed  here  by  beholding.  Divine,  spiritual 
knowledge,  it  works  upon  the  heart.  So  we  see  why  this  beholding  spi- 
ritually] of  the  understanding  and  soul,  is  compared  to  outward  sight.  It 
is  called  beholding,  because  it  is  a  most  noble  spiritual  act  of  the  soul ; 
and  it  is  most  certain  and  sure.  '  Faith  is  the  evidence  of  things  not  seen,' 
Heb.  xi.  1  ;  and  it  works  upon  the  heart  and  soul. 

Use.  Therefore,  we  should  labour  to  clear  this  eye  of  the  soul,  that  we 
may  behold  the  glory  of  God  in  the  glass  of  the  gospel. 

Quest.  How  shall  we  have  the  eye  of  our  souls  fit  to  behold  the  glory  of 
God? 

Ans.  1.  We  mristjjx  the  eye  of  the  soul ;  fix  our  meditation  upon  the  glory 
of  God  and  the  excellency  of  Christ.  A  moving,  rolling  eye  seeth  nothing. 
Therefore  we  must  set  some  time  apart,  to  fix  our  meditations  upon  these 
excellent  things  in  the  gospel. 

Ans  2.  Then  again,  we  must  labour  to  have  the  hindrances  removed,  both 
within  and  ivithout. 

(1.)  Sight  within  is  hindered  by  some  inward  suffusion.  We  must  labour 
that  the  soul  be  cleansed  and  purged  from  all  carnal  passions  and  desires 
and  base  humours,  that  we  may  clearly  behold  this  spiritual  object.  Unless 
the  soul  be  spiritual,  it  can  never  behold  spiritual  things.  The  bodily  eye 
cannot  apprehend  rational  things,  nor  the  rational  eye  behold  not  spiritual 
things.  Therefore  there  must  be  a  spiritual  eye.  The  soul  must  be  purged 
and  sanctified  by  the  Spirit.  There  must  be  some  proportion  between  the 
soul  and  spiritual  things,  before  the  soul  can  behold  them.  Therefore,  as 
the  soul  must  be  fixed  upon  this  meditation,  so  the  Spirit  of  God  must 
sanctify  and  purge  the  soul. 

(2.)  Outward  hindrances  of  sight,  as  dust  in  the  eyes,  and  clouds,  &c., 
they  hinder  sight.  Satan  labours  to  hinder  the  sight  of  the  soul  from 
beholding  the  glory  of  God  shining  in  the  gospel,  with  the  dust  of  the 
world,  as  the  apostle  saith  in  the  next  chapter,  '  The  god  of  this  world 
blind's  the  eyes  of  men,'  2  Cor.  iv.  4,  that  they  behold  not  the  glory  of  God 
shining  in  the  gospel.  Therefore,  if  the  gospel  be  hid,  it  is  hid  to  them 
that  perish,  that  are  lost,  in  whom  the  god  of  this  world  hath  blinded  their 
minds,  that  they  believe  not,  lest  the  light  of  the  glorious  gospel  of  Christ 
should  shine  upon  them,  2  Cor.  iv.  4.  Therefore,  take  heed  of  too  much 
worldly  things,  of  fixing  our  souls  upon  the  dust  of  the  world,  upon  things 
here  below.  The  sight  of  Christ,  and  of  God  in  Christ,  it  is  not  gotten  by 
looking  below,  by  fixing  the  soul  upon  base  things  below.  Let  us  look, 
therefore,  that  our  souls  be  inwardly  cleansed,  and  fixed  upon  spiritual 
things ;  and  then  we  shall  the  better  behold  the  glory  of  God  shining  in 
the  gospel. 

And  we  should  preserve  this  sight  of  faith  by  hearing.     Hearing  begets 


252  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

seeing  in  religion.  Death  came  in  by  the  ear  at  the  first.  Adam  hearing 
the  serpent,  that  he  should  not  have  heaixl,  death  came  in  by  the  ear.  So 
life  comes  in  by  the  ear.  We  hear,  and  then  we  see  :  '  As  we  have  heard, 
so  have  we  seen,'  say  they  in  the  psalm,  Ps.  xlviii.  8.  It  is  true  in  religion, 
most  of  our  sight  comes  by  hearing,  which  is  the  sense  of  learning.  God 
will  have  it  so.  Therefore  we  should  maintain  all  we  can  this  beholding  of 
the  glory  of  the  Lord  in  the  glass  of  the  word  ;  and  for  that  end  hear  much. 

You  will  ask  me.  What  is  the  best  glass  of  all  to  see  and  know  Christ  in  ? 

If  you  ask  a  papist,  he  will  shew  you  crucifixes,  and  such  kind  of  things. 
Oh  but  to  behold  Christ  in  the  glass  of  the  word,  with  a  spirit  of  faith, 
that  is  the  best  picture  and  representation  that  can  be  !  It  is  scarce  worth 
spending  so  much  time,  as  to  confute  that  foolery,  to  have  any  grace  wrought 
in  the  heart  by  such  abominable  means  as  that  is,  as  they  use  it.  Take  it 
at  the  best,  it  is  but  a  bastardly  help,  and  bastardly  means  breed  a  bastardly 
devotion.  For  will  God  work  grace  in  the  heart  by  means  of  man's  devis- 
ing ?  If  pictures  be  any  teachers,  they  are  '  teachers  of  lies,'  saith  the 
prophet,  Isa.  ix.  15  ;  and  in  the  church  of  God,  till  pastors  and  teachers 
became  idols,  idols  never  became  teachers.  Then  came  the  doctrine  of 
idols  teaching  of  simple  people,  when  idols  became  teachers  a  thousand 
years  after  Christ.  So  that  the  best  picture  to  see  Christ  in,  is  the  word 
and  sacraments  ;  and  the  best  eye  to  see  him  with,  is  the  eye  of  faith  in  the 
word  and  sacraments.  Keep  that  clear,  and  we  need  no  crucifixes,  no  such 
bastardly  helps  of  bastardly  devotion,  devised  by  proud  men  that  -would  not 
be  beholden  to  God  for  his  ordinances.  But  a  touch  is  almost  too  much 
for  such  things,  that  are  so  clear  to  men  that  have  spiritual  eyes.  In  Gal. 
iii.  1,  see  what  St  Paul  saith  his  judgment  was:  '  Oh  foolish  Galatians,  be- 
fore whom  Christ  hath  been  painted  and  crucified !'(/;)  How  was  he  painted  ? 
Nothing  but  by  the  preaching  of  Christ  crucified  in  the  gospel,  and  the 
riches  of  Christ  in  the  gospel ;  and  in  the  sacraments  laid  open.  Do  you 
think  there  were  any  other  crucifixes  in  the  world  then  ? 

'  With  open  face.' 

The  manner  of  this  beholding  is  '  with  open  face.'  There  must  be  a 
double  veil  taken  away  before  we  can  behold  the  glory  of  God  :  the  veil  of 
obscurity,  and  the  veil  of  slavery  ;  the  veil  of  ignorance  and  infidelity  within, 
and  the  veil  of  the  things  themselves.  These  two  veils  are  both  taken  away 
before  we  can  with  open  face  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord.  The  inward 
veil  is  taken  away  by  the  Spirit  of  God  illuminating  our  understandings, 
and  giving  us  a  spirit  of  faith.  The  outward  veil  of  the  obscurity  of  the 
things  is  taken  away  by  the  teaching  and  ministry  of  the  gospel,  having 
that  help  to  know  the  meaning  of  the  Scriptures  ;  so  that  now  in  these 
glorious  times  of  the  gospel,  both  the  veils  are  taken  away,  that  we  may 
behold  without  hindrance  the  glory  of  God  shining  in  the  gospel.  Fot  now 
we  enjoy  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit.  The  Spirit  is  efi"ectual  to  shine  in  our 
hearts.  And  then  we  have  the  gifts  of  men,  outward  gifts,  whereby  the 
veil  of  ignorance  is  taken  away  in  regard  of  the  things  themselves,  the 
things  are  unfolded. 

If  the  things  of  themselves  be  dark ;  or  if  they  be  lightsome,  and  there  be 
no  sight  within  ;  or  if  there  be  sight,  and  that  sight  be  veiled ;  there  can 
be  no  seeing.  But  now  to  God's  elect  he  takes  away  all  these  veils,  he 
shines  inwardly  and  gives  outward  light  in  the  help  of  means  ;  and  yet  not- 
withstanding while  we  live  here,  there  is  always  some  obscurity  and  dark- 
ness, for  the  veil  of  the  Scriptures  is  not  quite  took-;=  away.  There  is  some 
*  That  is,  '  taken.'— G. 


ABOVE   THE  LAW,  253 

darkness  of  the  Scriptures,  and  likewise  tlie  veil  of  ignorance  and  infidelity 
is  not  altogether  taken  away.  There  are  some  remainders  of  ignorance,  of 
infidelity,  and  hardness  of  heart ;  but  yet  in  a  great  measure  it  is  taken 
away  here,  and  shall  by  little  and  little  [bej  took  away,  till  we  come  to  see 
God  face  to  face  in  heaven. 

'  With  open. face.' 

Coverings  had  two  uses  in  the  Jewish  state. 

They  had  a  use  of  subjection.  Therefore  the  women  had  their  veils  in 
token  of  subjection. 

And  thej^  had  a  use  likewise  of  obscurity,  to  hinder  the  ofiensive*  lustre 
of  that  that  is  glorious.  Therefore  Moses  put  a  veil  on  his  face  when  he  came 
down  fx'om  the  mount.  Now  in  Christ  Jesus  in  the  gospel,  both  these  veils 
are  taken  away  in  some  respects.  The  veil  of  subjection  and  slavery,  so 
far  as  it  is  a  slavery,  is  taken  away.  The  Spirit  of  Christ  works  liberty. 
As  I  said  before,  now  we  serve  God  as  sons,  and  not  as  servants  any  longer. 
The  veil  of  subjection  is  taken  away,  only  there  is  a  spouse-like  filial  sub- 
jection ;  the  servile  subjection  we  are  freed  from. 

And  then  the  veil  that  hid  the  things  is  taken  away  too.  So  now  *  with 
open  face  we  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord.'  Now  the  things  themselves, 
Christ  and  the  gracious  promises  of  grace  and  glory  and  comfort,  they  are 
clearly  laid  open  without  any  veil.  How  comes  it  then  that  we  see  them 
not  ?  There  is  a  veil  over  our  hearts.  The  more  shame  for  us,  that  when 
the  things  are  unveiled  we  should  have  a  veil  upon  our  hearts,  of  ignorance 
and  unbelief.  Therefore  if  any  believe  not,  it  is  because  '  the  God  of  this 
world  hath  blinded  their  eyes,'  2  Cor.  iv.  4.  Where  the  means  of  salva- 
tion are,  and  Christ  laid  open  in  the  means,  if  men  do  not  believe,  the  fault 
is  not  in  the  things  ;  for  they  are  unveiled,  they  are  discovered  and  laid 
open.  The  fault  is  in  us.  There  is  a  veil  over  the  heart.  There  is  a 
cloud  of  ignorance  and  unbelief,  that  keeps  the  heart  from  beholding  the 
glory  of  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ. 

'  With  open  face.' 

We  see  the  glory  of  God  with  boldness  in  the  gospel.  We  go  boldly  to 
God.  Christ  takes  us  by  the  hand  and  leads  to  his  Father.  We  have 
boldness  and  access  to  God  through  Christ  by  the  Spirit,  as  St  Paul 
teacheth  in  divers  places, f  God  is  not  terrible  to  us.  Now  in  Christ,  God's 
nature  is  fatherly  and  sweet  to  us.  Christ  in  the  gospel  is  our  head. 
Therefore  we  go  boldly  to  God  in  Christ ;  and  Christ  by  his  Spirit  brings 
us  to  his  Father.  We  may  boldly  lay  open  our  souls  in  prayer  ;  and  all 
our  complaints  before  him  as  to  a  Father.  We  come  not  as  malefactors  to 
a  judge,  as  slaves  to  a  lord,  but  as  children  to  a  father,  as  a  wife  to  her 
spouse.  '  With  open  face'  in  the  gospel,  we  behold  God,  that  is,  with 
boldness  we  go  to  him.  The  gospel  by  shining  upon  us  takes  away  a  spirit 
of  fear  and  bondage  ;  the  more  we  see  Christ  the  less  fear  ;  the  more  love 
the  less  fear.  The  more  we  see  the  grace  of  God  in  Christ,  it  diminisheth 
a  spirit  of  fear,  and  puts  into  us  a  spirit  of  love  and  boldness.  For  it 
presents  to  us  in  Christ,  full  satisfaction  to  divine  justice,  that  when  we 
offer  Christ  to  the  Father  whom  he  hath  sent  and  sealed  for  us,  God  can- 
not refuse  a  Saviour  of  his  own  sending  and  sealing,  and  appointing  to 
satisfy  his  justice.  Therefore  we  go  boldly  to  the  throne  of  grace.  It  is  a 
marvellous  privilege  that  we  see  God  clearly  in  the  gospel,  with  open  face, 
with  a  spirit  of  boldness,  the  veil  of  ignorance  being  taken  away.  For  the 
sight^of  God  to  a  conscience  that  is  natural,  and  is  not  convinced  of  the 

*  That  is,  '  offending '  =  injuring.-  G.         t  Cf.  Eph.  iii.  12 ;  Heb.  x.  19.— G. 


254  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

mercy  of  God  by  the  Spirit,  it  is  a  terrible  sight.  A  guilty  conscience  can- 
not see  a  man  but  it  trembles.  It  cannot  see  a  judge  without  trembling. 
And  will  not  the  trembling  conscience,  the  guilty  soul,  flee  from  the  face  of 
God  apace,  that  trembles  at  the  sight  of  a  man  ?  What  is  so  contrary  as 
the  nature  of  God  to  the  nature  of  man  out  of  Christ  ?  The  unholy,  impure, 
and  unclean  nature  of  man,  to  the  pure,  holy  nature  of  Go.d  ?  If  Christ 
had  not  taken  our  nature  and  sanctified  it  in  himself,  and  satisfied  justice 
in  it,  what  boldness  could  this  unclean  nature  of  ours  have  had  to  go  to 
the  holy  God  ?  Let  us,  I  beseech  you,  be  wrapped  up  in  admiration  of  the 
singular  love  of  God  to  us,  especially  in  the  days  of  the  gospel,  that  now 
we  see  in  a  glass,  in  a  clear  glass,  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  and  with  open 
face  boldly  we  may  go  to  God. 

Sometimes  when  the  soul  is  bold  in  sin,  it  weakeneth  boldness  and  faith, 
and  makes  us  look  upon  that  object  that  our  sins  hath  deserved,  upon  a 
wise  God.  For  howsoever  we  may  behold  his  glorious  face  in  Christ,  yet 
if  we  behold  sin  against  conscience,  God  will  hide  himself,  Christ  will  hide 
his  face,  and  hide  the  promises,  and  leave  us  to  terrors  of  conscience  ;  and 
the  soul  shall  not  apprehend  his  gracious  face  in  Christ,  but  that  correction 
that  our  sin  hath  deserved.  God  hath  power  over  the  soul,  and  makes  the 
soul  apprehend  what  object  he  will ;  and  he  presents  to  a  bold  soul  that 
runs  into  sin  what  it  deserves,  hell  for  the  present.  There  is  no  terrors  to 
the  terror  of  a  Christian  that  is  bold  in  sin,  till  God  shine  upon  him  in  his 
grace  again.  Sins  against  conscience,  especially  wasting  sins,  weaken  faith, 
that  we  cannot  go  so  boldly  to  God.  Therefore  those  that  say  when  they 
sin  against  conscience,  that  all  the  cause  of  their  grief  is  because  they  do 
not  conceive  the  free  mercy  of  God,  they  are  ignorant  of  God's  ways.  God 
is  wise,  and  though  he  pardon  sin,  as  sin  is  pardoned  in  heaven,  before  it 
be  pardoned  in  the  conscience,  they  shall  never  be  pardoned  in  thy  con- 
science till  God  have  made  thy  conscience  smart  for  it ;  and  God  will  let 
■wrath  into  thy  conscience,  and  thy  faith  shall  stagger.  It  is  a  sin  for  faith 
to  stagger,  it  should  not  do  so ;  but  it  will  tremble  and  quake,  till  we  have 
humbled  ourselves  before  God. 

What  is  the  way,  after  we  have  had  boldness  and  sweet  familiarity  with 
God,  and  it  hath  been  interrupted  by  sin  ?  how  shall  we  recover  ourselves  ? 

Surely,  to  apprehend  our  sins  to  be  pardonable  in  Christ,  and  that  God 
is  an  everlasting  Father,  and  that  the  covenant  of  grace  is  everlasting,  and 
that  there  is  mercy  in  Israel  for  this  thing  ;  and  the  conceit*  of  mercy  must 
work  our  hearts  to  grief  and  shame.  That  is  certain ;  for  mark  in  the 
gospel,  '  Come  unto  me,  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  heavy  laden,'  Mat.  xi.  28. 
He  calls  us  when  we  find  our  consciences  afflicted  and  tormented.  '  He 
came  to  save  that  which  was  lost,'  Mat.  xviii.  11.  By  the  blessed  power 
of  the  Spirit,  the  blood  of  Christ  is  as  a  fountain  '  for  Judah  and  Jerusalem 
to  wash  in,'  Zech,  xiii.  1,  and  the  '  blood  of  Christ  purgeth  us  from  sin,' 
1  John  i.  7 ;  and  Christ  bids  us  for  daily  trespasses  ask  pardon,  Mat.  vi.  12. 
Daily  therefore  conceive  goodness  in  God  still,  an  everlasting  current  of 
mercy  ;  and  this  must  work  upon  us  grief  and  shame,  and  recover  and 
strengthen  our  faith  again.  For  God's  children,  after  breaches,  arise  the 
stronger  rather  than  ever  they  were  before.  But  this  only  by  the  way. 
We  see  here  how  God's  glorious  grace  is  conveyed  to  us,  and  what  is 
wrought  in  us  to  apprehend  it,  a  spiritual  eye  to  see  it,  in  the  glass  of  the 
gospel,  and  '  with  open  face  we  behold  it,'  we  may  go  boldly  to  the  throne 
of  grace. 

Tliat  is,  'conception.' — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  255 

I  beseech  you,  let  not  that  privilege  be  forgotten,  this  privilege  of  the 
gospel.  What  is  the  glory  of  the  times  we  live  in,  but  God's  face  dis- 
covered in  Christ  ?  In  the  gospel  faith  is  wrought  in  us  to  apprehend 
this,  to  see  God's  face  openly,  and  that  we  ma}^  come  boldly  with  Benja- 
min, our  elder  brother ;  *  come  with  Esau's  garments.  Gen.  xxvii.  23  ; 
come  with  Christ,  and  we  cannot  be  too  bold.  Remember  alwaj  there 
must  be  a  reverent  familiarity,  because  he  hath  majesty  mixed  with  his 
bowels  of  mercy.  Both  are  mixed  together ;  beams  and  bowels.  So  our 
carriage  to  him  must  be  loving  and  familiar,  as  he  is  full  of  bowels  of  mercy. 
But  then  he  hath  majesty.  A  reverent  familiarity  is  fit  for  a  father,  and 
for  so  gracious  and  so  sweet  a  God.  Therefore  that  phrase  we  see  in  the 
Scriptures,  '  We  go  boldly,'  and  cry,  '  Abba,  Father,'  Rom.  viii.  15.  Father 
is  a  word  of  reverence  ;  that  is,  we  go  boldly  to  God  in  Christ,  and  open 
our  wants  as  to  a  father,  with  love  and  reverence ;  as  it  is  said  here,  'with 
open  face.'     Let  us  not  forget  this  privilege. 

'  We  all.' 

Here  is  the  generality,  '  We  all.'  Before,  in  Moses's  time,  he  alone 
went  into  the  mount  and  saw  God  ;  but  now  '  we  all,'  Jews  and  Gentiles, 
where  the  gospel  is  preached, '  we  all.'  Therefore,  you  see  here  the  church 
is  enlarged  by  the  coming  of  Christ.  And  it  was  a  comfort  to  St  Paul,  and 
to  all  good  Christians,  to  think  of  the  enlargement  of  the  church  by  taking 
in  the  Gentiles,  as  it  will  be  a  comfort  hereafter  to  think  of  the  enlarging  of 
the  church  by  taking  in  the  Jews  again.  The  more  the  better  in  religion. 
Why  is  it  a  privilege  for  many,  that  '  we  all  ? '  Because  in  matters  of 
grace  and  glory  there  is  no  envj'  at  all.  All  may  share  without  prejudice. 
All  cannot  be  kings  here  upon  earth,  nor  all  cannot  be  great  men,  because 
the  more  one  hath  the  less  another  hath.  But  in  Christ  and  in  religion 
all  may  be  gracious.  God  respects  every  one,  as  if  there  were  none 
but  them.  He  respects  all  as  one,  and  one,  as  if  there  were  none  but  he. 
Every  man  in  soUduin,  as  civilians  express  it,  entirely  enjoj'eth  Christ,  as 
if  there  were  none  but  he.  He  is  to  all  as  one,  and  to  one  as  if  there  were 
none  but  he.  There  is  no  envy,  as  I  said,  in  grace  and  glory,  where  all 
may  share  alike.  And  that  is  the  reason  why  it  is  alway  comfortable  to 
think  of  community  in  religion.     It  is  joined  with  comfort. 

And  indeed  so  it  is  matter  of  comfort  to  see  a  communion  of  many  in 
one  ;  for  what  is  the  mystical  body  of  Christ  Jesus  but  many  members 
joined  in  one  body,  under  one  gracious  and  glorious  head  ?  And  therefore 
it  is  a  deformed  sight  to  see  fraction  and  disunion.  It  is  that  the  devil 
rules  in.  Divide  and  rule.  It  is  fit  for  the  devil.  God  and  Christ  rule 
in  union.  The  same  Spirit  of  God  that  knits  the  members  to  the  head  by 
faith,  knits  the  members  one  to  another  in  love ;  and  all  grace  is  derived 
from  the  head  to  the  members,  as  they  are  united  to  the  body.  If  there  be 
therefore  disunion,  there  is  no  grace  conveyed  so  far  as  there  is  disunion. 
There  is  no  grace  conveyed  fr-om  the  head ;  for  the  body  grows  up  as  com- 
pact under  one  head. 

Therefore  let  us  labour  to  cherish  union,  and  as  we  hate  distractionf  itself, 
so  hate  distraction  and  division ;  for  dissipation  causeth  distraction. f  There- 
fore by  all  means  labour  for  union,  especiallj''  now  we  are  to  take  the  com- 
munion, that  is  a  seal  of  our  communion  with  Christ  by  faith,  and  one  with 
another.     By  love  let  us  labour  to  bring  our  hearts  to  a  holy  communion. 

*  There  seems  to  be  a  mis-recollection  here.    Perhaps  the  thought  is,  '  Come 
boldly  with  [our]  Benjamin — [come  with]  our  elder  brother,'  &c, — G. 
t  Qu.  '  destruction  '  ? — Ed. 


256  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

None  gains  bj^  disunion  but  the  devil  himself.  Alway  his  policy  is  to  make 
the  breach  greater  where  any  is.  Therefore  let  us  labour  by  all  means  to 
be  united.  The  more  join  together  in  the  blessed  mysteries  of  the  gospel, 
the  more  comfort  and  the  more  glory.  When  all  live  and  join  together  in 
holy  things  of  God,  and  in  sweet  love  one  to  another,  it  is  the  glory  of 
that  place  and  society  and  state.     So  much  for  that  '  we  all.' 

'  And  are  changed.' 

I  shewed  before  how  man's  happiness  stands  partly  in  communion  with 
God,  and  partly  in  his  conformity  and  likeness  to  God.  And  surely  where- 
soever there  is  communion  there  will  be  conformity.  This  conformity  is 
here  set  down  springing  from  communion.  '  We  all  behold  the  glory  of 
God.'  Now,  reconciled  in  Jesus  Christ,  what  doth  that  beholding  work  ? 
A  conformity.  We  are  '  changed  into  the  same  image,  from  glory  to  glory.' 
In  these  words  we  see. 

First,  A  necessity  of  a  change  ;  changed  we  must  be. 

Then  in  this  change  there  must  be  a  pattern  of  conformity.  We  are 
changed  into  the  image  of  Christ,  who  is  the  prototype,  the  first  type  and 
idea  of  all  perfection.     We  are  changed  into  the  same  image. 

And  then,  how  this  change  is  wrought  to  the  image  of  Christ.  It  is  by 
beholding  the  glory  of  Christ  in  the  gospel.  There  is  a  transforming  power 
in  beholding  the  glory  of  God's  mercy  in  Christ.  It  is  not  a  delighting 
object  only,  to  see  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  but  it  is  a  powerful  object 
that  hath  an  influence  upon  the  soul. 

And  then  the  state  of  man  after  this  change,  it  is  a  glorious  condition, 
'  We  are  changed  from  glory.' 

And  then  it  is  a  growing  condition,  '  We  are  changed  from  glory  to 
glory.'  Still,  till  we  come  to  that  pitch,  where  there  can  be  no  growth  ; 
when  the  soul  shall  be  filled  '  with  the  fulness  of  God,'  as  the  apostle 
speaks,  Eph.  iii.  19  ;  when  the  soul  shall  have  all  the  powers  that  it  hath 
to  receive  and  retain,  and  comprehend,  all  the  corners  of  it  filled.  So  we 
grow  from  glory  to  glory  till  then.  These  things  follow  one  another.  To 
begin  with  the  first. 

There  is  a  'necessity  of  a  change. 

In  the  state  we  are  we  must  be  changed,  as  Christ  tells  Nicodemus, 
John  iii.  1,  seq.  There  must  be  a  change  ;  and  such  a  change  as  is  a  new 
birth.  It  must  be  all  new,  as  a  bell ;  if  there  be  but  a  crack  in  it,  it  must  be 
new  moulded  and  cast  again.  It  is  good  for  nothing  else.  So  the  soul  of 
man,  if  there  be  but  a  flaw,  but  a  crack,  all  is  naught.  It  must  be  cast 
and  moulded  again  anew.  We  must  be  set  in  tune  again.  All  is  out 
of  tune.  Before  the  soul  can  make  any  sweet  harmony  in  the  ears  of 
God,  there  must  be  a  change.  There  is  no  coming  to  heaven  without 
a  change.  What  need  I  press  this,  it  is  so  easy  a  point  in  religion. 
'  Except  we  be  born  anew  we  cannot  enter  into  heaven,'  John  iii.  3. 
But  to  clear  from  evidence  of  reason  the  necessity  of  a  change  in  the 
whole  man. 

First,  Because  ive  are  in  a  contrary  state  to  grace  and  to  God.  We  are 
dead.  There  must  be  life  in  us  before  we  come  to  heaven.  We  are 
enemies,  and  if*  enemies  we  must  be  made  friends.  How  shall  we  be  fit 
for  communion  else  with  God,  wherein  our  happiness  stands,  without  con- 
formity ?  Communion  is  between  friends.  Before  those  that  are  in  an 
opposite  condition  can  be  friends,  there  must  be  an  alteration ;  and  this 
alteration  it  must  be  on  God's  part,  or  on  our  part.     Now  who  must  change  ? 

*  Qu.  'of— Ed, 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  257 

God  that  is  unchangeable,  or  we  that  are  corrupt  and  changeable  ?  God 
will  not  change.  There  is  no  reason  he  should.  He  is  goodness  itself, 
alway  unchangeable.  His  perfection  stands  in  an  individual  point.  He 
cannot  alter  a  whit.  There  is  not  a  shadow  of  change  in  God.  Therefore, 
when  there  is  difference  between  God  and  us,  the  change  must  be  on  our 
part.  We  must  be  changed,  as  it  is  Eom.  xii.  2,  and  other  places,  '  in  the 
spirit  of  our  minds.'  We  must  be  wholly  moulded  anew.  Where  there  is 
a  condition  so  opposite  as  the  frame  of  our  hearts  is  to  God,  he  being  holi- 
ness and  we  a  mass  and  lump  of  sin,  of  necessity  there  must  be  a  change. 
God  intends  in  the  gospel  to  bring  us  near  himself,  and  Christ's  end  is 
to  bring  us  to  God,  as  it  is  1  Pet.  iii.  18.  All  the  gospel  is  to  bring  us 
back  to  God  from  whom  we  fell.  Now  our  nature,  as  I  said,  is  defiled  and 
unholy  ;  and  we  cannot  be  friends  with  God  till  there  be  a  likeness  in  dis- 
position to  God.  Therefore  our  natures  must  be  suitable  to  the  sweet  and 
holy  and  pure  nature  of  God  in  some  measure.  We  enter  into  a  covenant 
with  God,  in  the  covenant  of  grace,  and  how  can  we  maintain  the  covenant 
of  grace,  without  some  likeness  to  God  and  Christ  ?  In  that  regard  of 
necessity  there  must  be  a  change  ;  and  this  change  must  be  on  our  part. 
As  we  see  in  an  instrument,  those  strings  that  are  out  of  tune  are  brought 
to  them  that  are  in,  so  it  is  we  that  must  change  and  alter,  and  not  God. 
God  is  alway  unchangeable,  like  himself  in  his  love  ;  and  it  is  our  comfort 
that  he  is  so  unchangeable  in  his  mercy  and  holiness  and  justice.  There- 
fore I  say  the  change  must  be  on  our  part. 

'  Flesh  and  blood,  as  it  is,  cannot  enter  into  heaven,'  1  Cor.  xv.  50  ; 
that  is,  the  nature  of  man,  as  it  is  corrupted;  we  must  have  new  judgments 
of  things,  and  new  desires,  and  new  esteem,  new  affections,  new  joys,  new 
delights,  new  conversation,  new  company.  All  the  frame  of  the  soul  must 
be  new.  There  must  be  a  new  bent  of  soul.  It  must  be  turned  another 
way.  The  face  of  the  soul  must  look  clean  another  way.  Whereas  before 
it  looked  to  the  world-ward,  and  to  things  below,  now  it  must  look  to  God- 
ward  and  heaven-ward.  Therefore  those  that  are  in  their  pure  naturals, 
that  feel  no  change  in  themselves,  what  shall  we  think  of  them  ?  They 
are  not  in  the  state  of  grace,  for  of  necessity  there  must  be  a  change. 

There  is  a  double  change,  real  and  gradual. 

First,  A  real  charuje,  from  ill  to  noocl. 

And  then,  A  gradual  change  from  better  to  better,  *  from  glory  to  glory.' 

The  first  change  is  from  the  state  of  nature  to  grace  at  our  first  conver- 
sion, when  God  puts  the  first  form  and  stamp  upon  us. 

And  then  a  change  in  grace,  '  from  glory  to  glory,'  we  must  be  changed. 

Second,  Then  again,  ice  all  expect  glory  in  heaven ;  and  how  can  we  do 
that  except  we  be  fitted  for  it  ?  The  church  is  the  fitting  place  for  glory. 
We  enter  into  heaven  in  the  church  here.  We  are  hewn  and  squared 
here.  If  we  be  not  holy  here,  we  shall  never  enter  into  heaven.  There 
must  be  a  change  begun  here  if  ever  it  be  perfected  in  heaven.  '  No  un- 
clean thing  shall  come  there,'  Eev.  xxi.  27.  As  soon  as  ever  Satan,  an 
angel  of  light,  sinned,  he  was  tumbled  out  of  heaven.  It  will  brook  *  no 
unclean  thing  ;  no  unclean  thing  shall  ever  come  there  again.  Therefore 
our  nature  must  be  altered  suitable  to  that  place  and  glorious  condition, 
before  we  come  to  heaven.  Except  we  be  new  born,  we  cannot  enter  into 
the  kingdom  of  God.  There  is  direct  Scripture  for  it.  Beloved,  this  is 
forgot.  Men  trust  to  the  grace  and  mercy  of  God,  and  look  not  after  a 
change  ;  and  this  holds  many  from  embracing  the  gospel  in  the  truth  of  it ; 
*  That  is,  '  suffer,'  '  endure.'—  G. 


258  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

from  knowing  Clirist  as  the  truth  is  in  him.  They  hear  they  must  be 
changed,  which  they  are  unwilling  to.  The}"  believe  that  God  is  merciful, 
and  that  Christ  died,  &c.  They  snatch  so  much  of  the  gospel,  as  may 
serve  to  build  them  up  in  self-love.  So  far  they  think  all  is  well.  But 
when  they  see  siich  grace  as  must  teach  them  '  to  deny  ungodliness  and 
worldly  lusts,'  Titus  ii.  12,  and  such  grace  as  must  change  and  alter  them, 
this  they  cannot  brook.  They  are  content  to  go  to  heaven  if  they  may  have 
it  in  a  way  to  hell ;  in  maintaining  their  corruptions  ;  being  proud  and 
covetous  and  worldly,  as  they  are.  This  must  not  be.  Of  necessity  there 
must  be  a  change. 

Third,  Nay,  I  say  more,  beside  the  former  reasons,  the  soul  that  truhj 
desires  mercy  and  favour,  desires  always  ])oiver  against  sin.  Pardon  and 
power  go  together,  in  God's  gift  and  in  the  desire  of  a  Christian's  soul. 
There  is  no  Chi'istian  soul  but  he  desires  the  grace  of  sanctification  to 
change  him,  as  much  as  the  grace  of  pardon  ;  for  he  looks  upon  corruption 
and  sin  as  the  vilest  thing  in  the  world ;  and  upon  grace  and  the  new 
creature  as  the  best  thing  in  the  world.  There  is  no  man  changed  but  he 
hath  those  apprehensions  of  sanctification. 

Remember  this  against  some  weak  conceits  likewise,  that  would  have  all 
the  change  in  justification.  They  rent*  Christ's  offices,  as  if  he  were  all 
priest,  and  not  a  king  to  govern ;  as  if  he  were  righteousness,  and  not 
sanctification  ;  as  if  he  had  merit  to  die  for  us  and  to  give  us  his  righteous- 
ness, and  no  efiicacy  to  change  oui*  natures  ;  as  if  in  the  covenant  of  grace 
God  did  not  WTite  his  law  in  our  hearts,  but  only  forgave  our  sins.  He 
doth  both  in  the  covenant  of  grace.  And  where  God  makes  a  combination, 
we  must  not  break  it.  Efiicacy  and  merit,  justification  and  sanctification, 
water  and  blood,  go  together.  There  must  be  a  change.  But  to  follow 
the  point  a  little  further. 

Fourth,  There  must  be  change,  because  no  holy  action  can  come  from  an 
unchanged  power  and  faculig.  Actions  spring  from  powers  and  faculties. 
They  are  suitable  to  them.  Therefore  there  must  be  a  change  in  the 
powers  and  faculties  of  the  soul,  before  there  be  a  change  in  the  life  and 
conversation.     These  three  follow  in  nature. 

The  form,  and  living,  and  being  of  things ;  and  powers ;  and  action  issuing 
from  the  power.  So  in  the  life  of  grace  and  sanctification  there  is  a  power 
and  ability  to  believe  in  God,  and  to  be  holy,  and  to  love  God ;  and  then 
the  actions  of  love  spring  from  that  power.  We  live,  and  then  we  have  a 
power  to  move.  In  nature,  being  and  life  and  moving  go  together.  So 
if  we  have  a  being  in  grace,  we  have  a  power  to  move.  I  beseech  you, 
therefore,  consider  the  necessity  of  a  change  of  the  inward  man,  of  the 
powers  and  faculties  of  the  soul.  Can  the  eye  see  without  a  power  of  see- 
ing ?  or  the  ear  hear  without  a  faculty  of  hearing  ?  Can  the  soul  perform 
sanctified  actions  without  a  sanctified  power  ?     It  is  impossible. 

And  especially  the  alteration  and  change  is  in  the  will,  which  some 
would  have  untouched.  They  would  have  it  free  ;  those  that  would  have 
no  more  given  to  grace  than  needs  must.  But  grace  works  upon  the  will 
most  of  all.  Divinity  rules  the  will  especially.  For  the  bent  of  the  will 
makes  a  good  or  a  bad  man ;  and  the  desires  of  the  will  carry  the  whole 
man  with  it.  "We  are  as  the  bent  is  of  our  will.  We  are  as  the  choice  of 
our  will  is.  If  the  choice,  and  bent,  and  bias  be  the  right  way,  by  the 
Spirit,  it  is  good.  If  the  will  be  not  inclined  and  wrought  to  go  the  best 
way,  there  is  no  work  of  grace  at  all.  Though  all  grace  come  in  through 
*  That  is,  '  rend,'  ^  separate. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  259 

the  understanding  enlightened,  that  is  the  first,  yet  it  goeth  into  the  will. 
It  passeth  through  the  understanding  into  the  will,  and  it  puts  a  new  taste 
and  relish  upon  the  will  and  affections. 

Well,  3'ou  see,  therefore,  that  the  grace  wrought  in  the  gospel  it  is  not  a 
mere  persuasion  and  entreaty,  &c.,  but  a  powerful  work  of  the  Spirit  enter- 
ing into  the  soul  and  changing  it,  and  altering  and  turning  the  bent  and 
inclination  of  the  will  heavenward,  whereas*  corruption  of  nature  turns  the 
soul  downward  to  things  below.  When  the  Spirit  of  God  entereth  into  the 
soul,  it  is  not  only  by  mere  outward  persuasion  to  leave  it  to  the  liberty 
of  will,  but  it  altereth  the  taste  of  the  will.  The  soul  is  carried  up,  and  is 
shut  to  things  below.  It  useth  the  world  as  though  it  used  it  not.  We 
must  have  great  conceits  of  the  work  of  grace.  The  Scripture  hath  great 
words  of  it.  It  is  an  alteration,  a  change,  a  new  man,  a  new  creature,  new 
birth,  &c.     We  see  the  necessity  of  a  change. 

Fifth.  Again,  another  reason  is  this :  God,  tchere  he  calls  and  dignifies, 
he  also  qualifies.  Princes  cannot  qualify  those  they  raise,  but  God,  whom 
he  advanceth  to  glory,  he  fits  and  qualifies  for  glory ;  where  he  bestows  his 
mercies  and  favours  to  life  everlasting,  he  calls  to  great  matters,  and  he 
also  changeth  them.  If  Saul  were  changed  when  he  came  to  be  a  king,  in 
regard  of  a  new  quality,  shall  we  think  that  God  will  call  any  to  the  par- 
ticipation of  his  gloriolis  mercy  in  Christ,  in  pardoning  their  sin,  and 
accepting  them  to  life  eternal,  but  he  will  change  them  ?  No.  Whosoever 
he  calls  to  glory,  he  changeth  and  altereth  their  dispositions  to  be  fit 
for  so  glorious  a  condition  as  a  Christian  is  called  to.  There  must  be  a 
change. 

Proud  men  love  not  to  hear  of  this.  It  is  a  prejudice  to  their  former 
authority.  What !  I  that  was  accounted  a  wise  man,  now  to  be  a  fool !  I 
that  was  accounted  so  and  so,  to  alter  all  my  frame  and  course,  and  to  turn 
the  stream  another  way — the  world  will  say  I  go  mad.  I  say  because  grace 
altereth  and  changeth  all :  '  Old  things  are  passed  away,  and  all  things  are 
become  new,'  2  Cor.  v.  17 ;  those  that  are  carnal  and  proud  cannot  endure 
a  change,  because  it  is  some  prejudice  to  their  reputation.  But  it  must  be 
so  if  they  look  for  salvation.     Thus  you  see  that  point  proved  enough. 

'  Into  the  same  image.' 

The  pattern  to  which  we  are  changed  is  the  image  of  Christ.  It  is  a 
rule,  and  a  true  rule,  the  first  in  every  kind  is  the  measure  of  all  the  rest. 
It  is  the  idea,  the  pattern,  and  platform  of  all  the  rest.  Now  Christ  is  the 
first,  for  he  is  the  '  fii'st-born,'  the  '  first  fruits,'  the  'first  beloved.'  There- 
fore he  is  the  pattern  of  all  the  rest,  and  the  measure  of  all  other.  The 
nearer  we  come  to  Christ,  the  better  we  are ;  for  that  is  the  measure  of  a 
thing,  the  nearer  it  answcreth  to  that  the  better.  Now  Christ  is  the  best, 
and  our  nature  in  Christ  is  joined  to  the  Godhead  in  one  person.  There- 
fore we  are  changed  to  the  likeness  of  Christ,  '  the  second  Adam;'  for  as 
before  we  are  changed,  we  are  corrupted  and  depraved  according  to  the  like- 
ness of  the  first  Adam  after  his  fall ;  and  as  before  his  fall,  if  he  had  not 
fallen,  we  had  been  born  according  to  his  likeness,  that  is,  good  and  right- 
eous ;  so  now  being  fallen,  as  soon  as  by  faith  we  are  planted  and  grafted 
into  the  second  Adam  we  are  changed  into  his  likeness.  Christ  as  it  were 
is  God's  master-piece,  that  is,  the  excellentest  work,  and  device,  and  frame 
of  heaven  that  ever  was,  to  set  up  such  a  Mediator,  to  reconcile  justice  and 
mercj^  in  bringing  God  and  man  into  one  person.  Now  Christ  being  God's 
master-piece,  the  best  and  most  excellent  frame  of  all,  he  is  fit  to  be  the 
*  A  misprinted  ■  by'  here. — G. 


260  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

pattern  of  all  excellency  ■whatsoever.  Therefore  he  is  the  image,  the  idea, 
the  pattern  and  platform  of  all  our  sanctification. 

Christ  the  second  Adam  is  the  image  into  -which  ^we  are  changed.  We 
are  not  changed  to  the  image  of  the  first  Adam  by  grace,  but  to  the  image 
of  the  second  Adam.  There  is  from  him  a  derivation  of  all  cood,  opposite 
to  all  the  ill  Tve  drew  from  the  first  Adam.  We  drew  from  the  first  Adam 
the  displeasure  of  God ;  by  the  second  we  obtain  the  favour  of  God  by  his 
death  and  satisfaction.  With  the  wrath  of  God  we  drew  corruption  from 
the  first  Adam,  in  the  second  we  have  grace.  From  the  first  Adam  we 
have  death,  and  all  the  miseries  that  attend  death  and  follow  it.  In  the 
second  Adam  we  have  life  and  all  happiness,  till  it  end  in  glory.  In  a 
word,  whatsoever  ill  we  have  in  the  first  Adam,  it  is  repaired  abundantly 
in  the  second,  when  we  are  changed  into  his  image.  Therefore,  when  you 
read  of  the  image  of  God  in  the  New  Testament,  it  must  be  understood  of 
the  image  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ,  the  second  Adam. 

Now  this  image  consists  in  knowledge,  in  holiness  and  righteousness. 
If  we  compare  Col.  iii.  with  Eph.  iv.,  this  was  perfect  in  Christ,  who  was 
the  image  of  his  Father,  and  we  must  be  like  Christ  the  second  Adam  in 
sanctification. 

Now  the  grounds  v^^hy  we  must  be  conformable  to  the  image  of  the  second 
Adam,  and  not  to  the  first,  are  these  : 

Because  the  second  Adam  is  far  excelling  the  first  Adam  ;  and  as  I  said, 
we  must  be  conformed  to  the  best  image.  As  we  have  borne  the  image  of 
the  first,  so  we  must  bear  the  image  of  the  second,  as  it  is  in  1  Cor.  xv.  49. 

And  then  the  image  of  God  in  the  second  Adam  is  more  durable.  For 
all  excellencies  and  grace  is  more  firmly  set  on  Christ  than  ever  they  were 
upon  Adam.  It  is  set  upon  him  with  such  a  character  and  stamp  as  shall 
never  be  altered.  When  God  set  his  image  on  the  first  Adam  it  was  rased, 
and  decayed,  and  lost,  by  the  malice  of  the  devil,  because  it  was  not  set  on 
so  firmly,  Adam  being  a  man  and  a  good  man,  yet  he  was  a  man  change- 
able. But  Christ  is  God-man ;  in  one  nature  God  hath  set  such  a  stamp  of 
grace  on  the  human  nature,  being  eternally  united  to  the  Godhead,  that 
shall  never  be  altered.  Therefore  we  are  renewed  according  to  the  image 
of  God  as  it  is  stamped  on  Christ,  not  as  it  was  stamped  on  the  first  Adam. 

And  that  is  the  reason  why  the  state  of  God's  children  is  unalterable, 
why  being  once  gracious  they  are  so  for  ever.  If  God  set  the  stamp  of 
the  Spirit  of  Christ  on  them,  it  is  firm,  as  it  is  upon  Christ.  It  never 
alters  in  Christ,  nor  in  those  that  are  members  of  Christ.  The  alteration 
is  in  grovvth  from  better  to  better.  God's  children  sometimes  a  little 
deface  that  image  by  sin,  security,  and  the  like.  But  as  a  piece  of  coin  that 
is  a  little  defaced,  yet  it  hath  the  old  stamp  still,  and  is  acknowledged  for 
good  coin,  so  a  Christian  in  all  desertions,  in  the  worst  state,  he  hath  the 
stamp  still.  Though  it  be  darkened  by  his  carelessness,  yet  after  it  receives 
a  fresh  stamp  it  is  an  everlasting  stamp.  When  once  we  are  God's  coin 
we  are  never  reprobate  silver.  And  all  is,  because  we  are  '  renewed  accord- 
ing to  the  image  of  Christ,'  and  grace  is  firmly  set  in  our  nature  in  Christ 
so  sure  that  all  the  devils  in  hell  cannot  rase  it  out.  And  he  is  the 
'  quickening  Spirit,'  and  therefore  able  to  transform  us  to  his  likeness  better 
than  the  first  Adam  was.  Therefore  the  image  of  God  is  the  likeness  of 
the  second  Adam,  and  we  are  changed  into  that. 

Now  the  reasons  why  the  second  Adam  changeth  us  into  his  own  image 
are  many : 

First,  Because  he  is  a  pou'erful  head  that  changeth  all  his  members,  a 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  261 

powerful  root  that  changeth  all  his  branches  into  his  own  nature,  a  powerful 
husband  that  changeth  his  own  spouse.  I  say,  he  is  a  quickening  Spirit,  a 
public  person,  and  the  root  of  all  believers,  as  the  first  Adam  was  of  us  all 
as  we  are  natural  men. 

Second,  Again,  it  is  meet  that  brethren  should  be  all  alike;  therefore,  as 
it  is  in  Rom.  viii.  29,  '  we  are  predestinate  to  be  conform  to  Christ.'  '  He  is 
the  first  among  many  brethren.'  The  chief  brethren  must  be  all  alike. 
Therefore  we  being  predestinate  to  salvation,  it  was  fit  we  should  be  pre- 
destinate to  be  conformable  to  our  elder  brother,  that  brethren  might  be  of 
one  nature  and  disposition.  It  is  fit  that  the  husband  and  wife  should  be 
of  one  disposition.  Christ  is  the  husband  and  we  are  the  spouse.  There- 
fore by  grace  he  alters,  and  cleanseth,  and  purgeth  his  spouse,  as  it  is  Eph. 
V.  25,  seg.,  '  He  loved  his  spouse,  and  gave  himself  for  it ;  that  he  might 
purge  it,  and  make  it  a  glorious  spouse.'  It  is  meet  the  wife  should  be 
the  glory  of  the  husband,  as  St  Paul  saith,  1  Cor.  xi.  7,  that  is,  that  she 
should  reflect  the  excellencies  of  her  husband.  Therefore  that  the  church 
might  be  the  glory  of  Christ  and  reflect  the  excellencies  of  Christ,  she  is 
changed  to  be  like  Christ  more  and  more  daily.  There  is  a  kind  of  con- 
gruity  that  brethren  should  be  like,  and  that  the  spouse  and  the  husband 
should  be  alike.  Therefore  God  hath  ordained  that  we  should  be  like  him 
in  a  threefold  degree  :  in  suffering,  in  grace,  and  in  glory.  Whosoever  will 
be  like  him  in  glory,  must  be  like  him  in  grace.  First  God's  election  and 
ordaining  must  have  its  issue ;  that  is,  the  representation  of  the  likeness  of 
Christ  in  our  natures. 

Third,  Again,  the  end  of  Christ's  coming  was  '  to  destroy  the  ii-orks  of  the 
devil,''  1  John  iii.  8,  to  deface  all  Satan's  works,  especially  his  work  in  us, 
the  image  of  Satan  in  our  dispositions.  For  every  man  by  nature  carries 
the  image  of  the  devil  on  him,  till  the  image  of  Christ  be  stamped  on,  and 
the  image  of  Satan  rased  out.  For  in  man  there  is  naturally  an  opposition 
to  the  truth,  a  hatred  of  God  and  of  good  things.  Now  Christ  coming  to 
dissolve  the  works  of  the  devil,  puts  out  this  image,  and  sets  his  own  stamp 
and  image  upon  the  soul.  Therefore  unless  Christ  change  us  to  his  own 
image  he  should  miss  of  the  end  of  his  coming.  These  and  many  such 
reasons  there  are  to  prove  that  we  are  restored  according  to  the  image  of 
Christ  Jesus,  and  why  Christ  will  change  us  to  his  own  likeness.  To  add 
one  more  : 

Fourth,  The  end  of  Christ  is,  that  we  shoulxl  enter  into  a  sweet  communion 
with  him.  Therefore  he  will  set  such  a  stamp  upon  us  as  he  may  delight 
in  us  and  be  friends.  Now  if  he  should  not  change  our  natures,  what  cor- 
respondence could  there  be  between  Christ  and  us  ?  Now  when  he  hath 
altered  and  changed  us,  he  looks  on  us  as  carrying  his  stamp  and  image. 

Use  1.  If  this  be  so,  that  we  are  changed  into  the  image  of  the  second 
Adam,  Jesus  Christ,  then  I  beseech  you  let  us  labour  every  day  more  and 
more  to  study  Christ,  that  so  by  beholding  Christ  we  may  be  transformed 
into  his  likeness.  For  the  looking  upon  Christ  is  a  transforming  sight. 
Therefore  let  us  look  into  his  disposition  as  it  is  set  forth  in  the  gospel,  and 
to  his  carriage,  and  look  to  his  privileges,  that  so  we  may  receive  '  grace 
for  grace,'  grace  suitable  to  his  grace,  disposition  suitable  to  his  disposition, 
conversation  suitable  to  his  conversation,  and  privilege  and  prerogative 
suitable  to  his  prerogative,  that  we  may  be  like  him  every  way. 

What  was  his  disposition  and  carriage  ?  It  were  too  large  to  unfold  it 
to  you  as  it  is  in  the  gospel,  but  because  we  must  be  changed  into  the  image 
of  Christ,  it  is  good  to  look  to  that  picture,  that  we  may  resemble  that 


262  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

image  as  mucli  as  may  be.  You  see  in  the  gospel  how  he  carried  himself 
to  his  friends,  enemies,  the  devil,  himself. 

You  see  how  full  of  love  he  was.  What  drew  him  from  heaven  to  earth, 
and  so  to  his  cross  and  to  his  grave,  but  love  to  mankind  ?  Yen  see  how 
full  of  goodness  he  was  :  '  He  went  about  doing  all  the  good  he  could,'  Acts 
X.  38.  How  much  good  doth  that  speech  savour  of  that  Paul  speaks  of 
him,  '  It  is  a  more  blessed  thing  to  give  than  to  receive,'  Acts  xx.  35.  See 
how  full  of  zeal  he  was  !  He  whipped  the  buyers  and  sellers  out  of  the 
temple,  John  ii.  15.  He  was  full  of  goodness.  It  was  his  meat  and  drink 
to  do  good,  John  iv.  32,  seq.  It  was  as  natural  to  him  as  for  a  fountain  to 
stream  out. 

(1.)  And  as  I  said  for  his  carriage  toward  his  friends,  to  those  that  were 
good,  how  sweet  and  indulgent  was  he. 

[1.]  Where  there  icas  any  beginniiir/s  of  goodness,  he  did  encourage  it.  He 
never  sent  any  back  again,  but  those  that  went  back  again  of  their  own 
head,  as  the  young  man.  Christ  sent  him  not  back.  He  was  so  full  of 
sweetness  to  weak  Christians,  nay,  he  discovered  himself  most  to  the  weakest. 
He  was  never  more  familiar  with  any  than  with  the  woman  of  Samaria,  that 
was  an  adulteress,  John  iv.  6,  seq.  ;  and  Mary  that  had  been  a  sinner,  how 
sweetly  did  he  appear  to  her  first,  John  xx.  1,  seq.  How  sweet  was  he  to 
sinners  when  they  repented  !  how  ready  to  forgive  and  pardon  !  See  it  in 
Peter.  He  never  cast  him  in  the  teeth  with  his  apostasy  ;  he  never 
upbraided  him  with  it ;  he  never  so  much  as  tells  him  of  it,  only  he  '  looks ' 
upon  him,  and  afterward,  '  Lovest  thou  me  ?'  &c.,  John  xxi.  15. 

[2. J  He  uvtdd  not  '  quench  the  smoking  flax,  nor  break  the  bruised  reed,' 
Mat.  xii.  20,  so  gentle  and  sweet  a  Saviour  have  we.  He  was  sweet  to  those 
that  were  good  in  the  lowest  degree  of  goodness  ;  nay,  where  there  was  but 
a  representation  of  goodness,  as  in  the  young  man,  he  kissed  and  embraced 
him  when  he  came  and  said,  '  What  good  thing  shall  I  do  to  inherit  eternal 
life  ?'  Mark  x.  17.  He  embraced  him,  and  made  much  of  him.  And  so 
to  the  Pharisee,  '  Thou  art  not  far  from  the  kingdom  of  God,'  Mark  xii.  34. 
He  laboured  to  pull  him  further.  He  was  of  a  winning,  gaining  disposi- 
tion. Those  that  were  good  he  loved  them,  and  carried  himself  so  to  all 
as  much  as  might  be.  Shall  we  not  labour  to  be  of  his  disposition,  not  to 
set  people  further  off,  but  to  be  of  a  gaining,  winning  nature  ? 

[3.]  See  how  obedient  he  was  to  his  Father,  '  Not  my  will,  but  thine  be 
done,'  Mat.  xxvi.  42  ;  both  in  active  and  passive  obedience,  in  all  things  he 
looked  to  his  Father's  will,  being  subordinate  to  him.  Wheresoever  there 
is  subordination,  there  ought  to  be  obedience.  Now  there  is  a  subordina- 
tion to  God  as  our  Father  in  Christ.  Therefore  we  should  labour  to  be 
obedient  even  to  death,  as  Christ  was.  Our  happiness  stands  in  subordi- 
nation. The  happiness  of  the  inferior  is  in  subjection  to  the  superior  that 
may  do  him  good.  Therefore  we  must  be  obedient  to  God  as  Christ  was. 
We  see  he  prayed  whole  nfghts.* 

(2.)  For  his  oim  jmrticidar,  how  holy  and  heavenly  was  he.  f  He  takes 
occasion  of  vines,  of  stones,  of  water,  of  sheep,  and  all  things  to  be  heavenly 
minded,  to  raise  his  soul  upon  all  occasions.  And  when  he  rose  from  the 
dead,  and  conversed  with  his  disciples,  what  was  his  talk  ?  He  discoursed 
all  of  matters  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  So  his  whole  disposition  was 
heavenly  and  holy  in  himself,  and  patient  in  wrongs  done  to  him.     He  did 

«Cf.  Luke  vi.  12:  xxi.  37. 

t  According  to  tlie  metliod  on  page  201,  at  bottom,  this  ought  to  hare  been  the 
fourth  particular.— G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  2G3 

not  return  injury  for  injury.  You  see  how  meek  he  was.  I  give  you  but 
a  touch  of  every  particular.  You  may  by  proportion  apply  the  rest.  He 
was  in  his  own  particular  holy  and  heavenly,  and  full  of  purity  and  holi- 
ness and  heavenliness. 

(3.)  What  was  he  to  his  enemies  ?  Did  he  call  for  fire  from  heaven  when 
they  wronged  him  ?  Was  he  all  on  a  heat  ?  When  his  poor  disciples,  being 
more  flesh  than  sjiirit,  would  have  fire  from  heaven,  '  You  know  not  what 
spirit  you  are  of,'  saith  he,  Luke  ix.  55.  He  shed  tears  for  those  that  shed 
his  blood,  '  Oh  Jerusalem,  Jerusalem,'  &c.,  Mat.  xxiii.  37,  that  afterward 
crucified  him.  And  upon  the  cross  you  see  there  to  his  very  enemies, 
'  Father,  forgive  them,  they  know  not  what  they  do,'  Lake  xxiii.  34.  So 
then  if  we  Avill  be  like  to  Christ,  consider  how  he  carried  himself  to  God  in 
devotion  and  obedience,  and  how  in  himself  he  was  full  of  purity  and  holi- 
ness, unspotted  every  way ;  how  to  his  friends,  to  all  that  had  any  goodness 
in  them  ;  and  how  to  his  enemies,  he  prayed  for  his  very  enemies. 

(4.)  And  for  the  devil  himself.  Deal  with  him  as  Christ  did,  that  is,  have 
no  terms  with  him,  although  he  come  to  us  in  our  nearest  friends.  He 
came  to  Christ  in  Peter.  '  Satan  avoid,'  saith  he.  Mat.  xvi.  32.  If  the 
devil  come  to  us  in  our  wives,  in  our  children,  in  our  friends,  '  avoid  Satan.' 
Satan  comes  to  us  sometime  in  our  friends,  to  give  corrupt  judgment,  to 
maintain  self  causes,  to  do  this  or  that  that  may  crack  our  conscience. 
Discern  the  devil  in  our  best  friends ;  for  sometime  they  may  be  the  trunks* 
of  the  devil.  The  devil  may  convey  his  spirit  through  Peter.  Let  us  imi- 
tate Christ.  Discern  between  our  friends'  love  and  the  subtilty  of  the  devil 
in  them,  and  be  able  to  give  them  an  avaunt,  '  avoid  Satan.'  We  see  Christ 
when  he  encountered  Satan,  he  fights  not  with  Satan's  weapons  ;  and  when 
he  was  to  deal  with  his  instruments,  but  with  the  word  of  God.  He  gives 
not  reproach  for  reproach,  nor  sophistry  for  sophistry  ;  but  '  It  is  written,' 
Mat.  iv.  4,  et  alibi,  shewing  that  we  must  encounter  Satan  with  God's 
armour}^,  with  weapons  out  of  the  book  of  God. 

And  then  when  Satan  would  confess  him,  and  make  much  of  him,  '  Oh 
thou  art  the  Son  of  God,'  he  would  have  nothing  to  do  with  him.  So  those 
that  are  manifestly  led  with  the  spirit  of  Satan,  and  would  press  kindness 
on  us,  have  nothing  to  do  with  them  so  far.  As  we  say  of  the  devil  he  is 
not  alway  a  liar,  but  he  alway  cozeneth  ;  so  take  those  that  are  led  by  the 
spirit  of  the  devil,  that  are  Jesuited  papists,  they  lie  not  in  all,  but  there  is 
cozening  in  all ;  for  all  is  but  snaring  kindness  and  gifts  that  will  hurt  more. 
All  offers  from  Satan,  and  those  that  are  led  with  the  spirit  of  Satan,  we 
ought  to  suspect,  as  Christ  we  see  when  Satan  offered  him  a  kindness,  he 
saw  he  was  to  be  took  heed  of.  Therefore  saith  he,  '  away,'  you  and  your 
kindness.  So  have  nothing  to  do  with  devilish  men.  Those  are  best  at 
ease,  and  prosper  most  that  have  least  to  do  with  them  ;  those  that  see  they 
are  alway  deceivers  though  they  be  not  alway  liars  ;  those  that  are  nearest 
hostilit}'  prosper  best.  Thus  jon  see  a  taste  of  Christ's  carriage  to  his 
friends,  to  his  enemies,  to  Satan.  And  for  hypocrites  he  speaks,  '  Woe  to 
them,'  Mat.  xxiii.  13.  He  hated  them  above  all  the  proud  Pharisees. 
I  might  spend  much  time  in  going  over  particulars  in  the  gospel,  to  see 
what  expressions  there  are  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Use  2.  I  beseech  you,  make  this  use  of  it,  when  in  the  gospel  you  read 

of  any  expression  of  his  love  and  gentleness,  of  his  obedience  and  humility, 

in  washing  his  disciples'  feet,  and  '  Learn  of  me  for  I  am  meek,'  &c..  Mat. 

xi.  29,  and  '  Come  unto  me,  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  heavy  laden,'  Mat. 

*■  That  is,  truuk  or  chest,  =  instruments  of  the  devil. — G. 


264 


EXCELLEN'CY  OF  THE  GOSFEL 


xi.  28,  then  tliink  this  is  the  expression  of  wy  blessed  Saviour,  '  the  second 
Adam,'  to  tchose  image  I  must  he  coiiformed,  and  transformed,  and  changed; 
and  therefore  when  you  are  moved  and  tempted  to  sin,  from  your  o\Yn 
corruption,  or  from  Satan,  reason  thus  with  yourselves  :  Would  our  blessed 
Saviour,  if  he  were  upon  earth,  do  this  ?  would  he  speak  thus  ?  would  he 
not  do  thus  if  he  were  here  now  ?  would  he  not  be  ready  to  do  this  good 
turn  ?  Surely  he  would  ;  and  I  must  be  changed  into  his  image  and  like- 
ness. Therefore  let  me  consider  what  my  blessed  Saviour  would  do  in  the 
like  case.  Surely  our  blessed  Saviour  would  not  stain  and  defile  his  body. 
He  would  not  make  his  tongue  an  instrument  of  untruth  to  deceive  others. 
He  would  not  be  covetous  and  injurious.  Art  thou  a  Christian  or  no  ?  If 
thou  be  a  Christian  thou  hast  the  anointing  of  Jesus  Christ.  That  anoint- 
ing that  was  poured  on  him  as  the  head,  it  runs  down  to  thee  as  a  member, 
as  Aaron's  ointment  ran  down  to  his  skirts.  If  thou  be  the  skirt  of  Christ, 
the  meanest  Christian,  thou  hast  the  same  grace  if  thou  be  a  Christian. 
And  therefore  thou  must  express  Christ,  that  as  thou  art  partaker  of  his 
name,  so  thou  must  be  partaker  of  his  anointing.  If  thou  be  a  Christian, 
why  doest  thou  thus  ?  Doth  this  suit  with  thy  profession  ?  Dost  thou  carry 
the  image  of  Satan,  and  dost  thou  think  to  be  a  Christian,  except  it  be  in 
title  and  profession  only  ?  No.  There  is  no  Christian  but  if  he  be  a  true 
Christian  he  is  changed  into  the  likeness  of  Christ,  into  his  image.  There- 
fore it  is  a  good  thought  upon  all  occasions,  every  day  to  think  what  would 
my  blessed  Saviour  say  if  he  were  here  ?  and  what  did  he  in  the  like  case 
when  he  was  upon  earth  ?  I  must  be  '  led  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ,'  or  else 
I  am  none  of  his.  Therefore  let  us  shame  ourselves  when  we  are  moved 
by  our  corruptions  and  temptations  to  do  anything  contrary  to  this  blessed 
image. 

And  consider,  the  more  we  grow  into  the  likeness  of  Christ,  the  more  we 
grow  in  the  love  of  God,  who  delights  in  us  as  he  doth  in  his  own  Son  : 
*  This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleased,'  Mat.  iii.  17.  Now 
the  more  hke  we  are  to  Christ,  the  more  he  is  pleased  with  us. 

And  the  more  we  shall  grow  in  love  one  to  another  ;  for  the  liker  pictures 
are  to  the  first  pattern,  the  liker  they  are  one  to  another.  So  the  liker  we 
grow  to  Christ,  the  liker  we  are  one  to  another,  and  the  more  like,  the 
more  love. 

Who  keeps  Christ  alive  in  the  world,  but  a  company  of  Christians  that 
carry  his  resemblance  ?  As  we  say  of  a  child  that  is  like  his  father,  this 
man  cannot  die  as  long  as  his  son  is  alive,  because  he  resembleth  his  father; 
so  as  long  as  Christians  are  in  the  world,  that  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ, 
Christ  cannot  die.  He  lives  in  them,  and  Christ  is  alive  no  otherwise  in 
the  world  than  in  the  hearts  of  gracious  Christians,  that  carry  the  picture 
and  resemblance  of  Christ  in  them. 

But  how  are  we  changed  into  the  likeness  of  Christ  ?  How  come  we  to 
be  like  him  ?   . 

When  once  we  believe  in  Christ,  we  are  graft  into  the  similitude  of  his 
death,  and  into  the  likeness  of  his  resurrection.  It  is  a  point  somewhat 
mystical,  yet  it  is  stood  upon  in  the  Scriptures,  in  Rom.  vi.  especially, 
at  large. 

How  come  we  to  die  to  sin  by  virtue  of  Christ's  death  ?  and  to  live  to 
righteousness  by  the  fellowship  of  Christ's  resurrection  ?  It  is  said  we  are 
transformed  into  the  likeness  of  Christ.  The  phrases  of  Scripture  shew  it. 
But  to  stand  upon  these  phrases  a  little. 

Beloved,  as  it  was  in  Christ's  own   person  when  Christ  died,  whole 


ABOVE  THE  LAV^.  2G5 

Christ  died  and  was  crucified,  but  yet  the  death  itself,  the  crucifying  was 
terminate  in  the  human  nature  :  the  human  nature  died  and  not  the  God- 
head ;  yet  by  reason  of  the  union,  whole  Christ  died  and  was  crucified  : 
the  '  Lord  of  glory'  was  crucified,  as  the  Scripture  speaks.  And  as  it  was 
in  Christ  natural,  so  it  is  in  Christ  mystical,  whole  Christ  mystical  was 
crucified,  whole  Christ  mystical  is  risen  again,  notwithstanding  the  cruci- 
fying was  terminate  in  Christ  the  head,  not  in  the  members.  As  his  death 
was  terminate  in  his  human  nature,  it  ended  and  was  confined  in  that ;  so 
this  crucifying  belonged  to  the  head,  and  the  head  rose  ;  yet  whole  Christ, 
all  believers  as  soon  as  they  are  one  with  Chi'ist,  by  reason  of  the  mystical 
union,  thej^  are  dead  and  crucified  in  Chi'ist  their  head,  and  risen  and  sit 
in  heavenly  places,  in  Christ  their  head.  So  then  a  true  believer,  when  he 
is  made  one  with  Christ,  he  reasons  thus.  My  corruption  of  nature,  this 
pride  of  heart  that  naturally  I  have,  this  enmity  of  goodness,  this  is  cruci- 
fied ;  for  I  am  one  with  Christ.  When  he  died,  I  and  my  head  did  die, 
and  this  pride  and  covetousness  and  worldliuess,  this  base  and  filthy  carnal 
disposition,  was  crucified  in  Christ  my  head.  I  in  my  head  was  crucified, 
and  I  in  my  head  now  am  risen  and  sit  in  heaven.  Therefore  now  I  am 
in  some  sort  glorious.  Therefore  I  mind  things  above  in  my  head.  And 
therefore  because  of  the  necessary  conformity  of  the  members  to  the  head, 
I  must  more  and  more  die  to  sin,  be  crucified  to  sin,  and  rise  by  the 
Spirit  of  Christ  and  ascend  with  him.  The  more  I  knov/,  and  consider, 
and  meditate  of  this,  the  more  I  am  transformed  into  the  likeness  of  his 
death  and  resurrection.     But  to  go  a  little  further. 

Quest.  What  things  in  Christ's  death  did  especially  discover  themselves 
to  us,  when  we  once  believe,  to  our  comfort  ? 

Ans.  Three  things. 

In  regard  of  its,  wonderful  love,  that  he  died  for  us. 

In  regard  of  sin,  wonderful  hatred,  that  he  would  die  for  sin. 

And  ivonderfid  holiness  and  love  of  grace.  He  shewed  his  hatred  of  sin, 
that  he  would  shed  his  heart-blood  for  it ;  and  wanting  the  glory  of  God, 
as  it  were,  by  feeling  the  wrath  of  God  for  a  time,  even  in  hatred  to  sin. 

There  were  these  two  afi'ectious  pregnant  in  Christ  upon  the  cross,  won- 
drous love  for  us  to  die  for  us,  and  wondrous  hatred  of  sin  to  purge  it,  for 
which  he  died ;  and  wondrous  holiness,  from  whence  hatred  of  sin  came. 
Whence  doth  hatred  of  sin  come,  but  from  wonderful  purity  and  holiness, 
that  cannot  endure  sin  ?  Thus,  when  the  soul  considers  it  is  one  with 
Christ,  it  hath  the  same  afi"ections  that  Christ  had.  Christ  in  love  to  us 
died.  Can  I  apprehend  that  love  of  Christ  Vvhen  he  died  and  was  crucified 
and  tormented  for  my  sin,  but  out  of  love  I  must  hate  sin  again  ?  And 
when  I  consider  how  Christ  stood  afi'ected  to  sin  upon  the  cross,  when  he 
died  to  purge  it,  and  to  satisfy  for  it,  can  I  have  other  affections,',  being  one 
with  him,  than  he  had  upon  the  cross  ?  I  cannot.  So,  whether  I  consider 
his  love  to  me,  or  the  hatred  he  bore  to  sin,  considering  myself  one  v/ith 
him  by  a  mystical  union,  I  shall  have  the  same  affection  of  love  to  him, 
and  be  like  him  every  way,  to  love  what  he  loves,  and  to  hate  what  he 
hates. 

I  cannot  but  hate  sin  ;  and,  hating  sin,  I  must  act  his  part  anew,  that  is, 
as  he  died  for  sin,  so  I  die  to  sin  ;  as  he  was  crucified  for  it,  so  it  is  crucified 
in  me  ;  as  he  was  pierced,  so  he  gives  corruption  a  stab  in  me ;  as  he  was 
buried,  so  my  corruption  is  buried  ;  and  as  he  died  once,  never  to  die  again, 
so  I  follow  my  sins  to  the  grave,  to  death,  and  consumption  of  old  Adam, 
that  he  never  riseth  again.     So  I  say,  the  consideration  of  my  union  with 


266 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE   GOSPEL 


Christ,  that  I  in  Christ  did  die  and  was  crucified,  because  my  head  died 
and  was  crucified.  And  then  it  puts  that  afiection  into  me  that  was  in 
Christ,  and  makes  me  act  Christ's  part,  to  die  to  sin  daily  more  and  more. 
These  and  the  Hke  thoughts  are  stirred  up  in  a  Christian,  which  St  Paul 
aims  at  in  Rom.  vi.  and  other  places. 

So  by  the  virtue  of  his  resurrection  I  am  conformable  more  and  more  to 
the  graces  in  him  ;  for  as  the  power  of  God's  Spirit  raised  him  up  when  he 
was  at  the  lowest,  when  he  had  been  three  days  in  the  grave,  so  the  Spirit 
in  every  Christian  raiseth  them  up  at  the  lowest  to  comfort,  to  a  further 
degree  of  grace,  more  and  more ;  nay,  when  they  are  fallen  into  any  sin  or 
any  affliction  for  sin,  the  same  power  that  raised  Christ  when  he  was  in 
the  grave,  for  our  sins,  in  the  lowest  humiliation  that  could  be,  it  raiseth 
them  from  their  sins  daily,  that  they  gather  strength  from  their  sins.  The 
power  that  raised  Christ  at  the  lowest  raiseth  a  Christian  at  the  lowest  in 
sin  and  in  affliction  for  sin  ;  for  when  he  is  tripped  and  undermined  by  his 
corruptions,  God  by  that  power  that  raised  Christ  at  the  lowest  recovers 
and  strengthens  him,  and  makes  him  afresh  revenge  himself  upon  his  sin. 
And  when  he  is  at  the  lowest,  in  the  grave,  the  same  power  will  raise  him, 
like  Christ  every  way.  So  you  see  how  we  are  changed  to  the  likeness  of 
Christ. 

How  shall  we  know  then  whether  we  have  the  image  of  Christ  stamped 
upon  us  or  no  ? 

If  we  be  changed  into  the  likeness  of  Christ,  we  shall  be  changed  in  our 
understandings,  to  judge  of  things  as  he  did.  His  aim  was  to  please  his 
Father  in  all  things.  If  we  have  the  same  ends,  and  the  same  opinion  and 
esteem*  of  things,  .  .  .*  He  judged  matters  of  grace  and  of  the  king- 
dom of  God  above  all  other ;  for  the  soul  is  more  worth  than  the  whole 
world.  See  the  judgment  that  he  passed  upon  things  :  '  Seek  ye  first  the 
kingdom  of  God,  and  all  other  things  shall  be  cast  upon  you,'  Mat.  vi.  33, 
We  must  be  changed  in  our  judgment  if  we  will  have  his  image  upon  us. 
We  must  be  like  him  in  our  will,  in  our  choice,  in  the  cleaving,  and  pur- 
pose, and  resolution  of  our  will.  We  must  have  the  bent  of  our  soul  as 
his  was.  Our  souls  must  be  edged  and  pointed  as  his  was,  wholly  for 
heaven  and  the  kingdom  of  God,  And  so  for  our  affections,  there  must 
be  a  change  in  them,  in  our  love,  and  joy,  and  delight.  We  must  love  and 
joy  and  delight  in  whatsoever  he  did. 

Now  the  way  to  stir  us  up  to  this  is  to  see  what  image  we  naturally  carry, 
and  to  see  ourselves  in  the  glass  of  the  law.  If  a  man  consider  thus,  if 
Christ's  image  be  not  upon  me,  I  carry  the  image  of  the  devil,  this  would 
make  him  labour  to  get  another  image  upon  him.  For,  beloved,  at  the 
day  of  judgment  Christ  will  not  own  us  if  he  see  not  his  image  upon  us. 
Cffisar  will  own  Caesar's  coin  if  he  see  his  image  upon  it.  '  Whose  image- 
and  superscription  is  this  ?  Give  unto  Cfesar  that  which  is  Caesar's,'  Mat. 
xxii.  20.  If  Christ  see  his  stamp  on  us,  he  will  own  lis  at  the  day  of 
judgment,  or  else  not.  Naturally  we  are  all  opposite  to  Christ ;  naturally 
we  are  full  of  pride  and  malice ;  of  the  spirit  of  the  world  and  the  devil. 
Get  out  this  by  all  means,  or  else  Christ  will  not  own  us  at  the  day  of 
judgment.  He  will  not  look  on  us.  He  cannot  abide  to  see  us  if  we 
have  not  his  image.  We  must  bear  the  image  of  the  second  Adam  as  we 
did  the  image  of  the  first. 

Again,  the  law  of  God  was  written  in  Adam's  heart,  it  is  expressed  and 
copied  out.     There  see  ourselves.     There  see  all  the  curses.     There  see 
*  Sentence  unfinished. — G. 


ABOVE   THE  LAW.  267 

ourselves  guilty  of  the  breach  of  every  commandraent.  If  we  understand 
the  law  spiritually,  that  desire  of  women  and  revengeful  thoughts  are 
murder  and  adultery.  Understand  the  law  spiritually,  and  see  ourselves 
in  that  glass,  see  ourselves  utterly  condemned.  This  will  make  us  fly  to 
the  glass  of  the  gospel,  that  we  may  be  changed  into  the  image  of  Christ. 

There  is  another  image  that  we  more  desire  to  be  changed  into.  We 
are  transformed  into  the  likeness  of  the  world,  cast  into  the  mould  of  the 
times.  We  labour  to  have  those  opinions  that  the  times  have,  and  those 
ways  of  getting  and  rising  to  preferment  that  the  world  hath,  and  to  have 
that  carriage  and  disposition  every  waj^  that  the  world  hath,  and  so  frame 
to  the  spirit  of  the  world  in  all  things,  that  so  we  might  not  be  observed  by 
others,  and  crossed  in  our  pleasures,  and  preferments,  and  profits.  Well, 
this  desire  to  be  transfoi-med  into  the  likeness  of  the  world,  to  have  the 
spirit  of  the  world,  what  will  it  come  to  in  the  end  ?  The  world  shall  be 
condemned.  If  we  will  be  condemned  with  the  world,  let  us  labour  to  be 
transformed  into  the  opinion  of  the  world,  and  to  go  with  the  stream  and 
errors  of  the  time  if  we  desire  to  be  damned.  The  world  must  be  condemned. 
It  is  the  kingdom  of  Satan,  wherein  he  rules.  Therefore  there  is  no  image 
or  likeness  for  us  to  be  transformed  into,  if  we  will  be  saved  and  have 
comfort,  but  the  image  of  Christ ;  and  can  we  have  a  better  likeness  to  be 
transformed  into  than  the  image  of  him  by  whom  we  hope  to  be '  saved  ? 
than  to  be  like  him,  from  whom  we  hope  for  so  great  a  matter  as 
salvation  is  ? 

Use  2.  Again,  that  we  may  be  changed  into  the  likeness  of  Christ,  let  us 
fix  our  meditations  iqjon  him,  and  we  shall  find  a  change  we  know  not  how, 
insensible.  As  those  that  stand  in  the  sun  for  other  purposes,  they  find 
themselves  lightened  and  heat  [ed|;  so  let  us  set  ourselves  about  holy 
meditations,  and  we  shall  find  a  secret,  insensible  change ;  our  souls  will 
be  altered  and  changed  we  know  not  how.  There  is  a  virtue  goes  with  holy 
meditation,  a  changing,  transforming  virtue  ;  and  indeed  we  can  think  of 
nothing  in  Christ  but  it  will  alter  and  change  us  to  the  likeness  of  itself, 
because  we  have  all  from  Christ.  Can  we  think  of  his  humility  and  not  be 
humble?  Can  we  think,  was  God  humble,  and  shall  base  worms  be  proud? 
Shall  I  be  fierce  when  my  Saviour  was  meek  ?  Can  a  proud,  fierce  heart 
apprehend  a  sweet,  meek  Saviour  ?  No.  The  heart  must  be  suitable  to 
the  thing  apprehended.  It  is  impossible  that  a  heart  that  is  not  meek, 
and  sweetened,  and  brought  low,  should  apprehend  a  loving  and  humble 
Saviour.  There  must  be  a  suitableness  between  the  heart  and  Christ.  As 
he  was  born  of  a  humble  virgin,  so  he  is  born  and  conceived  in  a  humble 
heart.  Christ  is  born  and  conceived,  and  lives  and  grows  in  every  Christian ; 
and  in  a  humble  and  lowly  heart,  made  like  him  by  his  Spirit :  that  is  the 
womb.     The  heart  that  is  suitable,  that  is  the  heart  that  he  is  formed  in. 

Use  3.  Again,  to  be  changed  into  this  image,  when  we  are  once  in  the 
state  of  grace,  let  its  look  to  the  rcniaiader  of  our  corruptions.  The  best  of 
us  shall  see  that  that  will  make  us  look  after  Christ.  Look  to  our  worldly- 
mindedness,  to  our  passions,  to  our  rebellions,  to  our  darkness  and  dead- 
ness  of  spirit,  and  then  go  to  Christ.  Lord,  thou  hast  appointed  Christ  to 
be  a  head,  to  be  a  full  vessel,  that  of  his  grace  we  might  have  grace  for 
grace.  He  was  '  anointed  with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  his  fellows,'  Ps. 
xlv.  7,  but  for  his  fellows.  I  am  earthly-minded,  he  is  heavenly.  I  am 
full  of  rebellions,  of  lusts  ;  all  is  at  peace  in  him.  The  image  of  God  is 
perfect  in  him,  and  he  is  a  head  to  infuse  grace,  a  head  of  influence  as  well 
as  of  eminence.     He  is  not  only  above  me,  but  he  hath  all  grace  for  me. 


263  EXCELLIIN'CY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

Therefore,  go  to  Christ.  I  need  thy  heavenly-mindedness,  and  some 
portion  of  thy  meekness,  of  thy  spiritual  strength.  I  am  weak,  and  dark, 
and  dead,  shine  on  me.  Thou  hast  fulness  for  me.  So  go  to  Christ,  and 
draw  upon  every  occasion  virtue  and  life  from  Christ  our  head.  This  is  to 
know  what  is  meant  by  being  transformed  to  Christ  our  head. 

There  are  two  conformities,  beloved,  exceeding  comfortable  to  us,  and 
we  must  meditate  on  both. 

First,  Christ's  conformitij  to  us.  He  was  transfigured  into  our  likeness. 
He  became  man  in  love  to  us;  not  only  man,  but  in  the  form  of  a  servant, 
base  man.  He  took  man's  nature,  and  man's  base  condition,  Phil.  ii.  8. 
Here  is  the  ground  of  our  comfort,  that  Christ  took  our  form,  he  trans- 
figured himself  to  our  baseness ;  and  shall  not  we  labour  to  be  transformed, 
to  be  Hke  him,  that  out  of  love  stooped  so  low  to  be  like  us  ?  Let  us  but 
think  of  this,  beloved !  Our  blessed  Saviour  took  our  nature  on  him  pure 
and  holy  by  his  Spirit.  He  followed  sin  to  death.  He  was  conceived,  and 
lived,  and  died  without  sin,  to  satisiEy  for  sin ;  and  now  by  his  Spirit  he 
cleanseth  out  sin.  He  pursued  and  chased  out  sin  from  his  conception  in 
all  the  passages  of  his  life ;  so  we  should  be  like  him.  Drive  away  sin, 
get  the  Spirit,  that  our  nature  in  us  may  be  as  it  was  in  him :  holy,  and 
pure,';'and  spiritual.  Shall  he  be  conformed  to  us,  and  shall  not  we  be  con- 
form to  him  ?  Many  such  reasons  and  considerations  there  be  to  move  us 
to  be  changed  into  the  image  of  Christ. 

Christ,  in  this  work  of  changing,  is  all  in  all;  for  (1.)  first  of  all,  by 
Christ's  death  and  satisfaction  to  divine  justice,  ice  have  the  Spirit  of  God 
that  doth  all ;  for  the  Spirit  is  the  gift  of  God's  love,  next  to  Christ,  the 
greatest.  Now  Christ  having  reconciled  God,  God  being  reconciled,  gives 
the  Spirit.  Our  sins  being  forgiven,  the  fruit  of  God's  love  is  the  Spirit. 
So  we  have  the  Spirit  by  the  merit  of  Christ. 

(2.)  Again,  we  have  it  from  Christ,  as  a  head,  derived*  unto  us.  We 
have  the  Spirit  for  Christ  and  from  Christ.  Christ  receives  the  Spirit 
first,  and  then  he  sends  it  into  our  hearts.  So  for  Christ's  sake,  and  from 
Christ  as  a  head,  we  have  the  Spirit. 

(B.)  Again,  from  Christ  tve  have  the  pattern  of  all  grace  whatsoever,  to 
which  we  are  changed.  The  pattern  of  all  grace  is  from  Christ.  He 
begins  to  us  in  every  grace. 

(4.)  Again,  in  the  fourth  place,  the  reasons  inducing  are  all  from  Christ. 
For  we  are  not  only  changed  by  power,  but  by  reason.  There  is  the 
greatest  reasons  in  the  world  to  be  a  Christian,  and  to  come  out  of  the 
state  of  nature.  When  our  understanding  is  enlightened  to  see  the 
horrible  state  of  nature,  with  the  angry  face  of  God  with  it,  and  then  to 
have  our  ej^es  opened  at  the  same  time  to  see  the  glorious  and  gracious  face 
of  God  in  Jesus  Christ,  here  is  the  greatest  wisdom  in  the  world  to  come 
out  of  that  cursed  state  to  a  better.  Now,  the  reasons  of  this  change  are 
fetched  from  Christ,  that  by  knowing  Christ  we  know  by  reflection  the 
cursed  state  out  of  him,  and  to  see  the  glorious  benefits  by  Christ's  redemp- 
tion and  glorification.  These  set  before  the  eye  of  the  soul,  and  then  the 
heart  wrought  upon  these  by  reasons.  If  Christ  gave  himself  for  me,  shall 
not  I  give  myself  to  Christ  ?  Paul  hath  his  heavenly  logic,  '  Christ  died 
for  us,  that  we  might  live  to  him,'  2  Tim,  ii,  11.  So  we  have  the  merit 
of  the  Spirit  from  Christ,  the  derivation  of  the  Spirit  from  Christ  as  a 
head,  and  the  pattern  of  grace  from  Christ,  and  the  inducing  reasons  all 
from  Christ,  in  this  changing  to  his  image. 

*  That  is,  =  '  conveyed.' — Q-. 


AEOVE  THE  LAW.  269 

(5.)  Again,  in  that  Christ  is  the  image  to  which  we  are  changed,  Jet  us 
learn,  if  we  would  see  anything  excellent  and  comfortable  in  ourselves,  see  it  in 
Christ  first.  There  is  nothing  comfortable  in  man  but  it  is  in  Christ  first, 
as  the  first  image,  the  first  receiver  of  all,  Christ  Jesus  himself.  If  we 
would  see  the  love  of  God,  see  the  love  of  God  in  Christ  our  head  first,  in 
him  that  is  Gcd's  beloved  ;  if  we  would  see  the  gifts  that  God  hath  blessed 
us  with  spiritual  blessings,  but  it  is  in  Christ.  We  have  it  from  our  head 
first.  If  we  would  see  God's  favour,  '  This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom  I 
am  well  pleased,'  Mat.  iii.  17.  I  am  well  pleased  in  him,  and  in  all  his, 
that  are  one  mystical  body  with  him.  If  we  would  see  comfortably  our  ill 
done  away,  our  sins  removed,  see  it  in  Christ  abased,  in  Christ  crucified, 
and  made  a  curse.  See  them  all  wiped  away  in  the  cross  of  Christ.  If 
we  would  see  glory  upon  the  removal  of  our  sins,  see  it  in  Christ  first. 
He  is  first  risen,  and  therefore  we  shall  rise.  He  is  ascended,  and  sits  in 
heavenly  places,  therefore  we  ascend  and  sit  in  heavenly  places  with  him. 
All  that  we  have  or  look  to  have  comfortable  in  us,  see  it  in  the  first 
pattern  and  platform  in  Christ.  The  reason  is  clear  in  Rom.  viii.  29. 
We  are  elected  and  predestinate  *  to  be  comformed  to  the  image  of  his 
Son.'  We  are  predestinate  to  be  conformed  to  Christ  in  all  things,  to  be 
loved  as  he  is,  to  be  gracious  as  he  is.  To  rise  to  be  glorious,  to  be  freed 
and  justified  afterward  from  all  our  sins,  as  he  our  surety  was.  We  are 
ordained  to  be  conformable  to  him  every  way.  In  a  word,  the  flesh  of 
Christ  it  was  holy,  it  was  a  suffering  flesh,  and  then  a  glorious  flesh,  now 
it  is  glorious.  So  our  nature  must  be  like  this  image.  It  must  be  sanc- 
tified flesh,  by  the  same  Spirit  that  sanctified  the  mass  that  he  was  made 
of  in  the  womb.  It  must  be  suficring  flesh,  in  conformity  to  him  ;  for  the 
flesh  that  he  took  was  suffering  flesh,  and  he  had  a  kingdom  of  patience 
before  he  had  a  kingdom  of  glory.  So  we  must  go  through  a  kingdom  of 
patience  to  the  kingdom  of  glory,  and  then  upon  conformity  in  holiness 
with  Christ  comes  our  conformity  in  glovj.  When  we  are  content  to  be 
conformed  to  Christ  in  our  suffering  flesh,  then  we  shall  be  conformed  to 
Christ  in  our  glorious  flesh ;  for  our  flesh  must  be  used  as  his  was.  It 
must  be  holy  and  patient  and  suffering,  and  then  it  shall  be  glorious.  So 
in  all  things  we  must  look  to  Christ  first ;  he  must  have  the  pre-eminence. 

Beloved,  of  all  contemplations  under  heaven,  there  is  no  contemplation 
so  sweet  and  powerful  as  to  see  God  in  Christ,  and  to  see  Christ  first  abased 
for  us  and  ourselves  abased  in  Christ,  and  crucified  in  Christ,  and  acquitted 
in  Christ.  And  then  raise  our  thoughts  a  little  higher.  See  ourselves  made 
by  little  and  little  glorious  in  Christ.  See  ourselves  in  him  rising  and 
ascending  and  sitting  at  the  right  hand  of  God  in  heavenly  places.  See 
ourselves,  by  a  spirit  of  faith,  in  heaven  already  with  Christ.  What  a 
glorious  sight  and  contemplation  is  this  !  If  we  first  look  upon  ourselves 
what  we  are,  we  are  as  branches  cut  off  from  the  tree ;  as  a  river  cut  off 
from  the  spring,  that  dies  presently.  What  is  in  us  but  we  have  it  by 
derivation  from  Christ,  who  is  the  first,  the  spring  of  all  grace,  the  sum  of 
all  the  beams  that  shine  upon  us  ?  We  are  as  branches  cut  oft'.  There- 
fore now  to  see  Christ,  and  ourselves  in  Christ,  this  transforms  us  to  be 
like  his  image.     It  is  the  sweetest  contemplation  that  can  be. 

We  see  this  change  is  wrought  by  beholding.  The  beholding  of  the 
glory  of  God  in  the  gospel,  it  is  a  powerful  beholding ;  for,  saith  he,  *  we 
are  changed,  by  beholding,'  to  the  image  of  Christ.  Sight  works  upon  the 
imaginations  in  brute  creatures ;  as  Laban's  sheep,  when  they  saw  the 
parti- coloured  rods,  it  wrought  upon  their  imaginations,   and  they  had 


270  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

lambs  suittaLle.*  Will  sight  work  upon  imagination,  and  imagination 
work  a  real  change  in  nature '?  And  shall  not  the  glorious  sight  of  God's 
mercy  and  love  in  Christ  work  a  change  in  our  soul  ?  Is  not  the  eye  of 
faith  more  strong  to  alter  and  change  than  imagination  natural  ?  Cer- 
tainly the  ejG  of  faith,  apprehending  God's  love  and  mercy  in  Christ,  it 
hath  a  power  to  change.  The  gospel  itself,  together  with  the  Spirit,  hath 
a  power  to  change.     We  partake  by  it  of  the  divine  nature. 

This  glass  of  the  gospel  hath  an  excellency  and  an  eminency  above  all 
other  glasses.  It  is  a  glass  that  changeth  us.  When  we  see  ourselves  and 
our  corruptions  in  the  glass  of  the  law,  there  we  see  ourselves  dead.  The 
law  finds  us  dead,  and  leaves  us  dead.  It  cannot  give  us  any  life.  But 
when  we  look  into  the  gospel  and  see  the  glory  of  God,  the  mercy  of  God, 
the  gracious  promises  of  the  gospel,  we  are  changed  into  the  likeness  of 
Christ  whom  we  see  in  the  gospel.  It  is  an  excellent  glass,  therefore,  that 
hath  a  transforming  power  to  make  beautiful.  Such  a  glass  would  be  much 
prized  in  this  proud  world  ;  such  a  glass  is  the  gospel. 

Therefore  let  us  be  in  love  with  this  glass  above  all  other  glasses  what- 
soever. Nothing  can  change  us  but  the  gospel.  The  gospel  hath  a  chang- 
ing power,  as  you  have  it  Isa.  xi.  6,  seq.  :  there  the  lion  shall  feed  with 
the  lamb,'  &c.  '  For  the  whole  earth  shall  be  full  of  the  knowledge  of  the 
Lord,'  ver.  9.  The  knowledge  of  Christ  Jesus  is  a  changing  knowledge,  that 
changeth  a  man  even  from  an  untractable,  fierce  creature,  to  be  tractable, 
sweet,  and  familiar.  So  that  the  knowledge  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ,  you 
see,  it  is  a  transforming  knowledge,  and  changeth  us  into  the  image  of 
Christ,  to  the  likeness  of  Christ. 

i*  Especially  upon  this  ground,  that  when  we  look  upon  Christ,  and  God 
in  Christ,  we  see  ourselves  there  in  the  love  of  Christ,  and  in  the  love  of 
God ;  and  thereupon  we  are  moved  to  be  changed  to  Christ,  not  by  seeing 
Christ  alone,  or  by  seeing  God  in  Christ  alone,  but  by  seeing  God's  love 
in  Christ  to  us,  and  Christ's  love  to  us.  For  the  Spirit  of  faith,  which  is 
given  together  with  the  gospel,  it  sees  Christ  giving  himself  for  me,  and 
sees  God  the  Father's  love  in  f  me  in  Christ,  and  giving  me  to  Christ. 
When  the  Spirit  of  faith  with  this  appropriation  seeth  God,  mine  in  Christ, 
and  seeth  Christ  mine,  and  sees  myself  in  the  love  of  God,  and  in  the  love 
of  Christ,  hereupon  the  soul  is  stirred  up  from  a  holy  desire  to  be  like 
Christ  Jesus,  that  loved  me  so  much,  and  to  be  conformable  to  God  all  I 
can.  For  if  the  person  be  great  and  glorious,  and  our  friend  too,  there  is 
a  natural  desire  to  be  like  such,  to  imitate  them,  and  express  them  all  we 
can.  Now  when  we  see  ourselves  in  the  love  of  God  and  Christ,  out  of 
the  nature  of  the  thing  itself,  it  will  stir  us  up  to  be  like  so  sweet,  and 
gracious,  and  loving  a  Saviour. 

There  are  three  sights  that  hath  a  wondrous  efficacy,  and  they  go 
together. 

God  sees  us  in  Christ,  and  therefore  loves  us  as  we  are  in  Christ. 

Christ  sees  us  in  the  love  of  his  Father,  and  therefore  loves  us  as  he  sees 
us  in  his  Father's  love. 

We  see  ourselves  in  Christ,  and  see  the  love  of  God  to  us  in  Christ. 

These  three  sights  are  the  foundation  of  all  comfort.  God  gives  us  to 
Christ,  and  sees  us  as  given  to  him  in  his  election.  Christ  sees  us  as 
given  of  the  Father,  as  you  have  it  John  xvii.  12  ;  and  loves  us  as  we  are 
loved  of  the  Father,  and  then  sees  us  as  his  own  members.  And  we  by  a 
Spirit  of  faith  see  Christ,  and  see  ourselves  in  Christ,  and  given  to  Christ 
*  Cf.  Gen.  XXX.  32,  seq.—G.  t  Qu.  '  to  '  ?— Ed. 


ABOVE   THE  LAW.  271^ 

by  the  Father.  Hereupon  comes  a  desire  of  imitation  and  expression  of 
Jesus  Christ.  When  we  see  ourselves  in  Christ  God  looks  upon  us  in 
Chiist,  and  we  look  upon  ourselves  in  Christ ;  and  when  we  look  upon  the 
mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  it  kindleth  love,  and  love  kindleth  love,  as  fire 
kindleth  fire.  Fire  hath  that  quality,  that  it  turns  all  to  itself.  Now  the 
meditation  of  the  glorious  love  of  God  in  Christ  it  works  love,  and  love  is 
an  afiection  of  changing  ;  love  transforms  as  fire  doth.  The  love  of  God 
warms  us,  and  we  are  fit  for  all  impressions,  as  things  that  are  warm. 
Iron  is  a  dull  and  heavy  thing,  yet  when  it  is  warm  it  is  iDright  and  pliable, 
and  hath  as  much  as  may  be  of  the  nature  of  fire  imprinted  upon  it.  So 
our  dead,  and  dull,  and  inflexible,  and  unyielding  souls  become  malleable 
and  flexible  by  the  love  of  Christ  shining  upon  them.  His  love  transforms 
them  and  kindles  them.  So  here  is  the  way  how  the  glory  of  God's  love 
in  Christ  transforms  us,  because  the  discovery  of  the  bowels  of  mercy  in 
God  towards  us  kindles  love  to  him  ;  and  that  being  kindled  it  works  like- 
ness, for  love  to  greatness  transforms  us.  It  works  a  desire  to  be  like 
those  that  are  great.  Where  there  is  dependence  there  is  a  desire  to  be 
like,  even  among  men.  Much  more  considering  that  God  so  loves  our 
nature  in  Christ,  and  that  our  nature  is  so  full  of  grace  in  Christ  as  it  is, 
the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  that  hath  done  so  much  for  us,  it  breeds  a  desire 
to  be  like  Christ  in  our  disposition,  all  we  can. 

By  looking  to  the  glory  of  God  in  Christ  we  see  Christ  as  our  husband, 
and  that  breeds  a  disposition  in  us  to  have  the  afi'ections  of  a  spouse.  We 
see  Christ  as  our  head,  and  that  breeds  a  disposition  in  us  to  be  members 
like  him. 

Quest.  How  shall  we  know  then  that  we  see  God  in  Christ,  and  the  glory 
of  God  in  the  gospel  comfortably  ? 

Ans.  Hath  this  sight  a  transforming  power  in  thee,  to  the  image  of 
Christ,  to  make  thee  like  him  ?  If  it  have  not  a  transforming  power,  it  is 
a  barren,  empty  contemplation,  that  hath  no  efiicacy  or  comfort  at  all.  So 
far  as  the  sight  of  God's  love  in  Christ  breeds  conformity  to  Christ,  so  far 
it  is  gracious  and  comfortable.  See  therefore  whether  thou  art  transformed 
to  the  image  of  Christ.  If  there  be  not  a  change,  there  is  no  beholding  of 
Christ  to  speak  of.  No  man  ever  sees  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ  by  the 
eye  of  faith,  but  he  is  changed. 

For,  beloved,  as  there  must  be  a  change,  so  it  is  in  this  order,  from  be- 
holding the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ.  For  can  you  imagine  that  any  soul 
can  see  itself  in  the  glass  of  God's  love  in  Jesus  Christ,  that  it  should  see 
in  the  gospel  Christ,  and  in  him  God  reconciled  unto  him  in  particular, 
but  that  soul,  out  of  the  apprehension  of  God's  love  in  Christ,  will  love  God 
again,  and  be  altered  and  changed  ?  It  is  impossible  such  a  sight  therefore, 
whereby  we  see  ourselves  in  this  glass,  as  when  we  look  in  a  glass,  and  see 
our  own  image,  we  see  our  own  selves  in  Christ,  and  the  love  of  God.* 
Such  a  sight  altereth  and  changeth  alway.  It  works  love,  and  love  is  the 
worker  of  imitation  ;  for  what  doth  make  one  labour  to  express  another  in 
their  disposition,  carriage,  and  conversation  ?  Oh  it  is  love,  as  children 
imitate  their  parents.  Love  is  full  of  invention,  and  of  this  kind  of  inven- 
tion, that  it  studies  to  please  the  person  loved,  as  much  as  it  can  every 
way.  Hereupon  we  come  to  be  desirous  to  be  like  Christ,  because  we  see 
the  glory  of  God's  mercy  shining  in  Christ. 

The  adversaries  of  the  grace  of  God  they  fall  foul  upon  us,  because  we 
preach  justification  by  the  free  mercy  and  love  of  God  in  Christ.  Oh,  say 
*  Sentence  unfinished. — G. 


272  EXGELLEXCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

ihoj,  tills  is  to  dead  the  spirits  of  men,  that  they  have  no  care  of  good 
works. 

Beloved,  can  there  be  any  greater  incentive  and  motive  in  the  world  to 
sanctification,  to  express  Christ  and  to  study  Christ,  than  to  consider  what 
favour  and  mercy  we  have  in  Christ  ?  how  we  are  justified  and  freed  by 
him,  by  the  glorious  mercy  of  God  in  Christ  ?  There  cannot  be  a  greater. 
Therefore  we  see  here  they  depend  one  upon  another.  By  seeing  in  the 
glass  of  the  gospel  the  glory  of  God,  we  are  transformed  from  glory  to  glory. 
An  excellent  glass  the  gospel  is  :  by  seeing  God's  love  in  it  we  are  changed. 
The  law  is  a  glass  too,  but  such  a  glass  as  St  James  speaks  of,  that  when 
a  man  looks  into  it,  and  sees  his  duty,  he  goes  away,  and  forgets  all,  i.  23. 
The  law  discovers  our  sin  and  misery.  Indeed,  it  is  a  true  glass.  If  we 
look  there,  we  shall  see  the  true  picture  of  old  Adam  and  of  corruption  ; 
but  it  is  such  a  glass  as  works  nothing  upon  us.  But  when  this  glass  is 
held  out  by  the  ministers  of  the  word,  whose  office  it  is  to  hold  the  glass  to 
people,  when  they  see  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  this  is  a  changing,  trans- 
forming glass,  to  make  them  that  were  deformed  and  disfigured  before,  that 
bore  upon  them  the  image  of  Satan  before,  now  to  be  transformed  to  be 
like  Christ,  by  whom  they  must  be  saved.  Is  there  any  study  in  the  world, 
therefore,  more  excellent  than  that  of  the  gospel,  and  of  the  mercy  of  God 
in  Christ,  that  transforms  and  changes  men  from  one  degree  of  grace  to 
another,  as  it  follows  in  the  text. 

Therefore,  those  that  find  themselves  to  be  the  '  old  men'  still,  that  have  ' 
lived  in  corrupt  courses,  and  do  so  still,  let  them  not  think  to  have  any 
benefit  by  the  gospel.  They  deceive  themselves.  They  never  knew  God. 
For  he  that  saith  he  hath  communion  with  God,  and  walks  in  darkness,  he ', 
is  a  liar,  1  John  iv.  20.  St  John  gives  him  the  lie,  for  God  is  light.  How 
can  a  man  see  himself  in  the  love  of  God,  and  remain  in  a  dark  state  oppo- 
site to  love  ?  Will  it  not  alter  a  man  ?  It  will  not  suffer  him  to  live  in 
sins  against  conscience.  Let  no  man  that  doth  so,  think  he  hath  benefit ' 
by  Christ.  That  knowledge  is  but  a  notional  knowledge,  a  speculation,  a 
swimming  knowledge  :  it  is  not  a  spiritual  knowledge  ;  because  wheresoever 
the  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ  is  to  purpose,  there  is  a  change  and  con- 
version of  the  whole  man.  There  is  a  new  judgment  and  new  afl'ections. 
The  bent  and  bias  of  them  is  another  way  than  they  were  before.  There 
is  a  change  which  is  called  a  turning  in  the  Scripture.*  Those  things  that 
were  before  them  before,  are  now  behind  them  ;  and  those  things  that  were 
behind  them,  are  now  before  them.  Whereas  they  turned  their  back  upon 
God  and  good  things,  now  they  turn  their  faces,  they  look  God- ward  and 
heaven-ward,  and  to  a  better  condition  ;  for  this  change  is  nothing  else  but 
conversion.  Therefore  a  man  may  say  as  he  said,  '  I  am  not  I.'  Those' 
that  have  seen  Christ,  it  makes  them  differ  from  themselves  ;  this  sight : 
works  a  change. 

If  there  were  not  a  change,  it  would  make  God  forsworn  ;  as  it  is  Luke  ; 
i.  13,  srq.,  in'Zacharias's  song,  '  He  hath  sworn  that,  being  delivered  out  of 
the  hands  of  our  enemies,  we  should  serve  him  without  fear,  in  holiness 
and  righteousness,  all  the  days  of  our  lives.'  If  any  man,  therefore,  say 
he  is  delivered  from  his  enemies,  thi*t  he  thinks  he  shall  not  be  damned 
and  go  to  hell,  and  yet  doth  not  live  in  holiness  and  righteousness,  he 
makes  God's  oath  frustrate,  for  God's  oath  joins  both  together  :  '  He  hath 
sworn  that,  being  delivered  out  of  the  hands  of  our  enemies,  we  should 
serve  him  without  fear ;'  without  slavish  fear,  but  with  a  fear  of  reverence ; 
*  That  is,  6T^s<psiy()ai.     Mat.  xviii.  3,  and  elsewhere. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  273 

'  in  holiness  and  righteousnes  all  the  days  of  our  life.'  Whosoever,  there- 
fore, are  in  a  state  of  deliverance,  have  grace  granted  them  whereby  they 
may  serve  God  in  holiness  and  righteousness  all  the  days  of  their  life  ; 
they  are  changed  into  the  same  image, 

'  From  glory  to  glory.' 

By  glory  is  meant  especiall}'  grace  here,  and  that  which  accompanies  the 
grace  of  God,  the  favour  of  God.  When  we  are  persuaded  of  it  by  the 
Spirit,  by  which  grace  is  wrought  in  us,  upon  grace  in  us  there  follows 
peace,  and  joy,  and  comfort,  and  many  such  things  which  the  Scripture 
accounts  to  be  glor3\ 

We  say  there  are  four  degrees  of  the  glory  of  a  Christian. 

First,  initial  glory,  in  his  first  conversion,  and  thereupon,  the  knowledge 
of  his  deliverance  from  that  cursed  and  damnable  state  that  he  is  in  ;  the 
knowledge,  likewise,  of  his  title  to  life  everlasting.  He  comes  to  have 
friendship  with  God  ;  he  comes  to  have  his  nature  renewed,  that  he  may 
be  friends  with  God.  There  must  be  an  assimilation  by  the  Spirit,  like 
God,  in  a  holy  disposition.  Now,  upon  the  favour  of  God  we  come  to  be 
friends  with  God,  and  to  have  our  natures  altered  ;  and  hereupon  comes 
those  glorious  qualifications,  as  peace,  and  joy,  and  consolation  in  all  con- 
ditions, and  liberty,  and  boldness  to  the  throne  of  grace.  This  is  glory, 
beloved  !  Is  it  not  a  glory  to  be  friends  with  God,  and  to  have  God  deal 
with  us  as  friends  ?  to  reveal  his  secrets  to  us  of  his  love  and  grace  in 
Christ  ?  to  discover  the  hidden  mysteries  of  his  love  to  us,  that  was  hid 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world  ?  We  never  know  it  till  our  effectual 
calling,  till  our  first  conversion,  for  God  to  be  friends  with  us  all  our  lives: 
Abraham  was  the  friend  of  God.  And  then  to  have  our  nature  renewed, 
to  have  our  shame  laid  aside.  Indeed,  sin  makes  us  shameful.  It  is  the 
dishonour  and  abasement  of  the  soul.  The  very  change  of  our  nature  to 
be  such  as  God  may  delight  in,  this  is  glory.  The  image  of  God  is  glory. 
Therefore  in  Rom.  iii.  23,  et  alibi,  it  is  said  we  are  stripped  and  '  deprived 
of  the  glory  of  God'  since  the  fall,  that  is,  of  the  image  of  God,  by  Adam's 
sin,  whereby  we  resembled  God  in  holiness  ;  so  grace  whereby  we  resemble 
God  is  the  image  and  likeness  of  God,  and  that  is  the  glory  of  man.  If 
one  should  ask,  What  is  the  best  glory  of  a  man  ?  that  intrinsecal  glory 
that  characteriseth  a  man  indeed  ?  It  is  the  stamp  of  Christ  upon  him,  the 
image  of  the  second  Adam,  in  his  soul  to  be  like  him. 

And  hereupon  those  glorious  qualifications  that  follow  upon  it,  glorious 
peace,  and  glorious  joy ;  glorious  and  unspeakable  comfort,  above  all  dis- 
comforts whatsoever ;  as  indeed  the  comforts  of  religion  are  comforts 
triumphing  and  prevailing  above  all  discomforts.  There  are  no  comforts 
but  those  in  religion,  that  are  above  the  discomforts  we  meet  with  in  this 
world.  For  what  can  be  set  against  the  wrath  of  God,  against  hell  and 
damnation,  but  the  comforts  of  the  gospel  ?  Now  when  a  man  is  in  the 
state  of  grace,  and  hath  these  glorious  things  following  him,  sweet  and  glo- 
rious peace  that  passeth  understanding,  that  all  the  world,  and  all  the 
devils  in  hell  caimot  shake,  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  comforts  above 
all  discomforts  whatsoever :  and  then  glorious  liberty  he  hath  to  come  into 
the  presence  of  God  upon  all  occasions,  being  a  friend  of  God — are  not 
these  things  glorious,  beloved  ?     And  these  belong  to  every  Christian. 

Second,  Now  as  a  Christian  grows  in  assurance  of  his  salvation  and  further 

I  friendship  icith  God,  and  further  peace  and  joy  and  con  fort,  there    is  a 

[    further  degree  of  glory.    The  growth  of  grace  is  glory.    Therefore  in  2  Pet. 

i.  5,  seq.,  he  follows  the  point  at  large.     When  we  add  grace  to  grace,  he 

VOL.  IV.  s 


274  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

saith  it  gives  a  furtlier  entrance  into  the  kingdom  of  God  :  for  the  kingdom 
of  God  is  begun  in  grace  here  ;  and  the  further  we  grow  in  grace,  the  more 
we  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  grace ;  and  the  further  we  enter  into  that, 
the  nearer  we  are  to  the  kingdom  of  glory. 

Third,  The  next  degree  of  glory  is  when  the  soul  enjoys  the  j)resence  of 
God  ill  heaven. 

Fourth,  Then  the  upshot  and  conclusion,  the  closure  and  consummation 
of  all,  at  the  day  of  jiuhpnent,  when  body  and  soul  shall  be  united  again. 
Then  is  perfect  glory.  Here  it  is  insinuated,  when  he  saith  we  are  changed 
from  glory  to  glory,  that  is,  from  grace  to  grace,  till  all  end  in  glory,  which 
is  the  perfection  of  all  in  heaven,  when  body  and  soul  shall  be  both  glorious, 
'  from  glory  to  glory.' 

In  this  is  considerable,  first,  that  grace  is  glory :  and  then,  that  grace 
being  glorj^,  is  growing  in  a  continual  course  till  it  come  to  perfection.  We 
grow  'from  glory  to  glory,'  from  one  degree  of  grace  to  another. 

[1.]  Grace  whereby  we  resemble  Christ  is  glory,  and  indeed  so  it  is, /or 
the  imape  and  lil:eness  of  God  is  our  f/Ionj,  What  was  Adam's  glory  but 
his  likeness  to  God '?  He  was  created  in  God's  image.  And  what  is  our 
glory  ?    To  be  like  Christ.     Therefore  grace  is  our  glory. 

[2.]  Mail's  perfection  is  his  glory.  But  the  renewing  of  God's  image  in 
grace  is  man's  perfection.     Therefore  it  is  his  glory. 

[3.]  That  which  makes  a  man  terrible  to  all  opposites  ivhatsoerer  is  glonj. 
But  grace  makes  a  man  terrible  to  the  devil  and  to  wicked  men.  Both 
grace  in  one  man,  and  grace  in  the  church  ;  for  the  church  is  '  terrible,  like 
an  army  with  banners,'  Cant.  vi.  4.  When  the  ordinances  of  God  are  set 
up  in  glory,  and  there  is  glorious  obedience  to  them  in  the  church,  it  is 
terrible  to  the  enemies  as  an  army  with  banners ;  for  there  is  a  lustre  and 
glory  in  all  that  is  God's,  both  in  the  persons  of  believers,  and  likewise  in 
the  ordinances  of  God,  Grace  is  glorious.  As  the  wise  man  saith,  '  Wis- 
dom makes  a  man's  face  to  shine,'  Eccles.  viii.  1.  Is  not  wisdom  a  glorious 
thing :  to  see  a  wise  understanding  man  able  to  guide  himself  and  others  ? 
It  puts  a  beauty  upon  a  man,  to  be  a  wise  and  understanding  man.  Humi- 
lity makes  a  man  glorious  ;  for  it  makes  God  put  glorj-  upon  a  man,  when  a 
man  is  glorious,  and  understands  it  not.  As  Moses  when  his  face  shined, 
he  knew  not  that  it  shined  himself.  Many  humble  men  are  glorious  and 
think  not  so.     They  are  glorious,  and  they  shine,  though  they  see  it  not. 

Is  it  not  a  glorious  thing  to  be  taken  out  of  ourselves,  to  deny  ourselves, 
to  ofler  a  holy  violence  to  ourselves,  and  to  our  corruptions  ?  Is  not  thia 
a  glorious  thing,  when  others  lie  grovelling  like  slaves  under  their  corrup- 
tions, to  stand  unmoveable  in  all  the  changes  of  the  world,  and  in  all  inter- 
course of  troubles  to  stand  as  a  rock  in  the  midst  of  all,  unmoveable, 
founded  upon  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  and  the  hope  of  glory  after  ?  Not 
to  be  shaken  with  the  wind  of  temptations  from  his  standing,  at  least  not 
to  be  shook  oft'  his  standing :  this  is  glorious,  to  have  a  constant  spirit. 

Is  it  not  glorious  to  have  admittance  boldly  by  grace ;  to  go  into  the 
presence  of  God  at  all  times  ;  to  be  prevailer  with  God  ?  Faith  overcomes 
not  only  the  world,  but  God  himself.  It  binds  him  with  his  own  promise. 
Is  not  faith  a  glorious  grace,  that  triumphs  over  the  great  God  himself, 
binding  him  with  his  own  word  and  promise  ? 

Is  not  love  a  glorious  grace,  that  melts  one  into  the  likeness  of  Christ  ? 
Beloved,  get  love.  It  is  the  only  artificial  worker  of  imitation.  It  melts 
us  into  the  likeness  of  Christ.  It  constrains,  it  hath  a  kind  of  holy  vio- 
lence in  it.    No  water  can  quench  it.   We  shall  glory  in  sufi"erings  for  that 


abo\t:  the  law.  275 

we  love.     Nothing  can  quench  that  holy  fire  that  is  kindled  from  heaven. 
It  is  a  glorious  grace. 

Hope,  what  doth  it  ?  When  it  casts  anchor  in  heaven,  it  keeps  us  ia 
all  the  waves.  It  purgeth  our  natures  to  be  like  the  thing  hoped  for. 
There  is  no  grace  but  it  is  glorious.  So  that  grace  is  glory.  The  image 
of  God  is  glory.     It  makes  a  man  glorious.     It  makes  him  shine. 

Beloved,  do  but  represent  to  jour  thoughts  such  a  one  as  Joseph,  of 
a  sweet,  wise,  and  loving  spirit.  It  is  an  excellent  state  to  see  a  man  ia 
his  place  in  the  commonwealth.  What  a  glorious  sight  is  it  to  see  a 
Joseph,  a  Nehemiah,  to  see  a  man  like  Paul,  all  on  tire  for  the  glory  of 
God  and  the  good  of  the  church  !  The  care  of  all  the  churches  lay  upon 
him.  The  conceit*  of  a  man  shining  in  grace,  what  a  glorious  representa- 
tion in  our  thoughts  is  it ! 

And  so  in  men  now  living.  When  we  see  wisdom  and  love  tending  to 
the  common  good ;  when  we  see  a  spirit  of  mortification,  when  we  see  a 
spirit  of  love,  that  is  not  for  itself  but  for  other  men,  a  spirit  of  love  above 
self-love,  all  for  the  good  of  others,  as  Christ  '  went  about  doing  good,' 
Acts  X.  38,  it  makes  them  so  lovely  and  glorious,  as  that  no  object  in  the 
world  is  so  glorious,  as  to  see  a  man  in  whom  the  image  of  Christ  is  ;  it 
puts  a  glory  upon  him. 

Besides,  it  puts  an  inward  glory  upon  a  man,  when  it  makes  him  rejoice  : 
*  The  Spirit  of  glory  rests  upon  him,'  Isa.  Ixi.  i.  Nay,  in  imprisonments 
and  abasements,  take  a  good  man  in  any  condition,  he  is  glorious.  His 
carriage  is  glorious.  You  shall  not  see  flesh  and  blood,  no  revengeful 
humour.  When  flesh  and  blood  is  subdued,  and  nothing  appears  in  a  man 
but  the  image  of  Christ,  he  is  a  glorious  creature  in  the  greatest  abase- 
ment that  can  be.  When  Paul  was  in  the  stocks,  what  a  glorious  condi- 
tion was  he  in  !  When  he  sung  at  midnight,  when  the  Spirit  of  glory  was 
upon  him  !  To  see  the  martyrs  sufier  without  revenge,  to  pray  for  their 
enemies,  that  they  had  a  spirit  that  conquered  all  wrongs  and  fear  of  death, 
and  displeasure  of  men  ;  a  triumphant  spirit  above  all  things  below,  to 
raise  them  above  encouragements  and  discouragements,  what  a  glorious 
thing  was  this  !  To  see  a  man  in  his  right  principles,  with  the  image  of 
God  upon  him,  he  sees  all  things  below,  beneath  him.  This  is  glorious,  to 
see  a  man  that  overcomes  the  world,  that  cares  no  more  for  the  ofiers  of 
preferment  on  the  right  hand,  or  for  threatenings  on  the  other  hand.  All 
is  nothing  to  him.  He  breaks  it  as  Samson  did  his  cords.  To  see  such 
a  victorious  spirit,  is  not  this  glorious  !  To  see  a  glorious  soul,  that  is 
above  all  earthly  things  whatsoever,  that  tramples  the  world  under  foot,  as 
the  *  woman  clothed  with  the  sun'  treads  the  '  moon  under  her  foot,'  Kev. 
xii.  1.  The  church  clothed  with  Christ,  who  is  the  glory  of  the  church, 
tramples  all  earthly  things  under  feet.  Grace  is  victorious  and  conquering, 
prevailing  over  those  corruptions  that  prevail  over  ordinary  men.  A  Chris- 
tian as  David,  when  he  had  Saul  in  the  cave,  overcomes  himself,  1  Sam. 
xxiv.  4,  seq.  It  is  an  argument  of  a  great  deal  of  strength  of  grace.  Christ 
overcame  himself  on  the  cross.  He  prayed  for  his  enemies.  So  when  the 
nature  of  man  is  so  subject  to  the  power  of  grace,  that  though  there  be 
rebellions  in  us,  as  there  will  be,  while  we  are  in  this  world,  yet  they  can- 
not overpower  the  principle  of  grace.  All  this  while  a  man  is  a  glorious 
Christian,  because  he  is  not  subject  to  the  common  humours  and  infirmities 
and  weaknesses  of  men.  Therefore  that  makes  a  Christian  glorious,  when 
he  brings  every  thought  and  affection,  and  every  corruption,  as  much  as  may 
*  That  is,  '  conception.' — G. 


276  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

be,  to  the  subjection  of  the  Spirit  of  glory,  to  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  him. 
Though  old  Adam  stir  in  him,  yet  he  brings  him  down,  that  he  doth  not 
discover  himself  to  the  scandal  of  the  gospel  and  profession,  and  to  the 
weakening  of  the  love  of  good  things  in  the  hearts  of  others.  It  shall  not 
break  out.     He  subjects  these  rising  thoughts.     Here  grace  is  glorious. 

Another  man  cannot  do  this.  He  cannot  love  God  ;  he  cannot  deny 
himself;  he  cannot  resist  temptations,  not  inwardly.  He  may  forbear  an 
action  out  of  fear,  but  a  Christian  can  love,  and  fear,  and  delight  in  good 
things ;  and  he  can  resist,  and  he  can  enjoy  the  things  of  this  life,  in  a 
subordinate  manner  to  better  things.  A  worldling  cannot  do  it.  There  is 
a  glory  upon  a  Christian,  a  derivative  glory  from  Christ.  For  we  shine  in 
his  beams.     We  are  changed  according  to  his  image  '  from  glory  to  glory.' 

Obj.  The  thing  is  not  much  questionable  that  grace  is  glorious,  but  it 
may  be  objected,  Doth  grace  make  one  glorious  ?  Then  how  comes  the  world 
to  despise  such  as  have  grace  ?  such  as  are  like  Christ  ? 

A71S.  1.  I  answer  it  is  from  hlmdness,  from  spiritual  drunkenness  and 
madness.  They  cannot  discern  of  things  ;  they  are  besotted  ;  they  see  no 
difference.  Therefore  they  cannot  discern  things  that  are  excellent.  But 
take  a  man  in  his  right  principles  ;  take  a  sober  man,  and  he  will  see  an 
excellency  in  a  Christian  above  himself. 

Ans.  2.  Again,  grace  is  not  made  so  much  of  ofttimes  in  the  world, 
because  it  is  joined  icith  so  manii  infirmities.  Our  life  '  is  hid  with  Christ,' 
Col.  iii.  3.  It  is  hid  under  infirmities  and  under  afflictions  ofttimes  ;  and 
being  hidden  it  doth  not  appear  so  much  in  this  world. 

Ans.  3.  And  then  again,  however  men  force  upon  themselves  a  contempt  of 
grace,  and  of  the  best  things,  yet  notwithstanding  it  is  but  forced;  for  their 
conscience  stoops  at  it.  Witness  conscience  w^hen  it  gives  evidence  on 
their  deathbed.  Take  a  man  when  he  is  himself,  when  he  is  sober,  when 
he  is  best  able  to  judge,  when  those  things  are  taken  from  him,  that  obscured 
and  darkened  his  judgment,  and  then  you  shall  have  him  justify  all  things 
that  are  good,  both  grace  and  the  means  of  grace. 

Ans.  4.  Again  it  must  be  so,  that  we  may  be  conformable  to  Christ.  The 
world  misguideth'"'  the  state  of  a  Christian.  They  think  them  vile  and  base 
persons.  •  So  they  did  Christ  the  head  of  the  church.  You  see  how  Christ 
was  esteemed.  His  glory  was  veiled  with  our  nature  and  with  misery 
a  while  ;  but  it  sparkled  out  ofttimes  in  his  miracles.  Now  this  was  that 
he  might  suffer  and  perform  the  work  of  salvation.  For  the  devil  nor  the 
wicked  world  would  never  have  done  that  they  did  to  him,  if  his  glory  had 
broken  forth  to  the  full  lustre  of  it. 

So  it  is  with  the  body  mystical  of  Christ.  The  world  misjudgeth  of 
them.  It  appears  not  now  what  they  shall  be  hereafter,  nor  what  they  are 
now  indeed  ;  because  God  will  have  them  conformable  to  Christ.  If  so  be 
that  the  glory  of  Christians  were  discovered  in  the  true  lustre,  who  would 
wrong  a  Christian  ?  If  they  did  see  him  indeed  to  be  a  member  of  Christ 
and  an  heir  of  heaven,  the  care  of  angels  and  the  price  of  Christ's  death  ;  if 
they  did  see  him  in  his  excellency,  all  the  world  would  admire  him,  and 
make  another  man  of  him  than  of  potentates  and  monarchs  !  But  how  then 
should  he  be  conformable  to  his  head  in  afflictions  ?  The  head  was  to  save 
us  by  death.  He  must  be  abased.  Ths  world  must  take  him  as  a  strange 
man,  and  we  that  must  be  conformed  to  him,  we  must  pass  as  unknown 
men  in  the  world.  But  not  so  unknown,  but  that  grace  breaks  out  some- 
times to  admiration  and  imitation  ;  and  when  it  hath  not  imitation,  it  stirs 
*  Qu.  '  misjudgetli '  ?— G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  277 

up  envy  and  malice  in  others,  in  the  children  of  the  devil.  Therefore,  not- 
withstanding all  objections,  grace  is  glory.  It  makes  us  like  Chi'ist,  who  is 
glorious,  who  is  '  the  Lord  of  glory.' 

And  then  it  draws  glory  with  it,  glorious  peace  and  glorious  comfort,  and 
joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  attendants  of  grace  in  the  hearts  of  God's 
people.  Is  it  not,  as  I  said,  a  glorious  thing  for  a  man  to  have  that  peace 
in  him  that  passeth  all  understanding,  that  shall  settle  and  quiet  his  soul 
in  all  tumults  in  the  world  ?  When  all  things  are  turned  upside  down,  for 
a  Christian  to  stand  unmoveably  built  upon  the  rock  :  whence  comes  this 
glorious  pitch,  but  from  grace  ?  Grace  and  peace  :  one  follow  another. 
Then  for  a  man  to  have  inward  joy  and  comfort  in  the  midst  of  afflictions 
and  disconsolations  in  the  world,  it  is  a  wonderful  and  a  glorious  thing. 
It  is  called  'joy  unspeakable,'  1  Peter  i.  8,  and  'glorious  grace,'  2  Cor. 
iii.  8.  Therefore  in  regard  of  that  that  follows  it,  in  this  world  it  is 
glory. 

Hence  it  is  that  the  wise  man  saith,  that  '  the  righteous  is  more  excellent 
than  his  neighbour.'  He  is  more  glorious  than  another  man,  as  pearls  are 
above  pebbles.  He  is  more  excellent  in  life,  in  death,  and  after  death 
especially  ;  for  there  is  a  growing  from  glory  to  glory.  He  is  glorious  in 
life,  more  glorious  in  death,  when  his  soul  shall  be  put  into  glory  in  heaven ; 
and  most  of  all  glorious  when  Christ  shall  come  to  be  glorious  in  his  saints, 
as  it  is  in  2  Thess.  i.  10.  So  he  is  excellent  in  life,  and  in  death,  and  for 
ever.  For  another  man,  that  is  but  a  man — a  man,  said  I,  nay,  if  a  man 
be  but  a  man,  he  is  either  like  a  devil  in  subtlety,  or  a  beast  in  sensuality ; 
he  carries  the  image  either  of  a  beast  or  of  the  devil,  besides  a  man.  A 
righteous  man  therefore  that  hath  the  image  of  God  stamped  upon  him,  he 
is  better  than  another  man  every  way ;  for  he  is  in  a  higher  rank  of  creatures. 
Grace  sets  a  man  as  far  above  other  men  as  other  men  are  above  other 
creatures.  At  the  first  the  creatures  reverenced  God  in  Adam.  They 
came  and  took  their  names  from  him.  They  were  subject  to  him.  So 
grace  is  a  glorious,  majestical  thing.  Wicked  men,  even  Herod,  reverenced 
grace  in  John  Baptist,  Mark  vi.  20,  and  evil  men  reverence  it  in  their 
hearts,  in  God's  people,  though  their  mouths  speak  against  it.  A  Christian 
is  a  spiritual  man.  As  reason  lifts  a  man  above  other  creatures,  so  the 
image  of  God  set  upon  a  man,  it  lifts  and  raiseth  him  above  other  men. 

Use  1.  If  grace  and  the  image  of  God  and  Christ  in  us  be  glory,  and 
make  us  excellent,  let  us  all  labour  for  grace  above  all  tilings.  We  all,  as  I 
said  before,  desire  liberty ;  and  as  we  desire  liberty,  so  we  desire  glory  ; 
but  we  know  not  the  way  how  to  come  to  it.  In  seeking  liberty,  we  seek 
licentiousness ;  in  seeking  glory,  we  seek  it  from  men  that  cannot  give  it. 
We  seek  glory  in  outward  things  that  are  nothing.  What  is  the  glory  of 
all  outward  things,  but  the  shining  of  a  rotten  piece  of  wood  in  the  night 
time,  or  as  a  glow-worm  ?  What  is  all  this  glory  but  a  flash  ?  It  is 
nothing.  If  we  would  seek  true  glory  indeed,  as  naturally  all  do,  let  us 
seek  grace.  Thereby  we  resemble  Christ,  '  the  Lord  of  glory  ; '  thereby 
we  are  glorious  in  the  eyes  of  Christ ;  thereby  we  are  glorious  both  with- 
out and  within.  Though  this  glory  for  the  present  be  hid,  thereby  we  are 
terrible  to  the  devil  and  all  enemies.  For  ever  since  his  head  was  crushed 
by  Christ,  that  broke  the  serpent's  head,  he  is  afraid  of  man's  nature  in 
Christ ;  he  is  afraid  of  Christians,  as  knowing  that  they  be  better  than 
himself.  And  he  shall  be  judged  by  them  ere  long.  The  devil  shall  be 
judged  by  Christians.  Therefore  let  us  study  for  this  glory.  A  man  is 
never  glorious  till  he  be  a  Christian. 


278  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

It  is  said  of  Antiochus,  that  he  was  a  vile  person.  What !  Though  he 
was  a  king  (i)  ?  Yes.  Let  a  man  be  never  so  great  in  the  world,  if  lie  be 
a  wicked  man,  a  man  that  dishonoureth  his  tongue,  that  should  be  his 
glory,  that  hath  not  the  language  of  Canaan,  that  dishonours  and  defiles 
his  body,  that  should  be  the  '  temple  of  the  Holy  Ghost,'  1  Cor.  vi.  19,  a 
man  that  carries  a  malicious  and  malignant  spirit,  that  hath  the  image  of 
the  devil  in  his  soul :  if  he  be  never  so  great  a  person,  he  will  be  vile  ere 
long,  when  all  relations  shall  end  in  death.  All  excellencies  must  be  laid 
down  in  death.  Therefore  seeing  all  other  excellencies  cannot  keep  a  man 
from  being  a  vile  person,  let  us  labour  for  that  that  will  put  a  glory  upon 
us.  Labour  for  the  image  of  Christ  to  be  stamped  upon  our  soul.  There 
is  a  great  humour  in  this  age  in  looking  to  pieces  of  woi'kmanship.  If  a 
man  have  skill  to  discern  a  piece,  as  they  call  it,  it  is  more  than  ordinary. 
Beloved,  what  a  vanity  is  this  (though  these  pictures  be  lawful ;  they  are 
a  kind  of  mute  poetry).  But  what  is  this  to  the  having  of  the  glorious 
image  of  Christ  stamped  upon  us  ;  to  be  glorious  in  the  eye  of  God  and  in 
the  very  judgment  of  carnal  men  ! 

There  is  nothing  so  excellent  as  grace,  and  nothing  so  base  as  sin.  In- 
deed there  is  nothing  base  but  sin  ;  and  nothing  excellent  but  grace.  So 
that  God's  children,  not  only  in  their  glorious  riches  and  prerogatives  to 
be  the  sons  of  God  and  heirs  of  heaven,  are  glorious,  but  they  have  an 
inwai'd  glory.  '  The  spouse  of  Christ  is  glorious  within,'  Ps.  xlv.  13. 
Insomuch  that  Christ  is  in  love  with  his  own  graces.  He  wonders  at  his 
own  graces  in  his  children. 

Use  2.  Again,  oppose  this  to  the  scorn  and  hatred  of  the  world ;  base- 
minded  persons,  that  disgrace  goodness  that  their  illness  may  be  the  less 
discerned.  They  labour  to  make  all  alike,  all  they  can,  b}'  slanders  at 
least,  that  their  illness  may  not  appear.  Oppose  the  judgments  of  God's 
Spirit  that  esteems  grace  glory  against  all  the  judgment  of  the  base  world. 
Beloved,  they  shall  know  one  day,  that  those  that  they  despise  shall  judge 
them  ;  and  their  hearts  secretly  tell  them  so.  What  makes  them  malign 
men  better  than  themselves  ?  They  have  a  secret  conceit,  he  is  above  me. 
'  The  spiritual  man  judgeth  all  things,'  1  Cor.  ii.  15.  He  is  a  man  that 
discerns  by  a  spiritual  eye.  He  judgeth  and  condemneth  my  ways,  and 
hereafter  he  will  judge  me.  A  secret  conscience  in  him  makes  him  fear  a 
good  man.     Though  he  deprave*  and  malign  him,  yet  his  heart  stoops. 

Use  3.  Again,  is  grace  glory?  When  God  sets  in]-  on  its,  shall  ive  cast  our 
crown  in  the  dirt?  Shall  we  defile  and  blemish  our  glory  by  sinning  against 
conscience  ?  We  forget  our  excellency,  that  grace  is  glory.  It  teacheth 
us  how  to  carry  ourselves  to  ourselves.  If  there  be  grace  in  us,  let  us  be 
honourable  to  ourselves.  It  is  a  good  caveat  that  we  should  be  venerable 
to  ourselves  ;  that  is.  Christians  should  take  a  holy  state  to  themselves. 
What !  I  that  am  an  heir  of  heaven ;  I  that  am  a  king ;  I  that  am  a 
conqueror ;  I  that  am  the  son  of  God  ;  I  that  am  a  freeman :  should  I 
tangle  myself  with  these  things  ?  Shall  I  go  and  stain  myself  ?  Is  it  not 
an  unsightly  thing  to  see  a  golden  pillar  daubed  with  dirt  ?  or  to  see  a 
crown  cast  into  the  dirt  ?  God  hath  put  a  crown  upon  me ;  he  hath  made 
me  a  king  ;  he  hath  made  me  an  heir  of  heaven  ;  he  hath  made  me  his 
son  ;  he  hath  put  a  glory  upon  me  ; — shall  I  abase  myself  to  devilish  base 
courses  ?  No.  I  will  be  more  honourable  in  my  own  eyes.  Let  us  think 
ourselves  too  good  for  the  base  services  of  Satan.  These  thoughts  we  should 
take  to  ourselves.  These  are  not  proud  thoughts,  but  befitting  our  con- 
*  That  is,  '  undervalue.'— G.  t  Qu.  '  it '  ?— Ed. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


279 


dition.     When  we  are  tempted  to  any  base  course,  whatsoever  it  is,  it  is 
contrary  to  my  calling. 

Use  4.  And  let  us  comfort  ourselves  in  the  ivork  of  grace,  thour/h  it  be 
wrought  in  never  so  jjoor  a  measure,  in  all  the  disparagements  of  the  world; 
for  those  that  are  besotted  with  false  vain-glory,  they  have  the  eyes  of  their 
souls  put  out,  and  dimmed  and  dazzled  with  false  glory.  They  cannot 
judge  of  the  glory  of  a  Christian.  They  want  eyes.  Therefore  let  us  be 
content  to  pass  in  the  world  as  hidden.  Christ  passed  concealed  in  the 
world ;  only  now,  and  then  the  beams  of  his  glory  brake  forth  in  his 
miracles.  So  we  must  be  content.  For  our  glory  is  hid  in  Christ,  for  the 
most  part ;  and  it  is  clouded  with  the  imputations  and  malice  of  men,  and 
sometimes  with  infirmities,  as  it  will  in  this  world.  Let  us  comfort  our- 
selves with  this,  that  we  are  glorious  howsoever,  and  glorious  within  ;  and 
this  glory  will  break  out  in  a  holy  conversation.  And  it  is  better  to  be 
glorious  in  the  eyes  of  God,  and  angels,  and  good  men,  and  in  the  con- 
sciences of  ill  men,  than  to  have  glory  from  their  mouths.  Malice  will  not 
suffer  them  to  glorify  them  with  their  mouths,  but  their  consciences  must 
needs  stoop  to  goodness ;  for  God  hath  put  a  majesty  into  goodness,  that 
any  man  that  is  a  man,  that  is  not  a  beast,  that  hath  natural  principles, 
will  reverence  it ;  and  the  consciences  of  such  men  will  make  them  speak 
the  truth  one  day,  and  they  shall  say,  '  We  fools  thought  these  men 
mad,'  but  '  now  we  see  ourselves  fools.'  Therefore  in  the  disparagements 
of  worldly  men,  that  know  not  where  true  glory  lies,  let  us  be  content  with 
this,  that  God  hath  made  us  truly  glorious  by  working  a  change  in  a  com- 
fortable measure  ;  let  us  comfort  ourselves  in  this. 

Use  5.  Again,  by  this  ice  may  know  u-hether  we  have  grace  in  us  or  no.  If 
we  think  grace  to  be  glory,  let  us  have  that  judgment  and  conceit  of  grace. 

(1.)  Of  the  change  of  our  natures,  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  and  the  truth  of 
God,  as  the  Holy  Ghost  hath  here,  calling  it  glory.  That  very  judgment 
shews  that  there  is  an  alteration  in  our  affections ;  that  we  are  changed  in 
the  spirit  of  our  minds  ;  that  we  have  a  right  conceit  of  heavenly  things. 
For  none  but  a  Christian  indeed  can  judge  grace  to  be  glory,  that  can  truly 
think  so.  For  if  a  man  think  grace  to  be  glory  truly,  if  he  be  convinced 
by  the  power  of  the  Spirit,  he  will  be  gracious.  For  there  is  an  instinct 
in  all  men  by  nature  to  glory  in  something.  You  have  the  gulls*  of  the 
world,  they  glory  in  something,  in  swaggering,  beastly  courses.  You  have 
devilish  men  glory  that  they  can  circumvent  others.  Rather  than  men  will 
have  no  glory,  they  will  glory  in  that  that  is  shame  indeed.  Man  having  a 
disposition  alway  to  glory  in  something,  if  he  be  convinced  that  grace  is 
glory,  he  will  be  gracious. 

Therefore,  I  beseech  you,  enter  into  your  own  souls,  and  see  what  con- 
ceits you  have  of  the  image  of  God,  of  the  graces  of  Christianity,  and  then 
certainly  it  will  raise  a  holy  ambition  to  have  that  stamp  set  upon  you. 

(2.)  Again,  this  is  another  evidence  that  a  man  is  gracious,  if  he  can  look 
upon  the  life  of  another  that  is  better  than  he  with  a  conceit  that  it  is  glory, 
and  loving  of  it  as  glory.  Many  men  see  grace  in  other  men,  but  with  a 
maligning  eye.  They  see  it  to  disgrace  it.  For  naturally  this  is  in  men. 
They  are  so  vain-glorious  and  ambitious,  that  when  the}'  see  the  lives  of 
other  men  outshew  theirs,  instead  of  imitation,  they  go  to  base  courses. 
They  obscure  and  darken  that  light  with  slanders,  that  they  will  not  imitate 
in  their  courses.  This  is  in  the  better  sort  of  men,  the  prouder,  and  greater 
sort  of  men.  What  grace  they  will  not  imitate  they  will  defame.  They 
*  That  is,  '  the  deceived'  =—  fools. — G. 


280 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


will  not  be  outsliiued  by  anything.  Therefore,  those  that  can  see  so  far  into 
the  life  of  another  man,  as  they  love  it,  and  honour  the  grace  of  God  in 
another  man,  it  is  a  sign  there  is  some  work  of  glory  begun  in  them.  Men 
can  endure  good  things  in  books,  and  by  reports,  and  good  things  of  men 
that  are  dead,  &c.,  but  ihej  cannot  endure  good  things  running  in  their 
eyes.  Especially  when  it  comes  in  a  kind  of  competition  and  comparison, 
they  love  not  to  be  outshined. 

'  From  glory  to  glory.' 

We  see  the  state  of  God's  children  here,  and  the  state  in  heaven,  come 
both  under  one  name  ;  both  are  '  glory.'  The  children  of  God  are  kings 
here,  they  shall  be  kings  in  heaven.  Thej^  are  saints  here,  as  they  be 
saints  in  heaven.  There  is  an  adoption  of  grace  as  well  as  an  adoption  of 
glory,  Rom.  viii.  30,  et  alibi.  There  is  a  regeneration  here  of  our  souls ; 
there  is  a  regeneration  of  soul  and  body  then.  We  are  new  creatures 
here ;  and  we  shall  be  new  creatures  there. 

Quest.  Why  do  all  come  under  one  name,  the  state  of  glory  in  heaven, 
and  the  state  of  grace  here  ?     Is  there  no  difference  ? 

Ans.  Yes.  But  the  difference  is  in  degrees,  and  not  otherwise.  For 
heaven  must  be  begun  here.  If  ever  we  mean  to  enter  into  heaven  here- 
after, we  enter  into  the  suburbs  here.  We  must  be  new  creatures  here. 
We  are  kings  here  ;  we  are  heirs  apparent  here  ;  we  are  adopted  here ;  we 
are  regenerate  here  ;  we  are  glorious  here,  before  we  be  glorious  hereafter. 
Therefore,  beloved,  we  may  read  our  future  state  in  our  present.  We 
must  not  think  to  come  ds  sceJo  in  cceluin,  as  he  saitli  (j),  out  of  the  filth 
of  sin  to  heaven,  but  heaven  must  be  begun  here.  You  see  both  have  the 
same  name,  grace,  and  glory.  Therefore,  wouldst  thou  knew  what  thy 
condition  shall  be  afterwards  ?  Read  it  in  thy  present  disposition.  If 
there  be  not  a  change  and  a  glorious  change  here,  never  look  for  a  glorious 
change  hereafter.  What  is  not  begun  in  grace  shall  never  be  accomplished 
in  glory.  Both  grace  here  and  glory  hereafter  coming  under  the  same  name, 
it  forceth  this. 

And  likewise  it  is  a  ground  of  comfort ;  for  why  have  we  the  same  term 
here  ?  When  we  are  in  the  state  of  grace,  why  are  we  decked  and  adorned 
with  the  same  title  as  we  shall  be  in  heaven  ? 

It  is  partly  for  certainty.  Grace  is  glory,  as  well  as  the  perfection  of  it 
is  glory,  to  shew  that  where  grace  is  truly  begun  it  will  end  in  glory.  All 
the  powers  in  the  world  cannot  interrupt  God's  gracious  progress  and  way. 
What  is  begun  in  grace  will  end  in  glory.  Where  the  foundation  is  laid, 
God  will  be  sure  to  put  up  the  roof.  He  never  repents  of  his  beginnings. 
Solomon  saith  that  the  '  righteous  is  like  to  the  sun,'  that  grows  brighter 
and  brighter,  till  he  come  to  his  full  strength,  Prov.  iv.  18.  So  the  state 
of  the  godly  grows  more  and  more,  from  light  to  light,  till  he  come  to  full 
strength.  The  state  of  the  wicked  is  clean  contrar3^  The  state  of  the 
wicked  is  like  the  declining  day.  The  sun  grows  down  and  down  till  it  be 
twilight,  and  thence  to  darkness,  and  then  to  utter  darkness.  So  they 
being  dark  in  themselves,  they  grow  from  the  darkness  of  misery  and  terror 
of  conscience  to  eternal  darkness,  black,  dismal  darkness  in  hell.  But  the 
state  of  the  godly  it  is  like  the  course  of  the  sun  after  midnight,  that  is  grow- 
ing up,  up  still,  till  it  come  to  mid-day.  So  the  state  of  the  godly  it  is  alway 
on  the  mending  hand;  it  is  always  a  growing  state;  it  is  a  hopeful  condition. 
They  go  from  glory  to  glory.  And  therefore  let  us  be  assured  of  eternal 
glory  for  the  time  to  come,  as  sure  as  we  are  of  the  beginnings  of  grace  here 
wrought.     You  see,  then,  a  main  difference  between  the  godly  and  others 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  281 

Other  meB  grow  backward,  proficere  in  pejus,  as  we  say.  They  talie  degi-ees 
back  from  worse  to  worse,  till  they  end  in  utter  desolation  and  destruction 
for  ever.  But  the  other  riseth  by  degrees,  till  they  come  to  that  happiness 
that  can  admit  no  further  degrees.  All  the  glory  of  the  world  ends  in 
vanity  and  in  nothing ;  but  the  glory  of  a  Christian  that  begins  in  grace, 
you  see  it  proceeds  from  glory  to  glory,  alway  growing  and  amending.  If 
men  were  not  spiritually  mad,  would  they  not  rather  be  in  a  condition 
alway  amending  and  growing  more  and  more  hopeful  still,  than  to  be  in  a 
condition  alway  declining,  and  most  subject  to  decline  when  it  is  at  the  top. 
There  is  no  consistence  in  any  human  felicity,  but  it  is  in  pnecipite,  near  a 
downfall  when  it  is  at  the  highest.  God's  children  are  near  rising  when 
they  are  at  the  lowest.  There  is  a  spirit  of  glory  lights,  and  not  only  so, 
but  rests  on  them.  It  doth  not  light  upon  them  and  then  go  away.  It  is 
not  as  a  flash  or  blaze  of  flax  or  so  {k).  But  the  Spirit  rests  and  grows  still 
upon  them,  '  from  glory  to  glory.'  The  state  of  a  Christian  it  is  comfort- 
able, that  is  soundly  converted,  when  he  shall  think  every  day  brings  me 
nearer  my  glory ;  every  day  I  rise  I  am  somewhat  happier  than  I  was  the 
day  before,  because  I  am  somewhat  more  glorious  and  nearer  to  eternal  glory ; 
when  another  wretch  that  lives  in  sins  against  conscience  may  say,  I  am 
somewhat  nearer  hell,  nearer  eclipsing,  and  ebbing,  and  declining  than  before. 
So  every  day  brings  terror  to  the  one,  and  matter  of  comfort  to  the  other. 

*  From  glory  to  glory.' 

Grace,  we  see,  is  glory,  especially  when  it  is  in  strength ;  and  the  more 
grace  grows,  the  more  glory.  The  more  it  shines,  the  more  glory.  We 
Bay  of  fire,  the  more  it  burns  the  less  it  smokes;  the  less  infirmity  appears 
that  may  disgrace  it,  the  more  grace.  The  more  light  and  lustre,  and  the 
less  infirmity.  Glory  belongs  to  the  growth  of  grace  in  this  world.  For 
is  not  a  Christian  a  glorious  Christian  when  he  is  a  grown  Christian  ? 
when  he  sends  a  lustre  as  a  pearl  ?  v/hen  as  a  glorious  hght  he  shines  to 
the  example  of  others  ?  when  he  is  able,  as  Paul  saith  gloriously  of  him- 
self, '  I  can  do  all  in  Christ  that  strengtheneth  me,'  Philip,  iv.  13,  to  want 
and  to  abound.  Cast  him  into  any  condition  what  you  will,  he  is  like  him- 
self. Cast  Joseph  into  prison,  he  is  Joseph  still ;  cast  Paul  in  the  dungeon, 
he  is  Paul  still,  and  is  never  more  glorious  than  in  the  midst  ©f  afflictions. 
So  grace  growing  to  some  perfection  is  glorious  ;  '  wisdom  makes  a  man's 
face  to  shine,'  saith  Solomon,  Eccles.  viii.  1.  So  it  is  true  of  all  other 
graces  in  some  perfection.  They  make  a  man  shine.  There  is  nothing  in 
the  world  so  glorious  as  a  Christian  that  is  grovm  to  some  perfection. 
Indeed,  he  is  so  glorious,  that  the  eye  of  the  world,  when  it  is  cast  upon 
him,  it  stirs  up  envy,  as  carnal  persons,  when  they  see  a  Christian  man 
unmoveable  in  the  midst  of  all  motions,  and  unchangeable  in  all  changes, 
when  nothing  can  alter  him,  but  he  goes  on,  they  wonder  at  the  condition 
of  this  man,  whenas  indeed  his  grounds  and  resolutions  are  above  all  dis- 
couragements or  encouragements  that  the  world  can  afford.  David  was  a 
king  and  a  prophet,  and  David  was  a  holy  man,  and  David,  for  constitution 
of  body,  was  ruddy  and  of  a  sweet  complexion;  and  David,  for  the  manner 
of  his  kingdom,  was  a  king  of  a  great  people,  There  were  many  excel- 
lencies of  David.  Oh  but  what  doth  David  account  the  prerogative  of  a 
man  ?  '  Blessed  is  the  man  whose  sins  are  forgiven,  in  whose  spirit  there 
is  no  guile,'  Ps.  xxxii.  2;  that  is,  that  is  truly  sanctified  in  spirit;  that 
is  in  the  state  of  justification ;  and  as  a  witness  of  that,  of  the  forgiveness 
of  his  sins,  hath  a  spirit  without  guile.  Happy  is  that  man,  not  that  is  a 
king,  or  a  prophet,  or  a  strong  man,  or  a  beautiful  man,  or  hath  this  endow- 


282  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

ment  or  that ;   but  happy  is  the  man  whose  sins  ai'e  forgiven,  and  whose 
spirit  is  sanctified. 

'  From  glory  to  glory.' 

We  see  then  that  there  must  be  an  increase,  a  growing  '  from  glory  to 
glory.'  There  is  no  stop  nor  stay  to  be  made  in  rehgion.  There  must  be 
of  necessity  a  desire  to  grow  better  and  better  ;  for  glory  will  grow  still  to 
glory.     Grace  will  never  cease  till  it  end  in  glory. 

[1.]  Both  in  our  dispositions  that  have  it  tcroi((/ht  in  us ;  we  shall  desire  it 
may  increase  in  us  the  image  of  God  and  Christ  more  and  more. 
I  [2.]  And  in  GocVs  ■purpose.  Where  he  begins  he  makes  an  end.  Whe- 
ther we  look  to  him  that  will  not  have  us  in  a  state  of  imperfection,*  .... 
He  hath  not  chosen  us  to  imperfection,  but  to  perfection ;  and  he  hath  called 
us  not  to  imperfection,  but  to  perfection.  He  hath  elected  ns  to  perfection. 
He  hath  chosen  us  to  be  spotless,  not  to  be  conflicting  with  our  corrup- 
tions, and  to  be  halting  alway  as  Jacob.  We  shall  have  perfect  strength. 
We  are  called  and  elected  to  perfection.  Therefore  there  is  no  standing  at 
a  stay  in  religion  ;  there  must  be  a  perpetual  growth.  It  is  our  disposition 
to  desire  and  endeavour  it  still. 

For,  beloved,  it  is  that  that  is  inbred  to  all  things  that  are  imperfect,  to 
hasten  to  perfection,  till  they  come  to  their  iibi,  to  their  pitch.  We  see  it 
in  grain,  weak  grain.  Till  it  come  to  the  full  growth,  it  breaks  through 
clods,  through  harder  things  than  itself.  There  is  a  nature  in  corn  and 
seeds,  that  have  a  beginning  of  life  in  their  kind  in  them,  till  those  seeds 
come  to  growth,  they  put  out  themselves  with  a  great  deal  of  strength 
against  opposition.  So  grace  is  of  such  a  strong  nature.  Being  intended 
by  God  to  perfection,  it  will  not  rest  in  mean  beginnings,  but  puts  itself 
forward  still,  and  breaks  through  opposition.  I  will  not  stand  upon  the 
common  place  of  growth  in  grace.  It  is  a  large  discourse,  and  I  touched 
it  upon  many  occasions.  You  see  the  necessity  of  it.  There  must  be  a 
growth  from  glory  to  glory. 

A  growth  not  in  parts  as  we  say.  For  at  the  first  regeneration,  in  the  first 
beginning,  when  we  are  gracious,  there  is  the  beginning  of  a  new  life,  and 
there  is  the  seeds  of  all  graces.  But  especially  this  growth  is  in  intension 
and  extension.  Grace  grows  more  and  more  in  strength,  and  extends  and 
reacheth  itself  further  and  further  to  the  use  of  many.  Grace  grows,  I  say, 
in  the  intension  of  itself,  and  extends  and  reacheth  itself  to  the  use  of  more. 
The  more  a  Christian  lives,  when  he  is  in  a  right  state  and  fi'ame  as  a 
Christian  should  be,  he  is  of  more  strength  in  all  particular  graces,  and 
doth  the  more  good,  and  shines  more  in  his  life  and  conversation  to  others. 
••  And  likewise,  as  there  is  a  growth  in  intension  and  extension,  so  there 
is  a  growth  in  the  quality  and  purity  of  grace ;  for  the  longer  a  man  lives, 
those  graces  that  he  hath  grow  more  refined.  When  a  Christian  is  but  a 
new  Christian,  he  tastes  much  of  the  old  stock.  As  all  fruit  at  the  first 
will  taste  of  the  stock,  so  there  is  no  fruit  of  righteousness  that  comes  from 
a  man,  at  his  first  conversion,  but  it  tastes  a  great  deal  of  old  Adam.  It 
savours  of  the  old  stock.  The  more  he  live,  and  grows  spiritual,  the  more 
that  that  comes  from  him  relisheth  of  the  Spirit,  the  more  refined  is  his 
wisdom,  the  more  refined  is  his  love,  the  more  refined  from  self-love,  his 
joy  and  delight  is  more  refined. 

Ohj.  Hence  we  may  answer  an  objection  by  the  way ;  an  old  man  seems 
not  to  grow  in  grace.     He  seems  not  to  be  so  good  a  man,  not  to  be  so 
zealous  as  when  he  was  young ;  not  so  forward. 
*  Sentence  unfinished. — G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  283 

Avs.  Beloved,  In  those  that  are  young  there  is  a  great  deal  of  nature 
joined  with  a  little  grace,  and  that  grace  in  them  makes  a  greater  expres- 
sion, because  it  is  carried  with  the  current  of  nature.  But  in  age  it  is 
more  refined.  That  that  is,  that  knowledge  they  have,  is  more  pure  and 
more  settled,  and  that  love  and  afiection  is  more  refined.  There  is  less 
self-love,  and  tliat  zeal  they  have  it  is  joined  with  more  heavenly  discre- 
tion. There  is  less  wild  fire,  there  is  less  strange  fire  with  it.  Though 
there  be  less  heat  of  nature,  that  it  do  not  work  in  outward  demonstrations 
to  the  eye  of  the  world,  yet  it  is  more  refined  and  pure.  So  grace  grows 
thus  likewise  in  the  purity  and  perfection  of  it ;  not  altogether  pure,  for 
somewhat  will  stick  to  our  best  performances,  savouring  of  the  worst  prin- 
ciple in  nature.  For  as  we  carry  flesh  and  spirit  alway,  so  that  that  comes 
from  them  will  savour  of  corruption ;  yet  less  in  a  grown  Christian,  that  is 
a  father  in  Christianity,  than  in  another. 

'  From  glory  to  glory.' 

Grace  is  glory  in  regard  of  the  state  before.  The  least  degree  of  grace 
is  glory  in  regard  of  the  state  of  nature.  But  grace  is  not  glory  properly 
till  it  come  to  a  growth.  Grace  is  not  glorious,  so  in  comparison  to  other 
Christians  that  are  grown.  In  regard  of  the  state  of  nature,  grace  is  glory, 
take  it  in  the  lowest ;  for  is  not  this  a  glory  for  a  man  to  be  taken  into  the 
fellowship  of  Christ  ?  to  be  the  son  of  God,  and  an  heir  of  heaven  ?  to 
have  angels  for  his  attendants  ?  to  be  begotten  by  the  glorious  gospel,  the 
word  of  God,  that  immortal  seed  ?  Whatsoever  thing  is  about  a  Christian 
it  is  glorious.  Is  not  he  glorious  that  hath  God  the  Father,  and  God  the 
Son,  the  Lord  of  glory,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  Spirit  of  glorj^  and  the 
glorious  gospel,  and  glorious  angels  for  his  attendants  ?  Every  thing  is 
glorious  in  a  Christian.  In  every  Christian  there  is  this.  So  grace  is  a 
kind  of  glory ;  but  notwithstanding  we  must  not  content  ourselves  with 
that.  Grace  is  then  especially  glory  when  it  comes  to  growth.  We  must 
labour  that  grace  may  appear.  What  is  glory  ?  Properly  glory  is  excel- 
lency and  victory  over  the  contrary  with  manifestation,  excellency  mani- 
fested. Now  a  man  is  said  to  be  glorious  in  grace,  when  his  grace  comes 
to  be  excellent  in  view,  and  victorious  over  the  contrary  w-ith  public  mani- 
festation. 

Use  1.  Now  this  we  ought  to  labour  for  ;  though  grace  be  glory  in  respect 
of  the  former  estate,  yet  in  the  rank  of  Christians  ive  ought  to  he  glorious, 
that  is,  more  and  more  gracious;  both. 

I    In  regard  of  God,  that  God  may  have  the  more  glory  from  us.     The 
more  grace,  the  more  esteem  from  him,  because  we  resemble  him. 

And  in  regard  of  Christ  Jesus  :  the  more  glorious  we  are,  the  more  we 
resemble  him.  Let  us  labour  to  be  more  and  more  glorious,  in  regard 
likewise  of  the  church,  whom  we  shall  benefit  more.  The  more  we  grow 
in  grace,  the  more  we  shall  prevail  with  God  by  our  prayers.  Who  pre- 
vailed more  with  their  prayers  than  Moses,  and  such  men  ?  Again,  when 
grace  is  glorious,  that  is,  with  victory  and  full  manifestation,  the  more  we 
are  fit  to  give  a  lustre  and  light,  that  others  seeing  it  may  glorify  God ;  to 
draw  others  to  the  love  of  grace,  when  they  see  grace  glorious.  Now  grace 
is  then  glorious  in  us  that  others  may  be  encouraged.  When  we  can  resist 
strong  temptations,  when  we  are  not  like  children  '  carried  away  with  the 
wind  of  every  doctrine,'  Eph.  iv.  14,  this  is  a  glorious  thing.  When  a 
Christian  can  hold  his  own  in  the  worst  times ;  when  it  is  a  witty*  thing  to 
be  a  Christian :  as  Hilary  said  in  a  time  of  schism,  '  it  required  a  great 
*  That  is,  '  wise.' — G. 


284  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

deal  of  wit  to  be  a  Christian'  (l),  it  requires  a  great  deal  of  wit  and  study 
to  hold  a  man  on  in  Christianit3\ 

And  for  a  man  to  be  strong  against  temptations  and  the  world,  whether  it 
frown  or  fawn,  that  he  cares  for  neither,  but  holds  his  own,  is  not  this  a 
glorious  thing  ?  When  a  man  shall  carry  himself  as  a  lion,  break  through 
oppositions  in  ill  times,  and  fall  square,  cast  him  as  you  will,  in  all  condi- 
tions,— here  is  a  glorious  Christian.  Therefore  through  grace  be  glory, 
that  must  not  content  us,  but  we  must  labour  to  have  such  a  measure  of 
glory  as  that  we  may  be  glorious  in  our  own  rank.  Is  it  not  a  glorious 
thing  when  a  man  can  break  through  doubts  and  fears  that  trouble  other 
folk  too  much  ?  As  the  sun  is  said  to  be  in  glory  when  he  is  gotten  on 
high ;  there  are  many  clouds  in  the  morning,  but  when  the  sun  is  gotten 
to  his  height  at  noon-day,  he  scatters  all.  So  a  Christian  is  in  his  glory 
and  exaltation  when  he  can  scatter  doubts,  and  fears,  and  terrors  that 
trouble  other  weak  beginning  Christians.  Therefore  when  we  are  troubled 
with  scruples,  with  this  and  that,  we  should  labour  to  get  out  of  them,  that 
grace  may  be  glorious  ;  to  shew  that  we  have  gotten  such  a  light  and  such 
a  convincing  knowledge,  and  that  we  are  so  rooted  in  faith  and  grace,  that 
the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  us  hath  broken  through  all  these  clouds  and  mists, 
and  made  us  glorious. 

'  From  glory  to  glory.' 

Our  glory  it  is  not  like  a  torrent  that  runs  amain  for  a  time,  and  after  is 
dried  up  for  ever.  Grace  it  is  a  continuing  and  an  increasing  thing.  It 
continues  still.  As  the  stream  that  it  is  fed  with  is  an  ever-living  spring, 
so  is  grace.  It  is  fed  with  the  gi'ace  in  Christ,  and  he  is  a  never-dying 
spring,  a  fountain.  For  that  grace  in  him  is  fed  with  his  divinity.  There- 
fore there  must  be  a  perpetual  spring  in  Christ.  So  where  Christ  hath 
opened  a  spring  in  the  heart,  he  will  feed  that  grace  perpetually. 

Use  2.  Let  none  be  discouraged  that  have  grace  begun  in  them.  God  wiU 
go  on  with  his  own  grace.  When  he  hath  begun  a  good  work,  '  he  will 
finish  it  to  the  day  of  the  Lord,'  1  Cor.  i.  8.  Though  grace  be  little  at  the 
first,  yet  it  shall  not  stay  there.  It  grows  up  we  know  not  how ;  but  at 
last  it  is  glorious  indeed.  For  till  grace  be  grown,  it  is  little  discerned  from 
other  things  :  as  between  weeds  and  herbs  there  is  little  difference  when 
they  be  green,  till  they  be  grown.  Grace  is  little  at  the  first,  as  a  grain  of 
mustard-seed.  Mat.  xiii.  31.  Jerusalem  is  not  built  in  a  day,  as  we  say  of 
Rome.  You  have  some  that  are  a  weaker  sort  of  Christians,  that  are  good, 
they  would  fain  be  in  Canaan,  as  soon  as  ever  they  are  out  of  Egypt,  and 
I  cannot  blame  them.  But  hereupon  they  are  discomforted.  As  soon  as 
ever  they  have  grace  in  them,  they  would  have  their  pitch  presently,  out  of 
spiritual  covetousnees.  Oh  that  I  had  more  knowledge  and  more  victory! 
&c.  These  desires  are  good  ;  for  God  puts  not  in  vain  desires  into  the 
hearts  of  his  children,  but  they  must  be  content  to  be  led  from  glory  to 
glory,  from  one  degree  of  grace  to  another.  Christ  himself  grew  more  in 
favour  with  God  and  man.  As  that  little  stone  grew  to  a  mountain,  Dan. 
ii.  34,  so  we  must  be  content  to  grow  from  grace  to  grace.  There  is  a  gradual 
proceeding  in  the  new  creature.  We  must  not  be  presently  in  Canaan. 
God  will  lead  us  through  the  wilderness,  through  temptations  and  crosses, 
before  we  come  to  heaven.  Many  because  they  see  they  are  far  short  of  others 
that  are  stronger  Christians,  therefore  they  think  they  have  no  grace  at  all. 

Therefore  let  those  that  are  on  the  growing  hand,  though  they  be  short 
of  many  that  are  before  them,  let  them  not  be  discouraged  with  their  over- 
little  beginnings.     For  it  is  God's  ordinance  and  course  in  this  world,  to 


ABOVE  THE  LAW,  285 

bring  his  cliildren  by  little  and  little  through  many  stations.  As  they  were 
led  in  the  wilderness  from  standing  to  standing,  and  from  place  to  place, 
BO  God  brings  his  children  by  many  standings  to  heaven.  And  it  is  one 
part  of  a  Christian's  meekness  to  [be]  subject  to  God's  wisdom  in  this  kind, 
and  not  to  murmur  that  they  are  not  so  perfect  as  they  would  be,  or  as 
they  shall  be ;  but  rather  to  magnify  the  mercy  of  God  that  there  is  any 
change  in  such  defiled  and  polluted  souls ;  that  he  hath  vouchsafed  any 
spiritual  light  of  understanding,  any  love  of  good  things ;  that  the  bent  of 
their  affections  are  tui'ned  to  a  contrary  course  than  they  were  before ;  that 
God  hath  vouchsafed  any  beginnings.  Rather  magnify  his  mercy  than 
quarrel  with  his  dispensation,  that  he  doth  not  this  all  at  once  ;  and, 
indeed,  if  we  enter  into  our  own  hearts,  it  is  our  fault  that  we  are  not 
more  perfect.  But  let  us  labour  to  be  meek,  and  say.  Lord,  since  thou 
hast  ordained  that  I  shall  grow  from  glory  to  glory,  from  one  degree  of 
grace  to  another,  let  me  have  grace  to  magnify  thy  mercy,  that  thou  hast 
given  me  any  goodness,  rather  than  to  murmur  that  I  have  no  more.  And 
be  content  in  the  use  of  means,  and  endeavour  to  grow  further,  though  we 
have  not  so  much  as  others  have.  Nay,  we  may  not  be  discouraged, 
because  of  the  weakness  of  grace,  but  we  may  not  be  discouraged  with  a 
seeming  interruption  in  our  spiritual  growth.  God  sometimes  works  by 
contraries.  He  makes  men  grow  by  their  puttings  back,  and  to  stand  by 
their  falls.  Sometimes,  when  God  will  have  a  man  grow,  he  will  suffer 
him  to  fall,  that  by  his  fall  he  may  grow  in  a  deeper  hatred  of  sin,  and  in 
jealousy  over  his  own  heart,  and  a  nearer  watchfulness  over  his  own  ways ; 
that  he  may  grow  more  in  love  with  God  for  pardoning  of  him,  and  grow 
more  strong  in  his  resolution  for  the  time  to  come ;  that  he  may  grow  more 
in  humility.  None  grow  so  much  as  those  that  have  their  growth  stopped 
for  a  time.  Let  none  be  discouraged  when  they  find  a  stop,  but  consider 
that  God  is  working  grace  in  another  kind.  The  Spirit  appears  in  one 
grace  when  it  doth  not  in  another.  It  grows  in  one  grace  when  it  doth 
not  in  another.  Sometime  the  Spirit  will  have  us  grow  in  humility ;  as 
the  juice  of  the  herbs  riins  to  the  root  in  the  winter,  it  is  in  the  leaves  in 
the  spring,  it  is  in  the  seed  in  the  autumn ;  as  the  life  sometime  appears  in 
the  plant  in  one  part  and  sometime  in  another ;  so  the  Spirit  of  God 
appears  sometime  in  humility,  sometime  in  joy,  sometime  in  spiritual 
strength  and  courage.  Let  none  be  discouraged  overmuch  when  they  find 
a  stop ;  for  there  is  no  interruption  of  Spirit  altogether,  and  this  little 
interruption  is  like  a  sickness  that  will  make  them  grow  and  shoot  up  more 
afterwards.  It  spends  the  humours  that  hinders  growth.  There  is  such  a 
mystery  in  the  carrying  of  men  from  glory  to  glory,  that  it  makes  men  more 
glorious  sometimes  by  base  sins.  I  would  have  no  man  discouraged  there- 
fore. Indeed,  God  will  work  so,  that  he  shall  wish  he  had  not  given  him 
occasion  to  shew  his  strength  in  his  weakness,  his  glory  in  his  shame ;  but 
God,  where  he  hath  begun  he  will  go  through  with  the  work,  and  will  turn 
all  to  good. 

And  to  encourage  us  here,  grace  begun  hath  the  same  name  as  grace 
perfect.  Both  are  glory.  Why  doth  God  call  them  by  one  name  ?  To 
encourage  Christians.  He  tells  them  that  if  it  be  begun  it  is  glory,  not  that 
it  is  so  properly,  but  if  it  be  begun  it  shall  never  end  till  it  come  in  heaven. 
Therefore  God  styles  grace  in  all  the  latitude,  from  the  highest  to  the  very 
beginnings,  by  the  same  name,  to  encourage  Christians.  If  they  be  within 
the  door  of  the  temple,  though  they  be  not  so  far  as  those  that  are  in  high 
and  gloiious  places,  yet  they  are  going  thither.     To  encourage  Christians 


2S5  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

to  know  that  unavoidably  and  indefeasibly  they  shall  come  to  perfection  of 
glory  if  it  be  begun.  And  God  looks  not  on  Christians  as  they  are  in  their 
imperfections  and  beginnings,  but  that  that  in  time  he  means  to  bring  them 
to.  He  intends  to  bring  them  to  glory.  Therefore  he  gives  gi-ace  the  style 
of  glory.  As  in  the  creatures  God  looked  not  on  the  seeds  of  trees  as  such, 
but  he  looked  on  them  as  seeds  that  he  meant  to  make  trees  of;  and  when 
God  looks  upon  his  children,  he  looks  not  on  them  as  they  are  children, 
but  as  they  shall  be  perfect  men.  Doth  the  wisdom  of  God  look  on  the 
seeds  of  trees  as  he  intends  to  make  them  trees  ?  and  doth  he  not  look  upon 
Christians,  that  are  babes  in  grace,  as  he  intends  to  make  them  men,  to 
come  to  the  perfect  stature  of  Christ  ?  He  views  us  at  once  in  our  begin- 
nings and  perfections.  All  is  presented  at  once  to  him.  Therefore  he 
gives  one  name  to  the  whole  state  of  grace,  grace  and  glory,  all  is  glory. 
I  beseech  you  therefore,  if  there  be  any  goodness,  any  blessed  change  in 
us,  let  us  be  comforted  ;  for  he  that  hath  brought  us  to  the  beginnings  of 
glory  will  never  fail  till  he  hath  brought  us  to  perfect  glory  in  heaven,  and 
there  our  change  shall  rest.  There  is  no  further  change  there,  when  we  are 
once  in  our  element. 

For  even  as  God,  when  he  made  man,  he  rested  from  all  his  work  upon 
the  Sabbath ;  man  was  his  excellent  piece.  So  the  Spirit  of  God  will  rest, 
sanctifying  and  altering  of  us.  When  we  are  once  in  heaven,  in  that  eternal 
Sabbath,  then  we  shall  need  no  changes  from  glory  to  glory.  We  shall  for 
ever  be  filled  with  the  fulness  of  God,  till  which  time  there  is  no  creature 
in  the  world  so  changeable  as  a  Christian. 

For,  first,  you  see  he  was  made  in  God's  image  and  likeness  in  his  state 
of  standing. 

After  he  fell  there  was  a  change,  to  his  second  state  of  sin. 

After  the  state  of  fall,  there  is  a  change  to  the  state  of  grace. 

After  that  from  one  degree  of  grace  to  another  in  this  world  till  he  die. 

And  then  the  soul  is  more  perfect  and  glorious.  But  at  the  last,  when 
body  and  soul  shall  be  united,  there  shall  be  no  more  change  ;  there  shall 
be  an  end  of  all  alteration. 

So  we  see  that  God  intends  by  his  Spirit  to  bring  us  to  perfection, 
though  by  little  and  little,  to  perfection  of  glory  as  far  as  our  nature  is 
capable,  and  this  shall  be  at  the  latter  day. 

Quest.  Why  not  before  ?  why  not  in  this  world  ? 

Ans.  Beloved,  we  are  not  capable  here  of  that  fulness  of  glory.  Saint 
Peter  on  the  mount  had  but  a  glimpse  of  the  glory  of  heaven,  and  he  was 
spiritually  drunk  as  it  were,  he  knew  not  what  he  said,  Mark  ix.  6.  We 
are  not  capable.  Therefore  we  must  grow  here  from  glory  to  glory,  till  we 
come  to  that  perfection  of  glory.  God  that  gives  us  the  earnest  could  make 
up  the  bargain  here  if  we  were  capable  of  it,  but  we  are  not. 

God  will  have  a  difference  between  the  militant  and  the  triumphant 
church,  and  will  train  us  up  here  to  live  the  life  of  faith,  till  we  come  to 
live  the  life  of  sight,  the  life  of  vision  for  ever  in  heaven. 

Doth  God  by  his  Spirit  change  us  by  his  Spirit  to  the  likeness  of  Christ, 
*  from  glory  to  glory,'  till  he  have  brought  us  to  perfection  of  glory  in 
heaven  ?  Oh  let  us  comfort  ourselves  in  our  imperfections  here.  We  are 
here  lame  Mephibosheths.  He  was  a  king's  son,  but  he  was  lame.  We 
are  spiritually  lame  and  defective,  though  we  be  kings'  sons  (m).  Oh,  but  we 
shall  grow  from  glory  to  glory,  till  all  end  in  perfection  in  heaven.  What 
a  comfort  is  this  in  our  imperfections,  that  as  every  day  we  live  in  this 
world  cuts  olf  a  day  of  our  life,  for  we  live  so  much  the  shorter,  so  every 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  287 

day  we  live  brings  us  nearer  to  heaven  ;  that  as  we  decay  in  the  life  of 
nature  every  day,  so  we  grow  up  another  way,  '  from  glory  to  glory,'  till 
we  come  to  perfect  glory  in  heaven  ;  is  not  this  a  sweet  comfort  ?  Let  us 
comfort  ourselves  with  these  things. 

Use  3.  Again,  if  the  state  of  God's  people  be  thus  sweet  and  comfortable,  and 
full  of  well-grounded  hopes,  that  glory  shall  go  further  on  to  glory,  and  end 
in  glory,  then  ivliy  should  ive  be  afraid  of  death  /  For  grace  will  but  end 
in  glory.  A  mean  glorious  estate  will  but  even  be  swallowed  up  of  a  truly 
glorious  estate.  Indeed  grace  is  swallowed  up  of  glory,  even  as  the  rivers 
are  swallowed  up  of  the  ocean.  Glory  takes  away  nothing,  but  perfects  all 
better  by  death.  Why  should  we  be  afraid  of  death  ?  We  are  afraid  of 
our  glory,  and  of  the  perfection  of  our  glory. 

There  be  degrees  of  glory.  There  is  glory  begun  here  in  grace,  and 
there  is  the  glory  of  the  soul  after  death,  and  the  glory  both  of  soul  and 
body  for  ever  in  heaven,  and  these  make  way  one  to  another.  A  Christian 
is  glorious  while  he  lives,  and  he  grows  in  glory  while  he  lives.  He  is  more 
glorious  when  he  dies,  for  then  his  soul  hath  perfectly  the  image  of  Christ 
stamped  upon  it.  But  he  is  most  glorious  at  the  day  of  resurrection,  when 
body  and  soul  shall  be  glorious,  when  he  shall  put  down  the  very  sua 
itself.  All  glory  shall  be  nothing  to  the  glory  of  the  saints,  '  They  shall 
shine  as  the  sun  in  the  firmament,'  Dan.  xii.  3.  And  indeed  there  will 
be  no  glory  but  the  glory  of  Christ  and  of  his  spouse  ;  all  other  glory  shall 
vanish  and  come  to  nothing.  But  the  glory  of  the  King  of  heaven  and  his 
queen  that  he  hath  chosen  to  himself  to  solace  himself  eternally  with,  when 
the  spiritual  marriage  shall  be  accomplished,  they  shall  be  for  ever  glorious 
together.  Why  then  should  we  be  afraid  of  death  ?  For  then  there  shall 
be  a  further  degree  of  glory  of  the  soul,  and  after  that  a  further  degree 
of  body  and  soul,  when  our  bodies  shall  be  conformable  to  the  glorious 
body  of  Christ,  when  they  shall  be  spiritual,  as  it  is  in  1  Cor. 
XV.  44.  I  beseech  you,  therefore,  let  us  learn  this  to  comfort  our- 
selves against  those  dark  times  of  dissolution,  when  we  shall  see  an  end 
of  all  other  glory.  All  worldly  glory  shall  end  in  the  dust,  and  lie  down  in 
the  grave  ;  when  we  must  say  that  '  rottenness  is  our  father,'  and  the 
'  worm  our  mother,'  Job.  xvii.  14.  We  can  claim  no  other  kin  in  regard 
of  our  body,  yet  then  we  shall  be  more  glorious  in  regard  of  our  souls. 
Christ  shall  put  a  robe  of  glory  upon  us,  and  then  afterward  we  shall  be 
more  glorious  still. 

Therefore  it  is  base  infidelity  to  be  afraid  of  our  dissolution,  when  indeed 
it  is  not  a  dissolution,  but  a  way  to  glory.  We  should  rather  consider  the 
conjunction,  than  the  dissolution.  Death  takes  in  pieces  body  and  soul, 
but  it  joins  the  soul  to  Christ.  It  makes  the  soul  more  glorious  than  it 
was  before.  We  go  from  glory  to  glory.  Our  Saviour  Christ  saith,  '  He  that 
believeth  in  me  shall  never  die,'  John  xi.  26.     What  doth  he  mean  by  that  ? 

Indeed,  we  shall  never  die,  for  grace  shall  be  swallowed  up  of  glory.  As 
soon  as  ever  the  life  of  nature  is  gone,  he  lives  the  life  of  glory  presently. 
So  he  never  dies.  There  is  but  a  change  of  the  life  of  grace  and  of  nature 
for  the  life  of  glory. 

What  that  glory  shall  be  at  that  day,  it  is  a  part  of  that  glory  to  know ; 
for  indeed  it  is  beyond  expression,  and  beyond  the  comprehension  of  our 
minds.  They  cannot  conceive  it  nor  our  tongues  express  it.  Peter,  as 
I  said,  seeing  but  a  glimpse  of  it,  said,  '  It  is  good  for  us  to  be  here.'  He 
forgot  all  his  former  troubles  and  afflictions.  If  such  a  little  glimpse  of 
glory  could  so  possess  the  soul  of  that  blessed  man  Peter,  as  that  it  made 


288  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

him  forget  all  his  former  miseries,  and  all  his  afflictions  whatsoever,  to  be 
in  love  with  that  condition  above  all  others,  what  shall  the  glory  of  heaven 
be  then !  Shall  we  think  then  of  our  former  misery,  and  baseness,  and 
trouble,  and  persecutions  ?     Oh  no. 

Use  4.  Again,  let  us  be  exhorted  by  this  to  try  the  truth  of  grace  in  ns, 
by  our  care  to  r/row  and  proceed  from  f/hry  to  glory,  still  to  be  more  glorious 
in  Christianity.  Beloved,  of  necessity  it  must  be  so.  Let  us  not  deceive 
ourselves  in  our  natural  condition.  Do  we  content  ourselves  that  we  live 
a  sick  man's  life  ?  No.  We  desire  health.  When  we  have  health,  ig 
that  all  ?  No.  When  we  have  health,  we  desire  strength  too,  that  we  may 
encounter  oppositions.  Is  it  so  in  nature,  that  life  is  not  enough,  but 
health ;  and  that  is  not  enough,  but  strength  too  ?  And  is  it  not  so 
much  more  in  the  new  creature,  in  the  new  nature,  in  the  divine  nature  ? 
If  there  be  life,  there  will  be  a  desire  to  have  health,  that  our  sick  souls 
may  be  more  and  more  healed  ;  that  our  actions  that  come  from  our  facul- 
ties sanctified  be  not  sick  actions ;  that  they  be  not  weak  languishing 
actions  ;  that  we  may  have  healed  souls  ;  that  God  together  with  pardoning 
grace  may  join  healing  grace,  to  cure  our  souls  daily  more  and  more,  that 
we  may  be  more  able  to  performances.  And  then,  when  we  have  got 
spiritual  health,  let  us  desire  spiritual  strength  to  encounter  oppcisitiong 
and  temptations,  to  go  through  afflictions,  to  make  way  through  all  things 
that  stand  in  our  way  to  heaven.  Let  us  not  deceive  ourselves.  This  will 
be  so.  If  there  be  truth  of  grace,  still  a  further  and  further  desire  of 
grace,  carrying  us  to  a  further  and  further  endeavour. 

The  more  we  grow  in  grace,  the  more  God  smells  a  sweet  sacrifice  from 
ns  ;  that  that  comes  from  us  is  more  refined  and  less  corrupt.  It  yields 
better  acceptance  to  God. 

And  then  for  others,  the  more  we  grow  in  grace,  the  more  we  grow  in 
ability,  in  nimbleness,  and  cheerfulness  to  do  them  good  ;  and  that  that 
comes  from  us  finds  more  acceptance  with  others,  being  carried  with  a  strong 
spirit  of  love  anddelight,  which  alway  is  accepted  in  the  eyes  of  men. 

The  more  we  grow  in  grace,  the  more  cheerful  we  shall  be  in  regard  of 
ourselves.  The  better  we  are,  the  better  we  may  be  ;  the  more  we  do,  the 
more  we  may  do.  For  God  further  instils  the  oil  of  grace,  to  give  us 
strength  and  cheerfulness  in  good  actions,  so  that  they  come  ofi'  with  delight. 
Our  own  cheerfulness  increaseth  as  our  growth  increaseth.  In  a  word,  you 
see  glory  tends  to  glory,  and  that  is  enough  to  stir  us  up  to  grow  in  it. 
Seeing  glory  here,  which  is  grace,  tends  to  glory  in  heaven,  we  should  never 
rest  till  we  come  to  that  perfection ;  till  the  glory  of  grace  end  in  glory 
indeed.  For  what  is  the  glory  of  heaven  but  the  perfection  of  grace  ?  And 
"what  is  the  beginnings  of  grace  here  but  the  beginnings  of  glory  ?  Grace 
is  glory  begun,  and  glory  is  grace  perfected.  Therefore,  if  we  would  be  in 
heaven  as  much  as  may  be,  and  enter  further  and  further  into  tlie  kingdom 
of  God,  as  Peter  saith,  2  Pet.  i.  5,  scq.,  let  us  be  alway  adding  grace  to 
grace,  and  one  degree  to  another.  Put  somewhat  to  the  heap  still,  that  so 
we  may  go  from  glory  to  glory,  from  knowledge  to  knowledge,  from  faith 
to  faith,  from  one  degree  to  another. 

Ohj.  But  it  will  be  objected  that  Christians  sometimes  stand  at  a  stay, 
sometimes  they  seem  to  go  back. 

Ans.  In  a  word,  to  ansv/er  that,  some  because  they  cannot  see  themselves 
in  growing,  they  think  they  grow  not  at  all.  It  is  but  ignorance  ;  for  we 
see  the  sun  moves,  though  we  see  him  not  in  moving.  We  know  things 
grow,  though  we  see  them  not  in  growing.     Therefore  it  follows  not,  that 


XBOVE  THE  LAW.  289 

because  we  perceive  not  our  growth  from  grace  to  grace,  that  therefore  we 
grow  not. 

But  put  the  case  indeed  that  Christians  decay  in  their  first  love  and  in 
some  grace.  There  is  a  suspension  of  growth.  It  is  that  they  may  grow 
in  some  other  grace.  God  sees  it  needful  they  should  grow  in  the  root, 
and  therefore  abaseth  them  in  the  sense  of  some  infirmity,  and  then  they 
spring  out  apiain  again.  As  after  a  hard  winter  comes  a  glorious  spring, 
upon  a  check  grace  breaks  out  more  gloriously.  And  there  is  a  mystery 
in  God's  government  in  that  kind,  that  God  often  increaseth  grace  by  the 
sight  and  sense  of  our  infirmities.  God  shews  his  powerful  government  in 
our  weakness ;  for  God's  children  never  hate  their  corruption  more  than 
when  they  have  been  overcome  by  it.  Then  they  begin  to  be  sensible  of 
it,  that  there  is  some  hidden  corruption  that  they  discerned  not  before,  that 
it  is  fit  they  should  take  notice  of.  The  best  man  living  knows  not  himself 
till  he  comes  to  temptation.  That  discovers  himself  to  himself.  Tempta- 
tion discovers  corruption  and  makes  it  known,  and  then  stirs  up  hatred  for 
it.  As  love  stirs  up  endeavour,  so  hatred  aversation*  and  loathing.  It  is 
profitable  for  God's  children  to  fall  sometimes.  They  would  never  be  so 
good  as  they  are  else.  They  would  not  wash  for  spots  ;  but  when  they  see 
they  are  foul  indeed,  then  they  go  to  wash.  But  this  is  a  mystery ;  God 
will  have  it  so  for  good  ends. 

It  checks  the  disposition  of  some  good  people.  They  think  they  have 
not  grace,  because  they  have  but  a  little.  This  phrase  shews  that  we  have 
not  all  at  once.  God  carries  us  by  degrees,  *  from  glory  to  glory,'  from  one 
degree  of  grace  to  another.  God's  children,  when  they  have  truth  of  grace 
wrought  in  them,  their  desires  go  beyond  then-  endeavour  and  strength. 
Their  desires  are  wondrous  large,  and  their  prayers  are  answerable  to  their 
desires.  Therefore  in  the  Lord's  prayer  what  say  we  ?  '  Thy  kingdom 
come;  thy  will  be  done  in  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven,'  Mat.  vi.  10.  Can  it 
be  so  in  this  world  ?  No.  But  we  must  pray  till  we  come  to  it.  We 
must  pray  till  we  come  to  heaven,  where  prayer  shall  cease.  So  the  prayers 
and  desires  of  God's  people  transcend  their  endeavours.  Their  prayers  are 
infinite.  Hereupon,  the  chief  thing  in  convefsion  being  the  desire,  the 
turning  of  the  stream  of  the  will,  when  they  find  their  will  and  their  desire 
good,  and  their  endeavour  to  fall  short  of  their  purposes,  they  say.  Surely 
I  have  no  good,  because  I  have  not  that  I  would  have,  as  if  they  should 
have  heaven  upon  earth.  We  must  grow  '  from  glory  to  glory.'  And 
thank  God  for  that  beginning.  It  is  God's  mercy  that  he  would  work  the 
least  degree  of  grace  in  such  rebellious  hearts  as  all  of  us  have ;  that  he 
would  work  any  goodness,  any  change,  though  never  so  little.  God  looks  not 
to  the  measure,  so  much  as  to  truth.  For  he  will  bring  truth  to  perfec- 
tion, though  it  be  never  so  Httle.  Let  us  be  comforted  in  it.  And  it  is  God's 
government,  to  bring  his  children  to  glory  by  little  and  little,  that  so  there 
may  be  a  dependence  of  one  Christian  upon  another  ;  the  weaker  on  the 
stronger  :  and  that  there  may  be  pity,  and  sweet  affections  of  one  Christian 
to  another  ;  and  that  there  may  be  perpetual  experience  of  God's  mercy  in 
helping  weak  Christians  ;  and  a  perpetual  experience  of  that  which  is  the 
true  ground  of  comfort,  justification  ;  that  we  must  needs  be  justified,  and 
stand  righteous  before  God,  by  Christ's  absolute  righteousness,  having 
experience  of  our  imperfect  righteousness.  So  a  little  measure  of  gi'ace  in 
us  is  for  great  purpose.  Therefore  let  none  be  discouraged,  especially  con- 
sidering that  God,  whom  we  desire  to  please,  values  us  by  that  little  good 
*  Tliat  is,  '  aversion.' — G. 

VOL.  IV.  T 


290  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

we  have,  and  esteems  us  by  that  condition  he  means  to  bring  us  to  ere  long 
to  perfection.  So  long  as  we  take  not  part  with  our  corruptions,  but  with  the 
Spirit  of  God,  and  give  way  to  him,  and  let  him  have  his  work  in  us  ;  so 
long  be  of  good  comfort  in  any  measure  of  grace  whatsoever. 

Use.  5.  Again,  in  that  grace  is  of  a  growing  nature,  in  all  changes  and 
alterations,  whatsoever  we  decay  in,  let  us  not  decay  in  grace.  Beg  of  God. 
Lord,  whatsoever  thou  takest  from  me,  take  not  thy  Spirit  from  me  !  take  not 
thy'  stamp  from  me  !  Let  me  grow  in  the  inward  man  although  I  grow  not  in 
the  world.  Let  us  labour  to  grow  '  from  glory  to  glory,'  though  we  lose  other- 
wise. That  is  well  lost  and  parted  with  in  the  world  that  is  with  the  gain  of 
any  grace,  because  grace  is  glory.  It  is  a  good  sickness  that  gets  more  patience, 
and  more  humility.  It  is  a  good  loss  that  makes  us  grow  less  worldly-minded 
and  more  humble  by  it.  All  other  things  are  vanity  in  comparison.  And 
that  grace  that  we  get  by  the  loss  of  them  is  well  gained.  Grace  is  glory  ; 
and  the  more  we  grow  in  grace,  the  more  we  grow  in  glory.  Therefore  I 
beseech  you  labour  to  thrive  that  way,  to  grow  up  heavenward,  daily  more 
and  more  in  our  disposition.  Beloved,  the  more  grace  we  get  the  more 
glory ;  and  the  more  like  we  are  to  Christ  and  to  God,  the  more  we  adorn 
our  profession  ;  and  the  more  we  shame  Satan  and  his  instruments,  and 
stop  their  mouths,  the  more  duties  come  off  naturally  and  sweetly  from  us 
without  constraint.  It  is  good  for  us  to  be  grown  Christians,  that  we  need 
not  be  cumbered  with  corruptions.  The  more  we  grow,  the  more  nimble 
and  cheerful  and  voluntary  we  shall  be  in  duty.  We  shall  partake  more 
of  that  anointing  that  makes  us  nimble  in  God's  service.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  world  so  glorious  as  a  grown  Christian,  Therefore  let  us  be  in  love 
with  the  state  of  Christianity,  especially  with  grown  Christians.  Of  all 
things,  he  is  compared  with  the  best.  If  he  be  a  house,  he  is  a  temple  ; 
if  he  be  a  plant,  he  is  a  cedar  growing  up  ;  if  he  be  a  flower,  he  is  a  lily 
rising  and  growing  fresher  ;  if  he  be  a  stone,  he  is  a  pearl.  He  grows  in 
estimation  and  use  more  and  more.  Beloved,  if  we  had  spiritual  eyes  to 
see  the  state  of  a  Christian,  of  a  grown  Christian  especially,  we  would  labour 
above  all  things  to  thrive  in  this  way.  Have  we  not  many  works  to  do  ? 
Have  we  not  many  enemies  to  resist  ?  Have  we  not  many  graces  to  per- 
fect ?  Ai'e  we  not  to  die  and  to  appear  before  God  ?  Are  we  not  to  enjoy 
the  blessings  of  God  purely '?  and  do  not  these  things  require  a  great  deal 
of  strength  of  grace  ?  Oh  they  do.  Therefore  labour  above  all  things 
in  the  world  to  behold  God's  love  in  Christ,  and  to  behold  Christ,  that  by 
this  sight  we  may  grow  from  glory  to  glory. 

And  this  will  make  us  willing  to  die.  What  makes  a  man  willing  to  die, 
but  when  he  knows  he  shall  go  from  glory  to  greater  glory  ?  After  death 
is  the  perfection  of  glory.  Then  we  are  glorious  indeed,  when  we  are  in 
heaven.  A  weak  sight  here  by  faith  changeth  us  ;  but  a  strong  sight,  when 
we  shall  see  face  to  face,  perfectly  changeth  us.  Then  we  shall  be  like  him, 
when  we  shall  see  him  face  to  face. 

A  wicked  man  cannot  desire  death,  he  cannot  desire  heaven  itself.  Why  ? 
Because  heaven  is  the  perfection  of  grace.  Glory  [which]  is  but  grace  he  loves 
not.  Therefore  it  is  a  certain  evidence  of  future  glory,  for  a  man  to  love  grace, 
and  to  grow.  I  say  such  a  man  is  willing  to  die.  A  wicked  man,  that  hates 
grace,  that  loves  not  Christ  in  his  image,  in  his  children,  or  in  his  truth, 
he  hates  glory  that  is  the  perfection  of  grace  ;  for  peace,  and  joy,  and  com- 
fort, they  are  but  those  things  that  issue  from  grace,  and  spring  from  grace. 
Grace  is  the  chief  part  of  heaven,  the  perfection  of  the  image  of  God,  the 
perfection  of  all  the  powers  to  be  like  Christ.     But  for  peace  and  comfort 


ABOVE  THE  LAW,  291 

that  springs  from  it,  a  wicked  man  loves  peace  and  quiet,  but  to  have  his 
nature  altered  he  loves  not  that ;  and  if  he  love  not  grace,  how  can  he  love 
glory  ?  There  is  no  man  but  a  Christian  that  loves  heaven.  We  are  ready 
to  drop  away  daily.  Now  to  be  in  a  state  unchanged,  it  is  a  fearful  thing. 
Unless  we  be  changed  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  we  shall  be  afraid  to  die.  We 
cannot  desire  to  be  in  heaven.  The  very  heaven  of  heavens  is  the  perfec- 
tion of  grace.  To  see  God  to  be  all  in  all,  and  by  the  sight  of  God  to  be 
transformed  into  his  likeness,  it  is  the  chief  thing  in  heaven.  Therefore  I 
beseech  you  let  us  labour  more  and  more  to  grow  in  grace ;  set  Christ 
before  us.  Let  me  add  this  one  thing,  make  use  of  our  patterns  among  us. 
Christ  is  now  in  heaven,  but  there  will  be  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  his  chil- 
dren to  the  end  of  the  world ;  and  grace  is  sweetly  conveyed  from  those 
that  we  live  amongst.  We  grow  up  in  grace  by  growing  in  a  holy  com- 
munion one  with  another.  Christ  will  kindle  lights  in  every  generation. 
Therefoi'e  lefus  labour  to  have  the  spirit  of  those  we  live  with  given  to  us  ;  in 
conversing,  to  be  like  Christ  in  his  members  ;  to  love  the  image  of  Christ  in 
his  children,  and  to  converse  with  them  ;  to  be  altered  into  their  likeness. 
This  will  change  us  to  the  glorious  likeness  of  Christ  more  and  more. 

Those  that  care  not  what  company  they  keep,  those  that  despise  the 
image  of  Christ  in  those  among  whom  they  live,  can  they  grow  in  grace  ? 

We  shall  give  account  of  all  the  good  examples  we  have  had.  Doth  God 
kindle  lights  for  nothing  ?  We  should  glorify  God  for  the  sun  and  moon 
and  stars,  and  other  creatures.  Is  not  a  Christian  more  glorious  than  all 
the  creatures  in  the  world  ?  We  should  glorify  God  for  gi-ace  in  Christians, 
and  labour  to  be  transformed  to  them  that  we  may  grow  the  liker  to  Christ, 
that  we  may  grow  more  and  more  glorious.  I  speak  this  to  advance  the 
communion  of  saints  more  and  more,  as  we  desire  to  partake  more  and 
more  of  this  grace,  and  to  grow  '  from  glory  to  glory.' 

Use  6.  Again,  considering  that  God  means  to  bring  us,  by  little  and  little, 
by  degrees,  to  perfect  glory  of  body  and  soul,  and  condition  in  heaven  to  be 
like  Christ,  let  this  make  us  be  content  to  be  vile  for  Christ  in  this  icorld,  as 
David  said  when  he  icas  scorned,  '  I  will  be  yet  more  vile,'  2  Sam.  vi.  22, 
'  do  you  think  I  think  much  to  shew  myself  thus,  for  the  honour  of  God  ? ' 
When  Michal  scoffed,  '  I  will  be  more  vile.'  Let  us  be  content  to  go  out 
of  the  camp,  and  bear  the  reproach  of  Christ,  Heb.  xi.  26,  bear  the  reproach 
of  religion.  Let  the  world  scorn  us  for  the  profession  of  religion.  God 
is  bringing  us  from  glory  to  glory,  till  he  bring  us  to  perfect  glory ;  and 
shall  we  suffer  nothing  for  him  ?  Let  us  be  content  to  be  more  vile,  and 
to  bear  the  reproach  of  religion.  The  very  worst  thing  in  religion,  the  re- 
proach of  Christ,  as  Moses  made  a  wise  choice,  it  is  better  than  the  treasures 
of  Egypt,  Heb.  xi.  26.  The  most  excellent  things  in  the  world  are  not  so 
good  as  the  worst  thing  in  religion,  because  reproach  ends  with  assurance 
of  comfort,  that  God  will  take  away  that,  and  give  us  glory  after.  There- 
fore, let  us  not  be  discouraged  from  a  Christian  course,  but  go  through 
good  report  and  bad  report,  break  through  all,  to  finish  our  course  with  joy, 
as  St  Paul  speaks  of  himself,  Acts  xx.  24. 

Use  7.  And  doth  God  bring  us  from  glory  to  glory,  till  he  have  brought 
us  to  perfection  of  glory  ?  Then,  I  beseech  you,  let  its  beforehand  be  thank- 
ful to  God,  as  we  see  in  the  epistles  of  blessed  St  Paul  and  Peter :  '  Blessed 
be  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  hath  begotten  us  to  an 
inheritance  immortal,  undefiled,  reserved  in  heaven,'  saith  St  Peter,  1  Pet. 
i.  4  ;  and  so  St  Paul.  Let  us  begin  the  employment  of  heaven  beforehand. 
For  why  doth  God  discover  to  us  that  he  will  bring  us  to  glory  ?  why  doth 


292  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

he  discover  it  to  our  faith,  that  excellent  state  ?  That  we  might  begin 
heaven  on  earth,  as  much  as  might  be.  And  how  shall  we  do  that  ?  By 
the  emploj'ment  of  heaven.  What  is  that  ?  '  Holy,  holy,  holy,  Lord  God 
of  hosts,'  Rev.  iv.  8.  There  is  nothing  but  magnifying  and  glorifying  of 
God.  There  shall  be  no  need  of  prayer.  There  are  praises  alway  ;  and 
so  much  as  we  are  in  the  praises  of  God,  and  glorifying  of  God  for  his 
mercy  and  love  in  Christ,  so  much  we  are  in  heaven  before  our  time.  I 
beseech  you,  therefore,  be  stirred  up  in  consideration  of  this,  that  we  are 
leading  on  by  degrees,  from  glory  to  glory,  till  we  come  to  perfection.  Let 
us  even  give  God  the  praise  of  all  beforehand.  For  it  is  as  sure  as  if  we 
had  it.  For  one  way,  how  things  to  come  are  present,  is  by  faith.  Glory 
to  come  is  present  two  or  three  ways  already,  that  may  stir  us  up  to  glorify 
God  beforehand. 

(1.)  The  glory  to  come  is  present  to  Christ  our  head.  We,  in  our  hus- 
band, are  in  heaven.     Now  he  hath  taken  heaven  for  us  ! 

(2.)  And  in  regard  of  faith,  that  is  the  evidence  of  things  not  seen.  It  is 
the  nature  of  faith  to  present  things  to  come  as  present.  To  faith,  glory  to  come 
is  present,  present  in  Christ,  and  we  are  part  of  Christ,  Christ  mystical,  and 
members.  And  we  in  our  head  are  in  heaven  already,  and  sit  there.  And  to 
faith,  that  makes  things  present  that  are  to  come,  we  are  in  heaven  already. 

(3.)  And  we  have  the  earnest  of  heaven,  the  first-fruits  of  the  Sjnrit.  We 
have  grace  which  is  glory,  the  beginnings  of  glory.  We  have  the  first-fruits 
and  earnest.  Now,  an  earnest  is  never  taken  away,  but  is  made  up  by  the 
bargain  with  the  rest ;  so  the  earnest  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  the  first-fruits  of 
peace  and  joy,  of  comfort  and  liberty  to  the  throne  of  grace,  these  are  the 
beginnings  of  heaven.  Therefore,  be  much  in  praising  God.  Oh  that  we 
could  be  so  !  If  we  could  get  into  a  frame  and  disposition  to  bless  God, 
we  could  never  be  miserable  ;  no,  not  in  the  greatest  afflictions,  for  thank- 
fulness hath  joy  alway.  When  a  man  is  joyful,  he  can  never  be  miserable, 
for  joy  enlargeth  the  soul.  When  is  a  man  most  joyful,  but  in  a  state  of 
thankfulness  ?  And  what  makes  us  thankful  so  much,  as  to  consider  the 
wonderful  things  that  are  reserved  in  another  world,  the  glory  that  God  is 
leading  us  to  by  little  and  little,  from  glory  to  glory,  till  we  be  perfect  ? 

'  Even  as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.' 

'  As '  here  is  taken  according  to  the  phrase  in  the  Greek  ;  and  there  is 
the  like  word  in  the  Hebrew.  It  signifieth  likeness  and  similitude  some- 
times, and  sometimes  otherwise.*  It  is  not  here  meant  as  if  we  were  like 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  but  this  change  is  wrought  even  as  by  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord.  That  is,  it  is  so  excellent  and  so  strong,  that  you  may  know 
that  it  is  done  by  none  but  the  Spirit  of  God. 

Again,  '  as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,'  that  is,  so  far  as  the  Spirit  of  the 
Lord  changeth  us.  It  implieth  those  two  things,  that  is,  it  is  done  by  the 
power  of  the  Spirit,  that  we  may  know  it  is  done  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  ; 
and  then,  as  by  him  and  no  further,  for  we  no  further  shine  than  he  enlight- 
eneth  us.  As  the  air,  it  is  no  further  light  than  the  sun  shines  into  it ;  so 
we  have  no  more  glory,  strength,  comfort,  and  peace,  or  anything  gracious 
or  glorious,  than  the  Spirit  of  God  shines  into  us  :  therefore  he  saith,  '  as 
by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.'  It  is  so  glorious  and  excellent,  and  so  far  forth 
as  he  doth  it.  *  As  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord ;'  so  he  expresseth  the  mean- 
ing of  that  phrase. 

«  That  is,  KuSd'TrBP  =  Hebrew,  -)^}^3.  Cf.  Gen.  xii.  4 ;  Exod.  vii.  6,  10  ;  in 
LXX.— G.  -  """ 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  293 

Now  you  see  here  the  doctrine  is  clear,  that  all  that  I  have  spoken  of 
before  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  and  from  no  other  cause. 

The  beholding,  the  transforming,  the  degrees  of  transforming  from  glory 
to  glory,  the  taking  away  of  the  veil,  all  is  from  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.  To 
go  over  the  particulars. 

The  Holy  Ghost  doth  open  our  eyes  to  behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord,  and 
therefore  he  is  called  the  Spirit  of  illumination.     The  Holy  Ghost  takes 
away  the  veil  of  ignorance  and  unbehef,  and  thereupon  he  is  called  the 
Spirit  of  revelation.     The  Holy  Ghost  upon  revealing  the  love  of  God  to 
us  in  Christ,  and  the  love  of  Christ  to  us,  and  illuminating  our  understand- 
ings to  see  these  things,  he  breeds  love  to  God  again,  shewing  the  love  of 
God  to  us,  and  thereupon  he  is  called  the  Spirit  of  love.    Now  when  God's 
love  is  shed  into  us  by  the  Spirit  of  illumination  and  revelation,  then  we 
are  changed  according  to  the  image  of  Christ ;  and  thereupon  ^ae  Holy 
Ghost,  from  the  working  of  a  change,  is  called  the  Spirit  of  sanctification, 
because  he  is  not  only  the  holy  temple  of  that  blessed  person,  but  he  makes 
us  holy ;  and  because  this  change  is  a  glorious  change,  a  change  from  one 
degree  of  grace  to  another,  till  we  come  to  be  perfect  in  heaven ;  hereupon 
it  is  called  a  Spirit  of  glory,  as  St  Peter  saith,  '  the  Spirit  of  glory  resteth 
on  you,'  1  Peter  iv.  14,  that  is,  the  Spirit  of  peace,  of  love,  of  comfort,  of 
joy,  &c.     The  Spirit,  in  regard  of  this  blessed  attribute,  working  all  these, 
he  is  called  the  Spirit  of  glory.     The  Spirit  hath  divers  names  according 
to  the  divers  operations  he  works  in  the  saints  and  people  of  God ;  as  here 
the  Spirit  of  illumination,  of  revelation,  of  love,  of  sanctification,  of  glory, 
all  is  by  the  Spirit.     Whatsoever  is  wrought  in  man  it  is  by  the  Spirit. 
All  comes  from  the  Father  as  the  fountain,  and  through  the  Son  as  Media- 
tor ;  but  whatsoever  is  wrought  it  is  by  the  Holy  Ghost  in  us,  which  is  the 
substantial  vigour  in  the  Trinity.     All  the  vigour  and  operation  in  the 
Trinity  upon  the  creature,  it  is  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  third  person.     As 
in  the  creation  the  Spirit  moved  upon  the  waters,  and  moving  there  and 
brooding  on  them,  framed  the  whole  model  of  the  creatures  ;  all  were  framed 
by  the  Holy  Ghost ;  so  the  Holy  Ghost  upon  the  water  of  our  souls  frames 
the  new  creature,  frames  all  this  change  '  from  glory  to  glory,'  all  is  by  the 
Holy  Spirit.     Therefore  it  is  here  in  the  passive  term,  '  We  are  changed 
from  glory  to   glory,   as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.'     So  in  the  chain  of 
salvation  j'ou  have  passive  words  in  them  all.     '  Whom  God  foreknew  he 
chose  :  and  whom  he  chose  he  justified  :  and  whom  he  justified  he  glorified,' 
Eom.  viii.  30,  xill  because  they  come  from  God,  and  the  Spirit  of  God. 
So  here  we  are  transformed  from  glory  to  glory,  all  is  by  the  Spirit  of  God, 
the  third  person.     For,  beloved,  even  as  from  God  toward  us  all  things 
come  through  the  Son  by  the  Spirit,  so  back  again,  all  things  from  us  to 
God  must  come  by  the  Spirit  and  through  Christ.     We  do  all  by  the  Spirit, 
as  all  things  are  wrought  in  us  by  the  Spirit.     God  gives  us  the  Spirit  of 
prayer  and  supplication,  and  the  Spirit  of  sanctification ;  and  we  pray  in 
the  Spirit,  and  work  in  the  Spirit,  and  walk  in  the  Spirit.     We  do  all  in 
the  Spirit,  to  shew  that  the  Spirit  doth  all  in  all.     In  this  new  creature  and 
work  of  sanctification  it  is  by  no  less  than  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.     For, 
beloved,  as  it  was  God  that  redeemed  us,  so  it  is  God  that  must  change  us; 
as  it  was  God  that  wrought  our  salvation  and  reconciled  us, — no  less  person 
could  do  it, — so  it  must  be  God  that  must  persuade  us  of  that  glorious  work, 
and  fit  us  for  it  by  his  Holy  Spirit.     It  is  God  that  must  knit  us  to  our 
head  Christ,  and  then  by  little  and  little  transform  us  to  that  blessed  con- 
dition that  Christ  hath  purchased  for  us.     God  the  Son  doth  the  one,  and 


294  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

God  the  Spirit  doth  the  other.  You  have  all  the  three  persons  in  this 
place,  for  we  see  the  glory  of  God  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost  shining 
in  Jesus  Christ.  Christ  is  the  image  according  to  which  we  are  changed. 
The  Spirit  is  he  that  changeth  us  according  to  that  image.  God  shews 
his  mercy  in  Christ.  We  knowing  and  apprehending  the  mercy  of  God  in 
Christ  by  the  Spirit,  are  changed  by  that  Spirit  '  from  glory  to  glory.'  So 
that  the  blessed  Trinity,  as  they  have  a  perfect  unity  in  themselves  in 
nature,  for  they  are  all  one  God,  so  they  have  a  most  perfect  unity  in  their 
love,  and  care,  and  respect  to  mankind.  We  cannot  want  the  work  of  any 
one  of  them  all.  Their  work  is  for  the  good  of  mankind.  The  Father  in 
his  wisdom  decreed  and  laid  the  foundation  how  mercy  and  justice  might 
be  reconciled  in  the  death  of  the  Mediator.  Christ  wrought  our  salvation. 
The  Holy  Ghost  assures  us  of  it  and  knits  us  to  Christ,  and  changeth  and 
fits  us  to  be  members  of  so  glorious  a  head,  and  so  translates  and  trans- 
forms us  more  and  more  '  from  glory  to  glory.' 

It  is  a  comfortable  consideration  to  see  how  our  salvation  and  our  fitting 
for  salvation,  till  we  be  put  in  full  possession  of  it,  stands  upon  the  unity  of 
the  three  glorious  persons  in  the  Trinity,  that  all  join  in  one  for  the  making 
of  man  happy. 

I  will  name  two  or  three  doctrines,  before  I  come  to  that  which  I  mean 
to  dwell  on. 

As,  first,  that 

Voct.  The  Spirit  comes  from  Christ. 

It  is  said  here,  '  By  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,'  that  is,  of  Christ ;  because 
Christ  doth  sinrare,'-^-  as  well  as  the  Father.  The  Father  doth  spirare,  and 
the  Son  doth  breathe.  The  Holy  Ghost  proceeds  by  way  of  spiration  from 
both.  Therefore  the  Spirit  is  not  onl}"  the  Spirit  of  the  Father,  but  of  the 
Son,  as  we  see  here,  '  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord.'  Christ  sends  the  Spirit, 
as  well  as  the  Father,  '  I  will  send  you  the  Comforter.'  The  Holy  Ghost 
proceeds  from  the  Father  and  the  Son  ;  and  he  doth  report  to  us  the  love 
of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son ;  and  therefore,  2  Cor.  xiii.  14,  the  shutting 
of  the  chapter,  '  The  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  love  of  God  the 
Father,  and  the  communion  of  the  Holy  Ghost,'  &c.  As  the  Holy  Ghost 
hath  communion  in  proceeding  from  the  Father  and  the  Son,  and  knows 
the  secrets  of  both ;  so  he  reveals  them  to  us.  The  love  of  God  the  Father, 
and  the  Son,  and  the  communion  of  the  Holy  Ghost ;  so  the  Holy  Ghost 
proceeds  from  the  Son  as  well  as  from  the  Father  ;  he  is  called  here  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

Then  again,  the  Spirit  is  a  distinct  person  from  Christ.  It  is  said  before, 
'  The  Lord  is  that  Spirit.'  That  might  trouble  men,  how  to  know  that 
'  the  Lord  is  that  Spirit.'  Men  might  think  that  Christ  is  all  one  with  the 
Spirit.  No.  Here  the  Spirit  is  said  to  be  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.  He 
means  he  is  another  distinct  person  from  Christ ;  and  the  Spirit  is  God  as 
well  as  Christ,  because  the  Spirit  hath  the  operations  of  God  attributed  to 
him,  to  change  and  transform,  and  make  new.  We  are  changed  into  the 
same  image,  from  glory  to  glory,  '  even  as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.' 
Creation  and  renovation  of  all  new  is  from  an  almighty  power.  All  the 
power  in  heaven  and  earth  cannot  make  that  that  was  not,  to  be,  especially 
that  that  was  contrary  and  opposite,  to  be.  Now  for  a  man  in  opposition 
and  enmity  to  religion,  to  be  changed  to  a  better  image,  to  the  image  of 
Christ,  it  argueth  an  almighty  power.  These  doctrinal  points  I  do  but 
only  touch.  I  come  to  that  that  I  judge  more  useful;  that  is,  that 
*  That  is.  'breathe.'— G. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  295 

Doct.   Whatsoever  is  good  in  tts  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  God. 

Wliat  need  I  stand  upon  reasons  ?  •  Whatsoever  is  above  nature  it  must 
come  from  God's  Spirit.  The  Spirit  is  the  author  of  all  things  above 
nature.  Grace  whereby  we  are  like  Christ,  is  above  nature ;  therefore  it 
must  be  by  the  Spirit  of  God. 

Besides,  that  which  riseth  of  nothing,  and  is  opposite,  and  hath  Satan  to 
oppose  it,  it  must  have  an  almighty  power  to  work  it.  Therefore  whosoever 
works  anything  that  is  supernaturally  good  in  us,  he  must  be  above  the  devil. 
We  cannot  so  much  as  call  Jesus,*  with  a  feeling,  but  by  the  Spirit  of  God. 
We  cannot  think  a  good  thought.  All  is  by  the  Spirit,  whatsoever  is 
gracious  and  comfortable  in  us.  I  should  be  over- troublesome  to  you  to 
be  much  in  so  clear  a  common  argument  as  this  is.  Therefore  I  will 
hasten  to  make  some  use  of  it. 

Use  1.  And  therefore  put  out  of  your  thoughts,  I  beseech  you,  when  you 
look  to  have  any  grace  or  comfort  wrought,  shut  out  of  your  hearts  too  much 
relyinrf  upon  any  outward  thinrj.  Think  not  that  education  can  make  a  man 
good,  or  plodding  can  make  a  man  good  :  in  bodily  exercise,  in  hearing 
much,  in  conferring  much,  in  custom  or  education,  or  any  pains  of  our  own. 
These  are  things  that  the  Spirit  will  be  effectual  in,  if  we  use  them  as  we 
should  ;  but  without  the  Spirit  what  are  they  ?  Nay,  what  is  the  body  of 
Christ  without  the  Spirit  ?  '  The  flesh  profiteth  nothing,'  John  vi.  63. 
What  is  the  sacrament  and  the  word  ?  Dead  things  without  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord.  Nothing  can  work  upon  the  soul,  no  outward  thing  in  the 
world,  but  the  Spirit  of  God  ;  and  the  Spirit  of  God  works  upon  the  soul 
by  the  means  of  grace,  by  gracious  habits  and  qualities  wrought.  For  he 
doth  not  work  upon  the  soul  immediately.  Before  he  alter  and  change  the 
soul,  the  Spirit  works  upon  the  soul  by  altering,  and  changing  of  it ;  and 
when  it  hath  altered  the  soul,  then  it  joins  with  the  soul,  and  alters  and 
changeth  it  according  to  the  image  of  Christ,  more  and  more  still. 

I  beseech  you,  in  your  daily  practice,  all  learn  this,  that  you  trust  not 
too  much  to  any  outward  performance  or  task  ;  to  make  idols  of  outward 
things.  People  when  they  would  change  their  dispositions,  and  be  better, 
they  take  a  great  deal  of  pains  in  hearing,  and  reading,  and  praying.  All 
these  are  things  necessary  ;  but  they  are  dead  things  without  the  Spirit  of 
Christ.  Therefore  in  the  use  of  all  those  outward  things,  whatsoever  they 
be,  look  up  to  Christ,  that  is  the  quickening  Spirit,  that  sends  the  Spirit 
into  our  hearts.  The  Spirit  must  enliven  and  give  vigour  to  all  these 
things,  and  then  somewhat  will  be  done  in  religion,  in  hearing,  and  read- 
ing, and  praying,  and  receiving  the  sacrament.  Therefore  in  all  these  look 
to  the  Spirit  first.  He  laboureth  in  vain  that  relieth  not  wholly  upon  the 
Spirit  of  God,  that  trusts  not  to  a  higher  strength  than  his  own.  It  must 
be  a  higher  strength  than  our  own  that  must  work  any  good  in  our  souls, 
either  grace,  or  comfort,  or  peace.  And  therefore  in  the  use  of  all  things, 
as  the  proverb  is,  oculos  ad  cailum,  dr.  Let  the  eye  be  to  heaven,  when 
the  hand  is  at  the  stern  f  at  the  same  time ;  and  then  we  shall  be  transformed 
and  changed  by  the  Spirit  of  God.  Know  that  in  all  means  alway  the 
Spirit  is  the  principal,  efficient,  blessing,  cause  of  all.  And  therefore  before 
we  set  upon  anything  that  is  good,  wherein  we  look  for  any  spiritual  good, 
desire  God  by  his  Holy  Spirit  that  he  would  clothe  what  shall  be  said. 
Words  are  wind  without  the  Spirit.  The  Spirit  must  go  with  the  ordi- 
nances, as  the  arteries  go  together  with  the  veins.  You  know  in  the  veins 
in  the  body  there  are  arteries  that  go  Ayith  them.  They  convey  the  spirits. 
*  Qu.  '  Jesus,  Lord  '  ?— Ed.  t  That  is,  '  the  helm.'— Ed. 


296 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


The  veins  convey  the  blood.  That  is  a  dull  thing,  without  the  spirits,  of 
itself.  If  there  Avere  no  spirits  in  the  arteries,  what  would  the  blood  in  the 
veins  be  ?  Nothing  but  a  heavy  uncomfortable  humour.  But  the  arteries 
that  come  from  the  heart,  the  fountain  of  life,  being  joined,  and  conveying 
the  spirits,  they  quicken  the  blood  that  comes  from  the  liver.  So  the  veins 
and  arteries  join  together  to  make  the  blood  cheerful.  The  word  and  truth 
of  God  are  like  the  blood  in  the  veins.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  matter  in 
them,  but  there  is  no  life  at  all.  There  must  the  Spirit  go  along  with 
them  to  give  Hfe  and  quickening  to  the  word,  to  clothe  those  divine  truths 
■with  the  Spirit,  and  then  it  works  wonders,  not  else.  Paul  spake  to  Lydia, 
Acts  xvi.  14,  seq.,  but  the  Holy  Ghost  opened  her  heart.  The  Spirit  hath 
the  key  of  the  heart  to  unlock  and  open  the  heart.  We  speak  to  the  out- 
ward man,  but  except  the  inward  man  be  opened  by  the  Spirit  of  God  and 
unlocked,  all  is  to  no  purpose.  Therefore  let  us  pray  for  the  Spirit  of  this 
changing.     All  is  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

It  is  in  mystical  Christ,  even  as  it  was  in  natural  Christ ;  all  his  grace 
was  from  the  Holy  Ghost  as  man.  For  though  he  were  conceived  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  he  was  anointed  by  the  Holy  Ghost ;  he  was  sealed  by  the 
Holy  Ghost ;  he  was  led  by  the  Holy  Ghost  into  the  wilderness  ;  he  offered 
himself  by  the  Spirit ;  he  was  raised  by  the  Spirit ;  he  was  full  of  the  Spirit. 
As  it  was  in  Christ  natural,  so  it  is  in  Christ  mystical ;  that  is,  in  the  church 
all  is  by  the  Spirit.  As  he  was  conceived  in  the  womb  by  the  Spirit,  so  we 
are  conceived  to  be  Christians  by  the  Spirit.  The  same  Spirit  that  sanctified 
him  sanctifieth  us.  But  first  the  Spirit  by  way  of  union  sanctifieth  us,  by 
knitting  us  to  him  the  head  of  all ;  and  then  unction  comes  after  union ; 
anointing  after  union.  Then  the  Spirit,  when  he  hath  knit  us  to  Christ, 
works  the  same  anointing  that  he  did  in  Christ.  Therefore  we  are  called 
Christians  of  Christ,  not  only  partakers  of  the  naked  name,  but  of  the 
anointing  of  Christ — that  anointing  that  runs  down  the  head  of  our 
spiritual  Aaron  to  the  skirts,  to  every  poor  Christian.  All  change,  all  com- 
fort, all  peace  is  from  the  Spirit  of  Christ.  Therefore  give  him  the  glory 
of  all.  If  we  find  any  comfort  in  any  truth,  it  comes  not  from  us,  but  from 
his  Spu'it ;  and  we  must  go  upward  to  him  again.  As  all  descends  from 
heaven,  from  the  Father  ofhghts  and  from  the  Spirit  of  God,  so  all  must 
ascend  again.  Yield  him  the  praise  of  all.  And  one  work  of  the  Spirit 
is  to  carry  our  souls  up.  For  the  Spirit,  as  it  comes  from  heaven  to  change, 
so  it  carries  us  up  again  to  view  and  to  imitate  Christ,  to  be  where  Christ 
is.  As  water  when  it  is  to  be  carried  up,  it  is  carried  as  high  as  the  spring 
head,  from  whence  it  came,  so  the  Spirit  coming  from  Christ,  it  never 
leaves  changing  and  altering  of  us  till  it  have  carried  us  to  Christ  again. 
Therefore  as  it  is  the  work  of  the  Spirit  to  carry  us  to  Christ,  so  let  us  desire 
it  may  carry  us  beforehand  for  the  good  work  begun  in  us,  in  thankfulness, 
that  we  may  begin  heaven  upon  earth.     All  is  from  the  Spirit  of  Christ. 

A  man  now  in  the  state  of  grace  must  look  for  nothing  from  himself ;  for 
as  we  are  saved  altogether  out  of  ourselves  by  Christ  the  mediator,  so  the 
fitting  for  that  glorious  salvation  that  we  have  purchased  by  Christ,  it  is 
by  the  Spirit.  The  working  of  our  salvation  is  by  God,  and  the  assurance 
of  it  to  our  souls  is  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  by  the  witness  of  God  sealed  to  us. 
And  the  fitting  and  preparing  and  changing  and  sanctifying  of  us,  it  is  by 
the  Holy  Ghost.  All  is  out  of  us  in  the  covenant  of  grace,  wherein  God 
is  a  gracious  Father  in  Christ.  All  is  out  of  us  in  regard  of  the  spring. 
The  work  indeed  is  terminated  in  us.  The  Spirit  of  God  alters  our  under- 
standing, will,  and  aflections,  but  the  spring  is  out  of  us.     As  in  paradise 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  297 

those  four  streams  that  watered  paradise,  that  ran  through  it,  yet  the  head 
of  them  was  out  of  paradise,  in  another  part  of  the  world.  So  though  the 
work  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  streams  of  the  Spirit,  run  through  the  soul  and 
water  it ;  yet  the  spring  of  those  graces,  the  Holy  Ghost,  is  out  of  us,  and 
Christ  the  root  of  salvation  is  out  of  us.  For  God  in  the  covenant  of  grace 
will  not  trust  us,  as  in  Adam  God  trusted  us  with  grace,  he  had  grace  in  his 
own  keeping.  If  he  would  he  might  have  stood.  He  had  liberty  of  will, 
but  God  saw  we  were  all  ill  husbands  of  grace  and  goodness,  that  he  would 
not  trust  us  again.  Therefore  he  trusted  God-man,  the  second  Adam,  with 
grace  ;  and  he  sends  his  Spirit  into  us,  and  conveys  grace  '  from  glory  to 
glory  '  by  degrees,  and  all  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

And,  in  the  next  place,  this  point  of  doctrine  should  marvellously  com- 
fort and  stay  us,  and  direct  us. 

Use  2.  It  should  comfort  tis  when  xve  find  no  goodness  at  all,  nor  no  strength 
at  all  ill  our  natures.  Doth  God  expect  that  we  should  have  anything  from 
ourselves  ?  Who  expects  anything  from  a  barren  wilderness  ?  Our  hearts 
are  such.  God  knows  it  well  enough.  There  is  no  goodness  in  us,  no  more 
than  there  is  moisture  in  a  stone  or  a  rock.  Therefore  he  looks  that  we 
should  beg  the  Spirit  of  him,  and  depend  upon  him  for  the  Spirit  of  his 
Son,  to  open  our  eyes  with  the  Spirit  of  illumination  ;  to  reveal  his  love  to 
us,  and  then  to  sanctity  us  and  to  work  us  more  and  more  to  glory,  and  to 
work  out  all  corruption  by  little  and  little.  He  expects  that  we  should 
depend  upon  him  for  the  Spirit  in  all  things  we  do. 

Therefore  Christians  are  much  to  blame.  They  think  to  work  and  to 
hew  out  of  their  own  nature  the  love  of  God,  and  keep  ado  with  their 
own  hearts,  as  if  they  had  a  principle  of  grace  in  themselves  as  of  them- 
selves ;  and  they  may  long  enough  work  that  way.  But  that  is  not  the  way, 
but  acknowledgment  that  in  ourselves,  as  of  ourselves,  as  Saint  Paul  saith, 
we  cannot  do  anything,  Philip,  ii.  13.  We  cannot  so  much,  by  all  the 
power  in  the  world,  as  think  a  good  thought.  If  we  should  live  a  thousand 
years,  there  cannot  rise  out  of  our  hearts  a  good  desire  of  ourselves.  All 
is  out  of  us  from  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.  Now  thereupon  we  must  not  look 
for  it  in  ourselves,  but  go  to  God  for  his  Holy  Spirit.  Go  to  Christ  for 
his  Spirit,  for  the  Spirit  proceeds  from  them  both,  that  he  would  enlighten 
us  and  sanctify  us,  as  I  shewed  in  particular  before.  We  must  not  there- 
fore presume  that  we  can  do  anything  of  ourselves  ;  and  so  we  must  not 
despair.  Shall  we  despair  when  once  we  believe  in  Christ  ?  when  we  have 
abundance  of  grace  and  Spirit  in  our  head  Christ  ?  And  he  can  derive  * 
his  Spirit  as  he  pleaseth.  He  gives  the  Spirit  by  degrees  as  he  pleaseth  ; 
for  he  is  a  voluntary  head  to  dispense  it  as  he  will.  He  is  not  a  natural 
head.  Who  shall  despair  when  he  is  in  Christ,  who  is  complete  ?  And  in 
him  we  receive  grace  for  grace,  grace  answerable  for  grace  in  him. 

Let  none  presume  that  he  can  do  anything  of  himself,  for  you  see  how 
God  suffered  holy  men  to  miscarry.  It  was  folly  in  this  case  in  Peter  to 
presume  of  his  own  strength  :  '  Though  all  forsook  Christ,'  Mark  xiv.  31, 
seq.,  jei  would  not  he.  He  presumed  upon  his  own  strength.  God  left 
him  to  himself.  You  see  how  foully  he  fell.  So  it  is  with  us  all,  when  we 
presume  upon  the  strength  of  our  nature  and  parts.  We  must  not  come  to 
this  holy  place  in  the  strength  of  our  own  wit  and  parts,  but  come  with  a 
desire  that  the  Spirit  may  join  with  his  ordinances,  and  make  them  effica- 
cious for  our  change.  All  change  is  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord.  Nothing 
works  above  his  own  sphere.  It  is  above  the  power  of  nature  to  work  any- 
*  That  is,  '  convey.' — G. 


298 


EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 


thing  supernatural.  Therefore  if  we  will  profit  by  the  word,  come  not  with 
presumptuous  spirits,  but  lift  up  our  hearts  to  God,  that  his  Spirit  may 
clothe  the  ministry  with  vigour  and  power,  that  he  may  convey  holy  truths 
into  our  hearts,  and  make  them  effectual  for  the  changing  of  the  inward 
and  of  the  outward  man.  Then  we  come  as  we  should.  All  is  by  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord,  blessing  all  means  whatsoever,  without  which  all  means 
are  dead.  Therefore  we  must  open  as  that  flower  that  opens  and  shuts  as 
the  sun  shines  on  it  (n).  So  must  we  as  Christ  shines  on  us  ;  and  we 
ebb  and  flow  as  he  flows  upon  us.  We  shine  or  are  dark  as  he  shines  on 
us.  As  the  air  is  no  longer  light  than  the  sun  shines,  so  we  are  no  longer 
lightsome  and  open,  and  flow  and  are  carried  to  anything,  than  Christ  by 
his  Spirit  flows  on  us.  For  we  do  what  we  do,  but  we  are  patients  first  to 
receive  that  power  from  the  Spirit.  We  hear  and  do  good  works,  but  the 
activity  and  power  and  strength  comes  all  from  the  Spirit  of  God. 

Use  3.  Hence  likewise  we  may  make  another  use  of  trial,  ivhcther  ive  have 
the  Sjnrit  of  Christ  or  no :  whether  we  have  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is  called 
here  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

I  will  not  go  out  of  the  text  for  trials. 

(1.)  If  a  man  have  the  Spirit  of  God,  it  openeth  the  eyes  of  the  soul  to  see 
in  the  (/lass  of  the  u'ord,  the  face  of  God  shininq  on  him  in  Christ.  If  a  man 
have  the  Spirit  he  sees  God  as  a  Father,  by  the  Spirit  of  illumination. 

(2.)  Again,  if  thou  hast  the  Spirit  of  God,  thou  hast  the  Spirit  of  love. 
God's  Spirit  manifesteth  the  hidden  love  of  God,  that  was  hid  in  the  breast 
of  God,  to  his  soul ;  for  the  Spirit  of  God  searcheth  the  breast  of  God  and 
the  secret  of  God,  and  it  searcheth  my  heart.  Now  he  that  hath  the  Spirit 
of  God  knows  the  love  of  God  in  Christ  to  him  ;  it  reveals  the  love  of  God, 
the  height,  and  breadth,  and  depth  of  it  to  our  spirits.  As  in  the  text,  we 
see  the  gracious  love  of  God  in  Christ,  and  then  we  love  him  again. 

(3.)  And  thereupon  where  the  Spirit  is  it  cha)u/eth.  It  is  not  only  a 
Spirit  of  illumination,  but  of  sanctificatiou.  Where  he  dwells  he  sanctifieth 
the  house,  and  makes  it  a  temple.  It  is  efficacious.  Where  the  Spirit 
is,  it  will  work.  It  is  like  the  wind.  Where  it  is  it  will  stir,  it  will  move. 
Where  it  moves  not  it  is  not  at  all.  Where  the  Spirit  alters  not  the  condi- 
tion from  bad  to  good,  and  from  good  to  better,  suspect  that  it  is  not  there : 
at  least  it  will  move.  As  the  pulses  will  have  a  drawing  in,  and  a  sending 
out,  by  stirring,  so  there  will  be  some  operation  of  the  Spirit  that  is  dis- 
cernible to  a  judicious  eye  ;  alway  some  stirring  where  the  Spirit  of  God  is. 

The  papists  slander  us  willingly :  I  think  against  many  of  their  con- 
sciences that  understand  anything.  Oh,  say  they,  we  will  have  Christians 
like  Satan,  to  appear  as  angels  of  light,  and  blackamores  in  white  garments, 
that  have  their  teeth  white,  and  nothing  else.  So  your  Christians  put  on 
the  garment  of  Christ's  righteousness.  Let  them  put  on  that,  and  then 
though  they  be  not  changed  a  whit,  it  is  no  matter.  Who  teacheth  thus  ? 
We  teach  out  of  this  text,  that. 

First  of  all,  the  Spirit  of  God  opens  our  eyes.  He  takes  ofl"  the  veil . 
and  then  we  see  the  glory  of  God's  mercy  in  Christ,  pardoning  oui*  sins 
for  the  righteousness  and  obedience  of  Christ ;  and  then  that  love  warms 
our  hearts,  so  that  it  changeth  our  hearts  by  the  Spirit,  from  one  degree  of 
grace  to  another.  There  is  a  changing  power  that  goes  with  the  love  of 
Christ,  and  with  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ.  This  [is]  our  doctrine.  The 
same  Spirit  that  justifieth  us  by  appl3dng  to  us  the  obedience  of  Christ,  the 
same  Spirit  sanctifieth  us.  Therefore  their  allegations  and  objections  are 
to  no  purpose.     We  see  here  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  changeth  us. 


ABOVE  THE  LAW. 


299 


And  so  for  your  common  atheistical  professors,  that  profess  themselves 
Christians.  They  partake  of  the  name,  but  not  of  the  anointing  of  Christ. 
True  Christians  that  are  anointed  with  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  it  will  enforce  a 
change.  Beloved,  we  cannot  behold  the  sun,  but  we  must  be  enhghtened  ; 
we  cannot  behold  the  Sun  of  righteousness,  but  we  shall  be  changed  and 
enlightened.  The  eye  of  faith,  though  we  think  not  of  it,  though  it  look 
upon  Christ  for  justification  and  forgiveness  of  sins,  yet  notwithstanding  at 
the  same  time  insensibly  there  is  an  alteration  of  the  soul.  If  a  man  look 
up  for  other  ends,  yet  at  the  same  time  there  is  an  enlightening  by  the  sun. 
So  at  the  same  time  that  we  look  upon  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  at  the 
same  time  there  is  a  glory  shines  upon  us,  and  we  are  altered  and  changed, 
though  we  think  not  of  it.  At  the  very  instant  that  we  apprehend  justifi- 
cation and  forgiveness  of  sins,  in  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  at  the  same 
instant  there  is  a  glory  put  upon  the  soul.  We  cannot  have  commerce  with 
the  God  of  glory,  but  we  shall  be  glorious.  Therefore,  there  is  no  man 
that  hath  anything  to  do  with  God,  that  hath  not  some  glory  put  into  his 
soul,  whatsoever  he  is. 

Therefore,  let  no  man  think  he  hath  anything  to  do  in  religion  till  he 
find  the  work  of  the  Spirit  altering  and  changing  him.  He  hath  the  title 
of  Holy  Spirit,  from  the  blessed  work  of  sanctifying  and  changing  :  he  doth 
change  us. 

(4.)  And  when  he  hath  changed  us,  he  governs  ami  guides  us  from  glory 
to  glory.  Where  the  Holy  Ghost  is,  therefore,  he  promotes  the  work  of 
grace  begun.  He  doth  not  only  move  us  but  promove  ;  he  promotes  the 
work  begun.  Therefore  those  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God,  they  rest  in  no 
degree  of  grace,  but  grow  from  grace  to  grace,  from  knowledge  to  know- 
ledge, from  faith  to  faith,  till  they  come  to  that  measure  of  perfection  that 
God  hath  appointed  them  in  Christ.  Those,  therefore,  that  set  up  their 
staff,  and  will  go  no  further,  that  think  all  is  well,  they  have  net  the  Spirit 
of  God.  For  the  Spirit  stirs  up  to  grow  from  one  degree  of  grace  to 
another,  to  add  grace  to  grace,  and  to  enter  further  and  further  into  the  king- 
dom of  grace,  and  to  come  nearer  to  glory  still. 

(5.)  For  this  end  the  Holy  Spirit  dwells  in  us,  and  guides  us,  as  it  is, 
Rom.  viii.  26.  He  is  a  tutor  to  us.  Where  the  Holy  Ghost  is  in  any 
body,  it  is  as  a  counsellor.  '  Guide  me  by  thy  counsel,  till  thou  bring  me 
to  glory,'  Ps.  xxxi.  3,  et  alibi.  It  is  a  tutor.  As  noblemen's  children  they 
have  their  tutors,  so  God's  children  are  nobly  born.  They  have  their 
tutor  and  counsellor,  as  well  as  angels  to  attend  them.  They  have  the 
Spirit  of  God  to  tell  them.  This  do,  and  that  do,  and  here  you  have  done 
ill.  They  have  a  voice  behind  them,  to  teach  them  in  particular  wherein 
they  have  done  amiss.  They  that  have  the  Spirit,  find  such  a  sweet  ope- 
ration of  the  Spirit,  the  Spirit  is  a  teacher  and  a  counsellor  to  them.  They 
that  are  acquainted  with  the  government  of  God's  Spirit,  they  find  it  checking 
them  presently  when  they  do  ill.  It  grieves  them  when  they  grieve  the  Spirit, 
so  it  teachcth  them  in  particular  businesses,  Do  this,  do  not  that.  Thus 
may  we  know  if  we  have  the  Spirit,  if  it  guide  and  govern  us  from  glory  to 
glory,  till  we  come  to  perfection,  where  the  Spirit  is  all  in  all  in  heaven. 

(6.)  Another  evidence  is  this,  the  Spirit  where  it  is  it  rests  and  abides ; 
because  it  doth  not  only  change  us  at  the  first,  but  it  leads  us  from  glory 
to  glory.  As  St  Augustine  saith,  '  Wicked  men  have  the  Spirit  of  God 
knocking,  and  he  would  fain  enter'  ip) ;  as  the  wickedest  man,  when  he 
hears  holy  truths  discovered,  the  Spirit  of  God  knocks  at  his  heart,  and  he 
finds  sweet  motions  in  his  poisonful  rebellious  nature,  but  this  is  but _. the 


300  EXCELLENCY  OF  TUE  GOSPEL 

Spirit  knocking,  that  would  have  entrance.  But  God's  children  have  the 
Spirit  entering,  and  dwelling  and  resting  there.  The  Spirit  of  God  resteth 
on  Christ,  and  it  rests  on  Christ's  members.  How  can  it  change  them, 
and  having  done  so,  guide  and  govern  them  from  glory  to  glory ;  but  he 
must  rest  there,  he  must  take  up  his  lodging  and  residence.  A  Christian 
is  not  an  ordinary  house,  but  a  temple  ;  he  is  not  an  ordinary  man,  but  a 
king ;  he  is  not  an  ordinary  stone,  but  a  pearl ;  he  is  not  an  ordinary  tree, 
but  a  cedar ;  he  is  an  excellent  person.  And  therefore  the  Spirit  of  God 
delights  to  dwell  in  him.  As  the  excellency  of  the  body  is  from  the  soul, 
so  the  excellency  of  the  soul  is  from  the  Spirit  dwelling  in  him.  However, 
in  particular  operations,  the  Spirit  suspends  his  acts  of  comforting  and 
guiding,  to  humble  them  for  their  presumption,  alway  the  Holy  Ghost  is 
in  the  heart,  though  he  be  hid  in  a  corner  of  the  heart.  '  I  will  send  you  the 
Comforter,  and  he  shall  abide  with  you  for  ever,'  saith  Christ,  John  xiv.  16. 
Thus  we  may  see  how  we  may  try  ourselves,  whether  we  ha'^e  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  or  no.  If  we  have  not  the  Spirit,  we  are  none  of  his,  we  are 
none  of  Christ's,  Rom.  viii.  13,  14.  And  then  whose  are  we,  if  we  be  none 
of  Christ's  ?  Do  but  think  of  that.  Therefore  if  we  would  not  be  men 
not  having  the  Spirit,  that  is,  men  dead,  led  with  a  worse  spirit  than  our 
own,  let  us  labour  to  know  whether  we  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ  or  no. 
Let  us  see  what  change  there  is  to  the  likeness  of  Christ.     For, 

(7.)  The  Spirit,  as  it  comes  from  the  Lord,  so  it  viakes  us  like  the  Lord, 
and  we  are  changed  hy  reasons  from  the  Lord;  by  reasons  and  considerations 
from  Christ,  and  from  the  love  of  God  in  Christ ;  because  the  Spirit  takes 
from  Christ  whatsoever  he  hath :  '  He  shall  take  of  mine,'  &c.,  John 
xvi.  13.  That  is  the  comfort  he  comforts  the  soul  with  ;  he  fetches  them 
from  his  death  and  bloodshed,  and  the  love  of  God  in  him.  That  he  takes 
of  Christ.  So  there  is  a  change  wrought  in  us  by  reasons  fetched  from 
the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  those  conforming  reasons.  God  hath  given  his 
Son,  and  Christ  hath  given  himself,  and  we  feel  the  love  of  God  by  the 
Spirit.  If  the  Spirit  work  any  grace  or  comfort  by  considerations  fetched 
from  Christ,  this  is  the  true  Spirit.  The  change  and  alteration  that  it 
works  in  us  is  according  to  the  image  of  Christ,  that  we  may  be  like 
Christ.  So  Christ  is  the  beginning  and  the  end,  and  Christ  is  all.  He 
works  from  Christ  and  to  Christ.  Let  us  examine  therefore  if  we  have 
the  Spirit  of  Christ,  whether  it  change  us ;  and  examine  if  we  have  the 
Spirit,  from  what  reasons  and  grounds  it  changes  ns ;  and  then  we  may 
upon  some  comfortable  grounds  say  we  have  the  Spirit  indeed. 

If  we  have  not  the  Spirit,  how  shall  we  come  to  have  the  Spirit  ?  What 
means  must  we  use  to  get  it  ? 

In  a  word,  this  chapter  excellently  sets  out  that,  for, 

[1.]  The  gospel  is  called  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit ;  for  the  opening  of  the  love 
of  God  in  Christ,  which  is  the  gospel,  is  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit.  Why  ? 
Because  God  hath  joined  the  Spirit  with  the  publishing  and  opening  of  these 
mysteries.  Therefore  study  the  gospel,  and  hear  unfolded  divine  evange- 
lical truths.  The  more  we  hear  of  the  sweet  love  of  God  in  Christ,  the  more 
the  Spirit  flows  into  the  soul  together  with  it.  The  Spirit  goes  together 
with  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel ;  which  is  called  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit. 
Therefore  let  us  delight  in  hearing  evangelical  points,  the  love  of  God  opened 
in  Christ. 

A  civil  moral  man.  Oh  he  is  taken  mightily,  if  he  hear  a  moral  witty 
politic  discourse  that  toucheth  him  ;  and  he  is  in  his  element  then.  What 
is  this  to  the  gospel  ?     This  hath  its  use.     Oh  but  the  Spirit  goes  with 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  301 

the  opening  of  the  gospel,  with  evangelical  points  ;  and  if  our  hearts  were 
ever  seasoned  with  the  love  of  God,  these  points  of  Christ,  and  the  benefits 
and  privileges  by  Christ,  they  will  affect  us  more  than  any  other  thing  in 
the  world.  That  is  one  means  to  study  the  gospel,  and  to  hear  the 
truths  of  the  gospel  opened  where  the  Sprit  works. 

[2.]  Again,  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  it  is  given  to  us  usually  in  holy  com.- 
munity.  The  Holy  Ghost  fell  upon  them  in  the  Acts  when  they  were  gathered 
together,  Acts  iv.  31 ;  and  surely  we  never  find  sweeter  motions  of  the 
Spirit  than  now,  when  we  are  gathered  at  such  times,  about  holy  business,  as 
this  day.  We  never  find  the  Spirit  more  effectual  to  alter  and  change  our 
Bouls,  than  at  such  times.  '  Where  two  or  three  are  gathered  together,  I 
will  be  in  the  midst  of  you,'  Mat.  xviii.  20,  but  by  the  Spirit,  saith  Christ, 
warming,  and  altering,  and  changing  the  soul.  For  God  infuseth  all  grace 
in  communion,  as  we  are  members  of  the  body  mystical.  Those  that  have 
sullen  spirits,  a  spirit  of  separation,  that  scorn  all  meetings,  they  are  carried 
with  the  spirit  of  the  devil,  and  of  the  world.  They  Imow  not  what  belongs 
to  the  things  of  God.  It  is  the  meek  spirit  that  subjects  itself  to  the  ordi- 
nance of  God.  The  Holy  Ghost  falls  usually  upon  men  when  they  are  in 
holy  communion. 

[3.]  And  in  Luke  xi.  13,  there  God  will  give  the  Holy  Ghost  to  all  that 
beg  him.  Pray  for  the  Holy  Ghost,  as  the  most  excellent  thing  in  the 
world.  He  shall  be  given  to  them  that  beg  him,  as  if  he  should  say,  there 
is  nothing  greater  than  that,  and  God  will  give  him  to  them  that  ask  him. 
Therefore,  come  to  God,  and  in  any  thing  we  have  to  do,  empty  ourselves 
and  beg  the  Spirit ;  for  the  more  a  man  empties  him  of  his  own  confidence, 
in  regard  of  holy  performance  of  duties,  the  more  we  will  desire  to  be  filled 
with  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit ;  and  this  sense  of  our  own  emptiness  will 
force  prayer. 

Therefore,  know  that  of  ourselves  we  can  do  nothing  holily,  that  may 
further  our  reckoning,  but  by  the  Spirit.  Do  all  things  therefore  in  a  sense 
of  our  own  emptiness,  and  beg  the  Spirit. 

As  likewise  when  we  are  framed  by  the  Spirit  to  obedience.  Those  that 
obey  the  motions  of  the  Spirit,  the  Spirit  joins  more  and  more  closely  with 
their  souls.  God  gives  his  Spirit  to  them  that  obey  him.  Those  that 
obey  the  first  motions  of  the  Spirit,  they  have  further  degrees.  What  is 
the  reason  that  men  have  no  more  Spirit  in  the  ordinances  ?  The  Holy 
Ghost  knocks  at  their  hearts,  and  would  fain  have  entrance,  and  they  resist 
it,  as  Stephen  saith.  Acts  vii.  51.  Now  the  Holy  Ghost  is  willing  to  enter 
upon  the  soul,  but  he  is  resisted.  Therefore  if  you  will  have  him  more 
and  more,  let  us  open  our  souls,  that  the  King  of  glory  may  come  in.  The 
Spirit  is  wiUing  to  enter,  especially  in  holy  assemblies.  Saith  St  John,  Eev. 
i.  10,  '  I  was  on  the  Lord's  day,  I  was  in  the  Spirit,'  that  is,  as  if  he  were 
drowned  in  the  Spirit  on  the  Lord's  day.  When  we  are  about  holy  exercises 
we  are  never  more  in  the  Spirit  than  then.  Let  us  open  our  souls  to  the 
Spirit,  and  then  we  shall  find  the  Spirit  joining  with  our  souls.  The  Spirit 
is  more  willing  to  save  us,  and  to  sanctify  us,  than  we  are  to  entertain  him. 
Oh  that  we  were  willing  to  entertain  the  sweet  motions  of  the  Spirit !  Our 
natures  would  not  be  so  defiled,  and  we  so  uncomfortable  as  we  are.  There 
are  none  of  us  all,  but  we  find  comfortable  motions  in  holy  exercises.  Thus 
we  may  get  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  that  doth  all,  that  illuminates,  and 
sanctifieth,  and  ruleth,  and  rests  in  us. 

(8.)  And  let  us  learn,  I  beseech  you,  hence  to  give  the  third  glorious 
person,  the  Holy  Ghost,  his  due.     Since  we  have  all  by  the  Spirit,  let  ua 


302  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

learn  to  give  the  Spirit  liis  due,  and  learn  how  to  make  use  of  the  work  of 
the  Spirit.  There  are  several  works  of  the  Spirit.  You  see  here  what  the 
Spirit  doth,  '  We  all.'  The  Spirit  unites  us  together.  It  is  a  Spirit  of 
union.  It  knits  all  together  by  one  faith  to  God.  All  meet  in  God  the 
Father  reconciled  ;  and  we  all  are  joined  together  by  love,  wrought  by  the 
Spirit,  '  with  open  face.'  Who  takes  away  the  veil  ?  We  are  all  veiled 
by  nature.  The  Spirit  takes  away  the  veil  from  our  eyes,  and  from  the 
truth.  What  is  the  reason  the  gospel  is  so  obscure  ?  The  Spirit  takes 
not  away  the  veil,  it  teacheth  not  by  the  ministry  ;  or  else  it  takes  not  away 
the  veil  from  the  eyes.  The  Spirit  takes  away  the  scales  from  our  eyes, 
and  the  Spirit  in  the  ministry  takes  away  the  obscurity  of  the  Scriptures. 
All  those  that  wc  call  graces,  the  free  gifts,  the  ministerial  gifts,  they  are 
the  gifts  and  the  graces  of  the  Spirit ;  and  they  are  for  the  graces  of  the 
Spirit.  Skill  in  tongues  and  in  the  Scriptures,  and  in  other  learning,  are 
given  to  men  that  they  may  take  away  the  veil  from  the  Scriptures,  that 
they  may  be  lightsome  ;  and  then  when  the  Spirit  is  given,  he  takes  away 
the  veil  from  the  soul  by  his  own  work  ;  and  then  with  open  face  '  we 
behold  the  glory  of  the  Lord.'  What  doth  open  our  eyes  to  see,  when  the 
veil  is  taken  off?  The  Spirit.  We  have  no  inward  light  nor  sight,  but  by 
the  illumination  of  the  Spirit.  All  light  in  the  things,  and  all  sight  in  us, 
it  is  by  the  illumination  of  the  Spirit.  And  then  the  change  according  to 
the  image  of  Christ,  this  is  altogether  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  it  is  altogether 
from  the  Holy  Ghost.  Christ  baptizeth  '  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  with 
fire,'  Mat.  iii.  11,  and  Christ  came  '  by  blood,  and  by  water,'  1  John  v.  6  : 
by  blood,  to  die  for  us ;  and  by  water,  by  his  Spirit  to  change  us  and  purge 
and  cleanse  us.  All  is  by  the  Spirit.  Christ  came  as  well  by  the  Spirit 
as  by  blood.  This  change,  and  the  gradual  change  from  glory  to  glory,  all 
is  by  the  Spirit.  Therefore  we  should  not  think  altogether  of  Christ,  or 
God  the  Father,  when  we  go  to  God  in  praj^er ;  but  think  of  the  work  of 
the  Spirit,  that  the  Holy  Ghost  may  have  his  due. 

Lord,  without  th}'  Spirit,  my  body  is  as  a  thing  without  a  soul,  a  dead, 
loathsome,  stiff,  unapt  carcase,  that  cannot  stir  a  whit ;  and  so  my  soul 
without  the  operation  of  thy  Holy  Spirit,  it  is  a  stiff',  dead,  unmoveable 
thing  ;  and  therefore  by  thy  Spirit  breathe  upon  me.  As  thy  Holy  Spirit 
in  the  creation  did  lie  upon  the  waters,  and  brood  as  it  were  all  things 
there  ;  lying  upon  the  waters  it  fashioned  this  goodly  creature,  heaven  and 
earth,  this  miindus.  So  the  Spirit  of  God  lying  upon  the  waters  of  the 
soul,  it  fashions  all  graces  and  comforts,  whatsoever  they  are  ;  all  is  wrought 
hj  the  Spirit  in  the  new  creature,  as  all  in  this  glorious  fabric  of  the  world 
was  by  the  Spirit  of  God.  Let  the  Spirit  of  God  therefore  have  due  acknow- 
ledgment in  all  things  whatsoever. 

And  what  are  we  to  look  to  mainly  now  ?  The  knowledge  of  God  the 
Father,  and  his  love  to  us  shining  in  Christ,  all  is  in  Christ ;  and  if  we 
would  have  anything  wrought  in  us,  any  alteration  of  our  natures,  let  us 
beg  the  Spirit,  that  we  may  have  the  discovery  of  the  love  of  God  in  Christ, 
and  the  Spirit  attending  upon  the  gospel. 

And  because  we  have  all  these  abundantly  in  these  latter  times  of  the 
church,  in  the  second  spring  of  the  gospel,  in  the  reformation  of  religion, 
after  our  recovery  out  of  popery,  there  is  a  second  spring  of  the  gospel.  Oh, 
beloved,  how  much  are  we  beholding  to  God  !  Never  since  the  beginning 
of  the  world  was  there  such  glorious  times  as  we  enjoy.  We  see  how  the 
holy  apostle  doth  prefer  these  times  before  former  times,  when  the  veil  was 
upon  their  eyes,  and  when  all  was  hid  in  ceremonies,  and  types,  and  such 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  303 

things  among  the  Jews.  '  Now,'  saith  he,  *  we  behold  the  glory  of  God, 
and  are  changed  by  the  Spirit  from  glory  to  glory.' 

To  conclude  all.  Therefore  consider  that  the  glory  of  the  times,  and  the 
glory  of  places  and  persons,  all  is  fi'om  the  revelation  of  Christ  by  the 
Spirit,  which  hath  the  Spirit  accompanying  it.  The  more  God  in  Christ 
is  laid  open,  the  more  the  times,  and  places,  and  persons  are  excellent. 
What  made  the  second  temple  beyond  the  former  ?  Christ  came  at  the 
second  temple.  Therefore  though  it  were  baser  in  itself,  yet  the  second 
temple  was  more  glorious  than  the  first.  What  made  Bethlehem,  that  little 
city,  glorious  ?  Christ  was  born  there.  What  makes  the  heart  where 
Christ  is  born  more  glorious  than  other  folk  ?  Christ  is  born  there. 
Christ  makes  persons  and  places  glorious.  What  makes  the  times  now 
more  glorious  than  they  were  before  Christ  ?  What  made  the  least  in  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  greater  than  John  Baptist  ?  He  was  greater  than  all 
that  were  before  him ;  and  all  that  are  after  him  are  greater  than  he. 
Because  his  head  was  cut  off,  he  saw  not  the  death  and  resurrection  of 
Christ,  and  the  giving  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  He  saw  not  so  much  of  Christ. 
So  that  the  revelation  of  Christ  and  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  it  is  that 
that  makes  times,  and  persons,  and  places  glorious,  all  glorious,  because 
the  veil  is  taken  away  from  our  eyes.  We  see  Christ  the  King  of  glory  in 
the  gospel  flourishing,  and  the  love  of  God  manifested,  and  by  the  Spirit 
of  God  the  veil  is  taken  away  inwardly  as  well  as  outwardly.  Now  for  a 
fuller  discovery  of  Christ  than  in  former  times,  comes  the  glory  of  the 
times.  Now  there  are  more  converted  than  in  former  times,  because  the 
Spirit  goes  together  with  the  manifestation  of  Christ.  What  is  the  reason 
that  this  kingdom  is  more  glorious  than  any  place  beyond  the  seas  ? 
Because  Christ  is  here  revealed  more  fully  than  there.  The  veil  is  taken 
ofl',  and  here  '  we  see  the  glory  of  God  with  open  face,'  which  changeth 
many  thousands  from  glory  to  glory  by  the  Spirit  of  God  that  accompanies 
the  revelation  of  the  gospel.  Is  there  any  outward  thing  that  advanceth 
our  kingdom  before  Turkey,  or  Spain,  &c.  ?  Nothing.  Their  government, 
and  riches,  and  outward  things  are  as  much  as  ours,  if  not  more.  The 
glory  of  places  and  times  are  from  the  revelation  of  Christ,  that  hath  the 
Spirit  accompanj^ing  of  it.  That  Spirit  changeth  us  '  from  glory  to  glory.' 
Our  times  'are  more  glorious  than  they  were  a  hundred  years  or  two  before. 
Why  ?  Because  we  have  a  double  revelation  of  Christ,  and  of  antichrist. 
We  see  Christ  revealed,  and  the  gospel  opened,  and  the  veil  taken  off".  We 
see  antichrist  revealed,  that  hath  masked  under  the  name  of  head  of  the 
church,  and  hath  seduced  the  world. 

Now  this  double  revelation  challengeth  acknowledgment  of  these  blessed 
times.  What  should  all  this  do  but  stir  us  up  to  know  the  time  of  our 
visitation,  and  to  thankfulness ;  to  bless  God  that  hath  reserved  us  for 
these  places  and  countries  that  we  live  in,  to  cast  our  times  to  be  in  this 
glorious  light  of  the  gospel  to  be  born  in.  What  if  we  had  been  born  in 
those  dark  Egyptian  times  of  popery  ?  Our  lives  had  not  been  so  comfort- 
able. Now  we  live  under  the  gospel,  wherein  '  with  open  face '  we  see  the 
glory  of  the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  the  '  unsearchable  riches '  of  Christ 
opened  and  discovered  to  us.  And  together  with  the  gospel,  the  ministry 
of  the  Spirit,  goeth  the  Spirit ;  and  those  that  belong  to  God,  thousands  by 
the  blessing  of  God  are  changed  from  glory  to  glory. 

Certainly  if  we  share  in  the  good  of  the  times  we  will  have  hearts  to 
thank  God,  and  to  walk  answerably,  that  as  we  have  the  glorious  gospel,  so 
we  will  walk  gloriously,  that  we  do  not  by  a  base  and  fruitless  life  dishonom- 


804  EXCELLENCY  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

SO  glorious  a  gospel.  I  beseech  you  let  us  tliink  of  the  times,  else  if  we  be 
not  the  better  for  the  glorious  times,  if  the  veil  be  not  taken  away,  we  are 
under  a  fearful  judgment,  '  The  god  of  this  world  hath  blinded  our  eyes,' 
2  Cor.  iv,  4.  Do  we  live  under  the  glorious  light,  and  yet  are  dark,  that 
we  see  no  glory  in  Christ  ?  We  see  nothing  in  religion,  but  are  as  ready 
to  entertain  popery  as  true  religion.  Is  this  the  fruit  of  the  long  preaching 
of  the  gospel,  and  the  veil  being  taken  off  so  long  ?  Certainly  the  god  of 
this  world  hath  cast  the  dust  of  the  world  into  our  eyes,  that  we  can  see 
nothing  but  earthly  things.  We  are  under  the  seal  of  God's  judgment. 
He  hath  sealed  us  up  to  a  dark  state,  from  darkness  of  judgment  to  the 
darkness  of  hell  without  repentance.  Therefore  let  us  take  heed  how  we 
live  in  a  dull  and  dead  condition,  under  the  glorious  gospel,  or  else  how 
cursed  shall  we  be  !  The  more  we  are  exalted  and  lifted  up  above  other 
people  in  the  blessings  of  God  this  way,  the  more  we  shall  be  east  down. 
'  Woe  be  to  Chorazin,'  &c..  Mat.  xi.  21 ;  and  Heb.  ii.  3,  *  How  shall 
we  escape  if  we  neglect  so  great  salvation  ? ' 

I  beseech  you  let  us  take  heed  how  we  trifle  away  our  time,  these  precious 
times  and  blessed  opportunities  ;  for  if  we  labour  not  to  get  out  of  the  state 
of  nature  into  the  state  of  grace,  and  so  to  be  changed  from  glory  to  glory, 
God  in  justice  will  curse  the  means  we  have,  that  in  hearing  we  shall  not 
hear,  and  seeing  we  shall  not  see,  and  he  will  secretly  and  insensibly 
harden  our  hearts.  It  is  the  curse  of  all  curses,  when  we  are  under  plenty 
of  means,  to  grow  worse  and  duller.  Oh  take  heed  of  spiritual  judgments 
above  all  others,  tremble  at  them.  They  belong  to  reprobates  and  cast- 
aways. Let  us  labour  for  hearts  sensible  of  the  mercies  of  God  in  Christ, 
and  labour  to  be  transformed  and  moulded  into  this  gospel  every  day  more 
and  more.  That  that  hath  been  spoken  shall  be  sufficient  for  this  time, 
and  for  this  whole  text. 


NOTES. 


{a)  P.  222. — '  As  the  Father  saith,  free  me  from  my  necessities.'  The  well-known 
apophthegm  of  Augustine,  '  A  necessitatibus  meis  libera  me  Domine.' 

(b)  P.  224.- — '  The  defence  of  Luther's  and  others  that  wrote  of  this  freedom  is 
sound  and  good,  that  the  will  of  man  is  slavish  altogether  without  the  Spirit 
of  God.'  The  great  Eeformer's  masculine  treatise  on  '  The  Bondage  of  the  Will ' 
{De  Servo  Arbitrio),  has  been  repeatedly  translated,  though  not  over-exactly,  into 
English  ;  e.  g.,  by  Cole  (1823). 

(c)  P.  236. — '  As  Cyprian  saith,  Consecra  habitaculum,'  &c.  We  have  not  found 
this  expression.  The  following  is  in  substance  equivalent : — •  Denique  magisterio 
suo  Dominus  secreto  nos  orare  prsecepit,  in  abditis  et  semotis  locis,  in  cubiculis 
ipsis.' — De  Orat.  Dom.  §  iv. 

{d)  P.  240. — '  And  therefore  we  call  things  that  are  glorious  by  the  name  of  light, 
illustrissimus  and  clarissimus,  terms  taken  from  liglit,'  Illustris  and  illusinssimus 
from  hix :  clanis  =  clear,  bright. 

(e)  P.  244. — 'Hail,  Mary,  full  of  grace.'  ....  'Oh!  beseech  thy  Son,'  &c.,  &c. 
For  startling  examples  and  confirmations  of  the  text,  consult  Tyler's  conclusive 
treatise  on  '  The  Worship  of  the  Virgin  Mary.' 

(/)  P.  247. — '  And  how  should  finite  comprehend  infinite  ?  We  shall  appre- 
hend him,  not  comprehend  him.'  Have  we  not  in  this  brief  sentence  the  whole 
'  philosophy  of  the  infinite,'  that  has  been  so  darkened  in  the  controversies  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton,  Calderwood,  Mansel,  Maurice? 

(g)  P.  250. — 'The  heavens  declare  the  glory  of  God,  They  are  a  book  in  folio.' 
Thus  quaintly  does  John  Cragge  of  Lantilio  Pertholy  expand  the  thought  of  Sibbes, 
in  his  '  Cabinet  of  Spiritual  Jewels'  (1657,  12mo.) :  '  A  time  there  was  before  all 


ABOVE  THE  LAW.  305 

times,  when  there  was  no  day  hut  the  Ancient  of  Days  :  no  good  hut  God  :  no  light 
but  tho  Father  of  Lights :  Arts  were  but  ideas ;  the  world  a  map  of  Providence  ; 
heavens,  the  book  in  folio :  earth,  water,  air,  and  fire,  in  quarto  :  hell,  the  dooms- 
day pageant :  men  and  angels  but  capital  letters  in  the  margin  of  God's  thoughts.' 

(h)  P.  252. — '  Oh  foolish  Galatians,  before  whom  Christ  hath  been  painted  and 
crucified.'     Consult  and  compare  Bagge  on  Galatians,  in  loc. :  also  Ellicott. 

(i)  P.  277. — '  It  is  said  of  Antiochus,  that  he  was  a  vile  person,'  &c.  Cf.  Memoir 
of  Antiochus,  in  Dr  Smith's  '  Dictionary  of  Greek  and  Roman  Biography,'  with  its 
ample  authorities. 

(y  )  P.  280. — '  We  must  not  think  to  come  de  cceno  in  caelum,^  as  he  saith,  '  out  of  the 
filth  of  sin  to  heaven,  but  heaven  must  begin  here.'     One  of  Augustine's  3Iemorahilia. 

(k)  P.  281. — 'It  is  not  as  a  flash  or  blaze  of  flax,  or  so.'  For  a  fine  descrip 
tion  of  the  lighting  and  fading  away  of  the  threads  of  flax,  on  the  consecration  of  a 
pope,  see  Cardinal  Wiseman's  interesting  '  EecoUections  of  the  Popes,'  in  any  of  its 
editions. 

(  ^  )  P.  284. — '  As  Hilary  said  in  a  time  of  schism,  '  it  requireth  deal  of  wit  to  be  a 
Christian.'  The  following  is  probably  the  passage  referred  to:— 'Cum  ....  nee 
negari  possit  ex  vitio  malas  intelligentipe  fidei  extitisse  dissidium,  dum  quod  legitur 
sensui  potius  coaptatur  quam  lectioni  sensus  obtemperat.' — Hilar.  De  Trinitate, 
lib.  vii. 

(m)  P.  286.— 'We  are  here  lame  Mephibosheths.'  That  rare  little  book,  full 
of  pensive  and  wise  meditation,  by  a  very  dear  friend  of  Dr  Sibbes's  —the  '  Al  Mondo, 
or  Contemplatio  Mortis  et  Immortalitatis,'  of  Henry,  Earl  of  Manchester— furnishes 
an  interesting  parallel  passage  here — '  Nature's  perfection  caught  a  fall  when  she 
was  young,  a"s  Mephibosheth  did,  whereof  she  hath  halted  ever  since'  (5th  edition, 
1642,  18mo,  page  12). 

(n)  P.  298.—'  Therefore  we  must  open  as  that  flower  that  opens  and  shuts  as  the 
sun  shines  on  it.'  There  are  very  many  flowers  of  this  character.  The  common 
daisy  is  the  most  familiar  example.  What  one  in  particular  the  author  refers  to  we 
cannot  tell. 

ip)  P.  299. — '  As  St  Augustine  saith,  '  Wicked  men  have  the  Spirit  of  God  knock- 
ing, and  he  would  fain  enter,  ....  But  God's  children  have  the  Spirit  entering 
and  dwelling  and  resting  there.'  A  frequent  sentiment  in  '  The  Confessions'  of 
this  father.  G. 


VOL.  IV. 


EXPOSITION  OF  2i>  CORINTHIANS  CHAPTER  lY. 


EXPOSITION  OF  SECOND  COEINTHIANS  CHAPTER  IV. 


NOTE. 

The  '  Commentary  or  Exposition '  upon  the  fourth  chapter  of  the  2d  Epistle  to 
the  Corinthians  forms  the  larger  portion  of  a  quarto  volume  published  in  1656, 
The  title-page  is  given  below.*  The  second  of  the  three  treatises  mentioned  therein 
is  given  in  the  present  volume.  The  others  will  appear  in  their  proper  place 
hereafter.  G. 

*  A  LEARNED 
COMMENTARY 

OE, 

EXPOSITION, 

UPON 

The  fourth  Chaptee  of  the 
second  Epistle  of  Saint  PA  UL  to 

the  COEEINTHIANS. 

/  I.  ^  Conference  between  Christ  and  Mary  after  his 
To  which  \        resurrection. 
is  added  <  II.  The  Spirituall  Mans  aim. 

(  III.  Emanuell,  or  Miracle  of  Miracles. 
Published  for  the  advantage  of  those  that  have 
them  not,  others  may  have  the  Commentary  alone, 

Virtus  Coelo  beat. 

By  that  Reverend  and  Godly  Divine,  Rich:  S  i  b  e  s  D.  D. 
Sometimes  Master  of  Catherine  Hall  in  Cambridge,  and 
Preacher  to  that  Honourable  Society  of  Grayes-Inne. 
Psalmes  37.  30.  The  mouth  of  the  righteous  will  speak  of  ivisdome,  and  his 

tongue  will  talk  of  judgement. 
Vers.  31.  For  the  Law  of  his  God  is  in  his  heart,  and  his  steps  skill  not 

LONDON, 

Printed  by  S.  G.  for  John  Eothwel,  at  the  Fountain 
in  Cheap-side.     16  5  6. 


TO  THE  READER 


Christian  reader,  there  are  three  ways  by  ■which  a  minister  preaches  :  by 
doctrine,  life,  and  writing.     It  may  be  questioned  which  is  the  hardest. 

1.  Truly  for  preaching, — the  apostle's  rig  '/xavog,  2  Cor.  ii.  16,  '  who  is 
sufficient  ? '  may  correct  the  slight  apprehensions  of  hearers,  and  the  hasty 
intrusion  of  teachers.  Luther  was  wont  to  say.  If  he  were  to  choose  his 
calling,  he  would  dig  with  his  hands  rather  than  be  a  minister  (a).  The 
disposition  both  of  speakers  and  hearers,  saith  Chrysostom,  makes  this 
work  difficult  (h).  In  regard  of  hearers,  scarce  any  member  groans  under 
more  moral  diseases  than  the  ear.  We  read  of  an  '  uncircumcised  ear,' 
Acts  vii.  51;  '  deaf  ears,'  Eom.  xi.  8,  Micah.  vii.  16;  '  itching  ears,'  2  Tim. 
iv.  2  ;  '  ears  that  are  dull  of  hearing,'  Mat.  xiii.  15.  Most  people  come  to 
hear  as  men  do  to  a  theatre,  )io)i  utllitateni  sed  voluptatem  percepturi,  not  so 
much  to  feed  their  faith  as  please  their  fancy.  And  for  teachers,  how 
many  dangers  do  they  lie  open  to  !  If  they  do  not  preach  novelties,  falsi- 
ties, yet  to  preach  sana,  sane,  sound  things  soundly ;  to  deliver  the  word, 
wg  hi7 iL%  \akri6ai,  Col.  iv.  4,  '  as  it  ought  to  be  spoken.'  To  '  speak  a  word 
in  season,'  Isa.  1.  4  ;  to  '  approve '  themselves  to  God  workmen  that ''need 
not  be  ashamed ;  oodoro/Mvvra  rov  Xoyov  rrig  aXn&iiag,  rightly  cutting  the 
word  into  parts,  giving  every  one  his  portion,  2  Tim.  ii.  15.*  And 
when  a  man  hath  done  God's  work  in  God's  strength,  to  go  away,  with  a 
humble  heart,  hie  labor: — such  a  one  is  an  '  interpreter,'  'one  among  a 
thousand,'  Job  xxxiii.  23. 

2.  But  then  for  the  life.  Alas  !  how  many  think  the  work  is  done  when 
the  glass  is  out  (c) ;  how  many  are  good  in  the  doctrine,  bad  in  the  applica- 
tion, especially  to  themselves  ;  how  hard  is  it  to  have  life  in  doctrine,  and 
doctrine  in  life  !  It  is  easier  to  preach  twenty  sermons  than  to  mortify  one 
lust.  It  was  a  harder  task  Paul  set  Timothy,  2  Tim.  iv.  12,  when  he  bids 
him  be  an  example  to  believers,  in  conversation,  in  charity,  in  spirit,  &c., 
than  when  he  bids  him  '  give  attendance  to  reading,  exhortation,  doctrine,' 
ver.  13.  Yet  we  shall  often  hear  ministers  say.  They  must  study  to  preach, 
then  study  to  practise.  God  would  have  the  very  snuffers  in  the  tabernacle 
pure  gold  (d),  to  shew  they  that  purge  others  must  shine  themselves. 
Surely  they  must  needs  be  '  unclean,'  that  chew  the  cud  by  meditation,  but 
divide  not  the  hoof  by  practice.     Lastly, 

3.  For  writing — that  hath  more  pre-eminency,  though  the  two  former  have 

*  Metapliora  a  sacrificiis.  Illyr.  Perkins.  [?.  e.,  William  Perkins.  Cf.  Opera, 
Geneva,  1611,  in  loci.  Metaphora  a  convivii  apparatoribus.  Gerh[ard]  in  Harm. 
Evang.  [Tlie  book  here  cited  is  the  '  Rvangelistarum  Harmonise  Chemnitio-Lyse- 
rianse  Continuatio.'    Jenae,  1626-27. — G.] 


310 


TO  THE  READEB. 


more  vivacity.  Thei-e  is,  saith  a  good  man,*  as  much  difference  between  a 
sermon  in  the  pulpit  and  printed  in  a  book,  as  between  milk  in  the  warm 
breast  and  in  the  sucking  bottle.  Yet  the  convenience  of  it  is  very  great. 
Good  books  are  the  baskets  that  preserve  excellent  lessons  that  they  be 
not  lost.  This  also  wants  not  its  difficulty;,  for  what  censures,  impostures, 
contempt,  wrestings,  have  the  labours  of  the  most  eminent  saints  been 
exposed  to,  yea,  the  Scriptures  themselves — the  pandect  of  all  truth,  the 
testament  of  our  Lord  Jesus — how  much  have  they  suffered  in  all  ages, 
besides  the  great  difficulty,  that  is  in  other  men's  spirits  to  write  truth. 
Yet  let  us  bless  God  for  the  writings  of  his  servants,  for  by  these,  '  being 
dead,  they  yet  speak  to  us,'  Heb.  xi.  4.  We  have  the  prophets  and 
apostles,  in  their  writings,  preaching  to  us.  Their  sermons  were  like  a 
running  banquet,  refreshed  many ;  their  writings  were  a  standing  dish. 
Sermons  are  like  showers  of  rain,  wet  for  the  present.  Books  are  like 
snow-banks,  lie  longer  upon  the  earth,  and  keep  it  warm  in  winter.  It 
might  be  a  problem  whether  professors  preaching  and  writing,  or  confessors 
dying,  have  most  profited  the  church. 

Some  have  thought  it  preposterous  in  times  of  reformation  to  shut  the 
pulpit  against  erroneous  persons,  and  leave  the  press  open  to  them,  that 
being  so  compendious  a  way  to  propagate  and  to  multiply  errors ;  and  the 
liberty,  used  more  to  condemn  truths  received,  than  to  debate  in  a  friendly 
way  things  indifferent.  Indeed,  it  must  be  acknowledged  a  very  sad  thing, 
the  multitude  not  only  of  vain  but  blasphemous  treatises  this  age  hath  pro- 
duced, and  the  great  mischief  they  have  done.  But  blessed  be  God,  the 
press  is  as  open  to  truth  as  error,  and  truth  has  been  as  nimble  heeled  as 
error.  God  never  yet  suffered  any  Goliah  to  defy  him,  but  he  raised  up  a 
David  to  encounter  him.f  Though  error,  like  Esau,  hath  come  out  first, 
yet  truth,  like  Jacob,  hath  caught  it  by  the  heel,  and  wrestled  with  it,  Gen. 
XXV.  26.  If  God  hath  suffered  any  horn  to  push  at  his  Israel,  he  hath 
presently  raised  a  carpenter  to  knock  it  oft'.  Let  us  bless  God  for  the  wit- 
nessing spirit  that  is  abroad,  though  it  go  in  sackcloth.  Rev.  xi.  3.  Think 
how  great  a  mercy  it  is  to  keep  ground,  though  we  cannot  gain  ground. 

Let  none  complain  of  the  multitude  of  good  books.  Though  one  bad 
one  be  too  many,  yet  many  good  ones  are  too  few ;  or,  as  one  saith,  '  one 
useless  or  erroneous  book  is  too  many.  Many  useful  orthodox  books  are 
but  one.':|:  All  the  prophets  and  apostles  make  but  one  Bible,  upon  which 
account  we  may  say  all  the  books  that  faithfully  interpret  that  are  but  one 
book. 

All  these  ways  this  reverend  author  was  serviceable  to  the  church  of  God 
while  he  lived  ;  and,  since  his  decease,  the  providence  of  God  hath  brought 
to  light  several  tracts  of  his,  some  sooner,  some  later.  And  that  in  great 
wisdom  ;  for  our  foolish  nature  doth  many  times  prize  the  labours  of  those 
dead,  whom  we  despised  living,  as  the  Jews,  '  Their  fathers  killed  the  pro- 
phets, and  their  sons  builded  their  tombs,'  Matt,  xxiii.  29.  We  may  have 
such  in  these  days.  The  spirit  of  man  hath  a  more  reverent  opinion  of 
things  past  than  present,  of  things  ancient  than  modern,  of  things  farther  off 

*  Gurnal's  Ep.[ist]o]  to  his  '  Christian  in  Compleat  Armour.'     [The  one  great 

practical  work  of  the  Conformists a  perfect  storehouse  of  evangelical  truths, 

and  informed  by  a  fine  spirit.  It  was  first  published  in  1656-62,  and  has  since 
passed  through  many  editions. — G.] 

t  The  same  day  Pelagius  was  born  here  in  Britain,  Augustine  was  born  in 
Africa.— [viz.,  Nov.  13.  854.— G.] 

X  Caryl,  on  Job  v.  part  in  the  Ep[istle]. 


TO  THE  READER.  311 

than  near  at  hand.  Another  thing  wherein  the  wisdom  of  God  appears  in  the 
multitude  of  books,  is,  not  only  a  discovery  of  the  manifold  gifts  of  the  Spirit, 
that  he  pours  on  his  servants  (which  could  not  well  be  seen  but  in  variety 
and  diversity),  but  also  to  invite  us  to  the  farther  study  of  them  by  change  ; 
for  the  best  of  us  have  some  seeds  of  curiosity.  Now  God,  by  the  variety 
of  gifts  and  graces  in  his  servants,  invites  us  to  pass  from  one  to  another. 

We  shall  say  no  more,  but  entreat  thee  to  consider  this  treatise  as  a 
posthume.*  The  notes  were  taken  from  his  mouth  by  the  pen  of  a  ready 
writer,  and  a  person  of  note  and  integrity,  whose  design  is  not  to  forge  a 
piece  under  the  author's  name.  The  very  style  and  matter  is  so  like  his 
other  pieces,  we  hope  the  legitimacy  of  it  will  not  be  questioned.  It  is 
easier  to  counterfeit  another  man's  name  than  another  man's  gifts.  Had 
the  author  lived  to  supervise  his  own  work,  no  question  but  it  would  have 
passed  his  hand  with  more  authority  and  more  politeness. f  Thou  wilt 
sometimes  meet  with  some  repetitions,  yet  with  the  addition  of  new  matter. 
When  thou  meetest  with  it,  read  it  as  an  impression  which  may  carry  force, 
and  work  more  upon  thy  heart.  In  a  word,  the  '  earthen  vessel'  is  broken, 
the  '  heavenly  treasure '  is  preserved  for  thy  use,  and  here  offered  to  thee. 

Now  that  God  |  hath  caused  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  cause  the 
light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God,  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ,  to 
shine  in  thine  and  our  hearts,  more  and  more  to  the  perfect  day !  So 
pray. 

Thy  souls'  and  thy  faiths'  servants  in  the  Lord's  work, 

Simeon  Ash. 
Ja.  Nalton.|| 
Joseph  Church.^ 

*  That  is,  posthumous. — G.  f  That  is  =  more  polished. — G, 

t  Qu.  '  God  that '  ?— Ed. 

§  Ash  was  one  of  the  most  eminent  of  the  Puritan  '  worthies,'  alike  as  a  minister 
of  the  gospel  and  as  an  actor  in  the  events  of  '  the  Commonwealth.'  He  died  on  tlie 
evening  of  the  memorable  'Bartholomew'  of  1662;  and  Calamy  preached  his 
'  funeral '  sermon.  It  will  be  found  in  the  fullest  and  most  trustworthy  '  Collec- 
tion of  Farewell  sermons'  (3  vols.  12mo,  1663),  Vol.  i.  at  end.  Cf.  The  Noncon- 
formist's Memorial,  i.  94,  95,  and  Hanbury,  '  Historical  Memorials  relating  to  the 
Independents,'  repeatedly. — G. 

II   See  Notice  of  Nalton  in  Vol.  II.  page  442. — G. 

\  He  was  one  of  '  The  Ejected'  of  1662,  having  been  minister  of  St  Katherine's, 
Coleman  Street,  London.  His  '  Christian's  Daily  Monitor'  is  worthy  to  be  placed 
beside  Scudder's  kindred  treatise.     Cf.  Non.  Mem.  1.  137. — G. 


A  LEARNED  COMMENTARY  OR  EXPOSITION 


UPON 


THE  FOURTH  CHAPTEE  OF  THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF 
ST  PAUL  TO  THE  COEINTHIANS. 


For  God,  who  commanded  the  licfht  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in 
our  hearts,  to  give  the  light  of  the  knoiiiedrje  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face 
oj  Jesus  Christ.— ^2,  Cor.  IV.  6. 

In  the  last  verse  of  the  former  chapter,  the  blessed  apostle  sets  out  the 
dignity  of  the  gospel  above  the  things  of  Moses  and  the  things  of  the  law. 
'  We  all,'  saith  he,  *  with  open  face,  as  in  a  glass,  behold  the  glory  of  God, 
and  are  changed  into  the  same  image,  from  glory  to  glory,'  &c.  And  here- 
upon, in  the  beginning  of  the  next  chapter,  he  sets  out  the  excellency  of 
the  gospel  ministry,  being  conversant  about  so  excellent  a  mj'Stery,  and 
sheweth  his  fidelity  in  it.  '  Therefore,'  saith  he,  '  we  faint  not ;  but  have 
renounced  the  hidden  things  of  dishonesty,  not  walking  in  craftiness,  nor 
handhng  the  word  of  God  deceitfully ;  but,  by  manifestation  of  the  truth, 
commend  ourselves  to  the  consciences  of  all  men  in  the  sight  of  God.' 
Here  he  sheweth  his  fidelity  in  the  ministry,  and  his  courage,  '  he  fainteth 
not ;'  and  likewise  his  sincerity,  he  *  labours  to  approve  himself  to  the 
consciences  of  them  in  the  sight  of  God.'  Perhaps  he  had  not  all  their 
good  words ;  but  it  is  better  to  have  the  consciences  of  people  to  give 
testimony  of  us  than  their  words,  their  hearts  than  their  mouths.  There- 
fore the  apostle  knew  not  what  they  censured,  but  knew  he  had  got  some 
authority  in  their  consciences ;  and  therefore  labours  '  to  approve  him- 
self to  them  in  the  sight  of  God,'  which  sheweth  his  sincerity.  For  this 
is  the  property  of  sincerity,  to  do  all  as  '  in  the  sight  of  God ;'  to  do  good 
at  all  times,  in  all  places,  to  all  persons,  in  all  actions.  lie  that  is  sincere 
honours  God  in  all. 

Ohj.  Well,  it  might  be  objected,  '  Many  care  not  for  the  ministry  nor  the 
gospel,  it  is  too  obscure,'  &c. ;  as  it  is  the  common  course  of  the  popish 
Jesuits  to  fall  to  accusation  of  Scripture  as  dark. 

Ans.  But,  saith  he,  '  If  the  gospel  be  hid,  it  is  hid  to  them  whom  the 
god  of  this  world  hath  blinded.'  And  for  further  answer  of  the  objection, 
'  If  the  gospel  be  hid  from  any,  it  is  from  them  that  perish.'     And  what  is 


COMMENTARY  ON  2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  6.  313 

the  cause  ?  It  is  in  regard  of  their  own  hardness  of  heart,  joined  with  the 
malice  of  Satan.  The  god  of  the  world  hath  thrown  dust  in  their  eyes, 
otherwise  the  gospel  is  clear  enough.  The  blessed  apostle  was  so  privy 
to  his  own  fair,  open,  free-dealing,  that  he  dares  freely  say,  '  If  the  gospel 
be  hid,  it  is  to  them  that  perish.'  There  is  no  unfaithfulness,  no  obscu- 
rity in  me.  Satan  hath  an  hand  in  it :  '  the  god  of  this  world  hath  blinded 
their  eyes.' 

The  god  of  this  world.  What !  doth  he  put  God  out  of  his  place  ? 
No ;  but  the  world  maketh  him  so,  namely,  a  god,  by  doing  that  to  Satan, 
partly  in  himself  and  partly  to  his  instruments,  that  they  should  do  to  God. 
They  are  at  his  beck,  and  run  at  his  command ;  he  leadeth  them  by  worldly 
profits  and  pleasures,  as  a  sheep  is  led  by  a  green  pasture.  His  influence 
acts.  Wicked  men  are  rightly  styled  '  men  of  the  world,'  Ps.  xvii.  14 ; 
and  Satan  is  truly  called,  by  our  apostle,  '  the  god  of  the  world,'  for  they 
make  him  so  by  yielding  to  him  in  his  designs. 

^  Satan  hath  ruled  in  the  church  for  many  hundred  years,  yet  more  for- 
merly than  he  doth  in  these  times  ;  but  he  did  it  subtilly.  Great  per- 
sons ruled  by  their  friends,  their  friends  were  ruled  by  popish  spirits ; 
they  by  Jesuits,  and  the  Jesuits  by  the  man  of  sin,  and  he  by  Satan.  So 
you  see  all  resolved  to  the  first  principle.  Satan  hath  a  great  hand  in  the 
government  of  the  world.  Doubtless  the  frogs  that  came  out  of  the  mouth 
of  the  beast.  Rev.  xvi.  18,  are  Jesuits  and  irksome  devilish  spirits.  He 
lieth  hid  in  a  corner,  and  is  not  seen ;  but  he  is  the  god  of  the  world, 
because  by  his  subordination  he  ruleth  as  he  list. 

Use.  Here  you  see  the  malice  of  man,  justice  of  God,  and  murpation  of 
Satan.  Man  is  tbe  delinquent,  God  the  judge,  Satan  the  executioner. 
Man  hath  a  hard  and  malicious  heart  against  the  light,  he  swelleth  against 
it,  and  hateth  nothing  so  much  as  the  light.  Take  a  worldly  man  that 
hath  great  parts,  ofi'er  him  the  world,*  contrary  to  his  lusts  and  preferment, 
he  will  swell.  Satan  cavils  against  it.  Indeed,  men  hate  nothing  so 
deadly  as  light,  and  this  is  the  procuring  cause  of  all  mischief.  When  the 
truth  is  forced  f  on  you,  and  you  will  have  none,  then  God  as  a  just  judge 
saith.  Take  him,  Satan ;  take  him,  Jesuit ;  take  him,  this  or  that  profane 
person  or  vice  ;  and  how  can  such  persons  escape  the  blackness  of  darkness 
for  ever  ? 

And,  beloved,  can  a  man  receive  this  glorious  light  of  the  Lord  Jesus, 
when  men  are  so  dull  and  ignorant  in  the  great  point  of  religion  ?  not 
only  because  they  hate  the  light,  and  put  off  God's  just  judgments,  but  also 
from  Satan's  temptations,  either  immediately  from  himself  or  his  instru- 
ments. And  lest  this  should  seem  to  be  spoken  something  too  high,  '  the 
gospel  is  hid  to  them  that  perish,'  &c.,  therefore,  saith  he,  '  we  preach  not 
ourselves,  but  Christ ;  and  ourselves  your  servants  for  his  sake.'  He  did 
not  speak  this  arrogantly,  for  all  his  ministerial  function.  He  aimeth  not 
at  himself,  but  '  I  serve  Christ ;  and  am  your  servant  for  his  sake.'  Not 
the  servant  of  your  lusts,  for  had  he  been  the  servant  of  men  he  had  not 
been  the  servant  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  but  the  servant  of  their  souls, 
one  that  would  have  laid  his  hands  I  at  their  feet  to  serve  them,  and  would 
have  been  their  servant  indeed  for  their  souls'  good. 

Now,  the  words  that  I  have  read  to  you  shew  the  chief  and  principal 
cause  of  the  glorious  light  of  the  gospel,  and  the  means  both  to  remove 
the  cause  of  obscurity  from  the  Scripture,  and  from  St  Paul's  ministry,  and 
shew  where  it  is  indeed. 

*  Qu.  '  word  '  ?— Ed.  f  That  is,  '  enforced'.— G.  %  Qu.  '  head  '  ?— Ed. 


314  COMMENTARY  ON 

The  principal  cause  of  all  light  is  God :  *  God,  that  hath  commanded 
the  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in  our  hearts,'  not  only 
outwardly  in  his  word,  but  in  our  hearts.  And  to  that  end  he  gave  the 
word,  &c.     So  here  is  the  chief  cause  of  the  chief  end. 

First,  The  chief  cause  of  all  saviug  light  that  ire  have  in  the  ministry  of  the 
word  is  God,  that  shineth  in  our  hearts  by  the  ministry  of  the  gospel.     And, 

Secondly,  The  chief  end  is  to  t/ive  the  light  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face 
of  Jesus  Christ;  not  obscurely',  like  popish  spirits,  to  impose  darkness  upon 
the  Scriptures.  Darkness  is  not  from  them ;  for  the  subject  of  the  Scrip- 
tures declareth  the  image  of  God,  not  the  accidental,  but  the  real  image 
of  God  the  Father,  who  is  light ;  and  then  they*  oppose  God,  who  is  light 
in  himself.  But  the  end  of  the  gospel  is  to  give  light,  and  '  the  knowledge 
of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  If  therefore  the  cause  and  matter  and 
end  be  light,  where  is  the  cause  of  obscurity  ? 

To  come  to  the  words  : 

First,  You  see  the  cause  of  light,  of  inward  light  in  the  heart.  There  is  a 
double  light — a  light  in  the  air  and  a  light  in  the  eye.  So  there  is  a  light 
in  the  heart  and  a  light  in  the  truths  themselves.  Now,  God  is  the  cause 
of  that  inward  light :  '  God  hath  shined  in  our  hearts  ;'  not  only  to  us,  but 
in  our  hearts,  by  his  Holy  Spirit. 

Second,  The  end  of  this  light  is,  not  to  shine  in  our  hearts  to  no  purpose, 
but  to  shine  in  our  hearts  that  ire  may  shine  to  others ;  that  we  may  prove 
the  light  we  have,  that  shineth  to  us  in  darkness,  to  convey  the  knowledge 
of  God  to  all.  What  knowledge  ?  The  knowledge  of  Christ,  and  saving 
knowledge  '  in  the  face  of  Christ.'  And  why  doth  God  enlighten  the 
ministers  that  they  may  convey  light  to  others  ?  That  God's  glory  may  be 
manifested.  All  is  for  his  glory.  The  glory  of  his  goodness,  and  justice, 
and  his  sweet  attributes  are  manifested  in  Christ,  which  I  shall  speak  of 
when  I  come  to  them. 

Here  he  sets  out  God  shining  in  the  hearts  of  his  ministers  and  children, 
by  comparing  of  the  light  shining  in  darkness  and  God's  commanding  of 
light  to  shine  out  of  darkness  in  the  creation  together.  He  ariseth  from 
works  of  nature  to  works  of  grace,  and  from  earthly  things  leads  the 
Corinthians  to  spiritual  things,  in  shewing  an  exact  proportion  between  the 
things  of  nature  and  the  things  of  grace ;  and  therefore  so  should  we  in  the 
matter  of  grace  and  glory. 

This  he  doth  to  help  our  apprehensions  of  heavenly  things,  by  these  kind 
of  glasses. 

Therefore  look  how  he  takes  things  of  nature  to  this  end,  and  mark  what 
he  saith.  He  saith  not  Almighty  God  hath  shined  in  our  hearts,  but  he 
sets  down  that  glorious  attribute  of  God's  almightiness  by  a  word  more 
familiar  [to  our  understandings :  '  He  that  hath  commanded  light  to 
shine  out  of  darkness.'  And  thereupon  sheweth  the  almighty  power, 
wisdom,  and  goodness,  that  God  graciously  hath  shined  in  our  hearts.  It 
is  a  wonderful  comfort  to  the  soul  to  single  out  of  God  what  is  fittest,  either 
out  of  his  attributes,  his  word,  his  works,  or  his  creation. 

But  here  we  will  speak  first  of  that  whence  he  raiseth  his  proportion,  of 
God's  commanding  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness  ;  secondly,  and  then  will 
shew  the  proportion  between  outward  and  spiritual  light. 

1.  The  proportion  of  God's  commanding  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  and 
of  light  to  shine  in  the  soid.  The  rise  Whence  he  fetcheh  this  is  from  the 
creation :  '  God  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness.'  You  know 
*  That  is,  '  the  popish  spirits.' — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  6.  815 

there  was  a  primitive  light ;  lux  primogenita,  as  Basil  calls  it  (e) ;  the  first 
light,  which  was  before  the  body  of  the  sun,  and  after  was  put  into  the 
body  of  the  sun,  at  the  fourth  day.  He  created  the  hght  first.  God 
'  commanded  that  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness.'  Now,  there  is  much 
ado,  to  no  great  purpose,  what  that  light  was  that  was  created  out  of  dark- 
ness, before  the  sun  was  made  the  receptacle  of  hght.  The  time  is  short, 
and  to  spend  it  in  unnecessary  speculations  is  curious  to  search,  and  too 
rash  to  determine  what  that  Hght  was,  whence  it  was  taken,  whether  out 
of  the  confused  mass  or  the  purest  part  of  it,  and  so  lifted  up  to  shine  in 
the  world ;  or  whether  he  did  create  light  out  of  darkness,  taking  darkness 
for  the  terminus,  and  not  for  the  matter,  to  create  light  out  of  darkness, 
because  there  was  nothing  but  darkness  before ;  or  whether  God  created 
this  primitive  light  out  of  any  body  in  the  mass,  or  it  was  created  out  of 
darkness  as  out  of  a  mass.  But  the  Scripture  determines  it  not,  and 
therefore  we  will  not  meddle  with  anything  in  these  matters  without  light 
of  Scripture.  Certain  it  is,  that  this  Hght  did  distinguish  day  and  night, 
and  afterward  was  carried  to  the  body  of  the  sun.  And  it  was  created  by 
God's  commandment ;  for  it  is  said,  '  He  that  commanded  light  out  of  dark- 
ness hath  shined  in  our  hearts.' 

Now,  it  is  said  here  that  light  is  God's  creature.  It  is  out  of  darkness, 
and  it  is  by  God's  command.  It  was  but  his  word  Jiat  et  fuit,  a  word 
and  a  world ;  as  it  was  spoken  it  was  made.  Gen.  i.  3. 

1.  The  thing  created  was  light;  2.  The  manner  how,  by  the  uvrd; 
3.  Out  of  what?  From  darkness.  I  wiH  not  speak  distinctly*  of  them — 
it  were  to  little  purpose — but  altogether  :  '  God  hath  commanded  light  to 
shine  out  of  darkness.' 

This  command  shews  that  God  did  it  quickly  and  easily.  It  was  but  a 
word,  a  command ;  and  he  did  it  without  any  influence  at  aU,  by  a  mere 
word. 

It  was  independently  done  of  God.  There  was  no  matter  to  make  it  of, 
at  least  as  good  as  nothing  ;  for  it  was  made  of  the  mass.  The  mass  was 
made  of  nothing. 

Reason  1.  Now,  if  you  ask,  Why  God  did  create  light  in  the  first  place  ? 
I  answer.  It  icas  because  he  might  distinguish  his  six  days'  ivorks.  If  there 
had  not  been  [light]  to  distinguish  day  and  night,  where  had  that  distinc- 
tion been  ? 

Reason  2.  And  then  again,  God  had  lost  the  glory  of  his  ivorks  if  he  had 
not  created  light.  Light  hath  a  heavenly  quality,  the  principal  of  all  quali- 
ties, the  most  excellent  part  of  all. 

Reason  3.  And  God  created  it  first,  that  it  might  discover  itself  and  all 
other  things.  It  was  primum  visibile,  that  made  all  others  seen.  What 
had  the  beauty  of  the  creatures  been  if  light  had  not  been  created  ?  They 
had  all  been  covered  in  darkness.  What  end  had  there  been  of  the  eye 
and  colours  ?  Indeed,  there  is  no  quaHty  that  so  much  resembles  God 
and  divine  things  as  light.  The  Scripture  is  exceedingly  delighted  in  the 
using  of  this  term  Hght :  '  God  is  the  light  of  the  world,'  John  i.  4,  seq. 
'  Christ  is  the  Hght  of  the  world,  that  lighteth  every  one  that  cometh  into 
the  world,'  John  i.  9.  The  Holy  Ghost  is  light,  the  angels  Hght,  the 
saints  are  the  children  of  light.  So  that  God  taketh  from  hence  those 
terms  by  which  he  sets  out  the  dignity  and  excellency  of  himself,  his 
children,  and  servants ;  and  shews  you  the  reasons  of  that  light  '  that 
enlightens  every  one  that  cometh  into  the  world.' 
*  That  is,  '  separately.' — G. 


316  COMMENTARY  ON 

Light  sheweth  and  discovereth  all  the  excellency  of  things,  and  dif?- 
tinguisheth  one  thing  from  another,  and  therefore  Ambrose  calleth  it  lux 
prima  gratia  viundl  (/),  the  first  grace  of  the  world,  and  that  ornament  of 
the  creature  which  sets  out  all  other  ornaments,  that  distinguisheth  one  from 
another. 

Reason  4.  Again,  it  is  that  quality  that  doth  quicken  and  enliven,  and  there- 
fore the  things  that  do  quicken  and  enliven  are  lightsome  ;  a  lively  quality 
that  puts  life  and  cheerfulness  into  things.  Light  is  sweet,  Eccles.  xi,  7. 
And  it  hath  a  quality  likewise  that  it  is  not  alone,  for  it  is  vehicnlum,  a  con- 
veyer of  all  influence  from  heaven.  The  virtue  of  conveying  life  into  things 
on  the  earth  is  the  light.  Heat  is  but  a  connection.  Heat  cometh  with  light ; 
and  heat  together  with  light,  fosters  and  cherisheth  all  things  in  the  world  ; 
as  in  nature,  if  there  were  not  fixe  and  heat,  what  could  be  good  in  nature  ? 
and  if  not  heat  and  light,  what  would  become  of  the  world  ?  All  progres- 
sions and  motions  come  from  hence  ;  and  when  light  discovers  good  or  ill, 
danger  or  commodity,  this  or  that,  thereupon  the  creature  moves  or  removes 
from  things  hurtful,  by  benefit  of  the  light.  To  be  in  darkness  is  a  most 
hideous  and  irksome  condition.  Darkness  breeds  nothing  but  fear  and 
terror,  which  weakeneth  the  spirit,  and  doth  whatsoever  is  contrary  to  light. 
Lux  gloria  creationis,  tenehra;  sunt  opprohria. 

I  might  be  very  large  in  setting  out  the  excellency  of  it,  and  all  to  good 
purpose,  that  we  might  see  the  excellency  of  the  benefit  thereof. 

0  beloved,  what  were  our  lives  without  it !  We  forget  common  benefits. 
How  dark,  disconsolate,  fearful,  terrible,  and  uncomfortable  were  our  lives 
if  they  were  without^ this  quickening  and  solacing  quality  of  light !  and  there- 
fore we  ought  to  take  notice  even  of  the  rise  of  St  Paul.  I  do  but  give  a 
taste,  '  For  God  who  commanded  the  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath 
shined  in  our  hearts,  to  give  the  light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God 
in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.' 

We  see  then  that  God  by  his  authority  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of 
darkness.  But  what  God  ?  God  the  Father  or  God  the  Son  ?  I  answer, 
Elohiin,  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost.  All  things  were  first  from  the 
Father,  but  the  Son  was  Afiyag,  and  it  was  the  Word  that  gave  this  com- 
mand, Heb.  i.  3.  But  the  will  of  God  is  his  word.  The  will  of  Christ  is 
Xoyog  ;  for  God  created  all  things  by  the  Son,  who  is  the  Wisdom  of  the 
Father.  Therefore  this  word,  '  Let  there  be  light,'  came  from  that  Word, 
that  Aoyog,  which  is  the  cause  of  all  things,  as  John  i.  3,  '  By  him  were  all 
things  made  that  were  made,'  And  the  Spirit  was  an  immediate  cause  ; 
for  the  Spirit  of  God  lay  upon  the  waters.  It  lay  upon  the  chaos.  By  it 
all  things  were  made.  It  brooded  as  a  hen  upon  the  chickens,  and  as  an 
eagle  fluttereth  upon  her  young  ones.*  The  Holy  Ghost  did  cherish  and 
foster  the  primitive  matter,  on  which  all  things  were  made.  But  they  all 
agree  in  one. 

You  have  the  story  in  the  first  of  Genesis.  Elohim  did  it,  Father,  Son, 
and  Holy  Ghost.  I  would  willingly  come  to  some  observation  that  may 
make  it  useful  to  us.  Before  I  come  to  the  main  thing,  this  is  worth  our 
observing. 

Ohs.  1.  That  God  commanded  light  out  of  darkness,  to  shew  that  God  is 
the  Almighty  God,  gracious,  ivise.  We  see  that  all  things  came  from  an 
almighty  power.     So  the  use  of  everything,  the  connection  and  subordina- 

*  The  allusion  is  to  Gen.  i.  2  ;  and  all  wishing  to  see  Sibbes's  paraphrase  carried 
out  with  much  quaint  and  not  unuseful  fancy,  will  consult  Trapp  and  Hughes  in 
loc. — G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  317 

tion  of  one  thing  to  another,  it  sheweth  that  all  things  came  from  a  wise 
and  gracious  beginning.  For  we  see  that  in  the  earth  there  are  many 
beautiful  things.  The  heavens,  how  glorious  are  they  !  and  in  the  world 
how  many  excellent  beauties  !  What  were  these  if  there  were  no  light  ? 
and  what  were  light  if  there  were  not  an  eye  ?  Now,  where  there  is  a 
reference  of  one  thing  to  another,  and  a  connection  of  things,  and  a  use  of 
one  thing  to  serve  another,  it  sheweth  that  he  was  a  God,  and  a  wise  God,  that 
made  all.  This  principle  cannot  be  too  much  stood  upon,  because  the 
weight  of  Christianity  heth  upon  it.  The  order,  and  use,  and  goodness  of 
things,  and  connection  of  things,  shew  there  is  a  good  and  a  wise  God.  Take 
that  for  granted. 

So  you  see  what  manner  of  worker  God  is  in  the  creation,  although 
independent,  that  can  do  all  things  at  a  word,  with  ease,  without  influence, 
without  help.  He  dependeth  not  on  matter  as  we  do,  that  can  do  nothing 
without  matter  and  subject  to  work  upon,  but  he  can  work  his  own  matter, 
can  raise  things  out  of  nothing. 

Use,  And  it  is  very  observable,  for  to  help  us  in  the  dealings  of  our  lives,  to 
have  such  a  conceit*  of  God  that  ice  shoidd  not  limit  God  in  our  thoughts ; 
when  we  are  in  any  extremity  to  tie  him  to  this  thing  or  to  that  thing.     He 
can  make  matter  out  of  nothing.     Why  should  we  limit  the  unlimited  God, 
and  so  hinder  our  own  comfort  ?     Therefore  we  should  infer  hence,  that 
God  commandeth  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness.     Observe  that,  when  we  be 
in  dark  conditions,  and  dark  in  sin,  whatsoever  sin  and  dark  conditions  we 
are  in,  as  Isa.  xlv.  7,  '  I  the  Lord  create  light  out  of  darkness,'  that  is, 
out  of  a  darksome  condition.     Now  light  is  taken  for  a  comfortable  con- 
dition, Esther  viii.  16.     When  we  be  in  any  dark  condition,  limit  not  God. 
He  is  an  independent  worker.     Question  not  how  this  may  be  and  that 
may  be.     We  must  not  bring  God  within  the  compass  of  our  conceits  and 
reasons.     God  is  not  as  man  ;  and  therefore  whatsoever  our  condition  be, 
let  us  never  limit  God.     God's  people  should  never  be  better,  the  times 
were  never  worse.     Where  we  be  bad,  God  is  good.     Times  are  bad,  God 
is  good.     He  can  alter  all.     When  there  is  no  hope  of  escaping,  no  likely 
issue,  God  can  make  it  good.     In  the  hardships,  the  exigencies  of  the  soul, 
God  takes  occasion  to  shew  the  glory  of  his  power,  as  Isa.  iv.  5,  God,  saith 
he,  '  created  a  pillar  of  fire,  to  go  before  the  Israelites  out  of  Egypt  into 
Canaan.'     If  we  want  any  comfort  in  any  condition,  being  in  covenant  with 
such  a  God,  if  we  be  his  children,  he  can  create  light,  and  can  make  a 
pillar  of  fixe  to  go  before  his  people  to  bring  them  to  Canaan.     See  what 
the  apostle  saith,  2  Cor.  i.  3,  *  He  is  the  God  of  all  consolations  ;'  not  of  this 
or  that  consolation,  but  the  God  of  all  consolations  ;  that  if  we  want  he  can 
work  good  out  of  the  contrary,  light  out  of  darkness  ;  he  can  draw  matter 
of  comfort  out  of  discomfort ;  he  can  make  every  condition  serve  to  his 
own  ends ;  he  can  make  '  all  things  work  together  for  the  good  of  his 
children,'  Rom.  viii.  28.     The  greater  the  power  of  this  great  God  is,  the 
greater  is  our  comfort.     We  serve  a  God  that  can  '  command  light  to 
shine  out  of  darkness,'  and  shall  we  despair  in  any  condition  whatsoever  ? 
He  can  give  rest  without  sleep,   and  strength  without  meat.     He  cannot 
be  limited.     Therefore  let  us  not  limit  him. 

Use  2.   So  again,  for  the  state  of  the  church,  ivhatsoever  condition  it  is  in, 

consider  the  creation.     '  God  commands  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness.'     The 

church  being  in  darkness,  God  can  command  the  light  presently  to  shine 

out  of  darkness,  as  in  Esther's  time,  Esther  vi.  3,  seq.     What  terrible  dark- 

*  That  is,  '  conception.' — G. 


818  OOMMENTAKY  ON 

ness  was  the  church  in,  when  Haman  was  commanded  to  destroy  all  the 
Jews  !  and  what  a  terrible  case  was  the  church  in  in  Egypt  and  Babylon  ! 
In  a  most  darksome  condition  ;  and  yet  God  brought  light  out  of  darkness, 
as  in  Esther's  time. 

And  so  of  latter  times  ;  a  little  before  Luther's  time,  was  not  the  church 
brought  low,  so  that  darkness  overspread  the  world  ?  and  cannot  God  raise 
up  the  blessed  light  of  the  truth  ?  And  also  of  latter  times,  look  but  the 
last  year,*  in  what  a  dark  condition  the  church  was.  But  God  begins  to 
do  for  his  church  again.  Who  would  have  thought  this  the  other  j'ear, 
when  the  enemy  began  to  be  so  insolent  ?  But  God  can  fetch  Cyrus  from 
the  east  and  from  the  north  to  help  his  people,  Isa.  xliv.  28  ;  xlv.  1.  God 
can  fetch  a  man  from  the  north,  from  this  place  and  that  place,  to  help  his 
church.  Therefore  in  no  condition  of  the  church  despair ;  for  we  are  in 
covenant  with  God,  that  can  '  command  light  out  of  darkness,'  '  He  that 
is  in  darkness,  and  hath  no  light,'  let  him  trust  in  the  name  of  his  God, 
Isa.  1.  10.  We  must  cast  anchor  at  midnight,  and  trust  in  the  midst  of 
darkness.  We  see  darkness  is  hideous,  yet  a  little  spark  of  light  doth  banish 
it,  and  overcome  it,  as  a  little  rotten  wood  expelleth  it  in  some  measure, 
that  hath  shining  in  it.  Now,  beloved,  is  this  darkness  in  the  world,  this 
lower  darkness,  driven  away  by  a  spark  of  light  in  some  proportion  ?  and 
shall  not  we  think  that  great  Light,  the  Father  of  lights,  God,  when  he 
shines  on  the  soul,  will  quickly  banish  away  all  darkness  ?  It  must  needs 
be  so. 

Use  3.  This  may  help  us  likewise  for  time  to  come.  Great  things  are 
promised  for  time  to  come.  We  must  help  ourselves  by  this  former  work 
of  creation.  God  that  '  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness'  will 
restore  the  Jews  his  ancient  people  again.  St  Paul  calleth  it  the  resurrec- 
tion from  the  dead,  Kom.  xi.  15.  It  shall  be  a  raising  from  the  dead,  as  it 
were.  He  that  '  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness'  can  do  it,  and 
will  do  it.  He  that  did  make  all  things  out  of  nothing,  can  cause  that 
that  which  is  less,  a  resurrection.  And  so  the  fulness  of  the  Gentiles,  they 
be  now  in  darkness,  and  in  the  shadow  of  death.  What  pitiful  darkness 
are  the  East  and  West  Indies  in,  and  many  of  the  southern  countries,  that 
serve  the  devil,  not  God  ?  Better  times  are  coming.  The  converting  of 
the  Gentiles  will  come,  and  in  due  time  we  may  expect  that  the  '  man  of 
sin'  shall  be  laid  flat  in  the  dust.  Babylon  shall  fall.  It  is  fallen  exceed- 
ingly much,  specially  in  the  hearts  of  the  people,  which  is  the  way  to  the 
last  fall ;  but  antichrist  must  fall  together,!  and  then  the  church  will  be 
glorious,  Rev.  xiv.  8.  He  that  made  all  things  out  of  nothing,  can  make 
great  things  out  of  nothing.  He  that  made  of  nothing  glorious  things,  can 
make  glorious  things  nothing.  It  is  the  same  power  to  annihilate  that  it  is 
to  create.  God,  that  made  all  things  out  of  nothing,  can  bring  all  things  to 
nothing.  God  will  consume,  and  blast,  and  blow  upon  that  '  man  of  sin.' 
Jehovah  is  mighty,  and  doth  mightily.  Therefore  the  vast  world  shall  be 
consumed  ere  long.  Comfort  yourselves  therefore  with  these  things  from 
hence,  that  God  that  made  aU  things  of  nothing,  can  turn  those  things 
that  are  into  nothing  again. 

Would  you  know  how  ?  '  Strong  is  the  Lord  that  judgeth  his,'  Rev. 
xviii.  8.  He  answereth  an  objection.  Oh,  but  she  flourisheth,  and  hath 
many  princes,  emperors,  potentates,  and  strong  arms  of  flesh  to  support 
her.  '  But  strong  is  the  Lord  that  hath  spoken  it,'  and  can  do  it.  If 
God  will  consume  her,  who  can  support  her  ?     Thus  we  see  what  use  to 

*  In  margin  here,  '  Anno  Dom.  1631.'  f  That  is,  '  altogether,'  utterly. — G. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  319 

make  of  the  foundation  of  St  Paul :  lie  fetcheth  it  from  God's  commanding 
light  out  of  darkness. 

It  is  a  very  sweet  use  to  search  the  former  works  of  God,  to  look  back 
and  consider  what  God  hath  done  in  former  times.  You  may  see  in  Isa. 
xxvii.  3,  and  Ps.  Ixxiv.  16,  '  The  day  is  thine,  the  night  is  thine.'  Thou 
hast  made  distinctions  between  day  and  night :  thou  canst  deliver  thy 
church.  It  is  a  singular  grace  to  make  use  of  common  things,  even  of  the 
works  of  creation ;  for  herein  a  child  of  God  differs  from  another.  Another 
takes  God's  common  mercies,  and  sees  the  works  of  God,  and  gbeth  on 
brutishly.  A  fool  considers  not  these  things.  Oh,  but  the  intelligent  Chris- 
tian considers  the  great  work  of  creation,  of  his  commanding  of  all  things 
out  of  nothing,  and  he  can  make  no  common  use  of  things.  And  that  is 
the  excellency  of  a  Christian  ;  to  support  his  faith,  he  can  make  use  of 
sacraments,  and  word,  and  creation.  Therefore,  let  us  know  we  be  God's 
children,  by  gaining  glory  to  God  by  our  gracious  spirits,  by  shewing  our 
skill  by  the  Spirit,  to  let  nothing  pass  without  observing,  which  may  sup- 
port our  faith  and  encourage  our  souls,  as  the  apostle  fetcheth  comfort  from 
the  work  of  creation.  Let  us  make  use  of  this  so  great  a  God,  who  can  do 
great  things,  and  you  can  do  great  things  with  him.  If  a  company  would 
join  in  an  army  of  prayers,  it  were  worth  all  the  armies  in  the  world  ;  it 
would  set  the  gi'eat  God  on  work.  He  that  can  raise  light  out  of  darkness, 
what  cannot  he  do  to  his  poor  church,  if  they  had  a  spirit  of  prayer  to  set 
him  on  work  !  Let  us  pray  for  the  things  we  have  promises  for  with  much 
confidence  :  for  the  conversion  of  the  Jews,  and  confusion  of  the  '  man  of 
sin.'  We  have  the  word  for  it.  God  goeth  before  it.  The  enemies  begin 
to  fall  before  the  church.  Follow  God  wheresoever  he  goeth.  There  is 
something  for  faith  to  lay  hold  upon,  and  encouragement,  that  he  is  mighty ; 
and  whatsoever  he  can  do,  he  will  do  for  the  good  of  the  church  ;  and  jovl 
see  how  he  can  do  it.  He  doth  but  command,  and  it  is  done.  God  with 
his  beck  commands  all.  He  can  hiss  for  an  enemy  from  the  farthest  part 
of  the  world,  and  have  them  come  presently,  Isa.  v.  26.  His  finger  will 
do  great  matters  :  what  will  his  arm  do  then  ?  When  our  blessed  Saviour 
was  in  the  days  of  his  flesh,  and  said,  'Avoid,  Satan,'*  he  must  be  gone 
presently.  He  commanded  away  the  devil  at  a  word  ;  he  rebuked  fevers, 
sicknesses,  waves,  tempests  :  he  spake  but  the  word,  and  all  was  quiet  and 
still ;  the  devil  and  all,  at  his  command.  And  is  not  he  as  strong  in  heaven 
as  on  earth  ?  It  is  but  a  word,  out  of  doubt,  to  deliver  his  church,  and 
restore  lightsome  times  again. 

'  What  aileth  thee,  0  thou  Jordan,  that  thou  gatherest  thyself  on  heaps  ? 
The  sea  fell  back  at  thy  rebuke,  0  Lord,'  Ps.  cxiv.  5.  He  hath  all  things 
at  command.  A  whale  is  commanded  to  receive  Jonah,  i.  17  ;  a  fish  was 
at  his  command  to  bring  tribute.  Mat.  xvii.  27  ;  and  all  things  in  heaven 
and  earth.  Oh  what  a  God  we  serve,  who  as  he  can  bring  out  of  darkness, 
so  he  can  do  it  by  his  word. 

Use  4.  Therefore,  labom-  from  hence  for  perfect  resignation  of  our  souls, 
and  bodies,  and  conditions,  into  the  hands  of  this  God  that  can  do  all  with 
his  word,  as  those  three  men  did  in  Dan.  viii.  16,  '  God  can  deliver  us  if  he 
will,'  but  we  will  resign  ourselves  into  his  hands.  What  lost  they  by  that  ? 
And  the  poor  man  in  the  gospel :  '  Lord,  if  thou  wilt,  thou  canst  make  me 
clean,'  Mat.  viii.  2.  Presently,  '  I  will,  be  thou  clean.'  If  we  can,  in  any 
disconsolate  condition,  say,  If  thou  wilt.  Lord,  thou  canst,  we  shall,  in 

*  That  is,  '  depart,'  or  '  go  away,'  in  the  etymological  sense  of  the  word,  not  as 
now  =  eschew,  shun, — G. 


320  COMMENTARY  ON 

God's  blessed  time,  liave  an  answer,  I  will ;  therefore  thou  shalt  be  in  a 
better  condition.  Leave  it  to  him  that  knoweth  better  what  is  for  the  good 
of  us,  than  ourselves  do. 

And  therefore,  I  beseech  j'ou,  make  this  use  of  it.  Give  up  yourselves 
to  God,  and  serve  him  exactly  and  perfectly.  Will  you  have  a  rule  and  a 
ground  to  serve  God  exactly  at  every  beck  and  command  ?  Remember  you 
have  such  a  God  as  commands  light  out  of  darkness,  and  shall  not  we  serve 
him  ?  Shall  we  be  slack  in  obedience  to  him  that  can  create  comforts  when 
we  want  ?  that  can  bring  us  out  of  any  condition,  or  at  least,  can  make  any 
condition  comfortable  ?  He  can  enter  into  dungeons,  prisons,  and  make 
prisons  paradises  ;  he  can  by  his  Spirit  do  immediately  what  the  creature 
doth  ;  for  what  command  is  in  the  creature  but  it  is  in  him  ?  And  he  can 
speak  that  comfort  to  the  soul  that  the  creature  can  ;*  and  therefore,  shall 
we  not  walk  perfectly  with  him  that  is  an  independent  worker,  that  can 
work  above  means,  against  means,  that  can  do  all  he  hath  done,  and  more 
than  he  hath  done,  can  do  all  that  he  will  do,  and  will  do  more  than  we 
can  conceive  he  can  ?  And  shall  not  we  resign  ourselves  to  him,  and  walk 
perfectly  with  him  ?  shall  we  displease  him,  to  please  men  ?  shall  we  leave 
his  subjects  and  children,  for  this  and  that  fear  ?  Let  our  condition  be 
never  so  uncomfortable,  he  can  make  it  comfortable,  and  he  can  make  the 
greatest  and  most  glorious  condition  in  the  world  a  hell ;  and  therefore,  let 
us  make  use  of  these  in  all  the  extremities  of  the  church. 

VEESE  6. 

For  God,  ivJio  commanded  the  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in 
our  hearts,  to  give  the  light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the 
face  of  Jesus  Christ. 

The  apostle  labours,  in  the  beginning  of  the  chapter,  to  remove  an  impu- 
tation cast  upon  the  gospel,  as  if  it  were  not  true  doctrine.  But  if  it  be 
BO,  it  is  to  them  '  in  whom  the  god  of  this  world  hath  blinded  their  ejes.' 

Secondly,  he  labours  to  remove  the  imputation  of  vain-glory,  as  if  his 
preaching  did  such  great  wondei's  ;  and  sheweth  that  the  efficacy  of  all  is 
from  above,  from  God,  who  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness  ; 
and  for  this  end,  '  to  give  the  light  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ.' 

The  words  have  these  two  jiarts  :  the  chief  and  principal  cause  of  all 
heavenly  light  in  us — ministerial  will  not  serve  the  tui'n — '  God  commanded 
light  to  shine,'  &c. 

For  the  first,  '  God  hath  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness.' 
There  is  no  less  icork  to  shine  in  that  dark  heart  of  vuai,  than  to  create  the 
world,  to  create  light  out  of  darkness.  So  much  harder  than  that  (though 
not  in  regard  of  an  omnipotent  power,  for  to  that  nothing  is  hard,  but  in 
regard  of  the  thing  itself),  because  there  is  much  obscurity  and  rebellion  in 
the  heart.     There  is  no  help  at  all. 

To  add  a  little — that  we  may  be  raised  up  to  admiration  of  the  excellency 
of  the  new  creature.  There  is  nothing  at  all  of  it  in  our  nature.  There  is 
something  in  nature  to  join  with  duty  ;  there  is  a  seed  of  it  in  us.  But  for 
heavenly  light,  for  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ,  there  is  nothing  at  all  of  it 
in  nature.  It  must  not  be  repairing  and  piercing,  but  a  whole  creation.  And 
therefore  there  be  more  good  lessons  in  the  gospel  than  in  the  law,  because 
the  law  hath  something  in  it  that  accordeth  with  us,  for  the  law  and  the  law  in 
*  Qu.  '  canuot '  ? — En. 


2  COBINTHIANS  CHAP.  IT,  VER.   6.  321 

our  hearts  agree ;  but  the  gospel  is  altogether  from  without,  both  the  truth 
itself,  and  the  special  grace  wrought  by  the  gospel.  And  therefore  the  proud 
and  vain  hearts  of  men  make  this  and  that  conceit  of  Christ  and  his  offices, 
because  nature  will  not  submit  to  it,  it  having  nothing  of  it  in  itself ;  and 
therefore  the  gospel  must  raise  oppositions.  It  bringeth  in  self-denial,  being 
the  first  doctrine,  so  contrary  to  the  will,  which  turneth  a  man  out  of  himself. 
Therefore  God  that  created  light  out  of  darkness  must  shine  in  our  hearts. 

And  yet  let  me  add  this,  we  should  not  despair,  for  it  is  God  that  shineth. 
Come  under  the  means  wherewith  God  is  pleased  to  be  effectual,  attend  on  the 
posts  of  wisdom,  and  God  will  stir  the  waters  in  his  good  time,  John  v.  3,  will 
convey  an  almighty  power  in  the  use  of  the  ordinances.  Let  no  man  there- 
fore despair,  because  it  is  in  God's  power  to  shine  in  our  hearts,  and  it  is  well 
for  us  that  it  is  in  the  power  of  God  to  work  grace,  for  now  it  is  out  of  our 
own.  And  all  immediately  depend  on  God.  Meet  him,  attend  him  there, 
and  he  will  meet  us ;  depend  on  him,  and  undoubtedly  he  will  work  grace  first 
or  last.     This  is  God's  way,  and  you  shall  find  God  in  it. 

Secondly,  the  end  of  this  light  that  God  commandeth  to  shine  in  our 
hearts,  not  in  our  brains.  God's  illumination  goeth  through  the  whole  soul, 
alters  the  will  and  affection.  They  that  are  not  altered  in  the  course  of  their 
hearts  and  souls,  as  well  as  their  understandings,  in  Scripture  they  are  said 
to  know  nothing  at  all.  He  that  knoweth  not  Christ  so  as  to  put  off  the  old 
man,  and  put  on  the  new,  that  hath  not  divine  light  passing  through  the 
understanding  to  the  will,  and  through  the  whole  man,  he  knoweth  nothing 
in  religion  but  what  may  stand  with  damnation. 

When  the  light  presseth  on  him  in  his  courses,  he  is  always  reproving  it, 
and  therefore  they  be  never  quiet.  It  is  a  vexing  light,  an  unprofitable 
light,  nay,  a  light  whereby  damnation  is  increased,  if  it  be  not  joined  with 
sanctification  and  illumination  overspreading  the  whole  soul. 

And  the  end  of  it  is  to  give  the  '  light  of  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the  face 
of  Jesus  Christ.' 

God's  children  they  have  light  shining  on  them.  No  man  hath  grace 
in  themselves  alone  ;  and  specially  it  is  true  of  ministers,  who  besides  per- 
sonal graces,  have  graces  of  office  for  others.  And  therefore  '  God  shineth 
in  their  hearts,  to  give  the  light  of  the  knowledge  of  God,  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ.'  He  shineth  on  them  that  they  may  reflect  tbeir  light  on  others,  as 
the  moon  and  stars,  that  have  their  light  from  the  sun,  that  they  may  reflect 
on  the  earth,  and  inferior  bodies. 

1.  The  particulars  are  these  :  the  knowledge  of  God  is  the  end  of  all.  Now 
that  God  will  be  glorified,  especially  in  his  attributes  of  mercy  and  love, 
wisdom  and  justice,  and  holiness,  all  these  are  seen  specially  in  the  gospel, 
but  most  of  all  the  sweet  attributes  of  grace  and  mercy.  The  glory  of  God 
is  his  aim,  and  his  glory  shines  in  these  attributes,  and  they  shine  in  the  face 
of  Christ. 

Now  Christ  must  be  made  known,  his  face  must  be  shewed,  and  therefore 
there  must  be  a  hght  to  make  known  the  face  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ. 
Kehgion  is  the  way  of  God,  the  end  especially  in  these  sweet  attributes,  and 
these  must  have  a  ministry.  God  hath  ability  at  call,  to  give  the  light  of  the 
knowledge  of  these  excellencies  in  Christ. 

Of  the  first  we  spake.  There  is  one  first  cause  of  all  things,  and  one  last 
end,  that  is  God  ;  all  for  his  glory.  All  things  come  from  God,  and  all  things 
must  terminate  and  end  in  him.  Now  this  glory  is  victorious,  excellent, 
and  manifested,  and  so  manifested  as  it  is  apprehended  by  others.  Now 
God's  glory  is  wisdom,  mercy,  holiness,  goodness.     They  are  excellent  in 

VOL.     IV.  X 


322  COMMENTABY  ON 

God,  and  excellently  victorious  over  the  contrary  ;  for  he  is  so  good  that  his 
goodness  is  above  our  ill,  and  it  is  with  a  glorious  discovery,  and  it  is 
glorious  that  we  do  apprehend  it.  For  if  wo  be  Christians,  our  eyes  be 
opened  by  the  Spirit  to  apprehend  the  glory  that  shineth  in  the  gospel. 
Therefore  God  sets  down  this  excellency  by  way  of  glory.  It  is  not  ordi- 
nary grace,  but  glorious  grace,  glorious  love,  and  glorious  wisdom,  to 
reconcile  mercy  and  justice.  It  is  glorious,  and  eminently  victorious.  And 
all  Christians  have  eyes  to  see  that  it  is  no  ordinary  excellency,  but  glory 
in  God.  When  God  will  have  it  excellently  set  out  by  the  word,  he  calls 
it  '  glory,'  to  satisfy  a  conscience  awakened,  which  will  not  be  satisfied  but 
by  glorious  mercy  and  infinite  mercy.  When  we  be  in  health  and  strong 
to  sin  (as  many,  the  Lord  be  merciful  to  them,  use  their  wits  and  strength 
and  policy  to  offend,  running  in  a  course  of  sin,  and  never  think  of  these) ; 
but  Satan  is  a  cunning  rhetorician  ;  he  will  amplify  bitter  things  against 
us  at  the  hour  of  death  and  time  of  temptation.  And  unless  we  have 
something  that  is  above  all  his  rhetoric  and  high  mercies,  victorious 
mercies,  glorious  mercies  above  all  our  sins,  and  above  Satan's  malice,  the 
conscience  will  not  be  satisfied. 

And  let  no  man  object  his  sins  at  such  times,  for  God  is  glorified  when 
his  mercy  is  received,  and  his  goodness  entertained.  '  Where  sin  aboundeth, 
grace  aboundeth  much  more,'  Eom.  v.  20.  Where  sin  aboundeth  in  the 
conscience  that  is  guilty  and  groaneth  under  it,  oh  grace  aboundeth  in  such 
a  man ;  grace  is  glorious  grace  to  such  a  man.  The  more  thy  sin  is,  the 
more  is  the  glory  of  grace  in  pardoning  it. 

But  how  is  this  glorious  mercy  and  goodness  of  God  derived*  to  us,  God 
being  so  pure  and  holy,  and  we  so  unholy  ? 

Therefore  in  the  next  place,  it  is  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ,  God  will  not  sufier  the  glory  of  one  of  his  attributes  to  devour  and 
consume  another,  but  he  will  have  his  justice  fully  satisfied.  And  there- 
fore this  glorious  mercy  is  to  be  seen  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ,  who  was 
made  a  curse  for  us.  Gal.  iii.  13. 

'  In  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  It  is  a  borrowed  speech,  and  all  one  with 
that  which  went  before,  *  Christ  who  is  the  image  of  God,'  in  the  4th  verse 
of  this  chapter.  He  meaneth  the  person  of  Christ,  incai'nate,  and  living, 
and  dying,  and  being  made  a  curse  for  us  :  Christ  made  man. 

Face  is  the  person  described  by  that  face  ;  for  the  face  is  the  most  known 
part  of  a  man.  It  is  the  glass  of  the  soul,  wherein  we  may  see  a  man's  inside, 
his  affections,  love,  hatred,  and  whatsoever  is  in  the  inward  man.  And  so 
God  discovers  himself,  and  whatsoever  is  in  him,  *  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ.'  We  may  see  his  hatred  of  sin,  his  love  of  the  elect,  and  whatso- 
ever is  in  God.     Whatsoever  we  see  in  Christ,  it  is  in  God  originally. 

We  will  unfold  the  point  in  three  particulars. 

1.  First,  We  will  shew  that  in  the  gospel  we  see  the  face  of  Christ,  that  is, 
more  familiarly  than  others.  It  is  a  speech  appropriated  in  some  manner 
to  the  gospel. 

Secondly,  We  see  the  face  of  God  in  Christ. 

Thirdly,  That  this  seeing  of  the  face  of  God  in  Christ  is  a  most  comfort- 
able and  excellent  sight  and  knowledge. 

First  of  all,  in  the  gospel,  we  see  the  face  of  Christ.  Moses,  and  all  before 
Christ,  saw  Christ,  but  not  the  face  of  Christ.  They  saw  him  not  so  plainly, 
clearly,  distinctly,  and  comfortably  as  we  do  in  times  of  the  gospel. 

Now  we  see  Christ  incarnate,  and  Christ  sacrificed  for  us  ;  Christ  dead, 
*  That  is,  =  communicated. — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  veh.  6.  323 

risen,  ascended,  and  sitting  on  the  right  hand  of  God.  They  did  not. 
And  therefore  Saint  Ambrose  saith  well,  Christus  umbra  in  lege,  imago  in 
evangelio,  Veritas  in  ccelo ;  in  the  law  he  was  a  shadow,  the  image  of  God 
in  the  gospel,  but  in  heaven  he  is  the  truth  (gj.  And  there  we  shall  see 
him  most  lively  of  all. 

Now  there  be  five  or  six  ways  of  God's  manifesting  of  himself. 

1.  One  is  more  excellent  than  the  other,  that  is,  by  speech,  which  is  an 
excellent  manifestation. 

2.  And  then  by  vision.  \ 

3.  And  then  by  dreams,  as  in  old  time. 

4.  And  then  by  miracles,  of  which  he  wrought  many. 

5.  And  by  sacrifices,  as  the  passover. 

6.  And  last  of  all,  by  types. 

All  these  ways  God  manifested  himself  before  Christ.  But,  as  Heb. 
i.  2,  now  God  speaks  to  us  in  his  own  Son,  that  is,  more  familiarly,  even 
by  God  in  our  nature  ;  and  therefore  the  manifestation  by  Christ  is  more 
excellent  than  all  former  manifestations. 

Then  his  three  offices  were  shadowed  out  by  king,  priest,  and  prophet. 
All  the  kings,  priests,  and  prophets  were  shadows  of  this  great  prophet, 
priest,  and  king.  And  all  the  benefits  of  salvation  were  shadowed  darkly  : 
his  election,  by  singling  Abraham  out  of  his  father's  house.  Gen.  xii.  1  ; 
the  Israelites  out  of  the  world  ;  his  vocation,  by  calling  of  Abraham  and  his 
people.  Gen.  xvii.  5  ;  his  justification,  by  divers  sacrifices,  which  were  types 
of  Christ ;  by  the  paschal  iamb,  Ex.  xii.  8,  seq. ;  by  the  brazen  serpent, 
Num.  xxi.  9,  the  propitiatory  and  the  mercy  seat,  Ex.  sxv.  17.  The  great 
work  of  redemption  shadowed  out,  by  their  redeeming  out  of  Babylon  and 
Egypt,  Ex.  xii.  81,  seq.  ;  the  great  works  of  sanctification,  by  their  washing 
and  cleansings.  Lev.  xiv.  8,  which  were  the  shadow  of  the  inward  purity  of 
the  soul ;  and  glorification,  the  consummation  of  all  blessings,  by  the  land 
of  Canaan,  Josh.  i.  2,  seq.,  and  '  the  holy  of  holies,'  which  was  the  type  of 
heaven,  Ex.  xxvi.  33.  So  that  all  the  benefits  we  have  of  salvation  were 
shadowed  out  then,  but  they  be  clear  in  the  gospel ;  we  see  the  face  of 
Christ.  In  the  gospel  we  hear  Christ  speaking  himself.  God  in  our  nature 
discovers  all  these  things  to  us. 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say,  We  cannot  see  the  face  of  Christ,  for  it  is  gone,  we 
cannot  see  him  now. 

Sol.  No.  But  when  we  preach  the  gospel,  receive  the  sacraments,  hear 
the  word,  we  see  Christ.  We  see  Christ  in  the  gospel,  the  word  is  the  glass 
of  Christ ;  and  so  are  the  sacraments,  wherein  you  may  see  the  face  of  Christ. 
Fides  est  sjnritualis  oculiis ;  faith  is  a  spiritual  eye,  and  seeth  Christ. 

But  Abraham  saw  Christ  and  was  glad.  True.  But  now  faith  sees 
Christ  more  clearly  than  ever  before.  Nay,  it  is  in  some  sort  better  for  us 
to  see  Christ  with  the  eye  of  faith  in  heaven  than  to  see  him  on  the  earth 
walking  up  and  down.  Many  reprobates  saw  him  on  earth,  but  now  none 
can  see  him  but  with  eyes  of  faith ;  none  can  speak  to  Christ  but  those 
that  have  learned  his  language. 

And  it  is  for  our  advantage  that  we  see  not  Christ  now.  He  doth  more 
good  in  heaven  than  he  could  do  on  the  earth.  He  is  now  at  the  right 
hand  of  God,  and  hath  all  power  in  heaven  and  earth.  The  sun,  if  it  were 
lower,  would  consume  the  world,  but  it  is  high,  that  it  may  shine  over 
more  than  half  the  world  at  once.  So  Christ,  for  the  good  of  the  church, 
is  gone  to  heaven,  and  we  have  more  good  from  him  by  the  Spirit  than  if 
he  were  on  earth. 


824  COMMENTARY  ON 

Ohj.  But  jovi  ■will  say,  We  shall  not  see  his  face  till  we  see  him  in  heaven. 

Ans.  True.  Therefore,  mark,  1,  the  diversity  of  the  phrase  in  comparing 
it  to  former  times. 

We  see  his  face  in  the  gospel.  But  if  we  compare  these  times  to  the 
glorious  times  when  he  will  come  gloriously  to  judgment,  we  saw  him  but 
in  the  glass,  then  we  shall  see  him  face  to  face.  So  you  see  in  what  sense 
we  see  the  face  of  Christ.  What  they  expected  and  looked  for,  that  we 
see.  Beloved,  it  is  happiness  for  us  to  live  in  these  times  of  the  church. 
We  see  Christ  clearly.  All  the  happiness  of  the  church  dependeth  on  the 
Scripture  and  knowledge  of  Christ ;  for  he  is  the  glory  of  the  church,  and 
the  happiness  of  the  church.  And  those  times  that  have  most  of  Christ 
are  the  most  happy  times.  Now,  considering  we  in  the  latter  age  of  the 
world  know  Christ  most,  we  are  most  happy.  Wherein  was  the  first 
temple  glorious  above  the  second  ?  The  second  temple  had  not  many 
things  the  other  had.  Ay,  but  Christ  came  into  the  second  temple,  and 
that  made  it  glorious  :  '  I31essed  is  the  eye  that  seeth  the  things  that  you 
see,  and  the  ears  that  hear  what  you  hear,'  Mat.  xiii.  16. 

So  it  is  our  happiness  that  we  live  in  a  second  spring  of  the  gospel,  and 
not  when  it  was  covered  not  only  with  Jewish  ceremonies,  but  with  fond* 
superstitions  of  their  own.  But  now  we  see  Christ  face  to  face.  His  excel- 
lency is  unveiled.  It  is  our  happiness  if  we  be  better  for  it,  or  else  it  will 
increase  our  damnation. 

2.  But  it  is  not  sufficient,  unless  we  see  God  in  Christ,  and  the  glory  of 
God  'in  the  face  of  Jesiis  Christ.'  For  the  soul  will  not  rest  but  in  God. 
God  is  the  last  rest  and  stay  of  the  soul.  As  1  Peter  i.  21,  Christ  was 
raised  again  from  the  dead,  '  that  your  faith  and  hope  might  be  in  God.' 
God  is  the  stay,  and  rest,  and  subsistence  of  the  soul ;  it  cannot  rest  but  in 
God.  So  that  we  must  see  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ, 
else  the  soul  will  not  be  sufiiciently  stayed.  Therefore  consider  in  what 
sense  '  the  glory  of  God  shineth  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  You  must 
know  first  that  Christ  is  the  perfect  image  of  his  Father ;  his  Father  shin- 
eth in  him. 

There  be  three  or  four  things  in  the  Scripture  that  set  out  this  great 
mystery.  As,  1,  Christ  is  called  the  character  of  the  Father,  p/a^a/crj^o  Trjg 
i/ToffTccirsw;,  Heb.  i.  3.  They  differ  in  this,  that  they  be  not  the  same  in 
personal  subsistence.  They  be  Father  and  Son,  one  in  essence ;  in  love 
to  mankind  all  one ;  only  in  personal  subsistence  they  differ,  the  Father  is 
not  the  Son. 

2.  Then  he  is  the  Wisdom  of  the  Father. 

3.  Then  he  is  the  Word,  shewing  the  likeness.  The  word  is  but  the 
image  of  the  soul.  There  is  the  inward  word  and  the  outward  word ;  the 
inward  is  nothing  but  the  expression  of  the  soul,  and  when  it  is  outwardly 
expressed,  it  is  but  the  soul  conveying  itself  outwardly.  And  therefore  in 
the  original  tongue,  we  shewed  that  one  word  sheweth  both  reason  and 
speech,  because  speech  should  be  nothing  but  the  issue  of  reason. f  And 
therefore  Christ  is  called  Xoyog. 

It  is  not  enough  that  the  glory  of  God  appeareth  in  the  second  person  of 
the  Trinity,  that  he  is  the  character  of  God,  and  the  image  of  God,  and 
the  Word,  but  we  must  see  what  he  is  to  us,  and  how  he  discovers  the 
word  to  us. 

So  that  he  is  the  image  of  God  in  a  double  sense. 

1.  As  an  invisible  image  of  his  invisible  Father, 

*  Tliat  is,  foolish.— G,  t  Cf.  note  o,  Vol.  II.  paga  195.— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  6.  825 

2.  To  US-ward,  he  sheweth  to  us  what  the  Father  is ;  so  that  he  is  the 
image  of  God,  in  regard  of  God,  and  in  regard  of  us. 

We  see  hy  his  discovery  the  wisdom  of  God  in  him,  and  so  he  is  the 
hidden  word,  that  is,  the  expression  of  the  Father.  But  what  is  that  to  us, 
without  expression  to  us  ?  So  that  he  is  made  to  us.  As  a  man  knows 
what  is  hidden  in  a  man's  mind,  by  his  words,  so  by  Christ  we  know  the 
hidden  meaning,  and  good  will  of  the  Father  to  us,  because  Christ  is  the 
word  in  a  double  sense,  as  an  expression  of  the  Father's  image,  and  his 
discovering  to  us  the  words  of  the  Father. 

So  that  the  glory  of  God,  especially  God  the  Father,  is  now  to  be  seen 
in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ,  not  only  as  Christ  is  the  second  person,  God, 
but  as  Mediator,  God-man.  Now  Christ  is  the  image  of  God  to  us,  the 
wisdom  of  God  to  us,  and  the  character  of  the  Father  to  us. 

To  come  to  it  more  particularly.  *  In  the  glory  of  God  to  us,  shining  in 
the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  Everything  in  the  Father  is  comfortable  to  us, 
shining  in  Christ.  God  as  discovered  in  Scripture  is  not  comfortable  to  us, 
bat  as  discovered  to  us  in  him. 

1.  As  the  sweet  sovereignty  of  God  over  all  in  Christ.  He  is  made  King 
of  kings,  Lord  of  lords.  So  in  the  face  of  Christ  we  see  God  Lord  over 
all,  for  our  good,  committing  all  to  Jesus  Christ :  '  All  power  is  given  me 
from  my  Father,'  Mat.  xxviii.  18. 

2.  And  all  the  graces  that  are  in  God.  You  may  term  them  so,  for 
indeed  all  the  sweet  excellencies  in  God  are  seen  in  Christ,  as  the  wisdom 
of  God,  the  justice  of  God.  All  the  sweet  affections  of  God  are  seen  in 
Christ.  What  are  those  that  in  a  high  sense  may  be  attributed  to  God  ? 
That  is,  his  love  and  mercy ;  God  is  love,  but  he  is  so  in  Christ,  he  is  '  the 
Father  of  mercy,'  but  it  is  for  Christ's  sake  that  he  is  so.  His  sweet  love 
to  mankind,  see  it  in  Christ. 

3.  And  then  the  relation  he  stands  in.  Take  one,  his  being  our  Father. 
How  is  God  our  Father  in  a  comfortable  sense  ?  He  is  a  Father  to  Christ ; 
and  what  Christ  is  by  nature,  we  are  by  adoption,  '  I  go  to  my  Father 
and  your  Father  ;'  therefore  to  your  Father,  because  my  Father,  '  to  your 
God  and  my  God ;'  therefore  to  your  God,  because  my  God,  John  xx.  17. 

4.  Now,  to  go  on  farther,  take  Christ  in  all  his  states  and  offices,  take  him 
in  his  ivhole  dispoisation  of  salvation,  and  you  shall  see  something  of  the  glory 
of  the  Father  in  all.  The  Father,  by  his  Spirit,  sanctified  him  in  the 
womb,  gave  his  only  begotten  Son  to  death  for  us,  made  him  a  curse  for 
us.  '  To  us  a  Son  is  given,'  Isa.  ix.  G.  The  Father  raised  him  up  again. 
See  the  Father  in  his  humiliation  and  exaltation,  see  him  in  all  the  sweet 
offices  he  hath  taken  upon  him  to  accomplish  our  salvation.  The  Father 
hath  anointed  him  by  the  Spirit  to  be  king,  and  priest,  and  prophet.  Him 
hath  the  Father  sealed,  setting  his  stamp  on  him,  to  be  our  Saviour.  The 
Father  hath  sent  him  ;  he  hath  his  warrant  and  commission  from  the 
Father.  The  Father  hath  set  him  forth  to  be  a  propitiation,  Rom.  iii.  25. 
So  that  all  the  authority  he  hath  in  all  his  offices  it  is  from  the  Father. 

5.  But  more  specially,  ive  see  the  love  of  the  Father  in  Christ  crucified  and 
made  a  curse  for  vs.  For  there,  as  it  were,  the  Father  poured  out  his 
bowels.  For  how  could  the  mercy  and  goodness  of  God  appear,  more 
than  to  give  his  own  Son,  equal  with  him  ?  as  it  is  at  large  set  down,  Phil, 
ii.  6,  seq.  That  God  should  give  his  Son,  the  greatest  gift  that  ever  could 
be  thought  of,  that  could  make  ten  thousand  worlds  of  nothing,  that  he 
should  give  him  to  us,  and  take  our  nature  into  unity  with  his  divine  nature, 
that  he  might  suffer  in  it ;  how  could  the  glory  of  mercy  shine  more  than 


326  COMMENTARY  ON 

to  give  him  to  be  a  curse  for  us,  to  satisfy  his  justice  in  that  manner  ?  It 
is  a  mj'stery  that  requireth  a  large  time,  for  herein  shineth  the  glorious 
mercy  of  God,  but  especially  Christ's  love  in  giving  of  himself,  and  the 
Father's  in  giving  him.  So  you  see  how  the  glory  of  God  shineth  in  Jesus 
Christ. 

Quest.  But  how  doth  Christ  discover  the  Father  to  us  ? 

Ans.  1.  He  discovers  his  Father  to  us,  in  opening  his  Father's  meaning, 
as  a  prophet  teaching  us,  coming  to  be  a  minister  of  the  circumcision  to 
teach  in  our  nature  ;  and  to  teach  by  his  Spirit  in  his  apostles  and  ministers, 
to  the  end  of  the  world.  Therefore,  John  i.  18,  it  is  said,  that  '  the  only 
begotten  Son  of  God,  that  lieth  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father,  hath  revealed 
him  to  us.'  Christ  is  the  i^riyriTrig,  the  great  expositor  of  the  Father,  the 
Xoyog,  for  he  lieth  in  the  bosom  of  his  Father,  which  implieth  an  intimate 
knowledge,  because  he  lieth  in  the  bosom,  he  knows  the  secrets  of  God's 
love  to  every  particular  believing  soul.  It  implieth  likewise  a  high  valua- 
tion of  Christ,  to  shew  that  the  Father  loveth  him  and  honours  him. 

Now  '  lying  in  the  Father's  bosom,'  that  is,  the  Father  being  so  intimate 
and  familiar  with  his  Son,  there  is  knowledge  of  union  (difierent  from  our 
knowledge  of  faith)  which  the  human  nature  hath  from  the  divine,  by  virtue 
of  union,  and  he  is  fit  to  discover  it,  because  he  is  in  the  bosom  of  the 
Father,  highly  valued  and  prized  by  the  Father. 

2.  Again,  Christ  is  discovered  not  only  as  lying  in  his  bosom,  as  an 
expositor  and  prophet ;  but  Christ  discovers  what  his  Father  is  hj  his  whole 
life  and  conversation.  For  see  Christ,  and  see  the  Father.  See  his  meek- 
ness and  humility  in  stooping  low,  his  love,  his  fruitfulness,  his  goodness, 
as  a  man ;  for  so  he  resembleth  God,  as  his  human  nature  could  do,  every 
way  shewing  forth  the  grace  of  God  in  his  whole  course,  disposition,  and 
conversation,  he  carrieth  himself  as  the  Son  of  God. 

3.  But  the  main  way  whereby  Christ  layeth  open  God  the  Father  to  us, 
was  in  his  svfering.  The  Father  was  discovered  in  all  that  Christ  did  and 
suffered.  For  it  was  all  done  by  the  Father's  authority.  Christ  did  not 
only  speak  by  words  shewing  what  the  Father  was  (as  the  son  when  he 
resembleth  the  disposition  of  the  father,  we  say,  you  may  in  him  see  his 
father),  but  you  may  see  the  Father's  authority  in  everything.  So  '  God 
loved  the  world,  that  he  gave  his  only  begotten  Son,'  John  iii.  16.  It 
pleased  the  Father  to  reconcile  the  world  to  himself.  So  you  see  how  the 
face  of  God  is  discovered  in  Christ,  and  how  Christ  discovers  himself,  John 
i.  18 ;  it  is  an  excellent  place.  '  No  man  hath  seen  the  Father  at  any  time, 
but  the  only  begotten  Son  he  hath  revealed  him  ;'  and  John  xiv.  11, 
*  Believe  that  I  am  in  the  Father,  and  the  Father  in  me.'  They  both  agree 
about  the  salvation  of  mankind.  You  not  only  see  the  love  of  the  Son  in 
our  salvation,  but  the  love  of  the  Father  in  the  Son.  In  Eph.  i.,  Gal.  i., 
these  great  mysteries  are  at  large  unfolded. 

4.  But  one  other  way,  and  the  most  sweet  of  all,  whereby  Christ  revealeth 
his  Father  to  us,  is  hy  his  Sjnrit,  together  u'ith  the  means  of  salvation ;  for 
as  it  is  excellently  set  down  in  Mat.  xi.  27,  '  No  man  knoweth  the  Father 
but  the  Son,  and  him  to  whom  the  Son  revealeth  him,'  that  is,  by  the 
Spirit.  None  knoweth  the  Father  to  be  his  Father  but  by  the  Son,  who 
hath  begot  him  by  the  Spirit.  None  knoweth  the  Son  but  they  that  be 
begotten  by  the  Spirit.  We  must  have  the  Spirit  both  from  the  Father 
and  the  Son  before  we  can  have  the  Father  and  the  Son,  and  therefore  it 
is  called  communion  of  the  Spirit ;  because  the  Spirit  of  the  Father  and 
Son  discovers  the  Father  to  be  our  Father,  and  the  Son  to  be  our  Saviour. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  327 

So  that  add  this  to  all  other  discoveries,  and  you  have  a  full  discovery  of 
Christ,  as  the  Father  is  laid  open  by  Christ  to  every  particular  Christian. 
You  see  then  that  God  the  Father  hath  shined  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ. 
God  the  Father  liveth  in  light  that  no  soul  can  approach  to  but  only  the 
Son.  He  is  come  out  of  his  hidden  light.  Nay,  the  Father  hath  dis- 
covered the  bowels  of  good  will  to  mankind,  and  in  his  Son  he  discovers 
by  his  Spirit  his  particular  good  will  to  every  particular  Christian.  So 
that  we  may  with  boldness  go  to  the  Father  in  the  name  of  Christ. 

Three  things  beget  boldness  : 

First,  When  the  matter  of  disagreement  is  taken  away. 

Secondly,  Likeness  of  disposition. 

Thirdly,  Acquaintance  and  familiarity. 

1.  Now  Christ,  by  his  death  and  suffering,  hath  taken  away  the  disagree- 
ment, that  is,  our  sins.  He  hath  borne  our  sins,  and  borne  them  away  as 
the  scape-goat  did.  Lev.  xvi.  8.  "When  we  believe  in  him,  he  takes  our 
sins  and  carrieth  them  away :  Christiis  tibi  crueifixus  est,  cum  crecUs  in 
Christum  crucifixum,  Christ  is  then  crucified  to  thee,  when  thou  believest 
in  Christ  crucified.  So  that  the  sluice  of  mercy  being  open,  it  runneth 
amain  on  us. 

2.  There  must  he  a  likeness;  because  by  Christ  we  have  the  Spirit  to 
renew  us,  to  make  us  savour  the  things  of  God,  to  love  the  things  God 
loveth,  to  hate  the  things  God  hates.  Now,  a  sanctified  soul  delights  in 
communion  mth  God,  a  carnal  man  hates  it ;  the  more  holy  anything  is, 
the  more  he  distastes  it. 

3.  Again,  from  likeness  of  disposition  comes  familiarity  and  acquaintance 
iiith  God,  cherished  by  love,  devotion,  and  piety ;  and  all  this  we  have  in 
Christ.  And  therefore  we  go  boldly,  having  God's  justice  fully  satisfied, 
and  finding  the  Spirit  renewing  our  natures,  and  claim  acquaintance  with 
God,  and  pour  out  our  souls  to  him  as  to  a  Father  in  Christ  Jesus.  Oh 
the  wonderfulness  of  this  privilege,  that  now  in  Christ  we  can  call  God 
Father,  his  Father  and  our  Father ;  that  we  can  pour  out  our  complaints 
before  him,  as  to  a  gracious  Father,  in  all  our  necessities !  The  world  is 
not  worthy  of  this  privilege  that  we  enjoy,  who  in  all  distresses  and  wants 
can  go  boldly  to  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  call  him 
our  Father. 

Use  1.  We  shoidd  value  these  privileges  more  than  we  do,  and  imjvot'e  them 
more  than  we  do.  Are  we  in  God  or  in  Christ  ?  Then  glory  in  God — 
Eom.  V.  3 — whence  the  apostle  Paul  makes  a  threefold  glorying : 

1.  A  glorying  in  afiliction  under  the  cross. 

2.  He  glorieth  in  the  hope  of  glory ;  and  not  only  so,  but 

3.  '  We  glory  in  God.'  How  is  that  ?  That  God  the  Father  is  ours. 
If  Christ  be  in  me,  I  have  God  with  Christ :  '  God  is  with  Christ  recon- 
ciling the  world  to  himself,'  2  Cor,  v.  19.  'All  things  are  yours;  you  are 
Christ's  ;  and  Christ  is  God's,'  1  Cor.  iii.  21,  23.  If  we  are  Christ's  we 
have  God,  and  all ;  and  can  we  have  more  ?  *  Shew  us  the  Father,'  saith 
Philip,  '  and  it  sufiiceth  us,'  John  siv.  8 ;  that  is,  shew  the  Father  to  be 
our  Father,  bring  us  into  acquaintance  with  him,  and  what  need  we  more  ? 
Let  it  be  discovered  to  our  souls  that  God  is  our  Father,  and  that  will  suffice, 
or  nothing. 

Use  2.  Labour  therefore  to  joy  in  this  ^prerogative ;  and  when  we  think  of 
God,  let  us  not  think  of  Deus  absolutus,  of  an  absolute  God  distinguished 
from  Christ.  If  ever  we  go  to  God  in  prayer,  look  up  to  him  *  in  the  face 
of  Christ.'     We  must  ascend  to  him  as  he  descended  to  us.     How  is  that? 


328  COMMENTARY  ON 

Doth  not  he  descend  and  convey  all  his  favours  in  God  incarnate,  nay,  God 
in  our  flesh  ?  He  came  down  in  our  nature,  and  we  must  go  back  again 
to  him  in  our  nature,  in  Christ ;  and  therefore  it  is  not  only  fruitless,  but 
dangerous  presumption,  to  go  directly  to  God  without  a  mediator.  In  the 
Law  nothing  must  be  done  without  a  priest,  who  must  offer  all  our  sacrifices, 
and  so  all  that  are  between  God  and  us  must  be  by  mediation  of  our  high 
priest  Jesus  Christ. 

And  then  present  ourselves  to  God  in  his  name  :  Lord,  I  offer  thy  own 
Son  unto  thee,  a  Son  of  thine  own  sending,  sealed,  appointed,  elected,  and 
predestinated  to  be  my  Saviour.  Thou  canst  not  refuse  the  righteousness 
of  thy  own  Son,  thou  gavest  him  to  be  my  Saviour.  Therefore  taking 
Christ  along  with  us,  we  may  break  through  the  very  justice  of  God ;  for, 
Lord,  I  bring  one  with  me  that  hath  satisfied  thy  justice ;  therefore  I  go 
through  thy  justice  to  thy  mercy-seat  in  Christ,  in  whom  thy  mercy  is 
glorified.     I  go  not  with  my  own  righteousness,  but  clothed  with  Christ. 

3.  And  will  not  this  answer  Satcm's  temptations  ?  Send  thy  soul  to  God 
in  Christ,  the  glory  of  God,  and  he  will  shine  in  Christ.  Christ  is  ordained 
to  be  my  Saviour,  and  I  cast  myself  into  his  arms,  and  put  myself  in  the 
bowels  of  Christ. 

So  in  all  temptation  I  beseech  you  make  use  of  this  grand  comfort,  that 
the  glory  of  God  may  shine  in  the  face  of  Christ. 

There  be  three  of  the  sweetest  sights  that  ever  were  thought  of  for  poor 
Christians. 

That  is,  God  the  Father's'  sight  of  us  in  his  Son  Christ,  as  members  of 
him  whom  he  loveth.     Absolutely*  we  are  miserable. 

Again,  we  see  God  '  in  the  face  of  Christ,'  and  Christ  sees  us  in  his 
Father's  good  pleasure,  as  given  to  him  in  charge  of  the  Father ;  '  Thine 
they  were,  thou  gavest  them  me,'  John  xvii.  24.  Christ  seeth  us  in  God's 
eternal  purpose  to  save,  for  Christ  saveth  none  but  them  whom  God  gave. 
'  All  that  thou  gavest  come  to  me,  and  thou  castest  them  not  away,'  John 
xvii.  2.  God's  choice  and  Christ's  salvation  run  parallel.  So  God's  choice 
saveth  none  but  such  as  Christ  is  anointed  to  save,  and  God  seeth  us  to  be 
saved.  As  he  gave  us  to  Christ,  and  as  Christ  died  for  us,  so  we  by 
spiritual  faith  see  ourselves  in  Christ,  as  our  Father.  These  do  so  arm  the 
soul  against  all  discouragements,  that  nothing  can  separate  it,  for  God's 
love  to  me  is  bounded  in  his  love  to  Christ.  God  looks  on  me,  but  he 
looks  on  Christ  first.  Now  God's  love  is  eternally  founded  on  Christ, 
therefore  eternally  founded  on  me  to  be  one  with  Christ.  It  is  excellently 
set  down:  Rom.  viii.  85,  '  Whatf  shall  separate  me  from  the  love  of 
Christ  ? '  for  it  is  a  love  of  God  founded  on  Christ.  God  loveth  Christ, 
and  so  likewise  he  will  love  me.  As  Christ  is  his  '  Son  in  whom  he  is  well 
pleased,'  Mat.  iii.  17  ;  so  he  loveth  whole  Christ  mystical,  for  he  gave  his 
Son  for  the  body  of  Christ  the  church  ;  and  therefore  whensoever  we  hear 
of  the  love  of  Christ,  go  to  the  love  of  the  Father.  Hath  Christ  loved  me  ? 
Then  see  the  Father's  love  in  that  love.  You  may  enlarge  these  things  in 
your  own  meditations,  they  being  wonderful  useful. 

'  The  glory  of  God  that  shineth  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  Therefore, 
I  beseech  you,  let  us  now  value  and  esteem  the  great  mystery  of  the  incar- 
nation and  Christ  crucified,  because  Christ  is  the  common  centre  of  heaven 
and  earth,  in  whom  we  all  concentre :  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost  meet 
in  Christ  the  Mediator.  The  first  person  sees  us  in  Christ,  the  second 
person  took  our  nature  into  union  with  himself,  and  the  Holy  Ghost  sancti- 
That  is,  =  apart  from  Christ,  or  in  ourselves. — G.  t  '  WJio.' — G. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  6.  329 

fieth  it ;  so  all  meet  together  in  Christ,  He  is  the  abridgment  of  all  the 
elect  in  one,  so  that  all  the  three  persons,  as  they  appeared  at  his  baptism, 
met  together  in  him.  Let  us  mainly  labour  to  get  into  Christ,  and  then 
grow  up  in  Christ,  in  the  knowledge  of  God  the  Father,  and  love  of  the 
Father,  to  grow  more  and  more  acquainted  with  the  secret  will  of  the  Father 
to  our  salvation ;  and  therefore  esteem  much  of  all  the  blessed  means 
sanctified  to  strengthen  our  faith  in  the  word  and  sacraments.  In  the 
sacrament  see  the  Father.  When  the  minister  giveth  the  bread  and  wine, 
think  that  God  the  Father  giveth  his  Son  to  every  one  of  us  in  particular, 
and  all  to  strengthen  our  faith ;  see  God  the  Father  together  with  God  the 
Son.  The  Father  was  the  person  first  offended,  and  therefore  God  the 
Father  is  reconciled  by  Christ.  And  it  is  more  comfort  that  God  the 
Father,  the  person  offended,  hath  the  chief  hand  in  the  plot  of  salvation ; 
*  He  gave  Christ's  body  to  be  broken,  and  his  blood  to  be  shed  for  our  sins,' 
Rom.  iii.  25. 

I  beseech  you  therefore  to  labour  to  be  acquainted  every  day  more  and 
more  with  these  mysteries,  and  do  not  take  these  as  any  encouragement  to 
a  sinful  course,  because  the  glory  of  mercy  shineth  in  Jesus  Christ,  and 
therefore  turn  grace  into  wantonness.  Mark  this  one  thing.  Amongst 
other  attributes  that  shine  in  God,  there  is  specially  his  holiness  and  dis- 
pleasure against  sin,  for  God  shewed  his  displeasure  against  sin  in  turning 
his  angels  out  of  heaven.  Heaven  itself  could  not  brook -'■=  sin.  It  turned 
Adam  out  of  paradise,  and  is  the  chiefest  procurer  of  God's  wrath ;  but  all 
these  are  nothing  to  that  hatred  of  sin  that  appeared  in  Christ.  The  purity 
of  God  appeared  in  him  above  all  things  in  the  world,  and  it  will  at  the  day 
of  judgment  appear  more  in  sending  the  greatest  part  of  the  world  to  eternal 
destruction  and  torment.  But  it  is  not  so  much  as  in  making  his  Son  a 
curse.  Therein  we  see  the  holiness  of  God,  that  rather  than  man's  sins 
should  not  be  satisfied  for,  he  would  set  apart  his  own  Son  to  satisfy  it. 
How  much  then  is  the  holiness  of  Christ,  that  offered  himself  for  it  ?  how 
much  is  the  holiness  of  God,  that  gave  his  Son  to  take  it  away  ?  Can  any 
man  now  believe  in  God  as  his  Father  first,  and  in  Christ  as  his  Saviour, 
and  live  in  sin  '? 

-.  We  must  look  on  sin  as  the  Father  when  he  gave  the  Son,  and  on  sin 
as  the  Son  did  when  he  gave  himself.  Therefore  if  we  do  not  look  on  sin 
as  most  opposite  to  holiness,  and  have  not  an  antipathy  rooted  in  our  hearts, 
how  can  we  bear  God's  image  and  the  image  of  Christ  resembling  him  in 
all  things  ?  How  can  we  think  ourselves  his  members  when  we  want  his 
Spirit  ?  How  can  we  say  we  be  his,  when  he  walks  in  light  and  we  in 
darkness  ? 

If  that  holiness  be  not  rooted  to  look  on  sin,  in  some  measure,  as  God 
the  Father  and  Son  [doj,  we  can  as  yet  have  no  comfort,  and  therefore 
there  is  no  reason  to  '  turn  the  grace  of  God  into  wantonness,'  Jude  4. 

And  then  remember  this  one  caveat  more.  Whatsoever  I  spoke  of  the 
love  of  God  the  Father,  and  Christ  the  Son,  is  nothing  unto  us,  unless  every 
[one]  of  us  labour  in  particular  to  have  the  Spirit  of  the  Father  and  the  Son 
discovering  to  us  in  particular  this,  that  the  Father  is  our  Father,  and  the 
Son  our  Saviour,  for  that  is  the  issue  of  our  ministry.  We  must  not  rest 
in  the  ministerial  discovery  of  things,  but  if  we  belong  to  God  there  is  a 
work  of  the  Spirit,  and  the  chief  work  of  it  is  to  particularise  and  to  bring 
truths  home  to  every  man's  soul ;  and  therefore  Christ  is  nothing  to  us, 
unless  the  mind  of  God  to  us  in  particular  be  discovered.  The  Spirit 
f  That  is,  '  bear.'— G. 


830  COIISIENTARY  ON 

knowetli  the  '  secrets  of  God,'  and  revealeth  to  every  particular  man  their 
particular  interest  in  God  the  Father  and  God  the  Son,  and  this  should  be 
our  desire  and  prayer  every  day,  together  with  all  knowledge,  that  God 
would  give  his  Spirit  to  discover  to  us  his  peculiar  love  in  Jesus  Christ, 
and  that  Christ  would  by  his  Spirit  discover  our  interest  in  him.  Minis- 
terial light  will  not  serve  for  comfort  unless  our  spirits  be  sealed  to  be  the 
sons  of  God.  Therefore  are  the  sacraments  to  seal  in  particular  an  interest 
in  Jesus  Christ.  Therefore  we  should  set  our  faith  on  work,  God  in  par- 
ticular died  for  me,  as  if  for  none  but  me,  and  God  the  Father  giveth  me 
comfort  in  Christ.  As  I  taste  the  outward  element  with  outward  sense,  so 
with  my  inward  taste  of  faith  I  taste  of  Christ.  These  be  the  things  will 
stand  in  stead  against  temptation.  He  is  the  Saviour  of  the  elect ;  but 
what  though  ?  The  Spirit  of  the  Father  and  the  Son  must  discover  the 
love  of  the  Father  to  us  in  his  Son. 

These  words  contain  the  chief  cause  of  all  spiritual  light,  which  is  God, 
who  by  the  same  power  by  which  he  '  commanded  the  light  to  shine  out  of 
darkness,  hath  shined  into  our  hearts,'  or  rather  by  a  greater,  because  here 
is  more  opposition,  and  no  help  at  all  from  nature  to  spiritual  things,  not 
so  much  as  a  seed  of  it. 

'  Hath  shined  into  our  hearts.'  The  end  of  spiritual  knowledge  in  the 
ministry,  is  especially  '  to  give  the  glory  of  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the 
face  of  Jesus  Christ.' 

I  propound  these  things. 

First,  That  God  is  glorious  in  his  mercy,  ivisdom,  and  other  attiihites,  his 
reconciling  justice  and  mercy  together.  Secondly,  That  this  glory  of  mercy  is 
in  Christ,  and  satisfaction  of  his  justice  by  him.  Thirdly,  That  the  glory  of 
God,  and  alljiis  sweet  attributes  in  the  face  of  Christ,  must  be  made  known  to 
others;  and  that  this  knowledge  may  be,  there  must  be  a  calling.  So  God 
hath  shined  into  our  hearts  to  give  the  light.  The  ministry  is  to  give  the 
light  of  the  knowledge  of  God  ;  knowledge  leadeth  us  to  Christ ;  Christ  to 
God,  in  whom  our  faith  is  terminated,  as  in  its  last  object. 

Divers  of  these  things  we  have  unfolded, 

As  the  first,  that  God's  mercy  is  a  glorious  mercy :  therefore  called  the 
*  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Christ.'  That  his  mercy,  specially  in  Christ, 
is  his  triumphing  attribute.  The  power  of  God  shineth  in  creation,  the 
justice  of  God  in  damnation  ;  but  mercy  triumphs  in  salvation  by  Christ. 
And  it  is  not  every  mercy,  but  glorious  mercy.  Mercy  sets  all  others  on 
work,  and  therefore  I  mean  that  excellent  mercy  that  stirred  up  wisdom  to 
devise  a  way  how  justice  might  be  satisfied,  and  so  reconciled,  that  a  w^ay 
may  be  made  for  mercy.  So  that  there  is  a  wonderful  mystery  in  these 
things,  which  the  very  angels  desire  to  behold.  This  glory  '  shineth  in  the 
face  of  Jesus  Christ.' 

'  None  knoweth  the  Father  but  the  Son,  none  the  Son  but  the  Father, 
and  they  to  whom  the  Father  and  the  Son  will  reveal  themselves  by  the 
Spirit,'  Mat.  xi.  27.  If  the  Father  revealeth  his  Son  by  his  Spirit,  the 
Son  revealeth  the  Father  by  the  Spirit.  Then  they  are  known,  but 
[not]  else. 

'  The  glory  of  God  shineth  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ,'  being  incarnate, 
made  God-man.  I  will  proceed  to  bring  this  truth  home,  to  make  it  more 
clear  and  comfortable. 

You  see  then  the  glory  of  God  shine  in  Christ,  and  then  it  shines  to  us. 
So  that  Christ  is  between  God  and  us ;  the  face  of  Christ  between  God  and 
our  face. 


2  COEINTHIAKS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   6.  331 

What  is  the  reason  of  this  order  ?  Because  God  and  we  be  in  such 
opposition,  that  Christ  must  be  between.  God  cannot  love  our  nature,  but 
as  it  is  pure,  and  clean,  and  undefiled ;  and  it  is  only  so  in  Christ.  And 
therefore  he  loveth  our  nature  only  in  Christ,  as  being  knit  to  Christ,  and  so 
purged  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ.  For  there  cannot  be  more  opposite  terms 
than  between  God,  *  who  is  a  consuming  fire,'  Heb.  xii.  29,  and  sinners  ; 
therefore  Chi'ist  cometh  between.  That  is,  the  middle  person  of  the  Trinity 
must  be  the  middle  person  for  reconciliation.  He  that  is  the  Son  is  fit  to 
make  us  sons.  He  that  is  the  image  of  God,  is  fit  to  restore  us  to  God's 
image.  He  that  is  beloved,  is  fit  to  bring  us  in  love  with  the  Father,  to 
give  entrance  and  access  to  him.  And  therefore  God  shineth  first  *  on  the 
face  of  Christ'  before  it  come  to  us.  It  cometh  to  us  at  the  second  hand 
by  reflection. 

Then  Christ  is  prbmim  amabile,  the  first  subject  and  seat  of  divine  love, 
for  he  is  the  first  begotten ;  and  whatsoever  God  loveth  he  loveth  in  relation 
to  his  Son.  If  he  loveth  us  it  is  in  relation  to  him.  If  he  loveth  any  before 
they  be  in  Christ,  it  is  to  give  them  to  Christ.  So  that  all  the  love  of  God 
must  be  seated  in  the  first  subject  and  receptacle  of  his  love,  which  is  Christ. 
First  God  shines  on  Christ,  and  then  on  all  them  that  be  one  with  Christ. 
Therefore  Christ  is  called  6  ayacr^jroj,  '  The  beloved,'  and  the  Son  of  God's 
love,  '  in  whom  are  all  the  treasures  of  wisdom,'  Col.  ii.  3 ;  and  therefore 
is  truly  lovely. 

Whatsoever  good  we  have,  it  is  in  Christ.  For  the  first  degree  of  salva- 
tion, the  first  link  of  the  chain,  from  election  to  glorification,  all  is  in  Christ, 
seated  in  free  grace,  of  which  Christ  is  the  first-fruit.  For  so  '  God  loved 
the  world,  that  he  gave  his  Son,'  John  iii.  16.  Christ  himself,  and  all  the 
benefits  by  him,  are  first-fruits  of  the  free  grace  of  God,  which  was  amor 
benevolent ur,  a  love  of  good  will ;  but  then  there  was  amoi-  amicitue,  a  love 
of  amity,  which  is  only  in  Christ ;  and  the  execution  of  all  favours  is  in 
Christ.  He  calleth,  justifieth,  sanctifieth,  and  glorifieth  in  Christ,  because 
by  our  consistence*  in  Christ  we  have  all  benefits,  even  from  election  to 
glorification.)  ^The  apostle  runneth  in  this  stream  :  Eph.  i.  3,  '  Blessed  be 
God,  who  hath  blessed  you  with  all  spiritual  blessings  in  Chi'ist  Jesus.' 
We  are  beloved  in  him,  as  the  first  love.  So  that  in  all  things  Christ  is 
the  first.  He  was  the  first  Son  of  God,-|-  we  sons  in  him.  What  he  is  by 
nature,  we  are  by  grace  and  adoption.  He  is  first  beloved,  we  beloved  for 
him,  as  having  communion  and  fellowship  with  him.  He  hath  justified  us 
from  our  sins,  and  therefore  we  are  justified  in  him.  He  is  our  surety. 
If  he  be  not  acquitted,  we  shall  never  be  acquitted.  He  is  risen,  therefore 
we  rise.  He  is  the  '  first-fruits  of  those  that  sleep,'  1  Cor.  xv.  20.  He  is 
the  '  first-born  of  many  brethren,'  Eom.  viii.  29 ;  the  '  first  begotten  from 
the  dead,'  Col.  i.  18.  He  ascended,  therefore  we  ascend.  He  sits  in 
heavenly  places,  therefore  we  sit  in  heavenly  places  ;  for  God  hath  elected 
us  to  be  conformed  to  him.  He  is  the  first-fruits  of  God's  predestination, 
as  Austin  observeth  [h).  God  first  made  choice  of  him  as  the  head  of  all, 
and  of  us  in  him.  We  are  elected  to  be  conformed  to  him  in  grace  and 
comfort,  in  the  love  of  God  here,  and  in  glory  and  perfect  happiness  here- 
after. He  is  our  eldest  brother.  Now  it  is  fit  therefore  that  he  should 
have  pre-eminence  in  all  things.  Christ  in  all  things  hath'pre-eminency, 
in  love  and  grace,  in  every  passage  of  glory,  resurrection,  ascension,  sitting 
at  the  right  hand  of  God;  and  in  all  things  hath  pre-eminency. 

This  is  a  very  comfortable  and  useful  point  in  the  great  mystery  of 

*  That  is,  '  standing.' — Ed.  t  Qu.  '  He  was  first  the  Son  of  God'? — G. 


332 


COMMENTARY  ON 


Christ  and  glorification,  to  know  the  foundation  of  God's  love  to  us.  It  is 
seated  on  Christ  first,  and  then  it  cometh  to  us ;  nay,  and  through  Christ, 
in  Christ,  as  an  head,  through  Christ  as  mediator. 

Use  1.  Therefore  let  us  make  this  use  of  it.  Never  think  of  God  without 
Christ.  And  again,  never  think  of  any  spiritual  favour,  but  think  of  it  in 
Christ  first.  If  we  think  of  any  promise,  think  of  it  as  given  to  Christ 
first.  For  all  promises  are  made  over  to  him,  and  he  maketh  them  over 
to  us.  '  All  promises  are  in  him  yea  and  amen,'  2  Cor.  i.  20.  Promises 
come  from  love.  Love  is  first  in  him,  and  therefore  must  come  first  from 
him ;  and  therefore  desire  God  to  make  them  good  for  his  sake.  If  we 
think  of  the  love  of  God,  think  of  it  in  our  flesh,  in  Christ  first,  as  our 
head.  If  we  think  of  freedom  from  sin,  think  of  Christ  our  surety,  who  is 
first  freed  from  it.  If  we  think  of  resurrection  and  ascension,  think  of  it 
in  Christ  our  head.  If  we  think  of  glory,  think  of  it  in  Christ ;  we  are 
glorious  in  our  head.  And  have  it  as  a  fruit  of  his  prayer,  that  '  we  should 
be  where  he  is,'  John  xvii.  24.  Whensoever  we  think  of  anything  that  is 
good,  think  of  it  first  in  Christ,  that  God  may  have  his  scope  and  end, 
which  is,  that  Christ  the  second  person,  that  took  our  nature  on  him,  may 
have  his  pre-eminency. 

Use  2.  And  this  should  make  us  in  our  devotions  to  bless  God  for  being 
the  Father  of  Jesus  Christ,  when  ice  bless  him  for  being  our, Father.  0  blessed 
be  God  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  for  if  he  had  not  been  his 
Father,  he  had  never  been  our  Father  :  John  xx.  17,  '  I  go  to  my  God 
and  your  God,  my  Father  and  your  Father.'  If  he  had  not  been  his  God 
and  his  Father,  he  had  never  been  our  God  and  our  Father.  Therefore 
bless  God  for  his  love  to  Christ,  and  Christ  for  his  love  to  us  ;  for  they 
both  join  in  our  salvation.  As  Kom.  viii.  39,  '  Nothing  can  separate  from 
the  love  of  God,'  nor  from  the  love  of  Christ.  They  be  both  together  in 
the  verse,  because  they  be  all  one  in  Christ.  See  the  love  of  the  Father  iu 
Christ.  See  his  own  love  in  himself,  together  with  his  Father's.  There- 
fore consider  the  sweet  agreement  of  the  Trinity  towards  the  salvation  of 
mankind  ;  and  that  we  come  not  to  heaven,  are  elect,  and  saved  only  by 
the  counsel  of  the  Father,  or  only  by  the  love  of  the  Son,  or  only  by  the 
operation  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  but  all  three  joining  together  in  our  salvation. 
God  looks  on  us  '  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  God  loveth  us,  the  Son 
loveth  us,  the  Holy  Spirit  sealeth  the  love  of  both  to  us.  So  then  conclude 
that  our  salvation  is  strongly  built.  It  is  built  on  the  love  of  the  Father 
in  Christ,  and  on  the  love  of  Christ,  together  with  the  Father,  and  on  the 
assurance  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  testifying  both  these  to  our  souls.  God  for 
ever  loveth  his  Son,  and  God  for  ever  must  love  us,  for  he  shineth  on  us 
'  in  the  fiice  of  his  Son.'  Now  what  is  the  love  of  God  to  his  Son  ?  Pure 
love,  tender  love,  bowels  of  love,  an  everlasting  love,  and  a  rich  love.  And 
is  not  his  love  to  us  the  same  ?  If  he  loveth  Christ,  he  loveth  whole 
Christ ;  not  only  Christ  personal,  but  mystical  Christ,  and  all  his  mem- 
bers. He  loveth  the  whole  body  of  Christ  with  a  pure,  tender,  perfect, 
and  everlasting  love.  And  therefore  as  God's  love  can  never  be  removed 
from  his  own  Son  that  lieth  on  his  bosom,  so  God's  true  love  shall  never 
be  removed  from  any  true  Christian  that  liveth  in  his  Son. 

It  is  a  comfortless,  fond  conceit  to  imagine  any  separation  in  that  kind, 
because  his  love  is  founded  not  upon  love  to  their  persons,  but  on  his  Son. 
Now  having  an  everlasting  foundation,  it  must  be  an  everlasting  love ;  and 
this  may  comfort  us  in  all  conditions. 

Use  3.  To  make  another  use  to  direct  our  devotions  aright,  we  must  not 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,   VER.   6.  333 

go  to  an  absolute  God,  for  he  is  '  a  consuming  fire,'  Heb,  xii.  29,  hut 
must  take  Christ's  name  alone/.  We  must  take  Christ  along  in  all  our  prayers. 
It  is  an  unworth}'-  conceit  to  think  God  will  be  pleased  otherwise  than  in  his 
Son.  It  is  God  must  satisfy  God,  and  not  we,  that  be  stubble  to  go  to  the 
fire.  It  is  presumption,  and  the  end  of  it  will  be  confusion.  Therefore  go 
to  God  in  the  sweet  name  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ.  Only  so.  We  do  not 
conceive  worthily  enough  of  God  if  we  think  he  can  have  any  communion 
with  us,  if  his  love  be  not  conceived  in  the  person  of  Christ.  Therefore  if  we 
will  have  worthy  conceits  of  him,  go  to  him,  that  is,  God  made  flesh  in  our 
nature,  a  Saviour  of  his  own  appointment,  a  mediator  of  his  own  sending, 
and  sealed.  And  God  will  not  refuse  him,  if  you  bring  his  Son  before  him. 
Therefore  let  it  be  our  rule  to  put  up  our  prayers  in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ,  our  head. 

Now  our  natures  are  in  Christ  lovely  to  God,  because  our  flesh  is  in  him 
pure,  sanctified,  and  separate  from  all  sin  ;  so  that  he  loveth  our  natures. 
And  the  nature  of  God,  before  opposite,  is  now  lovely  to  us,  because  God 
dwells  in  our  nature,  as  the  apostle  saith,  bodily,  that  is,  fully,  Col.  ii.  9. 
Now  God  in  our  nature  is  lovely.  God  out  of  our  nature  is  not,  because  he  is 
purity  and  holiness  itself;  but  in  our  nature  he  is  all  love  and  mercy,  for 
his  justice  is  fully  satisfied.  God  by  his  Spirit  will  never  leave  any  parti- 
cular Christian  till  he  makes  their  nature  in  them  like  his  own  nature,  that 
is  divorced  and  separate  wholly  from  sin,  that  it  may  be  a  pure  glorious 
nature,  fit  for  so  glorious  a  head.  Therefore  go  boldly  to  the  throne  of 
grace.     There  be  good  terms  between  God  and  us  through  Christ. 

'  We  shall  die,  because  we  have  seen  God,'  saith  Manoah,  Judges  xiii.  22. 
Now  we  shall  live  because  we  have  seen  God  in  Christ.  Out  of  Christ  we 
cannot  see  an  angel,  and  live ;  but  seeing  God  in  the  face  of  Christ,  a 
mediator  not  of  our  appointing,  this  is  a  sweet  and  comfortable  sight. 

I  beseech  you,  let  us  make  a  comfortable  use  of  these  things.  God 
thinks  of  us  in  Christ.  It  was  a  good  prayer  of  a  holy  martyr,  *  that  God 
would  shine  on  him  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  He  was  so  guilty  of  his 
own  sins  and  corruptions  that  he  durst  not  look  upon  God,  but  desires  God 
to  look  on  his  Son  first,  and  then  on  him,  in  his  Son.  In  Christ  God  can 
see  us  perfect,  for  Christ's  righteousness  is  our  righteousness,  and  we  have 
the  same  spirit  with  Christ.     For  note  that  by  the  way. 

As  Christ,  by  taking  our  nature  on  him,  testified  by  the  Spirit  he  was  the 
Son  of  God  in  our  nature,  so  the  same  Spirit  of  Christ  having  knit  us  to 
Christ,  and  sanctifying  our  nature,  we  become  the  sons  of  God  and  Christ 
too.  The  same  Spirit  that  sanctified  the  nature  of  Christ  in  the  womb,  will 
sanctify  every  Christian.  And  as  the  grace  of  union  was  the  cause  of 
Christ's  unction,  so  the  grace  of  union  with  Christ  is  the  ground  of  all  com- 
munion with  Christ.  And  therefore  labour  in  the  first  place  to  be  one  with 
Christ  by  faith,  the  foundation  of  all  the  comfort  that  I  have  unfolded. 

To  us -ward  is  the  union  with  Christ  by  faith,  that  Christ  and  we  are  one ; 
for  if  God  look  on  us  in  the  face  of  his  Son,  then  we  must  be  one  with  his 
Son  :  bone  of  his  bone,  flesh  of  his  flesh,  by  his  Spirit,  as  he  is  bone  of  our 
bone,  flesh  of  our  flesh,  by  our  nature.  He  took  our  human  nature  that  we 
might  partake  of  his  divine  nature  ;  and  therefore  labour  for  union,  that  we 
may  have  gracious  communion  with  him.  If  we  be  one  with  Christ  we  are 
his  firiends,  and  he  will  be  with  us.  '  I  and  the  Father  will  sup  with  him, 
Bev.  iii.  20.  Rest  specially  in  that.  It  was  the  efiect  of  Christ's  prayer, 
'  that  we  may  be  all  one  :  I  in  them,  and  thou  in  me,  and  that  thou  mayest 
love  them  with  the  love  thou  lovest  me,'  John  xvii.  22,  23.     So  intimate 


334  COMMENTARY  ON 

was  Christ's  love  tliat  he  desires  the  same  love  to  us,  and  in  us,  one  with 
another.  This  is  a  blessed  union  of  the  Trinity  in  one,  and  of  Christ  with 
the  Father,  and  of  every  Christian  with  Christ  and  the  Father,  one  with 
another.  This  is  the  fruit  of  Christ's  offering  himself  a  sacrifice  to  God, 
'  that  we  may  be  one,  as  they  are  one :  I  in  them,  and  thou  in  me.' 

The  reason  of  Christ's  prayer  for  that  union  is,  that  all  good  is  conveyed 
from  the  Father  to  us,  '  in  tlae  face  of  Jesus  Christ,'  as  we  have  our  con- 
sistence and  being  in  Christ,  and  are  one  with  Christ ;  and  that  makes  the 
sacraments  and  all  holy  ordinances  to  be  means  to  bring  us  into  communion 
with  Christ,  and  to  seal  it  to  us,  and  thereby  our  communion  with  the 
Father  and  the  Holy  Ghost.  If  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost  be  ours, 
what  can  we  want  ?  '  Shew  us  the  Father  and  it  will  suffice,'  saith 
Philip,  John  xiv.  8.  If  we  have  God  for  our  Father,  we  need  no  more. 
Therefore  make  much  of  the  means  whereby  our  union  and  communion 
and  fellowship  with  God  in  Christ  is  stayed,  and  confirmed  to  us.  To 
go  on. 

It  is  said  here,  there  must  be  a  '  knowledge  of  this  glory  of  God  in  the 
face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  And  the  ministry  is  the  cause  of  that  knowledge,  for 
God  hath  shined  in  our  hearts  to  give  the  light,  &c. 

Doct.  So  that  we  must  know  the  face  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ.  Know- 
ledge is  the  first  thing  in  this  new  creation,  as  light  was  the  first  in  the  old 
creation.  God  by  his  word  made  light,  and  God  by  his  word  puts  the 
Spirit  of  light  in  our  hearts.  All  grace  is  conveyed  by  knowledge, 
grace  being  nothing  but  knowledge  digested.  And  therefore,  Col.  iii.  10, 
the  apostle  maketli  it  the  '  image  of  God,'  which  in  the  Eph.,  iv.  24,  he  calls 
'  holiness  and  righteousness.'  But  there  he  bringeth  all  under  that  one 
head,  because  all  grace  cometh  by  knowledge,  and  all  comfort  is  conveyed 
by  knowledge.  For  even  as  together  with  light  from  heaven  comes  influ- 
ence and  heat,  so  together  with  the  divine  light  comes  the  divine  influence 
and  heat  of  the  soul.  Therefore  the  apostle  joineth  together  grace  and 
knowledge  :  2  Pet.  iii.  18,  '  Grow  in  gi-ace,  and  the  knowledge  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ.'  So  you  see  the  reason  why  the  glory  of  God  in  Christ  must 
be  known.  For  it  is  an  axiom  in  divinity,  no  spiritual  blessing  doth  a  man 
good  but  by  way  of  knowledge,  and  therefore  out  of  the  church  there  is  no 
salvation,  because  the  church  being  like  Goshen,  there  is  no  light  of  know- 
ledge out  of  the  church.  Therefore  it  is  a  gross  and  fundamental  error  of 
them  that  will  have  men  saved  in  any  religion,  for  all  salvation  cometh  by 
knowledge,  and  that  is  only  in  the  church. 

Use  1.  I  beseech  you,  therefore,  labour  for  knowledge  of  God  '  in  the  face 
of  Jesus  Christ,'  and  to  grow  in  it  every  day  more  and  more.  '  Without 
knowledge  the  soul  is  not  good,'  Prov.  xix.  2.  The  soul  is  dark,  and 
therefore  those  that  be  enemies  of  knowledge,  are  enemies  to  the  salvation 
of  God's  people.  They  are  enemies  of  God's  glory,  because  God's  glory 
shineth  in  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.  But  this  is 
a  clear  truth. 

Use  2.  To  make  it  more  useful ;  every  man  thinks  he  knoweth  Christ. 
But  knowledge  of  God's  glory  in  Christ  is  another  fnatter. 

(1.)  It  is  a  purifying  knowledge,  and  it  is  a  sanctifying  knowledge. 

(2.)  It  is  a  knowledge  that  is  both  full  and  experimental.  It  is  a  know- 
ledge with  a  taste.  It  is  a  knowledge  that  brings  a  man  to  salvation.  He 
relisheth  divine  truths.  Every  divine  truth  hath  a  sweetness  and  a  savour 
in  it,  and  our  souls  are  to  relish  it.  If  there  be  not  relish  in  the  palate, 
the  relish  in  meat  is  to  no  purpose.     And  therefore  God  giveth  knowledge 


2  CORINTHIAKS  CHAP.  lY,  VEK.  G.  335 

per  modum  gustus.  When  things  are  to  us  as  in  themselves,  then  things 
have  a  sweet  reHsh.  God's  favour  and  sonship,  and  grace  and  peace,  they 
have  sweet  relish  in  themselves. 

And  as  they  are  in  themselves,  so  they  are  to  every  Christian.  There 
is  a  harmony  or  suitableness  in  every  Christian  to  divine  truths  wrought  in 
him.  If  we  have  not  a  relish  of  divine  truths,  undoubtedly  we  know  them 
not  as  we  should. 

Use  8.  And  it  is  a  knoxvled(je  ivith  aiypUcation  of  interest  in  the  things, 
when  we  know  God  to  be  our  God,  and  Christ  to  be  our  Christ,  heaven  to 
be  ours,  and  all  the  promises  to  be  ours,  for  that  is  the  nature  of  faith  to 
make  its  own,  whatsoever  it  layeth  hold  on.  "What  good  doth  Christ,  and 
the  glory  of  God  in  Christ,  if  we  know  not  Christ,  and  God  in  Christ, 
and  make  applications  that  God  and  Christ  may  be  ours  ?  Therefore  the 
sacraments  are  ordained  for  the  particular  attaining  to  the  knowledge  of 
Chiist,  that  as  we  are  really  interested  in  what  we  receive,  and  turn  it  into 
ourselves,  so  by  faith  we  have  interest  in  Christ,  and  he  is  one  with  us,  and 
we  with  him. 

Use  4.  And  then  this  knowledge  is  a  transforming  knoivledge,  suitable  to 
the  object.  In  nature,  objects  have  an  influence  into  the  things  that  appre- 
hend them.  If  a  man  look  on  a  lovely  object,  it  stirs  up  affection  of  love  ; 
if  on  hateful  objects,  it  stirs  up  affection  of  hatred.  But  much  more  in 
divine  things,  for  they  have  not  only  influences  into  the  spirit,  but  a  Spirit 
accompanying  the  influence  to  transform  the  soul.  So  that  by  reason  of 
the  object  and  the  Spirit,  all  divine  truths  have  a  transforming  force. 

Therefore,  he  that  knoweth  God  to  be  his  God,  transforms  himself  to  be 
his  Son.  He  that  knoweth  Christ  as  he  should,  transformeth  himself  to 
be  like  Christ,  to  labour  for  the  gracious  bountifulness,  free  obedience,  and 
disposition  of  Christ.  We  cannot  know  Christ  as  we  should,  by  a  spiritual 
knowledge,  without  it  transform  us  to  the  likeness  of  the  thing  we  know. 
The  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  Christ,  will  make  us  glorious  Chris- 
tians. Apprehending  glory  we  shall  be  glorious,  as  the  apostle  saith, 
2  Cor.  iii.  18  :  '  Beholding  the  face  of  God  in  Christ,  iwraiJ.o^<po\JiMi&a, 
we  are  changed  from  glory  to  glory,'  that  is,  from  one  degree  of  grace  to 
another. 

Wherein  is  our  happiness  ?  For  what  is  the  happiness  of  a  Christian, 
but  to  be  like  Christ,  and  in  Christ  like  God  ?  The  very  heathen  could 
say,  likeness  to  God,  and  communion  with  God,  is  the  foundation  of  all 
happiness.  Therefore,  this  transforming  happiness,  by  which  we  look  to 
be  saved,  which  makes  us  more  like  Christ,  that  we  must  labour  after, 
this  may  be  sufficient  to  stir  up  our  affections,  to  laboiu*  to  know  God  in 
Christ,  being  that  which  is  most  excellent  knowledge.  The  right  know- 
ledge of  God  in  Christ  is  that  that  the  very  angels  have  a  desire  to  look 
unto,  1  Pet.  i.  12.  It  is  a  knowledge  we  should  more  desire  than  angels ; 
for  if  we  know  God  in  Christ  as  we  should  do,  we  are  above  angels. 
Did  God  take  the  nature  of  angels  ?  Are  they  the  mystical  body  of 
Christ  ?  No.  They  are  the  acquaintance  of  Christ's,  but  not  the 
spouse  of  Christ.  In  both  these  respects  we  are  above  angels.  And 
shall  not  we  study  that  more  than  angels,  that  have  more  interest 
therein  than  angels  ?  Is  not  the  knowledge  of  this  glorious  ?  and  shall 
not  we  study  to  know  that,  that  raiseth  our  natures  above  the  angels 
themselves  ?  So  we  should  do.  And  so  we  will  do,  if  we  have  the  Spirit 
of  God,  as  Paul,  Phil.  iii.  7,  8 :  'I  count  all  dung  and  dross,'  not  in 
comparison  of  Christ,  but  bta   rh  uTrsgspj/oi/  rl^g  yvudiug  X^tCTou   Iriaou  rov 


336  COMMENTARY  ON 

Kv^iov  [Lov,  in  comparison  of  the  excellent  knowledge  of  Christ  Jesns  my 
Lord.  The  right  knowledge  of  God  shining  in  the  face  of  Christ,  with  an 
interesting*  knowledge  of  Christ  to  be  my  Saviour,  God  my  Father,  myself 
to  be  a  temple  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  a  member  of  Christ,  heir  of  heaven,  to 
know  I  am  by  grace  what  Christ  is  by  nature  :  what  is  all  the  world  to 
this,  if  we  had  hearts  to  consider  of  it  ?  And  therefore  labour  to  prize  and 
value  this  knowledge  every  day  more  and  more,  to  beg  the  Spirit  of  reve- 
lation, that  God  would  reveal  himself  to  us  in  Christ  more  and  more  :  pray 
for  the  Spirit  that  knoweth  the  secrets  of  God  and  Christ,  that  we  may 
know  God  to  be  our  God,  and  Christ  to  be  our  Saviour.  And  let  it  be  the 
desires  of  our  hearts,  that  God  would  give  us  deep  knowledge  of  him,  in 
particular :  not  only  in  general,  but  that  he  would  reveal  his  fatherly  love 
in  Christ,  and  Christ's  sweet  love  to  us. 

Quest.  But  how  shall  ive  come  to  this  knowledge  ? 

Sol.  God  shines  not  into  the  brain,  but  into  the  very  heart  of  his 
ministers,  that  they  may  give  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ. 

Doct.  So  that  the  end  of  God's  shining  on  his  ministry  is,  that  they  may 
shine  on  others. 

So  then,  if  you  ask  what  is  the  sanctified  means  of  God  to  come  to  so 
excellent  a  knowledge  of  the  face  of  God  in  Christ,  it  is  specially  to  the 
ministry.  So  God  shines  in  them,  that  they  may  give  the  light  of  the 
knowledge  they  have  to  others. 

And  here  I  will  unfold  to  you  their  excellency,  and  authoriiy  ministerial, 
and  the  necessity  of  the  calling,  they  being  the  light  of  the  world,  the  sun 
of  the  world ;  of  whom  it  is  said,  '  As  the  Father  sendeth  me,  so  I  send 
you,'  John  xx.  21.     But  these  things  concern  our  calling  more. 

Only  it  concerns  all  to  know  this,  that  God  hath  not  set  up  an  ordinance 
in  his  church  in  vain.  As  it  is  glorious  to  know  '  the  glory  of  God  in  the 
face  of  Christ,'  so  if  ever  we  will  know  it,  we  must  come  to  the  ministry, 
that  God  hath  set  up  as  lights  in  his  church  ;  for  they  be  appointed  to  give 
thee  '  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Christ.'  So  that 
the  ordinance  of  God  is  joined  with  access  to  the  ministers  of  God.  If  you 
regard  God  and  Christ,  regard  the  ministry,  for  the  grace  of  God,  and  faith, 
and  knowledge,  and  the  ministry  of  faith,  are  all  linked  together,  and  he 
that  despiseth  the  ministers,  despiseth  God,  and  grace,  and  heaven  and  all. 
And  therefore  the  word,  as  opened  in  the  ministry,  is  called  rhv  Xoyov  tt^s 
xaraXXayi^g,  '  the  word  of  reconciliation,'  2  Cor.  v.  18.  No  reconciliation 
without  it ;  rov  Xoyov  rrig  ^uTJg,  '  the  word  of  life,'  Philip,  ii.  16  ;  ro  hdo^ov 
svayytXiov,  '  the  glorious  gospel,'  1  Tim.  i.  11 ;  rov  avh^iiov  ^aayiova  tou 
©iov  Big  TTiv  cuTn^iav,  '  strong  arm  of  God  to  salvation  ;'  t^v  Bwd/jjiv  rov 
Qiou,  '  the  power  of  God,'  2  Cor.  vi.  7  ;  because  God  conveyed  all  these 
things  by  it.  And  they  that  despise  it,  despise  glorification,  reconciliation, 
glory,  and  life,  and  all.  It  is  o  Xoyo;  rj^g  jSaaiXuag,  the  '  word  of  the 
kingdom,'  Mat.  xiii.  19 ;  because  we  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  grace  here,  by 
his  ordinance,  and  then  into  the  kingdom  of  God.  Therefore  to  despise 
God's  ordinance  is  to  despise  God ;  and  Acts  xiii.  46,  the  apostle  saith, 
'  Seeing  you  account  yourselves  unworthy  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.'  If 
they  will  not  hear  the  gospel,  it  is  as  if  they  despised  the  kiugdom  of 
heaven. 

Use.  That  I  advise  is,  that  every  one  labour /or  a  right  apprehension  of 
the  ordinances  of  God.    '  Let  a  man  esteem  of  us  as  the  ministers  of  Christ,' 
*  That  is,  '  interested.'— G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   6.  337 

1  Cor.  iv.  1,  neither  more  nor  less,  but  just  so ;  that  is,  not  lords  over  our 
faith,  but  ministers  that  dispense  the  mystery  of  Christ. 

I  need  not  speak  much  of  this,  because  God  never  wrought  good  in  any 
but  they  would  have  a  due  and  right  conceit  of  the  ministers  and  ordi- 
nances of  God.  And  they  that  have  base  conceits  of  it,  it  is  a  sign  God 
never  wrought  any  good  in  them.  And  therefore  I  speak  to  them  that  have 
respect  to  the  ordinances  of  God,  and  that  they  [may]  have  more  respect 
to  it.  Mark  what  the  apostle  saith,  '  God  shines  on  the  heart  of  the 
apostles  to  give  light,'  &c. 

Obj.  But  it  may  be  objected,  God  shines  in  the  hearts  of  his  ministers 
that  they  may  shine  on  others.     Can  only  good  men  convert  ? 

Ans.  I  answer  first,  that  they  have  a  great  advantage  above  all  others, 
because  they  have  those  affections  and  those  desires  to  stir  them  up  to  pray 
to  God  heartily  for  their  people.  And  then  they  have  love  to  the  people. 
It  is  love  that  begets  grace,  and  so  they  having  sanctified  hearts,  that  way 
they  do  more  good  than  others.  But  the  eftect  of  God's  ordinance  is  not 
tied  to  the  dignity  of  any  man's  person.  Judas  was  a  preacher,  as  bad  as 
he  was.  Those  that  convert  many  shall  *  shine  in  heaven,'  if  they  be  good, 
Dan.  xii.  4  ;  if  they  be  bad  they  may  convert  others  and  never  come  thither 
themselves  ;  therefore  respect  the  ordinance  of  God  for  itself.  But  because 
a  good  expression  of  the  integrity  and  constant  sufliciency  in  the  teacher 
is  a  good  help  to  attention  and  respect,  therefore  we  ought  to  be  careful  in 
the  choice  of  these.  For  though  God's  ordinances  depend  not  on  the 
■worthiness  of  the  minister,  yet  there  is  much  help  this  way. 

Obj.  But  you  will  say.  Can  the  ministiy  cause  the  knowledge  of  God  in 
the  face  of  Jesus  Christ  ?  They  be  but  men,  and  God  shineth  in  us  that 
we  may  give  knowledge  of  God. 

Ans.  I  answer,  man  doth  it  whether  they  be  good  or  otherwise,  minis- 
terially. God  honours  them  so  far  as  to  give  them  his  own  title :  Acts  xvi. 
14,  Paul  preached,  God  opens  Lydia's  heart.  There  must  be  a  concurring 
of  God  with  the  ministry :  1  Cor.  iii.  6,  '  Paul  may  plant,  and  Apollos 
water,  but  God  giveth  the  increase.'  But  if  Paul  plant  and  God  giveth  not 
increase,  all  is  to  no  purpose.  '  Be  faithful  in  thy  ealUng,'  saith  Paul  to 
Timothy,  and  so  thou  sbalt  both  save  thyself  and  thy  hearers,  1  Tim.  iv. 
16.  So  that  God  appoints  calling,  and  giveth  gifts  and  callings  for  the 
good  of  his  church.  The  sun  shineth  on  the  moon  and  stars,  to  enlighten 
the  world  ;  and  the  light  that  ministers  have  is  to  shine  upon  others.  God 
teacheth  men  by  men,  and  it  is  most  suitable  and  proportionable  to  our 
weakness.  As  it  is  a  trial  of  our  obedience  to  respect  the  word,  as  it  comes 
from  one  subject  to  the  same  infirmity  with  ourselves,  so  it  is  suitable  to 
our  weakness.  We  could  not  hear  God,  nor  an  angel,  therefore  God  giveth 
gifts  to  men  for  men.  Beloved,  it  is  a  marvellous  fruit  of  God's  love,  that 
he  will  estabhsh  such  a  calling,  the  end  of  which  is  to  bring  men  to  heaven. 
They  be  '  sent  of  God,'  Acts  xiii.  2G  ;  tbey  be  the  '  salt  of  the  earth,'  Mat. 
V.  13,  the  world  would  be  putrified  without  it ;  they  be  '  the  light,'  Philip, 
ii.  15,  the  world  would  be  dark  without  it.  If  it  were  not  for  the  gospel, 
what  is  England,  that  is  now  so  glorious  above  other  countries  that  sit  in 
darkness  ?  And  therefore  seeing  God  conveyeth  all  good  to  us  this 
way,  let  it  be  our  praj'er  to  God  '  to  send  labourers  into  his  vineyard,' 
to  set  up  light  in  dark  places,  and  to  teach  his  ministers,  that  they  may 
teach  us. 

It  is  strange  that  Paul,  so  holy  a  man  as  he  was,  should  desire  the 
Romans,  chap.  xv.  30,  '  to  pray  and  strive  with  God  in  prayer  for  him.'     '  I 

VOL. IV.  Y 


338  COMMENTAKY  ON 

beseech  yon,'  I  conjure  you,  '  by  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  the  love  of 
the  Sphit,  that  you  strive  to  God  for  me.' 

Note.  The  devil  sets  against  this  ordinance  of  God  especially,  for  it  bat- 
tereth  his  kingdom,  and  is  a  means  to  draw  men  out  of  his  darkness,  *  into 
the  glorious  light  of  the  sons  of  God,'  Rom.  viii.  21  ;  as  in  the  Acts  sxvi. 
18,  the  Lord  '  sent  him  to  bring  them  from  darkness  to  light.'  Therefore 
the  devil  stirs  up  '  unreasonable  men,'  malicious  men,  that  have  hurtful 
and  evil  principles,  to  do  hurt  to  them  that  seek  their  good,  to  requite 
good  with  ill ;  and  therefore  the  apostle  prayeth,  '  Lord  let  me  be  delivered 
from  unreasonable  men,'  aero  ruv  a.rb--u>\i,  absurd  men,  greedy,  that  are  so  far 
from  faith  that  they  have  not  common  reason,  2  Thes.  iii.  2.  Now  con- 
sidering God  conveyeth  all  good,  specially  saving  knowledge  this  way,  desire 
God  to  preserve  the  ministers  from  unreasonable  men  ;  that  God  would 
let  the  gospel  '  run  and  be  glorified,'  2  Thes.  iii.  1 ;  and  that  the  ministry 
may  be  glorious,  that  is,  that  tbe  Spirit  may  accompany  it  to  get  a  great 
deal  of  love  and  strength  to  bear  afflictions.  Where  the  ministry  is  rightly 
received  it  is  a  glorious  thing.  And  therefore  the  apostle  prays  that  the 
gospel  may  have  a  free  passage,  and  be  glorified  by  the  Spirit  accompanying 
it,  in  the  hearts  of  the  people  ;  and  they  that  will  profit  most  by  it,  must 
be  so  far  from  undermining  it,  that  they  must  desire  God  to  assist  the 
teacher,  that  he  being  taught  may  teach  others.  Thus  far  it  concerneth 
us  all. 

And  this  not  only  teacheth  the  ministers  to  shine  to  others,  but  every 
Christian  is  a  prophet. -!=  And  they  that  have  the  light  of  God  shining  on 
them  are  to  give  the  hght  to  others.  We  are  all  anointed  of  God,  and 
like  good  Christians  we  have  all  received  the  anointing  of  the  Spirit,  and  in 
our  sphere  we  ought  to  do  all  the  good  we  can  to  everj^  one  in  his  place. 
'  You  have  all  knowledge,'  saith  the  apostle,  '  that  you  may  exhort  and 
edify  one  another,'  1  Thes.  v.  11.  This  must  be  done  by  the  public  ordi- 
nance, and  by  every  particular  Christian.  And  therefore  every  Christian 
may  shine  to  others,  and  open  to  others  the  mystery  of  salvation,  according 
to  their  calling,  specially  in  their  families.  Our  Saviour  saith,  '  Admonish 
thy  brother,  and  thou  shalt  save  thy  brother,'  Mat.  xviii.  15.  God  maketh 
common  Christians  saviours  of  others.  And  therefore  as  we  believe  com- 
munion of  saints  in  the  creed,  so  we  ought  to  labour  for  the  grace  of  com- 
munion of  saints,  that  is,  for  ability  and  love,  that  we  may  be  able  to  do 
good  one  to  another.  And  no  man  is  a  Christian  for  himself  alone.  Every 
man  hath  grace  for  the  good  of  the  body.  There  is  no  idle  member  of  the 
church's  body.  As  soon  as  any  one  is  a  Christian,  he  is  a  profitable  member. 
Onesimus,  as  soon  as  he  is  converted,  *  he  is  profitable,'  Philem.  11.  By 
prayer,  by  advice,  by  comforting,  and  counsel,  he  hath  ability  to  do  some- 
thing to  the  body  of  Christ.  As  he  hath  good  by  the  graces  of  the  body, 
BO  by  God's  grace  he  is  able  to  do  some  good  in  the  body  :  he  is  no  dead 
member,  but  hath  some  grace  of  communion. 

And  it  is  no  vain  glory,  if  it  be  not  done  for  ostentation  ;  if  for  Christ, 
not  for  his  own  advantage  or  ostentation.  Breasts  may  be  opened  to  give 
milk,  which  otherwise  would  be  shut;  gifts  may  be  opened  to  do  good.  If 
they  know  anything  that  is  good  they  ought  to  infuse  it  to  them,  whom  God 
hath  made  near  and  dear  to  them,  for  grace  is  communicable. 

The  sun  shineth  on  the  greater  part  of  the  world  at  once.  The  more 
communicable  the  better :  the  more  near  God  and  Christ. 

And  then  we  may  think  that  we  have  all  things,  the  benefit  and  comfort 
■^'  That  is,  =  'teaclier.' — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  339 

of  any  true  gift,  when  we  have  spirits  of  love  to  communicate  it  to  others. 
These  be  therefore  two  main  graces  of  communion,  humiUty,  and  love.  And 
when  we  can  sweetly,  humbly,  and  by  the  spirit  of  love  communicate  it  to 
others,  then  we  be  masters  of  what  we  have,  else  it  is  not  given  for  our 
good.  G-od  will  blast  it  if  we  do  not  communicate  it,  God  vvdll  talie  away 
that  he  hath  from  the  idle  servant,  that  will  not  employ  his  talent.  I  would 
to  God  more  conscience  were  made  of  this,  that  not  only  ministers,  but  every 
one,  would  be  first  the  cistern,  and  then  the  conduit,  first  get  something  in, 
and  then  put  it  out,  when  it  is  seasonable,  and  when  we  have  a  calling 
to  do  it. 

How  hath  a  Christian  a  calling  to  comfort  othei-s,  to  give  seasonable 
reproofs,  to  give  admonitions,  to  strengthen  others,  when  no  minister  is 
by  ?  He  that  is  not  able  to  do  it  in  some  measure,  can  he  believe  com- 
munion of  saints  ?  Therefore  labour  for  some  spiritual  ability,  that  ye  may 
not  be  dead  and  idle  members  of  the  body,  but  shine  to  others  in  giving 
example  to  others  in  the  way  to  heaven,  that  others  may  have  cause  to 
bless  God.  O  blessed  be  God  that  ever  I  was  acquainted  with  such  a  one. 
As  David  said  of  Abigail,  1  Sam.  xxv.  39,  so  such  a  one  gave  me  counsel, 
and  it  came  from  love,  from  a  sweet  spirit,  and  I  shall  have  cause  to  remem- 
ber it  while  I  live. 

Consider  it  is  our  calling.  We  are  all  prophets,  all  anointed.  A  Chris- 
tian hath  an  high  calling  ;  but  specially  consider  what  we  do  believe  by  the 
'  communion  of  saints  ;'  and  what  we  pray  for,  when  we  say,  '  thy  king- 
dom come,'  that  is,  that  faith  may  reign  in  our  hearts  and  minds.  Shall 
we  say,  let  thy  kingdom  come,  when  we  are  enemies  of  the  ministry  and 
good  communion  ?  If  we  use  this  prayer  thus,  we  mock  God.  I  desire 
God  to  make  these  things  effectual. 

The  apostle  in  the  former  chapter,  as  we  have  heard,  raiseth  up  the  soul 
to  the  chief  cause  of  all  heavenly  light  in  the  soul,  which  is  God,  by  his 
almighty  power  shining  in  our  hearts,  as  he  caused  the  light  to  shine  at  the 
first.  By  how  much  that  light  is  more  excellent  than  that  light  of  nature, 
by  so  much  the  greater  power  is  put  forth  for  the  working  of  it,  being  so 
opposite  thereunto. 

The  end  of  this  shining  in  the  hearts  of  the  ministers  especially,  is  to 
*  give  the  light  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ.'  God 
shineth  on  ministers  that  they  may  reflect  that  light  upon  others.  As  John 
Baptist  saith,  '  they  be  friends  of  the  bride,  that  learn  of  the  bridegroom,' 
Christ,  what  to  do'^to  help  his  spouse,  John  iii.  29.  They  labour  to  know 
the  meaning  of  Christ,  what  his  good  will  is  to  them  that  be  his.  They  be 
friends  on  both  sides,  on  Christ's,  and  the  spouse's.  They  come  between 
both,  for  the  furthering  of  the  blessed  marriage  between  Christ  and  the  soul. 

I  have  spoken  of  the  glory  of  God,  which  specially  shines  in  his  mercy 
and  goodness.  There  is  a  greater  lustre  of  God's  attributes  in  the  gospel 
than  in  the  law. 

Quest.  It  may  be  asked.  Are  not  we  for  to'preach  the  law  as  well  as  the 
glory  of  God  in  the  face  of  Christ  discovered  in  the  gospel  ? 

Ans.  I  yield  there  must  be  special  care  of  that,  even  now  in  the  days  of 
the  gospel ;  for  you  know  there  be  three  degrees,  the  state  of  nature,  the 
state  under  the  law,  and  the  state  under  grace.  Before  we  can  come  from 
nature  to  grace,  we  must  come  under  the  law ;  we  must  know  ourselves 
thoroughly,  and  be  humbled  to  purpose.  Many  live  under  the  gospel,  that 
were  never  yet  under  the  law,  that  think  themselves  under  Christ,  and 
under  grace,  and  yet  were  never  humbled.     Therefore  in  love  to  the  souls 


340  COMMENTARY  ON 

of  men,  let  tlie  iaw  be  discovered ;  as  God  gave  the  law,  not  to  damn  men 
but  in  love  to  men,  that  thereby  they  might  see  the  impurity  of  their 
natures,  and  lives,  and  the  curse  due  to  it,  and  so  follow  him  forthwith  to 
Christ,  from  Sinai  to  Sion,  appealing  from  the  throne  of  justice  to  the 
throne  of  grace  and  mevcj,  the  Lord  Christ.  The  Lord  gave  not  the  law 
purposely  to  damn  men,  but  to  drive  them  to  an  holy  despair  in  themselves. 
They  that  despair  in  themselves,  they  come  to  see  their  whole  hope  of 
comfort  to  be  in  the  face  of  God  in  Christ. 

Therefore  respectively  to  gi'ace,  we  ought  to  force  the  law  in  these  dull 
and  drowsy  times.  For  they  that  stick  in  the  state  of  nature,  as  profane 
godless  persons,  swearers,  loose  persons,  were  never  yet  under  the  law. 
And  what  have  they  to  do  with  Christ,  that  were  never  humbled  ?  If  their 
eyes  were  open  to  see  what  they  are  by  nature,  and  what  they  would  be  if 
God  should  cut  the  thread  of  their  lives,  they  would  look  about  them  then. 
The  kingdom  of  heaven  would  suffer  violence,  if  men  understood  their  states 
throughly,  that  there  is  but  a  step  between  them  and  hell,  nothing  but  a 
life  full  of  uncertainties,  without  serious  repentance. 

Moses  brought  none  into  Canaan,  That  was  Joshua's  part.  When 
Moses  had  brought  them  near,  then  he  giveth  up  his  office  to  Joshua.  The 
law  must  give  up  its  office  to  Christ.  When  men  are  cast  down  with  appre- 
hensions of  sin,  they  must  run  into  the  bosom  of  the  gospel,  and  shelter 
themselves  under  the  wings  of  Jesus  Christ.  Though  such  persons  may  in 
the  error  of  their  conscience  think  themselves  farthest  off  grace,  yet  they 
be  nearest.  For  '  blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit,  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom 
of  heaven,'  Mat.  v.  3.  '  And  come  to  me,  all  ye  that  be  heavy  laden,  I 
will  ease  you,'  Mat.  xi.  28. 

Quest.  Again,  some  will  object,  we  must  teach  moral  duties,  teach  men 
not  to  be  sottish  and  drunken  and  filthy  in  their  lives. 

A71S.  It  is  very  good.  I  would  these  abominations  were  reformed,  but 
if  there  be  not  a  better  foundation  laid  for  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the 
face  of  Christ,  by  the  discovery  of  the  hidden  face  of  nature,  we  should 
make  them  but  hypocrites,  and  only  civilise  them.  Therefore  the  right 
way  to  make  them  leave  these  abominations  is,  first,  to  get  knowledge  of 
themselves  by  nature,  and  of  their  original  corruptions  ;  and  then,  to  lead 
them  to  the  knowledge  of  God  '  in  the  face  of  Jesus  Christ,'  that  seeing 
love,  love  may  kindle  love,  and  alter  their  course,  and  make  them  study  to 
please  God.  If  duties  spring  not  from  love,  they  be  dead  duties,  and  but 
carcases  of  duties.  But  love  constraineth  us  to  perform  services  by  the 
apprehension  of  God's  mercy  in  Christ. 

Therefore  if  we  will  make  men  leave  sin  on  good  grounds,  teach  the 
gospel;  else  we  shall  bring  them  into  a  civil*  compass  which  is  good, 
and  I  would  there  were  more  of  it ;  but  we  should  not  rest  there.  Holy 
duties,  and  abstaining  fi'om  gross  sins,  is  a  great  deal  more  groundedly 
enforced  from  the  gospel  than  the  law.  For  the  reasons  from  thence  are 
very  demonstrative,  as  Paul,  Titus  ii.  12,  '  The  grace  of  God  hath  appeared, 
teaching  us  to  deny  ungodliness  and  worldly  lusts ;  and  to  live  soberly  to 
ourselves,  righteous  to  others,  holily  to  God.' 

And  therefore  the  apostle's  method  is  first  to  lay  the  ground  and  founda- 
tion of  Christian  doctrine,  and  then  to  build  upon  it  Christian  duties  in  all 
his  epistles  ;  as  in  the  Komans,  after  he  had  shewed  free  justification,  by 
the  mercy  of  God  in  Christ  Jesus,  and  then  sanctification  of  our  nature, 
then  he  comes  to  the  comforts  of  a  Christian  life  in  predestination,  and 
*  That  is,  ==  moral— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,   VER.   6.  341 

Grod's  free  everlasting  love.  '  Tken  I  beseech  you,  by  the  mercies  of  God 
in  Christ,  give  up  your  bodies  as  reasonable  sacrifices  to  God,'  Eom.  xii.  1. 
The  ground  of  his  exhortation  is  to  devote  and  consecrate  ourselves  to  God, 
and  it  is  from  the  mercies  of  God.  And  so  in  all  the  rest  of  his  epistles, 
he  layeth  foundation  of  a  Christian  life  upon  Christian  doctrine,  as  Lactan- 
tius  saith  well,  '  All  morality  without  piety  is  a  goodly  statue  without  an 
head  (i).  [It  is]  the  head  that  giveth  life  and  influence  into,  all  duties  of 
a  Christian  and  the  knowledge  of  Christ.*  In  a  word,  whatsoever  we  preach 
is  either  to  drive  to  Christ,  or  is  Christ  himself,  by  his  benefits  unfolded, 
or  an  holy  life,  with  this  respect,  that  we  may  live  answerable,  and  worthy 
of  Christ ;  so  that  whatsoever  we  preach,  it  hath  respect  to  Christ. 

And  therefore  the  apostle  speaking  of  the  main  duty  saith,  *  God  hath 
shined  in  our  hearts,  to  give  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face 
of  Jesus  Christ.'  Certainly  all  will  follow  where  this  is,  '  She  loved  much, 
because  much  was  forgiven,'  liuke  vii.  47.  She  had  relished  the  sweet 
love  of  God  in  pardoning  her,  and  therefore  loved  much.  For  what  is  love 
but  all  duty  in  the  root  ?  It  is  one  in  the  root,  and  all  in  the  branches. 
All  sin  is  one  in  original  corruption,  the  root  which  brancheth  itself  many 
ways  into  particulars.  So  love  being  one  in  the  root,  when  the  heart  is 
filled  with  that,  you  shall  not  need  to  dictate  to  it,  to  do  this  or  that.  Love 
is  an  afiection  full  of  invention,  to  please,  delight,  and  gratify  the  person 
loved,  and  sets  the  soul  on  fire  to  all  duties  whatsoever. 
■  1.  Again,  the  knowledge  of  God  differenceth  God's  people  from  atheists, 
that  know  no  God  at  all.  So  to  know  God  in  Christ,  that  differenceth 
them  from  those  without  the  church,  that  know  God,  but  not  'in  the  face 
of  Christ.'  To  know  God  in  the  face  of  Christ  as  he  should  be  known, 
difiers  true  Christians  from  popish  and  rotten  professors,  and  from  an 
hypocrite-  within  the  church.  The  papists  know  God  not  in  the  face  of 
Jesus  Christ ;  only  they  go  to  him  by  other  mediators,  and  they  will  have 
crucifixes,  and  many  gods,  never  desiring  to  discover  the  face  of  Christ. 

But  the  best  discovery  of  God  is  to  see  him  '  in  the  face  of  Christ.' 
The  best  sight  of  Christ  is,  not  in  a  crucifix  or  the  work  of  an  idle  painter, 
but  to  see  him  in  the  word  and  sacrament.  You  have  seen  Christ 
'  crucified  before  jowx  eyes,'  saith  Paul  to  the  Galatians,  Gal.  iii.  1.  God 
worketh  grace  by  his  own  means,  and  not  by  the  bastardly  means  of  man's 
invention.  The  knowledge  of  God  is  conveyed  by  Christ,  and  no  other 
mediator.  That  knowledge  which  comes  nearest  the  knowledge  of  God  in 
Christ  is  not  only  disciplinary,  but  a  sound  sa-^dng  knowledge,  that  sees 
things  in  their  formal,  proper,  spiritual  light,  and  not  only  in  their  shell. 

2.  This  distinguisheth  likewise  them  under  the  law.  And  they  see  the  face 
of  God  under  the  law,  poor  distressed  sinners.  Ay,  but  they  see  an  angry 
face  there.  But  if  they  will  see  God  as  they  should  do,  and  as  true  Chris- 
tians, they  see  not  his  angry  countenance  in  Moses  under  the  law,  threaten- 
ing men  with  hell  and  damnation ;  but  they  see  him  '  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ,'  reconciling  the  world  to  himself. 

In  the  next  verse,  ver.  7,  the  apostle  preventeth  an  objection,  as  he  is 
very  curious  in  prevention ;  for  he  was  full  of  love,  and  desired  to  make 
way  for  himself  in  the  hearts  of  them  whom  he  taught.  When  he  saw 
anything  between  him  and  their  hearts,  he  labours  to  remove  it,  by  all 
the  wit^  and  policy  that  he  could ;  and  therefore  he  now  preventeth  an 
objection  from  the  meanness  of  his  person  and  condition.  You  speak 
much  of  preaching  the  gospel,  what  doth  the  world  esteem  of  you  ?  you 
*  Qu.  '  The  liecad  ...  is  the  knowledge  ' '?— Ed. 


842  COMMENTARY  ON 

be  a  poor  despised  man.  It  is  true,  but  I  carry  tbe  excellent  treasures  of 
tbe  love  of  God  in  Cbrist ;  naj,  we  carry  it  in  eartben  vessels ;  but  it  is  a 
treasure,  tbougb  in  earlbeu  vessels,  tbougb  conveyed  by  despised  persons. 
And  God  batb  a  wise  end  in  it.  I  look  to  God's  end ;  wbicb  is,  tbat  in 
the  meanness  of  my  condition  tbe  power  and  excellency  of  wbat  I  teach 
may  come  from  him,  and  not  from  me ;  therefore  be  usetb  mean  instru- 
ments in  his  great  work.  So  that  tbe  words  have  a  prevention  of  an 
objection. 

And  there  is  a  double  answer  to  tbe  objection. 

1.  We  are  '  earthen  vessels,'  but  we  carr^'  a  '  treasure'  in  them. 

2.  Again,  God  doth  it  'that  tbe  excellency  of  the  power'  of  my  preaching 
'  may  be  of  God,  and  not  of  us.'     To  come  to  the  particulars. 

1.  That  tbe  gospel,  and  the  knowledge  of  God  in  the  face  of  Christ,  it  is 
a  treasure. 

2.  And  the  way  to  come  to  it  is  by  the  ministry.  Our  ministerial  dis- 
pensation of  it  is  the  way  to  convey  it  to  others. 

3.  That  ministers,  as  well  as  others,  are  but  frail,  empty  vessels. 
Indeed,  they  have  a  treasure  conveyed  b}-  the  dispensation  that  God  hath 
set  upon  his  church,  but  it  is  all  but  by  earthen  vessels.  These  be  the  three 
things. 

Then  tbe  next  part  is,  '  that  the  excellency  of  the  power  may  be  of  God, 
and  not  of  us.'  So  that  there  is  a  power,  and  an  excellent  power,  shewed 
in  the  ministry  to  all  them  tbat  shall  be  saved. 

There  is  a  power  in  them  that  be  reprobate  wretches,  and  they  feel  it  at 
length,  to  harden  them  more  and  more,  to  make  them  more  bitter  and  worse ; 
but  in  them  that  be  saved  there  is  a  power,  and  excellency  of  power,  in  the 
ordinances  of  God. 

This  power  is  of  God,  and  not  of  men.  It  is  conveyed  by  man,  but  the 
power  originally,  t-anquam  dfonte,  cometh  from  God,     These  be  tbe  parts. 

1.  '  We  have  this  treasure  in  earthen  vessels,'  the  gospel,  the  knowledge 
of  God  in  tbe  face  of  Jesus  Christ.  The  knowledge  of  Cbrist,  and  of  God 
in  Christ,  it  is  a  treasure. 

What  is  a  treasure  '?  We  all  know.  Experience  sheweth  that  it  implieth 
plenty,  and  variety  of  things  of  price,  and  rare  things,  not  common,  and 
them  of  excellent  and  special  use  for  tbe  time  present  and  to  come,  for 
ornament,  or  for  security,  or  defence,  or  for  discharge  of  debt  and  trouble, 
or  for  help  and  comfort.  When  any  want  lieth  upon  a  man,  he  hath 
recourse  to  his  treasure. 

The  gospel  is  a  treasure  in  these  and  all  other  respects  tbat  may  be 
comfortable. 

For  here  is  plenty,  variety,  rarity,  price,  usefulness  in  the  highest  degree ; 
for  in  Christ,  who  is  the  chief  thing  in  tbe  gospel,  we  have  all. 

(1.)  There  is  j^lenty  in  C'hritit,  treasures  of  wisdom  and  of  all  good  bidden 
in  him  for  our  good.  The  apostle  saith,  '  In  him  are  hid  all  the  treasures 
of  wisdom  and  knowledge,'  Col.  ii.  3 ;  and  he  is  all  in  all,  he  is  our  riches. 
The  particulars  I  have  unfolded  out  of  a  portion  of  Scripture  heretofore.* 
He  is  'wisdom,'  he  is  'righteousness,'  and  '  sauctification,'  and  'redemp- 
tion,' 2  Cor,  i.  30:  wisdom  to  supply  our  ignorance,  righteousness  to 
supply  the  guilt  which  we  stand  charged  before  God  with ;  and  so  be  is 
righteousness  to  our  consciences.  He  is  sauctification  to  the  defilement 
ot  our  natures,  our  conditions  and  persons  being  miserable.  He  is 
redemption  to  us,  partly  of  our  souls  in  this  life,  and  of  soul  and  body  in 
*^Cf.  Vol.  III.  ou  2  Cor.  i.  30.— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  343 

the  life  to  come.     He  hath  all  by  grace  of  union ;  for  our  natures  being  so  near 
as  to  be  hj^postatically  united,  and  taken  into  one  person  with  God.  .  ,  .* 

As  there  be  three  ways  of  conveying  excellency — union,  revelation,  and 
vision- — so  Christ  hath  it  by  union,  we  by  revelation  in  this  world,  by  vision 
in  the  world  to  come. 

Now  Christ  hath  a  fulness  in  him,  partly  by  virtue  of  this  union,  and  partly 
ratione  officii,  as  he  is  the  head  of  the  church ;  for  where  should  we  be  but 
in  the  head  ?  The  head  is  wisdom  for  the  body.  All  the  senses  are  in  the 
head.  It  sees,  it  hears,  it  understandeth  for  the  body,  it  doth  all  for  the 
body ;  so  that  the  riches  of  a  Christian  is  hid  in  Christ,  but  for  the  good  of 
the  body.  Whatsoever  we  stand  in  need  of,  God  is  all-sufficient,  and  Christ 
is  God-man,  and  we  are  knit  to  Christ  by  faith,  so  that  Christ  and  we  are 
all  one,  and  therefore  a  Christian  hath  a  rich  treasure  in  Christ. 

(2.)  And  then  he  hath  price  and  excellency  in  the  things  tee  have  in  him.. 
If  any  things  be  excellent,  these  things  are.  They  raise  our  condition  above 
the  common  condition  of  the  world  ;  nay,  above  angels  in  some  sort,  making 
us  heirs  and  fellow-heirs  with  Christ.  It  makes  us  the  sons  of  God,  sets 
us  at  liberty  from  our  cursed  condition,  and  not  only  at  liberty,  but  in  a 
state  of  advancement  as  high  as  our  natures  can  reach  unto.  Liheratio  d 
sumvio  malo,  summi  honi  habet  rationein,  freedom  from  the  greatest  evil, 
which  is  damnation  and  destruction.  It  hath  respect  to  the  greatest  good  ; 
but  then,  together  with  freedom  from  the  greatest  evil,  we  have  advance- 
ment to  the  greatest  good.  Indeed,  we  can  hardly  conceive  of  the  excel- 
lency of  the  things  we  have  in  Christ.     Every  grace  is  precious. 

[1.]  How  precious  is  faith,  that  layeth  hold  of  all  the  graces  in  Christ, 
and  makes  them  our  own  ! 

[2. J  What  precious  grace  is  love,  that  makes  us  to  deny  ourselves  and 
communicate  ourselves  to  the  good  of  others  !  A  world  of  good  a  loving 
soul  can  do. 

[3.]  And  so  the  hope  of  life,  what  an  anchor  it  is  to  stay  the  soul  in  aU 
conditions  patiently  and  contentedly  ! 

And  every  grace  is  pi'ecious,  and  needs  must  every  grace  be  precious, 
considering  the  price  they  cost.  Things  dearly  bought  are  precious,  and 
every  grace  of  the  Spirit,  and  the  Spirit  itself,  is  purchased  by  the  blood  of 
Christ.  For  the  Spirit  hath  no  communion  with  us  till  peace  be  made 
between  God  and  us  by  Christ ;  but  when  God  the  Father  is  reconciled  by 
Christ,  then  the  Spirit,  a  friend  of  both,  cometh  from  both,  and  assureth 
us  of  the  love  of  both,  discovering  the  secret  love  of  God  in  Christ,  and 
bestoweth  all  grace,  to  furnish  and  fit  us  for  heaven.  So  that  the  graces  of 
the  Spirit  are  precious,  and  to  be  accounted  precious,  because  they  cost  so 
dear  as  the  blood  of  Christ. 

(3.)  And  then /or  usefulness,  what  use  have  ive  of  every  grace  1  What  were 
our  lives  without  grace  ?  What  serve  treasures  for  but  to  pay  our  debts  ? 
Christ  paid  all  your  debts  to  God  the  Father,  to  God's  justice.  We  are 
all  discharged.  One  red  line  of  his  blood  drawn  over  the  debt-book  crosseth 
all  the  debt.  Satan  hath  nothing  to  do  with  us.  In  him  we  have  remission 
of  sins,  and  he  is  now  in  heaven  to  make  intercession  for  us,  and  plead  our 
cause  as  our  friend.  At  God's  right  hand  we  have  a  friend  and  brother 
in  our  nature,  that  maintaineth  the  love  of  God  constantly  to  us  as  his 
members  and  as  his  spouse. 

Besides,  we  have  comfort  in  all  distresses ;  and  we  have  strength  in  all 
our  weaknesses ;  light  and  direction  in  all  our  perplexities,  by  the  Spirit, 
*  Sentence  unfinished. — G. 


344 


COMMENTARY  ON 


and  grace  of  the  Spirit.  So  that  in  every  respect  Christ  and  the  graces  of 
the  Spirit  are  satisfying  treasures. 

(4.)  The  gospel  which  revealeth  this  is  a  treasure  specially  for  the  time  to 
come,  for  then  is  a  treasure  speciaUy  useful,  Christ  is  a  rich  storehouse, 
and  in  him  we  have  all.  For  the  time  to  come  we  have  more  in  Christ 
than  here.  When  Christ  shall  he  revealed,  and  we  shall  be  revealed,  then 
our  treasure  will  appear.  And  before  that,  at  the  hour  of  death,  when  all 
comforts  shall  be  taken  from  us,  then  comes  in  the  treasure  of  a  Christian, 
then  he  hath  use  of  Christ,  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  to  support  him ;  and 
the  spirit  of  faith  and  hope,  to  strengthen  him  with  patience  and  willingness 
to  go  to  Christ :  then  come  in  all  the  riches  that  he  hath  laid  up,  all  the 
spiritual  graces,  for  to  help  him  at  that  hour.  So  that  specially  then  in 
time  of  need  comes  in  these  treasures,  Christ  with  his  grace  and  Spirit.  The 
best  use  of  religion  is  in  time  to  come.  Now,  we  can  make  a  shift  with 
riches,  and  friends,  and  strength ;  but  when  all  is  done,  we  must  liave  a 
better  treasure,  that  is,  Christ  and  the  graces  of  Christ. 

We  may  refer  all  to  these  two  heads,  Christ  partly  imparted  and  partly 
imputed.  That  that  is  imputed  is  his  righteousness,  by  which  we  have 
freedom  from  hell,  advancement  to  heaven  ;  and  the  imparted  and  bestowed 
favours  are  the  graces  of  his  Spirit  for  all  times  and  services.  We  have 
remedies  for  all  maladies.  And  they  are  of  a  higher  nature  than  all  other 
treasures  whatsoever. 

Therefore,  to  shew  the  difference  between  this  and  other  treasures,  to 
raise  up  the  estimation  of  Christ,  and  the  good  things  in  him,  these  treasures 
we  have  in  Christ  imputed  and  imparted. 

1.  They  are  independent.  The  comfort  of  them  doth  not  depend  on  any 
inferior  comfort,  or  things  in  this  world,  but  when  all  comforts  are  taken 
away,  then  they  are  of  special  use. 

2.  And  as  they  be  independent,  so  they  be  unirerscd.  Christ  and  the 
good  things  in  him  are  universally  good  for  all  turns.  There  is  no  other 
treasure  but  is  for  particular  ends,  and  cannot  do  all  things.  Riches  can 
make  a  man  as  happy  as  riches  can  do ;  and  dainties  make  a  man  as  lively 
as  such  things  can  do ;  and  friends  can  do  what  friends  can  do ;  but  all  is 
limited :  they  cannot  do  more  than  in  the  sphere  of  their  activity.  But 
what  is  said  of  money,  that  it  is  good  for  all  things,  I  am  sure  it  is  true  of 
the  grace  of  God  in  Christ.  It  is  good  for  all  things  and  all  conditions  : 
it  is  a  universal  good. 

3.  Then  it  is  a  treasure  that  is  2Jwportionahle  to  the  dignity  of  a  man. 
It  is  proportionable  to  the  soul,  to  satisfy  the  desires  thereof.  A  man's 
desire  is  larger  than  any  pleasure  in  the  world.  A  man  can  spend  all  his 
contentment  in  an  earthly  thing.  In  his  thoughts  and  affections  he  runneth 
through  the  contentment  of  all  earthly  things  presently.  If  a  man  had  all 
earthly  contentments,  the  soul  would  pass  through  them  all  and  see  beyond 
them ;  and  when  he  hath  done,  he  looks  on  them  as  soiled  commodities 
and  cast  things ;  but  the  treasures  of  the  gospel  in  Christ  are  proportion- 
able to  the  soul.  They  be  spiritual,  as  the  soul  is  spiritual ;  nay,  likewise 
they  be  larger  than  the  soul,  the  treasure  is  larger  than  the  treasury.  But 
of  other  things,  the  treasure  is  but  little,  the  treasury  large  ;  but  here  the 
treasure  is  larger  than  the  treasury,  for  our  soul  is  not  capable  of  the  fulness 
of  Christ.  There  is  more  in  Christ,  and  more  in  our  state  of  happiness 
than  the  soul  can  contain.  The  soul  can  never  spend  nor  run  through  all 
the  good  we  have,  for  there  is  still  more  and  more.  Therefore  the  apostle 
calls  it,  Eph.  iii.  8,  *  the  unsearchable  riches  of  grace.'     Search  more  and 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   6.  345 

more,  and  still  they  be  unsearchable.  '  Neither  eye  hath  seen,  nor  ear 
heard,  nor  hath  it  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive  of  the  excellent 
things  in  Christ,'  1  Cor.  ii.  9.  They  transcend  the  capacity  of  the  soul, 
which  no  other  treasure  can  do. 

4.  And  then  they  have  another  excellency.  They  make  the  soul  and  the 
whole  person  a  treasure ;  as  God  saith,  Mai.  iii.  17,  '  I  will  make  up  my 
jewels.'  The  grace  of  God  makes  us  gracious,  turneth  us  into  jewels.  No 
other  treasure  can  change  the  cask  wherein  it  is ;  but  these  blessed  things  of 
God  and  of  Christ,  wheresoever  he  dwelleth,  he  makes  the  soul  like  himself, 
stamping  his  own  image  and  likeness  upon  it.  For  such  is  the  change  of 
nature  into  grace  that  it  makes  us  treasures. 

Other  treasures  perhaps  make  us  worse,  as  indeed  they  do,  by  reason  of 
the  proneness  of  our  dispositions  to  earthly  things,  they  soil  and  stain  our 
natures.  But  these  treasures  of  excellent  things  purify  our  natures,  make 
us  better,  and  change  us  into  the  nature  of  themselves ;  nay  more,  grace 
changeth  the  worst  things  to  be  good  to  us :  that  is  the  excellency  of  its 
virtue.  They  talk  of  the  philosopher's  stone,  and  strange  things,  but  I  am 
sure  the  grace  of  God  is  so  excellent  a  treasure  that  it  extracts  good  out  of 
every  evil,  and  as  grace,  turneth  all  to  good,  and  so  the  sanctifying  Spirit 
concurring  with  it,  draweth  the  greatest  comforts  out  of  the  greatest  crosses. 
And  is  not  that  a  rich  treasure,  that  turneth  the  worst  things  to  good  ?  It 
will  make  every  thing  to  guide  us  to  the  main. 

5.  That  our  affections  may  be  raised  higher.  All  other  treasures  ivhatso- 
ever  they  be,  here  ive  find  them,  and  here  ice  must  leare  them,  ivhether  u-e  will 
or  no,  or  they  will  leave  t(s.  As  the  wise  man  saith  of  riches,  '  they  have 
eagles'  wings,'  Prov.  xxiii.  5.  Peritura  j^erituris,  we  must  leave  perishing 
earthly  things  to  perishing  men.  But  is  this  treasure  of  that  nature  or  no? 
For  it  makes  the  soul  eternal,  it  doth  raise  the  soul  to  be  spiritual,  the  soul 
carrieth  them  to  heaven  with  it.  The  earthen  vessel  indeed  is  cracked  to 
pieces,  but  the  treasure  remaineth.  The  soul  goeth  out  of  this  earthen 
vessel  to  heaven,  and  thither  carrieth  all  the  love  it  had,  and  all  the  graces, 
and  the  image  of  Christ  it  had.  All  is  there  perfectly,  nothing  is  taken 
away.  As  wo  say  of  an  earnest,  it  is  part  of  the  bargain,  and  not  taken 
away  again.  Luke  x.  42,  it  was  said  of  Mary's  part,  that  '  her  part  shall 
never  be  taken  from  her.'  All  other  things  will  be  taken  from  us.  We 
shall  be  stripped  of  all,  and  turned  naked  into  our  graves,  we  know  not  how 
soon.  As  we  came  naked,  so  must  we  be  turned  naked ;  but  Mary's  part, 
the  interest  in  the  treasure  of  the  gospel  and  the  good  things  of  Christ, 
shall  never  be  taken  from  us,  but  shall  be  perfected  in  heaven.  When 
friends  are  taken  away,  and  life  taken  away,  and  all  comforts  taken  away, 
yet  Mary's  part  endures  for  ever.  When  nothing  will  comfort,  all  our 
treasures  fail,  as  at  the  hour  of  death,  then  comes  in  this  treasure  and  com- 
forts most.  So  that  herein  it  differs  from  all  treasures  :  it  is  never  taken 
from  us,  and  stands  us  in  greatest  use  and  stead  in  our  greatest  necessity. 

6.  And  which  is  of  special  use,  other  treasures  ice  cannot  carry  about  us 
whithersoever  we  go.  But  this  is  like  [a]  pearl  rather  than  treasure.  A  Chris- 
tion  carrieth  this  treasure  wheresoever  he  goeth ;  nay,  he  carrieth  it  in  his 
heart,  it  is  hid  there,  and  who  can  take  it  out  thence?  Can  the  devil? 
No.  It  is  hid  in  his  afiections.  His  love,  and  choice,  and  judgment  hath 
gotten  it  and  mastered  it.  This  I  have,  and  this  I  must  stick  to  in  life  and 
death;  for  having  got  it  in  his  heart,  judgment,  and  aflection,  he  carrieth 
it  wheresoever  he  goeth,  maketh  use  of  it  wheresoever,  in  prison,  at  liberty, 
abroad  or  at  home.    Let  all  the  devils  in  hell  conspire,  they  may  take  away 


34G 


COMMENTARY  ON 


his  life,  but  not  his  treasure,  they  must  leave  him  the  gospel.  Perhaps 
they  may  take  it  out  of  the  book,  but  can  they  get  it  out  of  the  soul  ? 
Indeed,  unless  divine  truths  be  gotten  into  the  heart,  the  devil  will  come 
between  us  and  our  souls  and  rob  us  of  them  ;  but  if  it  be  in  the  judgment 
and  heart,  we  carry  it  with  us,  and  that  continually  and  in  all  places,  else 
it  could  not  serve  for  all  turns.  You  see  then  in  what  respect  this  treasure 
is  so  excellent. 

First,  that  we  may  believe  these  things  we  must  believe  God,  and  be- 
lieve his  saints,  and  believe  Christ. 

(1.)  God  by  his  Spirit  saitJi  it  is  so,  Prov.  iii.  14,  15.  The  knowledge 
of  Christ  and  the  good  things  by  him,  nothing  is  to  be  compared  to  them. 
Mat.  vi.  29.  God's  judgment  is  the  rule  of  the  goodness  of  things.  If  he 
saith  it  is  so,  it  is  so.  Christ  calleth  it  a  treasure,  that  a  wise  man  that 
hath  God's  Spirit  in  him  will  sell  all  for  to  obtain  it.  '  Lay  up  treasure 
in  heaven,'  Luke  xii.  21.  Labour  to  be  rich  in  God,  for  that  is  'true 
riches,'  Luke  xvi.  11. 

(2.)  And  for  the  servants  of  God,  tahe  Moses  and  St  Paid.  What  was 
the  judgment  of  Moses  ?  In  comparison,  the  worst  things  that  can  be  in 
Christ  and  religion  are  better  than  the  best  things  that  can  be  in  the  world. 
What  are  the  worst  things  ?  Shame  and  reproach,  together  with  poverty, 
and  the  like ;  but  the  '  reproach  of  Christ,'  which  is  most  insuflerable  to 
the  disposition  of  one  that  is  a  man  ;  but  the  rebukes  of  Christ  are  greater 
riches  than  all  the  treasures  of  Egypt.  Nay,  Moses  balanceth  them ;  he 
layeth  the  reproach  of  Christ  in  one  scale,  and  the  treasures  of  Egypt  in 
the  other,  and  the  reproaches  of  Christ  is  the  heavier  scale,  Heb.  xii.  26. 
Take  St  Paul,  Phil.  iii.  7,  8.  He  puts  into  one  scale  all  his  excellencies 
whatsoever  he  had.  He  was  a  Jew  'of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin,'  'without 
reproof,'  '  as  to  the  law  blameless ;'  after  he  was  a  Christian,  he  had  excellent 
graces,  abundance  of  the  Spirit  of  God.  No  man,  next  to  Christ,  discovered 
a  greater  portion  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ ;  and  yet,  not  only  '  I  did '  before 
my  being  in  Christ,  account  of  my  Pharisaism,  and  righteousness  of  the 
law  and  civil  life,  but  note,  '  I  do,'  when  I  am  well  advised  what  I  say,  I 
do  '  doubtless  esteem  all  dung  in  comparison  of  the  excellency  of  the  know- 
ledge of  Jesus  Christ,  and  to  be  found  in  him,  not  having  mine  own  right- 
eousness, but  the  righteousness  of  Christ.'  A/a  to  VTrio's'^ov  Tyjg  yvuiseooc,  Xoigtou 
'IrjSouTov  Kvpiou  /mou.  That  is  the  jewel  of  jewels;  the  treasure  of  trea- 
sures ;  for  thereby  we  come  to  have  infused  righteousness.  Imputed  is  the 
most  useful,  and  therefore  the  apostle  so  esteems  that,  that  in  regard  of  it 
he  esteemed  the  other  nothing,  and  thinks  he  hath  not  done  enough  till  he 
hath  set  disgraceful  terms  upon  it,  calling  it  dung,  ofial,  that  which  is  cast 
to  dogs.*  He  will  sufl'er  the  loss  of  all  righteousness,  reputation,  and  all, 
that  he  may  gain  Christ.  Thus,  if  we  believe  the  judgment  of  God,  and  of 
men  led  by  the  Spirit,  and  of  Christ,  we  must  needs  judge  this  an  excellent 
treasure. 

Use.  Therefore  let  vs  labour  to  have  our  parts  and  shares  in  this  excellent 
treasure  of  Christ,  and  the  good  things  of  Christ ;  to  give  no  rest  to  our 
Bouls  till  we  have  union  and  communion  with  him,  in  whom  '  all  treasures 
are  hid,'  Col.  ii.  3.  Get  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  whence  all  graces  and  com- 
forts be  derived ;  what  will  all  other  treasure  do  good,  when  we  stand 
most  in  need  ?  When  we  lie  gasping  for  comfort,  as  we  must  ere  long, 
what  will  friends  and  possessions  do  good  ?  what  will  these  farther  you, 

*  CKujSakoc  qimsi  7(.v6lj3aXov — Suidas.  Intestinumquodcanibusabjicitur. — Lapide. 
Significat  id  quod  omues  aversantur.  — -^a«cAjM5  in  loc.  Excrementum. — G. 


2  COniNTIIIANS  CHAP.  TV,  "S^EE.   G.  3-i7 

when  jou  go  swelling  and  puffing  against  God's  ministers,  and  truth,  and 
them  that  be  better  than  yourselves — What  will  they  do  you  good  that 
thus  leave  you  ?     Alas  !  nothing  at  all.     It  will  only  fill  your  souls  with 
despair  and  horror.     The  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ,  and  the  Spirit  of 
God  to  seal  it,  and  to  sanctify  hard  hearts,  is  the  only  thing  that  will  com- 
fort us.     It  will  not  comfort  a  man  on  his  deathbed,  that  he  hath  worn 
gay  apparel,  or  been  acquainted  with  great  persons,  or  borne  so  high  a  place, 
or  tasted  of  so  many  dainties.     Alas  !  when  he  reflecteth  on  these  things, 
what  good  will  they  do  ?     This  will  do  him  good  ;  I  remember  such  pro- 
mises, such  comforts,  such  precious  mercies,  that  have  been  unfolded  to 
me ;  the  work  of  God's  Spirit  in  me  hath  led  me  to  such  and  such  holy 
actions,  as  the  fruits  of  his  Spirit.     I  remember  Christ  hath  been  unfolded 
to  me,  that  I  might  cast  myself  on  his  mercy.     These  things  may  comfort, 
but  other  things  may  be  objects  of  discomfort,  but  comfort  they  can  yield 
none.     I  beseech  you,  let  us  consider  wherefore  we  came  into  the  world, 
and  wherefore  God  hath  given  men  great  parts.     We  are  sent  as  factors* 
into  the  world  to  trade,  being  all  merchants.     And  what  do  we  trade  for  ? 
For  this  commodity  that  we  should  carry  to  heaven  with  us,  that  we  may 
go  stored  to  heaven  with  them.     If  a  merchant  send  a  factor  into  a  foreign 
country,  and  he  bring  nothing  but  baubles  and  trifles,  can  he  give  a  good 
account  to  him  that  sent  him  ?     Doth  God  send  us  into  the  world  to  get  a 
great  deal  of  '  hard  clay,'  Hab.  ii.  6,  and  of  ill-gotten  goods  for  pleasures, 
and  to  deify  ourselves  and  others,  to  make  ourselves  much  more  the  children 
of  the  devil  than  we  are  by  nature  ?     No.     We  are  factors  for  great  matters, 
to  get  the  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ,  to  get  near  acquaintance  with  God, 
to  get  out  of  the  st-ate  of  nature,  to  get  near  to  heaven  ;  these  be  the  ends 
wherefore  we  Hve  in  the  world.     This  earth  and  this  church  of  God  is  a  fit 
place,  a  seminary,  a  nursery,  wherein  we  grow,  and  are  fitted  to  be  trans- 
planted to  the  heavenly  paradise.     Wherefore  do  we  live,  and  wherefore 
doth  God  give  these  excellent  parts  by  nature  ?     Is  our  understanding  to 
exercise  itself  in  the  dirt  of  the  world  ?     Is  this  heart,  these  wills,  and 
atiections  given  to  cleave  to  baser  things  than  ourselves  ?     Hath  he  given 
love,   so  sweet,  so  large  an  aftection,  to  cleave  to  things  below  ? — which  is 
capable  of  Christ,  of  heaven,  of  happiness.     These  excellent  capacious  souls 
of  ours,  which  the  world  cannot  contain,  are  they  for  anything  that  is  meaner 
than  ourselves  ?     Oh  no.     They  serve  for  Christ,  and  for  these  excellent 
treasures.     Oh  that  we  should  forget  the  end  of  our  creation,  redemption, 
live  here,  and  labour  not  for  the  things  which  we  live  in  the  world  only  to 
attain  to  but  let  the  devil  abuse  us  !     As  they  catch  whales,  with  casting 
empty  barrels  about  them  to  play  withal,  so  while  we  be  playing  about  this 
and  that  vanity,  we  are  made  a  prey  to  Satan.     How  few  live  to  that  pur- 
pose for  which  they  are  !     Few  fit  themselves  for  their  eternal  condition, 
bj^  heaping  lip  comforts  from  these  things,  which  may  be  true  comforts. 
Lay  these  things  to  heart,  that  we  may  be  wise  to  purpose,  wise  to  salva- 
tion.    This  is  our  wisdom  and  our  understanding. 

Use  2.   Quest.  But  how  shall  we  know  uhether  ice  have  interest  and  por- 
tion in  these  excellent  treasures,  ay  or  no  ? 

Ans.  [1.]  We  may  see  our  interest  in  them,  especially  by  our  esteem  of  them. 
If  they  be  presented  to  our  souls  indeed  as  God  doth,  and  as  Christ  and 
the  word  of  Christ  presents  them,  then  it  is  an  argument,  that  there  is  a 
tincture  in  our  spirits  whereby  they  are  made  suitable  to  the  Spirit  of 
Christ.  If  they  be  presented  [as]  excellent  things — and  beyond  all  com- 
*  That  is  =  agents,  servants. — G. 


3-i8  C05IJIENTARY  ON 

parison,  all  the  things  thou  canst  think  of  are  not  to  be  compared  with 
them — do  we  so  present  them  to  ourselves,  that  we  esteem  of  them  as 
Moses,  and  Paul,  and  God's  children  do  ?  Do  we  so  esteem  of  grace,  that 
if  we  were  left  to  our  wish,  whether  we  will  have  anything  in  the  world,  or 
a  greater  measure  of  grace,  of  the  love  of  God,  of  union  with  God,  what  choice 
would  we  make  ?  Our  estimation  and  choice  will  discover  the  frame  of  our 
hearts.  As  we  esteem,  so  we  be.  If  it  were  left  to  our  own  opinion,  and  wish, 
and  desire,  would  we  make  David's  choice,  Ps.  iv.  6,  '  When  many  said.  Who 
will  shew  us  any  good  ? '  A  right  temper  of  a  worldling,  '  Who  ?  it  is  no 
matter  who,'  let  any  '  shew  me  any  good,'  do  but  shew  it,  I  have  ways 
enough  to  get  it.  But  saith  David,  '  Lord,  lift  thou  up  the  light  of  thy 
countenance  upon  me,'  Life  is  in  the  favour  of  God;  nay,  the  favour  of 
God  is  better  than  life  itself.  I  had  rather  part  with  my  life  than  the 
favour  of  God  ;  saith  Paul,  '  My  life  is  not  dear  to  me,  so  I  may  finish  my 
course  with  joy,'  Acts  xx.  24.  Now  do  you  esteem  communion  with  God 
and  peace  of  conscience  higher  than  life  ?  It  is  a  good  sign  of  interest  in 
Christ  when  you  have  this  estimation  and  choice  on  him. 

Ans.  [2.]  Again,  a  sign  of  interest  in  this  treasure  is,  irlien  we  have  [/ race 
to  make  use  of  it  on  all  occasions ;  for  together  with  graces  the  Lord  gives 
his  Spirit  to  make  use  of  them,  in  our  afflictions,  in  our  troubles.  And 
therefore  they  that  make  not  use  of  the  Scriptures,  and  promises  of  good 
things  they  have  in  Christ,  have  no  part  in  this  treasure.  What  is  the  use 
of  a  treasure  if  it  be  not  applied  to  our  occasions  ;  if  we  run  to  earthly 
contentments,  and  never  make  use  of  our  best  grounds  of  comfort  ?  Christ 
givcth  an  excellent  note  of  discerning':  '  Where  the  treasure  is,  there  the 
heart  will  be,'  Mat.  vi.  21.  Wouldst  thou  know  whether  thy  treasure  be 
in  earth  or  heaven  ?  Where  is  the  heart  ?  that  is,  where  is  thy  love,  thy 
joy,  delight  ?  Ask  thy  soul  what  thou  lovest  most  ?  what  thou  most 
cleavest  in  affection  to  ?  what  thou  delightest  most  in  ?  There  is  thy 
heart.  And  therefore  they  that  have  few  thoughts,  and  very  shallow  and  weak 
thoughts  of  the  better  state  to  come,  and  of  the  state  that  they  have  here  in 
Christ,  and  the  excellencies  in  Christ  above  the  world,  that  do  not  think 
of  these  things  with  joy  and  love  of  God,  their  heart  is  not  there;  there- 
fore their  treasure  is  not  there.  They  have  hearts  eaten  out  w-ith  the 
world,  if  they  were  anatomised,  you  should  find  nothing  but  projects  for 
the  world.  Anatomise  their  affections,  there  is  nothing  but  the  love  of  the 
world,  and  vanity,  and  emptiness,  and  which  is  w^orse  than  emptiness, 
much  sin  and  evil  that  Satan  hath  brought  into  the  world.  And  if  nothing 
be  found  in  the  soul  but  worldly  vanities  and  profits,  alas  !  where  is  our 
treasure  ?  Our  treasure  certainly  is  here,  and  not  in  heaven  ;  for  '  where 
the  heart  is,  there  is  our  treasure.' 

They  that  have  treasures,  Oh  they  mind  them.  Therefore  we  shall  see 
worldly  men,  they  have  nothing  in  them.  You  shall  not  have  a  savoury 
word  of  goodness.  Their  minds  are  like  mines  of  gold  and  silver.  They 
say  of  them,  that  where  they  are  the  ground  is  always  barren,  because  the 
metal  sucketh  out  the  juice  that  should  cherish  it.  And  so  it  is  with  all 
the  minds  of  earthly  men.  Enter  into  an  heavenly  discourse,  it  is  not  for 
them.  They  have  not  a  word  with  them,  they  have  no  savour,  no  relish 
of  it,  they  shew  a  distaste  ;  yet  if  it  be  brought  in  by  occasion  of  mortality, 
a  short  thing  will 'serve.  But  they  will  quickly  be  in  the  old  tract  of  the 
world.  They  be  so  unwilling  to  dwell  in  the  meditation  of  these  things, 
that  they  be  mere*  strangers  to  them. 

*  That  is,  '  altogether.'— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7.  319 

A)is.  [3.]  A  man  nill  thi)ik  of  his  treasure  and  look  on  it,  as  a  covetous 
man,  that  though  he  use  not  his  gold,  yet  will  open  his  chest  to  look  on  it ; 
excellent  is  the  colour  of  it. 

Note.  Shall  a  worldling  joy  in  refined  earth,  and  shall  not  a  Christian 
delight  to  reflect  on  Christianity  and  his  comforts  in  Christ,  and  his  future 
estate,  and  what  blessed  conditions  abide  in  him,  and  being  for  ever  with 
the  Lord,  and  having  such  rivers  of  pleasure  ?  The  oldest  man,  the  dullest 
wit,  will  never  forget  where  he  layeth  his  treasure,  and  when  we  cannot 
call  to  mind  this  comfort,  and  that  comfort,  and  things  useful  for  us,  it  is 
a  sign  they  be  not  treasures  to  us,  for  if  they  were  we  would  make  more 
of  them. 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  labour  more  and  more,  that  as  things  are  in 
themselves,  and  as  God  who  is  the  rule  of  all  truth  doth  judge  of  things, 
so  let  us  judge  of  things.,  let  them  be  to  us  as  they  are  to  him,  and  as  they 
are  in  themselves.  If  they  be  treasures,  the  blessings  and  comforts  of 
God's  Spirit  and  the  good  things  of  Christ,  let  them  be  so  to  us  ;  never 
leave  begging  of  God  that  we  may  have  a  sanctified  judgment,  to  have  the 
same  mind  of  them  that  he  hath ;  and  to  this  end  balance  them  often  with 
other  things.  As  Moses  did,  and  as  Paul  did,  lay  them  in  the  scale,  and 
consider  the  emptiness  and  vanity  of  all  things  besides'"'  gi'ace  and  the 
Spirit,  and  the  good  things  of  Christ,  and  what  other  comforts  they  will 
afford.  God  hath  given  wit  and  discourse,  how  shall  we  use  them  better 
than  by  comparing  diflerent  things,  and  answerable  to  our  comparing  to 
make  choice?  We  should  shew  ourselves  wise  men  in  our  wise  choice,  and 
good  men  in  our  good  choice.  How  else  should  we  shew  ourselves  to  be 
what  we  would  be  thought  to  be  ? 

There  be  treasures  in  these  poor  vessels  of  bread  and  wine.  Now  what 
treasures  are  conveyed  by  them,  if  we 'look  on  themselves?  Bread  is  an 
ordinary  thing,  but  the  good  conveyed  to  us  by  God  is  conveyed  by  these 
common  easy  things.  Thus  God  delights  to  shew  himself  in  common 
ordinary  ways  to  us.  Therefore  raise  up  your  thoughts  from  the  common- 
ness of  the  things  to  the  excellency  of  the  things  conveyed.  What  is  con- 
veyed by  bread  ?  The  body  of  Christ  crucified.  And  what  is  conveyed  by 
that  ?  God  reconciled  in  Jesus  Christ,  by  the  sufferings  of  Christ,  the  love 
of  God,  and  mercies  of  God,  and  pardon  of  sins.  Gi'eat  good  is  conveyed 
by  the  bread  broken,  for  Christ  is  conveyed  w'ith  satisfaction  to  divine 
justice,  and  thence  favour  and  reconcilement  with  him.  And  so  when  his 
comforts  are  represented  by  refreshing  of  our  bodies,  Christ's  body  '  is 
meat  indeed,'  Christ's  blood  '  is  drink  indeed,'  John  vi.  55.  The  benefit 
of  Christ's  blood  and  satisfaction  are  great  things  that  are  conveyed  by  a 
reverent  receiving  of  the  sacrament.  If  we  come  preparedly  we  have  com- 
munion with  Christ,  in  whom  are  '  hid  all  treasui-es,'  Col.  ii.  3. 

YEHSE  7. 

But  we  have  this  treasure  in  earthen  vessels,  that  the  exceUencij  of  the  poiver 
may  be  of  God,  and  not  of  us. 

We  entered  upon  this  verse  the  last  day.  *  But  we  have  this  treasure 
in  earthen  vessels ;'  where  he  answereth  an  objection,  for  the  heart  of  man 
is  full  of  objections  against  Scripture  truths.  God  in  manner  of  his  dis- 
pensation pleaseth  not  the  natural  heart  of  man,  especially  when  it  thinks 
itself  most  wise,  but  pleaseth  itself  in  cavilling  and  expostulating  against 
*  That  is,  '  beside.' — G. 


350  COMMENTAKY  ON 

the  word,  or  the  dispensatiou  of  it ;  and  therefore  the  apostle  being 
desirous  that  these  blessed  things  may  come  to  the  hearts  of  the  people  he 
hath  dealt  withal,  takes  away  all  objections  that  may  stand  between  them 
and  the  truth. 

The  chief  objection  is  the  baseness  of  Paul's  condition.  He  was  scorned 
and  persecuted  in  the  world. 

It  is  true  we  are  '  earthen  vessels,'  but  we  have  a  *  treasure'  in  these 
vessels.  And  God  is  wise,  and  his  end  is  good,  '  that  the  excellency  of  the 
power  may  be  of  God  and  not  of  us.' 

And  then  the  treasurer,  and  the  under- treasurer ;  Christ  is  the  chief;  we 
are  the  under-treasurers.  And  then  the  vessels  which  this  treasure  is  con- 
tained in.  'Earthen  vessels'  are  baser  than  the  treasure  itself;  and  then 
the  reason  of  this  seeming  disproportion,  that  so  excellent  a  treasure  is  in 
earthen  vessels.  These  be  the  particulars  that  deserve  to  be  unfolded. 
Some  of  them  have  been  unfolded  in  part  already, 

I  shewed  that  the  gospel  was  a  treasure.  Soul-saving  truth  is  a  treasure. 
It  was  compared  to  light,  the  most  divine  quality  of  all,  fittest  to  set  out 
divine  truths,  which  hath  influence  conveyed  from  heaven  with  it ;  and 
which  discovers  itself  and  all  excellencies  in  the  world  besides.  And  now 
it  is  set  out  by  another  borrowed  speech,  which  we  highly  esteem  in  the 
world,  that  is,  a  treasure.  Nothing  more  prized  than  light  and  treasure. 
God  speaketh  in  our  own  language  to  us  ;  not  that  heavenly  things  are  not 
better  than  any  earthly  things,  but  we  cannot  understand  God  if  he  speaks  in 
any  other  language.  And  therefore  he  conveyeth  the  excellency  of  spiri- 
tual things  under  that  which  we  most  prize  in  the  world,  under  light,  and 
under  treasure. 

I  came  then  to  make  a  use  of  trial,  whether  we  have  this  treasure  or  no. 

Use  3.  For  further  use,  if  so  be  Christ,  and  the  good  things  by  him  dis- 
covered, are  such  a  treasure,  then  ire  ouc/ht  to  be  content  u-ith  him,  though 
God  cut  us  short  in  regard  of  outward  things ;  for  we  have  a  treasure,  and 
this  is  one  benefit  we  have  by  it.  If  we  have  Christ,  we  shall  have  all 
other  things,  as  much  as  God  shall  see  needful.  They  shall  be  cast  into 
the  bargain,  and  that  is  one  comfort. 

The  little  we  have  we  shall  have  with  a  blessing.  And  then  though  we 
be  never  so  poor  in  the  world,  we  are  rich  in  promises.  Rich  faith  we 
have  to  make  use  of  these  rich  promises.  Precious  faith,  and  precious 
promises.  We  have  bills,  and  God  is  a  good  paymaster,  and  is  content  to 
be  sued  on  his  own  bond.  We  cannot  have  a  better  debtor  than  God 
himself.  Now,  having  the  Spirit  of  God,  to  give  us  precious  faith,  to  lay 
hold  on  the  rich  and  precious  promises  we  have  in  Jesus  Christ,  therefore 
we  should  not  be  much  discontented  with  whatsoever  befalls  us  in  this  world, 
for  we  have  a  rich  portion. 

Let  us  labour  to  understand  this,  and  consider  not  only  that  we  are  rich 
in  bills  and  promises,  but  in  reversion.  The  best  riches  are  laid  up  in 
heaven  for  us.  We  have  some  earnest  and  other  tastes  of  them  here, 
some  grapes  of  Canaan,*  but  the  best  is  to  come,  the  true  treasures  are 
laid  up  in  heaven.  Wliat  we  have  here,  alas  !  is  nothing  to  that  we  shall 
have  hereafter.  Therefore  having  a  rich  God,  and  a  rich  Saviour,  God- 
man  ;  God  having  enriched  our  natures,  and':'willing  to  enrich  our  persons, 
so  far  as  shall  concern  heaven ;  having  rich  faith,  and  rich  promises,  and 

*  Ticlihourne  and  Durant  liave  appropriated  the  phrase  '  Grapes  of  Canaan '  for 
the  titles  of  perhaps  their  best  books.  Many  of  the  casual  happy  sentences  of 
Sibbes  reappear  in  this  way  in  subsequent  writings  of  his  Puritan  admirers. — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV.  VEK.   7.  351 

rich  reversions ;  for  matters  of  this  world  let  God  deal  as  he  pleaseth. 
God,  that  gave  so  rich  a  treasure  as  his  own  Son,  cannot  deny  anything 
else,  as  the  apostle  reasoneth  strongly :  '  If  he  hath  not  spared  his  own 
Son,  but  given  him  to  death  for  us  all,  how  shall  not  he  with  him  give  us 
all  things  ? '  Kom.  viii.  32.  He  wonders  that  any  man  should  call  it  to 
question,  '  How  can  it  be  ?  ' 

He  stands  not  on  petty  commodities,  which  v^^e  stand  in  need  of,  that 
giveth  treasures.  It  is  your  Father's  pleasure  to  give  you  a  kingdom  : 
Dabit  regnum,  et  non  dablt  viaticum  /  He  will  give  you  a  kingdom,  and 
will  not  he  give  you  safe  conduct  and  provision  to  bring  you  to  heaven  ? 

Consider  this,  and  often  examine  your  faith,  whether  ye  believe  these 
things  or  no.  If  you  believe  them,  why  are  you  discontented  with  every  petty 
loss  and  cross  in  the  world,  as  if  there  were  no  better  things  to  depend  upon '? 

(1.)  Oh  labour  to  bring  [y]our  hearts  to  a  holy  contentmoit,  and  for  a 
Spirit  of  wisdom  to  improve  this  treasure.  What  use  is  there  of  a  treasure, 
if  we  do  not  employ  it  for  a  supply  of  our  wants  ?  And  therefore  make 
use  of  the  riches  we  have  in  Jesus  Christ.  Are  we  sinful  ?  He  is 
gracious.  Have  we  much  guilt  [thatj  lieth  on  our  consciences  ?  Christ 
hath  a  great  deal  of  favour :  he  is  '  the  beloved  Son  of  God,'  Mat.  iii.  17. 
Set  that  against  conscience.  Have  we  many  enemies  in  the  world  ?  We 
have  an  intercessor  in  heaven.  '  Doth  sin  abound  ?  Grace  aboundeth 
much  more,'  Eom.  v.  20.  Is  there  any  want  either  in  grace  or  in  comfort 
in  the  things  of  this  world  ?     See  a  full  and  rich  supply  in  Jesus  Christ. 

(2.)  And  then  (jet  icisdom  to  make  use  of  it.  There  is  a  special  art  to 
make  use  of  the  good  things  we  have  in  Christ  every  day.  For  a  man  to 
famish  at  a  feast,  to  starve  and  perish  with  thirst  at  the  fountain's  head,  it 
is  ignorance  and  want  of  wisdom.  If  we  be  in  Christ,  if  we  have  a  well- 
head, whence  we  may  fetch  whatsoever  we  stand  in  need  of,  if  we  have 
faith,  then'"'  to  this  end  beg  of  God  a  spirit  of  wisdom  and  revelation  to 
know  the  excellent  things  we  have  in  Christ. 

(3.)  And  likewise  labour /o/  a  vessel  of  faith  for  to  contain  this  treasure,  and 
get  enlargement  of  faith.  The  larger  faith  we  bring,  the  larger  measure  we 
carry  from  Christ.  As  the  poor  woman,  that  had  vessels  of  oil,  had  she 
had  more  vessels,  she  had  more  oil,  2  Kings  iv.  6  ;  for  the  oil  increased  as 
her  vessels  served.  If  we  had  more  faith,  we  might  have  larger  oil  of 
grace,  and  larger  oil  of  comfort  from  God's  word  in  Christ,  and  God's  riches 
in  Christ.  And  therefore  beg  with  the  holy  apostles,  '  Lord,  increase  our 
faith,'  Luke  xvii.  5,  that  as  we  have  rich  promises,  and  a  rich  Christ,  and 
rich  comforts,  so  we  [may]  have  rich  faith. 

(4.)  And  because  Christ  is  rich,  not  to  them  that  are  without  him,  but 
within  him,  as  they  have  union  with  Christ,  labour  therefore  to  strengthen 
this  union  with  Christ,  that  we  may  be  nearer  and  nearer  the  fountain, 
nearer  and  nearer  the  well-head,  nearer  and  nearer  the  treasure  of  all.  And 
therefore  labour  in  use  of  the  word  and  sacraments  to  increase  union,  and 
so  to  increase  communion  with  Jesus  Christ. 

(5.)  And  for  this  purpose  increase  the  sense  of  emptiness  in  ourselves,  for 
as  we  grow  empty  in  our  conceits,  so  are  we  fitted  to  be  full  with  God's 
goodness.  *  He  sends  the  rich  empty  away,'  Luke  i.  53,  that  be  rich 
with  the  windy  conceit  of  their  own  worthiness.  Let  us  search  deeply  into 
our  own  hearts  what  we  want,  what  sin  lieth  on  us,  that  we  may  be  par- 
doned.    What  is  wanting  we  should  know,  that  it  might  be  supplied. 

It  should  be  our  daily  task  to  empty  ourselves,  by  our  daily  consideration  - 
*  Misprinted  '  and.' — G. 


352  COMMENTARY  ON 

of  our  own  wants  and  sinfulness,  and  tlien  to  fetcli  a  fresh  supply  from  the 
throne  of  grace. 

It  is  with  a  Christian's  heart,  as  a  vessel  that  is  full  of  something  it 
should  not  he.  So  when  men's  hearts  are  full  of  windiness  and  what  they 
should  not  have,  the  more  we  labour  to  set*  ourselves,  the  more  God 
infuseth  supernatural  grace  and  knowledge  into  us.  And  therefore  let  these 
two  go  together.  Know  our  riches  in  Christ,  and  know  ourselves  ;  know 
God  in  Christ,  and  Christ,  and  then  our  own  baseness,  and  that  is  the  way 
to  make  use  of  the  treasure  we  have. 

(6.)  And  likeviise  meditate  and  recollect  our  tlwughts  daily  of  the  vanity  of 
all  things  here,  that  our  hearts  run  after  so  much.  Alas,  what  is  here  we 
should  stand  so  much  upon  as  to  neglect  our  treasure  !  what  is  here  will 
induce  the  scanning  of  a  wise  man  !  what  is  worthy  our  spirits,  our  souls, 
our  labours  ! 

Let  us  wisely  consider,  and  see  through  these  things,  and  see  beyond  all 
things  here,  see  them,  and  then  see  as  much  as  we  can  into  these  treasures, 
which  we  can  never  see  through,  for  they  be  larger  than  the  soul.  All 
other  treasures  are  contained  in  a  place,  and  the  place  larger  than  the 
treasure,  but  these  riches  be  larger  than  the  treasury.  But  see  as  far  as 
we  can  into  the  dimension,  and  height,  and  depth,  and  breadth  of  these 
things,  and  seeing  the  vanity  of  all  things  below,  the  excellency  of  these 
things,  using  our  wits  this  way,  it  will  teach  us  how  to  improve  this  treasure. 

I  know  these  things  be  uncouth  and  strange  to  a  carnal  proud  man,  to 
advance  things  so  much  that  they  see  not,  to  set  such  a  price  on  things 
they  understand  not.  But  God  is  wiser  than  we,  and  if  we  take  his  word 
for  truth,  we  must  judge  good,  and  conceive  more  than  I  relate  to  you. 
We  must  go  to  a  skilful  lapidary  if  we  will  know  the  price  of  a  stone  ;  and 
if  we  will  know  the  price  of  a  treasure,  go  to  him  that  is  able  to  judge. 
Consider  not  what  vain  foolish  men  think  of  God's  ways,  but  ask  God  and 
Christ.  Foolish  creatures  prize  a  bastardly  coral  more  than  a  precious 
stone.     So  much  of  that  doctrine. 

To  proceed  to  the  next  point.  We  are  the  treasurers.  *  We  have  this 
treasure  in  earthen  vessels,'  we  apostles  and  ministers.  So  that  the 
riches  of  the  gospel,  they  are  conveyed  under  dispensations  ministerial. 
And  then  the  conditions  of  these,  namely,  '  they  be  earthen  vessels.'  God 
is  so  good  that  he  not  only  conveyeth  treasure  to  us,  and  giveth  us  rich 
promises,  but  he  giveth  us  those  that  shall  help  us  to  come  to  the  posses- 
sion of,  and  interest  in  them.  All  the  riches  that  we  can  desire  are  in 
Christ  and  from  Christ,  but  then  Christ  must  be  acknowledged,  and  these 
treasures  must  be  conveyed,  and  brought  in  ;  and  therefore  God  hath 
ordained  an  ordinance  to  us  by  way  of  entreaty,  by  way  of  persuasion,  and 
by  all  the  ways  the  Spirit  of  God  in  Scripture  useth.  And  hereupon  the 
ministry  of  the  word,  from  the  excellent  use  of  it,  is  set  out  many  ways. 

(1.)  As  it  is  with  the  lifting  up  of  the  brazen  serpent.  Num.  xxi.  9,  if 
it  had  not  been  lift  up,  they  could  not  have  seen  it  to  have  healed  them. 
The  ministry  of  the  word  sets  up  Christ  that  all  may  behold  for  the  healing 
of  all  their  spiritual  diseases. f 

(2.)  It  is  the  lifting  up  of  a  banner,  that  all  may  come  under  it.  The 
gospel  is  this  banner,  as  in  Cant.  ii.  4. 

(3.)  If  treasures  be  never  so  rich  and  lie  hid  in  the  earth,  there  is  no 

*  Qu.  'empty '?— Ed. 

t  A  pi'iceless  expansion  of  Sibbes's  tboiight  will  be  found  in    John  Brinsley's 
'  Mystical  Brazen  Serpent,  with  the  magnotical  virtue  thereof.'     (1653,  12mo.) — G.^ 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  7.  353 

use  of  them.  Now  therefore  is  a  calling  appointed  to  dig  out  treasures,  to 
spread  them  before  God's  people,  to  lay  before  them  '  the  unsearchable 
riches  of  the  gospel,'  Eph.  iii.  8.  The  use  of  the  ministry  is  to  lay  them 
open  to  the  view  of  God's  people. 

(4.)  Christ  hath  a  great  love  to  his  people,  but  we  must  have  somebody 
to  woo  for  him.  The  ministry  is  a  wooing  for  Christ.  It  discovers  the  excel- 
lency of  Christ,  and  our  want,  and  need  to  be  enriched  by  Christ.  There- 
fore they  be  called  Ttaoamij^^kt,  '  friends  of  the  bride,'  to  shew  the  riches 
of  Christ,  and  the  church's  beggary,  and  so  to  procure  the  happy  marriage 
between  Christ  and  the  church,  John  iii.  29,  6  h\  (p'lXog  rou  vv/Mplov.  That 
is  the  use  of  the  ministry,  to  handfast  Christ  and  the  church  together,  to 
make  up  the  marriage,  that  so  *  the  church  may  be  presented  a  chaste' 
virgin  to  Christ,  so  glorious  a  husband,'  2  Cor.  xi.  2.  By  them  God  sends 
his  jewels  and  treasures  to  the  church  in  this  time  of  contract,  as  this  world 
is  but  a  time  of  contract  between  Christ  and  his  church.  As  Abraham 
sent  his  servant  to  procure  a  marriage  between  Isaac  and  Eebekah,  Gen. 
xxiv.  1,  scq.,  the  faithful  servant  carrieth  jewels  to  enrich  her,  and  make 
her  more  lovely  in  Isaac's  sight,  when  she  was  brought  to  him  ;  so  ministers 
carry  those  treasures,  open  these  jewels  to  overcome  the  church,  that  see- 
ing the  riches  in  Christ,  she  may  be  more  in  love  with  Christ,  so  rich  a 
husband. 

(5.)  The  ministry  is  '  the  salt  of  the  world,'  Mat.  v.  13.  Without  salt, 
things  putrify.  So  salt  preserveth  them,  and  eats  out  the  corruption.  It 
hath  a  cleansing,  purifying  power.  What  were  the  souls  of  God's  people 
without  it  ?  Rotten  and  stinking  in  God's  nostrils,  with  pride  and  seLf- 
conceitedness. 

(0.)  So  we  are  called  '  the  light  of  the  world,'  Mat.  v.  14.  We  are  in 
darkness,  and  were  not  God's  light  held  out,  what  were  the  world  but  an 
Egypt  ?*  Nothing  but  palpable  darkness.  As  in  times  of  popery,  when 
there  was  no  ministry,  but  instead  of  it  mass,  and  other  empty  things. 

(7.)  And  therefore  in  the  Eevelations  and  other  places  they  are  compared 
to  '  stars.'  The  church  is  as  a  firmament,  and  heaven.  And  antichrist,  in 
opposition,  is  compared  '  to  earth.'  And  the  '  stars  in  heaven'  be  those  that 
be  set  to  shine  in  the  darkness  of  the  night  of  the  world,  to  give  aim  to 
others  Avhich  way  to  walk.f 

But  I  might  be  large  in  this.  I  only  speak  of  it  for  a  general  use  to  us 
all,  that  we  may  better  conceive  of  God's  love,  not  only  to  give  to  his 
church  rich  treasures,  but  likewise  a  calling  whereby  these  things  may  be 
unfolded  to  us,  that  our  love  and  affection  may  be  stirred  up  to  them.  And 
therefore,  Eph.  iv.  8,  when  Christ  ascended  to  heaven  in  triumph,  intend- 
ing to  leave  the  richest  things  in  the  world  (as  emperors  and  kings  in 
triumph  scatter  gold  and  silver),  '  he  gave  gifts  to  men.'  What  were  these 
gifts  ?  petty  mean  things  ?  No.  But  '  some  evangelists,  some  prophets, 
pastors  and  teachers,'  Eph.  iv.  11.  And  how  long  ?  '  To  the  end  of  the 
world,'  ver.  13.  Not  only  for  the  laying  of  the  foundation  of  religion  (as 
some  will  have  the  word  only  used  to  lay  the  foundation,  and  then  to  leave 
them  to  I  know  not  what),  but  to  edify  and  build  them  up  more  and  more. 

Therefore  the  greatest  gift  Christ  in  triumph  will  scatter  to  his  church, 
is  gifts,  and  men  furnished  with  gifts  for  the  service  of  the  church,  Jer.  iii. 
ver.  15.  When  God  promiseth  to  bless  his  people,  he  saith,  '  I  will  give  you 
pastors  according  to  mine  own  heart,'  as  if  that  were  a  blessing  of  blessings. 
And  therefore,  they  that  live  under  the  ministry  of  the  gospel,  let  them 

*  Cf.  Exod.  X.  21.— G.  t  Cf.  Kev.  i.  16,  20,  ii.  1,  iii.  1,  and  xvi.  2.— G. 

VOL.  IV.  Z 


854 


COMMEKTARY  ON 


know  the  good  things  of  the  gospel  are  not  only  treasures,  but  the  ordi- 
nances of  God,  wherein  that  treasure  is  conveyed,  it  is  a  treasure.  We 
niinisters  carry  this  treasure  in  earthen  vessels. 

The  church  where  means  are,  is  as  it  were  Goshen,  a  place  of  light,  and 
all  other  places  are  places  of  darkness,  Exod.  x.  22,  23.  How  pitiful  is  it 
to  Hve  in  places  where  means  of  salvation  are  not,  that  have  no  light  shin- 
ing in  their  hearts  at  all  ?  I  would  enforce  this  point  if  I  were  to  speak 
in  another  place,  and  to  another  auditory  ;  but  I  cannot  unfold  my  text 
without  opening  it  in  some  degrees,  and  therefore  we  will  hasten. 

'  We  have  these  treasures  in  earthen  vessels.' 

The  condition  of  all  ministers,  they  be  men,  and  carry  these  treasures  in 
earthen  vessels.     In  earthen  vessels,  in  what  sense  ? 

First,  It  is  true  funclamentaUij.  And  for  the  matter  whereof  ministers 
and  all  other  men  consist,  it  is  but  earth. 

Secondly,  It  is  true  of  their  condition.  Earth  is  the  basest  of  all  elements, 
and  they  are  counted  of  carnal  foolish  men,  the  basest  callings  of  all.  They 
be  poor  and  despised,  and  thereupon  '  earthen  vessels'  in  the  regard  of  the 
esteem  of  the  world,  and  usage  in  the  world.  Earth  in  matter,  earth  in 
condition,  earth  in  esteem,  earth  in  usage  suitable  to  their  esteem,  earthen 
vessels  every  way. 

[l.J  For  the  matter  icJiereof  ive  consist,  the  foundation  of  all  the  rest.  It 
is  the  common  condition  of  all.  The  rest  are  more  peculiar  to  the  minis- 
ters. We  are  all  but  '  earthen  vessels.'  You  know  the  story  of  our 
creation.  Gen.  ii.  7.  God  made  us  of  the  earth  ;  but  if  we  had  not  sinned, 
though  we  had  been  made  of  the  earth,  we  should  never  have  been  turned 
to  the  earth  again,  but  our  states  should  have  been  changed. 

God's  gracious  power  would  have  suspended  that  mortality  which  our 
nature  of  itself  was  subject  to  ;  for  man  being  made  of  earth,  was  subject 
to  have  turned  to  earth  again,  though  he  had  not  sinned.  But  by  the  door 
and  gate  of  sin,  death  entered  into  the  world. 

The  angels  were  subject  to  fall  as  well  as  the  devils,  for  every  created 
thing  is  changeable,  and  so  the  angels,  only  God  suspendeth  that  possibility 
of  sin,  and  establisheth  them  in  grace,  but  he  withdrew  his  support  from  the 
devils  and  sufiered  them  to  fall.  So  man,  if  he  had  not  sinned,  God  would 
have  continued  him  in  grace,  that  though  mortal  by  nature,  yet  his  mortality 
should  have  been  so  suspended,  that  the  subjection  to  mortality  should 
never  have  come  to  act.  But  since  sin,  the  curse  is  on  us,  '  Of  earth  thou 
art,  and  to  earth  thou  shalt  return  ;  dust  thou  art,  and  to  dust  thou  shalt  re- 
turn,' Gen.  iii.  19.  We  be  all  '  earthen  vessels'  in  our  original,  and  in  our 
end,  '  earth  to  earth,  dust  to  dust ;'  as  we  say  of  ice,  '  water  thou  art,  and  to 
water  thou  shalt  return,'  because  it  riseth  of  water,  and  is  dissolved  into 
water  again.  So  a  man  that  consisteth  of  earth,  '  dust  thou  art,  and  to 
dust  thou  shalt  return.'  Thou  shalt  be  resolved  into  thy  first  principle 
whereof  thou  wast  made  ;  so  that  we  are  but  '  earthen  vessels,'  by  reason 
of  the  curse  inflicted  on  us  since  the  fall. 

[2.]  An  earthen  vessel  zs  but  a  u-eah  frame;  a  little  dirt  concocted  with 
the  fire.  And  we  are  a  more  exquisite  frame,  knit  together  by  a  more 
singular  art,  of  God,  being  made  in  a  wonderful  manner;  and  yet  God 
compares  his  frame  *  of  us  to  our  frame  *  of  earthen  vessels,  since  the  fall, 
Jer.  xviii.  4. 

Beloved,  it  is  matter  of  experience  which  needeth  no  proof.  I  would 
we  could  make  good  use  of  it,  rather  than  stand  to  prove  it.  Nothing  is 
*  That  is,  '  framing.'—ED. 


2  COBINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7.  355 

more  apparent  than  the  frailty  of  man,  and  yet  nothing  less  made  use  of. 
'  The  Lord  remembers  we  are  but  dust,'  Ps.  ciii.  14,  but  we  forget  it.  If 
we  could  remember  we  were  dust,  it  were  well,  to  make  us  less  proud,  and 
less  presumptuous.  The  Lord  knows  we  are  but  dust,  to  pity  us,  but  we 
remember  not  that  we  are  dust,  to  humble  us.  And  therefore  as  God 
knows  we  are  dust  and  earthen  vessels,  we  should  often  think  of  it  too,  to 
make  us  humble  and  sober,  and  to  take  off  our  high  thoughts  from  any 
excellency  here. 

And  take  heed  lest  by  intemperance  we  break  ourselves  sooner  than  we 
should  do.  Many  break  themselves  by  intemperate  courses,  as  candles 
that  have  thieves  in  them  (j),  as  we  say,  that  consume  them  before  their 
ordinary  time.  So  many  by  intemperate  lusts  and  courses,  they  break  the 
thread  of  their  lives. 

Indeed,  let  an  earthen  vessel  be  preserved  never  so,  it  will  moulder  to 
pieces,  though  it  may  be  kept  an  hundred  years,  if  preserved  from  knocks  ; 
so  man  will  moulder  of  himself  to  an  end ;  all  the  art  and  skill  in  the  world 
cannot  prevent  it. 

Yet  notwithstanding  there  may  be,  and  ought  to  be,  care  that  we  shorten 
not  om'  own  days,  as  many  intemperate  persons  do,  and  that  in  sinful 
courses,  which  is  more  to  be  lamented. 

Thex'efore  let  us  often  think  of  our  condition,  Jer.  xviii.  2,  3,  4.  God 
bids  the  prophet  go  to  the  potter's  house  and  see  his  making  of  pots,  and 
there  he  sees  how  he  makes  one  to  one  use  and  another  to  another  ;  and  so 
we  are  but  vessels  of  earth  for  several  uses  ;  and  let  us  learn  the  use  the 
prophet  there  was  taught,  to  resign  ourselves  to  God's  dispensation.  If  he 
will  make  us  longer  or  shorter,  of  this  use  or  that  use,  let  God  have  his  wUl, 
and  not  quarrel  with  God  ;  as  the  vessels  never  quarrel  with  the  potter,  who 
makes  what  vessels  he  pleaseth,  and  for  what  end  he  pleaseth,  as  the  apostle 
makes  use  of  it  in  the  great  point  of  predestination,  Rom.  ix.  23. 

Use  1.  And  since  the  best  ministers,  magistrates,  and  all  are  but  earthen 
vessels,  7nake  what  use  we  can  of  them  while  ice  have  them.  Let  us  not  rely 
on  them.  They  be  but  '  earthen  vessels  ;'  but  though  we  must  not  depend 
on  them  for  our  comfort,  yet  make  use  of  them  while  we  have  them,  for 
they  may  be  knocked  in  pieces,  we  know  not  how  soon,  and  then  all  the  use 
we  might  have  had  is  gone. 

Use.  2.  And  to  rise  to  a  higher  use,  which  concerneth  us  all,  since 
ministers,  kings,  subjects,  and  all  are  but  '  earthen  vessels  '  in  regard  of 
the  manner,*  and  seeing  they  may  be  golden  vessels  in  regard  of  grace  and 
glory,  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  in  a  great  house  are  vessels  of  gold  and  silver,' 
2  Tim.  ii.  20,  let  tis  labour  to  have  another  manner  of  being  than  this, 
labour  to  be  born  again  of  '  the  immortal  seed  of  the  word,'  1  Peter  i.  23, 
and  then  in  death  we  shall  live,  then  these  '  earthen  vessels '  shall  be  made 
golden  vessels  for  ever  ;  for  God's  second  work  is  a  great  deal  better  than 
his  first.  Now  we  be  in  the  first  creation  '  earthen  vessels,'  but  when  God 
reneweth  us  out  of  dust  again,  if  we  get  into  Christ  we  shall  be  golden  vessels 
in  heaven  for  ever,  born  and  begotten  of  the  seed  of  the  word  ;  as  the  apostle 
Peter  saith,  '  All  flesh  is  grass,'  he  compares  us  not  only  to  earthen  vessels, 
but  to  grass,  of  less  substance  than  earthen  vessels,  '  but  the  word  of  the 
Lord  endureth  for  ever,'  1  Peter  i.  25. 

Labour  that  we  may  be  golden  vessels  under  a  golden  head.     If  we  be 
Christians  we  have  a  golden  head,  though  earthen  vessels  ;  and  having  a 
golden  head,  he  will  make  all  conformable  to  him  ere  long.     We  shall  have 
*  Qu.  '  matter  '  ? — En. 


356  COMMENTARY  ON 

bodies  conformable  to  bim,  as  Pbil.  iii.  21.  He  will  make  our  eartben 
bodies,  vile  bodies,  base  bodies,  like  bis  glorious  body,  by  tbe  power 
whereby  be  is  able  to  subject  all  tbings  to  himself. 

And  this  comes  by  hearing  the  word  of  the  Lord.  That  word  is  the  seed 
of  the  new  birth.  '  0  earth,  earth,  earth,  hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,'  Jer. 
xxii.  29,  and  consider  we  be  earth,  earth,  nothing  but  earth  ;  for  he  repeats 
it  thrice  together,  '  Hear  tbe  word  of  the  Lord,'  that  we  of  earthen  vessels 
may  be  made  vessels  of  everlasting  continuance. 

Use  3.  And  then  it  is  no  prejudice  to  us  that  ice'  he  eartlien  vessels,  hut 
rather  a  comfort;  for  death,  whereby  we  shall  be  knocked  in  pieces,  will  be 
only  a  consummation  of  our  grief  and  trouble  here,  and  a  beginning  of  the 
happiness  in  another  world.  In  the  grave  dust  lieth  a  while,  but  we  shall 
be  made  of  another  fashion,  and  receive  another  kind  of  stamp  in  the  world 
to  come. 

Use  4.  And,  I  hQ^eech-jon,  forget  not  that  ivhich  is  the  jnvper  iise  of  it  for 
humility.  You  may  differ  in  outward  relations,  but  you  be  all  of  one  stuff. 
You  be  all  earth  ;  judices  terra  terrain  judicant,  the  judges  of  the  earth  judge 
the  earth.  They  judge  other  men  that  are  earth,  and  they  be  earth  them- 
selves, and  Jilii  terra;,  that  is,  base  men.  The  sons  of  the  earth,  and  men 
of  the  earth,  that  is,  great  men,  that  account  all  as  grasshoppers  in  regard 
of  themselves  ;  though  they  be  men  and  giants,  yet  they  be  but  earth.  We 
should  all  therefore  labour  to  have  low  conceits  of  this  life,  and  of  all  com- 
forts of  it,  as  Austin  saith  well,  Eespice  terram,  look  to  the  dust ;  go  to 
the  grave  and  say.  Here  is  the  dust  of  the  emperor,  here  is  a  rich  man, 
here  is  a  poor  man  ;  see  if  you  can  find  them  differ.  Alas,  no  difference 
at  all.  Therefore  make  use  of  sobriety  in  regard  of  the  use  of  things  of 
this  life,  for  we  be  all  earthen  vessels.  And  so  much  shall  serve  for  this 
point. 

But  the  apostle  intendeth  more  than  so,  for  he  speaketh  of  their  esteem  ; 
earthen  vessels  are  not  only  broken,  but  contemptible.  Look  into  the 
element,  and  you  shall  see  every  element  and  creature  as  the  more  light,  it 
is  more  excellent,  and  as  more  earthly,  it  is  more  base,  as  the  apostle 
before  saith.  We  see  now  the  water  more  lightsome  than  the  earth,  the 
air  than  the  water,  the  fire  more  lightsome  than  it,  and  the  element  more 
pure  than  it,  till  we  come  to  God  himself,  who  is  pure  light.  So  every- 
thing as  more  light,  is  more  excellent.  What  is  the  excellency  of  pearl  ? 
They  have  a  sparkling  light  in  them  ;  but  everything  as  it  groweth  near  the 
earth  is  more  base,  for  earth  is  the  dregs  of  the  world.  Now  ministers  are 
more  so  than  others,  both  in  esteem  and  in  usage,  which  followeth  esteem. 
And  what  is  the  reason  of  it  ?     Surely, 

Reason  1.  Because  that  the  world  is  foolish  and  childish,  and  liveth  by 
sense  and  fancy  ;  and  the  matters  of  the  gospel  and  divine  truths  we  speak  of 
are  spiritual  things,  matters  of  faith,  far  remote  from  sense  and  fancy,  by  ivhich 
the  vorld  liveth. 

When  we  preach  spiritual  things,  what  are  these  to  honours,  and  to 
riches,  and  to  dependence,  and  to  the  goodly  things  of  this  world  ?  Thus 
the  fools  of  the  world  undervalue  the  things  of  God,  especially  when  they 
be  in  their  gawdes.  *  See  a  foolish  man  when  he  hath  his  riches,  and 
clothes,  and  friends  about  him,  his  fancy  is  full  of  these  things ;  tell  him  of 
spiritual  things,  what  a  loathing  there  is  in  the  heart  of  a  man  !  This  is  the 
proud  carnal  heart  of  a  man,  which  the  more  carnal,  the  more  it  loatheth 

*  That  is,  gauds  =  trifles,  toys,  trumpery  ;  and  so  the  text  means  when  fools  are 
in  the  midst  of  their  follies.     Or  is  it  gaudery  =  fine  clothes  ? — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7.  357 

things    of   a  higher  nature,   being  besotted   and   drunken  with   worldly 
excellencies,  as  men's  natures  are. 

Reason  2.  Again,  divine  truth  is  a  solid  thinfj.  Men  naturally  are  given  to 
superstitious  conceits  in  religion.  They  will  have  one,  but  it  shall  be  with 
this  conceit  or  that  conceit ;  as  the  apes,  so  they  hug  the  brats  of  their 
own  brains  ;  they  will  have  devices  of  their  own.  Religion  is  solid,  and  tells 
them  this  is  God's  way,  and  God's  course  ;  but  the  foolish  heart  of  man  will 
not  yield  to  it.  And  that  is  the  reason  they  cry  down  the  solid  things  of 
God's  word  which  have  realities  in  them,  and  things  to  purpose.  And  then 
the  world  loveth  their  own  covirses,  and  ai'e  in  love  with  their  own  way.  Sin 
is  a  sweet  morsel  to  them.  Herodias  is  sweet  to  Herod.  John  Baptist  was 
a  good  man  till  then,  but  when  he  meddled  with  that  sweet  morsel,  then  his 
head  must  off.  Mat.  xiv.  2,  seq.,  Mark  vi,  28.  And  so  when  Christ  opposed 
the  worldly  courses  of  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees,  he  was  counted  a  demoniac, 
a  wine-bibber,  and  an  enemy  to  Cassar,  and  what  not,  when  he  took  on  him 
the  office  ministerial.*  When  Paul  calleth  himself  an  'earthen  vessel,' 
how  did  they  use  Paul  ?  Tertullus,  a  prating  orator,  counteth  him  a  pestilent 
fellow.  Acts  xxiv.  5.  And  his  usage  was  base.  They  whipped  him,  put 
him  into  the  dungeon.  The  Corinths,  that  were  begotten  by  him,  because 
he  had  not  eloquence  and  gifts  of  ostentation,  and  fitting  the  stage,  as 
their  flaunting  teachers  had,  they  count  him  a  mean  person.  The  proud 
teachers  brought  him  out  of  conceit  with  the  Corinthians,  and  therefore 
he  is  fain  to  make  apology  for  himself.  '  He  writes  great  letters  in- 
deed, but  his  presence  is  mean  and  base,'  as  in  the  10th  chapter  of  this 
Epistle,  ver.  10. 

There  may  be  many  reasons  given  why  this  calling  is  subject  to  base  usage 
in  the  world,  and  esteem  from  the  dispositions  of  men  contrary  to  it,  but 
indeed  not  much  to  follow  the  point.  It  is  not  so  much  at  all  times,  nor 
in  all  places.  God  doth  at  some  time  give  more  liberty,  and  raise  up  a 
more  excellent  esteem  of  them  than  at  other  times  ;  but  ordinarily  it  is  thus, 
the  more  faithful,  the  more  despised  of  carnal  people. 

If  you  ask  a  reason  what  raised  popeiy  to  be  so  gaudy  as  it  is,  they  saw 
the  people  of  the  world  fools,  and  knew  that  children  must  have  baubles, 
and  fools  trifles,  and  empty  men  must  have  empty  things  ;  they  saw  what 
pleased  them,  and  the  cunning  clergy  thought,  we  will  have  religion  fit  for 
you.  And  because  they  would  be  somebody  in  the  world,  they  devise  a 
religion  that  is  only  outward,  and  such  an  one  as  dishonours  God,  by 
thinking  him  like  to  themselves,  to  delight  in  incense,  and  ornaments,  and 
pictures,  and  the  like  ;  and  hereupon  came  all  the  outside  of  popery, 
whereby  they  labour  to  ingratiate  themselves  to  the  world.  They  fool  the 
world  with  all  toys  to  please  themselves,  and  they  had  suitable  clergies  : 
like  lips,  like  lettuce  ;  they  had  a  religion  suitable  to  their  life.  And  hence 
came  all  that  trash  in  popery  to  please  the  foolish  heart  of  man.  And 
because  they  will  not  be  basely  esteemed  of,  they  get  into  the  consciences  of 
people  by  raising  authority  by  false  means  and  false  conceits,  that  man 
can  make  his  Maker,  and  turn  bread  into  Christ's  body  by  five  words  ;  and 
the  pope  cannot  err,  and  whatsoever  comes  from  him  thou  must  obey, 
though  with  denied  obedience  to  thy  lawful  prince  ;  for  they  had  seated 
themselves  in  the  consciences  of  the  people,  and  raised  themselves  by  false 
means  to  avoid  that  which  they  saw  would  follow,  the  gospel.  They  knew 
the  cross  would  follow  the  doctrine  of  the  cross,  the  preaching  of  Christ 
crucified,  and  mortification  and  self-denial.  And  therefore  they  thought 
*  Cf.  John  vii.  20,  Mat.  xi.  19,  Jolm  xix.  12.-0. 


358  COMMENTARY  ON 

to  take  another  ■way,  and  hence  is  all  that  forced  respect  they  have  in 
popery. 

But  it  is  clean  contrary,  where  any  that  are  won  hy  God  to  the  means, 
they  have  high  esteems  of  it  presently.  As  the  jailor  that  had  whipped  and 
abused  the  apostles,  Acts  xvi.  33,  used  them  very  respectively,*  and  made 
them  a  feast.  And  so  first  [epistle  of  the]  Cor.  chap.  xiv.  24,  25,  When 
the  simple  man  heareth  the  word  open  his  sinful  estate,  he  presently  falls 
down  at  the  apostles'  feet,  and  saith.  Certainly  God  is  in  you.  No  man  is 
won  by  the  blessed  truth  of  God,  but  hath  high  conceits  of  the  pure 
ordinances  of  God ;  and  the  more  pure  and  close  and  home  it  is,  the  more 
he  esteemeth  of  it.  And  therefore  we  may  take  an  estimate  of  ourselves 
by  our  esteem  of  it. 

A  sanctified  ear  sheweth  a  sanctified  heart,  and  a  sanctified  esteem  of 
God's  ordinance,  as  God's  ordinance.  From  the  power  and  virtue  we  find 
in  it,  working  upon  our  souls,  it  is  an  argument  we  be  wrought  upon  by 
the  ministry ;  for  though  we  be  counted  '  earthen  vessels,'  by  base  earthly- 
minded  men,  yet  they  that  be  wrought  upon  have  other  estimations  of  us. 

Their  calling  is  to  bring  men's  souls  to  heaven,  to  be  saviours  of  the 
people,  to  be  God's  own  name,  to  be  fathers.  It  is  a  calling  that  the 
angels  may  stoop  under  it.  '  Who  is  sufl[icient  for  these  things  ?'  2  Cor. 
ii.  16,  and  yet  the  base  slight  it ;  but  I  say,  respect  must  not  be  won  by 
forced  means,  as  in  popery,  but  by  opening  the  mysteries  of  God,  and  the 
Spirit  accompanying  the  outward  ministry.  This  will  work  so  effectually 
in  the  heart,  as  will  raise  the  heart  to  a  high  esteem  of  these  things,  from 
the  blessed  experience  thej'  find  of  the  Spirit  of  God  working  in  them.  But 
that  will  appear  more  in  the  next,  where  he  saith,  God's  end  of  conveying 
heavenly  things  by  earthen  vessels  is,  that  the  excellency  of  the  power  may 
be  of  God,  and  not  of  man. 

The  first  part  of  the  verse  we  have  unfolded,  and  have  shewed, 

1.  That  the  gospel  is  '  a  treasure.' 

2.  The  '  treasurers,'  they  be  the  '  apostles  and  ministers.' 

And  then,  3.  The  '  vessels.'  We  carry  it  in  *  earthen  vessels,'  earthly 
vessels  for  the  matter  and  for  their  esteem. 

Of  this  I  will  only  say,  that  which  concerneth  every  man. 

1.  It  is  not  a  severed  concUtion,  it  is  the  condition  of  all.  To  be  earth 
of  itself  is  no  such  base  condition.  That  it  is  a  word  of  disgrace  and 
frailty,  it  is  from  sin.  For  howsoever  we  be  earthy,  and  of  nothing, 
and  so  might  fall  to  nothing,  yet  God  would  have  suspended  the  incli- 
nation of  the  creature,  which  is  prone  to  turn  to  its  original,  which  is 
nothing,  if  Adam  had  not  sinned.  The  heavens  are  made  of  nothing,  and 
yet  still  continue  their  condition,  because  God  preserveth  them.  And  the 
angels  made  of  nothing,  and  are  subject  to  fall  to  nothing,  as  the  angels  that 
fell,  they  might  have  fallen.  And  they  stand  not  by  any  strength  of  their 
own,  but  God's  grace  suspendeth  that  possibility  of  falhng  to  nothing,  and 
confirmeth  them  in  that  blessed  condition.  And  so  the  baseness  of  the 
earthen  vessels  is  from  sin. 

2.  And  add  this  by  the  way,  see  the  marvellous  poicer  of  God.  At  first, 
all  things  were  nothing  at  all,  then  they  were  a  chaos,  a  confused  mass ; 
out  of  a  confused  mass  comes  a  heaven  and  earth,  and  all  the  creatures. 
Man  himself  falleth,  and  becomes  worse  than  nothing,  having  sinned ;  and 
to  be  delivered  out  of  that  miserable  condition  he  must  be  a  new  creature. 
Of  an  earthen  vessel  he  makes  him  a  vessel  of  glory,  and  never  leaveth  him 

*  That  is,  'respectfully.'— G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  7.  359 

till  he  be  settled  in  a  blessed  everlasting  condition.  So  that  God  brings 
man  from  nothing,  and  worse  than  nothing,  to  a  blessed  and  glorious  con- 
dition. 

Let  us  often  think  of  it,  that  we  be  earthen  vessels.  It  is  a  strange 
thing  that  God  hath  joined  body  and  soul  together,  which  are  so  wonder- 
fully different,  the  soul  being  spiritual,  the  body  earthly.  But  that  he  hath 
joined  this  spirit  with  a  sinful  polluted  soul,  that  is  more  wonderful.  But 
to  join  the  Godhead  with  earth,  that  the  Virgin  Mary  being  an  '  earthen 
vessel,'  should  have  Christ  made  of  her  substance,  that  he  should  set  his 
own  stamp  and  image  in  a  piece  of  earth,  and  take  a  piece  of  earth  into 
union  of  his  person,  that  earth  should  be  joined  with  God,  here  is  a  won- 
der of  wonders. 

3.  Therefore  let  it  tend  to  our  humiliation,  that  we  be  but  earthen  ves- 
sels :  and  keep  us  in  terms  of  subjection,  that  we  dash  not  against  God, 
being  but  earthen  vessels ;  for  he  hath  iron  sceptres  for  proud  earth,  to 
dash  them  all  to  pieces,  Ps.  ii.  9. 

4.  Let  lis  be  tliankful  for  our  j^i'otection  and  j^reservatioii,  being  earthly 
vessels.  In  the  last  visitation,  how  many  of  these  earthen  vessels  were 
dashed  to  pieces  in  one  day  ?  *  Beyond  the  seas,  in  the  wars,  how  many 
dashed  together  in  a  moment  ?  We  be  so  frail,  that  if  the  like  judgment 
fall  on  us,  we  turn  to  nothing.  We  are  proud,  womanish,  and  lewd,  and 
have  high  thoughts,  as  if  not  '  earthen  vessels  ;'  and  therefore  it  is  a  great 
mercy  that  we  have  been  thus  long  preserved. 

As  ministers  are  earthen  vessels,  so  magistrates  and  great  men.  Their 
souls  be  knit  to  their  bodies  by  no  sounder  bonds  than  the  meanest  man's. 
There  is  as  little  combination,  and  as  weak,  between  the  strongest  and 
greatest  men  in  the  world,  as  between  the  poorest. 

5.  But  as  it  concerneth  ministers  especially,  let  me  make  one  use  fur- 
ther to  the  people  that  are  in  any  relation  to  the  ministry  or  magistracy, 
that  tve  do  not  refuse  the  treasure  for  the  iceakness  or  infinnity  of  the  vessel. 
Elias  had  meat  brought  to  him  by  a  raven  ;  did  he  refuse  it  because  so  poor 
a  creature  brought  him  his  meat  ?  1  Kings  xvii.  6.  No.  But  took  it  as  a 
special  blessing  of  God  that  he  had  meat  at  all,  sent  from  God,  to  refresh 
him  in  his  weariness,  and  therefore  stands  not  upon  the  vessel,  but  marks 
the  treasure  whence  that  came.  Who  would  refuse  a  pardon,  because  he 
that  bringeth  it  may  be  meaner  than  himself  ?  Look  to  the  prince's  hand  and 
seal.  Is  it  a  sealed  truth  ?  Doth  conscience  bear  witness  to  it,  being 
God's  privy  seal  ?  It  is  no  matter  who  bringeth  it.  Magnify  God's  ordi- 
nances, that  not  only  giveth  pardon,  but  giveth  likewise  a  messenger  to 
bring  it.  Therefore  bless  God  rather  for  his  ordinances,  than  stumble  at 
the  weakness  of  his  ministers. 

It  is  no  matter  what  the  hand  is,  if  it  give  a  treasure.  We  be  wise  in 
the  things  of  this  life,  and  so  should  we  be  in  heavenly  things,  considering 
God  doth  this  in  a  wise  and  gracious  dispensation,  condescending  to  our 
weakness.  We  bear  no  proportion  to  messengers  of  an  higher  nature.  If 
we  cannot  endure  the  sight  of  an  angel,  we  cannot  endure  God  himself. 
You  know  the  history  of  Moses. f  And  therefore  seeing  God  hath  thus 
stooped  to  us,  yield  thankfully  to  this  weak  dispensation,  that  God  con- 
veyeth  spiritual  things  to  man  by  man. 

Now  what  is  the  end  of  all  this  ?  '  that  the  excellency  of  the  power  may 
be  of  God,  and  not  of  us.'     Wherein  are  these  things  observable. 

*  In  margin  here,  '  The  last  great  plague,  anno  Dom.  1624.' — G. 
t  Cf.  Exod.  xxxiii.  11  ;  Dent,  xxxiv.  10.— G. 


360  COIIMENTAKY  ON 

First,  That  there  is  a  jimrcr  in  the  ministry  and  dispensation  of  the  gospel, 
and  an  excellent  poiver.  The  apostle  cannot  enlarge  himself  enough  here, 
when  he  enters  upon  the  argument  of  commending  the  gospel. 

Secondly,  This  power,  and  excellency  of  power,  it  is  of  God,  and  not  of 
man. 

Thirdly,  And  that  this  may  appear  to  be  so,  he  useth  the  ministry  of 
weak  men,  and  earthen  vessels,  that  by  the  disprojwrtion  between  the  excel- 
lency of  the  thinys  and  earthen  vessels,  they  may  know  if  any  good  be  done,  it 
comes  from  him  who  is  the  highest  cause  of  all  conversion  of  the  soul.  To 
bring  the  soul  out  of  Satan's  kingdom  to  the  liberty  of  God's  children, 
to  be  heirs  of  heaven,  is  so  far  above  '  earthen  vessels,'  that  it  must  needs 
appear  to  be  God's  work. 

Doct.  For  the  former,  we  shall  put  them  both  together,  that  there  is  an 
excellent  j)ower  in  the  ordinances  of  God,  as  it  is  dispensed  binder  the  gospel. 
The  Word  itself,  what  power  hath  it  ?  Are  not  all  things  by  the  Word  in 
creation  ?  Nay,  is  not  the  vigour  and  strength  that  every  creature  hath 
from  the  same  Word  ?  Is  not  the  being  and  efficacy  of  all  things,  and  the 
continuance  of  things,  from  the  Word  ?  As  Heb.  i.  3,  (p'spuv  n  ra  craira  ruj 
'griljjari  tyjc  b-jvd'iiMg  abro'^j.  He  upholds  all  things  by  his  mighty  power  and 
word.  Whence  comes  the  support  and  continuance  of  the  vigour  of  every 
creature,  but  from  God  ?  Who  doth  cause  the  sun  to  shine,  and  to  give 
light  to  inferior  things,  that  they  may  bring  forth  fruit,  for  the  use  of  every 
creature  ? 

And  wh}'  is  the  sea,  that  vast  and  unruly  creature,  kept  within  its  bounds 
that  it  cannot  go  an  inch  farther ;  is  it  not  God's  commanding  words  ? 
At  first  God  created  it,  and  God  made  bounds  that  it  cannot  go  beyond  its 
due  compass.  Is  not  an  eternal  law  set  upon  every  creatui'e  by  the  word  ? 
This  you  are,  this  is  your  virtue,  this  is  the  extent  of  it,  thus  far  you  shall 
go,  and  no  farther.  '  God  sent  forth  his  word,'  saith  the  psalmist,  '  and 
they  were  created,'  Ps.  cxlviii.  8.  I  speak  it  but  by  way  of  illustration  of 
the  point  in  hand.  And  so  the  excellency  of  the  power  in  the  great  work 
of  redemption  and  salvation  of  man  is  from  the  word,  as  it  will  appear  in 
particulars. 

(1.)  What  a  large  power  is  put  forth  in  the  conversion  of  a  vran.  For  is 
it  not  the  bringing  a  man  out  of  Satan's  kingdom  into  the  kingdom  of 
Christ  ?  Col.  i.  13.  And  will  Satan  let  a  man  go  willingly?  Is  not  con- 
version a  world  of  miracles  ?  How  many  miracles  hath  that  one  work  of 
conversion  ?  It  was  a  miracle  when  the  blind  man  saw,  and  the  deaf  man 
had  his  hearing  restored,  when  the  dumb  man  began  to  speak,  he  that  had 
his  feet  together  so  that  he  could  not  enlarge  himself,  to  be  able  to  run. 
But  to  give  life  to  a  dead  man  is  a  miracle  indeed. 

Now  in  the  conversion  of  a  sinner  by  the  ordinance  of  God  and  the  Spirit 
accompanying  it,  all  these  are  in  one  ;  for  what  is  conversion  but  the  open- 
ing of  the  sight  of  the  soul  to  see  its  misery  by  nature,  and  a  better  condi- 
tion in  Christ  than  ever ;  and  the  opening  of  the  ear  to  hear  and  to  taste 
heavenly  discourse  in  another  manner  than  before  ?  What  is  it  but  restor- 
ing feet  to  run  [in]  God's  commandments,  to  delight  in  the  ways  that  were 
tedious  before,  and  that  the  mouth  that  was  used  to  swear  and  to  curse,  in 
the  language  of  hell  before,  now  do  set  forlh  the  praises  of  God.  Is  there 
not  a  world  of  wonders  in  one  work  ?  Therefore  there  is  a  power,  and  an 
excellent  power,  put  forth  in  conversion.  Whatsoever  Christ  did  in  the 
gospel  to  the  body,  that  he  doth  to  the  soul  in  conversion,  and  there  is 
greater  power  put  forth  in  the  one  than  in  the  other. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  7.  381 

To  enter  into  the  heart  of  man,  that  fenceth  itself  against'all  goodness, 
*  to  pull  down  strongholds,  high  imaginations,'  2  Cor.  x.  4,  rebellious 
oppositions  against  God  and  goodness — do  not  you  see  daily  such  spirits 
under  the  gospel  ?  Do  but  guess  therefore  what  is  in  the  whole  mankind. 
What  was  it  when  Christ  sent  his  apostles  into  the  world  ?  He  sent  his 
word  accompanied  with  his  Spirit,  and  that  word  should  enter  into  the 
hearts  of  men,  and  cast  all  the  proud,  high,  lofty  imaginations,  and  lay  all 
flat  before  Christ.  *  Men  and  brethren,  what  shall  we  do  ? '  Acts  ii.  37. 
We  have  been  vile  wretches,  and  now  we  are  convinced  of  it.  Is  not  the 
word  powerful  to  turn  a  man  out  of  himself,  clean  to  dash  him  to  pieces, 
and  then  to  make  him  up  new  again  better  than  ever  he  was  ?  This  is  power 
indeed. 

There  is  an  excellent  power  in  the  word.  First,  in  the  ministers  them- 
selves ;  and  secondly,  by  them  to  the  people. 

[1.]  There  is  an  excellency  of  power  to  make  them  Jit  for  the  work,  and  then 
to  go  along  with  them  in  the  u-orking  others'  conversion.  A  great  power 
wrought  on  Paul,  and  Peter,  and  the  rest,  and  a  great  power  wrought  by 
them  on  all  the  rest.  But  because  I  speak  not  to  ministers,  but  as  it  con- 
cerneth  all,  we  will  speak  of  the  power  in  general. 

[2.]  I  might  be  very  large  in  shewing  the  power  of  the  ministry //-om  the 
success  of  it.  Look  into  the  history  of  the  church,  mark  Christ's  time,  the 
apostles'  time,  that  strange  fishermen,  and  men  of  low  conditions,  being 
furnished  with  commissions  from  heaven,  and  carried  these  treasures  in 
earthen  vessels  ;  see  what  wonders  they  wrought  in  the  world  by  spreading 
the  sweet  savour  of  the  gospel.  The  fishermen  cast  their  great  nets  into 
the  great  world,  as  Austin  saith,  and  got  in  whole  nations  (k).  And  there- 
fore Saint  Paul  magnificently  speaks  for  himself  and  the  rest  of  the  apostles. 
'  I  am  not  ashamed  of  the  gospel  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  for  it  is  the 
power  of  God  unto  salvation,'  Rom.  i.  16.  As  Isa.  liii.  1,  '  To  whom  is 
the  Lord  revealed  and  made  bare  ? '  as  the  word  signifieth.  That  is,  to 
whom  is  the  power  of  the  word  in  the  ministry  made  bare  ?  The  ministry 
is  the  arm  of  God,  whereby  he  pulleth  man  out  of  Satan's  kingdom.  Now 
God  the  Father  draweth  them  to  Christ  in  spite  of  corruption,  in  spite  of 
sin  and  Satan,  into  his  own  kingdom.  The  cross  was  then  set  above 
princes'  crowns,  the  greatest  emperors  that  were,  submitted  themselves  to 
the  sceptre  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  laid  down  their  crowns  at  his  feet.  In  the 
ten  persecutions,*  was  there  not  mighty  power  of  the  gospel,  that  when  it 
had  catched  the  hearts  of  women,  young  men,  old  men,  or  children,  all 
conditions,  all  the  fire,  all  the  torments  that  tyrants  could  devise,  could  not 
get  Christ  out  of  their  hearts,  but  they  were  willing  to  sacrifice  their  lives, 
and  found  more  comfort  in  the  blessed  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  that  all  the 
discouragements  in  the  world  could  not  make  them  forsake  him.  Such  a 
fire  was  rooted  in  their  hearts  by  the  fire  of  God's  word,  that  made  them 
not  care  for  all  other  fires  whatsoever.  Where  this  excellency  of  the  power 
of  the  word  appears  in  any,  it  armeth  them  against  all  oppositions  what- 
soever. 

3.    V/e  will  shew  the  powerful  work  of  the  word  in  some  branches  of  it. 

(1.)  That  there  is  an  excellency  of  power  that  enables  a  man  against  his  own 
corruptions,  against  temp)tations  from  Satan,  from  the  icorld,  sometimes  from 
God  himself  in  a  way  of  trial.  But  this  ordinance  having  God's  Spirit 
accompanying  it,  enables  a  man  against  corruption,  the  most  bosom  corrup- 
tions, against  all  temptations  whatsoever.  It  makes  a  man  do  that  which 
*  For  notice  and  list  of  these  persecutions  of.  Vol.  I.  page  384. — G. 


362  COMMENTARY  ON 

is  clean  contrary  to  his  nature.  It  will  turn  Jordan  back,  to  make  of  Mary, 
a  light  woman,  a  blessed  woman ;  to  make  of  Paul  a  persecutor,  Paul  a 
preacher,  to  be  able  to  subdue  corruptions  when  they  rise,  that  great 
persons  lie  under,  to  subdue  their  carnal  wills.  We  see  gi'eat  persons  are 
led  by  their  wills,  and  countenanced  by  him  that  rules  their  wills,  the  evil 
spirit,  and  so  they  run  rushing  on,  the  devil  joining  with  them,  to  destruc- 
tion. The  Christian  having  the  power  of  the  word  and  Spirit  crossing  his 
will,  he  is  able  to  deny  himself ;  and  what  an  excellent  power  is  that !  Is 
it  not  an  excellent  power  ?  Now  the  word  giveth  us  strength  and  comfort 
against  temptations  to  sin  and  for  sin ;  and  whether  they  come  from  Satan 
or  from  God,  shewing  himself  an  enemy.  The  word  teacheth  how  to 
oppose  God  himself,  w^hen  he  personates  an  enemy,  as  sometimes  he  doth. 
A  poor  Christian  then  can  say,  Lord,  remember  thy  promise.  Thou  seemest 
to  be  mine  enemy,  and  '  writest  bitter  things  against  me ;'  but  I  believe 
not  thou  art  an  enemy,  thou  hast  made  rich  promises,  and  remember  them, 
Lord,  wherein  thou  hast  caused  me  to  trust,  Ps.  cxix.  49.  God  is  content 
to  be  bound  by  his  word ;  and  is  not  that  powerful  that  can  bind  God  him- 
self, when  we  can  sue  him  by  his  bond  ?  Thou  seemest  to  be  mine  enemy, 
but  I  will  not  away,  I  will  lie  at  thy  feet  till  I  hear  comfortable  news  from 
heaven. 

For  temptations  on  the  right  hand,  allurements  and  promises,  and  on 
the  left,  as  threats  and  afflictions  and  the  like,  the  word  sets  other  matters 
before  us  than  these ;  and  the  word  enables  us  to  all  kind  of  duty.  A 
man  that  is  tongue-tied,  it  enables  him  to  call  on  God ;  and  a  man  that 
hath  naturally  nothing  to  speak  that  is  good,  it  enables  him  to  speak  a 
word  of  comfort  to  others ;  it  enableth  him  to  every  duty  that  God  calls 
him  to,  to  trust  him,  and  to  love  him  above  all ;  it  enables  him  to  live 
well  and  to  die  well,  to  perform  all  duties  God  requires.  The  word  with 
the  SjDirit  enables  us  to  manage  all  in  a  spiritual  manner, 

(2.)  And  so  for  bearing  afftictions,  how  doth  the  psalmist  speak  in  the  Old 
Test[ament]  ?  The  word  will  direct  and  comfort  for  the  carrying  on  of  our 
souls  in  troubles  of  all  sorts  ;  as  David,  '  I  had  perished  in  mine  affliction, 
if  it  had  not  been  for  thy  word,'  Ps.  cxix.  92.  No  affliction  can  befall  us 
but  we  have  grand  comforts  to  support  us  in  it,  when  God  hath  promised 
his  gracious  assistance,  that  he  will  not  fail  us  nor  forsake  us,  when  the 
sting  is  taken  out  by  him  that  hath  sanctified  all  afflictions  in  his  own 
person,  that  as  our  crosses  increase,  so  our  comforts  and  consolation  shall 
increase.  And  the  afflictions  of  this  world  are  not  worthy  the  excellency 
that  shall  be  revealed. 

Then  no  wonder  there  is  that  strength  in  the  word  that  it  enables  us  to 
duties  of  our  calling,  public  and  private ;  it  enables  us  to  bear  afflictions. 
And  therefore  the  apostle  may  well  say,  '  That  the  excellency  of  the  power 
may  be  of  God,  and  not  of  us.' 

(3.)  And  so  io  enjoij  all  thi)ir/s  that  God  giveth  in  a  right  maimer.  The 
word  with  the  Spirit  teacheth  how  to  use  the  world  as  if  not,  to  enjoy  it  as 
helps  in  our  pilgrimage  and  way  to  heaven,  that  they  be  not  snares  to  us, 
as  they  be  to  carnal  men,  who  perish  in  these  things,  as  wasps  on  gally- 
pots. 

They  are  drowned  in  riches,  and  drowned  in  pleasures,  but  the  word 
and  the  Spirit  directs  the  children  of  God  to  use  these  things  in  an  holy 
and  sanctified  manner,  and  to  taste  them  as  they  ought,  which  no  man  can 
do  but  they  that  have  the  word  engrafted  by  the  Spirit  in  their  hearts. 

And  there  is  a  great  reason ;  for  what  doth  this  word  oppose  ?     Doth  it 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   7.  363 

not  oppose  greater  things  than  the  world  hath  ?  What  is  all  preferment 
here  to  heaven  ?  And  what  is  all  discouragement  of  tyrants  to  hell  ?  If 
any  one  saw  the  joys  of  heaven,  would  not  he  forsake  ten  thousand  worlds 
rather  than  lose  it  ?  If  a  man  saw  with  his  eyes  hell  opened  to  swallow 
him  up  if  he  did  not  alter  his  courses,  would  not  he  leave  his  courses  ? 
Now,  the  Lord  saith,  it  is  true  that  these  things  shall  be.  Let  a  power  go 
with  the  word,  and  is  it  a  wonder  that  he  will  leave  his  sinful  courses  rather 
than  have  a  curse  ?  It  is  no  wonder  that  Moses  should  leave  '  the  pleasures 
of  a  court,  that  saw  him  that  was  invisible,'  Heb.  xi.  26  ;  and  that  Paul, 
that  was  lift  up  to  the  '  third  heaven,'  and  saw  things  that  could  not  be 
uttered,  2  Cor.  xii.  4,  regarded  not  the  threats  of  all  tyrants,  for  he  saw 
the  right  difference  of  things,  he  saw  things  in  their  right  colours.  So 
if  the  Lord  lets  us  see  spiritual  things  and  earthly  things  in  their  colours, 
one  will  appear  to  be  realities  indeed,  and  other  to  be  nothing  but  vanity. 
It  is  for  want  of  faith  and  power  accompanying  the  ordinance  of  God,  to 
persuade  ourselves  that  these  things  be  as  they  are,  and  as  we  shall  un- 
doubtedly find  them  another  day.  And  therefore  it  is  no  wonder  the  gospel 
findeth  such  power,  where  it  is  received  and  obeyed,  because  of  the  vast 
difference  of  conditions. 

I  beseech  you,  let  us  consider  these  things,  and  not  be  led  away  with  a 
spirit  of  vanity  and  folly  and  error.  So  that  there  is  a  power,  and  an 
excellency  of  power,  in  the  ministry ;  and  you  that  have  open  understand- 
ings in  the  history  of  the  chm'ch,  know  how  it  hath  powerfully  wrought  in 
ail  times. 

Quest.  How  do  you  know  the  word  to  be  the  word  ? 

Ans.  It  carrieth  proof  and  evidence  in  itself.  It  is  an  evidence  that  the 
fire  is  hot  to  him  that  feeleth  it,  and  that  the  sun  shineth  to  him  that  looks 
on  it ;  how  much  more  doth  the  word,  that  carrieth  its  own  character  and 
stamp  with  it,  to  them  that  be  God's  people ;  for  it  not  only  giveth  light, 
but  giveth  that  which  is  more  than  the  sun  can  do.  And  that  giveth  light, 
but  no  eyes.  The  word  giveth  understanding  to  the  simple,  opens  their 
eyes,  Ps.  cxix.  130 ;  and  a  Christian  can  say,  God  hath  not  only  shined 
upon  me  by  the  word,  but  hath  wrought  in  my  heart  by  it ;  so  that  in  it 
I  will  live,  and  in  it  I  will  die.  So  that  they  need  not  seek  arguments,  for 
the  word  itself  is  stronger  than  all  framed  arguments.  It  hath  a  character 
of  divine  truth  stamped  upon  it,  in  the  heart  of  every  believer,  that  mingleth 
it  with  faith  that  it  is  the  word,  though  all  the  world  preach  the  contrary, 
and  the  ministers  that  teach  it  apostatize  from  it.  I  am  sure  I  felt  it,  it 
warmed  my  heart,  and  converted  me.  And  that  is  the  best  trial  of  the 
word  to  be  the  word,  because  of  the  efficacy  felt  in  the  heart. 

That  Spirit  that  makes  the  word  effectual,  doth  by  that  efficacy  convince 
the  soul  that  the  word  is  the  word.  For  the  soul  reasons  thus :  I  have 
found  this  word  casting  me  down,  I  have  found  this  word  lifting  me  up ;  I 
have  found  this  word  warming  my  heart  when  it  was  cold  and  dead.  I 
found  it  enlarging  my  heart  in  loving  God  and  praising  God.  I  have  found 
the  Spirit  of  God  in  the  word  casting  down  strongholds,  and  Satan  out  of 
me,  and  setting  up  his  kingdom  in  me,  and  ruling  me  by  his  Spirit,  that  I 
cannot  but  do  what  was  irksome  to  me  before,  and  can  abstain  from  that 
which  was  sweet  to  me  before  ;  and  all  because  I  am  convinced  of  another 
course  than  before.  The  soul  that  can  say  thus,  if  objections  come,  he 
defieth  the  motion.  My  soul  hath  felt  the  strength  of  the  word  taking 
root  downwards,  bringing  forth  fruit  upwards,  2  Kings  xix.  30,  and  shall  I 
doubt  it  to  be  the  word  ?     But  to  leave  this. 


864  COMJIENTAEY  ON 

Application.  I  beseech  you,  if  tliere  be  such  efficacy  in  the  word,  malie  a 
use  of  instruction  of  it,  that  we  regard  it  more  than  we  have  done. 

Use  1.  And  first  of  all,  that  we  may  make  way  for  instruction,  do  but 
examine  ourselves  icliether  it  he  as  a  irord  of  power  to  ics,  or  any  that  have 
lived  so  loiiff  wider  the  gospel  ?     The  trial  is  very  easy, 

[1.]  If  it  be  a  word  of  power  to  us,  certaiiihj  it  ivill  enable  i(s  to  defend  it, 
and  maintain  it  in  the  u-orst  times.  St  Paul  saith,  1  Thes.  i.  5,  '  You 
received  the  word  in  much  affliction.'  If  we  should  live  in  places  where 
holy  things  are  disclaimed  and  abandoned  with  Ishmael's  persecutions, 
that  is,  the  persecutions  of  these  times,  scoffings  and  scornings,  yet  hearing 
divine  things  unfolded,  we  receive  them,  and  entertain  them,  and  that  with 
joy  and  comfort,  with  an  opposition  to  the  poison  of  the  times,  it  is  a  good 
sign  that  the  power  of  the  word  hath  caught  every  one  of  our  hearts.  But 
if  every  taunt  of  Ishmael  and  poisonful  spirits  be  regarded,  when  in  times 
of  poverty  a  little  thing  will  discourage  us  and  make  us  flinch,  where  is  the 
power?  Alas  !  whatsoever  profession  we  make,  we  deny  the  power  of  it; 
for  if  it  did  work  upon  us,  we  should  receive  it,  in  the  midst  of  opposition, 
with  joy  and  comfort. 

(2.)  The  apostle  saith  in  another  place,  '  Receive  the  word,  as  the  word 
of  God,'  1  Thes.  ii.  13.  Now  if  a  man  receive  divine  truths,  he  will  acknow- 
ledge that  it  is  a  word  of  power,  and  excellent  power.  What  is  it  then  to  receive 
the  word  as  the  word  ?  To  receive  divine  truths  with  a  great  deal  of  reverence, 
as  blessed  truths,  that  come  from  the  bosom  of  God,  and  likewise  with  a  great 
deal  of  subjection,  submitting  the  soul  to  them.  It  is  God's  truth  delivered 
by  Jesus  Christ  in  the  ministers,  and  therefore  I  do  receive  it  as  God's 
truth,  and  submit  my  conscience  to  it.  Though  there  be  discovery  of  some 
rebellion,  yet  if  I  allow  of  no  risings  against  the  power  of  the  word,  it  is 
a  sign  we  have  felt  the  power  of  the  word,  when  we  regard  it  as  the  word. 

You  see  then  some  particular  evidence  how  we  may  know  if  the  word 
hath  wrought  upon  us. 

Add  the  particulars  named  before,  by  way  of  trial. 

(3.)  What  poirer  hare  yon  to  Jtelp  you  against  temptations  ?  What  power 
have  you  against  temptations  from  the  word  and  divine  truth  ?  What 
power  have  you  to  bear  crosses,  and  atHictions,  to  comfort  you  in  sickness, 
losses,  and  crosses  in  the  world?  Can  you  fetch  comfort  from  truths  heard 
and  read  out  of  this  book  of  God's  word?  It  is  a  sign  then  that  the  Spirit 
of  God,  with  the  word,  hath  wrought  a  blessed  change  in  your  hearts. 
Can  5^ou  use  the  world  moderately  ?  Can  you  perform  duties  in  a  spiritual 
manner  ?  Undoubtedly,  you  ma}^  comfort  yourselves,  though  with  much 
conflicts  and  oppositions,  both  without  and  within. 

If  on  trial  we  find  these  things  not  so,  I  beseech  you  own  *  not  your- 
selves one  minute  of  an  hour,  for  that  minute  may  be  the  minute  of  our 
destruction,  and  may  cut  oft'  the  thread  of  our  lives.  Rest  not  one  minute, 
for  howsoever  we  may  bless  ourselves,  as  all  proud  hearts  do  against  God, 
and  the  ordinances  of  God,  and  godly  ways,  in  a  scorn,  as  if  they  had  a 
heart  distinct  from  God  and  the  word,  and  needed  not  to  be  beholding  to 
God  for  direction.!  They  can  go  home,  and  there  they  have  means  and 
friends,  and  they  can  do  well  enough.  God  sets  himself  to  laugh  at  the 
destruction  of  such  ;  and  that  word  that  they  cast  behind  them,  and  would 
have  nothing  to  do  withal,  now  that  will  stick  by  them  to  the  hour  of  death, 
and  they  shall  carry  it  with  them  in  their  own  consciences  to  hell,  and  their 

*  That  is,  do  not  regard  yourselves  as  Christians. — Ed. 

t  The  sentence  is  left  thus  unfinished.     Cf.  '  To  the  Reader,'  Vol,  I.  p.  38. — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  TV,  VEE.  7.  365 

consciences  shall  say,  God  told  these  truths  to  thee,  and  I  told  them  to 
thee  ;  I  heard  this  from  God's  word,  and  thou  regardedst  me  not.  And 
therefore  when  your  consciences  be  awakened  with  divine  truths,  know, 
that  conscience  shall  be  one  day  revived,  and  you  shall  hear  it.  What  you 
now  slight,  you  shall  regard.  You  regard  now  no  command,  no  duty,  but 
you  shall  think  of  them  when  it  is  too  late.  Therefore  seeing  this  is  the 
time,  labour  to  find  the  power  of  God  in  the  heart,  rest  not. 

But  how  shall  we  carry  ourselves,  so  that  the  word  may  be  efiectual 
to  us  ?  ' 

[1.]  Labour  to  have  humble,  teachable  souls,  attending  on  God's  divine 
dispensation  in  his  ordinances  meekly.  You  know  what  David  saith, 
Ps.  sxv.  9,  '  The  humble  he  will  teach.'  Come  with  teachable  hearts,  and 
God  will  reveal  mysteries  to  us.  He  will  teach  secrets,  so  that  we  shall 
say,  I  never  thought  there  had  been  such  light,  such  sweetness  in  the  word. 
Come  with  humble  souls,  and  you  shall  find  him  opening  the  secrets  of 
heaven,  especially  if  you  desire  the  Lord  to  give  the  Spirit  of  revelation, 
and  to  take  ofi"  this  veil  of  darkness  and  corruption,  that  he  would  back  his 
Spirit  with  his  own  ordinance,*  and  make  it  effectual,  that  as  things  are  in 
themselves  holy,  and  heavenly,  and  excellent,  and  as  they  are  to  God's 
children,  so  they  may  be  to  us.  God's  word  is  a  word  of  power  to  all  elect 
children.  Oh  that  I  might  find  it  a  word  of  power  to  me !  that  I  might  get 
myself  to  be  God's  elected  child. 

[2.]  Join  inth  the  means  a  spirit  of  praijer,  as  God  shall  enable  you,  and 
'  to  him  that  hath  shall  be  given,'  Mat.  xiii.  12,  Labour  to  wait  for  this. 
If  God  speak  not  at  first,  the  good  hour  is  not  yet  come  ;  wait  till  the 
waters  be  stirred,  as  it  was  in  the  pool  of  Bethesda,  John  v.  3.  Wait  till 
he  give  the  Spirit  of  revelation,  and  at  length  we  shall  find  such  a  change  as 
Isaiah  speaks  of,  '  The  lion  and  the  lamb  shall  dwell  together,  and  the 
leopard  and  the  kid,  for  the  earth  shall  be  full  of  the  knowledge  of  the 
Lord,'  xi.  6.  The  knowledge  of  the  Lordmaketh  lions  lambs,  and  leopards 
kids,  makes  them  fit  to  live  together,  though  their  dispositions  be  never  so 
cross.  If  we  have  grace  to  wait  God's  leisure,  we  shall  find  a  transforming, 
changing  pov/er  in  the  word  to  alter  us  perfectly,  and  to  mould  us  to  a 
holy  frame  of  spirit. 

The  apostle,  as  we  heard  heretofore,  laboureth  in  the  former  chapter,  as 
likewise  in  this,  to  set  out  the  dignity  of  the  ministry  of  the  gospel  above 
the  ministry  of  the  law,  and  answereth,  as  we  have  heard,  all  objections ; 
and  lest  he  should  seem  to  savour  of  too  high  a  spirit,  as  Saint  Paul  to 
attribute  so  much  to  his  ministry,  in  the  sixth  verse,  he  giveth  all  to  God  ; 
'  God  who  commanded  light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in  our 
hearts.'  So  that  whatsoever  light  is  conveyed  by  the  ministry,  is  con- 
veyed by  God,  and  by  an  almighty  power  in  God,  even  by  the  same  that 
was  used  in  the  creation,  and  in  some  sort  above  it.  Now  the  end  of  the 
knowledge  kindled  in  the  heart  especially  of  the  ministers  is,  '  that  the 
light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  may  be  seen  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
Christ.'  God  shineth  on  the  ministers,  not  only  upon  their  understand- 
ings, but  upon  their  hearts  ;  and  to  what  end  ?  Not  to  shine  in  ourselves 
only,  but  to  reflect  the  light,  whereby  God  shineth  upon  us,  to  others. 
Then  he  shews  the  end  of  the  ministry  is  especially  to  set  out  God  in 
Christ,  and  the  glorious  mercy  and  goodness  and  bounty  of  God  in  Christ 
Jesus. 

*  Qu.  '  with  his  Spirit  his  own  ordinance  '  ? — Ed. 


366  COMMENTARY  ON 

And  what  is  the  end  of  this  ?  That  God  will  have  such  an  excellent 
treasure,  as  is  in  the  dispensing  of  the  mysteries  of  Christ,  out  of  earthen 
vessels,  that  the  excellency  of  the  power  may  be  of  God  and  not  of  us. 

Wherein  is  considerable,  first  of  all,  that  there  is  a  power,  and  an  excel- 
lency of  the  power,  in  the  sweet  truths  of  God,  discovered  in  the  gospel, 
especially  in  the  dispensation  of  it  by  weak  vessels  ;  so  powerful,  so  excel- 
lently powerful  it  is,  that  it  may  be  known  that  it  is  of  God.  It  is  of  God, 
but  that  it  may  '  appear  to  be  of  God ; '  for  things  are  said  to  be  when  they 
appear  in  regard  of  men.  Now  that  it  may  appear  to  all,  that  the  power  and 
efficacy  of  the  ministiy  of  the  gospel  is  of  God,  and  not  of  man,  God  would 
have  such  a  disproportion  between  the  vessels  and  the  treasure.  The  treasure 
shall  be  rich  and  heavenly,  the  vessels  shall  be  earthly,  that  whatsoever  is  good, 
it  may  appear  it  cometh  not  from  the  vessels,  but  from  the  treasure  itself. 

That  there  is  a  power,  and  excellent  power,  in  the  truths  of  God,  especially 
dispensed  by  the  ministry,  we  have  in  part  shewed  heretofore,  but  we  will 
follow  the  point.  God  hath  furnished  everything  in  the  world  with  power. 
Every  creature  hath  power,  together  with  being.  The  heavens  have  a 
power  of  influence  ;  the  dull  earth  hath  a  power  to  put  forth  what  it 
receiveth  from  the  influence  of  heaven,  into  this  and  that  creature,  being 
the  common  mother  of  many  excellent  things,  but  all  the  power  is  from 
God.  God  hath  put  a  power  into  the  creatures,  which  we  call  an  eternal 
law.  Besides  the  law  made  to  man,  there  is  a  statute  given  to  the  creature. 
Heaven  shall  move,  and  by  moving  limit  time,  and  heaven  shall  bestow 
influence  upon  inferior  bodies.  There  is  a  law  for  the  sea  that  it  shall  ebb 
and  flow,  and  not  pass  the  bounds  God  hath  set  it ;  and  by  the  law  of  God 
there  is  a  centre  immoveable  on  which  the  earth  shall  stand.  These  keep 
the  statutes  and  the  laws  that  God  hath  given  them  eternally.  God  to 
shew  a  miracle  can  make  the  sun  stand  still,  or  the  earth  move,  or  the  sea 
to  overflow.  But  the  power  we  are  to  speak  of  is  another  manner  of  power, 
a  spiritual  power,  and  excellency  of  power. 

There  is  a  power,  then,  in  the  ordinance  of  God,  and  a  spiritual  power. 
There  is  in  every  ordinance  of  God  something  that  hath  an  heavenly  relish. 
There  is  in  the  word,  in  the  sacraments,  that  that  maketh  a  heavenly 
relish.  And  God,  by  the  word  and  the  ministry,  doth  create  spiritual 
sense  suitable  to  the  relish  that  is  in  spiritual  things.  Had  we  not  by  the 
word  created  in  us  spiritual  sense  to  relish  those  heavenly  things  in  the 
ordinances,  they  were  to  no  purpose ;  God  should  lose  his  glory,  and  man 
should  lose  his  benefit  thereof.  God  createth  spiritual  eyes  to  see,  and 
spiritual  taste  connatural  and  homogeneal  to  spiritual  things.  As  there  is  a 
sweet  taste  in  the  word,  so  God  altereth  the  taste  of  the  soul,  that  the 
word  should  be  found  better  than  the  appointed  food,  sweeter  than  the 
honey-comb.  Nothing  so  sweet  as  divine  promises  to  a  sanctified  soul ; 
because  God,  that  hath  put  a  sweet  taste  into  the  ordinances,  altereth  the 
relish  of  the  soul,  the  taste,  and  sight,  and  spiritual  feeling  of  all  divine 
truths.  The  spiritual  heart  feeleth  the  comforts  of  the  sacrament  in 
strengthening  faith,  and  tasteth  the  goodness  of  God  in  Christ  in  giving 
his  body  and  shedding  his  blood,  so  that  there  is  a  relish  and  virtue  in  the 
things  themselves,  and  by  them  the  soul  is  fitted  to"  take  the  benefit  that  is 
hidden  in  the  things. 

There  is  in  divine  ordinances  not  only  a  light  to  convince,  but  likewise  a 
power,  together  with  the  light,  to  open  the  eyes.  There  is  light  and  power 
to  open  the  eyes  of  the  soul  together.  What  if  all  were  light  ?  If  there 
were  not  the  eye  to  see,  the  light  would  be  of  no  use  at  all.     There  is 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  7.  367 

power  in  the  ordinances  not  only  to  offer  light,  but  it  hath  a  spirit  accom- 
panying it  to  open  the  eyes  of  the  soul  to  see  that  light,  so  that  there  is 
extraordinary  power  in  God's  ordinances.  What  light  can  give  sight,  and 
what  meat  can  give  relish  to  him  that  wanteth  it  ?  There  is  therefore  an 
excellent  power  in  the  ordinances. 

Now,  there  is  a  power  ipmn  et  (prjcm,  there  is  a  power  of  a  thing  in  nature, 
and  there  is  a  power  by  institution.  Now  the  power  of  the  ordinances  and 
the  ministry  is  drawn  from  God's  institution,  who  hath  appointed  it  and 
sanctified  it  to  have  such  power,  where  he  will  accompany  them  with  his 
Holy  Spirit. 

Now  this  power  that  is  in  the  ordinances  of  God,  it  is  set  out  and  illus- 
trated by  many  speeches  and  comparisons  that  are  very  clear  and  excellent 
for  that  purpose. 

(1.)  As  the  word  and  ministry  is  called  'the  salt,'  Luke  xiv.  34.  Now 
the  power  of  salt  is  to  season,  to  make  sweet,  to  relish,  to  consume  the 
superfluous  humours,  to  preserve,  and  keep  long.  So  the  word  hath  the 
power  of  salt  to  eat  out  the  corruptions,  and  to  preserve  the  soul  to  make 
it  relish  God.  The  souls  of  men,  without  divine  truths  accompanying  them, 
they  are,  to  speak  with  reverence,  but  carrion  souls  and  dead  souls,  ever 
stinking  in  the  nostrils  of  God ;  howsoever  they  bear  it  out  in  the  world  to 
be  godly  persons,  yet  if  they  have  not  souls  sanctified  by  divine  truths, 
they  have  but  rotten  hearts,  and  are  good  for  nothing. 

(2.)  The  dispensing  of  it  is  compared  to  'the  arm  of  God.'  Isa.  liii.  1, 
'  To  whom  is  the  arm  of  the  Lord  revealed  ?  '  Now  a  man's  power  is  in 
his  arm.  The  ordinance  is  not  only  '  the  finger  of  God,'  but  '  the  arm  of 
God'  to  pull  men  out  of  Satan's  kingdom  and  their  wicked  courses,  by  shew- 
ing them  the  vengeance  of  God,  and  better  things  than  the  world  can,  or 
Satan  can.  The  word,  the  power  of  the  Spirit  accompanying  it,  is  the  arm 
of  God  'made  bare,'  as  the  word  signifieth  in  the  original.*  God  revealeth 
and  maketh  bare  his  arm  in  the  ministry  when  he  puUeth  men  out  of 
Satan's  kingdom  and  their  wicked  courses. 

(8.)  And  so  likewise  the  truth  of  God  in  the  dispensation  of  it  is  the 
'  sivord  of  the  Spiiit,'  Eph.  vi.  7,  and  cuts  on  both  sides.  It  is  no  leaden 
dagger,  as  the  papists  blasphemously  term  it  (l).  It  hath  a  force  in  it  to 
cut  as  it  goeth,  and  they  shall  feel  it  one  day  that  will  not  feel  it  now ;  and 
therefore  it  is  compared,  together  with  the  Spirit,  '  to  wind,'  which  hath  a 
mighty  power  to  carry  and  transport  things,  John  iii.  8. 

(4.)  And  the  ministers  of  God's  holy  truths,  in  regard  of  the  efficacy  of 
the  ministry,  have  excellent  terms.     They  are, 

[1.]  '  Stars,'  because  they  give  "light.  Rev.  i.  16. 

[2.]  They  are  '  ambassadors,'  as  they  have  commission  from  God, 
Luke  ix.  2. 

[3.]  They  are,  in  regard  of  the  excellency  of  the  truth,  '  angels,'  Rev.  ii.  1. 

[4.]  They  are,  in  respect  of  the  necessity  of  God's  people,  '  saviours.' 
So  were  Moses  and  Joshua. 

God  saveth  by  the  ministry  ordinarily  those  whom  he  doth  save ;  so  that 
there  is  a  power  and  efficacy  of  power  in  the  ministry,  as  appears  by  the 
terms  by  which  it  is  set  out. 

(5.)  Again,  God  is  able  to  give  efficacy  to  whatsoever  he  will.  As  he 
giveth  power  to  every  creature  according  to  its  own  natural  working,  so  he 

*  In  margin  here — '  njl7i3  Nigletah  (sic)  from  Galah  manifestatus  fuit ;  de  reve- 

T  T  :  • 

latlone  absconditorum  proprie  dicitur.' — Amos  iii.  7. — G. 


3G8  COMMENTAEY  ON 

giveth  power  to  tliose  tilings  that  have  institution  from  him.  He  is  able 
to  do  it,  to  make  them  effectual  for  the  end  for  which  he  hath  appointed 
them,  for  he  is  the  supreme  power  himself.  All  power  is  resident  in  him 
as  the  head ;  and  therefore  he  furnisheth  and  clotheth  this  ordinance  of  his 
with  a  power. 

(6.)  The  word  is  compared  to  '  seed,'  Mat.  xiii.  3,  seq.  Now,  in  seed 
there  is  a  power  to  put  forth  itself,  to  grow  and  breed  seed  like  itself,  and 
it  will  break  through  clods  till  it  comes  to  its  ripeness  and  maturity.  So 
there  is  a  power  in  the  word.  When  it  is  so  in  the  believer's  heart,  it  will 
bring  forth  a  disposition  like  itself,  as  seed  doth.  As  it  is  a  holy  word  and 
a  pure  word,  it  will  make  the  heart  that  receiveth  it  suitable.  Therefore 
James*  calleth  it  the  '  engrafted  word,'  James  i.  4,  comparing  divine  truths 
to  a  syancef  engrafted  into  a  plant,  that  turns  the  juice  of  the  plant  into  its 
own  nature.  So  when  the  word  is  engrafted,  it  altereth  the  heart,  that  the 
inward  man  doth  relish  of  divine  things,  thinketh  in  power  of  what  he 
heareth,  and  speaks  in  power  of  what  he  heareth,  and  understandeth,  and 
worketh,  and  doth  in  power  of  what  he  knoweth  ;  so  that  divine  truth  is 
like  a  syancef  engrafted  into  the  heart.  Therefore  there  is  a  power,  and 
an  excellency  of  power  in  it,  not  only  in  truth  itself,  but  in  the  dispensa- 
tion of  it.  God  setteth  not  up  an  ordinance  but  he  giveth  a  blessing  upon 
it.  There  is  an  excellency  of  power  as  a  power.  Is  there  not  a  power 
and  excellency  of  power  to  level  mountains  and  to  fill  up  valleys  ?  It 
fiUeth  the  valleys.  Poor  dejected  souls  are  filled  wdth  comfort.  Is  there 
not  power  and  excellency  of  power  to  make  a  camel  to  go  through  a  needle's 
eye  ?  That  is,  to  strip  a  man  of  self-conceitedness  of  his  own  worth,  so 
far  that  being  a  camel,  a  swelling  person  before,  he  shall  now  be  humble 
and  low  in  his  own  sight.  It  is  difficult  as  for  a  camel,  so  for  a  cable  too 
(m).  There  needeth  much  extenuation  to  make  a  cable  to  go  through  a 
needle's  eye,  and  much  to  humble  a  Christian;  and  is  not  this  an  excellent 
power?  Sure  it  is.  Therefore  there  is  a  power,  and  an  excellency  of 
power. 

I  will  shew  you  this  in  particular. 

1.  The  power  of  the  ordinance  of  God  is  first  seen  in  that  it  discovers  to 
men  their  natural  conditions,  sheweth  what  they  are  by  nature  ;  for  which 
end  it  useth  the  law,  to  shew  that  we  be  dead  men,  carnal  men,  under  a 
fearful  bondage,  and  the  Spirit  going  along  with  it,  convinceth  the  soul 
that  we  are  dead,  and  thereupon  the  soul  is  amazed  and  cast  down  with 
fear  and  terror. 

2.  And  then  the  word  hath  a  power  likewise  to  shew  and  discover  the 
mercies  of  God  in  Christ  Jesus,  to  pull  us  out  of  Satan's  kingdom,  to  drive 
the  strong  man  out  of  our  hearts  by  higher  reasons,  by  higher  comforts, 
Mat.  xii.  29. 

3.  And  then  the  word,  together  with  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit,  hath  a 
converting  power,  a  changing  power,  to  alter  the  very  frame  of  the  soul. 
All  the  words  in  the  world,  all  philosophy,  all  education,  all  the  best  helps 
that  can  be  given,  cannot  stamp  the  image  of  God  upon  the  soul,  or  frame 
holiness  in  the  soul,  but  only  the  blessed  truth  of  God,  especially  in  the 
dispensation  of  it.  So  that  the  image  of  Christ  in  the  '  second  Adam'  is 
stamped  upon  the  soul,  by  the  Spirit  accompanying  the  ordinance. 

And  when  the  Spirit  of  God  in  the  ordinance  hath  set  a  stamp  of  holiness 
in  the  soul,  and  made  it  Hke  to  Christ,  it  worketh  in  the  soul,  and  by  the 
soul.     When  the  soul  is  altered  and  changed,  it  is  a  fit  instrument  of  the 
*  Misprinted  Paul. — G.  t  That  is,  scion  ==  graff.— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  7.  869 

Spirit,  together  with  the  ordinance,  to  pray,  to  do  any  service,  to  trust  in 
God,  to  love  God. 

4.  And  to  shew  more  particularly  wherein  the  power  of  God's  word  is 
seen  after  conversion,  I  will  shew  it  in  four  or  five  particulars. 

(1.)  First  of  all,  when  it  hath  altei'ed  and  changed  men's  frame,  and 
pulled  them  out  of  Satan's  kingdom,  it  is  seen  in  oiabling  them  to  jjerform 
duty  in  a  right  manner,  which  a  natural  man  cannot  reach  unto ;  as  the 
soul  altered  by  the  power  of  the  word  and  Spirit,  can  love  God,  can  deny 
itself,  can  hate  that  it  formerly  loved,  can  pray — which  no  carnal  man  can 
do — can  have  communion  with  God,  can  perform  spiritual  duties  and 
actions  above  the  rank  of  nature.  This  the  Spirit  of  God,  together  with 
the  ordinance,  raiseth  the  soul  to  do.  A  man  may  do  many  things  that  a 
Christian  man  doth,  a  common  Christian  may  do  many  things  that  a  sincere 
Christian  doth,  but  self-respect*  enters  into  all  he  doth.  He  doth  it  either 
of  slavish  fear  and  terror,  or  to  be  thought  well  of,  or  to  redeem  some  in- 
ward quiet  to  his  tormented  conscience  ;  but  he  hath  not  the  Spirit  of  God 
altering  the  relish  of  his  soul,  to  love  divine  truths,  and  out  of  love  and 
obedience  to  do  what  he  doth.  An  holy  man,  if  there  were  no  enforcement 
out  of  God's  word,  he  loveth  the  truth  because  it  is  truth,  and  hath  a 
suitableness  to  his  sense.  If  there  were  no  hell,  no  torment  at  all,  yet 
there  is  that  excellency  in  divine  truths,  his  soul  being  altered  and  changed 
suitable  to  divine  truths,  that  he  obeyeth  heavenly  truths  out  of  love  to 
heavenly  truths,  and  obeyeth  God  out  of  love  to  God,  because  it  is  best  in 
his  judgment  to  do  so,  and  not  only  out  of  fear,  though  that  is  a  useful 
way  too. 

(2.)  Again,  as  there  is  a  power  enabling  a  man  to  do,  so  there  is  a  power 
in  the  word  enabhng  a  man  to  resist  temptation  ;  for  the  word  breedeth  faith, 
and  faith  knitteth  the  soul  to  Christ,  and  draweth  virtue  from  him  to  resist 
Satan.  By  faith  we  overcome  the  world,  temptations  of  honours,  pleasures, 
temptations  from  within  and  from  without.  The  Spirit  of  God  working 
faith  to  lay  hold  on  better  things,  enableth  us  to  resist  all  temptations  on 
the  right  and  on  the  left  hand,  *  This  is  your  victory,  even  your  faith,' 
1  John  V.  4.  '  Faith  cometh  by  hearing,'  Eom.  x.  11.  Faith  presenteth 
to  the  soul  such  excellent  good  things,  such  terrible  evil  things,  that  it 
overpowereth  the  soul  to  embrace  better  good,  and  to  avoid  greater  evil, 
notwithstanding  all  temptations  from  the  world.  The  good  the  world 
afibrdeth  is  nothing  so  good,  and  for  the  evil  there  is  nothing  so  evil.  Now 
faith  apprehending  this  by  divine  light,  it  overcometh  the  world. 

(3.)  And  as  the  power  is  seen  in  enabling  to  do  duties  above  another 
man,  and  enabling  to  resist  temptations,  so  likewise  it  is  seen  in  shewing 
our  corriqjtions  that  ice  he  naturally  prone  to.  A  man  by  the  power  of  grace 
is  so  altered  that  he  falleth  out  with  his  most  beloved  sins,  and  laboureth 
to  get  strength  against  that  above  all  other  sins.  The  word  maketh  division 
between  his  Spirit  and  sin.  Jordan  is  driven  back  with  him.  That  stream 
of  nature  that  was  carried  amain  one  way,  now  is  carried  another  way. 
Though  he  hath  corruptions  which  sometimes  foil  him,  yet  faith  getteth 
spiritual  strength,  whereby  he  at  last  not  only  subdueth  them,  but  at  last 
expelleth  them  ;  and  therefore  the  Scripture  calls  it  self-denial.  He  hath 
a  self  that  denieth  itself,  he  hath  a  self  wrought  by  the  Spirit  and  word, 
by  which  he  denieth  himself,  that  is,  his  carnal  self,  Titus  ii.  12.  When 
his  corruptions  would  have  such  a  thing,  his  other  self  saith  no,  it  shall  not 
be  ;  when  it  stirreth  him  up  to  revenge,  no,  it  shall  not  be.  I  owe  no 
*  That  is,  respect  to  self. — G. 

VOL.  IV.  A  a 


870  COMMENTABY  ON 

service  to  my  flesh.  And  he  hath  a  principle  in  him,  whereby  he  subdueth 
■what  before  was  wonderfully  powerful  in  him,  which  setteth  him  above 
himself. 

(4.)  There  is  a  power,  and  excellency  of  power,  in  the  word,  to  comfort  un, 
to  raise  the  soul  in  all  dejections,  in  all  discomforts.  Therefore  it  is  called 
'  the  word  of  faith,'  1  Tim.  iv.  6,  an  instrument  to  beget  faith  in  the  pro- 
mises. Faith  relieth  upon  better  things,  and  sets  the  soul  above  all  inferior 
things.  And  so  for  comfort,  it  setteth  the  soul  upon  a  rock,  higher  than 
all  trouble  ;  it  setteth  the  soul  upon  God's  infinite  goodness  and  power  and 
truth,  and  promises ;  it  setteth  the  soul  upon  the  things  promised,  heaven 
and  happiness  to  come.  What  are  these  things  to  the  glory  to  come  ?  So 
faith  carrieth  the  soul  to  heaven,  to  God,  to  Christ,  to  the  promises  ;  it 
pitcheth  the  soul  upon  such  a  foundation,  as  no  discomforts  here  below  can 
shake  the  soul ;  it  is  above  the  reach  of  any  trouble.  A  soul  that  pitcheth 
itself  on  the  word  and  Spirit  of  God,  and  so  upon  God  himself  (for  God 
and  his  word  are  one),  it  is  above  the  reach  of  all  discomforts  whatsoever, 
BO  far  as  it  believeth ;  and  therefore  it  comforteth  a  man.  The  comforts  of 
God's  word,  having  the  Spirit  of  God  with  them,  are  called  '  the  consola- 
tions of  the  Almighty.'  '  Despisest  thou  the  consolations  of  the  Almighty  ?' 
Job  XV.  11.  We  will  instance  a  little  in  a  few  promises.  Let  the  soul  be 
in  want,  it  pitcheth  itself  on  the  promises  in  the  word.  God  hath  promised 
*  he  will  not  leave  thee  nor  forsake  thee,'  Heb.  xiii.  5.  Let  a  man  be  in 
some  weakness  and  disability,  he  cannot  perform  his  duty.  God  hath  pro- 
mised his  '  Holy  Spirit  to  them  that  beg  it,'  Luke  xi.  13.  We  are  in  many 
miseries  and  crosses,  '  all  things  shall  work  together  for  the  best  to  them 
that  love  God,'  Rom.  viii.  28.  God  is  working  my  good  by  this  cross,  and 
shall  I  be  angry  with  God  for  working  my  good  ?  No.  Let  me  by  faith 
see  the  issue  of  things  in  this  promise.  God  will  turn  all  to  the  best,  and 
how  will  this  stay  the  soul !  God  sheweth  himself  as  a  Father,  and  it  is 
for  my  good,  and  I  shall  receive  '  the  quiet  fruit  of  righteousness,'  Heb. 
xii.  11.  And  so  you  may  see  how  the  soul  is  stayed  in  all  afflictions  what- 
soever. *  I  had  perished,'  saith  the  psalmist,  '  in  mine  afflictions,  but  that 
thy  statutes  were  my  comforts,'  Ps.  cxix.  92.  They  were  my  supports. 
Thus  you  see  in  some  particular  things  how  there  is  a  power  in  the  word, 
and  an  excellent  power  many  ways,  enabling  us  to  duty,  sustaining  us  in  all 
crosses  whatsoever. 

(5.)  Again,  there  is  a  power,  an  excellency  of  power,  in  the  ordinances, 
whereby  u-e  are  above  all  good  things  that  the  world  affords  to  us.  By  the 
word,  we  know  we  have  lawful  use  of  the  blessings,  prosperity,  peace,  and 
plenty,  God  giveth  us.  We  may  use  them  as  God's  creatures,  being  in 
covenant  with  God.  And  by  the  word  we  come  to  manage  them,  and  not 
to  be  slaves  to  them,  as  to  make  them  our  masters  that  are  our  servants. 
By  the  word,  and  by  the  Spirit  accompanying  of  it,  we  have  a  sanctified 
use  of  all.  All  conditions  are  sanctified  to  us,  and  we  sanctified  to  all  con- 
ditions ;  not  only  to  afflictions,  but  to  prosperity  and  everything.  By  the 
Spirit  of  God  we  are  raised  above  prosperity,  which  subdueth  more  than 
adversity  doth.  There  is  an  excellent  place,  Phil.  iv.  12,  13  :  saith  St  Paul, 
'  I  have  learned' — in  Christ's  school,  not  at  the  feet  of  Gamaliel — '  to  want, 
and  to  abound  ;  I  can  do  all  things  in  Christ  that  strengthens  me.'  But  a 
carnal  man,  that  hath  not  let  the  word  into  his  heart  by  the  Spirit  of  God, 
he  can  neither  want  without  murmuring,  nor  abound  without  pride  and 
licentiousness.  Every  thing  turneth  to  his  bane,  because  he  giveth  not 
way  to  the  Spirit.     But  where  the  Spirit  getteth  place  in  the  heart,  it 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  7.  371 

advancetli  the  heart  above  all  conditions.  Thus  you  see,  in  particular, 
wherein  the  excellency  of  the  power  in  the  ordinance  of  God  appeareth. 

Now  all  this  is  from  God,  not  from  us  ;  and  therefore  saith  the  apostle 
excellently,  2  Cor.  x.  4,  '  The  weapons  of  our  warfai-e  are  mighty  through 
God  to  beat  down  strongholds'  of  corruptions,  and  to  beat  back  tempta- 
tions. So  the  weapons  of  the  ministry  of  the  word,  they  are  '  mighty,'  but 
'  through  God;'  being  '  strong  in  the  Lord,  and  by  the  power  of  his  might.' 

1  have  learned,  saith  Paul,  '  to  want  and  to  abound,'  but  it  is  through 
Christ.  The  gospel  is  a  dead  letter,  the  word  is  dead  letters  without  the 
Spirit,  which  is  the  infusion.  Take  water  without  infusion,  it  is  dead  ;  but 
a  drop  of  aqua  vita;,  which  hath  such  spirits,  is  more  than  a  pint  without 
spirits  :  that  is  flat  and  dead.  So  take  the  Spirit  from  God's  ordinances, 
they  are  the  massy  substance,  but  they  want  infusion.  There  is  the  bread, 
but  the  staif  of  bread  is  gone ;  the  staff  of  all  the  infusion  is  fi'om  God, 
and  not  from  us.  You  may  see  this  in  the  Acts,  chaps,  i.  ii.  When  the 
Spirit  of  God  did  fall  down  upon  the  apostles,  what  extraordinary  men  were 
they !  It  carried  them  through  all  oppositions,  tkrough  all  abasements, 
whips,  scourges,  imprisonments.  It  wrought  mightily,  nay,  by  help  of  the 
Spirit  it  did  greater  things  than  Christ.  AVe  may  speak  it  with  reverence, 
for  Christ  saith,  '  You  shall  do  greater  things  than  these,'  John  xiv.  12, 
speaking  of  the  mighty  power  of  the  Spirit,  that  should  fall  on  them  after 
his  ascension.  He  never  converted  so  many  at  once  as  Peter,  who  con- 
verted three  thousand,  and  yet  might  have  preached  three  thousand  ser- 
mons and  not  have  converted  one  man,  if  it  had  not  the  Spirit  to  accom- 
pany it.  He  cast  the  net,  and  caught  three  thousand  souls,  and  all  because 
the  Spirit  was  mighty  in  the  ordinance.  Acts  ii.  42,  What  maketh  the  age 
of  the  church  bad  or  good,  but  because  there  is  more  and  less  of  the  Spirit  ? 
Why  were  the  eight  hundred,  nine  hundred,  and  thousand  years  so  dead  ? 
Because  Christ  was  not  known  as  he  should  be ;  or  so  the  Spiiit  was  not 
given  in  that  measure,  and  therefore  they  were  dead  and  dull  times.  So 
that  it  is  the  Spirit  of  Christ  accompanying  the  ordinance,  that  maketh  it 
effectual.  '  I,  even  I,  am  thy  comforter,'  saith  the  prophet,  Isa.  Ivii.  15. 
Men  must  speak  comfort,  but  God  must  comfort  the  heart.  '  I  create  the 
fruit  of  the  lips,  peace,  peace,'  ver.  19.  The  fruit  of  the  lips  it  cometh  by 
the  ordinance,  but  I  will  create  it,  and  make  it  to  be  so.  What  is  the 
fruit  of  the  lips,  if  God  create  it  not  ?  '  Paul  may  plant,  and  ApoUos  may 
water,'  and  if  men  had  the  tongue  of  men  and  angel,  if  the  Spirit  did  not 
accompany  them,  all  were  nothing.  1  Cor.  iii.  6.  Nay,  miracles  are 
nothing  without  Christ.  Israel  saw  the  wonders  of  God  in  Egj'pt,  yet 
because  God  gave  them  not  an  heart,  they  were  not  effectual.  Nay,  the 
miracles  of  Christ  did  no  good.  Nay,  the  doctrines  of  Christ  did  no 
good,  without  the  Spirit.  The  Jews  were  not  converted,  because  the  Holy 
Ghost  was  not  so  abundantly  given,  as  afterwards.  Afflictions  and  crosses 
will  not  woi'k  without  the  Spirit.     As  it  is  said  of  Ahaz,  '  This  is  Ahaz,' 

2  Chron.  xxviii.  22.  The  more  God  humbled  him,  the  worse  he  was ;  and 
Pharaoh,  after  ten  plagues,  was  ten  times  worse  than  before.  Nothing  will 
humble,  neither  word  nor  work,  but  by  the  power  of  the  Spirit.  There- 
fore as  there  is  power  and  excellency  of  God  in  God's  ordinance,  so  it  is  all 
from  God,  for  all  operation  is  from  the  Holy  Ghost.  God  the  Father  and 
the  Son  work  by  the  Spirit.  Power  is  originally  in  the  Father,  and  it  is 
conveyed  to  Christ  God-man,  mediator,  for  to  be  the  treasure  and  fountain 
of  all  power,  and  riches,  and  goodness.  But  the  Holy  Spirit  doth  take  it 
from  the  Father  and  the  Son,  as  the  third  person    being  near  to  us,  and 


872  COMMENTARY  ON 

working  in  us.     And  so  by  the  Spirit  is  meant  the  Holy  Ghost,  which 
Cometh  from  the  Father  and  the  Son. 

Use  1.  Is  there  such  a  power,  and  excellent  power,  in  the  ordinance  of 
God,  when  the  Spirit  of  God  accompanieth  it  ?  Then  make  this  use  of  it,  for 
to  depend  on  the  ordinance  of  God  intli  ineekness  and  humility :  and  take  heed 
of  Naaman's  pride.  Naaman  was  self-conceited.  He  being  put  in  mind  of 
washing  himself  in  Jordan,  what  saith  he  ?  What  reason  is  there  in  this  ? 
Is  there  not  as  good  rivers  in  our  country  as  the  river  Jordan  ?  2  Kings  v. 
1,  seq.  But  if  Naaman  had  not  hearkened  to  his  servant's  counsel,  he  had 
gone  home  as  leprous  as  he  came.  Saith  he,  the  prophet,  he  biddeth  thee 
do  thus,  and  therefore  do  it,  or  else  return  a  leper  as  thou  camest;  and  then 
he  hearkened  to  him.  So  many  [are]  of  Naaman's  conceitedness.  Cannot 
I  read  a  good  book  in  my  chamber  ?  Cannot  I  have  good  lessons  out  of 
philosophy  and  morality  ?  It  is  true ;  this  is  Naaman's  mind ;  are  not 
other  rivers  as  good  as  Jordan  ?  But  God  hath  sanctified  his  word,  and  the 
dispensation  of  his  word  too.  His  word  is  holy,  and  the  ordinance  is  holy, 
which  holiness  is  in  consideration  distinct  from  the  word.  The  very  unfold- 
ing of  the  word  hath  a  Spirit  with  it.  God  will  not  set  up  an  ordinance  in 
his  church  to  no  end.  Therefore,  if  we  will  not  stoop  to  it,  as  we  be  lepers 
by  nature,  so  we  may  die  as  we  are  born,  for  anything  I  know.  Therefore 
humbly  depend  on  God's  ordinances,  and  be  thankful  that  God  vouch- 
safeth  to  teach  men  by  men.  It  is  the  most  suitable  teaching.  We  can- 
not endure  the  presence  of  an  angel,  nor  an  angel  the  presence  of  God. 
Therefore  this  is  proportionable  teaching,  when  God  will  teach  man  by 
man.  If  an  angel  were  to  administer  it,  the  word  would  not  be  entertained 
for  its  own  sake,  but  for  the  messenger's  sake  :  but  now  God  would  have 
it  regarded  not  for  the  vessel's  sake,  but  for  the  treasure's  sake.  Whatso- 
ever the  vessel  be,  therefore,  God  will  teach  man  by  man.  Therefore 
depend  upon  it.  But  if  God  hath  not  wrought  this  power  and  efficacy  in 
our  hearts,  j-et  wait  at  the  posts  of  wisdom,  wait  at  the  pool  of  Bethesda 
till  the  good  hour  come.  Perhaps  the  good  hour  is  not  yet  come,  for  the 
ordinance  is  the  grand  conduit  that  conveyeth  all  Spirit,  and  all  grace,  and 
all  comfort  in  life  [and]  in  death.  And  therefore,  unless  we  will  quarrel  with 
our  own  comforts  and  salvation,  and  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  life,  do  not 
despise  '  the  word  of  life,'  the  word  of  the  kingdom,'  '  the  word  of  salva- 
tion,' '  the  word  of  faith,'  'the  word  of  reconciliation.'  Despise  that,  and 
despise  all  these,  because  God  is  pleased  to  convey  these  things  no  other- 
wise ordinarily,  where  he  hath  established  a  church  ;  ordinarily  I  say,  extra- 
ordinary things  we  leave.  And  therefore  God  styleth  his  word  with  these 
titles,  '  the  gospel  of  reconciliation  and  peace''  and  the  '  word  of  the  kingdom,' 
to  shew  there  is  no  way  to  come  to  grace,  peace,  and  life,  but  by  the  word 
of  gi'ace,  the  word  of  peace,  the  word  of  reconciliation ;  and  therefore  be 
stirred  up  to  attend  upon  it,  to  make  the  best  use  of  it,  even  as  we  desire 
the  good  that  is  conveyed  by  it. 

Use  2.  Again,  if  the  ordinance  of  God,  in  unfolding  the  truths  of  God, 
hath  such  a  savour,  and  power,  and  relish  in  it,  then  ea-ainine  ourselves 
uhether  ire  have  found  such  power  and  efficacy  or  no.  If  not,  then  search 
what  is  the  cause,  what  standeth  between  our  souls  and  divine  truth. 
And  finding  out  the  cause,  be  not  more  in  love  with  our  corruptions  than 
with  our  souls.  This  word  is  able  to  save  our  souls,  and  therefore  let  us 
see  whether  there  be  stubbornness  in  our  wills  resisting  the  truth  of  God, 
withstanding  it,  rebelling  against  it.  As  the  chiefest  hindrance  of  divine 
truths  is  not  so  much  the  veil  of  ignorance  in  the  glorious  times  of  the 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IT,  VER.  7.  373 

gospel,  as  a  kind  of  wilful  stubbornness  and  pride,  men  will  not  stoop  to  God'a 
ordinances,  and  when  truths  be  revealed,  men  shake  them  off,  as  Stephen 
telleth  them,  '  You.  resisted  the  Holy  Ghost,'  Acts  vii.  51 ;  and  as  Christ 
telleth  them,  '  You  would  not  come  to  me  that  you  might  have  Ufe,'  John 
V.  40  ;  and  as  he  saith,  '  I  would  have  gathered  you,  as  the  hen  gathereth 
her  chickens  under  her  wings,  but  ye  would  not,'  Mat.  xxiii.  37.  We  are 
in  love  with  our  corruptions  more  than  with  our  souls ;  and  therefore  the 
word  hath  not  that  power,  that  efficacy,  that  excellency  of  power,  that 
otherwise  we  should  have  experience  of.  And  it  is  a  pitiful  thing  indeed 
it  hath  not.  We  may  justly  take  up  lamentations  over  the  times.  What 
power  hath  the  word,  when  it  hath  not  power  to  make  men  leave  fruitless 
sins  ?  What  fruit  is  in  swearing  ?  Declaring  only  frothy  hearts  and 
rebellious  dispositions,  that  we  get  nothing,  no  other  good  by  it,  but  only 
publishing  our  shame  ?  God  saith,  '  the  plague  shall  not  depart  from  the 
house  of  swearers,  and  for  oaths  the  land  mourneth,'  Zech.  v.  3,  4  ;  Jer. 
xxiii.  10.  There  is  no  good  in  the  world  by  it.  Every  sin  hath  its  aucto- 
ramentum,^  but  this  hath  no  end  at  all  in  it.  The  word  hath  not  power  to 
make  men  leave  superfluity,  to  leave  an  ugly  foshion,  that  becometh  them 
not,  but  disgraceth  them,  serving  only  to  discover  that  they  desire  to  fashion 
themselves  to  the  worst  deboistf  persona. 

Use  3.  If  this  power  hath  not  virtue  one  way,  it  icill  have  virtue  another ; 
if  it  draws  not  and  quickens,  it  will  have  virtue  to  confound.  The  threaten- 
ings  of  God  against  sins,  that  they  are  willing  to  live  in,  was  made  good, 
as  Zechariah,  i.  6,  saith,  '  Where  be  your  fathers  and  the  prophets  ? ' 
They  are  dead  and  gone,  'but  their  words  catch  hold'  of  your  fixthers. 
They  be  gone  ;  they  threatened  for  these  and  these  sins,  and  their  threats 
remain.  Moses  is  dead,  but  the  threats  extend  to  the  people  of  the  Jews, 
and  stick  upon  them.  The  prophets  and  apostles  are  dead,  but  the  threat- 
enings  of  the  sins  of  the  times  light  upon  the  people,  and  they  feel  them 
now  in  hell ;  as  Rev.  vi.  2,  it  is  said  '  that  Christ,  who  rideth  on  the  white 
horse  of  the  gospel,'  and  goeth  to  conquer  and  to  conquering,  he  '  goeth 
with  his  bow,  and  woundeth  as  he  goes,'  either  to  conversion,  to  alter  their 
wicked  course  of  life,  or  to  confusion.  There  is  an  arrow  shot  in  every 
man  that  heareth,  and  that  either  maketh  him  better  or  worse. 

Ohj.  But  you  will  say.  What  efficacy  is  there  in  the  word,  when  men  leave 
not  off  their  swearing  and  deboistf  courses  of  life  ? 

Ans.  I  answer.  There  is  an  efficacy  on  these  very  persons  even  before 
they  come  to  hell,  which  doth  as  it  were  gape  for  them,  unless  they  alter 
their  ways.  There  is  an  efficacy  in  hardening  their  hearts  for  the  present, 
for  every  sermon  maketh  them  worse  and  worse ;  and  is  it  not  a  terrible 
judgment  to  be  hard-hearted  ?  Son  of  man,  '  harden  this  man's  heart,' 
Isa.  vi.  10.  What !  with  preaching  ?  That  is  the  way  to  soften  them ; 
but  if  they  stoop  not  to  it,  it  shall  harden  them.  Every  sermon  they  hear 
striketh  them  more  and  more  with  hardness,  till  they  have  filled  up  the 
measure  of  their  sins,  and  then  God  payeth  them  home  with  confusion  in 
hell  for  ever.  Is  it  not  a  judgment  of  God  to  sink  deeper  and  deeper  in 
sin  ?  If  you  ask  who  is  the  most  wretched  man  of  all  that  liveth  in  the 
church  ?  Surely  those  that  will  hear  many  things,  and  yet  will  go  against 
them ;  that  will  set  their  wills  against  God's  will,  and  set  their  authority 
against  God's  authority ;  that  will  live  as  they  list,  and  live  as  they 
please ;  for  every  sin  they  commit  is  a  step  deeper  to  hell,  and  the  more 
they  have  their  wills,  the  more  they  shall  be  tormented  against  their  wills. 
*    That  is,  'wages,  reward.'— G.  t  That  is,  'debauched.' — G. 


874  COMMENTARY  ON 

No  man  so  deeply  tormented  as  they  that  -will  have  their  lusts  most  freely, 
for  God  will  have  his  will  first  or  last.  And  the  deeper  they  fall  into  sin 
here,  the  deeper  they  shall  be  in  hell  hereafter.  What  is  the  punishment 
in  hell  ?  To  sufier  what  they  would  not.  Now,  your  wilful  persons,  of 
what  rank  soever,  that  despise  the  law  of  God  and  reason,  though  never  so 
free  and  never  so  great,  a  wilful  person  is  in  the  most  dangerous  condition; 
because  he  sinketh  deeper  and  deeper  in  rebellious  courses,  and  therefore 
his  accoiint  will  be  heavier ;  and  when  conscience  is  awakened,  it  will 
charge  sin  on  them  with  more  terror  than  on  other  men.  Because  he 
would  have  his  will,  God  will  pay  him  home  with  suflering  that  that  shall 
be  clean  contrary  to  his  will.  And  therefore  learn  to  stoop  to  God,  submit 
to  the  ordinances  of  God  ;  and  labour  that  it  may  be  effectual,  and  that  we 
may  find  it  effectual,  since  all  is  of  God. 

Use  4,  Tlw  power,  and  the  efficacy,  and  the  eoccdlency  of  it ;  I  join  prayer 
together  idth  th^  ordinance.  Lift  up  the  heart  to  God,  that  God  would 
accompany  what  we  hear  with  his  own  Spirit,  and  accompany  the  receiv- 
ing of  the  sacrament  and  every  ordinance  with  his  own  Spirit,  to  make  it 
effectual,  for  they  be  dead  ordinances  without  it.  As  food  to  a  dead  man, 
or  cordials  poured  into  a  dead  man's  mouth,  they  have  no  efficacy ;  and 
therefore  desire  God  to  afford  his  Spirit,  to  quicken  us  by  the  ordinance. 
And  if  we  have  spiritual  life,  that  he  would  more  and  more  increase  it  by 
his  ordinance,  and  make  our  studies  oratoria,  places  of  prayer,  as  well  as 
studies ;  because  the  virtue  of  all  is  of  God.  And  think  not  to  break 
through  things  with  your  own  wit,*  which  is  it  that  hath  made  all  the 
heretics  in  the  world.  They  will  break  through  things  with  their  own  wit, 
and  not  submit  to  God's  truth ;  and  this  makes  profane  men.  They  will 
not  submit  their  profane  wills  to  God's  rule.  Therefore  know  that  thou 
canst  not  do  it  without  the  Spirit  of  God,  joining  prayer  with  the  ordinance, 
for  the  Spirit. 

I  beseech  you,  take  these  things  to  heart,  I  cannot  enlarge  them. 
That  that  hath  been  spoken  may  be  sufficient  to  stir  us  up  to  a  care  of  the 
ordinances.  Let  me  say  this  and  no  more  at  this  time :  It  will  bring  an 
ill  report  upon  all  God's  ordinances,  if  we  are  not  careful  to  get  good  by 
them.  We  bring  reproach  upon  them.  How  ?  God  saith  his  word  is 
mighty  to  salvation,  and  it  is  his  strong  word  to  salvation,  and  his  arm, 
but  we  by  hearing  and  growing  no  better,  shew  there  is  no  such  thing. 
Our  lives  deny  it,  and  therefore  the  word  will  conclude  it.  Look  upon 
many  a  Christian,  he  heareth  the  word,  and  converseth  about  it,  but  what 
power  hath  it  in  him '?  Surely,  if  there  were  any  such  power,  it  would 
appear  in  them  that  attend  upon  it.  If  there  be  such  power  in  the 
ministry,  why  is  their  lives  no  better  ?  And  so  the  word  is  reproached  to 
be  a  dead  word,  and  the  sacrament  a  dead  ordinance.  And  therefore  in 
honour  of  God,  and  the  blessed  things  of  God,  I  beseech  you,  labour  to  go 
to  God  by  prayer,  and  attend  on  the  means,  and  to  find  more  virtue  and 
power,  and  never  give  over  till  we  find  something  in  ourselves  above  the 
nature  and  course  of  other  men.  And  then  we  shall  honour  the  ordinances 
of  God,  and  shall  witness  that  they  be  powerful,  that  we  have  felt  their 
power  casting  us  down  in  ourselves  and  lifting  us  up  in  God,  resisting  of 
temptations,  subduing  our  corraptions,  enabling  us  to  go  through  adversity 
and  all  conditions.  And  then  we  credit  and  adorn  our  profession,  and 
grace  rehgion,  when  we  find  the  Spirit  of  God  making  these  things  effectual 

*  That  is,  '  wisdom.' — G. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  7.  375 

to  US,  otherwise  we  bring  reproach  upon  them,  and  bring  discredit  to  them 
in  the  hearts  of  carnal  men. 

The  holy  apostle,  as  we  have  heard,  after  he  had  out  of  the  fulness  of 
his  apprehension  of  the  divine  mysteries  of  the  gospel  set  it  out  gloriously, 
Cometh  to  avoid  imputation  of  arrogancy,  lest  he  should  seem  to  advance 
his  calling  too  far.  The  gospel  is  indeed  a  treasure,  and  the  preaching  of 
it  is  a  treasure  ;  the  dispensation  of  it,  being  God's  ordinance,  is  a  treasure, 
because  it  hath  a  special  virtue  distinct.  But  we  are  but  '  earthen  vessels ' 
though.  The  end  why  God  would  convey  such  excellent  things  as  are  in 
the  gospel  by  such  poor  means,  is,  that  the  excellency  of  the  power  may  be 
of  God,  and  not  of  us. 

We  have  spoken  at  large  of  the  first  part  of  the  verse,  wherein  we  shewed, 
first  of  all,  that  the  gospel  is  a  treasure  in  the  dispensation  of  it,  so  largely, 
that  I  will  not  now  stand  to  repeat  anything  then  delivered.  The  ministers 
are  '  vessels,'  and  '  earthen  vessels.' 

Now  the  end  is,  '  that  the  excellency  of  power  may  be  of  God,  and  not 
of  us,'  wherein  we  propounded  to  speak  of  these  particulars. 

1.  That  there  is  a  power,  and  an  excellency  of  power,  in  the  gospel,  and 
in  the  dispensation  of  it.  In  divine  truths  dispensed,  there  is  a  power,  and 
excellency  of  power.  This  power  takes  place  even  of  God.  It  is  not  of  the 
instrument  that  conveyeth  truths  to  us,  exclusively  set  down,  and  not  of 
us.  He  strikes  off  us,  because  proud  men  will  be  ready  to  touch  upon 
God's  prerogative,  if  he  had  not  an  exclusive  with  it.  And  therefore  he 
saith,  '  it  is  of  God,  and  not  of  us.'  Now,  the  end  of  all  is,  that  it  may 
appear  to  be  of  God,  and  not  of  us.  It  is  so  ;  but  it  appears  not  to  be  so, 
unless  there  were  such  a  disproportion  between  the  vessels  and  the  trea- 
sure. And  therefore  God  would  have  the  vessels  that  carry  it  to  be 
earthly,  the  treasure  to  be  excellent,  that  as  there  is  a  great  diiference  in 
the  reality  of  the  things  themselves,  so  it  may  appear  to  be  so  in  regard  of 
man.  Non  esse,  et  non  apijarere ;  it  is  all  one ;  for  if  it  appear  not  to  be 
so,  man  will  not  believe  it  is  so.  And  yet  because  God  will  have  it 
appear  to  be  so,  therefore  is  that  disproportion  between  the  vessel  and  the 
treasure. 

Because  the  point  is  not  perfected,  we  must  add  a  little. 

Now,  the  power  is  wrought  by  degrees ;  as  in  the  14th  chapter  of  Reve- 
lation, ver.  2,  where  St  John  '  heard  a  voice  from  heaven,  as  the  voice  of 
many  waters,'  where  heaven  is  taken  for  the  church,  because  the  church  is 
from  heaven,  and  begotten  to  heaven.  Now,  he  heard  a  voice  from  heaven, 
'  as  the  voice  of  many  waters,  as  the  voice  of  great  thunder ;  and  I  heard  a 
voice  of  harpers,  harping  with  their  harps.' 

1.  The  word  in  the  dispensation  of  it  is  like  *  the  voice  of  many  waters ; ' 
that  is,  it  is  confused,  and  raiseth  a  kind  of  wonder  and  astonishment,  but 
the  people  know  not  why.  Take  an  ignorant  man  that  cometh  to  hear,  and 
read  the  word  and  divine  things,  he  is  astonished  at  it,  and  filled  with  a 
kind  of  wonderment.  So  that  it  is  as  the  noise  of  many  waters  to  him.  Mat. 
xxii.  22.  You  have  the  description  of  such  persons,  *  when  they  heard 
these  words  they  marvelled,  and  left  him,  and  went  their  ways.'  Some 
will  hear  the  word,  and  if  there  be  any  extraordinary  parts,  or  extraordinary 
actions  of  a  preacher,  perhaps  they  will  come  and  hear,  and  marvel,  and 
leave  him,  and  go  their  way.  Many  come  to  sermons,  and  hear,  and 
marvel,  and  so  away. 

But  the  second  efibct  that  the  word  hath,  '  it  is  as  the  voice  of  great 


376  COMMENTARY  ON 

thunder;'  that  is,  where  the  word  prevaileth  a  little  more,  it  is  as  the  voice 
of  thunder.  Now  thunder  astonisheth,  and  breedeth  fear  and  terror.  So 
they  that  wonder  confusedly  at  first  hearing,  a  while  they  hear  as  they 
heard  it  thunder ;  and  therefore  the  thunder  is  called  '  the  Lord's  voice,' 
Job  xxxvii.  4,  5,  because  it  breedeth  fear  and  terror.  So  before  the  great 
work  of  conversion,  the  word,  as  thunder,  terrifieth,  and  affrighteth,  and 
casteth  down. 

But  the  word  leaveth  not  the  soul  there.  Therefore,  saith  he,  '  I  heard 
the  voice  of  harpers  harping  with  their  harps  ; '  that  is,  the  sweet  tune  of 
the  gospel.  As  the  sound  of  the  harp  is  delightful  to  the  ear,  so  the  sweet 
tune  of  the  gospel  breedeth  joy  and  peace  to  the  soul.  After  thunder 
cometh  the  voice  of  harpers  harping  with  their  harps.  So  the  power  of 
divine  truths  is  first  a  kind  of  marvel,  confused  wonderment,  but  then  it 
hath  the  power  of  thunder  and  astonishment,  then  it  endeth  in  the  sweet 
voice  of  harping,  in  peace,  and  joy,  and  comfort.  The  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews,  4th  chapter,  maketh  an  excellent  description  of  the  power  of  the 
word  in  the  12th  verse,  '  The  word  is  quick  and  powerful,  sharper  than  a 
two-edged  sword,  piercing  and  dividing  asunder  the  soul  and  the  spirit,  the 
joints  and  the  mari'ow,  a  discerner  of  the  thoughts  of  the  heart.'  When 
the  word  is  let  into  the  soul,  it  is  a  discerner.  It  hath  power  to  discern 
what  is  flesh  in  the  word,  and  what  is  spirit.  And  likewise  of  all  actions 
that  proceed  from  contrary  principles,  it  hath  power  to  tell  when  we  do 
well,  when  ill ;  what  will  hold  w'ater,  what  not ;  what  we  may  stand  to, 
what  not.  And  not  onlj'  in  actions,  but  in  afflictions  also  ;  and  therefore 
is  the  '  discerner  of  the  thoughts  and  intents  of  the  heart,'  Heb.  iv.  12  ; 
and  thereupon  rippeth  up  and  anatomiseth  the  whole  inward  man  when  the 
Spirit  of  God  accompanieth  it. 

Obj.  Now,  we  will  answer  some  cases  and  objections  that  may  be  made, 
and  so  proceed.  WJii/  is  it  not  so  2>ou-eyfiil  in  some,  say  many,  as  in  others  ? 
The  apostle  Paul  telleth  them,  Heb.  iv.  2. 

Ans.  1.  They  do  not  '  miitf/Ie  the  word  ivith  faith.'  You  know  physic 
must  have  nature  to  work  with  it.  Physic  will  do  no  good  to  a  dead  man. 
No.  They  do  not  'mingle  the  word  with  faith,'  and  therefore  they  feel  not 
the  virtue  of  it.  They  lift  up  their  own  conceits  against  the  word,  and  hear 
it,  and  know  it,  but  yield  not  their  hearts  to  believe  and  assent  certainly  to 
it,  and  therefore  it  worketh  not.     And, 

Ans.  2.  Then  they  let  it  not  into  the  heart  and  affections.  They  give  it 
room  in  the  mouth  to  talk  of  it,  but  the  word  is  never  powerful  till  it  hath 
its  own  seat  and  throne,  till  it  getteth  into  the  heart  and  affections,  and 
alters  the  frame  of  the  inward  man.  When  it  is  not  engrafted  into  the 
heart,  it  yieldeth  not  forth  its  virtue  and  power 

Ans.  3.  Again,  there  is  a  great  deal  of  opposition.  What  is  the  hin- 
drance of  the  power  of  the  word  ?  A  foolish  conceitedness  and  presumption. 
Men  think  they  have  enough  already,  and  think  they  have  a  divinity  point 
when  they  can  talk  of  it.  But,  beloved,  we  know  no  more  of  religion  than 
we  love,  and  we  love  no  more  than  we  do.  He  that  doth  not,  knoweth 
nothing  as  he  ought  to  know.  He  may  prate  dnd  talk  for  ostentation  sake, 
and  to  satisfy  conscience.  But  this  conceit,  that  people  have  divinity  when 
they  can  talk  of  it,  it  is  a  very  destructive  conceit  that  hindereth  all  the  work- 
ing of  the  word.  Religion  standeth  not  upon  words,  but  it  is  a  matter  of 
power.  Religion  is  not  matter  of  fancy  and  imagination,  faith  is  another 
thing. 

You  have  many,  especially  great  scholars,  they  think  they  have  all  they 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  lY,  VER.   7.  377 

know,  but  they  have  nothing  but  what  they  love,  and  obey,  and  subject 
theu"  hearts  to.  What  they  have  moi'e,  it  tendeth  to  damnation.  '  Out  of 
thine  own  mouth  will  I  judge  thee,  thou  faithless  servant,'  Luke  xix.  22  ; 
thou  knowest  this,  and  thy  courses  are  contrary.  Therefore,  take  heed  of 
this  conceitedness,  I  beseech  you,  for  it  overthroweth  all. 

But  I  would  not  have  such  absent  from  the  word  ;  for  the  word  is  able 
to  remove  all  the  obstacles  and  hindrances  between  the  heart  and  it. 
Physic  will  not  do  a  dead  man  good,  but  this  physic  will  give  life  to  dead 
men ;  for  the  power  of  the  word  is  such,  that  it  hath  a  quickening  power, 
and  a  raising  power,  and  a  directing  power ;  and  therefore,  though  there  be 
never  such  mountains  of  oppositions  between  the  heart  and  divine  truths, 
as  indeed  they  that  be  given  to  a  profane  course  of  life,  there  is  much 
opposition  between  their  hearts  and  divine  truths.*  .  .  .  They  that  be 
practisers  of  any  profession  called  to  great  employments,  they  should  be  so 
far  from  absenting  themselves  from  the  means  of  salvation,  that  they  should 
offer  themselves  the  more  carefully  and  diligently,  that  whatsoever  is  be- 
tween their  hearts  and  divine  truths  may  do  them  good.  When  all  other 
things  will  fail,  this  may  be  removed  ;  and  therefore  the  main  thing  hinder- 
ing from  doing  them  good.  The  word  is  able  to  make  way  for  itself,  by 
removing  the  hindrances  upon  the  word  by  a  careful  and  continual  attend- 
ance upon  it.  There  is  an  excellent  place  in  this  Epistle,  chap.  x.  ver.  4, 
'  The  weapons  of  our  warfare  are  not  weak,  but  mighty  through  God  for 
the  pulling  down  of  strongholds,  and  every  thing  that  exalteth  itself 
against  the  knowledge  of  God,  to  bring  into  captivity  every  thought  to  the 
obedience  of  Christ,'  It  is  an  excellent  portion  of  Scripture.  There  be 
three  things  in  a  man  which  much  hinder  and  indispose  a  man  from  taking 
good. 

(1)  There  be  Xoyisfxoug,  'reasonings  of  flesh,'  as.  Is  not  reading  as  good 
as  preaching  ?  which  men  that  have  much  wisdom  in  them  think.     Then, 

(2.)  There  be  v-^dj/Mara ;  that  is,  '  exaltations  of  the  heart.'  What ! 
shall  I  stoop  ?  Shall  I  be  so  base-minded  as  to  regard  what  common 
persons  do  ?  I  ever  judged  it  more  for  my  credit  and  reputation  not  to 
stoop  than  to  yield  up  myself  to  be  obedient  to  what  they  say.  And  when 
divine  truths  are  propounded,  seeming  to  be  contrary  to  reason,  though  no 
truth  be  contrary  to  reason,  but  above  it,  as  the  great  matters  of  predesti- 
nation, and  election,  and  free  will,  the  pride  of  man's  heart  seeing  no  great 
reason  for  this,  being  above  reason,  it  riseth,  and  will  not  yield,  but  the 
divine  truths  beat  down  these,  b-^ui'Mara,  XnyKS'Mo-jg.     There  is, 

(3.)  A  word,  that  is,  vor,iJ.ara,  '  actions  of  the  flesh  against  divine  truths.' 
As  when  a  man  is  exhorted  to  be  liberal,  it  suggesteth,  I  shall  want  myself, 
and  it  is  good  to  look  to  a  man's  self ;  and  for  suffering,  it  is  good  to  sleep 
in  a  whole  skin.  Whatsoever  the  disputes  or  reasonings  of  flesh  and  blood 
there  be,  let  a  man  attend  upon  the  word,  it  will  subject  and  subdue  all  in 
time,  if  a  man  belong  to  God  ;  therefore  it  is  powerfully  said  to  make  way 
for  itself.  For  God  will  let  himself  and  his  Spirit  into  the  heart  in  spite 
of  corruption,  and  in  spite  of  Satan.  Never  despair  of  a  man  that  hath 
care  of  God's  ordinances. 

Ohj.  2.  But  you  will  say.  How  or  by  what  means  doth  God  make  this 
word  effectual  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  this  excellency  of  power  in  the  word  and  his  truth 
worketh  in  the  heart  by  the  Spirit. 

(1.)  Bij  u-ay  of  revelation.  It  revealeth  to  us  excellent  things  above 
*  Sic.     Tlie  sentence  unfinished.     Cf.  Vol.  I.  p.  38. — G. 


878  COMMENTARY  ON 

nature,  and  better  things  than  corrupt  nature  can  apprehend  in  the  world 
— Christ,  and  all  the  good  we  have  by  him ;  and  that  is  the  first  thing — 
a  revelation  of  divine  truths. 

(2.)  Then  again,  by  the  Spirit,  as  all  this  is  offered  to  a  soul  that  wiH 
receive  it.     There  is  not  only  a  discovery,  but  an  offer. 

(3.)  There  is  not  only  these  discoveries  and  offers,  but  divine  truth  is 
the  instrument  that  icorketh  faith  to  apprehend  and  lay  hold  upon  this. 
And  therefore  it  is  called  the  '  word  of  faith.'  And  when  faith  is  wrought 
by  the  Spirit,  after  revelation,  and  after  offer  of  divine  truths,  then  that 
faith  draweth  out  of  Christ.  Faith  hath  a  drawing  and  sucking  power  out 
of  the  word,  and  Christ  revealed  in  the  word,  of  whatsoever  is  necessary 
for  grace  and  comfort,  that  may  be  needful  to  bring  to  heaven ;  for  the 
Spirit  of  God  worketh  faith,  and  by  faith  bringeth  all  other  graces  in,  and 
maketh  them  effectual  in  the  soul.  Faith  is  the  grace  of  union,  that  knitteth 
us  to  the  principle  of  life,  Christ. 

And  therefore  God,  upon  revelation  and  offer  of  divine  truths,  first 
worketh  faith,  and  by  faith  knitteth  us  to  the  fountain  of  life,  Christ ;  and 
it  is  a  wise  grace,  teaching  the  soul  to  fetch  sovereign  advantages  from 
Christ,  as  in  nature  there  is  an  instinct  in  every  creature  to  fetch  nourish- 
ment from  the  dam.  So  when  God  hath  wrought  faith  in  the  soul,  God 
putteth  this  supernatural  divine  instinct  into  the  soul,  to  fetch  whatsoever 
is  needful,  all  comfortable  graces  out  of  Christ.  And  thus  it  becomes  an 
effectual  word,  an  excellency  in  a  believing  soul.  *  It  is  the  power  of  God 
to  salvation  to  all  them  that  believe,'  Rom.  i.  16.  When  we  believe,  God 
sheweth  his  power  in  the  soul.  God,  by  his  almighty  power,  first  worketh 
faith,  and  then  faith  layeth  hold  on  that  mighty  power  again.  When  God 
hath  by  the  word  wrought  faith,  we  do  apprehend  the  almighty  power  of 
God  in  Christ,  and  to  make  use  of  it  on  all  occasions.  And  therefore  it  is 
called,  Col.  ii.  12,  '  The  faith  of  the  operation  of  God,' 

Obj.  3,  And  by  resolving  of  this  question  we  may  ansM'er  another. 

Quest.  That  is,  ivhat  cUgree  of  pouer  is  here  meant,  ichen  he  saith  the 
excellent pouer  that  is  of  God?  Whether  it  is  only  a  revealing  of  divine 
truths,  or  likewise  in  working  upon  the  soul  effectually  ?  For  you  know 
that  distinctly  there  is  a  moral  kind  of  working  which  is  by  persuasion,  and 
entreaty,  and  efficacious  working,  which  is  more  than  entreaty,  which 
worketh  as  the  sun  worketh  upon  inferior  things,  which  is  called  a  virtual* 
working,  and  maketh  an  impression  therein.  Now  whether  doth  the  word 
by  the  Spirit  only  reveal,  and  offer  divine  truths,  or  have  a  work  some- 
times in  the  soul  ? 

It  is  no  nice  f  question,  as  it  is  made.  And  I  will  give  you  the  truth 
of  it, 

Ans.  The  excellency  of  the  power  is  not  only  in  revealing,  but  in  working. 
The  word  and  the  Spirit  not  only  reveal,  but  work  something  in  the  soul, 
and  in  every  part  of  the  soul. 

(1.)  In  the  understanding  there  is  not  only  a  revealing  of  truth,  but  a 
light.     In  the  understanding  he  giveth  not  only  life  but  sense. 

(2.)  So  the  ivill  not  onl3'  apprehendeth  what  is  good,  and  excellently 
good,  but  God's  power  goeth,  together  with  the  revealing  of  things,  to  the 
will,  and  putteth  a  relish  into  the  will  to  relish  that  good,  else  natural  cor- 
ruption will  will  above  what  is  good,  without  power  wrought  in  the  will  to 
clear  itself,  and  bend  itself,  and  weigh  itself  towards  the  best  things. 

(3.)  And  so  for  the  affections  ;  good  things  ai'e  not  only  revealed  to  love 

*  That  is,  =  energetic  working. — G.         t  That  is,  =  delicate  or  difficult. — Q. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  7.  379 

and  joy,  but  the  affections  themselves  are  altered  and  changed.  The  corrupt 
natural  aflections  have  no  proportion  to  supernatural  objects,  without  an 
inward  work,  wrought  in  the  heart,  in  the  will  and  affections.  So  the 
power  and  efficacy  of  the  word  and  Spirit  is  not  only  in  presentation  and 
offer,  but  in  powerful  working  upon  the  soul,  because  there  is  no  connatural- 
ness,  no  proportion  between  a  soul  unturned,  unchanged,  and  objects  of  a 
higher  nature.  Can  an  eye  see  things  invisible  ?  Can  a  natural  soul 
apprehend  and  love  things  supernatural,  above  nature,  before  it  be  altered? 
It  cannot.  There  is  a  vicious  humour  overspreadeth  the  soul,  and  there- 
fore alters  the  taste  of  it,  that  we  cannot  naturally  like  nor  approve  the  best 
things.  And  therefore  the  taste  must  first  be  altered.  Take  a  sick  man, 
if  he  have  never  so  much  skill,  the  palate  is  vitiated,  and  he  cannot  relish 
the  wholesomest  thing  in  the  world,  but  answerable  to  the  corruption  of  his 
palate.  So  let  a  man  have  never  so  much  knowledge,  if  the  power  of  the 
soul  be  not  altered,  he  relisheth  divine  truths  only  according  to  his  cor- 
rupt fancy.  And  therefore  there  must  be  wise  and  powerful  workings  upon 
the  soul,  that  as  divine  truths  are  savoury  in  themselves,  so  they  may  be 
savoury  to  us.  Therefore  they  speak  very  shallowly  of  the  work  of  grace, 
that  take  it  only  to  be  matter  of  entreaty,  and  leave  the  soul  to  its  own 
liberty.  Nolo  hanc  fjratiarn.  I  will  not  this  grace  (saith  one  of  the  ancients), 
that  ieaveth  the  will  to  be  flexible,  and  at  liberty  (»).  It  is  a  dangerous 
thing  when  a  man  hath  no  more  grace  but  what  is  left  to  himself.  One 
mischief  will  necessarily  follow,  that  God  hath  not  so  much  power  as  the 
devil  hath.  If  he  propounds  any  motion,  we  have  a  corrupt  heart  that 
yieldeth  to  the  temptation,  and  betrayeth  the  heart,  but  if  God's  persuasions 
be  only  moral,  and  alter  not  the  frame  of  the  heart,  he  findeth  nothing  of 
his  own  goodness  in  us,  only  he  findeth  in  us  what  is  contrary  to  God's 
Spirit.  And  therefore  the  devil  hath  the  advantage  of  God,  if  God  should 
not  work  in  us  powerfully.  For  supernatural  things  have  no  friends  at  all 
in  us,  but  opposition  and  enmity.  Propound  the  sweet  truths  of  the  gospel 
to  a  proud  natural  man,  he  hath  no  more  relish  in  them  than  in  the  white 
of  an  egg.  Job  vi.  6,  till  his  heart  be  humbled  and  subdued,  for  we  have 
no  friends  within  us  to  hold  correspondency  with  such  truths.  But  let  the 
devil  offer  a  temptation  to  any  natural  man,  he  is  iron  to  God,  and  wax  to 
the  devil.  And  therefore  of  necessity  there  must  be  more  than  a  moral 
work,  by  effectual  persuasion,  I  speak  it  to  advance  the  power  of  the 
word,  that  we  may  know  what  degree  of  grace  to  beg.  What  is  suitable  to 
the  apprehension  of  these  things  prayer  will  be  for.  If  we  conceive  grace 
to  be  only  a  motion  and  persuasion,  and  no  powerful  work  upon  the  heart, 
we  will  beg  no  more.  No  man  was  ever  brought  to  heaven  with  such  a 
grace,  but  it  is  an  altering,  changing,  converting  grace  that  bringeth  us  to 
heaven. 

I  will  name  one  reason  out  of  the  text.  It  is  more  than  revealing,  offer- 
ing, and  persuading  by  reason,  because  that  is  not  the  excellent  manner  of 
work.  God  in  the  gospel  works  in  the  most  excellent  manner,  but  working 
by  persuasion  is  not  the  most  excellent  manner  of  working  ;  but  working 
powerfully  and  really  and  effectually.  Now  the  excellentest  manner  of  work- 
ing belongeth  to  the  most  excellent  worker,  who  worketh  powerfully  in  the 
heart,  which  is  the  most  excellent  manner  of  working. 

Now,  how  prove  you  that  ? 

Ans.  Is  not  he  that  is  able  to  do  stronger  than  he  that  persuadeth 
to  do  ? 

Therefore  the  most  excellent  manner  of  work  is  to  work  inwardly  and 


380  COMMENTARY  ON 

effectually,  not  only  by  entreaty  and  persuasion,  which  is  a  weak  and 
shallow  kind  of  work,  in  regard  of  an  efficacious  work  in  the  soul.  Now 
God,  the  most  excellent  worker,  worketh  in  the  most  excellent  manner,  and 
therefore  works  not  only  by  persuasion,  but  worketh  powerfully  in  the 
inward  man.  God  made  the  soul,  and  framed  the  soul,  and  knoweth  how 
to  work  upon  the  soul,  and  how  to  work  upon  it  with  preserving  the  liberty 
and  power  of  it  untouched.  And  therefore  as  they  say  very  well,  he  worketh 
sunvitcr  and  fort  iter :  suaviter,  by  entreaty,  agreeable  to  the  nature  of  man  ; 
and  fortiter,  powerfully  (o). 

There  are  two  things  that  are  the  principles  of  action  in  men  working  by 
reason,  working  by  strength.  When  there  is  power  to  do  a  thing,  and 
reason  why  to  do  it,  they  work  like  men.  If  a  man  had  never  so  much 
reason,  and  not  strength,  he  worketh  not.  If  he  hath  strength  and  not 
reason  and  grace  to  guide  the  action,  the  action  is  common,  and  there  is  no 
religion.  But  when  a  man  worketh  by  power  from  reason  it  is  like  a  man. 
So  there  be  excellent  and  strong  reasons  in  the  word  to  dissuade  from  sin, 
make  us  in  love  with  heaven  and  happiness,  if  we  were  believers  ;  and 
without  a  power  accompanieth  the  reason  secretly  and  sweetly,  and  altereth 
the  soul  powerfully,  all  will  do  the  soul  no  good  ;  and  therefore  together 
with  reason  goeth  a  divine  power  to  the  soul.  So  God  at  one  time  worketh 
powerfully  and  sweetly  by  entreaty.  He  works  suitably  to  the  nature  of 
man,  and  powerfully  to  overcome  that  nature. 

Obj.  4.  I  come  now  to  answer  this — How  shall  ire  know  ivhether  this 
virtue,  and  excellency  of  virtue,  hath  wroufjht  on  the  soul  by  God  and  tha 
Spirit  of  faith  ? 

To  give  you  some  evidences ;  and  first,  you  may  know  easily  that  it  hath 
wrought,  but  we  cannot  tell  the  manner  in  working,  because  we  will  answer 
a  secret  objection. 

Quest.   I  feel  not  how  God  irorks  upon  my  spirit  by  his  Sjiirit. 

Ans.  It  is  true,  for  thej^resent  you  do  not.  For  instance,  grace  is  wrought 
in  the  heart,  as  the  sun  works  on  inferior  bodies.  Influence  cometh  from 
heaven  to  it,  but  who  can  tell  you  how  influence  entered  into  his  body  ? 
Who  can  in  spring-time  see  the  manner  how  he  is  cheered  ?  He  seeth  he 
is  cheered,  but  to  say  exactly  the  time  and  measure,  that  is  unknown.  It 
is  a  sweet  and  strong  influence.  We  see  there  is  a  sweet  influence  in  the 
working  of  things,  but  the  very  working  is  unperceivable  ;  so  the  power  of 
God's  ordinances  in  the  working  is  concealed,  but  presently  after  there  is 
an  alteration,  as  we  know  the  spring  is  come  when  we  see  nature  altered, 
and  things  flourishing  and  green,  and  a  new  face  of  things  over  there  was 
in  winter.  So  we  know  the  Sun  of  righteousness  hath  shined  on  our  souls 
in  the  ordinances  and  means  of  salvation,  when  there  is  a  flourishingnesa 
and  fruitfulness  in  our  conversations.  When  our  speeches  and  actions 
savour  of  the  word  and  Spirit,  we  may  know  that  the  Sun  of  righteousness 
hath  shined  upon  our  souls,  Ps.  ex.  3.  The  church  is  compared  to  dew 
that  falleth  in  the  morning.  '  The  birth  of  thy  womb  is  as  the  dew  of  the 
morning.'  So  the  best  translators  have  it  (p).  '  In  the  day  of  thy  power ; ' 
that  is,  in  the  powerful  work  of  thy  ordinances,  the  word  and  sacraments. 
The  birth  of  Christ,  which  is*  the  church  begotten  by  the  Spirit,  is  [as]  the 
womb  of  the  morning ;  that  is,  the  dew  of  the  morning  which  falleth  from 
heaven,  but  insensibly  and  unperceivably.  It  hath  an  high  cause  to  draw  it 
up,  and  let  it  fall,  and  to  put  virtue  into  it,  to  make  things  fruitful,  but 

*  Misprinted  '  as'  here,  evidently  a  misplacing  of  that  required  a  little  onward. 
— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.  7.  381 

none  perceiveth  the  falling  of  it.  So  grace  is  wrouglit  in  the  heart,  as  dew 
falls  from  heaven  ;  that  is,  we  feel  the  power  and  virtue  of  it,  but  the 
manner  how  grace  is  wrought,  and  the  church  is  begotten  of  God  and 
Christ,  is  unperceivable.  And  therefore  go  to  the  fruits,  where  there  is  a 
power  and  excellency  of  power  wrought,  and  a  change  is  seen  in  life  and 
conversation ;  for  being  a  lion  before,  thou  art  a  lamb,  there  is  a  triumph- 
ing and  prevailing  power  over  corruptions  that  they  were  enthralled  to 
before,  themselves  are  not  themselves,  and  therefore  judge  by  obedience. 

Then  there  is  a  power  and  excellency  of  power  in  the  soul,  when  we  have 
turned  by  a  natural  power  the  nourishment  into  our  constitutions  ;  then  we 
be  strong,  as  Elias,  that  by  strength  of  the  nourishment  sent  from  heaven 
walked  forty  days,  1  Kings  xix.  8.  So  when  we  have  received  the  sacra- 
ments, and  heard  as  we  should,  we  shall  find  more  ability  for  duty,  for 
fitness  to  die,  more  intercourse  with  God,  more  strength  of  faith  against  all 
temptations  ;  and  therefore  if  thou  wouldst  know  what  power  and  excellency 
of  power  is  wrought  in  thy  soul,  examine  it  by  thy  strength  derived  thereby. 
If  you  find  not  strength  to  overcome  temptations  and  resist  corruptions, 
then  you  have  not  yet  been  good  hearers,  nor  good  readers,  nor  good 
receivers  of  the  sacraments,  as  you  should  be.  We  know  sheep  and  such 
creatures  are  judged  of  not  by  that  they  chew,  but  by  their  flesh  and  fleece, 
and  so  should  a  Christian  by  his  life,  his  strength,  what  he  is  able  to  do. 

And  here  we  may  take  up  just  complaint,  that  many  that  have  great 
knowledge  of  the  gospel,  and  have  been  long  professors  of  the  truth,  yet 
they  fall  before  their  spiritual  enemies  ;  as  when  Israel,  falling  before  their 
enemies,  complained, '  Lord  what  is  it  'P'Josh.  vii.  8.  What  is  the  reason  that 
we  fall  before  the  enemy  ?  So  a  man  may  complain,  what  is  the  reason  a 
Christian  should  fall  before  his  spiritual  enemies  ?  That  every  temptation 
should  overturn  him,  every  corruption  and  passion  enslave  him,  why  is  he 
so  enthralled  to  temptation  ?  Certainly  there  hath  not  been  that  power  and 
excellency  of  power  in  the  soul  that  should  be. 

By  these  and  the  like  circumstances,  we  may  know  whether  we  have  felt 
this  power  and  excellency  of  power  or  no. 

There  is,  as  we  said  before,  a  power  in  religion,  if  it  be  mingled  with  a 
believing  heart ;  and  till  we  find  that  power  all  will  do  us  no  good.  Pro- 
fession of  religion  and  knowledge  will  be  in  the  brain,  therefore  labour  not 
to  know  but  to  feel  divine  truths.  And  when  be  they  felt  ?  When  the 
virtue  is  felt.  It  is  not  enough  scire  sed  sentire.  It  is  not  enough  to  know, 
but  to  feel.  And  when  do  we  feel  ?  When  we  find  the  virtue  of  the  word 
in  comforting,  in  raising  and  directing,  in  changing,  in  transforming. 

We  think  we  believe  all  things  necessary,  when  we  can  say  them  and 
speak  of  them,  but  there  is  never  an  article  of  our  creed,  but  being  apprehended 
by  faith,  worketh  mightily  upon  the  soul  in  an  excellent  manner.  As  for 
example,  *  I  believe  in  God  the  Father  Almighty,'*  how  shall  I  know  I 
believe  ?  If  the  Spirit  of  God  witness  to  my  spirit  that  God  is  my  Father, 
and  teacheth  me  to  go  to  him  as  a  Father  in  all  my  necessities,  I  know  he 
is  Almighty.  When  I  am  under  strength  of  temptation  and  oppositions 
whatsoever,  he  is  able  to  raise  my  soul,  and  after  death  to  give  it  a  better 
being  than  in  this  world ;  and  I  believe  in  him  as  the  Father  Almighty, 
when  I  will  not  distrust  him.  He  is  my  Father,  and  will  do  me  good.  He 
is  Almighty,  and  can  do  all  for  my  good.  So  '  I  believe  in  Christ,  born  of 
the  Virgin  Mary.'  This  a  man  believeth  not  till  Christ  be  born  in  the 
heart  and  the  image  be  stamped  upon  his  soul,  and  a  disposition  suitable  to 

*  Througliout  under  the  several  articles,  cf.  Pearson  and  John  Smith. — G. 


882  COMMENTARY  ON 

Christ ;  and  so  '^for  the  death  of  Christ.'  The  cross  of  Christ,  it  is 
a  crucifying  knowledge.  I  know  Christ  died  for  my  sins.  The  faith  of 
this  crucifieth  this  corruption  for  which  Christ  was  crucified,  when  I  look 
upon  my  corrupt  nature,  with  that  odium  and  detestation  that  Christ  had 
when  he  suffered  for  them.  So  that  I  feel  not  things  with  power  and 
efficacy,  till  something  be  wrought  by  them.  So  I  believe  not  Christ  '  is 
risen  again,'  unless  I  find  that  power  that  raised  him  quicken  my  heart  and 
raise  me  to  heavenly-mindedness,  to  ascend  with  Christ,  and  sit  in  heaven 
with  Christ.  A  man  believeth  not  that  Christ  is  in  heaven  unless  he  hath 
glorious  thoughts.  He  doth  but  talk  of  them.  He  that  believeth  Christ 
his  head  is  in  heaven,  Christ  and  he  being  all  one,  can  he  be  much  cast 
down  with  any  trouble  here,  or  be  abased  here  when  he  believeth  this  ? 
No.  And  therefore  saith  the  apostle,  *  If  j'ou  be  risen  with  Christ,'  as  you 
be,  if  you  belong  to  Christ,  and  have  the  same  Spirit  that  raised  his  body 
raising  you,  then  '  seek  the  things  above,  and  not  the  things  beneath,'  Col. 
iii.  1,  and  savour  the  things  that  be  spiritual,  and  suitable  to  your  condi- 
tion. So  a  man  cannot  believe  his  '  sins  be  forgiven,'  but  he  must  love,  he 
must  have  joy  and  peace  :  *  Being  justified  by  faith,  we  have  peace  with  God,' 
Rom.  V.  1.  He  that  findeth  not  peace  in  his  conscience,  how  knoweth  he 
that  his  sins  are  forgiven  ?  '  Be  of  good  comfort,  thy  sins  are  forgiven,' 
Mat.  ix.  2.  A  man  that  knows  his  sins  are  forgiven,  he  is  comforted,  for 
his  debt  is  paid,  and  all  discharged.  And  so  '  the  resurrection  of  the  body 
and  life  everlasting,'  what  is  the  power  of  it  ?  It  maketh  him  as  willing  to 
die  as  when  he  goeth  to  sleep,  for  when  he  goeth  to  bed  he  knoweth  he 
shall  rise  again,  and  rise  better  and  more  refreshed.  So  a  man  that  is  to 
die  he  resolveth,  I  lay  down  my  body,  and  shall  rise  again,  as  sure  as  I  shall 
rise  out  of  my  bed,  and  more  sure,  for  many  die  in  their  sleep.  So  if  we 
believe  '  the  coming  of  Christ  to  judgment,'  the  virtue  of  it  will  shew  itself 
in  walking  fruitfully  and  carefully.  Christ  must  come  again,  and  I  must 
make  account  of  all.  And  so  '  life  everlasting,'  If  a  man  believeth  that, 
what  courage  will  it  infuse  !  There  is  never  an  article  but  if  it  be  believed 
hath  a  spiritual  infusion  in  it.  Let  a  man  believe  life  everlasting,  he  will 
not  care  to  venture  his  life  for  religion  and  his  country.  What  will  he  care 
to  adventure  a  life  [which]  is  nothing  but  vanity  ? 

I  do  but  touch  these  things,  to  shew  that  out  of  the  grounds  of  religion 
there  is  a  power  in  them,  if  they  be  apprehended  and  believed  ;  and  if  they 
have  not  this  power,  we  believe  them  not.  We  talk  of  them,  but  are  not 
moulded  to  them  ;  as  the  apostle's  phrase  is,  '  We  are  not  fashioned  to 
them,'  2  Cor.  iii.  18.  So  that  we  may  try  whether  the  word  hath  wrought 
mightily  on  us,  by  the  power  we  find  in  us  altering  our  natures. 

Quest.  5.  Well,  ivhat  course  shall  ive  take,  that  we  may  find  this  power  of 
the  ordinances  and  word,  and  an  excellent  power  ? 

A71S.  (1.)  Remember  all  is  of  God,  from  God's  Spirit.  The  third  person 
in  the  Trinity  is  next  to  us,  and  next  in  working.  God  the  Father  and  Son 
work  by  the  Spirit.  For  as  it  is  in  the  body,  there  be  the  veins  and 
arteries  put  together,  the  veins  carry  the  blood,  the  arteries  carry  the  spirits, 
the  blood  in  the  veins  nourish  the  spirits  in  the  arteries,  the  spirits  in  the 
arteries  quicken  and  enliven  the  blood ;  [so]  the  word  is  as  blood  in  the 
veins.  For  as  blood  spreads  itself  over  all  the  body  by  the  veins,  and 
feedeth  the  several  parts,  so  the  word  spreadeth  itself  over  the  whole  man, 
over  all  the  powers  of  man,  over  his  understanding,  will,  and  affection.  It 
spreadeth  itself  over  all  the  actions  of  man,  for  all  must  be  done  in  virtue 
of  some  word.     It  spreadeth  itself  as  blood  spreadeth  over  the  body,  but 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.  7.  383 

together  witli  the  blood  there  must  be  spirits  to  quicken  the  blood  ;  so  there 
must  be  the  Spmt  with  the  word.  The  word  is  vehiculum  Sjjiritus,  the 
chariot  which  carrieth  the  Spirit.  And  therefore  consider  the  concurrence 
of  these  two  when  ye  come  to  God.  They  be  coupled  together  as  the  veins 
and  arteries ;  and  when  we  have  to  do  with  divine  truths,  remember  to  beg 
for  the  Spirit,  and  therefore,  Ps.  cxix.  18,  '  Open  mine  eyes.  Lord,  open 
mine  eyes.'  His  eyes  were  opened,  and  yet  '  Lord,  reveal  the  wonders  of 
thy  law  more.'  So  we  must  pray  for  a  fresh,  new  revelation  of  truths 
to  us.  And  are  we  quicker  and  better-sighted  than  he  or  Paul,  that  prayed 
60  often  for  the  Spirit  of  revelation,  and  that  God  would  take  off  the  veil 
of  ignorance  and  unbelief  from  the  heart  ?  *  There  is  a  natural  veil  upon 
divine  things,  that  we  cannot  see  them  in  their  truths  and  excellency. 
Therefore  pray  to  God  by  the  Spirit  to  take  away  this  veil. 

Ans.  (2.)  And  if  we  would  feel  the  power,  and  the  excellency  of  the  power, 
of  the  word,  enter  into  our  own  hearts,  and  see  our  own  necessity  every  day, 
and  see  our  own  wants  of  God,  who  doth  shew  his  power  in  weakness, 
labour  to  see  a  necessity  of  divine  power  and  divine  truths,  a  necessity  to 
do  anything  well,  and  that  our  callings  are  not  sanctified  unless  we  sanctify 
them  in  a  morning  by  prayer,  and  direct  them  to  ends  above  nature  and 
above  the  world,  and  make  them  serviceable  for  the  soul.  See  a  necessity 
of  grace  and  of  the  efficacy  and  power  of  the  word,  and  necessity  will 
enforce  us  out  of  ourselves  to  him,  in  whom  is  the  fountain  of  all  strength, 
that  we  may  be  '  strong  in  the  power  of  his  might,'  Eph.  vi.  10,  2  Tim.  ii.  1. 
Beloved,  times  are  coming  to  every  one  of  us  that  will  enforce  us  to  seek 
for  strength  and  for  power.  Can  we  undergo  afflictions  when  they  come 
without  spiritual  strength  ?  We  may  carry  them  as  civil f  men,  but  great 
crosses  may  come  above  all  morality  and  civility.  Ahithophel  had  brains 
enough,  but  having  no  gi-ace  he  sunk.  Judas  had  much  knowledge,  but 
Bunk  under  it.  So  though  we  have  strong  brains  and  great  parts,  we  shall 
sink  under  them  if  we  have  not  grace.  A  Christian  must  be  more  than  a 
man,  as  grace  raiseth  a  man  above  a  man,  makes  him  spiritual.  By  virtue 
of  this  power  we  must  be  more  than  men,  else  we  shall  meet  with  things 
which  are  above  a  man,  fiery  temptations  and  Satan's  darts,  and  if  we  are 
not  more  than  a  man,  woe  be  to  us.  Therefore  labour  to  feel  and  see  our 
own  wants ;  present  and  propound  beforehand  all  possibilities.  What  if 
our  lives  should  be  questioned  ?  Sickness  will  come,  death  will  come. 
What  strength  have  I  ?  What  faith  have  I  ?  What  have  I  lived  upon 
before,  and  what  do  I  know  ?  Do  I  believe  all  I  know  ?  As  Joseph  pro- 
vided against  hard  times.  Gen.  xli.  48,  times  of  spending  will  come,  there- 
fore lay  up  knowledge,  and  often  examine  if  things  be  to  us  as  to  themselves. 
Divine  trath  is  holy,  full  of  majesty  and  power  in  itself.  What  is  that  to 
me  if  it  be  not  so  to  me  ?  It  will  do  me  no  good,  but  help  to  damn  me. 
Do  I  find  that  power  and  efiicacy  that  is  said  to  be  in  them  ?  If  not,  never 
give  over  waiting  on  the  means  that  God  hath  appointed  for  that  purpose. 

Beloved,  it  concerneth  us  nearly  and  very  much,  for  if  we  do  find  the 
power  of  divine  truths  in  our  hearts.  Oh  happy  men  !  If  we  find  it  hath 
wrought  a  change  and  alteration,  it  will  make  the  weakest  Christian  stronger 
than  all  the  gates  of  hell.  Take  a  weak  Christian  that  hath  digested  the 
■word  and  mingled  it  with  faith,  a  few  divine  truths  digested  and  mingled 
with  faith  will  stand  out  against  the  devil  and  all  temptations,  even  at  the 
hour  of  death,  because  they  be  divine  truths,  and  God  goeth  with  them ; 
the  truths  being  divine  of  themselves,  and  likewise  divine  power  going  with 
*  Cf.  Eph.  i.  17.    2  Cor.  iii.  14.-G.  t  That  is,  '  moral.'— G. 


384  COMMENTARY  ON 

them,  having  the  strength  of  God  for  every  word.  As  a  man  is,  the  word 
of  a  man  is.  It  is  as  powerful  as  himself,  and  the  word  of  a  noble  man, 
the  word  of  an  honest  man,  is  as  the  man  is.  Now  consider  what  word  it 
is,  and  what  power  is  annexed  to  it.  Labour  to  feel  the  power  of  these 
divine  truths,  and  all  hell  let  loose  cannot  overcome  the  weakest  Christian, 
not  a  fool,  not  a  novice,  not  a  child  in  religion,  much  less  a  strong  Christian. 
But  the  tongue  of  men  and  angels,  if  men  will  be  drowsy,  and  lazy,  and 
dead,  will  not  make  them  affected  with  these  things,  but  those  that  belong 
to  God  understand  what  these  things  mean. 

We  are  speaking  of  the  end  of  this  dispensation  of  God,  that  he  would 
have  this  blessed  treasure  of  divine  truths  carried  in  '  earthen  vessels,'  that 
'  the  excellency  of  the  power  may  be  of  God  and  not  of  us.'  Now  in  the 
end  three  things  are  considerable. 

1.  First,  That  there  is  a  '  power'  in  the  ordinances  of  God,  and  an 
'  excellency  of  power.' 

2.  That  this  excellent  power  of  the  ordinances  of  God  '  is  of  God.'  It 
is  not  of  the  *  earthen  vessel.'  No.  It  is  not  in  the  treasure  itself.  It  is 
not  in  the  gospel,  distinct  and  abstracted  from  divine  power  accompanying 
it,  but  it  is  of  God,  exclusively  set  down,  and  not  of  us. 

3.  The  intention  why  God  would  have  this  power,  and  excellent  power, 
to  be  in  earthen  vessels  and  not  of  us.  See  how  he  demonstrateth  it,  that 
it  may  appear  that  the  power  is  of  God  and  not  of  us.  There  is  excellent 
power,  and  it  is  of  God.  How  doth  it  appear  ?  Compare  the  meanness 
of  the  vessel  with  the  excellenc}'  of  the  treasure,  and  it  shall  appear  that 
all  the  good  done  by  the  ordinance  is  not  by  the  vessel,  but  from  the 
treasurd,  or  rather  from  God  himself,  whose  treasure  it  is. 

That  there  is  a  power,  and  an  excellent  power,  of  God's  ordinance,  we 
have  shewed  at  large. 

We  have  shewed  wherein  this  power  consisteth,  and  how  it  is  of  God. 
All  the  power  is  of  God,  else  the  ordinance  is  dead ;  and  indeed  unless 
God's  virtue  go  along  with  it,  what  can  do  the  soul  good  ?  Afflictions  make 
men  worse.  The  law  hath  only  a  power  to  harden  us.  The  law  by  the 
power  of  God  killeth,  but  it  quickeneth  not.  Let  not  the  power  of  God  go 
•with  the  ministry'  of  Christ,  it  doth  no  good. 

How  many  sermons  did  Christ  preach  which  did  no  good  ?  '  He  piped 
and  they  would  not  dance.'  They  would  not  '  mourn'  when  he  preached 
matter  of  humiliation,  when  he  preached  matter  of  comfort  '  they  would 
not  dance,'  Mat.  xi.  17,  but,  like  froward  children,  they  were  untractable, 
and  nothing  would  work  upon  them ;  and  therefore  without  God  and  the 
work  of  the  Spirit,  not  man,  not  an  angel,  not  Christ  himself,  can  work 
upon  an  obstinate  stubborn  soul. 

I  shewed  that  the  excellency  of  this  power  must  be  of  God  and  not  of 
us.  I  propounded  divers  cases  and  questions,  and  answered  some.  I  will 
briefly  answer  some  now,  as, 

Quest.  First,  Not  to  speak  of  what  I  then  delivered,  if  there  he  no  power 
in  the  ordincaices,  why  do  ice  exhort  people  and  stir  them  up  to  believe  and  to 
repent,  if  all  p)oiver  be  conveyed  from  God,  as  we  proved  the  last  day  at  large, 
and  tliat  they  have  no  poicer  at  all  in  themselves  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  God's  word  in  the  ordinance  is  an  operating  icord,  a 
working  word,  as  in  the  creation,  '  Let  there  be  light,  and  there  was  light,' 
Gen.  i.  3.  So  in  miracles,  '  Lazarus,  come  forth,'  John  xi.  43.  There 
went  an  almighty  power  with  the  word  of  Christ,  and  Lazarus  comes  out. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7.  385 

*  Believe  and  repent.'  There  goeth  out  an  almighty  power  with  the  minis- 
terial word,  and  giveth  power  to  believers.  Dum  juhet  juvat,  where  God 
commandeth  he  helpeth.  His  word  is  clothed  with  an  almighty  power. 
And  therefore  though  we  exhort  men  to  do  so  and  so,  we  say  not,  they  can 
do  it  themselves,  but  together  with  the  speech  there  goeth  a  commanding 
power.  The  Spirit  of  God  clotheth  the  word.  Loquitur  Deus  ad  viodum 
nostrum,  agit  ad  modum  suum,  God  speaketh  according  to  our  measure, 
worketh  according  to  his  own.  We  are  men,  and  are  to  do  things  by 
reason  and  understanding.  God  speaks  to  us  by  way  of  open  reason,  and 
shewing  grounds  of  reason,  because  loquitur  ad  modum  nostrum.  But  when 
he  comes  to  give  strength  and  power  to  reason,  all  moral  power  or  reason 
will  do  no  good  without  inward  strength,  and  therefore  ar/it  ad  modum  suum, 
mightily,  powerfully,  and  by  way  of  persuasion  and  reason,  and  all  to  con- 
descend to  our  manner,  yet  still  all  the  while  as  a  God. 

And  therefore  it  is  a  childish  thing  for  them  to  infer  that  there  is  power 
in  man,  because  God  persuadeth  and  exhorts.  God  with  these  infuseth 
his  power,  he  conveyeth  power  into  the  will  and  affection  this  way.  Then 
he  works  powerfully  when  he  seemeth  to  condescend  thus  far,  and  this 
exhortation  is  but  to  drive  us  out  of  ourselves  to  the  rock  of  our  strength, 
and  to  the  spring  of  all  comfort.  It  is  but  to  drive  us  to  Christ,  and  there- 
fore wheresoever  you  have  a  commandment  in  one  place,  ye  have  a  promise 
in  another.  If  you  are  commanded  to  turn  to  God,  to  mortify  lusts,  we 
have  a  promise  of  assistance  that  we  shall  do  these  things.  The  com- 
mandments may  make  us  go  out  of  ourselves  with  humility,  the  promise 
makes  us  go  to  God  with  confidence  in  him.  And  therefore  it  is  ignorance 
of  God's  divine  dispensations  to  enforce  any  power  and  strength  in  us  from 
those  sweet  exhortations  that  are  commended  to  us  in  Scripture. 

Quest.  2.  Secondly,  If  there  he  such  power  and  efficacy  in  God's  ordi- 
nances accompanied  with  the  Spirit,  as  indeed  there  is,  whence  then  cometh 
the  resisting  in  men  ?  It  sheweth  there  is  moi*e  in  man's  malice  than  in 
God's  ordinance.     I  answer  thus, 

Ans.  That  God  intendeth  to  convert  and  put  forth  his  strength  that  way. 
For  those  whom  God  intendeth  to  put  forth  his  strength  for,  it  tendeth  to 
conversion.  He  joineth  such  a  strength  with  the  ordinances,  as  overcometh 
all  rebellion  and  resistance  in  them  that  he  doth  convert,  as  Augustine 
saith  well,  volentem  hominem  salvum  facere,  when  God  will  save  a  man,  no 
stubbornness  of  his  will  shall  withstand  (g),  else  the  will  of  man  were 
stronger  than  God's.  And  it  is  a  high  point  of  comfort  that  the  goodness 
of  God  is  above  the  malice  of  man,  that  there  is  a  greater  power  in  the 
ordinances  and  efficacy,  than  there  can  be  indisposition  in  man,  whatsoever 
it  is  in  the  party.*  For  all  things  in  the  world,  in  the  soul  of  man,  which  is 
the  most  rebellious,  refractory,  and  stubborn  thing,  all  things  in  the  world 
are  in  obedience  to  the  first  worker.  There  is  an  aptness  which  is  of  pur- 
pose for  this  matter  which  we  speak  of.  There  is  an  active  power  in  the 
creature,  whereby  it  is  ready  to  work,  and  this  active  power  to  do  good  we 
have  none  at  all.  There  is  a  passive  power,  as  in  wax  to  receive  impres- 
sion. This  we  have  not.  We  cannot  so  much  as  receive  goodness.  The 
reason  is,  because  good  things,  so  long  as  we  be  corrupted,  be  presented  to 
us  as  folly.  A  wise  man  will  never  take  that  he  apprehendeth  [to  bej  folly. 
To  a  carnal  "wise  man,  the  most  excellent  things  in  the  world  are  presented  as 
folly,  and  he  will  not  subjectf  to  the  impression  of  divine  truths  when  they 
be  presented.  And  therefore  there  is  neither  active  nor  mere  passive  power. 
*  Cf.  footnote,  Vol.  III.  page  9.— G.  t  Tliat  is,  =  submit.— G. 

VOL.  IV.  B  b 


3S6  COMMENTARY  ON 

But  there  is  j^otentia  obeJicntialis,  a  power  obediential.  That  is,  in  plain 
terms,  there  is  such  a  subjection  of  the  soul  of  man  to  God  the  first  cause, 
that  it  yields  to  him  when  he  worketh.  He  knoweth  all  the  windings  and 
turnings  of  it.  He  can  deal  as  he  pleaseth,  preserving  the  liberty  of  it 
without  prejudice  of  its  liberty.  For  both  things,  and  the  manner  of 
working  things,  are  of  God,  and  preserved  by  God.  God  he  carrieth  things 
so,  as  he  preserveth  modum  agendi,  the  manner  of  working  peculiar  to 
things  ;  so  that  all  things  are  obedient  to  God's  manner  of  working.  For 
they  cannot  resist  him  :  there  is  no  question  of  that. 

Ohj.  But  we  say,  that  as  the  Scripture  speaks,  there  is  resistance  in 
things.  Resistance  is  in  them  that  belong  not  to  God,  or  in  them  that 
belong  to  God,  till  he  putteth  forth  an  invisible  strength  to  convert  them. 
But  if  they  resist,  they  may  resist  the  work  of  God's  Spirit.  Then  there 
is  some  excuse  for  them. 

Ans.  I  answer,  No.  They  may  pretend  the  word  is  not  powerful  enough, 
the  ordinance  is  not  able  enough ;  but  let  them  leave  secret  things  to  God. 
There  is  no  man  converted,  but  his  heart  will  tell  him  that  God  was  before- 
hand with  him.  God  enforceth  goodness  on  men  ;  they  willingly  resist  it. 
God  is  then  before-hand  with  them,  and  there  is  no  man  that  withstandeth 
God's  workings,  but  his  heart  will  tell  him  that  the  fault  is  altogether  in 
himself;  for  God  is  willing  to  yield  more  power  to  him  than  he  is  willing 
to  receive,  and  that  maketh  him  afraid  of  the  means  of  salvation.  If  I  go 
to  such,  and  converse  w^ith  such,  they  will  advise  me  to  alter  my  course. 
They  will  put  conceits  in  me,  disquiet  my  mind,  vex  me  and  torment  me. 
I  shall  hear  what  crosseth  my  old  ways,  and  I  am  resolved  still  to  walk  in 
my  old  courses,  and  so  their  hearts  tell  them  they  willingly  betray  their 
own  souls.  So  that  they  cannot  pretend  the  weakness  of  the  understand- 
ing, but  strength  of  corruption,  which  declineth  the  ordinance. 

The  two  witnesses.  Rev.  xi.  10,  '  tormented  the  world  ;'  and  so  the  ordi- 
nances, the  truths  of  God,  torment  some  kind  of  men.  But  to  let  such  go, 
I  speak  to  them  that  belong  to  God.  Here  is  our  comfort,  that  the  ordi- 
nances of  God  are  powerful,  '  and  mighty,  but  through  God,  to  beat  down 
all  strongholds,'  2  Cor.  x.  4,  and  therefore  come  and  attend  upon  the 
means  of  salvation.  Come  ;  though  you  be  lions,  you  may  go  out  lambs  ! 
Come  ;  though  you  be  wolves,  you  may  go  out  sheep  !  For  the  knowledge 
of  God,  accompanied  with  the  Spirit  of  God,  as  Isa.  xi.  6,  may  alter  and 
change  your  natures,  transforming  you  to  be  like  to  Christ,  whose  word  it 
is.    It  is  a  transforming,  converting  word. 

Where  it  doth  not  convert  the  heart  and  conscience  of  men,  or  tell  them 
that  God  was  willinger  to  convert  them  than  they  were  willing  to  be  con- 
verted, the  fault  is  in  themselves  ;  but  I  will  always  hope  well  of  them  that 
carefully  and  diligently  come  within  God's  reach.  The  ministry  of  the  gos- 
pel is  said  to  be  the  power  of  God  ;  and  Isa.  liii.  1,  '  the  arm  of  God.'  '  To 
whom  is  the  arm  of  God  revealed  ?'  that  is,  the  power  of  God  in  the  ordi- 
nance. Those  that  will  come  within  the  power  and  reach  of  God,  never 
despair  of  them.  They  that  will  meekly  subject*  to  God's  dispensation, 
and  not  proudly  despise  the  powerful  working  of  God,  that  attend  '  at  the 
posts  of  wisdom,'  Prov.  viii.  34,  if  not  at  one  time,  yet  at  another,  there  is 
a  blessed  hour  to  come  for  the  angel  to  stir  their  waters ;  for  the  Holy 
Ghost  to  stir  the  waters  to  heal  their  souls.  Therefore  I  speak  to  all  them 
that  love  their  own  souls,  never  to  weary  of  God's  ordinances.  Though  the 
means  be  weak,  yet  the  glory  of  God,  and  power  of  his  Spirit,  will  be  more 

*  As  ante. — G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  XKR.  7.  387 

eminently  apparent  in  the  weakness  of  tlie  means,  as  the  apostle  saith  here, 
'  The  excellency  of  the  power  is  of  God,  and  not  of  man.' 

Now,  to  make  some  further  use  of  this  :  Is  all  the  i^ower  of  God  ? 

1.  Therefore  observe  another  thing,  ive  must  not  depend  on  the  iwwer  of 
the  ministry,  and  the  excellency  of  the  minister  his  parts  and  gifts.  Why  ? 
The  power  and  excellency  is  of  God.  And  we  may  say  by  experience,  that 
men  that  think  themselves  converted  by  some  excellent  parts  of  a  rare  man, 
it  is  usually  but  a  shallow  repentance.  And  they  that  be  hanged  by  the 
ears  upon  men  of  good  parts,  they  seldom  hold  out.  But  where  the  soul 
is  wrought  upon  by  grounds  from  the  word,  and  evidence  from  the  Spirit  in 
the  teacher  .  .  .  .*  But  conversion  wrought  only  by  admiration  of  the 
parts  of  the  teacher,  it  is  with  them  as  with  them  in  the  gospel :  '  They 
marvelled  at  him,  and  stood  astonished,  but  they  left  him,  and  went  their 
ways,'  Mat.  xiii.  54.  And  therefore  take  heed  of  depending  on  men  for 
the  efficacy  of  the  sacraments.  Some  are  to  blame  that  way.  Unless  they 
have  such  a  preacher  they  will  not  receive  it,  as  if  the  doing  and  efficacy  of 
the  sacrament  depended  on  that,  if  they  be  placed  in  the  office  of  the 
ministry  and  have  a  calling.  Now  look  '  to  the  power  of  God,  and  the 
excellency  of  that  power,'  in  his  own  ordinance  by  whomsoever.  We  will 
receive  gold  out  of  any  hand,  we  will  receive  a  pearl  from  a  mean  person.  Do 
we  regard  the  pardon  itself,  or  the  person  that  bringeth  the  pardon  ?  No, 
we  look  to  the  pardon.  If  that  be  right,  it  is  no  matter  who  bringeth  the 
pardon,  who  offers  this  treasure  of  life.  Look  to  the  excellency  of  the 
things  themselves,  and  God,  though  in  the  course  of  means — we  must  add 
that, — God  doth  ordinarily  convert  by  the  best  men,  that  can  speak  from  the 
heai't  to  the  heart.  He  can  kindle  others  best  that  is  kindled  in  his  own 
heart,  begetting,  being  from  a  love  in  the  teacher.  They  that  are  truly, 
sanctifiedly  afiected,  they  can  beget  others  sooner  than  others.  And  therefore 
in  the  course  and  ways  of  means,  God  for  the  most  part  useth  blessed  and 
holy  means  for  working  of  the  great  work  of  conversion  for  the  most  part. 

Yet  God  tieth  not  himself  to  the  excellency  of  means.  Oftentimes  the 
greatest  men  of  all,  God  humbleth  them,  to  do  others  good.  As  we  see 
Isaiah,  that  great  kingly  prophet,  saith  he,  '  We  have  laboured  in  vain,' 
Isa.  xlix.  4,  seq.  I  have  laboured  to  subdue  the  people  to  God,  but  to  no 
purpose.  '  Son  of  man,  go,  harden  the  people's  hearts.'  So  excellent  a 
power,  instead  of  converting,  maketh  them  worse,  and  so  it  is,  that  the 
most  excellent  preacher,  both  for  parts  and  likewise  for  graces,  oftentimes 
doth  harden  and  make  them  worse.  God  will  have  it  so  ;  it  shall  be  the 
savour  of  death  to  some  presumptuous  proud  persons,  and  not  a  savour  of 
life,  2  Cor.  ii.  16.  And  therefore  we  must  not  look  altogether  on  the  excel- 
lency of  the  persons  that  preach,  nor  to  their  meanness,  but  to  the  ordi- 
nance of  God. 

2.  Give  me  leave  farther  to  add  this  thing :  God  sheweth  his  power,  and 
his  excellent  power,  hj  his  own  ordinance ;  and  therefore  other  courses  are 
not  sanctified  for  conversion,  nor  for  spiritual  good  to  the  soul.  This 
observe.  There  is  a  conceited  superstitious  generation  of  men,  ill-bred  for 
the  most  part,  not  for  want  of  parts,  but  for  superstitious  breeding.  They 
have  great  admiration  of  a  bastardly  means  of  good,  what  do  I  call  them  ? 
Means  they  set  up  themselves,  which  God  never  sanctified.  Oh,  they  will 
have  crucifixes,  and  such  and  such  helps.  AVho  ever  sanctified  this  ? 
Every  workman  will  work  with  his  own  tools  and  instruments.  Did  God 
ever  sanctify  crucifixes  and  the  like  to  stir  up  devotion  ?     What  kind  of 

*  As  before,  sentence  unfinished.    Cf.  Vol.  I,  page  38. — G. 


388  COMMENTARY  ON 

devotion  is  like  to  come  to  that,  that  God  never  blessed  to  that  end  ?  A 
bastardly  devotion  from  a  bastardly  means.  And  usually  people  give  to 
those  kind  of  things  higher  measure  of  admiration  than  to  good  and  sancti- 
fied means. 

I  never  knew,  nor  ever  shall  know,  a  superstitious  person  to  like  of  things 
sanctified  of  God,  but  in  that  proportion  he  grew  bitter  against  that  which 
is  indeed  sound.  See  what  religion  popery  is,  their  study  being  to  weaken 
that  powerful  instrument  that  God  hath  sanctified  to  convey  all  saving 
power  by.  How  do  they  weaken  it  ?  By  all  the  means  they  can.  They 
labour  to  take  away,  the  strength  of  it.  They  lock  it  up  in  an  unknown 
tongue,  in  Latin  ;  and  not  only  so,  but  in  a  corriapt,  vicious  translation,  and 
lest  it  should  do  much  good,  they  add  Apocryphal  writings  with  it — many 
of  which  indeed  are  holy  books,  but  yet  they  equal  their  authority  with 
the  Scriptures.  Nay,  that  they  may  weaken  the  strength  and  efficacy  of 
the  blessed  word  by  which  is  wrought  whatsoever  is  savingly  good,  they 
make  traditions  of  equal  authority  with  the  word.  They  make  the  present 
determination  of  the  present  pope  of  equal  power  with  the  word,  nay,  above 
it ;  for  the  life  and  soul  of  words  is  the  sense  and  meaning  of  them.  The 
meaning  is  the  form,  and  being,  and  life  of  speech  ;  the  words  are  but  husks. 
The  kernel  and  life  of  words,  is  the  meaning  of  them.  Now  they  take 
upon  them  to  give  the  sense  and  meaning  of  the  Scriptures.  But  they  go 
about  to  judge  that,  which  will  one  day  judge  them ;  to  keep  under  the 
word,  that  will  keep  them  under,  and  blast  them,  and  consume  them,  as 
2  Thes.  ii.  8,  '  Antichrist  must  be  consumed  with  the  breath  of  his  mouth,' 
that  is,  with  the  ordinance  of  God.  It  is  such  a  wind  as  he  cannot  endure; 
it  will  consume  him.  There  is  no  means  sanctified  of  God  to  consume 
antichrist,  but  the  ordinance.  There  be  other  civil  and  apparent  ways  to 
weaken  him,  but  that  that  shall  '  consume'  him  indeed,  as  he  '  is  antichrist,' 
is  the  powerful  ordinance  of  God.  And  therefore  blame  them  not  for  being 
such  enemies  to  that  which  is  such  an  enemy  to  them,  that  is,  the  power- 
ful preaching  of  the  word.  But  we  must  not  dwell  upon  these  things,  only 
I  thought  it  necessary  to  put  you  in  mind  of  it,  that  our  hearts  may  be 
brought  to  think  highly  of  that  which  God  so  esteemeth,  even  as  we  love 
our  own  souls. 

Other  truths  may  civilise,  and  other  helps  may  be  profitable  ;  other  books 
besides  God's  book  may  do  us  a  great  deal  of  good,  and  many  holy  treatises 
there  are,  in  which  the  word  is  unfolded,  and  made  familiar  to  us.  The 
water  in  the  spring,  and  water  brought  in  a  pipe,  is  the  same  water.  So 
that  Sthe  word  in  Scripture,  and  the  word  brought  in  preaching  and  holy 
treatises,  is  the  same.  But  I  speak  of  other  truths  we  read  of  in  human 
writers.  God  giveth  a  power  to  every  truth,  and  there  be  inferior  works 
of  the  Spirit.  But  this  work  of  conversion,  of  setting  the  image  of  God 
upon  us,  is  reserved  especially  for  the  ordinances  of  God.  All  the  learning 
in  the  world  will  not  set  the  image  of  God  upon  the  soul,  wiU  not  bring 
the  soul  out  of  darkness  into  the  kingdom  of  Christ,  but  the  powerful  ordi- 
nance of  God,  and  the  powerful  work  of  the  Spirit  accompanying  it.  It  is 
not  every  work  of  the  Spirit,  but  an  almighty  work.  By  embalming,  a  dead 
body  may  be  preserved  from  putrefaction  and  annoyance  a  long  time,  but 
aU  the  spices  and  embalmments  in  the  world  will  not  put  life  into  a  dead 
body.  So  the  inferior  works  of  the  Spirit,  by  inferior  means,  may  embalm 
the  soul,  that  is,  may  make  it  civil,  and  it  is  very  good  conversing  with  civil 
men.  You  shall  have  them  fair-conditioned  men,  and  excellent  things  will 
break  from  them,  but  this  is  but  embalming  ;  the  quickening  of  a  dead  soul, 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.  7.  389 

the  putting  of  life  into  that,  is  reserved  for  the  ordinance  of  God,  and  the 
power  of  the  Spirit  accompanying  it.  This  is  that  the  apostle  speaks  of, 
'  the  excellency  of  the  power  of  God.' 

3.  One  thing  give  me  leave  to  add  more.  That  as  God  doth  powerfully 
work  by  his  ordinance  in  us,  and  in  the  church,  so  he  doth  powerfully  work 
by  his  ordinance  on  others,  by  the  church  on  others.  To  make  it  plain 
thus  :  There  is  an  excellency  of  power  in  the  word,  in  faith,  in  prayer,  in 
fasting,  in  the  sentence  of  the  church  ;  there  is  an  excellent  power  in  all 
these,  not  only  on  the  soul,  upon  whom  they  work,  but  likewise  on  others. 
There  is  a  power  in  the  church  and  in  the  minister  for  to  threaten  ;  and 
God,  to  make  good  those  threats  to  others,  worketh  on  others.  And  there 
is  a  power  in  prayer,  not  only  of  grace  to  make  us  fit  to  pray,  but  a  power 
by  prayer,  for  God  thereby  to  confound  the  enemies  of  the  church.  There- 
fore the  phrase  in  the  psalms,  is,  '  God  send  thee  help  out  of  Sion,'  Ps. 
XX.  2,  that  is,  out  of  the  church,  by  church  means  ;  and  '  God  is  terrible 
in  his  holy  place,'*  Ps.  Ixviii.  35.  What  is  the  meaning  of  that  ?  The 
meaning  is  :  in  the  church,  where  God  is  truly  worshipped,  where  the  ordi- 
nances are  in  purity  and  power,  there  God  is  terrible  out  of  his  holy  place. 
If  there  come  forth  prayers  against  the  enemies  of  the  church,  God  saith 
Amen  to  them.  AVoe  be  to  the  enemies  of  the  church,  when  the  church 
falleth  a-praying  and  fasting.  Woe  be  to  Haman,  when  Esther,  Mordecai, 
and  the  rest  fall  to  this  duty.  And  woe  to  popery  !  If  all  Christians  would 
join  in  prayer  and  fasting,  antichrist  had  been  brought  upon  his  knees,  and 
to  nothing  ere  this  time.  There  is  a  power  in  God's  ordinances,  let  them 
be  used  as  they  should  be,  with  faith  and  persuasion,  that  God  will  say 
Amen  to  them  all,  they  will  work.  "What !  Let  a  man  pray  with  confi- 
dence, that  God  will  bless  it,  though  not  in  the  particular  that  he  desireth, 
yet  you  shall  see  what  wonders  God  will  work  by  it. 

No  question,  but  the  humihation  of  God's  people  brought  antichrist  so 
much  upon  his  knees,  as  he  hath  in  Germany.  God's  people  humbled 
themselves,  and  believed  the  threatenings  against  antichrist,  and  believed  the 
promises  of  the  church,  and  laboured  to  have  faith  suitable  to  God's  pro- 
mises, suitable  to  God's  threatenings  ;  and  in  that  faith,  as  an  exercise  of 
it,  pray  to  God,  we  shall  see  God  make  good  all  his  ordinances.  '  God 
will  be  terrible  out  of  his  holy  place,  and  he  will  send  help  out  of  Sion.' 
Pray  therefore  for  the  church  and  against  the  enemies,  and  we  shall  quickly 
see  an  end  of  them.  And  therefore  you  have  2  Cor.  x.  6,  that  speaking 
of  the  power  of  the  ordinances  of  God,  he  saith  in  the  6th  verse,  '  God  is 
in  readiness  to  revenge  all  disobedience.'!  There  is  a  power  in  the  ordi- 
nances of  God  to  kill  men,  to  send  men  to  hell.  You  think  the  words  of  the 
ordinances  are  wind,  but  they  are  not ;  for  as  it  is  in  Zech.  i.  5,  6,  '  the 
prophets  be  gone,  and  are  dead,  but  their  words  are  made  good.'  Whom 
we  bind,  God  bindeth  fromheaven ;  whom  we  loose,  God  looseth  from  heaven. 
If  we  threaten  the  judgments  of  God,  and  punishment  upon  swearers,  or 
profane  persons,  or  despisers  of  the  ordinances,  do  you  think  it  doth  them 
no  harm  ?  Beloved,  they  are  struck,  they  be  men  under  the  sentence  of 
damnation.     They  are  not  yet  in  hell,  but  the  word  hath  damned  them, 

*  Oui  version  is,  '  out  of '  his  holj  place  :  but  this  is  not  =  owteide  of,  but  '  from 
< 
out.^    The  Hebrew  is  Tj^^^p^Q  =  e,  ex,  sanctuariis  tuis. — G. 

t  Query — Is  it  not  rather  the  Corinthians  who  are  asked  to  be  thus  ready,  rot 
an  aifirmation  that  God  is  ready  ?  The  latter  is  true  no  doubt,  but  does  not  seein 
to  be  taught  here. — G. 


390  COMMENTARY  ON 

the  ordinance  hntli  damned  them,  they  be  struck  men.  There  is  a  power 
in  God's  ordinances  to  be  revenged  on  the  disobedience  of  men,  when  men 
■will  live  in  sins,  threatened  and  condemned  by  the  ministers.  They  go  up 
and  down  hke  glorious  men,  but  they  be  condemned  and  under  sentence. 
There  is  but  a  step  between  them  and  hell.  And  they  shall  know  one  day 
God  will  make  good  every  one  of  his  threats  in  his  ministry  against  their 
profane  courses,  though  they  make  slight  of  it.  No  !  it  shall  not  be  made 
light  off,  when  God  cometh  to  execute  it ;  when  God  shall  come  imme- 
diately from  heaven,  to  execute  the  word  he  hath  spoken  mediately  b}'  the 
minister,  as  one  day  he  will.  What  we  speak  mediately,  he  will  immediately 
from  heaven  come  to  execute  it.  How  will  they  shake  off  that,  *  Go,  ye 
cursed,  into  everlasting  fire'  ?  Mat.  xxv.  41.  You  that  have  lived  in  sins 
against  conscience,  can  you  shake  ofi"  that  ?  God  is  now  patient  to  them, 
if  his  patience  can  win  them,  but  can  they  shake  off  God's  immediate 
peremptory  sentence  from  heaven  ?  Oh  no  !  And  therefore  I  beseech  you, 
labour  to  bring  your  souls  to  obedience  of  the  ordinances  of  God,  for  it  is 
mighty  to  take  vengeance  of  all  obstinate  sinners.  Therefore  take  heed  of 
living  in  sin,  condemned  by  the  ordinance  ;  for  God  will  make  good  every 
word  that  he  hath  spoken. 

The  last  thing  I  propounded  in  the  words  to  shew  us  is,  that  God  doth 
shew  his  power,  and  excellent  power,  by  weak  means,  that  it  may  appear  by 
the  disproportion  that  it  is  of  God, 

Doct.  The  point  from  hence  is  this,  that  God  is  wonderful  curious,-'^'  as 
we  may  irith  reverence  speak;  he  is  wonderful  exact  in  this,  that  his  glory 
may  be  advanced  in  all.  And  therefore  he  would  have  this  carriage  of 
things,  that  heavenly  treasures  should  be  carried  in  earthen  vessels ;  not 
gold,  not  silver,  but  earth,  that  the  good  done  may  not  be  attributed  to 
the  vessels,  being  so  base,  but  to  him.  God's  aims  and  our  aims  must 
concur.  God  aimeth  at  his  own  glory,  and  it  is  no  pride  in  him,  because 
there  is  none  above  him,  whose  glory  he  should  seek.  And  therefore  it  is 
natural  for  God  to  do  all  for  his  own  glory,  as  it  is  natural  for  him  to  be 
holy,  because  he  is  the  first  cause,  and  the  last  end,  of  all  things.  It  is 
fit  the  first  cause  and  last  end  of  all  things  should  have  all  the  glory :  '  Of 
him,  and  through  him,  are  all  things  :  therefore  to  him  be  all  the  glory,' 
Kom,  xi.  36.  It  is  God's  prerogative.  The  grace  is  ours.  He  giveth 
grace  to  us,  but  the  glory  is  his  own,  and  his  glory  he  will  not  part  withal. 

To  make  this  clear.  God  takes  all  the  course  he  doth  in  the  govern- 
ment of  the  world,  in  the  ministry  and  church,  that  it  may  appear  that 
the  glory  is  his  in  all  things.  Look  to  his  providence  in  governing  the 
■world.  Doth  not  he  do  great  things  sometimes  without  means,  and  some- 
times with  poor  weak  means  ?  What  be  the  blowing  of  rams'  horns  to 
the  fall  of  '  the  walls  of  Jericho'  ?  Josh.  vi.  20.  Was  it  not  that  it  might 
appear  that  the  falling  of  the  walls  was  from  God  ?  What  was  Gideon's 
'pitchers  with  lamps'  for  the  confounding  of  the  Midianites?  Judges 
vii.  19.  What  was  a  victory  to  an  earthen  pitcher  ?  So  what  is  the  light 
of  the  gospel  to  an  '  earthen  vessel '  ?  Doth  the  virtue  come  from  these  ? 
No.  God  appointeth  to  us  these  means,  that  the  glory  and  excellency  of 
power  may  appear  to  be  of  him.  The  ministers  are  but  Gideon's  pitchers, 
with  the  light  of  the  gospel  in  them.  What  was  Shamgar's  '  ox-goad'  to 
the  slaying  of  so  many  ?  Judges  iii.  31 ;  Samson's  'jaw-bone  of  an  ass'  to 
the  slaying  of  so  many  Philistines  ?  Judges  xv,  15,  It  was  to  shew  that  the 
*  That  is,  '  careful.'— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP,  IV,  VER.   7.  391 

glory  was  God's.  What  is  the  converting  of  so  many  souls  by  so  mean 
fishermen,  when  ignorance  overcame  knowledge,  folly  overcame  w^isdom, 
weakness  overcame  strength  ?  Fishermen  and  their  consorts  made  the 
crown  of  the  Eoman  empire  stoop  to  them.  The  poor  preachers  of  the 
gospel  brought  it  to  pass  at  length,  that  the  great  empire  of  Rome  should 
subject*  to  the  gospel ;  and  why  is  all  this  but  that  the  power  may  appear 
to  be  of  God  ? 

I  might  with  this  truth  go  through  all  ages,  from  the  beginning  of  the 
world  to  the  end,  and  shew  how  God  hath  done  great  things,  sometimes 
by  no  means,  sometimes  by  weak  means,  sometimes  when  means  have 
been  armed  against  him,  in  opposition  of  means.  When  others  are  oppo- 
site, then  hath  he  got  greatest  glory.  But  it  is  so  plain  a  truth,  that  I 
will  not  spend  time  to  no  purpose  to  declare  the  point ;  and  therefore  I 
will  come  more  close,  and  bring  the  truth  home  to  ourselves. 

Now,  because  we  are  naturally  forgetful  of  this,  and  so  rob  God  of  his 
glory,  I  will  shew  j^ou  divers  courses  that  God  taketh  with  his  children 
to  train  them  up  to  learn  this  hard  lesson,  to  give  all  the  glory  to  God, 
which  naturally  they  love  to  finger  themselves.  For  man  is  naturally  a 
proud  creature,  and  would  have  all  things  to  himself.  Therefore  observe 
in  five  or  six  particulars  what  course  God  taketh  to  teach  men  this  lesson, 
'  that  the  excellency  of  power  may  be  of  God,  and  not  of  us.' 

Pieason  1.  First  of  all,  what  is  the  reason  why  Giodi  deserts  men,  his  dearest 
children,  oftentimes,  leaveth  them  to  terrible  2yh(7i[/es,  maketh  them  ajijjrehend  he 
is  their  enemy,  and  that  they  he  none  of  God's,  leaving  them  in  a  state  of  dark- 
ness, that  they  see  no  light  ?  This  is  the  state  of  God's  dear  children.  The 
end  of  this  is,  that  they  may  know  they  must  needs  go  out  of  themselves 
if  they  will  have  any  comfort :  '  They  are  in  darkness,  and  have  no  Hght ; 
therefore  let  them  trust  in  the  name  of  God,'  Isa.  1.  10.  If  it  were  not  for 
these  desertions,  to  see  nothing  but  darkness  in  themselves,  they  would  not 
fly  to  the  rock  of  strength,  they  would  not  retire  to  their  rock  of  defence, 
they  would  not  trust  God.  Why  do  men  suffer  the  sentence  of  death,  and 
are  brought  to  death's  door  ?  No  help,  no  physic  will  do  them  good. 
St  Paul  giveth  the  reason,  that  they  may  learn  '  to  trust  in  the  living  God,' 
2  Cor.  i.  9.  What !  Paul  to  learn  this  lesson  ?  Yea,  Paul  had  need  to 
learn  this  lesson,  to  go  out  of  himself,  and  give  all  the  glory  of  all  things 
to  God.  And  therefore  St  Paul  received  '  sentence  of  death,  that  he  might 
trust  in  the  liviug  God,'  and  perfectly  go  out  of  himself. 

Beason  2.  Again,  what  is  the  reason  that  sometimes  the  child  of  God  is 
foiled  very  foul  in  little  temptations,  and  standeth  in  great  ones  ?  Because 
indeed  in  these  temptations  he  goeth  on  in  his  own  strength,  and  in  greater 
temptations  he  goeth  out  of  himself  and  flieth  to  God.  And  therefore  a 
good  Christian  sometimes  is  basely  foiled  in  a  little  temptation,  and 
standeth  out  like  a  man  in  a  great  one,  because  in  the  one  he  is  confident 
of  his  own  strength,  in  the  other  he  is  enforced  to  repair  to  God  for  assist- 
ance. That  is  the  reason  of  it,  to  learn  this  doctrine,  to  give  God  the  glory 
in  all  things. 

Reason  3.  Again,  what  is  the  reason  that  men  are  better  after  a  foil,  after 
some  base  fall,  than  ever  they  were  before — as  oftentimes  God  suffers  them 
to  fall  into  foul  faults — what  is  the  reason  of  this  strange  dispensation  of 
God  ?  To  shew  that  they  stood  too  much  on  their  own  bottoms.  And 
why  are  they  better  after  them  ?  Because,  seeing  their  own  weakness  and 
wilfulness,  they  are  driven  out  of  themselves.  The  sink  of  corruption  was 
*  That  is,  '  submit.' — G. 


392  COMMENTARY  ON 

opened  to  them.  They  saw  they  had  rebelhous  hearts.  There  was  depth 
of  corruption  which  they  discerned  not  before ;  and  now  after  a  fall-,  that 
they  see  the  depth  of  corruption  more  than  before,  they  grow  more  humble, 
more  wary  in  time  to  come,  having  more  experience  of  God's  infinite  mercy 
in  pardoning,  of  his  infinite  power  in  raising;  and  so  in  some  measure  they 
learn  that  lesson,  to  give  all  the  glory  to  God.  God  sometimes  sanctifieth 
a  gross  fall  to  make  them  strong.  Peter  learned  to  stand  by  his  fall ;  and 
Christians  once  faUing  by  presuming  too  much  upon  their  own  strength, 
are  made  to  stand  stronger  for  time  to  come. 

Beason  4.  Again,  what  is  the  reason  that  sometimes  the  church  is  foiled 
by  weak  enemies;  and  somelimes,  when  the  church  is  very  weak  itself,  it  over- 
cometh  strong  enemies,  as  you  have  instances  of  both  ?  It  is  that  men  may 
learn  to  know  that  God  must  be  sought  to  in  all  things.  When  there  be 
strong  means,  they  place  too  much  confidence  in  that  strength  ;  and  when 
they  offend  God,  though  the  means  be  never  so  strong,  God  curseth  and 
blasteth  all  helps,  as  the  prophet  tells  them  :  '  You  shall  fight  against  the 
Chaldeans,  but  God  will  curse  you,'  Jer.  xxxvii.  9.*  You  that  think  you 
be  strong  men,  you  shall  fight  against  them,  but  they  shall  prevail.  You 
have  not  made  your  peace  with  God ;  and  if  so,  let  all  the  best  means  be 
gathered  together,  God  will  blast  them  all.  To  teach  us  that  whatsoever 
means  we  have,  we  must  seek  to  God.  There  is  an  excellent  place  for 
this,  Jer.  xxxvii.  9,  seq.  The  Jews  thought  they  were  stout  men,  but  they 
had  offended  God.  Therefore  in  the  ninth  hour  saith  God  to  them,  '  Thus 
saith  the  Lord,  Deceive  not  yourselves,  saying.  The  Chaldeans  shall  depart 
from  us,  we  shall  do  well  enough.'  Saith  he,  '  Though  you  had  smitten 
the  whole  number  of  the  Chaldeans  that  fight  against  you,  and  there 
remain  but  wounded  men  amongst  them,  yet  should  they  rob  every  man  in 
his  tent,  and  burn  this  city  with  fire.'  Though  you  had  smitten  them  so, 
yet  God  is  your  enemy.  It  is  no  matter  what  weak  men  they  are,  what 
strong  means  you  have.  You  have  broken  peace  with  God.  God  hath 
decreed  and  determined  your  ruin,  and  therefore  your  city  must  be  burned 
with  fire.  Never  therefore  trust  to  any  means  if  you  have  offended  God, 
for  God  can  do  great  things  with  small  means  if  we  please  him.  Gideon's 
three  hundred  can  overcome  the  Midianites,  though  they  cover  the  earth 
as  grasshoppers,  Judg.  vii.  6.  And  if  God  be  offended,  [though]  the 
enemies  be  all  wounded  men,  yet  they  shall  rise  and  burn  the  city.  And 
therefore  if  God  be  our  enemj^  trust  not  to  our  walls,  nor  to  the  sea,  nor 
to  our  strength  and  courage  of  men.  All  is  nothing  if  we  have  not  God 
our  friend.  And  therefore  it  is  true  that  is  usually  spoken,  that  where 
God  will  defend  a  city  and  country,  a  cobweb  may  be  the  walls  thereof ; 
but  where  God  will  not  defend  a  city  or  country,  a  wall  is  but  a  cob- 
web (r).  Why  is  all  this  but  that  all  power  may  be  known  to  be  of  God- — - 
that  we  may  resign  ourselves  to  him,  make  our  peace  with  him  ?  If  he 
be  our  friend,  it  matters  not  who  is  our  enemy ;  if  he  be  our  enemy,  it 
matters  not  who  is  our  friend.  '  If  God  be  for  us,  who  is  against  us  ? ' 
Rom.  viii.  31.  It  is  sin  within  the  city,  and  sin  within  the  land,  doth 
more  hurt  than  all  enemies  without  it;  because  it  estrangeth  and  animates 
God  against  the  place  and  country. 

Beason  5.  And  what  is  the  reason  likewise — to  add  one  more  instance — 
that  he  helpeth  most  in  extremity,  that  he  deferreth  help  till  that  time,  that  in 
the  mount  he  is  seen,  and  not  till  he  be  in  the  mount,  as  the  proverb  is  ? 

*  An  inference  from  the  passage,  or  an  interpretation,  rather  than  a  translation  of 
it.— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7.  393 

Gen.  sxii.  14.  The  reason  is,  that  by  this  means  he  may  mortify  and 
subdue  all  confidence  in  the  means,  that  there  may  be  no  spiritual  adultery 
with  the  means.  Then  faith  is  stirred  up,  then  prayer  is  set  upon,  then  is 
more  communion  with  God,  the  fountain  of  strength  ;  and  the  more  com- 
munion with  God,  the  fountain  of  strength,  the  more  strength ;  and  the 
more  communion  with  God,  the  fountain  of  power,  the  more  power.  In 
extremity  we  have  more  communion  with  God's  strength  and  power. 
Therefore  God  withdraweth  help  oftentimes,  to  wean  us  from  the  creature, 
and  to  train  us  up  to  trust  in  him. 

Use  1.  Now  to  make  use  of  what  I  have  spoken.  Doth  God  take  this 
course,  to  do  great  matters  by  iveak  means,  that  we  shoidd  acknowledge  the 
virtue  of  all  to  be  from  him  ?  I  beseech  you,  then,  to  learn  this  lesson.  Mark 
the  Scriptures,  how  curiously  careful  holy  men  have  been  not  to  finger  any- 
thing of  God's.  They  feared  sacrilege,  spiritual  theft,  and  lies  ;  that  is,  to 
attribute  that  to  them  which  belongeth  not  to  them.  And  therefore  Saint 
Paul,  1  Cor.  XV.  10,  '  I  have  laboured  more  than  they  all :  yet  not  I,  but 
the  grace  of  God  within  me.'  Not  the  grace  of  God  and  I  together,  as  two 
horses  draw  a  coach,  but  grace  with  me  did  all.  I  was  subordinate,  not 
co-ordinate,  with  grace,  but  I  under  grace.  We  do  but  act  as  we  are  acted, 
move  as  we  are  moved,  and  therefore  you  see  how  careful  he  is,  and  you 
see  the  phrases  of  Scripture,  of  holy  men.  '  I  am  not  worthy  to  loose  his 
shoe  latchet,'  saith  John  the  Baptist,  John  i.  27.  '  I  am  not  worthy  to 
be  called  an  apostle,'  saith  Saint  Paul,  1  Cor.  xv.  9.  '  I  am  not  worthy 
thou  shouldst  enter  into  my  house,'  Mat.  viii.  8.  Papists  stand  upon 
merit  of  congruity,  but  the  phrase  of  Scripture  saith,  '  I  am  unworthy;' 
'  Not  unto  us,  not  unto  us  be  the  praise,  but  unto  thy  name.'  And  there- 
fore give  God  all  the  glory  of  anything  that  is  done.  If  any  good  thing  be 
wrought,  if  any  good  news  be  heard  from  beyond  the  seas,  be  sure  to 
advance  the  instrument  so  that  we  rob  not  God  of  his  glory.*  And  when 
God  worketh  in  us  anything  that  is  gracious  and  beneficial,  let  God  have 
all  the  glory.  All  cometh  from  him,  therefore  let  all  go  to  him  again. 
You  see  in  the  Lord's  prayer  the  connection  of  these  two  together ;  '  Thine 
is  the  power,'  therefore  *  thine  is  the  glory,'  Mat.  vi.  13.  The  excellency 
of  power  is  of  God,  both  in  governing  the  world  and  in  governing  the  church, 
in  subduing  corruptions.  If  power  be  his,  then  let  glory  be  his  too,  let 
them  not  be  severed. 

Use  2.  Again,  let  this  teach  us  to  resign  up  ourselves  to  God  in  the  use  of 
all  good  means,  give  ourselves  to  him,  for  he  doth  all.  Trust  not  in  the  means, 
rest  not  in  confidence  of  witf  and  parts,  but  depend  upon  him.  It  is  a 
lesson  easily  understood,  but  not  so  easily  practised.  Therefore  look  to 
God.  All  things  belong  to  God.  Art  thou  of  God  ?  Ministerial  teaching 
is  not  enough.  There  be  two  teachers  concur  to  save  souls  :  ministers 
and  God.  There  are  two  to  be  preached  to,  the  outward  man  and  the 
inward.  We  speak  to  the  outward  man,  God  to  the  inward.  Paul  speaketh 
to  Lydia's  ear,  but  God  openeth  the  heart.  Acts  xvi.  14.  And  we  baptize 
with  water,  but  Christ  baptizeth  '  with  the  Holy  Ghost,'  Luke  iii.  16.  And 
therefore  in  all  the  ordinances  of  God,  see  them  administered  by  the  out- 
ward man,  but  there  is  virtue  from  Christ  and  from  God.  He  must  baptize 
with  the  Holy  Ghost  and  with  fire.  He  must  open  the  heart,  unlock  that, 
and  teach  that.  If  this  were  experimentally  known  and  practised,  we 
should  have  greater  exercise  of  grace  than  there  is  in  people's  hearts,  but 

*  In  margin  here,  '  He  relateth  to  the  wars  of  the  Swedes  in  Germany.' — G. 
t  That  is,  '  wisdom.'— G. 


39  i  COMJIENTARY  ON 

it  is  known  as  a  notion,  but  not  for  matter  of  obedience  and  practice.     The 
last  thing  we  will  speak  of  from  the  words  is, 

Use  3.  That  seeing  all  power  and  excellency  is  from  God,  then  take  heed 
we  keep  God  our  friend.  Take  heed  we  offend  not  this  God,  in  whom  is  all 
power,  our  life,  our  strength.  '  In  him  we  live,  move,  and  have  our  being,' 
Acts  xvii.  28.  Take  heed  we  do  not  offend  him.  You  know  what  the 
apostle  saith,  Phil.  ii.  12,  '  Make  an  end  of  your  salvation  in  fear  and 
trembling.'  Why?  *  It  is  God  that  giveth  the  will  and  the  deed,  and 
according  to  his  good  pleasure.'  That  is,  God  worketh  all  in  matters  of 
salvation.  He  giveth  not  power,  if  you  will ;  but  he  giveth  the  will,  he 
saveth  us  and  converteth  us,  and  maketh  our  will  answerable  to  his  will. 
He  giveth  the  virtue  to  '^'iXnv,  and  according  to  his  good  pleasure.  As  long 
as  we  submit  to  him  he  will  work  powerfully  in  us,  and  therefore  '  make 
an  end  of  your  salvation  with  fear  and  trembling.'  If  we  leave  his  Spirit, 
we  be  as  air  without  light,  presently  dark,  and  as  the  earth  without  the 
sun.  All  things  will  decay  and  become  dead,  if  the  light  and  influence  of 
heaven  be  withdrawn.  Let  God  subtract  the  influence  of  grace,  and  we 
shall  grow  barren,  and  dead,  and  cold ;  and  therefore  fear  him.  No  man 
is  wise  more  than  God  maketh  him  wise  upon  every  occasion,  nor  no  man 
is  stronger  than  on  every  occasion  God  strengthens  him. 

And,  therefore,  if  at  any  time  you  have  a  distrusting  heart  to  look  to  the 
creature,  he  withdraweth  his  strength,  and  then  we  are  at  a  loss,  and  fall, 
and  die  ;  because  we  work  not  our  own  salvation.  We  are  given  to  self- 
sufficiency  and  self-dependency,  and  therefore  God  oftentimes  blasts  our 
endeavours.  '  Blessed  is  the  man  that  feareth  always,'  Prov.  xxviii.  14, 
not  with  a  fear  of  distrust,  but  a  fear  of  jealousy.  Oh  this  fear  of  jealousy ! 
We  have  false  hearts,  ready  to  trust  in  the  creature,  in  wits,  in  friends. 
But  all  that  be  God's  children  must  have  this  fear  of  jealousy,  to  make  an 
end  of  salvation  with  fear  and  trembling,  for  God  worketh  both  the  will  and 
the  deed.  He  giveth  a  power  according  to  his  good  pleasure,  and  can 
suspend  it  when  he  list.*  So  much  shall  serve  for  the  unfolding  of  this 
verse,  which  I  did  specially  intend ;  the  other  verses  are  but  an  application 
of  this,  '  We  are  troubled  on  every  side,  but  not  distressed,'  &c. 

VERSES  7-9. 

Tliat  the  excellency  of  the  power  may  he  of  God,  and  not  of  us.  We  are 
troubled  on  every  side,  yet  not  distressed;  we  are  perplexed,  hut  not  in 
despair ;  persecuted,  yet  not  forsaken ;  cast  down,  hut  not  destroyed. 

I  have  spoken  largely  of  the  verse  before,  wherein  you  may  remember 
that  the  apostle  might  take  away  all  suspicion  of  arrogancy  in  taking  too 
much  upon  himself,  he  saith,  '  We  carry  treasures  but  in  earthen  vessels.' 
The  end  of  which  dispensation  of  God  is,  '  that  the  excellency  of  the  power 
may  be  of  God  and  not  of  man.'  There  we  shewed  there  is  a  '  power,' 
and  an  '  excellent  power'  in  the  ordinance  of  God.  And  that  this  is  of 
God,  and  exclusively,  not  of  us.     All  which  we  have  propounded  at  large. 

We  shewed,  there  is  a  blessed  presence  of  God  and  of  his  power,  and 
sweetness,  and  goodness,  in  all  his  ordinances.  He  distilleth  and  conveyeth 
whatsoever  is  in  his  Father's  breast  to  us  by  his  ordinance.  He  doth  good 
to  us  by  men  like  ourselves.  As  the  devil  conveyeth  all  his  mischief  by 
men  unto  men,  so  God  conveyeth  all  his  good  by  men  to  men.  But  they 
are  but  the  conduits,  for  the  virtue  and  excellency  of  the  power  is  of  God. 
*  That  is,  '  chooseth.'— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7-9.  395 

Things  otherwise  seeming  alike  differ  in  regard  of  virtue,  as  cold  water 
differs  from  hot  water.  They  differ  not  in  colour  but  in  virtue.  It  is  the 
Spirit  of  God  that  accompanieth  his  ordinance,  that  giveth  power,  and 
virtue,  and  efficacy  to  it.  For  the  ministers  of  the  gospel  are  ministers, 
and  no  more  nor  no  less,  to  be  regarded  as  ministers  and  no  farther.  To 
regard  them  more  is  to  make  idols  of  them ;  to  deny*  them  less  is  to  deny 
them  due  right.  This  should  stir  up  a  wonderful  care  of  diligence  in  all  the 
ways  and  courses  that  God  hath  sanctified  to  convey  grace  by.  They  that 
be  God's  children  love  God's  presence  wheresoever  they  find  it ;  and  because 
God  vouchsafeth  his  presence  in  his  ordinance,  therefore  they  regard  it, 
and  remember  always  to  give  the  glory  of  all  to  God.  For  the  power  and 
excellency  is  of  God,  and  not  of  us.  '  Why  gaze  ye  on  us,  as  if  we  by 
our  own  power  had  cured  the  man?'  Acts  iii.  12.  It  is  not  from  man, 
but  from  God. 

Now  to  come  to  the  8th  verse,  '  We  are  troubled  on  every  side,  yet  not 
distressed ;  we  are  perplexed,'  &c. 

The  apostle's  words  have  an  elegant  antithesis  of  things  seeming  -contrary. 
*  We  are  perplexed,  not  in  despair ;  persecuted,  not  forsaken ;  cast  off,  but 
not  destroyed.'  There  is  a  kind  of  elegancy  in  the  dispensation  of  God. 
And  this  serveth  to  the  former  argument  to  shew  that  we  carry  these 
treasures  in  '  earthen  vessels.'  That  we  should  not  despise  the  earthen 
vessels  because  they  be  weak,  he  sets  down  what  befalls  them  in  the  world, 
and  how  God  supports  and  giveth  supply  of  comforts  suitable  to  the  distress. 
He  grants  '  we  be  troubled  on  every  side,  yet  not  distressed  ;  perplexed, 
but  not  in  despair.'  Those  that  are  to  deal  with  enemies,  and  are  to  pre- 
vent objections,  they  must  grant  the  worst  that  may  be  granted,  that  so 
they  may  make  their  apologyf  better.  Saint  Paul  freely  granteth  all  that 
can  be  objected  by  any  that  look  on  the  outside  of  the  professors  and 
ministers  of  the  gospel.  I  grant  these  fall  out,  and  yet  it  must  be  granted 
God  hath  a  special  care  likewise,  as  you  shall  see  in  the  unfolding  of  the 
words,  which  we  will  particularly  go  over,  and  then  jointly  raise  out  of  them 
some  observations. 

'  We  are  troubled  on  every  side,'  The  word  signifieth  pressed,  SX//So- 
[livot,  but  yet  not  oppressed.  God  sufiers  his  children  to  be  pressed. 
Atdictions,  they  are  the  wine-press  of  God,  to  press  out  of  them  all  that  is 
good,  to  the  view  and  taste  of  others.  They  have  liquor  in  them,  but  it  is 
not  tasted  of,  but  by  pressure.  For  the  most  part  spices  relish  not,  savour 
not,  unless  they  be  beaten.  So  it  is  with  grapes  unless  they  be  pressed. 
The  works  the  enemies  of  the  church  do  to  the  children  of  God,  is  to  press 
the  ill  that  is  in  them,  and  to  press  out  the  ill  that  is  in  themselves.  For 
at  the  same  time  they  press  out  by  trouble,  and  disgraceful  usage,  better 
men  than  themselves,  at  the  same  time  they  press  out  and  make  apparent 
their  own  malice  and  poison.  So  that  afflictions  are  discoveries  of  their 
evil,  and  of  good  men's  good.  And  it  is  helpful  for  the  church,  that  there 
be  both,  that  all  men  may  be  known,  and  the  thoughts  of  men  discovered; 
and  that  the  graces  of  the  good  may  be  also  manifested.  And  therefore 
he  saith,  *  We  be  troubled  or  pressed  on  every  side.' 

Indeed,  iv  i:a.vr\  in  the  original  signifieth  '  in  every  place,'  in  every 
time,  as  here  '  on  every  side,'  for  the  children  of  God  are  on  every  side 
pressed.  Sometimes  from  above,  God  seemeth  to  be  their  enemy ;  and 
*  Qu.  '  regard '  ?— Ed.  f  That  is,  =  defence.— G. 


39G  COMMENTARY  ON  / 

sometimes  from  within,  by  the  terror  of  conscience  ;  and  sometimes  on  the 
right  hand  vexed  with  their  friends,  and  sometimes  on  the  left  hand  vexed 
with  their  enemies  ;  and  sometimes  round  about  them  with  the  states  and 
conditions  of  the  times ;  sometimes  from  beneath,  with  Satan's  molesta- 
tions and  vexations  ;  something  before  them,  fear  of  hell,  damnation,  and 
trouble  to  come  ;  and  something  behind  them,  remembrance  of  former  sins. 
So  that  they  be  pressed  on  every  side,  '  yet  not  distressed,'  CTi'jo^u^ov/jyivoi,  or 
oppressed,  or  altogether  distressed,  as  the  word  signifieth,  not  altogether 
in  desperate  straits ;  when  the  body  is  in  straits  and  pinched,  that  it  can- 
not tell  what  way  to  turn,  and  the  mind  in  strait  doth  not  know  whither  to 
retire.  But  God's  children  are  not  in  such  straits.  For  though  they  be 
'  troubled  on  every  side,'  yet  they  are  not  straitened  in  spirit,  they  have 
large  hearts  ;  as  David  saith,  Ps.  cxviii.  5,  and  xviii.  19,  '  Thou  hast  set 
my  feet  at  large ; '  and  Ps.  cxix.  and  ver.  92,  he  declares  how  God  had  en- 
larged his  heart.  And  so  God  enlargeth  the  paths  of  his  children.  Though 
they  be  afflicted,  yet  they  be  not  so  straitened  but  they  find  inward  enlarge- 
ments ;  enlargedness  of  prayer  to  God.  They  can  vent  their  desires  to 
God  largely  ;  before  men  they  are  bold  to  maintain  God's  cause.  They 
find  a  large  heart  in  regard  of  inward  peace  and  comfort ;  and  indeed  there 
is  never  a  child  of  God  but  he  hath  incomparably  a  larger  heart  than  wicked 
men.  All  wicked  men  are  all  vainly-hearted,  base-spirited  persons,  but 
the  child  of  God  hath  a  large  heart ;  for  the  grace  of  God  and  sense  of 
heavenly  comforts  enlarge  the  heart,  and  so  he  hath  a  more  heroical  spirit 
than  any  worldling  hath.  So  that  though  they  be  in  pressure,  yet  they  be 
not  overpressed.  Wicked  men  have  a  prison  in  their  own  breasts.  Take 
a  wicked  man  that  is  not  besotted :  when  he  uuderstandeth  himself,  though 
he  be  never  so  free,  though  above  all  men,  though  a  commander  of  the 
world,  5'et  he  is  imprisoned  and  straitened  in  his  own  heart;  his  conscience 
upbraids  him  with  his  sins,  commands  him  to  come  before  the  tribunal-seat 
of  God.  In  greatest  liberty  he  is  oftentimes  in  straits  for  abusing  that 
liberty.  But  a  child  of  God  can  in  all  afflictions  lay  open  his  soul  before 
God.     So  much  for  that  particular. 

'  Perplexed,  yet  not  in  despair.'  The  word  is  elegant  in  the  original : 
ccxo^ov/xsnoi,  we  are  perplexed,  but  not  in  extremity.  The  word  in  the 
original  signifieth  want  of  counsel,  what  course  to  take,  when  a  man  is  in 
such  difficulty  for  want.*  "Want  of  things  necessary,  and  then  want  of 
counsel  to  get  them  supplied,  breedeth  perplexity.  Now,  saith  Paul,  we 
want  many  things.  And  therefore  among  other  troubles  the  apostle  reckons 
hunger,  thirst,  fasting,  2  Cor.  xi.  27.  God's  children  are  oftentimes  in 
want,  not  only  of  outward  things,  but  seemingly  in  want  of  counsel  what 
course  to  take  for  a  time.  In  regard  of  danger,  what  a  difficulty  was 
Abraham  in  when  he  was  to  offer  his  son  Isaac,  his  eldest  son,  his  only 
son,  the  son  of  the  promise  !  Gen.  xxii.  1-8 ;  and  Jacob  when  he  parted 
with  Benjamin,  and  thought  he  had  lost  Joseph,  Gen.  xHii.  13,  14.  Exod. 
xiv.  10-12,  seq.,  Moses  at  the  Red  Sea ;  present  to  yourselves  what  straits 
he  was  in.  The  mountains  were  on  either  side,  the  Red  Sea  before  them, 
the  Egyptians  behind  them.  In  what  strait  was  David  when  they  were 
ready  to  stone  him  ?  1  Sam.  xxx.  6.  Certainly  exceedingly  great.  In 
what  strait  was  Jonah  in  the  belly  of  hell,  the  whale  in  the  depth  of  the 
sea  ?  Jonah  i.  17.     And  so  God's  children  are  oftentimes  not  only  in  want 

*  In  margin  here,  *  avo^sTsSai  hasrere  et  inops  esse  consilii.' — Erasm[us']  in  he. 
— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   7-9.  397 

of  help,  but  in  want  of  counsel.  So  they  be  almost  at  theu'  wits'  ends,  not 
knowing  what  course  to  take. 

'  Yet  we  are  not  in  despair,'  dXX'  ovk  s^a'Tro^ovfuvm.  For  God  at  the 
pinch  of  time  cometh,  and  as  it  was  in  Abraham's  case,  in  the  mount, 
appeared.  "When  the  knife  was  ready  to  cut  the  throat  of  Isaac,  then  God 
sheweth  himself.  So  Moses  at  the  Ked  Sea,  he  was  in  wonderful  straits 
perplexed.  And  he  crieth  to  God.  Why  dost  thou  cry  to  me  ?  saith  God, 
though  he  said  nothing,  Exod.  xiv.  15.  God  made  way  for  him  through 
the  Red  Sea.  God  makes  his  way  where  he  findeth  none.  He  can  divide 
the  Red  Sea,  and  cause  Jordan  to  fly  back.  When  the  ways  be  desperate , 
and  the  plunges  extreme,  then  God  makes  way  for  his  children.  God  is 
wonderful  near  to  them  in  their  extremities.  He  was  nearer  to  Daniel  than 
the  teeth  of  the  lion,  Dan.  vi.  16,  seq.,  and  nearer  Moses  than  the  water 
was,  when  he  was  swimming  in  his  basket,  Exod.  ii.  3.  God  is  nearest  in 
danger  when  it  is  nearest  of  all.  When  Jonah  was  in  the  whale's  hellj, 
he  was  in  wonderful  perplexity,  Jonah  ii.  1.  It  could  not  be  otherwise  ; 
and  yet  at  the  same  time  God  enlarged  his  heart  that  he  did  not  despair. 
So  that  you  see  the  words  are  true.  Though  God's  children  are  perplexed, 
yet  they  be  not  in  '  despair.'  They  have  a  God  to  go  to  at  all  times.  At 
the  worst  they  can  send  forth  their  sighs  and  groans,  though  they  cannot 
speak  ;  and  those  sighs  and  groans  are  great  cries  in  God's  ear.  God 
knoweth  the  desires  of  their  souls  ;  God  hath  an  ear  in  their  very  hearts, 
and  knoweth  the  meaning  of  his  own  Spirit  joining  with  their  spirits.  No 
man  is  in  desperate  condition  that  can  pray,  and  though  he  cannot  pray  in 
words,  yet  prayer  being  matter  of  affection  and  desires  to  God,  and  any 
man  being  in  such  extremity  may  do  that.  There  is  no  prayer  but  it 
fetcheth  help  from  heaven.  There  is  not  a  groan  lost  that  is  sent  to  heaven, 
and  therefore  '  though  they  be  perplexed,  yet  not  in  despair.' 

The  church  seemed  to  be  in  a  perishing  condition,  and  David  saith,  '  I 
am  cast  out  of  thy  sight,  yet  thou  heardest  the  voice  of  my  prayer,'  Ps. 
xxxi.  22 ;  yea,  a  prayer  joined  with  such  expressions  that  I  said,  '  God 
hath  forsaken  me.'  The  spirit  sighs  and  groans,  and  God  regardeth  such 
a  prayer.  And  so,  that  howsoever  in  regard  of  the  flesh  we  be  in  desperate 
conditions,  yet  the  Spirit  hath  an  eye  to  God,  and  moveth  a  sigh  and  tear 
to  him,  and  at  the  same  time  fetcheth  help  from  heaven.  You  see  then  the 
point  is  clear. 

Verse  9.  '  We  are  persecuted,  but  not  forsaken.'  diojx.6f/,?m.  The 
Greek  word  signifieth  to  pursue.  God  sometimes]  personates  an  enemy, 
and  seemeth  to  be  against  us,  and  that  is  a  heavy  case.  It  was  Job's 
case  :  '  Thou  writest  bitter  things  against  me,'  Job  xiii.  26.  In  divine 
temptations  God  seemeth  to  be  our  enemy.  We  are  persecuted  and  pur- 
sued ;  sometimes  by  the  arm  of  the  Almighty,  sometimes  again  by  Satan, 
and  by  his  instruments.  When  we  have  made  by  conversion  to  God 
escape  from  the  world,  the  world  sendeth  hue  and  cry  out  after  the  saints, 
pursuing  and  labouring  to  bring  them  to  their  old  conditions  and  labours,  to 
trip  them  in  their  ways.  The  children  of  God  have  been  from  the  beginning 
of  the  world  so  pursued,  that  they  never  leave  pursuing  them,  till  they 
have  driven  them  to  death,  and  even  to  hell  itself.  And  this  is  the  state 
of  all  God's  children  if  once  any  will  be  righteous.  '  Whosoever  wiU  live 
godly  in  Christ  Jesus  must  suffer  persecution.'  He  may  be  civil,*  and  no 
man  will  say  black  is  his  eye  ;  but  if  he  have  power  of  religion,  and  labour 
*  That  is,  '  moral.'— G. 


398  COMMENTARY  ON 

to  express  it  iu  liis  conversation,  lie  shall  have  persecution  of  the  tongue 
or  of  the  hand.  Saint  Austin  saith  well,  Though  we  live  well  in  times  of  peace, 
yet,  audi,  audi  mi  f rater,  begin  to  live  as  a  Christian  should  live,  and  see 
if  you  be  pursued  ;  you  shall  find  a  Babylon  in  Jerusalem  (s).  And  truly 
in  times  of  peace  a  man  will  find  enemies  enough  at  home.  For  it  is  almost 
equally  difficult  to  be  truly  righteous  at  all  times.  In  the  primitive  church 
the  doctrine  of  religion  was  opposed  in  applying  the  truth  of  doctrine.  Now 
the  power  of  practisers.  At  all  times  I'eligion  hath  been  so  much  perse- 
cuted, as  may  stand  with  salvation.  The  devil  is  content  with  profession. 
The  thing  may  stand  with  lust  and  sin,  but  so  much  as  is  necessary  to 
bring  to  heaven  that  hath  been  always  under  persecution  in  one  kind 
or  other.  '  Though  persecuted,  yet  not  forsaken,'  viz.,  of  God.  No.  So  far 
from  being  forsaken  of  God,  that  God  is  never  nearer  them  than  when  trouble 
is  nearest  of  all.  '  Be  not  far  off,'  saith  the  psalmist,  '  for  ti'ouble  is  nigh,' 
Ps.  xxii.  11.  Then  there  is  most  i^se  of  God's  presence  and  comfort.  In 
persecution  usually  the  souls  of  God's  people  fly  under  the  shadow  of  his 
wings,  and  being  driven  to  him  they  find  more  support  and  succour  than  at 
other  times.  It  was  a  good  speech  of  the  Landgrave  of  Hesse,  Philip  the 
First,  that  was  of  fame  and  note,  to  Charles  the  Fifth,  when  not  only  the 
Duke  of  Saxony,  but  he,  was  taken  prisoners,  and  a  great  while  continued 
so.  How  did  you  all  the  time  demean  yourselves  ?  Said  he,  '  I  found  those 
divine  comforts  that  I  never  felt  before.  *  So  that  there  is  certain  evidence 
of  God's  presence  in  persecution  and  standing  out  in  a  good  cause,  which 
God's  children  never  felt  before,  as  after.  There  is  a  hidden  manna  con- 
veyed to  them,  which  is  appropriated  to  those  times.  So  saith  he,  '  We 
be  persecuted,  but  not  forsaken  ;'  nay,  God  is  never  nearer  than  at  that  time. 
When  there  is  a  new  moon,  the  space  between  the  old  and  the  new  is 
interlunium  (t),  that  it  is  as  good  as  lost  now,  yet  hath  more  light  in  itself 
than  ever  it  had,  for  it  is  nearer  the  sun  than  ever,  though  it  appears  not 
to  the  world.  And  though  the  comforts  of  the  soul  appear  not  in  afflictions, 
yet  then  God  shineth  more  upon  them  than  at  any  other  time. 

'  Cast  down,  but  not  destroyed.'  Cast  down,  by  persecution  prevaihng. 
Persecution  prevailing  doth  cast  men  down,  and  give  them  the  worst  in  the 
eye  of  the  world,  but  yet  we  are  not  destroyed.  The  children  of  God  go 
masked,  many  thousands  of  them,  to  the  sight  of  flesh  and  blood,  and  in 
appearance  of  flesh  destroyed.  But  they  be  nothing  less  than  destroyed. 
For  to  take  it  at  the  worst,  though  their  meat  is  taken  from  them,  yet  they 
are  not  distressed. 

(1.)  For  what  is  the  worst  the  world  can  do?  They  take  away  their 
lives  which  they  must  leave  ere  long,  and  thereby  they  are  made  partakers 
of  their  wish,  which  every  child  of  God  hath,  '  to  depart  and  to  be  with 
Christ,'  Phil.  i.  23.  Now  when  they  drive  them  out  of  the  world,  they 
make  them  partakers  of  what  they  most  desire,  for  they  have  more  com- 
munion with  God  in  heaven  than  ever  they  had  before  ;  they  are  in  their 
seats  and  proper  place. 

(2.)  Again,  though  in  regard  of  some  particulars  the  church  may  seem 
to  be  destroyed,  some  boughs  are  cut,  yet  the  body  remains,  so  in  regard, 
of  the  whole  body  they  are  not  destroyed. 

(3.)  In  regard  of  the  '  inward  man,'  they  are  not  destroyed.     They  take 

courage  still,  and  comfort  still,  while  they  are  in  the  world.     When  they 

go  out  of  the  world  they  have  accomplishment  of  all  desires.     Put  case 

God  deliver  them  not,  but  give  them  up  to  death  :  he  delivereth  them  in 

*  Cf.  Vol.  III.  page  530,  et  alihi.—G. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IT,  '^'ER.  7-9.  399 

not  delivering  them.  For  what  is  death  but  delivering  them  from  all 
trouble  ?  When  he  delivereth  not  in  particular  danger,  he  giveth  them  a 
general  deliverance  by  death  from  all  trouble  whatsoever. 

(4.)  Again,  there  is  a  double  deliverance.  There  is  an  inward  secret 
deliverance,  and  an  apparent  open  deliverance.  Put  case  they  be  cast 
down,  and  not  openly  delivered,  yet  secretly  they  are  delivered,  that  is,  from 
fear  and  despair.  The  soul  is  set  at  liberty  within.  So  that  though  they 
be  cast  down,  yet  not  destroyed. 

(6.)  If  they  be  destroyed  to  the  appearance  of  the  world,  it  is  but  seed 
sown.  Saints  are  the  seeds  out  of  which  grow  many  other.  The  blood  of 
martyrs  is  the  seed  of  the  church.*  As  often  as  we  are  mowed  and  cast 
down,  saith  TertuUian,  by  your  cruelty,  it  is  but  an  allurement  to  our  pro- 
fession. So  when  they  seem  to  be  destroyed,  they  be  but  seed  sown,  and 
out  of  their  ashes  many  rise  out  of  them.  How  much  are  we  beholding 
to  the  bloody  times  in  this  kingdom,  for  this  after-glorious  church ! 

(6.)  '  Not  destroyed  '  in  this  world,  while  they  have  any  work  to  do. 
You  may  imprison  them,  fetter  them,  but  God  will  work  a  miracle  rather 
than  his  children  shall  be  taken  out  of  the  world  before  they  have  done  their 
work.  The  three  young  men  in  the  furnace,  the  fire  shall  cease  to  burn 
rather  than  they  shall  before  their  hour  cometh,  Dan.  iii.  27.  In  the  gospel 
Christ  was  not  hurt  by  them,  for  his  hour  is  not  yet  come  ;  they  cannot 
hurt  one  hair  of  the  head.  '  They  are  afflicted,  but  not  oppressed ;  they 
are  persecuted,  but  not  forsaken  ;  cast  down,  but  not  destroj'ed.' 

From  all  which  we  may  raise  some  general  truths,  and  make  use  of  all 
that  hath  been  spoken, 

Doct.  First  of  all  we  may  from  hence  observe,  thai  troubles  and  afflictions 
of  GocVs  iieoijle  in  this  ivorkl  they  are  many,  and  they  are  great  and  groicing. 
They  wax  greater  and  greater  till  God's  time  be  appointed.  Here  is  dis- 
tress, persecution,  perplexity,  casting  down,  they  be  many  and  manifoldly 
different  in  their  kind.  And  then  they  be  great,  for  here  he  reckons  the 
greatest  troubles  than  can  befall,  except  death  itself,  which  is  usually 
included.  And  then  there  be  degrees  of  them  ;  to  be  afflicted  is  less  than 
to  be  perplexed,  and  persecution  added  to  perplexity.  Then  to  persecution 
without  is  added  the  trouble  following.  And  not  only  afflicted,  perplexed, 
persecuted,  but  cast  down. 

That  is  no  matter,  mille  viali  species,  niille  salutis  erunt,  if  a  thousand 
ways  of  trouble,  there  will  be  a  thousand  ways  of  deliverance.  God  is 
never  at  a  loss  to  help  his  children.  Therefore  God  grant  we  are  so.  So, 
but  we  are  not  in  distress,  we  despair  not,  we  are  not  forsaken,  we  are 
not  destroyed. 

'  We,'  that  is,  Paul,  and  not  only  we  as  men,  and  we  as  Christians,  but 
we  as  eminent  men.  For  the  troubles  of  God's  children  happen  to  them 
as  men.  Sometimes  sickness,  death,  losses,  crosses.  Sometimes  as 
Christians,  as  they  be  maligned  and  opposed  by  the  wicked  world.  Some- 
times in  an  eminent  calling,  as  Pharaoh,  that  desired  to  slay  the  male 
children  especially,  that  were  strong  and  able  to  do  service  ;  they  were 
objects  of  malice,  Exod.  i.  16.  Now  we  are  thus  used  not  only  as  men  and 
Christians,  but  as  eminent  men.  So  that  it  is  the  condition  of  the  most 
eminent  of  all  to  be  thus  used.  It  pleaseth  God  to  let  his  children  endure 
many  and  manifold  and  great  troubles.  Now  what  is  the  reason  of  this  ? 
I  might  be  large,  but  I  will  give  a  few. 

Picason  1.  Of  necessity  tliere  must  he  a  conformity  beticeen  the  members 
*  In  margin  here, '  Sanguis  martyrum  semen  ecclesice.'     [Cf.  Vol.  iii.  p,  530,  note  m.} 


400  COMMENTARY  ON 

and  the  Jicad.  It  belioved  Christ  to  sufler,  that  lie  miglit  enter  into  glory. 
And  all  we  in  our  time  must  suifer,  and  so  enter  into  glory.  '  We  are  pre- 
destinate to  conformity  to  our  head,'  Rom,  viii.  29.  We  are  not  only 
predestinate  to  salvation,  but  to  all  between  us  and  salvation.  We  are 
ordained  to  pass  through  such  and  such  good  actions,  such  and  such 
turnings.  There  is  no  man  but  hath  so  many  actions  to  perform,  so  many 
suiferings  to  endure,  to  which  they  be  by  God  ordained. 

Beason  2.  And  again,  the  best  of  God's  children  have  something  to  be 
wrought  out  of  them  by  a  spirit  of  burning  and  aiSiction ;  the  best  need 
refining. 

Reason  3.  And  again,  grace  needeth  trials  and  exercise  and  increase. 
Now  God  sanctifieth  all  these,  passing  from  '  vessel  to  vessel,'  Jer.  xlviii.  11. 
These  transfusions  [are]  to  work  out  what  is  evil,  to  try,  exercise,  and 
increase  what  is  good. 

Reason  4.  And  if  there  were  no  more  but  the  malice  of  Satan  and  his 
cursed  seed,  the  seed  of  the  serpent,  it  is  not  possible  to  avoid  the  cross. 
And  God,  that  his  children  may  not  love  the  world,  hath  made  the  world 
hate  them.  And  it  is  safe  for  God's  people  to  have  the  hatred  of  the  worst 
people.  Their  hatred  will  do  them  more  good  than  their  love.  Their 
hatred  breeds  a  separation,  and  commands  a  separation  in  conclusion.  For 
what  shall  we  do  with  familiarity  and  acquaintance  with  them  whose  com- 
pany we  cannot  enjoy  in  heaven  ?  And  therefore  God  will  have  his  children 
exercised  with  the  worst  men  ;  and  then  he  desires  to  take  them  out  of  the 
world,  and  to  set  God  up  in  his  due  place.  God  is  God,  and  the  Creator, 
when  we  be  stript  of  all  worldly  comforts.  Then  vanity  is  vanity.  God 
will  not  have  us  idolize  anything  below,  and  therefore  suffers  us  to  fall 
into  extreme  wants  and  dangers.  Many  other  reasons  there  be,  which  I  do 
give  you  but  a  taste  of. 

You  see  then  the  state  of  God's  children  in  regard  of  the  world.  But 
what  is  it  in  regard  of  him  ?  They  be  not  forsaken,  they  be  not  utterly 
cast  off.  So  they  are  patient  in  both  ;  patient  in  regard  of  the  trouble  they 
meet  with  in  the  world,  patient  in  regard  of  God's  dealing  with  them.  God 
forsakes  them  not  so  as  to  destroy  them.  He  leaveth  them  not  in  a 
desperate  condition,  as  he  doth  the  wicked. 

Doct.  2.  Again,  observe  this,  that  the  life  of  God's  children  in  this 
world  is  a  mioced  life,  woven  of  afflictions  and  of  comforts,  inteimixed  of  both. 
It  tastes  of  both  the  malice  of  the  world  and  the  goodness  of  God. 

They  oftentimes  enjoy  sickness.  They  be  sometimes  in  dumps  and  sad- 
ness. Their  life  is  woven  of  comfort  and  discomfort,  and  it  is  good  for 
them  in  this  world  to  be  so,  till  they  be  in  their  proper  j^lace  in  heaven. 
And  this  is  our  comfort  always,  though  troubles  be  many,  and  manifold, 
and  great,  and  growing,  and  the  last  day  worst,  yet  as  the  waters  of  afflictions 
grow,  so  do  their  comforts  and  the  graces  of  the  Spirit  grow  like  waters  of 
the  sanctuary  ;*  as  troubles  increase,  so  the  waters  of  consolation  increase. 
And  it  is  better  to  be  in  trouble  than  to  be  kept  from  the  trouble  without 
the  comfort.  There  is  more  sweetness  in  affliction  than  in  freedom  from 
it  without  the  sweetness.  If  we  look  to  the  world,  you  see  what  we  may 
look  for.     If  we  look  to  heaven,  you  may  see  what  to  expect  thence. 

Use.  If  this  be  so,  that  their  condition  is  thus  mixed,  it  is  good  in  our 

prayers  to  aUege  to  God  our  ill  condition,  to  argue  extremity.      '  Help,  Lord: 

for  vain  is  the  help  of  man,'  Ps.  Ix.  11.     '  Save,  Lord  :  the  water  is  entered 

into  my  soul,'  Ps.  Ixix.  1.     Help,  Lord  :  if  thou  wilt  not,  none  will ;  if  thou 

*  Cf.  Ezekiel  xlvii.  1,  seq.-G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.   IV,  VEK.  7-9.  401 

canst  not,  none  can.  God  will  be  bound  witli  these  arguments.  It  was 
the  speech  of  Philo,  '  A  man's  help  faileth,  where  God's  begins'  (if). 

And  it  [is]  a  good  argument  to  allege  to  God  in  matters  of  sin,  '  Lord, 
pardon,  Lord,  forgive,  for  my  sins  are  many  and  great,'  Ps.  xxv.  11.  This 
is  a  good  argument  with  God,  for  he  is  infinite  in  mercy ;  therefore  allege 
it  as  a  binding  argument. 

But  if  God  himself  seem  to  be  our  enemy,  "What  course  shall  we  lake 
then  ?  Sometimes  God  acts  a  part  that  is  not  his  own,  that  he  may  shew 
afterward  a  greater  mercy.  In  such  times  we  must  get  the  eye  of  faith,  and 
break  through  the  clouds  between  the  soul  and  God's  face,  and  see  his 
fatherly  countenance  in  Jesus  Christ.  Faith  hath  piercing  eyes,  and 
breaks  through  the  clouds  between  God  and  us,  and  bindeth  him  with  his 
own  nature  and  promise,  whatsoever  part  he  acts.  '  Lord,  howsoever  thou 
dealest,  thy  nature  in  Christ  is  gracious,  merciful.'  '  Thou  hast  made  rich 
promises  that  thou  wilt  not  fall  from.'  '  Forsake  me  not.'  Bind  him  with 
his  word,  with  his  nature  ;  he  cannot  deny  his  word,  his  nature,  himself; 
allege  them  to  him  in  Christ,  and  allege  his  own  promise,  and  they  will  be 
efiectual. 

Use.  Again,  we  see  here  that  it  is  a  good  art,  and  needful  in  times  of 
trouble,  to  look  to  the  good,  as  well  as  to  the  ill.  The  apostle  doth  not  only 
confess  ingenuously^  all  the  ill  that  the  enemies  might  object  to  weaken  the 
reputation  of  the  gospel,  they  are  people  cast  down  and  despised.  All 
this  is  true,  but  we  are  not  forsaken,  we  are  not  in  despair,  not  destroyed. 
This  is  a  good  art  in  every  affliction.  It  is  better  to  have  our  eyes  on  the 
good,  than  to  have  our  eyes  altogether  upon  the  ill.  God  hath  taken  away 
one  child,  he  might  have  taken  many.  God  hath  afflicted  with  sickness, 
but  he  might  have  taken  away  our  wits.  Therefore  have  not  both  eyes 
fixed  upon  the  grief,  for  that  is  Satan's  policy,  to  rob  God  of  his  glory,  and 
our  souls  of  comfort. 

Use.  Therefore  learn  a  blessed  skill  from  hence.  When  there  is  objected 
anything  by  Satan  to  disgrace  the  gospel  or  discourage  it,  reject*  the  objections 
of  Satan  with  better.  It  is  so,  I  confess ;  but  [while]  God  seemeth  to  be 
displeased,  and  I  am  afflicted,  God  is  yet  a  gracious  God,  hath  left  many 
comforts,  his  word,  and  promises,  and  therein  I  will  trust :  he  hath  given  me 
his  Spirit  to  support  me.  Thus  return  all  the  temptations  of  Satan,  learn 
to  be  as  wittyf  and  ingenious  to  argue  that,  for  the  strengthening  of  our 
faith,  which  may  drive  us  to  the  acknowledgment  of  God's  goodness  and 
mercy,  as  Satan  is  to  do  the  contrary :  Judges  vi.  13,  '  God  be  with  thee, 
thou  valiant  man;'  but  if  God  be  with  us,  '  why  is  it  thus  with  us  ?'  And 
so  God's  people  look  all  to  the  grievance ;  why  are  we  persecuted,  and  in 
distress,  and  want,  and  at  our  wits'  end  ?  Now,  but  consider  the  comfort 
as  well  as  the  discomfort ;  learn  that  heavenly  wisdom  from  St  Paul. 

Let  no  man  be  discouraged,  if  hefindeth  himself  sensible  of  the  grief  he  lieth 
under.  We  be  flesh,  not  spirit.  God  knoweth  whereof  we  are  made  ;  and 
therefore  he  layeth  not  whole  loads  upon  us,  but  in  anger  he  remembers 
mercy.  You  see  how  he  deals  with  the  apostle  Paul,  and  others  in  his 
case.  Therefore,  if  we  be  sensible  of  trouble,  God  can  help.  No  man 
more  sensible  of  grief  than  Christ,  Christi  dolor,  dolor  ynaximus.  For  he 
had  perfect  wisdom  to  apprehend,  and  a  sound  body  (r).  St  Paul  speaks  of 
these  things  as  wonderfully  sensible,  but  here  is  true  patience,  when  we  be 
sensible  to  the  uttermost  of  the  grievance,  and  yet  withal  are  but  sensible 
*  That  is,  'cast  back,  retort.' — G.  t  That  is  'wise.' — G. 

VOL.  IV.  .  C  C 


402  COMMENTARY  ON 

of  the  grievance.  '  Why  should  I  smite  them  any  more  ?'  Isa.  i.  5,  saith 
God  to  the  prophet.  It  is  not  only  sin,  but  judgment,  to  be  given  up  to 
hard  hearts,  not  to  feel  the  condition.  Well,  St  Paul  was  sensible  of  his 
condition. 

Ohj.  Thou  wilt  object,  What  is  this  to  us  ?  We  live  in  calm  times,  and 
enjoy  health  and  prosperity,  and  know  not  what  these  things  mean  that 
Paul  speaks  of. 

Avs.  Beloved,  the  more  we  be  beholding  to  God.  But  do  we  know  to 
what  times  the  Lord  may  call  the  best  of  us  all  ?  Therefore  we  must  be 
pi-epared  before  hand.  Comforts  are  not  found  in  adversity  that  were  not 
sought  for  in  prosperity,  as  Austin  saith  (w).  In  times  of  peace,  people 
should  provide  for  war  and  defence  ;  and  so  in  times  of  peace  let  us  think 
of  these  things.  Our  conditions  may  alter.  Howsoever  the  state  may 
continue,  yet  we  that  live  under  our  vines  and  fig-trees,  do  we  know  how 
the  Lord  may  exercise  us  ?  May  not  he  exercise  us  with  afSictions  of 
mind  and  persecutions  of  body  ?  May  not  he  exercise  us  with  trouble  of 
conscience,  and  bring  us  into  straits,  which  is  a  spiritual  martyrdom  too  ? 
In  times  of  prosperity,  God's  children  know  better  what  to  do  and  whom  to 
depend  on,  because  then  he  keeps  them  off  from  inward  troubles.  And 
therefore,  seeing  we  know  not  how  long  in  our  personal  condition  we  may 
be  as  we  are,  it  is  not  amiss  to  think  on  these  things. 

And  to  direct  us  a  little  what  to  do  now  in  times  of  peace  and  quietness. 

(1.)  Labour  to  preserve  our  peace  ivith  God  by  all  means,  that  when  changes 
come,  as  changes  may  come,  and  will  come  one  way  or  other,  we  may  say 
with  the  apostle,  '  I  am  afflicted,  but  not  forsaken.'  If  we  make  not  God 
now  our  friend  ;  if  we  shall  now  multiply  sin  and  guilt,  and  run  into  God's 
books  more  and  more,  it  will  be  a  hell  when  trouble,  and  sickness,  and 
persecution  come.  And  therefore  as  we  will  have  God  our  friend  when  we 
stand  most  in  need  of  him,  so  let  us  labour  to  keep  God  our  friend  now  at 
this  time.  The  desperate  course  that  many  loose  persons  take  :  they  run 
into  an  old  course,  they  let  the  reins  loose  to  licentiousness,  let  their 
tongue  lie  and  swear,  and  deny  nothing  that  they  affect.  '  Is  there  not 
times  and  months  for  these  wild  asses  to  be  taken  in  ?  In  their  months 
you  may  take  them.'  There  be  months  of  trouble  and  months  of  sickness; 
and  when  their  former  courses  have  been  nothing  but  a  perpetual  provoking 
of  God,  what  comfort  can  these  persons  have  ?  And  therefore,  as  we  desu-e 
to  have  God  stand  by  us  and  help  at  every  pinch,  labour  for  peace  with  him 
now  in  time  of  prosperity. 

(2.)  Let  US  be  constant  in  his  cause,  in  his  religion,  that  is  so  constant  to 
us.  And  this  constancy  of  the  Spirit  and  the  best  things  will  be  an  evi- 
dence to  us  that  we  have  found  him  constant  in  his  Iqve  to  us. 

(3.)  And  that  we  may  quiet  ourselves  the  better,  if  such  times  come,  be 
careful,  ami  treasure  up  promises  for  the  time  to  come,  that  we  may  allege 
them  to  God.  Get  good  liquor  into  our  hearts,  that  when  times  of  pressing 
come,  there  may  be  good  wine.  If  good  knowledge  be  not  gotten  before- 
hand, what  will  afflictions  press  out  but  murmurings  and  despair,  and 
something  that  was  there  before.  Therefore  treasure  up  now  all  we  can ; 
there  is  a  spending  time  will  come.  Joseph's  hard  years  may  overtake  us  ; 
we  know  not  into  what  distress  we  may  be  brought.  And  because  God  is 
the  best  friend  in  extremity,  be  sure  we  offend  not  him  for  any  creature, 
because  let  the  creature  do  his  worst,  yet  God  will  always  be  sure  to  be  our 
friend.  And  if  God  be  our  friend,  it  matters  not  who  is  our  enemy.  I 
cannot  press  all  that  may  be  pressed  out  of  this  point. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP,  IV,  XE-R.   7-9.  403 

(4.)  Labour  at  all  times  to  maintain  a  good  conceit  of  God  and  his  good- 
ness. If  Satan  suggest  he  will  cast  us  off,  and  that  there  is  no  hopes  for 
us  in  our  God,  answer  again.  It  is  not  so.  Labour  to  have  a  spirit  of  faith 
to  beat  back  all  such  temptations.  You  shall  see  strange  temptations,  and 
yet  excellently  answered.  '  Yet  God  is  good  to  Israel,'  Ps.  Ixxiii.  1.  When 
the  child  of  God  is  low,  yet  he  keeps  good  conceits  of  God,  though  things 
go  strangely.  I  know  not  what  to  make  of  my  condition  and  of  the 
churches,-  '  yet  God  is  good.' 

The  reason  is,  when  we  be  at  worst,  God  can  help  us.  And  therefore 
come  those  comfortable  exceptions  in  the  Psalms.  '  Great  are  the  troubles 
of  the  righteous,  but  the  Lord  delivereth  them  out  of  all,'  Ps.  xxxiv.  19. 
*  They  were  afflicted  sore,  but  not  delivered  to  death,'  Ps.  cxviii.  18.  So 
here  mark  the  exceptions :  we  be  in  straits,  persecuted  and  cast  down, 
but  yet  delivered. 

Thus  labour  for  a  good  conceit  of  God.  The  like  things  you  may  observe 
out  of  these  words  of  the  apostle  ;  and  I  beseech  you,  let  us  make  use  of 
them  for  the  right  knowledge  of  these  things.  Hence  it  is  said,  Rom. 
viii.  37,  *  That  in  all  these  we  are  more  than  conquerors ; '  a  strange  speech, 
in  affliction,  pressures,  casting  down,  'we  are  more  than  conquerors.'  And 
how  cometh  this  ?  '  We  are  more  than  conquerors  in  him  that  loved  us,  in 
Jesus  Christ; '  more  than  conquerors,  because  we  are  overcome f  when  we 
seem  to  be  overcome ;  because  religion  hath  grown  even  by  blood  and 
suffering.  St  Austin  saith,  by  straits  and  afflictions  the  church  hath 
been  delivered  and  spread  abroad  to  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  world  (x). 

'  We  are  more  than  conquerors  '  in  all  these  in  a  treble  regard. 

[l.j  Specially  in  regard  of  ourselves ;  for  the  devil  aimeth  at  separation 
between  God  and  us.  '  Now,  what  shall  separate  us  ? '  saith  the  apostle, 
Rom.  viii.  35. 

The  devil  intends  a  divorcement  ,•  but  when  by  a  spirit  of  faith  we  draw 
near  to  God,  and  cleave  fast  to  God,  then  the  devil's  policy  is  overthrown. 
The  more  the  world  driveth  us  from  God,  the  faster  we  cleave  to  God;  and 
then  we  be  more  than  conquerors. 

[2.]  In  regard  of  sjnritual  courage.  The  more  God's  Spirit  is  depressed, 
the  higher  it  riseth.  The  enemy  labours  to  quail  the  spirits  of  them  that 
be  good,  but  they  cannot  do  it,  for  the  Spirit  of  God  is  invincible.  And 
the  spirit  of  a  Christian  being  supported  by  an  higher  Spirit  than  their  own, 
'  I  can  do  all  things  through  Christ  that  strengthens  me,'  Philip,  iv.  13. 
Therefore  they  are  more  than  conquerors  hj  the  invincible  Spirit  of  Christ. 

[3.  J  And  then  they  be  more  than  conquerors  in  regard  of  the  cause.  The 
devil  labours  to  drive  men  to  the  dishke  of  the  cause  and  religion  by  sufler- 
ing  disgrace,  but  he  cannot. 

Use.  Firsthj.  And  therefore,  I  beseech  you,  let  me  conclude  uith  a  point  of 
encouragement,  considering  it  is  spoken  with  a  great  deal  of  courage.  *We 
are  afflicted,  but  not  forsaken;  cast  down,  but  not  destroyed;'  let  it  en- 
courage us  to  take  the  cause  of  God  in  hand,  and  go  through  with  it  in  spntt 
of  Satan  and  his  instruments,  and  fear  nothing  that  shall  befall  us.  Why 
should  we  fear  the  devil  ?  Let  no  man  think  what  the  devil  threats,  but 
what  God  promises.  Therefore  fear  nothing,  for  God  will  make  it  good  ; 
he  will  be  never  nearer  than  when  we  stand  most  in  need  of  help.  And 
therefore  set  upon  God's  cause  with  courage  ;  and  not  only  on  the  cause  of 
religion,  but  cause  of  honesty  and  justice.  The  truth  of  God  in  any  kind 
is  dearer  than  our  lives.  The  worst  that  can  befall  us  is  to  be  persecuted 
*  Qu.  '  church's  '  ? — Ed.  f  Qu.  '  we  overcome  '  ? — Ed. 


404  COMMENTARY  ON 

and  distressed.    You  sliall  have  more  comfort  from  heaven  than  discomfort 
from  the  world  ;  and  what  do  you  lose  then  ? 

Therefore  let  us  all  support  ourselves  with  this.  There  is  more  force  in 
God's  help  from  heaven  to  secure  and  support  by  an  inward  invincible 
strength,  than  there  is  in  the  world,  or  Satan  the  prince  of  the  world,  to 
cast  us  down  ;  we  have  more  for  us  than  against  us.  When  we  be  stripped 
of  all,  yet  know,  that  God  is  the  God  of  all ;  when  he  hath  taken  all,'yet  he 
leave th  himself.  We  have  all  at  the  fountain,  all  at  the  spring.  Therefore 
let  that  be  gi-ound  of  resolution  ;  '  If  I  perish,  I  perish,'  saith  the  good 
woman,  Esther  iv.  16.  But  never  depart  from  God,  from  religion,  from 
justice,  from  the  cause  of  the  church  ;  because  I  know  God  will  be  like 
himself ;  he  cannot  deny  himself,  but  constantly  deals  with  his  church  and 
children,  as  in  former,  times.  It  cannot  be  otherwise  with  me,  than  Paul 
the  great  apostle  of  the  church.  If  that  befalls  me  that  did  befall  Paul, 
as  I  am  in  Paul's  distress,  so  I  may  look  for  Paul's  support  and  comfort. 

The  apostle,  to  avoid  the  objection  of  the  scandal  of  the  cross,  by  which 
they  were  the  less  accepted  in  the  hearts  of  many,  sets  down  the  state  of 
the  people  of  God  in  this  world,  take  them  at  the  worst.  He  speaks  here 
of  himself  not  only  as  a  man  (since  the  fall  of  our  weak  nature  is  subject  to 
many  calamities),  but  he  speaks  of  himself  as  a  Christian,  opposing  the  sins 
of  the  world.  And  he  grants  what  they  may  object.  '  We  are  troubled  on 
every  side,  but  not  in  distress.'  The  apostles  take  advantage  from  the 
troubles  they  were  in,  to  advance  the  love  and  mercy  of  God  in  those 
troubles.  We  lose  nothing  by  them,  for  that  which  is  gained  in  any  trouble, 
is  better  than  that  that  can  be  lost.  '  We  are  troubled  on  every  side,  yet 
not  distressed,'  so  as  we  know  not  what  to  do,  when  we  are  in  such  straits. 
Take  a  Christian  at  the  worst,  yet  he  hath  freedom  to  the  throne  of  grace 
by  the  spirit  of  prayer ;  and  God  looks  upon  him  in  the  worst  condition. 
The  more  strait  his  condition  is,  the  more  large  his  [supply  of  the]  Spirit 
is  ;  therefore  though  troubles  increase,  yet  his  comforts  increase. 

Secoudhj,  '  We  are  persecuted  with  wants,  and  by  reason  of  wants  we 
know  not  what  course  to  take,'  so  that  we  are  oftentimes  '  perplexed,  but 
yet  not  in  despair,'  for  God  supplieth.     This  I  unfolded  before. 

A  Christian  man  hath  some  bottom,  in  his  worst  condition,  to  uphold  him, 
but  take  a  man  out  of  the  state  of  grace,  and  he  hath  no  bottom  to  stand 
upon,  but  he  sinks  presently  in  any  trouble  of  mind  or  conscience  to  hell, 
though  never  so  strong  in  wit  and  parts.  He  cannot  encounter  with  a 
divine  temptation,  he  hath  no  power  with  him  above  himself.  We  see 
Ahithophel,  that  wise  politician.  He  was  a  bad  man;  and  what  became  of 
him?  He  hanged  himself.*  So  Cain,  Judas,  and  Saul.  What  saith  Saul 
in  his  perplexity  ?  '  The  Philistines  are  upon  me,  trouble  is  upon  me,  and 
God  hath  forsaken  me,'  1  Sam.  xxviii.  15,  a  pitiful  complaint ;  and  this 
may  be  the  complaint  of  all  carnal  men,  '  The  Philistines  are  upon  me, 
trouble  is  upon  me,  and  God  hath  forsaken  me.'  But  the  children  of  God, 
when  they  are  perplexed,  they  do  not  despair.  It  is  a  pitiful  case  with 
those  that  shall  desire  the  mountains  to  cover  them.  Rev.  vi.  15.  Your 
wicked  persons  that  now  outlook  anybody,  that  despise  every  one  but  them- 
selves, the  time  shall  come  when  they  shall  desire  the  mountains  to  cover 
them,  a  pitiful  strait  that  they  cannot  tell  where  to  betake  themselves,  as 
Christ  saith.  Mat.  xxiv.  [throughout].  Oh,  but  the  child  of  God  in  his 
worst  he  hath  something  to  stay  himself  upon.  Though  he  be  in  deep 
troubles,  there  is  a  help  above  him,  a  power  of  God  to  support  hitn  on  the 
*  Cf.  2  Sam.  xvii.  23.— G. 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  7-9.  405 

left  liand  and  on  the  right.     If  there  be  a  height  and  depth  of  troubles, 
there  is  a  height  and  depth  of  mercy  to  support  them. 

Thirdly,  '  Persecuted,  but  not  forsaken.'  Grant  what  is  to  be  granted. 
'  We  are  persecuted.'  How  far  ?  They  will  never  leave  us  till  they  have 
taken  us  out  of  the  world  ;  and  what  hurt  do  they  then  ?  Drive  us  nearer 
to  God.  God  owneth  his  children  most  when  the  world  owneth  them  least, 
and  there  is  a  blessing  pronounced  upon  all  those  that  suffer  for  good 
causes.  '  Blessed  are  you  when  men  persecute  you,  for  great  is  your 
reward  in  heaven,'  Mat.  v.  10.  As  he  said.  It  is  a  kingly  thing  to  suffer 
evil,  &c.  (y).  I  am  sure  it  is  a  Christian's  condition  to  do  good  and  suffer 
evil. 

In  sufferings  let  us  look  to  three  things. 

(1.)  First,  To  the  came,  considering  that  it  be  free  from  sin. 

(2.)  To  look  to  our  carriage  in  the  cause,  that  we  carry  not  ourselves 
tempestuously. 

(3.)  Look  to  those  that  persecute.  Let  them  persecute  ;  and  though  they 
do,  you  shall  not  be  forsaken.  Though  a  man  may  desert  him  that  stands 
for  him  and  his  cause,  yet  when  the  children  of  God  shall  stand  for  God, 
he  will  not  desert  them  in  his  cause  ;  '  though  persecuted,  yet  not  forsaken.' 

Fourthly,  The  fourth  is,  '  cast  down,  but  not  destroyed.'  Persecution 
prevails  sometimes  to  casting  down,  but  '  yet  we  are  not  destroyed.'  We 
are  cast  down,  trodden  down,  insulted  over,  but  not  '  destroyed.'  Beloved, 
you  see  the  great  persecution  of  the  church.  What  a  pitiful  condition 
the  church  hath  been  brought  unto  within  these  late  years  :  trodden  down, 
'  yet  not  destroyed.'  For  they  are  partakers  with  Christ  that  is  now  in 
heaven,  and  they  are  assured  of  a  blessed  resurrection  ;  and  therefore  not 
destroyed,  when  they  seem  to  be  destroyed  in  the  eyes  of  the  world.  As 
he  said  before,  they  '  are  earthen  vessels.'  So  every  man  is  but  an  '  earthen 
vessel,'  but  it  is  much  that  an  earth  fin  vessel  should  be  cast  down  and  yet 
not  broken ;  they  may  be  cast  down,  but  not  destroyed.  For  when  the 
enemies  have  done  the  worst  they  can  to  destroy  them,  that  destruction  is 
no  destruction,  but  salvation. 

Again,  '  We  are  cast  down,  but  not  destroyed.'  We  see  here  is  a  kind 
of  eloquence  of  things  as  well  as  words.  Here  is  a  sweet  harmony  of  things  : 
'  they  are  afflicted,  but  not  in  despair  ;  perplexed,  but  not  distressed  ;  per- 
secuted, but  not  forsaken.'  Every  one  of  these  are  greater  than  the  former. 
I  shewed  you  God's  children  are  troubled  in  this  world,  and  their  troubles 
grow  more  and  moi'e  till  they  are  scarce  able  to  bear  them,  and  then  God 
giveth  a  gracious  promise,  '  that  he  will  not  suffer  us  to  be  tempted  above 
our  strength,'  1  Cor.  x.  13.  For  God  limits  the  time  and  the  measure  of 
all  troubles  in  this  world.  He  stands  by  and  turneth  the  glass,*  and  limits 
the  measure.  '  Thus  far  shalt  thou  go,  and  no  farther,'  Job  xxxviii.  11,  as 
we  may  see  in  Job's  case  ;  and  his  promise  is,  '  that  the  rod  of  the  wicked 
shall  not  rest  upon  the  back  of  the  righteous,'  Ps.  cxxv.  3.  This  is  one 
comfort,  that  a  Christian's  times  are  not  in  the  enemies'  hands,  but  '  our 
times,'  as  David  saith,  '  are  in  thy  hands,'  Ps.  xxxi.  15.  Our  times  of 
coming  into  trouble,  and  our  times  of  going  out  of  trouble,  are  in  the  hands 
of  God.  As  he  made  all  things,  in  the  first  creation,  in  number,  weight,  and 
measure,  so  he  rules  and  governeth  all  things  in  number,  weight,  and 
measure,  especially  his  church.  He  will  not  put  in  a  dram  too  much  ;  he 
weigheth  their  strength,  and  weigheth  their  crosses,  and  exactly  observeth 

*  The  allusion  is  to  the  hour-glass  used  to  mark  time  ;  and  ■which,  when  the  hour 
had  expired,  was  '  turned.' — G. 


406  COMMENTARY  ON 

what  their  strength  is  able  to  bear.  For  he  is  a  most  wise  father ;  and 
that  is  our  comfort,  whatsoever  falls  upon  us.  If  troubles  grow  upon  us, 
comforts  shall  grow  ;  if  they  grow  great  in  number  and  measure,  comforts 
shall  grow  great  in  number  and  measure  too  ;  for  he  is  a  God  of  comfort. 
He  comforts  in  every  trouble,  as  we  see  here,  *  perplexed,  cast  down,  per- 
secuted,' yet  God  hath  comfort  for  every  one  of  these. 

Last  Obs.  Again,  here  see  the  comfuitahle  condition  of  God's  chihlren  in 
this  uvrld.  All  their  ha,ppiness  is  not  reserved  for  heaven,  but  they  are 
happy  in  affliction  itself.  In  them  there  is  comfort.  There  is  support 
not  only  in  heaven,  but  in  the  very  time  of  affliction,  as  we  may  see  it  in  Ps. 
xciv,  19  :  '  According  to  the  multitude  of  my  thoughts,  thy  comforts 
delighted  my  soul.'  According  to  my  distracted  thoughts,  thy  comforts 
have  refreshed  my  sonl.  There  be  present  comforts  in  troubles  that  keep 
God's  children  from  despair.  St  Paul  nameth  the  lowest  comforts  that 
God's  children  have  here.  Though  they  are  '  persecuted,  yet  they  are  not 
forsaken  ;'  though  they  are  '  cast  down,  yet  they  perish  not.'  He  sheweth 
here,  that  if  we  regard  not  the  great  matters  that  we  shall  have  in  heaven, 
yet  Gcd  dispenseth  his  comforts  here  now  in  the  time  of  troubles.  Here 
is  matter  of  comfort,  and  not  of  despair.  Miserable  heatheLS,  that  had  not 
the  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ,  what  condition  were  they  in  ?  As  one 
saith,  '  I  would  pray,  but  my  prayers  are  in  vain '  [z).  They  were  in 
great  misery.  Wanting  the  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ,  they  fell  into 
despair.  So  in  the  church :  those  that  are  not  acquainted  with  God,  in 
great  troubles  fall  to  despair  ;  but  you  see  the  comfortable  condition  of  a 
Christian,  take  him  at  the  worst. 

Ver.  10.  It  foUoweth,  '  Always  bearing  in  our  bodies  the  dying  of  the 
Lord  Jesus,  that  the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  made  manifest  in  our  bodies.' 
Here  he  addeth  a  comfort  to  those  that  suffered  before,  shewing  the  end  of 
all  that  God  intends.  '  We  bear  in  our  bodies  the  dying  of  the  Lord 
Jesus.'     He  calls  all  troubles  by  the  name  of  dying.     This  is  the  first. 

All  the  trouhles  God's  children  are  exercised  with  Jtcre,  are  named  ii;ith  the 
name  of  dijinr/. 

(1.)  Bcca'use  troidAes  are  little  deaths.  Death  is  not  the  last  parting  of 
soul  and  body,  but  every  separation  from  comfort  is  a  kind  of  death.  There- 
fore he  calls  afflictions  dyings,  because  they  make  way  for  greater  deaths. 
He  calls  afflictions  dyings,  from  the  intent  and  purpose  of  the  persecutors, 
for  their  intent  is,  if  it  were  in  their  power,  to  kill. 

(2.)  Likewise  it  is  called  a  dying,  because  this  is  in  the  preparation  of 
spirit  that  they  are  readij  to  die;  for  no  man  is  a  true  Christian  but  he 
labours  to  deny  father  and  mother,  and  all  comforts,  and  resigns  himself  to 
Christ.  If  I  can  serve  him  with  mine  honour,  yea,  with  my  life,  he  shall  have 
it,  so  that  I  am  ready  to  die  upon  all  occasions,  as  you  may  see  in  the  next 
verse.  '  We  are  always  delivered  unto  death  for  Jesus'  sake,'  that  is, 
the  enemies  expose  us  to  death,  and  if  it  were  in  their  power  they  would 
kill  us. 

Quest.  But  why  doth  he  call  his  troubles  a  dying  '  of  the  Lord  Jesus  ?' 

Ans.  [].]  There  be  some  troubles  that  Christ  suffered,  which  we  can- 
not ;  as  the  curse  of  the  law,  and  the  wrath  of  God  due  to  our  sins.  These 
Christ  suffered  alone.  '  He  trod  the  wine-press  of  God's  wrath  alone,' 
Isa.  Ixiii.  3.     In  these  there  is  no  partaking. 

Ans.  [2.]  There  is  another  dying,  a  dying  in  his  mystical  body,  his 
church.     He  suffers  affliction  in  every  Christian.     He  was  stoned  when 


2  COraNTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   10.  407 

Stephen  was  stoned,  Acts  vii.  59.  Christ  was  beheaded  when  John  Baptist 
was  beheaded,  and  in  prison  when  Paul  was  in  prison.  Christ  suffered  in 
all  the  martyrs,  by  reason  of  that  union  between  him  and  his  church.  So 
that  besides  that,  he  sutlers  in  every  Christian,  this  is  called  '  the  dyin'g 
of  the  Lord  Jesus.' 

Ans.  [3.]  Because  he  measures  out  to  every  one  their  cup.  Afflictions 
are  called  a  cup,  and  therefore  they  are  his,  because  they  are  measured  out 
by  him. 

Ans.  [4.]  And  then  they  are  his  dyings,  because  by  them  they  are  made 
like  unto  him.  He  suffered  first ;  and  then  every  Christian  must  express 
that  suffering.  As  he  suffered  and  entered  into  glory,  so  '  we  must  suffer 
with  him,  if  we  mean  to  reign  with  him,'  2  Tim.  ii.  12. 

Ans.  [5.]  And  then  again,  they  are  called  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus, 
because  Christ  hath  a  fellowship  and  communion  with  them  in  all  their 
dyings.  As  a  Christian  hath  communion  with  Christ  when  he  dieth,  we 
are  '  crucified  with  him ;'  so  Christ  suffers  with  us.  He  is  afflicted  with 
us,  reproached  with  us,  as  Moses,  Heb.  xi.  26,  counted  '  the  rebukes  of 
Christ'  greater  riches  than  all  the  treasures  of  Egypt.  Christ  enters  into 
prison  with  us,  '  Saul,  Saul,  why  persecutest  thou  me  ?'  Acts  ix.  4.  Christ 
takes  upon  him  all  the  wrongs  done  to  his  children  as  done  to  himself.  As 
it  argueth  madness  in  those  that  persecute,  so  a  sweet  comfort  to  them 
that  do  suffer,  that  they  have  Christ  to  sufter  with  them.  The  presence  of 
Christ  so  sweetens  everything,  as  he  said,  '  The  presence  of  Christ  made 
the  gridiron  sweet  unto  Lawrence'  (aa).  A  beam  of  Christ's  presence  that 
is  now  in  heaven  scatters  all  troubles.  The  presence  of  Christ  made  Paul 
sing  in  prison.  Acts  xvi.  25.  The  presence  of  Christ  sweetens  all  condi- 
tions and  all  places  whatsoever,  because  our  dyings  are  the  dyings  of 
Christ ;  Christ  hath  fellowship  and  communion  with  us  in  them. 

Ans.  [6.]  Then  again,  they  are  the  dyings  of  Christ,  because  they  divorce 
and  ivean  us  from  the  world.  Now  we  being  separated  from  worldly  com- 
forts, are  fitter  for  farther  fellowship  and  communion  with  Christ,  as  you 
shall  see  afterward. 

Thus  we  see  some  reasons  why  all  the  miseries  of  a  Christian  are  called 
*  the  dyings  of  our  Lord  Jesus.' 

We  see  then  there  must  be  a  dying  of  the  outward  man  ;  first  there  must 
be  little  dyings,  and  then  a  consummation  of  all.  And  why  ?  Because  sin 
is  so  invested  and  so  sunk  into  our  natures,  that  without  death  it  cannot 
be  divorced.  Afflictions  are  to  make  a  divorce  between  sin  and  our  nature, 
for  '  no  unclean  thing  can  enter  into  heaven,'  Rev.  xxi.  27.  As  the  Spirit 
did  separate  sin  in  the  nature  of  Christ,  so  doth  the  Spirit  of  God  purify 
the  nature  of  every  man  by  afflictions.  Because  grace  needs  help,  there- 
fore afflictions  join  as  fire  with  grace,  to  make  a  more  perfect  separation 
between  the  soul  and  sin.  Together  with  the  sanctified  spirit  there  is  a 
spirit  of  burning.  When  the  canker  hath  seized  deeply  on  metals,  it 
must  pass  through  the  fire  before  it  can  be  purged ;  so  the  nature  of  cor- 
ruption hath  so  eaten  into  our  natures,  that  we  need  fire  to  purge  it  out. 

'  Flesh  and  blood,'  saith  the  apostle,  '  shall  not  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
heaven,'  1  Cor.  xv.  50.  What  is  the  meaning  of  that  ?  That  is,  there  be 
some  remainders  of  corruption  in  it.  Until  this  bod}'-  be  returned  to  dust, 
till  the  Lord  make  this  body  of  ours  new  again,  which  is  now  so  stained 
with  sin,  it  shall  never  enter  into  heaven.  Our  blessed  Saviour's  body  the 
third  day,  before  he  saw  corruption,  did  rise  again,  because  there  was  no 
sin  in  him,  and  therefore  it  was  not  necessary  he  should  see  corruption. 


408 


COMMENTAEY  ON 


Now  divers  refisons  there  were  why  he  should  not  see  corruption.  But  all 
our  bodies  must  be  turned  to  dust,  or  changed,  which  shall  have  the  force 
of  a  death,  as  1  Cor.  xv.  52  :  '  And  therefore  we  bear  in  our  bodies  the 
dyings  of  the  Lord  Jesus.' 

Use.  This  should  sweeten  all  our  afflictions,  that  we  are  dying  with  Christ, 
whereby  Christ  hath  communion  with  us,  and  whereby  we  are  fitted  for 
communion  with  Christ ;  as  put  case  we  have  sickness  or  trouble,  &c.  Christ 
took  upon  him  flesh,  but  what  ?  As  it  was  in  Adam  unpassible  ?*  Christ 
took  upon  him  our  passible  nature,  as  subject  to  suffer  cold,  and  hunger, 
and  pain,  of  weariness,  and  it  is  fit  our  bodies  should  be  conformable  to  the 
body  of  Christ,  '  for  we  are  predestinate  to  be  conformed  to  Christ,'  Eom. 
viii.  29,  and  therefore  when  we  are  put  to  pain  in  our  callings,  or  troubled 
for  good  consciences,  and  thereby  wear  out  our  bodies,  it  is  but  as  Christ's 
body  was  used.  He  took  a  body  that  he  might  sufler,  and  going  about 
doing  good,  and  be  put  to  hardship.  Therefore,  if  we  be  put  to  hardship, 
it  is  no  more  than  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  did.  And  therefore  those  that  be 
so  delicate  that  will  take  no  pains,  endure  no  sickness,  the  w'ind  must  not 
blow  upon  them,  the  sun  must  not  shine  upon  them,  they  love  no  saving 
goodness,  nothing  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  who  out  of  love  took  our  nature 
upon  him,  obnoxious  to  all  pain  and  labour  ;  though  not  infirmities  of  our 
particular  persons,  yet  of  our  nature.  He  took  upon  him  our  miserable 
nature,  our  passible  nature,  and  then  he  hath  our  nature  in  heaven.  If 
ever  we  will  be  glorified  with  him  in  heaven,  we  must  be  content  to  take 
upon  us  his  miserablef  nature  here,  that  our  flesh  may  be  used  as  his  was, 
even  to  death  if  there  were  occasion.  If  we  be  humbled  to  death,  happy 
is  that  mortification  that  brings  us  to  conform  with  Christ,  whatsoever  it 
is.  And  therefore  be  not  discouraged  ;  let  what  will  come,  come  on  this 
body  of  ours. 

Nov/  if  you  ask  me,  who  are  the  happy  men  in  the  world  ?  Truly  those 
that  are  most  active  in  good,  and  sufler  moat  for  good,  for  they  are  the 
flesh  of  Christ.  What  did  the  flesh  and  nature  of  Christ  ?  He  did  all  the 
good  he  could,  and  sufi'ered  all  the  evil  that  the  pride  and  malice  of  man's 
nature  could  possibly  lay  upon  him.  He  therefore  that  doth  most  good, 
and  sufiers  most  ill,  he  cometh  nearest  to  Christ,  and  carrieth  about  with 
him  the  '  marks  of  the  Lord  Jesus.' 

To  pass  on  in  the  words. 

To  what  end  is  all  this  ?  '  That  the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  manifested  in 
our  bodies.'  What  is  the  life  of  Jesus  ?  You  all  know  what  life  is.  I 
will  speak  of  it  as  a  Divine  especially. 

(1.)  You  know  that  the  life  of  Jesus  is  either  the  hfe  secret  in  himself ; 
and  therefore  he  is  called  '  our  life.'  '  I  am  the  way,  the  truth,  and  the 
life,'  John  xiv.  6,  when  '  Christ  our  life  shall  appear,'  Col.  iii.  4.  Christ 
is  hfe,  as  having  life  in  himself  as  God.     Or, 

(2.)  Else  the  life  of  Jesus  as  mediator,  and  as  God  a)id  man  ;  and  so  it  is 
here  meant.  Life  is  first  founded  in  the  Godhead.  He  is  the  living  God, 
and  therefore  wise  and  powerful,  and  all  because  he  is  living.  But  life  as 
it  is  in  God  doth  not  comfort  us  a  whit,  but  rather  is  a  matter  of  terror, 
because  we  have  no  communion  with  God,  considered  absolutely,  without  a 
mediator.  And  therefore  we  must  consider  of  life  as  derived  "to  a  middle 
person,  a  mediator,  God-man.     So  that  life  is  derived  to  us  by  Christ  our 

*  That  is,  impassible  =  incapable  of  sufTuring — G. 

t  That  is,  =  misery-enduring  nature,  or  passible  nature,  as  above. — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   10.  409 

brother,  who  hath  taken  our  nature.  Our  Christ  is  derived  to  us  in  our 
nature.  God  alone  doth  not  comfort  us  ;  mere  man  alone  doth  no  good, 
John  vi.  32,  seq.  The  argument  is  profoundly  followed  by  our  Saviour. 
The  flesh  profiteth  nothing.  The  human  nature  without  the  divine  pro- 
fiteth  nothing.  It  is  the  Spirit  that  quickens.  Look  to  the  death  of  Christ. 
Consider  Christ  dying  as  man,  he  doth  us  no  good  at  all  if  he  had  not  been 
God.  As  God  he  could  not  have  died,  but  the  person  of  God  dying  in  our 
nature  makes  his  flesh  bread  indeed,  and  his  blood  drink  indeed ;  that  is, 
the  soul  may  feed  upon  the  satisfaction,  the  sacrifice  of  God-man,  as  full 
satisfaction  to  God's  divine  justice.  So  that  the  Spirit  and  the  flesh,  the 
divine  and  human  nature,  is  the  ground  of  all  life. 

[l.J  First,  of  the  life  of  sentence,  whereby  we  are  freely  acquitted  from 
sin ;  for  there  is  life  of  sentence  when  a  malefactor  waiteth  for  death,  and 
hath  a  life  of  sentence  given  him.  So  Christ  is  the  fountain  and  author  of 
this  life  of  sentence,  for  that  God  in  our  nature  died  to  satisfy  God,  and 
therefore  we  be  acquitted.  The  guilt  of  our  soul  is  taken  away,  and  a  life 
of  sentence  is  conveyed  to  us. 

[2.]  The  life  of  Jesus  is  as  the  life  of  an  head.  We  have  not  only  life 
through  Christ,  but  life  in  Christ ;  and  not  only  life  through'  Christ  as 
mediator,  but  life  in  Christ  as  an  head,  conve3dng  the  same  Spirit  that  is  in 
himself  to  every  member.  So  that  if  you  will  have  the  fountain  of  life,  here 
it  is.  God  is  the  first  living,  he  is  life  itself.  God  conveyeth  life  to  the 
mediator,  God-man.  He  restores  life  to  us,  the  life  of  sentence,  and  hath 
likewise  conveyed  the  life  of  sanctification  to  us.  Sometimes  ye  read  both 
of  God  and  Christ  mediator.  '  The  Father  liveth,  and  I  live  ;  and  because  I 
live,  you  shall  live  also,'  John  xiv.  19.     But  to  come  nearer  to  ourselves. 

(3.)  The  life  that  cometh  from  Jesus,  cometh  first  upon  his  own  person, 
then  hy  the  second  on  lis.  Christ  exercised  this  life  first  upon  himself  in 
raising  himself  from  the  grave.  Christ  as  God  raised  himself  as  man  from 
the  grave,  and  so  he  is  called  the  Lord  of  life ;  he  hath  the  key  of  hell  and 
of  the  grave  ;  Lord  of  life,  Lord  of  death,  because  being  dead  he  as  Lord  of 
life  raised  hinjself  again. 

Now  after  he  had  exercised  this  power  in  giving  his  body  life  again,  so 
by  the  same  power  by  whicli  he  raised  his  own  dead  body,  by  the  same  he 
raiseth  every  Christian's.  So  that  every  Christian  is  raised  and  quickened 
by  the  life  of  Jesus ;  that  is,  by  the  power  by  which  Jesus  quickened  him- 
self being  dead  in  the  grave  ;  and  that  is  St  Paul's  meaning,  Phil.  iii.  10, 
'  That  we  might  find  the  power  of  his  death,  and  the  virtue  of  his  resurrec- 
tion.' There  is  virtue  in  Christ's  resurrection.  "What  is  that  ?  It  is 
nothing  but  the  quickening  power  whereby  the  bod}^  of  Christ  was  raised 
out  of  the  grave  ;  and  Paul  desires  to  feel  the  power  and  virtue  of  that 
resurrection  from  the  life  of  Jesus. 

And  therefore  in  particular,  what  is  the  virtue  of  Christ's  resurrection, 
whereby  Christ  doth  raise  himself  ? 

The  virtue  of  it  in  us  is,  first  of  all,  the  same  Spirit  that  raised  his  body 
out  of  the  grave  doth  raise  us  out  of  any  affliction,  or  quickens  and 
strengthens  us  in  it. 

The  argument  is  from  the  greater  to  the  lesser.  If  Christ  hath  such  an 
almighty  power  to  quicken  his  own  body  when  it  is  dead,  hath  not  he 
power  to  quicken  and  strengthen  a  man  in  any  poor  and  miserable  condition 
in  this  world  ?  Doubtless  he  hath  ;  and  therefore  Paul  desires  the  virtue 
of  this  in  all  his  troubles  and  dying.  And  so  the  life  of  Jesus  is  manifested 
to  a  man  in  trouble,  when  he  findeth  divine  power  supporting  him  above 


410 


COMMENTARY  ON 


nature  in  anj^  trouble,  or  else  bringing  bim  out  of  tbat  condition  to  a 
glorious  one.  Take  a  man  in  an}'  uncomfortable  condition  of  soul,  perplexed, 
deserted,  cast  down  by  sense  of  sin :  he  may  be  raised  to  the  divine  power 
of  Christ  to  comfort,  and  to  stand  stronger  by  his  falls,  grow  better  by 
his  sins. 

And  because  death  is  the  consummation  of  all  trouble,  the  life  of  Jesus 
is  manifested  there,  when  our  bodies  are  in  the  grave,  as  Eom.  viii.  11,  '  If 
the  Spirit,  that  raised  Jesus  from  the  grave,  be  in  us,'  the  same  shall 
raise  up  our  bodies  when  they  be  turned  to  dust  and  rottenness. 

So  then,  in  a  word,  the  hfe  of  Jesus  is  made  manifest  in  us,  when  we 
find  this  life  powerful  in  the  midst  of  all  our  worst  conditions,  supporting 
us  in  our  falls,  and  making  us  better  and  more  comfortable  afterward  ;  and 
at  length  the  spiritual  life  that  raised  him  from  the  grave,  shall  raise  up 
our  bodies  to  be  conformable  to  his  glorious  body  now  in  heaven.  St  Paul 
was  content  to  suffer  the  dyings  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  that  the  life  of  Jesus 
might  be  made  manifest  in  him ;  that  is,  the  power  of  Jesus.  To  add  another 
thing. 

(4.)  It  is  not  only  a  manifestation  of  the  divine  power  in  our  falls  and 
raising  us  from  the  grave  by  the  life  of  Jesus,  but  withal  he  infuseth  a  life 
to  evenj  one;  he  sanctifieth  the  soul  and  body,  and  worketh  the  same  im- 
pression in  others  that  is  in  him ;  that  is,  his  life.  When  he  is  meek,  we 
are  framed  to  be  meek ;  he  obedient,  we  are  framed  to  be  obedient ;  he 
humbled,  we  are  framed  to  be  humbled ;  he  is  good  and  holy,  we  are  framed 
to  be  answerable.  This  is  the  life  of  Jesus.  And  the  more  we  bear  in 
our  bodies  the  life  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  the  more  we  are  like  to  Jesus,  and 
fashioned  to  him. 

Therefore  it  may  be  well  called  his  '  power,'  and  his  '  inward  grace ;' 
because  it  cometh  from  him,  and  it  makes  us  like  to  him  altogether,  and  it 
tendeth  to  Jesus.  It  is  from  Christ,  and  maintained  by  Christ,  and  it 
carrieth  the  soul  to  Christ,  makes  us  like  to  Christ ;  therefore  it  is  called 
the  life  of  Jesus. 

We  all  know  life  is  a  sweet  thing.  We  desire  it  above  all,  and  fear  the 
contrary,  death,  above  all.  Now  blessed  is  that  mortification,  that  dying, 
that  makes  us  partakers  of  the  life  of  Jesus.  If  life  is  sweet,  what  is  this 
lifeof  Jesus?  Alas!  what  is  a  life  to  the  life  of  Jesus;  that  is,  to  the 
divine  power  shewed  in  us,  which  was  shewed  in  him. 

Use.  You  see  then  that  dying  to  Jesus  Christ  makes  icaij  for  the  life  of 
Christ.  ^  If  we  will  live  with  Christ,  then  we  must  die  first.  You  know  ail 
life  springs  from  death,  so  the  life  of  Christ  springeth  from  death  ;  his  own 
life  that  he  liveth,  any  spiritual  life,  it  was  after  his  death.  And  so  spiritual 
life  in  us  cometh  after  dying.  The  papists  will  have  a  life  of  their  own ; 
others  will  have  power  in  corrupt  nature  ;  but  there  is  no  resurrection  with- 
out death  before  ;  there  must  be  dying  before  there  is  a  living. 

If  we  will  feel  the  life  of  Christ,  we  must  be  content  to  carry  bodies  dying 
to  Christ.  If  we  will  have  strength  and  power  and  joy,  and  the  presence 
of  Christ,  then  endure  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus.  Endure  whatsoever 
he  will  please  to  exercise  us  withal.  And  if  we  carry  his  dyings,  we  shall 
be  sure  to  be  partakers  of  his  life. 

Use  2.  I  beseech  you,  consider  ivhether  xce  he  partakers  of  this  life,  strength, 
and  poiver,^  and  grace,  and  comfort.  And  let  us  be  content  then  with  any 
condition  in  the  world  wherein  we  may  have  communion  with  Christ  by 
anything,  that  we  may  be  subject  to  Christ ;  to  be  poor  that  we  may  be 
rich  with  Christ ;  to  die  to  all,  that  so  we  may  live  to  Christ ;  to  be  nothing 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.   IV,   VKT..   10.  411 

to  all  others,  tliat  so  we  may  be  all  in  all  to  Clirist.  By  dying  to  Christ  we 
lose  perhaps  health,  but  we  gain  it  in  strength  ;  we  may  lose  countenance 
and  friend,  we  gain  it  in  spiritual  things.  God  takes  nothing  from  his 
children,  but  he  giveth  better  in  a  better  kind.  And  happy  is  that  parting 
that  is  recompensed  in  an  higher  kind  ;  happy  is  that  death  that  is  made 
good  by  a  better  life ;  happy  that  self-denial  that  is  made  up  in  Christ ; 
happy  that  discomfort  that  is  made  up  with  comfort  in  Christ ;  and  there- 
fore let  us  not  be  against  any  sufiering,  fear  nothing  that  God  may  call  us 
to  in  this  world ;  no,  although  death  itself.  Life  with  Christ  is  better 
incomparably  than  anything  we  lose.  Our  life  is  but  a  dying  life,  take  it 
at  the  best ;  die  we  must.  Now  if  we  die  suifering  afflictions,  which  are  the 
passage  to  life,  why  then  there  is  a  benefit  made  of  necessity.  We  owe  to 
God  a  death  by  nature,  and  now  we  get  an  advantage  by  anything  we  suffer 
for  Christ's  sake.  For  we.have  a  hundred  fold  for  anything  we  suffer  in  this 
world.  It  is  hard  to  persuade  this  reason  to  flesh  and  blood,  but  they  that 
find  experience  in  it  once,  as  Christians  *do  in  sufierings,  they  find  peace 
and  comfort  from  the  presence  of  Christ's  Spirit  in  their  souls  ;  they  know 
what  a  benefit  it  is  to  suffer  for  Christ's  sake,  though  with  loss  of  anything 
in  this  world.  Would  Saint  Paul  have  wanted  those  whippings  and 
imprisonments,  or  wanted  his  comforts  of  Christ's  presence  ?  Would  the 
martyrs  have  wanted  that  sweet  comfort  they  had  for  present  life  ?  Surely 
they  had  it  oftered,  they  might  have  entertained  it  if  they  would,  but  they 
would"  not.  And  if  ghmpses  of  glory,  the  little  life  derived  to  us  now,  sup- 
porteth  under  the  troubles  of  the  world,  what  is  the  '  exceeding  weight  of 
glory'  reserved  for  us  in  another  world  ?  We  can  soon  fathom  and  compass 
the  things  we  suffer.  We  know  what  contempt  meaneth,  and  poverty 
meaneth,  but  the  life  in  this  world  passeth  understanding.  '  The  peace  of 
God  passeth  understanding,'  Philip,  iv.  7,  and  '  is  joy  unspeakable  and 
glorious,'  1  Peter  i.  8.  Therefore  if  there  be  a  measure  and  narrow 
measure  of  trouble  in  this  world,  and  that  there  be  inward  peace  and  glory 
immeasurable,  then  we  be  gainers  here,  setting  aside  consideration  of 
heaven. 

Therefore,  I  beseech  you,  let  us  be  willing  to  undergo  anything  God 
shall  call  us  to  ;  for, 

(1.)  We  shall  find  a  divine  energy  of  God's  Spirit,  u-liicli  tee  never  2'>erliaps 
had  before,  nor  ever  shall  hare  hereafter.  Therefore  fear  nothing  God  shall 
call  us  to.  The  comforts  of  God's  Spirit,  from  the  life  of  Christ  manifested 
in  the  hearts  of  his  children,  are  above  the  course  of  nature,  for  it  is  an 
high  life.  The  life  of  Christ  is  above  the  life  of  reason  or  sense.  There- 
fore suppose  troubles  lie  in  sense,,  the  large  peace  and  enlargement  of  spirit 
is  above  them  all. 

Now  as  the  life  of  reason  is  above  the  life  of  sense,  so  the  life  of  gi'ace 
is  above  all  conditions  whatsoever.  No  inferior  subordinate  condition  can 
prejudice  the  life  of  grace  and  comfort.  Therefore  if  all  tyrants  in  the 
world  conspire  to  make  a  man  miserable,  they  vex  his  outward  life,  but 
there  is  a  life  of  Jesus,  and  they  cannot  hinder  the  influence  of  grace  and 
comfort  to  the  soul.  They  cannot  hinder  the  inward  peace  of  inward  joy, 
they  be  comforts  of  an  higher  rank.  And  therefore  if  ever  God  calleth  us 
to  stand  in  a  good  cause,  for  justice,  for  religion,  never  go  ofi':  we  shall 
.have  comforts  of  an  higher  rank. 

(2.)  Consider,  the  worst  they  can  do  is,  to  take  this  life  of  ours,  which  we 
cannot  keep  long.  These  things  be  easy  to  be  known,  for  matter  of  under- 
standing, but  hard  to  practise  upon  occasion ;  therefore  we  ought  to  think 


412  COMMENTAEY  ON 

of  them  beforehand,  and  to  labour  more  and  more,  persuaded  of  the  love 
of  God  in  Christ.  And  to  see  the  life  of  Christ  quickening  them  to  all  holy 
actions  and  duty,  this  is  a  spiritual  life.  As  Christ,  when  he  rose,  never 
dieth  more,  so  he  that  hath  this  spiritual  life  hath  an  eternal  life,  he  never 
dieth  more.  ^Vhen  Christ  begins  to  quicken  our  souls  by  joining  our  spirits 
with  his  Spirit,  that  conjunction  is  everlasting.  And  it  is  nearer  after 
death  than  before ;  when  death  separates  the  soul  from  the  body,  then 
Cometh  the  conjunction  of  the  soul  to  Christ.  Therefore  labour  after  the 
spiritual  life  that  makes  us  happier  and  happier  still.  The  longer  we  live 
the  nearer  we  are'to  Christ,  and  when  we  die  nearest  of  all.  Labour  to 
feel  the  power  of  Christ's  Spirit  quickening  our  spirit,  putting  life  into 
them,  vigour  into  them,  beauty  on  them,  strength  into  them  by  his  Holy 
Spirit. 

(3.)  Again,  ivlieri  the  body  is  severed  from  the  life  of  the  said,  ive  see  hoie 
deformed  it  is,  hoiv  stiff  and  inactive  it  is;  ive  cannot  endure  the  sight  of  our 
dearest  friend  if  life  he  gone.  If  the  life  of  Christ  be  severed  from  our  souls, 
what  carrion  souls  have  we  to  God.  There  is  no  beauty  on  the  soul,  no 
strength  to  duty.  But  now  if  we  enter  upon  the  first  degree  of  life  here, 
and  find  the  beginning  of  it  in  altering  and  changing  our  natures,  we  are 
sure  to  leave*  farther  degrees  of  it  in  our  death,  and  the  consummation  of 
it  at  our  resurrection  ;  then  body  and  soul  shall  enjoy  the  same  life  that 
Jesus  doth  now.  But  the  scope  of  the  apostle,  which  I  desire  you  mainly 
to  remember,  is  this,  that  you  should  fear  nothing ;  nothing  can  befall  us, 
though  never  so  grievous  to  the  outward  man. 

I  (4.)  I  add,  because  ive  shall  experimentally  feel  the  life  of  Christ  manifested  to 
us.  It  is  that  that  makes  a  Christian.  Experience  is  the  life  ["of  ]  a  Christian. 
What  is  all  knowledge  of  Christ  without  experience,  but  a  bare  knowledge, 
if  the  power  that  raised  Christ's  body  raise  not  our  souls  ?  This  is  to 
know  Christ  to  purpose,  to  know  the  virtue  of  Christ.  We  hear  that  Christ 
is  powerful  to  quicken  his  own  body.  You  hear  that  Christ  is  gracious, 
and  good,  and  full  of  comfort ;  but  what  is  this  unless  we  feel  it  in  our- 
selves ?  It  is  the  experimental  knowledge  of  Christ,  and  of  the  life  of 
Christ,  that  doth  us  good,  and  makes  us  abound  in  all  things.  I  sufier 
bonds,  saith  the  apostle,  for  the  gospel,  but  I  am  not  ashamed,  Kom.  i.  16. 
Why  ?  '  I  know  whom  I  have  believed.'  He  felt  the  power  of  Christ  in 
all  his  tribulations  and  afflictions.  When  we  find  by  experience  Christ  is 
a  quickening  Spirit,  hath  quickened  our  souls  to  grace,  comforts,  peace,  joy 
in  our  worst  condition,  then  we  know  Christ  to  purpose,  and  then  are  fit 
to  be  carried  through  all  afflictions  of  the  world,  and  beyond  all,  and  above 
all,  to  bear  us  through  all  things  we  meet  with  in  the  world  between  us 
and  heaven.  The  life  of  Christ  being  a  divine  life,  without  a  little  expe- 
rience of  it,  all  is  to  no  purpose.  And  a  little  of  this  beareth  down  all  that 
stands  between  us  and  glory. 

VERSE  10. 

Always  bearing  ahotit  in  onr  bodies  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  that  the  Ufa 
also  of  Jesus  miglit  be  made  manifest  in  our  bodies. 

The  apostle,  as  before  we  have  heard,  labours  to  vindicate  the  credit  of 

the  gospel,  and  the  ministry  of  it,  preventing!  all  objections  that  carnal 

men  might  make  from  the  trouble  that  usually  accompanieth  both  the 

preaching  and  profession  of  the  blessed  truths  of  God.     And  he  setteth  it 

*  Qu.  '  have  '  ?— Ed.  f  That  is,  '  anticipating.'— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   10.  413 

down  by  way  of  opposition  and  contrariety.  He  grants  all  that  tlie  adversary 
can  say,  and  then  sheweth  on  the  contrary  how  God  is  present  graciously 
in  the  midst  of  the  troubles  of  his  children.     And  this  in  five  particulars. 

1.  '  We  are  troubled  on  every  side,  yet  not  distressed.' 

2.  '  Perplexed,  yet  not  in  despair.' 

3.  '  Persecuted,  yet  not  forsaken.' 

4.  •  We  are  cast  down,  yet  not  destroyed  altogether.'  Every  [one]  of 
these  is  worse  than  [thej  other.  The  waters  of  trouble  do  arise,  but  as 
the  waters  of  trouble  do  arise,  so  comforts  arise  in  every  one,  especially 
in  the  fifth,  which  is  the  worst  of  all. 

5.  '  Always  bearing  about  in  our  bodies  the  dying  of  our  Lord  Jesus.' 
It  is  true,  yet  for  all  that  '  the  life  of  Jesus  is  made  manifest  in  our 
bodies,'  beside  these  unspeakable  comforts  that  are  (preserved  for  reli- 
gion in  the  world  to  come,  God  doth  not  desert  his  children  nor  his  cause 
even  in  this.  It  is  a  happy  condition  when  they  be  at  the  worst ;  so 
that  the  blessed  apostle,  though  he  had  something  in  the  flesh  to  dis- 
courage him  that  he  had  no  better  in  him  than  nature,  yet  notwithstand- 
ing, he  had  something  whereby  he  was  encouraged,  whereby  he  should 
be  able  to  retort  all  upon  any  that  should  object  anything  in  religion  to 
his  discouragement ;  a  blessed  art  and  skill  which  we  should  all  learn,  not 
to  look  altogether  upon  the  grievances,  but  consider  likewise  what  is  in 
our  condition  wherein  we  may  be  comforted ;  nay,  more  comfort  if  we  have 
spiritual  eyes  than  grounds  of  discouragement.  God  is  gracious;  he  never 
taketh  anything  from  his  children  but  he  makes  it  up  in  a  better  kind. 

We  came  the  last  day  to  the  beginning  of  the  10th  verse.  '  We  bear 
about  in  our  bodies  the  dyings  of  the  Lord  Jesus ' ;  the  end  of  it  is,  '  that 
the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  made  manifest  in  our  bodies.' 

God  afflicts  not  any  one  of  his  children  but  he  makes  it  up  by  a  gracious 
and  blessed  recompence  ;  and  what  he  takes  away  he  maketh  up  ;  and  in 
what  measure  the  outward  man  decayeth  by  mortification,  in  that  measure, 
in  a  more  excellent  kind,  he  makes  it  up  in  the  life  of  Jesus ;  and  what  is 
the  decay  of  the  life  of  nature,  or  the  life  of  condition,  that  stands  in  riches, 
and  pleasures,  and  honom's,  suitable  to  the  growth  in  a  life  of  a  higher 
kind,  the  life  of  Jesus  ? 

'  We  always  bear  in  our  bodies  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus.' 

The  words  are  a  yielding  to  that  objection  that  might  be  -made  concern- 
ing the  affliction  of  the  outward  man.  It  is  true,  '  we  bear  in  our  bodies 
the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus.'     We  spake  of  that  first  part  the  last  day. 

That  is,  such  afflictions  whereby  we  are  conformed  to  Christ,  not  only 
which  Christ  permits  and  suffers,  and  which  are  like  to  the  dyings  of  Christ, 
and  conformable  to  him,  which  is  called  the  mortification  of  Christ  and  the 
dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  but  also  such  a  dying  wherein  we  have  the  Lord 
Jesus  to  be  partners  with  us,  and  which  is  for  his  sake,  and  whereby  we 
are  framed  to  be  like  to  him,  and  conformed  to  his  image. 

Obs.  Whatsoever  ive  suffer  for  Christ's  sake,  we  have  Christ  a  partner  ivith 
us  in  it.  Even  as  by  virtue  of  communion  with  him  we  die  with  him  and 
rise  with  him,  so  by  virtue  of  communion  with  us  he  sufiers  with  us  and 
dieth  with  us.  He  was  stoned  in  Stephen,  he  was  beheaded  in  Paul,  he 
was  reproached  in  Moses.  Christ  sufiers  in  all  those  that  suffer  for  him. 
There  is  that  near  communion  between  Christ  and  his  church.  And  there- 
fore it  is  the  mortification*  of  Christ,  because  he  bears  part  with  his  children 
*  That  is,  '  dying.'— G- 


414  COMMENTARY  ON 

in  it,  and  likewise  because  we  are  framed  thereby  to  be  like  unto  him. 
For,  beloved,  not  to  say  any  more  in  this,  argument,  there  must  be  a  great 
deal  of  alteration  in  the  outward  man  before  it  will  be  like  Christ.  Our 
flesh  and  outward  man  is  so  tainted  with  original  corruption,  that  there 
must  be  a  great  deal  of  change  to  fashion  it  to  be  like  to  the  pure  nature 
of  Christ.  Ye  know  the  nature  that  Christ  took  upon  him.  It  was  an 
afflicted  nature,  but  a  human  nature,  before  it  was  a  glorious  nature  in 
heaven.  And  so  likewise  this  nature  of  ours,  this  outward  man,  before  it 
can  be  a  glorious  nature,  must  be  a  human  nature,  it  must  be  an  afflicted 
nature.  For  sin  hath  eaten  so  deeply  into  our  natures,  that  there  needs, 
as  it  were,  a  spirit  of  burning  to  consume  and  waste  the  corruption  that  is 
in  us ;  and  therefore  it  is  called  the  mortification*  of  Jesus,  because  by  it 
we  are  conformable  to  Jesus  in  our  natures  and  dispositions,  by  little  and 
little,  till  at  length  our  bodies  and  souls  be  for  ever  conformable  to  him  in 
the  heavens,  death  being  the  accomplishing  of  mortification. 

And  then  again,  the  mortification  of  Jesus  is  such  a  mortification  whereby 
we  are  content  our  bodies  should  be  like  the  body  of  Christ  on  earth,  which 
is  in  all  hardship,  labour,  affliction,  weariness  ;  and  all  God's  people  have 
such  a  spirit,  all  that  come  to  heaven  have  such  a  spirit.  They  are  not  so 
dainty  that  their  bodies  should  be  better  used  than  the  body  of  Christ. 
Christ  took  upon  him  our  flesh  and  our  miserable  condition,  he  took  a 
nature  subject  to  pain  and  labour.  He  took  not  our  nature  as  in  Adam, 
impassible,  that  could  not  suffer,  but  he  took  the  weakness  of  our  nature, 
and  in  our  nature  went  about  doing  good,  hungry,  and  thirsty  and  weary, 
and  takinff  a  great  deal  of  pains  ;  and  shall  any  man  that  is  a  member  of 
Christ  be  so  dainty  and  delicate  as  not  to  be  content  to  have  his  body  like 
as  Christ's  body  was  ?  And  therefore,  the  more  that  any  man  by  Christ's 
Spirit  is  content,  his  body  should  take  pains  in  any  calling  to  do  good,  and 
the  more  he  is  content  to  suffer  ill  in  doing  good,  the  more  he  carrieth  the 
mortification  and  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus  in  him.  And,  beloved,  so  soon 
as  ever  a  man  is  become  a  Christian,  his  life  is  no  more  his  own ;  his 
health,  his  liberty  is  Christ's,  not  his  own.  Self-denial  is  the  first  lesson. 
There  is  a  hatred,  a  not  loving  of  anything  in  comparison  of  Christ,  even 
of  life  itself,  and  whatsoever  stands  in  the  way  ;  and  therefore  we  must  be 
content  to  be  partakers  of  Christ's  sufferings,  that  our  bodies  should  be  so 
used  as  Christ  was  ;  we  must  give  up  life  and  liberty  and  all  to  Christ ;  and 
that  is  '  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus.'  This  we  shewed  more  largely  upon 
the  last  day ;  but  I  will  now  specially  insist  on  the  end  and  use  of  all  this, 
'  that  the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  made  manifest  in  our  mortal  flesh.' 

You  see  there  is  nothing  lost  by  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus.  It  is 
made  up  in  a  better  kind,  being  for  this  end,  '  that  the  life  of  Jesus  may  be 
made  manifest  in  our  bodies.'  This  is  God's  end,  and  this  is  Christ's  end, 
and  this  is  Paul's  end.  It  is  both  the  effect  and  issue  that  cometh  of  the 
dyinff  of  our  bodies,  and  it  is  the  end  intended  by  Christ,  who  will  use  our 
bodies  in  his  service,  so  that  his  life  may  be  made  manifest  in  us.  St 
Paul's  end  is  suitable  to  Christ's  in  bearing  the  afflictions  of  the  outward 
man,  that  the  life  of  Christ  may  be  made  manifest  in  him  ;  for  being  once 
in  Christ,  Christ's  aims  and  ends  are  our  aims  and  ends  ;  and  therefore 
saith  Paul,  we  are  content  to  '  bear  in  our  bodies  the  dyings  of  the  Lord 
Jesus,'  BO  this  be  the  issue  of  it,  '  that  the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  made  mani- 
fest.' Christ  will  have  this  end,  and  it  is  his  end.  He  taketh  away  no- 
thing but  he  makes  it  up  in  a  better  kind  to  the  better  man.  It  shall 
*  That  is,  '  dying.' — G. 


2  COFvINTHLVNS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   10.  415 

be  supplied  by  a  life  of  tlie  Spirit,  wliicb  shall  be  perfected  in  a  life  of 
glory  in  heaven. 

Now  what  is  this  life  of  Jesus  ? 

There  is  a  life  of  Jesus  whereby  he  liveth  himself,  as  God,  and  as  media- 
tor, God-man.  There  is  a  life  of  Jesus  whereby  Christ  was  upheld  while 
he  lived  upon  the  earth  ;  for  that  Spirit  that  quickened  the  dead  body  of 
Jesus  in  the  grave,  that  Spirit  carried  Christ  along  in  all  his  lifetime,  freed 
him  from  all  dangers  till  he  had  done  his  work.  There  was  a  Spirit  of  life 
in  Jesus  that  upheld  him,  and  strengthened  him  to  do  the  great  work  he 
took  in  hand,  till  at  length  he  did  a  greater  work  than  all  before,  that  is, 
raised  up  his  dead  body.  So  that  beside  the  life  of  Jesus  enjoyed  in  heaven, 
a  glorious  life,  there  was  a  life  that  Jesus  led  on  earth,  which  was  carried 
by  the  Spirit,  and  acted  by  the  Spirit  of  God  in  all  things  he  did  as  media- 
tor, God-man.  And  there  is  a  life  that  he  hath  now  in  heaven,  which  is 
either  the  life  that  he  enjoyeth  himself  and  as  our  head,  which  we  shall  be 
conformed  to  when  we  die ;  for  we  shall  enjoy  the  same  life  in  onf  propor- 
tion and  measure  that  he  doth  in  heaven,  the  glorious  life  which  is  the  life 
of  Christ  our  head  ;  that  is,  that  life  of  Christ  which  is  now  hid,  as  the 
apostle  saith,  '  our  life  is  hid  with  Christ  in  God,'  Col.  iii.  3  ;  or  else  the 
hfe  of  Jesus  is  that  quickening  power  which  com.es  from  Christ  unto  us. 

Not  to  speak  of  higher  matters,  how  God  is  life,  which  be  speculations, 
not  to  the  present  purpose,  the  life  of  Jesus  here,  it  is  not  the  life  of  Jesus 
as  it  is  and  was  in  himself,  but  the  life  of  Jesus  as  it  is  conveyed  to  us. 
The  life  of  Jesus  is  derived  to  every  Christian. 

Not  to  speak  of  the  life  of  justification,  which  is  a  life  of  sentence,  and 
not  here  principally  intended,  though  it  be  the  spring  of  all  the  rest,  for  we 
are  dead  in  law,  and  we  must  be  quickened  by  sentence.  We  are  dead  in 
our  sins.  Guilt  is  upon  us,  and  the  guilt  must  be  removed  in  justification. 
We  must  live  in  law,  and  in  sentence,  and  in  absolution.  God  must 
forgive  our  sins  for  Christ's  sake,  and  remove  the  guilt  of  all  death,  before 
we  can  have  inward  grace,  which  is  the  life  of  sanctification.  Though  it 
be  not  here  meant,  it  is  supposed,  as  that  which  leadeth  to  all  the  rest. 
But  here  is  meant  the  life  of  grace  in  us  which  is  from  the  work  and  func- 
tion of  the  Spirit  of  Christ.  The  Spirit  of  Jesus  is  the  Spirit  of  every 
Christian.  As  there  is  one  soul  in  the  head  and  all  the  members,  so  there 
is  one  Spirit  in  Christ  and  all  the  members,  and  one  spiritual  life  in  Christ 
and  all  the  members.  Now  this  Spirit  of  Christ  conveyeth  to  us  the  Spirit 
of  life,  and  Christ  is  the  life  of  our  life,  the  soul  of  our  soul,  the  union  with 
our  spirits.  For  even  as  the  body  liveth  by  fellowship  and  communion 
with  the  soul — for  what  is  life  but  the  vigour  of  •  the  soul  in  the  body  by 
reason  of  union  ?- — so  doth  our  souls  and  bodies  live  a  spiritual  life  by  union 
and  fellowship  with  Christ,  [which]  is  the  vigour  of  the  Spirit  ih  our  souls  by 
virtue  of  Christ.  And  therefore  that  spiritual  life  by  which  we  live  here 
is  the  life  of  Christ,  not  only  exemplary,  because  it  is  like  Christ's  life,  but 
by  way  of  efSciency.  Christ  is  the  head  of  it,  and  conveyeth  it  to  us. 
There  is  no  better  comparison  than  to  express  it  by  the  life  of  the  body 
which  hath  communion  from  the  soul.  The  soul  hath  a  distinct  life  of  its 
own.  It  hath  a  life  when  it  is  out  of  the  body.  It  hath  reason,  it  hath 
discourse,  it  wills,  it  understandeth,  it  joyeth,  it  delighteth,  j^et  notwith- 
standing, distinct  from  the  body.  That  is  not  a  life  that  it  liveth  in  the 
body  that  is  severed.*  The  body's  life  is  that  that  is  communicated  by  con- 
junction and  communion.     So  the  life  of  Jesus  [is]  not  the  life  that  he  liveth 

*  The  meaning  seems  to  be,  that  it  is  not  the  life  of  the  soul  apart  from  the  body, 


416  COMMENTAKY  ON 

in  himself,  but  in  this  place  specially,  the  life  that  we  have  by  communion 
and  friendship  with  him. 

And  this  life  that  we  have,  the  life  of  Jesus,  it  admitteth  of  a  double 
consideration. 

First  of  all,  it  is  that  habitual  life  as  u-e  may  call  it,  that  imcard  frame  of 
divi^ie  nature  ivhicli  is  in  ^ls  Christians,  xrhich  raiseth  us  above  other  men,  as 
other  men  by  a  rational  life  are  raised  above  other  creatures  ;  that  temper 
and  composure  of  soul  whereby  they  mind  heavenly  things,  and  have  a 
supernatural  end  and  aim  in  all  things,  have  enlargements  of  understand- 
ing, enlargements  of  will  and  affections,  larger  souls  than  others.  Narrow- 
spirited  men  they  are  that  are  carried  only  to  the  things  of  this  life  ;  and 
this  is  a  constant  life,  by  reason  of  the  constant  dwelling  of  the  Spirit  in  us, 
as  there  is  constant  life  in  the  body  by  the  constant  dwelling  of  the  soul  in 
.  it.  And  it  is  besides  that,  a  perpetual  influence  of  life  from  Christ,  espe- 
cially in  dangerous  and  difficult  times,  as  Saint  Paul  speaks  of  here.  It  is 
a  power  above  nature  conveyed  to  uphold  and  carry  us  along  through  all 
dangers  till  we  come  to  heaven  ;  so  that  it  is  a  life  first  in  us,  and  then 
the  life  of  Christ  drawing  out  the  life  in  us  to  all  kind  of  grace,  and  addeth 
a  divine  strength. 

.  For,  beloved,  it  is  not  that  life  that  is  in  us  doth  all  the  gi'eat  matters, 
but  it  is  the  life  of  Christ  as  it  joineth  with  the  life  of  grace,  supporteth  it, 
strengthens  it,  draweth  it  forth,  increaseth  it.  For  the  life  that  is  in  us  it 
is  a  created  thing,  it  is  a  new  creature,  but  a  creature  ;  but  the  life  that 
maintaineth  a  Christian,  that  upholds  him  specially  in  the  dangerous  matter, 
ay,  in  the  '  dyings  of  the  Lord  Jesus,'  in  great  difficulty,  that  is  not  a 
thing  created  in  us,  but  the  life  of  Jesus  as  it  hath  influence  from  him,  and 
is  conveyed  from  him  by  a  perpetual  kind  of  derivation.  For  if  troubles 
grow,  then  the  quickening  power  must  increase  with  them,  and  habitual 
grace  in  us  must  be  raised,  and  strengthened,  and  quickened  ;  and  besides 
the  graces  formerlj^  in  us,  there  must  be  an  addition  of  strength  from  the 
spring,  still  more  and  more.  In  natural  life  we  do  not  only  live  in  God, 
but  move  in  God  :  '  In  him  we  live,  and  move,  and  have  our  being,'  Acts 
xvii.  28.  So  in  regard  of  spiritual  life,  we  not  only  live  by  Christ,  but  our 
motion  and  the  prompting  of  our  power  being  sanctified  to  any  particular 
action,  it  is  from  the  quickening  power  of  Christ,  which  is  a  quickening 
Spirit  quickening  us.  Sometimes  this  quickening  power  must  be  shewed 
in  way  of  strength,  when  the  trouble  is  great  that  the  strength  may  be 
suitable  ;  sometimes  by  way  of  comfort,  when  the  discouragement  is  great; 
sometimes  by  way  of  joy  and  peace,  when  the  discouragement  is  to  assault 
us  with  the  contrary.  So  that  perpetually  there  must  be  quickening  power 
in  our  lives  from  Christ  our  quickening  head,  besides  the  habitual,  constant 
grace  we  carry  about  with  us  always.  We  know,  in  the  body,  if  there  be 
obstructions  that  hinder  the  spirits  from  the  brain,  whence  motions  come, 
there  is  an  apoplexy  or  lethargy,  causing  a  cessation  of  motion.  So  if 
there  be  ceasing  of  the  quickening  powers  continually  derived  from  Christ 
our  head,  there  would  be  an  apoplexy  or  lethargy  in  our  spiritual  life,  and 
a  kind  of  death.  Therefore  when  we  speak  of  the  life  of  Christ,  we  must 
not  understand  the  life  that  he  lived;  'because  I  live,  therefore  you  shall  live 
also  ; '  but  to  think  of  the  habitual  grace  wrought  in  ourselves,  whereby  we 
are  conformed  to  Christ,  and  to  think  of  a  quickening  power  that  Christ 
sheweth  continually,  he  being  the  Sun  of  this  world.     Though  the  things 

but  the  life  of  the  body  through  its  union  with  the  soul,  that  is  the  figure  of  the 
life  of  Jesus  spoken  of  in  the  text. — Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  lY,  TER.   10.  417 

of  this  world,  as  plants  and  tlie  like  [grow],  yet  let  the  sun  withdraw  his 
vigour  and  efficacy,  and  they  seem  to  die  presently.  The  light  of  the  air 
ceaseth  when  the  sun  ceaseth  to  shine.  So  besides  that,  in  us  habitually 
and  continually,  there  must  be  influence  of  Christ  into  us  answerable  to  the 
exigencies  and  occasions  a  Christian  hath,  either  of  peace,  or  joy,  or  com- 
fort of  some  portion  of  spiritual  life  or  other.  Now  this  is  called  the  life  of 
Jesus,  because  it  is  radicated  in  him  originally,  as  the  '  second  Adam.' 
"We  all  derive  it  from  him.  The  grace  and  quickening  power  we  have  con- 
tinually, it  is  from  him,  the  glory  we  look  for  is  from  him.  He  is  the 
'  first-born' to  whom  we  are  predestinate  to  be  conformed  everyway,  in 
grace  here,  and  glory  hereafter  ;  and  therefore  it  is  called  the  life  of  Jesus. 
That  is  specially  herein  meant.  Both  these  lives,  the  inward  frame  of 
spiritual  life  and  grace  in  us,  and  likewise  a  perpetual  influence  specially 
discovered  and  manifested  then,  when  there  is  most  need  of  it,  in  times  of 
trouble,  with  the  accomplishment  of  it  in  heaven.  The  life  of  Christ  is 
manifested  in  his  children  here  when  they  stand  in  most  need  of  grace  and 
comfort,  and  it  is  manifested  continually  to  the  day  of  judgment,  when  the 
life  of  Jesus  shall  indeed  be  manifested  to  the  full,  as  it  is  manifested  in 
him  in  heaven  ;  for  as  Christ  is  glorious  himself  in  heaven,  so  his  mystical 
body  shall  be  like  himself  too. 

I  need  speak  no  more  for  the  unfolding  of  the  meaning  of  the  words. 
The  points  considerable  are  these, 

Obs.  1.  That  Christ  is  the  foundation  of  all  spiritual  life  that  is  in  us. 
He  is  the  '  second  Adam'  that  conveyeth  all  that  is  spiritually  good.  As 
the  first  Adam  conveyeth  all  that  is  spiritually  ill,  it  was  his  office  so  to  do, 
to  convey  life.  '  Because  I  live,  you  shall  live  also,'  John  xiv.  19 ;  and 
he  saith,  John  s.  10,  *  I  am  come  that  they  might  have  life,  and  that  they 
might  have  life  abundant.'  Christ  came  that  we  might  have  Hfe,  and  that 
we  might  have  abundance  of  life  at  the  length.  We  have  it  by  degrees 
here,  but  there  is  abundance  of  life  preserved  for  us,  such  abundance  as  he 
enjoyeth  himself  in  the  heavens.  So  that  Christ  as  the  '  second  Adam' 
conveyeth  spiritual  life  to  us,  as  the  common  root  of  all  believers,  as  the 
'  first  Adam'  was  the  common  root  of  all  mankind,  but  more  peculiarly  by 
virtue  of  office  as  an  head.  As  the  head  conveyeth  spirit  and  life  to  all 
parts  of  the  body,  so  doth  Christ  convey  spiritual  life  to  all  his. 

It  is  the  end  of  his  coming  and  incarnation,  to  procure  life  of  sentence 
and  reconciliation,  which  is  the  life  of  justification  and  freedom  from  con- 
demnation, and  the  life  of  acceptation  to  life  everlasting.  He  died  that  he 
might  expiate*  God,  and  get  the  lives  of  men  by  getting  them  to  be  acquitted 
from  sin,  and  entitled  to  heaven  ;  and  thereupon  he  came  to  convey  (as  head 
unto  all  his  members)  life  like  his  own,  that  the  Spirit  that  is  in  him  may 
quicken  all  his  members.  Therefore  he  hath  taken  upon  him  the  sweet  re- 
lation of  an  head,  of  a  root,  the  Sun  of  righteousness,  to  shew  that  he  is  a 
powerful  head,  a  powerful  root,  a  powerful  husband  that  can  alter  and  change 
by  virtue  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  that  he  hath  in  abundance,  all  that  belong 
to  him,  and  be  knit  to  him ;  and  therefore  our  spiritual  life  is  in  Christ. 

He  first  exercised  this  life  on  his  own  body  by  quickening  that.  As 
he  was  mightily  declared  to  be  the  Son  of  God,  by  raising  his  own  body, 
Eph.  i.  19,  20,  so  he  will  be  mightily  declared  to  be  the  head  of  all  his, 
by  raising  the  bodies  of  his  children  out  of  the  grave,  and  by  raising  them 
out  of  troubles,  which  are  partial  deaths,  little  deaths.  So  that  all  spiritual 
life  comes  from  Christ,  from  union  and  communion  with  Christ. 

*  That  is,  =  to  pacify  by  sacrifice,  atonement. — G. 
•      VOL.  IV.  D  d 


418  COMMENTARY  ON 

Use.  Therefore  we  must  labour  to  have  union  and  communion  uith  Christ 
strengthened  by  all  means ;  by  hearing,  and  by  the  sacraments,  and  by  all 
means.  For  all  our  life  is  derived  and  fetched  from  Christ,  as  a  '  second 
Adam,'  who  by  virtue  of  his  office  deriveth  life  to  all  that  be  his.  The 
more  we  know  of  Christ,  the  more  experimentally  we  feel  the  power  of 
Christ,  the  more  we  live, 

Obs.  2.  For  the  second  point :  As  all  Hfe  is  from  Christ,  so  (which  is  the 
main  point  of  the  text)  this  life  is  most  discovered  in  afflictions  and  evil 
times,  in  the  dying  of  the  ontward  man. 

Beloved,  both  the  spiritual  lives  I  speak  of,  both  the  inward  frame  of 
grace  is  made  more  manifest,  and  likewise  the  power  of  Christ  in  uphold- 
ing a  weak  creature  in  such  a  condition ;  for  all  grace  shineth  most,  and 
appears  most  in  trouble  ;  as  obedience,  courage,  faith,  love  to  God,  love  to 
others,  love  of  the  truth.  I  need  not  stand  to  particularise.  And  there- 
fore the  life  of  Christ  is  manifested  in  the  decays  of  the  outward  man, 
whether  by  outward  persecutions,  or  by  sicknesses,  and  the  like,  that  is 
the  time  of  the  discovery  of  grace  ;  and  likewise  it  is  the  time  of  the  disco- 
very of  the  power  that  Christ  exercised  and  shewed,  the  divine  power  that 
God  declared  in  raising  his  body,  that  is,  the  time  wherein  he  sheweth  that 
power  in  all  his. 

Reason  1.  The  reason  is,  things  are  lest  known  by  oj^jMsition.  The  decay 
of  the  outward  man  is  a  foil  as  it  were  to  grace,  to  make  it  appear  more 
clear  and  glorious,  and  the  weakness  of  the  outward  man  is  a  means  to  dis- 
cover more  the  power  of  God's  Spirit,  and  the  power  of  the  life  of  Christ 
in  such  a  weak  body ;  for  a  weak  man,  or  a  weak  woman,  or  a  weak  child, 
to  be  able  to  stand  up  for  the  truth,  here  is  divine  power  shewed,  as  the 
martyrs  did  not  only*  shew,  but  declare  it  gloriously.  And  for  a  sick  body 
to  believe,  makes  the  soul  glorious  and  comfortable.  Here  is  divine 
power  shewed  more  gloriously  by  reason  of  the  opposition  of  the  out- 
ward man. 

Reason  2.  And  then  again,  in  this  time  the  soid  itself  uniteth  itself  more 
unto  God,  and  to  divine  things;  and  therefore  the  life  of  Christ  is  more 
manifested,  because  there  is  a  near  union  between  Christ  and  the  soul. 
For  the  soul  gathers  itself  from  the  sphere,  down  to  worldly  things,  as  in 
times  of  prosperity,  ease,  and  plenty,  when  the  soul  scatters  and  looseth  f 
itself  in  the  creature.  Now  there  is  a  sweetening  power  in  that  which  is 
inflictive,  to  make  the  soul  gather  itself  to  God,  to  the  fountain  of  life  ;  and 
so  it  is  a  means  sanctified  by  the  Spirit  of  God  to  procure  union  with  the 
Spirit  of  Christ ;  and  therefore  the  life  of  Christ  is  then  more  manifested 
in  the  flesh. 

Reason  3.  And  then  these  things  that  befall  the  outward  man,  they  are 
as  it  were  removentia  prohibentia,  they  remove  the  hindrances  of  the  life  of 
Christians ;  for  what  hinders  the  life  of  Christ  from  appearing  in  us,  but 
that  our  afi'ections  are  eaten  up  with  the  world  and  vanity,  one  way  or 
other  ?  For  naturally  we  are  not  so  vigorous  in  spirit  when  we  have  vigour 
in  the  outward  man  ;  and  that  which  farthers  the  life,  and  strength,  and 
comfort  of  the  outward  man,  will  diminish  the  strength  of  the  inward.  It 
should  not  be  so.  It  should  be  that  the  more  vigorous  in  the  outward  man, 
the  more  vigorous  we  should  be  in  the  inward ;  but  it  is  not  so.  Now  suf- 
fering takes  away  that,  when  these  be  embittered  by  the  cross,  by  some 
suffering  that  is  against  the  feeling  and  sense  of  the  outward  man.  Here- 
upon Cometh  a  better  relish  of  divine  things,  other  things  being  embittered 
t  Misprinted  '  all.'— G.  *  Qu.  '  loseth  '?— Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   10.  419 

to  the  soul ;  and'  hereupon  the  soul,  in  times  of  any  great  pressui-e,  doth 
hear  with  other  ears,  and  doth  see  with  other  eyes  heavenly  things,  and 
doth  feel  and  judge  after  another  manner  than  it  did  before.  Take  a  man 
when  he  is  under  any  thing  that  afflicts  the  outward  man,  for  his  body  or 
condition,  which  are  both  called  life,  the  hfe  of  body,  and  the  Hfe  of  condi- 
tion, we  shall  fasten  a  few  good  things  sooner  on  him  than  at  another  time. 
Speak  ten  times  as  much  at  another  time,  it  shall  have  no  passage,  no 
entrance,  but  the  state  of  all  things  without  being  made  less  delightful,  his 
soul  recovereth  a  spiritual  taste,  and  relisheth  heavenly  company,  and 
heavenly  truths,  as  they  be  suggested  by  others  or  us.  Experience  shew- 
eth  this  in  David  and  other  saints,  and  in  every  Christian  ;  and  therefore 
the  blessed  life  of  Christ,  such  a  spiritual  life  as  is  in  Christ,  it  is  his 
most  of  all  glorious  and  conspicuous,  specially  in  times  of  afflictions  and 
crosses. 

Reason  4.  And  then  another  reason  may  be,  that  the  point  may  be  clear. 
God  doth  delight,  and  Christ  delighteth  to  shew  himself  most  glorious  at 
such  times,  not  only  because  his  virtue  and  strength  and  power  is  most 
manifest  then,  but  likewise  out  of  tenderness  to  the  condition  of  his 
children  ;  for  he  sees  they  more  need  his  presence,  and  they  more  need  his 
immediate  comforts.  Then  immediate  comforts  are  specially  desired  of 
the  soul.  When  outward  comforts  are  taken  away,  there  is  a  sweeter  com- 
munion with  Christ  in  any  trouble  than  at  other  times.  No  communion  in 
prosperity  for  the  most  part  that  is  so  sweet  to  a  Christian  as  at  that  time, 
for  the  soul  knoweth  then  it  is  most  acceptable  to  the  soul.  The  soul 
stands  in  need  of  it.  Therefore  comforts  are  immediate  to  the  soul  at  this 
time,  and  immediate  comforts  that  come  from  the  fountain  are  pure.  When 
the  comforts  derived  from  frier  ds  and  outward  helps  be  all  taken  away, 
there  must  be  immediate  comforts,  or  else  the  soul  will  sink.  And  now 
Christ,  out  of  love  to  his  children,  comes  forth  to  them  and  joineth  with 
their  spirits  more  than  at  other  times  ;  so  that  the  sweetest  communion  any 
man  hath  with  Christ  is  at  the  worst  times.  The  martyrs  verified  it 
abundantly,  for  they  never  had  the  comforts  before  that  then  they  had ; 
for  Christ  came  into  the  dungeon  and  supported  them  with  strength  above 
nature  ;  and  all  this  is  from  the  sweet  love  and  mercy  of  Christ,  that  applied 
himself  to  the  necessity  of  his  children.  These  and  the  like  reasons  that 
the  life  of  grace,  the  life  of  comfort,  and  the  life  derived  immediately  from 
Christ,  is  the  most  apparent  in  afflictions. 
I  will  not  press  the  point  any  further. 

Use  of  trial.  To  make  use  of  what  is  spoken.  If  it  is  true  that  there  ia 
a  spiritual  life,  another  life,  and  this  is  most  manifested  in  affliction ;  how- 
then  shall  we  know  whether  we  have  this  life  of  Christ  or  no  ?  for  Christ 
conveyeth  a  spiritual  life  to  all  his. 

We  will  speak  of  the  evidence  of  them  both,  whether  is  there  a  gracious 
frame  of  life  in  us  from  Christ  or  no. 

If  the  life  of  Christ  be  not  in  us,  beloved,  we  are  stark  dead  in  regard  of 
a  better  life  ;  and  it  is  woeful  to  be  in  a  dead  condition.  And  therefore  it 
behoveth  us  a  little  to  take  heed  that  we  have  the  life  of  Christ,  and  if  we 
have  it,  we  may  know  it  familiarly.  I  do  but  name  the  heads.  Because 
it  is  a  word  borrowed  from  the  life  of  nature,  you  may  know  it  from  pro- 
portion to  the  life  of  nature.  Where  spiritual  life  is,  there  it  is.  As  in 
the  outward  life  you  know  there  is  sense  and  motion,  appetite,  and  such 
like  ;  so  where  the  life  of  Jesus  is,  there  be  spiritual  senses,  eyes  that  see 
spiritual  things,  a  taste  that  relishes  spiritual  things,  a  taste  that  can  relish 


420  COMMENTARY  ON 

them  above  all  other  things,  that  can  set  the  highest  price  upon  the  best 
things,  that  judge th  of  things  as  they  be.  There  is  a  spiritual  taste  and 
judgment  suitable  to  the  judgment  of  Christ.  And  so  I  might  run  through 
all  the  senses,  if  I  would  affect  correspondency  in  this  kind.* 

And  as  there  is  spiritual  sense,  so  there  is  sensibleness.  A  natural  life 
makes  us  sensible  of  any  injury,  of  any  comfort.  So  where  there  is  the 
life  of  Jesus,  it  makes  us  sensible  of  anything  that  is  suitable  to  nature,  or 
contrary  to  it.  Where  there  is  life  there  is  sympathy  and  antipathy  ; 
sympathy,  agreement  with  what  is  suitable  to  nature,  and  antipathy  to 
what  is  contrary.  So  where  there  is  the  life  of  Jesus,  there  is  a 
sympathy  with  all  things  that  are  Jesus  his  stamp  f  upon  them,  to 
spiritual  things  and  spiritual  persons,  and  an  antipathy  to  the  contrary. 

And  here  is  the  ground  why  a  godly  man  may  be  known  by  his  hatred 
of  sin,  because  it  sheweth  an  antipathy  ;  and  antipathy  sheweth  the  kinds 
of  life.  Sin  is  contrary  to  union  and  communion  with  Christ,  for  it  is  a 
dissolving  and  divorcing  nature. 

Now  the  soul  that  liveth  by  Christ,  and  knoweth  sin  to  be  of  a  divorcing 
and  separating  nature,  to  sever  his  soul  from  his  head  and  life,  and  so  to 
cause  apoplexies  and  death  itself,  if  it  be  not  looked  to  in  time,  hereupon 
comes  the  soul  to  hate  sin  to  the  death,  and  to  seek  the  death  of  sin  by  all 
means,  because  sin  seeketh  the  death  of  the  soul ;  for  what  is  sin  but  a 
separation  of  the  soul  from  Christ,  and  a  joining  to  the  creature  ?  There- 
fore wheresoever  there  is  grace,  there  is  antipathy  to  sin,  not  only  as 
bringing  damnation  with  it,  but  as  contrary  to  tlae  life  of  Christ ;  as  every 
creature  hath  an  antipathy  to  its  enemy,  as  we  see  in  doves  and  eagles  ;  the 
dove  is  the  prey.  The  tamer  and  wild  creatures  have  an  antipathy  in  them 
by  nature.  So  the  soul  that  hath  the  life  of  Christ  hath  an  antipathy  to 
sin.  So  far  as  the  life  of  Christ  prevaileth  in  him  it  must  be  so,  for  every 
life  labours  to  preserve  its  being.  We  are  bid  to  be  wise  as  serpents,  that 
wind  and  turn  themselves  about,  that  cover  their  heads  and  will  suffer  all 
manglings  so  the  head  be  safe,  because  the  life  is  in  the  head  ;  so  the 
Christian  that  hath  the  life  of  grace  will  endure  anything,  so  the  life  of 
grace  be  not  hurt.  There  be  sympathies  and  antipathies,  an  inward 
joining  to  that  that  preserveth,  and  an  inward  hatred  to  that  that  is 
destructive  ;  and  therefore  they  that  live  in  sin  against  conscience,  that 
divideth  between  God  and  them,  I  cannot  see  how  they  can  think  of  spiritual 
life  ;  for  the  soul  liveth,  and  is  swallowed  up  in  base  pleasures  and  in  the 
creature.  Now  if  they  had  spiritual  life,  it  would  preserve  itself  from 
breaches  and  all  dangers. 

Let  us  not  deceive  ourselves.  Christ  came  not  to  free  us  from  damna- 
tion only,  but  as  an  head,  to  infuse  spiritual  life  into  us,  and  to  live  in  us 
by  his  Spirit.  He  came  not  only  to  purchase  a  life  of  glory  for  us,  but 
likewise  to  live  in  us  by  his  Spirit ;  and  if  he  overcome  for  us,  he  will  over- 
come in  us  ;  if  he  hath  a  life  for  us,  he  will  have  a  life  in  us.  The  life  of 
Jesus  must  be  manifested  in  us.  And  therefore  take  heed  of  joining  in 
affliction,  to  any  sin  ;  for  it  doth  divorce  the  soul  from  God,  and  joins  it 
to  the  creature.  And  so  the  soul  becomes  fading  like  the  creature,  and 
cometh  to  nothing  ;  and  indeed  it  is  worse  than  nothing,  to  be  for  ever  in 
hell.  It  comes  to  that  degree  in  misery  that  it  would  otherwise  have  had 
in  happiness. 

*  Cf.  for  a  very  full  and  ingenious  extitition  of  these  and  kindred  '  analogies,' 
Thomas  Adams'  Sours  Sickness,  Practical  Works,  Vol.  I.  page  471,  seq.—G. 
t  Misprinted  'stamped.' — G. 


2  GOEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   10.  421 

Creatures  have  their  instincts.  There  is  a  natural  instinct  in  every 
creature  to  run  to  that  that  feeds  it,  as  lambs  and  other  creatures  as  soon 
as  ever  they  are  born  run  ;  they  know  whither  to  go  to  suck,  because  that 
is  ordained  by  nature  for  its  preservation.  So  there  is  an  instinct  in  the 
soul  to  carry  it  to  that  that  feedeth  and  maintains  it.  Bees  go  naturally 
to  the  flowers  by  an  instinct ;  so  the  spiritual  soul  that  hath  the  life  of 
Christ  runs  to  whatsoever  may  feed  and  maintain  that  life. 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  not  to  speak  of  the  outward  actions  that  are 
objected  to  hypocrites.  Look  therefore  to  the  sympathy  and  antipathy  of 
your  souls  and  your  instincts.  Whither  doth  the  bent  of  the  soul  lead 
you  ?  Wherewith  do  you  preserve  the  inward  man  ?  How  is  the  soul 
taken  up  ?  And  this  will  discover  the  frame  of  the  soul  more  than  any- 
thing else.  Every  creature  that  hath  life,  hath  an  element  wherein  it  is 
preserved  above  another  place,  as  the  fish  in  the  sea,  the  birds  in  the  air. 
So  the  element  of  a  Christian  is  holy,  he  is  piscis  in  avido,-f  when  he  is  in 
other  courses  and  company.  He  walketh  by  the  Spirit,  he  liveth  by  the 
Spirit,  and  he  walks  in  the  Spirit.  He  liveth  in  the  Spirit  as  in  his 
element.  So  that  spiritual  things  and  good  company  is  his  element.  Till 
in  heaven,  indeed,  he  is  never  in  his  centre,  in  his  proper  place  till  he  is 
in  heaven.  But  in  the  mean  time  his  element  here  is  in  heaven  on  earth ; 
that  is,  spiritual  actions  wherein  he  walks  and  solaceth  himself,  as  fish  in 
the  sea,  wherein  he  draweth  in  the  breath  that  is  suitable  to  his  disposition. 
Ill  company  or  evil  hearts  will  not  suit  with  that  spiritual  life ;  and  by 
these  ordinary  resemblances  we  may  judge  a  little  of  the  frame  of  our 
spirits,  "whether  they  be  living  souls  or  no. 

But  to  go  a  little  higher. 

The  life  of  Jesus,  as  it  riseth  from  Jesus,  from  as  high  as  heaven,  so  it 
leadeth  to  Jesus.  It  makes  the  soul  to  look  to  Jesus,  to  look  to  Christ. 
It  subordinateth  all  things  unto  Christ.  It  takes  all  things  in  the  way  as 
furtherances  for  Christ,  and  considers  of  his  hindrances  as  they  hinder  the 
main,  and  of  furtherances  as  they  further  the  main.  It  looks  on  all  things 
below,  as  they  further  and  do  hinder  the  main.  It  is  a  life  bred  from 
heaven,  and  aims  at  heaven,  and  cares  for  no  more  of  these  things  than 
can  stand  with  a  spiritual  and  eternal  state.  It  considers  of  things,  and 
reasoneth  of  things,  how  doth  this  help  or  hinder  the  main  ?  And  when 
it  doth  anj'thing  it  fetcheth  reasons  for  it  from  Christ,  and  from  heaven, 
and  from  the  main  end.  As  a  man  that  hath  life  of  reason,  that  is  adorned 
with  policy  and  wisdom,  it  considers  of  things  as  they  help  his  state  ;  or 
if  he  be  a  man  of  narrow  apprehension,  as  the  sot  with  his  particular  good, 
and  goeth  no  higher.  So  a  man  that  hath  the  life  of  Christ,  hath  a  larger 
soul  than  any  of  these,  for  he  hath  a  larger  end,  and  an  higher  end,  be-' 
cause  he  hath  a  higher  light  to  discover  that  end.  Light  is  the  first  thing 
in  life,  and  that  discovers  greater  things  than  any  other  man  can  appre- 
hend. His  spirit  is  too  narrow  for  them.  And  when  by  a  supernatural 
light  he  apprehends  a  glorious  condition  in  heaven,  he  makes  that  his  aim. 
And  as  he  hath  large  aims,  so  he  hath  large  afiections,  and  nothing  below 
can  satisfy  him,  because  his  soul  is  enlarged  by  the  life  of  grace,  and  by 
the  life  of  the  Spirit  to  see  better  into  things,  and  to  have  better  aims. 
Therefore  let  every  man  look  what  his  ordinary  aims  are,  whether  he  rest 
in  any  thing  below,  whether  he  maketh  things  below  serviceable  to  greater 
things.  If  he  delight  in  inferior  things,  he  hath  but  a  common  life.  Many 
think  their  conditions  good,  because  they  attend  religion,  but  there  is  false- 

*  Qu.  '  arido  '  ?— G. 


422  COMMENTAPvY  ON 

hood  in  that ;  for  a  man  that  hath  not  the  hfe  of  grace,  that  makes  the 
practice  of  rehgion  serviceable  to  his  base  ends,  he  makes  heavenly  things 
serviceable  to  his  ends  ;  that  is,  out  of  self-love,  because  he  would  not  be 
damned,  or  he  would  be  so  reputed,  but  he  hath  not  the  aim  of  spiritual 
actions  :  he  doth  not  spiritual  things  from  a  spiritual  life,  but  from  self- 
love,  from  a  false  principle  within.  Now  where  the  life  of  Jesus  is,  it  resteth 
not  in  anything  but  in  Jesus,  and  makes  all  things  serviceable  to  that.  The 
skill  of  referring  things  to  the  main  end  is  one  main  property  of  spiritual 
life. 

Firstly,  For  a  man  may  do  the  same  thing,  and  yet  from  divers  prin- 
ciples ;  one  from  flesh  and  blood,  and  vain-glory,  and  base  ends,  and  the 
other  from  higher  considerations,  as  men  and  beasts.  A  man  hath  a 
higher  life  than  the  other  creature  hath.  Both  may  refresh  themselves, 
but  a  man  doth  it  as  a  man,  and  directs  that  strength  of  his  to  human 
actions.  If  he  be  a  Christian,  he  directs  not  only  human  actions,  but 
refers  human  actions  and  all  to  serve  God  in  his  place.  So  that  he 
works  like  a  man,  though  for  the  actions  they  be  the  same.  So  the 
shallow  creatures  that  be  determined  to  one,  and  have  not  latitude  of 
reason  to  look  to  many  things.  Thus  you  see  there  is  great  difierence 
between  men  and  men. 

Secondly,  Men  may  do  the  same  things,  come  to  church,  receive  the  sacra- 
ment. The  one  may  have  base,  low  ends,  the  other  higher  ends ;  nay, 
higher  ends  in  civil  actions  than  another  in  spiritual  actions.  For  he  doth 
holy  actions  with  a  carnal  end  ;  and  the  other  having  spiritual  life,  by  virtue 
of  that  life  carrieth  his  calling  in  the  duties  of  it  in  a  spiritual  manner.  I 
beseech  you,  therefore,  let  us  examine  our  life  of  Jesus  by  the  carriage  of 
our  souls  towards  Jesus ;  he  never  suffers  us  to  rest  in  subordinate  things. 
I  might  be  very  large  on  this  point,  but  I  will  name  no  more. 

Consider  what  setteth  you  on  work  in  all  things  you  do.  There  be 
things  we  call  a-oroiMarot,,  '  things  that  be  moved  by  art.'  One  would  think 
they  moved  themselves  ;  but  they  be  moved  by  a  weight,  that  is  not  seen 
presently,  as  in  clocks  and  such  like.  In  all  frames  of  art  that  move,  one 
would  think  it  is  from  themselves,  but  there  is  no  principle  of  life  in  them ; 
an  external  thing,  a  weight  without,  sets  all  the  wheels  a  going.  But  in 
living  creatures  that  have  principles  of  life  within  them,  something  within 
them  guideth  their  life  and  sets  them  a-going.  So  a  Christian  and  another 
man,  he  that  hath  the  life  of  Christ,  from  the  life  within  him,  he  is  set  on 
work  with  his  actions.  The  other  man  moveth  to  the  same  thing,  but  he 
moveth  from  an  extrane[ous]  principle.  There  is  something  or  other  that 
Bwayeth  his  course  and  biasseth  his  actions,  which  is  outward  and  not 
spiritual :  either  freedom  from  outward  troubles,  or  to  hold  correspondency 
with  others.  I  beseech  you,  look  to  our  motives  and  to  our  aims  in  all  our 
actions,  for  these  will  best  distinguish. 

But  that  is  not  the  life  mainly  intended  by  the  apostle,  but  the  life  that 
is  with-  him,  flowing  and  having  influence  from  Jesus,  specially  in  hard 
conditions.  '  The  life  of  Jesus  is  manifested  then.'  That  is,  both  the 
inward  frame  it  sheweth  itself  then,  and  likewise  the  power  that  comes 
from  Christ. 

Now,  how  doth  it  appear  that  a  man  is  upheld  in  every  condition  by  a 
divine  virtue,  besides  his  inward  frame  ©f  soul  ? 

Beloved,  when  the  state  of  spirit  he  is  in  is  contrary  to  the  outward  con- 
dition and  above  it.  When  if  a  man  looks  to  ordinary  courses  such  a  man 
*  Qu.  '  witliin  '  ?— Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   10.  423 

sliould  sink ;  and  when  he  doth  not,  and  that  from  supernatural  principles 
and  strength,  that  argueth  there  is  a  power  in  him  ahove  nature  and  above 
his  own.  As  for  a  man  in  restraint,  to  have  his  soul  at  liberty ;  for  a  man 
disgraced  in  the  world,  to  have  a  bold  spirit  to  God- ward ;  for  a  man  weak 
in  outward  shew,  to  have  strong  courage,  forcible  courage,  that  all  the 
enemies  of  truth  cannot  daunt ;  when  a  man  is  pining  away,  and  is  nothing 
but  skin  and  bones,  yet  to  have  a  heavenly  soul  that  is  in  heaven  before  its 
time,  and  altogether  in  heavenly  conversation ;  when  the  outward  man  is 
in  great  pain,  and  all  confidence  is  to  be  cast  away  in  regard  of  outward 
hopes,  yet  he  is  strong,  and  assures  himself  of  a  better  condition  afterward, 
and  the  very  faith  and  hope,  casting  anchor  in  heaven,  though  they  be  not 
seen  or  felt,  yet  there  is  that  power  in  spiritual  things,  laid  hold  on  by  faith, 
waited  on  by  hope,  that  it  supports  a  soul  in  such  a  condition ;  so  that  if 
it  were  not  for  these  heavenly  supports,  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  it  would  sink. 
If  thou  wouldst  have  the  life  of  Jesus  manifested,  compare  thy  condition 
and  thy  strength.  When  a  man  can  master  all  conditions,  when  a  man 
can  master  imprisonment,  disgrace,  restraint,  weakness,  anything,  from 
considerations  above  nature,  and  strength  together  with  consideration  ;  for 
the  Spirit  worketh  not  only  by  reason,  but  by  an  inward  strength,  it 
sheweth  there  is  something  in  a  man  abov'e  nature,  that  there  is  in  him  a 
life  of  Jesus.  When  nothing  shall  stand  between  a  man  and  heaven, 
neither  fears  of  great  ones,  nor  frowns,  nor  hopes  of  preferment ;  when 
nothing  below  can  stand  in  a  man's  way  to  heaven,  but  he  will  break 
through  all  by  an  invincible  courage,  it  argueth  he  hath  a  frame  of  spirit 
above  his  own.  There  is  not  only  a  frame  of  grace,  but  a  spirit  of 
strength,  to  carry  him  through  all  conditions  whatsoever.  As  St  Paul,  '  I 
am  able  to  do  all  things  through  Christ  that  strengthens  me,'  Philip, 
iv.  13.  '  I  have  learned  to  want  and  to  abound,'  to  do  all  things  through 
Christ  that  strengthens  me,  that  supplieth  me  with  perpetual  strength  from 
above. 

Beloved,  in  a  Christian,  especially  in  evil  times,  there  is  more  than  a 
man,  there  is  more  than  a  holy  man,  there  is  something  that  floweth  from 
this  head,  Christ,  that  doth  administer  supplies  of  comfort,  and  of  peace, 
and  of  joy,  and  of  friends,  whereby  he  is  carried  through  all.  By  these 
and  such  like  particularities,  we  may  discern  whether  there  be  the  life  of 
Jesus  manifested  in  us  or  no. 

Use  2.  Of  exhortation.  Beloved,  let  us  labour  by  all  means  therefore  to 
have  this  spiritual  life ;  to  have  a  frame,  to  have  the  divine  nature  stamped 
upon  our  nature,  the  frame  of  grace  ;  and  let  us  not  rest  on  that,  but  labour 
for  a  perpetual  and  continual  stream  of  life  from  Christ,  the  fountain  and 
the  spring. 

I  speak  of  this  the  rather,  because  there  is  a  main  defect  in  this,  and  the 
cause  of  many  foils.*  But  our  hearts  be  good,  and  we  trust  to  the  frame 
of  life  and  grace  that  is  in  us,  without  looking  to  the  supernatural  spring 
and  fountain  of  all  grace  out  of  ourselves ;  and  we  think  to-morrow  shall 
be  as  to-day,  and  by  the  same  strength  we  do  to-day,  we  shall  stand  against 
temptations  to-morrow.  Beloved,  it  will  not  be.  There  must  be  supplies 
not  only  of  new  strength,  but  also  of  greater  strength,  to  new  conflicts,  to 
new  oppositions,  and  new  temptations.  For  as  that  strength  will  not  carry 
a  great  burden  that  carrieth  a  little,  they  that  carry  burdens  put  forth  greater 
strength  to  carry  more  than  others.  So  in  Christianity,  when  we  meet  with 
a  strong  temptation,  we  must  not  think  to  overcome  it  without  setting  upon 
*   That  is,  '  falls.'— G. 


424  COMMENTARY  ON 

it  with  spiritual  strength.  Lord,  I  need  divine  strength,  else  I  shall  sink 
under  this  temptation  ;  this  cross  is  too  heavy  for  me,  and  so  not  going 
about  to  oppose  any  extraordinary  thing  with  strength  of  nature,  for  nature 
will  do  nothing  in  great  matters.  It  will  make  us  do  things  comely  to  the 
outward  eye.  Nor  common  grace  will  not  make  us  able  to  set  upon  great 
matters,  but  we  must  have  a  supply  from  grace,  from  heaven.  And  there- 
fore a  Christian  is  a  depending  creature.  None  is  so  dependent  or  inde- 
pendent. Certainly  none  so  independent  on  the  creature  as  a  Christian, 
especially  when  he  carrieth  Christ  in  his  heart  by  faith ;  but  then  he  is 
continually  depending  upon  Christ  the  head,  who  is  the  treasure  and  spring 
of  all  spiritual  life,  to  convey  to  us  on  all  occasions.  '  Without  me  you  can 
do  nothing,'  John  xv.  5,  much  less  suffer  without  me.  And  therefore,  I 
beseech  you,  let  it  be  a  rule  for  us  in  our  ordinary  course,  when  we  set 
upon  any  duty,  withstand  any  temptation,  conflict  with  any  corruption, 
when  we  are  to  enjoy  any  prosperity'  above  the  common  model  of  grace,  to 
enjoy  it  without  surfeiting  of  pride,  security,  or  the  sins  that  accompany 
prosperity.  Consider  with  ourselves,  Have  I  a  frame  of  grace  enough  to 
set  upon  this  ?  No,  I  have  not.  Surely  that  must  be,  there  must  be  a 
power  from  Christ,  a  perpetual  drawing  of  strength  from  Christ  to  master 
this,  to  meet  with  this,  to  bring  it  under.  As  a  Christian  is  lord  of  all 
conditions,  of  prosperity  and  adversity,  but  not  by  an  ordinary  frame  of 
grace,  but  that  together  with  a  divine  strength  and  power,  which  is  here 
called  the  life  of  Jesus,  specially  manifested  by  dependency.  So  let  the 
life  of  a  Christian  be  continually  dependent.  Peter  by  his  ordinary  graces 
could  say,  '  Though  all  forsake  thee,  yet  will  not  I,'  Mark  xiv.  31.  But 
that  he  may  see  he  stands  by  his  own  strength,  he  falls  foully.  And  why 
do  so  many  fall  foully,  but  because  they  undertake  things  with  their  own 
strength,  with  former  strength,  and  not  with  dependency,  or  a  supply  suit- 
able to  present  necessity,  and  thereby  they  learn  to  stand  by  falling  ?  God 
sanctifieth  their  slips  and  falls,  to  teach  them  better  dependency  for  time 
to  come. 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  let  this  be  a  direction  how  to  guide  our  lives  ;  and 
that  we  may  depend  on  Christ  for  strength  in  all  courses,  take  heed  of  offend- 
ing him,  and  grieving  his  Spirit,  [take  heed]  that  he  suspendeth  not  his 
divine  power.*^  That  strength  obstructs  this  life,  to  call  it  home  to  himself,  and 
then  to  leave  us  to  our  own  principles,  and  then  we  fall  presently.  The 
life  of  a  Christian  is  perpetually  watchful,  '  to  work  out  faith  with  fear  and 
trembling,'  Philip,  ii.  12.  How?  Not  doubting  of  your  salvation,  but 
fear  for  offending  Christ,  '  for  he  giveth  the  will  and  the  deed ;'  he  giveth 
will  to  supply,  and  the  deed  to  perform.  And  it  is  '  according  to  his  good 
pleasure,'  Philip,  ii.  13.  You  stand  upon  your  good  behaviour.  If  you 
work  not  j^our  salvation  with  a  holy  jealousy  over  your  corruptions,  and 
with  a  holy  trembling,  he  may  suffer  you  to  fall.  Therefore  consider  our 
dependency  is  not  in  ourselves.  Now,  since  the  fall,  God  will  not  trust  us 
with  our  own  strength,  but  will  lay  up  all  in  Christ.  Therefore  take  occa- 
sion to  go  to  Christ,  and  that  he  may  be  our  friend,  and  have  his  Spirit,  as 
he  doth  all  by  his  Spirit  as  the  sun  doth  all  by  his  beams ;  take  heed  of 
grieving  the  Spirit,  and  giving  it  occasion  to  suspend  its  influency  of 
grace  and  influence  of  comfort.  For  it  is  another  thing  than  it  is  taken,  to 
be  lively  Christians.  We  should  not  only  labour  to  have  lives,  but  to  be 
lively,  to  have  the  life  of  Christ  manifested  in  us,  and  not  only  for  crosses ; 
in  that  time  God  preserveth  great  comforts ;  but  labour  in  time  of  pros- 
perity for  the  life  of  Jesus.     There  is  little  life  of  Jesus  in  times  of  peace. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  YEE.   10.  425 

Security  deadetli  the  life  of  Jesus.  Sins  of  plenty,  and  sins  of  long  peace, 
stick  upon  us,  that  there  is  not  that  vigour,  that  liveliness  of  Jesus  in  us 
that  ought  to  be. 

Now  our  endeavour  should  be  to  labour  after  an  increase  of  this  inward 
frame,  and  together  with  increase  of  grace  in  us,  increase  of  continual 
dependency  by  faith,  which  fetcheth  all  from  Christ.  And  why  should  we 
labour  for  it  ?  For  the  credit  of  Christian  profession.  What  a  glory  is  it 
to  have  a  company  of  lively  professors,  in  whom  the  life  of  Jesus  is  mani- 
fested, that  are  above  all  conditions,  that  are  thralled  with  no  condition, 
that  can  bring  under  all  things,  master  their  desires !  '  The  spiritual  man 
judgeth  all  things,'  1  Cor.  ii.  15,  subdueth  all  things.  He  orclers  them  so 
that  he  maketh  them  serviceable  to  his  own  ends.  And  what  a  glorious 
thing  is  it  to  be  like  a  lion,  bold  in  all  conditions,  to  be  afraid  of  nothing 
but  of  offending  God  !  And  then  fear  and  tremble  because  God  may 
suspend  his  Spirit.  A  wicked  man  may  fear  everything,  but  he  feareth  not 
God,  which  is  to  be  feared  above  all.  But  a  true  Christian  is  a  lord,  a 
master  above  all  other  things,  only  he  feareth  to  ofiend  God,  whereby  this 
spiritual  life  may  be  obstructed.  Now  in  regard  it  is  such  an  excellent 
thing  to  be  not  only  a  living  Christian  but  a  lively  Christian,  and  that  it  is 
for  the  honour  of  religion  to  be  so,  let  us  labour  more  and  more  for  it, 
specially  considering  we  know  not  with  what  dangers  we  may  encounter, 
with  what  temptations  and  corruptions.  Having  now  the  life  of  Jesus,  it 
will  be  manifested  more  and  more  till  it  end  in  glory.  Is  it  not  an  excel- 
lent thing  to  have  that  in  us,  to  have  such  a  conquering  principle  in  us,  to 
have  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  us,  not  only  a  frame  of  grace,  but  a  Spirit 
enabling  us,  and  acting  us,  and  carrying  us  through  all  conditions  ? 

Then  this  life  of  Jesus  is  a  life  that  sets  us  in  an  order  above  all  other 
lives.  There  is  a  great  latitude  of  life  from  that  plant,  the  powerful  life-  to 
God,  which  is  life  itself.  What  a  gradation  is  there  of  life  !  There  is  life 
of  sense,  and  life  of  reason,  and  the  spirit.  Now  a  Christian  that  hath  the 
life  of  Jesus,  which  is  a  spiritual  life  here,  and  will  end  in  a  glorious  life  in 
heaven,  sets  him  in  a  glorious  rank  above  all  lives  under  him ;  for  it  makes 
him  one  with  Jesus.  The  Spirit  of  Christ  acteth  in  him,  loveth  in  him,  joys 
in  him,  delights  in  him,  carrieth  him  through  actions,  bears  him  through 
crosses.  Even  as  the  soul  acts  his  body,  so  the  life  of  Jesus  acts  him,  and 
sets  him  in  a  higher  rank.  Indeed,  a  spiritual  man  is  as  much  above 
another  man,  as  another  man  above  another  creature. 

What  excellency  is  there,  you  will  say,  of  a  man  that  hath  the  life  of 
Jesus  in  him?  What  excellency!  Beloved,  this  life  makes  him  eternal. 
All  other  excellencies  are  but  '  grass,  and  the  flower  of  grass,'  as  the  apostle 
speaks,  '  but  the  word  of  life,  begotten  by  the  word,  endures  for  ever,'  1  Pet. 
i.  25.  Spiritual  life  endures  for  ever.  He  that  believeth  in  Christ  endures 
for  ever ;  for  it  is  an  everlasting  life.  All  other  things  perish  and  fall. 
Put  case  they  be  the  flower  of  grass.  The  flower  perisheth  before  the 
grass.  They  be  of  shorter  continuance.  Wit,  and  greatness,  and  honour, 
and  the  like,  they  are  of  shorter  continuance  than  life.  Life  is  but  grass, 
and  all  the  ornaments  of  life  are  but  flowers  of  the  grass.  These  be  fading 
things,  and  they  must  all  end  in  death.  All  honours  are  determined  in 
death.  All  excellencies  lie  in  the  dust.  And  we  must  rise  up  equally,  all 
kings  and  subjects,  great  and  small.  But  this  life  is  a  life  that  endures  for 
ever,  and  therefore  called  an  everlasting  life.  Then  we  live  to  purpose, 
and  never  till  then,  when  we  live  the  life  of  Jesus,  when  that  is  manifested 
«  Qu.  '  of  the  plant,  the  flower  '?— Ed. 


426  COMJIENTABY  ON 

in  our  souls,  that  is,  rila  vitalis;  the  other  is,  /S/'og  d^iog,  a  life  not  worthy 
the  name  of  life.  The  conditions  of  life,  riches  and  nobility,  which  is  a 
condition  of  life,  all  have  their  end ;  but  this  life  of  Jesus  is  begun  in 
Christ,  and  ends  in  glory.  And  therefore  it  is  worth  labour  to  grow  in  it 
more  and  more,  to  have  it  more  and  more  manifested  in  us  above  all  con- 
ditions and  life  whatsoever. 

I  bese(ich  you,  let  us  not  pass  the  time  as  careless,  but  labour  to  have 
something  in  us  above  nature,  to  have  the  life  of  Jesus  to  quicken  our 
rational  life,  to  sanctify  all.  The  life  of  Jesus  hinders  us  not  of  anything, 
but  ennobles  all  other  excellencies.  A  man  that  hath  the  life  of  Jesus  may 
be  as  wise  as  he  will,  as  learned  as  he  will,  he  may  be  noble,  this  doth 
make  him  more  noble,  it  doth  dignify  all.  It  is  a  diamond  set  in  gold  ;  it 
addeth  excellency  to  all  other  excellencies.  A  Christian  is  truly  noble.  A 
man  that  hath  the  life  of  Jesus  is  truly  rich,  truly  great,  truly  beautiful ; 
he  hath  the  image  of  Christ  stamped  upon  the  soul,  and  hath  excellencies 
added  to  all  other  excellencies. 

It  is  an  unworthy  thing  that  we  should  pass  over  this  life,  which  is  alto- 
gether to  get  into  Christ,  and  to  die  before  we  begin  to  live.  How  many 
live  a  natural  rational  life,  and  live  in  an  outward  condition  perhaps  great 
in  the  world,  and  then  all  endeth  in  death  ;  and  they  be  out  of  the  world 
before  they  come  in.  Here  they  come,  here  they  live,  and  hence  they  go, 
and  never  do  the  woi'k  for  which  they  came;  which  is,  to  get  out  of  nature 
and  to  grow  in  grace;  to  get  into  the  spirit  of  the  life  of  Christ,  who  is  the 
life  of  a  Christian,  the  sun  that  quickens  all.  Instead  of  this,  they  go  on 
from  day  to  day,  from  year  to  year,  and  so  die  before  they  begin  to  live. 
And  thousands  do  this  in  the  bosom  of  the  church. 

This  is  a  fearful  condition.  Therefore  let  this  be  the  conclusion  of  this 
point. 

Never  rest  till  we  find  ourselves  in  a  condition  above  nature,  till  we  find 
ourselves  in  such  a  state  that  none  can  come  to  but  a  child  of  God.  Let 
us  enter  into  eternal  life  while  we  live.  For  none  shall  be  transported  iiito 
heaven  that  is  not  engrafted  into  Christ  here.  This  is  the  entrance  of 
heaven.  Therefore  begin  the  life  here,  get  into  the  church  here,  else  it 
shall  never  be  obtained  hereafter.  Labour  for  more  and  more  experiment,* 
that  Christ  is  in  us,  that  at  the  day  of  judgment  Christ  may  know  us,  by 
his  own  stamp,  and  by  his  own  life,  that  the  life  that  raised  him  up  out 
of  the  grave,  may  raise  our  bodies  out  of  the  dust.  For  this  is  our  com- 
fort we  may  have  from  the  life  of  Jesus,  efficacy  to  quicken  us  to  duty. 
We  shall  find  the  life  of  Jesus  to  quicken  us  from  troubles,  and  at  the  con- 
summation of  all,  we  shall  find  the  Spirit  that  cometh  from  him  powerfully 
able  to  raise  our  dead  bodies.  If  the  Spirit  that  raised  up  Christ  from  the 
dead  be  in  us,  it  will  raise  up  our  bodies  likewise.  Indeed,  I  should  never 
satisfy  myself  almost  in  this  subject,  but  that  the  time  is  past,  and  you  may 
in  your  own  meditations  work  better  upon  that  I  have  said,  than  I  can  by 
any  strength  of  mine  press  at  this  present. 

VERSE  11. 

For  we  wliicli  lire  are  alwmjs  delivered  to  death  for  Jesus'  sake,  that  the  life 
also  of  Jesus  might  be  made  manifest  in  our  mortal  flesh. 

The  holy  apostle,  by  a  more  than  ordinary  wisdom,  by  a  spirit  en- 
lightened from  heaven,  doth  not  only  take  benefit  from  the  weak  estate  he 
*  That  is,  '  experience.' — G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   11.  427 

was  in  with  his  fellows,  but  makes  use  likewise  of  such  objections  as  were 
made  against  the  profession  of  religion  by  such  as  looked  on  the  outside. 
He  grants  to  all  that  might  be  objected  tending  to  the  outward  disparage- 
ment of  religion,  but  then  he  retorteth  all  upon  them,  and  makes  a  gracious 
and  comfortable  use  of  it.  As  jon  may  see  in  these  two  verses :  '  We 
bear  in  om-  body  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  but  the  life  of  Jesus  is  made 
manifest  in  our  mortal  bodies.'  Of  the  tenth  verse,  we  spake  something 
largely  the  last  day  :  '  Always  bearing  about  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus, 
that,'  &c. 

We  will  now  proceed  to  the  next  verse,  which  is  but  an  illustration  and 
exposition  of  the  former.  For  what  he  said  before,  '  we  bear  in  our  bodies 
the  dying  of  Christ,'  here  he  saith,  '  we  are  always  dehvered  to  death  for 
Jesus'  sake.'  And  where  he  saith  there  '  that  the  life  of  Jesus  might  be 
made  manifest  in  our  bodies,'  here  by  way  of  exposition  and  illustration, 
'  that  the  life  of  Jesus  might  be  made  manifest  in  our  mortal  life.'  So 
that  it  is  but  an  illustration  and  exposition  of  the  former  verse. 

'  For  we  which  live,'  saith  he ;  we  apostles  and  ministers,  and  it  is  true 
of  all  Christians,  we  which  live,  while  we  live,  are  in  some  sense  always 
delivered  from*  death  for  Jesus'  sake. 

Here  is  the  circumstance  of  time,  added  to  the  condition  they  were  in, 
and  the  aggravation  of  what  they  were  delivered  to.  '  We  are  always 
delivered  to  death,'  'we  are  delivered  to  death,  and  always,'  and  'for  Jesus' 
sake.'     These  three  things  are  a  little  considerable  before  we  go  further. 

The  condition  is  '  deliverance  to  death,'  the  circumstance  '  always,'  and 
*  for  Jesus'  sake.' 

Obj.  How  could  they  die,  being  alive  ? 

Ans.  I  answer,  we  are  delivered  to  death,  because  God,  by  his  permis- 
sion, gave  them  over  to  Satan  ruling  in  the  children  of  obedience, f  to 
molest,  and  threaten,  and  deliver  them,  to  death,  in  regard  of  the  designing 
of  cruel  men  of  them  to  death,  on  all  advantages  they  could  take  against 
them.  And  likewise  delivered  to  death  in  their  preparation  for  death 
continually,  for  they  could  make  no  other  account  every  day  they  rose  but 
that  they  might  die  before  they  slept  again.  And  in  this  respect,  they  and 
every  Christian  ought  to  be  a  dying  man  to  be  delivered  to  death. 

God  is  ready  to  permit  them  to  die  when  they  may  honour  him.  God 
is  not  prodigal  of  our  lives.  When  our  lives  may  save  his  truth,  he  will 
permit  our  lives  into  the  mercy  of  merciless  men,  and  they  have  bloody 
minds.  Their  malice  is  more  than  their  power  ;  their  cruelt}^  is  more  than 
their  ability  oftentimes,  but  their  hearts  are  altogether  bloody.  And  so  a 
Christian  is  always  prepared  for  the  worst,  as  the  apostle  saith.  For, 
beloved,  as  soon  as  ever  a  Christian  becomes  a  Christian,  the  first  lesson 
in  religion  is  self-denial.  And  in  what  respect  must  he  deny  himself?  In 
regard  of  goods  or  honour  ?  Not  only  so,  but  in  the  grand  matter  of  life 
itself.  He  must  hate,  that  is,  not  love,  father,  mother,  not  life  itself,  if 
the  question  be  for  God's  glory  and  the  good  of  the  church  ;  if  they  come 
in  competition  with  divine  truths  of  the  gospel.  We  must  give  up  our 
lives  for  Christ  and  his  church ;  we  must  have  resigned  minds.  This  we 
must  do  in  preparation  of  spirit.  God  indeed  calleth  not  always  for  it. 
There  be  more  difficult  times  sometimes  than  other,  and  the  times  of  the 
gospel  be  sweet  times  of  rest ;  for  in  the  Acts  it  is  said  the  churches  had 
rest,  ix.  31 ;  but  we  must  be  prepared  for  it.  St  Paul  saith  to  the 
Corinthians,];  that  when  they  'gave  themselves  to  Christ,'  they  gave  their 
*  Qu.  '  to  '  ? — Ed.       t  Qu.  '  disobedience  '  ? — Ed.       %  The  Macedonians.— G. 


428  COMMENTARY  ON 

goods  to  Christ,  2  Cor.  viii.  5.  And  when  a  Christian  giveth  himself  to 
Christ,  he  giveth  his  goods  and  himself  to  Christ.  It  is  no  hard  matter, 
when  a  man  hath  given  himself  to  Christ,  to  part  with  any  things  else  that 
serve  only  for  necessary  comforts  and  provision,  and  then  he  takes  all  back 
again  when  he  hath  his  life.  Lord,  it  is  thy  life ;  thou  hast  bought  me 
and  my  life,  I  am  thine ;  thou  hast  paid  a  dear  price  for  me,  and  thine  it 
shall  be  when  thou  callest  for  it.  If  thou  wilt  have  my  credit,  my  state, 
my  libert}',  thou  shalt  have  it ;  if  my  life  itself,  thou  shalt  have  it ;  of  thee 
I  have  it,  to  thee  I  return  it  again,  if  it  may  be  for  thy  glory  and  thy 
church's  good.  And  this  should  be  the  disposition  of  every  Christian,  to 
count  nothing  his  own  so  much  as  not  to  be  ready  to  part  with  it  when 
Christ  calleth  for  it.  Beloved,  a  Christian  is  a  sacrifice,  and  the  end  of 
all  the  favours  of  Christ  is,  that  from  a  free  willing  spirit  '  he  should  offer 
himself  a  free  willing  sacrifice  to  God,'  as  the  apostle  speaks  excellently, 
Eom.  xii.  1.  When  he  had  spoken  of  all  the  favours  of  God  in  Christ, 
election,  justification,  sanctification,  the  comforts  of  his  children  in  trouble, 
the  end  of  all  is,  '  that  we  should  ofler  ourselves  as  a  willing,  reasonable 
sacrifice  to  God  '  as  the  end  of  all.  And  therefore  reservation  in  our 
spirits  of  anything  that  we  will  have  limitations  in :  we  profess  religion-, 
but  with  reservation  of  liberty,  and  not  offend  so  and  so,  and  not  endanger 
their  skin  in  hazard,  or  reputation,  and  life ;  it  cannot  stand  with  the 
truth  of  Christianity.  No  man  is  a  true  Christian  that  hath  such  reserva- 
tion. He  never  knew  w^hat  faith  and  implantation  into  Christ  meant ;  he 
hath  not  entered  into  the  first  form  of  religion;  he  hath  not  learned  to  deny 
himself.  '  Whoever  will  be  a  disciple  of  me,  let  him  take  up  his  cross,' 
Mat.  xvi.  24.  There  be  two  hindrances  of  religion,  one  within,  another 
without;  within  us  ourselves,  that  we  must  deny;  without  us  is  the  cross, 
and  that  we  must  take  up ;  and  he  that  doth  both  these,  is  fit  to  follow 
Christ.     And  none  but  those. 

And  therefore  thou  must  be  content,  as  the  apostle  saith,  to  be  '  always 
delivered  to  death  for  Jesus'  sake.'  So  is  Christ  himself  our  head.  He 
was  delivered  to  death,  as  I  named  before.  God  permitted  them  by  little 
deaths  to  afliict  him,  and  misuse  him  ;  at  length  God  gave  him  up  to  death 
itself.  They  thought  to  have  swallowed  him  up  continually,  and  to  have 
made  an  end  of  him  ;  at  length  God  gave  him  indeed.  And  he  was  him- 
self a  willing  sacrifice,  ready  to  die.  So  we  must  be  as  Christ  was,  ready 
to  part  with  this  life,  as  Christ  did  part  with  all  for  us  ;  else  we  are  not 
suitable  members  of  so  glorious  and  gracious  a  head.  He  gave  himself 
for  us,  and  shall  not  we  give  ourselves  back  again  to  him,  specially  when  it 
is  the  only  way  to  save  ourselves  ?  '  He  that  loseth  life,  shall  get  his  life  ; 
and  he  that  will  spare  his  life,  shall  lose  his  life,'  Mat.  x.  39.  It  will  prove 
so  in  the  end.  You  will  say  these  be  good  things,  and  true  matters,  but 
they  be  not  for  us  in  these  times.  The  more  we  are  to  bless  God,  beloved. 
And  yet  we  are  delivered  to  death  if  we  regard  that  sympathy  that  should 
be  between  us,  and  the  mystical  body  of  Christ.  In  France  now  and  in 
Spain,  and  in  many  places  of  Germany,  and  Italy,  Christ  hath  a  church. 
And  are  not  the  poor  souls  there  continually,  as  it  were,  delivered  to  death? 
Are  they  not  always  between  the  block  and  the  hatchet,  either  killed  or 
ready  for  death,  continually  as  sheep  to  the  slaughter  ?  The  persecutor 
makes  no  more  bones  of  killing  them,  than  a  butcher  makes  conscience  of 
killing  a  sheep,  or  a  man  to  eat  bread  when  he  is  hungry. 

'  They  eat  up  my  people,  as  they  eat  bread,'  Ps.  xiv.  4,  and  '  they  think 
they  do  God  good  service,'  John  xvi.  2.     This  is  the  state  of  all  countries 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.   IV,  VEE.   11.  429 

beyond  the  seas,  except  ours  ;  and  shall  not  we  have  actions  of  sympathy  ? 
That  member  that  sympathiseth  not  with  the  body  is  a  dead  member. 
And  therefore  we  cannot  make  it  good  to  ourselves,  that  we  are  living 
members  of  a  living  and  glorious  head,  except  we  sympathise  with  them. 
So  that  in  regard  of  the  body  of  Christ  now  in  Europe,  under  the  cross  a  long 
time,  and  under  tyranny  of  crosses,  we  may  say  we  are  delivered  to  death 
continually.  And  it  may  be  our  portion  and  lot,  before  we  go  out  of  the 
world,  for  anything  we  know,  and  for  anything  we  discern.  That  is  the 
truth  of  it. 

But  what  speak  I  of  delivering  to  death,  when  some  nice*  Christians  will 
not  endure  a  scorn,  a  frown,  a  reproach  for  Christ  ?  They  will  not  part 
with  anything  for  Christ ;  how  then  will  they  part  with  their  blood  ?  Are 
those  likely  men  to  be  '  delivered  to  death  for  Christ's  sake,'  if  times  should 
be,  that  will  not  yield  up  anything  they  have  ? 

Now  that  we  be  enabled  to  do  it,  I  will  not  trouble  you  with  many  direc- 
tions. I  will  give  but  one.  When  a  Christian  cometh  to  be  a  Christian, 
let  him  think  he  is  not  a  man  for  this  life,  farther  than  God  will  suffer  him 
to  live  for  the  good  of  others,  and  to  get  assurance  of  interest  in  another 
world.  He  is  estated  in  heaven,  therefore  let  him  be  at  a  point  for  this  pre- 
sent life.  And  now  he  hath  given  himself  to  Christ,  his  life  is  Christ's, 
and  let  him  think  his  life  is  not  his  own.  *  If  I  live,  I  live  to  Christ ;  if  I 
die,  I  die  to  Christ,'  Rom.  xiv.  8,  and  be  content  that  Christ  should  have 
what  he  hath  bought  so  dearly,  whensoever  he  will  call  for  it.  Be  content 
with  partial  little  deaths  under  them,  for  many  of  us  die  in  times  of  peace, 
such  partial  deaths,  as  sickness,  and  infirmities.  This  life  goes  out  many 
ways,  sometimes  by  infirmities  of  body,  sometimes  by  violence,  at  length 
by  age.  All  partial  deaths,  we  must  learn  to  make  use  of  them  every  day 
as  we  should,  and  in  every  of  them  some  little  part  and  glimpse  of  the  light 
of  Christ  is  manifested.  And  therefore  labour  every  day  to  bear  every 
day's  cross  comely,  and  as  Christians  should  do ;  and  the  bearing  of  par- 
tial crosses  will  enable  us  to  bear  the  grand  crosses.  The  undergoing  of 
little  deaths  will  make  us  able  to  undergo  the  grand  death,  when  the  time 
cometh. 

To  go  on :  '  For  we  which  live  are  always  delivered  to  death  for  Christ's 
sake.'  '  Always,'  for  anything  we  know.  '  We  die  daily,'  saith  the  apostle, 
1  Cor  XV.  31  ;  in  our  expectation,  and  in  our  resignation  of  spirit ;  we  die 
daily  in  the  designs  of  malicious  spirits.  God  and  Christ  may  challenge 
our  right  in  our  life,  when  he  will,  in  regard  of  that  disposition  of  soul 
answerable  to  Christ's  dispensation,  which  we  are  ignorant  of,  and  answer- 
able to  the  malice  of  wicked  men,  which  we  know  not.  When  our  humanity 
will  vent  itself,  we  are  always  '  delivered  to  death  for  Christ's  sake.'  It  is 
not  the  life  we  are  to  make  account  of,  not  to  reckon  of.  '  We  are  dead 
men,'  as  the  apostle  saith,  Rom.  viii.  10,  11.  We  are  dead  in  sin,  not  only 
dead  to  sin,  but  in  regard  of  the  sentence  of  mortality  pronounced  on  us, 
which  I  shall  have  occasion  to  touch  when  I  come  to  '  mortal  bodies.' 

'  Delivered  to  death  for  Jesus'  sake.'  Jesus'  sake  !  What,  will  the  enemies 
say  so  ?  No  !  it  is  for  your  heresy,  schism,  faction,  unquiet  spirit ;  it  is 
that  you  be  troublers  of  state,  but  by  no  means  for  Jesus'  sake.  But  the 
course  of  the  enemy  is  first  of  all  to  be  liars,  and  then  to  be  slanderers,  to 
take  away  the  good  name  of  God's  people,  and  then  to  take  away  their  lives. 
They  be  serpents  and  dragons  for  cunning,  and  then  to  be  lions  to  devour. 
That  is  their  method,  and  the  de\irs  method,  when  they  cannot  with  colour 
*  That  is,  =  delicate. — G. 


430  COMMENTARY  ON 

execute  their  cruelty,  but  under  lies  and  slanders.  Therefore  the  course 
of  [the]  wicked  is  to  devour  them  in  their  names,  civilly*  to  devour  them 
first ;  and  then  they  have  afterwards  better  colour  to  shew  all  the  malice 
they  can.  And  all  that  be  led  with  cursed  spirits  at  all  times,  their  fashion 
is  to  disgrace  them,  that  by  it  they  may  blemish  them  all  they  can,  and 
then  they  shall  be  counted  excellent  men,  for  pursuing  such  men  for  such 
sins  ;  they  blast  them,  but  in  their  reputation  specially.  Such  as  will  take 
any  leisure  to  examine  things,  may  plainly  see  their  malice  against  the  life 
of  Christ.  And  then  they  have  glorious  pretences  to  cany  their  malice, 
and  cruelty  which  they  list.  But  doth  God  interpret  it  so  ?  No  !  He 
interprets  it  for  Christ's  sake  ;  Christ  interprets  it  for  his  own  sake.  They 
do  for  such  and  such  ends,  but  Christ  takes  it  as  done  for  himself;  his 
religion,  his  profession,  for  the  cause  of  religion,  and  a  good  conscience. 
Whoever  therefore  do  suffer  for  the  discovery  of  a  good  conscience,  if  but 
in  a  civil  matter,  as  John  Baptist  (it  was  not  for  a  matter  of  religion),  it  is 
for  God's  sake,  the  truth  of  God,  and  justice  of  God  ;  and  we  may  suffer 
in  way  of  justice,  and  rather  than  not  stand  out  in  a  civil  matter  for  Christ's 
sake.  Therefore  we  count  John  among  the  martyrs.  For  religion,  in  the 
profession  of  it  in  word,  or  the  profession  of  it  in  life,  or  in  discharge  of 
a  good  conscience,  any  way,  that  is  for  Christ's  sake.  .  Christ  will  take  it 
so,  and  that  is  our  comfort ;  and  if  he  take  it  so,  surely  he  will  be  partner 
with  us,  he  will  suffer  with  us  ;  and  if  he  suffers  with  us,  surely  we  shall  be 
well  borne  out,  and  he  will  glorify  us  hereafter.  '  Blessed  are  ye  when  men 
persecute  and  revile  you  for  my  name's  sake,'  Mat.  v.  11 ;  so  did  their  fathers 
the  prophets  before  you.  Whatsoever  the  world  makes  pretence  to,  their 
wisdom,  folly,  thinking  to  daub  things  as  they  may  well  enough  with  the 
world,  yet  God  will  take  it  out  otherwise.  It  is  for  his  sake.  He  will 
revenge  it,  as  done  against  his  childi'en,  and  afterward  crown  them. 

They  that  be  enemies  to  God's  people  for  religion,  either  in  the  profes- 
sion or  practice  of  it,  as  upbraiding  them  with  their  loose  practice,  and  their 
false  opinion,  they  are  not  so  much  enemies  of  men  as  of  Christ.  And  if 
Christ  were  on  the  earth,  they  that  persecute  anything  for  Christ's  sake  will 
persecute  him  more.  If  Christ  were  on  the  earth  he  should  find  like  enter- 
tainment, as  amongst  the  Jews  ;  for  the  wicked  would  devise  this  and  that 
pretence  to  put  him  to  death. 

This  is  a  terrible  consideration  to  wicked  men  ;  he  that  hateth  good  in 
any  degree,  because  it  is  good,  hateth  the  best  good  most  of  all.  And  he 
that  hateth  good  men  as  good  men,  will  hate  him  that  is  the  head  of  all 
good  men,  Christ  himself.  And  they  that  be  malicious  against  good  men, 
and  carry  matters  cunningly,  they  would  do  the  same  to  Christ,  and  much 
more.  He  that  hateth  any  thing  as  it  is  such  a  thing,  he  hates  it  most  of 
all ;  and  he  that  hateth  goodness  as  goodness,  hateth  it  most  of  all  where 
it  is  to  be  had  in  the  fountain. 

What  can  such  people  therefore  look  for,  that  be  enemies  to  God's 
people,  and  cause,  and  religion,  as  far  as  they  dare,  when  they  would  use 
him  as  ill,  if  he  were  upon  the  face  of  the  earth  ?  For  if  they  malign  and 
bate  them  for  Christ's  sake,  surely  they  would  more  malign  and  hate  Christ 
if  he  were  here.  But  I  have  not  much  occasion  to  press  this  point.  I 
only  open  it,  hoping  there  will  not  be  much  need  of  pressing  it  in  this 
place ;  but  you  may  use  it  to  help  your  judgments,  how  malice  is  dangerous, 
and  how  it  is  interpreted  by  Christ  himself,  what  colour  soever  the  world 
sets  upon  it. 

*  That  is,  '  morally' =  in  their  '  good  name,'  character. — Q. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   11.  431 

Now  what  is  the  event  of  this  deliverj'  to  death  ?  What  is  the  issue 
and  fruit  of  it  in  God's  intendment  ?  What  is  the  event  ?  Now  God's 
intendment  is,  *  that  the  hfe  of  Jesus  might  be  made  manifest  in  our  mortal 
flesh.' 

The  Hfe  of  Jesus'  I  spake  of  in  the  former  verse,  and  some  things  lately. 
I  will  add  some  things,  and  so  go  on. 

*  The  life  of  Jesus  is  manifested  to  our  mortal  flesh.'  The  life  of  Jesus 
is  not  only  his  glorious  life,  that  he  liveth  in  heaven  himself,  and  that  he 
liveth  here  on  earth  with  a  gracious  person  ;  but  the  life  of  Jesus  is  that 
quickening  power  that  cometh  from  Christ  our  head,  whereby  he  doth  en- 
liven and  quicken  all  his  members,  and  that  with  a  double  life. 

First,  A  habitual  and  constant  life,  by  reason  of  the  constant  dwelling  of 
the  Spirit  in  us. 

And  besides  this,  there  is  a  quickening  poicer,  continually  to  act  and 
draw  forth  this  life  of  grace  upon  all  occasions.  But  of  this  I  have  spoken 
largely  heretofore. 

I  am  willing  to  add  something  for  the  further  clearing  of  this  point,  that 
you  may  better  understand  what  the  life  of  Jesus  is. 

Now,  beloved,  if  we  would  know  whether  the  life  of  Jesus  be  in  us  or  no, 
I  give  you  some  evidences.  And  that  I  desire  you  specially  at  this  time  to 
take  notice  of  is  this  :  Observe  the  beating  of  the  jndse ;  that  is,  holy  desires 
to  heavenly  things.  Where  this  life  is,  that  is  the  lowest  thing  in  this  life 
of  Jesus,  that  there  be  holy  desires,  which  are  the  pulse.  As,  beating  of 
the  pulse  is  the  liveliest  life ;  where  they  beat  there  is  hope  of  life ;  and 
then  there  is  breath  to  take  in  fresh  air,  and  to  send  out  that  that  is  taken 
in.  So  where  there  is  grace  there  is  breathing,  receiving  of  new  air,  new 
strength  from  Christ,  and  sending  out  by  contempt  all  that  is  naught. 
There  is  some  little  suitableness  between  the  life  of  nature  and  the  life  of 
Jesus.  And  then  there  is  spiritual  sense,  whereby  we  are  able  to  feel,  and 
taste,  and  see,  and  discern  spiritual  things  in  another  manner  than  before; 
and  answerable  to  spiritual  sense  there  is  spiritual  motions  to  the  thinc^s 
we  are  sensible  of,  and  motion  is  always  where  senses  are.  For  we  have 
sense  but  to  discover  what  is  good  or  evil,  and  upon  discovery  of  good  or 
evil,  power  to  move  from  what  is  evil  to  good  ;  else  senses  were  rather  fit 
to  torment  us  than  anything.  Therefore  there  is  likewise  a  power  to  move 
in  natural  life.  So  in  spiritual  life,  whereby  we  are  enabled  to  taste  and 
relish  heavenly  things,  there  is  a  power  to  move  them,  and  carry  the  soul 
to  them,  and  to  remove  from  what  is  spiritually  evil.  And  therefore 
together  with  the  pulse,  and  breathing,  and  sense,  and  motion,  usually 
there  be  sympathies  and  antipathies  to  what  is  suitable  or  contrary  to  their 
being.  As  spiritual  life  hath  antipathy  to  sin,  as  the  bane  and  the  poison 
of  it ;  and  works  it  out  by  little  and  little,  being  like  the  poison  of  nature, 
that  when  poison  enters  it  works  against  the  poison  as  much  as  it  can  to 
cast  it  up  ;  so  where  there  is  spiritual  hfe,  it  works  against  the  sinfulness 
of  corrupt  nature,  and  whatsoever  is  opposite  to  it,  and  works  it  out  by 
little  and  little,  as  a  counter-poison  to  it.  For  this  spiritual  life  is  opposite, 
and  contrarious  every  way  to  sin.  And  therefore  they  that  cherish  cor- 
ruption by  occasion,  company,  and  objects,  which  they  should  mortify, 
alas  !  where  is  the  life  of  grace  in  them  ? 

But  to  leave  these  things,  though  they  help  our  understanding  in  the 
mystery  I  speak  of:  the  thing  I  would  have  you  specially  to  discern  in 
the  spiritual  life  of  Jesus  is,  that  it  leadeth  a  man  higher  than  all  other 
lives.     It  sets  a  man  in  a  higher  rank  of  creatures.     It  makes  a  man  a 


4B2  COMMENTARY  ON 

spiritual  man,  and  it  guidetli  his  life  by  reason  above  nature,  by  reason 
above  common  course  ;  for  it  is  called  '  the  life  of  Jesus,'  because  it  comes 
from  Jesus,  and  as  it  comes  from  Jesus  it  leadeth  to  Jesus. 

Now,  therefore,  a  man  may  know  he  liveth  the  life  of  Jesus,  that  cometh 
from  Christ,  if  he  hath  such  a  spirit  as  leads  him  to  Christ,  that  leads  him 
to  honour  Christ.  Though  not  immediately  in  his  person,  jei  Christ  hath 
in  the  world  his  religion,  his  children,  his  ordinances,  and  by  these  he  is 
carried  to  Christ,  and  findeth  Christ.  So  he  that  hath  the  life  of  Christ  in 
him,  he  will  relish  Christ  in  all  these,  and  in  all  these  will  be  carried  to 
Christ,  and  will  honour  Christ  in  all  these,  and  will  be  a  friend  of  the 
church,  a  friend  of  religion,  a  friend  of  all  God's  ordinances,  not  only  as 
finding  a  relish  in  them,  but  he  hath  a  life  from  Christ,  that  teaches  us  to 
refer  all  to  him.  And  he  will  venture  his  natural  life  to  save  his  spiritual 
life,  because  it  is  his  best  life.  There  is  no  man  that  is  a  sound  Christian, 
and  in  a  right  frame  as  a  Christian,  but  will  adventure  anything  of  his  in- 
ferior life  to  maintain  his  head.  (As  it  is  one  point  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
serpent  to  maintain  his  head)  he  will  maintain  his  union  and  communion 
with  Christ,  religion,  and  the  ordinances,  whereby  he  preserveth  his  life, 
though  with  some  prejudice  of  the  outward  life. 

Life  is  taken  oftentimes  not  only  for  the  life  that  cometh  from  the  union 
with  soul  and  body,  but  from  the  condition  together  with  that,  as  to  be 
rich,  and  poor,  and  in  credit.  So  many,  not  only  to  maintain  their  natural 
life,  but  their  life  of  condition  ;  that  is,  to  maintain  an  honourable  condition 
in  the  world,  to  be  of  high  esteem  ;  they  make  the  life  of  Jesus  only  to  serve 
their  turns.  If  they  can  keep  their  natures  continually,  and  grow  in  favour 
with  men,  they  think  the  life  of  Jesus  is  a  hidden  and  secret  thing,  as  in- 
deed it  is,  and  they  will  not  trouble  themselves  much  about  it.  Oh,  this 
is  far  from  the  disposition  of  a  lively  Christian  that  hath  the  life  of  Jesus, 
for  he  is  ready  to  suffer  in  his  natural  life,  in  his  condition  of  life  whatso- 
ever it  be,  rather  than  prejudice  his  best  life,  and  he  will  consider  and 
esteem  of  things,  not  so  much  as  they  further  his  natural  condition  in  the 
world,  or  natural  life,  but  how  it  stands  with  his  spiritual  life.  Nothing 
against  religion,  nothing  against  grace,  nothing  against  the  Spirit.  This  is 
such  a  thing  for  his  head,  his  religion  ;  then  he  will  consider  things  as  they 
tend  to  that,  though  it  be  to  the  discredit  of  his  person,  though  with  loss 
of  liberty,  with  peril  of  the  deeaj'S  of  natural  life,  though  with  prejudice  in 
worldly  things  whatsoever  they  be,  rather  than  he  will  endanger  his  best 
life,  the  life  of  Jesus  ;  and  he  will  esteem  of  things  suitable  to  that,  that, 
shall  be  his  glory,  the  life  of  Jesus.  But  whatsoever  is  between  him  and 
Jesus  shall  be  lightly  esteemed.  Those  that  be  in  a  true  Christian  frame 
of  soul  are  thus  disposed  to  God  ;  and  there  is  good  reason  for  it,  for  it  is 
the  best  life  of  all,  and  it  is  that  for  which  we  have  natural  lives.  Beloved, 
if  we  have  not  the  life  of  Jesus,  we  had  better  have  no  life  at  all.  As  it 
was  said  of  Judas,  '  better  we  had  never  been  born,'  Mat.  xxvi.  24  ;  if  we 
have  not  a  new  life  besides  what  we  have  by  nature  we  had  better  not  be 
born  at  all.  Therefore,  let  us  not  deceive  ourselves,  but  labour  to  have 
something  above  nature. 

I  will  not  trouble  you  with  farther  evidence  in  the  point,  because  I 
desire  that  what  I  have  spoken  may  sink  into  your  souls. 

And  to  stir  you  up  after  this  hfe  of  Jesus,  this  frame  of  grace,  this  quick- 
ening from  our  head  Christ,  it  is  that  for  which  we  live,  it  is  that  which 
our  life  is  decreed  unto.  You  know  there  be  three  degrees  of  life  :  a  life 
in  the  womb,  a  life  in  this  world,  and  a  life  in  heaven  ;   the  first  for  the 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  11.  433 

second,  the  second  for  the  thu'd.  The  life  in  the  womb  is  for  civil  life 
among  men.  The  child  hath  not  eyes  and  ears  for  that  place  where  it  is, 
for  in  that  strait  place  it  hath  no  use  of  eyes,  or  ears,  or  tongue,  or  any- 
thing. All  the  sense  it  hath  there,  is  not  for  that  life,  but  for  a  civil  life 
amongst  men,  where  there  is  use  of  eyes,  and  sense,  and  tongue,  and  all 
the  members  it  hath.  So  high  are  a  man's  designs  and  large,  vast  things, 
that  nothing  will  satisfy.  When  a  man  understandeth,  he  desires  more  ; 
his  affection  is  large,  nothing  will  satisfy  desire.  There  is  large  expecta- 
tion and  love,  that  nothing  here  will  satisfy,  but  fresh,  fresh,  still  for  desire. 
Hath  God  given  them  vast  understanding,  and  this  vast  will,  and  vast  affec- 
tions for  that  which  will  not  remain  with  them  ?  They  are  for  another 
life.  The  very  frame  of  our  soul  sheweth  it.  As  the  frame  of  the  infant 
in  the  womb  sheweth  that  that  frame  is  for  the  life  in  the  world,  so  the 
life  we  live,  in  regard  of  the  large  capacity  of  our  souls,  is  for  another  life 
in  heaven. 

Therefore,  if  we  labour  not  for  the  hfe  of  Jesus  to  be  begun  here,  which 
is  called  the  life  of  grace,  the  beginning  and  infant  of  glory,  we  miss  of  our 
end.  This  life  is  for  that  life  ;  we  are  not  for  this  life.  God  ordained  us 
not  for  this  life.  Therefore  he  will  take  this  life  away  to  advance  it  to  a 
spiritual  life.  He  takes  liberty  to  take  away  our  health  and  natural  life, 
that  he  may  advance  our  spiritual  life,  for  he  knoweth  what  is  in  this  life 
is  well  lost,  if  it  be  gained  in  a  better  life,  and  it  is  for  a  better  life.  I 
beseech  you,  let  us  think  seriously  of  these  things. 

What  should  I  speak  on  the  life  of  condition,  that  3-0U  may  be  moved  to 
the  excellent  life  of  Jesus  ?  There  is  a  better  condition  together  with  it 
than  any  condition.  For  a  natural  life*  takes  a  condition  Avith  a  king.  A 
Christian  is  a  king,  and  a  king  over  that  that  is  terrible,  a  king  over  death, 
and  hell,  and  the  world,  and  above  all.  Take  our  natural  life  with  the  con- 
dition of  a  rich  man ;  there  is  better  riches  in  the  life  of  Jesus.  The 
riches  of  heaven  are  his.  Take  the  natural  life  with  any  outward  condi- 
tion, and  there  is  better  in  grace,  better  in  religion.  The  life  of  Jesus  hath 
better  endowments  accompanying  it.  Is  it  not  better  to  have  the  image 
of  God  stamped  upon  the  soul  ?  What  better  honour  ?  Name  you  what 
you  will,  is  there  not  a  better  condition  in  the  life  of  Jesus  ?  So  as  the 
life  itself  being  a  spiritual  and  divine  thing,  for  the  divine  nature  is  most 
excellent  ;  so  the  endowments  and  appurtenances  that  accompany  the  life 
of  grace,  are  incomparably  above  all  the  endowments  and  appm-tenances 
that  is  of  natural  life.  Take  it  in  the  life  of  kings,  emperors,  or  what  you 
will,  they  are  nothing  to  the  life  of  Jesus. 

Now  this  life  of  Jesus  is  manifested  most  when  we  are  delivered  to  death. 
Both  the  frame  of  grace,  and  the  quickening  power  of  grace,  they  are  both 
more  manifest  when  we  are  delivered  to  death  ;  that  is,  in  trouble,  sickness, 
or  any  cross  whatsoever,  there  is  more  discovery  of  the  life  of  Jesus  than 
at  other  times.  I  have  touched  some  reasons  of  it  heretofore  :  I  shall  give 
some  now,  because  the  apostle  repeateth  the  thing,  and  we  will  not  pass  it 
over,  because  the  apostle  doubles  a  little  upon  it. 

Reason  1.  Beloved,  if  we  speak  of  the  inward  frame  of  grace,  is  not  that 
most  manifested  when  our  outward  man  decaijeth,  and  is  ajfiicted  ?  It  is.  For 
everj'thing  is  increased  by  the  exercise  of  it.  '  When  we  are  delivered  to 
death,'  that  is,  prepared  for  sufferings,  or  do  suffer,  there  is  opportunity  of 
exercising  all  the  branches  of  spiritual  life.  We  put  forth  the  exercise  of 
spiritual  life.     Then  we  pray  more  than  at  ordinary  times.     Then  we  exer- 

«  Qu.  '  take '  ?— Ed. 

VOL,.  IV.  E  e 


434  COMMENTARY  ON 

ciso  our  faith  and  dependency  upon  God.  Then  we  exercise  our  hope  of 
life  everlasting.  Then  we  exercise  our  love  to  God,  his  church  and  people. 
Then  we  are  advanced  for  exercising  of  all  functions  of  spiritual  life.  There- 
foi'e  the  life  of  Jesus  is  most  manifested  in  the  dyings  of  Jesus. 

lieason  2.  Beloved,  it  is  a  clear  point,  if  ive  take  it  for  the  quickening 
poiver  of  Christ,  together  with  the  inivard  frame  that  is  most  in  the  (hjinffs  of 
Jesus.  When  we  sutler  any  thing  for  God,  it  is  his  honour  to  he  most  pre- 
sent with  us,  and  graciously  present  with  us,  when  we  stand  most  in  need 
of  his  presence.  But  we  stand  most  in  need  of  his  gracious  presence  at 
these  times ;  therefore  he,  out  of  the  bowels  of  pity  and  compassion,  is 
nearest  to  us.  '  I  will  be  with  thee  in  fire  and  water,'  Isa.  xliii.  2.  The 
Spirit  of  God  enters  into  all  conditions,  into  prisons,  into  dungeons,  into 
every  condition  whatsoever.  The  quickening  power  of  Christ  is  as  much 
manifested  in  the  outward  condition  as  in  any  kind  of  way.  As  now  for 
Christ  to  make  a  weak  man,  a  weak  woman,  or  a  weak  child,  an  old  man, 
one  being  weak,  another  by  sex,  a  third  by  age,  when  these  three  shall  be 
able  to  stand  out  for  God,  for  Christ  in  times  of  persecution :  when  these  shall 
in  times  of  peace  and  prosperity  hold  out  the  profession  of  religion,  there  must 
needs  be  a  manifestation  of  a  power  above  nature.  By  nature  children  are 
tender,  by  nature  women  are  fearful,  by  nature  old  men  are  timorous,  and 
fearful  too.  I  say,  the  disproportion  of  the  condition  to  the  grace  and 
power  that  is  shewed,  discovers  the  manifestation,  that  there  is  a  quick- 
ening power  more  than  ordinary.  For  the  martyrs,  when  they  were  to  seal 
the  truth  with  their  blood,  to  have  a  tire  of  love  kindled  in  them,  above  the 
flames  of  fire,  and  the  spiritual  comforts  kindled  in  them,  here  was  mani- 
festation of  the  life  of  Jesus,  when  they  were  delivered  to  death.  Nay,  a 
sick  worn  body  :  take  it  in  times  of  peace,  a  good  Christian  that  hath  given 
himself  to  the  study  of  mortification,  and  hath  supplied  the  wants  of  afflic- 
tion by  mortification.  .  .  .* 

As  that  it  is  a  gracious  use  of  afilictions  to  supply  the  want  of  them  by 
mortification,  you  shall  see  the  life  of  Jesus  in  afilictions.  A  great  deal  of 
patience  in  a  body  tormented  with  sickness,  a  great  deal  of  heavenly  mind- 
edness,  when  he  is  ready  to  go  out  of  the  world ;  a  great  deal  of  comfort 
in  the  midst  of  disgrace  in  a  stout  Christian ;  when  the  condition  is  one, 
and  the  strength  another  above  it  to  master  it,  here  is  manifestation  of 
power.  Are  the  conditions  so,  that  the  manifestation  of  the  life  and  quick- 
ening power  of  Jesus  is  most  of  all  in  such  times  when  we  stand  most  in 
need  of  it,  times  of  sufiering,  times  of  sickness,  hour  of  death  ? 

Beason.  3.  Thirdly,  Another  main  reason  that  the  life  of  Jesus  is  more 
manifested  then  is,  because  Christ  reserveth  his  comforts  for  the  fittest  times. 
Then  is  the  fittest  time  for  Christ  to  close  with  the  soul,  for  then  the  soul 
stands  most  in  need  of  grace.  He  is  an  head,  and  therefore  wise,  because 
an  head.  As  all  wisdom  resteth  in  the  head  to  guide  the  body,  so  all  wis- 
dom in  Christ  to  guide  his  church.  And  he  knoweth  the  fittest  opportu- 
nity for  the  measure  of  grace  and  comfort.  There  is  no  comfort  com- 
parable to  the  comfort  God's  children  find  in  the  greatest  abasement ;  for 
then  they  empty  themselves,  and  therefore  are  most  fit  to  be  filled  with  the 
Spirit.  Then  God  delighteth  to  have  communion  with  them  at  all  times. 
God  draws  them  into  the  wilderness,  and  then  speaks  to  their  hearts,  as 
the  prophet  saith,  Hosea  ii.  14  :  *  God  will  let  the  world  know  that  he  hath 
hidden  manna  for  his  children,  which  they  know  not,  nor  feel  not.'  And 
so  God  hath  his  hid  manna,  which  he  sufi'ers  them  to  taste  more  especially 
*   Sentence  left  uufinished — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   11.  435 

when  they  be  distressed  in  the  outward  man,  and  then  is  the  life  of  Jesus 
most  manifested  to  them. 

Use.  And  therefore,  beloved,  I  beseech  you,  fear  not  any  thing  in  the 
world  that  may  befall  us  ;  fear  nothing  that  may  befall  us  in  our  own  quar- 
rel. Shall  we  fear  our  advancement  in  a  better  kind  ?  What  we  lose  in 
nature,  we  gain  in  grace ;  what  we  lose  in  outwai'd  comforts,  we  gain  in 
spiritual.  It  is  made  up  in  a  better  kind,  and  shall  we  be  discouraged  for 
any  thing  that  befalls  us  in  this  world  ?  Shall  not  we  give  Christ  liberty 
to  take  what  he  will,  so  he  make  it  up  in  a  better  kind  ?  Shall  not  we 
suffer  him  to  take  our  credit,  our  liberty,  our  life,  so  he  make  it  up  in  the 
life  of  Jesus  ?  What  damage  is  it  if  we  be  delivered  to  httle  deaths,  to  partial 
deaths,  that  is,  to  vexation,  to  restraint  of  liberty,  to  fall  into  disgrace  with 
the  world,  if  we  gain  as  much  in  spiritual  life  ?  Tliat  is  well  parted  withal, 
and  lost  in  this  world,  that  is  made  up  in  spiritual  things  ;  for  the  spiritual 
things  are  eternal.  They  make  us  good,  they  commend  us  to  God,  they 
be  proportionable  to  us,  they  add  a  worth  and  value  in  themselves  to  us : 
whatsoever,  therefore,  we  part  with  for  God's  cause,  if  we  find  access  and 
increase  of  inward  grace,  and  peace,  and  comfort,  are  we  losers  by  it  ?  Doth 
not  God  make  sweet  recompence  to  his  children,  according  to  that  gene- 
ral rule,  '  All  things  work  together  for  the  best  to  them  that  love  God '  ? 
Rom.  viii.  29.  Let  us  remember  this,  and  lay  it  up  against  times  of  trial. 
And  when  we  are  sick,  shall  we  fear  sickness  ?  Oh,  if  we  had  the  Spirit 
of  faith  then,  Lord,  now  I  am  delivering  up  to  death,  and  cease  to  live  ;  Oh, 
as  the  life  of  nature  decays,  let  me  find  the  life  of  Jesus ;  let  me  find  some 
drop  of  that  life  which  Jesus  lived.  For  the  life  of  Jesus  makes  us  like 
Christ  in  some  measure  ;  that  is,  full  of  grace,  full  of  peace  ;  full  of  glory  ; 
the  life  of  Jesus  in  heaven  is  glorious,  a  gracious  life.  Now  when  drops  of 
it  are  dropped  into  a  man  in  times  of  sickness  or  persecution,  it  will  make 
a  man  forget  all  troubles  whatsoever  ;  as  it  is  a  saying  in  the  Canticles, 
'  Thy  love,'  saith  the  spouse,  *  is  better  than  wme,'  Cant.  i.  2.  Now  what 
is  wine  ?  It  will  make  a  man  forget  his  trouble.  And  so  the  love  of 
Jesus,  which  is  a  principle  of  the  life  of  Jesus,  a  distillation  of  the  love  of 
Jesus,  is  better  than  wine.  It  will  make  a  man  forget  his  disgrace,  forget 
his  afiiictions,  forget  all,  because  it  is  a  beam  of  such  a  sun,  a  drop  of  such 
an  ocean.  It  is  a  supernatural,  a  commanding  life,  a  life  of  a  higher 
nature,  above  all  things  below,  an  independent  life,  which  will  be  sufficient 
in  heaven  when  we  have  neither  meat,  nor  drink,  nor  conversation,  nor 
converse  with  men;  and  if  we  have  a  little  of  this  derived*  to  us  in  any 
troubles,  it  will  carry  us  through  all.  Therefore  labour  to  think  of  these 
things.  You  see  what  need  we  have  to  be  one  with  Jesus,  who  is  the 
spring  and  Lord  of  life,  that  hath  received  life,  to  convey  it  to  us,  as  the 

*  second  Adam.'  Therefore  we  had  need  of  sacraments,  to  confirm  and 
strengthen  our  union  with  this  head,  from  whom  we  have  spiritual  life. 
Therefore  come  with  joy,  and  comfort,  and  corn-age  to  the  sacrament ;  the 
end  whereof  is  to  increase  union  and  communion  with  the  fountain  of  life, 
Jesus ;  who  gave  his  body  to  be  broken,  and  his  blood  to  be  shed,  that  he 
might  give  life  to  us,  that  he  might  by  satisfaction  in  his  death  give  us 
life  of  sentence,  that  we  might  be  acquitted  at  the  bar  of  God's  justice. 

*  He  died,  and  is  risen  again ;  who  shall  lay  any  thing  to  the  charge  of 
God's  people  ?'  Rom.  viii.  33.  Therefore  come  to  the  sacrament,  that  we 
may  grow  in  assurance  of  the  life  of  sentence,  in  removing  the  guilt  of  sin, 
because  Christ  died  for  us.     And  we  shall  likewise  have  great  increase  of 

*  That  is,  '  communicated.' — G. 


436  COMMENTARY  ON 

the  inward  frame  of  life  and  grace.  For  the  more  we  are  assnred  of  for- 
giveness of  sins,  and  acceptation  to  life  everlasting,  the  more  we  live  ;  as, 
where  many  things  are  forgiven,  there  is  much  love,  Luke  vii.  47.  And 
the  more  we  love,  the  more  willing  and  cheerful  we  shall  be  ;  for  all  obe- 
dience springs  from  love.  When  we  love  we  are  ready  for  all  duties.  And 
therefore  come  with  encouragement  to  increase  our  union  and  communion 
with  Jesus  Christ,  now  at  this  time. 

VERSES  12,  13. 

So  then  death  worketh  in  us,  but  life  in  you.  We  having  the  same  spirit  of  faith, 
accordiufi  as  it  is  icritten,  I  believe,  therefore  have  I  spoken.  We  all  believe, 
and  therefore  we  speak. 

In  the  former  part  of  the  chapter  we  have  heard  how  the  apostle  doth 
grant  freely  what  might  be  objected  to  the  disparagement  of  the  ministry  of 
the  gospel,  in  regard  of  many  particulars,  and  then  he  retorts,  and  makes 
use  of  all ;  as  you  may  see  in  the  several  particulars. 

We  spake  the  last  time  of  the  eleventh  verse,  which  is  but  the  same 
with  the  tenth,  only  a  more  full  expression  and  exposition  of  it,  by  some 
addition. 

I  observed  divers  things  from  thence. 

That  God's  children  must  make  account  of  the  worst  in  the  world  ;  '  that 
the  life  of  Jesus  may  be  made  manifest  in  our  mortal  flesh.'  Here  is  the 
event  of  the  troubles  God's  children  meet  withal  in  this  world,  and  the  in- 
tendment on  God's  part. 

'  Made  manifest  in  our  mortal  flesh.'  I  did  not  speak  anything  of  that, 
therefore  I  will  add  something. 

'  The  life  of  Jesus  is  made  manifest  in  our  flesh,'  though  mortal,  and 
subject  to  death  ;  and  mortal,  not  only  because  subject  to  death,  but  also 
subject  to  miseries,  which  are  little  deaths.  For,  beloved,  we  do  not  only 
die  when  our  lives  are  ended,  when  the  last  day  of  our  life  is  cut  off ;  but 
all  that  makes  way  to  that  is  death.  All  the  petty  miseries,  that  by  little 
and  little  unloose  the  affections  from  earthly  things,  that  unloose  the  soul 
from  the  body,  all  those  partial  things,  they  are  little  degrees  of  that  sepa- 
ration which  is  in  death.  So  that  in  our  mortal  body,  that  is,  our  body 
that  is  subject  to  death,  and  to  that  that  makes  way  for  death. 

'  Our  mortal  flesh.'  Flesh  is  a  diminishing  word  in  Scripture,  implying 
mortal  and  frail  nature.  This  is  a  matter  of  use,  rather  than  to  be  unfolded ; 
the  best  of  us  all  carry  but  mortal  flesh.  We  carry  our  deaths,  and  our 
hearse  about  us  ;  our  life  is  dying  and  mortal.  It  is  a  matter  rather  to  be 
thought  of  to  make  us  wise  indeed  ;  as  Ps.  xlix.  3,  '  I  will  speak  of  wisdom.' 
What  wisdom  is  it  that  he  speaks  of  ?  He  speaks  of  mortality  and  of  death 
common  to  all,  that  is  wisdom' indeed.  And  therefore,  Ps.  xc.  12,  the  holy 
man  with  order  teacheth  us  '  to  number  our  days,  that  we  may  apply  our 
hearts  to  wisdom.'  There  be  no  wiser  thoughts  in  this  world  than  to  judge 
aright  of  the  condition  of  earthly  things,  and  of  our  estate  hereafter ;  for 
wisdom  is  in  the  judgment  of  things.  When  do  we  rightly  judge  of  our- 
selves ?  When  we  judge  this  life  to  be  a  dying  kind  of  life,  and  our  estate 
to  be  a  fading  kind  of  condition.  Mortal  flesh  it  is  ;  '  we  are  but  earthen 
vessels.'     '  Dust  we  are,  and  to  dust  we  shall  return  again,'  Gen.  iii.  19. 

Beloved,  think  of  this.  It  is  but  mortal  flesh  we  carry  ;  and  therefore 
do  not  stand  too  much  in  adorning  of  it,  in  feeding  of  it,  in  providing  for 
the  lusts  of  it.     How  many  betray  their  souls,  their  better  part,  by  studying 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   12,  13.  437 

to  give  contentmeiit  to  their  mortal  flesli !  This  is  not  the  life  for  mortal 
flesh.  The  time  for  that  is  the  Hfe  to  come,  at  the  i-esurrection.  Then 
when  we  shall  have  other  flesh,  we  shall  be  all  spiritual,  even  our  bodies 
spiritual,  not  maintained  with  meat  and  drink,  as  now  they  are.  That  is 
the  life  of  the  body,  a  glorious  life.  Now  it  is  a  mortal  life,  that  must  end 
in  dust  and  rottenness. 

It  is  the  vanity,  especially  of  the  younger  sort,  as  if  all  their  commenda- 
tion were  in  setting  out  their  bodies  in  apparel,  and  such  things.  It  is  a 
poor  thing  for  a  man,  that  hath  a  reasonable  soul,  to  fetch  his  commendations 
from  his  flesh,  from  that  which  is  worms'  meat.  Hath  he  nothing  else  to 
fetch  his  commendations  from  but  what  covereth  his  body  ?  What  is  the 
flesh  but  the  garment  of  the  soul,  and  a  rotten  one  ?  And  what  are  other 
garments  but  a  covering  of  that  ?  And  for  a  man  to  seek  commendations, 
which  should  arise  from  parts  and  worth  within,  to  be  studying  to  provide 
for  this  mortal  flesh,  is  a  course  unworthy  of  them  that  prove  themselves  to 
be  Christians. 

And  therefore  we  must  labour  not  to  value  ourselves  by  the  bodj^,  nor 
by  any  worth  we  have  in  the  outward  man  neither.  If  we  have  diseased 
bodies,  or  weak  bodies,  more  mortal  than  others,  not  to  be  cast  down,  even 
the  best  are  but  mortal  flesh ;  let  us  value  ourselves  by  that  which  is  to 
eternity,  by  the  life  of  Jesus.  Learn  humility  hence,  not  to  be  proud  of 
mortal  flesh,  and  sobriety.  Many  wise  observations  are  from  hence,  but 
they  are  so  easy,  that  the  meanest  of  them,  the  Spirit  accompanying  them, 
may  be  sufficient  to  you  that  be  of  understanding.  Therefore  I  will  not 
speak  of  it  now,  being  more  largely  spoken  of  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
chapter.  '  So  death  works  in  us,  but  life  in  you.'  That  is  the  conclusion 
of  the  former  comparison  of  Paul's  sufiering  with  the  presence  of  God  sup- 
porting him  in  his  sufferings  ;  he  concludeth  them  all  with  this,  '  So  then 
death  works  in  us,  but  life  in  you.' 

Some  take  this  for  an  irony,  or  a  sarcasm,  as  we  call  it,  a  bitter  kind  of 
speech.*  You  be  free  from  the  cross,  and  from  death.  But  I  take  not 
that  to  be  the  meaning  of  the  place,  but  rather  this  :  we  die  daily,  we  carry 
the  death  of  Jesus  about  us,  but  life  works  in  you.  You  have  the  good  of 
all  our  deaths,  not  only  we  ourselves,  that  be  apostles,  but  you  have  life  by 
our  death,  glory  by  our  shame,  happiness  by  our  misery  ;  you  are  gainers 
by  it.  And  indeed  so  it  is.  Those  that  be  the  grandees  f  of  the  church, 
when  they  die,  others  live  by  them,  as  you  shall  see. 

'  So  that  death  works  in  us.'  How  doth  death  work  in  us  ?  Death 
works  two  ways  at  once. 

It  works  in  the  outward  man  a  decay.  And  then,  by  a  command  of  a 
higher  power,  by  God's  Spirit,  death  works  life,  the  contrary  in  us.  Death 
works  in  us  ;  that  is,  we  are  subject  to  death,  and  dying.  It  works  in  us 
a  farther  and  farther  disposition  to  death.  And  life  is  taken  away  con- 
tinually by  partial  deaths,  which  fit  us  for  the  last  death  ;  death  as  a  canker 
eateth  out  our  hfe  and  natures.  As  he  said  before,  death  is  not  only  the 
conclusion  of  our  life,  but  it  eateth  into  it  continually.  Every  day  taking 
away  a  piece  of  it,  especially  them  that  be  under  crosses,  death  by  little  and 
little  worketh  a  separation  of  soul  from  the  body.  And  then  death  works 
in  us  the  life  of  Jesus,  that  is,  not  in  itself — for  it  works  nothing  but  dis- 
solution, and  turneth  us  to  our  dust  out  of  which  we  were  taken — but  death 
works  in  us  by  the  command  of  God,  who  can  raise  light  out  of  darkness, 

*  Cf.  Hodge,  Stanley,  Alforrl,  and  Wordsworth,  in  loc. — G. 
t  That  is,  '  leaders'  as  explained  a  little  onward, — G. 


438  COMMENTARY  ON 

and  life  out  of  death,  and  happiness  out  of  misery.  God,  who  hath  all 
things  in  obedience  to  him,  can  raise  contrary  out  of  contrary.  And  there- 
fore death  works  in  us  the  life  before  spoken  of,  not  of  itself,  but  by  the 
command  of  God  himself,  who  extracteth  out  of  death,  and  mortality,  and 
misery  we  sufler,  a  farther  degree  of  spiritual  life.  Beloved,  it  is  a  strange 
thing  that  death  should  work;  but  consider  all  things  under  heaven,  even 
they  work  not  in  themselves,  but  under  command  and  at  obedience  of  the 
Supreme  Worker,  who  is  so  excellent  and  powerful  a  worker,  that  he  can 
raise  contraries  out  of  contrary,  that  cannot  only  raise  from  death,  and 
make  happy  after  misery,  but  make  happy  in  misery,  in  life,  in  death,  he 
is  so  powerful  a  worker. 

Use.  And  of  this  make  this  use  of  it.  We  are  in  covenant  mih  a  powerful 
God,  that  can  make  any  condition  irork  to  our  good.  He  hath  command 
over  life,  death,  imprisonment,  abasement  whatsoever.  He  can  raise  out 
of  them  whatsoever  is  contrary,  that  no  state  shall  be  over-troublesome  to 
us,  that  we  shall  not  distaste  of  any  condition.  Shall  we  distaste  of  any 
conditions,  when  God  can  make  that  condition  serve  for  our  best  good  ? 
Oh  no. 

Use  2.  Comfort.  And  let  this  comfort  us  in  the  greatest  misery.  God 
works  life  in  death.  He  giveth  spiritual  life,  and  makes  it  appear  we  are 
upheld  by  a  divine  power,  another  power  than  our  own ;  therefore  be  not 
discouraged,  and  never  despair. 

But  what  benefit  have  they  by  it  ?  Life  works  in  you  by  our  death  ;  life 
works  in  him  too.  And  the  life  of  Jesus  is  manifested  not  only  in  him  but 
them  too.  God  bringeth  his  own  children  into  great  troubles  for  the  good 
of  others.  They  be  the  standard-bearers  of  the  church,  but  he  commands 
their  lives  to  be  manifested  in  their  dyings,  two  or  three  ways. 

(1.)  The  more  he  dies,  the  more  death  was  wrought  in  him,  the  more 
the  Spirit  liveth  in  him,  the  more  spiritual  life  was  in  him ;  that  is,  a  divine 
power  and  strength  of  grace,  to  enable  him  in  the  inward  man.  And  was 
not  this  for  the  church's  good,  being  a  public  man,  as  he  was  ?  And  there- 
fore the  church  loseth  nothing  by  the  afflictions  of  their  godly  pastors.  Oh 
your  Christians,  the  more  they  be  afflicted,  the  more  free  they  be  to  comfort 
and  instruct.  Of  all  physicians  the  experienced  physician  is  the  best. 
And  they  be  the  best  teachers,  and  do  most  good,  that  can  speak  from 
experience  of  the  life  of  Christ  manifested  in  them  ;  in  that  regard  life  was 
theirs,  by  death  working  in  him. 

(2.)  Then  again,  as  death  wrought  in  him,  so  life  in  them,  that  they 
might  have  good  by  his  suiferings,  and  the  presence  of  God's  Spirit  in  his 
sufierings,  to  be  less  troubled  with  the  cross.  We  see  St  Paul  nevertheless 
hath  his  partial  death,  his  abasement  in  the  world,  as  an  '  earthen  vessel ' 
despised  of  all ;  how  straight  he  walks  and  comfortably  he  walks  !  how  God 
is  present  with  his  Spirit !  And  surely  if  we  suffer  for  a  righteous  cause, 
the  same  Spirit  that  was  present  with  Paul  shall  be  present  with  us.  And 
thus  by  way  of  example  life  works  in  them,  but  death  in  him. 

(3.)  Life  wrought  in  them,  by  death  in  him,  that  they  might  be  in  love 
more  with  religion,  which  is  such  as  bringeth  comfort  and  strength  from 
heaven  in  the  greatest  sufierings  for  it.  And  that  they  might  love  the  cause 
the  better,  God  is  present  with  the  cause.  If  it  were  not  God's  cause,  he 
would  not  accompany  it  with  such  increase  of  grace  and  comfort.  There- 
fore, as  death  in  Paul,  so  life  in  them ;  for  they  are  more  and  more  in  love 
with  religion.  And  so  it  was  with  the  martyrs  :  when  they  saw  it  was  such 
a  cause,  then  they  went  cheerfully  to  suffer.     They  knew  God  had  neither 


2  COEIXTHIANS  CHAP,  IV,  VER.   12,   13.  439 

persons  nor  cause,  that  lie  was  so  present  with  all ;  and  therefore  they  were 
encouraged  themselves,  because  they  saw  others  victoriously  and  triumph- 
ingly  to  suffer.  So  we  see  that  we  ought  not  to  take  scandal  at  the  suffer- 
ings of  any  for  a  good  cause.  Their  death  is  our  life.  If  we  be  of  the 
same  bod}^  we  may  take  good  by  it.  We  should  be  so  far  from  taking 
scandal  at  them  that  suffer  for  justice  or  religion,  that  we  should  honour 
them  the  more.  'I  Paul,  a  prisoner,'  Eph.  iii.  1.  Is  that  a  weakening 
of  himself?  No.  As  a  prevailing  argument,  [he]  here  mentioneth  his 
bonds  and  sufferings.  It  is  so  far  therefore  from  being  a  matter  of  offence 
as  to  make  us  not  to  be  ready  to  taunt  them,  as  proud  flesh  is  ready  to  do ; 
and  therefore  they  have  counted  crosses  and  suffering,  a  contemptible  thing, 
that  we  should  honour  it  the  more.  And  therefore  take  no  offence  at  them 
that  suffer  in  the  cause  of  religion  ;  their  sufferings  is  for  the  good  of  others. 
For  this  we  have  a  more  clear  place  in  the  latter  part  of  this  chapter. 

Obj.  But  have  not  all  God's  children  their  death,  without  dying  to  you  ? 
Are  not  all  God's  children  partakers  of  the  cross  ? 

A)is.  Beloved,  sometimes  it  is  thus  with  God's  church  and  children,  that 
God  to  favour  them  doth  give  them  an  exemption  from  any  great  cross  till 
they  be  trained  up,  and  get  fortitude  and  strength ;  not  that  God  loveth 
them  more  than  he  loveth  others  that  he  eserciseth ;  but  it  is  clean  contrary, 
for  whei'e  he  causeth  to  suffer  for  a  good  cause,  it  is  a  privilege.  '  To  you 
it  is  given,  not  only  to  believe,  but  also  to  suffer,'  Philip,  i.  29.  He  favours 
them  more,  and  tenders  them  more.  The.  rest  have  not  that  strength  of 
grace,  and  therefore  God  cherisheth  them ;  as  when  plants  be  young,  we 
set  them  about  with  bushes  against  excursion  of  outward  causes  ;  but  when 
they  have  taken  root,  those  be  taken  awa3\  So  God  besets  his  children 
with  props  and  comforts  till  they  have  gotten  root ;  but  afterwards  exposeth 
them  to  storms  and  wind,  that  they  may  take  root  deeper.  Therefore  let 
none  think  they  be  better  because  they  be  free.  God  is  preparing  and 
fitting  them  for  that  which  is  prepared  for  them. 

'  We  having  the  Spirit,  as  it  is  written,  I  believe,  therefore  have  I  spoken  ; 
we  also  believe,  therefore  we  speak.' 

The  holy  apostle  doth  here,  as  an  entrance  into  this  discourse,  fully  set 
forth  his  condition  under  the  cross,  and  the  sufferings  as  a  believer  ;  that 
is,  he  was  bold  and  confident,  notwithstanding  all  suflerings,  in  hope  of 
the  resurrection,  and  glory  to  come.  And  he  sets  out  his  faith  by  compar- 
ing his  faith  with  them  in  former  times.  '  We  having  the  same  Spirit  of 
faith'  that  they  had  before,  as  Abraham,  and  David,  and  others,  we  are 
not  alone,  neither  in  sufferings  nor  in  our  comforts.  We  have  the  same 
combats  and  the  same  comforts,  the  same  Spirit  of  comfort  and  grace, 
according  '  as  it  is  written,  I  believe,  therefore  I  have  spoken;  we  also  be- 
lieve, therefore  do  we  speak.'  He  made  David's  case,  Ps.  cxvi.  10,  parallel 
to  his  own.  They  were  both  in  trouble  and  affliction,  both  confess  to  God 
in  the  midst  of  his  congregation.  Saint  Paul  had  the  same  Spirit :  '  we 
believe  and  speak,'  as  they  believed  and  spake.  I  shall  have  the  present  life 
of  Christ  manifested  in  me.  I  know  by  experience  that  I  shall  be  carried 
along  by  the  hfe,  and  power,  and  Spirit  of  Christ,  and  afterward  I  look  for 
a  glorious  resurrection,  as  is  specified  in  the  next  verse. 

'  We  having  the  same  Spirit  of  faith,'  not  the  same  with  you,  and  the 

rest  of  the  members  that  now  Hve.     Now  that  I  conceive  is  not  so  much 

his  meaning,*  as  we  having  the  same  Spirit  of  faith  with  David,  and  them 

befgtre  Christ  died,  with  all  the  professors  of  religion  from  the  beginning  of 

*  Cf.  as  ante,  in  loc,  and  "Webster  and  Wilkinson. — G. 


440  COMMENTARY  ON 

the  world  to  the  end,  the  same  Spirit  with  you.  Now  the  same  spirit  with 
the  church  in  former  times,  one  Spirit  runs  through  the  veins  of  the  church 
in  all  ages ;  having  the  same  spirit  of  faith,  he  hath  the  same  commanding 
act  of  faith.  For  there  be  two  acts  of  faith  :  one  we  call  elicitus,  which 
is,  the  inward  proper  act  of  faith  ;  and  there  is  actus  imperationis,  whereby 
it  commands  the  exercises  of  other  graces.  As  I  believe  in  the  proper 
exercise  of  grace  in  itself,  and  I  not  only  believe,  but  courageously  confess ; 
confession  is  not  so  much  the  proper  act  of  faith,  as  it  is  commanded  to  be 
exercised  by  faith.  Here  is  first  the  life  of  faith,  and  then  the  act  and 
expression  of  faith  with  a  parallel,  David  :  as  David  believeth  and  speaks, 
so  I  believe  and  speak. 

'  We  have  the  spirit  of  faith.'  Faith  is  here  the  fundamental  grace,  the 
radical  grace  of  all.  We  have  faith,  and  a  spirit  of  faith,  and  the  same 
spirit  of  faith.  So  that  faith  is  the  radical  grace,  it  being  the  grace  that 
exercises  all  the  rest.  It  is  the  grace  of  the  new  covenant,  whereby  we  are 
knit  to  Christ :  '  Whosever  believeth  shall  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting 
life,'  John  iii.  15.  It  is  the  grace  of  union  that  knits  us  to  the  root, 
the  foundation  of  lively  Christianity.  And  therefore  he  mentions  faith  in 
the  first  place. 

Think  of  faith  as  the  first  grace  of  the  Spirit,  that  acteth  and  stirs  up  all 
other  graces.  It  is  the  fii'st,  because  it  is  the  grace  of  union  that  knits 
us  to  Christ.  It  is  the  grace  required  in  the  covenant  of  grace.  It  is  the 
grace  that  giveth  God  all  the  glory,  therefore  fit  to  be  the  grace  of  the 
covenant.  And  [itj  takes  all  from  man,  emptieth  a  man  of  all,  and  giveth 
all  the  glory  to  God,  and  Christ,  whose  righteousness  we  lay  hold  upon  by 
faith  ;  being  therefore  the  grace  of  the  covenant,  the  grace  of  union,  the 
grace  of  abasing  man  and  glorifying  God  above  all  other  graces,  and  the 
grace  that  acts  and  stirs  up  all  other  graces  ;  and  all  other  graces  do 
increase,  or  decrease,  as  faith  increaseth  or  decreaseth.  Therefore  '  having 
received  the  spirit  of  faith,  we  also  believe,'  &c.  Therefore  above  all  other 
graces  labour  for  faith. 

But  now  we  have  not  only  faith,  but  '  the  same  Spirit  of  faith,'  which 
sheweth  the  original  whence  faith  cometh.  The  spirit  of  faith  is  an  ex- 
cellent attribute  to  faith,  to  shew  that  faith  as  all  other  graces  comes  from 
the  Spirit ;  and  if  all  other  graces  come  from  the  Spirit,  then  the  grace  of 
graces,  faith  especially.  The  Spirit  is  either  the  Holy  Ghost  himself, 
called  the  Spirit,  partly  passively,  because  the  Holy  Ghost  is  breathed  from 
the  Father  and  Son,  and  partly  activelj',  because  the  Spirit  doth  spirare, 
breathe  into  us.  All  the  life  and  comforts  we  have  is  from  the  Spirit.  The 
Holy  Ghost  comes  a  spircuulo,  not  a  generando.  He  doth  breathe  all  grace 
and  comfort  into  God's  children,  and  therefore  [is]  called  the  Spirit.  Now 
as  the  Holy  Ghost  infuseth  all  grace  and  comfort,  he  works  first  a  gracious 
disposition  in  God's  children,  which  is  called  the  Spirit.  The  Holy  Ghost 
is  called  not  only  the  Spirit,  but  a  gracious  disposition  and  temper  of  our 
soul,  whereby  our  spirits  are  made  suitable  to  the  Holy  Ghost ;  for  the 
Holy  Ghost  puts  an  impression  upon  every  soul  that  comes  to  heaven,  like 
itself,  and  sets  a  stamp  of  holiness  upon  it,  and  renews  the  image  of  Christ. 
Again,  the  Spirit  is  also  called  spirit,  as  to  '  walk  by  the  Spirit,  and  live  by 
the  Spirit ; '  that  is,  to  live  in  an  holy  and  gracious  disposition  wrought  in 
us  by  the  Holy  Ghost.  Now  as  in  general  a  gracious  frame  of  soul  is 
called  spirit,  so  every  grace  is  called  the  grace  of  the  Spirit;  as  the 
'  spirit  of  faith,'  and  the  '  spirit  of  love,'  and  the  '  spirit  of  a  sound  mind,' 
and  the  spirit  of  the  '  fear  of  the  Lord,'  and  the  '  spirit  of  counsel,'  because 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP,  IV,  VEB.   12,   13.  441 

they  issue  immediately  from  the  Spirit,  and  sanctification  wrought  in  us  by 
the  Spirit  of  God.  For  the  Spirit  of  God  will  infuse  a  divine  nature  into 
us,  which  we  call  the  Spirit,  being  the  seed  of  all  grace.  And  then  comes 
the  spirit  of  all  other  graces.  As  in  original  sin  there  is  the  seed  of  all 
corruption,  so  in  the  Spirit  the  seed  of  regeneration  is  the  seed  of  all  gi'ace, 
hope,  and  faith,  and  love,  and  whatsoever. 

Now,  as  we  say,  though  there  be  one  general  ocean,  yet  it  hath  several 
names  according  to  the  several  coasts  it  washeth,  and  therefore  called  the 
British  seas,  the  Irish  seas,  the  Mediterrane-"  seas,  the  French  seas.  There 
is  but  one  sea,  yet  [it]  hath  its  terms  according  to  the  several  coasts.  So  the 
Spiiit  is  one  Spirit,  but  as  it  begets  several  graces,  so  it  hath  several  names. 
As  it  giveth  faith,  it  is  called  the  spirit  of  faith;  as  it  enableth  us  to  sufier, 
the  spirit  of  assistance,  or  supportation.  There  be  also  animal  spirits  in 
the  veins,  and  vital  spirits  in  the  liver  and  heart.  So  it  is  with  the  Spirit 
of  God.  •  It  is  the  spirit  of  such  a  grace  and  such  a  grace  as  there  is  occa- 
sion to  use  it.  So  that  the  apostle  terms  the  work  of  God's  grace  in  the 
hearts  of  his  children  a  spirit  of  faith  ;  faith  therefore  is  wrought  by  the 
Spirit  of  God,  and  that  is  the  doctrine.  The  excellent  grace  of  faith  is  from 
the  Spirit.     For  it  is  called  from  the  work  of  it,  '  a  spirit  of  faith.' 

What  need  I  prove  it  ?  For  all  things  abovef  faith  are  above  nature. 
The  objects  of  faith  are  above  nature,  which  are  merely  |.  mysteries.  There 
is  no  seed  of  faith  in  us  at  all.  It  is  harder  to  believe  than  to  fulfil  the 
law  ;  for  there  are  seed  of  all  commandments  of  the  moral  law,  some 
impressions  of  it  are  yet  left  in  our  natures  to  serve  God  in  some  measure, 
to  do  justice.  So  that  the  moral  men  and  pagans  have  been  excellent  in 
that  kind.  But  to  believe  requires  the  revelation  of  the  objects,  which  are 
supernatural  things,  above  nature,  contrary  to  carnal  reason.  Faith  hath 
no  friend  at  all  in  us.  There  is  a  cursed  enmity  of  nature  against  every 
article  of  faith  to  call  the  foundation  itself  into  question  ;  and  we  are  prone 
to  believe  our  own  lying  hearts  and  Satan  in  time  of  temptation,  rather 
than  divine  truths.  To  believe  the  favour  of  God  to  a  sinner,  the  heart 
will  not  conceive  of  it,  unless  the  Spirit  of  God  sets  down  to  the  soul  that 
it  is  so.  To  believe  life  everlasting  and  glory,  they  be  things  above  nature. 
Unless  they  were  revealed  by  the  Spirit,  who  would  have  believed  these 
things  ?  And  therefore  it  must  be  power  divine  that  must  raise  the  heart 
above  itself.  Nothing  can  work  above  its  own  sphere.  Nature  cannot 
rise  higher  than  nature  ;  a  river  cannot  rise  higher  than  the  spring  from 
whence  it  ariseth  ;  nothing  can  do  above  its  activity.  Natural  things  cannot 
apprehend  spiritual  things.  The  acts  of  faith  are  above  nature.  For  a 
soul,  a  guilty  soul,  a  soul  under  the  guilt  of  sin,  to  apprehend  the  favour 
and  mercy  of  a  just  and  holy  God,  unless  there  be  a  Spirit  to  raise  the  soul 
above  all  guilt,  and  to  see  more  mercy  in  God  than  sin  in  itself,  it  must  be 
a  supernatural  act  to  do  this.  To  overcome  the  world,  all  temptations  on 
the  right  hand  of  pleasure  and  profit,  and  on  the  left  hand  fear  and  danger, 
is  above  nature.  But  faith  enableth  a  man  to  overcome  the  world.  There- 
fore it  must  be  the  spirit  of  faith  that  enables  him  to  overcome  himself,  the 
world,  and  the  prince  of  the  world  and  his  temptations,  where  the  object  and 
the  act  is  supernatural.  Therefore  surely  we  must  have  a  spirit  above  our 
own.  A  man  must  be  more  than  a  man,  he  must  be  a  spiritual  man,  that 
doth  the  things  that  faith  enableth  him  to  do.  Therefore  faith  is  wrought 
by  the  Spirit ;  for  a  man  to  be  able  to  conquer  God  himself,  by  his  word 
and  promise,  it  must  be  by  God.  And  this  must  be  by  a  spirit  of  faith. 
*  That  is,  '  Mediterranean.'— G.     f  Qu. '  of '  ?— Ed.    J  That  is,  =  altogether.— G. 


442 


COMMENTARY  ON 


As  our  Saviour  Christ  overcome  by  the  woman  of  Canaan,  '  0  woman, 
great  is  thy  faith,'  Mat.  sv.  28.  And  then  Satan  especially  joiueth  against 
this  grace  of  faith,  because  it  most  opposeth  him  in  all  his  temptations  and 
methods.  Moreover,  we  must  have  a  Spirit  of  faith  not  only  to  work  faith 
in  us,  but  likewise  in  every  act  and  exercise  of  faith  ;  for  though  we  have 
the  grace  of  faith,  we  cannot  act  and  raise  ourselves  upon  occasion,  as  the 
object  is  present,  and  duties  to  be  done  by  the  Spirit.  '  He  giveth  both 
the  will  and  the  deed,'  Phil.  ii.  13.  And  for  all  these  reasons  there  is  a 
necessity  of  the  Spirit  to  work  faith. 

Therefore  faith  is  a  gift  of  the  Spirit.  '  To  you  it  is  given  to  believe,' 
Mat.  xiii.  11,  '  Faith  is  not  of  ourselves,  but  the  gift  of  God,'  Eph.  ii.  8, 
and  a  rare,  excellent,  and  peculiar  gift  it  is.  The  point  is  plain,  that  this 
excellent  grace  of  faith,  whereby  we  go  out  of  ourselves  and  fetch  all  with- 
out, it  is  from  the  Spirit  of  God,  which  indeed  is  first  a  Spirit  of  faith  before 
it  is  a  Spirit  of  love  and  patience.  This  is  the  first  work  of  the  Spirit ;  the 
first  work  of  the  Spirit  is  a  spirit  of  faith,  and  then  of  love,  and  patience, 
and  contentation  with  the  condition,  but  first  the  spirit  of  faith. 

Use  1,  And  if  it  be  so  that  faith  comes  from  the  Spirit  of  God,  and 
groweth  not  in  ourselves,  then  we  must  learn  whither  to  go  for  it ;  to  pray, 
'  Lord,  increase  our  faith,'  Luke  xvii,  5,  If  we  want  it,  to  expect  it  in  the 
use  of  sanctified  means,  even  to  look  for  it  from  above.  '  Every  good  and 
perfect  gift  cometh  from  the  Father  of  lights,'  James  i.  17,  and  therefore 
this  excellent  gift  of  all  gifts.  And  account  it  an  excellent  grace,  and  that 
will  make  us  sue  more  for  it.  We  must  have  a  Spirit  of  faith,  else  all 
things  are  nothing,  for  that  is  a  fundamental  grace.  Therefore  look  to  the 
power  of  the  Spirit  of  God  for  it,  the  Spirit  being  the  agent  of  the  Father 
and  the  Son  here  below.  As  it  proceeds  from  the  father  and  the  Son,  so 
it  works  from  the  Father  and  the  Son ;  and  by  ftiith  assures  us  of  the  love 
of  the  Father  and  the  Son,  for  it  knoweth  what  is  in  the  breast  of  the  Father 
and  the  Son. 

Use  2.  And  then  if  God  doth  give  this  act  of  faith,  this  supernatural  eye 
of  faith,  this  supernatural  hand  of  faith  to  lay  hold,  eyes  to  see,  this  super- 
natural hand  of  faith  to  lay  hold,  and  stomach  of  faith  to  digest,  then  it  is 
not  every  one  that  hath  it ;  all  have  not  faith.  And  therefore  if  we  have 
faith,  if  we  can  go  out  of  ourselves  and  rely  on  the  promise,  thank  God  for 
it ;  thank  God  for  it  more  than  for  any  grace  or  gift  in  the  world.  For, 
beloved,  we  are  stubborn,  alike  dead,  dark,  rebellious  alike  by  nature  ;  and 
for  us  that  be  all  of  the  same  condition  by  nature  to  be  raised  to  a  super- 
natural condition,  to  have  an  eye  and  hand  to  see  and  reach  to  things  above 
nature,  and  to  make  them  our  own,  this  is  a  peculiar  grace  ;  and  therefore 
not  unto  us,  but  unto  the  Spirit  of  God,  be  all  the  glory  and  praise. 

Use  3.  And  then  let  vs  take  heed  that  ire  do  not  rashly  or  hastily  attempt 
any  suffering  or  doing,  without  looking  to  the  Spirit  of  God  for  a  new  exercise 
of  faith,  that  now  being  to  use  faith,  we  may  have  the  Spirit  to  raise  up  the 
habit,  ichich  otherwise  will  be  a  dormant  and  sleepy  habit ;  that  as  occasion 
is  ofiered,  so  we  may  have  fresh  strength  suitable  to  the  fresh  occasions. 
The  same  faith  we  had  before  will  not  serve  for  the  present  time,  especially 
if  there  be  increase  of  trouble.  And  if  the  actions  to  be  performed  be  more 
difficult,  according  to  the  increase  Of  trouble  and  hardness  of  business  we 
are  about,  we  must  beg  a  greater  measure  of  faith.  So  that  indeed  the  life 
of  a  (Jhristian  is  nothing  but  a  dependency  since  the  fall,  under  the  covenant 
of  grace.  We  are  under  guidance  of  the  Spirit,  not  only  to  prop  and 
strengthen  us  with^habits,  as  we  call  them,  but  likewise  on  every  occasion 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   12,   13.  443 

to  raise  and  stir  up  our  graces,  and  to  persuade  the  soul  to  receive  them. 
It  is  faith  that  stirs  up  all  grace,  and  directs  all  grace,  and  holds  every  grace 
to  its  work,  and,  so  long  as  it  continueth,  keepeth  all  other  graces  in 
exercise. 

But  more  particularly,  by  the  spirit  of  faith  he  meaneth  the  receipt  of 
a  powerful  faith,  because  a  spirit  of  faith ;  and  a  constant  faith,  because  it 
is  a  spirit  of  faith ;  for  the  spirit  is  put  to  things  that  be  strong  and 
constant.  And  the  Spirit  is  a  strong  worker,  and  it  is  the  spirit  of  faith  ; 
and  a  free  worker,  because  it  is  a  spirit  of  faith  that  works  more  or  less 
according  as  it  seeth  need.  It  is  an  holy  gi-ace,  because  it  comes  from  the 
Holy  Spirit ;  and  therefore  it  is  a  grace  indeed  that  makes  us  holy. 

First,  It  is  a  spirit  of  faith,  that  is,  a  powerful  work  of  faith.  Now  a 
spirit  of  faith  doth  overcome  our  unbelieving  natures,  a  spirit  works  stronglj', 
takes  away  actual  resistance.  Faith  comes  not  by  persuasion,  but  by  a 
powerful  waking  strength ;  for  if  it  came  by  persuasion,  the  devil  would 
persuade  to  unbelief  sooner  than  the  Spirit  should  persuade  to  faith.  For 
he  hath  more  help  for  unbelief  than  there  is  for  faith.  We  have  in  us 
more  arguments  against  truth  and  against  goodness  than  for  it.  And 
therefore  if  it  were  but  a  mere  persuasion,  and  the  soul  not  overpowered  by 
the  Holy  Ghost  to  believe,  it  would  never  believe.  So  that  it  is  not  left 
indifferent  to  us  to  believe  or  not  believe  when  God's  Spirit  comes.  But 
the  Spirit,  as  wind,  is  a  powerful  work[er],  and  because  it  takes  away  all 
prevailing  resistances  from  the  soul,  and  makes  way  for  itself,  bringing  an 
heavenly  light  into  the  understanding,  and  a  spiritual  kind  of  reasoning, 
and  an  heavenly  obedience  into  the  will,  bowing  it  to  obedience  of  divine 
truths  to  yield  to  them,  because  by  little  and  little  it  consumes  corruption, 
it  takes  away  prevailing  corruption,  and  makes  the  soul  believe,  though 
there  be  roots  of  infidelity  remaining. 

The  Spirit  takes  down  the  rebellion  of  nature  so  far  that  it  shall  not  pre- 
vail. They  never  have  the  spirit  of  faith  that  think  they  can  resist.  When 
the  Spirit  comes  it  subjects  all  to  its  work.  But  I  will  not  make  a  counter- 
point of  it.  But,  indeed,  the  spirit  of  faith  takes  away  all  resistances,  which 
is  to  be  observed,  not  only  against  divers  heresies  in  this  time,  or  opinions 
at  least  that  tend  that  way,  for  they  end  in  a  little  better  than  heresy ;  but 
likewise  to  think  what  an  excellent  grace  it  is,  how  much  we  are  beholding 
to  God  for  it,  how  to  importune  God  for  it,  considering  it  is  such  a  super- 
natural, holy,  and  powerful  grace  of  the  Spirit.  And  then  it  is  a  constant 
work.  God's  children  do  not  only  beHeve  now  and  then,  but  they  have  a 
spirit  of  faith.  Now  spirit  implieth  a  constant  inclination,  in  the  Scripture 
phrase,  as  a  spirit  of  lying,  of  falsity,  of  envy,  is  an  inclination  that  way ; 
and  a  spirit  of  faith  is  a  constant  inclination  wrought  in  the  spirit  to  live 
by  faith  constantly,  to  depend  upon  God  for  all  things,  pardon  of  sins,  life 
everlasting,  provision  and  protection  in  this  world. 

Again,  Because  it  is  called  the  '  spirit  of  faith,'  it  sheweth  that  it  is  a 
free  grace,  and  the  grounds  why  some  have  more  or  less  faith,  it  is  free  for 
measure  and  free  for  time.  They  that  have  faith  have  the  spirit  of  faith. 
They  have  not  faith  at  command.  No.  The  Spirit  bloweth  where  it  listeth, 
more  or  less.  If  you  ask  why  some  have  great,  some  less,  faith  ?  It  is 
because  God  seeth  it  needful  for  them  in  afflictions  to  have  a  great  measure 
of  faith,  them  that  are  wretched  in  the  world,  that  have  pre-encountered 
great  dangers  and  afflictions,  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  great  measure  of 
faith,  and  God  giveth  it.  For  the  Spirit  is  a  wii=e  Spirit,  and  giveth  faith  ac- 
cording to  the  exigencies  of  particular  persons  more  or  less,  for  it  is  a  Spirit. 


444  COMMENTAEY  ON 

The  things  God  works  by  his  Spirit,  in  regard  of  the  freeness  of  them, 
are  called  graces ;  they  as  they  are  wrought  by  the  Spirit  are  called  the 
graces  of  the  Spirit.  The  graces  of  the  Scriptures  are  not  like  the  graces 
of  the  heathens  in  their  ethics  and  morals,  who  call  them  habits,*  but  they 
have  their  names  from  their  efficiency,  the  spirit  of  love,  as  they  be  from 
God's  freeness ;  they  are  called  the  spirit  of  faith,  as  referring  all  to  the 
work  of  God's  Spirit,  because  as  we  are  saved  by  gx'ace,  so  we  must  be 
ready  to  give  all  glory  to  the  work  of  the  Spirit. 

And  therefore  we  should  not  be  much  discontent  if  we  have  not  so  great 
a  measure  as  others  have,  but  thankful  for  the  least  properties  of  faith,  for 
the  measure  of  it  comes  from  the  Holy  Ghost,  who  is  a  free  worker.  The 
Holy  Ghost  is  not  a  natural  worker,  as  fire  burneth  with  extremity  of  its 
strength,  because  it  is  a  natural  agent,  but  the  Holy  Ghost  being  a  wise 
and  free  agent,  works  according  to  his  good  will  and  pleasure.  And  there- 
fore take  heed  how  we  grieve  the  Spirit  of  God,  which  is  a  Spirit  of  faith ; 
but  as  the  apostle  giveth  wise  counsel,  '  Work  out  your  salvation  with  fear 
and  trembling,'  Philip,  ii.  12,  because  it  is  God  that  giveth  the  will  and 
the  deed  of  his  good  pleasure.  If  we  esteem  not  the  Spirit  as  we  should, 
the  Spirit  may  withdraw  and  suspend  the  sweet  exercise  of  faith,  though 
not  wholly  take  it  away,  because  it  is  a  grace  that  proceeds  from  a  free 
agent,  the  Holy  Ghost. 

And  it  is  said  likewise,  we  have  the  same  spirit  of  faith,  because  the  same 
Spirit  of  God  works  the  same  faith  from  Adam,  the  first  believer,  to  the  end 
of  the  w6rld.  Beloved,  those  before  Christ,  they  were  saved  by  Christ, 
as  we  read.  Acts  xv.  8,  9,  '  When  our  hearts  are  purified,  we  are  saved  by 
faith  as  they  were.'  There  is  one  Spirit  breathed  into  all  the  children  of 
God  to  the  end  of  the  world,  the  same  Spirit  is  in  the  hidden  members. 
What  shall  I  say  7  The  same  Spirit  with  them,  the  same  Spirit  with 
Christ  their  head  ;  one  self-same  Spirit  is  in  Christ  our  head,  and  in  all  the 
members  of  Christ  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  the  world.  And  as 
there  is  one  Spirit,  so  one  spirit  of  faith  in  regard  of  the  object,  the  same 
things  believed.  For  though  faith  be  diverse,  according  to  the  diversity  of 
belief,  yet  in  regard  of  the  things  believed,  and  the  cause  of  faith,  the 
Spirit,  they  are  all  one :  '  Jesus  Christ,  the  same  yesterday,  and  to-day, 
and  for  ever,'  Heb.  xiii.  8. 

There  is  nothing  we  believe  in  the  gospel,  but  they  did  believe  before 
Christ.  Our  faith  is  Abraham's  faith  and  David's  faith.  I  will  give  an 
instance  before  Christ.  Abraham  believed  in  Christ,  '  and  saw  his  day  and 
rejoiced,'  John  viii.  56.  And  the  sacrament  of  circumcision  was  '  a  seal 
of  the  righteousness  of  faith,'  Kom.  iv.  11,  as  our  sacraments  are  seals  of 
our  faith.  And  likewise  they  gave  all  to  the  Spirit  of  God.  '  Breathe  thy 
law  into  our  hearts.'  And  Moses  giveth  the  reason  why  they  heard  and 
saw  in  the  wilderness,  and  profited  not.  God  gave  them  not  an  heart. 
All  was  given  to  the  Spirit,  as  now,  and  life  everlasting. 

They  believed  as  well  as  we  do  now.  *  At  thy  right  hand  are  pleasures 
for  evermore,'  Ps.  xvi.  11.  Christ  was  believed  as  well  as  now.  He  was 
Immanuel  then,  and  with  them  as  well  as  with  ns,  though  we  have  a  farther 
measure  of  revelation.  Christ  is  laid,  Christ  is  a  corner  stone,  '  and  who- 
soever believeth  on  him  shall  not  be  ashamed,'  1  Peter  ii.  6.  There  was 
the  same  covenant  of  grace.  '  Whosoever  believeth  shall  not  perish,  but 
have  everlasting  life,'  as  now,  John  iii.  15.  And  therefore  believers  are 
called  *  the  children  of  Abraham,'  Gal.  iii.  7,  heaven,  '  the  bosom  of 
*  Cf.  note  vv.  p.  533,  Vol.  III.— G. 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   12,   13.  445 

Abraham,'  Luke  xvi.  23.  Women-believers  are  called  '  the  daughters  of 
Abraham,'  Luke  xiii.  16,  because  there  is  one  spirit  of  faith  in  believers 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world  to  the  end  of  it.  Nov?  the  particulars  are 
revealed  more  clearly,  the  canon  is  enlarged,  the  gospel  is  added  to  the 
precepts  of  the  law,  but  notwithstanding,  for  fundamental  points,  they  are 
the  same  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  the  church.  The  difference 
between  them  and  us  was  in  outward  garments,  in  outward  affections.  As 
a  man  differs  from  a  child  in  garments  and  outward  habit,  and  yet  is  the 
same  man,  so  the  church  of  the  Jews  and  our  church  are  all  one  church, 
only  differing  in  ceremonies  and  outward  concernments,  and  yet  still  the 
same  church.  The  difference  is  the  accidental  and  outward ;  the  essential 
main  points  are  always  the  same.  And  therefore  the  grand  point  of  faith, 
we  believe,  is  not  yesterday's  faith,  as  the  papists  would  make  it,  like  the 
Gibeonites,  that  when  they  came  but  from  hard  by,  came  with  mouldy 
bread  and  shoes,  counterfeiting  that  they  came  from  a  far  country.*  So 
you  shall  have  it  in  every  papist's  mouth,  Ours  is  the  ancient  religion,  the 
fathers'  religion,  when  it  was  but  of  j'esterday,  and  of  all  novelties ;  but  we 
are  true  catholics,  because  we  believe  an  universal  truth,  the  same  spirit 
of  faith  which  they  had  in  ages  of  the  church  before.  We  believe  nothing 
but  what  Abraham,  Moses,  David,  and  the  prophets  believed.  We  are  the 
catholics.  We  are  not  upstarts,  and  I  prove  it  by  this  reason.  There  is 
nothing  we  believe  but  they  believed ;  whatsoever  we  believe  all  the  ancient 
fathers  and  patriarchs  believed. 

,  Now  that  faith  is  most  catholic  that  all  the  patriarchs,  prophets,  and 
apostles  believed,  and  that  they  themselves  believe.  They  only  add 
patcheries  of  their  own,  and  therefore  they  have  a  new  faith,  but  we  the 
same.  They  believe  the  two  sacraments,  but  they  add  their  own.  They 
believe  the  Scriptures,  but  they  add  traditions.  They  believe  salvation 
from  Christ,  but  they  add  works ;  believe  we  must  call  upon  God,  but  they 
add  saints  to  Christ  in  invocation  and  mediation.  They  have  destructive 
additions  of  their  own,  which  spoileth  all  in  the  conclusion.  What  they 
have  we  have  ;  but  their  patcheries  neither  they  nor  we  have  ;  and  there- 
fore is  not  our  faith  more  catholic,  that  holds  the  same  things  with  the 
patriarchs  and  prophets,  more  than  they  that  have  only  mere  additions  of 
their  own  ? 

That  wherein  they  differ  from  us  is  not  catholic  in  their  own  confession, 
for  they  have  it  not  out  of  Scripture,  nor  catholic  with  us  in  regard  of  the 
divided  church  that  they  had.  It  was  neither  the  faith  of  the  ancients, 
patriarchs,  nor  prophets  before  Christ,  nor  of  the  ancient  fathers  since 
Christ ;  and  therefore  they  are  fain  to  fly  to  traditions  and  their  own 
devices,  and  to  make  articles  of  their  own,  as  Pius  IV.  made  not  many 
years  since  as  many  articles  of  his  own  as  there  be  articles  in  the  creed. 
For  they  say  the  present  church  is  led  by  the  Spirit  of  God  infallibly,  and 
according  to  the  present  state  of  the  church  things  must  be  expounded. 
Therefore  they  be  true  catholics  that  hold  with  the  ancient  church,  and 
them  too,  in  such  things  as  be  true.  And  therefore  we  deserve  the  name 
of  catholics,  and  they  of  neutralists.  For  is  not  that  more  catholic  which 
is  the  same  with  ancient  pariarchs,  with  ancient  fathers  since  Christ,  and 
the  same  with  them,  than  that  wherein  they  differ  from  us  ?  Indeed,  that 
wherein  they  differ  from  us  is  merely  the  act  of  a  private  spirit  of  the  one, 
not  as  if  they  did  only  add  and  still  retain  truth,  but  they  defile  whatsoever 
passeth  from  them.  For  they  do  change  some  things,  add  some  things, 
*  Cf.  Joshua  ix.  5. — G. 


446  COMMENTARY  ON 

take  away  some  tilings.  They  change  the  government  of  Christ  into  a 
tyranny,  making  the  pope  head,  the  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  supper  into  a 
sacrifice,  and  transgress  every  article  of  religion.  They  take  away  the  cup 
in  the  sacrament,  and  then  their  additions  are  destructive  additions.  If 
they  add,  they  overthrow  all.  As  Paul  saith  to  the  Galatians,  '  If  ye  be 
circumcised,  Christ  shall  profit  you  nothing,'  Gal.  v.  2;  and  if  you  look  to 
be  saved  by  the  law,  you  shall  miss  of  salvation ;  and  '  whosoever  teacheth 
another  doctrine  diflerent,  is  anathema,  is  accursed,'  1  Cor.  xvi.  22. 
Their  additions  are  destructive  additions.  If  they  were  perfective,  it  were 
another  matter,  but  they  add  something  to  faith  which  overthroweth  faith, 
and  something  to  Christ  which  takes  away  Christ.  They  do  not  hold  to 
the  head,  but  have  another  head  than  Christ,  other  mediators,  and  other 
rules  of  faith.  They  do  not  agree  in  the  principles  of  faith.  They  agree 
that  the  word  is  the  word ;  but  then  to  take  away  the  edge  of  it,  they  add 
something  to  weaken  it :  their  own  expositions,  traditions,  and  applications. 
So  that  they  have  what  we  have,  yet  they  change  all  points  of  religion ; 
and  the  additions  are  against  the  foundation,  and  destructive.  Not  that 
but  divers  of  them  go  to  heaven,  but  it  is  not  by  their  tenets.  But  they 
hold  contradictions ;  and  in  the  hour  of  death  they  cleave  to  the  one,  and 
forsake  the  other.  Howsoever,  for  cavil  sake,  they  hold  merits  and  right- 
eousness with  obedience  of  Christ,  yet  they  that  belong  to  God  amongst 
them,  at  time  of  death  renounce  that  religion,  and  cleave  only  to  Christ  and 
obedience  of  Christ  by  justification  to  faith.  But  my  meaning  is  not  to 
take  up  time  in  these  things,  but  only  to  breed  a  love  of  the  religion  we 
have,  that  hath  a  justification  in  the  main  tenets  we  hold  from  the  enemy, 
from  the  ancient  church,  from  the  Christian  church,  having  one  spirit  of 
faith.  And  to  say  truth,  they  have  the  old  spirit,  as  in  Revelations,  the 
spirit  of  Egypt,  for  so  is  Rome  called,  and  the  spirit  of  Sodom,  and,  as  it  is 
for  the  most  part  called,  the  spirit  of  Babylon  ;  for  they  have  a  cruel  and 
bloody  spirit ;  and  the  filthy  spirit  of  the  Sodomites,  and  the  idolatrous 
spirit  of  Egypt,  and  the  tj'rannical  city  of  Babylon :  for  they  have  the  same 
spirit  with  them.  But  for  ancient  tenets  of  religion,  we  may  safely  say, 
that  in  the  main  points  of  religion  we  have  the  same  spirit  of  faithful 
Abraham,  the  patriarchs,  David,  the  prophets,  apostles,  and  ancient  fathers ; 
therefore  we  may  be  bold. 

i  There  is  one  faith  from  the  beginning  of  the  world  to  the  end  of  the 
world,  the  faith  of  the  elect :   '  faith  once  given,'  as  Jude  calls  it,  ver.  3. 

I  cannot  press  this  point,  but  make  this  use  further  of  it.  We  have  the 
Spirit  of  faith,  and  the  same  Spirit  of  faith  with  them  that  were  before. 
Therefore  let  this  comfort  us,  that  if  we  truly  believe,  we  are  brought  into 
communion  and  fellowship  with  the  church  that  hath  been  and  shall  be  to 
the  end  of  the  world,  that  is  now  in  heaven ;  for  we  have  all  one  Spirit. 
Though  instead  of  faith  they  have  vision,  yet  we  have  all  one  Spirit.  Is  it 
not  a  sweet  thing  to  have  communion  with  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob, 
and  all  the  prophets  and  apostles?  And  so  we  have,  if  we  be  true 
believers,  by  the  same  Spirit  of  faith.  Perhaps  we  differ  in  the  measure 
and  degree,  because  the  necessities  of  one  are  more  than  the  necessities  of 
another ;  as  in  organ  pipes  the  same  breath  is  in  all  the  pipes,  but  some 
sound  little  and  some  have  a  greater  sound,  answerable  to  the  making 
of  them,  yet  one  breath  makes  them  all  sound.  So  there  is  the  same 
Spirit  in  all  the  church,  but  some  have  little,  some  great  measure,  accord- 
ing as  their  necessities  and  places  in  the  church  are ;  and  therefore  it  is  of 
great  comfort,  and  it  may  teach  us,  as  a  comfort,  that  we  have  communion 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.  13.  447 

of  saints  in  this  church,  that  the  Spirit  is  in  all,  so  to  love  communion  of 
saints.     We  have  '  one  faith,  one  spirit,  one  baptism,'  Eph.  iv.  5. 

That  wherein  Christians  agree  is  better  advantageous  to  this  purpose  to 
enforce  unity  and  peace  than  anything  wherein  they  disagree,  to  make  a 
rupture  and  fraction.  Perhaps  they  may  disagree  in  ceremonies,  in 
opinion  of  this  or  that ;  but  if  there  be  one  faith,  one  baptism,  if  there  be 
unity  in  the  main,  shall  other  things  of  less  concernment  be  of  force  to 
make  a  fraction  in  the  church  ?  Oh  beloved,  no !  The  church  before 
Christ,  and  the  church  after  Christ,  for  garments  they  did  differ,  for  out- 
ward appurtenances.  As  a  child  and  a  man,  it  is  the  same  person,  yet  he 
hath  one  apparel  when  young,  another  when  a  man  ;  so  the  church  when 
young  had  one  kind  of  ceremony,  when  old  another,  yet  at  all  times  one 
Spirit.  So  one  church  may  differ  from  another  in  this  or  that  particular 
outward  appendixes,  but  what  is  that  to  the  spirit  of  faith  ?  There  is  one 
Spirit  of  Christ  in  all ;  and  is  not  that  of  greater  force  to  knit  together  than 
other  lesser  matters  to  make  a  division  ?  which  should  teach  us  more 
and  more  to  study  the  unity  of  the  Spirit.  Were  it  not  an  excellent  thing 
if  all  Christians  in  the  world  had  the  spirits  to  agree  in  the  same  things, 
and  love  the  same  things  that  shall  be  our  life  in  heaven  ?  And  it  were 
not  heaven  on  earth  if  there  were  no  agreement  in  the  judgment  and  affec- 
tions of  Christians.  Therefore  study  peace ;  and  for  other  matters,  they 
will  follow.  Let  them  not  be  of  that  concernment  as  to  make  any  separa- 
tion:  Philip,  ii.  1,  'If  any  consolation,  if  any  peace,  if  any  love,'  &c.,  'be 
of  like  mind  one  toward  another.'  Why,  what  is  the  cause  they  press 
union  so  much  ?  Because  our  happiness  is  in  it,  and  Christ  in  his  ex- 
cellency, to  pray  that  '  Christ  and  all  may  be  one,'  John  xvii.  11 ;  because 
the  same  Spirit  that  knitteth  to  Christ  knitteth  to  one  another  by  love,  and 
all  grace  and  comforts  are  derived  to  Christians  as  knit  to  Christ  by  faith, 
and  to  others  by  love.  If  we  be  not  knit  to  Christ,  there  is  no  derivation 
of  grace  from  the  head ;  where  there  is  no  derivation,  there  is  decay  of 
grace  suitable.  Therefore  as  we  will  grow  in  grace  and  comfort,  there  is 
more  force  in  union  than  is  thought  of;  and  if  it  were  serious[lyJ  thought 
of,  in  regard  of  our  own  benefit,  we  should  labour  to  maintain  it. 

VERSE  13. 

TVe  having  the  same  spirit  of  faith,  according  as  it  is  written,  I  believed,  and 

therefore  have  I  spoken ;  we  also  believe,  and  tlierefore  speak. 

You  have  heard  before  at  large  how  the  apostle  answers  all  discourage- 
ments, from  God's  gracious  dealing  with  them. 

Now,  St  Paul  goeth  forward  with  the  words  read  to  the  end  of  the  chapter, 
in  setting  down  divers  encouragements  to  help  him  to  go  on  in  his  Christian 
course.  One  is  in  the  verse  I  have  read  to  you  ;  '  We  have  the  same  spirit 
of  faith,  as  it  is  written,'  &c. 

We  must  go  through  many  afflictions,  inward  and  outward,  before  we 
come  to  heaven.  And  therefore  the  apostle  multiplies  grounds  of  comfort, 
whereby  he  may  be  carried  through  all  to  the  end  of  his  race. 

The  first  ground  of  comfort  in  these  words  is  from  the  words,  '  We  have 
the  same  spirit  of  faith '  that  David  and  others  had  before,  '  and  therefore  we 
speak ;'  therefore  we  are  bold  in  our  profession. 

In  these  words  we  have  already  considered  divers  things.  Of  faith  we 
shall  have  occasion  to  speak  afterward. 

Now  whereas  he  comforts  himself  from  the  example  of  David  :  '  David 
believed  and  spake,  and  therefore  I  believe  and  speak.'     We  have  a  sweet 


448  COMMENTAEY  ON 

pattern  how  to  make  use  of  the  Scriptures  ;  in  reading  of  them,  read  our- 
selves in  the  Scriptures.  The  Scriptures  are  not  only  written  for  us,  and 
written  for  them  that  lived  in  those  times  ;  but  God,  in  his  infinite  wisdom 
and  foresight,  knew  that  whosoever*  was  in  Scripture  should  be  appliable 
to  all  times  and  states  of  the  church  :  for  though  it  was  written  at  divers 
times,  yet  nothing  shall  fall  out  to  the  end  of  the  world,  but  there  is  some- 
thing in  Scripture  to  rule  it,  else  there  would  need  multiplication  of  Scrip- 
tures to  the  end  of  the  world.  And  therefore  the  Scriptures  contain  neces- 
sary truths,  both  for  the  times  wherein  they  were  written,  and  for  all  times 
.  to  the  end  of  the  world.  As  the  apostle  argues,  '  David  believed,  and 
spake,'  therefore  we  may,  because  the  case  is  alike.  The  church  in  regard 
of  prerogatives  of  salvation,  and  in  regard  of  many  duties  and  promises, 
hath  the  like  command  and  interest  from  the  beginning  of  the  world ;  as 
we  say  of  corpus  homogeueum,  every  part  of  an  homogeneal  body  hath 
respect  to  the  whole.  Every  drop  of  water  is  water ;  every  spark  of  fire 
is  fire  ;  but  every  piece  of  an  arm  is  not  an  arm,  because  it  is  heterogeneal. 
I  speak  of  it,  because  in  many  prerogatives  and  promises  there  is  the  like 
reason  of  every  member,  and  of  one  member  and  another  ;  as  David  speaks 
and  believes,  and  therefore  we  speak.  '  Abraham  believed,  and  it  was  im- 
puted for  righteousness,'  Rom.  iv.  22  ;  let  us  believe,  and  it  shall  be  im- 
puted for  righteousness.  I  believed,  and  found  mercy  :  if  we  believe,  we 
shall  have  mercy.  Peter,  after  he  denied  his  Master,  found  mercy ;  if  we 
do  the  same,  we  shall  find  the  same,  because  there  is  the  same  reason  for 
the  whole  church,  and  every  particular  member.  And,  therefore,  when  we 
read  the  Scripture,  we  should  read  to  take  something  out  for  ourselves. 
When  we  read  any  promise,  this  is  mine  ;  and  any  privileges,  these  belong 
to  me  ;  when  we  read  a  good  example,  this  concerns  me  ;  as  I  said  before, 
'  Whatsoever  was  before  written  was  written  for  our  learning,  that  through 
patience  and  learning  of  the  Scripture  we  might  have  hope,'  Rom.  xv.  4. 

There  is  not  anything  that  befalls  a  Christian  in  his  life,  but  there  is  a 
rule  or  patterii  for  it  in  Scripture.  If  we  were  skilful  to  bring  the  places 
and  rules  together,  we  should  see  a  ground  in  Scripture  for  everything, 
both  for  all  duties  and  all  things  to  be  believed.  And  there  be  not  only 
rules  in  Scripture,  but  also  rules  quickening  by  example  ;  for  divinity  is  of 
practical  knowledge,  and  therefore  it  is  enlivened  and  interlaced  with 
examples,  as  here  he  makes  use  of  the  example  of  David.  God  doth  not 
write  us  laws,  and  leave  them  barely  in  our  possession  as  commands  ;  but 
God  quickens  and  enlivens  all  the  rules  and  promises  with  the  practice  of 
some  of  the  blessed  saints.  None  can  read  David's  psalms  but  he  shall 
read  himself  in  them.  He  cannot  undergo  a  trouble,  but  he  shall  find 
David  under  the  same  trouble  ;  he  shall  not  need  a  comfort,  but  he  shall 
see  David  comforted  with  the  same  comfort ;  so  that  he  is  a  pattern  for 
them.  It  is  a  comfortable  thing  to  read  the  Scriptures,  because  there  we 
shall  find  whatsoever  is  useful  for  us.  Th^ey  that  go  into  a  garden  that  is 
beset  with  flowers,  they  cannot  but  receive  a  sweet  spirit  and  breath  from 
the  flowers  in  the  very  walks  ;  and  so  there  is  such  a  spirit  in  Scripture, 
that  we  cannot  read  the  Scriptures  with  reverence  but  there  is  a  sweet 
savour  that  springeth  from  them,  which  both  delights  and  strengthens  at 
once.  No  walk  is  so  comfortable  as  the  walk  of  Scripture  ;  therefore,  take 
our  solace  there,  and  we  shall  see  the  promises,  and  those  enlivened  with 
examples  and  patterns,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  bringing  the  like  sweetness 
and  the  like  strength  into  ourselves.  Oh  that  we  would  be  more  in  love 
*  Qu.  '  whatsoever  '  ?— Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   13.  449 

with  reading  of  Scripture.  We  see  the  apostle  Paul,  as  great  a  man  as  he 
was,  encourageth  himself  and  strengthens  himself  with  the  pattern  of  holy- 
David  :  '  David  believes  and  speaks,  and  I  believe  and  speak.'  So  that 
you  see  how  you  may  make  benefit  of  the  Scripture. 

From  hence  you  have  a  rule  of  enlargement  of  the  Scripture  to  you,  and 
a  rule  likewise  of  application,  that  when  we  read  the  Scriptures  we  may 
enlarge  them,  and  apply  them  to  ourselves  in  particular.  And  so  much  for 
that  point,  we  have  faith,  the  spirit  of  faith.  '  And  the  same  spirit  of  faith, 
according  as  it  is  written.' 

The  next  thing  observable  is  this,  that  after  the  spirit  of  faith  he  names 
belief ;  and  after  belief,  he  names  speaking ;  whence  observe  the  connection 
and  knitting  together  of  these  things  by  God,  the  coherence  that  God  hath 
made  betwixt.  First,  there  is  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost.  The 
Spirit  is  the  agent  that  works  all  in  the  church,  it  being  Christ's  vicar  on 
earth,  and  that  Spirit  works  a  spirit  of  grace  in  us,  in  particular  a  spirit  of 
faith.  When  the  Holy  Ghost  hath  framed  our  hearts  to  believe,  then  we 
believe  ;  and  when  we  believe,  then  we  speak.  So  that  these  go  together, 
the  Spirit  of  God,  begetting  in  us  a  spirit  of  faith,  and  an  act  of  believing 
answei"able  to  the  frame  proceeding  from  a  spirit  of  faith  ;  and  then,  because 
faith  is  the  spring  and  foandation  of  all  other  graces,  '  we  believe,  therefore 
we  speak.' 

First  of  all,  the  Spirit  of  God  works  a  blessed  frame  in  our  hearts,  here 
called  the  *  Spirit  of  God.'*  The  Holy  Ghost  doth  not  only  work  by  a 
Christian  as  an  instrument,  but  works  in  him  as  a  subject.  Our  soul  is 
altogether  out  of  frame.  The  Holy  Ghost,  therefore,  puts  us  in  frame  by 
a  spirit  of  faith,  infusing  a  spirit  of  knowledge  into  the  understanding,  a 
spirit  of  obedience  into  the  will.  He  draweth  the  will  and  enlighteneth  the 
understanding,  and  then  we  believe.  All  actions  come  from  a  fountain, 
and  spring,  and  life,  and  frame  within  :  the  Holy  Ghost  worketh  a  holy 
frame,  and  then  we  act.  We  must  not  think  of  believing  without  a  spirit 
of  faith  first,  for  that  is  to  conceive  of  a  river  without  a  spring  head,  or  a 
beam  without  a  sun,  or  a  branch  without  a  root.  And  therefore,  as  faith 
cannot  be  without  the  Holy  Ghost,  so  belief  cannot  be  without  the  spirit 
of  faith,  which  is  only  for  the  clear  conceiving  of  the  point.  We  shall 
make  use  of  it  afterwards. 

First,  a  spirit  of  faith,  and  then  we  believe.  So  that  the  grace  of  faith 
cometh  from  the  Spirit,  but  the  act  is  ours,  and  comes  immediately  from 
us,  which  serveth  to  answer  an  idle  objection  against  those  that  be  all  for 
grace.  If  we  do  all  by  the  help  of  the  Spiiit,  and  we  have  no  liberty,  then 
the  Holy  Ghost  believeth,  and  the  Holy  Ghost  speaketh,  and  the  Holy 
Ghost  loveth,  and  not  we.  The  objection  is  [not]  idle  against  those  that 
be  all  for  free  grace. 

It  is  true,  the  grace  is  from  the  Spirit,  but  when  the  grace  is  received, 
the  act  is  from  ourselves,  not  only  from  ourselves,  but  immediately  from 
ourselves.     We  cannot  but  confess  it  so. 

For  instance,  a  windy  instrument  is  fit  to  sound,  but  it  actually  soundeth 
not  till  it  be  blown.  So  other  instruments  of  hand  are  fit  for  music,  but  it 
makes  not  music  till  it  be  strucken  by  the  hand.  So  we  do  not  actually 
believe,  but  by  an  act  of  the  Spirit ;  but  yet  the  act  of  believing  is  our 
own.  The  wind  in  one  instrument,  and  the  hand  on  the  other  instrument, 
must  make  the  sounds,  and  yet  the  instruments  sound.  And  so,  though 
we  have  the  grace  of  faith,  and  faith  is  ours  in  believing,  yet  the  very  act 
*  Qu.  '  faith  '  ?— Ed. 

VOL.  IV.  F  f 


450  COMMENTARY  ON 

of  believing  cometh  from  the  Holy  Ghost,  though  not  immediately.  We 
speak,  but  the  Spirit  opens  our  mouth  ;  and  we  believe,  but  the  Holy  Ghost 
inspires  a  spirit  of  faith  ;  and  we  do,  but  as  we  are  enabled  to  do  ;  acti 
affimus,  we  move,  but  moti  viovemus.  So  that  there  is  an  action  and  pas- 
sion in  all  the  graces  and  exercises  we  do.  We  are  first  patients,  and  then 
agents  ;  first  the  Spirit  of  God  works  on  us,  and  then  we  work  ;  not  the 
Spirit  immediately,  but  we  by  the  Spirit. 

So  we  see  how  these  two  are  reconciled.  We  believe,  we  speak,  we  do 
good,  and  yet  the  Holy  Ghost  doth  all.  How  ?  Thus ;  the  Holy  Ghost 
sets  us  in  a  holy  frame,  and  then  being  in  that  frame,  the  Holy  Ghost  fits 
us  to  speak,  to  do,  to  work,  to  suffer,  to  do  all  that  is  to  be  done.  We  are 
the  agents,  and  yet  we  do  no  further  than  as  acted  by  a  superior  agent.  As 
with  the  orbs,  the  inferior  orbs  move  but  as  they  are  moved  by  an  higher, 
except  the  highest  of  all :  so  all  the  subordinate  agents  under  God,  they  are 
moved  by  God.  For  if  the  will  were  moved,  and  were  not  moved  by  God,  then 
so  many  wills,  so  many  gods,  for  there  is  nothing  independent  but  God. 

But  to  speak  of  the  positive  truth  :  all  the  frame  of  grace  comes  from  the 
Spirit.  We  work,  but  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  as  Ps.  li.  15,  '  Open  my  lips, 
my  mouth  shall  shew  forth  thy  praise.'  Now  David  saith  here,  *  We  believe, 
therefore  speak ;'  we  speak,  but  it  is  God  that  opens  our  mouth. 

But  I  rather  intend  points  of  practice.  For  besides  that  proper  act  of 
faith  to  believe,  there  is  a  commanding  act  of  faith,  which  stirs  up  the  soul 
to  do,  for  faith  stirs  up  all  other  graces.  The  proper  act  is  to  believe,  but 
by  believing  it  stirs  up  and  quickens  all  other  graces  of  the  soul.  There- 
fore, Heb.  xi.,  you  see  that  all  other  graces  are  attributed  to  faith.  By 
faith  Enoch  did  walk  with  God,  and  by  faith  Noah  prepared  an  ark,  and 
by  faith  Moses  was  courageous  and  bold  ;  and  so  you  see  all  their  excellent 
graces,  they  have  their  spring  and  stirring  up  from  faith.  So  that  having 
the  same  Spirit  we  not  only  believe  but  speak. 

The  next  point  observable  hence  is,  that  a  Christian  knows  he  doth  believe. 
'  I  believe,  therefore  I  speak.'  And  a  Christian  knoweth  his  own  faith,  and 
by  consequence  he  may  know  certainly  his  state  in  grace.  It  is  not  an 
idle,  dormant,  sleepy  faith ;  but  '  I  believe,  therefore  I  speak.'  It  makes 
them  fix  the  eyes  of  their  souls  so  much  on  their  deserts  and  guilt,  that 
they  look  all  to  that  till  they  be  surprised  with  horror,  till  God  hath  humbled 
them,  though  there  be  a  striving  of  soul  against  despair,  and  striving  for 
favour  and  mercy. 

In  these  particular  cases  there  may  be  faith  without  the  knowledge  of 
the  act.  But  ordinarily  the  frame  of  a  Christian  is  such,  that  he  knoweth 
what  he  knows,  and  he  doth  know  that  he  doth  believe  when  he  believeth  ; 
and  thereupon  he  knoweth  his  state  in  grace.  How  else  should  he  be 
thankful  to  God  ?  how  should  he  be  pitiful  ?  how  should  he  be  consent  and 
quiet  in  his  condition  ?  how  should  he  be  fruitful  in  his  conversation  ? 
Beloved,  the  knowledge  that  we  are  in  a  good  condition  is  a  most  fruitful 
knowledge.  It  is  the  best  frame  of  the  soul,  when  it  hath  grace,  and  knows 
it  hath  grace,  and  never  hath  a  good  frame  till  then.  When  we  are  in 
God's  favour,  and  we  know  that  we  are  in  God's  favour,  it  puts  us  in  a 
holy  disposition  to  God,  to  love  him,  to  be  thankful  to  him,  and  in  a  gracious 
disposition  to  him  to  be  abundant  in  the  work  of  the  Lord.  It  works  a 
sweet  disposition  in  ourselves,  begetting  in  us  much  patience,  when  we 
know  we  believe,  and  believing  that  we  shall  be  saved,  for  salvation  is  the 
end  of  faith.     Faith  never  endeth  but  in  salvation. 

And  therefore  it  should  be  our  main  endeavour  to  believe,  and  then  labour 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   13,  451 

to  know  that  we  do  believe,  that  Satan  may  not  hide  our  evidences  from 
us,  and  make  us  bear  false  witness  against  ourselves  ;  and  so  when  he 
cannot  hinder  our  salvation,  he  hinders  our  comforts  in  the  way  to  heaven, 
as  it  is  his  way,  by  casting  a  mist  and  cloud  between  our  souls  and  God's 
favours.  *  Therefore  give  all  diligence  to  make  our  calling  and  election 
sure,'  2  Peter  i.  10.  The  more  we  grow  in  assurance  that  we  believe,  and 
by  believing  our  interest  in  Christ,  the  more  we  grow  in  grace,  and  in  all 
comforts  whatsoever.  They  pretend  it  is  a  way  to  bring  to  security.  In- 
deed, of  heavenly  security  it  is.  But  who  fears  to  displease  God  most  ? 
and  who  takes  most  care  to  please  him  ?  Is  it  not  them  that  have  sweet 
contentment  in  his  favours  ?  that  be  loath  to  displease  him  ?  And  is  it  not 
their  whole  care  to  please  him,  and  continue  sweet  communion  with  God  ? 
They  speak  against  the  nature  of  the  things,  and  against  experience.  But 
how  shall  a  Christian  know  that  he  doth  believe  ?  Will  he  think  he  doth 
not  believe,  when  he  cannot  peremptorily  conclude,  I  do  believe  ?  Though 
he  cannot  reflect  upon  himself  strongly,  yet  he  may  reflect  upon  himself, 
especially  by  conference  with  them  that  can  discern  that  he  hath  desires. 
There  is  afterwards  in  a  Christian,  Christian  mourning,  sighing,  and  groan- 
ing, and  he  will  not  deny  but  he  desires  to  have  faith,  he  mourns  that  he 
hath  it  not.  Let  them  reflect  on  that,  and  bring  the  Scripture  to  that  case. 
The  Scripture  speaks  comfortably  of  desires,  of  parts,  of  the  gracious  desires  ; 
he  that  desires  faith  hath  a  measure  of  faith,  if  he  desire  it  truly. 

And  therefore  you  say  you  have  no  faith.  Your  desires  shew  you  have. 
You  can  reflect,  and  know  you  desire,  mourn,  hunger,  and  thirst,  and  would 
have  grace.  Now  are  the  promises  made  to  this  desire  ?  '  Blessed  are 
they  that  hunger  and  thirst,  blessed  are  they  that  mourn,  blessed  are  the 
poor  in  spirit,'  Mat.  v.  6,  seq. 

Then  again,  there  is  a  combat  in  them.  They  that  have  the  main  act 
of  faith,  they  have  strife  between  flesh  and  Spirit,  between  unbelief  and 
faith.  None  will  say  but  he  striveth  against  unbelief,  and  endeavours 
against  it.  That  very  strife  is  an  argument  that  there  is  a  spirit  of  faith, 
an  act  of  faith ;  and  they  may  know  that  act  of  faith,  if  they  will  consider 
seriously.  The  very  strife  is  a  greater  argument  of  comfort  that  they  have 
faith,  than  the  confidence  of  many  carnal  men  that  they  have  faith.  For 
their  confidence  is  a  false  argument ;  and  then  the  others  doubting,  and 
striving  against  doubts  and  remainders  of  infidelity,  is  an  argument  of  their 
having  faith. 

Again,  they  that  have  the  least  degree  of  faith,  they  look  up  to  God,  they 
never  forsake  God,  they  will  die  at  his  feet,  and  they  will  cast  themselves 
down  before  his  footstool,  before  his  mercy ;  let  him  deal  with  me  as  he  will, 
they  resolve  of  that.  And  where  this  is,  it  argueth  a  spiritual  act  of  faith. 
So  that  in  some  cases  a  man  may  have  an  act  of  faith,  and  yet  not  know 
it.  And  in  some  cases  there  may  be  a  confidence  of  the  presence  of  faith, 
when  yet  they  have  it  not. 

How  shall  I  know  false  confidence  ?  It  is  a  large  point,  and  I  will  name 
but  two  or  three  things. 

(1.)  False  confidence  is  groundless,  voluntarily  taken  up  of  themselves 
without  the  Scriptures,  because  they  wish  well  to  themselves ;  and  out  of 
self-love  they  think  they  have  anything  they  want.  If  they  go  to  the 
grounds  of  Scripture,  they  would  rather  despair,  because  there  be  many 
blasphemous,  loose  lives  secure  of  goodness.  Faith  affirms  he  is  not 
worthy  to  live  that  believeth  not.  If  they  did  believe,  they  would  believe 
their  own  damnation.     They  should  believe  there  is  nothing  between  them 


452  COMMENTARY  ON 

and  hell,  but  a  little  uncertain  life  :  for  they  live  in  the  curse  of  God,  and 
live  in  sin,  damned  by  Scripture.  And  therefore  their  faith  is  not  only  a 
barren  faith,  but  a  presumptuous  faith,  and  groundless. 

(2.)  And  again,  you  may  know  false  confidence,  because  as  it  is  ground- 
less, so  it  is  careless  in  the  use  of  good  means.  A  confident  spirit,  out  of 
self-love,  will  persuade  itself  all  is  well,  and  yet  be  bold  in  the  use  of 
means.  And  so  it  is  fearless  till  trouble  comes  ;  and  when  trouble  comes, 
then  they  sink.  He  is  confident,  before  trouble  of  conscience  or  outward 
troubles  seize  upon  him ;  but  when  any  trouble  comes,  then  they  see  all 
was  but  a  spirit  of  presumption  and  carnal  confidence  ;  then  they  see  there 
was  never  sound  peace  between  God  and  them,  never  sound  union  between 
Christ  and  them.  For  it  is  the  nature  of  false  confidence  to  be  confident 
before,  and  to  sink  into  despair  in  times  of  trouble. 

(3.)  And  again,  false  confidence,  as  it  is  groundless  in  the  use  of  means, 
and  spiritless  in  danger,  so  it  is  fruitless.  It  brings  not  forth  fruit  of  faith, 
it  is  barren.  And  therefore  let  people  that  be  careless  of  the  exercise  of 
love  and  other  graces  in  their  conversation  boast  of  faith  Avhat  they  will,  it 
is  but  a  confidence  ;  they  think  they  believe  when  they  do 'not  believe. 

(4.)  In  the  next  place,  faith  is  an  exercising  grace  ivheresoever  it  is.  *I 
believe,  therefore  I  speak.'  It  is  a  working  grace  wheresoever  it  is.  He 
shews  his  faith  by  obedience  and  practice,  so  that  the  truth  of  faith  is  an 
active  and  working  grace.  And  therein  it  difiers  from  the  confidence 
spoken  of  before.  It  works  in  heaven,  it  works  with  God,  it  layeth  hold 
upon  him,  wrestles  with  him  for  a  blessing,  and  overcomcth  him ;  it  works 
on  earth,  and  overcomes  all  on  the  right  hand  and  left,  all  temptations  of 
prosperity,  presenting  better  things  than  the  world  can ;  it  overcometh  all 
temptations  on  the  left  hand,  all  fears  and  threatenings,  and  presents  to 
the  soul  worse  dangers  than  anything  here.  What  can  be  threatened 
comparable  to  hell  ?  and  what  can  be  promised  comparable  to  a  good 
conscience  and  heaven  hereafter  ?  It  works  stronger  than  hell  and  temp- 
tations. And  it  must  needs  be  so,  because  it  is  a  grace  of  union  that  knits 
us  to  Christ.  It  is  the  fountain  of  life.  We  cannot  touch  Christ  without 
life,  virtue  comes  from  him  upon  every  touch ;  his  grace,  his  union,  and 
being.  So  it  draweth  virtue  from  Christ.  The  spirit  of  faith  is  a  spirit  of 
power,  a  spirit  of  vigour.  Faith  infuseth  vigour  into  the  whole  soul, 
silencing  all  objections  that  the  heart  can  make ;  answers  all  temptations 
that  the  devil  can  make ;  triumphs  over  all  that  can  be  presented  to  it, 
and  draweth  it  from  God.  It  is  powerful  with  God  himself.  I  will  not 
enter  into  commonplaces  of  faith,  but  only  as  it  comes  in  my  way  shew  that 
where  belief  is  it  will  work,  and  the  particular  work  of  it  is  to  '  speak.' 

(5.)  As  it  is  a  working  grace,  so  it  is  a  hold  grace.  '  I  believe,  therefore 
I  speak.'  If  there  be  faith  in  the  heart,  it  will  express  itself  in  the  tongue. 
If  the-  heart  be  a  good  treasure,  it  will  vent  that  treasure.  '  Out  of  the 
abundance  of  the  heart  the  mouth  will  speak,'  Mat.  xii.  34.  And  there- 
fore as  there  will  be  encouragement  and  strength  and  vigour,  so  there  will 
be  boldness  in  speaking  to  God.  Faith  is  a  grace  that  hath  liberty  with  it. 
Where  the  Spirit  is  there  is  liberty,  specially  where  the  spirit  of  faith  is ; 
because  faith  sets  the  soul  at  liberty  from  fear  of  guilt  and  damnation,  and 
persuades  the  soul  of  contentment  with  God  in  Jesus  Christ. 

(6.)  Where  the  spirit  of  faith  is,  there  is  boldness  to  the  throne  of  grace; 
and  therefore  because  we  believe  we  speak.  We  speak  to  God  in  prayer, 
because  we  believe  we  are  reconciled  to  God  in  Jesus  Christ.  Whereso- 
ever faith  is  there  is  prayer.     Speaking  to  God  in  prayer  is  the  prime 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.  13.  453 

expression  of  faitli ;  as  faith  is  the  birth  of  a  Christian,  for  it  knits  him  to 
Christ  the  fountain  of  life.  A  child  as  soon  as  it  is  born  crieth,  and  a 
new-born  child  as  soon  as  it  is  born  crieth  to  God.  He  hath  a  familiar 
kind  of  boldness  to  go  with  reverence  to  God,  and  say,  '  Abba,  Father.' 
As  soon  as  ever  Paul  was  converted,  'behold,  he  prayeth,'  Acts  ix.  11. 
He  might  speak  prayers  before,  but  he  never  prayed  till  then.  A  man 
never  prayeth  till  he  believeth ;  and  when  he  believeth,  he  prays  presently 
with  the  spirit  of  faith.  Therefore  it  is  a  spirit  of  supplication ;  they  go 
always  together. 

And  the  reason  is,  because  as  soon  as  ever  a  Christian  is  new  born,  he 
is  sensible  of  the  root  and  spring  whence  he  hath  all  his  strength  and  all  he 
hopes  for.  It  is  in  Christ.  And  therefore  as  by  faith  he  is  knit  to  Christ, 
so  by  faith  he  makes  use  of  Christ.  Faith  is  an  emptying  grace  of  itself, 
and  emptying  the  soul,  sendeth  forth  his  ambassador,  prayer,  to  fetch  all 
help  from  heaven.  Prayer  is  the  messenger,  the  ambassador  of  faith,  the 
flame  of  faith.  Where  faith  is  kindled  within,  it  flames  out  in  prayer. 
Prayer,  you  know,  sheweth  that  there  is  nothing  at  home,  for  then  we 
would  not  go  abroad.  Faith  is  a  grace  that  goeth  out  of  itself.  It  hath 
the  greatest  humility  that  can  be,  and  is  always  seated  in  an  humble  soul, 
that  despaireth  of  itself,  and  is  emptied  of  itself;  and  therefore  the  first 
expression  of  faith  out  of  itself  must  be  to  the  fountain  of  help  and  foun- 
tain of  strength  and  comfort  together,  and  therefore  sends  forth  prayer. 
Prayer  and  faith  are  all  one,  prayer  being  nothing  but  faith  digested  into 
words  and  conceptions.  Faith '-prevails,  so  prayer  prevails;  and  according 
to  the  measure  of  faith,  so  are  the  degrees  of  the  spirit  of  prayer.  And 
then  again,  our  tongues  being  our  '  glory,'  Ps.  xvi.  9,  it  hath  a  desire  to 
glorify  God,  and  that  is  in  speaking,  praising  of  God,  and  praying  to  God. 
And  therefore  those  that  do  not  pray,  they  have  no  faith.  Little  faith, 
little  prayer ;  and  great  faith,  great  measure  of  prayer.  And  as  faith 
groweth,  so  the  spirit  of  prayer  and  supplication  groweth.  They  increase 
and  decrease  in  a  proportion. 

And  therefore  let  us  examine  ourselves,  if  we  believe,  to  pray ;  if  we 
believe,  to  speak.  A  Christian  is  no  still-born  creature.  He  that  is  new- 
born, he  is  not  still-born.  He  crieth  to  his  Father  for  strength  of  grace. 
There  is  a  spirit  of  boldness,  together  with  the  spirit  of  faith,  whereby  we 
can  look  God  in  the  face  reconciled  in  Jesus  Christ.  Now,  looking  upon  God 
as  a  Father,  we  cannot  but  as  to  a  Father  repair  to  him  in  all  our  necessities. 
So  you  see  the  connection  of  these  two,  '  I  believe,  therefore  I  speak.' 

And  as  it  is  true  of  prayer,  so  of  praise,  for  that  is  also  the  language  of 
the  Spirit  of  God.  God  will  have  occasion,  for  our  tongue  is  our  glory ; 
we  glorify  him  in  our  whole  man.  The  heart  giveth  him  the  glory  of  all 
his  attributes ;  the  speech  giveth  the  glory  of  it  to  him.  And  therefore, 
Ps.  Ixiii.  5,  '  When  I  am  filled  with  marrow  and  fatness,'  the  inward  com- 
forts of  grace,  '  then  shall  I  praise  thee  with  joyful  lips; '  that  is,  then  shall 
he  sound  forth  the  praises  of  God  in  his  speech.  He  praiseth  God  not 
only  for  what  is  past,  but  he  praises  him  for  what  is  to  come.  '  I  believe, 
therefore  I  speak.'  For  if  a  man  by  the  spirit  of  faith  apprehend  the 
resurrection  of  the  body  and  glory  in  the  world  to  come,  that  Spirit,  appre- 
hending the  excellency  to  come,  will  stir  him  up  to  praise  God  beforehand  ; 
as  b}^  a  spirit  of  faith  we  take  things  in  trust,  as  if  present ;  we  see  heaven, 
and  glory  to  come,  as  if  present :  '  For  faith  is  the  evidence  of  things  not 
seen,'  Heb.  xi.  1.  So  it  stirs  up  aifections  as  if  present.  In  heaven  we 
shall  praise  God  for  ever,  and  therefore  faith  makes  heaven  and  happiness 


454  COMMENTARY  ON 

as  if  present  to  the  soul.  It  enlargeth  the  soul  with  thanks  beforehand. 
Therefore  when  the  apostles  speak  of  the  glorious  condition  to  come,  pre- 
sently they  break  out  into  praises.  As  they  believe,  so  they  speak,  as 
Peter  praj'eth,  '  By  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  hath  begotten 
us  again  to  an  inheritance  immortal,  undefiled,  reserved  for  us  in  the  heavens,' 
1  Pet.  i.  3,  4.  He  believeth  heaven  is  kept  for  him,  and  he  for  heaven, 
and  therefore  he  praiseth  God  for  it.  If  we  believe  the  blessed  state  to 
come,  we  will  speak  the  praises  of  God  before  hand  ;  and  therefore  it  is  the 
state  of  God's  children  in  time  to  come,  revealed  now,  that  God  may  have 
present  praise.  Faith  sets  the  soul  in  heaven  in  some  sort,  and  as  it 
setteth  us  in  heaven  where  Christ  is  our  head,  so  it  setteth  us  into  the  em- 
ployment of  heaven  ;  and  what  is  that  ?  To  have  a  heart  enlarged  to 
praise  God. 

Likewise  if  we  believe  we  will  speak  to  men,  not  only  to  God  in  prayer, 
but  of  God  to  men,  '  in  the  great  congregation,'  as  the  prophet  speaks,  Ps. 
xxii.  25  ;  we  will  not  be  ashamed  of  God,  but  speak  to  him  by  prayer  in 
all  things,  and  of  his  truth;  and  speak  for  him  too  when  religion  is  opposed, 
and  his  children  disgraced.  He  that  hath  not  a  word  to  speak  of  God  for 
the  benefit  of  others  by  way  of  edification,  that  hath  not  the  spirit  of  pru- 
dence to  speak  a  word  in  season,  nor  a  spirit  of  courage  to  speak  for  God, 
I  will  never  believe  he  will  speak  to  God  as  he  should,  I  will  never  believe 
he  doth  believe.  For  he  that  believeth,  he  will  speak  to  God  in  prayer, 
and  praises,  and  of  God,  and  for  God.  Beloved,  in  this  world  God  puts 
his  cause  and  his  truth,  and  the  state  of  God's  people,  into  our  hands,  and 
counts  himself  beholding  to  us  if  we  will  stand  for  him,  and  trieth  what  we 
will  do  for  him,  whether  help  him  in  his  church  and  people  or  no.  He 
crieth.  Who  will  be  on  his  side,  who  ?  as  Jehu  said,  2  Kings  ix.  32.  Spe- 
cially in  times  of  opposition  and  lukewarm  times,  when  there  is  a  clouding 
of  religion,  men  will  be  of  all  sides,  and  no  side  to  serve  their  turn.  There- 
fore '  Curse  ye  Meroz,  for  he  helped  not  the  Lord,'  Judges  v.  23.  God 
thinks  himself  helped  by  us  when  we  speak  for  a  good  cause,  for  a  good 
person,  for  justice,  for  truth  ;  and  if  we  will  not  own  the  cause  of  God  in 
doubtfuls,  God  will  never  own  us.  Doth  God  honour  us  so  far  as  to  put 
his  cause  into  our  hands,  making  himself  beholding  to  us  for  his  word  ? 
And  shall  not  we  speak  a  word  for  his  church,  his  children,  but  rather  join 
with  backbiters,  and  slanderers,  and  secret  papists?  All  slander  her 
religion,  her  faith.  What  saith  our  Saviour  Christ  ?  Is  not  that  an  idle 
thing  ?  *  'He  that  is  ashamed  of  me  before  men,  I  will  be  ashamed  of  him 
before  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven,'  Mat.  x.  82,  33.  They  have  the 
name  of  God  in  their  foreheads.  As  the  antichristian  limbs  carry  his 
mark,  so  they  that  belong  to  Christ  carry  his  mark ;  that  is,  they  are  bold 
for  the  Lord,  known  of  their  Master,  to  speak  as  to  him,  so  for  him,  when 
occasion  is  offered.  '  Wisdom  will  be  justified  of  her  children,'  Mat.  xi.  19, 
and  therefore  they  that  believe  will  justify  wisdom,  will  justify  the  cause  of 
religion.  And  they  that  do  it  not  do  not  believe,  for  he  that  believeth  will 
speak.  Christ  is  called  Xoyog,  the  speech,  the  word,  because  as  a  word 
expresseth  the  mind,  so  Christ  expresseth  what  is  in  the  bosom  and  heart 
of  God  towards  us.  And  as  he  hath  truly  expressed  from  God  to  us  what 
is  the  Father's  good  pleasure  to  us,  being  the  word,  so  every  Christian  must 
be  the  word  to  express  what  Christ  hath  done  for  him  and  for  the  church. 
And  we  must  do  this  bodily,  f  sincerely,  freely,  and  roundly,  without  ter- 

*  Qu.  '  That  is  not  an  idle  thing  '  ?— G. 

t  That  is  =  personally.— G.     Qu.  '  boldly  '  ?— Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   13.  455 

giversation,  equivocation,  or  delusion ;  we  must  be  bold  for  a  better  Master. 
It  is  true  out  of  the  nature  of  the  thing  we  cannot  but  speak.  A  convinced 
understanding  and  sanctified  heart  cannot  but  speak  when  an  opportunity  is 
offered.  I  wonder  any  should  ever  think  to  look  the  blessed  Saviour  in  the 
face  with  comfort,  and  yet  notwithstanding  betray  his  cause,  betray  religion 
here.  And  therefore,  I  beseech  you,  consider  the  connection  of  these  two 
together,  '  I  believe,  therefore  I  speak.' 

By  this  therefore  I  have  spoken,  you  may  learn  what  to  judge  of  your 
natures.  Those  that  are  partial  of  both  sides,  and  of  neither,  that  count  it 
a  policy  to  conceal  themselves,  they  think  whatsoever  shall  fall  out  they 
will  be  sure  to  displease  no  party  beforehand,  that  so  they  may  have 
friends ;  and  so,  to  redeem  a  peace  to  themselves,  they  betray  religion  and 
the  cause  of  Christ.  You  may  say.  What  wisdom  is  that  ?  It  is  a  wisdom 
of  the  flesh,  and  a  plain  discovery  they  have  no  faith  at  all,  or  at  the  least 
a  very  weak  faith,  no  faith  at  all. 

And  therefore  they  are  called  Nicodemites;  that  is,  such  as  keep  rehgion 
to  themselves  ;  it  is  a  false  means.*  For  Nicodemus  at  first  indeed[so]  came 
for  Christ,  but  after  he  defended  him  against  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees. 
And  at  his  death,  when  all  forsook  him,  then  Nicodemus  and  Joseph 
appeared.  So  it  was  a  growing  faith.  And  therefore  let  no  man  that 
conceals  religion  pretend  Nicodemus.  If  they  mean  to  be  in  that  condition 
they  are  in,  if  they  will  sleep  in  whole  skins,  then  it  argueth  they  have  no 
faith  at  all ;  but  if  they  are  ashamed  of  it,  and  grow,  and  by  falls  learn  to 
stand  strongly,  and  find  their  weakness  sanctified  to  get  more  strength,  it 
is  a  good  sign.  But  those  that  are  neuters,  and  for  all  turns,  you  may  say 
they  have  no  faith.  He  is  not  worthy  of  a  tongue  that  will  not  speak  for 
Christ,  that  will  not  speak  for  the  giver  of  speech.  He  is  unworthy  to 
speak  that  will  not  speak  for  him  that  hath  enabled  him  to  speak.  You 
are  more  like  the  Samaritans,  that  would  be  of  no  certain  religion.  They 
would  worship  God,  and  they  would  worship  the  gods  of  their  country  like- 
wise ;  they  would  be  of  the  Jewish  religion  when  the  Jews  flourished,  and 
against  the  Jews  when  the  Jews  were  down.f  So  that  they  would  be  of 
all  religions  and  of  no  religion.  And  so  you  have  some  that  have  their 
religion  to  choose  for  all  turns ;  so  far  as  stands  with  outward  con- 
veniences they  will  appear,  and  when  it  doth  not,  they  will  betray  it; 
vespertiliones  in  fide,  as  he  calls  them,  bats,  that  will  neither  be  amongst 
the  birds  or  other  creatures,  but  doubtful  creatures,  you  cannot  tell  what 
to  make  of  them  [hh).  So  there  will  be  always  some  doubtful  persons  that 
you  cannot  tell  what  to  conceive  of  them  in  religion ;  but  this  you  may 
make  out,  they  do  not  believe,  for  if  they  did  believe,  they  would  speak. 

And  therefore  let  us  be  stirred  up  to  speak  in  the  cause  of  Christ  as 
occasion  serveth.  There  must  be  a  spirit  of  discretion  and  wisdom  when 
and  how  to  speak,  of  which  I  have  spoken  at  large  heretofore  out  of 
Rom.  x.|  Only,  I  beseech  you,  if  occasion  be,  be  entreated  to  be  as  bold 
for  Christ  as  others  against  Christ,  as  bold  for  religion  as  others  against 
religion.  I  am  sure  we  serve  a  better  Master.  It  is  a  shame  to  hear 
papists,  and  popish  spirits,  and  half  atheists  speak  dangerously  to  the 
destruction  of  youth,  that  they  may  be  saved  in  any  religion  if  we  believe 
in  God  and  keep  his  commandments ;  and  so  run  to  some  few  generals, 
whenas  the  will  in  the  mean  time  falls  a- swelling  and  breaks  the  command- 
ments.    They  bring  all  to  a  few  heads,  and  shuffle  off  all  with  a  generality 

*  Qu.  '  name '  ? — G.  :|;  These  sermons  are  not  extant. — G. 

t  Cf.  note  eeee,  Vol.  III.  p.  536,  537.— G. 


456  COMMENTARY  ON 

in  any  religion  ;  if  yon  live  well  you  may  be  saved.  Therefore  let  us  be 
as  bold  and  impudent*  for  Christ  as  his  enemies  shall  be  against  him. 
And  because  we  see  that  boldness  in  the  cause  of  Christ  comes  from  a 
spirit  of  faith,  as  all  other  graces  come  from  faith,  let  us  be  stirred  up  to 
labour  for  faith  above  all  other  graces,  that  that  may  be  planted  in  our 
hearts.     And  that  it  may  be  so,  do  but  observe  these  directions. 

First  of  all,  consider  ivho  it  is  that  giveth  us  comfort  and  rjlvcth  us  jnomises; 
dwell  much  in  the  consideration  of  the  loving  faithful  nature  of  God,  and 
then  consider  former  experiences,  how  God  hath  made  good  all  things  to 
us ;  consider  what  pure  and  glorious  pledges  and  promises  we  have  for 
time  to  come.  Peace  of  conscience  is  pledge  of  the  peace  which  is  heaven ; 
joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  a  pledge  of  the  joy  in  heaven.  And  then  consider 
the  excellency  of  the  things  we  are  to  believe.  The  objects  of  faith,  the 
promises,  are  surpassing  things,  even  surpassing  admiration.  Oh  the  excel- 
lent things  laid  up  in  another  world  !  If  we  cannot  express  the  first  fruits, 
the  earnest  here,  what  shall  we  do  with  the  fulness  of  happiness  that  we 
shall  enjoy  hereafter  ?  A  probability  of  excellent  things  will  set  men  more 
to  endeavour  than  a  certainty  of  petty  and  base  things. 

Now  that  we  have  offered  to  us  things  above  admiration,  we  may  stand 
in  wonderment  at  the  love  of  God,  that  hath  laid  up  things  '  that  eye  hath 
not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  neither  hath  it  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to 
conceive,'  1  Cor.  ii.  9.  And  shall  not  these  things  stir  up  the  spirit  of 
faith  and  endeavours  suitable,  whenas  a  probability  of  excellent  things, 
though  earthly,  will  stir  up  endeavours  ?  Therefore,  where  there  is  no 
endeavour  against  earthly  things,  we  do  not  believe  a  whit.  The  evil 
things  we  be  forced  from  are  so  terrible,  and  the  good  things  present  to 
faith  so  excellent,  that  if  they  were  but  probable  conjectures,  they  would 
be  better  than  they  were.  Therefore  many  are  so  far  from  faith,  that  they 
have  not  conjectures  there  be  such  things,  for  infidelity  reigueth  in  their 
hearts.  If  faith  set  up  a  kingdom  in  their  hearts  never  so  little,  it  would 
stir  up  boldness ;  and  therefore  consider  of  all  the  sweet  natures  of  God 
reconciled,  and  approve  but  the  excellency  of  the  things,  which  if  we  have 
the  apprehension  of  in  weak  measure,  they  will  make  us  better  than  most 
of  your  common  blasphemers,  and  swearers,  and  scorners  of  goodness.  He 
inwardly  laugheth  and  scorns  at  all  parts  of  religion.  Though  for  shame 
of  men  he  comforteth  himself  something,  yet  notwithstanding,  infidelity 
reigneth  in  his  heart. 

Second.  Again,  that'faith  may  set  up  a  regimentt  in  the  soul,  consider 
now  that  this  is  the  fjrace  that  iiifuseth  vigour  and  strength  into  all  our  graces; 
all  are  nothing  without  faith.  Faith  must  fetch  from  Christ  strength  for 
patience  and  contentation.  There  is  no  other  grace  but  hath  his  vigour 
from  faith,  as  faith  from  the  Spirit  of  God.  Therefore  pour  water  upon 
the  root,  water  the  root  of  all  other  graces,  cherish  faith.  Oh,  this  con- 
sideration that  all  springeth  and  have  their  life  and  vigour  from  faith,  and 
that  now  the  government  of  the  church,  by  the  Spirit  of  God  under 
covenant  of  grace,  is  to  fetch  all  out  of  ourselves  !  We  must  have  a  super- 
natural eye,  and  a  supernatural  hand  to  reach  to  heaven  and  fetch  treasure 
out  of  Christ,  and  spiritual  virtue  to  draw  out  of  Christ  and  his  promises,  and 
have  all.  Every  time,  every  thing,  every  word,  every  action  whatsoever,  is 
out  of  ourselves,  and  cometh  from  a  principle  that  is  in  Christ.  And 
therefore,  considering  the  excellency  and  necessity  of  grace,  labour  for  it, 

*  Tliat  is,  =  bold,  or  without  (false,  cowardly)  shame. — G. 
t  That  is  '  government.' — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   14.  457 

and  let  it  be  more  and  more  planted  in  us,  that  according  to  our  apprehen- 
sion of  the  excellency  and  necessity  of  it,  and  misery  without  it,  we  may 
earnestly  endeavour  after  it. 

VERSE  14. 

Knowing  that  he  which  raised  up  the  Lord  Jesus  shall  raise  up  us  also  by 
Jesus,  and  shall  be  present'''-  with  you. 

The  apostle,  in  the  former  words,  as  we  heard  at  large,  sets  down  the 
afflicted  and  comfortable  condition  of  God's  people ;  and  because  our 
nature  is  very  unfit  as  to  do  good,  so  to  suffer  evil,  therefore  he  opens  a 
fm'ther  spring  of  comfort  to  the  end  of  the  chapter. 

Among  others,  as  you  heard  the  last  day,  this  in  the  13th  verse  is  one. 
'  We  having  the  same  spirit  of  faith,  according  as  it  is  written,  I  believe, 
and  therefore  I  have  spoken.'  Here  is  a  double  comfort  in  whatsoever  we 
suffer.  *  We  have  a  spirit  of  faith,'  which  is  a  spirit  of  strength  wrought  by 
the  power  of  God  itself,  and  laying  hold  likewise  upon  divine  power. 

And  another  ground  of  comfort  is,  '  We  have  the  same  spirit  of  faith,' 
and  faith  stirs  up  not  only  to  believe, — the  proper  act  of  it, — but  it  stirs  up 
speaking  both  to  God  in  prayer  and  of  God  in  praises,  and  for  God  in  times 
of  opposition.  These  things  were  more  enlarged.  I  pass  on  now,  only  I 
add  this,  that  before  we  speak  we  must  believe.  Mark  the  method,  '  I 
believe,  therefore  I  speak.'  A  man  cannot  speak  to  God  in  prayer,  in 
praises,  or  speak  of  God  aright,  but  he  must  believe  what  he  speaks.  You 
know  it  is  monstrous  that  there  should  be  a  birth  without  conception,  that 
a  man  should  speak  of  that  he  doth  not  know,  or  speak  of  that  he  doth  not 
believe.  And  we  must  labour  to  know  and  believe  things  in  their  own 
light  by  the  Spirit.  We  must  have  a  spirit  of  faith  before  we  speak  of 
spiritual  things.  This  is  a  careless  neglect  that  sometimes  people  will 
speak  of  good  things,  but  they  will  speak  of  them  in  an  human  spirit,  others 
in  a  diabolical  spirit,  by  way  of  scoffing  or  blaspheming,  as  some  never 
speak  of  God  but  they  blaspheme  and  swear,  nor  ever  speak  of  religion  but 
with  scorn,  as  if  not  grave  enough  for  them ;  or  if  they  speak  sadly,  they 
speak  of  holy  things  with  human  spirits,  not  truly  believing,  as  their  hearts 
tell  them,  what  they  speak.  Now  the  tongue  must  be  the  true  messenger 
of  the  heart.  The  heart  must  indite,  and  the  tongue  write.  And  therefore 
we  must  endeavour  by  all  means  to  have  a  spirit  of  faith,  and  labour  with 
these  false  hearts  of  ours  to  believe,  and  then  to  speak.  Our  hearts  else 
will  give  the  tongue  the  lie.  Thou  speakest  these  things,  but  thou  dost 
not  believe  them.  And  indeed  a  man  may  see  by  the  manner  of  men's 
speaking  of  holy  things  that  they  believe  not  what  they  speak.  As  he  said, 
'  If  thou  didst  believe  these  things,  wouldst  thou  speak  so  of  them  ?'  (cc).  So 
if  a  man  did  believe  divine  things,  would  he  speak  so  irreverently,  so  slightly 
of  them  as  they  do  ?  And  therefore  we  must  labour  to  believe  what  we 
speak.  If  we  speak  to  God  or  others  of  the  state  of  grace,  or  the  like,  we 
must  first  have  the  ^Spirit  of  God  ;  we  must  know  the  meaning  of  God,  to 
speak  of  holy  things  in  God's  meanings.  Were  it  not  a  bold  part  for  a  man 
to  speak  of  another  man's  meaning,  and  never  know  his  meaning  ?  God 
discovers  his  meaning  in  the  Scripture,  and  if  we  do  not  know  his  meaning  ; 
if  we  speak  of  certainty  of  salvation  and  of  such  matters,  and  of  great 
spiritual  things,  and  of  knowing  them  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  by  his  own 
*  Qu.  'present  us  ' .?— Ed. 


458  COMMENTARY  ON 

Spirit ;  we  speak  of  the  love  of  God,  and  care  and  providence  of  God,  and 
know  not  by  his  Spirit  that  he  is  this  to  us.  Indeed,  it  is  presumption  for 
us  to  speak  anything  of  God,  unless  God  discover  it  at  first ;  to  speak 
anything  of  our  own  condition  in  an  intimate  manner,  as  if  we  were  so  and 
so,  when  the  Spirit  of  God  doth  not  truly  dictate  so  much  to  our  souls. 
We  see  spiritual  things  with  spiritual  light,  and  we  must  speak  of 
spiritual  things  with  help  of  the  Spirit,  and  must  judge  of  spiritual  things 
by  the  discovery  of  the  Spirit,  or  else  we  had  better  say  nothing  all*  than 
speak  presumptuously.     '  We  believe,  and  then  we  speak.' 

Obj.  But  you  will  say,  Many  divines  speak  excellent  well  for  points  of 
religion,  and  hold  them,  and  yet  their  lives  discover  they  have  no  faith.  And 
therefore  there  may  be  a  spirit  without  faith. 

Ans.  Beloved,  mark  what  I  said  before.  They  may  speak  of  religious 
things  in  a  human  manner,  and  see  spiritual  things  with  a  common  light, 
but  they  cannot  see  spiritual  things  in  their  proper  light  without  the  Spirit 
of  God.  And  they  cannot  speak  of  spiritual  things  in  a  spiritual  manner 
without  the  Spirit  of  God.  We  must  first  beheve,  and  then  speak.  There- 
fore our  labour  should  be  in  the  ground -work,  to  get  faith  in  the  heart.  And 
when  faith  is  gotten  into  the  heart,  it  will  quickly  overpower  all  fears  and 
doubts  and  despairings,  and  all  rebellion.  It  is  a  victorious  and  conquering 
grace.  If  we  can  get  that,  it  will  subdue  the  heart  unto  itself.  And  it  will 
make  us  speak  boldly,  and  speak  of  holy  things,  and  to  purpose  ;  to 
speak  to  God  and  of  God  in  divine  things,  and  of  God  in  oppositions.  So 
we  must  speak  likewise  for  the  good  of  others,  by  way  of  edification.  And 
we  must  speak  to  our  own  hearts  in  times  of  temptation,  speak  to  Satan 
by  his  solicitations.  When  Satan  and  our  hearts  shall  speak  to  us,  and 
judge  us  to  be  thus  and  thus.  Thou  art  thus,  and  thus  God  saith  by  his 
Spirit,  for  saith  faith,  thus  he  hath  told  me,  '  I  am  thy  salvation,'  he  saith 
in  Scripture,  Ps.  xxsv.  3.  '  If  I  believe,  I  shall  not  perish,  but  have  ever- 
lasting life,'  John  iii.  15.  And  he  saith  in  particular  to  me  by  his  Spirit, 
'  Thy  sins  are  forgiven  thee,'  Mat.  ix.  2.  Therefore  care  not  what  our 
doubtful  hearts,  or  Satan  joined  with  them,  saith.  God  saith  thus,  and  the 
spirit  of  faith  saith  thus  ;  '  and  as  I  believe,  so  I  speak.'  So  that  if  there 
be  a  spirit  of  faith,  we  shall  speak  to  our  own  hearts,  '  Why  art  thou  so 
disquiet,  0  my  soul ;  and  why  art  thou  troubled  in  me  ?  trust  in  God,'  Ps. 
xlii.  5.  Faith  will  quail  f  all  the  rising  doubts  of  our  own  hearts  and 
temptations  of  Satan.  Satan  saith  thus  •  and  thus,  but  what  saith  God  ? 
what  saith  the  spirit  of  faith  in  me  ?  That  saith  thus.  Alas  !  when  our 
hearts  shall  rise  against  us,  and  Satan  shall  join  with  our  accusing  consciences 
and  have  not  a  spirit  of  faith  to  speak  against  our  hearts,  and  against  our 
hearts  accusing  us,  guilt  is  a  clamorous  thing.  Oh,  the  conscience  and 
Satan  makes  great  ado.  When  he  getteth  guilt  he  is  an  excellent  rhetorician 
and  orator,  to  set  colours  on  things.  If  we  have  not  something  to  still  our 
clamorous  consciences,  and  to  quiet  the  accusation  of  conscience,  what  will 
become  of  us  ?  And  therefore  labour  so  to  believe  that  we  may  speak,  not 
only  to  God,  but  for  God  and  profitably  to  us  ;  but  in  defence  of  ourselves, 
against  our  own  unbelieving  hearts  and  Satan's  temptations. 

What  is  the  reason  that  poor  souls  yield  themselves  to  despair,  and  so 
to  a  desperate  conclusion  of  themselves  oftentimes  ?  Oh  they  laljour  not 
for  the  Spirit  of  God  to  believe  first  in  their  own  hearts,  and  to  have  a 
word  to  answer  Satan's  temptations.  And  therefore,  of  all  things,  labour 
for  the  spirit  of  faith,  that  we  may  believe,  and  believing,  may  be  able  to 
•••■  Qu.  '  at  all '  ?— Ed.  -(-  That  is,  quell— G 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   14.  469 

speak,  to  speak  every  way,  to  express  ourselves  for  God,  for  ourselves,  for 
the  truth. 

The  next  verse  is,  '  Knowing  that  he  that  raised  up  the  Lord  Jesus  shall 
raise  us  up  with  Jesus,  and  present  us  with  him.' 

Here  is  farther  grounds  of  comfort,  that  God  will  raise  us  up  by  Christ, 
and  present  us  with  him.  Paul  comforted  himself  with  this,  that  God 
should  raise  him  by  Christ,  and  present  him  with  the  believing  Corinthians, 
Now  this  hath  a  double  meaning  :  first,  that  God  should  raise  him  out  of 
troubles,  which  are  a  kind  of  deaths,  as  in  the  beginning  of  the  chapter  he 
calls  the  troubles  he  was  in  '  a  great  death ;'  and  then,  that  God  would 
raise  him  at  length  out  of  the  grave,  and  present  him  and  them  at  the  day 
of  judgment,  as  his  crown  before  the  Lord. 

This  was  his  comfort.  Now,  for  aught  I  see,  the  apostle  may  mean  both 
subordinately  one  to  another ;  for  God  doth  raise  us  out  of  trouble  by 
Jesus,  and  present  us  one  to  another  in  this  world  for  our  comfort,  and  at 
length  raise  us  out  of  the  dust,  and  present  us  altogether,  to  be  for  ever 
together  with  the  Lord.  His  comfort  then  is,  that  God  will  raise  us  up, 
and  then  he  will  present  us  with  you.  This  is  set  down  by  the  effect. 
'  God  will  do  it ;  God  that  raised  up  Jesus  will  do  it.'  And  the  cause  why 
God  will  do  it  is,  because  he  hath  raised  up  Jesus.  First,  God  that  hath 
raised  up  Jesus  will  by  Jesus  raise  up  us,  and  present  us  with  you.  So 
that  here  is  the  comfort  and  the  ground  of  it.  The  comfort  is  double.  God 
will  raise  us  up,  and  then  God  will  present  us  with  you.  The  ground  of  it 
is  this,  why  he  will  do  it,  because  he  hath  raised  up  Christ.  God  is  the 
author  of  it,  and  he  that  hath  raised  up  Christ  will  raise  up  you.  There 
is  such  a  connection  and  blessed  union  between  Christ  and  us,  that  the 
same  power  that  raised  up  Jesus  out  of  the  grave  will  raise  us  up  likewise. 

So  that  here  is  a  comfort  above  comfort ;  but  yet  '  knowing '  is  prefixed. 
'  Knowing  that  God  will  raise  us  up,  because  he  hath  raised  up  Jesus.' 
So  that  I  may  observe  in  the  passage  of  it,  that  all  comfort  cometh  into  the 
soul  by  knoidedge.  God  not  only  raiseth  us  up,  and  presents  us  one  with 
another,  by  the  same  power  that  he  hath  raised  up  Jesus  by,  but  we  must 
know  that  it  must  be  so,  if  we  will  have  comfort.  Whatsoever  cometh  into 
the  soul  to  strengthen  it  cometh  through  knowledge.  As  from  the  heavens 
come  light,  and  through  light  all  influences,  and  whatsoever  is  sweet  from 
heaven,  to  make  things  flourish,  comes  with  light,  so  all  things  that  come 
to  the  soul  to  make  it  comfortable  and  cheerful,  comes  with  the  light  of 
knowledge.  Indeed,  all  graces  are  nothing  but  knowledge  digested,  know- 
ledge turned  into  afi"ection  and  practice.  What  is  anything  but  knowledge  ? 
any  grace,  but  the  performance  of  such  a  thing  from  such  and  such 
grounds  ?  As  we  see  in  fruit,  all  that  is  in  the  fruit  cometh  from  the  juice 
that  is  [in]  the  root.  And  so  the  vigour  and  strength  of  everything  is  know- 
ledge ;  I  mean  knowledge  and  a  spirit  of  faith  to  believe  what  we  know,  to 
assent  to  it,  and  acknowledge  it. 

Light,  you  know,  is  very  comfortable.  Darkness  is  a  state  of  fear.  So 
ignorance  is  a  state  of  doubting  and  fear.  There  is  no  good  where  ignorance 
is  ;  but  light  and  knowledge  is  a  state  of  boldness.  We  believe,  and  speak, 
and  are  bold.     Why  ?     '  We  know,' 

And  therefore  the  people  that  be  careless  of  growing  in  knowledge,  they 
be  enemies  of  comfort  and  of  grace,  '  Grow  in  grace,  and  in  the  knowledge 
of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  2  Pet,  iii,  18.  The  most  knowing  Christian  is 
the  most  constant,   courageous,   comfortable,  fruitful  Christian,  because 


460 


COMMENTARY  ON 


together  with  divine  light  enhghtening  the  soul,  there  goeth  divine  heat, 
enlarging  the  soul  to  every  duty,  and  to  all  comforts  vrhatsoever.  So  much 
for  that. 

We  will  speak  a  little  of  the  comforts  and  places  of  the  ground  of  the 
comfort.  '  He  will  raise  us  up,  and  present  us  with  you.'  Troubles  that 
be  greater  are  called  death,  as  in  the  first  chapter  of  this  epistle.*  The 
Lord  that  delivered  me  from  so  great  a  death,  and  why  ?  Specially  for 
this  end ;  because,  as  they  be  partial  deaths,  so  likewise  they  agree  with 
death.  In  this  we  despair  of  life  and  recovery.  So  when  a  trouble  is  great, 
as  when  a  man  is  dead,  the  trouble  is  desperate.  It  is  a  death,  there  is  no 
hope  of  recovery  again.  Now,  saith  Paul,  though  my  troubles  be  great, 
yet  notwithstanding  God  will  raise  me  up,  even  out  of  death,  and  present 
me  with  you. 

Quest.  How  knew  Paul  that  God  would  do  this  ? 

Ans.  It  is  like  he  knew  it  by  a  spirit  of  revelation,  having  nearer  com- 
munion with  God,  as  a  more  public  person,  than  we  have.  But  what  is 
that  to  us  ?  Can  we  say  God  will  raise  us  up,  and  present  us  one  to 
another,  as  Paul  did  ?  No,  beloved,  we  cannot  say  so  ;  but  this  we  can 
say,  God  will  raise  me  up  out  of  this  trouble,  or  if  I  die  in  it,  God  will  raise 
me  out  of  the  grave.  This  is  the  happy  condition  of  a  Christian.  He  is 
sure,  if  he  be  in  trouble,  either  to  be  raised  for  the  good  of  the  church,  if 
he  hath  any  service  for  him  to  do ;  else  if  I  die,  he  will  raise  me  up  at  the 
last  day  with  all  his  people,  to  be  for  ever  with  him.  If  it  be  for  the  good  of 
the  church,  and  mine  own  good  to  live,  I  shall  live  still ;  if  not,  I  shall  be 
sure  to  be  raised  at  the  latter  day ;  fall  out  what  will  fall  out,  all  falleth 
out  well  for  the  children  of  God. 

Now  the  holy  apostle  no  question  had  reference  to  both.  He  had  both 
in  his  view,  raising  out  of  trouble,  and  raising  to  eternal  life ;  because  he 
could  never  speak  of  any  inferior  deliverances  but  his  mind  would  run  on 
the  future,  and  that  did  terminate  all  comforts.  All  comforts  end  in  the 
resurrection.  Usually  when  Paul  maketh  mention  of  an  inferior  thing, 
he  mounteth  higher,  he  mounts  to  the  highest  of  all ;  he  resteth  not  his 
thoughts  till  he  hath  thought  of  that,  as  in  the  end  of  this  chapter  he  endeth 
in  the  resurrection,  and  endeth  in  comfort,  speaking  gloriously  of  it.  So 
at  this  time  no  question  but  there  was  present  all  deliverances  in  this 
world,  but  especially  eternal  deliverance  in  the  world  to  come.  As  2  Tim. 
iv.  17,  '  The  Lord  delivered  me  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  lion,  and  can  and 
will  deliver  for  the  time  to  come,  and  present  me  to  his  heavenly  kingdom,' 
that  I  am  sure  of. 

So  that  it  were  a  very  heavenly  course  for  Christians,  if  they  think  of 
anything  that  comcth  from  the  love  of  God  to  them,  to  take  hints  from 
that,  to  take  notice  of  the  issue  of  all.  All  deliverances  are  terminated  in 
their  last  deliverance  out  of  the  grave,  and  all  blessings  are  terminated  in 
the  last  blessing,  life  everlasting.  And  take  every  thing  as  a  pawm,  a 
pledge,  a  beginning  of  that,  for  the  same  love  that  giveth  eternal  comforts, 
giveth  comforts  in  this  world  ;  and  the  same  God  that  delivers  out  of  the 
grave,  delivers  us  out  of  troubles  ;  and  the  same  God  that  will  bring  us  all 
to  heaven,  will  bring  friends  together  in  this  world,  if  it  be  for  their  good. 
And  therefore  if  we  will  comfort  ourselves  solidly  in  any  condition,  extend 
our  thoughts  to  the  time  to  come.  Was  it  David's  comfort  when  he 
said,  '  One  thing  have  I  desired  of  the  Lord '  ?  Ps.  xxvii.  4.  Was  it  his 
meaning  to  confine  his  thoughts  on  that  only  desire,  and  to  dwell  in  the 

*  Cf.  i.  9.— G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IT,  VER.   14.  461 

church  for  ever?  No ;  '  that  I  dwell  in  the  house  of  the  Lord  for  ever,' 
here  while  I  live,  and  in  heaven  for  ever  when  I  am  gone,  Ps.  xxiii.  6  : 
*  Doubtless  I  shall  dwell  in  the  house  of  the  Lord  for  ever ;'  here  while  I 
live,  and  for  ever  in  heaven.  Then  they  will  be  solid  comforts.  If  the 
drops  of  comfort  we  have  in  holy  things  be  carried  on  to  the  end  of  all, 
everlasting  deliverance,  by  the  resurrection,  and  eternal  comforts  in  heaven, 
then  they  would  be  comforts  indeed.  It  is  a  good  disjunction  when  friends 
promise  to  meet  again.  Well,  we  shall  meet  either  here  or  in  heaven,  and  per- 
haps here  and  in  heaven.  The  same  God  that  will  comfort  us  in  heaven,  if  he 
seeth  it  good  for  us,  he  will  comfort  us  here  with  the  presence  of  one  another. 

'  He  will  raise  us  up,  and  present  us  with  you.'  That  is  another  of  his 
comforts.  But  what  comfort  is  that  in  this  world,  if  he  meaneth  only 
the  joy  in  the  world  to  come  ?  as  I  am  persuaded  it  is  that  he  mainly  aims 
at,  the  other  was  but  that  that  by  meditation  he  raised  his  thoughts  to. 
What  comfort  is  it  that  friend  shall  be  presented  to  friend,  pastor  to  people, 
believers  among  friends  ! 

There  be  divers  kinds  of  communion,  if  absent,  by  letters,  by  real  tokens, 
by; message;  but  what  are  these  to  presence  ?  Presence  is  the  sweetest 
kind  of  communion  that  can  be.  Communion  one  with  another  in  pre- 
sence is  in  deed,  in  word,  of  communion  in  presence.  And  therefore  God 
will  deliver  us  from  trouble,  and  present  us  with  you ;  for  in  presence 
every  thing  speaks  comfort.  Without  discourse  the  very  presence  of  a 
friend  comforts.  There  is  a  quick  and  living  power  in  the  very  face  of  a 
friend.  The  eje  comforts,  the  speech  comforts,  all  comforts,  and  nothing 
but  comforts  if  they  be  hearty  friends  in  the  Lord. 

And  therefore  saith  Paul,  this  shall  be  my  comfort  and  your  comfort, 
that  I  shall  be  delivered  out  of  this  death,  and  presented  with  you,  for  your 
good,  for  my  own  comfort.  And  no  question  this  is  a  beginning  of  heaven 
in  this  world.  If  there  be  any  heaven  on  earth,  it  is  the  communion  of 
saints ;  it  is  when  many  join  together  in  an  holy  affection,  that  have  not 
only  general  likings  of  the  same  things,  but  have  the  same  spirit  acting  and 
living  in  them  all,  one  and  the  same  Spirit  of  God  stirring  up  approbation 
and  dislike  of  the  same  thing,  the  same  end  for  good  causes.  This  is  a 
special  comfort,  if  there  be  any  comfort  in  this  world.  And  so  Paul  mean- 
eth, when  he  saith,  '  I  shall  be  delivered,  and  presented  to  you.'  And 
therefore  we  should  take  special  care  to  improve  communion  by  all  means, 
considering  it  was  so  sweet  a  thing.  O  qui  cougressus,  et  gloria  quanta  fue- 
riint !  when  Paul  was  severed  a  great  while.  Paul  came  with  abundance  of 
blessings  of  God,  and  they  came  with  abundance  of  desire  to  have  heavenly 
discourse  with  St  Paul. 

Thus  while  we  be  in  this  world  we  must  be  exercised  with  these  inter- 
mitting comforts.  This  is  a  life  of  separation  ;  we  shall  enjoy  a  while,  and 
then  part,  till  we  be  in  heaven,  '  and  then  we  shall  be  for  ever  with  the 
Lord,'  1  Thess.  iv.  18.  '  Therefore  comfort  one  another  with  these  words.' 
What  is  the  comfort  ?  '  We  shall  be  for  ever  with  the  Lord.'  If  it  be 
such  a  comfort  to  enjoy  communion  one  with  another,  what  is  it  to  enjoy 
communion  for  ever  with  the  Lord  in  heaven  ?  That  is  the  meeting  time, 
when  body  and  soul  shall  meet,  when  Christ  and  all  his  members  shall 
meet,  when  all  the  members  of  the  church  from  the  first  to  the  last  shall 
all  meet.  These  three  blessed  meetings  shall  be,  Christ  and  we,  and  we 
one  with  another,  and  body  and  soul.  Then  is  the  meeting,  then  is  the 
presenting.  But  all  other  meetings  together  are  comfortable,  as  they  be 
tastes  of  the  last  and  everlasting  meeting  that  shall  be  revealed.     This  may 


462  COMMENTARY  ON 

comfort  us  in  the  parting  of  friends,  in  the  loss  of  friends  hy  death.  There 
will  be  a  time  of  meeting  again.  Our  head  will  bring  all  the  members 
together,  as  it  is  said  of  Christ,  '  that  he  shall  gather  all  to  a  head,'  Eph. 
iv.  15  :  that  being  Christ's  office,  to  gather  all  the  children  of  God  together, 
from  whom  they  were  fallen  ;  to  gather  them  to  the  angels  in*  whom  they 
were  in  terms  of  difierence  ;  to  gather  them  together,  one  to  another  in  love, 
and  gathering  to  themselves  in  peace.  This  is  Christ's  work.  This  gather- 
ing together  to  a  head  belongeth  to  Christ.  And  though  we  be  not  together 
now,  yet  in  heaven  we  shall  be. 

Now  the  ground  of  this  is,  God  that  hath  raised  up  Jesus,  will  by  Jesus 
do  this.  He  considers  of  God  as  serveth  his  purpose.  It  is  an  act  of  a 
Christian,  of  a  discreet  and  wise  soul,  to  single  out  of  God  those  attributes 
and  those  actions  that  suit  to  his  present  distress  or  present  condition ;  as 
if  a  man  be  in  perplexity,  think  of  him  as  a  God  strong  and  wise  ;  if  a  man 
be  in  any  trouble,  think  of  him  as  a  good  and  powerful  God ;  if  a  man  be 
wronged,  think  of  him  as  a  God  of  vengeance.  Thou  God  of  vengeance, 
shew  thyself !  And  when  we  be  in  any  trouble  and  cast  down,  and  dead, 
as  troubled  by  others'  deaths,  then  can  God  raise  Christ  out  of  the  grave, 
who  is  our  head.  And  out  of  the  love  that  he  loveth  both  mystical  Christ 
and  natural  Christ,  the  Lord  is  gracious  to  all  for  his  sake.  He  that  loveth 
Christ  as  his  own  natural  son  loveth  Christ  mystical,  all  that  be  Christ's, 
with  the  same  love  that  he  loved  Christ.  As  Christ  himself  prayeth  he 
will  embrace  all  such  with  the  same  love  he  loved  himself  withal,  John 
xvii.  24,  so  God  is  well  pleased  and  rests  in  his  love,  not  only  in  his 
natural  Son,  but  all  that  be  his ;  and  therefore  out  of  love  to  his  own  Son, 
as  he  hath  raised  up  him  and  set  him  in  heavenly  places,  he  will  raise  up 
all  them  that  be  his,  and  are  engrafted  into  him.  He  that  raised  up  the 
Lord  Jesus  shall  raise  us  up  also.  What  is  the  consequence  ?  Because 
he  hath  raised  up  Jesus,  therefore  by  Jesus  he  will  raise  us  out  of  trouble. 
The  ground  is,  Christ  is  a  public  person,  and  so  in  heaven  is  a  public 
person,  a  second  Adam,  and  raised  up  as  a  second  Adam  ;  and  therefore 
be  raised  up  as  [a]  public  person,  and  as  a  second  Adam,  and  a  root  of  all 
believers.  He  hath  taken  heaven  in  our  place  as  our  husband,  and  we  sit 
in  heavenly  places  with  him ;  and  therefore  God  that  raised  up  him  will 
raise  us  up  also.  '  If  Christ  be  risen,  we  shall  rise.'  There  is  no  question 
of  it,  as  he  proveth  at  large,  '  because  I  live  ye  shall  live  also,'  John  xiv.  19. 
I  cannot  follow  the  point,  but  it  is  a  point  you  are  acquainted  with  all, 
being  an  article  of  faith.  Therefore  see  the  ground  of  this  comfort.  God 
will  raise  up  us  and  bring  us  together,  because  he  hath  raised  Jesus.  He 
is  the  first-fruits  of  them  that  slept.  Now  all  the  harvest  is  blessed  in  the 
first-fruits.  Our  first-fruits  is  Christ  now.  And  therefore  we  shall  be  here 
raised  out  of  little  deaths,  and  at  the  resurrection  out  of  the  great  death, 
and  be  for  ever  with  the  Lord,  which  may  teach  us  this  comfortable  observa- 
tion ;  to  see  all  our  comforts  in  Christ  first;  to  see  all  we  look  for  from 
God,  first  in  Christ  and  then  in  ourselves.  If  we  look  for  love  from  God, 
see  his  love  on  Christ  first :  '  He  loveth  us  because  he  loveth  him  first,' 
and  he  loveth  us  in  him.  If  we  look  to  resurrection,  ascension,  or  glory, 
see  it  in  Christ  first.  If  we  look  for  the  performance  of  any  promise,  see 
that  promise  in  Christ  first,  for  all  are  made  for  his  sake,  and  made  good 
in  him,  to  Christ  first  and  then  to  us.  If  we  want  any  grace,  see  it  in 
Christ  first,  for  he  hath  fulness  of  the  Spirit  for  our  sakes  :  '  And  of  his 
fulness  we  have  received,  and  grace  for  grace,'  John  i.  16.    So  that  in  both 

»  Qu.  '  with  '  ?— Ed, 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   14.  463 

estates  of  hurtvHation  and  exaltation  severally,  see  all  first  in  Christ  and 
then  in  ourselves.  Look  on  Christ  in  state  of  humiliation,  and  see  our- 
selves there.  '  Christ  was  a  curse  for  us,'  died  for  us.  All  this  is  for  us. 
And  see  all  the  evil  that  belongeth  to  us  taken  away  by  him  in  his  state  of 
humiliation.  He  humbled  himself  to  death,  and  became  a  curse  for  us. 
And  so  in  his  state  of  exaltation  in  several  degi'ees.  See  our  resurrection 
in  his  resurrection,  our  ascension  in  his  ascension,  our  sitting  in  heavenly 
places  by  his  sitting  in  heavenly  places.  The  ground  is,  the  union  I  spake 
of  before.  And  then  God  hath  decreed  that  we  shall  be  made  conformable 
to  his  Son.  '  We  must  be  conformable  to  Christ  our  elder  brother.'  We 
are  chosen  to  be  conformable  to  him.  And  therefore  whatsoever  was  in 
him,  there  will  be  a  conformableness  in  us  thereunto.  And  we  must  be 
content  to  go  to  heaven  as  Christ  went.  *  He  first  suffered  and  then 
entered  into  glory,'  1  Peter  i.  10,  11,  he  rose  again,  but  he  died  first.  We 
must  be  content  to  go  to  heaven  by  that  way  that  our  blessed  head  and 
Saviour  hath  gone  before  us.  And  if  we  do  so,  surely  that  God  that  raised 
him  will  raise  us  up  too. 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  when  we  are  to  consider  of  any  comfort,  see  it 
in  Christ  first,  not  only  as  a  pattern  to  whom  we  must  be  conformed,  but 
see  it  in  Christ  as  a  cause,  because  Christ  will  raise  us  up.  We  shall  not 
only  be  raised  because  he  is  raised,  and  ascend  because  he  is  ascended,  but 
God  will  raise  us  up  with  Jesus.  Between  God  and  us  cometh  Jesus,  for 
all  that  comes  from  God  comes  from  Jesus.  So  all  that  cometh  from  us 
to  God  must  go  through  the  mediation  of  Jesus.  '  He  that  raised  up 
Jesus  will  by  Jesus  raise  us  up.'  Christ  is  not  only  a  pattern  of  conformity, 
but  likewise  a  cause.  And  it  is  an  improvement  of  the  favour,  that  God 
doth  us  favour  through  such  a  one  that  standeth  between  him  and  us  ;  that 
there  should  be  so  excellent  a  person  as  Christ  to  do  all,  to  be  a  pattern  of 
all,  and  cause  of  all.  For  can  there  be  a  better  than  he  to  raise  us  out  of 
trouble  here,  and  to  heaven  hereafter  ?  Then  he  that  is  our  own  head, 
will  he  suff'er  his  members  to  perish  ?  And  he  that  is  so  favourable  with 
God,  and  one  with  God,  that  as  a  man  layeth  hold  on  us,  and  as  God 
layeth  hold  on  God,  as  a  friend  to  him,  being  between  both  as  a  friend  of 
both.  As  God,  so  we  must  trust  him  with  all,  with  our  rising  again,  with 
our  ascension,  with  our  glory  in  heaven.  He  is  the  Joseph  between  God 
and  us.  As  he  conveyed  all  favour  to  the  patriarchs,  from  Egypt  through 
Pharaoh,*  so  Christ  is  the  high  steward  of  all,  that  hath  the^dispensing  of 
all  his  comforts  by  our  sweet  head,  that  is  bone  of  our  bone  and  flesh  of 
our  flesh,  to  make  us  for  ever  one  with  him.  So  that  there  is  comfort  in  the 
deriving  of  comfort  by  so  sweet,  so  loving,  so  gracious  a  head  as  Jesus  is. 

But  you  will  say.  Will  Christ  raise  us  out  of  trouble  likewise  ?  Yes,  by 
the  same  power  and  virtue.  For  the  virtue  of  Christ's  resurrection  reacheth 
farther  than  to  raise  us  from  death,  for  it  extendeth  itself  to  all  abasements 
in  the  world.  God  raiseth  us  out  of  all  abasements  by  the  power  that  he 
raised  up  Christ,  and  by  the  power  that  Christ  raised  up  himself.  And 
therefore  we  should  comfort  ourselves  in  the  distress  of  the  church  and 
personal  distresses.  And  first  for  the  church.  God  raised  up  Christ  the 
head  of  the  church  after  three  days,  and  when  they  had  rolled  a  stone  upon 
the  grave,  and  set  a  watch  too,  and  when  Christ  had  been  a  surety  to  bear 
the  sins  of  all  the  elect  of  the  world  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  ;  Christ 
having  a  stone  upon  his  grave,  so  much  mould,  and  such  a  stone,  and  his 

*  Qu.  '  As  Pharaoli  conveyed  all  favour  to  the  patriarchs  in  Egypt  through 
Joseph'?— Ed. 


464  COMMENTARY  ON 

grave  watched  and  sealed  ;  and  then  having  as  a  public  person  the  sins  of 
all  the  world,  yet  Christ  rose  up  again  for  all  this. 

Beloved,  Satan  and  his  instruments  labour  to  bury  the  church  if  they 
can,  and  to  roll  a  stone  on  the  church,  that  it  should  never  rise  up  again. 
It  was  their  plot  of  late,*  and  it  is  their  purpose  now,  but  that  their  power 
is  a  little  broken.  They  would  bury  Christ  and  his  chiu'ch  altogether,  roll 
a  stone  on  him,  watch  him  that  he  should  never  rise  again.  This  they  do  ; 
and  now  in  the  third  day  he  shall  rise  again.  There  may  be  a  limited  time 
of  Jacob's  sorrow,  but  there  will  be  a  day  of  deliverance.  He  that  raised 
up  the  head  of  the  church,  after  the  time  he  had  appointed  he  should  lie 
there  under  the  bondage  and  captivity  of  death,  he  will  raise  up  the  body 
of  Christ.  Our  times  are  not  in  our  hands,  nor  in  the  devil's  time,  nor  in 
man's  time,  but  in  God's  time.  Men  may  oppose  his  time,  and  be  against 
his  time.  '  They  shall  cast  you  into  prison  for  ten  days.'  It  is  certain 
and  sure,  which  may  be  a  comfort  to  the  church.  The  church  beyond  seas 
was  lately  under  hatches,  and  the  enemy  had  got  her  into  the  grave,  and 
thought  to  have  rolled  the  stone  upon  the  church  ;  but  God,  that  raised  up 
Jesus,  hath  raised  up  the  church  in  some  comfortable  measure,  which  may 
put  us  in  hope,  that  now  there  is  time  to  set  prayer  on  work.f  It  puts 
encouragement  into  our  hands.  That  that  God  hath  done,  encourageth 
us  to  pray  to  God  for  the  finishing  of  his  own  good  work.  We  have  not 
only  faith  and  promises,  but  performances  to  encourage  us.  We  see  the 
stone  is  rolled  off  as  it  were.  This  is  our  comfort,  and  this  is  the  church's 
comfort  to  the  end  of  the  world.  She  may  be  for  a  while  under  the  grave, 
but  God  will  send  his  angels,  his  messengers,  one  or  another,  to  take  away 
the  stone,  and  raise  up  the  church,  as  in  the  parable  of  the  dry  bones, 
Ezek.  xxxvii.  1,  seq.  The  church  was  '  as  dry  bones,'  but  '  the  Spirit 
entered  into  them,  and  made  them  live.'  So  at  length  a  spirit  shall  enter 
into  the  church,  and  it  shall  live.  Babylon  must  fall ;  the  church  must 
rise.  Christ  will  enlarge  his  church  to  the  end  [of]  the  world.  Heaven  hath 
said  it,  and  hell  cannot  disannul  what  God  hath  concluded.  He  that  raised 
up  Jesus  will  raise  up  the  church  out  of  all  its  troubles.  And  for  ourselves, 
in  all  deaths  and  all  our  desperate  troubles,  sink  not  under  them.  Make 
use  of  the  articles  of  faith.  They  are  of  wonderful  enlarged  sweetness. 
The  sweet  article  of  the  resurrection  and  life  everlasting  have  influence 
into  all  our  lives.  Make  use  of  that ;  God,  that  doth  the  greater,  will  not 
he  do  the  less,  if  for  our  good  ?  Will  God  raise  my  body  out  of  the  grave, 
and  not  out  of  this  sickness  ?  God  that  can  raise  me  out  of  dust,  cannot 
he  raise  me  out  of  this  trouble,  and  present  me  to  my  friends  again  ?  If 
for  my  good,  he  can  do  it. 

And  rise  from  inferior  things  to  strengthen  our  faith,  and  the  greatest 
things  we  have  in  faith  for  the  time  to  come.  Will  God  give  me  life  ever- 
lasting, and  not  daily  bread  ?  Will  God  give  heaven,  and  not  provision  to 
bring  me  thither  ?  Will  God  raise  me  out  of  the  dust,  when  it  is  scattered 
I  know  not  where,  and  get  all  my  dust  together,  and  quicken  that  dust, 
and  not  quicken  me  out  of  this,  if  it  be  for  my  good  and  the  good  of  others  ? 
If  he  have  any  service  to  do  for  me,  he  will  do  it.  And  therefore,  I  be- 
seech you,  beloved,  let  us  labour  to  strengthen  our  faith  in  the  way  to 
heaven,  by  that  which  is  to  come.  What  made  the  apostles  pass  through 
thick  and  thin,  break  through  all  troubles  between  them  and  heaven,  but 
[that]  they  thought  God  would  deliver  them  ?     If  he  did  not  deliver  them, 

*  In  margin  here,  '  Gunpowder  Plot.' — G. 

t  In  margin  here,  '  By  Gustavus  Adolphus,  Idng  of  Sweden.' — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   15.  465 

he  would  deliver  them  to  heaven,  and  present  them  to  his  heavenly  king- 
dom. Having  heaven  in  their  eyes,  time  to  come  in  heaven,  resurrection 
in  their  eyes,  and  glorious  times  in  their  eyes,  it  will  he  of  such  force  and 
influence  into  their  hearts,  that  they  shall  go  through  all  things  between, 
and  make  this  disjunction  ;  either  God  will  raise  me  out  of  this,  or  out  of 
the  grave,  and  present  me  to  his  heavenly  kingdom.  I  beseech  you,  there- 
fore, learn  this,  that  in  all  our  dejections  we  make  use  of  that  last  and 
powerful  work  of  God  in  raising  from  the  dead.  Eaising  comforteth  for 
what  is  past.  Our  Saviour  Christ,  our  best  part,  our  head,  is  in  heaven, 
and  we  shall  all  draw  to  him  in  time.  Let  us  not  lose  the  benefit  of  such 
a  meditation,  of  such  a  ground  as  this.  See  all  in  Christ  beforehand  ;  all 
is  done  in  Christ.  Beloved,  can  w^e  have  a  better  pledge  and  pattern,  than 
to  see  all  we  look  for  done  in  Christ  beforehand  ?  We  look  for  the  resur- 
rection, Christ  is  raised  ;  and  ascension,  Christ  is  ascended.  We  look  for 
glory  in  heaven  :  Christ  is  glorified,  Christ,  and  we  in  Christ ;  for  when 
we  think  of  Christ,  we  must  think  of  ourselves  in  Christ.  And  therefore, 
when  we  hear  the  creed  repeated,  and  the  articles  of  religion,  or  anything 
of  Christ,  let  us  wrap  up  ourselves  by  the  spirit  of  faith  in  Christ,  see 
ourselves  crucified  in  Christ,  and  dead  in  Christ,  and  raised  in  Christ,  and 
set  in  heavenly  places  with  Christ. 

I  but  administer  the  heads  to  you,  for  your  meditations  to  work  upon. 
You  see  what  excellent  use  the  apostle  maketh  of  his  faith.  It  made  him 
believe,  speak  confidently  for  the  present.  And  therefore,  with  cheerfulness 
attend  upon  the  blessed  means  of  the  word  and  sacrament,  that  God  hath 
appointed  to  strengthen  our  union  and  communion  with  Christ.  Christ  is 
our  life,  and  the  nearer  communion  with  him,  the  more  life  we  have.  And 
the  sacrament  is  appointed  for  to  seal  to  us  this  communion,  to  strengthen 
this  near  union,  and  receive-  with  the  spring  and  fountain  of  life,  Jesus 
Christ.  And  therefore,  come  with  exceeding  comfort ;  and  the  more  our 
union  with  Christ,  the  more  our  comforts  in  life  or  death.  All  depends  on 
that :  as  we  see  hope  of  resurrection,  hope  of  deliverance,  hope  of  glory, 
doth  all  depend  upon  that,  union  first  in  Christ,  then  in  us,  and  in  us  be- 
cause in  Christ.  Therefore,  strengthen  union  with  Christ,  and  sti'engthen 
all.  For  matter  of  the  sacrament,  you  are  acquainted  with  the  doctrinal 
part  of  it,  liave  this  conceit  of  it.  It  is  a  high  ordinance  of  God,  ,wliich 
strengthens  faith,  which  being  strengthened,  strengthens  all  the  powers  of 
soul. 

VEESE  15. 

For  all  things  are  fo7-  yoursahes,  that  most  jjlentenxis  grace,  by  the  thanksgiving 
of  many,  may  redound  to  the  praise  of  God. 

The  holy  apostle,  as  we  heard,  labours  to  arm  himself  and  all  others 
against  all  discouragements  in  religion,  by  comforts  fetched  from  religion. 

He  bringeth  in  divers  springs  of  comfort  in  this  latter  part  of  the  chapter. 
'  I  believe,  and  therefore  I  have  spoken  ;  as  David  believed,  and  therefore 
he  spake.'  It  is  no  otherwise  with  us  than  with  David  and  other  saints 
before  us,  as  we  shewed  at  large. 

The  last  day  this  comfort  was  handled,  that  God  would  raise  him  out 

of  his  trouble,  and  present  him  together  with  the  Corinthians  in  hisj-  life, 

and  at  the  last  in  the  world  to  come.     And  from  this  ground,  '  Because 

God  raised  up  Jesus.'     '  Knowing  that  he  which  raised  up  the  Lord  Jesus, 

*  Qu.  '  revive ' '?— Ed.  t  Qu.  '  this  '  ?— Ed. 

VOL.  IV.  G  g 


466  COMMENTARY  ON 

Bhall  raise  us  up  by  Jesus,  and  shall  present  us  with  him.'  Of  this  I  have 
Bpoken  at  large  already. 

I  beseech  you,  before  I  leave  this  point,  learn  this,  that  in  all  our  dejec- 
tions, we  make  use  of  that  last  and  powerful  work  of  God,  in  raising  from 
the  dead. 

I  now  proceed  to  what  followeth. 

'  For  all  things  are  for  your  sakes.'  Here  is  a  farther  ground  of  comfort, 
both  of  present  deliverance,  as  for  their  sakes. 

The  second  ground  is,  '  All  is  for  the  glory  of  God.' 

And  the  means  of  that  glory,  '  Because  the  grace  aboundeth,'  that  these 
deliverances  spring  from,  '  thanksgiving  abound  to  the  glory  of  God.'  Why 
should  we  be  discouraged  in  suffering,  since  God  will  be  presented  with  us 
in  sufferings,  delivering  us  in  time,  considering  it  is  for  the  church's  good, 
and  for  the  glory  of  God  ?  And  for  the  glory  of  God  in  this  way,  because 
it  will  minister  matter  of  praise,  not  of  one,  but  of  many,  out  of  which 
praise  God  will  be  glorified.     This  is  the  scope  of  the  words. 

The  first  ground  of  comfort  is,  '  All  are  for  your  sakes,'  both  our  suffer- 
ings, and  assistance,  and  presence  of  God  in  them,  and  deliverance  out  of 
them,  all  is  for  you,  2  Tim.  ii.  10 :  '  We  suffer  for  the  elect's  sake,'  all  is 
for  your  sake.  Indeed,  beloved,  it  is  a  large  diffused  consideration,  for  all 
is  for  the  church's  sake,  the  world  itself.  The  standing  of  the  world  is  for 
the  church's  sake.  If  God  had  gathered  his  elect,  there  would  be  an  end 
of  these  sinful  days.  Another  sinful  generation,  God  would  not  suffer  the 
world  to  stand  for  a  company  of  wretches,  that  daily  blaspheme  his  name,  that 
pollute  and  defile  their  souls  and  bodies,  that  oppose  his  truth  like  rebels. 

That  the  world  continueth,  it  is  for  the  elect's  sake,  that  they  may  be 
gathered  out  [of]  the  world.  The  world  is  as  it  were  reprieved,  because 
many  are  to  be  born  in  the  world ;  as  lewd  women  are  reprieved,  being 
with  child,  for  that's  sake  that  is  to  be  born.  So  the  world  continueth 
because  there  is  a  generation  to  come  ;  the  number  of  the  elect  is  not  yet 
accomplished. 

Thus  you  see  the  very  world,  and  the  standing  of  the  world,  is  for  the 
church's  sake.  The  world  is  elect ;  and  so  are  things  in  the  world,  in 
heaven  or  earth,  in  some  sort.  They  are  for  the  church's  sake.  '  To  us 
a  child  is  born,  to  us  a  son  is  given,'  Isa.  ix.  6 ;  for  the  church  he  died, 
for  the  church  he  rose  again,  for  the  church  *  he  appears  in  heaven  and 
makes  intercession,'  as  Rom.  viii.  34.  He  sits  at  God's  right  hand  making 
intercession  for  us.  John  xvii.  17,  19,  '  I  sanctify  myself;'  that  is,  I  pre- 
pare myself  as  a  sacrifice  to  suffer  for  them.  '  I  pray  not  for  the  world, 
but  for  them  thou  hast  given  me  out  of  the  world.'  All  that  Christ  did 
suffer,  enjoy,  and  do  in  heaven,  as  our  head,  it  is  for  the  church's  sake. 
That  he  giveth  gifts  to  wicked  men,  that  they  continue,  it  is  for  the  church's 
sake,  that  they  may  be  instruments  and  servants  of  the  church.  In  that 
sense  they  be  redeemed  by  Christ  as  servants  of  the  church.  We  see  in 
nature  that  summer  aud  winter  serveth  for  vines,  and  fruitful  trees,  and 
plants,  for  the  good  corn.  Cold  weather  and  warm  weather,  they  have  the 
leaves  to  cover  them.  And  every  thing  serveth  to  bring  forth  the  fruit ; 
all  these  circumstantial  things.  So  whatsoever  is  circumstantial  in  the 
world,  as  kingdoms,  states,  government,  they  think  to  tumble  in  the  world 
for  their  own  ends,  and  to  toss  the  world  as  they  list.  It  is  for  a  number 
of  men  unregarded,  unknown,  that  pass  here  as  unknown  men,  hidden  men 
for  the  most  part,  it  is  for  the  church's  sake  that  they  continue,  that  they 
have  any  favours.     They  are  beholden  to  the  church  for  their  lives,  to  the 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEK.   15.  467 

cliurch  for  tlieir  standing,  and  for  the  gifts  they  havej.  though  they  think 
not  so.  God,  the  great  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  Christ  the  great 
king  of  the  church,  in  reference  to  his  church,  giveth  gifts  to  men,  naagis- 
trates,  ministers,  people,  yea,  even  to  them  that  be  not  good  men,  and  all 
for  the  good  of  his  church.  So  that  '  all  is  for  you,'  word,  sacraments, 
every  thing. 

I  might  make  a  large  dispute  here,  but  that  I  unfolded  it  at  large  out 
of  that  place  in  Corinthians,  '  All  is  yours,'*  which  is  the  general.  The 
church  is  yours^  '  whether  Paul,  or  Apollos,  or  Cephas,  or  things  present, 
or  things  to  come,  or  life,,  or  death,  or  the  world,  all  is  yours,  you  are 
Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.' 

And  from  this  general  truth  the  apostle  deducts  this,  '  it  is  for  your  sake.' 
All  things  that  we  sufi'er,  all  things  that  are  done  to  us  is  for  your  sake.  If 
so  be  all  things  are  for  the  church's  sake,  beloved,  ive  ought  to  join  ivith 
God,  as  Paul  doth  here.  Christ  hath  passed  as  it  were  a  deed  of  gift  of  all 
things  to  the  church,  to  serve  her  turn,  to  bring  the  church  to  heaven.  Shall 
not  God's  intent,  and  Christ's  intent,  be  ours  ?  Saith  he,  all  that  I  do  and 
suifer  is  for  your  sake.  It  is  a  happy  thing  when  God's  intentions  and 
ends,  and  our  ends,  shall  meet  in  one,  beloved,  voluntarily.  And  God  will 
bring  all  men's  ends  to  serve  his  against  their  wills.  Oh  but  happy  are  we 
if  we  can  make  our  ends  meet  with  God's  ends  willingly  and  cheerfully. 

Quest..  What  is  the  gi'ound  of  this,  '  that  all  things  are  for  the  church's 
sake ' ? 

Reason  1.  The  ground  of  it  is,  that  covenant,  icherein  God  2-)assetJi,  over 
himself  as  it  ivere  to  the  church,  *  I  will  be  your  God.'  And  Christ  he  is  as 
it  were  not  his  own  ;  he  is  the  church's.  Christ  is  the  church's.  There- 
fore all  are  the  church's.  All  the  three  persons  of  the  Trinity  have  their 
title  of  excellency  from  relation  to  the  church.  God  a  Father  in  regard  of 
the  church  ;  Christ  a  redeemer  in  regard  of  the  church  ;  the  Holy  Ghost  a 
comforter  in  regard  of  the  church.  So  God  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy 
Ghost,  they  are  in  covenant  with  the  church.  And  they  are  the  church's, 
as  it  were  making  themselves  the  church's,  out  of  that  infinite  bottomless 
love ;  being  God,  they  have  made  themselves  the  church's. 

Now  if  God  himself  be  the  church's,  and  in  covenant  with  it,  that  the 
church  may  improve  him,  and  whatsoever  is  in  him,  all  his  excellent  attri- 
butes for  their  comfort  and  good,  shall  not  all  other  things  be  the  church's  ? 
If  God  himself  be  reconciled  to  the  church,  shall  not  all  things  else  be 
reconciled  ?  If  God  be  in  covenant,  shall  not  every  thing  ?  '  The  stones  in 
the  street  be  in  covenant  with  him,'  as  Job  saith,  v.  23. 

Reason  2.  A  second  subordinate  ground  to  this  is,  the  union  with  Christ 
the  kinfi  of  the  church.  Now  all  things  serve  Christ,  who  is  the  king  of 
heaven  and  earth  ;  his  kingdom  reaches  from  heaven  to  the  bottom  of  hell ; 
he  overruleth  cursed  devils  and  wicked  spirits.  Who  is  he  whom  the 
devils  obey  ?  saith  God.  Now  if  all  things  serve  Christ,  they  serve  his 
spouse,  by  reason  of  the  union  and  spiritual  commerce  with  Christ,  to 
whom  God  hath  dedicated  and  committed  the  rule  and  government  of 
heaven  and  earth.  All  things  are  mine  in  heaven  and  earth,  committed  to 
me,  saith  Christ,  when  he  ascended  into  heaven  ;  and  therefore  as  Christ 
is  the  great  Lord  of  the  world,  so  the  chm-ch  is  the  great  queen  and 
empress  of  the  world.  All  things  serve  Christ  the  husband,  and  all  things 
must  serve  the  church  his  spouse.  It  must  be  so.  God  is  in  covenant 
with  the  church,  and  Christ  is  hers  by  union  with  the  church.  '  Touch 
*  Cf.  '  A  Christian's  Portion,'  ante,  p.  6,  seq. — G. 


468  COMMENTARY  ON 

not  mine  anointed,  and  do  my  prophets  no  barm,'  Ps.  cv.  15.  Withhold 
the  hand  of  violence  from  them,  they  are  mine.  So  Christ  is  head,  king, 
and  husband  of  the  church,  and  will  not  suffer  her  to  be  wronged  in  bis 
sight,  but  all  things  shall  serve  for  the  church's  good. 

Beason  3.  Again,  to  come  nearer  and  lower  to  us.  If  yon  look  to  its,  all 
is  for  the  church's  sake,  the  children  of  God  too;  because  God  hath  put  a 
Spirit  into  his  church  to  extract  good  out  of  all.  'All  is  for  your  sakes.' 
The  Spirit  of  God  shall  teach  jon  to  see  God  seeking  your  good  in  all 
things.  God  puts  it  into  the  spirit  of  his  children  to  seek  the  good  of  his 
church  in  all  things.  Paul  had  the  Spirit  of  God  to  direct  his  aims,  as 
none  but  the  child  of  God  hath  right  aims  to  seek  God  in  all  things,  and 
bis  glory. 

■  The  church  hath  the  Spirit  of  God  to  see  God  seeking  their  good  in  all 
things.  '  This  shall  turn  to  my  good,'  saith  Paul,  *  through  the  supplies 
of  the  Spirit  and  j^our  prayers,'  Philip,  i.  19.  The  church  prayeth  that  all 
things  may  serve  for  his  good  ;  that  God  would  sanctify  all  his  crosses  and 
afflictions  ;  that  God  would  bless  magistrates,  ministers,  and  all  ordinances 
for  their  good ;  that,  with  the  Spirit  of  God,  and  this  action's*  exercise 
of  the  Spirit  of  thanksgiving  and  prayer,  all  things  are  made  for  the 
church's  good,  because  they  have  a  spirit  specially  shewing  itself  in  a  spirit 
of  prayer,  to  work  good  out  of  everything.  Therefore  the  children  of  God 
pray  that  God  would  bless  his  sufferings  and  deliverances,  and  all  things, 
not  for  his  own  good,  but  for  the  church's  good.  And  the  church  itself 
and  every  good  Christian  labours  to  see  God,  seeking  and  deriving  good  to 
themselves  out  of  everything  ;  for  the  covenant  of  God,  being  friends  of 
God ;  and  they  are  near  to  Christ,  and  near  to  God  in  Christ.  And  they 
labour  to  see  the  love  of  God  and  the  love  of  Christ  in  all  things,  that  so 
the  sweetness  and  communion  of  the  love  may  be  increased.  God  acquaints 
them  with  his  secrets  in  everything,  so  much  as  may  be  for  their  eternal 
good  ;  and  with  the  secrets  of  his  election,  how  he  directeth  and  ordereth 
all  things  to  their  good.  He  never  corrects  but  he  instructs  with  it ;  he 
never  afflicteth  but  they  know  the  ground  of  it ;  and  so  by  the  Spirit  of 
God  are  enabled  to  draw  good  out  of  everything.  In  prosperity  they  see 
God  seeking  their  encouragement ;  in  crosses  they  see  God  seeking  their 
humility  and  repentance.  So  that  on  these  and  other  grounds  which  I 
might  name,  all  things  are  for  the  church's  sake.  Why  do  the  children  of 
God  look  for  the  good  of  the  church  ? 

The  reason  why  Saint  Paul  as  a  minister  sought  the  good  of  the  church, 
was  the  relation  between  a  master  and  a  people,  between  an  apostle  and 
people,  called  and  gathered  by  him  ;  and  in  relation  as  a  Christian,  because 
fellow- members  with  them. 

If  I  were  to  speak  to  ministers,  I  would  speak  of  the  relation  between 
pastors  and  people,  how  they  should  seek  the  good  one  of  another  ;  but  as 
a  Christian,  all  is  for  your  sake.  No  Christian  but  as  soon  as  [he  is]  a 
Christian  hath  a  public  mind  inspired  into  him  to  seek  the  good  of  others ; 
he  concurs  with  God  willingly.  As  soon  as  ever  he  is  a  Christian,  he 
learneth  self-denial ;  he  knows  he  hath  given  up  himself  and  all  to  God,  to 
the  church,  and  he  is  become  a  servant  to  others  for  Christ's  sake.  As 
soon  as  ever  a  man  begins  to  be  a  Christian  he  hath  a  spirit  of  love,  and 
seeketh  not  his  own  good.  As  soon  as  ever  a  man  becomes  a  Christian,  he 
hath  a  spirit  enlarged,  he  hath  higher  and  farther  aims,  and  large  affections 
towards  God  and  the  church ;  his  soul  is  large.  All  other  men  are  straitened 
*  Qu.  '  active ' '? — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   15.  4G9 

in  their  aflfections,  and  strengthened  in  their  aims.  They  have  poor  aims 
and  ends  of  their  own.  And  in  their  affections  they  be  straitened  ;  they 
cannot  love,  nor  long  after  good  things,  yea,  they  be  straitened  to  their  own 
in  all  things.  He  is  within  his  own  circumference,  within  his  own  term  ; 
his  terminus  rednctivus  is  himself.  He  reduceth  all  to  himself,  and  seeks 
himself  in  all  things.  He  thinks  not  that  he  doth  sin,  but  he  doth,  for  it 
is  impossible  any  but  a  Christian  should  seek  the  good  of  othei's  as  they 
should ;  but  as  soon  as  [he  is]  a  Christian,  the  Spirit  of  Grod  maketh  the 
heart  public  to  seek  the  good  of  others.  And  the  more  Spirit  of  Christ,  the 
more  they  seek  the  good  of  others ;  and  they  that  be  greatest  in  heaven 
are  the  greatest  servants.  Christ  is  greatest  in  heaven,  and  who  was  more 
made  a  servant  ?  He  became  a  curse  to  make  us  blessed  :  poor  to  make  us 
rich.  As  he  was  the  greatest  sen'ant  that  died  for  others,  so  they  that  be 
the  greatest  next  to  him  have  learned  self-denial. 

Not  they  that  heap  up  great  states,  and  are  put  into  great  places,  but 
they  that  have  public  minds  and  public  spirits,  that  seek  the  good  of  others, 
and  abase  themselves  for  the  good  of  others,  such  as  Paul  is  here,  '  All  is 
for  you,  and  for  your  sake.' 

I  beseech  you,  therefore,  make  this  use  of  it ;  learn  of  so  excellent  an 
apostle  as  Saint  Paul  xras,  to  have  large  affections  and  puhlic  aims  and  ends. 
Labour  to  discern  of  your  conditions  and  states  by  this,  that  you  have  the 
Spirit  of  Christ  in  you  ;  because  to  do  good  to  others  you  can  deny  your- 
selves.    '  All  things  are  for  your  sake.' 

This  should  teach  us  likewise  to  have  honourable  and  high  esteems  of  God's 
people.  Ai'e  they  such  whom  Christ  gave  himself  for,  and  made  himself  of 
no  reputation  and  power  for  ?  Are  they  such  as  heaven  and  earth  serve, 
and  shall  we  despise  them  ?  Are  they  God's  darlings,  as  dear  to  him  as 
the  apple  of  his  eye  ?  Are  they  the  jewels,  as  the  Scripture  sets  them  out 
in  such  excellent  terms  ?  Are  they  his  friends  ?  are  they  his  heirs  and 
fellow-heirs  with  Christ  ?  Are  they  such  as  the  Holy  Scriptures  sets  them 
down  ?  Are  '  all  things  for  their  sakes  ?'  and  shall  not  we  have  honourable 
esteems  of  them  ?  Let  this  rectify  our  conceits  of  them,  that  they  be  not 
worth}^  to  live  in  the  world,  when  indeed  the  world  is  not  worthy  of  them, 
'  All  things  are  for  your  sake.'  Suppose  they  have  nothing  in  possession, 
yet  in  use  and  service  all  things  serve  them  to  bring  them  to  heaven,  and 
direct  them  for  their  good. 

They  are  here  as  princes  in  a  strange  countrj^,  that  must  be  honoured  for 
their  father's  sake,  and  for  their  countiy's  sake.  They  shall  be  great  men 
when  they  come  home ;  and  therefore  howsoever  the  world  valueth  and 
esteemeth  them,  when  we  see  any  price  of  grace  and  of  the  Spirit  of  God, 
think  that  these  be  yours,  for  the  present  all  things  be  theirs.  Oh  but  how 
great  will  they  be  ?  These  shall  be  Christ's,  not  the  world's  ;  these  shall 
sit  and  judge  the  woiid  ;  they  shall  judge  me,  if  I  be  not  a  Christian,  ere 
long.  Now,  therefore,  let  me  take  heed  how  I  despise  one  of  Christ's  little 
ones,  how  I  debase  such  a  one  that  is  so  great  in  God's  esteem,  for  whose 
sake  the  world  stands  ;  and  let  this  respect  to  them  evidence  to  us  that  have 
another  spirit  than  the  world  hath,  that  we  know  another  Christ. 

And  again,  let  it  comfort  God's  people,  who  have  some  testimonij  that  they 
are  his,  in  their  losses,  in  their  crosses,  in  their  misusage  in  the  world.  Let 
them  consider,  are  they  so  to  God,  are  they  so  to  Christ  ?  Oh  no  !  Let 
them  labour  therefore  for  a  spirit  of  patience  and  courage  to  go  through 
good  reports,  bad  reports ;  good  usage,  bad  usage ;  for  the  worst  thing 
that  befalls  them  hath  a  command  to  do  them  good.     '  Do  the  young  man 


470  COMMENTARY  ON 

no  harm,'  saith  David  of  Absalom,  2  Sam.  xviii.  5,  And  so  all  things 
have  a  command  to  do  God's  people  no  harm.  Kings  have  a  prohibition : 
•  Touch  not  mine  anointed,'  Ps.  cv.  15.  There  is  a  prohibition  given  that 
no  hurt  shall  be  done.  They  may  kill  thorn,  but  not  hurt  them  ;  imprison 
them,  but  not  hurt  them  ;  they  may  wrong  them,  but  not  hurt  them  ;  that 
is,  they  cannot  hinder  their  everlasting  good,  they  cannot  take  away  their 
Christ,  their  comfort,  their  peace,  or  touch  them  in  their  names ;  but 
oftentimes,  against  their  wills,  do  them  most  good  when  they  think  to  do 
them  most  harm.  And  therefore,  I  beseech  you,  labour  for  a  spirit  of 
comfort,  considering  all  things  are  for  our  sakes,  if  we  be  Christ's. 

I  have  been  something  long  in  the  point,  but  it  is  comfortable  and  useful. 
I  will  now  haste  to  tbat  which  followeth. 

*  All  things  are  for  your  sakes,  that  the  abundant  grace,  through  the 
thanksgiving  of  many,  may  redound  to  the  glory  of  God.' 

The  second  ground  of  comfort  is  from  the  main  end  of  all,  n-hich  is  the 
fflonj  of  GocL  Here  is  a  sweet  combination  of  the  grace  of  God  and  the 
glory  of  God,  '  that  abundant  grace,  through  the  thanksgiving  of  many, 
might  redound  to  the  glory  of  God.'  The  links  of  this  chain  are  these : — 
God  suffers  his  children  in  this  world  to  be  exercised ;  in  the  exercise  he 
giveth  evidence  of  his  presence,  by  grace  and  by  comfort ;  and  after  all 
delivers  them,  giving  them  cause  and  matter  of  praise ;  and  that  praise  is 
the  praise  not  only  of  themselv^es,  but  of  many.  The  praise  of  themselves 
and  many,  returneth  to  the  glory  of  God.  Here  is  grace  breedeth  praise, 
praise  breedeth  glory. 

We  will  handle  the  words  as  they  lie  :  *  that  the  abundant  grace,  through 
the  thanksgiving  of  many,  may  redound  to  the  glory  of  God.' 

'  The  abundant  grace.'  "What  doth  he  mean  by  abundant  gi-ace  ?  We 
shall  know  it  a  little  by  distinguishing  a  little  the  word  of  grace  in  the 
Scripture. 

Primitive^  grace  is  the  free  favour  of  God  in  forgiving  of  sins,  and  access 
to  life  everlasting. 

Secondly,  The  next  grace  that  springs  from  -that  is  grace  u-herehy  we  are 
sanctified,  usually  called  habitual  f  grace,  vv'hereby  our  natures  have  a  stamp 
of  Christ  on  them,  and  we  are  transformed  into  his  image. 

Thirdly,  Grace  is  the  stirring  of  ns  vp,  exciting  grace  stirring  up  that  grace 
that  is  in  us ;  and  draws  it  forth  to  particular  actions,  of  doing,  and  suffer- 
ing, and  resisting,  and  carrying  ourselves  as  Christians  should  do.  For 
besides  the  favour  of  God,  and  the  fruit  of  that  favour,  which  is  of  our 
nature,  there  must  be  spiritual  stirring  grace  to  act  and  stir  up  the  grace 
which  would  otherwise  lie  sleeping  in  us  ;  there  must  be  new  grace  on  all 
occasions.  '  God  must  give  the  will  and  the  deed,'  Philip,  ii.  13.  God 
must  stir  us  up  to  every  good  action,  as  I  have  shewed  at  large  heretofore. 
A  man  cannot  do  the  good  he  is  enabled  to  do  by  an  habitual  grace,  unless 
he  have  grace  to  stir  him  up  to  do.  As  he  hath  all  graces  in  general  to 
enable  him,  so  he  must  have  new  graces  for  every  new  act ;  he  must  have 
constancy  of  spirit.  And  if  the  troubles  be  great,  there  be  enlargements 
of  grace;  as  if  a  man  carries  a  greater  burden,  he  must  have  more  strength. 
But, 

Fourthly,  Grace  is  any  favour  that  cometh  from  the  j^Tiniitive  grace  and 
favour  of  God.  As  we  say  of  a  great  man,  when  he  giveth  a  petty  thing 
to  an  inferior  person.  This  is  such  [a]  man's  grace. 

Or  grace  is  such  a  thing  that  springeth  from  his  love  and  fovour  to 
*  That  is,  'primarily.' — G.  f  I'hat  is,  =  grace  as  a  '  habit.' — G. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   ]  5.  471 

US.  So  not  only  the  favour  of  God  that  accepts  to  Hfe  everlasting,  and 
that  inward  grace  of  God's  Spirit,  and  that  actual  grace  that  stirs  to  every 
good  action,  but  everything  that  comes  from  God  is  grace. 

When  God  once  enters  into  covenant  with  us,  to  become  our  God,  to 
love  us  in  Christ,  whatsoever  befalls  us  comes  to  us  as  a  fruit  of  that  love  ; 
for  he  being  Lord  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  having  all  things  at  command, 
will  not  suffer  the  wind  to  blow  upon  his  church,  will  not  suffer  the  waves 
to  beat  upon  it,  but  out  of  love,  and  for  the  good  of  the  church  ;  for  other- 
wise his  government  and  wisdom  would  be  impeached.     And, 

Fifthly  and  lastly,  By  abundant  grace  is  meant  the  jiresence  of  God,  the 
assistance  of  God  unto  Paid  in  suffering,  and  God's  delivering  him  out  of 
trouble.  These  two  things  he  specially  means.  God's  presence  in  troubles, 
and  delivering  him  out  of  them. 

It  is  a  grace  of  God  that  we  have  faith.  It  is  a  grace  of  God  that  we 
have  strength  to  suffer  for  that  faith.  To  endure  anything  is  a  special 
grace.  '  To  you  it  is  given  to  suffer,'  Philip,  i.  29.  It  is  a  more  special 
grace  when  we  have  not  only  grace  to  believe,  and  grace  to  suffer,  but 
strength  of  faith.  And  therefore  '  it  is  given,  not  only  to  believe,  but  to 
suffer.'  It  is  grace  to  have  special  peace,  and  joy,  and  comfort  in  the 
midst  of  all  spiritual  contrary  conditions.  And  therefore  God's  presence 
and  comfort  in  the  midst  of  his  disconsolate  estate  was  a  grace  ;  and  not 
only  the  doctrine  of  suffering  for  Christ  [is]  a  grace,  but  whatsoever  comes 
from  the  presence  of  God  is  a  grace  likewise.  And  likewise  his  deliver- 
ance out  is  a  grace.  For  as  gold  comes  purer  out  of  the  furnace,  so  Paul 
comes  richer  in  experience  out  of  trouble ;  rich  in  faith,  rich  in  love,  rich 
in  mortification ;  more  heavenly-minded  in  the  experience  of  God  and  his 
ways,  and  every  way ;  and  therefore  it  is  an  exceeding  grace.  And  then 
[it  is]  a  grace  that  God  will  bound  and  limit  the  malice  of  the  devil  and  his 
instruments,  that  thus  long  they  shall  trouble  them,  and  then  set  them  at 
liberty.  So  that  hereby  we  may  plainly  see,  that  all  is  done  in  favour  of 
the  church. 

So  it  is  a  grace,  that  God  hath  put  bounds  and  limits  to  the  boundless 
malice  of  Satan  and  his  instruments,  to  deliver  the  church,  or  any  poor 
member  of  the  church,  as  Paul  was,  at  any  time  ;  and  therefore  they  were 
to  reckon  all  graces  that  they  were  to  praise  God  for,  both  for  his  trouble 
and  for  his  deliverance  out  of  trouble,  they  being  both  graces. 

Quest.  But  why  doth  he  call  it  '  abundant  grace  ? ' 

Ans.  This  St  Paul  doth  out  of  his  abundant  humility,  and  out  of  hia 
abundant  love  to  God  ;  out  of  his  abundant  measure  of  knowledge  of  the 
love  of  God  towards  him  ;  for  Paul's  seeing  and  knowing  were  his  own ; 
want  of  worth  in  himself  and  his  own  weakness  in  himself,  at  the  best,  are 
nothing  in  themselves.*  And  St  Paul,  weighing  and  considering  the  mighty 
power  and  malice  of  the  enemy,  the  devil  and  his  instruments,  that  laboured 
to  trouble  him  and  oppose  the  gospel, — when  Paul  saw  that  opposition  and 
his  own  weakness  ;  when  Paul  saw  likewise  the  evidence  and  demonstration 
of  the  excellency  of  God  in  being  present  with  him  in  trouble,  and  deliver- 
ing him  out  of  trouble,  saw  the  power,  and  goodness,  and  mercy  of  God, 
here  was  an  abundant  grace,  here  was  a  spring-tide  of  grace,  as  an  over- 
flowing, as  he  saith,  '  My  cup  overfloweth,'  Ps.  xxiii.  5.  I  have  not  only 
for  necessity,  but  something  for  abundance  :  '  My  cup  overfloweth,  and  thoa 

Qu.  '  for  Paul  seeing  and  knowing  his  own  want  of  worth  in  himself,  and  his  own 
weakness  in  himself,  and  that  his  own  worth  and  his  own  strength,  at  the  best,  are 
nothing  in  themselves  '  ? — Ed. 


472  COMMENTARY  ON 

hast  spread  my  table  in  the  sight  of  mine  enemies.'  David  considered  the 
circumstances  of  God's  bounty,  for  it  was  abundant.  And  Paul  considering 
the  great  comforts  that  he  had  in  the  Lord,  his  great  enemies  and  God's,  and 
the  malice  of  them  against  him  and  his  God  ;  here  was  an  abundant  grace. 
Beloved,  let  us  learn  from  hence,  first  of  all,  to  see  God  in  everything  that 
befalls  us  :  in  sufferings,  deliverance,  the  dealing  of  others  towards  us.  See 
the  grace  of  God  in  it.  There  is,  jon  know,  in  things  in  this  world,  the 
bulk  and  surplus,  or  body  of  things  ;  and  then  there  is  the  spirit,  and 
quintessence,  and  vigour  of  things  :  an  extract,  the  vigour  and  quintessence 
of  things.  What  are  they  ?  They  are  next  to  nothing.  Take  out  God's 
grace,  God's  mercy  out  of  things,  what  are  things  ?  what  is  the  world  ? 
Take  away  God's  love,  what  is  riches  ?  what  is  honour  and  worth  ?  There- 
fore, in  every  thing,  see  it  as  a  grace,  see  it  as  derived  from  the  primitive 
grace,  from  the  favour  and  mercy  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ.  And  then  we 
cannot  but  be  thankful,  for  we  shall  see  the  sweetness  of  grace.  Every 
little  gift,  though  by  the  hand  of  man,  nay,  every  injury  that  is  sanctified, 
he  seeth  it  as  a  grace  of  God,  looks  to  see  God  in  it,  his  free  love  and  grace 
among  men.  What  is  that  that  commends  any  thing  to  us  that  comes  from 
another  ?  Not  the  thing,  but  the  mind  of  the  person  that  sends  it ;  not 
the  bringer,  but  the  sender.  So  when  we  have  anything,  look  to  God  the 
sender.  Look  not  to  the  thing,  but  to  the  love  of  God  in  the  thing,  which 
is  the  spirit,  and  quintessence,  and  vigour  of  the  thing,  the  best  thing. 
Nay,  anything  in  the  world  is  the  love  of  God  in  it,  derived  to  us  through  it. 
Let  the  grace  of  God  be  derived  through  losses,  crosses,  injuries  ;  they  be 
sweet.  '  It  is  given  to  suffer,'  Philip,  i.  29.  Every  one  is  not  partaker  of 
such  a  favour.  See  the  grace  and  favour  of  God  in  health,  and  wealth,  and 
strength,  and  riches,  the  life  and  quintessence  of  all,  which  commends  all 
to  a  Christian  soul.  God  deriveth  and  conveyeth  his  grace  and  love  to 
men  through  this.  This  is  a  little  drop  of  that  great  love  that  he  beareth 
to  me  in  Jesus  Christ.  This  cometh  from  that  love  by  which  he  intends 
heaven  to  me.  And  when  God  intends  heaven  and  happiness,  and  to  be 
with  him  for  ever,  everything  that  befalls  us  by  the  way  hath  something  of 
that  love,  as  it  were  dipped  in  that  love.  Whatsoever  befalls  us  between 
this  and  heaven,  if  we  be  God's  children,  it  hath  a  tincture  of  that  love,  to 
make  him  keep  heaven  for  us.  And  therefore  labour  to  see  the  grace  and 
love  of  God  in  everything,  see  the  language  of  Canaan,  the  language  of  the 
Spirit  of  God.  That  that  puts  the  style  upon  grace,  a  free  gift,  an  unde- 
served thing  issuing  from  love,  it  implieth  love  and  freeness  and  undeserving 
in  the  person  that  hath  it.  Therefore,  conceive  of  every  thing,  we  have  it 
first  from  it ;  is  undeserved  on  my  part,  comes  from  love.  This  will  make 
us  use  things  as  we  should,  to  the  glory  of  the  Giver,  and  it  will  make  us 
comfortable  in  all  conditions,  as  grace.  And  labour,  as  the  apostle  doth 
here,  to  see  them  abundant  graces,  to  raise  the  favours  of  God  to  an  high 
esteem,  as  Paul  doth  here  :  '  It  is  abundant  grace.'  And  that  we  may  think 
the  grace  of  God  is  great,  considering  to  whom  he  hath  denied  it.  Hath 
not  he  denied  it  to  thousands  ?  Therefore  we  have  abundant  gi'ace  in  us, 
with  great  opposition  ;  therefore  an  abundant  grace.  Consider  the  designs 
of  the  devil  and  devilish-minded  men,  who  would  have  the  church  trampled 
under  foot.  Is  it  not  above  our  worth  ?  Do  we  deserve  so  much  ?  Oh 
no  !  Then  it  is  *  abundant  grace.'  We  that  deserve  nothing  should  be 
thankful  for  everything,  as  a  beggar  that  deserveth  nothing  is  thankful  for 
every  little  gift.  Labour  thus  to  see  a  grace  in  everything,  and  labour  to 
see  an  abundant  grace.  , 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   15.  473 

The  graces  of  God  bestowed  on  St  Paul  raisetli  up  thankfulness  of  many, 
and  that  tendeth  to  the  glory  of  God.  Many  had  the  prayers  of  St  Paul,* 
for  he  had  commended  himself  to  their  prayers :  Rom.  xv.  30,  '  Strive  with 
God  for  me  by  prayer;'  and  so  the  Philippians  and  others,  '  I  shall  be  de- 
livered by  your  prayers,'  Philem.  ver.  22.  It  was  usual  with  Paul  to  com- 
mend himself  to  the  church  and  people  of  God ;  and  having  done  so,  he  knew 
that  of  course  they  would  praise  God.  As  he  desires  them  to  pray  for  him, 
that  God  would  be  present  with  him  in  trouble,  and  deliver  him  out,  so 
he  knew  they  would  praise  God.  And  as  many  prayers  for  him,  so  many 
praises  for  him  ;  and  therefore,  '  through  the  thanksgiving  of  many,'  &c. 

Beloved,  here  see  that  the  blessing  of  God  bestowed  upon  pubhc  persons, 
or  upon  the  church,  or  public  persons  in  the  church,  should  stir  up  thanks, 
and  many  thanks  of  many  persons.  Many  thanks  v>^ere  given  for  the  grace 
of  God  shewed  to  St  Paul. 

Reason  1.  I  said  before,  that  a  Christian,  when  he  becometh  a  true 
Christian,  hath  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  him,  and  hath  learned  self-denial. 
He  can  love  others,  especially  public  persons  that  be  eminent  in  their 
standing  for  the  good  of  the  church,  upon  whom  the  good  and  honour  of 
the  church  dependeth  in  a  great  measure.  And  therefore  you  see  the 
Corinth[ianJs  praise  God  for  St  Paul. 

We  should  therefore  labour  for  to  consider  ichat  favours  God  sheiceth  to 
his  church,  to  any  i)uhlic  2'>erson  in  the  church,  magistrates,  ministers,  or  any 
notable  Christian  or  friend;  praise  God  for  his  benefits  to  others.  Thus,  in 
the  prophet  David's  time,  the  good  people  made  a  circle  as  it  were  ;  'The 
righteous  shall  come  about  me,'  and  were  glad  and  joyful,  and  gave  praise 
for  his  sake,  and  this  made  him,  Ps.  Ixvi.  16,  say,  '  Come  hither,  ye  chil- 
dren, and  I  will  teach  you  what  the  Lord  hath  done  for  my  soul.'  He 
inviteth  them  to  come,  and  tells  them  what  the  Lord  hath  done  for  him, 
that  they  may  praise  God.  '  The  righteous  shall  hear  it  and  be  glad,'  Ps. 
Ixiv.  10.  And  therefore,  in  the  communion  of  saints,  the  sweetest  com- 
munion is  the  rejoicing  and  giving  of  thanks  for  the  good  that  God  doth  to 
others,  especially  those  that  be  eminent  in  the  church. 

Reaso)i  2.  Another  reason  that  concerns  ourselves  is  this  :  Our  good  is 
laid  vp  in  the  good  and  prosperity  of  otiiers ;  our  good  is  in  the  communion- 
ship  of  the  church  and  commonwealth ;  our  private  welfare  in  the  public. 
As  it  is  in  the  state,  so  especially  in  that  heavenly  commonwealth  of  the 
church,  the  communion  of  saints,  the  good  of  one  dependeth  on  the  good 
of  the  other.  Why  ?  Because  God  deriveth  and  conveyeth  all  good  to 
man  by  man.  It  is  his  ordinance,  he  will  have  it  so.  And  therefore,  con- 
sidering he  deriveth  good  to  men  by  men,  therefore,  when  he  sheweth  any 
favour  unto  men,  we  ought  to  praise  God  for  it,  because  God  deriveth  good 
by  that  man  to  us.  A  Christian  is  a  public  good,  because  he  hath  a  public 
mind.  When  any  favour  he  hath  of  God,  he  is  sure  the  public  shall  be  the 
better  for  it,  he  will  be  useful,  he  will  be  serviceable.  As  soon  as  ever  a 
man  is  a  Christian,  he  becomes  as  a  tree  of  righteousness ;  and  therefore, 
if  you  see  favours  bestowed  upon  any  good  man,  thank  God  for  it,  especially 
if  it  be  a  Paul,  a  blessed  instrument  on  whom  the  good  of  many  dependeth. 

Therefore,  what  shall  we  say  of  them  that  be  led  by  the  spirit  of  envy, 
that  think  they  have  the  less  the  more  others  have,  that  have  an  ill  eye  ? 
Oh,  beloved,  take  away  that  cursed  spirit  of  envy !  That  that  I  have  is 
thine,  and  that  that  thou  hast  is  mine ;  in  religion,  there  is  a  kind  of 
blessed  community.  The  more  thou  hast  the  more  I  have.  If  thy  envy 
*  Qu.  '  St  Paul  had  the  prayers  of  many'  ? — G. 


474  COMMENTARY  ON 

hinder  thee  not,  and  if  envy  be  taken  away,  the  more  thou  hast  the  more 
I  have.  Oh  take  heed  of  this  cursed  spirit,  that  hinders  us  from  praising 
God  for  the  good  of  others  ;  as  Paul  doth  here,  that  saith,  God  sball  have 
praise,  and  many  praises  for  his  goodness  shewed  to  me. 

Now,  he  saith  many  praises,  because  many  had  prayed.  When  they 
receive  the  harvest  of  prayers,  they  are  thankful.  You  know  prayer  is  a 
sowing  in  God's  bosom.  Prayer  is  a  seed.  So  many  prayers,  so  many 
seeds  sown  in  heaven.  When  the  harvest  comes,  when  they  see  the  fruit 
and  issue  of  their  prayers,  then  they  praise  God. 

If  we  will  therefore  praise  God,  learn  this  one  thing,  for  to  observe  what 
we  pi-ay  for ;  not  to  pray  at  random  and  never  to  observe  whether  God 
answers  or  no,  that  we  may  be  able  to  render  his  tribute  due  to  him.  How 
he  answers  our  prayers  for  the  church,  for  the  special  instruments  of  the 
church's  good,  king,  and  state ;  how  he  answers  cur  prayers  for  our  par- 
ticular friends  ;  and  then  let  him  have  the  tribute  that  he  requires  of  every 
one,  which  is  only  praise.  There  is  a  kind  of  friendship  between  God  and 
us,  by  which  we  enter  into  covenant  with  him;  and  friendship  is  maintained 
by  duty,  by  returning  of  whatsoever  we  receive.  Now,  when  we  pray  to 
God,  and  have  this  blessing,  and  that  blessing,  and  give  nothing  to  God 
again,  friendship  will  not  be  maintained  without.  When  men  are  graves 
for  benefits,  to  bury  them,  and  return  nothing  again,  this  dissolveth  the 
bonds  of  friendship  among  men,  and  it  dissolveth  also  that  bond  with  God, 
when  they  derive  blessed  benefits  and  return  nothing  back  again.  Thanks 
is  nothing  but  a  reflection  to  the  favours  wherein  he  hath  sbined  on  us 
first.  It  is  his  due,  and  an  echo ;  therefore,  give  thanks  for  blessings  to 
ourselves  and  others.  And  to  that  end,  observe  hovf  he  hears  our  prayers 
for  ourselves  and  others. 

But  how  doth  the  thanksgiving  of  many  redound  to  the  glory  of  God  ? 
Certainly  it  doth,  '  that  the  thanksgiving  of  many  may  redound  to  the  glory 
of  God.'  The  more  heart,  the  better  music  in  God's  ears,  the  better 
music  and  the  louder  music ;  the  more  the  praj^ers  are,  the  more  are  the 
praises,  Prov.  xiv.  28.  The  wise  man  saith,  '  The  glory  of  a  king  is  in 
the  multitude  of  his  subjects,'  and  the  glory  of  God  is  in  the  multitude  of 
subjects,  thankful  subjects,  that  will  return  praise  to  him,  give  him  the 
tribute  he  requires  at  our  hands ;  the  wages  and  service  is  to  him  the 
more  the  better.  When  a  company  can,  as  it  were,  levy  an  army,  not 
only  in  prayers,  to  ofier  an  holy  violence  to  God,  to  get  a  blessing,  but 
when  it  is  gotten  to  join  in  company  to  praise  God,  Oh  it  is  a  blessed 
sound,  a  blessed  noise  in  God's  ears,  when  many  do  it. 

Beason.  The  reason  is  this,  because  there  is  more  abundance  of  incense. 
Prayers  and  praises  be  incense,  and  if  the  prayer  of  any  one  man  be  power- 
ful with  God,  of  one  righteous  man,  what  is  the  prayer  of  many  righteous 
men  ?  If  the  praise  of  one  man  be  incense,  what  are  the  praises  of  many? 
'  If  where  two  or  three  be  gathered  together,  Christ  is  in  the  midst  of  them,' 
Mat.  xviii.  20,  what  will  he  do  where  two  or  three  thousand  be  gathered  ? 
will  not  he  be  much  more  in  the  midst  of  them  ?  0  beloved,  company  is 
excellent  here,  and  therefore  as  you  have  it  recited  well  in  the  psalms,  stir 
up  one  another  to  praise  the  Lord,  '  Praise  the  Lord,  0  my  soul ;  and  all 
that  is  within  me,  praise  his  holy  name,'  Ps.  ciii.  1.  But  that  is  not 
enough,  '  Praise  the  Lord  all  his  angels,  all  the  creatures.'  The  holy 
prophet,  he  puts  a  voice  into  hills,  dragons,  mountains,  rivers,  and  every 
creature,  that  they  may  praise  the  Lord,  Ps.  cxlviii.  7. 

But  fearing  he  should  not  have  heart  and  spirit  enough  to  praise  God 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   15.  475 

enough,  he  stirs  up  *  sons  of  Levi,  sons  of  Aaron,  angels  of  heaven,  to  praise 
God.'  So  large  was  the  heart  of  that  blessed  man,  because  he  knew  if  the 
praises  of  one  would  be  acceptable,  what  would  the  praises  of  many  be  ? 
Why  have  we  such  narrow  hearts  ?  Indeed,  God  intends  our  good,  God 
intendeth  it,  for  to  make  us  heavenly-minded,  who  would  otherwise  have 
been  like  moles  in  the  earth,  but  in  regard  of  God,  that  we  may  think  of 
God,  and  praise  God,  and  therefore,  Ps.  xcii.,  there  is  a  psalm  of  the  Sab- 
bath, wherein  is  a  high  exaltation  of  God's  works.  And  we  have  the 
sacrament.  Why  is  it  called  eucharist,  the  Greek  word,*  but  because  it  is 
a  praising  of  God  ?  We  having  the  sacrament  are  to  praise  God  for  the 
good  we  have  by  his  body  broken,  his  blood  shed ;  and  therefore  have  cause 
of  the  greatest  praise  that  ever  was,  for  the  greatest  gift  that  ever  was  given, 
'  the  Son  of  man.'  It  is  God's  end  in  Sabbaths,  in  sacraments,  his  end  in 
all  his  favours  and  blessings  both  in  this  and  a  better  life ;  and  therefore 
let  us  stir  up  our  hearts,  and  stir  up  others  to  praise  God,  that  thanks- 
giving may  abound  by  many.  But  I  cannot  finish  this  argument  so 
necessary. 

For  some  rules  how  to  do  it  I  will  not  go  out  of  the  text,  because  I  have 
spoken  of  thanksgiving  upon  every  occasion. 

If  we  will  praise  God,  see  that  everything  he  a  grace,  he  a  grace  and 
ahnulant  grace,  answerable  to  the  degrees  of  goodness.  The  abundant 
grace  indeed  is  Jesus  Christ,  who  is  the  gift  of  gifts,  and  cause  of  all  gifts, 
and  the  good  we  have  by  him.  The  abundant  mercy  in  God  is,  new  birth 
in  Christ.  There  is  the  abundant  grace.  But  even  in  the  things  of  this 
life,  that  we  have  sacraments,  ministers,  helps  to  heaven,  is  abundant  grace. 
Beloved,  whatsoever  we  have  more  than  hell  by  nature,  it  is  all  grace ;  and 
when  we  be  Christians,  and  delivered  from  fear  of  hell,  whatsoever  is  overplus 
is  a  grace.  If  we  were  poor  all  our  life,  and  miserable  all  our  life,  what 
were  it  ?  But  when  to  our  way  to  heaven  God  giveth  double  portions, 
mercy  here,  and  abundant  hereafter,  here  is  '  abundant  redundant  grace.' 
Therefore  if  we  will  be  thankful,  see  grace  and  abundant  love  in  every- 
thing. And  consider  the  circumstances  that  increase  the  favours  of  God 
in  Christ  towards  us,  when  we  were  unworthy,  when  we  deserved  the  con- 
trary. It  came  in  opposition  of  the  enemy ;  it  came  when  we  had  much 
comfort  in  it,  being  stripped  of  all  other  comforts.  See  it  come  from  the 
spring  of  God's  favour,  and  see  all  the  sweet  circumstances  of  it,  and  that 
will  make  us  thankfuL 

And  then  consider  it  is  all  ice  can  do  or  need  to  do.  It  is  just  we  should  do  it. 
God  needeth  not  our  thanks  or  praises,  but  it  is  justice  on  our  part.  Is  it 
not  just  that  we  should  return  praise,  '  that  rivers  should  run  into  the  sea, 
from  whence  they  came?'  that  beams  should  reflect  to  the  sun,  from 
whence  they  came  ?  An  unthankful  person  is  an  unjust  person.  There- 
fore stir  up  others,  that  the  thanksgiving  may  be  by  many. 

But  now  ye  see  v,'hat  cause  he  gave  the  church  to  be  thankful.  Beloved, 
if  we  havef  the  Spirit  of  God ;  and  if  we  consider  the  churches  abroad  to 
whom  is  not  only  grace,  but  to  us  also,  we  being  all  the  spouse  of  one 
husband,  branches  of  one  root,  heirs  of  one  inheritance,  sheep  of  one  flock 
and  pasture,  all  as  from  one  head ;  whatsoever  God  doth,  and  whatsoever 
favours  he  sheweth  to  our  brethren  beyond  the  seas,  there  is  grace,  and 
abundant  grace  shewed.  And  now  there  ought  to  be  thanksgiving,  and 
'  thanksgiving  of  many,'  if  there  were  many  prayers,  and  for  the  church. 
Every  one  that  hath  the  spirit  of  prayer,  hath  many  prayers  for  the  church 
*  That  is,  lup^as/ffr/'a. — G.  t  Misprinted  '  Lad.'— G. 


476 


COJIMENTART  ON 


of  God.  And  so  mucli  humiliation  for  the  miseiy  of  the  church,  that,  as 
the  psalmist  saith,  'lay  among  the  pots,'  Ps.  Ixviii.  13,  as  scullions  do,  all 
besmeared  and  all  bedaubed  with  misery.  But  now  God  hath  brought  it 
from  '  among  the  pots,  and  covered  it  with  silver  Avings,'  the  wings  of  a 
dove,  and  begins  to  restore  beauty  and  excellency  to  the  church.  As  we 
were  then  ready  to  pour  forth  our  prayers  in  the  behalf  of  the  church,  now 
let  us  labour  to  have  our  hearts  enlarged  for  his  mercy  to  the  church,  that 
there  may  be  thanksgiving,  and  thanksgiving  of  man3\  This  is  our  duty, 
and  all  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God  will  do  it. 

Thus  the  saints  of  God  have  done  at  all  times.  You  see  when  the  ark 
was  brought  into  Jerusalem,  how  David  forgot  himself  and  kingly  state, 
and  danced  before  the  ark,  so  far  that  Michal  his  wife  scofted  at  him,  2  Sam. 
vi.  14,  seq.  And  so  we  should  rejoice  so,  as  if  we  had  forgot  ourselves, 
especially  them  that  it  nearly  concerneth  ;  as  it  concerneth  us  all,  indeed, 
as  if  we  were  in  their  case,  we  would  desire  others  to  rejoice  in  ourbehalfs. 
Prayers  went  '  out  of  Zion.'  God  blessed  the  church  out  of  our  Church  of 
England  ;  our  prayers  did  help  them.  An  army  of  prayers  is  as  good  as 
an  armj'  of  fighters.  Now  as  an  army  of  prayers  went  out  of  our  Zion,  so 
let  an  army  of  praises  go  out  of  our  Zion  :  '  Praises  w\ait  for  thee  in  Zion,' 
saith  the  psalmist,  Ps.  Ixv.  1. 

When  there  is  matter  of  praise,  make  the  best  use  of  it.  We  have  waited 
for  matter  of  praise,  we  have  waited  for  good  news,  and  we  have  news. 
Now  as  God  hath  helped  out  of  Zion,  so  let  us  help  with  our  praises,  for 
praises  help  as  well  as  prayer.  As  in  the  story  of  Jehoshaphat,  after  they 
had  praised  God  in  solemn  special  manner,  the  victory  came,  2  Chron.  xx.  21. 
Now  praises  prevail  more  than  prayers,  for  there  is  more  self-denial  in 
praises  than  in  prayer.  God  hath  more  honour,  and  all  his  attributes  to 
him,  whereas  self-love  may  move  a  man  to  pray.  Therefore,  I  beseech 
you,  as  we  have  helped  them  with  our  prayers,  so  help  them  with  our 
praises  to  God,  for  that  will  help  them  still  farther  and  farther.  When 
God  sees  he  gaineth  a  return  by  our  praises,  we  shall  have  matter  of  praise 
more  and  more,  and  still  cause  to  pray  that  we  have  an  heart  to  praise ; 
and  praises  shall  be  evermore  a  pleasing  obligation  to  God.  But  a  place 
of  all  places  is.  Rev.  xix.,  where  you  see  a  voice  in  heaven  crying  to  God 
to  avenge  the  blood  of  his  saints,  on  that  man  of  sin,  and  that  cursed  seat 
there ;  how  all  creatures  in  heaven  and  earth,  they  have  their  alleluiahs 
against  these  things.  *  I  heard  a  great  voice  and  much  people  in  heaven,' 
that  is,  the  church,  say,  '  Alleluiahs  !  Salvation,  glory,  and  honour,  and 
power,  be  given  to  the  Lord  our  God,'  much  people.  Here  is  many  thanks- 
giving. When  antichrist  begins  to  fall,  Babylon  to  fall,  we  that  belong  to 
the  people  of  God,  if  we  have  part  in  heaven,  or  any  portion  in  heaven, 
we  will  praise  God,  we  will  have  our  alleluiahs.  And  now  because  the 
work  is  beginning  we  should  join  with  a  choir  of  heaven,  join  with  the 
people  of  God,  join  with  angels,  join  with  all  God's  people.  *  Alleluia ! 
Salvation,  glory,  honour,  and  power,  be  to  the  Lord  our  God.'  Why,  what 
is  the  reason  ?  '  For  true  and  righteous  are  his  judgments  ;  he  hath 
judged  the  great  whore,  which  corrupted  the  earth  with  her  abominations.' 
And  again  '  they  cried.  Alleluia.  And  her  smoke  rose  up  for  ever  and 
ever ;'  and  so  '  the  four  and  twenty  elders  fell  down  and  worshipped  God. 
Alleluia.  Praise  God  all  ye  servants,  ye  that  fear  him,  both  small  and 
great,'  praise  and  glorify  God,  and  let  all,  small  and  great,  in  heaven  and 
earth,  join  in  praises.  If  we  had  any  wise  consideration  what  God  is 
working  now  in  heaven,  how  he  exalts  himself,  what  excellent  attributes  he 


2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   16-18.  477 

Bbewcth  in  delivering  his  church,  of  power,  and  justice,  and  mercy  in 
destroying  his  enemies ;  if  we  have  divine  spirits,  let  us  sing  forth  praises 
to  God,  expecting  by  God's  blessing  more  matter  to  praise  God,  to  sing 
alleluiahs  as  the  church  did  there. 

VERSES  16-18. 

For  u'Jiich  cmise  tve faint  not;  hut  though  our  outivard  man  perhh,  yet  the 
inward  man  is  renewed  day  by  day.  For  our  light  affliction,  vhich  is  hut 
for  a  moment,  icorketh  for  jis  a  far  more  exceeding  weight  of  glory ;  ivhile 
we  look  not  at  the  things  ivhich  are  seen,  but  at  the  things  uhich  are  not 
seen :  for  the  things  wJii^-h  are  seen  are  temporal;  but  the  tilings  which  are 
not  seen  are  eternal. 

A  little  to  touch  the  two  former  verses,  for  they  are  a  part  of  that 
heavenly  comfort  whereby  the  holy  apostle  raiseth  up  his  spirit  in  the 
midst  of  all  discouragements,  multiplying  comfort  upon  comfort,  as  trouble 
upon  trouble. 

Verse  16,  *  But  we  do  not  ftxint ;  though  our  outward  man  perish,  yet 
our  inward  man  is  renewed  day  by  day.'  '  We  do  not  faint.'  Indeed,  if 
we  look  upon  outward  causes,  there  is  great  reason  why  we  should  faint. 
For  if  we  look  within,  nature  is  weak,  the  suggestions  of  the  flesh  strong 
since  the  fall;  and  then  we  are  usually  beset  with  temptations  of  dis- 
couragements in  our  particular  calling,  thinking  we  could  do  anything 
better  than  that  we  are  called  unto.  This  is  an  heavy  temptation.  And  if 
it  were  to  do  such  a  thing,  or  such  a  thing,  it  might  more  easily  be  done. 
And  then  hard  usage  from  the  ungrateful  world ;  when  a  man  doth  any 
good  -he  receiveth  ill  for  it. 

These  are  great  grounds  of  fainting,  but  the  apostle  saith  he  faints  not 
for  all  this,  '  though  our  outward  man  perish.'  He  grants  that  the  outward 
man,  body  and  condition,  strength  and  health,  may  grow  more  and  more 
downward ;  but  the  inward  man,  the  soul,  is  under  the  guidance  of  the 
Spirit  of  God,  that  is,  renewed  day  by  day.  The  outward  man  consumes 
continually,  death  and  life  work  together,  we  die  as  soon  as  we  live.  As 
he  that  hath  a  lease,  every  day  it  is  shorter  and  shorter,  and  while  we  live 
we  die,  and  the  more  we  live  the  more  we  die.  Death  is  at  the  last 
moment,  the  candle  is  going  out  continually  till  it  be  spent.  Nay,  more, 
let  a  man  use  his  body  never  so  holily,  let  him  endure  many  crosses,  the 
outward  man  will  perish ;  it  must  be  so. 

But  where  is  the  comfort  ?  '  The  inward  man  is  renewed  day  by  day.' 
The  inward  man  is  the  sanctified  soul.  All  the  graces  of  God  are  renewed, 
they  are  upheld  under  a  consuming  condition  of  the  outward  man.  This 
is  the  blessed  condition  of  a  true  Christian,  that  when  he  groweth  down- 
ward he  groweth  another  way.  He  doth  not  wholly  perish  as  a  base  wretch 
doth,  but  as  he  decayeth  in  one  part  he  reneweth  in  another.  God  by  his 
Spirit  reneweth  him.  For  as  in  the  body  the  Spirit  is  that  which  giveth  a 
life  to  what  we  do,  so  the  Spirit  of  God  giveth  a  vigour  to  the  inward  man 
day  by  day. 

But  when  is  this,  that  the  inward  man  is  renewed  day  by  day  ?  In  the 
time  of  affliction,  for  then  we  grow  most ;  for  in  time  of  prosperity,  then 
we  grow  backward.  Usually  in  time  of  prosperity,  when  all  things  are 
according  to  our  will  and  desire,  we  go  backwards  ;  but  when  the  outward 


478  COMMENTAEY  ON 

man  decayeth,  tlie  inward  man  is  renewed  day  by  day.  "We  decay  in  pros- 
perity, but  we  grow  in  adversity  ;  as  a  body  shoots  out  more  after  sickness 
than  bafore.  Why  should  we  then  be  afraid  of  sickness  and  weakness  of 
body,  considering  it  is  a  time  of  growth  of  the  inward  man  ?  Mark  the 
gracious  goodness  of  God.  When  he  takes  away  strength,  because  we  are 
not  for  this  hfe,  he  makes  it  up,  working  strength  and  vigour  in  the  inward 
man.  We  owe  God  a  death.  Since  we  must  die,  is  it  not  better  the  decay 
be  made  up  in  the  inward  man  ?  If  we  gain  that  which  is  gain  to  the  soul, 
though  with  weakness  and  sickness  to  the  outward  man,  it  is  well  gained, 
because  that  is  for  eternity. 

But  this  is  a  constant  course  with  God.  He  is  so  good,  he  never  takes 
away  anything  from  his  children,  but  he  giveth  it  another  away.  Shall  we 
then  be  discouraged  when  God  takes  strength,  and  he  makes  it  up  in  the 
inward  man  ?  If  anything  be^a  ground  of  patience,  this  is.  Whatsoever 
God  doth  to  his  children,  there  is  love  hid  in  the  doing  of  it.  If  he  give 
comfort,  it  is  to  encourage.  Doth  he  follow  us  with  crosses  ?  It  is  that 
we  may  grow  in  the  inward  man.  If  we  had  hearts  to  follow  God  in  his 
dealing,  we  should  lose  nothing  but  that  he  takes  away. 

Verse  17,  '  For  our  light  affliction,  which  is  but  for  a  moment,  works  a 
far  more  exceeding  weight  of  glory.'  Here  is  a  ground  of  comfort  to  those 
that  are  in  any  crosses  and  afflictions.  Whatsoever  they  suffer,  it  works 
glory,  it  works  happiness  ;  it  is  set  out  by  glory.  Now  the  Spirit  of  God 
sets  out  this  estate  of  a  Christian  to  come  by  way  of  comparison  to  anything 
that  we  suffer.  Here  are  afflictions,  here  is  glory ;  momentary  afflictions, 
eternal  glory  ;  light  afflictions,  a  weight  of  glory  ;  and  not  only  a  weight, 
'but  a  superlative,  an  exceeding  weight  of  glory.  So  the  Spirit  of  God  meets 
with  all  discouragements  here,  for  we  can  suffer  nothing  here,  but  Vt'e  shall 
have  better  for  it  after.  Grace  is  glory,  but  mixed  with  imperfection.  What 
are  those  things  we  suffer  here  in  this  world,  to  glory,  and  eternal  glory, 
and  excessive  glory  ?  What  cause  have  we  to  be  discouraged  for  anything 
we  suffer  here  ? 

But  he  saith  afterwards,  '  causeth  unto  us  an  eternal  weight  of  glory.' 
That  is  more  than  to  say  glory  follows  afflictions  ;  but  there  is  a^,,causal 
virtue  in  that  we  suffer,  to  work  glory.  We  know  the  working  by  way  of 
merit  and  desert,  that  is  done  by  Christ ;  we  have  right  to  glory  only  by 
Christ.  And  it  is  sacrilege  to  attribute  it  to  any  creature,  but  when 
there  is  a  working  power  fitting  us.  Now  afflictions  working  by  way  of  fit- 
ting us  to  that  glory,  whereto  we  have  title  by  Christ,  as  soon  as  a  man  is 
a  Christian,  he  hath  title  to  heaven.  But  how  doth  God  fit  us  for  heaven  ? 
One  way  is  by  crosses  and  afflictions.  He  fits  us  for  heaven,  as  the  winter 
fitteth  the  ground  for  the  spring,  by  Idlling  the  weeds,  and  mellowing  the 
ground.  So  that  whatsoever  we  sufier  here,  fits  us  for  heaven,  and  that 
many  waj^s. 

(1.)  By  weaning  our  hearts  from  the  love  of  these  thinr/s,  iijion  irhich  we 
are  desperately  set.     When  we  see  what  they  are,  we  see  they  are  vanity. 

(2.)  And  then  again,  they  exercise  and  try  our  graces,  and  they  increase  a 
desire  of  heaven ;  and  we  know  the  more  hardly  we  are  used  here,  the  more 
we  desire  to  be  at  home.  And  usually  God  reveals  himself  more  sweetly 
and  more  comfortably  in  these  hard  times.  We  feel  more  of  heaven  in  our 
worst  times.     Therefore  they  have  fitting  power. 

Quest.  How  comes  this  to  pass  ?  Ai'e  crosses,  losses,  curses,  and  such 
things  naturally  ? 


2  COKINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEE.   lC-18.  479 

Ans.  God  by  his  Spirit  doth  overpower  and  overrule  these  things,  and 
there  is  a  sanctified  use  of  them,  that  helps  them  to  work.  '  All  things 
■work  together  for  the  best  to  them  that  love  God,'  Rom.  viii.  28  ;  that  is, 
God's  power  so  overruleth  them,  that  it  makes  them  advantageous  to  his 
children.  And  they  by  the  grace  of  God's  Spirit,  draw  a  sanctified  use  out 
of  everything.  So  that  by  the  grace  of  God  the  worst  things  work  an  eternal 
weight  of  glory. 

As  God  prepares  heaven  for  us,  so  he  prepares  us  for  heaven  :  he  pre- 
pares us  by  Christ,  but  by  the  cross  and  affliction.  So  you  may  see  the 
truth  of  the  point. 

Use  1.  But  what  shall  I  speak  of  popish  merits'  For  in  merits  there 
must  be  a  proportion  to  the  things  we  sufler.  We  receive  glory  for  ever, 
and  sufler  afflictions  for  a  time  ;  a  weight  of  glory.  This  overthrows  popish 
conceits. 

Use  2.  Beloved,  are  they  not  out  of  their  wits,  that  arid  vexation  to  God's 
children  /  What  is  the  worst  they  do  ?  They  work  their  good,  they  vex 
them  ;  ay,  but  they  work  their  happiness,  as  if  a  man  would  hurt  a  fish  by 
casting  him  into  the  sea,  or  a  bird  into  the  air.  And  a  Christian  being 
vexed,  it  driveth  him  nearer  to  heaven.  It  is  his  best  condition.  Compare 
our  secure  estate  with  our  afflicted  condition,  and  see  which  is  best.  There 
is  no  man  that  is  a  Christian  but  will  say,  there  is  more  in  the  cross  than 
in  prosperity  ;  the  one  dulleth,  but  the  other  shaipeneth. 

Use  3.  Be  not  discouraged,  ivhatsoever  befalls  us  in  this  world.  While  Satan 
works  our  hurt,  God  is  then  working  our  good  at  the  same  time.  When 
the  outward  man  is  wronged  by  the  world,  at  the  same  time  the  inward  man 
is  set  at  libertj^     So  much  for  that. 

But  how  cometh  it  to  pass  that  these  things  we  suffer,  fit  us  for  glory  ?  ' 
Verse  18.  It  is  wrought  by  grace,  enabling  us  to  eye  things  that  are  not 
seen.     And  then  we  reason,  '  because  the  things  that  are  seen,  are  temporal, 
but  the  things  that  are  not  seen,  are  eternal,'  2  Cor.  iv.  18. 
To  omit  divers  things,  I  hasten  to  other  things. 

But  you  see  the  things  we  suffer  do  work  unto  us  an  eternal  weight  of 
glory,  as  physic  doth  upon  the  body.  That  that  we  suffer  doth  no  good 
unless  we  use  those  parts  and  graces  that  God  hath  given  us.  And  there- 
fore he  saith,  whilst  our  minds  are  occupied,  and  '  looking  on  things  that 
are  not  seen,'  God  having  made  man  a  reasonable  creature.  And  so  in 
way  to  salvation  he  sanctifieth  those  principles  he  hath  given  him  to  bring 
him  to  heaven,  by  way  of  discourse  and  reason.  And  as  a  Christian  is 
saved,  so  is  he  saved  by  something  in  his  understanding.  As  we  see  in  this 
world,  man  worketh  by  principles  in  him,  so  in  the  way  of  Christianity. 
Some  things  are  hindrances  to  heaven  and  happiness,  as  conceitedness  and 
self-sufficiency.  Therefore  the  apostle  saith  these  things  '  work  an  eternal 
weight  of  glory,'  not  whether  we  think  of  them  or  no ;  but  these  things  do 
so  because  God  giveth  a  sanctified  understanding,  to  see  the  difference  of 
heavenly  things  from  earthlj^,  when  we  do  not  look  upon  things  that  are 
Been. 

So  much  shall  serve  to  give  you  a  reason  how  to  see  the  inward  man 
groweth  more  and  more,  and  we  faint  not ;  because  we  look  upon  things 
that  are  not  seen. 

That  which  I  will  speak  of  at  this  time  is  this. 

That  the  best  things  in  this  ivorld  are  not  seen ;  the  meanest  things  are  those 
that  are  seen.  The  best  things  are  to  come ;  the  meanest  things  are  present. 
The  best  things  are  such  as  are  eternal ;  the  meanest  things  are  temporal. 


480  COMMENTAEY  ON 

And  wlieu  I  liave  unfolded  these,  then  I  will  shew  j'ou  a  wise  and  gracious 
use  the  sanctified  soul  makes  of  looking  upon  things  that  are  not  seen,  and 
how  his  sight  worketh,  what  use  we  are  to  make  of  it. 

Doct.  The  observation  is,  that  a  Christian  is  to  look  to  the  tJiiiiffs  not 
seen,  for  thinr/s  seen  are  not  the  object  of  a  Christian's  eye.  The  best  things 
are  not  seen  ;  the  meanest  things  are  such  as  are  seen.  I  will  not  stand 
to  unfold  the  negative  part  much,  because  I  have  spoken  of  that  before. 

But  to  speak  especially,  What  are  the  things  that  are  not  seen  ? 

Beloved,  if  you  labour  to  be  good  Christians,  you  shall  better  feel  them 
than  I  can  tell  you  what  they  are  ;  you  shall  better  know  them  by  experience 
than  by  discourse  here. 

(1.)  We  cannot  see  God  face  to  face.  We  have  not  immediate  communion 
with  God  here.  We  have  it  in  the  word  and  sacraments  ;  but  in  heaven 
we  shall  see  all  things  that  are  good.  Here  we  may  see  God  in  everything  ; 
there  we  shall  see  everything  in  God.  There  we  shall  see  health,  and 
strength,  and  comfort  in  God. 

(2.)  The  things  not  seen  here  is  Christ  in  our  flesh.  The  heavens  are 
between  us  and  him  now.  The  sight  of  him  is  the  happiness  of  a  Christian, 
for  the  head  and  members  to  be  together,  husband  and  wife  together.  Ay, 
but  here  we  are  severed.  Here  is  a  spiritual  communion  ;  but  that  is  not 
that  that  the  soul  looks  for. 

(3.)  Neither  have  vfefnll  communion  of  saints;  for  here  is  a  mixture  of 
good  and  bad,  and  here  the  best  have  their  imperfections.  If  here  an  holy 
joining  together  of  two  or  three  wise  Christians  be  so  sweet,  what  shall  it 
be  when  we  all  meet  together  in  heaven  ?  Now  we  see  not  God,  and  Christ, 
and  the  blessed  souls  in  heaven. 

(4.)  Here  we  see  not  our  ijerfect  liberty. 

(5.)  Here  we  see  not  that  eternal  Sabbath  we  shall  hare  there. 

(6.)  Here  we  see  not  that  i^erfection  of  grace. 

(7.)  Here  we  see  not  that  comfort  rre  shall  hare  there.  Here  we  have  a 
taste  and  the  beginning,  but  what  is  this  to  that  there  '?  Therefore  let  us 
think  of  what  is  not  seen. 

Obj.  But  why  do  we  not  see  them  here  ? 

Beason  1.  Yoit  may  as  icell  ask  me,  Why  is  not  heaven  xijoon  earth?  God 
mil  have  a  difference  between  heaven  and  earth ;  he  will  have  us  to  walk  by 
faith  and  not  by  sight.  Heaven  is  a  place  for  sight :  if  we  will  have  happi- 
ness in  sight,  it  is  in  heaven.  But  here  we  have  hope,  and  faith,  and  some 
feeling  of  comfort ;  and  therefore,  considering  our  condition  is  by  faith, 
therefore  God  preserveth  matter  of  sight  for  another  world. 

Reason  2.  Again,  the  best  things  are  not  seen,  because  we  hare  not  pro- 
portionable 2^(i>'ts.  Our  parts  are  not  fitted  for  that  glory.  Peter,  James, 
and  John,  they  were  as  it  were  drunken  with  this  sight,  so  that  Peter  speaks 
he  knows  not  what,  Mat.  ix.  33.  And  Moses,  when  he  came  from  God,  he 
was  fain  to  cover  his  face,  2  Cor.  iii.  13.  If  these  glimpses  were  such  as 
people  could  not  endure  them,  how  could  we  endure  a  full  manifestation  of 
glory,  when  Christ  saith,  '  No  man  can  see  God  and  live  '  ?  Exod.  xxxiii.  20. 
Therefore  let  us  be  content  to  die  to  have  this  sight.  Our  understandings 
here  are  too  shallow,  our  hearts  too  narrow,  our  imperfections  too  many : 
darkness  cannot  conceive  of  light.     So  no  soul  can  see  what  is  in  heaven. 

And  so  here  we  cannot  tell  what  happiness  there  is,  till  we  be  there. 
That  is  the  reason  why  the  best  things  are  not  seen.  And  these  are  the 
proper  objects  of  a  Christian.  For  things  seen  are  exposed  to  the  outward 
man ;  they  are  not  fitting  for  the  soul.     The  soul  will  socn  spend  all  the 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   16-18.  481 

good  that  are  in  things  seen.  Take  all  the  beauty,  and  all  the  riches,  and 
all  the  honour  that  can  be,  and  the  soul  will  be  quickly  weary  of  it.  The 
soul  will  draw  out  all  the  good.  We  see  those  that  are  in  great  place, 
within  a  little  while  grow  weary  of  them. 

But  there  is  an  everlasting  spring  of  comfort  and  contentment  in  things 
not  seen.  They  are  larger  than  the  soul.  The  more  we  see  of  them,  the 
more  we  may  see  ;  the  communion  with  God,  joys  in  heaven,  and  such 
things.  Alas  !  the  soul  is  a  very  capacious  thing,  yet  the  joys  in  heaven 
are  larger  than  it ;  therefore  things  seen  are  not  the  object  of  the  soul. 

Quest.  But  doth  the  soul  never  look  upon  things  that  are  seen  ? 

Ans.  Yes ;  but  if  the  soul  look  upon  them,  it  looks  also  beyond  them. 

If  it  look  upon  them,  it  looks  upon  them  as  in  a  glass,  to  see  farther. 
It  looketh  not  upon  them  as  clouds  to  stay  our  sight  from  the  sun,  or  as 
placing  contentment  in  them.  For  the  soul  taketh  no  rest  here.  The 
things  seen  '  are  vanity  and  vexation  of  spirit,'  Eccles.  i.  14;  '  unrighteous 
mammon,'  Luke  xvi.  11.  We  may  and  ought  to  look  upon  them  as  helps 
and  comforts  in  our  pilgrimage.  If  there  be  such  comforts  here,  what  is  in 
heaven  ?  Doth  God  convey  such  sweetness  in  outward  things,  that  cast- 
aways have  with  us  ?  What  are  those  then  that  he  hath  reserved  for  his 
friends  ?  And  so  by  way  of  a  gi'acious  use  we  ought  to  look  upon  things 
seen ;  but  to  pitch  upon  them,  and  make  them  our  bottom  to  stand  upon, 
they  are  no  fit  objects  for  the  soul.  But  is  there  no  way  to  see  things  that 
ai'e  not  seen  ? 

Quest.  But  have  we  nothing  of  them  here  ? 

Ans.  Yes  ;  there  is  nothing  seen  but  we  have  some  little  taste  of  it  here. 
For  full  peace  to  come,  we  have  peace  of  conscience  here.  For  full  joy  to 
come,  we  have  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost  here.  For  full  communion  of  saints 
to  come,  we  have  some  communion  of  saints  here.  If  there  be  any  heaven 
upon  earth,  it  is  in  the  meeting  of  two  or  thi-ee  judicious,  wise,  gracious 
persons ;  and  our  employment  here  in  hearing,  praying,  and  conference 
with  God  is  but  a  taste  beforehand  of  that  in  heaven.  So  that  God  doth 
not  reserve  all  for  the  time  to  come.  But  in  regard  of  the  full  accomplish- 
ment he  doth.  But  those  that  have  not  the  first-fruits  here  shall  never 
have  heaven  in  the  harvest.  Those  that  have  not  the  earnest  here  shall 
never  have  the  bargain  hereafter.  But  that  which  is  the  full  satisfaction 
of  the  soul  is  for  hereafter.  Therefore,  whatsoever  sweet  employment  is 
here,  it  is  not  like  to  that  the  soul  shall  have  hereafter.  Therefore  rest 
not  in  them,  but  rather  let  them  set  an  edge  upon  us,  to  desire  it  more 
and  more,  till  we  have  it  fully  in  heaven. 

Eeason  3.  Why  these  objects  are  things  not  seen.  Things  that  are  not  seen 
are  eternal,  tlwujs  that  are  seen  are  temporal.  No  man  that  hath  an  eternal  soul, 
and  knoweth  it,  will  make  that  his  object  that  is  temporal.  Therefore  the 
soul  must  look  upon  things  that  are  of  equal  excellency  with  it,  and  that 
is,  things  not  seen.  For  things  that  are  seen  are  temporal :  riches  are 
fading,  honours  are  but  blazing  comets,  pleasures  are  but  worm-eaten 
vanities.  So  for  the  ill  we  suffer,  it  is  but  temporal ;  all  determined  in 
death.  The  grave  makes  an  end  of  all  things  that  are  seen.  This  should 
be  a  comfort  to  us  when  we  are  under  any  sickness.  It  is  a  seen  thing. 
This  sickness  I  feel,  and  this  I  taste,  it  is  but  for  a  time.  The  thing  I 
look  at  is  that  which  is  not  seen,  and  which  lasteth  to  eternity.  So  the 
good  not  seen  is  eternal  in  the  cause  of  it.  It  is  in  Christ,  who  is  for  ever 
in  the  heavens ;  and  God  is  for  ever  in  the  heavens  :  and  Christ  recon- 
cileth  the  Father.     And  then  the  place  is  eternal.     Heaven  is   eternal. 

VOL.    IV.  H  h 


482  COMMENTARY  ON 

Now  the  influence  from  which  all  good  comes  being  eternal,  the  soul  being 
itself  a  spiritual,  eternal  substance,  the  influence  of  grace  and  comfort  being 
eternal  from  God,  and  Christ,  who  is  an  head  for  ever  and  a  husband  for 
ever;  and  heaven  being  an  inheritance  immortal,  undefilcd,  continuing  for 
ever;  and  the  soul  being  an  everlasting  substance,  the  joy  and  comforts  of 
it  are  eternal.  Whom  God  loveth,  he  loveth  for  ever ;  whom  he  makes 
happy,  he  makes  happy  for  ever.  '  He  is  life  everlasting.'  It  is  a  king- 
dom '  that  cannot  be  shaken,'  Heb.  xii.  27.  '  It  is  an  inheritance  that 
fadeth  not,'  1  Peter  i.  4.  It  is  not  only  everlasting,  but  everlastingly  fresh. 
It  is  not  only  immortal,  but  it  keeps  its  beauty  still,  eternal  joy,  eternal 
peace,  eternal  communion  one  with  another  in  the  heavens,  everlasting 
Sabbath,  everlasting  triumph  over  all  enemies.  There  is  no  end  of  this 
joy,  no  cessation  of  this  comfort. 

I  come  now  to  the  wise  improvement  that  the  soul  makes  of  beholding 
the  things  that  are  not  seen,  because  they  be  eternal,  and  neglectcth  the 
sight  of  things  that  be  present  and  temporal.  You  see  the  wise  use  the 
blessed  apostle  maketh  of  it.  For  he  bringeth  it  as  a  reason  why  he  faints 
not,  but  is  reuew^ed  day  by  daj'  in  the  inward  man.  You  wonder  why  I 
faint  not,  and  why  day  by  day  I  grow  fresher  and  fresher,  and  still  fitter 
and  fitter  for  heaven ;  and  that  all  things  I  endure  here  fit  mo  for  heaven. 
All  is  because  I  have  an  eye  to  things  that  are  not  seen,  not  regarding 
things  that  be  present.  So  that  if  we  will  find  a  difierence  of  the  things, 
we  may  easily  understand,  some  things  be  fading,  and  some  things  eternal. 
If  we  will  get  comfort  in  this,  that  our  portion  is  not  only  in  fading  things, 
we  must  have  grace  to  consider  of  it,  and  not  to  look  on  the  other  overmuch. 

To  give  trial,  whether  we  look  at  the  things  that  be  seen  or  no. 

(1.)  If  we  look  to  things  not  seen,  because  they  be  eternal,  this  is  a  sight 
that  ravisheth  the  soul,  that  lifteth  the  soul  above  itself.  Things  above  be 
so  exceeding  above  things  below,  that  it  makes  the  soul  almost  forget 
itself;  it  worketh  an  high  esteem  of  heaven,  of  heavenly  things.  For  as  it  is 
said  of  knowledge,  it  hath  no  enemy  but  the  ignorant,  so  there  is  no  enemy 
of  grace  but  they  that  feel  it  not  from  con  science.  ='•=  All  that  see  it  have  a 
high  admiration  of  it,  which  appeareth  by  the  mean  esteem  of  all  things 
else.  When  the  sun  riseth,  the  stars  hide  themselves.  And  when  these 
comforts  rise  in  the  soul,  upon  the  apprehension  of  the  glory  in  the  glass 
of  the  word  and  promise,  and  a  little  feeling  here,  all  earthly  comforts  are 
gone.  When  Moses  saw  God  that  was  invisible,  what  cares  he  to  look  for 
Pharaoh  ?  Heb.  xi.  27.  And  when  Micaiah  had  seen  God  sitting  on  the 
throne,  what  cares  he  for  Ahab  ?  1  Kings  xxii.  14.  We  have  seen  the 
Lord,  and  what  have  we  to  do  with  base  idols  ?  Not  anything  in  the  world 
must  be  co-rival  with  God.  What  have  I  to  do  with  pride,  with  riches, 
with  honour  ?  I  have  seen  God,  I  have  seen  heaven.  When  the  patri- 
archs had  with  the  eye  of  faith  seen  the  excellency  of  the  world  to  come, 
what  cared  they  for  banishment  or  death  ?  W^hen  Paul  had  seen  Christ, 
all  things  else  were  '  dung  and  dross,'  Philip,  iii.  8.  Therefore  your  great 
admirers,  that  admire  worldly  things,  it  is  a  sign  they  never  saw  better. 
They  that  doat  upon  worldly  things,  it  is  an  argument  of  spiritual  folly. 

(2.)  Again,  the  consideration  of  things  spiritual,  it  is  a  jnoifyiiui  sir/ht,  a 
purging  sight,  that  makes  the  soul  fit  for  the  object.  A  man  cannot  with 
the  eye  of  faith  apprehend  things  to  come,  nor  by  hope  wait  for  them,  but 
that  hope  will  be  efiectual  to  purify  the  soul.  They  that  have  any  faith, 
any  hope  of  good  to  come,  they  will  prepare  their  souls  suitable  to  that 
*  That  is,  '  consciousuess.' — Ed. 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VEPw   lG-18.  483 

condition,  1  John  iii.  3.  And  therefore  where  the  apprehension  of  these 
things  hath  not  a  purging  power  in  some  degree,  it  is  but  a  conceit.  We  do 
not  so  see  them  as  that  we  be  convinced  that  they  are  so  excellent  as  they  be. 

(3.)  Again,  this  is  a  sight  that  doth  marvelloushj  affect.  Love  comes  of 
sight.  Sight  is  the  most  affecting  sense.  That  which  moveth  the  affection 
most  is  sight.  Feeling  is  but  dull.  And  therefore  if  we  have  the  eagle's 
eye,  a  sharp-sighted  faith,  to  see  things  which  are  not  to  be  seen  with  the 
eye  of  reason  and  flesh,  then  certainly  this  sight  will  quicken  and  affect  a 
man  greatly ;  move  to  joy  and  move  to  delight,  move  to  the  love  of  God 
and  heavenly  things.  A  man  cannot  see  any  excellency  but  his  heai-t 
embraceth  it;  as  the  patriarchs,  Heb.  xi.  2,  seq.,  saw  the  promises  afar 
off,  and  their  hearts  did  join  with  them ;  they  did  embrace  them,  grasping 
as  it  were  the  things  they  saw  in  the  arms  of  their  affections.  In  what 
measure  that  I  apprehend  and  see  things,  in  that  measure  the  heart  lets  in 
the  things  to  embrace  them  and  close  with  them.  Therefore  where  no  love 
is  there  is  no  sight.  And  the  reason  why  affections  are  so  flat  and  dead  is, 
because  they  do  not  exercise  this  sight  of  faith.  Let  us  examine  ourselves 
by  these  things,  whether  we  have  spiritual  sight  of  the  things  we  see. 
Do  they  affect  us  ?  Do  they  quicken  us  ?  And  do  they  put  into  our 
hearts  holiness  ?  Do  they  raise  our  hearts  to  a  holy  admiration  ?  If  so, 
certainly  we  have  seen  them. 

I  will  give  you  a  familiar  comparison.  The  nearer  the  object  is  to  any 
man,  the  more  glorious  it  seemeth ;  the  farther  off  anything  is,  the  less  it 
seemeth.     The  stars  are  bigger  than  the  world,  and  yet  appear  to  us  little. 

Now,  ask  our  souls  how  great  things  are  in  comparison  of  former  times. 
Are  heavenly  things  greater  ?  And  for  eai-thly  pomp  and  state,  have  they 
less  esteemed  them  than  in  former  times  ?  It  is  a  sign  we  are  nearer 
heaven,  and  heaven  nearer  us.  When  we  can  look  upon  earthly  things  in 
a  distance,  it  is  a  sign  we  are  removed  from  them,  and  drawn  nearer  to 
the  best  things.  And  then  the  best  things  seem  to  be  great  to  us,  when 
we  conceive  of  them  in  their  own  magnitude. 

Quest.  But  how  shall  we  come  to  look  on  things  not  seen,  and  things 
eternal,  according  to  their  own  worth  ? 

Ans.  (1.)  First  of  all,  labour  every  day  more  and  viore  to  he  jmrged  and 
purified,  and  then  we  shall  have  delight  to  look  upon  that  which  is  pro- 
portionable. The  holier  a  man  is,  the  more  delight  he  hath  in  holy  and 
heavenly  objects,  and  laboureth  to  grow  in  grace  more  and  more.  The 
more  we  see,  the  more  gracious  we  are ;  the  more  gracious  we  are,  the 
more  desire  we  shall  have  to  behold  with  the  eye  of  faith  these  excellencies. 

There  is  no  apprehension  without  light.  We  cannot  see  light  without 
light ;  we  cannot  see  heavenly  things  without  heavenly  faculties.  And 
therefore  labour  for  something  within  gracious,  which  may  have  corre- 
spondency and  harmony  with  what  is  in  heaven,  else  contraries  will  not 
apprehend  contraries.  But  heaven  and  a  sanctified  soul  have  some  pro- 
portion and  co-naturalness  ;  and  therefore  never  rest  till  we  have  something 
like  that  which  is  in  heaven,  though  not  in  degree,  yet  in  quality. 

Ans.  (2.)  Again,  labour  to  yet  the  eye  of  the  soul  clear,  that  the  duat  of 
the  ivorld  may  not  he  in  it.  Satan's  policy  is  to  cast,  pleasure  and  profit 
into  the  eye  of  the  soul ;  and  then  corruption  raiseth  a  foggy  mist  in  the 
soul,  that  we  should  have  natural  love  to  present  things.  And  present 
things  raise  a  cloud  in  the  soul,  and  that  cloud  doth  interpose  itself  between 
heaven  and  us.     Labour  therefore  for  mortification  more  and  more. 

That  the  eye  may  be  clear,  consider  seriously  they  be  temporal  things ; 


484  COMMENTAEY  ON 

shorter  than  the  soul,  meaner  than  the  soul,  not  fit  for  it.  We  shall  out- 
live them  all.  And  when  base  aflfections  rise  in  the  soul  to  cast  a  mist 
thereupon,  consider  what  a  foolish  thing  it  is  for  us  to  doat  upon  things 
meaner  than  ourselves.  Why  should  such  affections  intercept  this  heavenly 
sight  from  us  ? 

The  dignity  of  the  soul  is  an  excellent  substance.  The  whole  world  is 
not  worth  a  soul.  The  soul  is  between  heaven  and  earth,  and  all  earthly 
things  are  meaner  than  itself.  Shall  the  soul  marry  itself  and  join  itself 
with  things  baser  than  itself?  Doth  it  not  then  debase  itself?  And 
therefore  keep  the  eye  of  the  soul  clear  from  impediments  within  and 
without ;  labour  to  have  true  judgment  of  things  in  their  own  nature. 

A71S.  (3.)  And  then  let  us  dwell  often  in  the  consideration  of  thinps  to 
come ;  have  serious  considerations  of  it,  and  every  day  redeem  some  time  to 
think  rve  cannot  live  here  for  ever.  We  have  an  immortal  soul,  that  must 
be  immortal  in  misery  or  immortal  in  happiness.  If  we  be  not  good, 
heaven  will  not  take  us,  and  nothing  but  hell  will  receive  us.  And  these 
things  may  quicken  us.  I  have  an  immortal  soul,  I  must  not  stay  long, 
I  must  give  account ;  and  how  shall  I  appear  ? 

Get  these  and  the  like  considerations  every  day.  We  live  as  we  see ; 
and  considering  life  is  guided  by  inward  notions  and  apprehensions  of  soul, 
labour  to  have  apprehensions  of  soul,  that  may  guide  the  life  as  it  should 
be.  Labour  to  see  what  is  reserved  in  the  heavens  ;  consider  how  we  be 
assured  for  it ;  what  ground  we  have  ;  what  assurance  we  have  if  we  should 
die  presently,  for  we  have  not  the  certainty  of  a  minute.  These  be  waken- 
ing considerations.  And  these  will  be  a  means  that  we  should  look  on 
things  not  seen.  And  when  we  do  take  liberty  to  think  upon  these  things, 
dwell  upon  them  till  the  heart  be  warmed.  The  sun  doth  not  heat  without 
some  staying.  Those  beams  that  are  broken,  they  do  not  gather  them- 
selves to  heat  by  reflection.  So  let  the  soul  stay  a  while  in  consideration 
of  these  things.  Our  soul  is  unstable  naturally  ;  and  therefore  labour  by 
grace  to  settle  the  soul  till  the  affections  be  warm,  till  the  resolutions  be 
pitched ;  for  then  we  shall  see  to  purpose  when  we  resolve  to  take  this 
course,  else  we  see  not  to  purpose.  And  therefore  because  we  know  not 
in  morning  what  will  befall  us  before  night,  never  rest  till  we  be  set  in 
heaven  by  f;iith.  And  consider  the  condition  there,  so  far  forth  as  shall 
be  efiectual  to  guide  our  lives  suitable  to  what  we  see.  This  were  a  wise 
course  indeed,  to  guide  our  courses  suitable  to  eternity,  and  to  fetch  reasons 
for  a  holy  and  good  life  from  eternity,  and  not  from  pleasing  this  body  and 
that  body.  I  will  do  this,  because  I  shall  get  riches,  because  I  shall  satisfy 
my  flesh,  and  raise  myself.  Are  these  reasons  for  a  Christian  to  work  by? 
Let  a  Christian  work  like  a  Christian,  having  his  reason  raised  by  faith 
higher  than  himself,  to  consider  of  things  as  they  are  in  themselves,  and 
as  they  shall  be  hereafter.  This  is  temporal,  my  soul  is  eternal ;  and  I 
will  fetch  my  reasons  of  my  course  from  eternity.  What  if  I  should  have 
all  the  world  and  die,  what  will  the  satisfying  of  the  carnal  desires  of 
others  do  me  good  ?  And  therefore  I  will  sway  my  actions  by  rule  that 
shall  hold  to  eternity.  Is  not  a  man  wise  that  doth  thus  ?  and  is  any 
man  wise  that  doth  not  thus  ?  He  is  wise  that  guideth  his  life  to  the  last 
end,  how  he  shall  be  happy  hereafter,  how  he  shall  avoid  torments  for 
ever.  He  that  is  wise  to  get  prefei'ment,  to  undermine  others,  to  flatter 
and  insinuate,  to  give  contentment  against  conscience  to  the  carnal  humours 
of  others  ;  is  he  a  wise  man  that  is  penny  wise  and  pound  foolish  ?  He  is 
wise  in  a  particiilar,  he  is  wise  in  a  little. 


,  2  COEINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV,  VER.   16-18.  485 

But  what  is  this  particular  wisdom,  when  in  the  general  scope  of  his 
life  he  is  foolish,  not  considering  what  is  good  for  him  as  a  Christian  ? 
None  is  wise  but  a  Christian.  Every  man  else  is  a  mad  man,  or  a  fool. 
What  are  all  other  things  but  straw  and  baubles  to  eternity  ?  Therefore 
regard  the  things  that  be  beyond  the  soul,  and  more  excellent  than  the 
soul. 

I  beseech  you,  take  this  course.  It  will  make  us  wise  and  diligent  in 
our  place  and  calling ;  for  we  should  eye  what  is  to  eternity,  notwithstand- 
ing all  discouragements.  Many  have  fainted  and  given  over,  because  they 
be  unthankful  persons,  and  they  grow  cold  in  doing  good.  What  is  the 
reason  ?  They  look  not  to  eternity.  It  is  good  sometimes  to  meet  with 
ill  usage  from  unthankful  persons,  for  God  will  make  amends,  though  we 
deserve  well  of  ungrateful  persons.  And  sometimes  again  I  will  do  them 
good,  and  let  the  glory  alone  to  God.  It  is  good  to  meet  with  ill  usage  in 
the  world  ;  for  there  is  sufficient  amends  made  in  the  world  to  come. 
Wilt  thou  have  all  thy  wages  here  ?  And  therefore  do  as  St  Paul  did,  get  into 
heaven  in  our  thoughts  by  faith,  and  meditation  how  it  will  be  with  us  ere 
long  ;  and  that  will  set  us  in  such  a  frame  of  conversation  as  shall  fit  us  for 
Christ,  and  only  that.  It  will  keep  us  in  a  growing  condition,  in  a  fruitful 
condition,  in  a  constant  courageous  condition. 

And  when  we  do  not  so  we  fall  into  discouragements.  The  cause  of  sin, 
is  it  not  some  present  temporal  thing  we  doat  upon  ?  So  sin  is  nothing 
but  placing  that  affection  on  that  which  is  temporal,  which  should  be  on 
that  which  is  eternal. 

Now  when  doth  a  man  sin,  but  when  he  lets  go  his  object  ?  As  long  as 
a  man  keeps  his  eye  on  heaven  he  is  well  enough  ;  but  when  he  looks  to 
discouragements,  to  the  arm  of  flesh,  then  he  is  discouraged.  But  when 
is  he  not  discouraged  ?  When  he  hath  heaven  in  his  eye,  and  God  in  his 
eye,  and  spiritual  things  in  his  eye.  And  now  in  this  pitch  he  is  neither 
sinful  nor  discouraged ;  and  then  he  is  as  well  as  he  can  wish  in  this  world. 
Therefore  labour  with  Paul  to  have  the  eyes  of  your  souls  exercised  about 
these  spiritual  things.  Look  on  things  that  be  not  seen,  because  they  be 
eternal ;  and  be  not  carried  away  with  outward  things,  nor  dazzled  with 
them,  because  they  be  temporal. 


NOTES. 


(a)  P.  309. — '  Luther  was  wont  to  say,  If  he  were  to  choose  his  calling,  he  would 
dig  with  his  hands  rather  than  be  a  minister.'  In  the  midst  of  his  superabounding 
labours,  even  the  stout  heart  of  the  great  Reformer  was  sometimes  like  to  give  way 
under  the  '  care  of  all  the  churches,'  when  he  sighed  for  the  lowly  toil  of  the  miner  ; 
as  appears  from  various  of  his  '  Table  Talk  '  sayings,  though  I  have  not  been  able  to 
trace  the  exact  words  ascribed  to  him  by  Sibbes.     Cf.  note  uu,  Vol.  III.  page  533. 

(6)  P.  309. — '  The  disposition  both  of  speakers  and  hearers,  saith  Chrysostom, 
makes  this  work  difficult,'  &c.  (De  Sacerd.,  lib.  v.)  Sucii  is  the  reference  in  the 
margin.  The  whole  fifth  book  of  the  De  Sacerdote,  is  on  the  difficulties  of  the  minis- 
terial work,  from  the  relation  in  which  the  preacher  stands  to  the  people  ;  the 
dangers  of  popularity,  and  the  discouragements  of  unpopularity.  The  summing  up 
is  as  follows  : — 

'E;  /X/b  6\iv  Tig  Icriv  avS^'JjTruv  roiovrog,  ug  hhvac&ai  rh  Buod'^oarov  rovro  xai  axa- 
rayuiviarov  xai  dv^/xs^ov  ^tjc/'ov,  tyiV  tuv  rroXXSiv  do^av  xara'TranTt/ ,  xal  rag  'jroXkag 
dvTT^g  sxTS/j,iiv  %i<paka.g,  /j^aXXov  di  fLribi  cpvvai  tyjv  oi,^^riv  gvy^ooosTv^  duvriSfrai 
ivxoXoog,  xal  rag  irokXag  ravrag  dirox^ovicQat  'jr^offZoXag,  xai  hbiou  Tivhg  dio- 


486  COMMENTARY  ON 

Xausiv  Xi/jj'ivog-  TauTT^g  Ss  ojx.  a'xri'k'KayijAvac,,  iToXiijA\i  riva,  iroKvuhri,  zai 
^o^vQov  avvs^lj,  xai  ddu/xlag,  xai  rojv  Xoi-ttSjv  'Tradoov  rhv  o^Xod  xaratrxsKa^s/  rJj^ 
loCVTOV  •vf/L/p/^g. 

(c)  P.  30'5. — '  Alas !  how  many  think  the  work  is  done  when  the  glass  is  out.'  The 
allusion  is  to  the  hour-glass  placed  hy  the  side  of  the  pulpit  to  mark  the  lapse  of 
time.  A  rare  portrait  of  the  notorious  Hugh  Peters  represents  him  reversing  an 
hour-glass,  with  the  legend,  '  One  glass  more.'  For  many  interesting  and  curious 
memorabilia  concerning  hour-glasses  in  churches,  cf.  Notes  and  Queries.  In  illustration 
of  the  lamentation  of  Sibbes,  I  quote  the  following  from  Philip  Goodwin's  '  Evan- 
gelical Communicant'  : — '  It  is  reported  of  a  good  man,  that  coming  home  from  a 
public  lecture,  and  being  asked  by  one  whether  the  sermon  were  ended,  made  this 
answer,  fetcliing  a  deep  sigh  :  "  Ah!  it  is  said,  but  not  done."  And  to  speak  truth, 
the  sermon  cannot  be  said  to  be  done  till  it  be  practised.  But  herein  the  Lord  be 
merciful  to  most  of  lis.  We  are  apt  to  think  that  when  a  sacrament-day  is  over, 
all  the  sacrament  duties  are  over  too  ;  when  the  discourse  from  the  pulpit  is  finished, 
the  sermon  is  finished  ;  as  if  when  the  ordinance  were  at  an  end,  there  were  an  end 
of  the  ordinance,  and  of  us  with  the  ordinance  also.     Audire  est  obedire.     Isidore.'' 

(d)  P.  309. — '  God  would  have  the  very  snuffers  in  the  tabernacle pwre  gold.'  (See 
Exodus  xsxvii.  23.)  For  a  very  effective  enlargement  of  this  thought,  cf.  '  The 
Golden  Snuffers :  or  Christian  Reprovers  and  Reformers  characterised,  cautioned, 
and  encouraged.     By  Daniel  Burgess.'     12mo.     1697. 

(e)  P.  315. — '  Tou  know  there  was  a  primitive  light ;  lux  primogenita,  as  Basil  calls 
it.'  The  reference  is  as  follows  : — '  Lux  primogenita.  Tou  VPUToyhvov  ^ojrog 
sxiivou.'  Basil  in  Hexaem,  Horn.  ii.  §  8,  tom.  i.  p.  20  Ben.  Ed.  Milton  translates 
this  phrase  iu  his  invocation  to  Light  at  beginning  of  Book  III.  of  Paradise  Lost. 

'  Hail,  holy  Light,  offspring  of  heaven  first  born. 
Or  of  the  Eternal  co-eternal  beam. 
May  I  express  thee  vmblam'd '?  since  God  is  light, 
And  never  but  in  unapproached  light, 
Dwelt  from  eternity,  dwelt  then  in  thee, 
Bright  effluence  of  bright  essence  uncreate.' 

(/)  P.  316. — '  Therefore  Ambrose  calletli  it,  Lux  prima  gratia  mundi.'  See 
Ambrose  Hexaem,  lib.  i.  c.  ix. 

(g)  P.  323. — '  Therefore  Saint  Ambrose  saith  well,  Christus  umbra  in  Lege,  imago 
in  Evangelio,  Veritas  in  ccelo'  This  will  be  found  in  Ambrose,  in  Psalm  xxxviii.  §  25. 
For  '  in  coelo  '  he  has  '  in  ccslestibus.' 

Qi)  P.  831. — '  He  is  the  first-fruits  of  God's  predestination,  as  Aiistin  observeth.' 
See  Exposit.  Epist.  ad  Rom.  Inchoat,  lib.  i.,  '  Ergo  ille  tanquam  Filius  Dei  uni- 
genitus,  etiam  primogenitus  ex  mortuis  predestinatus  est,  ex  resurrectione  mor- 
tuorum.' 

{i)  P.  341. — '  As  Lactantius  saith  well,  "All  morality  without  piety  is  as  a  goodly 
Btatue  withoiit  a  head."  See  Div.  Inst.  lib.  vi.  c.  ix.  '  Omnis  enim  justitia  ejus 
similis  erit  humane  corpori  caput  non  habenti.' 

(y)  P.  355. — '  As  candles  that  have  thieves  in  them.'  That  is,  little  bits  of  the 
wick  that  have  got  into  the  body  of  the  candle,  causing  sputtering  and  waste.  In 
nearly  every  country,  the  oddest  superstitions  are  linked  with  such  '  thieves  ; '  e.  g., 
a  large  one  that  has  melted  a  considerable  portion,  was  in  Scotland  called  a  '  shroud,' 
and  foretokened  death. 

[k)  P.  361. — '  The  fishermen  cast  their  great  nets  into  the  great  world,  as  Austin 
saith,  and  got  in  whole  nations.'  The  following  is  the  passage : — '  Acceperunt 
(Apostoli)  ah  eo  retia  verbi  Dei,  miserunt  in  mundum  tanquam  in  mare  profundum, 
ceperunt  quantam  multitudinem  Christianorum  cernimus  et  miramur.'  Serm.  de 
temp.,  c.  xviii.     Fer.  4  Pasclipe,  Serm.  i. 

[1)  P.  367. — '  It  [the  sword  of  the  Spirit,  =  the  Bible]  is  no  leaden  dagger,  as 
the  papists  blasphemously  term  it.'     A  commonplace  of  the  popish  controversy. 

(m)  P.  368. — '  It  is  difficult  as  for  a  camel,  so  for  a  cable  too.'  The  word  Ka/i/Xof, 
which  signifies  a  cable-rope  to  which  sailors  attach  the  ship's  anchor,  is  supposed  by 
many  to  be  the  proper  reading  in  Mat.  xix.  24,  and  to  have  been  changed  by  an 
error  of  transcription  into  Kcc/xjjXoj,  a  camel.  Sibbes  refers  to  both  readings.  For 
erudite  and  elaborate  annotation  upon  the  passage  with  special  reference  to  Ka/i/Xoi/ 


2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  IV.  487 

and  Kd/MriXog,  consult  Nicolaides'  Evangelical  and  Exegetical  Commentary  upon 
Select  portions  of  the  New  Testament,  founded  on  the  writings  of  Nicephoros  Theo- 
toces,  vol.  i.  pp.  181-186,  London,  1860. 

(n)  P.  379. — 'Nolo  hanc  gratiam.  I  will  not  this  grace  (saith  one  of  the  ancients), 
that  leaveth  the  will  to  be  flexible,  and  at  liberty.'  Augustine  has  this  sentiment 
in  every  variety  of  expression  in  his  great  Controversies  with  the  Donatists. 

(o)  P.  380. — '  Therefore,  as  they  say  very  well,  he  worketh  suaviter  et  fortiter ; 
suaviter,  by  entreaty,  agreeable  to  the  nature  of  man  ;  and  fortiter,  powerfully.' 
Sibbes  probably  has  reference  to  the  Latin  proverbial  saying — '  Suaviter  in  modo, 
fortiter  in  re.' 

(p)  P.  380. — ■'  The  birth  of  thy  womb  is  as  the  dew  of  the  morning.'  So  the  best 
translators  have  it.  For  the  different  renderings  as  well  as  interpretations  of  this 
obscure  verse  consult  Dr  Joseph  Addison  Alexander  on  the  Psalms  in  loc.  Sibbes's 
seems  rather  an  exegesis  of  the  words  than  a  translation. 

(q)  P.  385. — '  As  Augustine  saith  well,  Volentem  hominem  salvum  facere,  when 
God  will  save  a  man,  no  stubbornness  of  his  will  shall  withstand,'  &c.  The  often- 
repeated  adoring  acknowledgment  of  this  illustrious  father  in  reverting  to  his  own 
conversion  after  obstinate  resistance.    Cf.  '  The  Confessions '  throughout. 

(r)  P.  392. — '  And  therefore  it  is  true  that  is  usually  spoken,  that  where  God  will 
defend  a  city  and  country,  a  cobweb  may  be  the  walls  thereof;  but  where  God  will 
not  defend  a  city  or  country,  a  wall  is  but  a  cobweb.'  The  allusion  here  is  to  an 
incident  in  the  history  of  St  Felix  of  Nola.  The  legend  runs,  that  this  saint,  being 
hotly  pursued  at  the  close  of  the  Decian  persecution,  took  refuge  behind  a  ruinous  old 
wall,  the  aperture  through  which  he  passed  being  almost  immediately  covered  with 
a  large  spider's  web.  His  enemies  not  imagining  that  any  person  could  have  entered 
a  spot  which  was  so  closely  covered  by  a  tender  fabric  which  ordinarily  requires 
much  time  for  its  completion,  missed  their  prey ;  and  the  saint,  reflecting  upon  the 
mode  of  his  escape  from  his  blood-thirsty  pursuers,  observed,  that  '  with  Christ's 
presence  a  spider's  web  becomes  a  wall ;  if  he  be  absent,  a  wall  is  no  better  than 
a  spider's  web.  Frcesente  Christo,  aranea  fit  murus :  absente  Christo,  raurus  fit  aranea. 
The  circumstances  are  recorded  by  Paulinus  (a.  d.  398)  in  a  iDoem,  De  Sancto 
Felice  Martyre,  Natalis  V.,  of  which  the  following  lines  refer  to  the  event  already 
mentioned : — 

'  Et  capiendus  erat,  quia  nullius  obice  claustri, 
Hie  repelleudis  locus  obsistebat  iniquis. 
Nam  foribus  nullis  in  publica  rostra  patebat 
Semiruti  paries  malefidus  fragmine  muri. 
Sed  divina  manus  Sese  sanctum  inter  et  hostes 
Opposuit,  miroque  locum  muni  mine  sepsit ; 
Non  strue  saxorum,  neque  ferratis  data  valvis 
Claustra,  per  humanas  quibus  atria  claudimus  artes 
Eudere  sed  subito  concrevit  sordidus  agger, 
Jussaque  nutantes  intendit  aranea  telas, 
Et  sinibus  tremulis  in  totum  struxit  apertum, 
Desertseque  dedit  faciem  sordere  ruinse. 
Qu£)e  simul  occurrit  minitantibus,  obstupuerunt, 
Defixoque  gradu,  simul  et  dixere  vicissim  : 
Nonne  furor  tentare  aditus,  aut  credere  quemquam 
Hac  intrasse  hominem,  minimi  qua  signa  dedissent 
Vermiculi  ?     Modicse  rumpunt  hcec  retia  muscse, 
Nos  penetrasse  virum  per  clausa  putamus  inepti, 
Et  tenerum  tanto  non  ruptum  corporo  textum "?  ' 

The  saint  is  then  introduced  as  saying, — 

'  Vana  salus  hominum,  virtus  mea  non  mihi  virtus, 
Si  caream  virtute  Dei.     Quo  vasta  gigantum 
Piobora?  quo  Pharii  regis?  ubi  magna  Hierichus? 
Omnibus  exitio  sua  gloria,  qua  tumuerunt, 
Cassa  fuit.     Neque  vero  suis  virtutibus  ista, 
Sed  magis  infirmis  divina  potentia  fregit. 
Hie  gigas  pueri  funda  pastoris  obivit, 
Ut  canis  :  illam  urbem  sonitus  solvere  tubarum  ; 


488  COMMENTARY  ON  2  CORINTHIANS  CHAP.  lY. 

Littorea  jacuit  Eex  ille  superbus  arena, 
Divitias  regni  pendens  in  funere  undo 
Sic  uhi  Christus  adest  nobis,  et  aranea  muro  est 
At  cui  Christus  alest,  et  murus  aranea  fict.' 

The  last  couplet  may  be  thus  imitated, — 

'  Witli  Christ,  a  cobweb  is  a  wall  to  thee  ; 
Without  Him,  walls  shall  but  as  cobwebs  be. 

It  may  be  worth  mentioning,  that  like  preservation  by  a  spider's  web  occurs  in  the 
life  of  more  than  one  mediasval  saint ;  and  a  very  similar  story  respecting  a  pigeon 
plays  a  part  in  the  history  of  Mahomet. 

(5)  P.  308  — '  Saint  Austin  saith  well,  Though  we  live  well  in  times  of  peace, 
yet  audi,  audi,  mi  frater,  begin  to  live  as  a  Christian  should  live,  and  see  if  you  be 
not  pursued ;  you  shall  find  a  Babylon  in  Jerusalem.'  Probably  the  following  is 
the  reference  : — '  Incipiat  ergo  pie  vivere  in  Christo  et  probet  quod  dicitur,  incipit 
desiderare  pennas  elongare,  fugere  et  manere  in  deserto.'  Enarrat.  in  Ps,  liv. 
The  thoiKjlit  occurs  several  times  in  his  Dc  Civitate  Dei. 

{t)  P.  398. — '  A  new  moon  ...  is  interlunium.^  Milton  has  grandly  Anglicised 
the  word  in  his  famous  reference  to  the  moon  retiring  to  her  '  vacant  interlunar  cave.' 
Sam.  Agon.,  ver  8Q. 

(w)  P.  401. — '  It  was  the  speech  of  Philo,  "  A  man's  help  faileth  where  God's 
begins."'  This  is  represented  by  our  apophthegm,  'Man's  extremity  is  God's 
opportunity.' 

(v)  P.  401. — '  CJiristi  dolor,  dolor  majinivs.'     Cf.  note  ii,  Vol.  III.  page  531. 

(w)  P.  402. — '  Comforts  are  not  found  in  adversity,  that  were  not  sought  for  in 
prosperity,  as  Austin  saith.'  A  tliought  which  is  probably  a  reminiscence  from  JJe 
Civitate  Dei,  lib.  i.  ct  alibi. 

{x)  P.  403. — '  Saint  Austin  saith,  by  straits  and  afflictions  the  church  hath  been 
delivered,  and  spread  abroad  to  the  utmost  parts  of  the  world.'  Cf.  Augustine  under 
Acts  viii.  1,  in  his  Sermons. 

(?/)  P.  405. — '  As  he  said.  It  is  a  Mugly  thing  to  suffer  evil,'  &c.  Antisthenes 
being  told  that  Plato  spoke  ill  of  him,  replied,  '  It  is  a  royal  privilege  to  do  well,  and 
to  be  evil  spoken  of.'  See  Diogenes  Laertius  sub  voce.  But  perhajis  Sibbes's  refer- 
ence is  to  the  following  sentence  from  Chrysostom  on  the  words  of  Paul :  Obsecro  vos 
ego  vinctus,  &c.  '  Magna  dignitas  et  multa,  regno,  consulatu,  universisque  major, 
pro  Christo  ligari.' 

(z)  P.  406. — '  Miserable  heathens,  that  had  not  the  knowledge  of  God  in  Christ, 
what  condition  were  they  in  '?  As  one  saith,  "  I  would  pray,  but  my  prayers  are  in 
vain."  '    A  sentiment  that  pervades  the  classics,  and  barbs  the  sarcasms  of  Lucretius. 

(aa)  P.  407. — '  The  presence  of  Christ  so  sweetens  everything,  as  he  said,  "  The 
presence  of  Christ  made  the  gridiron  sweet  unto  Laurence."  '  The  thought  is  found 
in  Augustine  in  S.  Laur.  Serm.  ii.  '  Has  flammas  fidei  calore  non  sentit,  et  dum 
Christi  precepta  cogitat,  frigidum  est  illi  orane  quod  patitur.'  Again,  '  Duni 
Christi  ardet  desiderio,  persecutoris  poenam  non  sentit.  Divinus  Salvatoris  ardor 
materialem  tyranni  restinxit  ardorem.'     (Ibid.  Serm.  i.) 

{bb)  P.  455. — '  Vespertiliones  in  fide,  as  he  calls  them  ;  bats  that  will  neither  be 
amongst  the  birds  or  other  creatures,'  &c.  This  term  is  not  uufrequent  in  the 
Tocabulary  of  abuse  of  the  fathers  in  their  controversies  ;  e.  g.,  Augustine,  and  also 
Luther. 

{cc)  P.  457. — '  As  he  said.  If  thou  didst  believe  these  things,  wouldst  thou  speak 
BO  of  them  ? '  The  context  seems  to  have  reference  to  want  of  interest  in  the  things 
Bpoken  of,  revealed  by  the  listless  mode  of  speaking  of  them.  The  thought,  but  not 
the  specific  wording,  occurs  in  Quintilian.  G. 


THE  CHURCH'S  RICHES. 


THE  CHURCH'S  RICHES. 


NOTE. 

'  The  Church's  Riches  '  forms  one  of  a  collection  of  four  treatises  entitled  '  Light 
from  Heaven'  (4to  1638).  Each  treatise  is  independent:  and  it  has  been  deemed 
proper  to  detach  the  '  Church's  Riches,'  in  order  that  it  may  take  its  place  in  the 
Sermons  from  the  Epistles  to  the  Corinthians.  The  general  title-page  of  the  volume 
and  the  separate  title-page  of  the  '  Church's  Riches  '  will  he  found  below.  [■■•  and  j] 
As  the  '  Church's  Riches  '  is  our  first  contribution  from  '  Light  from  Heaven,'  the 
'  Epistle  Dedicatory  '  and  '  Addi-ess  to  the  Reader,'  of  the  whole  volume,  is  prefixed 
to  it.  G. 

■»  LIGHT 

FROM 

HEAVEN 
Discoverinff 

{Fountaine  Opened. 
Angels  Acclamations. 
Churches  Riches. 
Rich  Povertie. 
Infoure  Treatises. 

BY 

The  late  Learned  and  Reverend  Divine, 

Rich.  Sibs, 

Doctor  in  Divinitie,  Master  of  Katherine  Hall 

in  Cambridge,  and  sometimes  Preacher 

at  Grayes-Inne. 

Published  according  to  the  Authors  owne 

a^jpointment,  subscribed  with  his  hand ; 

to  prevent  imperfect  copies. 

Amos  3.  7. 

Surely  the  Lord  God  will  doe  nothing,  but  he  revealeth 

his  secrets  to  his  servants  the  Prophets. 

London, 

Printed  by  E.  Purslow  for  N.  Bourne,  at  the  Royall 

Exchange,  and  R.  Hartford  at  the  gilt  Bible  in 

Queenes-head  Alley  in  Pater-Noster-Row. 

1638. 

t    THE 

CHVRCHES 
RICHES 

BY 

CHRISTS    POVERTY 
By 

The  late  Learned  and  Reverend  Divine, 

RICHARD  SIBBS, 

D'.  in  Divinity,  Master  of  Katherine-'R-eiW  in 

Cambridge,  and  sometimes  Preacher  at 

G  R  A  I E  S-I N  N  E. 

Lute  9.  58. 

The  Sonne  of  man  hath  not  where  to  lay  his  head 

E  PHES  .  2.  7. 

That  in  the  ages  to  come  he  might  sheiv  the  exceeding  riches 

of  his  grace,  ^c, 

LONDON, 

Printed  by  R.  Badger  for  N.  Bourne  at  the  Royall 

Exchange,  and  R.  Harford  at  the  gilt  Bible  in 

Queenes-head  Alley  in  Pater-Noster  Row. 

16  3  8. 


TO  THE  EIGHT  HONOURABLE 

EOBEPtT,  EAEL  OF  WAEWICK,^ 

AND  TO  THE  EIGHT  HONOUEABLE 

THE  LADY  SUSANNA,  COUNTESS  OF  WAEWICK, 

his  pious  consoet. 

Right  Honoueaele, 

There  are  two  things  common  to  man,  whose  nature  is  capable  of 
honour  :  one  is,  an  appetite  of  honour  ;  the  other,  a  mistaking  himself  about 
the  matter  or  way  of  honour.  Ambition  stirs  up  the  one,  and  ignorance 
causeth  the  other ;  that  swells,  this  poisons  the  heart  of  man.  The  first 
humour  did  so  far  transport  some  ancients,  that  they  placed  very  felicity  in 
honour,  and  made  strange  and  unnatural  adventures  for  the  same.  The 
second,  as  an  evil,  made  them  to  make  that  to  be  honour  which  is  not ; 
and  deny  that  to  be  honour  which  is  honour  indeed.  It  is  no  honour  to 
be  wicked  ;  nor  yet  a  way  to  honour  with  God  or  good  men  ;  and  yet  some 
men  do  '  glory  in  their  shame,'  Phil.  iii.  19,  accounting  baseness  itself  to  be 
their  honour. 

It  is  the  highest  honour,  and  indeed,  nothing  so  truly  ennobleth,  to  be 
truly  gracious  and  godly ;  and  yet,  with  multitudes  of  men,  religion  and 
godliness  are  thought  stains  and  blemishes  of  honour,  ignobling  greatness 
itself,  which  they  shun  as  the  greatest  shame.  The  Scriptures  make 
godliness  the  formal  and  intrinsecal  cause  and  root  of  honour.  Nay,  it  is 
and  was  the  opinion  of  the  most  moderate  philosophers,  that  virtue  is 
the  proper  basis  of  honour  ;  and  that  it  doth  belong  to  virtue  as  a  debt ; 
and  so  much  as  virtuous,  so  much  honourable  ;  and  though  it  did  not  make, 
yet  it  did  dress  a  moral  happiness.  The  honour  of  being  virtuous  is  great 
to  all;  most  unto  personages  whose  blood  runs  noble,  and  places  are  eminent. 
The  world  eyeth  such  most,  and  are  willing  to  see  if  they  will  shine  ;  and 

*  Robert  Rich,  second  Earl  of  Warwick,  and  his  excellent  Countess,  were  '  fast 
friends'  (Clarendon's  words)  of  the  Puritans.  Clarendon,  Neal,  and  indeed  all  the 
histories  of  the  period,  shew  the  important  part  the  Earl  played  among  his  con- 
temporaries. His  death  in  1658  is  one  of  the  events  enumerated  by  Clarendon  as 
having  darkened  the  '  latter  days'  of  Cromwell.  Besides  the  Peerages,  consult  Ross's 
Historical  account  of  the  Earls  of  Warwick,  published  by  Hearne  in  1729. — G. 


492  THE  EPISTLE  DEDICATORY. 

ready  to  commend  if  they  will  be  forward.  When  great  ones  are  but  in 
the  common  way  of  honouring  God,  which  is  merely  formal  and  verbal, 
this  is  pleasing,  and  many  times  winning  name  and  fame  unto  themselves. 
But  when  they  are  found  upon  the  special  way  of  honouring  God,  which 
is  radical  and  vital,  the  heart  being  inwardly  affected  with  the  love  and 
purpose,  and  the  life  full  of  the  courses  and  discourses  of  godliness,  this 
makes  nobihty  itself  glorious,  and  eminently  to  shine.  And  ceiiain  it  is, 
that  such  shall  have  from  God  the  honour  of  secret  acceptation,  special 
protection,  external  publication,  and  of  eternal  glorification,  they  being  all 
heirs  under  blessing. 

This  honour,  in  all  eminency,  I  wish  unto  your  honours,  by  how  much 
the  more  God  hath  already  advanced  and  enlarged  your  names  and  families, 
not  only  in  many  outward,  but  also  in  many  choice  and  spiritual  respects. 
For  your  further  help  herein,  I  make  myself  bold  to  present  you  with 
certain  sermons,  heretofore  preached  by  Dr  Sibbes,  a  man  whose  piety  and 
parts  made  him  honourable  living  and  dead.  For  me  to  commend  the 
author  unto  your  honour,  were  to  make  the  world  to  judge  him  either  a 
stranger  unto  you,  or  a  man  that  had  not  ingratiated  himself  with  you 
whilst  he  lived  near  unto  you.  I  well  knew  that  he  had  an  honourable 
opinion  of  you  both,  and  of  yours ;  and  that  maketh  me  not  blush  to  pass 
these  his  own  labours  under  your  noble  patronages.  I  know  his  works  do 
and  will  sufficiently  praise  him ;  and  you  that  knew  and  loved  him  so  well, 
shall,  in  vouchsafing  to  read  over  these  ensuing  sermons,  find  his  spirit  in 
them,  and  in  a  manner  hear  him,  although  dead,  yet  speaking  unto  you, 
Heb.  xi.  4.  Look  upon  the  work  with  acceptance  for  the  father's  sake, 
and  let  the  world  know  that  he  was  a  man  so  deservedly  respected  of  you, 
that  his  learned  labours  shall  profit  you ;  and  you  by  them  may  be  quick- 
ened in  all  the  passages  of  your  life,  to  honour  that  God  who  hath  so 
much  honoured  you,  which  is  the  hearty  desire  of 

Your  honour's  to  be  commanded, 

John  Sedewick.* 

*  This  is  John  Sedgwick,  B.D.,  though  curiously  enough  misspelled  here  '  Sedewick.' 
a  younger  brother  of  the  more  celebrated  Obadiah  Sedgwick.  Against  none  of  the 
Puritans  has  Anthony  a- Wood  written  more  bitterly  or  slanderously.  He  died  in 
1643.  Thomas  Case  preached  his  funeral  sermon.  Consult  Brook's  'Puritans,' 
ii.  pp.  485-486,  and  Wood  and  Newcourt.  His  '  Bearing  and  Burden  of  the  Spirit ' 
(1639,  18mo),  and  his  '  Eye  of  Faith'  (1640,  18mo),  breathe  much  of  the  spirit  of 
Sibbes.— G. 


TO  THE  READER. 


The  liigbest  points  of  Christian  religion,  and  such  as  are  most  above  the 
reach  of  human  wisdom,  are  those  that  lie  below,  in  the  foundation  ;  and 
therefore  are  they  called  the  '  mysteries  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,'  Mat. 
xiii.  11 ;  and  the  '  deep  things  of  Grod,'  1  Cor.  ii.  10.  And  the  know- 
ledge of  these  things  is  termed  an  ascending  into  heaven,  John  iii.  13  ;  a 
knowledge  of  such  things  '  as  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  would 
ever  have  entered  into  the  heart  of  man,'  had  they  not  been  revealed  to  us 
by  him  that  came  down  from  heaven,  even  the  Son  of  man  that  is  in 
heaven.  That  blessed  apostle  St  Paul,  that  was  rapt  up  into  the  third 
heaven,  did  yet  chiefly  desire  to  study  and  teach  these  principles  of  the 
doctrine  of  Christ.  '  I  determined  not  to  know  anything  among  you,  save 
Jesus  Christ,  and  him  crucified,'  1  Cor.  ii.  2.  Yea,  and  after  all  his  study 
and  'teaching,  was  not  ashamed  to  confess  of  himself  that  he  was  not  yet 
perfect  in  the  knowledge  of  Christ,  nor  had  attained  so  much  as  might  be 
attained,  but  was  still  therefore  looking  upward,  and  pressing  forward  to 
that  which  was  before,  Phil.  iii.  12,  13.  And  indeed  what  David  acknow- 
ledged, concerning  his  searching  the  Scriptures  in  general,  that  though  ho 
had  proceeded  further  in  the  discovery  of  divine  truths  than  those  that 
went  before  him  (Ps.  cxix.  99),  '  I  have  more  understanding  than  all  my 
teachers,  for  thy  '  testimonies  are  my  meditation  ; '  yet  he  was  still  to  seek 
of  that  which  might  be  known ;  ver.  96,  '  I  have  seen  an  end  of  all  per- 
fection, but  thy  commandment  is  exceeding  broad.'  Even  as  those  great 
discoverers  of  the  new-found  lands  in  America,  at  their  return,  were  wont 
to  confess  that  there  was  still  a  |)?us  ultra,  more  might  be  descried  than  was 
yet  seen,  that  may  we  say  concerning  those  glorious  things  revealed  unto 
us  in  the  gospel  concerning  Christ.  Proceed  we  as  far  as  we  can  in  the 
study  of  them  ;  that,  we  know,  will  be  nothing,  to  that  which  is  still  to  be 
learned ;  for  the  riches  of  Christ  herein  discovered  are  indeed  unsearch- 
able, Eph.  iii.  8. 

It  is  no  disparagement  therefore  at  all,  either  to  those  that  are  the  chief 
masters  of  the  assemblies,  Eccles.  xii.  11,  to  teach,  or  those  that  are  of  the 
highest  form  -  in  Christ's  school,  to  learn,  yea,  and  that  again  and  again, 
'  the  first  principles  of  the  oracles  of  God,'  Heb.  v.  12.  Sure  I  am,  how- 
ever others  puffed  up  with  an  opinion  of  their  own  worth  may  be  otherwise 
minded,  the  reverend  and  learned  author  of  these  ensuing  treatises  was 
of  this  judgment,  who,  though  he  were  a  wise  master-builder,  yet  according 
to  the  grace  that  was  given  unto  him  (which  was  indeed  like  that  of  Elisha 
in  regard  of  the  other  prophets,  2  Kings  ii.  9,  the  elder  brother's  privilege, 
*  That  is,  '  seat,'  a  scholastic  or  educational  term. — G. 


494  TO  THE  READER. 

a  double  portion),  he  was  still  taking  all  occasions  to  lay  well  the  foundation, 
and  that  in  one  of  the  most  eminent  authorities  for  learning  and  piety  that 
are  in  the  kingdom. 

They  that  were  his  constant  hearers  know  this  well.  They  that  were 
not,  may  see  it  by  these  his  sermons  now  published,  reduced,  as  was  deemed 
most  fit,  into  four  several  treatises  ;  wherein,  as  the  season  required,  he  still 
took  the  opportunity  of  instructing  his  hearers  in  this  gi'eat  mystery  of  our 
religion,  the  incarnation  of  the  Son  of  God,  one  of  the  chief  fundamentals 
of  our  faith  ;  one  of  the  chief  of  those  wonders  in  the  mercy-seat,  which  the 
cherubins  gaze  at,  which  the  angels  desire  to  pry  into,  1  Peter  i.  12.  And, 
indeed,  by  reason  he  spake  at  several  times,  and  by  occasion  of  so  many 
several  texts  of  Scripture  concerning  this  subject,  there  is  scarce  any  one 
of  those  incomparable  benefits  which  accrue  to  us  thereby  ;  nor  any  of  those 
holy  impressions  which  the  meditation  hereof  ought  to  work  in  our  hearts, 
which  is  not  in  some  place  or  other  sweetly  unfolded.  In  the  fii'st  treatise  * 
the  mystery  itself  is  indeed  chiefly  opened,  and  is  therefore  called,  '  The 
Fountain  Unsealed  ; '  the  rest,  as  in  so  many  streams,  convey  to  us  that 
water  of  life  which  is  issued  from  thence,  teaching  us  how  to  improve  the 
knowledge  hereof  to  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  spiritual  enriching  of  our 
own  souls.  The  noted  humility  of  the  author  I  now  the  less  wonder  at, 
finding  how  often  his  thoughts  dwelt  on  the  humiliation  of  Christ.  If  we 
that  now  read  them  be  not  changed  into  the  same  image  from  glory  to 
glory,  it  will  be  our  own  fault.  This  take  from  me  ;  the  treatises  following 
are  published  by  copies  of  his  sermons  which  himself  approved  and 
appointed,  and  that  by  subscribing  his  own  hand,  purposely  to  prevent 
imperfect  copies.  Embrace  them,  therefore,  as  truly  his  ;  and  the  Lord  so 
raise  up  thy  heart  in  the  careful  perusal  hereof,  that  '  thy  profiting  may  be 
seen  of  all,'  1  Tim.  iv.  15. 

Thine  in  the  Lord  Jesus, 

A.  Jackson,  f 
London,  Woodstreet,  April  18.  1G38. 


*  This,  with  the  other  two,  will  duly  appear  in  their  respective  places.— G. 
t  Cf.  Vol.  II.  p.  442.— G. 


THE  CHURCH'S  RICHES  BY  CHRIST'S  POVERTY. 


For  ye  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that,  though  he  ivas  rich,  yet 
he  became  poor  for  your  sakes,  that  ye  through  his  j^overty  might  he  rich, — 

2  coK.  vni.  9. 

The  nature  of  man  is  very  backward  to  do  good  ;  onr  hearts  being  like  to 
green  wood  that  hath  but  a  Kttle  fire  under  it,  that  must  be  continually- 
blown  up :  so  those  sparks  of  grace  that  are  in  us  must  be  stirred  up. 
Therefore  the  apostle  being  to  stir  up  these  Corinthians  to  beneficence,  and 
bounty  towards  the  poor,  he  labours  to  enforce  it  by  many  reasons,  in  this 
and  the  next  chapter.  Man  being  an  understanding  creature,  God  would 
have  what  we  do  in  matters  of  religion  to  proceed  from  principles,  becoming 
men  and  Christians.  Therefore  he  sets  us  upon  duties  from  reasons.  And 
because  examples  together  with  reasons  are  very  forcible,  therefore  the 
apostle,  after  many  forcible  reasons  to  be  liberal  to  the  saints,  he  joins 
examples :  first,  of  the  Macedonians  that  were  a  poorer  people,  2  Cor.  viii.  2 ; 
then  the  Corinthians,  to  whom  the  apostle  now  wrote.  But  because  people 
are  not  so  comfortably  led  by  the  example  of  equals  and  inferiors  (they 
think  it  a  kind  of  upbraiding  of  them,  accounting  themselves  as  good  or 
better  than  they) ;  therefore  the  apostle  leaves  exhorting  them  from  the 
example  of  the  Macedonians  that  were  poorer,  and  propounds  an  example 
beyond  all  exception,  the  example  of  Christ  himself.  He  stirs  them  up  to 
bounty  and  goodness,  by  the  example  of  him  who  is  goodness  itself.  '  You 
know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who,  though  he  were  rich,  he 
became  poor,'  &c.  As  if  he  should  have  said,  if  the  example  of  the  poor 
Macedonians  will  not  move  you  to  give  bountifully,  yet  let  the  example  of 
our  Saviour ;  he  was  rich,  yet  he  became  poor  to  enrich  you  ;  therefore  you 
must  not  think  much  to  bestow  somewhat  on  his  poor  members. 

Examples  have  a  very  great  force  in  moving,  especially  if  they  be 
examples  of  great  persons,  and  those  that  love  us,  and  we  them,  and  that 
are  near  us.  The  example  of  Christ,  it  is  the  example  of  a  great  person, 
and  one  that  loves  us,  and  whom  we  ought  to  love  again ;  therefo/e  the 
apostle  propounds  that. 

He  might  have  alleged  the  precept  of  Christ.  There  are  many  com- 
mands that  Christ  gives  of  bounty  and  liberality  to  the  poor :  '  Be  merci- 
ful, as  youi-  heavenly  Father  is  merciful,'  Luke  vi.  36 ;  and  '  give  freely, 
looking  for  nothing  again,'  vi.  35  ;  and  '  the  poor  ye  shall  have  always 


496  THE  church's  riches, 

with  you,'  Mat.  xxvi.  11.  But  because  example  liatli  a  more  alluring 
power,  it  moves  more  freely  (precepts  have  a  more  compelling*  force) ; 
therefore  herein  he  follows  the  stream  of  our  disposition,  which  rather 
desires  to  be  easily  drawn  than  to  be  forced  and  pressed ;  he  brings  not 
the  precept  but  the  example  of  Christ :  '  For  you  know  the  grace  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  &c. 

The  points  considerable  in  the  words  are,  first  of  all,  that 

Doct.  1.   Christ  ivas  rich. 

There  is  no  question  to  be  made  of  this  truth,  '  Christ  was  rich,'  because 
be  was  the  second  j)erson  in  Trinity,  the  Son  of  God,  the  heir  of  heaven 
and  earth,  rich  every  way.  When  he  was  poor,  he  was  God  then.  Though 
he  covered  his  Godhead  with  the  veil  of  humanity,  with  our  base  and  beg- 
garly nature  that  he  took  upon  him,  he  was  alway  rich.  But  especially 
this  hath  reference  to  what  he  was  before  he  took  our  nature  :  he  was  rich, 
because  he  was  God ;  and  indeed  God  only  is  rich  to  purpose,  independ- 
ently and  eternally  rich.  Riches  imply,  among  other  things,  plenty ;  and 
plenty  of  precious  and  good  things,  and  propriety. f  They  must  be  good 
things  that  are  our  own.  Christ  had  plenty  of  excellent  things,  and  they 
were  his  own.  He  was  not  only  rich  in  treasure,  as  he  saith,  '  Gold  is 
mine,  and  silver  is  mine,'  Hag.  ii.  8,  but  heaven  and  earth,  that  contains  all 
treasures,  are  his.  '  The  earth  is  the  Lord's,  and  the  fulness  thereof,' 
Ps.  xxiv.  1  ;  and  it  is  he  that  made  the  heavens.  He  that  made  heaven 
and  earth  must  needs  be  rich ;  nay,  if  there  were  need,  he  can  make 
a  thousand  heavens  and  earths.  He  is  not  only  mighty,  but  almighty ; 
not  only  sufficient,  but  all-sufficient.  He  can  do  what  may  be  done ;  he 
can  do  what  he  hath  done,  and  more  than  he  hath  done,  and  more  than 
we  can  conceive  ;  he  can  remove  all  difficulties  that  hinder  him  ;  he  is 
rich  in  power  and  wisdom  every  way.  The  point  is  very  large,  but  it  is  not 
so  pertinent  to  the  text  to  shew  what  he  was  in  himself,  but  what  he  was 
for  our  sakes  ;  therefore  I  will  be  shorter  in  it. 

Hence  then  you  see  that  Christ  was,  before  he  was  exhibited.  J  He  did 
good  before  he  appeared.  He  was  rich  before  he  took  our  nature  upon  him. 
He  was  God  before  he  was  man.  [I  say  this]  against  the  cursed  heresy  of 
Arius  («),  which  I  will  not  now  rake  up  again.  But  undoubtedly  you  see 
here  a  good  ground  of  that  grand  article  of  our  faith — Christ  was  God 
before  he  took  our  nature.  He  came ;  therefore  he  was  before  he  came. 
He  was  sent ;  therefore  he  was  before  he  was  sent.  He  was  God,  before 
he  was  God  'manifest  in  the  flesh.'  In  Philip,  ii.  6,  it  is  largely  and  excel- 
lently set  down  :  '  Let  the  same  mind  be  in  you  that  was  in  Christ  Jesus  : 
who,  being  in  the  form  of  God,  thought  it  not  robbery  to  be  equal  with 
God ;  but  he  was  made  of  no  reputation  ;  he  took  upon  him  the  form  of  a 
servant,  and  was  made  in  the  likeness  of  man  :  he  was  found  in  the 
fashion  of  man  ;  he  humbled  himself,  and  became  obedient  to  death,  even 
to  the  death  of  the  cross ;  therefore  God  hath  highly  exalted  him,  and 
given  him  a  name  above  all  names.'  It  is  a  large  comment  and  explica- 
tion upon  this  text,  *  he  was  God  ;  he  thought  it  no  robbery  to  be  equal 
with  God.' 

The  devils,  which  were  angels  before  they  fell,  would  be  gods  by  usur- 
pation and  robbery.  They  were  not  content  in  the  place  they  were  in,  but 
they  would  be  gods,  independent,  of  themselves.  It  was  robbery  for  them 
to  do  it ;  therefore  from  that  high  place  of  excellency  they  were  thrown 

*  That  is,  =  commanding. — G.  f  That  is,  '  property.' — G. 

X  That  is,  '  manifested.'     Cf.  1  John  i.  2. — G. 


THE  church's  eiches.  497 

down  to  the  lowest  liell ;  of  angels  they  became  devils.  But  Christ  was 
God,  not  by  usurpation  and  robbery  against  God's  will,  but  he  was  God  by 
nature.  He  was  rich  by  nature.  He  thought  it  no  robbery,  no  disparage- 
ment, nor  usurpation  to  be  equal  with  God ;  he  did  God  no  wrong  in  it. 
Therefore  when  he  became  man,  he  w'as  not  cast  into  these  inferior  parts  of 
the  world,  to  punish  him,  as  if  he  had  been  an  usurper  ;  but  it  was  a  volun- 
tary taking  of  our  nature  on  him,  '  being  rich,  he  became  poor,'  and  '  being 
in  the  form  of  God,  he  made  himself  of  no  reputation.'  If  he  had  usurped 
his  divinity,  his  abasement  had  been  violent,  against  his  will.  You  see 
then  that  Christ  was  rich,  as  God. 

Therefore,  before  he  took  our  nature  upon  him,  he  was  mediator  from 
the  beginning ;  he  was  '  yesterday,  to-day,  and  to-morrow,  and  the  same 
for  ever,'  Heb.  xiii.  8,  as  the  apostle  saith ;  '  he  was,  and  is,  and  is  to 
come,'  Rev.  i.  8  ;  he  was  the  '  Lamb  slain  from  the  beginning  of  the  world,' 
Rev.  V.  12.  For  howsoever  he  took  our  nature  upon  him,  and  paid  the 
debt,  yet  he  undertook  the  payment  before  the  beginning  of  the  world.  A 
man  may  let  a  prisoner  loose  now,  upon  the  promise  to  pay  the  debt  a  year 
after ;  so  Christ  undertook  to  take  our  nature  and  to  pay  our  debt  in  the 
fulness  of  time.  By  virtue,  therefore,  of  his  future  incarnation,  he  was  an 
effectual  mediator  from  the  beginning  of  the  world :  as  we  have  now  the 
fruit  of  his  mediation  though  his  death  be  past.  The  act  is  past,  but  the 
fruit  remains.  So  that  he  was  a  mediator  before  he  came  in  the  flesh, 
because  he  undertook  to  his  Father  to  discharge  the  office. 

Quest.  But  Christ  being  God,  was  it  needful  that  he  should  become 
poor  ?  Might  not  an  angel,  or  some  other  creature,  have  served  for  the 
work  ? 

Ans.  No.  God  being  rich  must  become  poor,  or  else  he  had  not  been 
able  to  bring  us  back  again  to  God.  It  is  an  act  of  divine  power  to  bring 
us  back  again  to  God ;  and  he  that  shall  settle  us  in  a  firmer  state  than  we 
had  in  Adam,  must  be  God.  To  stablish  us  stronger,  and  to  convey  grace 
to  us,  to  make  our  state  firm,  only  God  can  do  it.  There  are  some  things 
in  the  mediation  of  Christ  that  belongs  to  ministry,  and  some  things  to 
authority.  Those  that  belong  to  ministry,  are  to  be  a  servant,  and  to  die ; 
and  that  he  must  be  man  for.  But  there  are  some  things  that  belong 
to  authority  and  power,  as  to  bring  us  back  to  God,  to  convey  his  Spirit, 
to  preserve  us  from  Satan  our  great  enemy.  For  these  works  of  authority 
it  was  requisite  he  should  be  God.     In  a  word, 

1.  The  ffreatness  of  the  ill  we  were  in  required  it.  Who  could  deliver  us 
from  the  bondage  of  Satan  but  God  ?  He  must  be  stronger  than  the 
'  strong  man,'  that  must  drive  him  out.  Who  could  know  our  spiritual 
wants,  the  terrors  of  our  conscience,  and  heal  and  comfort  them,  but  God 
by  his  Spirit  ?  Who  could  free  us  from  the  wrath  of  the  great  God,  but 
he  that  was  equal  with  God  ? 

2.  And  then  in  regard  of  the  great  good  we  have  hy  him.  To  restore  us 
to  friendship  with  God,  and  to  preserve  us  in  that  state  ;  to  convey  all 
necessary  grace  here,  and  to  bring  us  to  glory  after, — it  was  necessary  he 
should  be  God.  Therefore  he  was  rich,  and  became  poor.  It  is  rather  to 
be  admired  than  expressed,  the  infinite  comfort  that  springs  hence  ;  that 
he  hath*  undertaken  to  reconcile  us,  to  make  our  peace,  to  bring  us  to 
heaven,  is  God  the  second  person  in  Trinity. 

All  the  three  persons  had  a  hand  in  this  work.     God  the  Father  sent 
him,  and  the  Holy  Ghost  sanctified  that  mass  that  his  body  was  made  of, 
*  Qu.  '  that  lie  that  hath  '  ?— Ed. 
VOL.  rv.  I  i 


498  THE  church's  riches. 

but  he  liimself  wore  tlie  body.  The  Father  gives  his  Son  in  roarriage  ; 
the  Son  married  our  nature  ;  and  the  Holy  Ghost  brings  them  together. 
He  sanctified  our  nature,  and  fitted  it  for  Christ  to  take.  So  though  all 
three  persons  had  a  work  in  it,  yet  God  the  second  person  of  rich  became 
poor.  And  indeed  who  was  fitter  to  bring  us  to  the  love  of  God,  than  he 
that  was  his  beloved  Son  ?  Who  was  fitter  to  restore  us  to  the  image  of 
God,  than  he  that  was  the  image  of  God  himself?  and  to  make  us  wise, 
than  he  that  was  the  Wisdom  of  God  himself  ?  There  was  infinite  wisdom 
in  this.     I  will  not  be  larger  in  that  point — Christ  was  rich. 

The  next  thing  I  observe  is  this,  that 

Doct.  2.   Chriiit  became  2)oor. 

The  poverty  of  Christ  reacheth  from  his  incarnation  to  his  resurrection. 
All  the  state  of  his  humiliation,  it  goes  under  the  name  of  his  poverty. 
The  resurrection  was  the  first  step  or  degree  of  his  exaltation.  He  wrought 
cm-  salvation  in  the  state  of  humiliation,  but  he  applies  it  in  the  state  of 
exaltation. 

1.  The  incarnation  of  Christ  it  ivas  an  exaltation  to''^'  our  natitre,  to  be 
united  to  God,  to  the  second  person  in  Trinity.  It  was  a  humiliation  of 
God,  for  the  divine  nature  to  stoop  so  low  as  to  be  vailed  under  our  poor 
nature.  So  that  God  could  stoop  no  lower  than  to  become  man,  and  man 
could  be  advanced  no  higher  than  to  be  united  to  God ;  so  that  in  regard  of 
God,  the  very  taking  upon  him  of  our  nature,  it  was  the  first  degree  and 
passage  of  his  humiliation. 

2.  But  when  did  he  take  upon  him  our  nature  ?  He  took  it  upon  him 
after  it  vas  fallen;  when  it  was  passible, f  obnoxious  to  sufiering ;  not  as  it 
was  in  innocency,  free  from  all  misery  and  calamity,  but  when  it  was  at  the 
worst.     And, 

3.  He  not  only  took  our  nature,  but  our  condition.  '  He  took  upon  him 
the  form  of  a  servant,'  Phil.  ii.  7.  He  was  not  only  a  servant  in  regard  of 
God,  but  in  regard  of  us  ;  for  he  came  into  the  world  not  to  be  '  ministered 
unto,'  but  to  '  minister.'  He  took  upon  him  our  nature  when  it  was  most 
beggarly,  and  with  our  nature  he  took  our  base  condition.  Nay,  that  is 
not  all. 

4.  He  took  upon  him  our  miseries ;  all  that  are  natural,  not  personal. 
He  took  not  the  leprosy  and  the  gout,  &c.,  but  he  took  all  the  infirmities 
that  are  common  to  the  nature  of  man,  as  hunger,  and  thirst,  and  weari- 
ness ;  he  was  sensible  of  grief. 

5.  He  took  upon  him  likewise  ojir  sins,  so  far  as  there  is  anything  penal  in 
sin  in  respect  of  punishment.  You  know  there  is  two  things  in  guilt;  there 
is  the  demerit  and  desert  of  it ;  and  there  is  an  obligation  to  punishment. 
Now  the  obligation  to  punishment  he  took  upon  him,  though  the  meritj 
and  desert  he  took  not  :  '  He  became  sin,'  Phil.  ii.  8  ;  that  is,  by  sin,  he 
became  bound  to  the  punishment  for  sin.  He  took  not  the  demerit ;  for 
in  respect  of  himself  he  deserved  no  such  death  as  he  underwent.  To  clear 
this  a  little  further.  He  took  upon  him  our  nature,  that  he  might  become 
sin  for  us ;  he  took  upon  him  the  guilt  as  far  as  guilt  is  an  obligation  to 
punishment.  The  son  of  a  traitor,  he  loseth  his  father's  lands,  not  by 
any  communion  of  fault,  but  by  communion  of  nature,  because  he  is  part 
of  his  father.  So  Christ  took  the  communion  of  our  nature,  that  he  might 
take  the  communion  of  our  punishment,  not  of  our  fault ;  as  the  son  is  no 
traitor,  but  because  he  is  part  of  his  father  that  was  a  traitor,  by  his 

*  That  is,  =  '  of.'— G.  f  That  is,  '  capable  of  suflfcring.'— G. 

t  That  is,  =  blame.— Q. 


THE  chukch's  riches.  499 

nearness  and  communion  "with  his  father  he  is  wrapped  in  the  same 
punishment. 

In  a  city  that  is  obnoxious  to  the  king's  displeasure,  perhaps  there  are 
some  that  are  not  guilty  of  the  olfence  that  the  body  of  the  city  is,  yet 
being  all  citizens,  they  are  all  punished  by  reason  of  their  communion  ;  so 
in  this  respect  Christ  became  poor ;  he  took  upon  him  our  nature,  and  by 
communion  with  that  nature,  he  took  upon  him  v/hatsoever  was  penal,  that 
belonged  to  sin,  though  he  took  not,  nor  could  take,  the  demerit  of  sin. 

'  He  was  made  sin  for  us.'  We  cannot  have  a  greater  argument  of 
Christ's  poverty  than  to  be  made  sin  for  us.  Sin  is  the  poorest  thing  in 
the  world,  and  the  cause  of  all  beggary  and  poverty  and  misery  He  was 
made  under  the  law,  and  so  became  a  curse  for  us ;  he  was  made  sin,  a 
sacrifice  for  our  sin.  In  particular,  he  was  born  of  a  poor  virgin,  and 
instead  of  a  better  place,  he  was  laid  in  an  inn,  and  in  the  basest  place  in 
the  inn,  in  the  manger.  As  soon  as  he  was  born,  his  birth  was  revealed  to 
poor  shepherds,  not  to  emperors  and  kings  ;  not  to  Caesar  at  Rome.  Then 
presently  after  his  birth  he  was  banished  together  with  his  mother  into 
Egypt,  Mat.  ii.  19.  When  he  came  home  again,  he  was  fain  to  be  behold- 
ing to  a  poor  woman  for  a  cup  of  water  when  he  was  thirsty,  John  iv.  7, 
seq.  Again,  when  he  was  to  pay  tribute,  he  had  not  wherewith  to.  pay  it, 
but  was  fain,  as  it  were,  to  be  beholding  to  a  fish  for  it.  Mat.  svii.  2.7.  And 
though  he  made  heaven  and  earth,  jet  he  had  no  habitation  of  his  own. 
*  The  foxes  had  holes,  and  the  birds  of  the  air  had  nests,  but  the  Son  of  man 
had  not  where  to  lay  his  head,'  Mat.  viii.  20.  When  he  was  to  ride  in 
pomp  to  Jerusalem,  he  had  not  a  beast  of  his  son  ;*  he  was  fain  to  send 
for  and  ride  upon  another  man's  ass.     All  his  life  was  a  state  of  poverty. 

He  was  poor  in  death  especially,  for  when  life  is  gone  all  is  gone.  '  He 
gave  himself  to  death  for  us.'  In  death  he  was  poor  every  way.  They 
stripped  him  of  all  his  clothes  ;  he  had  not  so  much  as  a  garment  to  cover 
him.  He  was  poor  and  destitute  in  regard  of  friends.  They  all  forsook 
him  when  he  had  need  of  them  most  of  all,  as  he  foretold  that  they  all 
should  leave  him,  John  xvi.  32.  And  as  he  was  thus  poor  in  respect  of 
his  body  and  condition,  so  he  was  poor  in  soul  in  some  respects  ;  and 
indeed  the  greatest  poverty  was  there.  For  the  greatest  riches  that  Christ 
esteemed,  it  was  the  blessed  communion  that  he  had  with  his  Father,  which 
was  sweeter  to  him  than  all  things  in  heaven  and  earth.  W^hen  his  Father 
hid  his  face  from  him,  that  he  felt  his  displeasure,  becoming  our  surety,  in 
the  garden  before  his  death,  the  sense  of  God's  displeasure  against  sin 
affected  him  so  deeply  that  he  sweat  water  and  blood,  Luke  xxii.  44.  He 
was  so  poor,  wanting  the  comfort  of  his  Father's  love,  that  an  angel,  his 
own  creature,  was  fain  to  come  and  comfort  him,  Luke  xxii.  43.  And  at 
his  death,  when  he  hung  upon  the  cross,  besides  the  want  of  all  earthly 
comforts,  wanting  the  sense  of  their  sweet  love  that  he  always  enjoyed 
before,  it  made  him  cry  out,  '  My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken 
me  ?'  Mark  xv.  34  ;  not  that  indeed  God  had  forsaken  him  in  regard  of  pro- 
tection and  support,  or  in  regard  of  love  and  favour,  but  in  regard  of  solace 
and  comfort  that  he  felt  before,  in  regard  of  the  sense  of  divine  justice 
being  then  upon  him  that  stood  surety  for  sin.  When  he  was  dead  he  had 
no  tomb  of  his  own  to  lie  in  ;  he  was  fain  to  lie  in  another  man's  tomb.  Mat. 
xxvii.  GO  ;  and  then  he  was  held  under  the  captivity  of  the  grave  three  days. 
So  that,  fi.-om  his  birth  to  his  death,  there  is  nothing  but  a  race  of  poverty. 

And  which  adds  to  this  abasement  of  Christ,  it  was  from  an  excellent 
»  Qu.  •  own  '  ?— Ed. 


500  THE  church's  riches. 

condition  to  so  low  a  state  ;  as  we  say  it  is  a  miserable  thing  for  a  man  to 
have  been  happj^ ;  it  makes  him  more  sensible  of  his  misery  than  in  other 
men.  For  Christ,  who  was  alway  in  the  presence  and  favour  of  heaven,  to 
come  into  the  virgin's  womb ;  for  him  to  stand  in  need  of  the  necessities  of 
this  life  ;  for  life  to  die  ;  for  riches  to  become  poor  ;  for  the  glory  of  heaven 
and  earth  to  be  abased  ;  for  the  Lord  of  all  to  become  a  servant  to  his  own 
servants — it  must  needs  be  a  great  abasement  to  him  that  was  so  highly 
advanced  to  become  so  poor. 

r  But  though  Christ  became  thus  poor,  yet  he  ceased  not  then  to  be  rich,  but 
that  his  riches  was  veiled  with  om*  flesh.  The  sun,  though  he  be  kept 
from  our  sight  by  clouds,  he  is  the  sun  still,  and  hath  bis  own  proper  lustre 
still.  He  is  as  glorious  in  himself  as  ever  he  was,  though  he  be  not  so  to 
us.  So  Christ  veiled  his  di\'inity  under  our  human  nature  and  under  our 
misery  ;  he  became  man  and  a  curse  ;  therefore  though  he  were  '  the  Son* 
of  righteousness,'  glorious  in  himself,  yet  to  appearance  he  was  otherwise, 
'  he  became  poor.' 

The  papist  would  have  him  a  beggar,  Bellarmine,  to  countenance 
begging  friars,  would  have  Christ  to  be  so  (h).  It  is  a  disgraceful  false 
conceit.  If  we  divide  his  life  before  he  was  thirty  years  old  that  he  was 
invested  into  his  office,  he  lived  with  his  parents  in  that  calling  and  sub- 
mitted to  them  ;  he  was  no  beggar.  Afterward  he  lived  by  ministering  the 
word  of  God,  and  this  was  not  eJeemosynary,  but  honour.  It  is  not  charity 
that  is  given  to  governors,  especially  ministers.  It  is  not  alms  to  receive 
temporal  things  for  spiritual,  but  it  is  due.  Besides,  he  had  somewhat  of 
his  own.  He  had  a  bag,  and  Judas  was  good  enough  to  carry  it,  John 
xii.  6.  He  gave  to  the  poor  ;  therefore  he  was  not  a  beggar.  For  he  that 
came  to  fulfil  the  law  would  not  break  the  law.  The  law  forbids  beggars. 
It  was  one  of  Moses's  laws,  '  There  shall  not  be  a  beggar  among  you,' 
Deut,  XV.  4,-)-     So  much  briefly  for  that,  '  Christ  was  rich,  and  became  poor.' 

The  next  point  is,  the  parties  for  whom  this  was. 

Doct.  3.  For  your  sakes. 

Why  doth  not  the  apostle  say  '  for  our  sakes,'  and  so  take  himself  in  the 
number.  He  applies  it  to  serve  the  argument  in  hand,  being  to  stir  up  the 
Corinthians  to  bounty.  He  tells  them  '  Christ  was  poor  for  their  sakes  ; ' 
that  they  might  be  assured  of  their  salvation  by  Christ,  that  his  example 
might  be  more  effectual.  The  example  of  those  whom  we  have  interest  in 
is  effectual ;  therefore  he  saith,  '  for  your  sakes  he  became  poor.'  This 
should  teach  us,  when  we  speak  of  Christ,  to  labour  for  a  spirit  of  application, 
to  appropriate  Christ  unto  ourselves,  or  else  his  example  will  not  move  us. 

As  without  application  we  can  have  no  good  by  him,  so  we  can  have  no 
comfort  by  his  example.  It  is  not  prevalent,  unless  we  can  say  as  the 
apostle  to  the  Corinthians  here,  '  for  your  sakes,' 

Again,  '  for  your  sakes,  not  for  himself,'  He  became  not  poor  to  make 
himself  richer  ;  he  did  not  merit  for  himself.  What  need  he  ?  For  by 
virtue  of  the  union  of  the  human  nature  with  the  Godhead,  heaven  was 
due  to  him  at  the  first  moment,  as  soon  as  he  was  born.  What  should 
hinder  him  ?  Had  he  any  sin  of  his  own  ?  No.  There  was  nothing  to 
keep  him  from  heaven,  and  all  the  joy  that  could  be,  in  respect  of  himself. 
But  he  had  our  salvation  to  work ;  he  had  many  things  to  do  and  sufier, 
and  therefore  of  his  infinite  goodness  he  was  content  that  that  glory  that 
was  due  to  him  should  be  stayed.  He  became  a  servant  to  appease  his 
Father's  wrath  for  us,  and  procure  heaven  for  us  ;  for  us  men,  for  us 
*  Qu.  '  Sun'? — Ed.  t  See  marginal  rea  jn  authorised  version. — Ed. 


THE  church's  riches.  501 

sinners,  as  it  is  in  the  ancient  creed,  and  as  the  prophet 'saith,  *  To'us  a 
child  is  born,  to  us  a  Son  is  given,'  Isa.  ix.  6.  For  us  he  was  born;  for  us 
he  was  given  ;  for  us  he  lived  ;  for  us  he  died  ;  for  us  he  is  now  in  heaven  ; 
for  us  he  humbled  himself  to  death,  even  to  the  death  of  the  cross,  to  a  cursed 
death,'  Philip,  ii.  8.  Therefore  when  we  hear  of  Christ's  poverty,  let  us 
think,  this  is  for  me,  not  for  himself ;  and  this  will  increase  our  love  and 
our  thankfulness  to  him. 

Again,  it  was  for  us,  for  mankind,  not  for  angels.  For  when  they  fell 
they  continue  in  that  lapsed  state  for  ever.  This  advanceth  Grod's  love  to 
us  more  than  to  those  noble  creatures  the  angels,  who  remain  in  their  cursed 
condition  to  all  eternity. 

The  end  of  Christ's  becoming  poor. 
'  That  we  through  his  poverty  might  be  made  rich.' 
Quest.  How  are  we  made  rich  by  the  poverty  and  abasement  of  Christ  ? 
Ans.  By  the  merit  of  it,  and  by  efficacy  flowing  from  Christ ;  for  by  the 
merit  of  Christ's  poverty  there  issued  satisfaction  to  divine  justice,  and  the 
obtaining  of  the  favour  of  God,  not  only  for  the  pardon  of  our  sins,  but 
favour  and  grace  to  be  entitled  to  life  everlasting.     And  then  by  efficacy  ;  we 
are  enriched  by  the  power  of  his  Spirit,  who  altereth  and  changeth  our 
natures,  and  makes  them  like  to  the  divine  nature. 

Quest.  But  more  particularly,  what  be  the  riches  that  we  have  by  the 
poverty  of  Christ  ? 

Ans.  (1.)  First,  Our  debt  must  be  paid  before  ive  coidd  be  enriched.  We  are 
indebted  for  our  souls  and  bodies.  We  did  owe  more  than  we  were  worth. 
We  were  under  Satan's  kingdom.  Therefore  Christ  discharged  our  debt. 
There  is  a  double  debt  that  he  discharged,  the  debt  of  obedience  and  the 
debt  of  punishment.  Christ  satisfied  both.  For  the  debt  of  obedience,  he 
fulfilled  the  law  perfectly  and  exactly  for  us  ;  and  for  the  debt  of  punish- 
ment, he  suffered  death  for  us,  and  satisfied  divine  justice.  So  by  his 
poverty  we  are  made  rich,  by  way  of  satisfaction  for  our  debts. 

(2.)  And  not  only  we  are  made  rich  by  Christ  paying  our  debts,  hut  he 
invests  us  into  all  his  own  riches.  He  makes  us  rich,  partly  by  imputation, 
partly  by  infusion. 

[l.J  By  imputation ;  his  righteousness  and  obedience  is  ours.  His  dis- 
charge for  our  debts  is  imputed  to  us,  and  likewise  his  righteousness  for 
the  attaining  of  heaven.  He  having  satisfied  for  our  sins,  God  is  reconciled 
to  us  ;  and  thereupon  we  are  justified  and  freed  from  all  our  sins,  because 
they  are  punished  in  Christ.  For  the  justice  of  God  cannot  punish  one 
sin  twice.  So  we  come  to  be  reconciled  because  we  are  justified  ;  and  we 
are  justified  from  our  sins,  because  Christ,  as  a  surety,  hath  discharged 
the  full  debt. 

And  hence  it  is  that  we  are  freed  from  all  that  is  truly  ill ;  from  the 
wrath  of  God  and  eternal  damnation ;  and  freedom  from  the  greatest  ill 
hath  respect  of  the  greatest  good.  For  what  had  we  been  had  we  lain 
under  that  cursed  condition  ?  But  God's  works  are  complete.  He  works 
like  a  God.  Therefore  we  are  not  only  freed  from  evil  in  justification,  but 
entitled  to  heaven  and  life  everlasting. 

[2.]  And  then  he  makes  rich  by  infusion  of  his  Hohj  Spirit,  by  working 
all  needful  graces  of  sanctification  in  us.  For  by  the  virtue  of  Christ's 
death  the  Spirit  is  obtained,  and  by  the  Spirit  our  natures  are  changed. 
So  we  have  the  riches  of  holiness  from  Christ,  the  graces  of  love,  of  con- 
tentment, of  patience,  and  courage,  &c.  '  Of  his  fulness  we  receive  grace 
for  grace,'  John  i.  IG  ;  grace  answerable  to  the  grace  that  is  in  him.     The 


502  THE  church's  riches. 

same  Spirit  that  sanctified  his  human  nature  and  knit  it  to  his  divine,  it 
sanctifieth  his  members,  and  makes  them  rich  in  grace  and  sanctification, 
which  is  the  best  riches. 

[3.]  Then  again,  we  are  rich  in  prerogatives.  '  We  are  the  sons  of  God  by 
ado]jtion.  '  What  love,'  saith  the  apostle,  '  hath  the  Father  shewed,  that 
we  should  be  called  the  sons  of  God,'  1  John  iii.  1.  And  this  we  have  by 
the  poverty  of  Christ.  Whatsoever  Christ  is  by  nature,  we  are  by  grace. 
He  is  the  Son  of  God  by  nature,  we  are  his  sons  by  grace  ;  and  being 
sons,  we  are  heirs,  heirs  of  heaven,  and  heirs  of  the  world  as  much  as  shall 
serve  for  our  good.  All  things  are  ours  by  virtue  of  our  adoption,  because 
we  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's.  There  is  a  world  of  riches  in  this,  to 
be  the  sons  of  God. 

And  what  a  prerogative  is  this,  tJtat  ive  have  liherti/  and  boldness  to  the 
throne  of  grace,  as  it  is  Eph.  iii,  12;  that  we  have  boldness  to  appear  before 
God,  to  call  him  Father,  to  open  our  necessities,  to  fetch  all  things  need- 
ful, to  have  the  ear  of  the  King  of  heaven  and  earth,  to  be  favourites  in 
the  court  of  heaven !  Every  Christian  may  now  go  boldly  to  God,  because 
the  matter  of  distance,  our  sins,  which  make  a  separation  betsveen  God 
and  us,  they  are  taken  away,  and  the  mercy  of  God  runs  amain  to  us,  our 
nature  in  Christ  standing  pure  and  holy  before  God. 

And  then  we  have  this  grand  prerogative,  that  all  thinr/s  shall  turn  to  the 
best  to  US,  Eom.  viii.  28.  What  a  privilege  is  this,  that  there  should  be  a 
blessing  in  the  worst  things  !  that  the  worst  things  to  a  child  of  God  should 
bo  better  than  the  best  things  to  others  !  that  the  want  and  poverty  of  a 
Christian  should  be  better  than  the  riches  of  the  world,  because  there  is 
riches  hid  in  his  worst  condition  !  Moses  esteemed  the  rebuke  of  Christ 
greater  riches  than  the  treasures  of  Egypt,  Heb.  xi.  26.  A  cross,  or  the 
want  of  any  blessing  sanctified,  is  better  than  the  thing  enjoyed  that  hath 
not  God's  blessing  with  it.  A  Christian  is  so  rich,  that  he  is  blessed  in 
his  very  afflictions  and  sufferings.  It  is  a  greater  prerogative  to  have  ill 
turned  to  our  good  than  not  to  have  the  ill  at  all.  It  is  an  argument  of 
greater  power  and  of  greater  goodness,  that  God  should  turn  the  greatest 
ills,  the  greatest  wrongs  and  discomforts,  to  the  greatest  good,  as  he  doth 
to  his  children,  for  by  them  he  draws  them  nearer  to  himself.  Hereupon 
the  apostle  saith,  'All  things  are  yours,  things  present  and  things  to  come,' 
&c.,  1  Cor.  iii.  22  ;  reductively  they  are  ours :  God  turns  them  to  our  good. 
He  extracts  good  to  us  by  them.  All  good  things  are  ours  in  a  direct 
course  ;  and  other  things,  by  an  overruling  power,  are  deduced  to  our  good 
contrary  to  the  nature  of  the  things  themselves.  What!  did  I  say  all 
things  are  ours  ?  Yea,  God  himself  is  ours  ;  and  he  hath'  all  things,  that 
hath  Him  that  hath  all  things.  Now,  in  Christ,  God  himself  is  become 
ours ;  '  All  things  are  yours,  you  are  Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's,'  Rom. 
V.  2.  '  We  rejoice  in  God  as  ours.'  If  God  be  ours,  his  all-sufficiency  is 
ours  ;  his  power  is  ours,  his  wisdom,  all  is  ours  for  our  comfort. 

[4.]  Again,  for  glory,  the  riches  of  heaven,  which  are  especially  here 
meant ;  for  however  the  riches  of  heaven  be  kept  for  the  time  to  come,  yet 
faith  makes  them  present.  When  by  faith  we  look  upon  the  promises,  we 
see  ourselves  in  heaven,  not  only  in  Christ  our  head,  but  in  our  own  per- 
sons, because  we  are  as  sure  to  be  there  as  if  we  were  there  already.  But 
for  the  joys  of  heaven,  they  are  unutterable.  The  apostle  calls  them, 
Eph.  iii.  8,  '  unsearchable  riches.'  'Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  hath  heard, 
or  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,  the  things  that  God  hath 
prepared  for  them  that  love  him.'     There  shall  be  fulness  of  glory  in  soul 


THE  CHUECH  S  EICHES. 


503 


and  body ;  both  shall  be  conformable  to  Christ.     *  At  the  right  hand  of 
God  there  is  fulness  of  joy,  and  pleasures  for  evermore,'  Ps.  xvi.  11. 

Nay,  the  first  fruits,  the  earnest,  the  beginnings  of  heaven  here  are 
unsearchable  to  human  reason,  the  riches  of  Christ's  righteousness  imputed 
to  us,  the  glorious  riches  of  his  Spirit  in  inward  peace  of  conscience  '  and 
joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost.'  The  comfort  and  enlargement  of  heart  in  all 
conditions,  'it  is  peaqe  that  passeth  understanding,'  and  'joy  unspeakable 
and  glorious.'  It  is  not  only  unsearchable  to  human  reason,  but  Chris- 
tians themselves,  that  have  the  Spirit  of  God  in  them,  cannot  search  the 
depth  of  them,  because  we  have  the  Spirit  but  in  measure.  We  see  then 
what  excellent  riches  we  have  by  the  poverty  of  Christ. 

Quest.  Was  there  no  other  way  to  make  us  rich  but  by  Christ's  becom- 
ing poor? 

Ans.  God  in  his  infinite  wisdom  ordained  this  way.  He  thought  it 
best.  We  may  rest  in  that.  But  besides,  to  stay  our  minds  the  better, 
we  were  to  be  restored  by  a  way  contrary  to  that  w'e  fell. 

(1.)  We  fell  hij  pride,  we  must  be  restored  hij  humility.  We  would  be  like 
God;  God  to  expiate  it  must  become  like  us,  and  take  our  nature,  and 
suffer  in  it. 

(2.)  Then  again,  God  would  restore  us  by  a  way  suitable  to  Ids  own 
excellency  every  tcay,  wherein  no  attribute  of  his  might  be  a  loser.  He 
would  bring  us  to  riches  and  friendship  with  him  by  a  way  of  satisfaction 
to  his  justice,  that  we  may  see  his  justice  shine  in  our  salvation  (though 
indeed  grace  and  mercy  triumph  most  of  all,  yet  notwithstanding)  justice 
must  be  fully  contented.  There  was  no  other  way  wherein  we  could 
magnify  so  much  the  unsearchable  and  infinite  wisdom  of  God  (that  the 
angels  themselves  'pry  into,'  1  Peter  i.  12),  whereby  justice  and  mercy, 
seeming  contrary  attributes  in  God,  are  reconciled  in  Christ.  By  infinite 
wisdom,  justice  and  mercy  meet  together  and  kiss  one  another.  Justice 
being  satisfied,  wisdom  is  exalted.  But  what  set  wisdom  on  work  to  devise 
this  way  to  satisfy  justice?  The  grace,  and  love,  and  mercy  of  God. 
It  could  not  have  been  done  any  other  way ;  for  before  we  could  be  made 
rich,  God  must  be  satisfied.  Beconciliation  supposeth  satisfaction,  and 
there  could  be  no  satisfaction  but  by  blood ;  and  there  could  be  no  equal 
satisfaction  but  by  the  blood  of  such  a  person  as  w'as  God.  Therefore 
Christ  must  become  poor  to  make  us  rich,  because  there  must  be  full 
satisfaction  to  divine  justice,  and  all  his  precious  poverty  before  his  death. 
His  incarnation,  his  want,  his  being  a  servant,  &c.,  all  was  part  of  his 
general  humiliation.  But  it  was  but  to  prepare  him  for  his  last  work,  the 
upshot    of  all,  his  death,  which  was  the  work  of  satisfaction. 

(3.)  Again,  all  the  inherent  part  of  our  riches  infused  into  our  nature,  it 
comes  by  the  Spirit  of  God.  Now  the  Spirit  of  God  had  not  been  sent,  if 
God  had  not  been  satisfied  and  appeased  first,  because  the  Holy  Ghost  is 
the  gift  of  the  Father  and  the  Son.  He  comes  from  both.  Therefore 
there  must  be  satisfaction  and  reconciliation  before  the  Holy  Ghost  could 
be  given,  which  enricheth  our  nature  immediately.  The  immediate  cause 
of  sending  the  Holy  Ghost,  it  is  Christ's  coming  in  our  nature.  Now,  if 
God  had  not  been  satisfied  in  his  justice,  he  would  never  have  given  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  is  the  greatest  gift  next  to  Christ.  Therefore  '  Christ 
became  poor  to  make  us  rich,'  that  we  might  have  the  Holy  Ghost  shed  in 
our  hearts. 

(4.)  Now  all  these  riches  that  we  have  by  Christ,  it  supposeth  union  icith 
him  byfuith,  as  the  riches  of  the  wife  supposeth  marriage.     Union  is  the 


504  THE  church's  riches. 

ground  of  all  tlie  comfort  we  have  by  Christ.  Our  communion  springs 
from  union  with  him,  which  is  begun  in  eii'ectual  calling.  As  soon  as  we 
are  taken  out  of  old  Adam  and  engrafted  into  him,  all  becomes  ours. 
Christ  procures  the  Spirit,  the  Spirit  works  faith,  faith  knits  us  to  Christ, 
and  by  this  union  we  have  communion  of  all  the  favours  of  this  life  and 
the  life  to  come.  Therefore,  I  say,  all  is  grounded  upon  union  by  the  grace 
of  faith.  Christ  married  our  nature  that  we  might  be  married  to  him  by 
his  Spirit ;  and  until  there  be  a  union,  there  is  no  derivation  of  grace  and 
comfort.  The  head  only  hath  influence  to  the  members  that  are  knit  unto 
it.  Therefore  Christ  took  our  nature,  that  he  might  not  only  be  a  head  of 
eminencjs  as  he  is  to  angels,  but  a  head  of  influence.  Now,  there  must  be 
a  knitting  of  the  members  to  the  head  before  any  spirits  can  be  derived 
from  the  head  to  the  members.  Therefore  the  apostle  saith  that  Christ  is 
our  riches.  But  it  is  as  he  is  in  us,  '  To  whom  God  would  make  kno^vn 
what  is  the  riches  of  this  mystery  among  the  Gentiles ;  Christ  in  you,  the 
hope  of  glory,'  Col.  i.  27.  Christ  is  all  to  us,  but  it  is  as  he  is  in  us  and 
we  in  him.  We  must  be  in  him  as  the  branches  in  the  vine,  and  he  in  us 
as  the  vine  in  the  branches.  So  Christ  is  '  the  hope  of  glory,'  as  he  is  in 
us.  We  must  labour  therefore  by  faith  to  be  made  one  with  Christ,  before 
we  can  think  of  these  things  with  comfort. 

And  when  by  faith  we  are  made  one  with  Christ,  then  there  is  a  spiritual 
communion  of  all  things.  Now,  upon  our  union  with  Christ,  it  is  good  to 
think  what  ill  Christ  hath  taken  upon  him  for  me  ;  and  then  to  think  my- 
self freed  from  it,  because  Christ  that  took  it  on  him  hath  freed  himself 
from  it.  Whatsoever  he  is  freed  from,  I  am  freed  from  it.  It  can  no  more 
hurt  me  than  it  can  hurt  him  now  in  heaven.  Therefore,  when  I  think  of 
sin,  and  hell,  and  damnation,  and  wrath,  I  see  myself  freed  from  it  in  Christ. 
'  He  became  poor'  to  take  this  away  from  me.  My  sins  were  laid  on  him, 
and  he  is  justified  and  acquitted  from  them  all,  and  from  death  and  the 
wrath  of  God  that  he  underwent ;  and  I  am  acquitted  in  him  by  virtue  of 
my  union  with  him  ;  and  the  devil  can  no  more  prejudice  the  salvation  of 
a  believer,  than  he  can  pull  Christ  out  of  heaven. 

And  as  we  see  ourselves  freed  from  all  ill  in  Christ,  so  for  all  good  :  see 
it  in  him  first,  and  conveyed  by  him  to  us.  Whatsoever  he  hath,  I  shall 
have.  He  is  risen  and  ascended  ;  I  shall  therefore  rise  and  ascend,  and 
sit  at  the  right  hand  of  God  for  ever  with  him  :  '  We  shall  be  for  ever 
with  the  Lord.'  Let  us  see  our  riches  in  him.  He  is  rich  first  as  the 
head  or  first  fruits,  and  then  we  as  the  lump  afterwards.  The  first  fruits 
were  sanctified,  and  then  the  lump.  The  first  fruits  are  glorious,  and  then 
tlie  rest  after.  Whatsoever  we  look  for  in  ourselves,  see  it  in  him  first ; 
and  then  the  consideration  of  a  Christian  condition  is  a  comfortable  con- 
sideration. Take  a  Christian  in  all  conditions  whatsoever.  If  he  be  poor, 
Christ  was  poor  for  him,  that  his  poverty  might  not  be  a  curse  to  him.  If 
he  be  poor,  Christ  was  rich  to  make  him  rich  in  the  best  riches,  and  to 
take  the  sting  out  of  poverty,  and  to  turn  it  to  his  good.  If  he  be  abased, 
Christ  was  abased  for  him  to  sanctify  his  abasement.  Let  us  labour  to  see 
the  curse  taken  away  in  everything,  and  not  only  so,  but  to  see  a  blessing 
in  all,  being  made  ours  ;  and  then  it  will  be  a  comfortable  consideration. 

Obj.  But  it  may  be  objected,  We  see  no  such  thing ;  we  see  Christians 
are  as  poor  as  others. 

Ans.  The  best  riches  of  a  Christian  are  unseen.  They  are  unknown 
men ;  as  we  say  of  a  rich  man  that  makes  no  show  of  his  riches,  he  is  an 
unknown  man.     It  is  said  of  Christ,  '  All  the  riches  of  wisdom  are  hid  in 


THE  church's  riches.  505 

Christ,'  Col.  ii.  3.  That  that  is  hidden  is  not  seen.  So  the  riches  of  a 
Christian  they  are  hidden.  As  Christ  was  rich  when  he  was  upon  earth ; 
he  was  rich  in  his  Father's  love  and  in  all  graces,  but  it  was  a  hidden 
riches  ;  they  took  him  to  be  a  poor  ordinary  man.  So  a  Christian  he  is  a 
hidden  man  ;  his  riches  are  hid  ;  he  hath  an  excellent  hfe,  but  it  is  a  hidden 
life.  '  Our  life  is  hid  with  Christ  in  God,'  Col.  iii.  3.  It  is  not  obvious  to 
the  eye  of  the  world,  nor  to  himself  ofttimes  in  the  time  of  desertion  and 
temptation. 

Obj.  But  you  will  say.  For  outward  things  we  see  Christians  are  poor 
now,  as  there  were  poor  Christians  in  St  Paul's  time. 

Ans.  It  is  no  great  matter.  The  riches  we  have  especially  by  Christ  are 
spiritual,  in  grace  here  and  glory  hereafter.  He  came  to  redeem  our  souls 
here  from  sin  and  misery ;  and  he  will  hereafter  come  to  redeem  our  bodies 
and  invest  them  into  the  glory  that  we  have  title  to  now  by  him. 

Yet  also  for  outward  things  a  Christian  is  rich.  Though  they  be  not  the 
main,  yet  they  are  the  viaticum,  provision  in  his  journey ;  and  he  shall 
have  enough  to  bring  him  to  heaven.  '  Fear  not,  little  flock,  it  is  your 
Father's  will  to  give  you  a  kingdom,'  Luke  xii.  32.  Surely  if  he  will  give 
them  a  kingdom,  they  shall  not  want  daily  bread ;  upon  seeking  the  king- 
dom of  God,  these  things  shall  be  cast  in  unto  them. 

Again,  put  case  a  Christian  be  poor,  he  is  rich  in  Christ,  and  he  bears 
the  purse.  What  if  a  child  have  no  money  in  his  purse,  his  father  pro- 
vides all  necessaries  for  him.  He  is  rich  as  long  as  his  father  is  rich.  And 
can  we  be  poor  as  long  as  Christ  is  rich,  being  so  near  us,  being  our  head  ? 
We  shall  want  nothing  that  is  needful ;  and  when  it  is  not  needful  and  for 
our  good,  we  were  better  be  without  it. 

Again,  he  must  needs  be  rich  whose  poverty  and  crosses  are  made  riches 
to  him.  God  never  takes  away  or  withholds  outward  blessings  from  his 
children,  but  he  makes  it  up  in  better,  in  inward.  They  gain  by  all  their 
losses,  and  grow  rich  by  their  wants.  For  how  many  are  there  in  the 
world  that  had  not  been  so  rich  in  grace,  if  they  had  had  abundance  of 
earthly  things  ?  So  that  though  they  be  poor  in  the  world,  they  are  rich 
to  God,  rich  in  grace,  '  rich  in  faith,'  as  St  James  saith,  James  ii.  5.  The 
greatest  grievances  and  ills  in  the  world  turn  to  a  Christian's  [benefit]  : 
sickness  and  shame  and  death.  The  Spirit  of  God  is  like  the  stone  that 
men  talk  so  of,  that  turns  all  into  gold.  It  teacheth  us  to  make  a  spiritual 
use,  and  to  extract  comfort  out  of  everything.  The  worst  things  we  can 
sufler  in  the  world,  '  All  things  are  ours,'  as  I  said  before,  even  Satan  him- 
self. The  Spirit  of  God  helps  us  to  make  good  use  of  his  temptations,  to 
cleave  faster  to  the  fountain  of  good. 

Again,  though  a  Christian  be  poor,  yet  he  hath  rich  promises  ;  and  faith 
puts  those  promises  in  suit,  and  presseth  God  with  them.  If  a  man  have 
bonds  and  obligations  of  a  rich  man,  he  thinks  himself  as  rich  as  those 
bonds  amount  to.  There  is  no  Christian  but  hath  a  rich  faith,  and  rich 
promises  from  God ;  and  when  he  stirs  up  his  faith,  he  can  put  those  pro- 
mises in  suit  (if  it  be  not  his  own  fault)  in  all  his  necessities.  Therefore 
a  Christian  cannot  be  so  poor  as  to  be  miserable.  I  know  flesh  and  blood 
measureth  riches  after  another  manner.  But  is  not  he  richer  that  hath  a 
fountain  than  he  that  hath  but  a  cistern  ?  A  man  that  is  not  a  Christian, 
though  he  be  never  so  rich,  he  hath  but  a  cistern ;  his  riches  are  but  few ; 
they  are  soon  searched.  But  a  Christian,  though  he  be  poor,  his  riches 
are  unsearchable.  Another  man,  though  he  be  a  monarch,  his  riches  may 
be  reckoned  and  cast  up ;  it  is  but  a  cistern,  and  such  riches  as  he  cannot 


506 


THE  CHURCH  S  RICHES. 


carry  with  liim.    But  a  Christian  hath  a  fountain  ;  a  mine  that  is  unsearch- 
able, in  the  rich  promises  of  God. 

Again,  a  Christian,  though  he  be  never  so  poor,  yet  he  hath  a  rich  pawn.* 
Saith  St  Paul,  '  If  he  spared  not  his  own  Son,  but  gave  him  to  death  for  us 
all,  how  shall  he  not  with  him  give  us  all  things  ?'  Rom.  viii.  32.  If  he 
have  given  us  such  a  pawn  as  Christ,  who  is  riches  itself,  shall  he  not  with 
him  give  us  all  other  things  ?  We  have  a  pawn  that  is  a  thousand  times 
better  than  that  we  need.  We  v/aut  poor  outward  things,  but  we  have 
Christ  himself  for  a  pawn. 

Lastly,  Sometimes  God  sees  that  poverty  and  want  in  this  world  is  part 
of  our  riches,  that  it  is  good  for  us  ;  and  what  is  good  for  me  is  my  riches. 
If  poverty  be  good  for  me,  I  will  be  poor  that  I  may  be  humble  ;  humiHty 
is  better  than  riches.  If  I  be  in  any  want,  if  I  have  contentment,  it  is 
better  than  riches.  If  I  fall  into  trouble,  he  will  give  me  patience,  that  is 
better  than  friends.  A  man  may  have  outward  things,  and  be  naught. f 
But  he  that  wants  outward  comfort,  and  hath  supply  in  his  soul,  is  it  not 
better  ?  Therefore  take  a  Christian  in  any  condition,  he  is  a  rich  man ; 
and  this  riches  we  have  by  the  poverty  of  Ciirist.  '  He  became  poor,  that 
we  through  his  poverty  might  be  made  rich.' 

Use  1.  We  see  here  then  that  a  Christian's  estate  is  carried  under  con- 
traries, as  Christ  was.  '  He  was  rich,  and  became  poor.'  He  carried  his 
riches  under  poverty.  He  was  glorious,  but  his  glory  was  covered  under 
shame  and  disgrace.  So  it  is  with  a  Christian.  He  goes  for  a  poor  man 
in  the  world,  but  he  is  rich ;  he  dies,  but  yet  he  lives ;  he  is  disgraced  in 
the  world,  but  yet  he  is  glorious.  As  Christ  came  from  heaven  in  a  way 
of  contraries,  so  we  must  be  content  to  go  to  heaven  in  a  seeming  contrary 
way.  Take  no  scandal  |  therefore  at  the  seeming  poverty  and  disgrace  and 
want  of  a  Christian.  Christ  himself  seemed  to  be  otherwise  to  the  world 
than  he  was.  When  he  was  poor,  he  was  rich ;  and  sometimes  he  dis- 
covered his  riches.  There  were  beams  brake  forth  even  in  his  basest 
estate.  When  he  died,  there  was  nothing  stronger  than  Christ's  seeming 
weakness.  In  his  lowest  abasement  he  discovered  the  greatest  power  of  his 
Godhead.  For  he  satisfied  the  justice  of  God ;  he  overcame  death  and  his 
Father's  wrath  ;  he  triumphed  over  Satan  ;  he  trod  on  his  head  (what  hath 
Satan  to  do  with  us  when  God's  justice  is  satisfied  ?) ;  so  that  his  hidden 
glory  was  discovered  sometimes.  So  there  is  that  appears  in  the  children 
of  God  that  others  may  see  them  to  be  rich,  if  they  did  not  close  their  eyes. 
But  we  must  be  content  to  pass  to  heaven  as  Christ  our  head  did,  as  con- 
cealed men. 

Use  2.  Again,  here  is  matter  not  only  for  us  men,  hut  for  the  angels  of 
heaven  to  ad)nire  and  ivonder  at  this  depth  of  goodness  and  mercy  in 
Christ ;  that  he  would  become  poor  to  make  us  rich  by  his  poverty.  See 
the  exaltation  of  his  love  in  this.  Saith  St  Bernard  well,  *  0  love,  that 
art  so  sweet,  why  becamest  thou  so  bitter  to  thyself?'  (g).  Whence 
flowed  Christ's  love  and  mercy,  that  was  so  sweet  in  itself,  that  it  should 
be  only  sour  and  bitter  to  him  from  whence  it  had  its  rise  and  spring  ? 
His  love  that  is  so  sweet  to  us,  it  became  bitter  to  him ;  he  endured  and 
did  that  that  we  should  have  done  and  sufi"ered.  There  be  some  men  that 
will  do  kindnesses,  so  that  themselves  may  not  be  the  worse,  so  that  they 
may  not  be  the  pooi'er,  that  they  may  not  be  disgraced,  or  adventure  the 
displeasure  of  others.    But  Christ  hath  done  all  this  great  kindness  for  us  by 

*  That  is,  '  pledge.' — G.  f  That  is,  '  naughty  '  =  wicked. — G. 

X  That  is,  oifence. — G. 


THE  CHURCH  S  RICHES. 


507 


being  poor  for  us ;  by  taking  our  nature,  our  poverty,  our  misery.  He  doth 
us  good  in  such  a  way  as  that  he  parted  with  heaven  itself  for  a  time,  and 
with  that  sweet  communion  that  he  had  with  his  Father,  the  dearest  thing 
to  him  in  the  world.  He  parted  with  it  for  our  sakes,  that  made  him  cry 
out,  '  My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken  me  ? '  Mark  xv.  34.  Here- 
upon he  made  us  rich  in  a  way  that  cost  him  something. 

And  let  us  be  thankful  to  him  in  a  way  that  may  cost  us  something ;  let 
us  be  content  to  be  abased  for  him  ;  to  do  anything  for  him.  He  descended 
from  heaven  to  the  grave,  as  low  as  he  could  for  us  ;  let  us  descend  from 
our  conceited  greatness  for  him.  Can  we  lose  so  much  for  him  as  he  hath 
done  for  us  ?  What  are  our  bodies  and  souls  in  comparison  of  God  ?  It 
was  God  that  became  poor  for  us.  We  cannot  part  with  so  much  for  him 
as  he  did  for  us.  And  then  we  are  gainers  by  him  if  we  part  with  all  the 
world,  whatsoever  we  do  for  him,  '  I  will  be  yet  more  vile  for  the  Lord,' 
saith  David,  2  Sam.  vi.  22.  He  became  vile  for  us ;  he  became  a  sinner, 
and  '  of  no  reputation ;'  and  shall  not  we  be  vile  and  empty  for  him  ? 
Certainly  we  shall.  If  we  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  us,  it  will  work  a 
conformity.  If  he  had  stood  upon  terms  and  disdained  the  virgin's  womb, 
and  to  become  poor  for  us,  where  had  our  salvation  been  ?  And  if  we 
stand  upon  terms  when  we  are  to  suffer  for  him  or  to  stand  for  his  cause, 
where  will  our  comfort  be  ?  Surely  it  is  a  sign  that  we  have  no  right  by 
the  poverty  of  Christ,  unless  we  be  content  to  part  with  our  Isaac,  with  the 
best  things  we  have,  when  he  calls  for  it. 

Use.  3.  Again,  hath  the  poverty  of  Christ  made  us  rich ;  u-hat  u'ill  his 
riches  do  1  Could  he  save  us  when  he  was  at  the  lowest,  when  he  was  on 
the  cross,  and  satisfied  divine  justice  by  his  death  ;  what  can  he  do  for  us 
now  he  is  in  heaven,  and  hath  triumphed  over  all  his  enemies  ?  What  can 
we  look  for  now  by  his  riches,  that  have  so  much  by  his  poverty?  There- 
fore we  may  reason  with  the  apostle,  Kom.  v.  10,  '  If,  when  we  were  enemies, 
we  were  reconciled  to  God  by  the  death  of  his  Son,  how  much  more,  being 
reconciled,  shall  we  be  saved  by  his  life  ?'  It  is  a  strong  argument,  not 
only  as  it  hath  respect  to  us  (because  there  is  more  likelihood  that  any  good 
should  be  done  for  us  now  when  we  are  reconciled  to  God,  than  before 
when  we  were  enemies)  ;  but  also  as  it  hath  respect  to  Christ ;  since  he 
that  stuck  not  to  reconcile  us  to  God  by  his  death,  cannot  be  unwilling  to 
save  us  by  his  life  ;  and  he  that  was  able  to  redeem  us  by  dying  for  us,  is 
more  clearly  and  evidently  powerful  to  save  us,  now  he  lives  and  reigns 
triumphantly  in  heaven.  For  is  not  he  able  to  preserve  us,  to  protect  us, 
and  invest  us  into  the  glory  that  he  hath  purchased  for  us  ?  He  that  did 
so  much  for  us  in  the  time  of  his  abasement,  will  he  not  preserve  the 
riches  he  hath  gotten  for  us  ?  Is  he  not  in  heaven  in  majesty,  to  apply 
all  that  he  hath  gotten  ?  Is  he  not  our  intercessor  at  the  right  hand  of 
God,  to  appear  before  God  for  us  to  make  all  good  ?  Certainly  he  will 
preserve  that  which  he  hath  procured  by  his  death. 

It  is  a  disabling  of  Christ  to  think  of  falling  away  from  grace.  He  is 
able  to  maintain  us  in  that  glorious  condition  that  he  hath  advanced  us  to  ; 
especially  considering  that  he  is  now  in  heaven,  and  hath  laid  aside  the 
form  of  a  servant ;  all  his  humiliation,  except  our  human  nature.  That 
for  ever  he  hath  united  to  his  person  ;  but  all  other  things  of  his  abase- 
ment he  hath  laid  them  aside  ;  he  is  able  perfectly,  not  only  to  save  us,  as 
by  his  death,  but  to  apply  all  that  he  hath  gotten,  and  preserve  us  to  life 
everlasting.  We  are  kept  by  the  power  of  God,  to  that  glory  that  Christ 
hath  purchased  by  his  death.     Therefore  why  should  we  fear  for  the  time 


508  THE  church's  riches. 

to  come,  foiling  from  grace,  or  the  want  of  that  tliat  is  good?  Is  not  Christ 
able  to  maintain  that  that  he  hath  gotten  ?  Let  us  raise  our  hearts  with 
this  consideration,  what  Christ  can  do  now  in  glory,  when  his  poverty  could 
do  this  much. 

Use  4.  Again,  let  us  despise  no  man  for  his  poverty ;  for  Christ  was  poor 
to  make  us  rich.  And  as  those  that  despise  Christ,  and  esteem  him  not, 
but  '  hid  their  faces  from  him,'  because  he  grew  up  '  as  a  root  out  of  a  dry 
ground,  because  there  was  no  beauty  in  him,'  Isa.  liii.  2  ;  that  is,  because 
of  his  poverty,  because  he  was  a  carpenter's  son  ;  they  despised  by  this 
means  the  Lord  of  glory  ;  so  those  that  despised  his  poor  members  after- 
ward that  '  wandered  up  and  down  in  sheepskins  and  goatskins ;  being 
destitute  and  afflicted,'  Heb.  xi.  38,  they  despised  God's  jewels,  his  choice 
favourites,  '  of  whom  the  world  was  not  worthy.'  Let  not  the  brother  of 
low  degree  be  cast  down  because  he  is  poor,  nor  let  the  brother  of  high 
degree  be  lifted  up  because  he  is  rich  ;  for  if  riches  had  been  the  best 
thing,  Christ  would  have  been  outwardly  rich.  But  Christ  was  poor,  to 
shew  us  what  are  the  best  riches  ;  and  that  the  riches  of  this  world  are 
but  things  by  the  by  :  '  Seek  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  all  other  things  shall 
be  cast  on  you,'  Mat.  vi.  33,  by  way  of  addition  and  supplement.  The 
true  riches  of  a  Christian  are  spiritual.  Christ  did  not  become  poor  to 
make  us  rich  in  this  world,  to  make  us  kings  and  emperors,  and  great  men 
here,  but  to  make  us  rich  spiritually,  and  to  have  such  a  moiety  of  earthly 
things  as  may  serve  as  a  viaticum  to  bring  us  to  heaven.  The  main  riches 
of  a  Christian  are  spiritual  and  eternal  in  grace  and  glory.  In  popery  they 
live  as  if  Christ  came  to  make  them  lords  of  the  world ;  to  usurp  jurisdic- 
tion over  kings  and  princes.  Christ  came  to  make  us  rich  in  another 
manner.  St  Peter  saith,  '  Silver  and  gold  have  I  none,'  Acts  iii.  6,  but 
his  successors  cannot  say  so.  Christ  came  not  as  a  servant  to  make  us 
lords  here,  much  less  to  set  us  at  liberty  to  live  after  the  flesh,  and  to  do 
what  we  list.  No  ;  the  end  of  Christ's  coming  was  to  take  away  sin,  '  to 
destroy  the  works  of  the  devil,'  1  John  iii.  8.  The  common  course  at  this 
time,  and  devilish  practice  of  many,  overturns  the  end  of  Christ's  coming, 
as  if  he  came  not  to  destroy,  but  to  let  loose  the  works  of  the  devil ;  to  let 
us  loose  to  all  licentiousness.  He  came  to  bring  us  to  God,  and  not  to 
give  us  liberty  in  courses  to  run  further  from  God.  But  that  by  the  way. 
Christ,  as  I  said,  came  not  to  make  us  rich  in  the  things  of  this  life  ;  for 
do  but  consider  a  little  of  outward  riches,  what  be  they  ? 

(1.)  They  are  not  our  own,  as  Christ  saith,  Luke  xvi.  1,  seq.,  '  We  are  but 
stewards,'  and  we  must  give  a  strict  account  ere  long  how  we  have  used 
them. 

(2.)  And  as  they  are  not  our  own,  so  they  are  not  true  riches,  because 
they  make  not  us  rich.  We  usually  call  a  poor  man  a  poor  soul.  A  poor 
soul  may  be  a  rich  Christian,  and  a  rich  man  may  have  a  poor  soul,  naked 
and  empty  of  spiritual  riches.  These  are  not  true  riches,  because  they 
make  not  a  man  better.  They  may  be  a  snare  to  him,  and  make  him  worse, 
and  puff  him  up ;  as  every  grain  of  riches  hath  a  vermin  of  pride  and 
ambition  in  it.  '  Charge  rich  men  that  they  be  not  high-minded,'  Rom. 
xi.  20.  They  may  make  a  man  worse  ;  they  cannot  make  him  better. 
Can  that  be  true  riches  that  makes  a  man  poorer,  that  hath  not  a  gracious 
heart  ?  Surely  no.  These  riches  ofttimes  are  for  the  hurt  of  the  owners. 
Men  are  filled  as  sponges,  and  then  squeezed  again.  Are  these  true  riches 
that  expose  a  man  to  danger  ?  True  riches  are  such  as  not  only  we  may 
do  good  by,  but  they  make  us  good.     Grace  makes  us  better ;  it  com-  • 


THE  church's  riches.  509 

mends  us  to  God.  All  the  riches  in  the  world  do  not  commend  us  to  God. 
It  is  said  of  Antiochus,  a  great  monarch,  he  was  a  vile  and  base  person, 
because  he  was  a  wicked  man.*  There  is  no  earthly  thing  can  commend  a 
man  to  God,  if  he  be  naught, f  if  he  have  a  rotten  profane  heart. 

(3.)  Again,  they  are  not  true  riches,  because  «  man  outlives  them.  Death 
screws  him  out  of  all ;  death  comes  and  examines  him  when  he  goes  out  of 
the  world,  and  will  suffer  him  to  carry  nothing  with  him.  If  a  man  come 
to  another  man's  table,  and  think  to  carry  away  his  plate,  or  anything  else, 
he  will  be  stayed  at  the  gate,  and  have  it  taken  from  him.  Nothing  we 
brought  into  this  world,  and  with  nothing  we  must  go  out ;  and  are  they 
true  riches  that  determine  in  this  life  ? 

(4.)  Then  again,  these  riches,  they  are  not  proportionable  to  the  soul  of  man. 
When  the  soul  of  man  hath  the  image  of  Christ  on  it,  nothing  will  satisfy 
it  but  spiritual  things.  There  is  nothing  in  the  v/orld  will  satisfy  a  gracious 
soul  but  grace  and  glory.  It  is  only  grace  and  the  spiritual  things  by 
Christ  that  are  the  true  riches,  that  make  us  good,  and  continue  us  good, 
and  continue  with  us.  We  carry  them  to  heaven  with  us.  Therefore,  as 
the  apostle  saith,  we  should  desire  the  '  best  things,'  1  Cor.  xii.  31 ;  labour 
for  the  best  portion,  that  shall  never  be  taken  from  us.  When  we  have 
many  things  in  this  world  set  before  us,  shall  we  make  a  base  choice  ?  as 
the  Gadarenes,  to  save  their  hogs,  they  would  lose  Christ,  Luke  viii.  37. 
Shall  we  make  choice  of  poor  things,  and  leave  grace  and  Christ  ?  No. 
Since  we  have  judgment  to  make  a  difference,  let  us  make  a  wise  choice. 
Judgment  is  seen  in  choice  of  different  things ;  for  though  these  things  be 
good,  yet  they  are  inferior  goods  ;  and  we  lose  not  these  things  by  labour- 
ing for  grace  and  the  best  things.  The  best  way  to  have  these  things  is  to 
labour  for  the  best  things.  Solomon  desired  wisdom,  and  he  had  riches  too. 
'  Let  us  seek  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  these  things'  (as  far  as  they  be 
needful)  shall  be  '  cast  on  us,'  Mat.  vi.  33.  These  are  the  truths  of  God. 
Therefore  let  us  be  ashamed  that  we  discover  our  ignorance  by  making  a 
base  choice,  and  let  us  labour  to  choose  the  best  things.  Christ  became 
poor  to  make  us  rich  in  the  best  things,  to  make  us  rich  in  grace,  in  joy, 
in  peace,  and  comfort,  &c. 

Therefore  let  us  esteem  ourselves  and  others  highly  from  hence,  and  let 
us  not  judge  by  appearance.  When  Christ  was  put  to  death,  how  did  the 
world  judge  him  ?  A  miserable  man,  a  sinner,  because  they  judged  by 
appearance.  So  it  is  the  lot  of  God's  children.  Though  they  be  never  so 
rich,  yet  those  that  look  upon  their  outward  condition,  that  judge  by 
appearance,  because  they  are  outwardly  poor,  they  think  they  have  no  riches 
at  all.  '  But  judge  not  by  appearance,'  as  Christ  saith,  John  vii.  24.  The 
life  that  we  have  is  hidden,  our  happiness  and  riches  are  hidden  with  God. 
Yet  those  that  we  have  now  are  worth  all  the  world.  Is  not  a  little  peace 
of  conscience,  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  assurance  that  God  is  ours, 
worth  all  worldly  things  ?  The  least  measure  of  grace  and  comfort  is  worth 
all,  and  yet  what  we  have  here  is  nothing  to  that  we  shall  have  in  heaven. 

AVe  may  be  ashamed,  the  best  of  us  all,  that  we  live  not  answerable  to 
our  estate.  We  are  ofttimes  poorer  in  grace  than  we  need  to  be.  Having 
such  a  fountain  so  near  us,  to  perish  for  thirst ;  to  be  at  a  feast,  and  to 
perish  for  hunger ;  to  be  at  a  mine,  and  to  come  away  beggars :  it  is  a 
sign  we  want  spiritual  senses ;  it  is  a  sign  of  infidelity,  that  we  are  not 

*    The  whole  race  of  the  Antiochi  seem  to  have  been  wicked  ;  but  Sibbes's  re- 
ference is  probably  to  Antiochus  II.,  surnamed  tlie  Great — G. 
t  That  is  'naughty,'  =  wicked.  — G. 


CIO  THE  church's  KICHES. 

capable  of  our  spiritual  wants.  That  we  should  profess  ourselves  to  be 
Christians,  to  be  members  of  Christ,  and  yet  have  no  grace,  no  spiritual 
ornaments,  no  garments  to  hang  on  our  souls  ;  it  is  a  sign  there  is  no  union 
because  there  is  no  communion.  We  draw  nothing  from  Christ,  we  are 
Christians  without  Christ,  we  have  no  anointing  from  Christ.  Let  us  take 
heed  that  we  be  not  titular  Christians,  to  have  only  the  name  of  Christians. 
Let  us  labour  to  be  Christians  indeed.  And  for  that  end  consider  what  was 
the  end  why  Christ  became  poor  ?  To  '  make  us  rich.'  Why  should  we 
frustrate  his  end  ? 

Therefore  let  us  search  what  riches  we  have  from  Christ ;  whether  our 
debts  be  paid  ;  whether  our  sins  be  forgiven.  We  may  know  we  have  our 
sins  forgiven  if  we  have  sanctifying  grace.  God  never  pays  our  debts  but 
he  gives  us  a  stock  of  grace.  Let  us  examine  therefore  what  riches  we 
have.  Some  Christians  are  rich,  but  they  are  deceived  in  their  own  condi- 
tion. They  think  they  are  poor  and  beggarly,  and  have  nothing,  when 
they  are  rich.  What  is  it  that  deceives  them  ?  Sometimes  it  is  because 
they  have  not  so  much  as  others  ;  therefore  they  think  they  have  nothing, 
not  considering  the  degrees  in  Christianity. 

Or  because  they  have  not  so  much  as  they  would  have.  As  a  covetous 
man,  he  always  looks  forward,  he  is  never  satisfied ;  so  a  Christian,  out  of 
a  spiritual  covetousness,  by  looking  to  that  he  wants,  forgets  that  he  hath. 

Sometimes  a  Christian  in  case  of  temptations  and  desertion,  conscience 
may  suggest  his  wants  altogether.  God  will  humble  him  this  way. 
Though  it  may  be  an  error  in  conscience,  yet  I  would  there  were  more  of 
this  kind.  Such  people  are  to  be  encouraged,  as  in  Rev.  ii.  13,  '  Thou 
sayest  thou  art  poor'  (and  the  world  thinks  so),  '  but  thou  art  rich.'  So 
there  are  many  that  are  poor  in  their  own  conceits,  that  think  they  have 
nothing,  but  indeed  they  are  rich ;  and  they  discover  their  interest  in  the 
true  riches  by  their  desire,  and  hungering,  and  thirsting  after  grace ;  by 
their  care  to  please  God  in  all  things,  to  approve  themselves  to  God,  to  do 
nothing  against  conscience ;  by  their  care  in  using  the  means  of  salvation, 
and  their  vv'alking  circumspectly.  A  man  may  see  and  discover  their  riches 
in  their  carriage.  And  if  there  be  the  least  degree  of  grace,  it  is  great 
riches  in  regard  of  inferior  things,  though  it  be  little  in  regard  of  that  we 
shall  have  in  heaven.  Let  us  search  what  we  have,  that  we  may  walk 
thankfully  and  comfortably.  We  see  worldly  men,  how  they  set  themselves 
out  in  a  little  riches,  and  swell  in  their  own  conceits.  A  Christian  hath 
that  that  is  infinitely  better,  and  shall  he  alway  droop  and  be  cast  down  ? 
If  he  be  a  sound  Christian  that  hath  any  goodness  in  him,  let  him  walk  a 
comfortable  and  cheerful  life  answerable  to  his  riches.  We  account  them 
base-minded  men,  that  being  very  rich,  yet  they  live  as  if  they  had  nothing. 
So  Christians  are  to  blame,  that  having  great  riches  in  Christ,  they  live  as 
uncomfortably  as  if  they  had  none.  What  is  the  reason,  Christ  being  so 
rich,  that  Christians  have  no  more  grace  ?  Sometimes  it  is  because  they 
search  not  their  own  estates  for  good  as  well  as  bad.  And  then  they  do 
not  empty  themselves  enough  that  Christ  may  fill  them.  They  are  not 
thankful  enough  for  that  they  have,  for  thankfulness  is  the  way  to  get  more. 

Quest.  How  shall  we  carry  ourselves  that  we  may  improve  Christ's 
riches  ;  to  be  made  rich  in  grace  by  him  ? 

Ans.  1.  First,  Let  us  labour /or  the  enijJti/inr/  [/race  of  humility,  which,  will 
empty  the  soul  and  make  it  of  a  large  capacity  to  contain  a  great  measure 
of  grace.  God  '  fills  the  hungry  with  good  things,'  Luke  i.  53  ;  he  '  resists 
the  proud,  but  he  gives  grace  to  the  humble,'  James  iv.  6.     Let  us  labour 


THE  church's  riches.  511 

to  see  our  wants  and  necessities,  and  tlie  vanity  of  all  earthly  things,  and 
then  we  shall  be  fit  to  receive  grace. 

2.  And  then  labour  to  see  the  excellency  of  the  grace  ive  ivant,  and  that 
will  stretch  and  enlarge  our  desires.  And  withal  see  the  necessity  of  grace. 
We  must  have  faith,  hope,  and  love.  We  cannot  live  as  Christians  else. 
We  must  have  contentation.*  We  shall  live  miserably  else.  We  cannot 
be  like  Christ  without  grace. 

3.  And  withal  know  that  Christ  is  rich  for  us.  He  hath  not  only  abund- 
ance of  the  Spirit,  but  redundance,  to  overflow  to  us  his  members.  As  the 
head  hath  redundance  of  spirits,  and  senses  for  the  use  of  the  vv"hole  body ; 
it  sees,  and  feels,  and  smells,  for  the  use  of  the  whole  body ;  whatsoever 
Christ  hath,  he  hath  for  us.  Let  us  labour  to  know  our  riches  as  we  are 
Christians,  as  we  grow  in  other  things,  so  to  be  acquainted  with  that  we 
have  in  Christ' s.f  As  children  that  are  heirs  to  great  things,  at  the  first 
they  are  ignorant  of  what  they  have,  but  as  they  grow  iu  years  so  they  grow 
in  further  knowledge  of  that  that  belongs  to  them ;  and  they  grow  in  spirit 
answerable  and  suitable  to  that  they  shall  have.  Let  grace  agree  with 
nature  in  this,  let  us  desire  to  know  our  riches  in  Jesus  Christ. 

4.  And  not  only  know  that  they  are  ours,  hut  use  ours  to  our  own  good 
and  benefit  upon  all  occasions.  If  we  offend  God,  as  every  dajj-  we  do,  make 
use  of  our  riches  in  Christ  for  the  pardon  of  our  sins.  He  is  full  of  favour, 
he  is  our  High  Priest,  he  makes  intercession  for  us.  If  we  want  knowledge 
he  is  a  Prophet  to  teach  us  by  his  Spirit.  If  we  find  our  natures  defiled, 
and  want  power  over  our  corruptions,  he  is  a  King  to  guide  and  lead  us, 
in  the  midst  of  all  our  enemies,  to  heaven.  If  we  find  our  consciences 
troubled,  consider  what  peace  we  have  in  Christ.  If  we  want  outward 
things,  let  us  consider  we  are  under  age.  Great  persons  enjoy  not  their 
inheritances  when  they  are  under  years.  If  God  dispense  outward  things 
to  us,  it  is  for  our  good.  If  he  send  poverty  and  disgi'ace,  it  is  for  our  good, 
to  fit  us  for  a  better  state.  God  in  his  infinite  wisdom  knows  better  what 
is  good  for  us  than  we  do  for  ourselves.  In  the  want  of  anything  let  us 
believe  that  Christ  is  given  as  a  public  treasui'e  to  the  church.  Thus  we 
may  improve  the  grace  and  riches  we  have  in  Christ. 

5.  Again,  let  us  labour  to  make  a  good  use  of  every  favour  ive  enjoy ;  of 
our  liberties  and  recreations.  We  have  all  by  the  poverty  of  Christ.  There- 
fore let  us  use  them  in  a  sober  manner,  not  as  the  fashion  is,  to  cast  ofl'  all 
care  of  Christ ;  to  pour  out  ourselves  to  all  licentiousness.  Let  us  consider, 
this  liberty  and  refreshing  that  I  have,  it  is  from  the  blood  of  Christ ;  as 
David's  worthies,  when  they  brake  through  with  the  danger  of  their  lives  to 
get  him  water,  '  Oh,'  saith  he,  '  I  will  not  drink  it,  it  is  the  blood  of  these 
men,'  2  Sam.  xxiii.  15,  seq.  So  whatsoever  liberties  and  good  things  I 
have,  I  have  it  by  the  poverty  of  Christ,  by  the  blood  of  Christ ;  and  shall 
I  misuse  it  ? 

And  certainly  it  will  make  us  esteem  more  highly  of  our  spiritual  privileges 
than  of  outward,  considering  they  cost  Christ  so  dear.  He  became  poor 
to  set  us  up  when  we  were  utterly  bankrupt.  He  stripped  himself  of  all, 
to  make  us  rich.  Shall  we  not  therefore  esteem  and  use  these  things  well  ? 
And  when  we  are  tempted  to  sin,  this  will  be  a  great  means  to  restrain  us  ; 
I  am  freed  from  sin  by  the  blood  of  Christ ;  shall  I  make  him  poor  again 
by  committing  sin  ?  Shall  I  wrong  him  now  he  is  in  heaven  ?  The  Jews 
despited  him  on  earth  in  the  form  of  a  servant  ;  but  our  sins  are  of  a  higher 
nature,  of  a  deeper  double  dye  ;  we  sin  against  Christ  in  heaven  in  glory. 
*  That  is,  '  contentment.'— G.  t  Qu.  '  Christ '?— Ed. 


512  THE  church's  riches. 

When  we  are  tempted  to  sin,  this  consideration  will  make  us  ashamed  to 
sin  :  Since  Christ  hath  bought  our  liberty  from  sin  at  such  a  rate,  shall  we 
make  light  of  sin  that  cost  him  his  dear  blood,  and  the  sense  of  his  Father's 
wrath  ?  that  made  him  cry  out,  '  My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken 
me  ?'  It  is  impossible  that  any  man  should  pour  out  himself  to  sin  that 
hath  this  consideration.  Christ  became  poor,  that  we  through  his  poverty 
might  be  made  rich. 

The  next  thing  is  the  groimcl  or  sprinrf  from  ichcnce  all  this  comes ;  it  is 
from  grace.  '  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.'  It  was  his 
mere  grace.  There  was  nothing  that  could  compel  him.  God  the  Father 
could  not  compel  him,  because  he  was  equal  with  his  Father  ;  being  God, 
there  was  an  equality  of  essence. 

And  then,  what  was  there  in  us  that  should  move  him  to  abase  himself 
so  low  ?  Was  there  any  worth  in  us  ?  No.  We  were  dead.  Was  there 
any  strength  in  us  ?  No.  We  were  dead  in  sins.  Was  any  goodness  in 
us  ?  No.  We  were  Christ's  enemies.  Was  there  any  desire  in  us  ?  No. 
We  were  opposite  to  all  goodness  in  ourselves  ;  there  was  no  desire  in  us 
to  be  better  than  we  were.  If  God  should  have  let  us  alone  to  our  own 
desires,  we  were  posting  to  hell.  It  is  the  greatest  misery  in  the  world, 
next  to  hell  itself,  to  be  given  up  to  our  own  desires.  A  man  were  better 
to  be  given  up  to  the  devil  than  to  his  own  desires.  He  may  torment  him, 
and  perhaps  bring  him  to  repentance  ;  but  to  be  given  up  to  his  own  desires, 
leads  to  hell.  It  is  merely  of  grace,  grace.  It  was  the  grace  of  God  the 
Father  that  gave  his  Son  ;  and  it  was  grace  that  the  Son  gave  himself. 

What  is  grace  ?  It  is  a  principle  from  whence  all  good  comes  from  God 
to  us.  As  God  loves  us  men,  and  not  angels,  it  is  ijhilanthropia  ;*  as  God's 
affection  is  beneficial  to  our  nature,  so  it  is  love ;  as  it  is  to  persons  in 
misery,  so  it  is  mercy  ;  as  it  is  free,  without  any  worth  in  us  procuring  it, 
so  it  is  grace.  It  is  the  same  affection  ;  only  it  differs  outwardly  in  regard 
of  the  object.  Hence  we  see  that  Christ  must  be  considered  as  a  joint 
cause  of  our  salvation  with  the  Father.  '  It  is  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,'  You  see  here  he  became  poor  to  make  us  rich.  Indeed,  he  was 
sent  and  anointed  and  sealed,  and  had  authority  of  his  Father  ;  yet  not- 
withstanding his  joint  grace  and  consent  went  with  it.  Therefore  he  was  a 
principal,  as  Chrysostom  speaks,  with  a  principal  [d).  He  diff'ers  nothing 
at  all  from  his  Father,  but  in  order  of  persons  ;  first  the  Father  and  then 
the  Son,  both  being  jointly  God,  and  both  joint  causes  of  the  salvation 
of  mankind.  The  Father  chose  us  to  salvation  ;  the  Son  paid  the  price  for 
us  ;  and  the  Holy  Ghost  applies  it  and  sanctifies  our  natures.  God  the 
Father  loved  the  world,  and  gave  his  Son.  Christ  loved  the  world,  and 
gave  himself :  '  He  loved  me,  and  gave  himself  for  me,'  saith  St  Paul,  Gal. 
ii.  20.  Therefore  we  should  think  of  the  sweet  consent  of  the  Trinity,  in 
their  love  to  mankind.  So  the  Father  loved  us,  that  he  gave  his  Son  ;  so 
the  Son  loved  us,  that  he  gave  himself ;  so  the  Holy  Ghost  loves  us,  that 
he  conveys  all  grace  to  us,  and  dwells  in  us,  and  assures  us  of  God's  love. 

We  must  not  think  of  Christ  as  an  underling  in  the  work  of  salvation. 
He  is  a  principal,  in  the  work,  from  his  Father.  The  grace  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  it  is  the  cause  of  all.  It  was  the  cause  why  he  was  man.  It 
is  the  cause  of  all  grace  that  is  in  us.  That  that  is  the  cause  of  the  cause, 
is  the  cause  of  the  thing  caused.  The  grace  of  Christ  is  the  cause  of  aU 
in  us  ;  because  it  was  the  cause  of  Christ's  suffering  from  whence  we  have 
grace.  Grace  was  the  cause  that  Christ  was  man,  and  that  he  suffered  ; 
*  That  is,  fiXaMOoo-TTia. — G. 


THE  church's  riches.  513 

therefore  it  is  tlie  cause  of  grace  in  us.  Christ  was  a  gift;  the  Father  gave 
him,  and  he  gave  himself.  '  If  thou  hadst  known  the  gift  of  God,'  saith 
Christ  to  the  woman  of  Samaria,  John  iv.  10.  Oh  it  is  the  greatest  gift 
that  ever  was  ! 

Therefore  when  we  think  of  any  one  of  the  persons  in  the  Trinity,  we 
must  not  exclude  the  rest,  but  include  all,  wdiich  is  a  comfortable  considera- 
tion ;  because  there  is  a  sweet  union  of  all  the  three  persons  in  the  great 
work  of  salvation.  As  Christ  saith,  '  I  in  the  Father,  and  the  Father  in 
me,'  John  xvii.  21  :  not  in  essence  alone — he  is  God,  and  I  am  God — but 
I  am  in  the  Father,  and  he  in  me.  I  consent  with  the  Father,  and  the 
Father  with  me.     AVe  both  agree  in  the  great  work  of  salvation. 

Therefore  we  should  return  the  glory  of  all  the  good  we  have  to  God  the 
Father,  and  to  Christ ;  and  as  it  is  in  Rev.  v.  12,  *  Worthy  is  the  Lamb, 
because  he  hath  redeemed  us.'  When  we  think  of  the  good  we  have  by 
Christ,  '  Worthy  is  the  Lamb,  because  he  shed  his  blood  for  us.'  '  The 
Lamb  of  God,  that  takes  away  the  sins  of  the  world,'  he  is  worthy  of  all 
praise  and  honour.  We  should  honour  the  Father,  and  honour  the  Son, 
and  the  Holy  Spirit  that  applies  the  good  we  have  by  Christ  to  us.  When 
we  glorify  God,  let  us  glorify  Christ  too,  '  who  together  with  the  Father  is 
to  be  glorified,'  because  it  was  his  grace  to  give  himself;  he  made  himself 
poor  for  us.  We  cannot  honour  the  Father  more  than  by  honouring  the 
Son  ;  for  God  the  Father  will  be  seen  in  his  Son,  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  In 
Christ  we  behold  the  glory  of  God,'  Eph.  iii,  21.  Therefore  what  he  saith 
of  Christ  here  tends  to  the  glory  of  the  Father. 

Christ  not  only  as  God  is  gracious,  and  was  willing  to  the  work  of  salva- 
tion, but  as  the  meritorious  cause  of  the  grace  of  his  Father  ;  for  grace 
should  not  have  been  derived  to  us  from  the  Father,  unless  first  it  had  been 
seated  on  Christ  in  our  nature,  and  in  him  derived  to  us. 

The  work  of  salvation,  as  it  is  from  Christ,  so  it  is  from  the  grace  of 
Christ ;  therefore  it  was  free  and  voluntary.  What  so  free  as  grace  ? 
Therefore  Christ's  abasement  and  poverty,  it  was  merely*  voluntary.  If  it 
had  not  been  voluntary,  it  had  not  been  meritorious  and  satisfoctory.  It 
was  a  free-will  offering  ;  it  was  of  grace,  not  forced  and  commanded  without 
his  own  consent.  It  was  merely  of  grace,  for  our  good  and  salvation  ;  that 
we  might  have  the  more  comfort.  It  was  a  free-will  offering.  He  seemed 
as  man  to  decline  death,  to  shew  the  truth  of  his  manhood ;  but  when  again  he 
considered  wherefore  his  Father  sent  him,  *  Not  my  will,  but  thine  be  done,' 
Mat.  xxvi.  42  ;  and  with  joy,  *  With  a  desire  have  I  desired  to  eat  my  last 
passover  with  you ;  and  I  have  a  baptism,  and  how  am  I  pained  till  I  be 
baptized  with  it!'  Luke  xxii.  15.  However,  to  shew  the  truth  of  his  man- 
hood, he  feared  death  ;  yet,  when  he  considered  what  he  was  sent  for,  it 
was  with  a  resignation  on  the  divine  nature.  So  it  was  a  free-will  offering, 
and  a  sacrifice  '  of  a  sweet  smell  to  God  the  Father,'  Philip,  iv.  18. 

Therefore  when  we  think  of  Christ,  let  us  think  of  nothing  but  grace  ;  or 
when  we  think  of  heaven  or  of  any  blessing  by  Christ,  all  comes  under 
the  notion  of  grace,  because  all  comes  from  mere  favour.  There  are  four 
descents  of  grace  : — 

[1.]  First,  Grace  as  it  is  in  God  and  Christ  in  their  oiin  breasts  ;  the  favour 
of  God  resting  in  his  own  bosom. 

[2.]  And  then  this  grace  and  favour  shewed  in  grace ;  that  is,  in  habitual 
grace  ;  in  bestowing  grace  upon  our  nature,  to  sweeten  and  sanctify  it,  to 
fit  it  for  communion  with  God. 

*  That  is,  '  altogether.'- G. 

VOL.  IV.  K  k 


514  THE  church's  riches. 

[3.  J  And  tlaen  actual  grace ;  the  movings  of  the  Spirit  to  every  good  work  ; 
to  every  action  of  grace. 

[4.]  And  then  every  gift  of  God,  every  blessing  is  a  grace  ;  because  it  riseth 
from  grace.  As  we  say  of  the  gifts  of  a  great  person,  this  is  his  grace  or 
favour  ;  so  every  good  thing  we  have  is  a  grace.  It  is  the  favour  of  God 
in  Christ  that  svv'eeteneth  all.  Let  us  labour  to  see  grace  in  all,  especially 
the  fundamental  grace,  the  favour  of  God  and  of  Christ,  the  cause  of  all. 
And  let  us  see  any  grace  in  us  as  from  that  grace,  and  every  good  act  we 
do,  a  grace,  from  mere  favour ;  and  every  blessing  we  have  is  a  grace,  if  our 
hearts  be  good :  as  the  apostle  calls  the  Macedonians'  benevolence  a  grace, 
2  Cor.  viii.  2.  Everything  that  is  good  is  a  grace.  '  Therefore,  not  unto 
us,  not  unto  us,  but  unto  thy  name  be  the  glory,'  Ps.  cxv.  1,  both  of  thy 
favour  and  of  all  that  comes  from  it ;  all  that  we  have  is  sweet,  because  it 
issues  from  grace.  The  favour  in  the  thing  is  better  than  the  thing  itself. 
As  we  say  of  gifts,  we  care  not  for  the  gift,  but  for  the  love  of  him  that 
gave  it ;  so  the  good  things  that  we  have  are  not  so  sweet  as  the  favour  of 
him  that  gives  it,  when  we  deserve  not  so  much  as  daily  bread,  but  that 
also  is  of  grace.  The  source  and  spring  of  all  that  is  in  us,  is  free  grace  in 
the  breast  of  God  and  Christ. 

In  the  controversy  between  us  and  the  papists,  when  we  say  we  are  jus- 
tified by  grace,  we  must  not  understand  it  of  inherent  grace,  whereby 
our  natures  are  sanctified,  and  that  but  in  part ;  but  it  is  meant  of  the 
free  grace  and  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  and  the  free  grace  of  Christ  in  his 
own  breast.  Let  us  take  heed  that  we  build  not  our  justification  and 
salvation  upon  a  false  title.  The  title  is  the  grace  of  Christ,  and  of  God 
the  Father. 

Now  the  grace  we  have  in  Christ  in  the  breast  of  God  is,  either  the  good 
will  of  God,  whereby  he  is  disposed  to  give  Christ,  and  to  do  all  good  to  us 
.  .  .*  There  is  no  cause  of  that  at  all.  Christ  as  God  joins  with  the  Father 
in  that  grace,  which  is  amor  henerolentia;,  the  grace  of  good  will.  Christ  as 
mediator  is  the  efiect  of  that  grace.  But  then  there  is  the  grace  of  com- 
placency, whereby  God  delights  in  us.  This  is  bestowed  upon  the  creature 
in  effectual  calling.  Then  God  shews  the  grace  of  delighting  in  us,  engraft- 
ing us  into  Christ  by  faith  ;  for  though  before  all  worlds  God  had  a  pur- 
pose to  do  good  to  us,  yet  that  is  concealed  till  we  believe.  As  water  that 
runs  under  ground,  it  is  hid  a  long  time  till  it  break  out  suddenly ;  and 
then  we  discover  that  there  was  a  stream  run  under  ground,  as  Arethusa, 
and  other  rivers  (e) ;  so  it  is  with  the  favour  of  God  from  eternity  :  it  runs 
under  ground.  Till  we  be  called  we  see  not  Christ's  good  will  to  us  ;  but 
when  we  believe  and  become  one  with  Christ,  God  looks  upon  us  with  the 
love  of  complacency ;  with  the  same  love  wherewith  he  loves  Christ ; 
because  we  are  in  Christ,  as  it  is  in  John  xvii.  23,  '  I  in  them,  and  they  in 
me.'  God  loves  the  head  and  members  with  the  same  love.  Christ  as 
God  was  freely  disposed  to  choose  men  ;  but  Christ  as  mediator  continues 
this  favour  and  mercy  of  God,  when  we  are  grafted  into  him,  to  shine  on 
us  continually.  It  is  this  second  that  we  must  labour  for  as  a  fruit  of  the 
first.  Let  us  labour  not  only  to  know  that  there  was  an  eternal  love  of 
God  to  some  that  are  his  ;  but  labour  by  faith  in  Christ,  to  know  that  he 
shines  upon  us  in  Christ ;  and  all  other  graces  within  us,  and  all  other 
gifts,  are  from  this  first  grace.  Therefore  they  have  the  name.  Why  do 
we  call  faith,  hope,  and  love  graces,  but  because  they  issue  from  the  mercy 
and  favour  and  love  of  God  in  Christ  ?  And,  as  I  said  before,  why  do  we 
*  Sentence  unfinished. — G. 


THE  chukch's  riches.  515 

call  any  benefit  we  have  a  grace  ?  Because  it  comes  from  grace.  All 
good  tilings  have  the  term  of  grace  on  them,  to  shew  the  spring  from  whence 
they  come. 

I  will  not  enter  into  dispute  with  points  of  popery,  that  stinks  now  in 
the  nostrils  of  every  man  that  hath  but  the  use  of  ordinary  reason,  it  is  so 
full  of  folly  and  blasphemy.  I  rather  speak  of  positive  truths,  to  see  God'a 
grace  and  favour,  and  bless  God  for  it  in  every  thing  we  have. 

Doth  all  that  we  have  in  Christ  come  from  grace,  the  grace  in  us,  and 
comforts  and  outward  things  merely  from  grace  ?  Then  esteem  them  more 
from  the  spring  from  whence  they  come  than  for  themselves.  The  neces- 
saries of  this  life,  food  and  raiment,  they  are  but  mean  things  in  them- 
selves ;  but  if  we  consider  what  spring  they  come  from — from  the  blood  of 
Christ  that  hath  purchased  them,  and  from  the  grace  and  love  of  Christ — 
grace  will  add  value  to  them.  Grace  will  make  all  sweet  that  we  have ; 
when  we  can  say,  I  have  this  from  the  grace  of  God,  as  Jacob  said,  '  These 
are  the  children  that  God  hath  given  me  of  his  bounty  and  grace,'  Gen. 
xxsiii.  5.  This  is  the  provision,  the  help  and  comfort  that  I  have  from 
the  grace  of  Christ ;  for  the  same  grace  that  gives  heaven  gives  necessaries 
and  daily  bread.  Let  us  look  on  every  thing,  and  put  the  respect  of  grace 
upon  every  thing.  It  is  grace  that  we  meet  with  afflictions  whereby  we 
are  corrected.  God  might  have  let  us  go  on  in  the  hardness  of  our  hearts. 
Look  upon  every  thing  as  a  fruit  of  God's  grace  and  favour.  What  is  the 
reason  that  we  are  no  more  thankful  for  common  benefits  ?  Because  we 
look  not  on  them  as  issuing  from  grace.  Take  away  grace,  the  free  favour 
of  God,  extract  this  quintessence,  take  the  love  of  God  out  of  things — what 
are  they  ?  Let  a  man  be  rich,  if  he  have  it  not  from  the  love  and  mercy 
of  God,  what  will  all  be  in  time  but  snares  ?  Let  a  man  be  great  in  the 
world,  if  it  be  not  from  the  grace  of  God,  what  is  it  ?  As  God  saith,  '  I 
will  curse  you  in  your  blessings,'  Dent,  xxviii.  17.  Without  grace  we  are 
cursed  in  those  things  that  else  are  blessings.  Take  grace  from  Adam  in 
paradise,  and  Adam  is  afraid  in  paradise,  and  hides  his  head.  Take  the 
favour  of  the  king  from  Haman,  and  nothing  will  do  him  good.  Take  the 
favour  of  the  king  from  Absalom,  and  all  other  liberties  that  he  had  are 
nothing  worth,  when  he  must  not  go  to  the  court,  2  Sam.  xiv.  24,  scq.  So 
take  the  grace  and  favour  of  God  away  that  sweetens  all,  they  will  prove 
snares,  and  we  shall  find  by  experience  that  God  will  curse  us  in  all  our 
blessings.  Let  us  labour  therefore  to  have  a  sensible  feeling  of  this  free 
grace  and  mercy  of  God  in  Christ. 

And,  to  add  this  further,  the  grace  of  Christ,  it  is  a  fruitful  grace,  it  is  a 
rich  grace,  as  the  apostle  saith  here.  '  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  who  became  poor  to  make  us  rich  by  his  poverty.'  The 
favour  of  God  and  Christ,  it  is  no  empty  favour.  It  is  not  like  the  winter 
sun,  that  casts  a  goodly  countenance  when  it  shines,  but  gives  little  comfort 
and  heat.  Many  men  give  sweet  and  comfortable  words,  but  there  is 
nothing  follows,  it  is  but  a  barren  favour.  It  is  not  so  with  God's  favour, 
to  give  onl}^  a  shining  countenance  but  no  warmth.  No  ;  saith  the  apostle, 
'  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who,  though  he  were  rich, 
he  became  poor.'  It  was  a  grace  that  made  him  empty  himself  of  himself, 
to  make  us  full ;  it  made  him  poor  to  make  us  rich  ;  he  abased  himself  to 
make  us  glorious.  As  is  the  man,  so  is  his  strength,  saith  the  proverb: 
BO,  as  is  the  person,  such  is  the  favour  and  good-will  we  expect  from  him. 
Now  Christ  being  so  potent  a  person,  being  God  and  man,  his  grace  must 
needs  be  wondrous  rich,  suitable  to  his  greatness.    If  God  will  free  a  man, 


516  THE  church's  riches. 

he  will  free  him  from  all  miseries  ;  if  he  advance  a  man,  he  will  advance 
him  to  heaven ;  if  he  will  punish  a  man,  he  will  punish  him  to  hell ;  his 
wrath  shall  seize  on  him  for  ever ;  what  he  doth,  he  will  do  like  a  God. 
The  grace  of  Christ,  it  is  a  powerful  rich  grace. 

Therefore  let  us  examine  ourselves,  am  I  in  the  favour  of  God  and  of 
Christ  ?  If  I  be,  surely  it  is  a  rich  favour,  it  tends  to  the  best  riches  ;  he 
became  poor  to  make  me  rich.  Where  is  my  faith,  my  love,  my  hope,  my 
contentation,  my  patience  and  victory  over  temptations  and  lusts  ?  Is  it  a 
dead  favour  ?  Am  I  in  the  favour  of  Christ,  and  find  no  fruits  of  it  ?  Cer- 
tainly it  is  but  an  illusion :  therefore  as  yet  I  am  not  in  the  compass  of 
Christ's  favour.  Therefore  I  must  wait  in  the  use  of  means,  and  humbling 
myself;  '  he  gives  grace  to  the  humble,'  James  iv.  6.  And  with  a  sense  of 
our  spiritual  poverty,  let  us  pray  to  God  to  shine  on  us  in  Christ,  that  we 
may  find  the  fruit  of  his  love  enriching  us  with  grace.  Oh  that  my  faith,  and 
hope,  and  grace,  were  more  !  Oh  let  this  evidence  that  I  am  in  th}^  favour 
[be  revealed]  by  the  fruits  of  it,  that  I  may  find  those  riches  that  thou  hast 
procured  by  thy  poverty.  And  let  us  not  rest  till  we  find  the  fruits  of  this 
grace,  though  not  alway  in  the  comfort,  j'et  in  the  strength  and  ability, 
that  we  may  perform,  in  some  measure,  what  is  required.  Though  we  have 
not  much  of  the  comfort  that  we  desire,  yet  if  we  have  strength  we  have 
that  that  is  better.  It  is  better  to  have  grace  than  comfort  here.  God 
reserves  that  for  another  world.  But  let  us  always  look  for  one  of  them, 
either  sensible  peace  and  joy ;  or  if  not  that,  yet  strength  against  our  cor- 
ruptions, and  ability  to  do  God  service  in  some  measure ;  to  do  something 
above  nature.  Holy  desires,  and  ability,  and  strength,  they  come  not  from 
nature,  but  from  the  favour  of  Christ.  Therefore  having  these,  I  know  I 
am  in  the  love  of  Christ.  These  are  favours  that  he  bestows  only  upon  his 
own.  Favours  of  the  left  hand  he  gives  to  castaways  ;  but  his  special 
favours,  the  riches  of  grace,  he  gives  only  to  his  children.  Therefore  let 
us  labour  to  find  somewhat  wrought  in  our  natures,  that  may  evidence  to 
us  that  we  are  in  this  rich  favour  of  God. 

Lastly,  This  grace  of  Christ  being  free,  that  we  neither  desired  it  nor 
deserved  it,  why  may  not  Manasseh  take  hope  as  well  as  David,  if  he  sub- 
mit himself,  though  he  were  so  horrible  a  sinner  as  he  was  ?  Why  may 
not  Paul,  a  persecutor,  find  mercy  as  well  as  Timothj^,  that  was  brought 
up  to  goodness  from  his  youth  ?  It  is  free.  Therefore  let  no  man  despair 
that  hath  been  a  wicked  liver  in  former  time.  The  best  stand  in  need  of 
grace,  and  it  is  of  gi'ace  that  they  are  what  they  are  ;  as  St  Paul  saith, 
*  By  grace  I  am  that  I  am,'  1  Cor.  xv.  10  ;  and  the  worst,  if  they  come  in 
and  submit  themselves,  and  take  Christ  for  their  Lord,  and  submit  to  his 
government,  and  will  be  ruled  by  his  word  and  Spirit,  and  not  continue  to 
live  in  rebellious  courses,  they  may  partake  of  this  grace. 

But  again,  let  none  presume.  For  though  it  be  free  grace,  yet  we  must 
confess  our  sins  and  forsake  them,  or  else  we  shall  find  no  grace.  We 
must  be  poor  in  spirit,  and  sensible  of  our  misery ;  for  God  enricheth 
those  that  are  empty  and  poor,  *  the  rich  he  sends  empty  away,'  Luke  i.  53. 
We  must  sue  to  God  for  grace  by  the  Spirit  of  grace,  and  take  heed  that 
we  turn  not  these  oflers  of  grace  to  occasions  of  wantonness,  and  so  divide 
Christ ;  to  take  out  of  Christ  what  we  list,  and  leave  what  we  list.  We 
must  know  that  Christ,  as  he  is  our  Jesus  to  save  us,  so  he  is  our  Lord ; 
as  he  saith  here,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  We  must  submit  to  him  for  the 
time  to  come,  and  then  we  shall  find  experience  of  his  sweet  grace. 

The  next  thing  I  observe  briefly  is,  that 


THE  church's  riches.  517 

Doct.  5.  TJiis  grace  must  be  known. 

Saith  the  apostle  here,  *  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.' 
A  man  may  know  his  riches,  he  may  know  his  interest  in  Christ.  The 
apostle  useth  it  here  as  an  argument  to  persuade  them  to  good  works. 
That  that  is  used  as  an  argument  must  be  known  before  the  thing  can  be 
persuaded.  A  thing  cannot  be  made  light  by  that  which  is  darker  than 
itself.  But  the  apostle  here  useth  this  as  an  argument,  '  You  know  the 
grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  so  that  these  truths  are  taken  for  granted, 
that  all  grace  comes  by  the  poverty  of  Christ.  And  then,  that  we  may 
know  ourselves  to  be  interested  in  it,  that  Christ's  poverty  was  for  us.  A 
man  that  is  a  true  Christian  may  know  his  share  and  interest  in  the  grace 
of  Christ,  or  else  how  should  he  be  persuaded  by  this  as  an  argument 
if  he  know  it  not  ?  Or  how  shall  he  be  comfortable  except  he  know  that 
he  hath  interest  in  Christ  ?  It  may  be  known  out  of  the  Scriptures,  as  a 
history,  that  Christ  is  gracious  for  matter  of  fact.  The  devils  know  it  as 
well  as  we  ;  and  Judas  knew  it.  But  he  speaks  here  of  a  knowledge  with 
interest.  You  know  it  by  experience ;  '  the  Spirit  wituesseth  to  your  spirits ' 
so  much,  that  Christ  gave  himself  for  you.  I  know  the  grace  of  Christ  as 
mine,  as  belonging  to  me,  as  if  there  were  no  man  in  the  world  besides. 
And  as  this  knowledge  is  with  interest,  so  it  stirs  up  to  do.*  All  other 
knowledge  but  knowledge  with  interest  may  stand  with  desperation ;  and 
what  good  will  it  do  to  know  in  general  that  Christ  came  to  save  sinners, 
and  yei  go  to  hell  for  ail  that  ?  It  is  the  knowledge  that  applies  Christ  in 
particular  that  saves  a  man ;  that  knowledge  that  determines  the  general 
to  my  own  person.  Therefore  we  must  labour  tor  this.  Christ  was  poor 
for  me  ;  'he  loved  me  and  gave  himself /or  me,'  G-al.  ii.  20.  The  love  and 
free  grace  of  Christ,  it  may  and  it  ought  to  be  known.  '  We  ought  to  give 
all  diligence  to  make  our  calling  and  election  sure,'  2  Peter  i.  10.  It  may 
be  known,  but  it  cannot  be  known  without  a  great  deal  of  diligence  and 
self-denial.  This  knowledge  is  a  super-added  grace.  It  is  one  thing  to 
be  a  sound  Christian,  and  another  thing  to  know  it.  A  man  cannot  know 
it  by  reflection,  but  he  must  tirst  be  good  in  exercise  ;  he  must  find  grace 
working,  he  must  give  all  diligence  to  make  his  calling  and  election  sure 
to  him.  It  may  be  sure  in  itself,  but  it  cannot  be  sure  to  him  without 
diligence.  Therefore  those  that  know  their  estate  in  grace,  they  are  fruit- 
ful, growing,  careful,  watchful  Christians. 

It  is  no  wonder  that  in  these  secure  times,  if  we  ask  many  whether  they 
know  themselves  to  be  in  the  state  of  grace  upon  sound  grounds,  they  wish 
well,  and  they  have  many  doubtings.  There  are  many  that  have  the  seeds 
and  the  work  of  grace  in  them,  but  the  times  are  so  secure,  that  they  know 
it  not.  Usually  it  is  made  known  to  us  in  the  worst  times,  either  in  the 
time  of  aflliction,  and  temptation,  and  trial,  or  after,  when  we  have 
*  fought  the  good  fight,'  1  Tim.  vi.  12,  and  overcome  our  corruptions.  'To 
him  that  overcometh  will  I  give  of  the  hidden  manna,'  Rev.  ii.  17  ;  that  is, 
he  shall  have  a  sweet  sense  of  Christ  to  be  manna,  to  be  bread  of  life  to 
him,  to  him  that  conflicts  and  gets  the  victory  over  his  corruptions.  The 
reason  why  many  feel  not  that  sweet  comfort  from  the  '  grace  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,'  it  is  because  either  they  do  not  conflict  with  their  base  cor- 
ruptions, or  if  they  do  strive,  they  get  but  a  little  ground  of  them. 

And  let  us  take  heed  of  that  cold  and  injurious  conceit,!  as  it  it  were  a 
thing  not  to  be  known  whether  we  belong  to  Christ  or  no.     What !     Do 

*  The  word  here  is  '  due.'     Qu.  '  do  '  or  '  duty '? — G, 
t  That  is,  '  conception,'  idea,  =  opinion. — G. 


518 


THE  CHURCH  S  RICHES. 


we  think  tliat  Chvist  -would  come  in  the  flesh  and  become  poor,  nay, 
become  a  curse  for  us,  and  that  he  is  now  in  heaven  for  us,  and  all  that  we 
should  doubt  whether  we  be  in  his  love  or  no,  and  that  we  should  not 
labour  to  find  our  portion  in  that  love  ?  What  a  wrong  is  this  to  the  grace 
of  Christ.  Is  not  all  his  dealing  towards  us  that  we  might  be  joyful  in 
ourselves,  and  thankful  and  fruitful  to  him ;  and  how  can  this  be  without 
some  knowledge  that  our  state  is  good  ?  How  can  we  live  well  and  die 
comfortably  without  it  ?  Therefore  let  us  make  it  the  main  scope  and  aim 
of  our  endeavour.  Oh,  the  happiness  of  that  Christian  that  is  good,  and 
knows  himself  to  be  so  !  What  in  this  world  can  fall  very  u.ncomfortably 
to  such  a  man  ?  Nothing  in  the  world  can  take  down  his  courage  much  ; 
whereas  another  man  that  doubts  of  this  can  never  be  comfortable  in  any 
condition  :  he  cannot  be  joyful  and  thankful  in  prosperity  ;  he  cannot  be 
comfortable  in  adversity,  for  he  knows  not  from  what  ground  this  comes, 
■whether  it  be  in  love  to  him  or  no. 

You  see  from  hence,  likewise,  that  grace  is  no  enemy  to  good  works, 
neither  the  freedom  of  God's  favour,  being  without  any  merit  on  our 
part ;  nor  the  knowledge  and  assurance  of  salvation.  It  is  no  enemy 
to  diligence  and  to  good  works ;  naj,  it  is  the  foundation  of  them.  The 
apostle  doth  not  use  it  here  as  an  argument  to  neglect  good  works.  No. 
He  stirs  them  up  by  it.  If  anything  in  the  world  will  work  upon  a  heart 
that  hath  any  ingenuity,*  it  is  the  love,  and  favour,  and  grace  of  God. 
'  The  love  of  Christ  constraiueth,'  2  Cor.  v.  14.  The  love  of  Christ,  as 
known,  it  melts  the  heart.  The  knowledge  of  the  grace  of  Christ,  it  is  very 
effectual  to  stir  us  up,  as  to  all  duties,  so  especially  to  the  duty  of  bounty 
and  mercy;  for  experience  of  grace  it  will  make  us  gracious,  and  kind,  and 
loving,  and  sweet  to  others.  Those  that  have  felt  mercy  will  be  ready  to 
shew  mercy.  Those  that  have  felt  grace  and  love,  they  will  be  ready  to 
reflect,  and  shew  that  to  others  that  they  have  felt  themselves.  Those  that 
are  hard-hearted  and  barren  in  their  lives  and  conversations,  it  is  a  sign 
that  the  Sun  of  righteousness  never  yet  shined  on  them.  There  is  a  power 
in  grace,  and  grace  known,  to  assimilate  the  soul  to  be  like  unto  Christ ;  it 
hath  a  force  to  stir  us  up  to  that  that  is  good,  Titus  ii.  11,  12.  The  apostle 
enforceth  self-denial,  a  hard  lesson ;  and  holiness  to  God,  justice  to  others, 
and  sobriety  to  ourselves.  What  is  the  argument  he  useth  ?  '  The  grace 
of  God  hath  appeared.'  The  grace  of  God  hath  shined,  as  the  word  signi- 
fieth.f  He  means  Christ  appeared,  but  he  saith,  '  The  grace  of  God  hath 
appeared  ;'  when  Christ  appeared,  grace  appeared.  Christ  is  nothing  but 
pui'e  grace  clothed  with  our  nature.  What  doth  this  appearing  of  grace 
teach  us  ?  '  To  deny  all  ungodliness  and  worldly  lusts,  and  to  live  holily, 
and  righteously,  and  soberly,'  &c.  Holily  and  religiously  in  regard  of 
God ;  justly  in  regard  of  men,  and  not  only  justly,  but  bountifully,  for 
bounty  is  justice.  It  is  justice  to  give  to  the  pool".  '  Withhold  not  good 
from  the  owners.'  They  have  right  to  that  we  have.  Grace,  when  it 
appears  in  any  soul,  it  is  a  teacher ;  it  teachethto  deny  all  that  is  naught,^ 
and  it  teacheth  to  practise  all  that  is  good.  It  teacheth  to  live  holily  and 
righteously  in  this  present  evil  world.  Many  men  like  the  text  thus  far, 
*  The  grace  of  God  bringeth  salvation.'  Oh  it  is  a  sweet  text  !  Ay,  but 
what  follows  ?  What  doth  that  grace  teach  thee  ?  It  teacheth  to  deny 
ungodliness  and  worldly  lusts  ;  it  doth  not  teach  men  to  follow  and  set  them- 
selves upon  the  works  of  the  devil,  but  to  live  soberly  and  justly  and 

*  That  is,  '  ingenuousness.' — G.  %  That  is,  '  naughty  '  =  wicked. — G. 

t  That  is,  (pahu. — G. 


THE  church's  riches.  519 

righteously  in  this  present  evil  world.  It  is  said  of  the  woman  in  the  gospel, 
*  She  loved  much,  because  much  was  forgiven  her,'  Luke  vii.  47.  What 
made  that  blessed  woman  so  enlarged  in  her  affection  and  love  to  Christ  ? 
She  had  experience  of  the  pardon  of  many  sins,  and  having  felt  the  love 
of  Christ,  she  loved  him  again.  And  what  is  the  reason  that  those  that  are 
converted  from  dangerous  courses  of  life,  do  often  prove  the  most  fruitful 
Christians  ?  Because  they  have  felt  most  love  and  mercy.  Who  was  more 
zealous  than  the  blessed  apostle  St  Paul  ?  Oh,  he  found  rich  and  abundant 
love  !  How  large  is  he  in  setting  forth  the  mercy  of  God  :  '  Oh  the  height, 
and  breadth,  and  depth !'  Eom.  xi.  33.  Nothing  contents  him,  no 
expressions,  when  he  speaks  of  God's  mercy  ;  because  he  had  been  a  wicked 
man,  and  found  mercy.  Let  no  man  be  discouraged,  if  he  have  been  never 
so  sinful,  if  he  come  in.  The  more  need  he  hath  of  mercy,  the  more 
abundant  God  is,  as  the  apostle  saith  here,  '  You  know  the  grace  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ.'  And  those  that  have  felt  most  grace  will  be  most 
wrought  on,  to  shew  the  fruits  of  that  grace  in  all  good  works,  in  duties 
towards  God  and  men. 

And  if  we  find  not  our  hearts  wrought  on,  by  the  consideration  of  the 
grace  of  Christ  apprehended  and  known  to  this  end,  '  we  turn  the  grace  of 
God  into  wantonness,'  Jude  iv.  It  is  a  sign  of  an  ill  condition.  The 
Scripture  speaks  nothing  but  discomfort  to  such  that  take  occasion 
from  the  free  grace  and  infinite  and  boundless  mercy  of  God,  to  be  loose 
and  careless  in  their  lives  and  conversations  ;  that  think  it  is  a  time  of 
liberty,  and  we  may  do  what  we  list.  Though  the  tongues  of  men  say  not 
so,  nor  they  dare  not  for  shame,  yet  their  lives  speak  it.  Would  men  else 
live  in  swearing,  and  other  debauched  carriage,  that  is  ofiensive  to  God  and 
men  ?  Do  they  know  that  there  is  a  God,  a  Christ,  and  mercy  ?  Doth 
mercy  and  grace  teach  them  that  lessou  ?  No.  It  teacheth  us  to  deny 
such  base  lives  and  lusts,  and  to  live  holily,  and  soberly,  and  justly  in  this 
world.  Therefore  such  men  are  atheists.  Either  they  must  not  believe 
the  Scriptures,  or  else  exclude  themselves  from  interest  in  mercy ;  for  as 
yet  they  are  not  in  the  state  of  grace,  in  whom  the  consideration  of  mercy 
and  grace  doth  not  work  better  eifects  than  these. 

The  gospel  hath  as  strong  encouragements,  and  stronger,  to  be  good  and 
gracious,  than  the  law.  Grace  enforceth  strictness  of  life  more  sweetly  and 
strongly  than  the  law.  The  law  saith,  '  W"e  must  not  take  the  name  of 
God  in  vain,'  Exod.  xx.  7  ;  and  we  must  be  subject  to  our  superiors,  and 
to  live  chastely,  &c.,  under  a  curse.  Doth  not  the  grace  of  God  teach  this 
as  well  as  the  law,  and  from  a  higher  ground  ?  It  teacheth  the  same  thing 
by  arguments  taken  from  love  and  grace.  A  man  perisheth  by  the  law 
in  such  sins,  but  then  there  is  a  pardon  offered,  if  men  will  come  under 
the  government  of  Christ,  and  lead  new  lives.  But  if  men  refuse,  there 
is  a  super-added  guilt.  Not  only  justice  condemns  such  wretches,  but 
mercy  itself ;  because  they  refuse  mercy  upon  these  terms  rather  than  they 
will  leave  their  sinful  courses.  Mercy  and  justice  both  meet  to  condemn 
such  persons.  Let  us  take  heed  therefore  of  abusing  the  mercy  and  love 
of  God.  For  then  we  quite  overthrow  God's  end  in  the  gospel.  For  why 
doth  he  convey  all  to  us  by  love  and  mercy  and  grace,  but  that  it  may  work 
the  same  disposition  again  in  us  to  him  ?  Or  else  we  overturn  the  end  of 
the  gospel.  Let  us  take  heed  of  this,  as  ever  we  will  find  interest  in  this 
grace,  without  which  we  are  the  miserablest  wretches  that  live.  It  were 
better  for  us  that  we  had  never  heard  of  Christ  and  the  gospel,  than  to  live 
in  sins  against  conscience,  under  the  manifestation  and  publication  of  grace. 


520  THE  church's  riches. 

Doct.  6.  Now,  together  with  the  grace  of  Christ,  the  apostle  brings  the 
example  of  Christ,  that  both  may  stir  them  up  to  the  ditties  of  mercy  and  bounty 
andfruitfuhiess.  Indeed,  the  grace  of  Christ  makes  his  example  more  sweet. 
Men  willingly  look  upon  examples. 

The  examples  of  great  and  excellent  persons  ;  the  example  of  loving  and 
bountiful  persons  ;  the  example  of  such  as  are  loving  and  hountiful  to  us  in 
particular ;  the  example  of  such  as  we  have  interest  in,  that  are  near  and 
dear  to  us,  and  we  to  them — these  four  things  commend  examples.  Now 
is  there  any  greater  or  more  excellent  person  than  Christ  ?  Is  there  any 
fuller  of  love  and  mercy  and  grace  than  he,  that  hath  made  himself  poor  to 
make  us  rich  ?  And  all  of  us,  if  we  be  Christians  indeed,  we  have  interest 
in  this.  Our  hearts  and  consciences  by  the  Spirit  of  God  have  some  per- 
suasion of  this.  And  then  again  he  is  dear  and  near  unto  us.  He  is  our 
head  and  husband  ;  he  is  '  all  in  all  unto  us,'  1  Cor.  xv.  28.  Therefore  the 
example  of  Christ  joined  with  his  grace,  it  is  a  wondrous  forcible  example. 

Quest.  How  shall  we  make  this  example  of  Christ  profitable  to  us  ? 

Ans.  (1.)  First  of  all,  let  us  look  often  into  the  yrace  of  Christ ;  the  grace 
and  free  mercy  of  God  in  giving  Christ.  Consider  how  God  hath  laid  forth 
all  his  riches  in  Christ,  and  consider  how  miserable  we  had  been  without 
Christ,  even  next  unto  devils  in  misery.  A  man  is  the  most  miserable 
creature  under  heaven  if  he  have  not  interest  in  Christ ;  he  is  a  lost  crea- 
ture. Let  us  dwell  upon  the  meditation  and  consideration  of  this  till  we 
feel  our  hearts  warmed.  If  one  pass  through  the  sunshine,  it  doth  not 
much  heat ;  but  if  the  sun  beat  upon  a  thing,  there  will  be  a  reflection  of 
heat.  So  let  us  stay  upon  this  consideration  of  the  infinite  love  and  mercy 
of  Christ  to  us  wretches,  and  this  warming  the  heart,  it  will  transform  us 
to  the  likeness  of  Christ ;  as  the  apostle  saith,  2  Cor.  iii.  18,  '  We  all  as 
in  [aj  mirror  beholding  the  glory  of  God'  (he  means  the  glory  of  God's 
mercy  in  Christ),  '  we  are  transformed  and  changed  from  glory  to  glory,' 
from  one  degree  of  grace  to  another.  The  serious  consideration  of  the 
love  and  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  it  is  a  wondrous  sweet  thing,  and  it  hath 
a  transforming  power  with  it.  And  that  is  the  reason  why  the  gospel 
converts  men,  and  not  the  law.  The  law  never  converts  a  man ;  but, 
together  with  the  Spirit,  it  will  cast  him  down.  But  the  gospel,  which  is 
the  promulgation  of  grace  and  mercy  to  penitent  sinners,  that  confess  their 
sins  and  forsake  them,  and  come  under  a  new  government  of  grace,  the 
publishing  of  this  hath  the  Spirit  of  grace  with  it  to  work  conversion. 
Therefore  it  is  called  the  ministry  of  the  Spirit ;  because  the  Spirit  goes 
with  the  doctrine  of  grace,  to  change  us  and  make  us  gracious,  to  persuade 
us  that  God  loves  us,  and  to  stir  us  up  to  perform  all  duties  in  that  sweet 
afi'ection  that  God  requires  in  the  gospel,  the  affection  of  love.  Therefore 
if  we  be  or  ever  were  converted,  it  is  this  way.  Our  hearts  are  wrought 
on  by  the  consideration  of  the  love  and  mercy  of  God  in  Christ ;  so  that 
love  begets  love,  and  mercy  begets  a  sweetness  in  us  to  God  again.  In 
the  nature  of  the  thing  it  cannot  be  otherwise,  when  the  soul  stands  con- 
vinced of  the  sweet  mercy  of  God  in  Christ,  and  of  the  sweet  love  of 
Christ,  who  being  God  became  man,  to  take  our  nature,  and  suffer  the 
punishment  that  was  due  to  us,  and  is  now  in  heaven  appearing  and 
making  intercession  for  us,  it  cannot  be  but  the  soul  will  be  stirred  up  to 
a  desire  of  conformity  to  this  blessed  Saviour.  Therefore  let  us  let  go  all 
disputings  of  election,  concerning  God's  decree,  and  let  us  do  our  duty, 
and  depend  upon  God  in  the  use  of  means.  Let  us  labour  to  see  the  love 
of  God  in  Christ,  and  that  will  put  all  questions  out  of  question  (though  in 


THE  chuech's  riches.  521 

some  cases  we  must  labour  to  know  how  to  vindicate  the  truth,  but  when 
it  comes  to  our  own  particular),  lay  other  things  aside,  let  us  do  our  duty 
in  the  use  of  means,  and  think  of  the  end  of  the  gospel,  of  the  end  of 
Christ's  incarnation  and  death,  namely,  to  reveal  the  bowels  of  God's 
mercy  to  sinners ;  and  then  we  shall  find  the  intendment  of  all  working 
upon  us,  that  God  had  an  eternal  purpose  to  save  us. 

(2.)  Again,  if  we  would  make  good  use  of  the  example  of  Christ,  we  must 
converse  with  those  that  have  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  them,  as  Christ  is  in 
every  good  Christian,  and  see  what  lovely  things  the  Spirit  of  Christ  dis- 
covers in  them.  That  will  have  a  transforming  power  likewise.  And  cer- 
tainly next  to  the  meditation  of  Christ,  and  the  excellencies  that  are  in 
him,  I  know  no  way  more  effectual  than  holy  communion  with  those  that 
ai-e  led  with  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  when  we  see  the  sweet  fruit  of  it  in 
others.  It  hath  been  a  means  sanctified  to  do  a  great  deal  of  good  to 
many ;  and  those  that  delight  not  in  it,  they  never  knew  what  the  likeness 
of  Christ  meant ;  for  those  that  desire  to  be  like  to  Christ,  they  love  the 
shining  of  Christ  in  any.  In  these  careless  times,  all  companies  are  alike 
one  with  another.  Indeed,  when  men's  callings  thrust  them  upon  it,^  they 
must  be  allowed  to  converse  with  all  men ;  but  in  famihar  and  intimate 
society,  those  that  do  not  make  choice  of  those  that  find  some  work  of 
grace  on  their  hearts  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  they  may  well  doubt  of  their 
condition  ;  for  grace  it  will  make  us  love  the  like.  As  we  see  creatures^  of 
the  same  kind,  they  love  and  company  one  with  another ;  doves  with 
doves,  and  lambs  with  lambs  ;  so  it  must  be  with  the  children  of  God,  or 
else  we  do  not  know  what  the  communion  of  saints  means,  which  indeed 
is  a  thing  little  understood  in  the  world.  These  times  of  security  are  times 
of  confusion.     Aflliction  will  make  us  know  one  another  better. 

(3.)  Again,  if  we  would  make  use  of  the  example  of  Christ,  let  us  put 
cases  sometimes  to  ourselves,  ivhat  Christ  ivould  do  or  not  do  in  such  a  case. 
1  profess  myself  to  be  a  member  of  Christ,  to  be  one  with  him,  and  he 
one  with  me.  Would  Christ  be  cruel  if  he  were  on  earth  ?  would  he 
swear,  and  look  scornfully  upon  others  ?  would  he  undermine  others,  and 
cover  all  with  a  pretence  of  justice  ?  Oh  no  !  It  is  the  devil's  work  to  do 
so.  If  we  be  not  members  of  Christ,  woe  unto  us  I  And  if  we  be,  do 
such  courses  suit  with  such  a  nearness  to  Christ  ?  Either  let  us  be  ren- 
gious  to  purpose,  or  else  disclaim  all ;  for  it  is  better  a  great  deal  never  to 
own  religion,  than  to  own  it  and  to  live  graceless  lives  under  the  profession 
of  Christ. 

Now  to  stir  us  up  to  express  Christ  in  our  lives  and  conversations  let  us 
consider,  the  more  Kke  we  are  to  Christ,  the  more  he  delights  in  us  ;  for 
every  one  delights  in  those  that  are  like  them.  And  what  a  sweet  state  is 
it  for  God  and  Christ  to  delight  in  us.  God  the  Father  will  delight  in  us 
because  we  are  hke  the  Son  of  his  delight.  Whom  doth  God  delight  most 
in  ?  In  his  own  blessed  Son.  And  who  come  nearest  in  his  delight  to 
his  Son  ?     Those  that  express  him  in  their  lives  and  conversations. 

The  more  hke  we  are  to  Christ,  the  more  like  we  shall  be  one  to  another. 
As  if  there  be  one  statue,  or  picture,  or  efiigies,  that  is  set  for  the  first 
sample,  the  nearer  the  rest  come  to  that,  the  more  like  they  are  one  to 
another ;  so  I  say,  the  nearer  Christians  come  to  the  first  pattern  ^  of 
goodness,  Christ  himself,  who  is  God's  master-piece  as  it  were,  that  which 
he  glories  in,  the  more  we  come  to  be  like  one  another,  and  love  and  joy 
one  in  another.  What  is  the  sweet  communion  that  we  shall  have  one 
with  another  for  ever  in  heaven  ?     Is  it  not  that  the  Spirit  shall  be  all  in 


522  THE  church's  riches. 

all  in  every  one,  and  eacli  shall  look  upon  another  as  perfect  in  grace  and 
love,  and  so  shall  solace  and  delight  themselves,  first  in  God  and  Christ, 
and  then  in  one  another,  admiring  and  reverencing  the  graces  and  sweetness 
one  of  another.  This  is  the  very  joy  of  heaven  itself,  and  it  is  the  heaven 
upon  earth,  when  we  can  joy  and  solace  ourselves  one  in  another  as  we  are 
good.  Now  the  nearer  we  come  to  Christ,  who  is  the  image  of  God,  the 
more  we  shall  attain  this.  Therefore  let  us  labour  that  Christ  may  be  all 
in  all  in  us  ;  that  as  the  soul  doth  act  the  body,  so  the  Spirit  of  Christ  may 
act  us,  that  Christ  may  speak  in  us,  and  think  in  us,  and  love  in  us  by  his 
Spirit ;  that  he  may  dwell  in  us,  and  joy,  and  hate  in  us  by  his  Spirit ; 
that  we  may  put  off  ourselves,  and  our  carnal  affections,  and  the  spirit  of 
the  world,  and  that  we  may  '  put  on'  Christ,  and  be  clothed  with  him, 
that  we  may  say  with  St  Paul,  '  I  live  not,  but  Christ  lives  in  me'  by  his 
Spirit.  Whence  was  Paul  stirred  up  to  that  ?  Oh,  saith  he,  '  Christ 
loved  me,  and  gave  himself  for  me,'  Gal.  ii.  20.  The  grace  of  Christ 
stirred  him  up,  '  Christ  loved  me,  and  gave  himself  for  me,'  and  by  his 
Spirit  he  witnesseth  to  my  soul  that  he  did  so.  Therefore  the  life  that  I 
live  is  by  the  Spirit  of  Christ ;  Christ  lives  in  me. 

But  to  come  to  the  particular  duty  whereunto  the  grace  and  example  of 
Christ  should  stir  us  up  to  be  like  him ;  that  is,  in  kindness,  and  mercy, 
and  bounty,  to  the  poor  saints ;  for  that  is  the  scope  of  the  apostle  here,  in 
this  and  the  next  chapter.  '  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lorcl  Jesus  Christ, 
who,  though  he  was  rich,  he  became  poor,'  &c.  Wherefore  doth  the  apostle 
bring  all  this  ?  To  move  them  to  the  duty  of  bounty  and  liberality.  This 
duty  it  is  legal*  from  the  example  of  Christ ;  it  is  a  thing  that  hath  much 
equity  in  it ;  and  it  is  enough  to  a  Christian  heart,  that  hath  the  love  of 
God,  to  put  him  in  mind  of  the  grace  of  God  to  him.  You  need  not  beat 
upon  him,  or  pi-ess  him  further  than  thus,  '  You  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord 
Jesus.'  Remember  you  are  a  Christian.  You  have  felt  the  experience  of 
God's  love  in  Christ.  Every  man  will  judge  of  the  equity,  that  we  should 
therefore  be  gracious  and  kind  and  loving  to  others,  in  imitation  of  Christ ; 
because  he  hath  been  so  to  us.     Wherein  stands  the  equity  ? 

First,  It  may  appear  in  this,  if  we  consider  in  how  near  a  relation  those 
that  need  our  help  are  to  us,  and  likewise  to  Christ  ? 

First,  What  is  their  relation  to  lis  ?  Not  only  that  they  are  our  flesh,  for 
so  are  all  men ;  but  they  are  heirs  of  the  same  salvation,  bought  with  the 
death  of  the  same  Christ ;  such  as  Christ  feeds  with  his  own  body  and 
blood ;  such  as  he  clothes  with  his  own  righteousness.  They  are  fellow- 
members  with  us,  fellow-heirs  of  heaven,  and  members  of  Christ ;  such  as  he 
died  for,  to  redeem  with  the  price  of  his  own  blood.  There  is  an  undeniable 
equity,  if  we  consider  their  condition,  their  relation  to  Christ,  and  to  us. 
i-  Second.  Again,  there  is  a  marvellous  binding  equity,  to  see  the  grace  of 
God  to  ns  in  2'>articular .  Christ  became  poor,  to  make  us  rich  in  grace 
here,  and  in  glory  hereafter.  And  shall  not  I  out  of  my  riches  give  some- 
what to  the  poor  ?  Is  it  not  equal  ?  Christ  from  heaven  came  in  my 
nature  and  flesh  to  visit  me ;  as  it  is  in  the  song  of  Zacharias,  '  The  day- 
spring  from  on  high  hath  visited  us,'  Luke  i.  78;  and  shall  not  I  visit 
Christ  in  his  members  ?  He  came  from  heaven  to  earth  to  take  notice  of 
my  wants  and  miseries,  to  do  and  sufier  that  that  I  should  have  done  and 
suffered.  He  feeds  me  with  his  body  and  blood,  that  is,  with  his  satisfaction 
to  divine  justice  by  his  death  ;  and  shall  not  I  feed  his  poor  members  ? 
Christ  clothes  me  with  his  righteousness,  and  shall  not  I  clothe  Christ  in 
*  That  is,  incumbent  or  enforced. — Ed. 


THE  church's  riches.  523 

his  poor  members  ?  In  the  consideration  of  these  things  the  Spirit  of  God 
will  be  efl'ectual  to  stir  us  up  to  this  marvellous  neglected  duty,  of  kindness 
and  mercy  to  those  that  stand  in  need. 

And  because  Christ  is  our  pattern  herein,  let  us  labour  to  imitate  Christ 
in  the  manner  of  relieving,  and  shewing  kindness,  and  communicating  to 
others,  that  we  may  do  it  as  Christ  hath  done. 

How  is  that  ? 

First,  Christ  prevented*  us  when  we  never  desired  him;  so  we  should 
prevent  others.  Sometimes  the  modesty  of  those  that  want  is  such  that 
they  will  not  lay  open  their  wants.  We  should  see  it  and  pi-event  it.  He 
gives  too  late  ofttimes  that  gives  to  a  man  that  asks  him.  Therefore  herein 
let  us  imitate  Christ,  to  consider  of  the  miseries  of  others.  He  looked  on 
and  considered  the  miseries  of  mankind,  and  it  drew  him  from  heaven  to 
the  virgin's  womb ;  from  thence  to  the  cross,  to  the  gi'ave,  even  as  low  as 
hell,  in  his  preventing  love  and  mercy.  Therefore,  when  we  see  any  need, 
especially  if  there  be  any  worth  in  them  in  any  kind,  let  us  not  stay  till  it 
be  wrested  from  us  by  entreaty,  for  it  is  dearly  bought  ofttimes  that  comes 
that  way ;  but  prevent  them  in  mercy,  as  Christ  hath  done  to  us. 

Secondly,  What  Christ  did  for  us,  he  did  marvellous  cheerfully  and  readily. 
0  what  a  desire  he  had  to  eat  his  last  passover,  a  little  before  he  was 
crucified  !  '  With  a  desire  have  I  desired  to  eat  this  passover  with  you,' 
Luke  xxii.  15.  He  v/as  cheerful  in  it;  he  had  a  great  desire  to  do  us 
good ;  and,  as  he  saith,  John  iv.  32,  when  his  disciples  put  him  in  mind 
of  eating,  when  he  had  not  eat  in  a  long  time  before,  saith  he,  '  It  is  meat 
and  drink  to  me  to  do  the  will  of  my  Father.'  So  whatsoever  we  do  to 
others,  we  should  do  it  cheerfully  and  readily,  as  he  did. 

Third,  Again,  whatsoever  Christ  did  for  us,  he  did  it  oxtt  of  love,  and 
grace,  and  mercy ;  he  did  it  inwardly  from  his  very  bowels:  so  when  we  do 
anything  for  others,  we  should  not  only  do  the  deed,  but  do  it  from  an 
inward  principle  of  love  and  mercy.  Therefore  the  Scripture  phrase  is, 
pour  *  out  thy  bowels  ;'  and  saith  St  John,  if  a  man  see  his  brother  in  need, 
and  pretend  he  loves  God,  and  3^et  relieves  him  not,  '  how  is  there  bowels 
in  such  a  man  ?'  1  John  iii.  17 ;  and  so  in  Micah  vi.  8,  '  He  hath  shewed 
thee,  0  man,  what  is  good,  to  love  mercy ;'  not  only  to  be  merciful,  to  do 
works  of  mercy,  but  to  love  it ;  to  do  what  we  do  out  of  love  and  affection  ; 
and  *  pour  out  thy  heart  to  thy  flesh,'  as  it  is  in  Isaiah, f  to  give  the  heart 
and  afiection  when  we  do  anything ;  or  else  we  may  give  with  the  hand 
and  deny  with  the  heart.  A  man  may  give  a  thing  so  untowardly  that  one 
may  see  it  comes  against  his  heart  and  will.  Therefore  let  us  labour  to  do 
that  we  do  with  our  whole  man,  especially  from  our  heart,  and  affection, 
and  bowels.  It  is  said  of  Christ  in  the  Gospel,  when  he  saw  the  people  in 
misery,  his  bowels  yearned  within  him ;  the  works  of  grace  and  mercy  in 
Christ,  they  came  from  his  bowels  first.  Let  us  work  our  hearts  to  pity, 
and  love,  and  mercy  first,  that  it  may  come  from  the  soul  as  well  as  fi-om 
the  outward  man. 

Fourth,  Again,  Christ  gave  that  that  was  his  ovn,  his  own  body,  his  own 
life,  for  his  sheep  ;  and  his  own  endeavour,  whatsoever  he  gave,  was  his 
own.  So  if  we  will  be  kind  to  others,  we  must  do  it  of  our  own  ;  we  must 
not  do  good  with  that  that  we  have  gotten  from  others  by  unjust  means. 
For  the  '  sacrifice  of  the  wicked,'  in  this  kind,  'is  an  abomination  to  the 
Lord,'  Isa.  i.  13.  Let  us  have  interest  in  that  we  give.  Christ  gave  his 
own  life,  and  God  gave  his  own  Son  for  us. 

*  That  is,  '  anticipated.'— G.  t  Isa.  Iviii.  7,  10.— Ed. 


52i  THE  CnURCH's  EICHES. 

Fifth,  And  as  Christ  gave  his  own  self,  so  he  gave  himself  iyi  life  and 
death  for  us  ;*  he  did  not  reserve  all  for  his  death  ;  hut  for  us  he  was  born, 
for  us  he  lived,  for  us  he  died  ;  he  deferred  not  all  till  his  death.  Christ 
did  us  wondrous  good  by  his  death  ;  and  men  may  do  much  good  when 
they  die.  But  let  us  endeavour  to  be  like  Christ  in  both  ;  to  do  good  while 
we  live,  and  do  good  when  we  die  likewise.  The  common  speech  is,  the 
gifts  of  dying  men  are  dying,  dead  gifts.  It  is  a  speech  tending  to  the 
disparagement  of  gifts  in  that  kind,  because  they  are  not  so  acceptable  as 
the  gifts  of  living  men  in  many  respects  ;  notwithstanding,  let  not  men  be 
discouraged  from  doing  good  even  when  they  die.  Indeed,  it  is  most  com- 
fortable to  do  it  while  they  live,  because, 

(1.)  It  is  an  evidence  then  that  they  have  a  spirit  of  faith,  to  depend  upon 
the  promise  of  God.  It  is  no  exercise  of  faith,  to  give  when  a  man  can 
keep  it  no  longer. 

(2.)  Again,  he  that  doth  good  while  he  liveth,  he  hath  the  prayers  of 
others ;  he  is  under  the  blessing  of  the  poor ;  and  that  is  a  sweet  thing. 
Suppose  the  poor  be  barbarous  base  people,  that  they  bless  not  a  man  with 
their  words,  yet  their  '  sides  bless  him.'f  Now  those  that  defer  all  till  they 
die,  they  want  this  comfort ;  they  are  not  under  the  blessing  of  the  poor. 
The  rule  of  our  religion  is,  that  we  have  no  good|  by  the  prayers  of  others. 
I  will  not  discuss  that  point  now.  But  undoubtedly  it  is  a  sweet  comfort 
that  we  have  of  that  we  do  while  we  live,  by  the  blessing  and  prayers  of  the 
poor,  to  whom  we  do  good. 

(3.)  Then  again,  in  civil  respects,  it  is  our  own,  and  ive  are  sure  it  is  ivell 
hestoived.  When  we  are  dead,  the  propriety  is  gone  from  us.  It  comes 
into  the  possession  of  another  man,  and  we  know  not  how  he  will  dispose 
of  it.  Perhaps  he  may  die  before  thee  that  needs  thy  help  ;  or  thou  maj'est 
die  ;  or  thou  mayest  not  have  the  same  mind.  Therefore  while  thou  hast 
a  heart  and  opportunity  to  do  good,  forget  not  to  do  it  presently.  We  have 
need  to  be  urged  in  these  cold  dead  times,  to  labour  that  the  grace  of  Christ 
may  be  efiectual  in  our  hearts,  to  do  all  the  good  we  can,  in  our  life  time, 
as  Christ  did. 

Sixth,  And  let  us  labour  to  do  it  as  he  did,  constantly,  that  we  may  ''never 
be  weary  of  well- doing,'  Gal.  vi.  9.  '  In  the  morning  sow  thy  seed,  and  in 
the  evening  let  not  thy  hand  rest,'  Eccles.  xi.  6.  It  is  comfort  enough  that 
it  is  called  seed.  Who  grieves  to  cast  his  seed  into  the  ground  ?  He  knows 
he  shall  have  a  plentiful  return.  So  all  that  we  give,  it  is  seed.  We  see 
it  not  for  the  present.  No  more  we  do  the  seed  that  is  sown.  But  '  cast  thy 
bread  upon  the  water,  and  after  many  days  thou  shalt  find  it,'  Eccles.  xi.  1. 
Though  we  see  not  this  seed  for  the  present,  yet  we  shall  have  a  plentiful 
harvest.  Only  labour  to  do  it  with  discretion.  For  men  do  not  sow  upon 
the  stones,  nor  upon  the  fallow  ground  ;  they  do  not  scatert  their  seed  in 
any  place.  Sowing  is  a  regular  thing.  Men  cast  seed  into  ground  that  is 
prepared.  Therefore  there  must  be  spiritual  discretion,  the  wisdom  of  a 
steward  in  this  kind  :  Ps.  cxii.  5,  '  The  just  man  doth  all  things  with  wisdom 
and  discretion.' 

Quest.  But  must  we  not  be  liberal,  and  kind,  and  bountiful  to  all  ? 

Ans.  Yes,  in  case  of  necessity.  Then  we  are  to  look  to  man's  nature, 
because  he  is  a  partaker  of  our  nature.  And  he  is  such  an  one  as  may  be 
a  member  of  Christ,  and  one  for  whom  Christ  died.  For  aught  we  know, 
he  now  bears  the  image  of  Christ ;  and  he  may  come  to  the  obedience  of 

*  In  the  margin  here,  '  seasonably.' — G.  %  Qu.  '  that  we  have  good  '  ? — G. 

t  Cf.   Job  ixxi,  20.— G. 


THK  church's  riches.  525 

Christ ;  and  our  kindness  may  be  effectual  to  bring  bim  to  goodness. 
Therefore,  as  we,  if  we  be  in  need,  do  not  stand  upon  it,  but  receive  kindness 
from  wicked  men,  so  when  wicked  men  are  in  need,  we  must  not  stand 
upon  it,  but  give  to  wicked  men.  We  must  do  as  we  would  be  done  by,  in 
Buch  cases,  in  necessity. 

But  our  kindness  must  be  most  to  those  that  are  nearest  God,  to  those 
of  the  family  '  and  household  of  faith,'  Gal.  vi.  10.  To  those  that  God 
loves  most  we  must  be  most  kind ;  to  whom  God  hath  dispensed  the  greatest 
things,  we  should  not  deny  the  less. 

Indeed,  it  is  a  hard  matter  to  give  wisely  in  these  times,  and  not  to  abuse 
the  sweet  affection  and  grace  of  pity  (it  is  an  affection  in  all,  but  it  is  a 
grace  in  them  that  are  good),  because  there  are  so  many  wretched  people 
that  live  without  God,  without  church,  without  commonwealth,  without 
marriage,  without  baptism,  like  beasts.  If  anything  be  an  object  of  pity, 
certainly  this  is,  that  there  are  so  many  that  carry  God's  image  on  them, 
that  are  God's  creatures,  and  for  aught  we  know,  such  as  Christ  died  for, 
that  they  should  be  suffered  to  live  irregular,  debauched,  and  base  lives, 
scandalous  to  the  church  and  state.  And  without  question,  if  things  be 
not  better  looked  into,  these  will  be  instruments  of  much  mischief  by  God's 
just  judgment ;  because  there  be  good  laws  that  are  not  executed.  The 
best  mercy  to  such,  is  to  see  them  set  on  work  and  to  give  them  correction. 
But  then  for  such  as  are  beginning  the  world,  that  are  poor,  and  cannot 
set  up,  and  those  that  have  the  church  of  God  in  their  families,  that  are 
ready  to  fall,  and  a  little  relief  would  keep  them,  that  they  fall  not  into 
inordinate  courses,  it  is  mercy  to  set  them  up  and  maintain  them  ;  and 
also  by  upholding  those  that  are  in  the  ministry.  There  are  many  ways 
in  the  church  and  state.  A  wise  man  can  never  want  objects  of  mercy  and 
charity  :  as  Christ  saith,  '  The  poor  you  shall  have  alway  with  you,'  Mat. 
xxvi.  11  ;  but,  as  I  said,  we  must  labour  for  a  spirit  of  wisdom  to  do  good 
as  we  should,  arid  not  to  feed  drones,  instead  of  bees. 

The  Spirit  of  God  is  frequent  in  pressing  this  point ;  but  this  argument 
in  the  text,  it  may  melt  any  man's  heart,  and  take  away  all  objections, 
'  The  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.' 

If  a  man  object,  he  that  I  should  give  to  is  an  unworthy  person  ;  do  but 
think  how  worthy  we  were  of  the  favour  of  Christ  to  us  ?  And  then  again, 
consider  if  there  be  any  goodness  in  them,  we  give  it  to  Christ  in  them,  as 
Salvianus  saith  well  (f),  Christ  doth  hide  himself  under  the  person  of 
the  poor.  The  poor  man  reacheth  out  his  hand  indeed,  but  Christ  receives 
that  that  we  give,  and  they  are  Christ's  exchangers  ;  for  they  take  from  us, 
and  Christ  rewards  us  with  grace  and  increase  of  our  substance  here,  and 
with  glory  hereafter.  They  receive  it  instead  of  Christ,  and  Christ  begs  in 
the  person  of  the  poor,  in  all  jointly,  and  in  every  one  particularly.  Think 
of  the  grace  of  Christ  to  us,  and  then  think  Christ  comes  to  me  in  the  per- 
son of  this  or  that  poor  man,  and  it  will  stir  us  up  to  this  duty. 

Obj.  But  some  will  say,  If  Christ  were  on  earth  himself,  I  should  be 
ready  to  do  it  to  him. 

Ans.  Certainly  thou  wouldst  not.  You  know  the  place.  Mat.  sxv.  45  : 
*  Inasmuch  as  you  have  not  relieved  these,  you  haye  denied  it  to  me,'  saith 
Christ.  Let  us  not  deceive  ourselves  ;  for  even  as  we  would  do  to  Christ 
if  he  were  on  earth,  we  will  do  to  his  poor  members  ;  he  hath  made  them 
his  receivers. 

Obj.  But  I  shall  want  myself :  I  have  a  family  and  children. 

Ans.  It  is  the  best  way  to  provide  for  thy  children,  Ps.  cxii.  8.     God 


526  THE  church's  EICHES. 

provides  for  the  posterity  of  the  righteous  bounteous  man.  A  man  is  not 
the  poorer  for  discreet  mercy.  It  is  seed,  as  I  said  before.  A  poor  man 
labours  to  have  his  seed  sown,  because  it  returns  plentifully.  Let  us  be 
sober,  and  abate  of  our  superfluous  expenses.  Pride  is  an  expender.  And 
superfluous  lusts,  let  us  cut  off  from  them,  that  we  may  have  somewhat  for 
seed.  Let  us  labour  in  an  honest  calling,  that  we  may  have  somewhat  to 
give.  Oh,  it  is  a  blessed  thing  to  give  !  It  is  a  thing  that  must  be  gotten 
by  use.  Our  souls  must  be  exercised  to  it.  And  when  we  have  gotten  it, 
learn  an  art  of  giving  ;  we  must  exercise  faith  in  it.  And  when  we  come 
to  die,  it  will  make  us  die  wondrous  sweetly  ;  for  when  a  man  hath  depended 
by  faith  and  trust  upon  God's  promise,  that  '  he  that  gives  to  the  poor  lends 
to  the  Lord,'  Prov.  xix.  17,  and  other  like  promises  ;  I  have  exercised 
liberality,  and  now  I  come  to  give  up  my  soul  to  God,  I  believe  that  God 
will  make  good  the  promise  of  life  everlasting ;  I  have  believed  his  other 
promises  before,  and  though  I  have  cast  my  seed  into  the  ground,  that  I 
saw  it  not,  yet  I  have  found  that  God  hath  blessed  me  the  better  in  a  way 
that  I  know  not ;  and  now  I  depend  upon  the  same  gracious  God,  in  the 
promise  of  life  everlasting.  We  should  labour  to  do  this,  that  we  may  die 
with  comfort.  "What  is  it  that  troubles  many  when  they  come  to  die  ?  Oh, 
they  have  not  wrought  out  their  '  salvation  wdth  fear  and  trembling,'  Philip, 
ii.  12.  They  have  neglected  this  duty  and  that  duty  ;  they  have  been 
careless  in  the  works  of  mercy,  &c.  The  time  will  come  that  that  which 
we  have  given  will  comfort  us  more  than  that  we  have  ;  we  shall  alway 
have  that  which  we  give,  for  that  goes  in  bank  :  many  prayers  are  made 
for  us.  We  have  the  comfort  of  it  here  and  when  we  die.  What  we  leave, 
we  know  not  what  becomes  of  it. 

Therefore  let  us  labour  to  be  discreetly  large  and  bountiful,  as  we  desire 
to  die  with  comfort ;  as  we  would  make  it  good  that  we  know  '  the  grace  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  with  interest  in  it ;  and  as  we  would  make  it  good 
to  our  souls  that  the  example  of  Christ  is  a  thing  that  hath  any  efficacy 
with  us  ;  or  else  we  shew  that  we  have  no  interest  in  the  grace  of  Christ ; 
and  then  how  miserable  are  we  !  We  shall  wish  ere  long  that  we  had  part 
in  this  grace  and  love  of  Christ ;  that  he  would  speak  comfortably  to  us  at 
the  latter  day,  '  Come,  ye  blessed  of  my  Father,  inherit  a  kingdom,'  Mat. 
XXV.  34.  Our  life  is  short  and  uncertain ;  as  we  shall  desire  it  then,  so 
labour  to  be  assured  of  it  now  ;  and  let  us  be  stirred  up  from  this  '  grace 
of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who,  though  he  were  rich,  became  poor  for  our 
sakes,  that  we  through  his  poverty  might  be  made  rich.' 


NOTES. 


(a)  P.  496. — '  Against  the  cnrsed  heresy  of  Arius.'  For  a  brief  but  excellent 
memoir  of  tliis  famous  lierosiarch,  see  Dr  Smith's  Dictionary  of  Greek  and  Roman 
Biography  and  Mythology,  sub  voce  by  Dr  Schmitz. 

(b)  P.  500. — '  The  papists  would  have  him  a  beggar.  Bellarmiue,  to  countenance 
begging  friars,  would  have  Christ  to  he  so.',  This  is  a  commoiiplace  of  papists,  found 
in  Bellarmine  and  all  Eomanist  writers,  in  their  advocacy  of  that  '  voluntary  humi- 
lity '  whicii  Paul  denounces  (Col.  ii.  18). 

(c)  P.  50G. — '  Saith  St  Bernard  well,  "  0  love  that  art  so  sweet,  why  becamest  thou 
so  bitter  to  thyself!"' '  One  of  the  many  pathetic  exclamations  of  this  father,  re- 
peatedly met  with,  in  varying  phraseology,  in  his  letters.  Cf.  recent  Memoir  by 
Morison. 

((f)  P.  512. — '  Therefore  he  was  a  principal,  as  Chrysostom  speaks,  with  a  prin- 


THE  chukch's  riches.  527 

cipal.'  This  Chrysostom  expresses  at  large  in  his  Homilies  on  Genesis — '  Let  us 
make  man  ;'  and  in  his  treatise  on  Christ's  prayers  as  not  inconsistent  with  his 
equality  with  the  Father.  The  following  sentences  are  from  the  latter  of  these 
treatises  : — (^rav  yag  xo7M^iiv  8syj,  x.a!  orav  Ti/j^av,  xai  orav  a//. agr jj/iara  d(piivai, 
xal  orav  vofj^odiriTv,  zal  orav  ri  ruv  toXXw  fj,si(^6vuv  dsyj  cro/E/i/,  bubafiou  rov  crarsgoc 
xaXout'Tcc  dvTOV  iu^yjaiig,  duds  sv^ofjusvov,  dXXd  [mit  avSivrlag  uiravra  'jr^drrovra. 
Chri/s.  De  Christi  precibus,  contra  Anomceos.,  lib.  x. 

(e)  P.  514. — '  Under  ground,  as  Arethusa  and  other  rivers.'  The  reference  is  to 
the  well  (or  river)  of  Arethusa,  in  the  island  of  Ortygia,  near  Syracuse.  Cf.  Dic- 
tionary as  in  Note  a,  sub  voce,  and  under  Alpheius. 

(/)  P.  525. — '  "We  give  it  to  Christ  in  them,  as  Salvianus  saith  well ;  Christ  doth 
hide  himself  under  the  person  of  the  poor.'  For  the  thought,  cf.  his  Adversus  Ava- 
ritiam,  frcesertim  Clericorum  et  Sacerdotuvi,  and  also  incidentally  his  De  vera  Judicio 
et  Providerdia  Dei.  These  treatises  were  translated  into  English,  and  published  in 
1700.     8vo.  G. 


END  OF  VOL.  IV. 


EDINBURGH  : 
PRINTKD  By  JOHN  QEEIQ  AND  SOS. 


Princeton   Theoloqtcal  Seminary-Speer  Lit 


1    1012  01056  3148 


DATE  DUE 


' 

Printed 
In  USA 

HIGHSMITH  #45230 


^fORM'i;^^ 


^f*WTLQ^